Part A

Ferro us Material
Specifications
(Beginn ing to SA-450)
MATE RIALS
AS M E Boi ler an d Pressure Vesse l Com m ittee
S u b co m m ittee o n M ateri a ls

III IIII I I III II Jl l I I

U 02AW9
 Date of Issuance : luly 1 , 2009

This international code or standard was developed under pr ocedur es accredited as meeting the ciiteria fbr America n National
Standar ds and it is a
n America n Nationa! Stan da
rd T h e Standa r ds Committee t h at approved th e code or' sta
n dar d was bala
n ced
to assur e t
hat individuals fi 'om competent and concerned interests have had a n opportunity to pa rticipate The proposed code
or standar d was made available fbr public review a n d comment t h at pr ovides a
n opport u nit
y for' additional public input fl om
industry, academia, regulatory agencies, a nd th e publ i c-at-la
r ge
ASME does not " approve," " rate," or " endorse " a ny item, constructi on, proprieta r y device, or activity ,
ASME does not take a ny posit i on wit
h respect to t h e validi ty of an y patent rights asserted in connect i on with any items
mentioned in this document, a n d does not undertake to insm'e a n yone utilizing a stan dard against liabilit
y fbr infiJngement of
ny applicable letter s patent, nor assume a
a ny such liability , User s of a code or sta
nda rd ar e expr essly advised that determination
of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights, is entirely t heir own r esponsibility
Pa
r ticipation by feder a
l agency representative( s ) or person( s ) aff
i liated wit
h indusUy is not to be interpz eted as government
or industry endor sement of t
h is code or sta
n da
rd
ASME accepts responsibility for' only those interpr etations of this document issued in accor dance with the established ASME
procedmes and policies, which precludes t
h e issuance of interpretations by individuals

The footnotes in this document a

r 'e pa
r t of this America
n Nat
i ona
l Sta
n da
rd

The Specifi cations published and copyrighted by the America

n Societ
y for Testi ng a
nd Materials a
r e repr oduced with the
Societ
y ' s permission

No pa
r t of t
h is document may be reproduced in a ny fbrm, in an electronic retrieva
l system or
otherwise, without t
h e prior written permission of the publisher

Libr a
r y ot Congr ess Cata
l og Ca
r d Number : 56-3934
Printed in t
h e United States of America

h e America
T n Societ
y of Mecha
n ical Engineers
Three Paik Avenue, New York, NY 1 00 1 6-5990

Copyright © 2009 by
THE AMERICAN S OCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS

All Tights ye erved

S U MMA RY OF C H A N G ES

Addenda to the 2 007 Edition of the Code are issued i n the form of rep lacement pages , Revi s ions, add itions, or
deletions ar e i ncorporated d i rectly i nto the affected pages , It i s advi sab l e, however', that al l replaced pages be
reta i ned for reference,

Rep lace or i nsert the pages l isted , Changes given below are identified on the pages by a margi n note, A09,
placed next to the affected area , Revi si ons to the 2 007 Ed ition are i nd icated by 07 and revis ions i n the 2 008
Addenda are i nd icated by A08 , For the l i sti ng below, the Page references the af
fected area , A margi n note, A09,
placed next to the headi ng i nd icates Location Revi sion s are l isted u nder Change, ,
The Record N u mber' s l isted below are expl ai ned i n more deta i l i n "Li st of Changes i n Record N u mber' Order"
fo l low i ng the Su mmary of C hanges ,
Page Loca tion Change (Record Number)
xi, xi i Foreword Rev i sed (06-34 3)

xv-xxv i Ro ste r U pdated to reflect 2 009 Addenda

xxv i i ASTM Roste r U pdated to reflect 2 009 Addenda
xxxi-xxxv i i S pec ifications L i sted U pdated to reflect 2 009 Addenda
by Mate ri al s
x lvi i-l v i G u i de l i ne o n U pdated to reflect 2 009 Addenda
Acceptab l e ASTM
Ed it i ons

Ivi i G u i de l i n e o n Updated to reflect 2 009 Addenda

Acceptab l e
N o n -ASTM
Ed i t i o n s

2 9 3 -3 09 SA- 1 94/SA- 1 94M Rev i sed i n its enti rety (05- 1 2 97)
323 SA-2 0 9 / S A-2 0 9 M S u btitl e rev i sed to i n d i cate ASTM reaf
f i r mati o n ( R0 7)

473 SA-2 8 3 / S A-2 8 3 M S u btitl e rev i sed to i n d i cate ASTM reaf

f i rmati o n ( R0 7)

5 1 5-52 6 SA-3 2 0/SA- 3 2 0M ( 1 ) Titl e rev i sed (05- 1 2 99)

(2 ) Rev i sed i n its enti rety (05- 1 2 99)
5 2 7- 5 3 8 S A-3 2 5 Revi sed i n its enti rety (08-82 0)
60 5-6 1 2 SA- 3 5 2 /SA- 3 52 M Revi sed i n its enti rety (02- 3272)
6 1 9-62 6 SA- 3 5 4 Revi sed i n its enti rety (08-82 1 )
79 5 SA-43 5 /SA-43 5 M S u bt itl e rev i sed to i n d i cate ASTM reaf
f i rm ati o n ( R0 7)

7 99-803 SA-43 7/SA-43 7 M Rev i sed i n i ts e nti rety (07-9 1 0)

82 5 -82 9 SA-45 1 / SA-4 5 1 M SA-4 5 1 redesignated as SA-4 5 1 /SA-4 5 1 M and revised i n
its enti rety (07-890)
907 SA-4 8 7 / SA-4 8 7 M Su bti tl e rev i sed to i n d i cate ASTM reaf
f i rrm ati o n ( R0 7)

95 7 SA- 5 1 6 / SA- 5 1 6 M S u btitl e corrected by errata

1 0 5 5- 1 0 6 5 SA- 5 6 3 Rev i sed i n its enti rety (05- 1 3 03)
1 0 6 7- 1 0 7 6 SA- 5 64 / SA- 5 64 M Rev i sed i n i ts enti rety (07-89 1 )
1 125 SA- 5 7 7 / S A- 5 7 7 M Su btitl e rev i sed to i n d i cate ASTM reaf
f i rm ati on ( R0 7)

(c)
Page L oca tion Change (Record Number)
1 1 2 9- 1 1 3 4 S A- 5 7 8 /SA- 5 7 8 M ( 1 ) Ti tl e rev i sed (08- 1 6 56)
(2 ) Rev i sed i n i ts enti rety (08- 1 6 56)
1 1 47 SA- 6 09 / SA- 6 0 9 M S u btitl e rev i sed to i nd i cate ASTM reaf
f i rm ati on ( R0 7)

1 1 6 7- 1 1 7 1 SA- 64 5 / SA- 64 5 M ( 1 ) Titl e rev i sed (07- 1 1 04)

(2 ) Rev i sed i n its enti rety (07- 1 1 04)
1 3 3 7- 1 3 4 1 SA- 74 7 / SA- 74 7 M Rev i sed i n its enti rety (07-892)
1 4 6 3 - 1 4 72 SA- 8 1 5 / SA- 8 1 5 M Revi sed i n its e nti rety (04- 1 3 80)
1 575 S A- 9 9 5 S u btitl e rev i sed to i n d i cate ASTM reaf
f i rm ati on ( R0 7)

1 65 3 SA/E N 1 0 02 8 -2 De l eted (08- 1 5 56)

1 654 . 1 SA/E N 1 0 02 8-2 S u btitl e rev i sed (08- 1 5 56)
Pa rt 2

1 656. 1 SA/E N 1 002 8 - 7 S u bt itl e revi sed (08- 1 2 56)

N OT E :

Vol ume 5 9 of the I nterpretations to Section I 1, Part A, of the ASME Bo i ler and Pressu re Vesse l Code fol l ows
the l ast page of th is Addenda to Secti o n I I , Part A.
L I ST O F C HAN G ES I N RECO R D N U M B E R O R D E R

Recold Numbei Change

02-3 272 ASME SA-352/SA-352M updated to later 2006 version of ASTM A 352/A 352M
04- 1 3 80 ASME SA-8 1 5/SA-8 1 5M updated to late 2008 velsion of ASTM A 8 1 5/A 8 1 5M
05- 1 297 ASME SA- 1 94/SA- 1 94M updated to later' 2007a ver sion of the ASTM A 1 94/A 1 94M
05- 1 299 ASME SA-320/SA-320M updated to later 2007 ver sion of ASTM A 320/A 320M
05- 1 3 00 ASME SA-325 updated to lateI 2006 version of ASTM A 325 with the deletion of "private label disttibutoi"
in pa
r as , 1 5 1 a
nd 1 5 5
05 - 1 3 0 1 ASME SA-354 updated to later 2004 1 vel sion of ASTM A 354 with t
h e deletion of "plivate label distribu
tor " in par'a s 1 5 1 and 1 5 3 5
05- 1 303 ASME SA-563 updated to latei 2007a vel sion oI ASTM A 563 wit
hthe deletion of "private label distf
ibu
toi " in pm as 147 a
nd 14 9 and editoria! cha
n ge to tide
06- 343 In the Forewold, the phr ase "a
nd Guidelines Ioi Acceptable Non-ASTM Editions" inserted aftei the fir st
appem ance of "Guidelines of Acceptable ASTM Editions ?' The wor d "ASTM" deleted from all subsequent
occunences of "Acceptable ASTM Edit i ons "
07- 8 90 ASME SA-45 1 updated to later 2006 version of ASTM A 45 1/A 45 1M
07- 8 9 1 ASME SA-564/SA-564M updated to 2004 ver sion of ASTM A 564/A 564M
07- 8 92 ASME SA-747/SA-747M updated to 2004 vel sion of ASTM A 747/A 747M
07-9 1 0 ASME SA-437/SA-437M updated to 2006 version of ASTM A 437/A 437M
07- 1 1 04 ASME SA-645/SA-645M updated to later 2005 version of ASTM A 645/A 645M .
08- 820 ASME SA-325 updated to later 2007a version of ASTM A 325 with t
he deletion of "private label d
i stf
ibu
toi" in par as 1 5 1 and 1 5 5 This iecor d number supel cedes item 05- 1 300
08 - 8 2 1 ASME SA-354 updated to latei 2007a version of ASTM A 354 with the deletion ot "private label distf
ibu
toi " in pmas 1 5 , 1 and 1 5 3 5 This r ecol d number' supelcedes item 05- 1 30 1
0 8- 1 25 6 Cover sheet fi3r SA/EN 1 0028-7 updated to later 2007 edition of EN 1 0028-7
08- 1 55 6 Missing Non-ASTM Specifications added in the "SPECIFICATIONS LISTED BY MATERIALS" secti ons
of II-A , Covei sheet of SA/EN 1 0028-2 identica
l to B S EN 1 0028-2- 1 993 deleted Editoria
l i evisions to
SA/EN 1 0028 -2 cover sheets
08 - 1 65 6 ASME SA-578/SA-578M updated to latei 2007 version of ASTM A 578/A 578M ,

(e)
I N TE N TI O N A L LY L E FT B LA N K
0 7 -8 9 6 A S M E S A-1 8 1/S A- 1 8 1 M u pdate d to l ate r 2 0 0 6 ve rs i o n of A S T M A 1 8 1 /A 1 8 1 M .
0 7 -8 9 7 A S M E S A-2 34/S A-2 34 M u pdated to l ate r 2 0 0 7 ve rs i on of A S T M A 2 34/A 2 3 4 M
0 7 -8 9 9 A S M E S A-5 9 2/S A-5 9 2 M updated to l ate r' 2 0 04 ve rs i o n of A S T M A 5 9 2/A 59 2 M .
0 7 -9 0 0 A S M E S A-9 60/S A-960 M u pdated to l ater 2 0 07 ve rsi on of A S T M A 960/A 96 0 M .
0 7 -9 0 1 A S M E SA-96 1/S A-96 1 M u pdated to l ate r 2 0 0 7 ve rsi on of A S T M A 9 6 1/A 96 1 M except certif i cati o n i s
req u i red i n 1 9 . 1
0 7-9 5 9 A S M E S A- 1 0 1 1/S A- 1 0 1 1 M u p dated to l ate r' 2 0 0 6 b ve rs i o n of A S T M A 1 0 1 1/A 1 0 1 1 M .
0 7 -9 6 7 A S M E S A-1 8 2/SA-1 82 M u pdated to l ater 2 0 0 7 ve rsi on of A S T M A 1 82/A 1 8 2 M except fo r the i nc l usi on of
G rad e F 3 1 6 T i i n 6 3 . 1
0 7-9 9 3 A S M E S A-2 9/S A-2 9 M s pec if
i cat i on u pdated to l ate r 2 0 0 5 ve rs i o n of A S T M A 2 9/A 2 9 M .
0 7 -9 94 A S M E S A-2 1 6/S A-2 1 6 M spec ifi cati on u pdated to later 2 0 07 vers i on of A S T M A 2 1 6/A 2 1 6 M except for
the ad d i t i o n of 2 . .3 an d e d ito r i a l d iffe re nces i n 2 1 an d 1 0 1
0 7 -9 9 6 A S M E S A-3 1 1/S A-3 1 1 M updated to l ate r 2 0 04 ve rsi on of A S T M A 3 1 1/A 3 1 1 M except for the de l et i on of
5 . 1 1 1 and rev is i o n to N ote A t o Tab le 1 an d an ed i to r i a l c han g e to 5 . 1 . 9 A l s o, the term ' if req u este d ' was
de l ete d fro m 1 1 . 1 to m ake ce rt if i c at i o n m an d ato ry
0 7 -9 9 7 AS M E S A-376/S A-3 7 6 M spec if i cat i o n updated to l ater 2 0 0 6 vers i on of A S T M A 3 7 6/A 3 7 6 M e xcept for
th e deleti on of H T-0 o pti on from 6 . 2 and 1 4 . 1 and c l ar if i cat i o n of heat tre atm e nt req u i re m e nts i n 6 . 2
0 7 -9 9 8 A S M E S A-67 5/S A-67 5 M u pdated to l ater 2 0 03 E 1 ve rsi on of A S T M A 67 5/A67 5 M except that S upp l emen
tary Req u i rement S 7 has G rades 65 and 7 0 added, and S 7 is mandatory S ecti ons 4. 1 9 and 1 0 rev ised to
make ce rt if i cat i o n m an d ato ry.
0 7 -9 9 9 A S M E S A-7 89/S A-7 89 M u pdated to l ate r 2 0 05 b vers ion of A S T M A 7 8 9/A 7 89 M ..
07-1 0 0 0 A S M E S A-790/S A-7 90 M u pdated to l ate r 2 0 0 5 b vers i o n of A S T M A 7 9 0/A 7 9 0 M .
0 7 -I 0 6 1 AS M E SA-2 1 7/S A-2 1 7 M update d to l ate r 2 0 0 7 ve rsi on of A S T M A 2 1 7/A 2 1 7 M .
07-I 062 A S M E S A-4 2 6/S A-42 6 M updated to l ate r 2 0 0 7 ve rsi on of A S T M A 4 2 6/A 4 2 6 M .
07 - 1 07 4 S A-3 1 updated to l ater 2 0 04 E 1 vers i o n of A ST M A 3 1 except for an ed ito r ial c hange i n 3 . 1 1 and manda
to ry certif i cati on i n 3 1 . 7 a n d 1 4 .
0 7- 1 0 7 5 A S M E S A-2 7 5/S A- 2 7 5 M u pd ated to l ate r 2 0 0 6 ve rs i o n of A S T M A 2 7 5/A 2 7 5 M .
07-1 0 76 S A- 2 78/S A-27 8 M u pdated to late r 2 0 0 1 ( R 0 6 ) ve r s i o n of A S T M A 2 7 8/A 2 7 8 M e xce pt fo r an ed ito r i al
c h an g e to 5 1 . 1 an d a c h an ge to 1 6 . 1 m a k i n g ce rt i f i cati o n man dato ry .
07-1 07 7 AS M E S A-38 8/S A-3 88 M update d to late r 2 0 0 7 ve rs i o n of A S T M A 3 8 8/A 3 88 M
07-1 078 A S M E S A-5 2 2/S A-5 2 2 M u pd ated to l ate r 2 0 0 7 ve rs i o n of A S T M A 5 2 2/A 5 2 2 M .
07 - 1 0 7 9 A S M E S A-7 2 3/S A -7 2 3 M u pdate d to l ate r 2 0 0 2 vers i o n of A S T M A 7 2 3/A 7 2 3 M exce pt t hat for C l ass 2 a
i n Tab l e 2 the m i n i m u m e l o n g at i o n sh a l l be 1 3 . 5 % ..
07-1 0 8 0 A S M E SA-7 2 7/S A-7 2 7 M updated to l ate r 2 0 0 2 ( Reapp roved 2 0 0 7 ) versi o n of A S T M A 7 2 7/A 7 2 7 M .
0 7 - 1 08 1 A S M E S A-7 88 updated to l ater 2 0 0 6 vers i o n of A S T M A 7 8 8
0 7-1 084 A S M E S A-83 6/S A-836 M u pdate d to l ate r 2 0 02 ( Reapp rove d 2 0 0 7 ) ve rs i o n of A S T M A 8 36/A 8 36 M .
07-1 2 2 5 E rrata fo r S A-3 5 0/S A-3 5 0 M F i g . 1 " wo r i n g " cor re cte d to "wo r k i n g . "
07-1 7 69 E rrata fo r Acce ptab le N on-A S T M E d iti on, Tab l e E D - 2 c or r rected
07-1 77 0 C orrect th e refe re nce i n para 1 1 . 2 of S A-7 03 from 1 0 . 1 to 1 1 . 1 .
I N TE N TI O N A L LY L E FT B LA N K
 2007 ASME
B OILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE

SECTIONS

I Rules for Construction of Power' B oiler s

II Mater
ials
Part A - Ferrous Material Specif
i cations
Pa
rt B - Nonferious Materia l Specifi cations
Part C - Specif
i cations for Welding Rods , Electrodes, and Filler' Metals
Pa
r t D - Properties (Customary)
Pa
r t D - Properties (Metric)
HI Rules for' Construct
i on of' Nuclear' Facility Components
Subsect i on NCA - Genera l Requirements for Division 1 and Division 2
Division 1
Subsection NB - Class 1 Components
Subsect
i on NC - Class 2 Components
Subsection ND - Class 3 Components
Subsection NE - Class MC Components
Subsection NF - Suppolts
Subsect
i on NG - Core Suppolt StluCtules
Subsection NH - Class 1 Components in Elevated Tempel ature Sei cice
Appendices
Division 2 - Code for' Concrete Containments

Division 3 - Containments for Transpoltation and Storage of Spent Nuclear' Fuel

nd High Level Radioact
a i ve Matelial and Waste
IV Rules for Construct
i on of' Heating B oilers
V Nonde struct
i ve Examination

VI Recommended Rules for the Ca

re and Operation of' Heating B oilers
VII Recommended Guidelines for the Ca
r e of Powei B oiler s

VIII Rules for Con str

u ction of' Pres sure Ves sels
Divi sion 1
Divi sion 2 - Altelnative Rules
Division 3 - Alternative Rules foi Const
r uction of' High Pressure Vessels
IX Welding and Brazing Qualif
i cat
i ons
X Fiber-Reinfor ced Plast
i c Pres sul e Ve ssel s

XI Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power' Plant Components

XJI Rules for Construction and Continued Service of Transpolt Tanks

iii
 ADDENDA Interpretations of' the Code are distr
ibuted annually in
July with the i s su ance of' the e di tion and sub s e
Colored- sheet Addenda, which include additions and
quent addenda , Interpr etation s po sted in J anuary at
revisions to individual Sect
i ons of' the Code, a
r e published www ,cstools ,asme.org/interpretations a
r e included in the
annually and will be sent automatically to purchasers of' July distr
ibut
i on ,
the applicable Sections up to the publication of the 20 1 0
Code , The 2007 Code is available only in the loose-leaf
format; accordingly, t
he Addenda will be issued in the CODE CASES
loose-leaL replacement-page fbimat,,
he B oiler and Pressur e Ves sel Committee meets regu
T
la
r 'ly to consider proposed additi ons and revisions to the
INTERPRETATIONS
Code a
nd to formulate Cases to clarify t
h e intent of existing
ASME i s sues wr itten replies to inquiries concerning requirements or' provide, when t
h e need is urgent, rules
interpretation of' technical aspects of t
h e Code.. The Inter' for materials or constructions not covered by exist
i ng Code
pretations for each individual Section will be published rules.. Those Cases that have been adopted will appea r'
separately an d will be included as part of the update service in t
he appropr
i ate 2007 Code Cases book: "Boiler s a
nd
to h
t at Secti on. Interpretations of Section III, Divisions 1 Pres sure Ve s sels" and "Nuclear' C omponents . " Supple
and 2, will be included with the update service to Subsec ments will be sent automatically to the purchasers of the
tion NCA . Code Cases books up to the publication of the 20 1 0 Code .

iv
 CONTENTS

Foreword . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. . . . .. .. . . . . .. .. . . .. .. . . ix
Statements of Policy . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Personnel . . . .. . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. .. . . .. .. . . . .. . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. .. . . . . . xv
ASTM Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . xxvii
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxix
Specif
i cations Listed by Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . xxxi
Specif
i cation Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxix
Guidelines on Submittal of Technical Inquiries to the B oiler' and Pressure Vessel
Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xli
Guideline on the Appr oval of New Materials Under the ASME B oiler and Pr essur e Ves sel
Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .. .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. .. . . . . .. .. . . .. .. . . .. .. . . .. . .. . . . .. .. .. . . .. .. . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . xliii
Guideline on Acceptable ASTM Editions . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. xlvii
Guideline on Acceptable Non-ASTM Editions .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. . . .. . .. . . .. .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . lvii
Guidelines on Multiple Marking of' Materials . . .. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. lix
Summary of' Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . . . lxi
List of Changes in BC Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. . .. .. .. .. . . .. . . . . .. .. . .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxii

Specif
ications
S A-6 / SA-6M General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel B ar s , Plates , Shapes , and
Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 1
S A-20 / SA-20M General Requirements for' Steel Plates for Pr essure Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
S A-29 / SA-29M General Requirements for Steel B ar's , Ca r bon and Alloy, Hot-Wr ought a nd
C old-Finished . .. .. .. . . .. . .. .. . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . 1 27
S A- 3 1 Steel Rivets and B a
r s for Rivets, Pressure Ves sels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
SA-3 6/ SA- 3 6M Ca
r bon S tructura
l S teel .. . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . . . .. .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. 1 57
S A-47 / S A-47M Femtic Malleable It'on Cast i ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. 1 63
S A- 5 3 / S A- 5 3 M Pipe, S teel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and S eamles s . . . . .. 17 1
SA- 1 05 / S A- 1 05 M Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 99
SA- 1 06 S eamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperatur e S er vice . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 205
SA- 1 34 Pipe, Steel, Electric-Fusion (Ax c)-Welded (Sizes NPS 1 6 a nd Over) . . . . . . . . . . 22 1
S A- 1 35 Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
S A- 1 7 8 / S A- 1 7 8M Electric-Resistance-Welded Ca rbon Steel and Ca r bon-Manganese Steel
B oiler and Superheater' Tubes . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. 23 7
SA- 1 7 9/ SA- 1 7 9M S eamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon Steel Heat Excha n ger and Condenser
Tubes . . . .. . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . .. . . . .. .. .. . . .. . . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . . .. . . . . .. .. 243
S A- 1 8 1 / SA- 1 8 1 M Carbon Steel Forgings, for General-Purpose Piping .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 247
SA- 1 8 2 / S A- 1 8 2M For ged or Rolled Alloy and Stainles s Steel Pipe Flanges , For ged
Fittings, and Valves and Par ts for High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 25 1
SA- 1 9 2/ SA- 1 92M Seaml ess Carbon Steel B oiler' Tubes for' High-Pressure Service . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 1
SA- 1 93 /SA- 1 93M Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 275
SA- 1 94 / S A- 1 94M Car bon and Alloy Steel Nuts for' B olts for High-Pres sure or High
Temperature S ervice, or' B oth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 293
SA-202 / S A- 202M Pressme Vessel Plates , Alloy Steel, Chromium-Manga n ese-Silicon .. . .. .. . .. .. . 31 1
SA-20 3 /SA-203M Pressure Vessel Plates , Alloy Steel, Nickel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. 315
S A-204 / S A- 204M Pres sme Vessel Plates, Mloy Steel, Molybdenum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . .. .. . . .. 3 19

V
S A- 209 / SA-20 9M Seamless Carbon-Molybdenum Alloy-Steel Boiler and Superheater
Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
S A-2 1 0/ S A-2 1 0M Seamless Medium-Carbon Steel Boiler and SupeIheater Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
S A-2 1 3 / S A-2 1 3M Seamless Ferritic and Austenitic Alloy-Steel Boiler' , Superheater' , and Heat
Exchanger' Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 33
S A- 2 1 4 / S A- 2 1 4M Electric-Resi stance-Welded Ca
rbon Steel Heat-Excha
n ger and Condenser'
Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
S A-2 1 6 / SA-2 1 6M Steel Castings, Ca
r bon, Suitable fr
o Fusion Welding for High-Temperature
S ervice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
S A - 2 1 7 / S A- 2 1 7M Steel Castings, Ma r tensitic Stainless and Alloy, for' PIessme-Containing
Par ts Suitable for High-Temper ature SeIvice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 1
S A- 225 / S A- 225M Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Vanadium-Nickel . . . . . . . . . 357
S A-23 1 / SA-23 1 M Chromium-Vanadium Alloy Steel Spring Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 1
S A- 23 2/ SA-23 2M Ch
r omium-Vanadium Alloy Steel Valve Spring Qua lity Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
S A- 234/ SA-234M Piping Fittings of Wr ought Ca r bon Steel and Alloy Steel for' Moderate and
High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 1
SA- 240/ SA-240M Chromium and Ch
r 'omium-Nickel S tainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and
Strip f0r' Pressure Vessels and fix General Applicati ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8 1
SA- 249 / S A-249M Welded Austenitic Steel Boiler, Superhea
ter' , Heat-Exchanger , and
Condenser' Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 93
S A- 2 50 / SA-25 0M Electric-Resistance-Welded Ferxitic Alloy-Steel B oiler' and Superheater'
Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
S A-2 63 Stainles s Chr omium Steel-Clad Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
S A-264 S tainles s Chromium-Nickel S teel-Clad Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
S A- 265 Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloy-Clad Steel Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
SA-266/ SA- 266M Ca
r bon Steel Forgings, for Pressure Vessel Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
SA-26 8 / S A-26 8M Seamless and Welded Ferxitic and Ma
r tensitic Stainles s Steel Tubing fr
o,
General Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
S A- 27 5 / SA-27 5M Magneti c Par ticle Examinati on of' Steel Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
SA- 27 6 Stainless Steel Bar ' s and Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
S A- 27 8 Gray Iron Castings fr o ' Pressure-Containing Parts fi r Temperature Up to
650°F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
SA-28 3 / SA-28 3M Low- and InteImediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
SA-285 / S A-28 5M Pr es sure Ves sel Plates , Ca
r bon Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile
Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
SA-299 / SA-299M Pr essur e Vessel Plates, Ca
r bon Steel , Manga
n ese-Silicon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 1
SA- 302 / SA- 3 02M Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Molybdenum and
Manganese-Molybdenum-Nickel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
S A- 307 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 psi Tensile Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
SA- 3 1 1 i S A-3 1 1 M Cold-Drawn, Stress-Relieved Car bon S teel B at' s Subject to Mechanical
Property Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
S A- 3 1 2/ S A-3 1 2M S eamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
S A- 3 20/ S A-320M Alloy Steel Bolting Materials for Low-Temperature Sercice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 5
S A- 3 25 Structur al B olts , Steel, Heat Treated, 1 20 / 1 05 ksi Minimum Tensile
Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
S A- 3 3 3 / SA- 3 3 3M Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe fix Low-Temperature Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
S A- 3 34 / SA- 3 34M S eamles s and Welded Ca
r bon and Alloy Steel Tubes for Low-Temperature
S et-vice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 1
SA- 3 3 5 / S A-3 3 5M Seamless Ferritic Alloy-Steel Pipe for High-Temperat
ure Service . . . . . . . . . . 56 1
SA-3 3 6/ S A-3 3 6M Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure and High-Temperature Pa
r ts . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
SA-3 5 0 / SA- 3 5 0M Ca
r bon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch Toughness
Testing for Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 85
S A- 3 5 1 / SA- 3 5 1 M Casti ngs, Austenitic, Austenitic-Ferf
i tic (Duplex), fi r PIessure-Containing
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597

vi
 S A- 3 5 2 / S A- 3 5 2M Steel Castings , FerTitic and Martensitic, for Pressure Containing Pa r ts,
Suitable f0r Low Temperature S ervice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
SA- 3 5 3 / SA- 3 5 3 M Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, 9 Percent Nicke!, Double-Noima l ized
and TempeIed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
SA-3 5 4 Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel B olts, Studs, and Other Externally
Threaded Fastener' s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
SA-3 5 8 /SA-3 5 8M Electric-Fusion-Welded Austenitic Chromium-Nickel Alloy Steel Pipe
for High-Temper ature S ervice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. .. .. 627
SA- 3 69 / S A-369M Carbon a nd FerxJtic Alloy Steel FoIged and B ored Pipe for High
Temper ature Service . . .. . . . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 637
SA-370 Test Methods and Def i nit i ons for' Mecha nical Test i ng of Steel Products . .. . .. 643
S A-3 72 / SA- 3 72M Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Thin-Wa l led Pressure Vessels . . . . . .. . . . 70 1
SA-3 7 6 /SA- 376M S eamless Austenitic Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Centra l -Station
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 07
SA-3 87 / SA-3 87M Pressur e Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Chr omium-Molybdenum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
S A- 3 8 8 / S A- 3 8 8M UlUasonic Examinat i on of Heavy Steel Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
SA- 3 95 Fetritic Ductile Iron Pressur e-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated
Temperattues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
S A-403 / S A-403M Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . 747
SA-409 / S A-409M Welded La
r ge Diameter Austenitic Steel Pipe f i r Corrosive or High
Temper ature Service . . .. . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . .. . . 759
S A-4 1 4/S A-4 1 4M Steel, Sheet, Ca
r bon, for Pr essur e Vessels . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . .. . .. . . . . 769
SA-420 / SA-420M Piping Fittings of Wrought Ca r bon Steel a nd Alloy Steel for Low
Temperatu r e Service . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . .. .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 773
S A-423 / S A-423M Seamless and Electric-Welded Low-Alloy Steel Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 783
SA-426 Centrifugally Cast Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipe for' High-Temperature
Service . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. . . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . . . .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . .. .. .. . . .. .. . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . .. .. . . . . .. 789
SA-43 5 / S A-43 5M Su aight-B eam Ultrasonic Examination of Steel Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795
SA-437 / SA-437M Alloy Steel Turbine-Type B olting Material Specially Heat Tieated for
High-Temperatur e Seivice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
SA-449 Quenched and Tempered Steel B olts and Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
SA-450/ SA-450M General Requiiements for Ca r bon, Feiritic Alloy, and Austenitic Alloy
Steel Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
SA-45 1 Centrifugally Cast Austenitic Steel Pipe fbr High-Temperature Service . .... 825
SA-45 3 / SA-45 3M High-Temperature Bolting Materials, With Expa n sion Coeff i cients
Comparable to Austenitic Steels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 83 1
SA-45 5 / SA-45 5M Pressure Vessel Plates, Ca rbon Steel, High-Strength Manganese . . . . . . . .... 84 1
S A-476 / S A-47 6M Ducti le Iron Cast
i ngs for Paper Mill Dryer Rolls . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . 845
S A-479 / SA-479M Stainless Steel B a
r's a
n d Shapes for Use in B oiler's a n d Other Pressure
Ves sel s . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . .. . . .. .. . . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . 85 1
S A-4 8 0 / SA-4 8 0M General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless a n d Heat-Resisting
Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863
SA-484 /SA-484M General Requirements for Stainless Steel B a r s, Billets, and Forgings . . . . . . . 89 1
SA-487 / SA-487M Steel Cast
i ngs Suitable for Pressure Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . 907
SA-494 / SA-494M Castings, Nickel and Nickel Alloy . . . .. .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 915
SA- 508 /SA- 508M Quenched a n d Tempered Vacuum-Treated Ca r bon and Alloy Steel
For gings for Pressure Vessels . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 917
SA-5 1 3 Electric-Resista
nce-Welded Carbon a nd Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing . . . .. 927
SA-5 1 5 / SA-5 1 5M Pressure Vessel Plates , Ca
r bon Steel, for Intermediate- and Higher
Temperature SeIvice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 95 3
SA-5 1 6/S A-5 1 6M P essure Vessel Plates, Ca
rbon Steel, for: Moderate- a
n d Lower
Temperatur e Service . . .. .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957
SA-5 1 7 /SA-5 1 7M Pressu
r e Vessel Plates , Alloy Steel, High Stiengt h , Quenched and
Tempered . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963

vii
S A-522 / S A-5 22M Forged or Rolled 8 and 9% Nickel Alloy Steel Flanges, Fittings,
Valves, and Parts for' Low-Temperattue Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967
SA-5 24 Seamless Carbon Stee! Pipe fbr Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures . . . . 973
SA-5 3 0/SA-5 3 0M General Requirements fbr Specia l ized Ca r bon and Alloy Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . 983
SA-5 3 3 / S A- 5 3 3M Pressme Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempered,
Ma n ganese-Molybdenum and Ma n ganese-Molybdenum-Nickel . . . . . . . . . . 993
SA-5 3 7 / SA-537M Pressure Vessel Plates, Heat-Treated, Ca r bon-Manganese-Silicon Steel . . .. . 999
SA-540/SA-540M Alloy Steel Bolting Materials for Special Applicati ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 005
SA-5 4 1 / SA-54 1 M Quenched and Tempered Ca r bon a n d Alloy Steel Forgings tot Pressure
Vessel Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015
SA-542/ SA-542M Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched-a nd-Tempered,
Chromium-Molybdenum a n d Chromium-Molybdenum-Vanadium . . . . . . . 1 023
SA-543 / SA-543M Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempered, Nickel
Chromium-Molybdenum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 029
SA- 55 3 /SA- 5 5 3 M Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched and TempeI ed 8 a nd 9
Peicent Nickel . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 03 3
SA-55 6/ SA-55 6M Seamless Cold-Dr awn Ca r bon Steel Feedwater Heater Tubes . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 03 9
S A-55 7 / SA- 55 7M Electr
i c-Resistance-Welded Ca r bon Steel Feedwater Heater Tubes . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . 1 045
S A-562 / SA-562M Piessure Vessel Plates, Ca
r bon Steel, Manga nese-Titanium for Glass or'
Diffused Metallic Coatings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 05 1
S A-5 63 Carbon a
nd Alloy Steel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 055
S A-5 64/ SA-5 64M Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-Hardening Stainless Steel Ba
r 's and
Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 067
SA-5 6 8 / SA-5 68M Steel, Sheet, Carbon a
nd High-St
r ength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and
Cold-Rolled, General Requirements f0I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 077
SA- 572/S A-572M High-Str ength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel. . . . . . . . . . . 1111
S A- 574 Alloy Steel Socket-Head Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 17
SA-577 / SA-577M Ultrasonic Angle-Bea m Examinati on of Steel Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 25
SA- 57 8 / SA- 57 8M Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of' Plain a n d Clad Steel Plates f0r'
Special Applicati ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 29
SA-5 8 7 Electr
i c-Resistance-Welded Low-Ca
r bon Steel Pipe f0r the Chemical
Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 35
SA-5 9 2/ S A-5 92M High-Strength Quenched and Tempered Low-Alloy Steel Forged
Fittings and ParKs fbr Pressure Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 43
SA- 609 / S A-609M Casti ngs, Carbon, Low-Alloy, and Martensiti c Stainless Steel, Ultrasonic
Examination Thereof'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 47
SA- 6 1 2/ SA-6 1 2M Pres sure Vessel Plates, Carbon S teel, High Strength, for Moderate a
nd
Lower Temperature Seivice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 59
SA-63 8 / SA-63 8M Precipitation Hardening Iron Base Superalloy Bats, Forgings, a nd
Forging Stock f0r' High-Temper atur e Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 63
SA-645 / SA-645M Pr essure Ves sel Plates , Five Percent Nickel Alloy Steel, Specially Heat
Treated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 67
S A- 649/ SA-649M FoIged Steel Rolls, Used for' CoImgating Paper' Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 73
S A- 660 Centr
ifuga
lly Cast Ca r bon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . 1 1 79
SA-662 / SA-662M Pr
e ssure Vessel Plates, Carbon-Manganese-Silicon Steel, for Moder ate
n d Lower TemperatuIe Set'vice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 85
a
SA-666 Annea
led or' Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel , Sheet, Strip,
Plate, a
nd Flat Ba
r '.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 9 1
SA-667 / SA-667M Cent
rifugally Cast Dua
l Metal (Gray a
nd White Cast Is'on) Cylinders . . . . . . 1 20 1
S A-67 1 Electr
i c-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospher
i c and Lower
TempeIam es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 203
S A- 67 2 Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pressure SeIvice at Moderate
Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 1 3

viii
 SA-675 / SA-675M S teel B ar's , Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality, Mechanical
PropeI ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 22 1
SA-68 8 / SA-68 8M Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Feedwater Heater Tubes .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . 1 227
SA-69 1 Car bon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Elect r ic-Fusion-Welded for' High
Pressule Sei cice at High Temperatures . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 237
SA-693 Precipitation-Ha r dening Stainless a nd Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet,
and Strip . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 1 245
SA-6 95 Steel B ar's , Ca
r bon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality, for' Fluid Power'
Applications .. .. . . .. . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. 1 253
SA-69 6 Steel B a
r s, Ca
r bon, Hot-Wrought or Cold-Finished, Special Quality,
for' Plessure Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 257
SA-7 03 / SA-703M Steel Casti ngs, Genelal Requilements, for' Plessme-Conta ining Pa r ts . . . . . . . . 1 26 1
SA-705 / SA-705M Age-Ha r dening Stai nless Steel Folgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . .. . . 1 28 1
SA-7 23 / SA-7 23M Alloy Steel Folgings for High-Strength Pressure Component
Applicat i on . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 289
SA-7 24/SA-724M Plessul e Vessel Plates, Ca r bon-Manganese-Silicon Steel, Quenched and
Temper ed, for Welded Layered Pressur e Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 295
SA-727 / SA-727M Folgings, Ca r bon Steel, for' Piping Components With Inher ent Notch
Toughness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 299
SA-73 1 / SA-7 3 1 M Seamless, Welded Feriitic , a n d Ma r tensitic Stainless Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . 1 305
SA-736 /SA-736M Plessure Vessel Plates, Low-Ca r bon Age-Ha r dening Nickel-Copper
Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium and Nickel-Copper
Manga nese-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy Steel . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1 1
SA-73 7 / SA-7 37M Pressure Vessel Plates, High-St r ength, Low-Alloy Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 17
S A-73 8 / SA-7 3 8M Pressule Vessel Plates , Heat-Tleated, Ca r bon-Ma nganese- Silicon Steel,
for' Model ate and Lower' Temperatule Selvice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 1
SA-73 9 Steel B ar s , Alloy, Hot-Wrought, for' Elevated Temperature or' Pressule
Containing ParKs, or B oth . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 327
SA-745 / SA-745M Ultrasonic Examinat ion of Austen i tic Steel Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . 133 1
SA-747 /SA- 747M Steel Castings , Sta i nless, Precipitation Ha r dening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 1 3 37
SA-74 8 / S A-74 8M Statically Cast Chilled White I r on-Gray Iron Dual Metal Rolls for Plessule
Vessel Use . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 343
SA-749 /SA-749M Steel, St
r ip, Ca
r bon and High-Strength Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled,
Genelal Requilements for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 345
SA-7 5 1 Test Methods, Plactices, and Terminology for' Chemical Analysis of Steel
Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 355
SA-7 65 /SA- 7 65M Ca
rbon Steel and Low-Alloy Steel Pressme-Vessel-Component
Forgings With Mandatoly Toughness Requirements . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 363
S A-7 70 / S A-770M Through-Thickness Tension Testing of' Steel Plates fix Special
Applicat
i ons . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1
S A-7 8 1 / S A-7 8 1 M Cast
i ngs, Steel and Alloy, Common Requirements, f0r General Industrial
Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 1 379
SA-7 8 8 / SA-7 8 8M Steel Forgings, Genel al Requirements . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 1 3 97
SA-7 8 9/SA-7 89M Seamless and Welded Ferxitic /Austenitic Sta
i nless Steel Tubing for
Genera
l Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 1 3
SA-790 /SA-790M Seamless and Welded Ferxitic /Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . 1 42 1
SA- 803 / SA- 803M Welded FelIitic Stainless Steel Feedwater Heater' Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 43 3
SA-8 1 3 /SA- 8 1 3M Single- or Double-Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 1445
SA- 8 1 4/SA- 8 1 4M Cold-Wolked Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455
SA-8 1 5 / SA- 8 1 5M Wlought Felritic, Ferrit ic /Austenitic, a n d Ma r tensitic Sta i nless Steel Piping
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 463
SA- 8 3 2/ SA-83 2M Plessule Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Chromium-Molybdenum
Vanadium .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . . .. .. . . . .. . . .. . . .. .. . . . . .. .. . . .. .. .. .. 1 47 3
SA- 8 3 4 Common Requirements fi r Iron Castings for General Industrial Use . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 479

ix
SA- 83 6 / SA- 83 6M
SA-84 1 / SA- 84 1 M
SA-905
SA-94 1
SA-960
SA-96 1
SA-962 / SA-962M
SA-965 / SA-965M
SA-9 85 / SA-9 85M
SA-99 5
SA-999/ SA-999M
SA- 1 008 /SA- 1 008M
SA- 1 0 1 0 /SA- 1 0 1 0M
SA- 1 0 1 1 / SA- 1 0 1 1 M
SA- 1 0 1 6 /SA- 1 0 1 6M
SA- 1 0 1 7 /SA- 1 0 1 7M
SF-5 6 8M
S A /AS 1 548
SA/CSA-G40. 2 1
SA/EN 1 0028-2
SA/EN 1 0028- 3
SA/JIS G3 1 1 8
MANDATORY APPENDIX
I Standa
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX
A Sources of' Standa
Forgings, Titanium-Stabilized Carbon Steel, for Glass-Lined Piping
and Pres sure Vessel S ervice . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 48 3
Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels, Produced by the Thelmo-Mechanical
Control Process (TMCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1487
Steel Wire, Pressure Vessel Winding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1497
Terminology Relating to Steel, Stainless Steel, Related Alloys, and
Felroalloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 503
Common Requirements for Wrought Steel Piping Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 1 1
Common Requir ements for Steel Flanges, Forged Fittings, Valves and
Parts for' Piping Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 523
Common Requilements for' Steel Fasteners or Fastener Materials, or Both,
Intended for Use at Any Temperature from Clyogenic to the Creep
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 535
Steel Forgings, Austenitic, for' Pressure a nd High Temperatule Pa r ts . . . . . . . 1 545
Steel Investment Castings General Requirements, for
Pressure-Containing Pa r ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 553
Castings, Austenitic-FerxJtic (Duplex) Stainless Steel, f0r' Pressule
Containing Pa
r ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 575
General Requirements f0r' Alloy a n d Stainless Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 579
Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy
and High-Strength Low-Alloy With Improved Formability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 593
Higher-Stlength Martensitic Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, a
n d Strip . . . . . . . . . 1 603
Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Ca r bon, Stluctmal, High-Strength
Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy With Improved
Formability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 607
General Requilements for' Ferlitic Alloy Steel, Austenitic Alloy Steel, and
Stainless Steel Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 1 7
Plessure Vessel Plates, Alloy-Steel Chromium-Molybdenum-Tungsten . . .. . 1 633
Carbon and Alloy Steel Extelnally Threaded Metric Fastener's . . . . . . . . . . .. . 1 637
Steel Plates for' Plessure Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 1 649
Structural Quality Steels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 1 65 1
Flat Products Made of' Steels for PleSsule Purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 1 653
Flat Products Made of' Steels for Plessure Purposes Pa r t 3 : Weldable
Fine Grain Steels, Normalized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 655
Ca
r bon Steel Plates for Pres sure Vessels t0r Intelmediate and Moderate
Temperatule Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 657
r d Units for' Use in Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 659
r ds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 66 1
 FOREWORD A09

The American Society of Mechanical Engineer's set up a The Committee recognizes that tools and techniques
committee in 1 9 1 1 for the purpose of' formulating sta
ndar d used f0r design and analysis change as technology prog
rules for' the construction of steam boiler's and other' pres resses and expects engineer' s to use good .j udgment in the
sure vessels , This committee is now called the B oiler' and applicati on of t
hese tools. The designer' is responsible for'
Pressure Vessel Committee , complying with Code rules and demonst r ating compliance
The Committee ' s function is to establish rules of safety, with Code equations when such equat i ons a r e mandatory..
relating only to pressure integrity, governing the construc The Code neither requires nor' prohibits the use of' comput
tion 1 of boilers , pres sur e ves sels , transport tanks and ers for' the design or a
n alysis of' components constructed
nuclear components, and inservice inspect i on for' pressure to the requirements of' the Code . However' , designer s and
integrity of nuclear' components and tra n sport tanks, and engineer's using computer' programs for' design or analysis
to interpret t
hese rules when questi ons a
r ise regar ding their' are caut i oned that they a
r e responsible for a ll technica
l
intent. This code does not addr ess other' safety is sues relat assumpti ons inherent in the programs they use and t hey
ing to h
te const r uction of boilers, pressure vessels, tra n sport r e responsible for' the application of these programs to
a
tanks an d nuclea r ' components, a n d the inservice inspect i on their design.
of' nuclear' components and transport tanks. The user of' The Code doe s not fully addres s toler an ce s . When
the Code should r efer' to other' pert i nent codes, standa r ds , dimensions, sizes, or other' pa
r ameters are not specifi ed
laws, regulat i ons, or other' relevant documents. With few with tolerances, t
he values of these parameters a
r e consid
exceptions, the rules do not, of' pr actical necessity, refl ect ered nominal and allowable tolerances or' local va
r iances
the likelihood and consequences of deterioration in service may be considered acceptable when based on engineering
related to specif i c service fl uids or' external operating envi j udgment and standar d practices as determined by the
ronments. Recognizing this, the Committee has approved designer.
a wide va riety of construct i on rules in t his Sect i on to a
llow The B oiler and Pr essure Ves sel Committee deals wit
h
the user' or' his designee to select those which will provide t e ca
h r e and inspection of boiler's and pressure vessels in
a pressure vessel having a ma r gin for' deterioration in ser service only to the extent of' providing suggested rules of
vice so as to give a reasonably long, safe period of' use good practice as an aid to owner's and their' inspectors .
fulness. Accordingly, it is not intended that this Section
The rules established by the Committee a r e not to be
be used as a design handbook; rather, engineering judgment
interpreted as approving, recommending, or endorsing any
must be employed in the selection of' those sets of Code
proprietary or' specifi c design or' as limiting in any way the
rules suitable to a ny specif i c service or' need .
ma
nufacturer' s f
i eedom to choose any method of design
This Code contains mandatory requir ements, specif ic
or' any form of construction that conforms to t
he Code rules .
prohibitions, and nonmandatory guidance for' construct i on The B oiler' a
n d Pressur e Vessel Committee meets r egu
acti vit
ies . The Code does not address a ll aspects of these
larly to consider' revisions of t
he r
oles, new rules as dictated
activities and tho se asp ects which ar e not sp ecif i c ally
addres sed should not be consider ed prohibited The Code
by technological development, Code Cases, and requests
is not a ha ndbook a n d cannot replace educat i on, experi for interpretations . Only the Boiler a nd Pressure Vessel
Committee has the aut h ority to pr ovide off
i cial interpr eta
ence, and the use of' engineering judgment. The phrase
engineering judgment refers to technical judgments made t ons of this Code. Requests for revisions, new rules, Code
i
by knowledgeable designer s experienced in the application Cases, or' interpretations shall be addr essed to t
he Secreta ry
of' the Code . Engineering judgments must be consistent in writing and sha ll give full part
i culars in order to receive
with Code philosophy a nd such j udgments must never consideration and act
i on (see Mandatory Appendix cov
be used to overiule mandatory requirements or specif ic ering prepa r ation of' technical inquiries) . Proposed revi
prohibitions of the Code. sions to the Code result ing fr
om inquiries will be presented
to t
he Main Committee for' appropriate act i on . The action
of the Main Committee becomes effect
ive only after' con
I Cons truction. as used in this Foreword, is an all-inclusive teim com
pr
i sing materials, design, fabiication, examination, inspection, testing,
firmation by letter ballot of the Committee and approval
ceItif
l caf
i on, a
n d pxessuie ielief by ASME .

xi
 Proposed revisions to the Code approved by the Commit t o the A S ME B oi l er a n d Pre s s ure V e s s e l C omm itte e .
tee are submitted to the American National Standar ds Insti ASME is to be notif i ed should quest i ons ar ise concerning
tute and published at http :#cstools. asme.. org/csconnect/ impioper use of an ASME Code symbol .
pubIic/index.. cfm ?PublicReview = Revisions to invite com h e specif
T i cations for materials given in S ection II a re
ments from all interested persons . After' t he allotted time identical wit h or simila r' to those of specifi cat
i ons published
for public Ieview and f i nal approval by ASME, revisions by ASTM, AWS , and ot her recognized nationa l or interna
r
a e published annually in Addenda to t he Code . i onal organizations . When reference is made in an ASME
t
Code Cases may be used in the construct i on of' compo mater ial specif i c ation to a non-ASME specif i c ation for'
nents to be stamped with the ASME Code symbol begin which a companion ASME specif i cati on exists , th e refer
ning with the date of t heir' approval by ASME , ence sha l l be interpr eted as applying to t he ASME material
After Code revisions a r e approved by ASME, they may specifi cation.. Not a l l materials included in t h e material
be used beginning wit h the date of' issuance shown on specifi cations in Section II have been adopted f0r' Code
the Addenda,, Revisions , except for r evisions to material use . Usage is limi ted to those materials and grades adopted
specifi cat
i ons in Section II, Pa
r ts A and B , become manda by at least one of' th e other' S ect
i ons of' the Code for' applica
tory six mont h s af
ter such date of issuance, except for' tion under' rules of' t
h at Section . All materials allowed by
boiler s or' pressure vessels contr acted for' pr
i or to the end these va
r ious S ections and used for' c onstruct
i on wit
h in the
of' t
he six-mont h period. Revisions to materia l specifi ca scope of their rules shall be furnished in accordance wit h
i ons a
t r e originated by t he Amer i can Society f0r' Testing material specif i cations contained in Sect i on II or referenced
and Materials (ASTM) and other recognized nat i onal or in the Guidelines for Acceptable Editions in S ection II,
internat
i onal organizations, and a
r e usually adopted by Par ts A a n d B , except where otherwise provided in Code
ASME. However , those revisions may or' may not have Cases or' in t h e applicable S ect i on of' t
he Code. Mater i als
any effect on th e suitability of' material, produced to ea
r 'lier covered by these specif i cat i ons ar e acceptable for use in
edit
i ons of' specifi cations , f0r' use in ASME constraaction. items covered by the Code Sections only to t he degree
ASME material specif i cations appr oved f0r' use in each indicated in the applicable Section Materials for' Code use
construction Code a r e listed in the Guidelines for Accept should preferably be ordered, produced, and documented
able ASTM Editions and in the Guidelines for Acceptable on thi s b a s i s ; Gu i de li n e s for' A c c ep tab le E d iti o n s i n
Non-ASTM Editions, in Section II, Parts A and B . These Section II, Pa rt A a n d Guidelines for Acceptable Edit i ons
Guidelines list, for' each specifi cat
i on, the latest edition in S ection II, Pa r t B list editions of' ASME and yea r dates
adopted by ASME, and ea r lier and later' edit
i ons consider ed of' specif i cations that meet ASME requirements and which
by ASME to be identica l for ASME construction . may be used in Code construction . Material pr oduced to
The B oiler' and Pres sure Vessel Committee in the formu an acceptable specif i cation with r equir ements difter ent
lation of' its rules a
n d in t
h e establishment of maximum fr om the requirements of the corr esponding specif i cations
design a
n d operating pressures considers materials, con listed in the Guidelines for' Acceptable Editions in Pa rt A
stmction, methods of' fabricat
i on, inspection, a
n d safety or Pa rt B may a l so be used in accordance with t he above,
device s . provided the material manufacturer or vessel ma nufacturer'
The Code Committee does not rule on whether a compo certifi es with evidence acceptable to t he Aut h orized Inspec
nent shall or' shall not be constructed to the provisions of' tor that t h e coriesponding requir ements of' specif i cations
h e Code. The Scope of' each Sect
t i on has been established listed in t he Guidelines for' Acceptable Edit i ons in Pa rt A
to ident
ify the components a n d pa
r ameter s considered by or Par t B have been met. Material produced to an acceptable
the Committee in formulating the Code rules . material specif i cation is not lim i ted as to country of origin..
Quest
i ons or issues rega r ding compliance of a specif ic When r equir ed by context in this S ect i on, the singula r
component with t h e Code rules ar e to be directed to the shall be interpreted as the plural, a n d vice-versa; and the
ASME Cert ifi cate Holder' (Manufacturer) , Inquiries con feminine, masculine, or neuter' gender' shall be tr eated as
cerning h
te interpretation of' the Code a r e to be directed such other' gender' as appropriate .

xii
 STATEMENT OF POLICY

ON THE USE OF CODE SYMB OLS AND

CODE AUTHORIZATION IN ADVERTISING

ASME has established procedures to authorize qualif i ed "endorse" a

ny item, construct
i on, or activity a
n d them shall
organizations to perform various act ivities in accordance be no statements or implications that might so indicate. An
with the requirements of t h e ASME B oiler and Pr essure organization holding a Code Symbol and /or a Cert if
i cate of
Vessel Code. It is t he aim of the Society to provide recogni Authorization may state in advert i sing literature that items,
i on of' organizations so a
t nt h orized. An organization hold constt ctions, or' activities "a
r e built (produced or per
i n g au tho ri z ati o n t o p erfo rm v ari ou s ac ti vi ti e s i n formed) or act
i vit
i es conducted in accordance with the
accordance with the requirements of the Code may state requir
ements of' the ASME B oiler' a n d Pressure Vessel
this capability in its advertising literature . Code," or "meet the requirements of the ASME B oiler and
Organizations that are aut horized to use Code Symbols Pr es sur e Ves sel Code . "

for' mar king items or constructions that have been con The ASME Symbol shall be used only for' stamping and
st
r ucted and inspected in compliance wit
h the ASME B oiler nameplates as specif i cally pr ovided in t
h e Code . However,
n
a d Pressur e Vessel Code a
r e issued Certif
i cates of' Autho facsimiles may be used for' the purpose of fostering the
rization.. It is the aim of' the S ociety to maintain t he standing use of' such construction.. Such usage may be by a n associa
of the C ode S ymbo l s for the benef i t of' the u s er s , the tion or' a society, or by a holder' of a Code Symbol who
enforcement jurisdictions, and the holder s of the symbols may also use the facsim i le in advert i sing to show that
who comply with all r equirements . clearly specifi ed items will carry the symbol . General usage
B ased on t hese obj ectives, the following policy has been is permitted only when all of a manufactmer' s items a re
established on the usage in advert i sing of facsimiles of the constructed under the rule s

symbols, Certifi cates of Aut h orizat i on, and r eference to The ASME logo, which is the cloverleaf with the letter' s
Code const ruction. The American Society of Mechanical ASME within, shall not be used by any orga
n ization other
En g i n e er's do e s n o t " app ro v e , " " c e rti fy , " " rate , " o r' than AS ME

STATEMENT OF POLICY

ON THE USE OF ASME MARKING

TO IDENTIFY MANUFA CTURED ITEMS

he ASME B oiler' a
T n d Pressure Vessel Code provides Symbols shall not be used on any item t h at is not con
rules for t he construct i on of boilers, pressure vessels , a
nd stmcted in accorda
nce with all of t
h e applicable require
nuclear' components . This includes requirements for' mate ments of' the Code .
ri als , de sign, fabric ation , ex amination , in spection , and Items sha ll not be described on ASME Data Report
stamping . Items constructed in accordance with all of' t he Forms nor on simila r ' forms r eferiing to ASME that tend
applicable rules of the Code a r e ident
ifi ed with the off
i cial to imply that all Code requirements have been met when,
Code Symbol Stamp described in t h e governing S ect i on in fact, t
hey have not been.. Data Report Forms covering
of the C ode items not fully complying with ASME requirements should
Mar kings such as "ASME," "ASME Sta
n dard," or' any not refer to ASME or' they should clearly identify a
ll excep
ot
her ma ki ng including "ASME" or the va
r ious Code tions to the ASME requirements

xnl
xiv
 PERSONNEL A08
A09

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee

Subcommittees, Subgroups, and Working Groups
As of' January 1 , 2009

MAI N COMM ITT E E MA R I N E CO N F E R E N C E G RO U P

J G Fel dstei n, Chair G G Karcher

T P Pastor, Vice Chair W M L u n dy H N . Pate l, Chair J G H u ngerbu h l er, J r
U W . D o u thwa i te P . E . L i tt l e
J S B rzuszk iewi cz, Staff J R Mac Kay
Secretary U R M i l ler
R W B a r n es P A Mo l v i e
R I Bas i le W E N orr i s
CO N F E RE N C E COMM I TT E E
J E Batey G C Park
D L Be rger M D Ran a
M N B res s l e r B W Robe rts D A . Dou i n - I l l i no is (Cha ir) K J , Kraft - Ma ry l and
D A Ca n o n i co S C Ro berts R D Reetz - N o rth Da kota B . Krasi u n - Sas katchewan,
R P Deub l er F J Sc haaf, J r (Vice C ha ir) Ca n ada
D A Dou i n A Selz R J . Aben, J r . - M ich igan K T Lau - Al berta, Ca nada
R E G i m p le R W Swayne J S Acl a ro - Ca l ifor n i a W McG ivney - New York
M Gol d H M i chae l , Delega te A E . Ad ki ns - West Vi rgi n i a T J Mon r oe - Okl ahom a
T E H ansen K Oyamada, Delegate J . T Am ato - M i n n esota M F Mooney
J F H en ry T Tah ara, Delega te B P Anth ony - Rhode I s l a nd M assac h u set
ts
C L H of
fm a n n R D A u st i n - A r i zon a F Mus uta - O ntar io, Ca nada
E . W B ac h e l l i er - N u n avut, G R Myr i ck - Ar kan sas
EX E C U T I VE COMM ITT E E (MA I N COMM I TTE E) C. a n a d a S V N e l so n - Co l o r ado
T P Pastor, Chair P D Edwar ds J . E . Bel l - Mi ch i gan W . R Owe n s - Lo u i s i a n a
J G Fel dstei n . Vice Chair' M Go l d W K B righ am - N ew R P . Pate - A l abam a
J S B rzu szkiew icz. Staff G G Karcher H ampsh i r e R L Perry - N evada
M A B u r ns - F l or i da H D Pfaf
f - Sou th Da kota
Secretary G C Par k
R W B a rn es A Se l z J H B u r pee - Mai ne A . E P i at
t - Co n n ect i c u t

D . L Ber' g er C B Ca n tre l l - N eb r as ka M . R Po u l i n - I d a h o
D C Coo k - Ca l i fo rn i a D C . P r i ce - Y u ko n
H O N O RA RY M EM B E RS (MAI N COMM ITT E E)
J A Daven port - Ter ritory, Canada
F P B a rto n A J J u st i n Pen nsy lvan i a R S P u ce k - W i s co n s i n

R J C ep l uch W . G Knecht S Do n ova n - N o rth west T W R i eger - Man itoba,

L J . Chocki e J . LeCof
f Territori es, Ca nada Ca n ad a
T M . Cu l l en T G McCarty D . Eastm a n - N ewfo u n d l a n d A E Rogers - Ten nessee
W D . Dory G C M i l l m an a nd Labrador, Can ada D . E . Ross - N ew B r u nswic k,
J . R Farr R A Moen E Everett - Georg i a C a n ada

G . E Fe ige l R F Reedy C F u l to n - A l a s ka K A . Rudol ph - H awa i i

R C G r if
fi n W E So m ers J M G iven, J r - N orth M J . Rya n - I l l i no is
O F . H edden K K Ta m Car o l i n a G S c r i b n e r - M i sso u r i

E . J H emzy L P Zi ck, J r M G rah am - O regon J . G S iggers - B riti sh

M H J awad R . J H andy - Kentucky Col u mb ia, Canada
J B H arl a n - De l awa re T Stewa rt - Mo nta n a
H O N O RS AN D AWARDS COMM ITT E E R K Stu rm - U ta h
E . G H i lton - Vi r gi n ia
M . Go l d, Chair W . L . H aag, J r . K Hynes - Pri nce Edward M . J . Verhagen - Wi scons i n
F . E . Gregor, Vice Cha ir S . F H arri son, J r . Is l and, Can ada P . L Vesc i o, J r - N ew York
D . R Sh arp, Staff Secretary R M . Jessee D . T . J agger - O h i o M . Wash i ngton - New J ersey
R J . Bas i l e W C . LaRochel le D J J en ki ns - Kan sas K L Watson - M i ss iss i ppi
J . E Batey T P . Pastor A P J o n es - Texas U Wi l l i amson - Wash i ngton
D L Berger A Se l z M R K I oste r m a n - I owa D J Wi l l is - I nd ian a
J G . Fel dste i n R R Steven son M Kotb - Quebec, Can ada

XV
 B PV P ROJ ECT T EAM O N H Y D RO G E N TA N KS Subgroup on Fabrication and Examination (SC I)
J T . Pi l l ow, Cha ir C T , Mc Dari s
M , D Rana, Cha ir L Wo l pert
G W , Ga l anes, Secretary T C McGo ugh
A P Amato, Staff Secretary R C B i el, CZ)ntributing
F . U B rown Member J L Arnol d R E Mc La ugh l i n
D A Ca non ico J , B i rdsa l l , Contributing D L B erger Y O i sh i
D C , Coo k Member S W Cameron J . P Swezy, J r
J Cou rsen M D u n ca n, Ci3ntr buting
J H a i nsworth R , V , Wie l gosz i nski
T , E , H a n se n
J W , Fel bau m Member
B D H awkes D R Fr i kken, Contributing
N L N ewh ou se Member Subgroup on General Requirements (SC I)
A , S , Ol i vares L E Hayden, J r , , Contributing R E Mc/.augh l i n, Chair E M Ortman
G B Rawl s, J r Member F Mass i , Secretary J T , Pi l l ow
B F Shel ley K T Lau, Contributing G , Cook D Tom p ki n s
J R S i ms, J r Member P . D Edwa r d s S V To r k i l d s o n
N Si rosh K Oyam ada, CZ3ntributing T , E H a n se n D E T urt l e
J H r Sm ith Member W L , Lowry R V Wiel gosz i ns ki
S , Sta n i szewski C , H Ri vki n, Contdbuting T . C McGough D , J , Wi l l i s
R S u b ra m a n i a n Member
T Tahara C San March i , Con tributing Subgroup on Materials (SC I)
D W , Treadwe l l Member
B , W Roberts, Cha ir J F H en ry
E U p iti s B , Somer day, 03ntributing J , S H u nter, Secletary O X Li
C T I Web ste r Member
D . A Ca non i co J P , L i bb rech t
K K , Col eman J R MacKay
I NTE RN ATI O NA L I NTE R E ST R EV I EW G RO U P P , Fal l ouey F , Mas uyama
G . W G a l an es J M Tan zos h
V , Fe l i x C , Minu K L , H ayes
Y .-G Ki m Y . -W Pa r k
S H Leong R Reynaga Subgroup on Piping (SC I)
W, Lin P W i l l i a m so n T E H a n sen, Chair W , L Lowr y
O F M a n afa D Tompki ns, Secretary F Massi
D L Berger T , C McGough
P D E dwa rd s E A Wh i tt l e
S U BCOMM I TTE E O N POWE R BO I L E RS (SC I) G W G a l a n es

D /. Berger, Chair J R . Mac Kay Subgroup on Heat Recovery Steam Generator' s (SC I)
B , W Roberts, Vice Cha ir' F , Massi
U , D' U rso, Staff Secretary T C , McGough T E H a n sen, Chair E M O rtman
S W Cameron R E McLaugh l i n D Dz i u b i ns ki, Secretary A L , Pl u m l ey
D , A , Ca n o n i c o P A , Mo l vie R W Anderson R D Sch uel er, J r
K K Co l em an Y , O ish i L R Doug l as J C , Steverman, J r
P D , Edwards J T Pi l l ow J Gertz D Tom p ki ns
J , G Fe l dstei n R D Sch uel er, J r', G B . Ko m o ra S W To r k i l d so n

G W G al anes J P Swezy, J r C T McDaris B C Tu rczyn ski

T E Hansen J , M Tanzosh B W M oo r e

J F Hen ry R V , Wielgosz i nski

S U BCOMM ITTE E O N MAT E R I A L PRO P E RT I ES (SC I I )
J S , H u nter D J Wi l l i s
J P L i bb recht G Ard izzoi a, Delegate J F Hen ry, Cha ir P A Larki n
W L Lowry H , M ic hael, Delegate M G ol d, Vice Cha ir' F Mas uyama
N Lobo, Staff Secretary R K , N a n stad
F Abe M L N ayyar
Honorary Members (SC I) D W , Ra h o i
W R , Apb lett, J r
A App l eton B W Ro b e r
ts
D , N F re n c h R L Wi l l i ams
W E So m e rs
M N B ress l e r E S hap i ro
H . D B u s h fi e l d M H S ki [ l i ngberg
J Ca m e ro n R C S uth e r l i n
D A , Ca n o n i co R W Sw i n dem a n
Subgroup on Design (SC I)
A C h a u d o u et J M . Tanzosh
P . A Mo lvi e, Chair B W . M oo re P , Fa l l ouey B , E , Th u rgood
J Vattapp i l ly, Secretary R D , Sch uel er, J r J R Fo u l ds D Kwon, Delegate
P D horaj ia J L , Se igle D W Ga ndy O O l dan i, Delegate
J , P. G l asp ie J P Swezy, J r , M H G i l key E G N isbet t, Contributing
G B Ko m o ra S V , To r k i l d so n J F G ru bb Member
J P , Li bbrecht G Ard izzoi a, Delegate C L H of
fm a n n E U piti s, Contributing
J C Light M Katc h e r Member

xvi
 Honorary Members (SC I I) Subgroup on Physical Properties (SC I I)
R A , M oe n
J F G ru bb, Cha ir' P Fal l ouey
W D . Doty H . D . B ushfi el d E Sh api ro
W . D E dsa l l C . E Spaeder, J r
G. C H su A . W . Ze uth en
Subgroup on Strength of Weldments (SC I I & SC IX)
J M . Tan zos h, Chair J F . H en ry
Subgroup on External Pressure (SC I I & SOD) W . F Newe l l, J r ., Secretary D . W Rahoi
K K Co l e ma n B . W Roberts
R W. M i kitka, Cha ir M . Katcher P D F l en ner J P . S h i ngledecker
J . A A . Morrow, Secretary D . L Ku rle J . R . Fou [ ds W . J Sperko
L F . Campbel l E . M ic hal opou l os D W . Ga ndy B . E Th u rgood
D S . G rif
fi n C . H Stu rgeon K L . H ayes
J F G rubb
Subgroup on Toughness (SC I I & SC VI I I)
D . A Swan son, Chair C C . Neely
Subgroup on Ferrous Specifications (SC I I)
J . U Arnol d M D Rana
A App leton, Chair L J . Lavezzi R . J Bas i le F U Ri c hter
R M . Dav i so n W . C. Mac k J Camer on J P Swezy, J r
B . M D i ngman J . K Mahaney H . E Gordon E U pitis
M . J Dosdou rian R . J . Marc i n iec W . S J acobs J Vattappi l l y
P . Fa l l ouey A. S Me l i l l i K Mokhta ri an K Oyamada, Delega te
T . G ra h a m E . G N i s bett
J . F G ru bb K E O ri e
Special Working Group on Nonmetal lic Materials (SC I I)
K M H ottle E . U piti s C W Rowl ey, Chair' P S Hill
D . S . Jan i kowski R Zawier u ch a F L B rown M . R Kess l er
D . C K r o u se A . W . Ze uth e n S R F rost F Wo rth
M . G o l l i et

Subgroup on International Material Specifications (SC I I) S U B COMM I TTE E O N N U C L EA R POWE R (SC I I I )

R W. Barnes, Chair W . C . LaRoche l l e

A Ch au douet, Cha ir' M I sh i kawa
R . M Jessee, Vice Chair K A Ma noly
D Dz i ubi nski, Secretary O . X . Li
H D B u s h fi e l d H . Lo re n z
C . A San na, Staff Secretary E A Mayhew
W H . B o rte r W . N Mc Lea n
S W Cameron W M Lu ndy M . N . B ress ler M . N . M itchel l
D A Canon i co A R . Nywen i ng T D . B u rc h e l [ D K M o rto n
P Fa l louey R . D Sch uel er, J r J R Co le O . O Oyamada
A F . Ga r bol evsky E U piti s R . E . Corn ma n, J r R F Reedy
D O H en ry D Kwon, Delega te R P Deu b l e r B B . Scott
M H iguch i O Ol dan i, Delegate B A . E r l er J . D Stevenso n
G . M Foste r K R . Wi c h m an
Subgroup on Nonferrous Alloys (SC I I) R S Hill III C S Wi th ers
C L Hof fma n n Y H Cho i , Delega te
M Katc h er . Cha ir P A L a rk i n
C . C Ki m T l u s, Delegate
R C Sutherl i n, Secletaly H Mats u o V Kosta r ev
W R Apbl ett, J r . J A . Mc Maste r
H D B u s hfi e l d D W . Ra h o i Honorary Members (SC I I I)
M H G i l key E Sh ap i ro E B B ra n c h R A , M oe n
J F G rubb M H . Ski l l i n gberg W D . Doty C , J Pi eper
A H ei no D Tyler D F L a n d e r's
G C H su R Zaw i e ru c h a
J Kissel l Subgroup on Containment Systems for Spent Fuel
and H igh-Level Waste Transport Packagi ngs (SC I I I)
G M . Foster', Chair P E McCon ne l l
Subgroup on Strength, Ferrous Al loys (SC I I)
G J . So l ovey, Vice Cha ir [ r D Mcl n nes
C L H of
f m an n . Cha ir F Masuyama D . K . Morton, Secretary A B Mei ch ] er
J . M Tanzosh. Secretary Iq M u r a ka m i W G B each R E N i ckel l
F Abe D W Ra h o i G . Bjorkman E . L Plei ns
W R Apb lett. J r B W Roberts W . H Bor
t er T Saegusa
D A Ca n on i co M S S h e l to n G R Can nel l H . P Sh ri vastava
P Fa l l ouey J P . Sh i ngl edec ker E . U Far row N . M Si mpso n
J R Fou l ds M J . S l ater J . L Gorczyca R H Sm ith
M Gol d R W Sw i n d em a n R S Hill I11 J D Steven so n
J A H al l B E . Th u rgood S H o row i tz C . J . Te m u s
J F Hen ry T P Vassa l l o, J r . D W . Lewi s A . D Watki ns
K K i m u ra C . G . May

xvii
 Subgroup on Design (SC I I I) Worki ng Group on Piping (SG-D) (SC I I I)
P . H i rsc h berg, Chair J . F . McCabe
R . P . Deu bl er, Cha ir H . Kobayas h i G Z Tokarski, Secretary J C M i n i ch i el lo
R S H i l l I I I, Vice Chair D . F Landers
T . M Adam s A . N Nguyen
A N N guyen, Secretary K A Man o l y G A . Anta k i R D . Pate l
T . M . Adams R J . Master son
C . Basavaraj u E C Rodaba ugh
S As ad a W . N Mc Lea n
J . Cata l ano N . J S hah
M N . B ress l er J C . M i n i ch iel to J R Col e M S Sills
C W B ru ny M . Mori s h ita R J . G u rda l G C S l ag is
D L . Cal dwel l F F N agu i b R . W H aupt N . C Suth erl a nd
J R Co le E . L Pl e i ns J Kawa hata E A Wa is
R , E , Co rn m a n , J r I , S a i to
R B Keati ng C - I Wu
A A Dermenj i an G . C S l ag i s V . Kostarev D E Landers, Corresponding
P H i rschberg J D , Stevenson Y Liu Member
R , I , Jetter J P T uc ker
R B Keati ng K R Wi c h ma n
Worki ng G roup on Probabi l istic Methods in Design
J F K iel b T l us, Delegate (SG - D) (SC I I I )

R S H i l l I I I, Chair S D Ku l at
N A Pal m, Secretary A Mc Ne i l l I I I
Worki ng G roup on Supports (SG-D) (SC I I I)
T . Asayama P J O' Regan
K Av r i th i I Sa i to
R J Masterson, Cha ir I Saito B M Ayyu b M . E Sch m i dt
F J B i rch, Secretary J R Sti n son A . A. Dermenj i a n A Ts i rigoti s
K Avr ith i T G Terryah M . R G raybea l J P . Tucker
U S B andyopad hyay G Z T okarski D . O H en ry R . M . Wi l son
R P De u b l er D W Wa l s h e
W P Gol i n i C - I Wu
Working Group on Pumps (SG-D) (SC I I I)
A N Nguyen
R , E Corn man, J r , Chair R A Ladefi an
M D Ef
fych i ou J , W , Leav itt
A , A Fr aser J E L ivi ngston
Worki ng Group on Core Support Structures (SG-D) (SC I l l) R G ha nbari J R Raj a n
M H igu ch i R U do
J . F . Kiel b, Cha ir J F M u l loo ly C J J erz A G Wa s hb u r n
F G AI -Ch a m mas A Ts i rigoti s
J T . La nd J Yang Working Group on Valves (SG-D) (SC I I I)
H S Me h ta
J P Tu cker, Chair J D Page
G A J o l ly S N S h i el ds
W N . Mc Lea n H R Sonderegger
Worki ng G roup on Design Methodology (SG-D) (SC I I I) T A . McMah on J C Tsacoyea nes

R . B Keati ng, Chair' D H Roa rty Working Group on Vessels (SG-D) (SC I I I)
S . Snow, Secretary J . D Stevenson
F F N agu i b, Chair R B . Keati ng
K . Avriti T M . Wi ger
G K . M i l l er, Secretary K Mats u naga
M B aso l J Ya ng
C W B ru ny D E Matthews
D I.. . Ca l dwe l l D F . Landers, Corresponding M H ar tz m a n M N a ka h i r a
H T H a r r i so n I 1 1 Member
W . J H ei l ke r W F . We itze
M Hartzman M . K Au-Yang, Contributing A Ka l n i n s R M W i l so n
P H i rsch berg Member
H Kobayash i R D B levi n s, Contributing
H Loc ke rt Member Special Working Group on Envi ronmental Effects (SG-D) (SC I I I)
J F McCabe W . S Lapay, Contributing W Z . Novak, Chair C . L Hof
f m an n
A . N Nguyen Member' R S. Hill III Y H C.ho i, Delega te

Subgroup on General Requirements (SC I I I & SC 3C)

Working G roup on Design of Division 3 Containments W C La Roche l l e, Cha # R P Mc l ntyre
(SG - D) (SC I I I )
L M Pl ante, Secretary M R M i n i ck
A . Appl eton B. B Scott
E L . Pl e i n s, Chair J C M i n ich i el l o J . R B erry C T Sm ith
J L Gorczyca, Secretary D K Morton J . V G ard i n er W K Sowder, J r
G Bjorkman R E N i ckel l W. P . Gol ini D M Vic kery
D W . Lew i s H . P . S h r i vastava G L H ol l i nger D V Wal sh e
I D . Mc l n n es C J . Te m u s E A Mayhew H . M i c hae l , Delega te

xviii
 Subgroup on Materials, Fabrication, and Examination (SC I I I) Subgrou p on G raphite Core Components (SC I I I)

C L . H of
fman n, C airr R M J essee T D B u rc h el l, Cl a ir M P H i n d l ey
G . P . Mi l ley, Secretary C C Ki m C A Sanna, Staff Secretary Y Katoh
W G Beac h M Lau R U B ratton M N . M i tche l l
W H Borter H M u rakam i S - H Ch i N N Nemeth
G R Can n el l N M S i mpson M W Dav i es T Oku
R H Davi s W J Sperko S W Doms T S h i bata
D M Doyl e J R Stinson S F Duffy M S ri n ivasan
G M Foster K B Stu ckey O Ge l i neau A G Steer
B D Fr ew A D Watki ns G O H ayner
G B . Georgiev H M i ch ael, Delegate
Su bgroup on I ndustry Experience for N ew Plants (SC I I I & SC XI)
Subgroup on Pressure Rel ief (SC I I I)
G M . Foster, Chair' R E Mc Laugh l i n
S . F . Harri son, J r , Chair A L Szeg l i n J T . L i ndberg, Vice Chair' A . Mc Nei l l I I 1
J F Bal l D G T h i ba u l t H . L G u sti n, Secretary H M u ra kam i
E M Petrosky M L Coats R D Pate]
A A Dermenj i a n J . C Poeh l er
J F l etch er D W Sa nd usky
Subgroup on Strategy and Management E B G e r l ach R R Sch aefe r
(SC I I I, D ivisions 1 and 2)
D O . Hen ry D M Swan n
E V I m b ro E R Wi l l i s
R W . Barnes, Chair E . V I m b ro
C C Ki m C S Wi the rs
C A . San na, Staff Secretary R M . Jessee O -S K i m R A Yonekawa
B K B obo K A Mano ly
N B roo m D K M o rto n
J R Co l e J Ram i rez J OI NT AC I-ASME COMMITTE E ON
B A E rl er R F . Reedy CO N CR ET E COM PO N ENTS F O R N U CL EAR SE RV I CE (SC 3C)
C M Fa idy C . T Sm ith
J M H el mey W K Sowder, J r T . C I n man, Cha irr T E J oh n son
M F . H ess h e i m e r Y . U ra b e A C . Eberh ardt, Vic e Chair O Jova l l
R S, Hill III C A San n a, Staff Secretary N - H Lee
N AI c h aar J Mu nsh i
T D A I -S h awaf B B . Sc ott
Special Working Group on Editing and Review (SC I I I) J F . Artu so R E S hewma ker
H G As h ar C . T . S m i th
R F Reedy, Cha ir R P . Deu b l er
W H . B o r te r B A E d er B A . Er ler J D Steve n so n
F Fa rzam M K Th u m m
M N B ress le r W . C L aRo ch el l e
P S G h os a l M L W i l l i am s
D L Ca ] dwe l l J D Steve n so n
J . G utierrez A . Y C Wo ng
J K Harro l d M . R Seneca l , Contr ibuting
Special Working G rou p on N uclear H igh Temperature Gas G A H arstead Member
Cool ed Reactors (SC I I I ) M F H es s h e i m e r

N B room, Cha ir R I J etter

T D B u rche l l T R L u po l d S U B C OM M ITTE E O N H EAT I N G BO I L E RS (SC I V)
M F H es s h e i m e r D L M a rr i ott
R S Hill II D K Mo r to n P A Mo[v i e, Chair K M McTague
E V I m b ro T -L Sh am T L B edeaux, Vice Chair B W Moore
G Moi no, Staff Secretary E A N or dstrom
J Ca l l an d T M Par ks
Special Working G roup on Polyethylene Pipe (SC I I I) J P . Ch i coi ne J L Se ig l e
C M Dove R V Wi e l goszi n ski
J . C Mi n i ch iel l o. Chair P Kri sh naswamy B . G Fren c h H . M i chael, Delega te
T M Ada m s E Leve r
W U H aag, J r F P B arton, Honorary
W I Adams E W Mc E l roy J . A Hal l Member
G A A nta k i D P M u n so n
A He i no R H We igel, Honorary
C Basavaraj u T M M usto D J J en ki ns Member
D B u rwel [ L J Petrof
f P A La r k i n
J M Crai g C W Rowley
R R Crof
t F J Schaaf, J r
E L Fa r row C T . Sm ith Subgroup on Care and Operation of H eati ng Boilers (SC IV)
E M Fo c ht H E . Svet l i k
M Go [ l i et D M V ic kery T L B ed eau x P . A M o l vi e
A N Haddad Z J Zh ou K M McTague

xix
 Subgroup on Cast I ron Boilers (SC IV) Subgroup on Volumetric Methods (SC V)

K M McTague, Chair' A P J o n es
T L , B ed ea u x V G K l eft i s G W . Hem b ree, Chair R A Kel l er h a l l
J P Ch i coi ne J , Kl iess S , J Akri n F g Kovacs
B G F re n c h P . A L a rk i n J . E , Aycock R W Kruzic
J A , Hall E A N o rdstro m J E . B atey M D Mo l es
P , U B rown A B , Nage l
N , Y Fa ra n sso T L P l ase k
Subgroup on Materials (SC IV) A F . Garbol evsky F J Sattl er
R W H ardy G M Gatti, Delega te
P A Larki n, Cha ir J , Kl i ess
J . A , Ha l l J L Seig le
A He i no

Working G roup on Acoustic Emissions (SG-VM) (SC V)

Subgroup on Water Heaters (SC I V)
N Y Faran sso, Chair' J E B atey
W L Haag, J r ., Chair K , M , McTague J , E , Aycock R K M i l ler
J Cal l and O . A M i s so u m
B G F re n c h F J Sch rei ner
T , D G a ntt M , A Tayl or
A P J o n es T , E , T ra nt Working Group on Radiography (SG-VM) (SC V)

F B Kovacs, Chair G W , H emb ree

Subgroup on Welded Boilers (SC IV)
S J A kr i n R W . K ruz i c
T L Bedeaux, Cha ir' E A . N o rdstro m J E Aycock R J . Mi lls
J , Cal l and J L Seigle J , E Batey A B N agel
P . L B r own T L P l a se k
C M D ove R V , Wi elgoszi nski
B , G Fr enc h N Y Fa r a n s so F C Tu r n b u l l
H M i c h ae l , Delegate
A P J o n es A , F Gar bo levs ky D E Wi l l iams
R W H ardy
S U BCOMM I TTE E O N
NO N DESTR U CTIVE EXAM I NATI ON (SC V
)
Working Group on U ltrason ics (SG -VM) (SC V
)
J , E Batey, Chair F , J Sattl er
F B Kovacs, Vice Chair G , M , Gatti, Delegate
R W Kruz i c, Chair R A Kel l erha l l
J B rzu szkiewi cz, Staf
f B H C l ark, J r , Honorary
Secretary Member' J E Aycock M D , Mo l es
S , J Akri n H C G r aber, Honorary N Y Faransso A B N age l
J E , Aycock Member N A F i n ney F , J Sattl er
O , F , H ed d e n
A S B i rks O F , Hedden, Honorary
P L B r ow n Member
N Y Faransso J , R MacKay, Honorary
A F G arbol evsky Member S U BCOMM I TT E E O N P RESS U R E VESS E LS (SC VI I I)
G , W H em b ree T G McCarty, Honorary
R W Kr u z i c Member
T P Pastor, Chair D T Peters
U R M i l ler, Vice Chair M J Pi sch ke
Subgroup on General Requirements/ S , J , Rossi, Staf
f Secretary M D , Rana
Personnel Qualifications and I nquiries (SC V) D R S h arp, Staf f Secretary G B Rawl s, J r
R J B as i le S C Roberts
F B Kovacs, Chair G W Hembree
J Cameron C . D Rodery
C A , Anderson J W H ouf D B DeM i c h ae l A Sel z
J E Batey J R Mac Kay
J P , G l aspi e J R S i ms, J r
A S B i rks J , P , Swezy, J r , M Gol d D A Swa n so n
N Y Fa r a n sso
G , G Ka rc h e r K , K Ta m
K T Lau E U piti s
Subgroup on Surface Examination Methods (SC V) J S Lee P A McGowan, Delega te
R Mah adeen H M i c hae l, Delega te
A , S , B i rks, Cha ir' G W H embree S . Ma lone K Oyamada, Delegate
S , J Akri n R W Kruzic R W M i kitka M E , Papponetti, Delegate
P L B rown F , J Sattl er K Mokhtarian D R u i , Delegate
N Y , Fa ra n ss o F C . Tu r n b u l l C C N eely E L Thomas, J r , Honorary
N . Farrenbaugh G M G atti, Delega te T W N o rto n Member
N A Fi n ney D A Osage

XX
 Subgroup on Design (SC VI I I) Subgroup on H igh-Pressure Vessels (SC VI I I)
J R S i ms, J r , Chair D P Kendal l
U . R Mi l ler, Chair C D Rodery A P Mas lowski , Staf f A K Khare
R J Bas i le, Vice Chair' A Se lz Secretary M D Ma n n
M D Lower, Secretary S C Sh ah L P . Anta lf
fy S C Mord re
O A Barsky J C Sowi nski R C B i el H N Pate [
M R B r each C H Stu rgeon D J , B u rn s E , H Perez
F . U B rown D A Swa n so n P . N C h a ku D T . Pete rs
J R Far r K K Tam R D D i xo n E . D Ro l l
C E H i n nant J . Vattapp i [ l y D M Fryer D U Stang
R W M i kitka R A . Wh i pp le R T H a l l ma n F W Tata r
K Mokhtari an K . Oyamada, Delegate A H H onza S Terada
D A . Osage M . E Papponetti , Delegate M M J ames R Wi n k
T P Pastor W S . Jacobs, Corresponding P J ansson K Oyamada, Delega te
M . D R an a Member' J . A Kapp G J M raz, Contributing
G . B Rawl s, J r . E . L Thomas, J r , Honorary J Ke [tj ens Member
S C Ro be r ts Member

Subgroup on Materials (SC VI I I)

J Cameron, Chair E U p iti s
Subgroup on Fabrication and I nspection (SC VI I I) E E Morgenegg, Secretary K Oyamada, Delegate
M . Gol d E G . N i sbett, Corresponding
J F G rubb Member
C D Rodery, Cl air J . S Lee M Katc her G . S . D i x it, Contributing
B R Morel ock, Secretary M J P i sc h ke W M Lu n dy Member
J . L Arnol d M J . Ri ce D W . Raho i J A McMaster, Contributing
W J . Bees B F Shel l ey R C S uth e r l i n Member
L F . Campbel l P . L Stu rgi l l
H E Gordon J P . Swezy, J r' Special Working Group on G raphite Pressure Equ ipment
W S J acobs K Oyamada, Delegate (SC V I I I )
D J . Kref
f
S Ma l one, Chair B Lu kasc h
E . So l tow, Vice Cha ir M R Minick
U D' U rso, Staf f Secretary A A Stu p i ca
F L B r ow n
Subgroup on General I equi rements (SC VI I I)

Task Group on I mpu lsively Loaded Vessels (SC VI I I)

S C Rob e rts , Cha ir M D Lowe r
D B DeM ic hael . Vice Chair C C N ee l y R E N i c ke l l , Cha ir B L H ar o l dsen
F t. Ri chter. Secretary A S O l ivares G A . A nta k i H U H eato n
R J Bas i [e D B Stewa rt J K Asa h i n a K W Ki ng
D T D av i s D A Swa n so n D D B a r ke r R K ita m u ra
J P G lasp l e K K Tam R C B iel R A . Le i s h ea r
L E H ayden, J r K Oyamada, Delegate D W B owm a n D . T Pete rs
K T La u A M . C l ayton E A . Rod riguez
J E D i d l ake, J r C Romer o
T A . D uf
fey J E Sh ep h erd

Subgroup on Heat Transfer Equi pment (SC VI I I) S U BCOMM I TT E E O N W E L D I N G AN D B RAZ I N G (SC I X)

J G Fe l dste i n, Chair A . S O l i vares

R M a h a dee n Cha ir D L K u rl e W . J Sperko, Vice Cha ir M J P i sch ke
T W Norton , Vice Cha ir' B J Lerch S J Rossi , Staf
f Secretary M J Ri ce
G Au r io l es, Secretary S Mayeux J D Wen d ler, Staff Secretary M B S i ms
S . R Babka U R M i l l er D A B ower s G W Spoh n I I I
J H . Barbee R J Stastny R K B rown, J r M J Sta n ko
O A B arsky K Oyamada, Delegate M L Carpenter J P Swezy, J r.
P D . F l en ne r P . L Va n Fosso n
I G Campbe l l F Oswei l l er, Corresponding
A C ha udouet Member R M J essee R R You ng
M D C l ark S Yoke l [, Corresponding J . S Lee S . D Reynol ds, J r ,
J I Gor don Member W . M . L u ndy Contr
ibuting Member'
M J H o [tz S M Ca ldwe l [, Honorary T Me l fi W D Doty, Honorary
F E J eh ri o Member W . F . N ewel l, J r Member
G G Ka rc h e r B R N ew m a r k

x x1
 Subgroup on Brazing (SC IX) S U BC OMM I TT E E O N
N U C L EA R I N S E RVI C E I N S P E C:T I O N (SC X i)
M J Pisc h ke, Chair M L Carpenter G C Park, Chair J T . L i n dberg
E W B ec km a n A F Garbol evs ky R W Swayne, Vice Chair B , R , N ewton
L F . Cam pbel l J , P Swezy, J r R L Crane, Staff Secretary W E N orri s
W , H Bamford, J r . K Rhyn e
R C C i po l l a D , A Sca rth
D D Davi s F J , Schaaf, J r .
Subgroup on General Requirements (SC IX)
R , L Dy le J C Span ner, J r
E L Farrow J E Staf
f ie ra
B R Newmark, Chair H B Po rter
J , F l etc h er G L Stevens
E W , B ec kma n P , L , Stu rg i l l R , E , G i mp le E W . Th rockmorton I I I
P , R , Eva n s K R , Wi l l e n s
E E G rego r D E Was key
R M . J essee E Mo l i n a, Delega te K H asegawa R A , West
A S O l i va r es
D , O Hen ry C J Wi rtz
J C Keenan R A Yonekawa
R D Ke r r K K Yoo n

Subgroup on Materials (SC IX) S , D , Ku l at T Yu h a ra

G L Lagleder Y -S Cha ng, Delegate
D W Lam ond
M , L , Ca rpenter, Cha ir S D Reyn o l ds, J r'
J L Ar no l d C E Sa i n z Executive Com m i ttee (SC Xl )
M Bern asek W J . Sper ko R , W Swayne, Cha ir J T . L i ndberg
L P , Con nor M J , Stan ko G C Park, Vice Cha ir W , E , Nor ri s
R M Jessee R R You ng R L Cr ane, Staff Secretary K R hyne
C C Ki m V G i u nto, Delega te W H , B amford, J r F J Sch aaf, J r'
T M e l fi
D D Davi s J C Span ner , J r
R L Dy le E W . Th rockmorton I I I
R , E , Gimple R A West
Subgroup on Performance Qual ification (SC IX) F E G r egor R A , Yo n ekawa
O . F , H edde n

D , A Bowers, Chair' K L H ayes H onorary Members (SC X l)

V , A , Bel l J S Lee L. , J , Ch oc kie L, R Katz
L P Con no r W , M L u ndy C D Cowfer P C R i c ca rde l l a
R B Co rb i t E G . Re i c h e l t O , F H ed d e n
P R , Eva n s M B , S i ms
P D Fl en ner G W , Spoh n I I I Subgroup on Eval uation Standards (SG-ES) (SC Xl)
W H Bamford, J r , Chair K Koyam a
G , L Stevens, Secretary D R, Lee
H - D Ch u ng H S Mehta
Subgroup on Procedure Qual ification (SC IX) R C Ci pol l a J G Merkl e
G H De B oo M A , M i tc h e l l
D A , Bowers, Chair' M B Si ms R L Dy l e K M iyazaki
M , J , Ri ce, Secretary W J Sperko B , R Ganta S Ra ngan ath
M Bernasek S , A Sprague T J G r i esbach D , A Scarth
R K , B rown, J r J P Swezy, J r . K H asegawa T -L S ham
W F Newel l, J r , P L , Van Fosson K, Hoj o K , R , Wi c h man
A S O l i va res T , C W i es n e r
D N H op ki n s K K Yoon
S D Reyno l ds, J r E Mol i n a, Delegate Y I mam u ra Y -S Ch an g, Delega te
Working Group on Flaw Eval uation (SG-ES) (SC Xl)
R C C i po l l a, Chair D R Lee
S U BCOMM I TT EE O N
G , H De Boo, Secretary H S Mehta
F I B E R- R E I N FO RC E D P LASTI C P R ESS U RE V ES S E LS (SC X) W , H Bamford, J r . J G Me r k l e
M . B asol K M iyazaki
D E isberg, Chair N L N ewhouse J M B loom R K Qash u
P J Con l isk, Vice Chair' D J , Pa i nter H .- D Ch u ng S , Rangan ath
P D Stu m pf, Staf
f Secretary D , J Pi nel l B , R G a nta P J Ru sh
F , U B row n G Ra m i rez T , J , G riesbach D , A Scarth
J L B usti l l os J , R , R ichter' H . U G u st i n T . S Sc h u r m a n
T W Cowley J A Rol ston F D , H ayes W L Server
T, J Fow l er' B . F , Sh e l ley A L H iser, J r K R W i ch man
D H Hodgki nson F W Van N ame P H , Hoa ng G M Wi l kowski
L E , H u nt D . O Yan cey, J r K H ojo S X Xu
D L Kee l e r P H Zieh l D N H opki ns K K Yoon
B, M L i n n em a n n K Koyama V A Zi l berstei n

xxii
 Working Group on Operating Plant C r i teria (SG-ES) (SC X I ) Subgroup on Repai r/Replacement Activities (SG-RRA) (SC X I)

T J G ri esbach, C/Tak H . S . Mehta R A Yonekawa, Chair J C Keenan

K . R B a ke r R Pace E . V Farrel l , J r , Secretary R . D Kerr
S B B row n S L McCracken
W . H . Bamford, J r S . Rangan ath
H B eh n ke W L S erve r R E Ca ntr e l l B R N ewto n
P . D F i sher J . E . O'S u l l ivan
B A B i shop E . A S iegel
T L. D i c kso n G L Steve n s J . M . Gamber R R Steven son
S R G osse J i n D P Wea k l a n d E . B Gerl ac h R W . Swayn e
M H ayash i K K Yoo n R E G i mp le D . E . Waskey
S . N Ma l i k D . R . G raham J G Wei c ks
R A Herm an n E . G . Re ichelt, A lterna te
K J Karwos k i
Working G roup on Pipe Flaw Evaluation (SG- ES) (SC XI)

D A Scarth, Chair A L H i ser, J r.

Working Group on Design and Programs (SG-RRA) (SC XI)
G M Wi l kowski, Secretary P H . H oang E . B Gerl ac h, Cha ir D R G raham
T . A Bacon K H oj o S B B rown, Secretary G F H arttraft
W H B amford, J r D N H op ki ns O B h atty T E . H iss
B B eze n se k K Kas h i m a
J W . Co l l i ns M A Pyne
H -D Ch u ng R O . McG i l l R R C rof
t R R Steve n so n
R . C C i po l l a H S Mehta G G . E l der R . W . Swayne
N G Cofie K M i yaza ki E V . Farre l l, J r A H Taufi que
J M Davis P J Rush S . K F i sh er T P Vassa l l o, J r
G H D e B oo T . -L S ham
J M Gamber R A . Yonekawa
B R G a nta S X Xu
L F Goyette K K Yoon
K Hasegawa V . A Zi l ber stei n Working Group on Welding and Special Repai r Processes
(SG -RRA) (SC X l )

Subgroup on Nondestructive Examination (SG- N DE) (SIC Xl) D E Waskey, Cha ir S L . McCracken
R E Cantrel l , Secretary B R Newton
J C Spa nner, J r , Chair M R Hum S J Fi n d l a n J . E O'Su l l ivan
G A Loff h u s. Secretary D Ku rek P D F i sher G R Po l i ng
C A Anderson G L Lagl eder M . L . Hal l R E Sm ith
T L C han J T L i n dberg R A Herm an n D . J Ti l ly
C B C h eezem G R Pe r k i n s K J Karwoski J G Wei cks
D R Co rdes A S Reed C C Ki m K R Wi l l ens
F E Doh men F J Sch aaf, J r M La u

M E G oth a r d C J W i rtz
D O H en ry
Subgroup on Water-Cooled Systems (SG-WCS) (SC X l)
K B Thomas, Cha ir' D . W Lamond
Worki ng Group on Personnel Qualification and Surface, J M Ago l d, Secretary A McN ei l l I I I
Visual, and Eddy Current Examination (SG-N DE) (SC Xl) V U A rm e ntro ut T . N o m u ra
J M . B ough man W E Norris
A S Reed . Cha ir J 1- Li n dbet g M . L Coats G C Pa r k
D R Cor des. Secretary T R Lu po [ d D . D Davis J E . Staf
f i era
C A An derson D R Quattl ebau m, J r .
H . Q Do H M Stephens, J r
B I Cu rtis D Spake E L Fa r row E W . T h roc k m orto n I I I
N Farenbaugh J C Span ner, J r . M J . Ferl i s i R A West
D O H en ry M C. . Weatherly O F . H edd e n G E Wh i tm a n
J W Ho uf C J Wi rtz M L H errera H L G r aves I I I, A lternate
S D K u l at

Working Group on Procedure Qual ification

and Vol u metri c Exam i nation (SG - N D E) (SC X l) Working Group on Containment (SG-WCS) (SC XI)
M E G oth a rd . Chair R A Ke l l e r h a l l J E Staf
f iera, Chair H T Hill
G R Perki ns, Secretary D Ku rek S G B rown R D H ough
M T Anderson G L Lagl eder K K N Ch ao C. . N Krish naswamy
C B Ch eezem G . A Lof
fh u s R C Cox D . J N au s
A D Ch ockie C E Moyer J W C r i der F Poteet I I 1
S R Docto r S A Sab o M . J Fer l isi H M Stephens, J r .
F E Do h m e n R V Swa i n D H Goch e G Th o m as
K J Hac ker H . U G raves I I I W . E N orri s, Alterna te

xxiii
 Working G roup on Pressure Testing (SG-WCS) (SC XI) Special Working Group on H igh-Temperature, Gas-Cooled
Reacto rs (SC X I )
D , W Lamon d, Chair K W, Hall
J . M B ough man, Secretary R E , Ha l l
J . F letcher, Chair A B Hull
Y - K Ch u ng A Mc N e i l l I I I
J J , Ch u rchwel l t3 , L Montgomery M , A , Lockwood, Secretary M N M itche l l
N B room T , Roney
T . Coste P N Passa l ugo
G L Fec hter E J S u l l i van, J r C Cueto- Fel gueroso F , J Schaaf, J r
K, N F lem i ng F S ha h rokh i
S R Gossel i n R W , Swayne
Worki ng Group on I S I Optim ization (SG-WCS) (SC Xl) M R G raybeal
E A , S iegel, Chair A H Mah i n d ra kar
D R Cordes, Secretary D , G , Naujock
W H 13 amford, J r S R Scott S U B COMM I TT E E O N T RAN S PO RT TAN KS (SC X l l)
J , M , Bough man K B Thomas
M , E G ot h a rd G , E , W h i tm a n
A , Se lz, Chair M D Pham
R E Hall Y , Yuguch i D R S h a rp, Staff Secretary M D , Ra na
A N Anto n iou T A Rogers
Working G roup on Implementation of Risk-Based Examination C B ec ht I V W , K, S m i th
(SG -WCS) (SC X l) C H H oc h m a n S Sta n i szews k i
G, G Karc her A P . Varghese
S D Ku l at, Chair A T , Ke i m G Mc Rae M R Wa rd
S [ C hesworth, Secretary D W , Lamond N J , Pau l i ck L Wo l pert
J M . Agol d J T Lew is
B A B i shop R K , Mattu
C Cueto-Fe l gueroso A Mc Ne i l l I I I
H , Q Do P , J O' Regan Subgroup on Design and Materials (SC Xl l)
R Fougerousse N , A Pa l m
M R G raybea l M A Pyne M D , Ran a, Chair N J , Pa u l i c k
J , Haki i J C You nger M D Ph am, Secretary T , A Roger s
K W Hall T H itch cock A P Varghese
G G , Ka rc h e r M R Wa rd
S L . M cW i l l i a m s E A Wh i t l e
Working Group on Inspection of Systems and Components
(SG-WCS) (SC X I)

J , M Ago l d, Chair S , D , Ku l at Subgroup on Fabrication and Inspection (SC Xl l)

V . L Armentrout, Secretary T A Meyer
C Cueto- Fe lgueroso D G N a uj ock
H , Q Do T , Nom u ra G Mc Rae, Chair D , J Kr ef
f
M J Fer l i si C M . Ross J A Byers A S O l ivar es
B , L , G eh l L H Stro u se
R Fougerousse K B Th omas
M R Hum G , E W h i tm a n L D H o ls i nger

Working G roup on General Requirements (SC Xl)

Subgroup on General Requi rements (SC Xl l)
K , Rhyne, Ct air E L . Farrow
E J , Ma l oney, Secretary I C Keen an C H Hoc h ma n, Cha ir J k Rademac her
G P A l exa n d e r R K M at
tu
A N Anton i ou, Secretary T Ru m mel
T L Ch ar
t S R Scott
T W , A l exa n d e r W K S m i th
M L Coats G E , Sza batu r a
C A B et
ts S Sta n i szews k i
J L F rei l er L H Stro u se
Special Working Group on Editing and Review (SC Xl) W . L G arfi e l d L Wo l pert
K L G i l m o re
R W Swayne, Chair J , E , Staf
f i era
C E , Moyer D J Ti l ly
K R Rao C J W i r tz
Subgroup on Nonmandatory Appendices (SC Xl l)
Special Working G roup on Nuclear Plant Aging (SC Xl)
T , A Roger s, Chair S L McWi l l i ams
T A Meyer, Chair A B Me i ch l er S Stan i szews ki, Secretary J L Rademac her
D V B u rgess, Secretary R E N icke l l D D B ru sew itz A Selz
S Asa d a W L Se rver J , L , Con tey D G , She lton
Y , -K Ch u ng R L Tu rner T Euban ks A . P . Varghese
D D Dav is G , G , You ng B , L G eM M R Wa rd
F E G regor T H itc hcoc k L Wol pert

xxiv
 S U B COMM I TTE E O N B O I L E R A N D Subgroup on Elevated Temperature Design (SC-D)
PR ESS U R E V ESS E L ACC RE D I TAT I O N (SC- B PVA)
R I Jetter, Chair G H Koo
W C La Roche l le, Chair D C Coo k, Alternate J J Abou-Han na W . J Koves
P D Edwards, Vice Chair R D . Danzy, Alternate T . Asayama D L Marriott
M A DeVries, Alternate C Becht IV T E . McG reevy
K I . B aron, Staf
f' Secretary
J F Cerven ka W J O' Don ne l l
W J B ees G L Hol l i nger, Alternate
S . W Ca m e r o n D . W Ki ng, A lterna te B . Dogan J S Porowski
D S G r i fi n B . R iou
T E H a n se n B Kras i u n, A lternate
B F . H a n tz T - U S h am
D . J J en ki ns P F Ma rti n, A lterna te
A B Hull M S S h e l to n
K T . La u K Mc Ph ie, Alterna te
M H J awad R W Swi ndeman
L E Mc Do na l d G . P . M i l ley, A lterna te
K M . McTague M . R M i n i c k, Alternate
D M i l l er T . W . N or t on, A lterna te
B R M o re l oc k F . J . Pavl ovicz, Alternate Subgroup on Fatigue Strength (SC-D)
J . D O' Leary J A West, Alterna te
W . J O' Don nel l, Cha ir P H i rschberg
B . C Tu rczyns ki R V Wi elgosz i nsk i, A lterna te S A . Ad a m s D P J o n es
D E Tu ttl e A J Spen cer, Honorary
E . A Wh ittl e Member
G . S C h a k r aba rt i G Kh a rs h afdj i an
T . M . Dam i a n i S . Maj u mdar
M F S u l l ivan, Contrributing
Member'
P R D o n av i n D H Roar ty
R J G u rdal G . Taxac h e r
C . F Heber l i ng I I K Wright
C E H i n n a nt H H Z i ada
S U BCOMM I TTE E O N N U C L EA R ACC RE D I TAT I O N (SC- NA)

R R Stevenson, Chair O E Trapp, Contributing Subgroup on Openings (SC-D)

W C La Roc he l l e, Vice Chair' Member
M R B reac h, Chair J A . Pfe ifer
J Pang, Staf
f Secretary P D Edwards, A ltema te
M N . B r ess ler D P Gobb i, A lternate J . C L i ght, Secretary M D Ra na
G Dei l y J . W . H igh l an ds, Alternate R W . M i kitka, Secretary E C Rodabaugh
S M Goodwi n K M . Hot t le, Alternate V T Hwang K J Taylor
K . A H u ber B G Kovar i k, A lterna te J P Madden C R Thomas
D . R . Pa l m e r
M Kotb B. Kras i u n, Alternate
J . C Krane M A Loc kwood, Alterna te
R . P . Mc l ntyre R . J L uymes, A lterna te
M . R M i n i ck L M Pl ante, A lterna te Special Working Group on Bolted Flanged Joints (SC-D)
J . -W Park P F Pr escot
t , Alterna te
R W M i kitka, Cha # P G Sc heckerman n
H . B Prasse D . W . Stepp, Alternate
G D B i beI R D Sc h ue l er, J r
T. E Quaka E A Wh it t le, Alternate W . B row n A . Sel z
D M Vickery H L Wi ger, Alterna te
W . J . Koves M . S S helton
E M i cha l opou l os

S U BCOMM I TTE E O N D ES I G N (SC- D)

S U BCOMM ITTE E O N

R J B asi l e, Cha ir D P . J o n es SAFETY VALVE REQU I REME NTS (SC-SVR)

R W B a r n es R W . M i k i tka
M R B reac h U R M i l l er J A West, Chair H 1 G regg
R P De u b l e r W J O' Don nel l D B . DeM ichae l , Vice Cha ir S . F H ar ri son, J r'
G L H o l l i nger R . D Sc h ue ler , J r C E O' B rien, Staf f Secretary W F Hart
R . I .. J et
te r J F . Bal l D M i l l er
S . Ca m m e res i T M Pa r ks
J A Cox D K Pa rri sh
R D . Dan zy T Pate l
Subgroup on Design Analysis (SC-D) R J Doel l i n g D J Sca l l an
J P G l aspi e Z Wang
G . L H ol l i nger, Chair A Ka l n i n s
S A Ada m s K . Matsu naga
M R . B rea c h W D Re i n h a rdt Subgroup on Design (SC-SVR)
T . M Da m i a n i D H . Roarty
R J G u rda l G S a n n azza r o J A . West, Chair H I G regg
C F . H eberl i ng I I T G Sei pp C E . B ea i r D . M i l ler
C . E H i n n a nt G Tax ac h e r J . A Con l ey T . Pate l
P . H i rschberg R A Wh i pp le R D . Danzy T R Tarbay
D P J o n es K Wright R J Doe l l i ng

XX V
 Subgroup on General Requirements (SC-SVR) U .S. Technical Advisory G roup I SO/TC 1 85
Safety Relief Valves
D B DeM i ch ae l, Cha ir J W Ra msey
J F B al l J , W Ri c h ard so n T J , B evi l acq ua, Ct a ir Y .-S La i
G B ra z i e r D E T u tt l e C E O' B ri en, Staff Secretary D Mi l ler
J , P G l asp ie S T Frenc h, Alter
n ate J F Ba l l B K N utter
D K Pa rr i s h D B DeM i c hae l J , A West

Subgroup on Testing (SC-SVR)

J , A , Cox, Cha ir W F Hart

J . E B r i tt B K N u tte r
S . Cam meres i D J Sca l l an
G D Goodson Z Wang

xxvi
 PERSONNEL A08
A09

Of
i cers of ASTM Committees
f
(Cooperating in the Development of' the Specifi cations Herein)
As of' Febmaxy 1 1 , 2009

A1 COMMITTEE ON STEEL, STAI N LESS STEE L, AN D RELATED A4 COMM I TTEE O N I RO N CAST I N G S

A LLOYS
J K Ma haney, J r , , Chair
M A Demerest, Producer
Vic e Cha ir
T J Mach, Producer' Vice
C ha ir
K E Orie, Producer' Vice
Cha ir
E R , Boes, User Vice Chaii
R W Bo nds, Chair W C B l i ss, Membership
A S Mel i l l i, User Vice Chah' W H I_.e Van, Vice Cha ir Secretary
F , R Setl a k, User Vice Cha ir G L S i m mons, Secretary K McC l u ng, Staff Manager
G , A Hayden, Secretary
T E M u rphy, Membership
Secretary
G Luc iw, Sta ff Manager

xxvii
I N TE N TI O N A L LY L E FT B LA N K

xxviii
 PREFA CE

Th e Am eri c an S o c i e t y o f' M ec h a n i c al E ngi ne e r's material specif i cations which ale ident i cal with the coi: es
(ASME) and the Amelica n Society for Testing and Materi ponding ASTM specif i cati ons and some which have been
als (ASTM) have cooperated for' more than fi fty year' s in the modif i ed for Code usage. Many of these specif i cations ale
prepa r ation of matelial specifi cations adequate for safety in published in dual format.. That is , they conta in both U. S .
the fi eld of pres sure equipment fbr ferlous and nonfelmUS Customa r y units and SI units . The metlication protocols
materials , contained in Sect
i on II (Pa
rt A - FelIous and followed in t he specif i cations ar e those adopted by ASTM,
Pa
r t B - Nonferrous) of' the ASME B oiler and Plessure and are usually to t h e rules of IEEE/ASTM 1 0- 1 997 Stan
Ve s sel C ode ..
dar d for the Use of t h e Intelnational System of' Units (SI) :
The evolut i on of this cooperat i ve ef
fort is contained in The Modern Metric System
Professor A. M. Greene' s "Histoly of' t h e ASME B oiler In 1 969 , the American Welding Society bega n publica
C ode , " which w as pub li shed as a s erie s of' ar ti cle s in tion of' specifi ca
tions for welding rods, electr odes , and f i ller
Mechanical Engineering flom July 1 952 through August meta l s, hithelto issued by ASTM . The B oiler and Pressure
1 953 and is now available from ASME in a special bound Vessel Committee has i ecognized this new a r r angement,
edition . The following quotations from this history, which n d is now WOlking wit
a h AWS on t h ese specif i cations..
was based upon the minutes of the ASME B oiler' and Section II, Part C, contains the welding material specifi ca
Plessule Vessel Committee, will help focus on the coopera tions approved for Code use .
tive nature of' th e specifi cations found in Sect i on II, Mate In 1 992, the ASME B oa r d of Pl essule Technology Codes
rial Specif i cations . and Standa
r ds endorsed t
h e use of non-ASTM matelial foI
"General discussion o material specif ications compris Boiler and Pressule Vessel Code applications.. It is the
ing Paragraphs 1 to 1 12 of Part 2 and the advisability of intent to follow the procedules and plact i ces cur:ently in
having them agree with ASTM specif ications, " (1 914).
use to implement the adoption of non-ASTM matelia ls .
"ASME Subcommittee appointed to confer with ASTM, "
Al l i den ti c al sp e c i f
i c a ti o n s are i n di c ate d b y th e
(1 91 6).
ASME /oliginating orga nization symbols . The specif i ca
"Because of' this cooperation the specif
i cations of the
tions prepar ed and copyrighted by ASTM, AWS , and other
1918 Edition of the ASME Boiler' Code were more nearly
oliginating or ganizations ale reploduced in t he Code wit h
in agreement with ASTM specif
i cations . In the 1 924 Edition
he pelmission of' t
t he iespective Society . The ASME B oiler
of the Code, 10 specii cations were in complete agreement
f
and PleSsule Vessel Committee has given ca r eful consider'
with ASTM speci i cations, 4 in substantial agreement and
f
ation to each new and ievised specif i cation, and has made
2 covered materials for which ASTM had no corresponding
speci
ications "
f such changes as they deemed necessa r y to make the speci
i cation adaptable for' Code usage. In addition, ASME has
f
"In Section II, Material Speci
ications, the paragraphs
f
were given new numbers beginning with S-1 and extending furnished ASTM with the basic requirements that should
to S-2 1 3, " (1 925). goveln many pl oposed new specif i cations Joint act i on will
cont
inue a
n ef
fort to ma
ke the ASTM, AWS , and ASME
"Section H was brought into agreement with changes
made in the la test ASTM sp ec if
i ca ti ons sin ce 1 92 1 , " specif
i cations identical ,
(1 9.3 2) . To assure th at there will be a clea
r' understanding on t
he
"The Subcommittee on Material Specif ications arranged pa
rt of the user's of' Section II, ASME publishes both the
for the introduction of the revisions of many of the speci
i
f identica
l specifi cations a
nd those amended foi Code usage
cations so that they would agree with the latest )Corm of in three pa
r ts eveIy three yea
r s, in the same page size to
the earlier' ASTM specif i cations. . . , " (1 93 5) . match the other sections of' the Code, and Addenda are
From the p:eceding, it is evident that many of h te mate issued a
nnually to provide the latest cha
n ges in Sect
i on II
rial specif
i cations were prepar ed by the Boiler a n d Pressure specif
i cat
i ons ,
Vessel Code Committees, t h en subsequently, by coopera The ASME B oiler and Pres sure Vessel Code has been
tive act
i on, modifi ed and ident
ifi ed as ASTM specif i ca adopted into law by 50 states and many municipa l ities in
tions Section II, Parts A and B , cur:ently contain many t e United S tates and by all of the Ca
h n adia
n pr ovinces , .

xxix
X XX
 SPECIFICATIONS LISTED BY MATERIALS

Steel Plate, Sheets and Strip

SA-568/SA-568M Steel, Sheet, Carbon and High-Str ength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled
and Cold-Rolled, General Requirements f0r' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 077
SA-749/SA-749M Steel, Strip, Ca
r bon and High-Strength Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled
General Requilements for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 345

Steel Pipe
SA-53 / SA-53M Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless . . . . 1 7 1
SA- 1 06 Seamless Ca r'bon Steel Pipe for High-Temperatule Ser
vice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
SA- 1 34 Pipe, Steel, Electr ic-Fusion (Atc)-Welded (Sizes NPS 1 6 and Over) . . . . . . . 22 1
SA- 1 3 5 Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 227
SA- 3 1 2 /SA-3 1 2M Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 503
SA- 3 3 3 /SA-3 3 3M Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for' Low-Temperature Ser vice. . . . . . . . . . .. 539
SA-3 35 / SA-3 35M Seamless Fer:itic Alloy-Steel Pipe f0r' High-Temperatule Service . . . . . . . . . . 56 1
SA-3 5 8 / SA-3 5 8M Elect
ric-Fusion-Welded Austenitic Clu'omium-Nickel Alloy Steel Pipe
for High-Temperature Ser
vice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
SA-3 69 /SA-3 69M Carbon and Fer:itic Alloy Steel Forged and Bored Pipe for High
Temperature Selvice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
SA-37 6 /SA-376M Seamless Austenitic Steel Pipe f0r' High-Temperature Cent
r al-Station
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . 707
SA-409/ SA-409M Welded La
r ge Diameter' Austenitic Steel Pipe for Corrosive or High
Temperatule Selvice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
SA-426/ SA-426M Cent
r ifugally Cast Ferxitic Alloy Steel Pipe f0r' High-Temperature A08

Se:vice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 7 89
SA-45 1 /SA-45 1 M Centrif
ugally Cast Austenitic Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service . . . . . 825 A09

SA-5 24 Seam
less Ca r bon Steel Pipe f0r' Atmospheric and Lower' Temperatures . . . . 973
SA-530/ SA-5 30M General Requilements for Specialized Ca r bon a
n d Alloy Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . 983
SA-5 87 Elect
r ic-Resistance-Welded Low-Ca
r bon Steel Pipe for the Chemical
Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 35
S A-660 Centr if
u gally Cast Ca r'b on Steel Pipe for High-Temperat ure Service . . . . . . . 1 1 79
SA-67 1 Elect
ric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for' Atmosphelic a
nd Lower'
Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 203
SA-672 Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-Piessule Ser
vice at Moderate
Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 23 1
SA-69 1 Ca
r bon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electr ic-Fusion-Welded for High
Pressule Service at High Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 237
SA-7 27 /SA-727M Ca
r bon Steel Folgings for' Piping Components With Inherent Notch A08

Toughness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 299
SA-7 3 1 / SA-73 1 M Seamless, Welded Felritic, a
nd Ma
r tensitic Sta
inless Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . 1 305
SA-790/ SA-790M Seam
less and Welded Feliitic /Austenitic Sta
i nless Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 142 1
SA- 8 1 3 / SA-8 1 3M Single- or Double-Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 445
SA-8 1 4/ SA-8 14M Cold-Woiked Welded Austen ltic Stainless Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455
SA-94 1 Terminology Relating to Steel, Stainless Steel, Related Alloys, a nd
FeI:'o alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 503

xx
 SA-96 1 Common Requirements for' Steel, Flanges , Forged Fitt i ngs , Valves , and
Parts for Piping Applications . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 523
SA- 99 9 / SA- 9 99M General Requirements for' Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 1 579

Steel Tubes

SA- 1 7 8 / SA- 1 7 8M Electric-Resistance-Welded Ca r bon Steel and Ca rbon-Manga nese Steel

B oiler' a
n d Superheater Tubes .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
SA- 1 79 / SA- 1 7 9M Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Ca r bon Steel Heat Exchanger and Condenser'
Tubes . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . .. .. . . . . .. .. . . .. 243
SA- 1 92/SA- 1 92M Seamless Ca
rbon Steel B oiler' Tubes f0r' High-Pressure Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 1
SA- 209 / SA-209M Seamless Ca
r bon-Molybdenum Alloy-Steel B oiler' a n d Superheater'
Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. . . .. .. .. . . . .. . . .. . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . .. . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . .. . . . 3 23
SA-2 1 0 /SA-2 1 0M Seamless Medium-Ca rbon Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 3 29
SA-2 1 3 / SA-2 1 3M Seamless Ferritic and Austenitic Alloy-Steel B oiler', Superheater, a
nd Heat
Exchanger' Tubes . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
SA- 2 1 4/SA- 2 1 4M Electric-Resista
nce-Welded Ca r bon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser'
Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
SA- 249 /SA- 249M Welded Austenitic Steel B oiler' , Superheater, Heat-Exchanger, and
Condenser' Tubes . . . .. .. .. . . . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . . .. . . .. .. .. .. . . .. . . . . .. . . .. . . .. .. . .. .. . . . . .. .. . . . . .. . . . . .. .. .. .. . . .. 3 93
SA-25 0/SA-250M Electric-Resista
nce-Welded Ferritic Alloy-Steel Boiler and Superheater
Tubes . . .. . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 403
SA-26 8 /S A-26 8M Seamless and Welded FerrJtic and Ma
r tensitic Stainless Steel Tubing for'
General Service . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 9
SA- 3 34 / S A- 3 34M Sea
mless and Welded Ca
r bon and Alloy Steel Tubes for' Low-Temperature
Service . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 1
S A-423 / S A-42 3 M Seamless and Electric Welded Low-Alloy Steel Tubes . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 7 83
SA-45 0 / SA-450M General Requirements for' Ca
r bon, Ferritic Alloy, a
nd Austenitic Alloy
Steel Tubes . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . . .. . . .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . .. . . . . .. .. .. . . . . .. .. . . .. .. . . . . .. . . 813
SA-5 1 3 Electric-Resistance-Welded Ca
r bon and Alloy Steel Mecha
nical Tubing . . . . . 927
SA-55 6 / SA-55 6M Seamles s Cold-Drawn Ca
r bon Steel Feedwater Heater' Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 03 9
SA-5 5 7 /SA- 5 5 7M Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon S teel Feedwater Heater' Tubes . . . . . . . . . . 1 045
SA-68 8 / SA-6 8 8M Welded Austenitic Stainle s s S teel Feedwater Heater' Tubes . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. .. . . . . . 1 227
SA -7 8 9/SA-7 89M Seamless and Welded Ferritic /Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for
General Service . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . .. .. . . . . .. .. .. . . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. .. . . .. . . .. . . . . .. .. . . . . .. .. . . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . . .. .. . . 1 4 1 3
SA- 8 03 / SA-803M Welded Ferritic Stainless Steel Feedwater Heater' Tubes . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . 1 43 3
SA-94 1 Terminology Relating to Steel, Stainless S teel, Related Alloys , a nd
Ferroalloys . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 445
SA- 1 0 1 6 / SA- 1 0 1 6M General Requir ements for Ferf i tic Alloy Steel, Austenitic Alloy Steel, a nd
Stainles s S teel Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 1 7

Steel Flanges, Fitt

ings, Valves, and Parts
SA- 1 05 / SA- 1 05M Car bon Steel Forgings , for' Piping Applications . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . .. . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 99
S A- 1 8 1 /SA- 1 8 1 M Carbon Steel Forgings, for General-Purpose Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
SA- 1 8 2 / SA- 1 82M Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Fla nges, Forged
Fittings, a
n d Valves and Pa r ts for High-Temper ature Service . . . . . . . . . . .. . 25 1
SA-2 1 6/SA-2 1 6M Steel Cast
i ngs, Ca
r bon, Suitable for Fusion Welding for' High-Temperature
Service . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 347
SA-2 1 7 /SA-2 1 7M Steel Castings , Mar tensitic Sta i nless a nd Alloy, for' Pr essure Containing
Parts Suitable for High-Temperat ur e Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . .. 35 1
SA-23 1 / SA-23 1 M Chromium-Va n adium Alloy Steel Spring Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 36 1
SA-2 32 / SA-23 2M Ch
romium-Va n adium Alloy Steel Valve Spring Quality Wi re . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 67
SA-234/SA-234M Piping Fitt
i ngs of' Wr ought Ca r bon Steel a nd A lloy for' Moderate a nd
High-Temperat ur e S ervice . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 371

xxxii
SA-3 50/ SA-3 5 0M Ca
r bon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch Toughness
Testing for' Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
SA- 3 5 1 / SA-3 5 1 M Casti ngs, Austenitic, Austenitic-Fenitic (Duplex), for Pressure-Containing
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 597
SA-3 52 /SA-35 2M Steel Casti ngs, FerIitic and Ma r tensitic, for' Pressure Containing Parts,
Suitable for' Low Temperature Sercice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
S A-403 / SA-403M Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
SA-420/ SA-420M Piping Fittings of Wrought Ca r bon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low
Temperatur e Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773
SA-522 /SA-522M Forged or' Rolled 8 and 9% Nickel Alloy Steel Fla n ges, Fittings,
Valves, a nd Parts for Low-Temperatuse Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967
SA-5 92 /SA-592M High-Strength Quenched and Tempered Low-Alloy Steel Forged
Fittings and Parts for Pressure Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 43
SA- 8 1 5 / SA-8 1 5M Wrought Feriitic, FeHitic /Austenitic, and Martensitic Sta i nless Steel Piping
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1463
SA-905 Steel Wire, P r essure Vessel Winding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1497
SA-960 Common Requiiements for' Wrought Steel Piping Fitti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 1
SA-96 1 Common Requirements for' Steel Flanges, Forged Fittings, Valves and
Par ts tot Piping Applicati ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 523
SA-9 85 / SA-9 85M Steel Investment Cast i ngs General Requirements fi r' Pressure-Conta ining
Pa
r ts .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 1 55 3
SA-995 Casti ngs, Austenitic-Fe iitic (Duplex) Sta i nless Steel, fbr Pressure
Containing Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 575

Steel Plates, Sheets, and Strip for Pressure Vessels

SA-20/SA-20M General Requirements fi r Steel Plates for' Pressure Vessels . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . 83
SA-202/SA-202M Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Ch
r omium-Manganese-Silicon . . . . . . . . 31 1
SA-203 /SA-203M Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Nickel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 3 15
SA-204/SA-204M Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Molybdenum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . 319
SA-225/SA-225M Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manga n ese-Vanadium-Nickel . . . . . .. . . 357
SA-240/SA-240M Chr omium a
n d Chr omium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and
Strip for' Pressme Vessels and fix General Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8 1
SA-263 Stainless Ch
r omium Steel-Clad Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 409
SA-264 Stainless Chromium-Nickel Steel-Clad Plate . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
SA-265 Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloy Clad Steel Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
SA-285 /SA-285M r essure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile
P
Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
SA-299/SA-299M P essure Vessel Plates, Ca
r r bon Steel, Manganese-Silicon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 48 1
SA-302/SA-302M Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Molybdenum and
Manganese-Molybdenum-Nickel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
SA-353 /SA-353M r essure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, 9 Percent Nickel, Double-Noima
P lized
and Tempered . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
SA-3 87/SA-3 87M Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Ch r om ium-Molybdenum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
SA-4 1 4/SA-4 1 4M Steel, Sheet, Ca
r bon, for Pressure Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769
SA-455 /SA-455M r essure Vessel Plates, Ca
P r bon Steel, High-Strengt h Manganese . . . . . . . . . . .. . 84 1
SA-480/SA-480M Genera l Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting
Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863
SA-5 1 5 / SA-5 1 5M Pr essure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Intermediate- a
nd Higher
Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953
SA-5 1 6/ SA-5 1 6M Pres sure Vessel Plates, Ca
r bon Steel, for' Moderate- and Lower
Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957
SA-5 17 /SA-5 17M Pressure Vessel Plates , Alloy Steel, High Strengt
h , Quenched and
Tempered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963

xxxiii
 SA- 5 3 3 / SA-5 3 3M
SA-53 7 /SA-537M
SA-542 / SA- 542M
S A- 543 /SA-543M
SA- 55 3 /SA-5 5 3 M
SA-5 62/SA-5 62M
S A-6 1 2 / SA-6 1 2M
A09 SA-645 /SA-645M
SA-662 / SA- 6 62M
SA-666
S A- 69 3
A08 S A-7 24 / S A-7 24M
S A-7 3 6 / S A-7 3 6M
S A-7 3 7 / S A-7 3 7M
SA- 7 3 8 / S A-7 3 8 M
S A-770 / S A-77 0M
S A- 8 3 2 / S A- 8 3 2M
S A- 8 4 1 / S A- 84 1 M
SA- 1 0 1 0 / S A- 1 0 1 0M
S A- 1 0 1 7 / S A- 1 0 1 7M
A09 SA/AS 1 548
A09 S A /EN 1 002 8 - 2
A09 S A /EN 1 002 8 - 3
A09 S A / EN 1 002 8 -7
A09 SA / GB 6654
A09 SA/JIS G3 1 1 8
Structural Steel
S A- 6/ SA-6M
SA- 3 6 / S A- 3 6M
SA-2 8 3 /SA-283M
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempered,
Manganese-Molybdenum a nd Manganese-Molybdenum-Nickel . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . 993
Pressure Vesse! Plates, Heat-Treated, Carbon-Ma nganese-Silicon Steel . .... 999
Pressu
re Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched-and-Tempered,
Chromium-Molybdenum and Chromium-Molybdenum-Vanadium . . .. . . . . . . . . 1 023
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempered, Nickel
Chromium-Molybdenum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 029
Pressure Vessel Plates , Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempered, 8 and 9
Pelcent Nickel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 03 3
Pressule Vessel Plates, Ca
r bon Steel, Manganese-Titanium for' Glass or'
Diffused Metallic Coatings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . 1 05 1
Pressur e Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, High Strength, for Moderate and
Lower' Temperature Seivice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 59
Pressure Vessel Plates, 5 % and 5 1/2% Nickel Alloy Steels, Specially Heat
Tleated . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 1 1 67
ressule Vessel Plates , Ca
P rbon-Manga
n ese-Silicon Steel, for' Moderate
and Lower Temperatule Sei cice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 85
Annealed or Cold-Wolked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate
and Flat B a
r ' . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 1 1 9 1
r ecipitation-Ha
P r dening Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet,
and Strip . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 245
Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon-Manganese-Silicon Steel, Quenched and
Tempered, fbi Welded Pressure Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 295
Pr essur e Vessel Plates, Low-Carbon Age-Hardening Nickel-Copper
Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium a nd Nickel-Copper
Manganese-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy Steel . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1 1
Pressur e Vessel Plates, High-Strength, Low-Alloy Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 13 17
r es sure Vessel Plates , Heat-Tleated, Ca
P rbon-Manganese- Silicon Steel,
for' Moder ate and Lower Temperatule Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 32 1
Through-Thickness Tension Testing of' Steel Plates for Specia l
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 1
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Chromium-Molybdenum
Vanadium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 47 3
Steel Plates for' Pressure Vessels, Produced by the Thermo-Mechanical
Control Proces s (TMCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 487
Higher-Strength Ma rtensitic Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Str ip . . . . . . . . . 1 603
r essure Ves sel Plates, Alloy-Steel Chromium-Molybdenum-Tungsten . . . . . . 1 63 3
P
Steel Plates fbr Pressu
re Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 649
Flat Products Made of' Steels for Pr essure Purposes - Pa rt 2 : Non
Alloy and Alloy Steels With Specif
i ed Elevated Temperatur e
Propert
i es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 654. 1
l at Products Made of Steels fbr' P
F r essur e P
urposes - Part 3 : Weldable
Fine Gr ain Steels, Normalized . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 65 5
l at Products Made of' Steels for Pressure Purposes - Pa
F r t 7 : Stainless
Steels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 1 656. 1
Steel Plates fbr P
r essure Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 656. 3
Carbon Steel Plates f0r' Pr essure Vessels f0r' Intermediate and Moderate
Temperature Service . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 657
General Requilements f01 Rolled Stluctu ra l Steel B ars , Plates , Shapes,
and Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Carbon Stluctura
i Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 57
Low- a
nd Intermediate Tensile Stlength Carbon Steel Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
xxxiv
SA-572 / SA-572M High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Str
uctura
l Steel. . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1
SA-656/ SA-656M Hot-Rolled Str
u ctural Steel, High-Strength Low-Alloy Plate With A08

Improved Formability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 178 . 1

SA- 1 008 / SA- 1 008M Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Str
u ctura
l , High-Strength Low-Alloy
and High-Strength Low-Alloy Wit h Improved Formability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 593
SA- 1 0 1 1 /SA- 1 0 1 1 M Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Ca r bon, Stnactura l , High-Strength A08

Low-Alloy, High-Strengt h Low-Alloy With Improved Formability,

and Ultra High Str ength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 607
SA /CSA-G40.2 1 Structural Quality Steels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 65 1 A09

Steel B ars

SA-6 / SA-6M General Requirements for Rolled Stnactura l Steel Bar' s , Plates, Shapes,
and Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
SA-29/ SA-29M Steel Ba
rs, Calbon and Alloy, Hot-Wrought, Genera l Requirements for' . . . . 1 27 A08

SA-3 1 Steel Rivets and B a

r's for Rivets, Pressure Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 153
SA-276 Stainless Steel Bar's and Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
SA-3 1 1 /SA-3 1 1 M Cold-Drawn, Stres s-Relieved Ca
r bon Steel B ars Subj ect to Mechanical
l 'operty Requir ements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
SA-479 /SA-479M Stainless Steel Ba
r ' s and Shapes for Use in Boilers and Ot
h er Pressure
Vessels . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 1
SA-484/SA-484M General Requirements for Stainless a n d Steel B a rs, Billets, a nd
Folgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 1
SA-5 64/ SA-5 64M Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-Hardening Sta i nless Steel Ba r 's and
Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 067
SA-63 8 /SA-63 8M Precipitation Hardening Iron Base Superalloy B ars, Folgings, a nd
Forging Stock for High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 63
SA-675 / SA-675M Steel Bars, Ca r bon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality, Mechanical
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 22 1
SA-695 Steel Bar s, Ca r bon, Hot-Wrought, Specia l Quality, for Fluid Power'
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 253
SA-69 6 Steel Bar s, Ca r bon, Hot-Wrought or Cold-Finished, Special Quality,
for' Pressure Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 257
SA-7 39 Steel Bar 's , Alloy, Hot-Wrought, for Elevated Temperature or Pressure
Conta ining Pa r ts, or Both . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 327
SA/JIS G4303 Stainless Steel B a
rs . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 1 65 8 . 1 A09

Steel Bolting Materials

SA- 1 93 /SA- 1 93M Alloy-Stee! and Stainless Stee! Bolting Mater i als for High-Temperatule A08

or' High Pressure Service and Ot her Special Purpose Applications . . . . . . . 275
SA- 1 94/SA- 1 94M Ca
r bon and Alloy Steel Nuts for' Bolts for' High-Pmssa r e and High
Temperatur e Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
SA-307 Ca
r bon Steel Bolts an d Studs, 60 000 psi Tensile St rength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
A09
SA-320/SA-320M Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolt ing Materia l s for Low-Temperat ure
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 515
SA-325 Structura
l B olts , Steel, Heat Treated, 1 20 / 1 05 ksi Minimum Tensile
SUengt
h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
SA-354 Quenched a
n d Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts, Studs, and Ot her Externally
Threaded Fastener's . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
SA-437/SA-437M Alloy Steel Turbine-Type Bolti ng Materia l Specially Heat Treated for
High-Temperat ure Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
SA-449 Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts and Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
SA-453 /SA-453M High-Temperat ure Bolting Mater i als, With Expa n sion Coeffi cients
Compa rable to Austenifi c Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 1
SA-540/SA-540M lloy Steel Bolting Materials for Specia
A l Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 005
XXXV
 SA-563 Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 05 5
SA-574 Alloy Steel S ocket-Head Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . .. . 1 1 1 7
SA- 962 / SA-9 62M Common Requirements for Stee! Fastener' s or Fastener Materials ,
or B oth, Intended for Use at Any Temperature f l om Cryogenic to the
Creep Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 35
SF-5 6 8M Ca
r bon and Alloy Steel Externally Thr eaded Metric Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 1 63 7

Steel Billets and Forgings

SA- 1 05 /SA- 1 05M Carbon Steel Forgings, for Piping Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 99
S A- 1 8 1 / S A- 1 8 1 M Carbon Steel Forgings , for Genera l -Purpose Piping . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
SA-26 6 /SA-2 66M Car bon Steel Forgings, for Pressure Vessel Components . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 3
S A- 3 3 6 / SA- 3 3 6M Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure and High-Temperature Pa r ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
S A- 3 5 0 / S A- 3 5 0M Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch Toughness
Testing for Piping Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 85
SA-372 /SA- 3 72M Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Thin-Walled P r es sure Vessels . . . . . . . . 70 1
SA-484/ SA-484M General Requirements for Stainless Steel Bar s, Billets, and Forgings . . . . . . . 89 1
SA-5 08 / SA-508M Quenched and Tempered Vacuum-Treated Ca r bon and Alloy Steel
Forgings for Pressure Vessels . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917
SA-54 1 / SA-54 1 M Quenched and Temper ed Ca r bon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Pres sure
Ves sel Components . . . . . .. . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015
SA-63 8 / SA-63 8M Precipitation Hardening 1ton B ase Superalloy B a r s, Forgings, and
Forging Stock for High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 63
SA-649/SA-649M Forged Steel Rolls, Used for Cori agating Paper Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 73
SA-705 / SA-705M Age-Ha rdening Stainless Steel Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 1
SA-7 23 /SA-723M Alloy Steel Forgings for High-S trength Pressure Component
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 289
SA-745 / SA-745M Ultrasonic Examination of Austenitic Steel Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 33 1
SA-765 / SA-765M Car bon Steel and Low-Alloy S teel Pres sur e-Vessel-Component
Forgings With Mandatory Toughness Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 63
S A-78 8/S A-7 8 8M Steel Forgings , Genera l Requirements . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 97
A08 SA- 8 3 6/SA- 8 3 6M Titanium-S tabilized Ca rbon Steel For gings for' Glass-Lined Piping and
Pres sur e Ves sel Service . .. . . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . . . . .. .. .. . . .. .. . . . . .. .. . . .. .. . . . . .. .. . . . . .. .. .. . . .. .. . . .. . . . . . . .. .. . . 1 483
SA-965 / S A-965M Steel Forgings , Austenitic , for' Pr essure a
n d High Temper ature Pa
r ts . . . . . . . . . . . 1 545

Steel Castings
SA-2 1 6/SA-2 1 6M Steel Castings , Ca
r bon, Suitable for Fusion Welding for High-Temperatur e
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. . . . .. . .. . . .. . . . . .. 347
SA-2 1 7 / S A-2 ! 7M S teel Castings, Ma r tensitic Stainless and Alloy, for Pressure-Containing
Par ts Suitable for High-Temperatur e Service .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 35 1
SA- 35 1 / SA- 3 5 1 M Castings , Austenitic , Austenitic-Ferritic (Duplex), for Pr essur e-Containing
Pa
r ts .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. . . . . .. .. . . .. .. . . . .. .. . . .. .. .. 5 97
S A- 35 2 / SA- 3 5 2M Steel Cast ings , Ferxitic and Ma
r tensitic, for Pressure-Conta i ning Pa r ts ,
Suitable for Low Temperature S ervice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
S A-487 / S A-487M Steel Castings Suitable for' Pr essure Service . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
SA-494/ SA-494M Castings , Nickel and Nickel Alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915
SA-609 /SA-609M Castings, Ca r bon, Low-Alloy, and Ma r tensitic Stainless Steel, Ult r asonic
Examination Thereof . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . .. .. . . 1 1 47
SA-667 / SA-6 67M Centrifugally Cast Dual Metal (Gray a nd White Cast Ir on) Cylinder's . . . . . . . . . 1 20 1
SA-703 /S A-703M Steel Castings, General Requirements, for Pressur e-Conta i ning Pa rts . . . . . . . . . . 1 28 1
SA- 747 / SA-747M Steel Cast
ings , Sta
i nless, P
recipitation Ha
r dening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 37
SA-7 8 1 / SA-7 8 1 M Cast
ings, Steel and Alloy, Common Requirements, for General Indust r ial
Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 379
S A- 9 85 /SA-9 85 M Steel Investment Castings General Requirements for Pressure-Containing
Pa
r ts .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. . . .. .. . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. 1 5 5 3

xxxvi
S A-99 5 Castings, Austenitic-Fenitic (Duplex) Stainless Steel, for Pressure
Containing Par ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 575

Corrosion-Resisting and Heat-Resisting Steels

SA- 1 82/SA- 1 82M Forged or' Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged
Fittings, and Valves a nd Parts for' High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . 25 1
SA- 1 9 3 /SA- 1 93M Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Mater i als for' High-Temperatme A08

or' High Pressure Service a n d Other Special Purpose Applications . . . . . . . 275

SA- 1 94 / SA- 1 94M Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for' High-Pressure or High
Temperature Service, or Both . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
SA-2 1 3 /SA-2 1 3M Seamless Ferf i tic a
nd Austenitic Alloy Steel Boiler', Superheater', a nd Heat
Excha n ger' Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
SA-2 1 6 /SA-2 1 6M Steel Castings, Ca r bon, Suitable for' Fusion Welding for' High-Temperature
Service . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 347
SA-2 1 7 / SA-2 1 7M Steel Cast
i ngs, Ma
r tensitic Stainless and Alloy, for' Pressure
Containing Pa
r ts Suitable for' High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 1
SA-240 /SA- 240M Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, a
nd
Strip for' Pressure Vessels and f0r' Genera
l Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8 1
SA-249 /SA-249M Welded Austenitic Steel Boiler' , Superheater, Heat Exchanger , and
Condenser Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . . . .. . . 393
SA-264 Stainless Chromium-Nickel Steel Clad Plate, Sheet, and Str
ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 7
SA-265 Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloy Clad Steel Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
SA-268 /SA-268M Seamless a
nd Welded Ferf
i tic a
nd Ma
r tensitic Stainless Steel Tubing for
General Service . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 43 9
SA-3 1 2/SA-3 1 2M Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
SA-3 20/ SA-3 20M Alloy Steel and Sta
inless Steel Bolting Materials for' Low-Temperature A09

Service . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 515
SA-3 3 6 /SA-3 3 6M Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure and High-Temp erature Pa rKs . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
SA- 35 1 /SA-35 1 M Cast
ings, Austenitic, Austenitic-Ferf
itic (Duplex), for' Pressure-Containing
Pa
rKs .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 597
SA-3 5 8 / SA-3 5 8M Electr
i c-Fusion-Welded Austenitic Chromium-Nickel Alloy Steel Pipe
for High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
SA-3 69 / SA-3 69M Carbon a
n d Ferr
i tic Alloy Steel Forged and Bored Pipe for High
Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
SA-3 7 6 /S A-376M Seamless Austenitic Steel Pipe for' High-Temperature Central-Station
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
SA-403 / SA-403M Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fitti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
SA-409 / SA-409M Welded La
r ge Diameter' Austenif i c Steel Pipe for Corxosive or' High
Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
SA-426 /SA-426M Centr
ifuga
lly Cast Ferr
ifi c Alloy Steel Pipe for High-Temp
erature A08

Service . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . 7 89
SA-437 / SA-437M Alloy Steel Turbine-Type Bolting Material Specia lly Heat Treated for'
High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
SA-45 1 / S A-45 1 M Centrifugally Cast Austenific Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service . . . . . 825 A09

SA-479 /SA-479M Stainless Steel Ba

r 's and Shapes f0r' Use in Boiler' s and Other' Pressure
Vessels . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 85 1
SA-484/ SA-484M Genera
l Requirements for' Sta
inless Steel Ba
r s, Billets, and Forgings . . . . . . . 89 1
SA-5 1 5 / SA-5 1 5M Pressure Ves sel Plates , Ca
rbon Steel, for' Intermediate- a
nd Higher
Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953
SA-5 64/ SA-564M Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-Hardening Sta
inless Steel Ba
rs and
Shape s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 067
SA-63 8 /SA-63 8M Precipitation Ha r dening Iron Base Supera lloy Ba rs, Forgings, and
Forging Stock for High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 63
SA-660 Centrif
ugally Cast Car bon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service . . . . . . . 1 1 79

xxxvii
 SA-66 6 Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip , Plate
and Flat B ar , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. .. . . . . .. . . . . . 1 1 9 1
SA-69 1 Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electric-Fusion-Welded for' High
Pressure Service at High Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 237
SA- 705 /SA-7 05M Age-Har dening Stainless and Heat-Resist i ng Steel Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 28 1
SA-7 8 9/SA-7 89M Seamless and Welded Ferf itic /Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for'
Genera
l Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 1 4 1 3
SA-790/SA-7 90M Seamless and Welded FerIitic /Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 1 42 1
SA- 8 1 4/ SA- 8 1 4M Cold-Worked Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . 1 455
SA-8 1 5 / SA-8 1 5M Wrought FeHitic , Ferxitic /Austenitic, and Ma r tensitic Stainless Steel
Piping FiRings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 1 463
SA-99 5 Castings , Austenitic-Ferf i tic (Duplex) Sta i nless Steel, for' Pr essure
Containing Parts .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . 1 575

Wrought Iron, Cast Iron, and Malleable Iron

SA-47 / SA-47M Ferritic Malleable hon Cast i ngs . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 1 63
A08 SA-27 8 /SA-278M Gray Iron Castings for' Pressure Containing Parts for' Temperatures
Up to 650°F (350°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 467
A08 SA-395 /SA- 395M Ferritic Duct i le Iron Pressure-Reta i ning Cast i ngs for' Use at Elevated
Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 73 5
SA-476 / SA-476M Ducti le It'on Castings for' Paper' Mill Dryer Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 85 1
SA-748 /SA-748M Stat
i cally Cast Chilled White Iron-Gray Iron Dual Meta l Rolls for
Pressu
r e Vessel Use . . . . . .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . .. . .. .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 1 3 43
SA- 834 Common Requirements for I
t 'on Castings for Gener al Industr
i al Use . . . . . . . . 1 479

Methods

SA-27 5 / SA-275M Magnet i c Particle Examinat i on of' Steel Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. . . . . . .. . . . . . 449

SA-3 70 Test Methods and Def i nitions for' Mechanical Test i ng of Steel Pr oducts . .. . . . . 643
S A- 3 8 8 / SA- 3 8 8M Ultrasonic Exa mination of Heavy Steel Forgings . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 725
SA-43 5 / SA-43 5M Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of' Steel Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 795
SA-5 77 /SA-577M Ultrasonic Angle-B ea m Examinat i on of Steel Plates . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. . . . . .. .. . . . 1 1 25
A09 SA-57 8 / SA-5 7 8M Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Rolled Steel Plates for Specia l
Applicat i ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 1 1 29
SA-745 /SA-745M Ultrasonic Examination of Austenitic Steel Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 33 1
SA-7 5 1 Test Methods , Practices, a nd Terminology for Chem i cal Analysis of Steel
Products . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . 1 3 5 5

xxxviii
 SPE CIFICATION REMOVAL

From time to t ime, it becomes necessary to remove SA-73 1 / SA-73 1 M-9 1 (discont
inued by ASTM in 1 995 ,
specif
i cati ons t om this Pa r t of Sect i on II . This occurs r eplaced by A 268/A 268M) 1
because the sponsoring society (e.g . , ASTM, AWS , CEN) If you a
r e cmTenf
ly using and purchasing new material
has notifi ed ASME that t he specif i cation has either' been to this specif
i cation for ASME Boiler and Pressur e Vessel
replaced with anot h er specif i cation, or that there is no Code construction, and if discontinuance of this specifi ca
t
known use and pr oduct i on of a material. Removal of a tion would present a hardship, please notify t
he Secretary
specif
i cation from this S ect i on also iesults in concuri ent of' the ASME B oiler and P esstue Vessel Committee, at
Iemova l of the same specifi cation from Sect i on IX and fr om h e add
t r ess shown below :
all of t
h e ASME B oiler and Pressure Ves sel Construction
Codes that reference the material This action effectively Secreta
ry
prohibits further use of the material in ASME B oiler and ASME B oiler and Pressure Vessel Committee
Pr es sure Ves sel construct
i on. Thr ee Pa
r k Avenue
The following specif
i cations will be dr opped f
i'om t
his New York, NY 1 00 1 6-5990
Section in the next Addenda, unless information concern Tel : (2 1 2) 59 1 - 8 5 3 3
ing curient pr oduction a
nd use of the material is r eceived Fax : (2 1 2) 5 9 1 - 850 1
before December 1 of this year :

SA-557 /SA-5 57M-90a (discont

inued by ASTM in 1 995 ,
replaced by A 1 78/A 1 78M) 1 1 The replacement specifi cations are cm ently in Section II, Part A

xxxix
xl
 GUIDELINES ON SUBMITTAL OF TE CHNICAL
INQUIRIES TO THE BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL
COMMITTEE

INTRODUCTION the f
l eedom of' manufacturers, constructors , or owner' s to
choose any method of design or' any form of construction
(a) This Appendix provides guidance to Code user s for that conforms to the Code rules .
submitting technical inquir ie s to the C ommi tte e, S ee
(c) Inquiries that do not comply wit h the provisions of'
Guideline on the Approval of New Materials Under the
this Guideline or t
h at do not pr ovide suff
i cient information
ASME B oiler and Pressure Vessel Code in Section II, Parts
for the Committee ' s full understanding may result in the
C and D for addit
i on!l requirements for requests involving
request being returned to the inquirer wit h no action .
adding new mater ials to the Code,, Technical inquiries
include requests for r evisions or additions to the Code
rules, requests for Code Cases, a
nd requests for' Code inter'- 2 INQUIRY FORMAT
pr etations , as described below .
(1 ) Code Revisions. Code r evisions a
re considered to Subm
i ttals to the Committee shall include :

accommodate technological developments, address admin (a) Purpose. Specify one of the following :
istrative requirements, incorporate Code Cases, or to cla
r ify (1 ) revision of' present Code rules
Code intent .. (2) new or' additional Code rules
(2) Code Cases. Code Cases represent alternati ves or' ( 3) Code Case
addit
i ons to exist
i ng Code rules . Code Cases a
r e written (4) Code Interpretation
as a question and reply, and are usually intended to be (b) Background. Provide t h e informat i on needed f0r' the
incorporated into the Code at a later' date. When used, Committee ' s understanding of the inquiry, being sure to
Code Cases prescribe mandatory requirements in the same include r eference to the applicable Code S ection, Division,
sense as the text of' the Code . However', users a
r e caut
i oned Edition, Addenda, pa r agraphs , f
i gmes , and tables . Pr efer a
t at not all jurisdictions or owner's automatically accept
h bly, provide a copy of the specif
i c referenced portions of'
C ode C ase s . The mo st common applic ati on s for' Code the Code .
C ases a
re: (c) Presentations.. The inquir er may desire or' be asked
(a) to permit ea
r ly implementation of' an approved to attend a meeting of the Committee to make a formal
Code r evision based on an urgent need presentation or' to a
n swer' questions from the Comm i ttee
(b) to permit t
h e use of a new material for Code member s with r egar d to t
he inquiry Attendance at a Com
construction rnittee meeting shall be at the expense of t he inquirer' , The
(c) to gain experience with new materials or a lter inquirer' s attendance or lack of attendance at a meeting
native rules pr i or to incorporation directly into the Code shall not be a basis fbr acceptance or rej ection of' the inquiry
(.3) Code Interpretations. Code Interpretations pro by the Committee
vide clar if
i cation of the meaning of' exist i ng rules in the
Code, and a r e also presented in question and r eply format.
Interpretations do not introduce new requirements . In cases 3 CODE REVISIONS OR ADDITIONS

where existing Code text does not fully convey the meaning
that was intended, and revision of the rules is required to
support an interpr etation, an Intent Interpretation will be
is sued and the Code will be revised.
(b) The Code rules, Code Cases, and Code Interpreta
tions established by t
he Committee a
r e not to be considered
as approving, recommending, ceit i fying, or endor sing any
proprietary or specif
i c design, or' as limiting in any way
Requests for Code Ievisions or' additions shall provide
the f
i llowing :
(a) Proposed Revi s ions o r Additions. For' revi sion s ,
identify the rules of the Code that r equire revision and
submi t a copy of the appr opriate rules as they appea
r ' in the
Code, ma r ked up with the proposed revision For' additions ,
pro vi de th e rec ommen ded w or din g r eferen c e d to the
existing Code rules .

xli
 (b) Statement of Need. Provide a brief explanation of Rep ly should be "yes" or "no , " with brief provisos if'
the need f0r' the revision or addition . needed .

(c) Background Information. Provide background infor'
mation to suppoit the revision or additi on, including any
data or changes in technology that form t h e basis for t
he
request ht at will allow the Committee to adequately evalu
ate the pioposed revision or' addition. Sketches, tables,
fi gures, and graphs should be submitted as appropr i ate .
When applicable, identify any pertinent pa r agraph in the
Code that would be affected by t
h e I evision or' addition
and identify paragraphs in the Code that reference t he
paragraphs that are to be revised or added.
CODE CASES
Requests for' Code Cases shall provide a Statement of
Need a n d Background Inf0Imation sim i lar' to th at defi ned
in 3(b) and 3(c), Iespectively, for' Code revisions or addi
tions.. The urgency of the Code Case (e .g. , project underway
or imminent, new procedure, etc .) must be defi ned and it
must be confirmed t
h at t
h e request is in connection with
equipment t h at will be ASME stamped, with the excepti on
of Section XI applications . The proposed Code Case should
identify the Code Secti on and Division, and be written as
a Question and a Reply in the same format as existing
Code Cases. Requests for' Code Cases should also indicate
the applicable Code Editions and Addenda to which the
proposed Code Case applies .
CODE INTERPRETATIONS
(.3 ) Backgro und InJb rma tion . Provide any b ack
ground information that will assist the Committee in under'
standing the proposed Inquiry and Reply .
(b) Requests for' Code Interpretations must be lim i ted
to an interpretation of' a pa
r ticular' requirement in the Code
or' a Code Case. The Committee cannot consider' consulting
type requests such as the following:
(1 ) a review of calculations, design drawings, weld
ing qualifi cations, or' descriptions of' equipment or' parts to
determine complia n ce with Code requirements;
(2) a request for assistance in performing any Code
prescribed functions relating to, but not limited to, material
selection, designs, calculations , fabrication, inspection,
pressure test ing, or' installation;
(,3 ) a request seeking the rationale for Code require
ments ,
SUBMITTALS
Submittals to and responses f
rom the Committee shall
meet t
h e following :
(a) Submittal. Inquiries f i 'o m Code user's shal l be in
English and prefer ably be submitted in typewritten form;
however' , legible ha
n dwritten inquiries will also be consid
ered . They shall include the name, address, telephone num
ber , fax number, and e-mail address, if ava
i lable, of the
inquirer and be mailed to the following address:
S ecretary
ASME B oiler and Pressure Vessel Committee
Three Park Avenue

(a) Requests f0r' Code Interpretations shall provide the New York, NY 1 00 1 6-5990
following : As a
n alternative, inquiries may be submitted via e-ma
il
(1) Inquiry . Provide a condensed and precise ques to : Secmta
r yB PV @ asme .org.
t on, omitting superf
i l uous background information and, (b) Response. . The Secreta
r y of' the ASME Boiler and
when possible, composed in such a way that a "yes" or a Pressure Vessel Committee or' of t
he appropriate Subcom
"no" Reply, with brief' provisos if needed, is acceptable . mittee shall acknowledge receipt of' each properly prepa
r ed
The question should be technically and editorially corIect. . inquiry and sha
ll provide a written response to the inquirer
(2) Reply . Provide a proposed Reply that will clear 'ly upon completi on of the requested acti on by the Code Com
mittee .
and concisely answer' the Inquiry questi on . Preferably, the

xlii
 GUIDELINE ON THE APPROVAL OF NEW MATERIALS
UNDER THE ASME B OILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL
CODE
Code Policy. It is the policy of the ASME Boiler
and Pr essure Vessel Committee to adopt for inclusion in
Section II only such specif i cations as have been adopted
by the Ameri c an S oc i ety for Te s ti ng an d M at er i al s
(ASTM), by t h e American Welding Society (AWS) , and
by other recognized national or international or ganizations,,
It is expected that requests for Code approval will nor
mally be for materials for' which t here is a recognized
national or' international specifi cation , For materials made
to a recognized national or international specif i cation other
than those of ASTM or AWS , the inquirer shall give not i ce
to t
h e standards developing organization that a request has
been made to ASME for' adopt i on of' their' specifi cation
under' the ASME Code and shall request that the or ganiza
i on grant ASME permission to reprint the specif
t i cation ,
For' other' materials, a request shall be made to ASTM,
AWS , or a recognized national or' international organiza
tion to develop a specifi cation th at can be pr esented to the
Code Committee ,
It is the policy of' the ASME Boiler' and Pr es sure Vessel
Committee to consider requests to adopt new materials
only from boiler , pressure vessel, or nuclear power plant
component Manufacturers or user s . Further , such requests
should be for materials for which there is a r easonable
expectation of use in a boiler , pressur e ves sel, or nuclear
power plant component constructed to the rules of one of
h e Sect
t i ons of this Code Requests for new materials shall
be accompanied by a communication f l ora an ASME Cer
tifi cate Holder , an end user , or an organizat
i on t
h at specifi es
materials and contracts with Certif
i cate Holders for the
constluction of products to t
he rules of one of the secti ons
of t
his Code The letter shall state the Inquirer' s name and
status as one of these th
r ee types of orga
nizations
Application. The inquirer sha
ll identify to the Commit
tee the Section or S ect
i ons a
n d Divisions of the Code in
which the new material is to be incorporated, the tempera
tur e range of application, whether cyclic service is to be
considered, and whether externa l pressure service is to be
considered T he inquirer' shall identify all product forms ,
size ranges, and specifi cations for which incolporation is
de si
r ed
xliii
O7
Mechanical Properties. Together with t he specif i ca
tion for the material, the inquirer shall furnish the Commit
tee with adequate data on which to base design values for
inclusion in the applicable tables The data shall include
values of ultimate tensile strength, yield str ength, r educti on
of ar ea, and elongation, at 1 00°F (or 50°C) inter va l s, fr om
room temperatur e to 1 00°F (or 50°C) above the maximum
intended use temperature, unles s the ma ximum intended
use temper atu r e does not exceed 1 00°F. Any heat t r eatment
that is iequired to pr oduce the mechanical ploperties should
be fully described
If adoption is desired at temperatures at which time
dependent behavior may be expected to control design
values , str ess-rupture an d creep rate data for these t i me
dependent propelties shall be provided, sta r ting at tempera
tures about 50°F (or 25 °C) below the temperature whele
time-dependent pr operties may govern (see Appendix 1 of'
Section II, Pa r D) and extending to about 1 00°F (or 50°C)
above t h e maximum intended use tempelature. The longest
rupture t i me at each test tempel atme must be in excess of'
6000 hr' and t
h e shortest about 1 00 hi', with at least th
r ee
additional tests at stresses selected to provide iupture times
nominally equally spaced in log (t i me) ; i. e. , times nomi
nally of 1 00, 300, 800, 2200, and 6000 h r at each test
tempelatul e . Obviously, longer times and addit i onal tests
re benef
a i cial . The interva
l between successive test temper
atu
r es shal l be chosen such that iuptul e lives shall not
dif
fer by more than a factor of about 1 0 at any given stres s
fol two adj acent temper atur es . In genera
l , test temperatules
should be in about 50°F (or 25 °C) interva
l s if maximum
test t
i mes a r e no longer than 6000 h r s. The goal of the
testing is to facilitate data analysis to estimate the average
nd minimum stresses for inpture in 1 00,000 h
a r ' and an
average creep rate of 1 0-5 %/hr for each temperatule whele
design str esses a
r e established . Alternative test plans that
deviate fi om the prior description but achieve the overall
obj ect
i ve may be consideled.
Minimum creep l ate data shall be pl ovided over t he
same range of temperatules as above, wit h the lowest str es s
at each temperature selected to achieve a minimum cr eep
rate of 1 . 0 to 2 .0 x 1 0-4 %/h
r' or' less . Cleep rate data may
be obtained in the course of' stless-iuptul e testing or may be
obtained on addit i onal specimens . If it can be conclusively folms for which adoption is desired. For product forms for
demonstra ted that creep rate does not control the design which th e propelt
i es may be size dependent, data flom
st
r esses, the creep rate data may be sparse in relat i on to products of dif
ferent sizes, including the la
r gest size for
he st
t r'e ss-r apture data . Submission of' creep curves for which adopti on is desired, sha
ll be provided
evaluation of creep rate behavi or' i s ac ceptabl e and Test methods employed shall be those refelenced in or
encouraged. by the material specifi cations , or shall be appropriate
For' materials h
t at will be used in welded applicat
i ons, ASTM test met h ods or recommended practices for the
suffi cient ti me-dependent data shall be provided for weld plopelt
i es tested .
ments and f
i ller' metals to allow ASME to assess the proper Infolmation describing selvice exper
i ence in t
he temper
ties in comparison with t he base material . In the time atule range contemplated will be useful to the Committee .
dependent range, this includes providing stress-r
apture data Other Properties. The inquirer shall furnish to the
for specimen tests in excess of 6000 hr at each temperature Committee adequate data necessa r y to establish values for
and for' each welding process. In addition, minimum creep coeffi cient of thermal expa
n sion, thermal conduct i vity and
rate data on f
i ller' metals shall a
l so be provided to rates
i ffusivity, Young' s modulus, shea
d r' modulus, and Pois
below L0 to 20 x 1 0-4 %/hr . son' s ratio, when t
h e construct
ion Code in which adopt
i on
If adopti on at temperatures below room temperature is is desired requires explicit consideration of t
hese proper
requested, and if' it is desired to take design advantage of' i es. Data sha
t l l be provided over the range of temperatures
increased strength at lower' temperatures, data on the time for which the materia
l is to be used
independent propert i es shall be provided at 1 00°F (or 50°C)
inter-ca
l s to and including the lowest intended use temper Weldability. The inquiler shall furnish complete data
ature . on the weldability of mater
i al intended for welding, includ
Notch toughness data shall be provided for materials for' ing data on procedure qualifi cation tests made in accor
which Code toughness rnles would be expected to apply.. dance with the requirements of Section IX. Welding tests
The data shall include test results for t
he intended lowest sha
l l be made over the full range of thick ness in which
h e material is to be used Peltinent information, such as
t
service metal temperature and for the range of' materia
l
thicknesses desired. For welded const
r uction, the notch postweld heat tleatment required, susceptibility to air' ha
rd
toughness data shall include the iesults of' Code toughness ening, effect of welding procedure and heat-a ffected zone
tests for weld metal and heat-affected zone for weldments and weld metal notch toughness, a
nd the amount of exper
i
made by t he intended welding processes . ence in welding the material shall be given..
If the materia
l is to be used in components t h at operate Physical Changes. For new materials, it is important
under' extelnal plessure, stless-st
r ain cui zes (tension or to know the structural stability characteristic s and the
compression) sha l l be furnished, at 1 00°F (or 50°C) inter degree of' ietention of' propelties with exposure at tempera
va
l s over the range of' design tempelatures desired. External ture. The influence of' fabrication practices, such as folm
plessure charts are based on the ea r ly portion (up to 1 % ing, welding, and thelmal tr eatment, on the mechanical
strain) of the st
ress-stlain curate . The stless-st
r'ain curve propelties, ductility, a
nd microstr ucture of the material
(not load versus extension) shall be determined using a re important, pa
a r ticula
r ly where degradation in properties
Class B-2 oI better accuracy extensometer as def i ned in may occur . W
here pa rt
i cula
r' temperatule ra
n ges of expo
ASTM E 83 . Numer i ca
l data, when available, should be sure or heat treatment, cooling I ates, combinations of
submitted . The data should include the original Cl OSS-Sec mechanical wolking and t hermal treatments, fabrication
tiona
l a
r ea of' the test specimen and StleSS-St
r'ain cr
a ves practices, exposule to parti cular' envilonments, etc., cause
with units ma
r ked on t
h em. signifi cant changes in the mecha nical propelt i es, m
i cro
If the materia
l is to be used in cyclic selvice and the st
r ucture, iesistance to h
r ittle fractule, etc . , it is of pr
ime
const
r uction Code in which adoption is desired requiles importa
nce to ca
ll attenti on to t
hose conditi ons that should
explicit consideration of' cyclic behavior' , fatigue data sha
ll be avoided in service or in manufactule of pa
r ts oi vessels
l so be furnished over t
a he range of' design temperatures from the mater
ial.
desiled.
Requests for Additional Data. The Comm
ittee may
In genera
l , for a
l l mechanica l propelt i es, data shall be request additional data, including data on ploperties oI
provided from at least three hea t s of material meeting all mater
ial behavior not explicitly t
r eated in the construct
ion
of the requirements of' a specifi cation for at least one prod Code in which adopti on is desiled .
uct form for which adopt
i on is desired, f0r' each test at
each test temperatule . When adoption for both cast a nd New Materials Checklist. To assist inquirel s desiring
wrought product folms is desiled, data flom at least three Code coverage for new materia l s, or extending coverage
heats each of a wrought and of a cast product folm shall of' existing mater
ial s, the Committee has developed the
be submitted.. It is desiled t
h at the data ieplesent a
ll product following checklist of' items that ought to be addlessed by

xliv
 each inquiry. The Committee reserves the right to request specif i cat
i ons in the English la
n guage and in U.S . or' SU
additional data and application infbrmation when consider met r ic units. The Comm i ttee will consider' accept
i ng speci
ing new materials . i cations of' recognized national or' internationa
f l organiza
(a) Has a qualifi ed inquirer request been provided? tions , such as , but not lim
i ted to, American Petroleum
(b) Has a request either' for' revision to existing Code Institute (API) , ASTM, AWS , Can adian Sta
n da r ds Associ
requirements or for' a Code Case been def
i ned? ation (C S A) , European Committee for S tandardization
( c) H as a l e tter' to A S TM or' AWS b een s ub mitted (CEN) , and Japa nese Standa
r ds Association (JIS) . Materia
l
requesting coverage of' the new material in a specif
i cati on, specif
i cations of ot
her t
han national or' international organi
and has a copy been submitted to the Committee? Alterna zations, such as those of material producer's and suppliers ,
tively, is this material already covered by a specifi cation will not be considered for acceptance .
issued by a recognized national or' international organiza S

tion and has a n English la n guage version been provided? Requirements for Recognized National or Interna
(d) Has the construction Code and Division coverage tonal Specif
i icati ons. Acceptable material specifi cations
been ident
ifi ed? will be identif i ed by date or edition Approved edition(s)
(e) Has the material been def
i ned as ferrous or' nonfer will be stated in t h e subtitle of the ASME specif i cation.
rous and has t he application (product forms, size range, Eventually, acceptable previous editions will be listed in
n
a d specifi cation) been defi ned? Section II, Pa r ts A and B Minimum requir ements that
(f) Has the range (maximum/minimum) of' temperature must be contained in a material specif i cation for which
applicat
i on been def i ned? acceptance is being requested include such items as name
(g) Has mechanica l property data been submitted (ulti of national or international organization, scope, reference
mate tensile strength, yield strength, reduction of area, documents, process, manufacture, conditions for delivery,
and elongation at 1 00°F or 50°C intervals , from i oom heat treatment, chem i cal and tensile requirements, forming
temperature to 1 00°F or' 50°C above the maximum intended properti es, testing specifi cations and requir ements, work
use temperature for thr ee heats of appropriate product manship, f i nish, ma rking, inspection, and r ejection.
forms a
n d sizes) ?
Publication of Recognized Nat ional or International
(h) If r eque sted temperature s of cover age are above
Specif
i cat
i ons. Specif
i cat
i ons for which ASME has not
those at which t ime-dependent propert i es begin to govern
been given perm
i ssion to publish by the originating orga
ni
design values, has appropriate time-dependent property
zation will be referenced on a cover sheet in Section II,
data f0r' base metal, weld metal , and weldments been sub
i tted?
m Pa
rts A and B . Information on obtaining a copy of those
documents will be maintained in Nonma ndatory Appendix
(i) If cover age below room temperature is requested,
A of' those Parts.. Documents th at a
r e referenced in accepted
has appropriate mechanica
l pr operty data below r oom tem
nationa l or' international material specifi cat
i ons will not be
perature been submitted ?
published by ASME. However', infbrmation on obtaining
(j) Have toughness considerations required by the con
a copy of those documents will be maintained in Nonman
stmction Code been def
i ned and has appropriate data been
submitted? datory Appendix A of Sect i on II, Pa r ts A a
n d B . Additi ons
and exceptions to the material specif i cat
i on will be noted
(k) Have external pressure considerat
i ons been def
i ned
and have str ess-strain curves been subm
i tted for the estab in t
h e subtitle of' the specif
i cat
i on .
lishment of external pressur e cha
r ts ? CEN Specif
icat
i ons. European standa
r ds a
r e adopted
(l) Have cyclic service consider ations and service lim
its by CEN in t hree offi cia
l versions (English, French, and
been defi ned and has appropr i ate fatigue data been sub German ) . After the CEN adoption, to become applicable
i tted?
m
in a member country of' CEN, a European sta ndar d shall
(m) Has physical propert
i es data (coeff
i cient of therma
l be given the status of a national sta ndard . During this
expansion, t
hermal conducti vity and diffusivity, Young' s proces s
modulus, shear modulus , Poisson ' s ratio) been subm
i tted? (a) the text of' t
h e EN standa
r d sha
ll remain unaltered
(n) Have welding requirements been def i ned and has and shall be included as adopted by CEN
procedure qua
lifi cation test data been submitted?
(b) Nationa
l Forewords a n d/or Annexes may be added
(o) Has influence of' fabrication practices on material to cover' specif
i c national practices, but shall not be in
properties been def
ined? contradiction wit
h the EN standa
rd .

Requirements for Requests for ASME Acceptance (c) a pref

i x XX (e g . , XX = BS for United Kingdom,
of Material Specif
i cations of Recognized National or NF for France, a n d DIN for Germa ny) is added to the
International Organizations Other Than AS TM or designat
ion of' t
he EN standa r d (e. g . , B S EN 1 002 8- 1 and
AWS. The Committee will consider only requests for NF EN 1 0028 - 1 ) .

xlv
 (d) the date of adoption as a national standard will dif
fer' (a) the inquirer provides evidence t h at a request for'
from the date of adoption as an EN standard and may differ' coverage of the material in a specifi cation has been made
from one country to another. to ASTM or a recognized national or international organi
zation
Written or electronic copies of' EN sta
ndards can only
be obtained from European national sta
ndardizat
ion bodies (b) t
he material is commercially ava i lable a
nd can be
as XX EN (CEN does not sell EN standa r ds). Conse purchased within the proposed specifi cation requirements
(c) the inquirer' shows t
h at there will be a reasonable
quently, in order' to maintain coherence and homogeneity demand for' t
he materia l by industty and that there exists
in the reference system, the mentions in t
he subtil
te of' the
an urgency for' approval by mea n s of a Code Case
corTesponding ASME specifi cation will refer to the EN (d) t
h e requests for approva l of the materia
l shall clearly
sta
nda r d number' wit hout any prefi x and to the year of'
describe it in specifi cation form, including such items as
approval by CEN. It shall also be menti oned in the cover scope, process, manufacture, cond itions for' delivery, heat
sheet htat hte nati onal palls do not apply for t
he ASME treatment, chemical and tensile requirements , forming
specif
i cat
ion. properties, testing specifi cations and requirements, work
manship, finish, ma r king, inspecti on, a
nd rejection
Code Case. The Code Committee will consider' t
he (e) all ot
her' requirements identifi ed previously under'
issuance of an ASME Code Case, permit ting h
te use of Code Policy a nd Applicat ion apply
a new material, provided t
h at t
he following conditions (f) t
he inquirer' shal l furnish t
he Code Committee with
a
r e met : all the data specif
i ed in t his Guideline

xlvi
 GUIDELINE ON AC CEPTABLE ASTM EDITIONS 07

All materials, originati ng f

l om an ASTM specif i cation, ED- 1 may be used in lieu of' the corresponding ASME
allowed by the various Code Sections and used for' con Specifi cation as listed in t
his guideline.. Material produced
sttuction within the scope of' their' Iules shall be furnished to an ASME or ASTM Specif i cation with requirements
in accordance wit h the Mater ial Specif i cations contained different f
l'o m t
h e requirements of' t
h e corxesponding Speci
within Section II and this guideline except where otherwise i cation may a
f l so be used in accorda n ce withh te above,
provided in Code Cases or in the applicable Sect i on of' provided t
h e material ma
nufacturer or' vessel ma
nufact
urer'
he Code . . Mater
t i als cover ed by these Specif i cations are certifi es wit
h evidence acceptable to the Authorized Inspec
acceptable for' use in items covered by t he Code Secti ons tor' that the corTesponding Specifi cation requirements have
only to the degree indicated in the applicable Section. been met . This guideline lists the Specif i cations, originat
Materials for' Code use should preferably be order ed, pro ing from ASTM, and t h eir' acceptable dates of' issue as
duced, and documented on this basis ; however, material well as the B ook sect
ions of' the ASME B oiler' Code in
pIoduced under' an ASTM Specifi cati on listed in Table which t
h e specif
i cation is approved for use .

TA B L E E D-I

B o o k Se ct i o n N on
N u c ,, N uc. Latest Oth e r
Code C ode Adopted Acceptab l e
S pec if
i cations III IV V I I I -1 V I I I -2 V I I I -3 XI I C ase C ase AST M A S T M E d iti on s

A08
S A-6 / S A - 6 M -G e nera l Req u i reme nts, R o l l ed P r od u cts . .. . .. . x , , 07 88c th ro u g h 07
I de nt i ca l

A08
S A-2 0/S A-2 0 M -G ene ral Req u i re ments, P l ates x x . . .. .. . . .. . x 06 8 8 th r o ug h 06
I d e nt i c a l

x 05 8 8 t h ro u g h 0 5 A08
S A- 2 9/S A- 2 9 M - G e n e ra l R e q u i r e m e nts, B a r s
I d e nt i c a l

S A-3 1 X . . . . .. .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . 04Ez 0 0 th rou gh 04el A08

I de ntical except that certifi cati o n i s man dato ry i n 3 1, 7, 1 4, an d an ed ito ri a l chan ge to 5 , 1 , 1 of the o rde r i n g req u i re ments

S A-3 6/S A- 3 6 M x 05 8 8 th ro u g h 05 A08

I de nt i c a l

S A-47/S A-4 7 M .. . . . . .. .. . . x . .. . .. . .. . . .. .. . .. . .. 99 ( R 04 ) 84 th ro ug h 99 ( R 04 )
I dent i ca l exce pt fo r the de leti o n of we l ded re pa i r' r eferences i n 1 1 . 2 and 1 1 3 an d mandato ry certi
i c at i o n i n 1 4 1
f

S A-5 3/S A-5 3 M x x x x .. .. .. .. . . .. x .. .. . x 01 88a th ro u g h 0 1

I dentical except fo r the i nse rt i o n of test p ractices i n 1 1 . 1, and ed ito r i a l co rrect i o ns to Tab l e X4 1

S A- 1 0 5/S A- 1 0 5 M x x x 05 8 7 a th r o u g h 0 5 A08

I d e nt i c a l

S A- 1 0 6 x x x x x x x x x 95 8 8 a th r o u g h 9 5
I denti ca l except fo r ed ito ri a l d iffe rences i n 8 1, 1 3 ,4, an d 2 4 , 1 an d de leti o n of A S T M caveat 1 , 5

S A- 1 3 4 .. .. .. .. . .. x .. . .. . . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . .. . .. . 96( R05) 8 5 t h ro u g h 9 6 ( R 0 5 )
I denti ca l except fo r add iti o na l req u i reme nt as sh own i n the spec ifi cati on

xlvii
 TA B L E E D - 1 ( C o nt'd )

B o o k S e ct i o n N on
N uc . N uc. Late st Oth e r
Code C ode Adopted Acceptab l e
S pec ificati ons I III IV VI I I-1 V I I I-2 Vl l I-3 Xll Case Case AST M AST M Ed itions

S A- 1 3 5 .. .. .. .. .. .. x x . . .. . . .. x . .. .. . .. . 01 8 8 th r o u g h 0 1
I d e nt i c a l

S A- 1 7 8/S A- 1 7 8 M x x x x x .. . .. x x x 95 8 9 t h ro u g h 9 5
I de nt i c a l

S A- 1 7 9/S A- 1 7 9 M . . .. .. . . .. . .. .. . x . . . .. . . .. x .. .. .. .. .. . 9 0a ( R 05 ) 8 8a th roug h 9 0a( R 0 5 )

I de nt i c a l

A08 S A - 1 8 1 /S A- 1 8 1 M x x x 06 8 7 t h ro u g h 0 6
I d e nt i ca l

A08 S A - 1 8 2/S A- 1 8 2 M x x .. .. . x x x x x 07 87a th ro u g h 07

I dent i ca l except fo r the i nc l us i o n of G r ade F3 1 6 T i i n 6 . 3 1 Fo r' A S T M ed it i ons p ri o r to -0 7, fo r' G rades F45
and F5 6, d i rect o r' i n-p rocess heat treatme nt is p ro h i b ited F o r G rades F 9 1 and F 9 n, othe r acceptab le A S T M
e d i t i o n s a re l i m i ted to - 0 5 a n d l ate r' ,

S A- 1 9 2/S A- 1 9 2 M x .. .. . x x .. .. . .. . .. x .. . . .. . . . . .. 91 8 8 t h ro u g h 9 1
I d e nt i c a l

A08 S A-1 9 3/S A- 1 9 3 M . .. . x x x x x x x x 07 0 5 t h rou g h 0 7

I d e nt i ca l

A09 S A- 1 9 4/S A-1 94 M . .. . x .. . . .. . . x .. . . .. .. .. x .. .. . 07a 8 7 th ro u g h 0 7 a

I dent i cal , F o r G rades 2 H , 2 , 4, 7, and 1 6, othe r' acce ptab le A S T M E d it i o ns are l i m ited to -03 and
l ate r , F or G r ad es 2 H M an d 7 M, ot he r' acce ptab l e A S T M E d it i ons a re l i m i te d to - 0 4 a n d l ate r' ,

S A-2 0 2 / S A - 2 0 2 M X 93 8 2 th ro u g h 9 3
I de nt i c a l

S A- 2 0 3/S A- 2 0 3 M X .. .. . X X . . .. .. X .. .. .. 97 ( R 03 ) 8 2 th r o u g h 9 7 ( R 0 3 )
I de nt i c a l

A09 S A-2 0 4/S A-2 0 4 M x x . .. . x x .. . . x x .. .. .. 03 ( R 07 ) 88 th r o u g h 0 3 ( R 0 7 )

I de nt i c a l

S A - 2 0 9/S A- 2 0 9 M . .. .. X .. .. .. 03 ( R 07 ) 8 8 th r o u g h 0 3 ( R 0 7 )
I d e nt i ca l

S A- 2 1 0/S A- 2 1 0 M x x x X . .. .. x x x 95 8 8 t h ro u g h 9 5
Id e nt i cal e xcept fo r' ed ito r i a l d i f e re n ces i n Tab l e 2

A08 S A - 2 1 3/ S A- 2 1 3 M x x x x x .. .. .. x x x 07 0 1 a th ro u gh 07
I d e nt i c al e xce pt fo r' th e ad d it i o n a l H G rade heat treatme nt req u i re m e nts i n 6 , 2 a n d G rades T 2 3, T 2 4, T 9 1 , T 9 1 1 ,
T 9 2, an d T 1 2 2 a re l i m ite d t o -0 6a an d l ate r ,

S A- 2 1 4/S A- 2 1 4 M .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . x .. .. .. . .. .. x .. .. .. . . .. 90a 8 8 t h ro u g h 9 0 a
I d e nt i c a l

A08 S A - 2 1 6/S A- 2 1 6 M x x x x x . .. .. x x x 07 84 b th ro u gh 07
I de nti ca l e xcept fo r add iti o n of 2 ,3 and ed ito r i a l d iffe re nces i n 2 1 an d 1 0 , 1

A08 S A- 2 1 7/S A- 2 1 7 M x x .. .. . x x .. .. . x x x 07 9 3 th r o u g h 0 7
I d e nt i ca l

A09 S A - 2 2 5/S A - 2 2 5 M .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . x x x x .. . .. . .. . 03 ( R 07 ) 8 6 th r o u g h 0 3 ( R 0 7 )
I de nt i ca l

S A - 2 3 1/S A- 2 3 1 M .. . .. .. . .. .. .. . . . .. .. . .. x 96

Ident ica l except that ce rtificati on req u i re me nts i n 1 3 , 1 are man dato ry

xlviii
 TA B L E E D-1 ( C o nt' d )

B oo k S e ct i o n N on
N u c. N uc , Late st Oth er
C ode C ode Adopted Acceptabl e
Spec ifications III IV V I l l -1 V I I I -2 V l l l -3 Xl l Case Case AST M AST M Ed itions

S A-2 3 2/S A- 2 3 2 M . . . . . .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . X .. . .. .. .. .. . .. .. 91 .. . ..
I d e nt i ca l

x x .. . .. x x . .. .. x x x 07 8 2 a th r o u g h 0 7 A08
S A- 2 3 4/S A-2 3 4 M
Ide ntical except for' G rades W P 9 1 an d W P g l l, othe r' acceptab l e AS T M ed iti ons are l i m ited to
0 5 a n d l ate r' .

S A-2 4 0/S A-2 40 M x x x x x . . . x x x 04 8 8c th ro u g h 04

I de nt i c a l

A08
S A-2 49/S A-249 M x x x x x . .. . x x x 0 4a 8 8 b th r o u gh 04a
I dentica l except fo r the de l eti o n of $ 5, wh ich add resses u nstrai g htened tu bes, an d $ 9 i s mandato ry
whe n 1 0 0 % j o i nt eff
i c i e ncy i s req u i red,

A08
S A-2 5 0/S A-2 5 0 M x .. .. . .. . . x . .. . .. .. x .. . . x 05 88a th rough 05
Ident i cal except that S u pp lementary Req u i re ment $ 1 i s m andatory when 1 0 0 % we l d j o i nt effi c iency is req u i red

S A-2 63 . . . .. . . . . . .. . 03 88 th rou g h 03
I de nt i c a l

S A-2 64 . . .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . . 03 88 th rou g h 03
I d e nt i ca l

S A-2 65 . .. . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . 03 88 th roug h 03
I d e nt i ca l

8 7 th rou g h 0 3 a ( R 0 8 ) A09
S A-2 6 61S A-2 66 M x x x x x x x x 03a( R08)
i d e nt i c a l

A08
S A-2 681S A-2 6 8 M x x . .. .. x x x . . .. x 05 a 8 8 b th ro u g h 0 5 a
I d e nt i ca l

A08
S A-2 7 51S A-2 75 M - M ag netic P arti c l e E xam i nat i on of F o rg i ngs . . . . .. .. . . 06 8 6 th ro ug h 06
Ident i cal except batte ry powe red yo kes not pe rm itted p r i or to -06

S A-2 7 6 . .. . .. . . . .. . . . . X . .. . . .. . . .. . 97 . .. .
I d e nt i c a l

8 5 t h ro u g h 0 1 ( R 0 6 ) A08
S A-2 7 8/S A-2 7 8 M . .. . . .. . x . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . x 0 1 ( R 06 )
Ident i ca l except fo r' an ed ito r i al chan ge to 5 , 1 . 1 and a ch ange to 1 6 , 1 m ak i n g certifi cati o n
m a n d ato ry ,

S A-2 8 3/S A-2 83 M .. . .. x . . x x . . . x x . . . 03 ( R 0 7 ) 8 8 th ro u g h 0 3 ( R 0 7 )

I de nt i c a l

8 2 ( R 8 7 ) th r o u g h 0 3 ( R 0 7 ) A09
S A-2 85/S A-2 8 5 M x x x x x . . .. x . . . x 03 ( R 0 7 )
I d e nt i ca l

S A-2 99/S A-2 99 M x x .. . x x .. .. .. x x . . .. 04 8 2 ( R 87 ) th ro u g h 0 4

I d e nt i c a l

8 2 th r o u g h 0 3 ( R 0 7 ) A09
S A-3 0 2/S A-3 02 M x x , , x x . .. . x x x 0 3 ( R 07 )
I de nt i c a l

SA-3 07 . . . X X X . . . . . . X X .. . 04"1 00 through 04el A08

I dentica l except fo r the add iti o n of 5 2 p r ovi d i n g c hem ical req u i re ments fo r G rade C anc ho r bo lts
A08
S A-3 1 1/S A-3 1 1 M .. . . . .. x . .. . . . .. .. . . . . .. . x 04 9 0 b th rough 04
Ident i ca l exce pt fo r the de leti o n of 5 , 1 , 1 1, revi si o n of Tab le 1 footn ote A, and ed ito r i al ch ange to 5 1 , 9, and 1 1 , 1
re v i sed to m a ke ce rt i f
i cat i o n m a n d at o ry ,

xlix
 TA B L E E D - 1 ( C o nt' d )

B oo k S e ct i o n N on
N uc ,, N u c ,, Late st Ot h e r
C od e C o de Adopted Acceptab l e
Specifications I III IV Vl l I-1 V l l l-2 V l l l-3 Xl l C as e C ase AST M A S T M E d it i o ns

S A - 3 1 2/S A-3 1 2 M x x .. . .. x x x x x x Ola 8 8 a t h ro u g h O l a

I dentica l except fo r the de l et i on of 5 . 2, revis i on to 6 , 2 to add " H " G rade heat treatment requ i re
m ents, and e d itori a l d iffe re nces i n 7 , 1 an d Tab l e 1 a n d an e d it o r i al co rre ct i o n to th e C r an d N i
pe rc e nt c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n fo r U N S $ 3 & 0 0 2 i n T ab l e 1

A09 S A -3 2 0/ S A-3 2 0 M .. . . .. x x x x x x x 07 O l th ro u g h 0 7
I dent i ca l , F o r' ed iti o ns O l th r o ug h 05 a, each al l oy sh a l l co nfo rm to the c hem i ca l co m pos it i o n
re q u i reme nts p rescr i be d i n Tab le 4 , H ead ed C lass 2 stra i n h ard e ne d fasten e r's are l i m ited t o t he
0 5 a e d it i o n an d l ate r

A09 S A-3 2 5 .. .. .. x x x .. .. . .. .. .. x x 07a 8 6 a t h ro u g h 0 7 a

Ide ntica l except fo r the de l eti o n of the te rm " p rivate l abe l d i str i b uto r"' i n 1 5 , 1 and 1 5 5

S A-3 3 3/S A-3 3 3 M .. .. .. x . .. . x .. .. . X X X 04a 9 4 th r o u g h 0 4 a

I d e nt i ca l e x cept for th e de l eti on of 1 2 , 3 that co nfl i cts w ith 1 5

S A-3 3 4/S A- 3 3 4 M .. . .. X 04a 8 8 1 th ro u g h 04a

I d e nt i c a l

A08 S A-3 3 5/S A-3 3 5 M x x . . .. . x x x x x x 06 8 8a th roug h 06

I de ntica l except for the ad d it i o n of ha rd ness req u i re me nts fo r' P 2 3 and P 9 I I i n 9 , 3 an d 1 4 , 2 1 , and the
c o r r e ct i o n of U N S n u m be rs fo r P 9 a n d P 9 1 ,

A08 S A -3 3 6/S A -3 3 6 M x x x x x 07 0 6 a t h ro u g h 0 7
I d e nt i c a l

S A-3 5 0/S A-35 0 M 1 .. . . . x , x x . .. . x .. .. . x 02b 8 7 th r o u g h 0 2 b

Ide nt i ca l except fo r' the de l eti o n of 6 , 1 , 2 an d 1 4 , 1, rev is i on to 1 4 , 2 , 5, an d test rep o rts h ave bee n
m ad e mandato ry

S A-3 5 1/S A-3 5 1 M x x x x x .. .. .. x x x 00 8 6 th r o u g h 0 0

I denti ca l

A09 S A-3 5 2/ S A-3 5 2 M .. .. .. x . .. . . x 06 8 8 th r o u g h 0 6

I d e nt i ca l

A08 S A-3 5 3/S A-3 5 3 M x . .. . x 04 87 th r o u g h 04

I d e nt i c a l

A09 S A-3 5 4 .. .. .. x x x .. .. .. x x 07 a 8 6 th ro u g h 0 7a
I de ntical e xcept fo r th e de l et i o n of th e te rm " pr ivate l abe l d i st r i b u to r " i n 1 5 , 1 an d 1 5 , 3 , 5

S A-3 5 8/ S A-3 5 8 M .. .. .. x .. .. . x .. .. .. . .. .. x x x O1 8 8 th ro u g h 0 1
I denti cal except fo r' c l ar ifi ed heat treatment req u i re ments i n 6 3 1, the de l et i o n of 6 , 3 . 2 . 2 fo r H T-O p i pe and
6 , 3 , 2 3 fo r H T- S O p i pe, an ed ito r i a l d iffe rence i n 1 2 , an d the fo l l ow i n g ad d iti o na l req u i re ments ap p ly as sh own
i n the spec i f
i c at i o n ,

A08 S A-3 6 9/S A -3 6 9 M . x x x 06 8 8 th r o u g h 0 6

I de nt i c a l

S A-3 7 0 - M ec h an i c a l Test i n g of S te e l P ro d u cts .. . .. .. .. x X 05 7 7 th ro u g h 0 5

I de nt i c a l

A08 S A-37 2/S A-3 7 2 M . . .. x . .. . x x x x .. . .. x 03 0 2 th ro u g h 0 3

I de nt i ca l

A08 S A-37 6/S A-3 76 M x x . .. . x x . x x x 06 8 8 th ro u g h 0 6

Identi cal except for the de l eti o n of H T-O opt i o n fro m 6 2 an d 1 4 , 1 and c l arif
i cat i o n of heat tr eatment req u i re me nts i n 6 2

A08 S A-3 8 7/S A -3 8 7 M x x . .. . x x x x 0 6a 8 8 th r o u g h 0 6 a

I de nt ical Fo r' G rad e g l , accepta b l e A S T M ed it i o ns are l i m ited to -0 6 an d l ate r' ,
 TA B L E E D-1 ( C o nt'd )

B o o k S ect i o n N on
N uc . N uc ,, Latest Oth e r
Code Code Adopted Acceptabl e
Specifications I Ill IV Vl l I-1 Vl l l-2 V l l l-3 XI ! C ase C ase AS T M AST M Ed iti ons

S A-3 8 8/S A-3 8 8 M - U ltrason i c Testi ng of Fo rg i ngs . . . . . . . . . . . x 07 04 th roug h 0 7 A08

I d e nt i c a l

S A-3 95/S A-3 95 M .. .. .. .. . . .. . . x . .. . .. . .. x x x 99 ( R 04 ) 80 th rough 99 ( R 04 ) A08

Id e nt i c a l

S A-4 03/SA-4 0 3 M . .. . x . .. . x x . . .. .. x x x 07 8 6 th r o u g h 0 7 A08

Identi cal except for the co rrect i o n of Table 2 N i m i n i m u m fo r G r ade W P S 3 8 8 1 5, c l arifi ed heat treatment
req u i re ments i n 6 , 1 and 6 4, the de l et i o n of 3 04/3 04 L/3 04 N i n 14 5, and the de l eti o n of 5 1 4 and 5 , 1 5
Fo r H G rades, othe r acceptab le A S T M ed iti o ns are l i m ited to -0 2 an d l ater'

SA-409/S A-4 09 M .. . . x . . . x . .. x . . .. x 95a 1 8 8 throug h 95a 1

Identi cal except fo r' c l ar ified heat treatment req u i reme nts fo r H g rade stai n less stee l s and $ 3 08 1 5 ed ito ri al correcti ons i n 5 . 3 1 and Tab l es 1,
2, and 3, de l etion of 5 .3 . 2 . 2 and 5 . 3 . 2 . 3 for the n on-heat treated pi pe provi si ons, and the i ncl usi on of a grai n size requ i rement in 5 .1 1 for H
grade stai n less stee l s . A req u i reme nt fo r' A S M E Stam p i n g has bee n added and ed ito ri a l req u i rements app ly as sh own i n the su btitle of the spec i
i
f cat i o n

S A-4 1 4/S A-4 1 4 M . . . x x x . .. . . . . .. . . x .. .. . x O1 8 8 th ro u g h 0 1

Identi cal exce pt for' the de leti on of N ote A u nde r' para.. 1 3 an d the add iti on of para 6 . 2 on th i c kness to le rances

S A-4 2 0/S A-4 2 0 M X X . . .. .. X 04 85a th r oug h 04

I de nt i c a l

S A-4 2 3 /S A-4 2 3 M x .. . .. .. . .. x x .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 9 5 ( R 04 ) 8 9 th ro u g h 9 5 ( R 0 4 )
I d e nt i c a l

8 A-4 2 6/S A-4 2 6 M . . . . .. x .. .. .. . . . .. .. .. .. . .. . .. . .. .. x . 07 8 0 th roug h 07 A08

Identica l exce pt fo r a co rrecti o n to the mo l ybde n u m conte nt fo r G rade C P 9 1 i n Tab l e 1 ,

8 A-43 5/S A-43 5 M - Strai g ht Beam U l trason i c of P l ates .. . .. . . .. .. . . .. .. . , 9 0 ( R 07 ) 8 2 ( R 8 7 ) th r o u g h 9 0 ( R 0 7 )

i d e nt i c a l

S A-4 3 7/ S A-4 3 7 M .. .. .. x .. . .. .. . . .. . .. . . .. .. x . . .. .. .. .. 06 84b th rough 06 A09

Id e nt i ca l

8 A-4 4 9 . . .. .. x .. .. .. x . . .. . .. .. x x .. .. 00 8 7 th r o u g h O 0
Ident i ca l except fo r req u i ri ng al l mati n g fastene r co m po nents to be coated by the same z i nc-coat
i ng p rocess i n 5 1 4 and the de l et i o n of pr ivate l abe l d i str i buto r i n 1 5 1 and 1 5 ,4

S A-4 5 0/S A -4 5 0 M - G ene r al Req u i r' e me nts fo r' Tu bes 96 8 8 a th ro u g h 9 6

I d ent i c a l

S A-4 5 1 /S A-4 5 t M .. .. . x .. . . . O6 8 0 ( R8 5 ) th roug h 06 A09

Ident i ca l except fo r' ed ito r i al d iffe r ences i n 1 5 . 1

8 A-453/S A-4 5 3 M .. .. .. x . .. . x x x x .. . .. 99 8 6 th ro u g h 9 9
Identi cal except fo r' add it i on of Tab le 1 0 on th read i ng and the ed ito r ia l rev i s i on of 5 . 2 2 o n th read i ng . Ed ito ri al
revi s i o n of 1 3 . Ce rtifi cati on S ect i on to c l ar ify that the bo lt i ng G rade, C l ass, and Type m ust be i nc l uded

8 A-45 5/S A-455 M . . . .. x x x .. . .. .. . . x . . . x 03 ( R 07 ) 8 2 ( R87 ) th ro ugh 0 3 ( R 07 ) A09

i de nt i ca l

S A-47 6 . . .. . .. . . .. . x . . . . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . . .. . O 0 ( R 05 ) 8 2 th ro u g h O 0 ( R 0 5 )
Identi cal except fo r' ed ito ri a l c han ges i n 4 . 1 . 6 and 1 3 . 1 to make ce rtifi cat i on mandato ry

8 A-4 7 9/S A-4 7 9 M x x x x x O4 8 7 b th ro u g h 0 4

Ident ica l except fo r ed ito ria l changes to Tab les 1 and 2 ,
 TA B L E E D -I ( C o nt' d )

B o o k S e ct i o n N on
N uc ,, N u c ,, Latest Ot h e r
Code Code Adopted Acceptab le
Spec ifications III IV Vl I l-1 V l l I -2 V I I I -3 XI I C as e C ase A ST M A S T M E d it i o n s

S A-4 8 0/S A -4 8 0 M - G e ne ra l Req u i re me nts - F l at P rod u cts .. .. .. . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 03 c 8 8 t h ro u g h 0 3 c

I de nt i c a l

S A-4 84/ S A-4 8 4 M - G e ne ra l R eq u i re m e nts W ro u g ht S S P r o d u cts .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. 98 8 7 t h ro u g h 9 8

I de nt i c a l

S A-4 8 7/S A -4 8 7 M . . .. . X X x 9 3 ( R 07 ) 8 8 t h ro u g h 9 3 ( R 0 7 )
I de nt i c a l

S A-49 4/S A-494 M - S ee Secti o n I I , Pa rt B

S A- 5 0 8/S A-5 0 8 M .. .. . x .. .. .. x x x x x x 05 b 8 7 th ro u g h 0 5 b
I de nti ca l exce pt fo r rev is i on p ri o r to -0 5 b , F or' these A 9 6 6/A 966 M added to 2 I, 3 , 1 , and 7 . 2 . 1
revi sed to a l l ow A 9 6 6 i n rev i si ons p ri or' to -05 z refe re nce to N otes 2 and 3 i n 6 , 1 2 , 2 sh ou l d be
3 an d 4 respect i ve l y ,

S A-5 1 3 .. .. .. x .. . .. .. .. . . . .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . O0 .. . ..

I denti ca l except that S u pp l ementary Req u i r e ments $ 6 and e ither $ 7 o r $ 8 at the man ufactu re r's opti o n are mandato ry

A09 S A-5 1 5/S A-5 1 5 M x x x x x . . .. x x x 03 ( R 0 7 ) 8 2 th r oug h 03 ( R 0 7 )

I d e nt i ca l

S A-5 1 6/S A-5 1 6 M x x x x x x x x x 06 8 6 th r o u g h 0 6

I denti ca l . T he refe rence to F o otnote B i n Tab le 1 sh a l l ap p ly to the -04, -0 5, and -05e ed it i o ns ,

A08 S A-5 1 7/S A-5 1 7 M . . . x .. . . x x x x x . .. . 06 87a 1 th rough 06

I de nti ca l except fo r' G rades A, B, E, F, J , P, an d de leti on of fus i on i n 1 1

A08 S A-5 2 2/S A-5 2 2 M . .. . x . . . x x . . .. x . . . .. . . 07 87 th ro ug h 07

I d e nt i c a l

S A- 5 2 4 .. .. .. x .. . .. x x . . . .. x x . . . .. 93 8 8 t h ro u g h 9 3
I d e nt i c a l

S A-5 3 0/S A-53 0 M - G e ne ra l Re q u i rements fo r' P i pe . . .. .. . . .. . . . .. .. .. . . 99 88 a th ro u g h 99

I de nt i ca l

S A-5 3 3/S A-5 3 3 M X X 93 8 7 th r o u g h 9 3

I d e nt i ca l

A08 S A-5 3 7/S A-5 3 7 M 06 8 6 th r o u g h 0 6

I de nt i c a l

S A -5 4 0/S A-5 4 0 M . .. .. x .. .. . . x 00 8 4 a t h ro u g h 0 0
I de nt i cal e xce pt for co r rect i o n t o th e title i n sect i o n 3

A08 S A-5 4 1 /S A- 5 4 1 M x .. .. . x x x x x x 05
I de nt i c a l

S A-5 4 2/S A.- 5 4 2 M 99 8 8 th r o u g h 9 9

I d e nt i c a l

S A-5 4 3/S A-5 4 3 M X .. .. .. . . . . .. 93 87 th roug h 93

I d e nt i c a l

lii
 TA B L E E D-1 ( C o nt'd )

B oo k S e ct i o n N on
N uc N uc Latest Oth e r
Code Code Adopted Acceptab l e
S pecifications I III IV V I l l -1 V I I I -2 V l l l -3 XII C ase C ase AS T M A S T M E d itio n s

S A 5 5 3/S A-5 5 3 M . .. . x .. .. .. x x x .. .. . x 95( R00) 8 7 b t h r ou g h 9 5 ( R 0 0 )

I d e nt i ca l

S A 5 5 6/ S A-5 5 6 M . .. . .. .. . .. . .. X . .. .. X .. .. . 9 0 a( R 9 5 ) "1 88 th ro ug h 9 0a( R95 ) !

I d e nt i c a l

S A 5 5 7/ S A- 5 5 7 M 90a 8 8 th ro u g h 9 0 a
I d e nt i c a l

S A- 5 6 2/S A- 5 6 2 M X . . .. 06 8 2 ( R 8 7 ) th ro ugh 06 A08

I d e nt i c a l

S A-5 6 3 .. . .. .. .. .. . . .. .. X X .. .. . .. . .. X 07a 8 4 t h ro u g h 0 7 a A09

I denti cal except fo r de l eti o n of the te rm " p r i vate l abe l d istri buto r " i n paras 1 4 7 and 1 4 9 and
e d i to ri a l l y co rrected t it l e

S A-5 6 4/S A-5 6 4 M X 04 8 7 b th r o u g h 0 4 A09

I de nt i c a l

02
S A-5 6 8/S A-5 6 8 M -. G ene ral Req u i re ments fo r' Stee l S h eet
I de nt i ca l

X .. .. . 06 O 1 t h ro u g h 0 6 A08
S A- 5 7 2 / S A-5 7 2 M
I d e n t i ca l

SA-574 . . . x . . . x ,, X X .. . 04 1 97a through 04Ez A08

I de nti cal except that Tab l e 1 on c hem ica l req u i re me nts h as been de l eted an d S u pp l e me ntary Req u i r e ment $ 1 i s now mandato ry
P arag raphs 6 , 1 and 6 . 2 have bee n rev ised to r efer' to Tab l e $ 1 . 1 and 6 3 has been de l eted .

S A -5 7 7/S A- 5 7 7 M - U l t raso n i c A n g l e B e am of P l ates . . .. 90( R07 ) 8 6 th ro u g h 9 0 ( R 0 7 )

I d e nt i c a l

. .. .. 07 8 5 th r o u g h 0 7 A09
S A-5 7 8/S A- 5 7 8 M - U l t ras o n i c S t ra i g ht B e a m of P l ates
I d e nt i c a l

S A-5 8 7 .. .. .. x .. .. .. .. .. .. 93 8 8 th r o u g h 9 3
I denti ca l exce pt fo r de l eti o n of 1 5

x x .. . .. 04 8 5 th rou g h 04 A08
S A-5 9 2 / S A - 5 9 2 M
I d e nt i ca l

S A- 6 0 9/S A-6 0 9 M U l t ras o n i c L o n g i t u d i n a l B e a m - C ast i n g s .. .. .. 9 1 ( R 07 ) 8 3 th r o ug h 9 1 ( R 0 7 )

I d e nt i ca l

x .. .. . .. .. . 0 3 ( R 07 ) 8 7 th ro u g h 0 3 ( R 0 7 ) A09
S A- 6 1 2/ S A-6 1 2 M
I d e nt i c a l

S A-63 8/S A- 6 3 8 M .. .. .. x . .. .. X . .. .. x 0 0 ( R 04 ) 8 7 th ro u g h 0 0 ( R 0 4 )
Identical except fo r' an ed ito r i al c o r recti o n i n 6 , 2

.. .. X x 05 87 ( R9 1 ) th r o ug h 0 5 A09
S A-6 4 5/S A- 6 4 5 M
I d e nt i c a l

S A-6 4 9/S A-6 4 9 M x 04 9 1 a th ro u g h 04

I de nt i ca l

.. .. . X 0 0a A08
S A- 6 5 6/S A-6 5 6 M
i d e nt i ca l

liii
 TA B L E E D- 1 ( C o nt' d )

B o o k S e ct i o n Non
N u c ,, N uc ,. Late st Ot h e r
C ode C ode Adopted Acceptable
S pecificati ons [ Ill IV V I I I-1 V I I I -2 V I I I -3 XI I C as e C as e AST M A ST M E d it i o n s

A08 S A-6 6 0 x x . .. .. . .. .. .. .. . .. . . .. . . . . .. . . .. 9 6 ( R 05 ) 8 8 th r o u g h 9 6 ( R 0 5 )
I de nt i ca l

A09 S A -6 6 2/S A- 6 6 2 M X .. .. . , 03 ( R07) 8 6 th ro ug h 03 ( R 07 )

I d e nt i c a l

S A -6 6 6 .. . . X 03 9 0 t h ro u g h 0 3
I d e nt i c a l

A09 S A -6 6 7/S A - 6 6 7 M . 87 ( R 0 8 ) . . ..
I d e nt i c a l

S A- 6 7 1 .. .. .. x .. . . .. . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. . x 94 8 5 th ro u g h 9 4
I denti cal except fo r' add iti ona l req u i re ments th at app l y as sh own i n S pec i fi cat i on

S A- 6 7 2 .. .. .. x .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 94 8 1 th r o u g h 9 4
Ident i cal except fo r the de let i o n of p i pe G rade I< , The add iti o na l req u i re me nts app ly as sh own i n the S pec if
i cat i o n ,

A08 S A- 6 7 5/S A-6 7 5 M x x x x x .. .. .. x x .. .. .. 03 i

Ide nt i ca l except that S u pp l ementary $ 7 i s mandato ry and G rades 6 5 [45 0] and 7 0 [4 85 ] have
been ad ded to $ 7 , C e rt ifi cat i on i s man d ato ry ,

A08 S A -6 8 8/S A - 6 8 8 M .. .. .. x .. .. . x x .. . . . x .. .. .. .. .. .. 04 8 8 a th r o u g h 0 4
I denti ca l e xcept that i n the case of the -9 6 and -98 A S T M rev i s i o ns, so l ut i on treatment of G rade U N S N 0 83 67 is mandato ry

A09 S A -6 9 1 .. .. .. x .. .. . .. . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. x .. .. .. 98 ( R 07 ) 8 5 a th ro u g h 9 8 ( R 0 7 )
I denti ca l except that the add iti ona l req u i rements ap p ly as sh own i n the S pec if
i cat i on

S A-6 9 3 . .. .. x .. .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. 02 i 88 th ro u g h 0 2 *i
I de nt i cal except fo r a l i g n i ng the e l o n gati on req u i re me nts fo r G r , X M - 1 6 an d co r rect i o n of the
m ax , h ard n ess fo r G r , X M - 1 2 a n d 6 3 0 i n T ab l e 5 , A l s o a rev i s i o n t o N ote B of T ab l e 1

S A -6 9 5 .. . .. X .. .. .. 90b 8 4 th r o u g h 9 0 b
I d e nti ca l fo r' Ty pe B o n l y

S A -6 9 6 9 0a( R 0 6 ) 8 5 t h ro u g h 9 0 a ( R 0 6 )
I d e nt i c a l

A08 S A-7 0 31S A-7 0 3 M - G e n e ra l R eq u i r e me nts fo r' C ast i n g s 07 8 7 b th ro u g h 0 7

I d e nt i c a l

S A-7 0 5/S A-7 0 5 M 9 5 ( R 04 ) 8 7 a th ro u g h 9 5 ( R 0 4 )

I d e nt i ca l

A08 S A- 7 2 3/S A -7 2 3 M .. .. x .. . .. . .. .. x x 02

I de nt i ca l except that fo r C l ass 2 a the m i n i m u m e l o n gat i o n sha l l be 1 3 5 % ,

A08 S A -. 7 2 4/S A-7 2 4 M .. .. . .. .. .. . .. x x X .. . .. 06 88 th r oug h 0 6

I de nt i c a l e xce pt fo r a n ed ito r i a l co r rect i o n to N ote B i n Tab l e 1

A08 S A-7 2 7/S A- 7 2 7 M 02 ( R07 ) . .. ..

I d e nt i c a l

S A-7 3 1/S A- 7 3 1 M . .. .. . .. . . .. . . x X 91 8 8 th r o u g h 9 1
I d e nti ca l e xce pt fo r' an ed ito r i a l co rrect i o n i n Ta b le 2

A09 S A-7 3 6/S A-7 3 6 M 03 ( R07 ) 8 8 th r o u g h 0 3 ( R 0 7 )

I d e nt i c a l

]iv
 TA B L E E D- 1 ( C o nt' d )

B o o k S e ct i o n N on
N UC. N uc , Latest Othe r
C od e C od e Adopted Acceptabl e
Ill IV VI I I-1 V l l l-2 VI I I-3 Xll C ase C ase A ST M A S T M Ed it i o n s
Specifications

S A-7 3 7/ S A- 7 3 7 M X . . .. .. X X . .. .. X . .. .. 9 9 ( R 04 ) 8 7 ( R 9 1 ) t h ru 9 9 ( R 0 4 )
I d e nt i ca l

S A- 7 3 8/S A-7 3 8 M .. .. .. x . . .. .. x x x x x 0 3a 8 7 a th r o u g h 0 3 a
I denti cal except for' a revi s i o n to 1 . 3 to i nc l ude a max i m u m th i c k ness fo r' G r ades D and E, an ed i
to rial revi si o n to Tab l e 2 and ed ito r i a l ly co rrecti n g the S I tempe ratu res i n Append i x X I

S A-7 3 9 X 9 0a( R 0 6 ) 8 1 a th r o u g h 9 0a( R 06 )

I d e nt i c a l

S A-7 4 5/S A-7 4 5 M - U l tras o n i c of S ta i n l ess S tee l F o r'g i n gs .. .. .. .. . .. .. . .. 94 ( R 03 )

I de nti ca l except for de leti o n of 1 5

O4 8 6 th ro u g h 0 4 A09
S A-7 4 7/ S A-7 4 7 M .. .. . . . .. .. .. . .. x . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . . .. ..
Identica l except fo r the rev i si o n of the mandato ry o r de r i ng req u i rements of 4 , 1 . 6 and the manda
to ry use of S u pp l e mentary Req u i rement S 1 5 of S A-7 8 1/S A-7 8 1 M

87 ( R 0 8 ) A09
S A- 7 4 8/ S A- 7 4 8 M
I de nt i c a l

S A- 7 4 9/S A -7 4 9 M - G enera l Req u i reme nts fo r Stee l Str i p 97 ( R 0 2 )

I d e nt i c a l

S A-7 5 1 - C he m ica l A na lysi s Test M eth ods fo r Stee l . .. . . .. .. . . . 01 ( R06) 8 9a th ro ug h 0 1 ( R 06 )

I de nti ca l except for ed ito ri a l cor rect i o ns to an e leme nt des i g nati o n i n Tab l es I and 2

S A-7 6 5/ S A-7 6 5 M .. .. . X .. .. .. 01 9 4 th ro u g h O 1
I d e nt i ca l

S A -7 7 0/ S A- 7 7 0 M - Te n s i o n Test i n g of S tee l P l ates X 86 86 ( R9 0 )el

I d e nt i ca l

O6 8 7 a t h ro u g h 0 6 A08
S A-7 8 1/S A- 7 8 1 M - C om mo n Req u i rements fo r C ast i ng s
I de nt i c a l

O6 0 5 c th ro u g h 0 6 A08
S A-7 8 8 - G e ne r al Re q u i reme nts fo r F o r g i n g s
I d e nt i c a l

05 b 8 8 a t h rou g h 0 5 b A08
S A-7 8 9/S A-7 8 9 M .. . .. .. . . .. . .. . x .. .. .. . .. .. x .. . ..
I denti cal except that the s u lfu r co ntent fo r $ 3 2 8 0 8 i n Tab l e 1 i s co rrected to 0 . 0 1 0 ,
05 b 8 8 th r o u g h 0 5 b A08
S A-7 9 0/S A- 7 9 0 M .. .. .. .. . .. . .. . x . . .. .. .. .. .. x .. .. ..
I denti ca l except that the s u lfu r' co ntent fo r $ 3 2 8 0 8 i n Tab l e 2 i s co rrected to 0 , 0 1 0 .

S A-8 0 3/ S A-8 0 3 M X .. . .. O3 9 6 th r o u g h 0 3
I d e nt i c a l

0 1 ( R 05 ) 88 a th ro ug h 0 1 ( R 0 5 ) A08
S A- 8 1 3/S A- 8 1 3 M . .. . . x .. . .. x x .. .. .. x .. .. .. . . ..
Ident i cal except fo r the add iti on of g rai n si ze req u i rements fo r' H g rades and $ 3 0 8 1 5, the de l eti o n of
heat treat o m itted o pti o ns, and add i ng a m i n i m u m heat treat tem peratu re fo r' $ 3 0 8 1 5 ,

X .. .. .. 05 8 8 a th ro u g h 0 5 A08
S A-8 1 4/S A-8 1 4 M
I d e nt i ca l

X .. . .. O8 8 6 t h ro u g h 0 8 A09
S A-8 1 5/S A-8 1 5 M .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. ..
I dentica l except for' the de l eti on of 5, 1 4 an d 5 1 5 ,

X .. .. . .. . . 06 8 4 ( R 8 9 ) th ro u g h 0 6 A08
S A-8 3 2 /S A-8 3 2 M
I d e nt i ca l

Iv
 TA B L E E D - 1 ( C o nt'd )

B oo k S e ct i o n N on
N uc , N u c ,, Late st Oth e r
C ode C ode Adopted Acceptab le
S pecifications III IV V I I I -1 V l l l -2 V l l l -3 Xl l C ase C ase A ST M A S T M E d it i o ns

S A-8 3 4 - C om m on Req u i reme nts for I ron C ast i n gs . .. .. .. . . . .. . . . 95 ( R 0 6 ) 84 th ro ug h 9 5 ( R 0 6 )

I d e nt i c a l

A08 S A-8 3 6/S A- 8 3 6 M x . .. . x 02 ( R07 ) . .. .

I d e nt i c a l

AO9 S A-8 4 1 /S A-8 4 1 M .. .. 0 3a( R 07 ) 8 8 th r o u g h 0 3 a ( R 0 7 )

I d e nt i ca l

S A-9 0 5 X . .. .. . . . .. 93 9 1 th r o u g h 9 3
I d e nt i ca l

A08 S A-9 4 1 06a 99 b th ro u g h 0 6a

I d e nt i ca l

A08 S A-9 6 0/ S A-9 6 0 M 07 9 9 b t h ro u g h 0 7

I de nt i ca l

A08 S A- 9 6 1 /S A -9 6 1 M . . .. .. . .. .. .. . . . .. .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. 07 9 9 th r o u g h 0 7
I de nt i ca l e xcept fo r' the de l eti o n of th e t i me req u i re ment fo r pu rc hase r rejecti o n of m ate r i a l i n
p a ra , 1 8 , 1

A08 S A-9 6 2/S A- 9 6 2 M .. . .. 07 9 9 t h ro u g h 0 7

I d e nt i ca l

A08 S A-9 6 5/S A-9 6 5 M 0 6a

I de nt i ca l

A08 S A -9 8 5/S A-9 8 5 M - G e ne ra l R e q u i rements, cast i n gs 04a 03 th ro u g h 04a

I de nt i c a l

S A-9 95 x 98 ( R 07 ) . .. .
I de nt i c a l

S A-999/S A-99 9 M - G eneral Req u i re ments, P i pes . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 04 a 0 1 th r o u g h 0 4 a

I de nti ca l except fo r' the ed it i ons pr i o r to 04a, par' a 6 2 1 on g rade s u bst ituti o n of the 04a ed iti on app l i es

S A- 1 0 0 8/S A - 1 0 0 8 M .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. x . . .. .. . x .. .. .. . .. 01a O 0 th r o u g h O l a
I de nti ca l exce pt for the add it i o n of 8 . 1 . 1 1 o n mechan i ca l p r o pe rti es fo r p ressu re vesse l des i g n

S A- I O I O/S A - I O I O M .. . .. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 0 1 "1
I d e nti c a l e xce pt for' a n e d it o r i a l co rrect i o n to a co l u m n head i ng i n T a b l e 2 ,

A08 S A - 1 0 1 1 /S A- 1 0 1 1 M . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . .. . . . .. . . .. .. . 06 b 0 1 a t h r'o u g h 0 6 b
I d e nt i c a l

S A- 1 0 1 6/S A- 1 0 1 6 M - G ene r a l Req u i reme nts, Tu bes 04a 0 1 th r o u g h 0 4 a

I de nt i c a l

A08 S A- 1 0 1 7/S A- 1 0 1 7 M .. .. . . . .. .. . . . .. x 07 0 1 th ro u g h 0 7
I de nt i cal F o r G rade 1 2 2, acceptab le ed iti ons 0 7 an d l ate r', ,

S F -5 6 8 M - T h read ed M et r i c F aste n e r s 98 9 3 a th r o u g h 9 8
I de nt i ca l

N OT E :

( 1 ) S A-3 5 0/S A-3 5 0 M G rade L F 2 fo rg i n gs, made to rev is i ons ear l i er than the 2 0 0 1 A S M E B o i le r and P r essu re Vesse l C ode, o r to A S T M
S pec ifi cat i o n A 3 5 0/A 3 5 0 M with year' d ates fro m 1 98 7 th roug h 1 99 7 are acceptab l e fo r' e ithe r C l ass 1 o r C l ass 2 app l icat i o ns, u n l ess
S u pp l e me ntary Req u i re ment $ 4 was used to test forg i n gs at a h i g he r' test tem peratu re ,
 GUIDELINE ON ACCEPTABLE NON-ASTM EDITIONS 07

All materi als oliginating tom a non-ASTM Specif i ca ASME Specif i cation as listed in this Appendix. Matelia
l
i on allowed by the var
t i ous Code Sections and used for produced to an ASME or' a non-ASTM Specifi cation with
constluction within t he scope of t heir rules shall be fur requirements different tom the requilements of the cones
nished in accoldance with t he Materia l Specifi cations con ponding Specifi cation may also be used in accordance wit
h
tained wit hin Secti on II a
nd this guideline except where the above, provided t he material manufacturer or vessel
ot
herwise provided in Code Cases or' in t he applicable manufacturer c ertif
i es with evidence acceptable to the
Section of the Code . Mater i als coveled by t
h ese Specifi ca Autholized Inspector t h at the corresponding Specifi cation
i ons me acceptable for use in items coveled by the Code
t iequilements have been met. This guideline lists the non
Sections only to the deglee indicated in the applicable ASTM Specifi cati ons, oliginating not from ASTM and
S ection Materi al s for Code u se should pr eferably be their acceptable dates of' issue as well as t
he Book secti ons
ordered, produced, and documented on this basis; howevei , of t
h e ASME Boiler Code in which the specif i cat
i on is
materi al produced under a non-ASTM Specifi cat i on listed approved foi use .
in Table ED-2 may be used in lieu of' the conesponding

TA B L E E D -2

B oo k S ecti o n N on
N uc . N uc. Othe r
Code C ode Latest Acceptab le
S pecif
i cations III IV V I I I-1 V I I I -2 V I I I -3 Xl l Case Case Adopted Ed itions

S A/A S - 1 5 4 8 x .. .. .. . . .. x 1 995 1 995

I dentica l except fo r mark i ng as shown i n the spec if

i cati o n ,

S A/C S A- G 4 0 . 2 1 .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. x X .. .. .. 2 0 04 O n l y 1 9 9 2 an d 2 0 04
Identi ca l except fo r' mar k i ng as sh own i n the spec i fi cati o n ,

S A/ E N 1 0 0 2 8 - 2 x .. . .. . .. .. x . .. .. . .. . x . .. .. 2 0 03 2 0 03 A08
I denti cal except for' m ark i n g, tensi on test and q u al ity as sh own i n the spec ifi cati o n ,

S A/ E N 1 0 0 2 8 -3 . .. . . .. .. .. . . .. x .. .. .. .. .. .. x .. .. .. .. .. .. 1 992 1 99 2

I dentical except fo r' mark i ng and mechan i cal prope rties of prod uct th i c kness over' 1 5 0 m m as sh own
i n th e spec if
i cati on ,

2 0 07 2 0 0 0 th rou g h 2 0 0 7 A08
S A/ E N 1 0 0 2 8-7 .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. . x
A09
Identi cal except fo r' mar k i ng as sh own i n the spec if
i cat i o n ,

S A/G B 6 6 5 4 .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. x 1 99 6 1 9 96 A08
I dentical except fo r mark i ng as sh own i n the spec if
i cati o n ,

S A/J I S G 3 1 1 8 x .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. 2 00 0 2000

Identical except fo r mark i ng, mechan i cal p ro pert i es an d we l d i ng repai rs as sh own i n the spec ifi cati on
An nex, su pp l ementary qu a l ity req u i reme nts, d oes n ot app ly

S A/J I S G 4 3 0 3 x .. . .. . .. . . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. .. . . .. .. .. . . 1 998 1 998 A08

Identi cal exce pt for mark i n g, mech an i cal pro perti es and we l d i n g re pai rs as sh own i n the spec ifi cat i on ,
Annex, s u pp l eme ntary q ual ity req u i re ments, d oes not app ly

G E N E RA L N OT E : T he date of p ub l i cation of the E u ro pean stan dards co nside red in this G ui de l i ne i s the year of approval of the standard by C E N .
Th is date appears i n the body of the standard on the page starti ng with E N ; dates ap peari ng on the front page of an XX E N standard (e. g ., XX =
IB S o r N F or D I N ) co rrespo nd o n ly to the date of ad opt i o n by each mem be r co u ntry .

lvii
I N TE N TI O NA L LY L E FT B LA N K

Iviii
 GUIDELINES ON MULTIPLE MARKING OF
MATERIALS

BA CKGROUND one specif

i cation, gr ade, class , or type . . Examples are SA-5 3
and SA- 1 06 (some grades and classes) ; SA-2 1 3 TP3 04L
A common inquiry topic is the permissibility of using and TP3 04 ; SA-2 1 3 TP3 04 and 3 04H ; and SA- 1 06 B and
material that is ident if
i ed with two or more specif i cations S A- 1 06 C.
(or grades , classes, or types) , even if' they have dif
ferent
str engths , or even if one of them is not permitted for use
in the construct
i on code of' application , The Committee PROHIBITION ON MULTIPLE
has addressed va r iants of these quest i ons in several inter MARKING
pr etat
i on s : 1- 8 9- 1 1 , IIA-92-08 , VIII- 1 - 89-269, and VIII- 1
8 9- 1 97 , Dual or mult iple marki ng is not acceptable if two or
mor e specif i cations to which the material is marked have
mutually exclusive r equir ements ,
Thi s pr ohibition includes mor e than .j ust chemi str y and
GUIDELINES property requirements , Examples a r e SA-5 1 5 and SA-5 1 6 ;
The construction codes individually def i ne what materi the former' requires melting to coa r se gr ain pr actice while
the latter' requires melting to f
i ne grain practice , Another
als may be used in boilers , vessels , and components con
example is SA-2 1 3 TP3 04L and TP3 04H ; the ca r bon con
structed in compliance to their rules . Ir a material meets
tent r anges of' these grades have no over lap ,
all of' the requirements for a specif
i cation for which it is
marked, including documentation, if any, and if it meets
all requirements for use imposed by the construction code, GRADE SUB STITUTION
it may be used . The construction codes , in genera
l , do not
addres s the case of materials marked with more than one Grade substitution is not permitted . Gr ade sub stitut
i on
specif
i cation, gr ade, clas s , or type, so these guidelines a
re occurs when : ( 1 ) the material contains an element (other'
offer e d fbr cl a
r if
i c ation , than nitr ogen) that is unspecif
i ed for' one of the gr ades
marked; and (2) the amount of' th at element present in the
material meets the minimum a n d maximum composition
limits for that element in a
n ot
h er' gr ade of a specif
i cation
A C CEPTABILITY OF MULTIPLE
contained in S ect
i on II, Part A or' Par t B , whether or not
MARKING it i s al s o s o marked .

Dual or multiple ma r king is acceptable, as long as the For' example, a material meets all of t
h e composit
i on
limits for SA-240 3 04, contains 0.. 06C and 0 02N, but also
material so ma r ked meets all of' the requir ements of' all the
c ontains 0 .4 5 % Ti .. Thi s material cannot be ma
r ked or'
specif
i cations , grades , classes, and types with which it is
ma
r ked . provided as meet i ng S A-240 3 04 because the Ti content
All of' the measur ed and cont
r olled attr ibutes of the meets the r equir ements of SA-240 3 2 ! [which is , Ti gr eater
than 5 x (C + N) but less than 0 .7 ] . .
multiply-marked gr ades or speci f i c ation s mus t over lap
(e.. g. , chemistry, mechanical pr operties , dimensions , and Another' materi al , with identic al c ompo sition , ex cept
tolerances) and the materia l so ma r ked must exhibit values 0 3 5 % Ti, may be ma r ked SA-240 3 04 because the Ti
h at fall within t
t he overlaps . Further' , the controlled but content does not meet the minimum requirement for' 3 2 1 .
unmeasured attributes of' the specif i cations or gr ades must The Ti content is just a residual .
overl ap ( e .g . , melting pr ac ti c e s , he at tr e atm en ts , an d
inspection . )
MARKING SELECTION
Many specif i cat
i ons or gr ades have signif i c ant overlap
of chem i stry ranges oi' properties . It is common for' material Ir a m ater i al i s marked w ith sp ec i fi c ati o n s , gr ade s ,
manufacturers to produce materials that satis(y more than clas ses, or' types , it may be used with the allowable stresses ,

lix
design stress intensities, or' ratings appropriate fbr any of'
the markings on the material, as long as the mater i al speci
fi cation, gr ade, class, and type is permitted by the code of
construct i on governing the boiler' , vessel, or component in
whi c h th e m ateri al i s to b e u s e d , Ho w ev er , onc e th e
designer has selected which marking applies (specifi cation,
grade, class types, etc , ), the designer' must use all the design
values appropr i ate for that selection and may not m ix and
match values from any other, specif i cations, grades, classes,
types, etc ., with which the material may be ma r ked.
1x
OTHER MARKINGS
Any other' markings, such as ma
rki ng of non-ASME or
non-ASTM material specif i cations, have no relevance,
even if' those markings ar e for' materials explicitly prohib
ited by the constructi on code being used , That is, as long
as the one ma r king, and the documentati on requi ed by
the material and by the construction code, shows that it
meets all the requirements for' use of that material in that
constr uction code, any addit i onal markings are iiielevant,,
 S U MMA RY O F C HA N G ES

The 2 00 7 Ed iti o n of th i s Code conta i ns rev i s i ons i n add i ti o n to the 2 004 Ed iti on w ith 2 00 5 an d 2 006 Adden da .
The revis i o n s are identifi ed wi th the des ign atio n 07 i n the ma rgi n an d, as desc ri bed i n the Fo r eword, become
mandatory six months after' the publ i cation date of the 2 007 Edition . To i nvoke these revi s ions before thei r'
man datory date, use th e des i gn ati on "2 007 Ed iti on " i n doc u mentatio n requ i red by th i s Code. If yo u choose n ot
to i nvo ke these revi s i o ns befo r e thei r' man datory date, u se the des ign ati on "2 004 Ed iti on th rough the 2 006
Adden da" i n doc u me ntati on req u i red by th is Code..
The B C nu mber's l isted be l ow are expl a i n ed i n more deta i l i n " L ist of Changes i n BC Orde r" fo l l owi n g th i s
S u m m a ry of Ch a nges .
Cha nges given be l ow a re ide nt ified on th e pages by a marg i n note, 07, p l aced next to the af
fected a rea .
Location Page Change
G u i de l i n e o n th e Appr ova l x l i i i-x lv i Rev i sed (BC02-3 773)
of N ew M ate r i a l s

Acceptab le ASTM Ed iti o n s xlv i i / I v i Revi sed i n its enti rety (BC05- 1 6 5 1)
Acceptab l e N on-ASTM Ivi i Added (BC02- 3 773, BC04- 1 5 59,
Ed i ti o n s BC05- 1 6 5 1)
SA-2 04/SA-2 04M 3 1 9/3 2 1 Rev i sed i n its enti rety (BC04- 379)
SA-2 2 5/SA-2 2 5 M 3 5 7/3 60 Revi sed i n its enti rety (BC04-3 80)
SA-2 6 6/SA-2 6 6M 4 3 3/43 7 Rev i sed i n its enti rety (BC05- 1285)
SA-2 68/SA-2 68 M 43 9/44 7 Rev i sed i n its enti rety (BC04-977)
SA- 3 70 643/700 Rev i sed i n its enti rety (BC05- 1 287)
SA-3 7 6/SA-3 7 6M 70 7/7 1 6 Rev i sed i n its enti rety (BC04- 1 576)
SA- 3 8 7/SA- 3 8 7M 7 1 7/72 3 Rev i sed i n its enti rety (BC05- 1 4 56)
SA-45 5/SA-4 5 5 M 84 1 /84 3 Revi sed i n its enti rety (BC04- 3 86)
SA-4 7 9/SA-4 7 9M 8 5 1 /8 6 1 Rev i sed i n its e nti rety (BC04- 1 3 77)
SA- 5 08/SA- 5 08 M 9 1 7/92 6 Rev i sed i n its enti rety (BC05- 1 288)
SA- 5 1 5/SA- 5 1 5 M 95 3/9 5 6 Rev i sed i n its e nti rety (BC04- 3 87)
SA- 5 1 6/SA- 5 1 6M 9 5 7/9 62 Rev i sed i n its enti rety (BC04-9 1 6)
SA- 5 6 3 1 0 5 5/1 06 5 Rev i sed i n its e nti rety (BC04-220)
SA-649/SA-649 M 1 1 73/1 1 7 7 Rev i sed i n i ts enti rety (BC05- 1 2 89)
SA- 66 6 1 1 9 1 /1 2 00 Rev i sed i n its e nti rety (BC 04- 1 3 78)
SA- 7 3 6/SA- 7 3 6M 1 3 1 1 /1 3 1 5 Rev i sed i n its enti rety (BC04- 3 89)
SA- 7 3 7/SA- 7 3 7M 1 3 1 7/1 3 1 9 Rev i sed i n its enti rety (BC04-3 90)
SA- 7 8 8/SA- 78 8M 1 3 9 7/1 4 1 1 Rev i sed i n i ts enti rety (BC05- 1 2 90)
SA-9 6 5/SA-9 6 5 M 1 5 4 5/1 5 5 1 Rev i sed i n its enti rety (BC00-4 3 3)
SA/AS 1 5 4 8 ! 649 Rev i sed i n its enti r ety (BC06-2 68)
SA/CSA- G40 . 2 1 1 65 1 Rev i sed i n i ts enti rety (BC04- 1 5 59,
BC06-2 68 1)

SA/E N 1 002 0-2 1 653 Revi sed i n i ts enti rety (BC06-2 68)
SA/E N 1 002 0-3 1 655 Rev i sed i n its enti r ety (BC06-2 68)
SA/J I S G 3 1 1 8 1 65 7 Rev i sed i n its enti rety (BC06-2 68)

NOTE : Vo l u m e 5 7 of th e I nter p retati on s to Secti on I I, Pa rt A of th e ASM E B o i l er' a n d Pressu re Vesse l Code

fo l l ows the l ast page of th e Ed iti o n to Section I I, Pa rt A

lxi
L I ST O F C HA N G ES I N B C O R D E R

B C Number Change

B C00-43 3 Change i eferences to SA-336 for stainless steel folgings to SA-965

B C02-3 77 3 Added new pal aglaph "CEN Specifi cations" in the Guidelines on the Appl oval of New Matelials ,
Added new General Note in the Guideline on Acceptable Non-ASTM Edit
i ons .
B C03 - 1 765 Adopted ASTM A268/A268M-03 editi on of A268 as SA-268
B C04- 1 377 ASME SA-479/SA-4 79M specifi cation updated to latet 2004 vel sion of t
he colresponding ASTM Editolial COl
lections wele made
B C04- 1 37 8 Tensile Str ength of 20 1 - 1 decleased t om 95 to 75 ksi
B C04- 1 5 5 9 Adopted 2004 vel sion of t
he CSA G40 2 1 -04 mater
i al specifi cation
B C04- 1 57 6 ASME SA-376/SA-376M specification updated to latei 2004 vel sion of the coi:esponding ASTM , Editolial coi
iections were made ,
B C04-220 SA-563 Revised - Latei version of ASTM specifi cation adopted
B C04- 3 79 Adopted 2003 version of the ASTM A 204 specif
i cation ,
B C04- 3 80 Adopted 2003 version of t
he ASTM Specifi cation A 225/A 225M .
B C04- 3 86 Adopted 2003 version of ASTM A 455/A 455M
B C04-3 87 Adopted 2003 version of ASTM A 5 1 5/A 5 1 5M
B C04-3 8 9 Adopted 2003 vel sion of ASTM A 736/A 736M
B C04-3 90 Adopted 1 999 vel sion of ASTM A 737/A 737M .
B C04-9 1 6 ASME SA-5 1 6/SA-5 1 6M updated to 2006 vel sion of the ASTM A 5 1 61A 5 1 6M specifi cation , Includes changes
through the -06 ievision This latest revision i einstates a lost footnote c in Table 1 dealing wit
h manganese levels
pelmitted in t
hilmei Gl ade 60 matelial ,
B C04-977 Adopted 2004 vel sion of the ASTM A 2681A 268M specification
B C05 - 1 2 8 5 Adopted 2003a version of the ASTM A 266/A 266M specifi cation
B C05 - 1 2 87 Adopted 2005 vel sion of t
he ASTM A 370 specification
B C05 - 1 2 8 8 Adopted 2005b vel sion of the ASTM A 508/A 508M specifi cation,
B C05 - 1 289 Adopted 2004 vel sion of t
he ASTM A 649/A 649M specifi cation ,
B C05 - 1 290 Adopted 2005c vel sion of the ASTM A 788/A 788M specifi cati on ,
B C05 - 1 45 6 ASME SA-376/SA-376M specification updated to latei 2006 vei sion of ASTM A 387/A 3 87M
B C05 - 1 65 1 Added new table "Acceptable Non-ASTM Editions "
B C06-26 8 Revise covei sheets for fbleign matelial specifi cations to : efbi to Appendix A on Soul ces of' Standards fbI ol gani
zaf
i on contact infbimation .

lxii
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA -6/SA-6M

SPECIFICATION FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR

ROLLED STRUCTURAL STEEL BARS, PLATES,
SHAPES, AND SHEET PILING

SA-6 /SA-6M
INTERNATIONAL
Standards Worldwide

(Ident
i cal with ASTM Specifi cation A 6 /A 6M-07 ,) A08

1. Scope ASTM

Designat
i on Tit
l e of' Specif
i cation
1. 1 This general requirements specif i cation covers a
A 709 /A 709M Carbon and High-Stl ength Low-Alloy
group of common requirements that, unless otherwise spec
Stluctur a
l Steel Shapes, Plates, and
if
i ed in the applicable product specif i cation, apply to rolled
Bar's and Quenched-an d-Tempered
structural steel bars, plates, shapes , and sheet piling covered Alloy Structural Steel Plates for
by each of' the following product specif i cations issued by Bridges
AS TM : A 7 1 0 /A 7 1 0M Age-Hardening Low-Car bon Nickel
Copper -Chromium-Mo-lybdenum
ASTM
Columbium Alloy St
r uctural Steel
Designat
i on Title of Specif
i cation Plates

A 3 6 /A 3 6M Ca
r bon Slxuctur al Steel A 769 /A 769M Carbon and High-Strength Electric
A 1 3 1 /A 1 3 1 M Structur a
l Steel for Ships Resistance Welded Steel Structur a
l
A 242 /A 242M High-Strength Low-Alloy Stluctura
l Shapes
Steel A 7 86 /A 7 86M Rolled Steel Floor' Plates
A 283 /A 283M Low and Intelmediate Tensile Stxength A 808 /A 808M High-Strength Low-Alloy Ca r bon, Ma
n
Carbon Steel Plates
ganese, Columhium, Vanadium Steel
A 328 /A 328M Steel Sheet Piling of Structural Quality wit
h Improved
A 5 1 4 /A 5 1 4M High-Yield SUength, Quenched n
ad Notch Toughness
Tempered Alloy Steel Plate Suitable A 827 /A 827M Plates, Ca
r bon Steel, for For ging a
nd
for' Welding Similar ' Applications
A 5 29 /A 529M High-Strength Ca
r bon-Mangan ese Steel A 829 /A 829M Plates, Alloy Steel, St
r uctmal Quality
of' Structur al Quality A 830 /A 8 3 0M
A 572 /A 572M
Plates, Ca
r bon Steel, Structur al Quality,
High-Strengt
h Low-Alloy Columbium
Vanadium Steel
Furnished to Chemica l Composition
Requirements
A 573 /A 5 73M Structm a
l Cat
h on Steel Plates of'
A 8 52 /A 85 2M Quenched and Temper ed Low-Alloy
Imploved Toughness
Structm al Steel Plate with 70 ksi
A 5 8 8 /A 5 8 8M High-SUength Low-Alloy Stluctur al
[485 MPa] Minimum Yield Strength
Steel with 50 ksi (345 MPa) Mini
to 4 in , [ 1 00 r
am] Thick
mum Yield Point to 4 in [ 1 00 mm]
Thick A 857 /A 857M Steel Sheet Piling, Cold Formed, Light
A 633 /A 63 3M Norma
l ized High-St
r engt
h Low-Alloy Gage
St
r uctural Steel Plates A 87 1 /A 87 1 M High-Str engt
h Low Alloy St
r uctur a
l
A 656 /A 65 6M Hot-Rolled StJuctural Steel, H
i gh Steel Plate wit
h Atmospheric Colro
sion Resista
n ce
SUength Low-Alloy Plate wit h
Improved Formability A 9 1 3 /A 9 1 3M Specif
i cation fbr High-St
r engt
h Low
A 67 8 /A 678M Quenched-an d-Tempered Car bon a
nd Alloy Steel Shapes of StJnctural
High-Strength Low-Alloy Suuctural Quality, Produced by Quench i ng and
Steel Plates Self-Tempering Process (QST)
A 690 /A 690M High-Stlength Low-Alloy Steel H-Piles A 945 /A 945M Specif
i cation for' High-Stlength Low
n d Sheet Piling fbi Use in Ma
a r ine Alloy Structu ral Steel Plate wit
h
Environments Low Carbon and Restiicted Sulfur
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

ASTM the limiti ng values in accoldance with the rounding method

Designat
i on Tit
l e of Specif
i cat
i on of Practice E 29 .
for ImpI oved Weldability, Polmabil 1.12 The values stated in eit
her inch-pound units or' SI
ity, and Toughness
A 95 0 / A 95 0M Specif
icat
ion for Fusion Bonded units a
r e to be rega
r ded separately as standa
r d. . Wit
hin the
Epoxy-Coated Stluctulal Steel H text, the SI units a
re shown in brackets . The values stated
Piles and Sheet Piling in each system are not exact equiva
lents; therefore, each
A 992 /A 992M Specification for Steel for Stmctm al system is to be used independently of the ot
her' , without
Shapes for Use in Building Flaming
combining values in any way .
A 1 026 Specification for Alloy Steel Stmctulal
Shapes for Use in Building Framing 1.13 This general requirements specifi cati on and the
A 1 043 /A 1 043 M Specification for Stluctm'al Steel with
Low Yield to Tensile Rat
i o for Use
applicable product specifi cati on a
re expressed in bot h inch
in Buildings pound units and SI units; however, unless the older speci
fi es the applicable "M" specifi cation designati on (SI units),
1.2 Annex A 1 lists perm
itted va riations in dimensions the structural product is fulnished to inch-pound units.
and mass (Note 1 ) in SI units. The values listed are not
exact conversions of the values in Tables 1 to 3 1 inclusive 1.14 The text of this genera
l iequirements specificat
i on
contains notes a
n d/or footnotes t
hat provide expla
n atoiy
but a
r e, instead, rounded or' rationa
lized values . Confor
material S uch notes and footnotes , excluding those in
mance to Annex A 1 is mandatoly when the "M" specif i ca
tion designat
i on is used. tables and fi gures, do not contain any mandatoly require
ments .

NOTE 1 - The telm "weight" is used when inch-pound units ale the
sta
nda
l d; however, under SI, t
he piefened telm is "mass ,"
2. Referenced Documents
1 .3 Annex A2 lists t
he dimensions of some shape pr o
i les .
f 2. 1 ASTM Standards :
A 370 Test Methods and Def
i nitions for Mecha
nica
l Test
1.4 Appendix X 1 plovides infoimation on coil as a ing of Steel Products
SOUlCe of' structura
l products . A 673 /A 673M Specifi cation for' Sampling Procedule for
1.5 Appendix X2 provides information on t he variabil Impact Testi ng of Structural Steel
ity of tensile propelf
i es in plates and structural shapes . A 700 Practices for Packaging, Marking, and Loading
Met
h ods for' Steel Products for' Shipment
1.6 Appendix X3 provides informati on on weldability.. A 75 1 Test Methods , Practices , and Terminology for'
1.7 Appendix X4 provides infolmation on cold bending Chemical Analysis of Steel Products
of plates, including suggested m
inimum inside radii for' A 829 /A 829M Specifi cation for Alloy Structural Steel
cold bending. Plates
A 94 1 Terminology Relating to Steel, Stainless Steel,
1.8 This genera l requilements specifi cation also cover's Related Alloys, and Ferroa lloys
a group of supplementa ry requirements t h at a
re applicable E 29 Practi ce for Using Signif
i ca
nt Digits in Test Data to
to several of the above product specifi cations as indicated Determ ine Confor m ance wit h Specifi cat
i ons
therein. Such iequilements a re provided for use whele E 1 1 2 Test Methods for Determining Average Gra i n Size
additi onal testi ng or' additional Iestf
ictions a
re iequired by E 208 Test Met hod for Conducting Drop-Weight Test to
the purchaser , and apply only where specifi ed individually Determine Nil-Ducti lity Transition Temperat ure of Fer
in the purchase order. it
f i c Steels
1.9 In case of a
ny conflict in iequirements, the iequire 2.2 American Welding Society Standards "
ments of the applicable ploduct specifi cation prevail over A5 . 1 Mild Steel Coveled Aic-Welding Elect
r odes
hose of this genera
t l requirements specifi cation. A5 .5 Low-Alloy Steel Covered Aic-Welding Electrodes
1.10 Additional Iequirements that a
r e specifi ed in t
he 2.3 U. S. Milit
a ry Standards:
pulchase older and accepted by the supplier a
r e pelmitted, MIL-STD- 1 29 Mar king for' Shipment a
nd Storage
provided that such iequilements do not negate any of t he MIL-STD- 1 63 Steel Mill Products Prepa
ration for Ship
requilements of' t
his general requilements specifi cation or ment a
nd Storage
the applicable product specifi cation..
2.4 U. S. Federal Standard.:'
1.1 1 For pulposes of determining confor mance wit h Fed.. Std. No. 1 23 Ma
rki ng for' Sh
ipmen
ts (Civil Agencies)
this general requirements specifi cation a nd the applicable
2.5 AIAG St
a ndard:
product specifi cati on, va
lues a
re to be rounded to h te near
est unit in the light-hand place of fi gules used in expressing AIAG B- 1 Ba
r Code Symbology Standa
rd
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

3. Terminology 3.1.2.4 "HP " shapes - a

r e wide-f
l ange shapes
3. 1 Def
initions of Terms Specif
ic to This Standard :' genera
l ly used as bea r ing piles whose fl anges and webs
3. 1.1 Plates (other than f
loor plates) - Flat, hot re of the same nominal thick
a n ess and whose depth and
rolled steel, ordered to thickness or weight [mass] and width a
re essenti ally the same
typically width and length, commonly classif
i ed as follows : 3 . 1 .2.5 "S '" shapes - doubly- symmetric be am
3. 1. 1 . 1 When Ordered to Thickness : shapes wit h inside f l ange surfaces that have a slope of
(1 ) Over 8 in . [200 r
am] in width and 0 . 230 in . approximately 1 6 %
[6 mm] or over in thick
n ess 3.1.2.6 "M " shapes - doubly-symmet r ic shapes
(2) Over 48 in , [ 1 200 mm] in width and 0. 1 80 in . that cannot be classif
i ed as "W," " S ," or "HP" shapes
[4. 5 mm] or over in thickness .
3. 1.2.7 " C " shapes - cha
n nels wit
h inside fl ange
3. 1 . 1.2 When Ordered to Weight [Mass]:' sulfaces t
hat have a slope of approxima tely 1 6 % .
(1) Over 8 in . [200 mm] in width and 9.392 lb/ft2
[47. 1 0 kg/m2] or heavier . 3. 1 .2.8 "MC " shapes - cha
nnels tha
t cannot be
classif
i ed as "C" shapes .
(2) Over 48 in [ 1 200 m] in width a
n d 7.350 lb/ft2
[35.32 kg/m2] or heavier 3.1.2.9 "L " shapes - shapes having equa
l -leg a
nd
3.1.1.3 Discussion - Steel products are available unequal-leg angles
in variou s thickne s s , wi dth , and length combinatio ns 3. 1.3 sheetpiling - iolled steel sections tha
tar e capa
depending upon equipment and processing capabilit i es of ble of being inter
locked, forming a cont inuous wa l l when
vari ous manufacturers and pr ocessors . Historic limitations individual pieces a
r e driven side by side .
of a pr oduct based upon dimensions (t hick n ess, width, and 3. 1.4 bars - rounds , squa
r es, and hexagons , of a
ll
length) do not take into account current production and sizes; fl ats 1 /64 in , (0, 203 in, , ) and over [over 5 mm] in
processing capabilities . To qualify a n y product to a particu specif
i ed thickness , not over 6 in [ 1 50 mm] in specif i ed
lar product specif i cation requires all appr opriate and neces width ; and f
l ats 0. 230 in. and over [over 6 mm] in specif
i ed
sa
r y tests be performed and t hat the results meet the limits tick
h ness , over 6 to 8 in. [ 1 50 to 200 mm] inclusive, in
prescribed in that product specif i cati on . If the necessary specif
i ed width
tests required by a product specif i cati on cannot be con
ducted, the product cannot be qualif i ed to that specif
i cation. 3. 1.5 exclusive - when used in relation to ranges, as
This general requirement standa r d contains permitted va ri for ranges of thick
n ess in the tables of permissible var ia
at
i ons foi the commonly available sizes . Permitted va ria tions in dimensions, is intended to exclude only the greater
i ons for ot
t h er sizes ar e subj ect to agreement between t he value of the range. Thus, a ran ge from 60 to 72 in. [ 1 500
customer and the manufacturer or processor, whichever is to 1 800 mm] exclusive includes 60 in [ 1 500 mm] , but
applicable. does not include 72 in. [ 1 800 mm]

3.1.1.4 Slabs, sheet ba rs, and skelp, though fle 3.1.6 rimmed steel - steel conta
i ning suff
i cient oxy
quenf
ly falling in the folegoing size ranges , a
r e not classed gen to give a cont
i nuous evolution of ca
r bon monoxide
as plates. duling soldif
i cation, resulting in a case or rim of metal
viltually free of voids
3.1.1.5 Coils ar e excluded from qualif i cat
i on to
the applicable product specifi cat
i on unti l they are decoiled, 3. 1 .7 semi- killed steel - inc ompletely deoxidized
lev eled or straightened, for med (if app li c able) , cut to steel containing suff i cient oxygen to folm enough carbon
length , and, if iequired, properly tested by the processor monoxi de dul ing s oli di f i c ation to offs et s oli dif
i c ation
in accordance with ASTM specif i cation Iequirements (see shrinkage.
Sections 9, 1 0, 1 1 , 1 2, 1 3 , 1 4, 1 5 , 1 8 , and 1 9 and the 3. 1 .8 capped steel - rimmed steel in which the rim
applicable product specif
i cation) ming acti on is lim
i ted by an early capping operation Cap
3. 1 .2 Shapes (Flanged Sections): ping is ca
rTied out mechanica l ly by using a heavy metal
3.1.2.1 structural-size shapes - rolled f
l anged sec cap on a bottle-top mold or chemically by an addit i on of
t
i ons having at least one dimension of t
he cross section aluminum or ferl osilicon to th e top of t
he molten steel in
3 in. [75 mm] or gr eater an open-top mold
3.1.2.2 bar-size shapes - rolled f
l anged sections 3. 1 .9 killed steel - steel deoxidized, either by addi
having a maximum dimension of the cross sect
i on less i on of strong deoxidizing agents or by vacuum tr eatment,
t
han 3 in. [75 mm] ,
t to reduce t
he oxygen content to such a level t
h at no reaction
3.1.2.3 " W" shapes - doubly-symmetlic, wide occurs between carbon an d oxygen during solidif icati on ,
f ange shapes wit
l h inside f
lange SUlfaces that a
r e substan 3. 1. 10 mill edge - the normal edge produced by
tia
lly pa
ral lel rolling between horizontal f
i nishing l olls A mill edge does
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

not conform to any defi nite contour Mill edge plates have 3.1 .21 .1 Discussion - Such f
i nish
i ng operations
two mill edges and two trimmed edges. include leveling or st
raightening, hot forming or cold form
ing (if applicable) , welding (if applicable) , cutting to
3.1.11 universal mill edge - the normal edge pro
length, testing, inspection, conditi oning, heat tr eatment (if
duced by rolling between horizontal and vertical fi nishing applicable), packaging, ma rking, loading for shipment, and
rolls Univer sal mill plates , sometimes designated UM certif
i cation.
Plates, have two universal mill edges and two trimmed
edges 3.1.22 processor - the orga nizati on that directly con
trols, or is responsible for , the operati ons involved in the
3.1.12 sheared edge - the normal edge produced by processing of coil into a fi nished structura
l product. Such
shearing. Shea
r ed edge plates a
re t
r immed on all edges proces sing operations include decoiling , leveling or
3.1.13 gas cut edge - the edge produced by gas straightening, hot-form
ing or' cold-form ing (if applicable),
l ame cutting.
f welding (if applicable), cutting to length, testi ng, inspec
it on, conditioning, heat treatment (if applicable), packag
3.1.14 special cut edge - usually t he edge produced ing, mar king, loading for shipment, and certifi cation.
by gas fl ame cutting involving special practices such as
pre-heating or post-heating, or both, in order to minim
i ze 3.1.22.1 Discussion - The processing operations
stresses, avoid h
termal cracking and reduce t
he ha
rdness need not be done by the organization that did the hot rolling
of h
te gas cut edge. In specia
l instances, special cut edge of t
he coil. If only one orga nization is involved in t he
is used to designate an edge produced by machining hot rolling and processing operations, that organization is
termed the manufacturer for the hot rolling operation a nd
3. 1 .15 sketch - when used to describe a form of
te processor for t
h he processing operations If more than
plate, denotes a plate other t
han recta
ngula
r , circular, or one organization is involved in the hot rolling and pro
sem
i -circula
r Sketch plates may be furnished to a radius cessing operations, the organizati on t
h at did t
h e hot rolling
or wit
h four or' more straight sides . is termed the manufacturer and a
n organization that does
3.1.16 normalizing - a heat treati ng process in which one or more processing Qperations is termed a processor .
a steel plate is reheated to a uniform temperatme above 3.2 Refer to Terminology A 941 for addit
i onal defi ni
the upper criti ca
l temperature and then cooled in air to tions of terms used in t
his standa
rd
below h
te transformation ra
nge

3.1.17 plate-as-rolled - when used in relation to t

he
location and number of tests, the term refers to the unit 4. Ordering Information
plate rolled from a slab or directly from an ingot. It does 4. 1 Infor
mation items to be considered, if appropr
i ate,
not refer to h
t e condition of the plate for inclusion in purchase orders a
re as follows:
3.1.18 f
ine grain practice - a steelmaking pract i ce 4.1.1 ASTM product specifi cation designation (see
hat is intended to produce a killed steel t
t h at is capable of L 1) a
nd yea
r'- date,
meeting hte requirements for fi ne austenitic grain size. 4.1.2 Name of structura
l product (plate, shape, ba
r,
3. 1 . 1 8. 1 Discuss ion - It nor mally involves the or sheet piling) ,
addit
i on of one or more austenit i c grain ref
ining elements 4.1 .3 Shape designation, or size and thickness oi
in amounts h t at have been established by th e steel producer ia
d meter,
as being suffi cient. Austenitic grain ref
ining elements 4. 1 .4 Grade, class, and type designation, if appli
include, but a
re not limited to, aluminum, columbium, cable,
titanium, and vanadium
4. 1 .5 Condit
i on (see Sect
i on 6), if other t
han as
3.1.19 structural product - a hot-rolled steel plate, rolled,
shape, sheet piling, or bar 4. 1 .6 Quantity (weight [mass] or number of pieces),
3.1.20 coil - hot-rolled steel in coiled fbrm that is
4. 1.7 Lengt
h,
intended to be processed into a fi nished structural product
4.1.8 Exclusion of either structmal product produced
3.1.21 manufacturer - t
h e organization t
h at d
irectly from coil or structura
l product produced from an as-rolled
controls t
he conver sion of steel ingots, slabs, blooms, or' str
uctural product (see 5 .3 and Appendix X 1 ), if applicable,
billets, by hot-rolling, into a
n as-rolled straactural product
4.1.9 Heat tieatment requirements (see 6.2 and 6 3),
or into coil; a
nd for structura
l products produced from as
if any,
lolled straactural products, the organization th at directly
contr ols, or is responsible for, t
he operations involved in 4.1 . 10 Testing for fi ne austenitic grain size (see
i nishing t
f he structural product. 8 . 3 .2) ,
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6/SA-6M

4.1 . 1 1 Mechanical property test report requirements 6.2 Whele the heat treatment is to be pelfolmed by
(see Sect i on 1 4), if a
ny, ot
h er t
han the manufacturer, t
he order shall so state.
4.1.12 Special packaging, marking, and loading for 6.2.1 Where the heat treatment is to be pef folmed
shipment requirements (see Sect
i on 1 9), if any, by other than t
he ma nufact urer, t
he struct ural ploducts shall
4.1.13 Supplementa r y requirements, if any, includ be accepted on t h e basis of tests made on test specimens
ing any addit
i onal requirements called for in the supple taken from full thickness test coupons heat t reated in accor
mentaly requirements, dan ce with the iequilements specif i ed in t he applicable
product specifi cation or in t
he pulchase order. If t he heat
4.1.14 End use, if t
here are a
ny end-use-specif
ic
requirements (see 1 8 . 1 , 1 L 3 4, Table 22 or Table A 1 .22, treatment temperat ures a
r e not specifi ed, the manufactmer
and Table 24 or Table A 1 . 24) or processor shall heat treat the test coupons under condi
tions he considers appropliate, provided t h at t
he purchaser
4.1.15 Special requirements (see 1 . 1 0), if a
ny, a
nd is infbrmed of the procedule followed in heat t r ea
ting the
4.1.16 Repair welding requirements (see 9.5), if a
ny. test coupons.,

6.3 Where t he heat treatment is to be perfolmed by the

5. Materials and Manufacture ma nufacturer or the processor, t he struct
ura
l product shall
5.1 The steel sha ll be made in a n open-hear th, basic be heat treated as specifi ed in t
he applicable product speci
oxygen, or electric-arc fmnace, possibly followed by addi i cation, or as specif
f i ed in the purchase older, provided
tionl refi ning in a ladle metallurgy furnace (LMF), or sec that the hea
tt r ea
tment specif i ed by the pmchaser is not in
on dary melti n g b y v acu um- ar c remel ti ng ( VA R) or confl ict wit
h the iequirements of the applicable ploduct
elect
roslag remelting (ESR) . specifi ca
tion.

5.2 The steel shall be stra

n d cast or cast in stat
i onary 6.4 Wh ere norma lizing is to be per
formed by the fabri
molds . cator, the st
r uctu
ral product shall be either' norma lized
5.2.1 Strand Cast: or heated unifolmly for hot forming, provided t h at the
temper atule to which the structural ploduct is heated for
5.2.1. 1 h en heats of the same nominal chemical
W
hot forming does not signif
i ca
ntly exceed the nor malizing
composition are consecuti vely st
rand cast at one t
i me, t
he
temperatme,,
heat number as signed to the cast produc t need not be
cha
nged until all of the steel in the cast product is from 6.5 The use of cooling rates t hat a
r e faster tha
n t
hose
h
te following heat. obtained by cooling in air to improve t
he toughness shall
5.2.1.2 W
hen two consecut i vely str and cast heats be subject to approva l by t he purchaser', a
nd st ruct
ural
have different nominal chemical composition ra nges, t he products so t
r eated shall be tempered subsequently in the
manufacturer shall remove t he t r ansition material by a n ra
nge from 1 1 00 to 1 300 °F [595 to 705 °C] .
established plocedure that posit
i vely separates the grades.
5.3 Structural products shall be produced from an as
7. Chemical Analysis
roiled stluct
ura
l product or from coil .
7.1 Heat Analysis:
5.4 Where part of a hea t is lolled into an as-lolled
7.1. 1 Sampling for chemi cal a
nalysis a
nd methods
structural product and the balan ce of t
he heat is rolled into
of n
a alysis shall be in accorda
nce with Test Met
hods,
coil, each part shall be tested sepa
rately.
Practices, and Terminolgy A 75 1 .
5.5 St
ructural products produced from coil sha
ll not
7. 1 .2 For each hea t, the heat a
nalysis shall include
con
tain splice welds, unless previously approved by t
he
determina tion of the content of carbon, manga nese, phos
purchaser .
pholus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chrom ium, molybdenum,
copper , va n adium, columbium; a n y other element th at is
6. Heat Treatment specif
i ed or restr icted by t
he applicable ploduct specifi ca
6.1 Where t he structura
l product is iequiled to be heat i on for the applicable grade, class, and type ; a
t nd a ny
teated, such hea
r t treatment shall be perfolmed by t he n stenitic g
a rain ref ining element whose content is to be
manufactuler, t
he processor, or t
he fabr
i cator, unless other' used in place of austenitic grain size testing of t
he heat
(see 8 . 3 . 2) ,
wise specif
i ed in t
he applicable product specif i cation..
7. 1 .3 Except as a
llowed by 7 . 1 .4 for primary heats,
NOTE 2 - When no heat treatment is iequired, the manufactulei oi
processor has the option of heat tleating t
he st
rxictulal product by noimaliz heat a
nalyses sha ll conform to the heat a na l ysis iequile
ing, st
r ess relieving, or noimalizing then stless ielieving to meet the ments of the applicable ploduct specifi cation for t
he appli
applicable product specif i cation cable g
rade, class, an d type.
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

7.1 .4 Where vacuum- arc remelting or' electro sl ag NOTE 3 - Such austenitic gr ain size number s may be achieved with
lower' contents of austenitic grain refining elemenst t
han 8 ,3 ,2 requires
remelting is used, a remelted heat is defined as all ingots for austenitic gl a
in size test
i ng to be wa
i ved
remelted from a single prima r y heat. If' the heat analysis
8.3.2 Unless test
ing for' fi ne austenitic grain size is
of the primary heat conforms to the heat analysis requhe
ments of' the applicable product specifi cati on for' t
he appli specifi ed in t
he purchase order' , an austenitic grain size test
need not be made for' a
ny heat t
h at has, by heat a
nalysis,
cable grade, clas s , and type, the heat analysis for the
r emelted heat shall be determined from one test sample one or more of t
he following:
taken fiom one remelte d i ngot, or' the product of one 8.3.2.1 A total a
luminum content of 0.020% or
remelted ingot, from the primary heat . If the heat analysis more .

of' the primary heat does not conform to the heat ana lysis 8.3 .2 .2 An acid s oluble alumi num c ontent of
requirements of hte applicable product specifi cation for the 0.0 1 5 % or more. .
applicable grade, type, and class, t
he heat ana lysis for the 8.3.2.3 A content f0r' an austenitic grain ref
ining
remelted heat sha
l l be determ
i ned from one test sa
mple
element t
hat exceeds the minimum va
lue agreed to by t
he
taken from each remelted ingot, or' t
he product of each
purchaser as being suffi cient for austenitic grain size testing
remelted ingot, tom the prima
r y heat. to be wa
ived, or
7.2 Product Analysis - For each heat, the purchaser' 8.3.2.4 Contents for the combination of two or
shall have t
he opti on of analyzing representative sa mples more austenitic grain refining elements t
h at exceed the
ta
ken from the finished structural product.. Sa mpling for' applicable m
inimum va lues agreed to by t he purchaser
chemical ana
lysis and met h ods of ana
lysis sha
l l be in accor as being sufficient for austenitic grain size testi ng to be
dance with Test Methods , Practices , and Terminology waived.
A 75 1 . The product a
n alyses so determined shall conform
to t
h e heat a
nalysis requirements of' the applicable product
specifi cation for the applicable grade, class, and type, sub 9. Quality
ject to th e perm
itted va r iations in product an alysis given 9.1 General - Structural products sha
ll be free of injuri
in Table A. If a range is specified, the determinati ons of ous defects and sha
ll have a workmanlike f
i nish.
ny element in a heat sha
a l l not vary both above and below NOTE 4 - Unless otherwise specifi ed, structural products a
t e normally
h e specifi ed range. Rimmed or' capped steel is cha
t racter furnished in the as-rolled condit
i on a
nd a
t e sul}jected to visual inspect
i on
ized by a lack of homogeneity in its compositi on, especially by t
he ma
nufacturei or' processor' , Non-injur
ious surface or internal imper
for the elements carbon, phosphorus, a nd sulfur . Therefore, fections, or bot
h, may be present in the structur a
l product as delivered
the limitat
i ons for' these elements sha
ll not be applicable and the structural product may require conditioning by t
he purchaser' to
unless misapplication is clea
rly indicated. improve its appear ance or in prepa
r ation for welding, coating, oi ot
her'
fuIther operations ,
7.3 Referee Analysis - For referee purposes, Test Meth More restr
i ctive requirements may be specified by invoking supplemen
ods, Practices, and Terminology A 75 1 shall be used.. tary requir ements oi by agieement between the purchaser and t
he supplier',
Structural products that exhibit injurious defects during subsequent
7.4 Grade Substitution - Alloy steel grades that meet fabrication ate deemed not to comply wit ht he applicable product specifi
the chemical r equirements of Table 1 of' Specifi cation cation , (See 1 7 2 ) Fabricator's should be aware t
hat cracks may initiate
A 829 shall not be subst
ituted for' carbon steel grades . upon bending a shea
red or burned edge during t
he fabrication process;
h is is not considered to be a f a
t t lt of t
h e steel but is r at
h er' a function
of t
h e induced cold-work or t
he heat-affected zone
The conditioning requirements in 9 2, 9 ,3 , and 9 ,4 limit t
he conditi oning
8. Metallurgical Structure alowed to be performed by t
l he manufacturer or processor' , Cond itioning
8.1 Where austenitic gra
in size test
ing is required, such of imperfections beyond t
he lim
its of' 9 2, 9 3, a nd 9 4 may be per formed
by patties ot
her thanthe ma nufacturer or processor' at t he discretion of
testing sha
ll be in accorda
nce wit h Test Met hods E 1 1 2 h e ptuchaser ,
t
ad at least 70% of' t
n he grai ns in the a
rea examined shall
meet t
he specifi ed gra
in size requirement. 9.2 Plate Conditioning:
9.2.1 The grinding of plates by the ma
nufacturer or
8.2 Coarse Austenitic Grain Size - Where coarse aus
processor to remove imperfections on t
he top or bottom
tenitic grain size is specifi ed, one austenitic gra
in size test surface sha
l l be subject to the limitations that the area
per' heat shall be made and t he austen
itic grai n size number' ground is well faired without abrupt changes in contour'
so determined shall be in the ra
n ge of 1 to 5, inclusive.
and t
he grinding does not reduce the thickness of' t
he plate
8.3 Fine Austenitic Grain Size: by (1) more t
h an 7% under' the nominal thick
ness for plates
8.3.1 Where fine austen
itic grain size is specif
ied, ordered to weight per square foot or mass per squa
r e metre,
except as allowed in 8 .3 .2, one austenitic grain size test but in no case more tha
n ,1 8 in. [3 mm] ; or (2) below
per heat shall be made and the austen
itic grai n size number' the perm
i ssible minimum t
hick ness for' plates ordered to
so determ
ined shall be 5 or higher. hick
t ness in inches or millimetres .
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA- 6M

9.2.2 The deposit ion of weld metal (see 9.5) follow 9.3.2.4 The deposit i on of weld metal (see 9 5) a
nd
ing the removal of imperfections on t he top or bottom grinding to correct or build up the interlock of a ny sheet
sur
face of plates by chipping, grinding, or arc-air gouging piling section at any location shall be subject to t
h e lim
i ta
shall be subj ect to the following limiting conditions : i on t
t h at the total surface a
r ea of t
h e weld not exceed 2 %

9.2.2. 1 The chipped, ground, or gouged ar ea shall of the total surface a

r ea of the piece.
not exceed 2% of t
he area of t
h e surface being conditioned 9.4 Bar Conditioning:
9.2.2.2 After removal of any imperfect i ons prepa 9.4. 1 The condit
i oning of bat s by t
he ma
nufacturer
ratory to welding, the t
hickness of t
h e plate at any location or processor to remove imperfect i ons by grinding, chip
sha
ll not be reduced by more t h an 30% of the nom i nal ping, or some other means sha
l l be subject to t
he limitations
that t
h e conditioned a
r ea is well faired and the affected
thicknes s of the pl ate . (S pe ci i
f c ation A 1 3 1 / A 1 3 1 M
restricts t
he reduct
ion in thick ness to 20% maximum. ) sect
i onal a
rea is not reduced by more than the applicable
permitted var iat
i ons (see Section 1 2) .
9.2.3 The depositi on of weld metal (see 9 .5) follow
ing t
he removal of injurious imperfecti ons on the edges of
9.4.2 The deposition of weld metal (see 9 . 5) follow
plates by grinding, chipping, or ar c-air gouging by the ing chipping or grinding to remove imperfect i ons t hat are
manufacturer or processor sha
ll be subject to the lim
itation greater in dept
h t h an the lim
i ts listed in 9 .4.. 1 shall be
h
tat, prior to weld
i ng, t
he depth of the depression, measured subject to t
he following conditi ons :
from the plate edge inwa rd, is not more than the thick
ness 9.4.2.1 The total a r ea of the chipped or ground
of the plate or 1 in. [25 mm] , whichever is the lesser. surface of any piece, prior to welding, shall not exceed
2% of th e total surface a
rea of the piece.
9.3 Structural Size Shapes, Bar Size Shapes, and Sheet
9.4.2.2 The reduct
i on of sect
i ona
l dimension of a
Piling Conditioning:
round, squa r e, or hexagon ba r ; or t
he reduct
i on in thickness
9.3.1 The grinding, or chipping and grinding, of of a fi at bar, resulting from removal of an imperfect ion,
structur al size shapes, ba
r size shapes, a
nd sheet piling by prior to welding, sha ll not exceed 5 % of t
he nominal dimen
h
te manufacturer or processor to remove imperfections sion or thickness at the location of the imperfect i on
shall be subj ect to th e limitations that the a
r ea ground
is well faired wit hout abrupt changes in contour and t he 9.4.2.3 For the edges of f i at ba
r s, the depth of t
he
depression does not extend below t he rolled surface by conditioning depr ession prior to welding shall be measured
more t
han (1) 1/32 in. [ 1 mm], for material less tha
n in. fr om t
he edge inwa rd and shall be lim ited to a maximum
[ 1 0 mm] in thick
n ess ; (2) 16 in. [2 mm] , fi r material 8 dep th e qu al t o the thi ckn e s s of th e f
i at b ar or in.
[ 1 2 . 5 mm] , wh
i chever is less .
to 2 in, [ 1 0 to 50 mm] inclusive in t
hick
n ess ; or (3) 8 in
[3 mm] , for material over 2 in. [50 mi ni in t
hick ness 9.5 Repair by Welding :
9.3.2 The depositi on of weld metal (see 9 . 5) follow 9.5. 1 General Requirements :
ing removal of imperfections t
hat are greater in depth than 9.5. 1 . 1 Repa
ir by welding shall be in accordance
the lim
its listed in 9 . 3 . 1 shall be subj ect to the following wi th a w e lding pro c edur e sp e ci f
i c ati on (WPS ) u s i ng
lim
iting conditions : shielded meta la rc welding (SMAW) , gas metal a r c welding
9.3.2. 1 The total ar ea of the chipped or ground (GMAW) , f l ux cored ar c weld
i ng (FCAW) , or submerged
surface of a
ny piece prior to welding shall not exceed 2% arc welding (SAW) processes Shield ing gases used sha ll
of t
he total surface a
rea of th at piece be of welding quality
9.5. 1 .2 Electrodes and electrode-f
l ux combin a
9.3.2.2 The reduct
i on of t
h ick
n es s of t
h e material
t ons shall be in accordance with the requirements of AWS
i
resulting from remova
l of imperfect
i ons prior to welding
sha
l l not exceed 30% of the nom
i na
l thick
n ess at t
h e loca Specif i cat
ion A5 1 , A55 , A5 1 7 , A5 . 1 8 , A5 . 20, A5 .23 ,
A5 . 28 , or A5 29 , whichever is applicable . For SMAW,
i
ton of the imperfect
i on, nor shall the dept
h of depression
low hyd i ogen electrodes sha
ll be used
prior to welding exceed 1 /14 in. [32 mm] in any case except
as noted in 9 . 3 .2 3 9.5. 1 .3 Electrode s and electrode- f
l ux combina
tions shall be selected so th at the tensile st
r ength of the
9.3.2.3 The deposit i on of weld meta l (see 9.5)
deposited weld metal (after any required heat t r eatment)
following gr inding, chipping, or arc-air gouging of the toes
is consistent with t
he tensile st
r engt
h specifi ed for the base
of angles, beams, channels, a nd zees and the stems a nd
metal being repaired
toes of tees sha
ll be subject to the lim
i tation that, prior to
welding, the dept h of the depression, measured from the 9.5.1 .4 Welding elect
r odes and flux materials sha
ll
toe inward, is not more tha
n the thickness of the material be d
iy and protected from moisture during storage and use.
at the base of the depression or 1/2 in. [ 1 2.5 mm] , whichever 9.5. 1.5 P ior to repaiz welding, the sar face to be
is t
h e les ser'. welded shall be inspected to verify t
h at the imperfections
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

intended to be removed have been removed completely. p article inspection i s employed, the sur fac e shall be
Surfaces to be welded and surfaces adj acent to the weld inspected both par allel and perpendicular to t
h e lengt
h of
shall be dry and free of' scale, slag, rust, moisture, grease, the ar ea to be repaired
and oth er' forei gn materi al th at w ou ld pre ve nt prop er 9.5.2.3 When weld repair s are to be post-weld
welding. heat-treated, special ca
re sha
l l be exercised in the selection
9.5.1 .6 Welder's and welding operators shall be of elect
rodes to avoid those compositions t h at embdttle as
a result of such heat t
r eatment
quali fi ed in acc ordanc e with the r equirements of'
ANSI/AWS D l l or ASME Sect
i on IX, except that any 9.5.2.4 Repairs on structural products that ar e sub
complete joint penetration groove weld qualifi cation also sequently heat-tr eated at the mill shall be inspected after
qualifi e s the welder or' welding oper ator to do r epair heat t
r eatment; repairs on struct
ural products t h at are not
welding . subsequently heat-treated at the mill shall be inspected no
9.5.1.7 Repair' welding of struct
ural products sha
ll sooner than 48 h after welding . Such inspect ion shall use
be in accordance with a welding procedure specif
i cat
i on a magneti c particle method or a liquid penetr ant met
h od;
(WPS ) that is in accordance with the requirements of' where magnetic particle inspection i s involved, such
ANSI/AWS D 1 .. 1 or' ASME Sect
i on IX, with t
he following inspecti on shall be both pa
rallel to and perpendicular to
except
i ons or cla
r if
i cations: he lengt
t h of the r epair
(1) The WPS shall be qualifi ed by testing a complete 9.5.2.5 The location of the weld r epairs shall be
.j oint penetration groove weld or a surface groove weld . marked on the f
i nished piece
(2) The geometry of the surface groove weld need not 9.5.3 Repair Quality - The welds and adj acent heat
be described in other than a gener al way affected zone shall be sound and fr ee of cr acks , the weld
( 3) An ANSI/AWS D I . 1 prequalif
i ed complete joint meta l being t h oroughly fused to all surfaces and edges
penetration groove weld WPS is acceptable.. without undercutting or overlap. Any visible cracks, poros
(4) Any material not listed in the prequalif
i ed base ity, lack of fusion, or undercut in any layer shall be removed
metal-f
i ller metal combinations of ANSUAWS D I . 1 a
l so
prior to depositi on of the succeeding layer Weld metal
is considered to be prequalifi ed if' its chemical composit
i on shall project at least 1 6 in (2 r
am) above the rolled surface
and mechanical properties are comparable to those for' one after welding, and the projecting metal shall be removed
of' the prequalifi ed base metals listed in ANSI/AWS D 1 . 1 by chipping or grinding, or bot h , to make it fl ush with the
(.5) Any materia l not listed in ASME Section IX also rolled surface, and to produce a workmanlike f i nish
is considered to be a material with an S -number in ASME
9.5.4 Inspection of Repair - The manufacturer or
Sect
i on IX if' its chemica
l composition and its mechanica
l
processor shall maintain an inspection program to inspect
propert
i es are comparable to t
h ose for' one of the materials the work to see t
h at :
listed in ASME Sect
i on IX with an S -number
9 . 5 . 4. 1 Imperfe cti ons have be en completely
9.5.1.8 When so specif i ed in the purchase order , removed
the WPS shall include qualif
i cat
i on by Charpy V-notch
testing, wit
h the test locati ons, test conditions, and the 9.5.4.2 The lim
i tations specif
i ed above have not
been exceeded
acceptance criteria meeti ng t
h e requirements specifi ed for
repair welding in hte purchase order 9.5.4.3 Established welding procedur es have been
9.5.1.9 When so specif i ed in t
he purchase order, followed, and
the welding procedure specifi cation (WPS) shal l be subject 9.5.4.4 Any weld deposit is of acceptable quality
to approval by the purchaser prior to repair welding as def
i ned above

9.5.2 Structural Products with a Specif

i ed Minimum
Tensile Strength o¢ 1 00 ksi [690 MPa] or Higher - Repair 10. Test Methods
welding of str uctttra
l products with a specifi ed minimum
10. 1 All tests sha
ll be conducted in accordance with
tensile st
r ength of 1 00 ksi [690 MPa] or higher sha l l be
Test Methods and Def
i nitions A 370
subject to the following additi onal requirements :
9.5.2. 1 When so specif
i ed in the purchase order , 10.2 Yield strength shall be determ
i ned either by the
prior approval for repair by welding shall be obtained from 0 2% offset met
hod or by the 0 5 % extension under load
the purchaser method, unless otherwise stated in the material specifi
c at
i on .
9.5.2.2 The surface to be welded shall be inspected
using a magnetic particle method or a liquid penetrant 10.3 Rounding Procedures-
-For purposes ofdetermin
meth od to verify that the imperfect
i ons intended to be ing confoImance with t
he specifi cation, a calculated va
lue
removed have been completely removed When magnet ic shall be rounded to the nea
rest 1 ksi [5 MPa] tensile and
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6/SA-6M

yield strength, and to the nearest unit in t

he right-ha
nd f na
i l direction of rolling of t he plate. Test specimens for
place of f
i gures used in expressing t
he limit
ing value for all other structural products shall be taken such t h at t
he
ot
her values in accordance with the rounding method given longitudinal axis of the test specimen is pa
rallel to the f
i na
l
in Pract
i ce E 29 . direction of rolling.
10.4 For full-section test specimens of angles, the cross 1 1 .3 Location "
sect
ional area used for ca
l culating t
he yield and tensile 11 .3. 1 Plates - Test specimens shall be ta
ken f
rom
strengths shall be a theoret
i ca
lar ea ca
lculated on the basis a corner of the plate.
of the weight of the test specimen (see 1 2. 1 ) .
1 1.3.2 W and HP Shapes with Flanges 6 in. [1,50 mm]
or Wider - Test specimens shall be selected f
rom a point
1 1. Tension Tests in t
he fl ange 2/3 of t
he way from the fl ange centerline to
1 1.1 Condition - Test specimens for non-heat-treated he f
t lange toe
structural products shall be ta
ken from test coupons t
h at ate 1 1 .3.3 Shapes Other Than Those in 1 1 . .3 . 2 - Test
representative of t
he structural products in t
heir delivered specimens shall be selected f
rom t
he webs of bea
m s, chan
condition. Test specimens for heat-treated structural prod nels, and zees ; from t
he stems of rolled tees ; a
nd from t
he
ucts shaR be ta
ken from test coupons that are representati ve legs of angles and bulb a ngles, except where full-sect ion
of the struct
ural products in their delivered condit i on, or tes t specimen s for angle s are used and the elongation
from separate pieces of full thickness or full sect
ion tom accepta n ce cr
iteria a
re increased accordingly. (See 1 1 .6 . 2)
he same heat similarly heat t
t reated. 1 1 .3.4 Bars:
1 1. 1. 1 Where t he plate is heat treated wit
h a cooling
1 1.3.4. 1 Test specimens for ba rs to be used for
rate faster h tan st
i ll-air cooling from the austenitizing tem
pins and rollers shall be ta
ken so that the axis is: midway
perature, one of t he following shall apply in addition to
between th e center and t
h e surface for pins a
nd rollers less
ot
her requirements specif i ed herein: han 3 in. [75 nun] in diameter ; 1 in. [25 mm] from the
t
1 1.1.1 . 1 The gage length of the tension test speci surface for pins and rollers 3 in. [75 mm] and over in
men shall be ta ken at least 1 T from any as-heat t reated dia
meter ; or as specifi ed in Annex A1 of Test Methods
edge where T is t he t
hickness of t he plate a
nd sha ll be at and Defi nit
i ons A 370 if t
he applicable foregoing require
least ,lz in. [ 1 2.5 mm] from fl ame cut or heat-af
fected-zone ment is not practicable
surfaces.
1 1.3.4.2 Test specimens for bars other tha
nthose
1 1. 1.1.2 A steel t
herma
l buffer pad, 1 T by 1 T by to be used for pins a
n d rollers sha
ll be ta
ken as specif
ied
at least 3T, sha
ll be joined to the plate edge by a partial in Annex A 1 of Test Methods and Def
i nitions A 370 .
penetration weld completely sealing t
he buffered edge prior
to heat t
r eatment. 1 1 .4 Test Frequency:
1 1. 1. 1.3 Therma
l insulation or other therma
l ba
r ii 1 1 .4. 1 Structu ra l Products Produ ced from an As
Rolled Structural Product - The m
i nimum number of
ers sha
ll be used during the heat t
reatment adjacent to t he
plate edge where specimens a t e to be removed. It sha ll pieces or plates-as-rolled to be tested for each heat a nd
be demonst rated that t
he cooling rate of t
he tension test str engt
h gradation, where applicable, shall be as follows,
specimen is no faster th an, a
nd not substa
nt ia
l ly slower except th at it shall be permissible for any individual test
t
h an, h
tat attained by t
he method described in 1 1 . 1 . 1 .2 . to represent mult iple strength gradations :

11.1. 1.4 W
hen test coupons cut from the plate but 1 1 .4. 1 . 1 As given in Table B , or'
heat tr eated separately a
re used, t
he coupon dimensions 1 1.4.1.2 One taken from the m
i nimum thick
n ess
shall be not less than 3 T by 3 T by T and each tension in the heat a
n d one ta
k en f
rom t
h e maximum t
h ick
n ess in
spec i men cut from it shall mee t the requirem en ts of the heat, where thick
ness means t he specif
ied thick
ness,
1 1.1.1.1. diameter , or comparable dimension, whichever is appro
1 1 .1. 1.5 The heat t
reat
ment of test specimens sep priate for t
he applicable st
r uctura
l product rolled.
a
rately in h te device shall be subj ect to t
he lim
itations th at 1 1 .4,2 Structural Products Produced from Coil and
(1) cooling rate data for t
he plate ar e available; (2) cooling Furnished witho ut Heat Treatment or with Stress Reliev
rate control devices for t
t he test specimens a re available; ing Only:
a
nd, (3) the met hod has received pr ior approva l by the
11.4.2.1 Except as a l lowed by 1 1 .4.4, the m
i ni
purchaser .
mum number of coils to be tested for each heat and strength
1 1 .2 O rien ta tio n - For pl ate s wi der th an 24 i n . gradati on, where applicable, shall be as given in Table C,
[600 nun] , test specimens sha ll be ta ken such t h at t
he except that it sha
ll be permissible for any individua l coil
longitudinal axis of the test specimen is t ra
n sverse to the to represent multiple strength gradations.
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

11 .4.2.2 Except as r equir ed by 1 1 4 2. 3 , two ten A 370, sha

l l be subj ect to the limitation that adequate test
sion test specimens shall be taken f l or
a each coil tested, ing machine capacity is ava i lable
with the first being ta
ken immediately prior to t he first 11.5olo3 For plates over in [20 mm] in thick
sUuctural product to be qualifi ed, and the second being ness, except as permitted in 1 1 5 . 1 .2, tension test specimens
taken from the approximate center lap shall conform to the requirements shown in Fig. 4 of Test
1 1 .4.2.3 If; during decoiling, the amount of mate Methods and Def
i nit
ions A 370 for the 0. 500 in. [ 1 2 . 5 mm]
rial decoiled is less t
h an that required to reach t
he approxi diameter test specimen. The axis of such test specimens
mate center lap, the second test for the qualifi cation ot the shall be located m
i dway between the center of thickness
decoiled portion of such a coil sha
l l be ta
ken from a location and the top or bottom surface of t
he plate
adjacent to hte end of the innermost port i on decoiled For 1 1 .5.2 Shapes :
qualifi cat
i on of successive portions from such a coil, an 1 1.5.2.1 Except where angles are tested in full
additional test shall be ta
ken adj acent to the innermost sect
i on, tension test specimens for shapes in. [20 mm]
portion decoiled, until a test is obtained from t
h e approxi nd under in thick
a ness shall be the f
u ll t
hick
n ess of the
mate center lap . shape. Such test specimen shall conform to t
he require
1 1 .4.3 Structural Products Produced from Coil and ments shown in Fig. 3 of Test Met hods and Defi nitions
Furnished Heat Treated by other than Stress Relieving - A 370 for either the 1 ,1 2 in. [40 mm] wide test specimen
The minimum number of pieces to be tested for each heat or the 1/2 in [ 1 2.5 mm] wide test specimen.
and strength gradation, where applicable, sha l l be as f01 1 1.5.2.2 For shapes up to 5 in. [ 1 25 mm] , inclu
lows, except that it shall be permissible for any individual sive, in thick
ness, t
he use of 1 /12 in. [40 mm] wide test
test to represent multiple strength gradations : specimens, full thick
ness of the shape and conforming to
1 1 .4.3. 1 As given in Table B , or te requirements shown in Fig. 3 of Test Methods a
h nd
Def
i nitions A 370, sha
ll be subject to the limitation that
1 1.4.3.2 One ta
ken from the minimum t
hickness
adequate testing machine capacity is available.
in the heat and one ta
ken from t
he maximum thick
ness in
the heat, where thick
n ess means the specif
i ed thick
ness,
11.5.2.3 For shapes over 3/4 in . [20 mm] in t
hick
ness, except as perm
i tted in 1 1 .5 .2.2, tension test specimens
diameter , or comparable dimension, whichever is appro
shall conform to the requirements shown in Fig. 4 of Test
pi
l ate for t
he applicable structural product rolled, Methods and Def
i nitions A 370 for the 0. 500 in. [ 1 2 . 5 mm]
1 1 .4.4 Structural Products Produced from Coil and diameter test specimens The axis of such test specimens
Qualif
i ed Using Test Specimens Heat Treated by Other shall be located m
i dway between the center of thickn ess
than Stress Relieving - The minimum number of pieces and the top or bottom sur
face of the shape.
to be tested for each heat and strength gradation, where 1 1 .5.3 Bar :
applicable, shall be as follows, except t
h at it shall be per
1 1.5.3.1 Except as otherwise provided below, test
mis sible for any individual test to represent multiple
strength gradations :
specimens for ba
r s shall be in accordance with Annex A 1
of Test Met
hods and Def
i nitions A 370
1 1 .4.4. 1 As given in Table B , or
1 1.5.3.2 Except as provided in 1 1 .5 .3 .5 , test speci
1 1 .4.4.2 One taken from t
h e minimum thick
n ess mens for ba r s 3/4 in [20 r
am] and under in t hick ness may
in h
te heat, where thick
ness means the specif
i ed t
hick
n ess, conform to the requirements shown in Fig. 3 of Test Met h
diameter , or comparable dimension, whichever is appro ods a
nd Defi nitions A 370 for either the 1 ,12 in. [40 r am]
pi
l ate for the applicable structural product rolled wide test specimen or the in. [ 1 2. . 5 r
am] wide specimen
1 1 .5 Preparation: 1 1 .5 .3 .3 Except as provided in 1 1 . 53 . 4 and
1 1 .5 . 1 Plates :
1 1 5.3.5, test specimens for ba
r's over 3/4 in. [20 mm] in
th
i ck
ness or diameter shall conform either to the require
11.5.1.1 Tension test specimens for plates 4 in. ments for the 1 in. [40 r
am] or in [ 1 2.5 r
am] wide test
[20 mm] a
nd under in thick
ness shall be the full thick
ness specimen shown in Fig. 3 of Test Methods a n d Defi nitions
of h
te plates The test specimens shall conform to t he A 370, or to the requirements for t
he 0 .500 in . [ 1 2.5 r
am]
requirements shown in Fig 3 of Test Methods a
nd Defini dia
meter test specimen shown in Fig 4 of Test Methods
it ons A 370 for eit
her t he 1 1/2 in. [40 r
am] wide test speci n d Def
a i nitions A 370
men or hte 1/2 in [ 1 2.5 mm] wide test specimen 1 1 .5.3.4 For ba
r's other t
han those to be used for
1 1.5.1.2 For plates up to 4 in [ 1 00 mm] , inclusive, pins a
n d rollers, t
he manufacturer or processor sha ll have
in thick
n ess, the use of 1 in [40 mm] wide test specimens, he option of using test specimens that a
t re machined to a
full h
tickness of the plate and conforming to t
he require thick
ness or' diameter of at least 3/4 in [20 r
am] for a lengt
h
ments shown in Fig 3 of Test Methods and Defi nit i ons of at least 9 in [230 mm]

10
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA - 6M

1 1 .5.3.5 Test specimens for' ba r s to be used for many of' th e product specifi cat
i ons covered by this general
pins and rollers shall conform to the requirements shown requirements specif i cation specify elongati on requfi ements
in Fig. 4 of Test Methods and Def i nit
i ons A 370 f0r' the in both 8 in. [200 mi ni and 2 in . [50 r am] gage lengths .
0.500 in. [ 1 2.5 mm] diameter' test specimen. Unles s otherwise pi ovided in the applicable product speci
ication, both requf
f i ements a r e not iequiied to be applied
1 1 .6 Elongation Requirement Adjustments:'
simultaneously and t he elongat i on need only be determined
1 1.6.1 Due to the specimen geometry ef fect encoun in the gage length appropiiate for the test specimen used.
tered when using the rectangular' tension test specimen for' After selection of the appiopriate gage length, t he elonga
test
ing thin materia l , adjustments in elongation iequite tion r equirement f'oI t
h e alternative gage length shall be
ments must be provided for' t hicknesses under' 0. 3 1 2 in. deemed not applicable.,
[8 r
am] . Accordingly, the following deductions fr'om the
1 1 .7 Yield Strength Application :
base elongati on requirements shall apply:
1 1 .7.1 When test specimens do not exhibit a well
Nominal Thickness Elongat
i on
Range, in. [r a m] Deduction, %
def
i ned d i sproportionate yield point, yield st
r engt
h sha
ll
0. . 299-0.3 1 1 [7.60-7 89] 05 be determined a nd substituted for yield point.
0 .2864) 298 [7 . 30-7 59] 1 0 1 1 .7.2 The manufacturer o proces sor shall have the
0273- 0 . . 285 [7 00-7 29] 1 5
opti on of substit
uting yield st
r ength for yield point if the
0 259- 0 .272 [660-6 99] 2 .0
0 .246--0 258 [6 20 06 59] 25 test specimen exhibits a well- def i ned disproporti on ate
0 233- 0 . 245 [5 90-6 1 9] 30 yield point
0. 2 1 9-0 .232 [5 50-5 89] 3 .5
1 1.7.3 Yield strength shall be determined either by
0.206-0.2 1 8 [5.20 0549] 40
0 . 1 93-0 . 205 [4 90-5 1 9] 4. . 5
the 0 2% offset method or by t he 0. 5 % extension-undei
load method
0. . 1 80--0. 1 92 [4.60-4 .89] 5 .0
0 . 1 66--0 . 1 79 [4.. 20--4 59] 5 5A
1 1 .8 Product Tension Tests - This specif i cation does
0 . 153-0 . 1 65 [3 90-4 . 1 9] 6 0a
0 1 40- 0 A 52 [3 60-3 .89] 6 5a not piovide requirements for' pr oduct tension testing subse
0 . 1 27-
0 . 1 39 [3 .20-359] 7 0a quent to shipment (see 1 5 . 1 ) . Theiefore, t he requirements
<0 . 1 27 [320] 7 5a of 1 1 . 1 to 1 1 7 inclusive and Sect
i on 1 3 apply only for' tests
conducted at t h e place of' manufacture prior to shipment.
a Elongation deductions for thick
nesses less than 0. 1 80 in . [4 .60 mm]
apply to plates and st
r uctura
l shapes only . NOTE 5 - Compliance to Specif i cation A 6 /A 6M and t h e applicable
product specif i cation by a manufacturer or processor does not preclude
11.6.2 Due to the specimen geometry effect encoun the possibility t
h at product tension test results might vary outside specif i ed
r anges The tensile pr operties will vary within t h e same heat or piece,
tered when using full-section test specimens for angles, be it as-rolled, contr ol-rolled, or heat-treated Tension test i ng according
he elongation requirements for struct
t ural-size angles shall to the requirements of Specif i cat
i on A 6/A 6M does not pt ovide assma n ce
be increased by six percentage points when full-section h at all products of a heat will be ident
t i cal in tensile properties wit
h the
test specimens are used. products tested If t he purchase1 wishes to have mor n confi dence than
h at provided by Specif
t i cation A 6/A 6M test i ng procedures, additi ona
l
11.6.3 Due to the inherently lower elongat i on t
h at testi ng or requirements, such as Supplementa r y Requirement $4, should
is obtainable in thicker str
uctural products, adjustments in be imposed
elongation requirements shall be provided. For' structural 1 1 .8. ! Appendix X2 pr ovides addit i on!l information
products over 3 .5 in. [90 mm] in t hick
n ess, a deduction on the va r iability of tensile properties in plates and struc
of' 0.5 percentage point from the specif i ed percentage of' tural shapes
elongat i on in 2 in. [50 mm] shall be made for each 0.5 in.
[ 1 2.5 mm] increment of' thick
n ess over 3 . 5 in., [90 mm] ,
up to a maximum deduction of 3 . 0 percentage points . 12. Permitted Variations in Dimensions and Weight
Accordingly, t
he following deductions from the base elon [Mass]
gat
ion requirements shall apply : 12.1 One cubic foot of r olled steel is as sumed to weigh
Nomina
l Thickness Elongation 490 lb. One cubic metr
o of r olled steel is assumed to have
Ra
n ge, in. [mm] Deduct
i on, % a mass of' 7850 kg .
3 . 500°3 .999 [90 00 0 102 49] 05
4.000 04 .499 [ 102 50 0 1 14 991 10
12.2 Plates - The peIm itted variati ons foi dimensions
4 .500-4. . 999 [ 1 1 500
0 127 .49] 1 .5 and weight [mass] shall not exceed t
h e applicable lim
i ts in
5000-5 . 4 99 [ 1 27 50-1 3999] 2 .0 Tables 1- 1 5 [Annex A 1 , Tables A I . 1 to A l . 1 5] , inclusive .
5.500-5 .999 [ 140 .00-1 52 49] 25
6 000 a nd thicker [ 152 .50 a nd th icker] 30 12.3 Shapes:'
12.3.1 Annex A2 lists the designations and dimen
11.6.4 The tensile property requirements tables in sions, in both inch-pound and SI units, of shapes that are

11
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

most commonly available Radii of fi llets and toes of shape selected from the heat. If t
h e results of the retest meet the
profi les va
r y with individual manufactu:ers and therefore specifi ed requirements, the heat or' lot shall be approved
at e not specif
i ed 13.3.1 For structura! products that ar e tested as given
12.3.2 The permitted variations in dimensions shall in Table C, bot
h tests from each coil tested to qualify a heat
not exceed the applicable limits in Tables 1 6-25 [Annex are required to meet a
ll mechanical property requirements.
Should either' test fail to do so, then that coil shall not
A 1 , Tables A 1 . 1 6 to A 1 . 25] , inclusive Perm
itted va
r iat
i ons
for special shapes not listed in such tables shall be as be used to qua
lify t
he heat; however , the portion of that
agreed upon between the manufacturer and the pmchaser. individual coil t hat is bracketed by acceptable tests (see
1 1 .4.2. 3) is considered to be qualif
i ed.
NOTE 6 - PeImitted var i ations aie given in Tables 1 6 to 25 [Annex
13.4 Quenched and tempered steel plates shall be sub
A1 , Tables A 1 1 6 to A 1 25] , inclusive, fbi some shapes that ate not listed
in Annex A2 (that is, bulb angles, tees, zees) . Addition of such sections ject to any additiona
l retest requirements contained in the
to Annex A2 will be considered by Subcommittee A0 1 02 when and if applicable product specifi cation .
a need for such listing is shown .
13.5 When t
he full-section opt
ion of 1 1 .3 .3 is used and
12.3.3 Shapes Having One Dimension of' the Cross the elongation fa l ls below the specifi ed requirement, the
Se c tio n 3 in . [ 7 5 r
a m] o r G re a te r (Str u c tu ra l - Siz e manufacturer' or processor shall have the opti on of making
Shapes) - The cross-sectional a r ea or weight [mass] of anoth er test using a test specimen permitted in 1 1 .5 2.
each shape shall not var y more than 25% from the t heoreti
cal or specifi ed amounts except for shapes with a moninal 14. Test Reports
weight of less t han 1 00 lb/ft, in which the va
r iati on shall
14.1 Test reports f0:' each heat supplied a r e required
range from -2.5% to +3 .0% from the theoreti cal cross
and they shall report the following:
sectional area or the specifi ed nominal weight [mass] .
14.1.1 The applicable product specifi cation designa
12.4 Sheet Piling - The weight [mass] of each steel tion, including year-date and whichever of grade, class,
sheet pile shall not vary more than 2.5 % from the t
heoreti n d type are specifi ed in t
a he pu
r chase order , to which the
cal or specifi ed weight [mass] The length of each steel stzuctural product is fu
rnished..
sheet pile shall be not less t
han the specifi ed length, and 14.1 .2 The heat number , heat analysis (see 7 . 1 ), and
not more than 5 in. [ 1 25 r
am] over t
h e specif
i ed length. nominal sizes .

12.5 Hot-Rolled Bar's - The permitted variations in NOTE 7 - If the amount of copper', chromium, nickel, molybdenum,
dimensions shall not exceed t
he applicable limits in Tables or silicon is less than 0 02%, t
h e heat a
n alysis fbr t
h at element may be
26-3 1 [Annex A 1 , Tables A 1 26 to A l . 3 1 ] , inclusive . iepo:ted as <0 02% If the a
mount of columbium or vanadium is less
ha
t n 0 008%, the heat analysis fbI that element may be iepor ed as
<0,008 %

13. Retests
14.1.3 For structura
l products that ar e tested as given
in Table B, two tension test results appropriate to qualify
13.1 If any test specimen shows defect ive machining the shipment (see 1 1 .4), except that only one tension test
or develops flaws, the manufacturer or processor shall have result need be reported if t
he shipment consists of' a single
the opti on of discarding it a
nd substituti ng another test piece or' plate-as-rolled.
specimen.
14.1.3.1 In report i ng elongation va
lues, both t
he
13.2 If th e percentage of elongati on of any tension test per centage increase and the original gage lengt
h shall be
specimen is less t han that specifi ed and any pair of the stated.
fracture is more than 3/4 in. [20 r
am] from the center of the 14.1.4 For structural products that a
r e required to be
gage length of a 2 in . [50 mm] specimen or is outside the heat treated, eit
her by the applicable product specif
i cation
middle half of the gage length of an 8 in. [200 mm] speci or by the purchase order , al l heat t eatments, including
men, as indicated by scribe scratches marked on the spec temperat
ure ra
nges and ti mes at temperature, unless the
imen before test
ing, a retest shall be allowed. purchaser a
nd t
he supplier have agreed to the supply of a
13.3 Except as provided in 1 3.3 . 1 , if the results from heat treatment procedure in place of' t
he act
u al temperat
ures
nd t
a i mes .
an original tension specimen fa l ls to meet t he specifi ed
requirements, but ar e within 2 ksi [ 14 MPa] of t he required 14. 1.4. 1 Subcritica
l heat treatment to soften ther
tensile strength, within 1 ksi [7 MPa] of the required yield mally cut edges need not be reported, except for straactur'al
st:ength or yield point, or within 2 percentage points of products having a specifi ed m
inimum tensile strengt h of'
the required elongation, a retest shall be per mitted to 95 ksi [655 MPa] or hi gher' , unless such subcritica
l heating
replace the fa
l ling test . A retest shal l be performed for' t
he is accomplished at temperat ures at least 75°F [40°C] lower'
failing original test, with the specimen being randomly than t
he m
inimum tempering temperat
ure..

12
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

14.1.5 The results of any requiled a n stenitic glain 15. Inspection and Test ing
size tests (see 8 .2 or 8 . 3 , whichever is applicable). 15. 1 The inspector replesenting the purchaser shall
14.1 .6 The r esults of a
ny other test Iequiled by the have free entry, at a!! times , whil
e work on the contract
applicable product specif
i cation, the applicable supplemen of the pulchaseI is being perfolmed, to all palts of the
ma
n ufacturer' s WOlkS that concern the ma
nufact
u le of the
tary requirements, a
n d the pulchase order' .
stluctulal product oldered. The ma nufacturer shall af fold
14.2 The t hickness of t h e structural ploduct tested is t e inspector all reasonable facilit
h i es to be satisfed that
not necessarily t
h e same as a
n individual or dered thickness, he str actura
t l product is being fulnished in accolda n ce
given that it is t
he heat t h at is tested, rat
her than each with this genera l iequir ements specif
i cation, t
he applicable
ordered item. Tests from specif i ed t
hicknesses in accor product specif i cation, and t he purchase order. All tests
dance with 1 1 .4 and encompassing the thick n esses in a (except product analysis) and inspection shall be made at
sh
ipment shall be suff i cient for qualifying the str uctural he place of manufacture plioi to shipment, unless ot
t h er
ploduct in the shipment. Such test t hicknesses are not wise specifi ed, and sha
l l be conducted so as not to intef
fele
requiled to be withi n pleviously tested and shipped thick with the operation of the manufactuler' s works.
nesses from the sa
me heat.
15.2 Where st r uct
ural products ale pr oduced f
r om coil,
14.3 For' structural products produced from coil t h at 1 51 shall apply to the processor instead of t he manufac
are supplied in the as-rolled condition or have been heat turer , a
n d the place of process shall apply instead of the
r eated by stress relieving only, the test ieport shall state
t place of ma nufactule . Where structural products a re pro
"Produced from Coil." Both test results shall be ieported duced f r om coil and the processor is dif felent f
r om t
he
for each qual ifying coil, and the location within the coil manufactul er, the inspector iepres enting the purchaser
for each test sha
l l be stated. shall have fl ee entry at a
ll times while wolk on t
he contract
of t
he purchaser is being pelf0Imed to all parts of t he
14.4 For structural products produced from coil, bot h ma
n ufact
u ler' s wolks that conceln the manufactule of the
he manufact
t urer and the plocessor shall be ident
ifi ed on st
r uctura
l product ordered
h
te test report.
1 6. Retreatment
14.5 When full-secti on test specimens have been used
for h
te qua
l if
i cation of angles, th at information shall be 16. 1 If any heat-tr eated struct
ural product fails to meet
stated on the test report. the mecha nical propelty requirements of t he applicable
pl oduct specifi cation, t
he manufacturer or the processor
14.6 A signature is not required on t h e test report; shall have th e opt
i on of hea
tt r eating the StlUCt
ural product
however, the document shall clear ly identify t
he organiza again . All mecha nical property tests shal l be repeated a
nd
tion submitting the repolt. Notwithstanding the absence the structural product sh all b e r eex amined for surfac e
of a signatule, t
he olganization submitt i ng th e report is defects when it is i esubmitted for inspect i on.
responsible for the content of t
he iepolt

14.7 For st ructural ploducts f

i nished by other than the 17. Reject ion
original manufacturer, the supplier of the st
r uctura
l product 17.1 Any rej ect i on based upon pr oduct analysis made
shall also provide t
he purchaser wit h a copy of th e or
iginal in accordance wit h the applicable product specif i cation
manufacturer' s test i eport. shall be reported to t
he supplier and samples th at represent
he rejected st
t r uctural ploduct shall be preserved for 2
14.8 A test report, cer
tif
i cate of inspecti on, or similar' weeks from the date of not
ifi cation of such rej ection. In
document printed from or used in elect r onic form fr om an case of' dissatisfact
i on with t
he results of the tests, t
he
electronic data intelchange (EDI) t ran smission sha ll be
supplier shall have the opt
i on of making cla
i m foi a rehear
regarded as having the same validity as a c ounterpart
ing within t
hatt
i me.
plinted in the celf
ifi er' s facility . T
he content of the EDI
tra
n sm
itted document sha ll meet t he iequilements of the 17.2 The pur chasei sha l l have th e opti on of iejecting
applicable product specif
i cat
i on and shall conform to a
ny StlUCt
ural product t
h at exhibits inj mJous defects subsequent
exist
ing EDI agleement between t h e purchaser and the to its acc eptance at the manufac tureI' s or pro ce s s or ' s
supplier .. Notwit
h sta
nding t
he absence of a signatule, the WOlkS, and so noti fying the manufactuler or processor.
organization submitting the EDI tran smi s sion shall be
responsible for t
he content of t
he repor
t. 18. Ident
ifi cat
i on of Structural Products

1 8. 1 Required Plate Markings "

NOTE 8 - The industly defi nit
i on as invoked hele is: EDI is the computer
to computer exchange of business infolmat i on in a sta
n dard folmat such 18.1 . 1 Except as allowed by 1 8 . 1 .4.2 and 1 8 6, plates
as ANSI ASC X 1 2 , shall be legibly marked with the following : applicable

13
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

ASTM designation (see 1 , 1 ) (year-date not requited) ; "G" marked or' substantially tagged showing the identif
i cation
or "MT" if applicable (see 1 8 1 2) ; applicable gr ade; heat information listed in 1 8 21
number ; size and thickness ; and name, brand, or t
r ademark 18.2.3 It shal! be permissible for the ma
nufacturer
of the manufactuler (for plates produced from an as-rolled to make a full size bundle at t
h e end of a heat by adding
structural product) or' the processor (fOr' plates produced product f
rom a consecutively rolled heat of the sa
me nomi
from coil) . nal chemical compositi on The manufacturer shall ident
i fy
18.1.2 Plates that are requir ed to be heat treated, but a bundle consisti ng of product flom two heats with the
have not been so heat treated, shall be marked, by the number of the f
i rst heat rolled oi identify both heats . The
manufacturer shall maintain recolds of the heats contained
manufactuler or processor , with the letter "G" (denot
i ng
in each bundle .
green) following the iequired ASTM designati on ma r k,
except t
hat "G" mar king is not necessa
ry if such plates ate 18.3 Steel Sheet Piling - Steel sheet piling shall be
for shipment, for the purpose of obtaining the required ma
r ked wit
h the heat number , size of sect
i on, length, and
heat treatment, to an organizati on under the manufacturer' s mill identifi cat
i on ma
r ks on each piece, either by ma
rki ng,
control. Such plates shall have been qualifi ed for shipment or by permanently affi xing colorfast, weather-resistant
on the basis of test specimens t
h at have been so heat treated label or tag. The ma
nufacturer' s na
me, brand, or tradema
rk
Plates that ar e required to be heat treated, and have been sha
l l be shown in raised letter's at intervals along the length
so heat treated, shall be ma
r ked, by the pa
r ty that per
formed
the heat t
r eatment, with the letter' "MT" (denot i ng material 1 8.4 Bars - B a
r s of a
l l sizes , when loaded for shipment,
treated) following the required ASTM designation ma rk shall be properly identifi ed with the name or brand of
manufacturer, purchaser' s name and older number , the
18.1.3 Except as allowed by 1 8 . 1 .4. . 2 and 1 8 .6, the ASTM designation number (yea r -date not required), glade
required mark
ings for plates shall be by steel die stamping, number where appropriate, size and length, weight [mass]
paint ma
rking, or by mean s of permanently affi xed, color of lift , and the heat number for identif
i cati on Unless other
fast, weather-resistant labels or tags It shall be the r espon wise specifi ed, the method of ma r king is at the manufactur
sibility of the supplier that a
l l required mark
i ngs be intact er ' s option and shall be made by hot stamping , c old
and fully legible upon receipt by the purchaser stamping, painting, or ma rk
i ng tags attached to the lift s of
18. 1 .4 Location of Markings : bars. Ba r's a
re not required to be die-stamped
18.1.4.1 The iequired ma rkings for plates shall be 18.4.1 It shall be pelmissible for the manufacturer
in at least one place on each f
i nished plate to ma
ke a full size bundle at t
h e end of a heat by adding
18.1 .4.2 For secured lifts of all sizes of plates product flom a consecutively rolled heat of the same nom i
nal chemical composition The manufacturer sha l l identify
in. [ 1 0 mm] (or 16 in [8 mm] for material specif
i ed for
a bundle consist
i ng of product from two heats with the
bridge construction end use) or under in thickness, and for number of the f
i rst heat rolled or ident
i f} both heats The
secured lifts of a
l l thick
nesses of plates 36 in [900 mm] manufactuler sha
l l maintain iecolds of the heats contained
or under in width , the manufacturer or processor shall have in e ach bundle
the opti on of placing such mark
i ngs on only the top piece
of each lift, or of showing such ma
rki ngs on a substant
i al 18.5 Bar Coding - In addition to the iequirements of
tag attached to each lift, unless otherwise specifi ed 1 8 1 to 1 8 4 inclusive, the ma
nufacturer or processor shall
have the option of using ba
r coding as a supplementaly
18.2 Shapes: ident
ifi cation method .
18.2.1 Except as a
llowed by 1 8 .2 .2 and 1 8 6, shapes
shall be ma
rked with t
he heat number , size of section, NOTE 9 - Bat coding should be consistent with AIAG Standalds
length, and mi ll identifi cation ma
r ks on each piece Shapes 18.6 Subdivided Material :
with the gIeatest cross-sectional dimension greater tha n 18.6.1 Except as allowed by 1 8 .6 .2, pieces separated
6 in [ 1 50 mm] shall have the manufacturer' s name, brand, fom a master stluctural product by a
r n organization ot her
or t
r ademmk shown in raised letter's at interva
l s along the
than the oligina
l ma
nufacturer shall be identifi ed with the
length . In addition, shapes shall be identifi ed with the ASTM designation (year-date not required), grade, heat
ASTM designation (year-date not required) and grade, number, and the heat tleatment identif
i cation, if applicable,
eit
h er by marking each piece individually, by permanently along with t
h e tr adema
r k, brand, or name of h
t e olganiza
affi xing a colorfast, weather-resistant label or tag, or , if tion subdividing the structural ploduct. The identi fi cation
bundled, by attaching a substantial tag to the bundle methods shall be in accordance wit
h the requilements of
18.2.2 Bundling for shipment of small shapes with 1 8. 1 to 1 8 .4 inclusive, except t
h at the r aised letters met
hod
the greatest cross-sectional dimension not greater t
h an 6 in for shapes and steel sheet piling is not Iequiled If t he
[ 1 5 0 mm] i s permis sible . Each lift or bundle shall be origina
l manufacturer' s identi fi cation remains intact, the

14
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

structural product need not be additionally identifi ed by or direct shipment to t

he U.S. government, preservation,
the organization supplying the structural product. packaging, and packing shall , be in accordance with t
he
18.6.2 It shall be permissible for pieces from t he Level A requirements of MIL-STD- ! 63 .
same heat of structural product to be bundled or placed in 19.3 When specif i ed in the cont
r act or order , and for
secured lifts, wit
h the identif i cation specif ied in 1 8 . 6 . 1 drect procurement by or direct shipment to t
i he U.S . gov
placed on t
he top piece of each lift or' shown on a substant i al ernment, ma r king for' shipment, in addition to requirements
tag attached to each bundle or lift.. specif
i ed in t
he cont r act or order, shall be in accorda nce
with MIL-STD- 1 29 for' military agencies a n d with Fed.
Std. No 1 23 for' civil agencies..
19. Packaging, Marking, and Loading for Shipment
19.1 Packaging, mark
i ng, and loading for shipment
shall be in accordance with Practices A 700
20. Keywords
19.2 W
hen Level A is specif
i ed, and when specif
i ed 20.1 ba rs ; general requirements; plates; rolled; shapes ;
in h
te contract or' order', a
nd for' direct procurement by sheet piling ; structural steel

15
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E A I N D E X TO TA B L E S O F P E R M ITT E D VA R I AT I O N S
P E R M I TT E D VA R I AT I O N S I N P RO D U C T A N A LY S I S Tab l e

Perm itted Va r i at ion s, I n c h- P ou n d

% D i m en s io n U n its S l U n its

U ppe r Li m it, or U nde r Over C am b e r

M ax i m u m Specifi ed M i n i mu m M axi m u m P l ates, Carbo n Stee l; S heared and G as-C ut 12 Al . 1 2
E l e me nt Val ue, % Li m it Li m it P l ates, Carbo n Stee l; U n iversa l M i l l 11 A1 . 1 1
P l ates, Othe r' than C arbo n Stee l ; S heared, 11 Al l l
C ar b o n to 0 . 1 5 i n c l 0 .02 0 . 03 G as- C ut an d U n i ve rsa l M i l l
ove r 0 . 1 5 t o 0 . 4 0 i n c l 0 .03 0 04 S hapes, R o l l ed; S, M , C, M C, and L 21 A1 . 2 1
o ve r 0 . 4 0 to 0 . 7 5 i n c l 0 . 04 0 . 05 S hapes, R o l l ed; W and H P 24 A1 . 2 4
o ve r 0 . 7 5 0 . 04 0 . 06 S hapes, S p l it; L and T 25 A1 .25
C ross Secti on of S hapes and Bars
M anganesex to 0 . 6 0 i nc l 0 . 05 0 .06
F l ats 26 A1 .26
o ve r' 0 . 6 0 to 0 . 9 0 i n c l 0 .06 0 .08
H exag o ns 28 A1 2 8
o ve r 0 9 0 to 1 . 2 0 i n c l 0 . 08 0 .10
Ro u nds and S q u ares 27 A1.27
ove r' 1 .. 2 0 to 1 . 3 5 i n c l 0 . 09 0 .11
S hapes, R o l l ed; L, B u l b Ang l es, an d Z 17 A1 . 17
ove r 1 3 5 to 1 . 6 5 i n c l 0 . 09 0 .12 S h apes, R o l l ed; W, H P, S, M , C, and M C 16 A1 . 1 6
ove r 1 6 5 to 1 . 9 5 i n c l 0 .11 0 .14 S h apes, R o l l ed; T 18 A1 . 1 8
ove r' 1 . . 9 5 0.12 0 .16 S h apes, S p l it; L and T 25 A1 .25
D i a m ete r
P h os p h o rus to 0 0 4 i n c l . .. . 0 010
ove r' 0 . . 0 4 to 0 1 5 i nc l . .. .
B P l ates, S heared 6 A1. 6
P l ates, Other' than A l l oy Stee l , G as-C ut 7 A1 .7
S u l fu r to 0 0 6 i n c l 0 01 0 P l ates, A l l oy Stee l, G as-C ut 10 A1. 10
'B' B R o u n ds 27 AL 2 7
ove r' 0 , 0 6
E nd Out-of-Sq uare
S i l i con to 0 , , 3 0 i n c l 0 ,02 0 . 03
S hapes, Other' than W 20 A1 . 2 0
o ve r' 0 , 3 0 to 0 . 4 0 i n c l 0 , 05 0 , 05
S hapes, W 22 A1 . 2 2
o ve r 0 , 4 0 to 2 , 2 0 i n c l 0 ,06 0 06 S hapes, M i l l ed, Other' than W 23 A1 . 2 3
N i c ke l to 1 , 0 0 i n c l 0 , 03 0 , 03 F l at n e ss

ove r 1 , 0 0 to 2 1 0 0 i n c l 0 , 05 0 , 05 P l ates, C arbon Stee l 13 Al . 1 3

ove r 2 O 0 to 3 7 5 i n c l 0 07 0 , 07 P l ates, Othe r' th an C arbon Stee l 14 Al .14
ove r 3 , 7 5 to 5 ,, 3 0 i n c l 0 08 0 .08
P l ates, Restr i ct i ve - C ar bo n Stee l $27 .1 $ 2 7 .. 2
P l ates, Restr i ct i ve - 0the r than Carbon Stee l $27 .3 S27 4
ove r 5 , 3 0 0 10 0 ,10
Length
C h ro m i u m to 0 ,, 9 0 i n c l 0, 04 0 , 04 B a rs 30 AI, 30
ove r 0 , 9 0 to 2 ,, 0 0 i n c l 0 06 0 06 Bars, Recut 31 Al . 31
ove r 2 . 0 0 to 4 0 0 i n c l 0. 10 0 .10 P l ates, S heared and U n iversa l M i l l 3 AI. 3
P l ates, Othe r th an A l l oy Stee l, G as-C ut 9 A19
M o lybde n u m to 0 2 0 i n c l 0 .01 0 01 P l ates, A l l oy Stee l, G as-C ut 8 A1.8
ove r 0 . 2 0 to 0 . 4 0 i n c l 0 . 03 0 . 03 P l ates, M i l l E dge 4 A1. 4
o ve r 0 4 0 to 1 . 1 5 i n c l 0 . 04 0 04 S h apes, R o i l ed; Othe r' than W 19 A1 . 19
S h apes, R o l l ed; W and H P 22 A1 22
C op per 0 , 2 0 m i n i m u m on ly 0 ,02 . . .. S h apes, S p l it; L an d T 25 A1. 25
to 1 0 0 i nc l 0 , 03 0 ,, 0 3 S h apes, M i l led 23 A1 . 23
ove r 1 , 0 0 to 2 0 0 i n c ] 0 05 0 ,, 0 5
Strai g ht ness
B a rs 29 A1 29
T itan i u m to 0 1 5 i nc l 0 01 c 0 .01
S hapes, Other than W 21 A1. 21
Vanad i u m to 0 . 1 0 i nc l 0. 01c 0 .01 Sweep
o ve r 0 . 1 0 to 0 . 2 5 i n c l 0 02 0 . 02 S hapes, W an d H P 24 A1 24
ove r 0 , 2 5 0 02 0 , 03 T h i c kn ess
m i n i m u m o n ly s pec i f
i ed 0 .01 .. . . . F l ats 26 A 1 .. 2 6
B B P l ates, O rde red to T h i c kness 1 Al l
B o ro n a ny
Wav i n ess
Columbium to 0 . 1 0 i nc l 0 .01 c 0 .01 P l ate s 15 Al 15

Z i rc o n i u m to 0 . 1 5 i n c l 0 . 03 0 03 Weig ht [ M ass]
P l ates, O rde red to We i g ht [ M ass] 2 A1 , 2
N itrogen to 0 . 03 0 i nc l 0 . 0 05 0. 005 W idth
F l ats 26 A1 26
N ote 1 - Where " . . . . . . " ap pears i n th i s tab l e the re i s n o req u i r e ment P l ates, S heared 3 A1 3
A Pe rm itted var iati o ns i n manganese conte nt fo r bar's and bar' si ze P l ates, U n iversa l M i l l 5 A1, 5
shapes sha l l be : to 0 9 0 i nc l +0 . 0 3; over' 0 . 9 0 to 2 2 0 i nc ] + 0 . 0 6 . P l ates, Othe r th an A l l oy Stee l, G as-C ut 9 A1, 9
B P rod uct ana lysi s n ot app l icab l e P l ates, A l l oy Stee l, G as-C ut 8 A1 8
c 0 . 0 0 5 % if the m i n i m u m of the range is 0 . 0 1 % . P l ates, M i l l E dge 4 A 1 .4

16
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 / SA- 6M

TA B L E B
M I N I M U M N U M B E R O F T E N S I O N T E ST S R E Q U I R E D
Th icknessA D ifference Between
ThicknessA Range Rol led for the P i eces or P lates-as-ro l l ed i n th e
H eat Th icknessA Range M i n i mu m N umbe r of Tens ion Tests Req u i red
U nde r in , [1 0 r
am] 1,16 i n , [2 m m] o r l ess Two B tests pe r heat, taken fro m d iffe rent p ieces o r p l ates-as
ro l led hav i ng any th ic k nessA i n the th ic knessA range
M o re than 6 i n ,, [ 2 r
a m] Two B tests per heat, o ne take n fro m the m i n i m u m th i c knessx
i n the th ic knessA ran ge and o ne take n fro m the max i m u m
th i c k nessA i n the th i cknessA range
to 2 i n , [ 1 0 to 5 0 mi
n i, i nc l Le ss th an i n , [I 0 m m ] Two B tests per heat, taken fr om d iffe re nt p ieces or' p l ates-as
ro l l ed havi n g any th i c knessA i n the th i cknessA ran ge ,
i n , [ 1 0 m m ] o r m o re Two B tests pe r heat, one taken from the m i n i m u m th ic k nessA
i n the th i c knessA range and one taken from the max i m u m
th i c knessA i n the th ick nessA range
Ove r 2 i n , [5 0 m i
ni L ess t h a n 1 i n E 2 5 m m ] Two B tests pe r' heat, taken fro m d ifferent p i eces o r p l ates-as
ro l led h av i ng any th ic knessA i n the th ic knessA range
1 i n ,, [ 2 5 m m ] o r m o re Two B tests per heat, o ne take n fr om the m i n i m u m th i ck nessA
i n the th ic knessA ran ge and o ne taken from the m ax i m u m
th i c knessx i n the th i c k nessA ran ge

A Th i c kness means the spec ifi ed th i c kness, d i ameter, o r com parab l e d i mens i o n, wh i cheve r i s ap prop ri ate fo r' the spec ifi c structu ral prod uct ro l l ed
B One test, if on ly one p iece or p l ate-as-ro l led is to be q ual ifi ed ,

TA B L E C
M I N I M U M N U M B E R O F C O I LS R E Q U I R E D TO B E T E N S I O N T E ST E D

Th icknessA D ifference Between Coi ls i n the H eat M i n i m u m N u mbe r of Co i ls Req u i red to Be Tens i on Tested
Less than 6 i n , , [2 m m] Two B co i l s per' heat, at any th ic knessA i n the heat
1, 16 i n ., [2 m i
n i or m o re Two B co i l s pe r' heat, o ne at the m i n i m u m th i c k nessA i n the
heat and one at the max i m u m th i c knessA i n the heat

N OT E - See 1 1 , , 4 2, 2 and 1 1 ,4 , 2 ,3 fo r the n um ber of tests to be take n pe r co i l ,

A Th ic k ness means the spec ifi ed th ickness, d iamete r, o r co mparab l e d i mensi on, wh icheve r i s app rop r i ate fo r the spec ifi c str uctu ra l prod uct ro l l ed ,
8 One co i l, if the prod uct of on ly one co i l i s to be qual ifi ed

17
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

.. .. . .. .. .. c c . .. .. .. . ..
r-t

,u

oo

r i CO
,'-t

.. .. o o o o o o

- I
m

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

r-I
r-I

>
o

o
r-I
I.-

>

-o

r--i

W
-J r-
-I

I-- m

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

r E
CO

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

- .

0
• x

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

h - I--

I I
r
o o O O B o o o o o S I e,l r¢

oO o

18
2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6/SA-6M

19
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3
P E R M ITT E D VA RIATIO N S I N WI DT H AN D L E N GT H FO R S H EAR E D P LATES 11,2 I N . AN D U N D E R I N T H IC KN ESS;
L E N GT H O N LY O F U N IV E RSAL M I LL P LATES 212 I N . A N D U N D E R I N TH IC KN ESS
Permitted Variations Over Specifi ed Width and LengthA for Thicknesses Given in Inches, or
Equivalent Weights G iven i n Pounds per Square Foot, in.
To , excl 3/8 to 5/8, excl to 1, excl 1 to 2, inclB
Specifi ed Dimensions, in. To 15.3, excl 15.3 to 25.5, excl 25.5 to 40.8, excl 40.8 to 81.7, incl
Length Width Width Length Width Length Width Length Width Length
To 1 2 0, exc l To 60, excl % 1, 2 6 % 1" 2 4 % 1
6o to 84, excl k, % % , , % % ¾ 1
84 to 108, excl % % % 1 1 I
1 08 and over % 7.8 4 I h 14 14 1 1, 4
1 2 0 to 240, exc l TO 60, excl % 3,4 % % 1 4 I%
60 to 84, exd % ¾ % h ¾ I I
84 to l o8, excl , ,146 ,¾, 1 , 14 1 1%
1 08 and over % I 3/4 I% 1 14 1%
2 4 0 to 36 0, exc l To 60, excl 3,8 1 1/2 14 % 1 1%
60 to 84, excl 1, 2 1 % 14 3, 4 11, 4 1%
84 to I08, excl , 1 z146 14 8 1% 1 l Z, 2
1 08 and over z 6 14 7,8 1 1, 4 1 I% I I
3 60 to 48 0, exc l TO 60, excI 6 1% 1/2 1 1,4 % 1% 4 I%
60 to 84, excl 1, 2 1 % 1% 3' 4 11, 2 1%
84 to 1 o8, excl 6 1¼ ¾ I% I% I I%
1 08 and over 3,4 1% % 1% 1 1% 11, 4 I
48 0 to 60 0, exc l To 60, exd 6 1¼ i/2 I % 1% ¾ 1%
60 to 84, excl % 1% % l Z, 2 3, 4 1% 1
84 to zo8, excl % z% I% z% z I
1 08 and over 3,4 1% 7, 8 1% 1 1 1 1
600 to 7 2 0, exc l To 60, excl % 13,4 s/s 1 17,8 2
60 to 84, excl s,s 13,4 1 ;'/s 1 1 21/4
84 to 108, excl % 13,4 3,4 1 7, 8 1 11, 8 21/4
108 and over % 13,4 1 2 14 2 11. 4 2%
7 0 0 a n d ove r To 60, excl 6 2 3/4 24 2 I 23,4
60 to 84, exd 2 2% 1 2¼ I% 2',,
84 to 108, excl 3,4 2 '/e 24 1 2z/4 l z, 4 23,4
I 08 and over I 2 14 2% I 2% 1% 3
A Perm itted variati on u nder spec ifi ed wi dth and length, i n.
a Permitted variations i n length apply also to U niversal M i l l plates up to 12 in.. in width for thicknesses over 2 to 2% in., incl, except for
al l oy stee l u p to 2 i n . th ic k .

2O
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

TA B L E 4
P E R M ITT E D VA R I AT I O N S I N WI DT H F O R M I L L E D G E
CA R B O N A N D H I G H -ST R E N G T H , LOW-A L LOY P LAT E S
P RO D U C E D O N ST RI P M I L L S
(App l ies to P lates P rod uced fro m Coi l and to P lates
P rod uc e d fro m a n As- Ro l l ed Str uct u ra l P rod u ct )

P e r m itte d Var iat i on Ove r

Specifi ed Width, i n.. S pecifi ed W idth, i n .. A
To 1 4, exc l 6
14 to 1 7, exc l
17 to 1 9, e xc l 6
19 to 2 1, exc l
2] to 2 4, exc l z 6
24 to 2 6, exc l 1 6
26 to 28, exc l 1 6
28 to 35, exc l 14
.3 5 to 5 0, exc l 1 1, 4
5 0 to 60, exc l 1
6 0 to 65, exc l 1%
65 to 7 0, e x c l 1
7 0 to B O, exc t 1 7,8
8 0 an d ove r 2

N o perm itted var iati o n u nder spec ified wi dth .

TA B L E 5
P E R M I TT E D VA R IATI O N S I N R O L L E D W I DT H FO R U N I V E RS A L M I L L P L AT E S
15 I N . A N D U N D E R I N T H I C K N E S S

Perm itted Variations over Specifi ed W idthA for Th icknesses G iven in I nches or
Equ ival ent Weights G iven i n Pou nds per Sq uare Foot, i n.
To 3,8, 3,8 to to 1 to 2, Over 2 to Over 10 to
exc i , excl 1, exc l inc i 10, incl 15, i ncl
1 5 .3 to 25 . 5 to 40 .8 to 8 1 .7 to 409. 0 to
To 15. 3 , 25.5, 40.8, 81 .7, 409.0, 613.0,
Spec if
i ed Width, i n. e xc l exc l e xc l i nc l i nc l i nc l

Ove r 8 to 2 0, e x c l
2 0 to 36, exc l 3, 16 ¼ 6 N ¾6 ¾6
3 6 an d o ve r' 6 N ¾6 ¾6 %
A Perm itted vari ation under spec ifi ed wi dth, 1/8 i n .

21
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E 6
P E R M ITT E D VA R IATI O N S I N D IA M ET E R FO R
S H EA R E D C I RC U LA R P LAT E S 1 I N . A N D U N D E R I N
TH IC KN ESS

Pe rm itted Va riat i o n Over

Specifi ed D iameter for Th icknesses
G iven i n Inches, i n.A
To ¾, 3/8 to % % to z,
Specifi ed D iameters, i n. exc l excl incl

To 3 2, exc l 1,4
32 to 84, excl ¾6 ¾6 ¾6
84 to 1 08, excl h h %
1 08 to 1 3 0, excl 7/16 6 z 6
1 3 0 and over 1,2 5,8

A N O perm itted vari ati on u nder spec ifi ed d iameter ,

TA B L E 7
P E R M ITT E D VA R I ATI O N S I N D I A M ET E R FO R G AS-C U T C I RC U LA R P LAT E S
( N ot App l icab l e to A l l oy Stee l )
Perm itted Variation Over Specifi ed D iameter for Thicknesses
G iven i n Inches, in.A
Specif
i ed
Diameter, i n. to l, excl l to 2, excl 2 to 4, excl 4 to 6, exc l 6 to 8, excl 8 to 15, incl
To 32, excl 3,8 s4 1, 2 %
32 to 84, exct '4 h %
84 to lO8, excl h ¾6 % 74 1
1 o8 to 13o, excl ¾6 I 6 7 1 1
130 and over 5, 8 3,4 7, 8 1 I 11, 4
A N O pe rm itted vari ati on unde r spec ifi ed d iameter.

TA B L E 8 TA B L E 9
P E R M ITT E D VA R IATI O N S I N W I DT H A N D L E N GT H P E R M ITT E D VA R IATI O N S I N W I DT H A N D L E N GT H
FO R R ECTA N G U LA R P LAT E S W H E N G AS C U TTI N G I S FO R R E C TA N G U LA R P LAT E S W H E N G AS C U TTI N G I S
S P EC I FI E D O R R E Q U I R E D S P E C I F I E D O R R EQ U I R E D
( Appl ies to Al l oy Stee l S pec ificati ons O n ly) ( N ot Appl icable to Al loy Stee l )
P e rm itted Var i ati on Over Pe r m itted Var iati on Ove r
Specifi ed Thickness, in. Specifi ed Width and Length, in. Specifi ed Thickness, i n. Specifi ed Width and Length, in.
TO 2, ex c l To 2, exc l
2 to 4, excl 1 2 to 4, exc l
4 to 6, excl 1 1, 8 4 to 6, exc l
6 to 8, exc l I 6 6 to 8, exc !
8 to 1 5, i ncl 11, 2 8 to 1 5, i nc l 1
N ote 1 - These perm itted variations shal l be taken al l u nder or N ote 1 - These pe rm itted var iations may be taken al l under or
d i v ided over and under, if so spec if
i ed . d iv ided over and unde r, if so specif
i ed .
N ote 2 - P l ates with un iversal rol l ed edges wi l l be gas c ut to N ote 2 - P l ates with u n i versal ro l l ed edg es wi l l be gas c ut to
le ngth on ly. l e n gth o n ly ,

22
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-6/SA-6M

TA B L E 1 0
P E R M I TT E D VA R IATI O N S I N D IA M ET E R FO R G AS-C U T C I RC U LA R P LAT E S
( App l ies to A l l oy Stee l Spec ificati ons O n ly)
Permitted Variations Over Specifi ed D iameter for Specif
i ed
Specifi ed Thicknesses Given in Inches, in.A
D iameter, i n. to 1, excl 1 to 2, excl 2 to 4, excl 4 to 6, excl 6 to 8, exc l 8 to 15, i ncl

TO 3 2, exc l 1, 2 1, 2 4 1 1
3 2 to 84, exc l 1, 2 % % 1 1% 1¼
84 to 1 08, exc l % 1 I% I I%
1 o8 to 1 3 o, i nc l % i i% 1¼ l i
A N O perm itted variatio n u nder spec ified d i ameter ,

TA B L E 1 1
P E R M ITT E D CA M B E RA FO R CA R BO N STE E L, H I G H -ST R E N GT H
L OW-A L L OY ST E E L, A N D A L LOY ST E E L U N IV E RSA L M I L L P LAT E S A N D
H I G H -ST R E N G T H LOW-A L LOY ST E E L A N D A L LOY ST E E L S H EA R E D,
S P E C IA L-C U T, O R G AS-C U T R E C TA N G U LA R P LAT E S
Specif i ed Specifi ed
Th ickness, Specif
i ed We ight, W idth,
in. I b/ft2 in. Perm itted Cambe r, i n .

T o 2 , i nc l to 8 1 .. 7 , i n c l al l x ( no . of feet of le ngth/5 )
Over 2 to 1 5, i nc l 8 1 . 7 to 6 1 3 0, i nc l to 3 0, i n c l 6 x ( n o . of feet of length/5 )
Over 2 to 1 5 , i n c l 8 1 . 7 to 6 1 3 0, i nc l over 3 0 x ( n o . of feet of l e n gth/5 )

A Cam be r as it re l ates to p l ates is the horizontal edge cu rvatu re i n the length, measu red over the enti re
l e ngth of th e p l ate i n th e f
i at pos it i on

TA B L E 1 2
P E R M ITT E D CA M B E RA FO R S H EA R E D P LAT E S A N D
G AS-C U T R E C TA N G U LA R P LAT E S, A L L
TH IC KN ESS ES
(App l i es to Ca rbon Stee l O n ly)
Pe rm itted cam ber, i n , = 1,8 x ( n um ber of feet of length/5 )

A C amber as it re l ates to p l ates i s the ho ri zontal edge curvatu re

i n th e l ength, meas u re d ove r t he e nt i re l e ngth of t he p l ate i n the
flat positi on

23
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

24
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6/SA-6M

× × × × =

z s s s s z ; ; ; ; ;
o

- _ _
- x x x
o o X x x x o
x '-

o o o o o o o
o

25
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E 1 5
P E R M ITT E D VA RIATIO N S I N WAVI N E S S FO R STA N DA R D F LAT N E S S P LAT E S
P e r m itted
Va r iat i on
from a
Flat Surface Permitted Variation in Waviness, in.,
When N umber of Waves in 12 ft is
( fro m Tab l e
13 or 14), in. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

i I I 6 I 6 6 6

2 2 ix 6 I 6 I %6 6

2 2% 2 I I i 6 % 6

3 3 2 I I 6 I 6

N ote I - Wavi ness denotes the max i mu m dev iati on of the su rface of the p late from a p l ane paral le l to
the su rface of the po i nt of measu rement and conti guous to the su rface of the pl ate at each of the two adja
cent wave peaks, when the p late is resti ng on a fi at horizontal surface, as measured in an i ncrement of
less than 1 2 ft of length. The perm itted variati on i n wavi ness is a functi on of the permitted variati on from
a fi at sur
f ace as obtai ned from Tab le 1 3 or 14, wh ichever is appl icable.
N ote 2 - P l ates must be i n a hori zontal positi on on a fi at surface when wav i ness is measu red.

26
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

TA B L E 1 6
P E R M ITT E D VA R IATI O N S I N C R O S S S E C TI O N F O R W, H P, S, M , C, A N D M C S H A P E S

T' I
¢ C A

P e r m itted
Var iat i o ns Ove r
o r U nd e r
Permitted Var iati ons i n Secti onal D i mensions G ive n, i n . T h eoret i ca l W eb
Th ic k ness for
C, Maxi mu m
Th ic k n esses
Depth at any
T + T"A C ross G iven i n Inches,
A, Depth B, F lange Width in .
Flanges E, Web Sect i on ove r
S ect i o n N o m i na l Ove r U n de r Ove r U nd e r O ut-of- off Th eo ret i ca l 3/16 and Over
Shape S izes, i n. Theoretical Theoretical Theoretical Theoretical Sq uare B Center C Depth, i n , U nder 3/i6

W and H P U p to 1 2, i nc I 1, 8 % 6 6
Over 1 2 % % 1,4 6 6 6

S and M 3 to 7, i nc l %2 6 % % %2 6
Over 7 to 1 4, i nc l 1, 8 %2 %2 %2 %2 6
Ove r 1 4 to 24, i nc l 6 1,8 6 6 %2 6

C and M C 1 1, 2 and unde r %2 %2 %2 42 %2 . .. . 0 .. 0 1 0 0 .015

Over 1 1, 2 to 3, exc l 6 6 6 6 %2 . .. . 0 .. 0 1 5 0 .020

3 to 7, i nc l %2 6 % % %2 .. .. ..
Ove r 7 to 1 4, i nc l % %2 % %2 %2 . .. .
Over 1 4 i, % % i, %2 .. .. ..

N ote i - A i s measu red at ce nter l i ne of web for S, M , an d W a n d H P shapes; at bac k of we b fo r C and M C sh apes M eas u re m e nt i s ove r
al l fo r C shapes under 3 i n, , B is measu red paral le l to f
l ange , . C i s measu red paral l e l to web ,
N ote 2 - Wh ere " , /' appears i n th is tab l e, the re is no re q u i re m e nt ,
A T + T' app l ies when fl anges of chan ne ls are toed i n o r out , Fo r channe l s 5/8 i n , and u nder i n depth, the pe rm itted o ut-of-square is 3/64 i n /
i n, , of depth .,
8 Perm itted variati o n is per i nch of flange wi dth fo r S, M , C, and M C shapes .
c Perm itted var iation of 5/1 6 i n , max for secti ons over 42 6 I b/ft,

27
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E 1 7
P E R M ITT E D VA RI ATIO N S I N C ROS S S ECTIO N FO R A N G L ES ( L S H A P ES ), B U L B A N G L E S, A N D Z E ES
• B

Butb or es Zees

Permitted Variations i n Sectional D imensions G iven, i n . Pe r m itted Var iati ons Ove r o r
B, Flange W idth or U nde r Theoretica l Th ic kness for
Thicknesses G iven in Inches, in.
/I, Depth Length of Leg T, Out-of
Over U nder Over U nder Square per 6 and Over 6
Section N ominal S ize, i n . Theoretical Theoretical Theoretical Theoretical I nch of B under to , i ncl Over

0 010 . . .
Ang lesA 1 an d u nde r 0 , 0 08

( L S hapes) Over 1 to 2, i nc l .. . . 88 0.010 0.010 0. 0 1 2

0012 0 DI5 0.015
Over 2 to 3, exc l
3 to 4, i nc l
Over 4 to 6, i nc l
Ove r 6 •. 6 J
B u l b ang l es ( Depth ) 3 to 4, i nc l
Over 4 to 6, i nc l . o .

Ove r 6

Z ees 3 to 4, i nc l , . °

Over 4 to 6, i n c l

N ote 1 - Where " . . .. " appears i n th is tab le, there is no requ i rement.

A For uneq ual leg ang les, l o nger leg determ i nes c l assification .
B 128 i n li n = 1 1,2°

28
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

TA B L E 1 8
P E R M I TT E D VA RIAT I O N S I N S E C T I O N A L DI M E N S I O N S F O R RO L L E D T E E S

T ;o.E
Tees

Perm itted Variations i n Sectional D imensions G iven, i n .

Tees

T, O ut
of-Square Stem Thickness of Thickness of
A, Depth 8 B, Width 8 per inch E Web- Out-of- Flange Stem
N om i na l S izeA Over U nder Over U nder of B off-Center Sq uare c Over U nder Over U nder
1 1,4 and u nde r %4 4 4 %4 .. . . . . . .. %2 0, 010 0, 01 0 0 ,005 0 ,020
Ove r 1 1, 4 to 2, i nc l 1, 16 6 1, 16 1, 16 .. .. .. .. . . . 6 0 .012 0.012 0.010 0. 020
Over 2 to 3, exc l 3/32 %2 %2 %2 . . .. .. . . %2 0 015 0 ,015 0 ,015 0 020
3 to 5, i nc l %2 6 2 %2 . .. .. .. . . . . . .. . ... . . ..
Ove r 5 to 7, i nc l 2 , 2 .. .. . .. . . . . . .. .. .. . . .. .

N ote 1 - * Bac k of square and center l i ne of stem are to be para l le l when measu ri ng " out-of-sq uare , "
N ote 2 - W he re " , , , " appears i n th i s tab le, the re i s n o req u i re m ent

A The l on ger membe r of an u neq ual tee dete rm i nes the s ize for perm itted variati ons.
B M easu rements for both depth and wi dth are overa l l .
c Stem-out-of-square is the perm itted vari ati on from its true positi on of the cente r l i ne of stem, measured at the po i nt .

TA B L E 1 9
P E R M ITT E D VA R IATI O N S I N L E N G T H FO R S, M , C, M C, L, T, Z, A N D B U L B A N G L E S H A P E S
Perm itted Variations from Spec ified Length for Lengths G iven i n Feet, i n.
Over 30 to 40, Ove r 40 to 50, Over 50 to 65,
Nominal 5 to 10, excl 10 to 20, excl 20 to 30, incl incl incl incl Over 65 ft
S ize,A i n . Over U nder Over U nder Over U nder Over U nde r Over U nder Over U nder Over U nder
U nder 3 % 0 1 0 1 1/2 0 2 0 2 0 2 1, 2 0 . .. . .. . ..
3 and ove r 1 0 1 1, 2 0 1% 0 2 0 2 3,4 0 23,4 0 . .. .. . .. .

N ote 1 - Whe re " . . . . .. " appears i n th is tab le, there i s no req u i rement .
A G reatest cross-secti o na l d i mensi on .

29
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 2 0
P E R M ITT E D VA RI ATIO N S I N E N D O U T-O F-S Q U A R E
FO R S, M, C, M C, L, T, Z, A N D B U LB A N G L E S H A P E S
Shapes Perm itted Variation

S, M, C, and M C 4 i n. . per i nch of depth

LA 28 in per i nch of leg length or 11,2°
B u l b an g l es 2s in . per inch of depth or 11, 2°
Ro l led TeesA 4 i n . pe r i nch of flange o r stem
Zees 28 i n . per i nch of sum of both flange lengths

A Perm itted variati ons i n end out-of-square are determ i ned on

the l onger members of the shape..

TA B L E 2 1

P E R M ITT E D VA RIATI O N S I N ST RAI G H T N E S S FO R S, M , C, M C, L, T, Z, A N D B U LB AN G LE S H AP E S

,-......_,
i-
---'-

i
¢ Um
!

L...--.---

F--H L---J L.
Bell Cha nne l A nq l e
18 a nd N ) ( C a nd N C ) (L )

I
I
I
I
C JuU n

I
I
I
I
i
I

k_.I
Ze e
?e e

Pos iti ons for M easur i ng Cam be r of S hapes

Variable Nom i nal Size,A in. Permitted Variation, in.

C am be r u nde r 3 i n. i n any 5 ft, or 1,4 x ( n u m ber of feet of total l ength/5 )

3 and ove r x ( n u m be r of feet of total l e n gth/5 )
Sweep al l D ue to the extreme vari ati ons i n flex i b i l ity of these shapes, perm itted vari ati ons for sweep are subject to
negotiations between the manufactu rer and the pu rchaser fo r the i nd ivid ual secti ons i nvo lved .

A G reatest c ross-sectional di mens ion. .

3O
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

TA B L E 2 2
P E R M I TT E D VA R I ATI O N S I N L E N G T H F O R W A N D H P S H A P E S

Pe rmitted Var iations from Spec ified Length for Lengths G iven i n Feet, i n .A, B
3 0 ft an d U n de r Ove r 3 0 ft

W and H P Shapes O ve r U nde r O ve r' U n de r

Be ams 2 4 i n . an d u nder n nom i n al d e pth % % 3,8 p l us 6 fo r eac h add it i o nal 5 ft or fracti o n thereof %
B ea m s ove r 2 4 i n n n o m i n a l de pth an d a l l c o l u m n s 1, 2 1, 2 p l us 6 fo r' each add iti ona l .5 f o r fr act i o n thereof 1, 2

A Fo r H P and W shapes spec ifi ed i n the o rde r fo r u se as bear i ng p i l es, the pe rm itted vari ati o ns i n l e ngth are p l us 5 i n . and m i n us 0 i n These
perm itted var iations i l en gth al so app ly to sheet p i les
B The perm itted var i at ions i n end out-of-sq uar e fo r W and H P shapes sha l l be 1164 i n . per i nc h of depth, or' per i nch of flange width if the
fl ange width is l arger than the depth

TA B L E 23
P E R M ITT E D VA RI ATI O N S I N L E N G T H A N D E N D O U T-O F-SQ U A R E, M I L L E D S H A P E S
Perm itted Variations i n Le ngth and End Out-of-Square, i n.. A
M i l led Both E ndsc M i l l ed One- E nd c

Length End Out-of- Length End Out-of-Square

N om i nal, Depth, ' n. Length, ftB Over U nder Sq uare Over U nde r (for M i l l ed E nd )
6 tO 36 6 to 7 0 %2 %2 %2 %2
A Length is measu red a l o ng center l i ne of we b. M easu rements are made with the stee l an d tape at the same tem pe ratu re .
B The pe rm itted var iati ons i n l e ngth and end out-of-sq uare are add itive .
o E nd out-of-square are measu red by (a) sq uar i ng fro m the cente r l i ne of the web and (b) sq uari n g fro m the cente r l i ne of the flange . The
me asu red var iati on from true sq ua re ness i n e ithe r p l ane s hal l not excee d the total tab u l ar' am o u nt .

31
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E 24
P E R M I TT E D VA RI AT I O N S I N ST RAI G H T N E S S FO R W A N D H P S H A P E S

F'--' /-'Ir
i .

II
ii
ia
sl
I!

I'. - - s, cp
iI
ii
ul
1,

II
*

L
I1

H - T
Positions for M easu ri ng Camber and Sweep of W and H P Shapes
Perm itted Variation i n Straightness, i n .

Camber an d swee p x n u m ber of feet of total lengthl1 0 ) A

When certai n secti onsB with a fl ange width approx i mate l y eq ual to
depth are specifi ed i n the o rder for use as co l um ns :
Lengths of 45 ft and u nder x ( nu m ber of feet of total lengthll O ) but not over 8
Lengths over 45 ft 3/8 + [ 8 x ( En u m be r of feet of tota l length - 45]11 0 ) ]

A Sections with a fl ange width less than 6 in., perm itted variation for sweep, i n = 1, 8 in . x ( number of feet of total length/5 )
B App l ies on ly to :
8-i n. deep secti ons 3 1 I b/ft and heav ier,
1 0-i n . deep secti ons 49 I b/ft and heavi er,
1 2 -i n . deep secti ons 65 I b/ft and heavier, and
1 4- i n . deep secti ons 90 I b/ft and heavie r .
For other sections specifi ed in the order for use as col umns, the permitted variation is subject to negotiation with the manufacturer.

TA B L E 25
P E R M I TT E D VA R IATI O N S I N D I M E N S I O N S FO R
S P LIT T E E S A N D S P LIT A N G L ES ( L S H A P E S )A
P e rm itted Variat i o n Ove r or
Specifi ed Depth, in . U nder Specifi ed Depth, B in.

To 6, exc l ( beams and channe l s )

6 to 1 6, exc l ( beams and channe l s ) 6

1 6 to 2 0, exc l ( beams and c han ne ls) ¼

2 0 to 24, exc l ( beams ) ¾6
2 4 an d ove r ( be am s )

A The perm itted vari ati ons i n length for sp l it tees or ang l es are
the same as th ose app l i cab l e to the secti on fro m wh i ch the tees o r
ang les are sp l it .
B The above pe rm itted variati ons i n depth of tees or ang les
i nc l ude the perm itted vari ati ons i n depth fo r the beams o r chan ne ls
before sp l itti ng . Perm itted vari ati ons i n d i mensi ons and
strai ghtness, as set up for the beams o r chan ne l s from wh ich these
tees o r ang les are c ut, app ly, exce pt:
strai g htness = 1,8 i n x ( length i n feetJS )

32
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA -6 /SA - 6M

TA B L E 2 6
P E R M ITT E D VA R I ATI O N S I N S E CT I O N A L D I M E N S I O N S FO R S Q U A R E- E D G E A N D R O U N D- E D G E F LAT B A R S
P e r m itte d
Perm itted Variati ons Over or U nde r Spec ified Th ickness, for Th icknesses G iven i n I nches, i n .. Va r i at i o n s fro m

0.203 to 0.230 to 1,4 to 1,2 Over 2 to Ove r I to Over 2 to Specifi ed W idth, i n .

Spec if
i ed W idths, i n . 0230, excl 1/4, exc l i nc l 1, i nc l 2, i ncl 3, i nc l Over 3 O ve r' U nder

To 1, i nc l 0 . 0 07 0 . 0 07 0 0 08 0 .01 0 . . . . . 44 1, 64
Over 1 to 2, i nc l 0 0 07 0 .007 0.012 0 .015 %2 42 1/32
Over 2 to 4, ,nc, 0 008 0, 008 0 ,015 0 ,020 %2 34 , %2
Over 4 to 6, i nc l 0 . 0 09 0 . 0 09 0.015 0 . 02 0 %2 %4 4 2 1/16
Over 6 to 8, i ncl A 0 .0 15 0 .0 16 0 025 %2 %4 1/16 B %2B
N ote 1 - Whe re " . " appears i n th is tab l e, the re is n o r eq u i re me nt. .

A F i ats over 6 to 8 i n ., i nc l, i n wi dth are not avai l ab l e as h ot-ro l l ed carbon stee l bars i n th i ckness u nder 0 2 3 0 i n
B Fo r fl ats ove r 6 to 8 i n , i n width, and 3 i n . i nc l i n th i c kness .

TA B L E 2 7 TA B L E 2 8
P E R M I TT E D VA RI AT I O N S I N S E C TI O N A L P E R M I TT E D VA R I ATI O N S I N S E CT I O N A L
D I M E N S I O N S FO R RO U N D A N D S Q U A R E BA R S A N D D I M E N S I O N S F O R H E XA G O N S
RO U N D-C O R N E R E D S Q U A R E S
Permitted Permitted
Permitted Permitted Variations from Out-of- H exagon
Variations from Out-of-Round Specified Sizes Between Specified Size, in. Section, Three
Specifi ed S ize, in.. or Out-of O pposite S ides, i n .. Ove r U nder M easu rements, i n . A
Spec if
i ed S ize, i n . Over U nder Sq uare, i n .A
1, 2 and u n der 0 ,007 0 , 0 07 0 ,011
To 6 0 .. 0 0 5 0 0 05 0 0 08 Over 1, 2 to I, i nc l 0 ,010 0 ,010 0 015
Over 6 to 6, i nc l 0 .006 0 . 0 06 0 0 09 Ove r 1 to 1 1,2, i nc l 0, 021 0 013 0 ,025
Over 7, 16 to %, i nc l 0.. 0 07 0 . 0 07 0 010 Over' 1 1/2 to 2, i nc l %2 1,64 %2
Over % to 7/a, i nc l 0 .008 0 .008 0. 012 Ove r 2 to 2 %, i nc l %4 44 %4
Over 7/8 to 1 , i nc l 0 . 0 09 0 . 0 09 0 .013 Ove r 2 1/2 to 3 , i nc l 1/16 44 6
Ove r 1 to 1 1,8, i nc l 0.010 0 .010 0 015
Over 1 1, 8 to 1 1
4, i nc 0 011 0.01 1 0 .016 x O ut-of-hexagon secti o n i s the g reatest d iffe re nce i n d i stance
Ove r 1 to 1 8, i nc t 0.012 0.012 0 .018 betwee n any two oppo s ite faces m easu red at t he s am e t ran sve rse
c ro ss sect i o n ,,
Over 1 to 1 , i nc l 0 .014 0.014 0. 0 2 1
Ove r 1 1, 2 to 2, i nc l 44 44 0 .023
Over 2 to 2 , i nc l %2 0 0 . 0 23
Ove r 2 1, 2 to 3 1, 2, i nc l %4 0 0 , 0 35
Over 3 1, 2 to 4 , i nc l 6 0 0 046
Ove r 4% to 5 1, 2, i nc l %4 0 0 , 0 58
TA B L E 2 9
Over 5 to 61/2, i nc l 1, 8 0 0 . 07 0
Over 6% to 814, i nc l %2 0 0 . 085 P E R M ITT E D VA R I AT I O N S I N ST RAI G H T N E S S F O R
Over 814 to 9%, i nc l 3, 16 0 0.100 BA RS
Over 9 % to 1 0, i nc l 1,4 0 0 120
Perm itted Variations i n Straightness, i n .A
A O ut-of-ro u nd is the d if
ference between the max i m um and m i n i
m um d iameters of the bar, measu red at the same transverse c ross 4 i n any 5 ft, an d 1, 4 x ( n u m ber' of feet of tota l l en gth/5 )
1
sectio n . Out-of-sq uare secti on is the d ifference i n pe rpend icu l ar d i s
tance between opposite faces, measu red at the same transverse c ross X Pe rm itted vari ati o ns i n strai g htness d o n ot ap p ly to h ot-ro l l ed
sect i on . . bar' s i f any subseq uent heat i ng o pe rat i o n has been pe rfo rmed

33
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3 0
P E R M ITT E D VA RIATIO N S I N L E N G T H FO R H OT-C U T ST E E L BARSA
Perm itted Variations Over Specifi ed Le ngth G iven i n Feet, i n .
( N o Var iati o n U nde r )

Specifi ed Sizes of 5 to 10 to 20 to 30 to
Rounds, Squares, Specifi ed Sizes of Flats, in . 10, 20, 30, 40, 40 to
and H exagons, in. Thickness Width excl excl excl excl 60, incl
To 1, incl To 1, incl To 3, incl z, 2 1 13, 4 21, 4
Over 1 to 2, inc l Over 1 To 3, i ncl 1 1 /2 2 212
Over' 1 to 2, incl To 1, incl Over 3 to 6, incl 8 1 112 2 21, 2
Over' 2 to 5, inc l Over 1 Over 3 to 6, i nc l 1 lZ, 2 1 21, 4 2
Over 5 to 1 0, i ncl ... ... 2 2 1, 2 2 :3 3
0,2 3 0 to 1, incl Over 6 to 8, i nc l 11, 4 13,4 312 4
Over 1 to 3, inc l Over 6 to 8, i nc l 1 13/4 2 31 2 4
H ot S aw i ng

2 to 5, inc l B 1 and over 3 and over B 1! 2 1 2 2

Over 5 to 1 0, i nc l .. . . . . . .. 2 z 3 3¼

N ote 1 - Whe re " . . . . " appears i n th is tab l e, the re is n o req u i rement .

A F or fi ats over 6 to 8 i n ., i nc l, in wi dth and over' 3 i n . i n th ickness, consu lt the man ufacturer for perm itted vari ati ons i n length .
B S mal le r s i zes and sho rte r l en gths are not co m m on ly h ot sawed .

TA B L E 3 1
P E R M ITT E D VA R I ATI O N S I N L E N G T H FO R BA RS
R EC U T BOT H E N DS A FT E R STRAIG H T E N I N GA'B
Pe rm itted Variations from Specifi ed
S izes of Rou nds, Sq uares, Le ngths G ive n i n Feet, i n .
H exagons, Width of F lats
a n d M ax i m u m D i m e ns i o n
To 1 2, i nc l Ove r 12
of Other Sections, i n . Ove r U nde r Ove r U nder

To .3 , i nc l 6 z/1 6
Over 3 to 6, i nc l 1. 16 8 1 16
Over 6 to 8, i ncl 3,8 i/16 2
1 1/16
Rou nds ove r 8 to i 0, i nc l 2
1 6 5,8 1, 16
A F o r fi ats over' 6 to 8 i n , i nc l , i n wi dth, and over 3 i n . i n th ic k
ness, consu lt the manufactu rer o r' p rocesso r fo r perm itted vari a
t i o n s i n l e n gth
B Perm itted var i ati ons are so meti mes req u i red al l ove r or al l
u nder the spec ifi ed l ength, i n wh i c h case the su m of the two perm it
ted var iat i o ns app l i e s

34
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following standardized supplementary requirements a r e for use when desired by the
purchaser . Those that a r e considered suitable for use with each material specifi cat
ion are
listed in the specifi cat
i on. Other' tests may be per
formed by agreement between th e supplier
and the purchaser' . These additional requf i ements sha
ll apply only when specifi ed in the
order , in which event the specifi ed tests shall be made by the manufacturer or' processor
before shipment of t h e material.

S 1. Vacuum Treatment $5.2 The f i equency of test

ing, t
h e test temperature to
Sl.1 The steel shall be made by a process that includes be used, a
n d the absorbed energy requirements shall be as
vacuum degassing wh ile molten. Unless other wise agreed specif
i ed on the order .
upon wit
h the purchaser, it is the responsibility of the
manufacturer to select suitable process procedures. $6. Drop-Weight Test (for Material 0.625 in.
[16 mm] and over in Thickness)
$6. 1 Drop-weight tests sha ll be made in accordance
$2. Product Analysis
with Test Method E 208. The specimens shall represent t he
S2.1 Product analyses shall be made for t h ose elements material in t
he fi na
l condition of heat treatment Agreement
specifi ed or' restricted by t
he applicable product specifi ca shall be reached between the purchaser and t h e manufac
tion for the applicable grade, class, a n d type Specimens turer or processor as to the number of pieces to be tested
for analysis sha ll be taken adj acent to or from t
he tension and whether a maximum nil- ductility transition (NDT)
test specimen, or' from a sample ta ken from the sa me rela temper ature is mandatory or if the test results a
r e for infor
ive locat
t i on as that tom wh ich t
he tension test specimen mation only.
was ta
ken.

$8. Ultrasonic Examinat

i on

$3. Simulated Post-Weld Heat Treatment of $8.1 The material shall be ultrasonica
l ly examined in
Mechanical Test Coupons accordance wit
h the requirements specifi ed on the order.
S3.1 Pilot to testing, t
he test specimens representing the
structura
l product for accepta
n ce purposes for mecha
n ical S 15. Reduct
i on of Area Measurement
properties shall be therma lly treated to simulate a post S 15. 1 The reduction of a
rea, as determined on the
weld heat t reatment below the crit i cal temperature (Ac3), 0. 500 in. [ 1 2. 5 mm] diameter round tension test specimen
using the heat r teatment pa r ameters (such as temperature in accordance wit
h Met
h ods a
nd Def
i nit
i ons A 370, sha
ll
range, time, and cooling rates) specif i ed in t
h e older. The not be les s tha
n 40% .
test results for such heat-treated test specimens shall meet
he applicable product specif
t i cation requirements .
$18. Maximum Tensile Strength
$ 1 8 . 1 S teel having a speci f
i e d mi ni mum t en si le
$4. Addit
i onal Tension Test st
r engt
h of less than 70 ksi [485 MPa] shall not exceed
te m
h inimum specif i ed tensile strength by more t
han 30 ksi
S4.1 Plate - One tension test sha
l l be made from each
[205 MPa] .
unit plate rolled from a slab or directly from an ingot,
except that for quenched a
n d tempered plates, a test sha
ll S 1 8 . 2 S teel havi ng a mi ni mum sp ec i f
i ed ten si l e
be ta
ken from each unit plate heat treated The iesults st
r engt h of 70 ksi [485 MPa] or higher shall not exceed
obtained shall be reported on the mill test repolts when the m
i nimum specif i ed tensile st
rength by more t
h an 25 ksi
such tests ale iequired by the order' [ 1 70 MPa] .

$23. Copper-Bearing Steel (for improved

S5. Charpy V-Notch Impact Test atmospheric corrosion resistance)
S5.1 Charpy V-notch impact tests shall be conducted $23. 1 The copper content shall be a minimum of 0.20%
in accorda
nce with Specif
i cation A 673 /A 673M on heat analysis, 0 1 8 on product a
n alysis ,

35
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

$26. Subdivided Material-Marking of Individual $30. Charpy V-Notch Impact Test for Structural
Pieces Shapes: Alternate Core Location
$26.1 Subdivided pieces shall be individually ident
i fi ed $30.1 For shapes with a fl a
nge thickness equal to oi
by marking, stenciling, or die stamping the applicable prod reater than 1 1/2 in. [38 . 1 mm] t
g h at a
re specifi ed in t
he
uct specification designation (year -date not required), purchase order to be tested in accorda
nce wit
h this supple
grade, heat number', and t he heat treatment identi fi cation, mentary requirement, Charpy V-notch impact tests sha ll
be c onducte d i n ac c ordanc e wi th S pec if
i c ati on
if applicable, along wit
ht he trademark, brand, or na me of
the organizati on that subdivided t he structural product A 673 /A 673M, using specimens taken tom t he a
lternate
As an alternative, individual subdivided pieces shall be core location. Unless ot herwise specifi ed in t
he purchase
ident ified by a code traceable to t
he origina
l required identi order, t
he minimum average absorbed energy for each test
fi cation, provided th at t
he tradema rk, name, or brand of shall be 20 ft.lbf [27 J] and t
he test temperature shall be
the organization that subdivided the structura l product is 70°F [2 1 °C] .
also placed on the structural product and the original S30.2 The frequency of testi ng shall be Frequency (H),
required identifi cati on, cross referenced on the code, is except t
h at, for rolled shapes produced from ingots, t he
furnished with h
te structura
l product. frequency shall be Frequency (P) and t he specimens shall
be ta
ken f
i om a locat
ion representing t
he top of a
n ingot
or part of an ingot used to produce t
he product represented
$27. Restrictive Hate Flatness by such specimens .
$27. 1 A s -rolled or normalized c arbon steel pl ate s
ordered to restrictive f
l atness shall conform to the permitted
S31. Maximum Carbon Equivalent for Weldability
variations from a lf at surface given in Table $27 . 1 or Table
$27 .2, whichever is applicable. $31.1 Hates and shapes sha ll be supplied with a specifi c
maximum ca r bon equivalent va
lue as specifi ed by t
he pur
S27.2 As-rolled or normalized high-st
rengt
h low-alloy chaser . This va
lue shall be based upon heat analysis. The
steel plates ordered to restr
i ctive fl atness shall conform to required chem
ical ana
lysis as well as the carbon equiva
lent
te permitted variations from a fl at surface given in Table
h shall be reported.
$27 . 3 or Table $27 .4, whichever is applicable.
$31.2 The carbon equivalent sha
l l be calculated using
the following formula:
CE = C + Mn /6 + (Cr + Mo + V) /5 + (Ni + Cu) / 1 5
S28. Fine Grain Practice
S31 .3 For addit
i onal infor
m ation on the weldability of
S28. 1 The steel shall be made to f
i ne grain pract
i ce.
steel, see Appendix X3 .

$29. Fine Austenit

ic Grain Size $32. Single Heat Bundles
S29.1 The requirements for fine austenitic grain size S32.1 Bundles containing shapes or bars shall be from
(see 8 . 1 a
nd 8 . 3) shall be met. a single heat of steel.

36
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA -6M

TA B L E S2 7 . 1
P E R M ITT E D VA R IATI O N S F R O M A F LAT S U R FAC E FO R AS- RO L L E D O R N O R M A L I Z E D CA R B O N ST E E L P LAT E S
O R D E R E D TO H A L F-S TA N DA R D F LAT N E S S

Perm itted Variations From a Flat S urface for Spec ifi ed Widths G ive n i n Inches, i n .
Specifi ed Specified We ights, 48 to 60 to 72 to 84 to 96 to 1 0 8 to
Th ickness, in. I b/ft2 60, excl . 72, excl . 84, exc l . 96, exc l .. 108, exc l . 120, i nc l .

TO 1, 4, excl To 1 02 excl . z%2 5/8 1 6 13, 16 7, 8

to , exc l 1 0 2 to 1 5 . 3, exc l 3,8 1%2 6 5,8 11, 16 4
to , exc l 1 5 .3 to 2 0 ,4, exc l 6 6 3, 8 7, 16 1, 2 9/16
2 to 3, 4, exc l , 2 0 ,4 to 30,6, excl %2 5/16 6 3/8 2 1, 2
to 1, exc l 3 0 6 to 4 0 . 8, exc l %2 6 s/16 5" 16 3, 8 7" 16
1 to 2, i ncl 4 0 . 8 to 5 1 7 , i nc l 4 %2 % 6 6

N O T E 1 - Permitted Variation From a Flat Surface A long the L ength - The l onger d i me ns i o n spec ifi ed is cons i de r ed the l ength, and the
pe rm itted var iat i o n from a fl at su rface a l on g the l en gth sh al l not exceed the tabu l ar am ou nt fo r the spec ifi ed w i dth i n p l ates u p to 1 2 ft . i n
l ength, or i n any t 2 ft of l onge r p lates
N OT E 2 - Permitted Variation From a Flat Surface A cross the Wiclth The pe rm itted var iat i o n fro m a fl at su rface ac ross the w i dth sh a l l
not ex ceed th e tab u l ar amo u nt fo r th e spec if
i ed wi dth
N OT E 3 - When the l o nger d i mensi on is u nder 3 6 i n ., the per m itted vari ati on from a flat su rface shal l not exceed i n . i n each d i recti o n
When the l onge r d i mens i on s fro m 3 6 to 7 2 i n , i nc l ., the pe rm itted variati o n from a fl at su rface sh al l not exceed 7 5 % of the tab u l ar' am o u nt
fo r the spec if
i ed wi dth, b ut i n no case less than in
N OT E 4 - The pe r m itted vari ati o ns g ive n i n th is tab le app ly to p l ates that have a m i n i m um spec ifi ed tens i l e str e ngth not ove r 6 0 ksi o r'
co m parab le chem istry o r hard ness F o r p l ates spec ifi ed to a h i ghe r m i n i m u m te ns i l e stre n gth o r co m pati b l e che m i stry o r hard ness, the pe r m it
ted vari ati o ns are 1 1, 2 ti mes the amou nts i n th is tab e.
N OT E 5 Th is tab l e an d these n otes cove r' the perm itted var i ati ons fro m a fiat su rface for c i rc u l ar and sketc h p l ates, based u po n the m ax i
m um d i men s i ons of suc h p l ates
N OT E 6 Pe rm itted variati o ns i n wavi ness d o not app ly
N OT E 7 - P l ates m ust be i n a h o r izontal pos iti on o n a f
i at surface when f
l atness is measu red

37
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E S 2 7 . 2
P E R M ITT E D VA RIATIO N S F RO M A F LAT S U R FAC E FO R AS- RO L L E D O R N O R M A LIZ E D CA R BO N ST E E L P LAT E S
O R D E R E D TO H A L F-S TA N DA R D F LAT N E S S
P e rm itted Variations From a F lat S u rface for Spec ifi ed Widths G iven in M i l l imeters, m m
1200 to 1500 to 1800 to 2100 to 2400 to 2700 to
S pecified Specifi ed Weig hts, 1500, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2700, 3000,
Thickness, mm kg/m2 excl . exc l ., excl . exc l . exc l . i ncl .

To 6, exc l , To 47 , 1 excl 12 16 17 19 20 22
6 to 1 0, exc l , 47 ,1 to 78 ,5, excl 9 12 14 16 17 19
1 0 to 1 2, excl , 78 ,5 to 94 ,2, excl , 8 8 9 11 12 14
1 2 to 20, excl 94 .2 to 157 0, excl , 7 8 8 9 12 12
2 0 to 25, excl , 1 57 ,0 to 196 , 2, excl , 7 8 8 8 9 11
25 to 5 0, i nc l , 1 96 2 to 392 5, incl , 6 7 7 8 8 8
N O T E 1 - Permitted Variation From a Flat Surface Along the L ength - The l onger' d i mens i on specifi ed is cons ide red the length, and the
permitted variation from a fi at surface al ong the length shal l not exceed the tabu lar amount for' the specifi ed width in p lates up to 3700 mm i n
l en gth, or i n any 37 0 0 m m of l onger p l ates .
N OT E 2 - Permitted Var
iation From a Flat Surface Across the Width - The perm itted variation from a fl at surface across the width shal l
not exceed the tabu l ar am o unt fo r the spec if
i ed wi dth .
N OT E 3 - When the l onger d imension is under' 900 mm, the perm itted variati on from a fi at surface shal l not exceed 6 mm in each d irec
ti on When the l onger' di mensi on is from 900 to 1800 mm, i nc l . , the perm itted flatness variati on shou ld not exceed 75 % of the tabu lar amount
fo r' the spec ifi ed wi dth, but i n no case l ess than 6 m m
N OT E 4 - The perm itted variations given in th is tab le apply to p lates that have a m i ni mum specifi ed tensi le strength not over 415 M Pa or
comparable chemistry or hardness . For plates specifi ed to a higher m i ni mum tensi le strength or compati b le chemistry or hardness, the permit
ted vari ati ons are 1 % ti mes the am o u nts i n th i s tab le
N OT E 5 - Th is tab le and these n otes cove r the pe r m itted var i ati o ns from a fiat su rface fo r c i rc u l ar an d s ketch p l ates, based upon the max i
m u m d i me n s i o n s of s u c h p l ates .
N OT E 6 - Pe rm itted var i ati ons i n wav i ness do n ot app l y .
N OT E 7 - P l ates m ust be i n a h o r i z ontal pos iti on o n a if at su rface when fl atness i s measu red .

TA B L E $ 2 7 .3

P E R M ITT E D VA RIATIO N S F RO M A F LAT S U R FAC E FO R AS- RO L L E D O R N O R M A LIZ E D H IG H -STR E N GT H LOW

A L LOY ST E E L P LAT E S O R D E R E D TO H A L F- STA N D A R D F LAT N E S S

P e rm itted Variati ons From a F lat S urface for Specified Widths G iven i n I nches, i n.
Specifi ed Spec ifi ed We ights, 48 to 60 to 72 to 84 to 96 to 108 to
Thickness, in. Ib/ftz 60, excl . 72, excL 84, excL 96, excl . 108, excl . 120, incl .

To , excl , To 10 ,2 excl , 1 6 1 16 1 11/8 1 6 15/16

1, 4 to 8, excl , 10 2 to 15, 3, excl 9, 16 1 6 7, 8 lS' 16 1 11, 8
3/8 to 1/2, excl , 15 . 3 to 20 4, excl 1s/32 1%2 9/16 2%2 3/4 16
7
% to 3/4 , excl , 20 , 4 to 30, , 6 , excl, 1%2 7/1 6 1/2 9/16 5/8 11/1 6
3/4 to 1, excl, 30 , 6 to 40, 8 , excl, 6 7 16 1%2 % 6 2%2
1 to 2, incl , 40 , 8 to 51 7, incl , 3/8 1%2 7/1 6 1%2 /2 1/ 2
N O T E 1 - Permitted Variation Ftom a Flat Surface A long the Length - T he longer d i mensi o n specifi ed is consi dered the l ength, and the
perm itted variation from a fl at su rface al ong the length shal l not exceed the tabu lar amount for the specifi ed width i n plates up to 1 2 ft i n
l e ngth, or' i n any 1 2 ft of l on ge r p l ates ,
N OT E 2 - Permitted Variation From a Flat Surface Across the Width - The perm itted variati on from a fi at surface across the width shal l
not exceed the tabu l ar am ount fo r the spec if
i ed wi dth ,
N OT E 3 - When the l onger d imension is under 36 i n , , the perm itted variation from a fi at su rface shal l not exceed 3, 8 in , i n each d irection ,
When the longer d imension is from 36 to 72 i n, , , inc l , , the perm itted variation from a fl at surface shal l not exceed 75 % of the tabu lar amount
fo r the spec ifi ed wi dth, but i n n o case l ess th an 3/8 i n ,
N O T E 4 - Th i s table and these notes cover' the perm itted var iati o ns from a fl at su rface for ci rcu lar and sketch plates, based u pon the maxi
m u m d i me ns i ons of th ose p l ates
N O T E 5 - P e r m i tte d va r i at i o n s i n wav i n e ss d o n ot ap p l y ,,
N O T E 6 - P l ates m ust be i n a h o ri zontal positi o n on a fl at su rface when fl atness i s measu red ,

38
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

TA B L E S 27 .4
P E R M ITT E D VA R IATI O N S F RO M A F LAT S U R FAC E FO R AS- RO L L E D O R N O R M A L I Z E D H I G H -ST R E N G T H LOW
A L LOY ST E E L P LAT E S O R D E R E D TO H A L F-STA N DA R D F LAT N E S S

Perm itted Variations From a Flat Su rface for Specifi ed Widths G iven i n M i l l i meters, mm
Specif
i ed Specif
i ed We ights, 1 200 to 1500 to 1 800 to 2 1 00 to 2400 to 2 700 to
Th ickness, mm kg/m2 1500, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2700, 3000,
exc l . ex c l . e xc l . exc l . e xc l . i nc l ..

To 6, exc l To 47 . 1 e xc l . 17 24 25 28 30 33
6 to 1 0, e xc l . 47 . 1 to 7 8 .5, e xc l . 14 17 22 24 25 28
1 0 to 1 2, exc l . 78 . 5 to 94 . 2, exc l . 12 12 14 16 19 20
1 2 to 2 0, exc l . 94 . 2 to 1 5 7. 0, e x c l . 11 11 12 14 16 17
2 0 to 2 5, exc l . 1 57 . 0 to 1 9 6 2, exc L 11 11 12 12 14 16
2 5 to 5 0, i nc l . 1 96 . 2 to 3 9 2 . 5, i nc l 9 10 11 12 12 12

N O T E 1 - Per ni ted Variation From a Flat Surface A long the L ength - The l onge r d i mens i on spec ifi ed i s cons i dered the l ength, and the
pe rm itted var iati on from a f
i at su rface al ong the l ength shal l n ot exceed the tab u lar am o unt for the spec ifi ed width i n p lates u p to 37 0 0 m m i n
l en gth, or i n any 3 7 00 mm of l o n g er p l ates, ,
N O T E 2 - Permitted Variation From a Flat Surface Across the Width - The pe rm itted variati o n from a flat su rface across the width sha l l
not exceed the tabu l ar amou nt fo r the specif i ed wi dth ,
N OT E 3 - When the l on ge r d i mens i on is u nder 9 00 m m, the pe rm itted vari ati on fro m a flat su rface sha l l not exceed 1 0 m m i n each d i rec
ti o n , When the l onger d i mens i on is from 9 0 0 to 1 8 0 0 m m, i nc l ,, the perm itted var iati on from a f
l at su rface sha l l not exceed 75 % of the tabu
lar amou nt fo r the spec if i ed width, b ut i n no case l ess than 1 0 m m
N OT E 4 - Th i s tab l e and these n otes cover the perm itted variati ons from a flat su rface for c i rcu l ar and sketch p l ates, based upo n the max i
m u m d i mens i ons of such p l ates ,
N O T E 5 - Perm itted vari ations i n wavi ness do n ot app ly ,
N OT E 6 - P l ates m ust be i n a h o r izontal positi on on a fl at su rface when flatness i s measu red.,

39
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

ANNEXES

(Mandatory Information)

A1. PERMITTED VARIATIONS IN

DIMENSIONS AND MASS IN SI UNITS
AI.1 Tables A l l through A 1 .3 1 contain permitted variations in dimensions and mass stated in SI units.

40
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

TA B L E A l l
P E R M ITT E D VA R IATI O N S I N T H I C K N E S S FO R R E CTA N G U LA R CA R B O N, H I G H - ST R E N G T H LO W-A L LOY, A N D
A L LOY ST E E L P LAT E S, 300 M M A N D U N D E R I N T H I C K N E S S W H E N O R D E R E D TO T H I C K N E S S
Permitted Variations Over S pecif
i ed Th ickness for Widths G ive n i n M i l l imetres, mm
Specif
i ed Ove r 1200 1500 to 1800 to 21 00 to 2400 to 2700 to 3000 to 3300 to 3600 to 4200
Th ickness, 1200 to 1500, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2700, 3000, 3300, 3600, 4200, and
mm a n d U n de r e xc l exc l e xc l exc l e xc l e xc l e xc l e xc l ex c l Ove r

5 ,0 0 ,8 0 8 0 8 0 ,, 8 0 ,, 8 0 ,8 0 .8 0 ,9 1, 0 . .. .. .. .. ..
5 5 0.8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,9 1 ,0 .. . .. .. . ..
6,0 0 ,8 0 .8 0 ,, 8 0 ,, 8 0, 8 0 ,8 0 ,9 I ,, 0 I ,I .. .. .. .. .. .
7.0 0 ,8 0 ,, 8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,, 8 0 ,8 0, 9 1 ,0 1 2 1 ,4 . .. ..
8 0 0 ,, 8 0 ,8 0.8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 8 0 ,9 I ,, 0 1 ,2 1,4 .. .. ..
9 ,0 0 ,8 0, 8 0 ,8 0 ,, 8 0, 8 0 ,8 I0 1.0 1 ,3 1 ,5 .. . .
I 0. 0 0, 8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,, 8 I ,, 0 I0 1 3 1 ,5 1 ,7
I I ,, 0 0.8 0 .8 0 ,8 08 0 ,8 0 8 1 ,0 1 ,0 1 ,3 1, 5 1 7
12.0 0 ,8 0.8 0 8 0.8 0,8 0 ,, 9 1 ,0 1 0 1 3 1 ,5 1 ,, 8
1 4 ,, 0 0.8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,9 0, 9 1.0 I ,I 1, 3 1 ,5 1 .8
16 ,0 0 ,8 °0 8 0 ,8 0 ,, 8 0 ,9 0 ,9 1 ,0 I I 1 ,3 1 5 1 .8
18.0 0 ,8 0 ,8 0, 8 0 ,8 0, 9 1 ,0 1 ,1 1 ,, 2 1 ,4 1 6 2 ,, 0
2 0, 0 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 .8 0 ,8 0 ,9 1 0 1.2 1 ,2 1 ,, 4 1 ,6 2 ,0
22.0 0 ,8 0.9 0 9 0,9 I 0 1 ,1 1 ,3 1 3 1 ,5 1 8 2 ,0
25 .0 0 .9 0 ,9 1 ,0 1 ,0 I 0 1 ,2 1.3 1.5 1 ,5 1 8 2 2
28 ,0 1 ,0 i 0 I ,I i i I ,I 1 3 1 ,4 1 ,8 1 8 2 ,0 2 ,2
30 ,0 I.i I ,I 1 2 1. 2 1 ,2 1 ,4 1 ,5 1 8 1 ,8 2 1 2 4
32 0 1 ,2 1 ,2 1 ,3 1 ,3 1 3 1 5 1 .6 2 ,0 2 ,0 2, 3 2 6
35.0 13 1.3 1 4 1 4 1 ,4 1.6 1 ,7 2 ,3 2 3 2 ,5 2 ,8
38 0 1.4 1 ,4 1.5 1 ,5 1 5 1 ,7 1 ,8 23 2.3 2 7 3 0
4 0. 0 1 ,5 15 1 ,6 1.6 1 .6 1 8 2 0 2 ,5 2 ,5 2 8 3 3
45 , 0 1, 6 1 ,6 1.7 1 8 1 ,8 2 ,0 2 ,3 2 ,8 2 8 3 ,0 3 ,5
50.0 1 ,8 1 ,8 1 ,8 20 2, 0 2 ,3 2 .5 3 0 3 ,0 3 .3 3 8
5 5, 0 2 ,0 20 2 ,0 2 2 2 ,2 25 2 8 3 ,3 3 ,3 3 5 3 8
60 , 0 2 ,3 2 ,3 2, 3 2 ,4 2 ,4 2. 8 3 ,0 3 ,4 3 4 3 ,8 4 ,0

N ote I - Perm itted var i ati on u nde r spec ifi ed th ic kness, 0 ,3 m m

N ote 2 - Th ic kness to be measu red at i 0 to 2 0 m m from the l ong itud i nal edge .
N ote 3 - For spec ifi ed th ick nesses not l i sted i n th is tab l e, the pe rm itted vari at i ons i n th ickness sha l l be as g iven fo r the next h i g her' val ue of
spec if
i ed th ic kn ess that i s l isted i n th is tab le. .
N ote 4 - F o r th i ckness measu red at any l ocati o n othe r than th at spec if
i ed i n N ote 2, the pe rm itted var iati o ns ove r' spec if
i ed th i c kness sha l l
be I ti mes the amounts i n th is tab le, rou nded to the nearest 0 . I r am .
N ote 5 - Where ". .. " appears i n th i s tab l e, there is no req u i rement.

41
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

t:l
Z

Z
<

o',
¢xl

i , i

I--.
<
.-I

-,I
.-
-1

.-I
<

kO

Z
<
<

-1

<
I..- w 0
"I

<
,...I S

Z
<
I.-
b
W

C
la.

<

Z
0
I--
<

<

I-
I-.

o o o o o o o o o o o o o _
0..

. . . .

42
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6/SA-6M

TA B L E A I .3
P E R M ITT E D VA R I AT I O N S I N WI DT H A N D L E N G T H F O R S H EA R E D P LAT E S 40 M M A N D U N D E R I N T H I C K N E S S;
L E N G T H O N LY O F U N I V E RSA L M I L L P LAT E S 65 M M A N D U N D E R I N T H I C K N E S S

Permitted Variations Over Specifi ed Width and LengthA for Th icknesses G iven i n
M i l l i metres and Eq uiva lent Masses G iven i n Ki l og rams per Square M etre, mm
10.5 to 16, excl 16 to 25, excl 25 to 50, incl 8
To 10.5 excl 78.50 to 125.. 6 to 196.2 to
Specifi ed D i mensi ons, mm To 78.50, excl 125.. 6, exc l 196.2, exc l 392.5, excl
Length Width W idth Length Width Le ngth Width Length Width Length

To 3 0 0 0, ex c l To 1 5 0 0, e xc l 10 13 11 16 13 19 16 25
1 5 00 to 2 1 0 0, exc l 11 16 13 18 16 22 19 25
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, exc l 13 19 16 22 19 25 25 29
2 7 0 0 an d ove r 16 22 19 25 22 29 29 32

3 0 0 0 to 6 00 0, exc l To 1 5 0 0, exc l 10 19 13 22 16 25 19 29
1 5 00 to 2 1 0 0, e xc l 13 19 16 22 19 25 22 32
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, e xc l 14 22 18 24 21 29 25 35
2 7 0 0 an d ove r 16 25 19 29 22 32 29 35

60 0 0 to 90 0 0, exc l To 1 5 0 0, exc l 10 25 13 29 16 32 19 38
1 5 0 0 to 2 1 0 0, e xc l 13 25 16 29 19 32 22 38
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, exc l 14 25 18 32 22 35 25 38
2 7 0 0 an d ove r 18 29 22 32 25 35 32 44

9 0 0 0 to 1 2 0 0 0, exc l To 1 5 0 0, exc l 11 29 13 32 16 35 19 41
1 5 0 0 to 2 1 0 0, exc l 13 32 16 35 19 38 22 41
2 1 00 to 2 7 0 0, exc l 14 32 19 35 22 38 25 48
2 7 0 0 an d ove r 19 35 22 38 25 41 32 48

1 2 0 0 0 to 1 5 0 00, exc l To 1 5 0 0, exc l 11 32 13 38 16 41 19 48

1 5 00 to 2 1 0 0, exc l 13 35 16 38 19 41 22 48
2 1 0 0 to 27 0 0, exc l 16 35 19 38 22 41 25 48
2 7 0 0 an d ove r 19 38 22 41 25 44 32 48

1 5 0 0 0 to 1 8 0 0 0, exc l To 1 5 0 0, exc l 13 44 16 48 19 48 22 57
1 5 0 0 to 2 1 0 0, e xc l 16 44 19 48 22 48 25 57
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, exc l 16 44 19 48 22 48 29 57
2 7 0 0 a n d ove r 22 44 25 51 29 57 32 64

1 8 0 0 0 and ove r To 1 5 0 0, exc l 14 51 19 54 22 57 25 70

1 5 0 0 to 2 1 0 0, exc l 19 51 22 54 25 57 29 70
2 1 00 to 2 7 0 0, exc l 19 51 22 54 25 57 32 70
2 7 0 0 an d ove r 25 51 29 60 32 64 35 76

x Perm itted variati ons u nder spec ifi ed width and l ength, 6 m m
B Perm itted variati ons i n length app ly also to U n ive rsal M i l l p l ates u p to 3 0 0 m m i n wi dth fo r th i c k nesses over 5 0 to 65 m m, i nc l, except
for a l l oy stee l up to 5 0 mm th i c k.

43
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E A 1 .4
P E R M I TT E D VA R IATI O N S I N W I DT H FO R M I L L E D G E
C A R B O N A N D H I G H ST R E N G T H LOW-A L L OY P LAT E S
P RO D U C E D O N ST R I P M I L LS
( App l i es to P l ates P rod uced from C o i l and to P l ates
P roduced Fro m an As- Ro l l ed Str uctu ra l P rod uct)

P e r m itte d Va r i ati on
Ove r
Specif
i ed Width, rn m Spec ifi ed Width, mmA
T o 3 6 0, exc l II

3 6 0 to 4 3 0 e xc l 13
4 3 0 to 4 8 0 e xc l 14

4 8 0 to 5 3 0 e x c l 16
5 3 0 to 6 1 0 e x c l 17

6 1 0 to 6 6 0 e xc l 21

6 6 0 to 7 1 0 e xc l 24

7 1 0 to 8 9 0 exc l 29
8 9 0 to 1 2 7 0 exc l 32

1270 to 1 5 2 0, exc l 38

1520 to 1 65 0, exc l 41

1 65 0 to 1 7 8 0, exc l 44

1 78 0 to 2 03 0, exc l 47

2 0 3 0 a n d o ve r 51

A N o pe rm itted var i ati on unde r' spec ifi ed wi dth .

TA B L E AI . 5
P E R M ITT E D VA R I ATI O N S I N R O L L E D W I DT H FO R U N I V E R SA L M I L L P LAT E S 380 M M A N D
U N D E R I N T H IC KN ESS

Perm itted Variati ons Over S pecifi ed W idthA for Th ickness G ive n i n M i l l i metres or Eq u ivalent M asses G iven i n
Ki lograms per Square M etre, mm
Over 50 to 250, Over 250 to 400,
To 10, excl 10 to 16, excl 16 to 25, i nc l 25 to 50, i ncl i ncl incl
To 78.50, 78.50 to 125.6 to 196.2 to Over 392.5 Over 1962
Specif
i ed Width, mm excl 125 .6, exc l 1 96.2, exc l 392.5, i ncl to 1962, i ncl to 3140, i ncl

O ve r 2 00 to 50 0, exc l 3 3 5 6 10 13
5 00 to 9 0 0, exc l 5 6 8 10 11 14
9 0 0 a nd ove r 8 10 11 13 14 16

A Perm itted vari ati on under spec ifi ed width, 3 m m ,

TA B L E A 1 . 6

P E R M ITT E D VA R I ATI O N S I N D IA M ET E R F O R S H E A R E D C I R C U LA R P LAT E S

25 M M A N D U N D E R I N T H I C K N E S S

Specifi ed Permitted Variations Over Specifi ed Diameter for Th icknesses G iven

Diameters, mm i n M i l l imetres, mmA

To I0 I 0 to 1 6, 1 6 to 2 5,
e xc l exc l i nc l

To 8 0 0, exc l 6 10 13
8 0 0 to 2 1 00, exc l 8 11 14
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, exc l 10 13 16
2 7 0 0 to 3 3 0 0, exc l 11 14 17
3 3 0 0 a n d ove r 13 16 19

A N O pe rm itted vari ati on u n de r spec ifi ed d i amete r ,

44
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 / SA-6M

TA B L E A 1 . 7 TA B L E A 1 . 1 0
P E R M ITT E D VA RI ATI O N S I N D IA M ET E R F O R G A S-C U T P E R M I TT E D VA R IA TI O N S I N D I A M E T E R F O R G A S - C U T
C I RC U LA R P LAT E S C I R C U L A R P L AT E S
( N ot App l i cab l e to A l l oy Stee l ) ( App l ies to A l l oy Stee l S pec ifi cati o ns O n ly)
Pe rm itted Variations Over S pecif
i ed D iameter Perm itted Variations Over S pecif i ed
for Th icknesses G iven, mmA D iamete r for S pec ifi ed Th icknesses G ive n i n
25 to 50 to l OO to 1 50 to 200 to M i l l i metres, m mA
Spec if
i ed To 25, 50, 1 00, 150, 200, 400, 25 50 1 00 1 50 20 0
D iameters, mm excl exc l excl exc l exc l i nc l To to to to to to
S pecifi ed 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 400,
To 8 0 0, exc l 10 10 13 13 16 19 Diameter, mm excl exc l excl exc l exc l i nc l
80 0 to 2 1 0 0, e xc l 10 13 13 16 19 22
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, e xc l 13 14 16 19 22 25 T o 8 0 0, e xc l 13 13 19 19 25 25
2 7 0 0 to 3 3 0 0, exc l 13 14 17 22 25 29 8 0 0 to 2 1 0 0, e xc l 13 16 22 25 29 32
3 3 0 0 a n d o ve r 16 19 22 25 29 32 2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, ex c l 16 19 25 29 32 35
2 7 0 0 to 3 3 0 0, i n c l 22 25 29 32 35 38
A N O perm itted vari ati ons u nde r spec ifi ed d i amete r ,
A N O pe rm itted var iat i ons unde r spec ifi ed d i amete r,
TA B L E A 1 . 8
P E R M I TT E D VA R IATI O N S I N W I DT H A N D L E N G T H
F O R R E CTA N G U LA R P L AT E S W H E N G AS C U TT I N G I S
S P ECI FI ED OR REQU I R E D
(Appl ies to A l l oy Stee l S pec ificati ons O n ly)
P e r m itte d Va r i at i on Ove r
Specif
i ed Width and Length,
TA B L E A 1 . 1 1
Specif
i ed Th ickness, m m mm
P E R M ITT E D CA M B E RA FO R CA R BO N ST E E L, H I G H
To 5 0, e xc l 19 ST R E N G T H LOW-A L LOY ST E E L, A N D A L LOY ST E E L
5 0 to 1 00, exc l 25 U N I V E RS A L M I L L P L AT E S A N D H I G H - S T R E N G T H
1 00 to 1 5 0, exc l 29 LO W-A L LOY ST E E L A N D A L LOY ST E E L S H E A R E D O R
1 5 0 to 2 0 0, e xc l 33 G A S - C U T R E C TA N G U LA R P LAT E S
2 0 0 to 400, e xc l 38
Specifi ed Width, Perm itted Cambe r,
N ote 1 - P l ates w i th u n i ve rsa l ro l l ed ed g e s w i l l be g as c ut to mm mm

l ength o n ly.
N ote 2 - T hese pe rm itted var i ati ons sha l l be ta ke n a l l u n d e r o r To 75 0, i nc l Length i n m i l l i metres/3 0 0
d ivi ded ove r and u nde r, if so spec if
i ed . O ve r 7 5 0 to 1 5 0 0 Le n g th i n m i l l i m et re s/2 5 0

A Cam ber as it re l ates to p l ates is the hor i zonta l edge c u rvatu re i n

TA B L E A 1 . 9 the length, meas u red over the enti re length of the p l ate i n the fiat
P E R M ITT E D VA R IATI O N S I N W I DT H A N D L E N G T H p os it i o n .
F O R R E CTA N G U LA R P L AT E S W H E N G AS C U TT I N G I S
S P E C I FI E D O R R E Q U I R E D
( N ot App l i cab l e to A l l oy Stee l )
P e r m itted Va r i at i o n s Ove r
S pec if
i ed Width and Le ngth,
Spec ifi ed Th ickness, m m m mA
To 5 0, exc l 13
TA B L E A 1 . 1 2
5 0 to 1 0 0, exc l 16
1 0 0 to 1 5 0, exc l 19 P E R M ITT E D CA M B E RA FO R S H EA R E D P LAT E S A N D
1 5 0 to 2 0 0, e xc l 22 G AS-C U T R E CTA N G U LA R P LAT E S, A L L T H I C K N E S S E S
2 0 0 to 40 0, i n c l 25 (Appl ies to Carbon Stee l On ly)
N ote 1 - P l ate s w ith u n i ve rsa l ro l l ed ed ges w i l l be g as c ut to Permitted camber, m m = l ength i n m i l l i metres/500
l e n gth o n ly .
A C am be r as it re l ates to p l ates i s the ho r i zo ntal edge c u rvatu re i n
A These perm itted vari at i ons may be taken al l u nder o r d iv ided the l ength, measu red over the enti re len gth of the p l ate i n the f
i at
over and u nder, i f so s pec i f
i ed . p os it i o n ,

45
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E A l AS
P E R M I TT E D VA R I ATI O N S F R O M A F LAT S U R FAC E FO R STA N DA R D F LAT N E S S C A R BO N ST E E L P LAT E S
Permitted Variations From a Flat Surface for Specifi ed Widths G iven in M il imetres, mmA'B
900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3600
To to to to to to to to to to 4200
S pecifi ed Spec ifi ed M ass, 900, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2 100, 2400, 2700, 3000, 3600, 4200, and
Thickness, rnm kg/m2 excl exc l excl excl excl excl excl excl excl exc l over
To 6, exc l To 47 , 1, exc l 14 19 24 32 35 38 41 44 48 . . . . .. . . ..
6 to I 0, exc l 47 , I to 7 8 , 5, exc l 13 16 19 24 29 32 35 38 41 . .. . . .. . .
i 0 to 1 2, exc l 7 8 , 5 to 94 , 2, exc l 13 14 16 16 19 22 25 29 32 48 54
1 2 to 2 0, exc l 94 . 2 to 1 5 7 0, exc l 11 13 14 16 16 19 25 25 29 38 51
2 0 to 2 5, exc l 1 57 , 0 to 1 9 6 2, exc [ 11 13 14 16 16 16 19 22 25 35 44
2 5 to 5 0, exc l 1 96 , 2 to 3 9 2 , 5, exc l 10 13 13 14 14 16 16 16 18 29 38
5 0 to 1 0 0, exc l 3 92 , 5 to 7 85 , 0, exc ] 8 10 11 13 13 13 13 14 16 22 29
1 0 0 to 1 5 0, exc l 7 85 , 0 to 1 1 7 8, exc l 10 11 13 13 14 14 16 19 22 22 25
1 5 0 to 2 0 0, exc l 1 1 7 8 to 1 5 7 0, exc l 11 13 13 16 18 19 22 22 25 25 25
2 0 0 to 2 5 0, exc l 1 57 0 to 1 9 6 2, e xc l 13 13 16 18 19 21 22 24 25 25 25
2 5 0 to 3 0 0, exc l 1 96 2 to 2 35 5, exc l 13 16 19 21 22 24 25 25 25 25 25
3 0 0 to 4 0 0, i nc l 2 3 55 to 3 1 4 0, i nc l 16 19 21 22 24 25 25 25 25 25 . . ..

N ote 1 - When the l onge r d i me ns i o n i s u n de r 9 0 0 m m, the pe rm itted var i at i on fro m a if at su rface shal l n ot exceed 6 m m When the l onger
d i mensi on i s from 9 0 0 to 1 8 0 0 r
a m, i nc l, the perm itted var i ati on from a fl at su rface sh al l n ot exceed 7 5 % of the tab u l ar am o u nt fo r the spec i
i ed w i dth, b ut i n n o case less than 6 r
f am ,
N ote 2 - These pe r m itted vari ati o ns app ly to p l ates that have a spec ifi ed m i n i m u m te ns i le strength of not m o re than 4 1 5 M Pa o r' co m para
b l e chem i cal co mpos iti on or hard ness , T he l i m its i n the tab l e are i nc reased 5 0 % for p l ates that have a h i g he r spec ifi ed m i n i m u m tensi l e
stren gth or' co m parab le che m i ca l co mpos iti on o r hardness ,
N ote 3 - Th i s tab le and these notes cove r the pe rm itted var i ati ons from a fi at su rface fo r' c i rc u l ar an d s ketch p l ates, based u pon the max i
m u m d i me ns i o ns of suc h p l ates ,
N ote 4 - W he re " . . . " appears i n th i s tab l e, the re is no req u i rement, ,
N ote 5 - P l ates m ust be i n a h o r i zo ntal pos iti on o n a fl at su rface when fl atness is measu red
A Per nHted Variation From a Flat Surface A long the L ength - T he l o n ge r d i me ns i o n spec ifi ed i s cons i dered the l e n gth, and the pe rm itted
var iati on from a fi at su rface al o ng the l ength shal l not exceed the tabu l ar' am o u nt fo r the spec ifi ed wi dth fo r' p l ates u p to 40 0 0 m m i n l en gth,
o r i n any 4 0 0 0 m m fo r l on ge r' p l ates
B Permitted Variation from a Flat Surface A cross the Width - The pe rm itted vari ati on fro m a fi at s u rface ac ross the wi dth sha l l n ot exceed
th e tab u l ar' am o u nt for the s peci f
i ed w i dth .

46
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6/SA-6M

TA B L E A 1 . 14
P E R M ITT E D VA RIATI O N S F RO M A F LAT S U R FAC E FO R STA N DA R D F LAT N E S S H I G H -ST R E N G T H LOW-A L LOY
ST E E L A N D A L LOY ST E E L P LAT E S, H OT RO L L E D O R T H E R M A L LY T R EAT E D
Perm itted Variations From a F lat Surface for S pecifi ed Widths G iven in M ili metres, mmA'8
900 1200 15 00 1 800 2 1 00 2400 2700 3000 3600
To to to to to to to to to to 42 00
Specif
i ed Specifi ed M ass, 900, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2700, 3000, 3600, 4200, and
Th ickness, mm kg/m2 excl excl exc l excl excl exc l exc l excl excl excl over

To 6, exc l To 47 ,, 1, exc l 21 29 35 48 51 57 60 67 70 . .. .. . .. .
6 to 1 0, exc l 47 . 1 to 7 85, exc l 19 24 29 35 44 48 51 57 60 .. .. . . .. . . ..
1 0 to 1 2, exc l 78 . 5 to 94. 2, exc l 19 22 24 24 29 33 38 41 48 70 79
1 2 to 2 0, exc l 94 . 2 to 1 57 . 0, e xc l 16 19 22 22 25 29 32 35 41 57 76
2 0 to 2 5, exc l 1 57 . 0 to 1 9 6 . 2, exc l 16 19 22 22 24 25 29 33 38 51 67
2 5 to 5 0, excl 1 96 . 2 to 3 9 2 5, e xc l 14 16 19 21 22 24 25 25 25 41 57
5 0 to 1 0 0, exc l 392 .5 to 785 . 0, exc l 13 14 18 19 19 19 19 22 25 32 41
1 00 to 1 50, exc l 7 85 . 0 to 1 1 78, e xc l 14 18 19 19 22 22 24 29 32 32 38
1 5 0 to 2 00, exc l 1 1 7 8 to 1 57 0, exc l 16 19 19 24 25 29 32 33 38 38 38
2 0 0 to 2 5 0, exc l 1 57 0 to 1 962, exc l 19 21 24 25 29 32 33 35 38 38 38
2 5 0 to 3 00 , exc l 1 96 2 to 23 55, exc l 19 24 29 32 33 35 38 38 38 38 38
3 0 0 to 4 0 0, i nc l 2 3 5 5 to 3 1 4 0, i nc l 22 25 30 33 35 38 38 38 38 38 38

N ote 1 - When the l onge r d i mensi on is unde r 9 0 0 m m, the perm itted var iati o n from a fi at su rface shal l not exceed 1 0 m m . When the
l onger d i mensi on is from 9 0 0 to 1 80 0 m m, i nc l, the pe rm itted vari ati on from a fi at su rface shal l not exceed 7 5 % of the tabu lar amou nt fo r
th e spec i f
i ed wi dth .
N ote 2 - Th is tab l e and these notes cover the perm itted var iations from a fl at su rface fo r c i rcu l ar and sketch p l ates, based u pon the max i
m u m d i men si o ns of suc h p late s.
N ote 3 - W here " . . . . . " appears i n th i s tab le, there is no requ i re ment .
N ote 4 - P l ates must be i n a hori zontal pos iti o n on a flat su rface when flatness i s measu red .

A Permitted Variatibn from a Flat Surface A long the L ength - The l onger d i mens i on spec ifi ed is cons ide red the length, and perm itted var ia
ti ons from a f
l at su rface al ong the length shal l not exceed the tabu lar amount fo r the spec ifi ed width i n p l ates u p to 40 0 0 m m i n length, or i n
any 4 0 00 m m fo r l onge r p l ates.
B Permitted Variation from a Flat Surface Across the Width - The perm itted var iat i on from a flat su rface across the width shal l not exceed
the tabu lar amou nt fo r the spec if
i ed wi dth..

47
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION lI, PART A

TA B L E A 1 . 1 5
P E R M ITT E D VA R I AT I O N S I N WAVI N E S S FO R STA N D A R D F LAT N E S S P LAT E S

P e r m itte d Va r i ati o n
F ro m
a F l at S u rface
(from Table Permitted Variations in Waviness, r
a m, When N umber of Waves
A1.13 or in 4000 mm is
A1 .14 ) mm 1 2 3 4 5 6

8 8 6 5 3 3 2 2

I0 I0 8 5 5 3 2 2

II II 8 6 5 3 3 2

13 13 i0 8 5 5 3 2

14 14 II 8 6 5 3 2

16 16 13 I0 6 5 3 2

17 17 13 I0 8 5 5 2

19 19 14 II 8 6 5 2

21 21 16 ii 8 6 5 2

22 22 17 13 10 6 5 2

24 24 17 13 i0 8 6 5
25 25 19 14 II 8 6 5

29 29 22 16 13 10 6 5

32 32 24 17 13 I0 8 6

35 35 27 19 14 II 8 6
38 38 29 22 16 13 I0 6

41 41 32 24 17 13 I0 8

44 44 33 25 19 14 II 8

48 48 37 27 21 14 II 8

51 51 38 29 22 16 13 I0

54 54 41 30 22 17 13 I0
57 57 43 32 24 17 14 I0

60 60 46 33 25 19 14 Ii

64 64 48 37 27 21 14 II

67 67 51 38 29 21 16 ii

70 70 52 40 29 22 16 13

73 73 56 41 30 24 17 13
76 76 57 43 32 24 17 14

79 79 60 44 33 25 19 14

N ote I - Wav i ness denotes the max i m u m devi ati on of the su rface of the p l ate fro m a p l ane paral le l to
the su rface of the po i nt of measu rement and co nti gu o us to the su rface of the p l ace at each of the two adj a
cent wave peaks, when the p l ate i s resti ng on a flat h ori zontal su rface, as measu red i n an i nc rement of
l ess than 4 0 0 0 m m of length , T he pe rm itted var iati on i n wavi ness is a fu ncti o n of the pe rm itted vari ati on
from a f l at su rfaced as o btai ned from Tab l e AI 1 3 o r A I , 1 4, wh i chever i s app l icab le ,
N ote 2 - P l ates m ust be i n a h o ri zontal posit i on o n a fi at su rface when wav i ness i s measu red .

48
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6/SA-6M

TA B L E A 1 . 1 6
P E R M ITT E D VA RI ATI O N S I N C RO S S S E C TI O N FO R W, H P, S, M, C, A N D M C S H A P E S

Perm itted Variati ons i n Secti onal Dimensions G iven, mm P e rm itted Va r i a

t i ons O ve r or
U n d e r The o
reti ca l Web
Th i ckness for
C, M ax i mum
Th i c kne sses
Depth at any
G i ve n i n M i l i m e
A, Depth B, Flange Width T + TA Cross Section
tres, m m
Section Over U nder Over U nder Flanges E, Web over
N ominal S ize, Theo- Theo- Theo- Theo- O ut-of- off Theoretical 5 a nd
Shape mm retical retical retical retica l Square a Center c Depth U n de r Ove r 5

W an d H P up to 3 1 0, i n c l 4 3 6 5 6 5 6
ove r 3 1 0 4 3 6 5 8 5 6

S an d M 7 5 to 1 8 0, i nc l 2 2 3 3 0 . 03 5 .. .. ..
ove r 1 80 to 3 6 0, i nc l 3 2 4 4 0 , 03 5 .. . .
over 36 0 to 6 1 0, i nc l 5 3 5 5 0 ,0 3 5 . . .. ..
C an d M C 4 0 an d u n de r 1 1 1 1 0, 0 3 . . . .. .. .. .. 0.2 0 .4

ove r 40 to 75, exc l 2 2 2 2 0. 03 . . . . .. . 0 .4 0 .5

75 to 1 8 0, i n c l 3 2 3 3 0 . 03 .. .. .. . . .. ..
ove r o n ,^ = L n ;. , 3 3 3 A
= n n .=
ove r 3 6 0 .5 4 3 5 0. 03 .. .. .. .. .. ..

N ote 1 - A is measu red at center l i nes of web fo r S, M, W, and H P shapes; at bac k of web fo r C an d M C shapes . M easu rement is overal l
for C shapes u nder 75 m m . . B is measu red paral l e l to flan ge. . C is measu red para l le l to web .
N ote 2 - Wh ere " . . . " appears i n th is tab l e, th ere is n o req u i rem e nt .

A T + T' app l ies when fl anges of channe l s are toed i n or out . F or c han ne ls 1 6 m m and under i n depth, the perm itted o ut-of-square is 0 . 05
m m/m m of depth . The perm itted vari ati on shal l be rounded to the nearest m i l l i metre afte r calcu l ati on .
B Pe rm itted vari ation is pe r m i l l i metre of fl ange width fo r S, M , C, and M C shapes.
c Perm itted var iati on of 8 mm max for secti ons ove r 634 kg/m.

49
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E A l. 1 7
P E R M ITT E D VA RIATI O N S I N C R O S S S E CT I O N F O R A N G L E S ( L S H A P E S ), B U L B A N G L E S, A N D Z E E S

AngUs Bulb angles Zees

Perm itted Variations i n Secti ona l D i me nsions G iven, r

nm
B, Flange P e rm itte d Va r i at i on s Ove r
A, Depth W idth, or o r U nde r The o ret i ca l Th i c k
Len gth of Leg n ess fo r T h i c k n esses G i ve n
in M ilir
n etres, r
nrn
Ove r U nd e r Ove r U nd e r T O ut-of-Sq uare,
N om i nal S i ze, Th e o- T h e o- T h eo- Theo per M i l i rnetre of 5 and Over 5
S ect i o n nm
r reti ca l ret i ca l ret i ca l ret i ca l B U n de r to iO Ove r 1 0

An g l esA ( L shapes) 2 5 and u nder , . . .. i 1 0 .026B 0 .2 0 .2

o ve r 2 5 to 5 0, i nc l .. . . . I 1 0, 026B 0 .2 0 12 0 ,3

over 5 0 to 7 5, e xc l .. .. . 2 2 0 026B 0 .3 0 4 0 .4

7 5 to 1 0 0, i nc l . .. .. . 3 2 0, 026B
ove r 1 0 0 to 1 5 0 i n c l . . .. . .. 3 3 0, 026B
o ve r 1 5 0 .. .. . .. 5 3 0 , 02 6 B

B u l b an g l es ( depth ) 7 5 to i O 0, i n c l 3 2 4 2 0 026B
ove r I 0 0 to 1 5 0, i n c l 3 2 4 3 0. 026B
ove r 1 5 0 3 2 5 3 0 .026B
Zees 7 5 to 1 0 0, i nc l 3 2 4 2 0 .026B
ove r I 0 0 t o 1 5 0, i n c l .3 2 4 3 0 . 02 6 B

N ote 1 - W he re " . . .. . " appears i n th i s tab l e, the r e i s n o re q u i re me nt

A For u neq ual leg an g l es, l o nger' l eg dete rm i nes c l assifi cati on
B 0 0 2 6 m m/mm = 1 1/2° The pe rm itted vari at i on shal l be rou nded to the nearest m i l l i metre after cal c u l ati o n .

5O
 2008a SECTION lI, PART A SA-6/SA-6M

TA B L E A 1 . 1 8
P E R M I TT E D VA R I AT I O N S I N S E CT I O N A L D I M E N S I O N S F O R RO L L E D T E E S

T B÷E
Tees

Permitted Var iations i n Sectional D i mensions G iven, m m

T/ 0 ut-of
,4, DepthB B, Widtha Square per _F, Web- Stern Th i ck n ess of
F lange
Th ic k ness of
Stern
M i l imetre off-Center, 0ut-of
N om ina l S i zeA Over U nder Over U nder of B max Sq uare c O ve r U nd e r Ove r U nder

3 0 an d u n d e r I I I i . . .. .. .. .. .. I 02 0 ,2 0 ,, i 0 ,5
Over 3 0 to 5 0, i nc l 2 2 2 2 .. .. .. .. .. . . 2 0 .3 0 .3 0 .2 0 .5
Ove r 5 0 to 75, ex c l 2 2 2 2 .. .. . . .. .. . . 2 04 0.4 0.4 0. 5
7 5 to 1 2 5, i nc l 2 2 3 3 0 03 2 . . .. .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. . . . . ..
Ove r 1 2 5 to 1 8 0, i nc l 2 2 3 3 0 . 03 3 .. . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .

N ote 1 - * Bac k of sq uare and center l i ne of stem are to be paral le l when measu ri ng " o ut-of-sq uare "
N ote 2 - Where " . . . " appears i n th is tab l e, the re i s no req u i rement

A The l onger membe r of an uneq ua l tee determ i nes the s ize fo r Pe rm itted vari ati ons .
B M easu rements fo r both depth and width are ove ra l l .
c Stem-out-of-sq uare i s the pe rm itted variat i on from its true pos it i o n of the center l i ne of ste m, measu red at the po i nt .

TA B L E A 1 ; 1 9
P E R M ITT E D VA RIATI O N S I N L E N G T H FO R S, M , C, M C, L, T, Z, A N D B U L B A N G L E S H A P E S
Permitted Variations from Spec ifi ed Length for Lengths G iven i n M etres, mm
Over 9 to 12, Over 12 to Over 15 to
Nominal 1.5 to 3, excl 3 to 6, excl 6 to 9, incl incl 15, incl 20, incl Over 20 m
S ize,A mm Over U nder Over U nder Ove r U nder Over U nder Over U nder Over U nder Over U nder
U n de r 7 5 16 0 25 0 38 0 51 0 64 0 64 0 .. . .. .. .. ..
7 5 a n d ove r 25 0 38 0 45 0 57 0 70 0 70 0 .. .. .. . . .. ..

N ote 1 - Where " . . . . . " appears i n th is tab l e, there i s no req u i reme nt

A G reatest c ross-secti onal d i mens i on .

TA B L E A I .2 0
P E R M I TT E D VA R IATI O N S I N E N D O U T-O F-SQ U A R E
FO R S, M , C, M C, L, T, Z, A N D B U L B A N G L E S H A P E S

Shapes Perm itted Variation

S, M , C, and M C 0 . 0 1 7 m m/m m of d e pth

LA 0 . 0 2 6 m m/m m of leg l ength o r 1 1,2°
B u l b an g l es 0 . 0 2 6 m m/m m of depth o r' 1 2°
R o l led teesA 0 0 1 7 m m/m m of fl an ge or ste m
Z ee s 0 . 02 6 m m/m m of s u m of both fl ange l e n gth s

A Perm itted variati ons i n ends out-of-sq uare are dete rm i ned o n
the l on ger' me mbers of t h e s hape

51
 SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E A 1 ,2 1
P E R M ITT E D VA R IATI O N S I N ST RA I G H T N E S S FO R S, M , C, M C, L, T, Z, A N D B U L B A N G L E S H A P E S

F'-'
F

- . f,aMKn

..,..,,....-

H L_...J L
B e a ll Cha n ne l A nq l e
1 8 a nd 14 1 ( C a nd NC ) (L)

r------.

i
I
J
I
i
€ U*81
- c JuMm
i
I
I
I

1
I

1
I

"-"1
?e e | ee

Positions for Measuring Camber of Shapes

Variabl e N om i na l S ize,A m m Perm itted Variation, m m

C a m be r u n de r 7 5 4 x n u m be r of met res of tota l l e n gth
7 5 and ove r 2 x n u m be r of met res of tota l l e n gth
Sweep al l D ue to the extreme var iati ons i n fl ex i b i l ity of these shapes, perm itted var i ati ons for sweep are su bject
to negoti ati ons between the man ufactu rer and the pu rc hase r fo r the i nd iv i d ua l secti ons i nvo lved .

A G reatest c ross-secti ona l d i mens i on .

TA B L E A 1 . 2 2
P E R M ITT E D VA R IATI O N S I N L E N G T H F O R W A N D H P S H A P E S

Permitted Variations From Specifi ed Length for Lengths Given in M etres, rnmA'8
9 a n d U nd e r Ove r 9

W Shapes Ove r U nder Ove r U nder

Beams 6 1 0 mm and u nder i n no m i nal depth 10 10 1 0 pl us I fo r each add iti onal 1 m or fracti on thereof 10
Beams ove r 6 1 0 m m i n nom i nal depth and a l l co l u mns 13 13 1 3 p l us I fo r each add iti ona l I m or fracti on thereof 13

A For H P shapes or W shapes spec ifi ed i n the orde r fo r use as beari ng p i les, the perm itted vari ati o ns i n length are p l us 1 2 5 and m i n us 0
a m , T h ese perm i tte d var i ati ons i n l ength al so app ly to sh eet p i l es
r
B The perm itted var iat i ons i n end out-of-square fo r W and H P shapes shal l be 0 , 0 1 6 m m pe r m i l i metre of depth, o r pe r m i l i metre of fl ange
wi dth if the fl ang width is l arge r than the depth , The per m itted variati o ns shal l be rou nded to the nearest m i i l i metre after ca l c u l ati o n ,

52
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

TA B L E A 1 . 23
P E R M I TT E D VA R IATI O N S FO R L E N G T H A N D E N D O U T-O F-S Q U A R E, M I L L E D S H A P E S
Perm itted Variations i n Le ngth and End Out-of-Sq uare, m mA
M i l led Both E ndsc M i l led O ne E nd c
E nd O ut-of
N ominal Depth, mm Length,Bin Length End Out- Length Square (for
Over U nder of-Sq uare Over U nder M i l led End)

1 5 0 to 9 2 0 2 to 2 1 1 1 1 6 6 1

A The perm itted var iati o ns i n l ength and end out-of-sq uare are add itive .
B Length is measured a l ong center l i ne of web . . M easu rements are made with the stee l and tape at the same temperatu re .
c E nd out-of-sq uare is measu red by ( a) sq uari ng fro m the cente r l i ne of the web and ( b ) squari ng from the cente r l i ne of the flange . The mea
su red variation from true sq uareness i n e ither p lane shal l not exceed the total tabu lar amount.

TA B L E A 1 . 24
P E R M I TT E D VA RIATI O N S I N ST RA I G H T N E S S F O R W A N D H P S H A P E S

r-----

- $wc t P
m G AUN I

H - I
Positions for Measuring Camber and Sweep of W and HP Shapes

Perm itted Variation in Straightness, mm

C am be r an d sweep 1 x n um be r of metres of total l engthA

When certai n secti ons B with a flange wi dth approx i mate ly equal to
depth are spec ified i n the o r der fo r use as co l u m ns :
Len gth s of 1 4 m an d u nd e r I x n u mbe r of metres of total length, but not over' 1 0
Le n gth s ove r 1 4 m 1 0 + [ 1 x ( n u m be r of met res of tota l l e n gth - 1 4 m ) ]

A Secti ons with a flange width less than 1 5 0 m m, pe rm itted var i ati on for sweep, m m = 2 x n u m be r of metres of tota l l ength .
B App l ies on ly to :
2 00-r a m deep sections 46 . 1 kg/m and heav ier' ,
2 5 0- r
a m deep secti ons - 7 3 k g/m and heav ie r,
3 1 0-m m deep secti on s 97 k g/m an d heavie r, an d
3 6 0 -r
a m dee p sect i o ns - 1 1 6 kg/m an d heav i e r .
For other secti ons spec if
i ed i n the order fo r use as co l u m ns, the pe rm itted vari ati on is su bject to negoti ati on with the man ufactu rer.

53
SA -6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E A 1 .25
P E R M ITT E D VA R I AT I O N S I N D I M E N S I O N S FO R
S P L I T T E ES A N D S P LIT A N G L ES ( L S H A P ES )A
P e r m itte d
Va r i at i o n ove r or
under Specif
i ed
Specif
i ed Depth, mm Depth, B m m

T o 1 5 0, exc l ( beams and chan ne ls) 3

1 5 0 to 4 1 0, exc l ( beams and chan ne l s ) 5

4 1 0 to 5 1 0, exc l ( beams and chan ne l s) 6

5 1 0 to 6 1 0, exc l ( beams) 8

6 1 0 a n d ove r ( beam s ) I0

A The perm itted vari ati ons i n len gth fo r sp l it tees or ang l es are
the same as those app l icab l e to the secti on fro m wh ich the tees or
an g les a re sp l it ,
B The above perm itted vari ati ons i n depth of tees o r ang les
i nc l u de the pe rm itted var i at ions i n depth fo r the beams o r chan ne ls
before sp l itti ng Pe rm itted vari ati ons i n d i mensi ons and
straig htness, as set u p for the beams o r chan ne l s from wh ic h these
tees o r an g les are c ut, app l y, e xcept

strai ghtness = 2 m m x l e ngth i n metres

TA B L E A 1 .26
P E R M ITT E D VA RI ATI O N S I N S E CTI O N A L D I M E N S I O N S FO R SQ U A R E- E DG E A N D RO U N D- E D G E F LAT BA R S
P e rm itted Var iati o n s
Perm itted Variations Over or U nder Spec ifi ed Th ickness, for Thicknesses G iven i n from Spec ifi ed
m i l imetres, mm Width, mm

Specifi ed Widths, Over 5 to 6, Over 6 to 1 2, Over 12 to 25, Over 25 to 50, Over

mm i ncl i nc l i nc l i ncl 50 to 75 Over 75 Over U nder

To 2 5, i nc l 0 .18 0 .20 0 .25 . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . 05 0. 5

0vet' 2 5 to 5 0, i nc i 0 .18 0. 3 0 0.40 0 .8 .. . . . . .. .. 1. 0 i. 0
Over 5 0 to 1 0 0, i nc l 0. 2 0 0 .40 0 .5 0 08 1. 2 1 .2 1. 5 1. 0
Ove r 1 0 0 to 1 5 0, i nc l 0.25 0 .4 0 0 .5 0 0. 8 1. 2 1 .2 2. 5 1 .5
Ove r 1 5 0 to 2 0 0, i nc l A 0 .4 0 0 . 65 08 1. 2 1 .6 30 2 .5
N ote 1 - W here " . . . . " appears i n th i s tab l e there is no req u i re ment ,

A F l ats over 1 5 0 to 2 0 0 m m, i nc l , i n width are n ot avai l ab le as hot-ro l l ed bars i n th ick ness 6 m m an d un der .

54
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA -6M

TA B L E A1 . 2 7
P E R M ITT E D VA R I ATI O N S I N S E C T I O N A L
D I M E N S I O N S FO R R O U N D A N D S Q U A R E BA R S A N D
RO U N D-C O R N E R E D S Q U A R E S
P e r m itted O ut
P e r m itted of- Ro u n d
Var iat i o n Ove r o r O ut-oF
or U nde r Sq uare
S pec ifi ed S ize SectionA
Specifi ed S izes, m m mm % mm %

U p to 7 . 0, i nc l 0 .13 .. . .. 0 .. 2 0 . . .. .
Ove r 7 . 0 to ! 1 . 0, i nc l 0.15 .. .. .. 0 .22 .. .. ..
Over 1 1 . 0 to 1 5 . 0, i nc l 0 .18 .. .. .. 0 . 27 .. .. ..

Over 15.0 to 19 . 0 , incl

Ove r 1 9 . 0 to 2 5 0, i nc l 0 .20
. .. 1. B.. 0 .3 0
. . .. . ..
1 1/2 B

N ote 1 - Wh ere " .. .. . . " appears i n th i s tab le, th ere is n o

req u i re me nt.

A 0 ut-of-rou nd is the d iffe rence between the max i m u m and m i n i

m u m d iamete rs of the bar, measu red at the same transverse cross
sect ion . 0 ut-of-sq u are secti on i s t he d i f e rence i n pe rpe nd i c u l ar d i s
tance between oppos ite faces, measu red at the same transverse
c ross sect i o n .
B The perm itted variat i on sha l l be ro u nded to the nearest tenth
of a m i l l i m et re afte r ca l c u l at i o n .

T A B L E A 1 . 28
P E R M I TT E D VA R IAT I O N S I N S E C T I O N A L
D I M E N S I O N S F O R H E XA G O N S

P e r m itted

Variations from 0ut-of

Specifi ed Hexagon
Specifi ed Sizes Between Size, mm Section,
Opposite S ides, m m Over U nder m mA
To 1 3 i nc l 0. 1 8 0. 18 0, 3
Ove r 1 3 to 2 5 i nc l 0 .25 0 .25 0 .4
Ove r 2 5 t o 4 0 i n c l 0 .55 0 .3 5 0 .6
O ve r 4 0 to 5 0 i n c l 0. 8 0 .40 0 .8
Ove r 5 0 to 6 5 i nc l 1 .2 0 .4 0 1 2
O ve r 6 5 to 8 0 i n c l 1 .6 1 .6

A Out-of-hexag on secti o n i s the g reatest d ifference i n d i stance

between any two o ppos ite faces, measu red at the same transverse
c ross se ct i o n ,,

TA B L E A I . 29
P E R M I TT E D VA R I ATI O N S I N S T RA I G H T N E S S F O R
BA R S

M axi m um Perm itted Variation i n Straightness, mmA

6 m m i n any 1 5 0 0 m m and ( length i n m i l l i metres/25 0 ) B

A Pe rm itted vari ati o ns i n strai ghtness do n ot app ly to hot- ro l l ed

bars if any s ubseq ue nt heat i n g o pe rat i on has bee n perfo rm ed ..
B Rou nd to the nearest who le m i l l i metre

55
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E A 1 30
P E R M ITT E D VA RIATIO N S I N L E N GT H FO R H OT-C U T ST E E L BA RSA
Permitted Var iations Over Spec ifi ed Lengths
S pecif
i ed S izes of F lats, mm G iven i n M etres, m m ( N o Variation U nder)
1 . 5 to 6 to 9 to 1 2 to
Specif
i ed S izes of Rou nds, 3, 3 to 9, 12, 18,
Squares, and H exagons, mm T h i ck n ess W i dth exc l 6, excl excl exc l i ncl

To 2 5, i nc l to 2 5, i nc l to 7 5, i nc l 15 20 35 45 60
Ove r 2 5 to 5 0, i nc l ove r 2 5 to 7 5, i nc l 15 25 40 50 65
to 2 5, i nc l ove r' 75 to 1 5 0, i nc l 15 25 40 50 65
Ove r 5 0 to 1 2 5, i nc l ove r 2 5 ove r 75 to 1 5 0, i nc l 25 40 45 60 70
Ove r 1 2 5 to 2 5 0, i nc t .. . .. .. . . 50 65 70 75 85
over 6 to 2 5, i nc l over 1 5 0 to 2 0 0, i nc l 20 30 45 90 100
over 2 5 to 7 5, i nc l over 1 5 0 to 2 0 0, i nc l 30 45 50 90 100
B ar si ze secti ons . . . . . . 15 25 40 50 65

H ot Sawi ng

50 to 125, incl 25 and over 75 and over' B 40 45 60 70

Ove r 1 2 5 t o 2 5 0, i nc l . . .. . .. . . B 65 70 75 85

N ote 1 - Whe re " . . . . . " appears i n th i s tab l e, the re is no requ i rement ,

A Fo r fi ats over 1 5 0 to 2 0 0 m m, i nc l, i n w i dth and ove r 75 m m i n th i c kness, consu lt the m an ufactu rer fo r perm itted variati ons i n l e ngth ,
B S ma l le r s i zes and sh o rter l e ngths are not com mon l y h ot sawed ,

TA B L E A I . 3 1
P E R M ITT E D VA RIAT I O N S I N L E N G T H FO R B A R S
R E C U T BOT H E N DS A FT E R ST RAI G H T E N I N GA' B
P e r m itte d Var i ati o ns
Over Specif i ed Le ngth
G iven i n M etres, m m
S i zes of Rounds, Squares, H exagons,
( N o Var iat i on U n d e r )
W idth s of F l ats a n d M ax i m u m
Di mensions of Othe r Sections, m m to 3.7, i nc l over 3.7

To 7 5, i nc l 6 8
Ove r 7 5 to 1 5 0 , i n c l 8 11
Ove r 1 5 0 to 2 0 0, i n c l 11 14
R ou nds ove r 2 0 0 to 2 5 0, i nc l 14 18

A F o r fi ats ove r 1 5 0 to 2 0 0 m m, i nc l, i n wi dth, and ove r 7 5 m m

i n th i c kness, c onsu lt the man ufactu rer o r the p rocessor fo r pe rm it
te d var i at i o ns i n l e n gth ,
B Pe rm itted vari ati ons are so meti mes req u i red al l over o r a l l
u nde r the specifi ed l ength, i n wh i ch case the su m of the two perm it
te d va r i at i o n s a p p l i es ,

56
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

A2. DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD SHAPE PROFILES

A2.1 Listed heIein are dimensions and weight [mass] of some standa rd shape profi les.. The values stated in inch
pound units axe independent of the values stated in SI units, and the values from the two systems are not to be combined
in any way.. Unless the order specifi es the applicable "M" specifi cation designation (SI units), the material shall be
furnished to inch-pound units .

57
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

,<

,E -o

x x x g R P
o o "
€ x x x g x x x x x x x x x x x
,-, lo _
-
:=

X
€
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

I-

I-

. . . . . . . . . . . .

c,4 .
x.. ,,
,<

= g

• -'

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
,-, oE

58
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

tn

,'7

E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

•- _
o
x R x x R
x x x x x x x x x x x × x x x x × x x x x x x x x x x
Z
'o =

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

t-

tn

,'7

r%

t e4 .
.=

-= =o
.--

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

59
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

= E
E

7
,

E
E
<

X X X
_ __
x x x x × x x × x x x x x x × x x x x X X X X X X

• _
.'
i z

-.1

<

I-

I-
g
7
,

i,i 1.

<

€' a

x x x x x x x x x × x x x x x x X X
,,-.

X X X X X X X

60
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

,m

g
x
- g
'N E = x x x x x x x x x x X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
z
t-
-I O

M d d d d d
I--

,E .g :
o

x R
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x X X X X Z X X Z X X X X X

61
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

o o
0 0 0 0 0

o4

E
E
<

o
o

x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x X X X x x
Z -
,-, =

< 0 0 0

d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d
I-

o o o # o o o o o o o o o

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
o
0 0 0 O 0

t'

x..

,<

1 - x.
x x
,_
= x x x . . . . . . .
. _ _
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
" x.

62
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6/SA-6M

x S R R x s x 8 x o
z x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

._ "
k

R R x x x R x x
x x x x x x x x x x x X X X x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

63
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

E
E
.<

x x o x
_ ,
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X x x x x x x X x x x x
z
,', § = =&
.<

-.I

< 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

I--

I-

._
.4

o o o o o o o o o o - ,o n o c0 00 - - . o . . 0 o a- ,o , ,o e o

<

•=
- -8

• = - = x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

64
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6/SA-6M

w c
Z - :.T.

•- 5
N I
g

.=
_

€ e4 ,
._
=

R R R x x x R x 5
•-= = x x x x x x x x x x x x X X X X X x x x x x x x x

65
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

,_
=
o

x R x x RR x x p
x x x x X X X x x x x x x x x x x

..-1

N I-

o o o o o o o 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0
o
0
Z 8 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

o o o g o o o

x x R R x x x R
- 25
x X X X X X X x x x x x x x x x x x x

66
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

I-

4
0 4
0 0 4
0 4
0 4
0 0 0

-d
4
0 4
0 4
0 4
0
,.% u

O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0

4
0 0 4
0

g
×
× x x x £ x x
Z
° x
o x x x x x x x x x
04"4 4
0
. o
o

,, . O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0

]
e4 OJ 4
0 4
0 4
0 4
0 4
0 4
0 4
0 4
0
o 6 o o 6 o o 6 o o
I-

0 O 0 0 0 O 0
2
d d d d d d d d o o o o o o o o o
I- o

,7
O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0

4
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0
. _

-o

&

x x x R x x x x
m m
_ '- X X X X X X x X x X -'d
,. oE = 'n <

67
SA-6 / SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

- E

,7

<

x x x x x x x 6
x x x x x x X ° x
" .=

la.l :I:

< ,
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
I-"

o o
o o o 6 6 o o o o o o 6 6
k

,7

O 0 0 0
,. , m

,i N .

<

,_
=

X X
x x x V x x o

"5
x x x x x X X X

68
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-6/SA-6M

t-

8 8 8 8 8 8

x x × × × × x
g:
x x x x 8 x x
t'M
CM ¢.. Z o
<g v

.-I

o d d d d d d d d d o d d
tf t-

o
,!
d d d o o d d d d d o d o
I-"

,7

E
o

g g 8 8 8 8 8 8 g 8 8 g g -o

d d d d d d G

t-q
J

o _
=
<g

8 ,o
,
q=:

x x x x x x
=. = X
o
X X
x
X X X

69
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

<
o

._ ' Z
x = _
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

€ u . = .
o

>- . o

...I 0
€
_ = o o o o
£
I-

I-

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 o

£
o

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

i 1.

<

,, _
=
o

x X o o
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
..5 <

7O
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

g g o

E
-o

-- o .
x x x R x x
o o

O
x x x x × × x
I" W
o

. m..
I,_ --r
¥
o o o o
f.
._. " d d d d d d d d d d o
I-

o
_ ._
.4 0 0 0

d d d d d d d d d o
I--
d
,'7

E
o

=
-o

¢,1

=
=
,, _
=
g
q
x x x x
x X X x x x x
.5

71
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

7
,

€€ E

.<

,_
= -o

x x
x x
oX x x
x x
x oX V
x x x x x x x x

LIJ -r"

<
I---
L,
x o o

I-

.i€- : o o o o o o o o o o o o
F-

T
,

e',,

e4

x.. i

, -= = x x x x x x x x x x X x
X X X
O3

72
 2008a SECTION II, PA RT A SA-6 / SA-6M

-6

c,a

.<

,_
=

o
,.-,
x x x x

. m
x x x x × x x x

o
< v

...I

,<

-O ' -
[....

I'"

" .m

E
o

-o

OA
X. "-
Y
<

=
_

tO:

x x x
0. ,m
x X x x x X X X x x
,-, oE -:
E

73
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

I-

I.-

', 7"

E
<

i _

• .

o X X X

$ o o x x
x x x X X x x x x x X x
lo -
e
.'

rn >l
<i: r,.
0 0 0

I-

,7"

0 0 0
0 0 0 0

<

iE
°

X X O X o x x
_
=
X X x X X X X X X X
_

,, m
X X X
D '-

74
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6/SA- 6M

P,- - o' - t O4 0 CO 0 , O
" _ o< : o< o< / o< r'

D
r

,<

S X x X X X x x x x x x x x
= _

Z '-
,
=
=
.E x # x x x x x x x x o
.o o
o,i v
< oo
LO LiJ
_J O.

< -'r

I-

O O 0 O 0 O 0 0
0 O 0 O 0 0

.r o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
l-

,=

=
.

O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 0 O 0 O 0
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o g

<

= _ '- × x X X × × X × g X x × x X
X x X X o N o X X X o x

75
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E A 2 . 7
" L" S H A P E S ( E Q U A L L E G S )

S ize and Thickness, Weight per S ize and Th ickness, M ass per
i n. Foot, Ib Area, in.2 mm Metre, kg Area, mm2

L8 x 8 x 1 1/8 5 6. 9 1 6 .7 L 2 03 x 2 0 3 x 2 8 . 6 84 . 7 10 800
L8 x 8 x 1 51. 0 15 .0 L 2 03 x 2 0 3 x 2 5 .4 75 . 9 9 68 0
L8 X 8 x 45. 0 13.2 L 2 03 x 2 0 3 x 2 2 . 2 67 . 0 8 500
L8 x 8 x 3,4 38 . 9 11. 4 L2 03 x 2 0 3 x 1 9 . 0 57 9 7 360
L 8 x 8 x 5,8 32.7 9 61 L 2 03 x 2 03 x 1 5 .9 48 .7 6 2 00
L 8 x 8 x %6 29 . 6 8 . 68 L2 03 x 2 03 x 14. 3 44 . 0 5 6 00
L 8 X 8 x 1, 2 2 6 .4 7. 75 L 2 03 x 2 03 x 1 2 .7 39. 3 5 000

L6 x 6 x I 3 7 .4 II. 0 L 1 5 2 x 1 5 2 x 2 5 .4 55 . 7 7 I00
L6 x 6 x 7, 8 33 .1 9 .73 L152 x 152 x 22 .2 49 .3 6 280
L6 x 6 x 3, 4 2 8 .7 8 .44 L152 x 152 x 19 .0 42 .7 5 45 0
L6 x 6 x 5/8 24 .2 7 .11 L152 x 152 x 1 5 .9 36 .0 4 590
L6 x 6 x 9 6 2 1 .9 6 .43 L152 x 152 x 1 4 .3 3 2 .6 4 150
L6 x 6 x 1, 2 19 .6 5 .7 5 L 1 5 2 x 1 5 2 x 1 2 .7 29 .2 3 710
L6 x 6 x 7, 16 17 2 5 . 06 L152 x 152 x I I .I 2 5 .6 3 270
L6 x 6 x 3, 8 14 .9 4 .3 6 L152 x 152 x 9.5 22 .2 2 810
L6 x 6 x %6 12. 4 3 .65 L 15 2 x 15 2 x 7. 9 1 8 .5 2 360

L5 x 5 x 7,8 27 . 2 7 .9 8 L127 x 127 x 22 .2 40 .5 5 150

L5 x 5 x 4 23 6 6 . 94 L 1 2 7 x 1 2 7 x 19 . 0 35 .1 4 48 0
L 5 x 5 x 5,s 20 .0 5 .86 L 1 2 7 x 1 2 7 x 1 5 .9 2 9 .8 3 78 0
L5 x 5 x 16 .2 4. 75 Li27 x 127 x i2. 7 24 . 1 3 07 0
L5 x 5 x 6 14 . 3 4 18 L1 2 7 x 1 27 x I I I 2 1 .3 2 70 0
L5 x 5 x 12 .3 3.61 L127 x 127 x 9 .5 18 .3 2 33 0
L5 x 5 x 5/ 6 10 .3 3 03 L127 x 127 x 7 .9 1 5 .3 1 960

L4 x 4 x 3, 4 1 8 .5 5 .44 LI02 x 102 x 19 0 27 .5 3 510

L4 x 4 x 1 5 .7 4 .61 LI02 x 1 02 x 15 9 2 3 .4 2 97 0
L4 x 4 x 1/2 12 8 3 .7 5 LI02 x 102 x 12 7 19 .0 2 42 0
L4 x 4 x 7x16 1 1 .3 3 .3 1 LI 02 X 10 2 x I I . I 1 6 .8 2 140
L4 x 4 x 3/8 " 9 .8 2 .86 L1 0 2 X 10 2 x 9 .5 14 .6 1 85 0
L4 x 4 X 5/16 8.2 2 .4 0 LI 02 X 10 2 x 7 .9 1 2 .2 1 55 0
L4 X 4 X I- 4 6.6 1 .9 4 L I 02 X 1 02 x 6 .4 9 .8 1 250

L3 2 x 3 x 1, 2 II .I 3.25 L89 x 89 x 1 2 .7 1 6 .5 2 i0 0
L3 x 3 x 6 9 .8 2 187 L89 x 89 x II. I 14 .6 1 850
L3 2 x 3 1, 2 x 8 8 .5 2 .48 L89 x 89 x 9 .5 1 2 .6 1 60 0
L3 2 x 31/2 x %6 7 .2 2.09 L89 x 89 x 7 .9 10 .7 1 3 50
L3 1, 2 x 3 1/2 x I/4 5 .8 1 69 L89 x 89 x 6 .4 8. 6 1 090

76
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA- 6/SA-6M

TA B L E A 2 . 7
" L" S H A P E S ( E Q U A L L E G S ) ( C O N T' D )

S ize and Thickness, Weig ht pe r S ize and Th ickness, M ass per

in. Foot, I b Area, i n.2 mm M etre, kg Area, m m2
L3 x 3 x 1,2 9 .4 2 . 75 L76 x 76
x 1 2 .7 14 0 1 770
L3 x 3 x 7, 16 8.3 2 .43 L7 6 x 76
x II I 12 4 1 57 0
L3 x 3 x 3,8 7 .2 21 11 L7 6 x 76
x 9 .5 1 0 .7 1 360
L3 x 3 x %6 6. 1 1 .78 L7 6 x 76
x 79 91 1 150
L3 x 3 x 1, 4 4 .9 1 44 L7 6 x 76 x 6.4 73 92 9
L3 x 3 x 3, 16 3. 71 I. 09 L7 6 x 76 x 4 .8 51 5 7 03

L 2 x 2 1, 2 x 1, 2 7 .7 2.25 L64 x 64 x 12 17 1114 1 45 0

L 2 1, 2 x 2 1 x 59 1 . 73 L64 x 64 x 9 .5 87 1 120
L2 1, 2 x 2 1,2 x 6 50 1 .46 L64 x 64 x 7 19 7 .4 94 2
L 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x l!4 4 .1 1. 19 L64 x 64 x 6 .4 6 .1 7 68
L2 x 2 1/2 x 6 3 .07 0 .90 L64 x 64 x 4 . 8 46 581

L 2 x 2 x 3,8 4 .7 1 36 L5 1 x 5 1 x 9 . 5 7 .0 877
L2 x 2 x 5, 16 3 .92 1 .15 L5 1 x 5 1 x 7 . 9 5 18 74 2
L 2 x 2 x 1,4 3.19 0 93 8 L5 1 x 5 1 x 6 4 47 605
L2 x 2 x 6 2 . 44 0 .. 7 1 5 L5 1 x 5 1 x 4 . 8 3 .6 46 1
L 2 x 2 x 1, 8 1 . 65 0 .484 L5 1 x 5 1 x 3 . 2 2 .4 312

L1 4 x 1 x 1, 4 2 .77 0.813 L44 x 44 x 6 . 4 4 .1 525

LI x 1 3/4 x 3, 16 2 .12 0 .6 2 1 L44 x 44 x 4 . 8 3 .1 401
LI x 1 3,4 x 1 . 44 0.422 L44 x 44 x 3 2 2 .1 272

LI x 1 1/2 x 2 34 0 688 L 3 8 x 3 8 x 6 .4 3 ,4 444

L I x 1 1, 2 x 3,1 6 1 ,80 0. 527 L38 x 38 x 4 , 8 2 .7 34 0
L l l/2 x 1, 2 x %2 1 .52 0 .444 L38 x 3 8 x 4 . 0 2. 2 286
L I x 1 1/2 x 1, 8 1. 23 0 3 59 L3 8 X 3 8 x 3 . 2 1 .8 232

LI x i x 1 92 0 . 5 63 L32 x 32 x 6 .4 2. 8 363
L l l, 4 x 1 1,/4 x 3, 1 6 1 . 48 0 .434 L3 2 x 3 2 x 4 . 8 2 .2 280
L I x 1 1,4 x 1, 8 1 .01 0 .297 L3 2 x 3 2 x 3 2 1 .5 192

L1 x 1 x 1 .4 9 0. 4 3 8 L 2 5 x 2 5 x 6 .4 2 .2 283
L1 x 1 x 6 1 16 0 .3 40 L25 x 25 x 4 .8 1 8 219
L 1 x 1 x 1, B 0.. 8 0 0 2 34 L25 x 25 x 3 2 1 2 151

L x x 0 .5 9 0 .172 L19 x 19 x 3 .2 0 .9 111

77
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E A2 .8
" L" S H A P E S ( U N E Q U A L L E G S )
Y

z
Y

Size and Thickness, Weight per Size and Thickness, Mass per
in. Foot, Ib Area, in.2 mm M etre, kg Area, mm2
L8 x 6 x I 44 , , 2 13 ,0 L 2 03 x 1 5 2 x 2 5 , 4 65 5 8 39 0
L8 x 6 x 8 39 , 1 11 5 L203 x 152 x 22 ,2 5 7 ,9 7 42 0
L8 x 6 x 33 , 8 9 , 94 L203 x 152 x 19 ,0 50 ,1 6 41 0
L8 x 6 x 8 28, 5 8 36 L 2 03 x 1 5 2 x 1 5 ,9 42 , 2 5 390
L8 x 6 x 6 25 7 7 , 56 L 203 x 152 x 14 ,3 38 , 1 4 88 0
L8 x 6 x 23. 0 6 75 L 2 0 3 x 1 5 2 x 1 2 .7 34 .1 4 350
L 8 x 6 x 746 20 2 5 . 93 L 2 03 x 152 x 1 1 . 1 29 .9 3 83 0
L8 x 4 x 1 3 7 .4 11. 0 L 2 0 3 x 1 0 2 x 2 5 .4 55 .4 7 100
L8 x 4 x 7,e 33.1 9 . 73 L203 x 102 x 22 .2 49 . 3 6 280
L8 x 4 x 4 2 8 .7 8 . 44 L203 x 102 x 19 .0 42 .5 5 45 0
L8 x 4 x 24 . 2 7. 11 L203 x 102 x 15 9 36 . 0 4 59 0

L8 x 4 x 6 2 1 .9 6.43 L 2 03 x 1 0 2 x 14 . 3 32 1 4 4 150
L8 x 4 x 19 6 5.75 L203 x 102 x 12 .7 29 0 3 710
L8 x 4 x 6 17.2 5 . 06 L203 x 102 x 11 .1 25. 6 3 2 60
L7 x 4 x 2 6 .2 7 .69 L178 x 102 x 19 .0 38 . 8 4 960
L7 x 4 x % 22. 1 6 .48 L 1 7 8 x 1 0 2 x 1 5 .9 3 2 .7 4 1 80
L7 x 4 x 17. 9 5 .25 L178 x 102 x 12 .7 2 6 .5 3 390
L7 x 4 x 6 15. 7 4 ,62 L1 7 8 x 1 0 2 x I i , I 23 ,4 2 98 0
L7 x 4 x 13. 6 3 .9 8 L178 x 102 x 9 .5 20 .2 2 570

L6 x 4 x 27 .2 7 .9 8 L152 x 102 x 22 .2 40 .3 5 150

L6 x 4 x 2 3 .6 6 .9 4 L152 x 102 x 19 .0 35 . 0 4 48 0
L6 x 4 x 20 .0 5 86 L152 x 102 x 1 5 .9 2 9 .6 3 780
L6 x 4 x 18 1 5 .31 L152 x 102 x 1 4 .3 2 6 .8 3 43 0
L6 x 4 x 16. 2 4 75 L152 x 102 x 12 .7 24 . 0 3 06 0
L6 x 4 x 6 14 3 4 .18 L1 5 2 x 1 0 2 x 1 1 . 1 2 1 .2 2 7 00
L6 x 4 x 12. 3 3 61 L152 x 102 x 95 18 .2 2 33 0
L6 x 4 x 6 10 3 3 . 03 L1 52 x 1 0 2 x 7.. 9 15 .3 1 95 0
L6 x 3 x 15 3 4. 50 L 1 5 2 x 89 x 1 2 . 7 2 2 .7 2 900
L6 x 3 x 11 7 3. 42 L 1 5 2 x 89 x 9 .5 17 .3 2 210
L6 x 3 x 6 9 .8 2 . 87 L 1 5 2 x 89 x 7 . 9 14 .5 1 850

78
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-6/ SA-6M

TA B L E A 2 . 8
" L" S H A P E S ( U N E Q U A L L E G S ) ( C O N T' D )

S ize and Th ickness, We ight per S ize and Th ickness, M ass per
in , Foot, I b Area, i n.2 film M etre, kg Area, m m2
L5 x 3 1/2 x 3,4 19.8 5. 8 1 L127 x 89 x 19 0 2 9 .3 3 750
L5 x 3 1/2 x 5/B 1 6 .8 4 .92 L127 x 89 x 15 .9 24 . 9 3 170
L5 x 3 1,2 x 1, 2 13, 6 4. 00 L127 X 89 x 12 7 20. 2 2 58 0
L5 x 3 1/2 x 8 1 0 .4 3 .05 L 127 X 89 X 9 .. 5 1 5 .4 1 97 0
L5 x 3 1,2 x %6 8 .7 2 .56 L127 x 89 x 7 ,9 1 29 1 650
L5 x 3 1,2 x 1, 4 7, 0 2, 06 L127 x 89 x 6 ,4 I0 ,4 1 33 0

L5 x 3 x I/2 12 ,8 3, 75 L127 x 76 x 12 .7 19 0 2 42 0
L5 x 3 x 6 1 1 ,3 3 ,31 L127 x 76 x I I ,I 16 ,7 2 140

L5 x 3 x 3,8 9 .8 2 . 86 L127 x 76 x 9 .5 14 .5 1 850

L 5 x 3 x %6 8 .2 2 .4 0 L 1 2 7 x 76 X 7 . 9 12. 1 1 55 0
L5 x 3 x 1. 4 6. 6 1 . 94 L127 x 76 x 6.4 9 .8 1 250

L4 x 3 1/2 x 1, 2 11 9 3 .50 L102 x 89 x 12 .7 17 .6 2 260

L4 x 3 1, 2 x 3,8 9. 1 2 . 67 L102 x 89 x 9. 5 13 .5 1 720
L4 x 3 1/2 x %6 7 .7 2 .25 L102 x 89 x 7 .9 11 4 1 45 0
L4 x 3 1, 2 x 1,4 6. 2 1. 81 L102 x 89 x 6. 4 9. 2 1 170

L4 x 3 x 5/8 13.6 3 .9 8 L 1 0 2 x 7 6 x 1 5 .9 20 2 2 570

L4 x 3 x 11 .1 3 .25 L 1 0 2 x 76 x 1 2 .7 1 6. 4 2 100
L4 x 3 x 3,8 8 .5 2 . 48 L102 x 76 x 9 .5 12 .6 1 600
L4 x 3 x 5, 16 7. 2 2 . 09 L102 x 76 x 7 .9 1 0 .7 1 350
L4 x 3 x 5 .8 1 . 69 L 1 0 2 X 76 x 6 . 4 8 6 1 09 0

L3 1
2 x 3 x 1, 2 10 .2 3 .00 L8 9 x 7 6 x 1 2 . 7 1 5. 1 1 94 0
L3 x 3 x 6 9 .1 2 .. 6 5 L89 x 76 x 1 1 . 1 13 5 1 710
L3 1,2 x 3 x 3,8 79 2 .30 L89 x 7 6 x 9 5 11 .7 1 48 0
L3 1/2 x 3 x 5"16 6 .6 1 .93 L89 x 7 6 x 7 9 9 .8 1 250
L3 1
2 x 3 x 1,4 54 1 56 L89 x 7 6 x 6 .4 8 .0 1 010

L3 1
2 x 21
2 x 1, 2 9. 4 2. 7 5 L89 x 64 x 1 2. 7 13 9 1 770
L3 1
2 x 21
2 x 3, 8 7. 2 2 .11 L89 x 64 x 95 10 .7 1 360
L3 1
2 x 21
2 X %6 6 .1 1 .7 8 L89 X 64 x 79 9 .0 1 150
L3 1
2 x 21
2 x I,4 4. 9 1 44 L89 x 64 x 6 .4 7 .3 929

L3 x 21 2 x 1,2 85 25 0 L76 x 64 x 12, 7 12 .6 1 610

L3 x 2 12, 2 x 7/16 7 ,6 2 ,21 L7 6 x 64 x II ,I 1 1 ,3 1 430
L3 x 21 2 x 3/8 66 1 , 92 L7 6 x 64 x 9 ,5 98 1 2 40
L3 x 2 12, 2 x %6 5 ,6 I ., 6 2 L7 6 x 64 x 7 ,9 8 ,3 1 05 0
L3 x 2 1,2 x 1,4 4 ,5 1 ,3 1 L76 x 64 x 6 ,4 6 .7 845
L3 x 212 x %6 3 ,39 0 9 96 L7 6 x 64 x 4 ,8 5, 1 643

L3 x 2 x 1,2 77 2 25 L7 6 x 51 x 12 .7 11 5 1 45 0
L3 x 2 x 3/8 5 .9 1 . 73 L7 6 x 51 x 95 81 8 1 120
L3 x 2 x %6 5. 0 1 . 46 L7 6 x 51 x 7. 9 74 94 2
L3 x 2 x 1/4 4.. 1 1. 19 L7 6 x 51 x 6 .4 6 .1 7 68
L3 x 2 x 3, 16 3. 07 0 .9 0 2 L7 6 x 51 x 4. 8 46 58 2

L2 x 2 x 3,8 5 .3 1 . 55 L64 x 51 x 9 .5 7 .9 1 00 0
L2 x 2 x %6 4. 5 1 .3 1 L6 4 x 51 x 79 67 845
L2 x 2 x 1,4 3 .6 2 1 . 06 L64 x 51 x 6 .4 5 .4 684
L2 x 2 x %6 2 . 75 0 .8 09 L6 4 x 51 x 48 4 .2 522

L2 2 x 1 x 1,4 3. 19 0 .938 L64 x 3 8 x 6 .4 4 .8 6 05

L2 1
2 x 1 1, 2 x 16 2 .44 0 715 L64 x 38 x 4 8 3 .6 461

L 2 x 1 1 2 x 1/4 2 , 77 0 ,813 L5 1 x 38 x 6 4 4 ,2 525

L2 x 1 12 x %6 2 .12 0, 621 L5 1 x 3 8 x 4 , 8 3 .1 40 1
L2 x 12 1 x 1, 8 1 , 44 0 .4 2 2 L 5 1 x 38 x 3 . 2 2, 1 272

79
SA-6 /SA-6M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

APPENDICES

(Nonmandatory Information)

X1 . COIL AS A SOURCE OF STRUCTURAL of' probability t

h at tensile properties at other tha
nthe offi
PRODUCTS cial locati on may dif fer' from t hose of t he reported test
X1.1 Cont i nuous wide hot strip rolling mills are nor location. Another' survey sponsored by t h e AISI entitled
mally equipped with coilers. Regardless of the different "Statisti cal Analysis of Structural Plate Mecha nical Proper
types of systems employed during or following the rolling ties" was published in January 2003 , That survey analyzed
h e results of variability testi ng on more modern as-rolled
t
operations, it is common for the steel to be reeled into
h e coiler at temperatures in t
t he stress-relieving range. In steels that were generally of' higher' m
i nimum yield strength
steels and also compared t h ose results statistica
lly to t
he
general, such temperatures a
r e higher as t
he steel thickness
increases. The coils subsequently cool to ambient tempera previous surveys .
ture with outer and inner laps cooling more rapidly than X2.3 Specifi cation A 6 /A 6M contains no requirements
central laps. The dif
ference in cooling rate ca
n result in applicable to product tension tests; conformance to t he
me asurable di fferen c e s in the mech ani c al properti e s applicable product specifi cation is determined on the basis
throughout a coil. Data confirm reduced yield and tensile of tests performed at t
he place of manufacture or processing
strengt
h with increased percent elongation for the steel prior' to shipment, unless otherwise specifi ed. .
wit
h slower cooling rates from t
he coiling temperatme to
ambient. Such differences ar e in addit
i on to t
h e effects on X2.4 A Task Group of ASTM Subcomm
i ttee A0 1 .02
has determ
ined, based on review of the ea
rlier AISI data,
mechanical propert
i es caused by differences in heat analy
sis and chemical segregat
i on hat the var
t i at
i on in tensile propert
i es of plates a
nd str uc
tural shapes can be expressed as a functi on of specifi ed
requirements : one sta
nda
r d deviati on equals approximately
X2. VARIATION OF TENSILE PROPERTIES IN
4% of' r equired tensile strength , 8 % of' requir ed yield
PLATES AND SHAPES
strength, a
nd 3 percentage points of required elongation..
The January 2003 survey resulted in simila r findings..
X2.1 The tension testing requirements of Specif
i cation
A 6 /A 6M axe intended only to characteri ze the tensile X2.5 Accepta nce criteria for' product testi ng based upon
these values, either' below t
he m
inimum or' above the maxi
properties of a heat of' steel for' determination of confor
mance to the requirements of t he applicable product speci mum allowed by the applicable product specifi cation, ate
fi cation. Such testing procedures a re not intended to def i ne generally acceptable to manufacturers . Such tolerances
the upper' or' lower' limits of tensile propert
i es at all possible could be considered by user's of st ructural products as a
test locations within a heat of' steel It is well k
n own and reasonable basis for accepta nce of' str uctural products that,
documented t h at tensile propert
i es will vary wit
hin a heat due to their inherent variability, deviate from the applicable
or individual piece of steel as a function of chemica l com product specifi cation requirements when subjected to prod
uct tension test
ing .
positi on, processing, testing procedure a nd ot her' factor's .
It is, therefore, incumbent on designer's and engineers to
use sound engineering .j udgement when using tension test
X3. WELDABILITY OF STEEL
results shown on m ill test reports. The test
ing procedures
of Specifi cati on A 6 /A 6M have been found to provide X3.1 Weldability is a term that usually refers to the
stnactural products adequate for norma
l str
u ctu
ral design relative ease with which a meta
l can be welded using
criteria. conventional practice Diffi culties arise in steel when t
he
cooling rates associated wit
h weld thermal cycles produce
X2.2 A survey of the variation to be expected in tensile microstructures (for' exa
mple, martensite) that are suscepti
properties obtained from plates and st
ructural shapes was ble to brittle f:'acture or', more c ommonly , hy dro gen
conducted by the American Iron and Steel Inst
i tute (AISI). induced (or' cold) cracking. (Solidifi cation or' hot cracking
The results of this survey a
r e contained in a Contributions is a relatively ra
re phenomenon t h at will not be addressed
to the Metallurgy of Steel entitled "T
he Variation of' Prod here . See Randall for' further' information. )
uct Analysis and Tensile P:operties- -Carbon Steel Plates
and Wide Flange Shapes" (SU/1 8, SU/1 9 and SU/20), pub X3.2 The relative sensit
ivity of' steels to forming cold
lished in September' 1 974. The data a
re presented in tables cracking m
i crostructures is called hardenability a
nd ca
n

80
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-6 /SA-6M

be measured in a number of ways. Perhaps the most popular with the knowledge of act
u al construct
i on condit
i ons , must
meth od of assessing this is by t he car bon equivalent (CE) al so be u sed.
formula, which attempts to equate the relative ha r dening
cont
r ibutions of a steel' s constituent elements (for example,
manganese, vanadium) to an equivalent a mount of carbon, X4. RADIUS FOR COLD BENDING
which is the most signif i cant ha
rdening agent. The most
X4. 1 Suggested minimum inside bend radii for cold
popular formula is t
he IIW (International Inst
itute of Weld
for
ming a r e referenced to Group Designations A to F inclu
ing) equati on presented in $ 3 1 2, wh
i ch has been found
sive as def i ned in Table X4. 1 . The suggested radii listed
suitable for predict
ing hardenability in a wide range of
in Table X4 2 should be used as m inimums in typical shop
commonly used ca rbon-manganese and low a lloy steels .
fabrication. Material th at does not form satisfactorily when
X3.3 It should be noted, however, t
h at for the curient fabricated in accordance wit h Table X4 2 may be subj ect
generation of low carbon (<0. 1 0%) low alloy steels t
h at to rej ection pending negot i ation with the steel supplier
derive str ength tom a combination of' microalloys and When t ighter' bends are required, th e manufacturer should
thermal processing met
h ods, the use of ot
her for
mulae may be consulted.
more accurately assess har denability and cold cracking X4.2 The bend radius and the radius of t
h e male die
sensitivity
should be as liberal as t
he f
inished pa
rt will permit. T
he
X3.4 For a vast number of common st
ruct
ural applica widt
h acr oss the shoulders of the female die should be at
tions it is unnecessary to specify the use of CE lim its. least eight t
imes t
he plate t
hickness . Higher' strengt
h steels
However , in order to obtain a higher level of conf
i dence require la
rger die openings . The surface of the dies in the
in avoiding cold cracking, t
he chem
i st
ry cont r ols in $3 1 r ea of radius should be smooth.
a
are available. A purchaser who specif
i es the use of $3 1
should be awa
re that there a
re several factors involved in X4.2.1 Since cracks in cold bending commonly orig
inate from t
he outside edges, shea
r burrs and gas cut edges
the judicious selection of a maximum CE value, such as
should be removed by gr i nding. Sharp corner's on edges
te following :
h
n d on punched or gas cut holes should be removed by
a
X3.4.1 Actual production j oint rest
r aint/base metal chamfering or grind
i ng to a radius .
thickness(es) ,
X4.2.2 If possible, parts should be formed such th at
X3.4.2 Filler metal and base meta
l st
rengt
h compati he bend line is perpendicula
t r to the directi on of f
i na
l
bility,
rolling. If it is necessa
r y to bend with the bend line pa
rallel
X3.4.3 Deposited weld meta
l diffusible hydrogen to the direct i on of f
i nal r olling, a more generous radius is
content, suggested ( 1 ,12 times applicable value given in Table X4.2
X3.4.4 Preheat a
n d interpass temperatures, for bend lines perpendicula
r to the direct
i on of rolling)
X3.4.5 Filler metal a
nd base metal clea
n liness , and X4.3 References :
X3 .4.6 Heat input. X4.3. 1 Holt, G. E. , et a
l , "Minimum Cold B end Radii
X3.5 Though it is widely believed that low CE steels Project Final Report," ConcurTent Technologies Corpo
a
r e immune to weld cracking problems, fa
i lure to consider ration, Janua
r y 27, 1 997 .
t
h ese factor' s a
n d others have resulted in weld or base metal X4.3.2 Brockenbrough, R. L. , "Fabr i cation Guide
HAZ (heat affected zone) cracks in such steels . lines for Cold Bending, " R. L. Brockenbrough & Associ
ates, June 28 , 1 998 .
X3.6 It is important to note that ca
rbon equivalence is
only a qualitat
ive assessment of potent ial welding prob X4.3.3 B oth of t
h ese references a
r e available from
lems , and should never be solely relied on to ensure weld America
n [ton and Steel Institute, 1 1 0 1 1 7th Street NW,
integr
i ty The proper use of welding specif
ications, coupled Washington, DC 2003 6-4700 .

81
SA-6/SA-6M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E X4 . 1
G RO U P D E S I G N AT IO N S FO R C O L D B E N D I N G

G roup
Specifi cation Grade DesignationA
B
A 3 6/A 3 6 M B

A 1 3 1/A 1 3 1 M A, B, D, C S and E B

A, B, D, C S and E ( al l co l d B

fl ang i n g )
A H 3 2 D H 3 2, E H 3 2 an d F H 3 2 C
A H 3 6, D H 3 6, E H 3 6 and F H 3 6 C

A H 40, D H 40, E H 40 an d F H 4 0 C
A 2 4 2/A 2 4 2 M B C
TA B L E X4 . 2
A 2 8 3/A 2 8 3 M A or B A
S U G G E ST E D M I N I M U M I N S I D E RA D I I FO R C O L D
C or D B
B E N DI N GA
A 5 1 4/A 5 1 4 M any F
A 5 2 9/A 5 2 9 M 5 0 [3 4 5 ] o r 5 5 [3 8 0 ] C Th ickness (t), i n. [m rn]
A 5 7 2/A 5 7 2 M 4 2 [2 9 0] B
C
Over 4 i n .. Over 1 i n .
5 0 [3 4 5 ]
5 5 [3 8 0 ] D
U p to [20 r
a m] [25 r
a m]
6 0 [4 1 5 ] o r' 6 5 [ 4 5 0 ] E G roup 3/4 in . To 1 [25 To 2 i n.. [50 Over 2 i n.
A 5 7 3/A 5 7 3 M 5 8 [4 0 0 ] o r 6 5 E 4 5 0 ] B Designation B [20 r
a m] a m, i ncL]
r mrn], i ncl . [50 rn m]
7 0 E485 ] C A 1 , 5t 1 , 5t 1 ,, St 1 . 5t
A 5 8 8/A 5 8 8 M any C B 1 . 5t 1 , 5t 1 St 2 , 0t
A 6 3 3/A 6 3 3 M a ny B C 1 , 5t 1 , 5t 2 , 0t 2 , 5t
A 6 5 6/A 6 5 6 M 5 0 [3 4 5 ] B D 1 5t 1 , St 2 5t 3 , 0t
60 [4 1 5 ] D E 1 , 5t 1 5t 3 ,, 0t 3 , 5t
7 0 [48 5 ] E F 1 ,, 7 5t 2 , 2 5t 4 5t 5 , 5t
8 0 [5 5 0] F

A 6 7 8/A 6 7 8 M A or B C A Val ues are fo r bend l i nes perpe nd i cu l ar to the d i r' e cti on of fi nal
C or D D ro l l i ng , These rad i i app ly when the precauti ons l i sted i n X 4 2 are fo l
A 7 0 9/A 7 0 9 M 3 6 [2 5 0] B l owed , If bend l i nes are para l l e l to the d i recti o n of the fi nal ro l l i ng,
5 0 [3 4 5 ] o r 5 0 W [3 4 5 W 3 C m u lti p ly va l ues by 1 , 5 ,
7 0 W [4 8 5 W 3 o r H P S 7 0 W O B Stee l spec ificati o ns i nc l uded i n the g rou p desi g nati ons may not
[ H P S 4 8 5 W] i n c l u de t he e nt i re th i c kness ran ge s how n i n th i s tab l e ,
1 0 0 [ 6 9 0 ] o r' 1 0 0 W [6 9 0 W ] F

A 7 1 0/A 7 1 0 M A F
A 8 08/A 8 0 8 M B C
A 85 2/A 8 5 2 M B D

A 8 7 1/A 8 7 1 M 6 0 [4 1 5 3 o r 6 5 [4 5 0 3 E

A 9 4 5/A 9 4 5 M 5 0 [ 3 4 5 3 o r 65 [4 5 0 3 B

A Stee l s h av i ng a rati o of spec ifi ed m i n i m u m tensi l e strength to

spec i fi ed m i n i m u m y ie l d strength of 1 , 1 5 o r tess are i n G ro up F;
other' stee l s are i n G ro u ps A to E i nc l us ive, wh ich are g ro u ped on the
bas is of thei r havi n g s i m i lar spec ified val ues fo r m i n i m u m e l o n gati on
i n 2 i n ,, [5 0 m m ] ,
B G rade des ig nati o ns are not app l i cab l e fo r th i s specif
i cati o n .,

82
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20 /SA-20M

SPECIFICATION FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR

STEEL PLATES FOR PRESSURE VESSELS

SA -20 / SA-20M
INTERNATIONAL
Standards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 20/A 20M-06 ,) A08

1. Scope ASTM
Title of Specification Designation
1.1 This general requhements specif ication covers a
group of common requirements that, unless otherwise spec r essm e Vessel Hates, Alloy Steel, Quenched
P A 543 / A 543 M

if
i ed in the applicable product specifi cation, apply to rolled n d Temper
a e d Nickel-Chromium-Molyb
denum
steel plates for pressure vessels covered by each of' the Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched A 553 / A 5 5 3M
following product specif i cations issued by ASTM: n d Temper
a ed 8 a
n d 9 Percent Nickel
Pressure Vessel Plates, Ca
r bon Steel, Ma
n ga A 5 62 /A 5 62M
ASTM nese-Titanium fox' Glass or Diffused Metal
Title of Specif
i cat
i on Designation lic Coat
i ngs
r essure Vessel Plates, Ca
P r bon Steel, High A 6 1 2 /A 6 1 2M
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Ctu' o A 202 /A 202M
Stiength , for Moderate and Lower' Tempera
mium-Manganese Silicon ture Service
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Nickel A 203 /A 203M
Pr
e ssu
r e Vessel Plates , Five Percent Nickel A 645 /A 645M
Hessure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Molyb A 204 /A 204M
Alloy Steel, Specia
l ly Heat Treated
denum
r essur
P e Vessel Plates, Car bon-Manganese, for A 662 / A 662M
Pr
e ssure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manga A 225 /A 225M
Moderate an d Lower' Temper ature Service
nese-Vanadium
Pressure Vessel Plates, Ca
r bon S teel , A 724 /A 724M
r
P essu
r e Ves sel Plates, Caibon S teel , Low A 28 5 /A 28 5M Quenched and Temper
e d, foi Welded Lay
and Intermediate-Tensile Strength ered Pressure Vessels
r essure Vessel Plates, Ca
P r bon Steel, Ma
n ga A 299 /A 299M Pmssui e Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel a
n d High A 734 /A 734M
nese-Silicon Strength Low-Alloy Steel, Quenched a nd
Pmssuie Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Ma
n ga A 3 02 /A 302M Tempered
nese-Molybdenum a n d Manga n ese-Molybde r essu
P r e Vessel Plates, Low-Car bon Ma n ga A 73 5 /A 735M
num-Nickel nese-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy Steel,
Pressu
r e Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, 9 PeIcent A 35 3 /A 35 3M for Moder ate a
n d Lower Tempei ature
Service
Nickel Double-Noimalized and Tempered
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Chro A 3 87 /A 3 87M Pressure Vessel Plates, Low-Ca
r bon Age-Ha
rd A 73 6 /A 7 36M

mium-Molybdenum ening Nickel-Copper -Chmmium-Molybde

Pressu
r e Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, High A 455 /A 455M num-Columbium Alloy Steel
SUength Ma n ganese Pmssme Vessel Plates, High-Suength Low A 737 /A 737M

r essme Vessel Plates , Ca

P r bon Steel, fbl Inter A 5 1 5 /A 5 1 5M
Alloy Steel
r essu
P r e Ves sel Plates, Heat-Treated, Carbon A 73 8 /A 7 3 8M
mediate, - and Higher -Tempeiatu
r e Service
Man ganese-Silicon Steel, fox Moderate and
ressure Vessel Plates , Ca
P r bon Steel, Moder A 5 1 6 /A 5 1 6M
Lower Temperature Service
ate- a
n d Lower-Temper atu r e Service
Pressu
r e-Vessel Hates, Quenched a
n d Tem A 7 82 /A 7 82M
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, High A 5 1 7 /A 5 1 7M
pered, Manganese-Ctu' o mium-Molybdenum
Stlength , Quenched and Tempered Silicon-Zir conium A
l loy Steel
r essme Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched
P A 53 3 /A 5 3 3M
Hessur e Vessel Hates, Alloy Steel, Ctuo A 8 3 2 /A 832M
n d Tempered Ma
a n ganese-Molybdenum and mium-Molybdenum-Va n adium
Man gan ese-Molybdenum- Nickel Pressure Vessel Hates, P
r oduced by the A 84 1 / A 84 1 M
r
Pessu
r e Vessel Plates , Heat-Tr
e ated, Carbon A 5 3 7 /A 5 37M Thermo-Mecha
n ical Control Process
Manga
n ese-Silicon Steel (TMCP)
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Quenched A 542 /A 542M Pressu
r e Vessel Plates, 9% Nickel A
l loy, Pro A 844 /A 844M
n d Tempered Ctu'o mium-Molybdenum
a duced by the Direct-Quenching l:kocess

83
SA-20/SA-20M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

ASTM
applicable "M" specifi cation designation (SI units), the
Title of Specification Designation
plates me to be furnished to inch-pound units ,
Pressme Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Ch o A 1 0 1 7 / A 1 0 1 7M

miurn-Molybdenum-Tungsten
Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Higher A 1 04 1 /A 1 04 1 M
2. Referenced Documents
Stiength Chromium-Molybdenum-Tungsten
2.1 ASTM Standards. "
1.1.1 This general requirements specifi cat i on also A 202 /A 202M Specification f0r' Pressure Vessel Plates,
cover' s a group of supplementa r y requirements t h at a
re Alloy Steel, Chromium-Manganese-Silicon
applicable to several of the above product specifi cations A 203 /A 203M Specifi cation f0r' Pressure Vessel Plates,
as indicated therein. Such requirements a re provided for Alloy Steel, Nickel
u s e if additional testing or additional res triction s are A 204 /A 204M Specifi cation for' Pressure Vessel Plates,
required by the purchaser , and apply only if specifi ed indi Alloy Steel, Molybdenum
vidually in the purchase order. A 225 /A 225M Specifi cation for Plessure Vessel Plates,
1.2 Appendix X 1 provides information on coil as a Alloy Steel, Manganese-Vanadium-Nickel
sou
rce of' plates for pressure vessels . A 285 /A 285M Specifi cation for Pr
e ssure Vessel Plates,
Carbon Steel, Low- a
nd Intermediate-Tensile Strengt h
1.3 Appendix X2 provides informat i on on the var
i abil A 299 /A 299M Specifi cation for' Pressu
re Vessel Plates,
ity of' tensile properties in plates f0r' pressure vessels.. Carbon Steel, Manga
n ese-Silicon
1.4 Appendix X3 provides information on the var iabil A 302 /A 302M Specifi cation for' F'ressme Vessel Plates,
ity of Char
py-V-Notch impact test properties in plates for Alloy Steel, Manganese-Molybdenum and Manganese
pressu
re vessels. Molybdenum-Nickel
A 353 /A 353M Specifi cation for Pressure Vessel Plates,
1.5 Appendix X4 provides information on cold bending Alloy Steel, 9 Percent Nickel, Double-Normalized and
of plates, including suggested minimum inside radii for Tempered
cold bend
ing. A 370 Test Methods a
nd Def
i nit
i ons f0r' Mecha
nical Test
1 .6 These materials are intended to be suitable f0r' ing of Steel Products
fusion welding.. When the steel is to be welded, it is presup A 387 /A 3 87M Specifi cation for' Pressure Vessel Plates,
posed that a welding procedure suitable f0r' t
he g
rade of Alloy Steel, Chrom
ium-Molybdenum
steel a
n d intended use or service will be utilized.. A 435 /A 435M Specifi cation for' Straight-Beam Ult
rasonic
Exam
i nation of Steel Plates
1.7 In case of any confl ict in requirements, the require
A 455 /A 455M Specifi cation for Pressure Vessel Plates,
ments of the applicable product specifi cation prevail over'
Carbon Steel, High-Stlengt
h Manganese
those of this general requirements specif i cation..
A 5 1 5 /A 5 1 5M Specifi cati on for Pressure Vessel Plates,
1.8 Additional requirements that ate specif
i ed in t
he Ca
r bon Steel, for' Intelmediate- and Higher-Tempelatule
purchase order and accepted by the supplier a
r e permitted, Service
provided that such requirements do not negate any of t he A 5 1 6 /A 5 1 6M Specifi cati on for' Plessu
re Vessel Plates,
requirements of' h
tis genera
l requirements specifi cation or' Carbon Steel, for Moderate- and Lower-Temperature
the applicable product specif
i cation. Ser
v ice

1.9 For purposes of determining conformance with this A 5 1 7 /A 5 1 7M Specifi cati on for Plessure Vessel Plates,
general requirements specifi cation and t
he applicable prod Alloy Steel, High-Strength, Quenched and Tempeled
uct specifi cation, values a
re to be rounded to t he nearest A 533 /A 533M Specifi cation for Plessure Vessel Plates,
unit in t
he right-hand place of f i gures used in expressing Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempered, Manganese
the limit
i ng values in accordance with the rounding method Molybdenum and Ma n ganese-Molybdenum-Nickel
of' Practice E 29 . A 537 /A 537M Specifi cation for' Pressule Vessel Plates,
Heat-Tleated, Ca r'b on-Ma n ganese-Silicon Steel
1.10 The values stated in eit
her inch-pound units or SI A 542 /A 542M Specifi cation for Pressure Vessel Plates,
units a
re to be regarded as sta
ndard. Within the text, t
he Alloy Steel, Quenched- and-Tempered, Chromium
SI units axe shown in brackets . The va
lues stated in each
Molybdenum, and Chromium-Molybdenum-Vanad ium
system a
r e not exact equiva
lents. Therefore, each system A 543 1A 543M Specifi cati on for Pressure Vessel Plates,
is to be used independently of' t
h e ot
her'. Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempered Nickel-Chro
1.11 This general requirements specifi cation and the mium-Molybdenum
applicable product specifi cation ate expressed in bot
h inch A 553 /A 553M Specifi cat
ion for' Pressu
re Vessel Plates,
pound units and SI units ; unless the order specifi es the Alloy Steel, Quenched and Tempeled 8 and 9% Nickel

84
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20 / SA-20M

A 5 62 /A 562M Specifi cation for' Pressure Vessel Plates, A 94 1 Terminolo gy Rel ating to S teel , S tainle s s S teel ,
Carbon Steel, Manganese-Titanium for' Glass or' Dif: Related Alloys, and Ferr oalloys
fused Metallic Coatings A 1 0 1 7 /A 1 0 1 7M Specif
i cation for Pressul e Vessel Plates,
A 577 /A 577M Specifi cati on for Ultrasonic Angle-Beam Alloy Steel, Chrom ium-Molybdenum-Tungsten
Examination of Steel Plates A 1 04 1 /A 1 04 1 M Specifi cation for P
ressme Vessel Plates,
A 57 8 /A 57 8M Specif
i cation for Straight-Beam Ult
r asonic Alloy Steel, Higher St r ength Ch r'o mium-Molybdenum
Examination of Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special Tungsten
Applicat i ons E 2 1 Test Met hods foi Elevated Temperature Tension Tests
of Metallic Matelia
ls
A 6 1 2 /A 6 1 2M Specif
i cation for' Pressure Vessel Plates ,
Carbon Steel, High Strength, for Moderate and Lower E 29 Practice for' Using Signif
i cant Digits in Test Data to
Temperature Selvice Determine Conformance with Specif i cations
E 1 1 2 Test Met
h ods for Determ
i ning Average Grain Size
A 645 /A 645M Specif i cat
i on for Pressure Vessel Plates,
E 208 Test Method for' Conduct i ng Drop-Weight Test to
5 % and Nickel Alloy Steels, Specially Heat Treated
Determine Nil-Ductility Transition Temperatule of Fer
A 662 /A 662M Specifi cat
i on for' Pressure Vessel Plates, iitic Steels
C al bon-Manganese- S ilicon S teel, for Moderate and
E 709 Guide for' Magnetic Pa
r ticle Examination
Lower Temperature Service
A 700 Practices for Packaging, Marking, and Loading 2.2 American Society of Mechanical Engineers Code:
Methods for Steel Products for' Shipment ASME B oilei and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Weld
A 724 /A 724M Specifi cation f0r' Pressure Vessel Plates, ing Qualif
i cations
Car bon-Manganese-Silicon Steel, Quenched and Tem 2.3 U. S. Military Standard :'
pered, for' Welded Pressure Vessels MIL- STD- 1 63 Steel Mill Products Prepa
r ation foi Ship
A 734 /A 734M Specif i cation for' P
ressul e Vessel Plates , ment and Storage
A llo y S tee l an d High - S trength Low - A ll oy S te e l ,
2.4 US. Federal Standard:
Quenched-and-Tempered
Fed. Std. No . 1 23 , Ma
r king foI Shipment (Civil Agencies)
A 73 5 /A 7 35M Specif ication for P r essure Vessel Plates,
Low - C arb on Mang an e s e-M olybdenum- C olumbium 2.5 Automotive Industry Action Group Standard:
Alloy S teel, for' M o delate and Lower' Temper ature B 1 B ar' Code Symbology Standard
S elvice

A 73 6 /A 736M Specif i cation for' P

r essure Vessel Plates,
Low- C arbon Ag e - Hardening Ni c kel- C opper-Chro 3. Terminology
mium-Molybdenum-Columbium and Nickel-C opper 3. 1 Def
initions of Terms Specif
ic to This Standard:'
Manganese-Molybdenum-Coh rmbium Alloy Steel
3.1 .1 coil - hot-rolled steel in coil folm for' pro
A 737 /A 7 37M Specif i cation for Pressure Vessel Plates,
cessing into f
i nished plates .
High-Strength, Low-Alloy Steel
A 73 8 /A 73 8M Specif i cation for Pressule Vessel Plates, 3. 1 .2 exclusive - when used in relation to ranges,
Heat-Treated, Car bon-Mangane s e- S i lic on S teel , for as for' ranges of thicknesses in the tables of' permissible
Moderate a nd Lower Temperatme Service va
riations in dimensions , the term is intended to exclude

A 75 1 Te st Methods , Practi ces , and Terminol ogy f or only the greater value of the ra
nge. Thus , a range from 60
to 72 in. [ 1 500 to 1 800 ra m] exclusive includes 60 in .
Chemical Analysis of Steel Products
[ 1 500 mm] , but does not include 72 in.. [ 1 800 mm] .
A 770 /A 770M Specif i cation for Through-Thickness Ten
sion Test ing of Steel Plates for Specia l Applications 3. 1 .3 heat treatment terms - see 3 A . 8 , and Term
i nol
A 7 82 /A 782M Specif i cat
i on for Pressure-Vessel Plates , ogy A 94 1 .
Qu e n ch e d- an d- Te mp ere d , M ang ane s e - C hromiu m 3. 1 .4 hot forming - a folm
i ng operation producing
Molybdenum-Silicon Zilconium Alloy Steel permanent defolmation, pei 0imed after' the plate has been
A 832 /A 832M Specif i cation for P r essure Vessel Plates, he ate d to the tempe rature re qu ire d to pro duc e grai n
Alloy Steel, Chromium-Molybdenum-Vanadium ref
i nement.

A 84 1 /A 84 1 M Specif i cation foi Steel Plates for' Pressule 3.1 .5 manufacturer' - t he organization that dir ectly
Vessels , Produced by Thelmo-Mecha nical Cont r ol Pro contr ols the conversion of' steel ingots or slabs, by hot
cess (TMCP) rolling, into plate-as-rolled or into coil; and for' plates pro
A 844 /A 844M Specif i cat
i on for Steel Plates , 9 % Nickel duced from plate-as-rolled, t h e orga n ization that directly
Alloy, for' P
ressule Vessels, Produced by the Direct controls , or is responsible for', one or' more of the operations
Quenching P r ocess involved in f i nishing the plates. Such f i nishing operations

85
SA-20/SA-20M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

include leveling, cutting to length, testi ng, inspecti on, con is termed t
he manufacturer a
nd the organization that does
diti oning, heat treatment (if applicable), packaging, mark one or more processing operations is termed a processor
ing, loading for shipment, and certifi cation 3.2 Refer to Terminology A 941 for additiona
l terms
3 . 1 .5 . 1 D iscuss ion - The f
i ni shing op erations used in t
h is standa
r d.
need not be done by the organization t h at did the hot
rolling of the plate , For plates produced f
i om coil, see also
3. 1 13. 1 4. Ordering Information
3.1.6 plate identif
i er - t
he alpha, numeric, or a
lpha 4. 1 Orders should include the following information,
numeric designation used to identi
fy the plate. as necessary, to adequately describe t
he desired product
3.1.7 plates - fl at hot-rolled steel, ordered to t
hick 4.1.1 Quantity (weight [mass] or number of plates),
ness or weight a
nd typically to width and lengt h , commonly 4. 1.2 Dimensions,
available by size as follows :
4.1.3 Name of product (for exa
mple, plates, ca
r bon
Width , in . [mm] Thickness , in . [r
am] steel; plates, alloy steel),
Over 8 [200] Over' 0 229 [6 .0 mm and over]
4. 1 .4 Specifi cation designation (including type,
Over' 48 [ 1 200] Over 0 179 [4 .6 mm na d ovei ]
class, and grade as applicable) and yea r -date,
3.1.7.1 Discussion - Steel plates are available in 4.1 .5 Condition (as-rolled, normalized, quenched
va
r ious thickness, width, a
nd length combinations depen and tempered, etc.. If' heat treatment of plate is to be per
dent upon equipment and processing capabilities of va
rious formed by the fabricator, this is to be stated. Also, if
manufacturers an d processors Historic limitations of a purchaser specifi es a heat-treatment cycle, t
his is to be
plate based upon dimensions (t
hick
ness, width, and lengt h) stated) ,
do not take into account current production and processing 4.1.6 Impact test requirements, if any (see Section
capabilities. To qualify any plate to a part icula
r product 1 2).. (For Charpy V-notch test, include test specimen orien
specifi cat
i on requires that a
ll appropriate and necessa ry tation, test ing temperature, and acceptance criteria. For
tests be performed and t h at the results meet the limits drop-weight test, give testi ng temperature),
prescribed in that product specifi cation. If t
he necessa ry 4.1.7 Exclusion of either plates produced from coil
tests required by a product specifi cation can not be con
or plates produced from plate-as-rolled, if applicable (See
ducted, the plate ca
n not be qualifi ed to that specifi cati on
5 .4 a
n d Appendix X 1 . )
This general requirements specifi cation contains perm i tted
va
r iations for the commonly available sizes. Permitted va
ri 4.1.8 Limits for grain ref i ning elements other t
h an
ations for other sizes a
r e subject to agreement between t
he aluminum, if applicable (see 8 .2A),
purchaser a
nd h
te manufacturer or processor, whichever 4. 1.9 Paint ma
rking (see 1 3 . 2 1 ) ,
is applicable
4. 1 . 10 Supplementary requirements, if any (test
3.1.8 precipitation heat treatment - a subcritical specimen heat treatment, specia
l impact test requirements,
temperatuJe thermalt reatment performed to cause precipi etc .), and
tation of submicroscopic constituents, and so forth, to result 4.1.1 1 Additional requirements, if' any
in enhancement of some desir able property .
3.1.9 processor - the organization that directly con
tois, or is responsible for , operations involved in t
r he pro 5. Materials and Manufacture
ces sing of coil into fi ni shed plates . S uch pr oces sing 5.1 The steel sha
ll be made in an open-hea
r th, basic
operations include decoiling, leveling, cutting to length, oxygen, or electric-a r c furnace, possibly followed by addi
testing, inspect
i on, condit
i oning, heat ueatment (if applica ti onal refi ning in a ladle metallurgy f urnace (LMF), or
ble), packaging, ma r king, loading for shipment, an d certi by anot her method; or seconda r y melting by vacuum-a rc
i cation
f
remelting (VAR), electroslag remelting (ESR), or another
3.1.9.1 Discussion - The processing operations method

need not be done by the orga

nization that did the hot rolling 5.2 The steel may be strand cast or cast in stationa
ry
of h
te coil If only one organization is involved in the molds .
hot rolling and processing operations, that orga nization is
5.2. 1 Strand Cast Slabs:
termed th e manufacturer for th e hot rolling operation and
he processor' for the processing operations. If more than
t 5.2. 1. 1 If heats of the same nom
i nal chem
i cal
one organization is involved in the hot rolling and pro composition are consecutively strand cast at one ti me, t
he
cessing operations, the organization that did the hot rolling heat number' assigned to the cast product (slab) may remain

86
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20 /SA-20M

unchanged until all of the steel in t

h e slab is from t
he 6.2 If the heat treatment required by t he applicable
following heat product specifi cati on is to be perfolmed by t he purchaser
5.2.1.2 When two consecutively strand cast heats or' the pulchaser' s agent, and the plates ale to be supplied
have different nominal chemical composition ranges, t he by the manufacturer or processor in a condit i on other than
manufacturer shall remove t he transition mater i al by any h at iequired by t
t he applicable product specif i cation, t
he
order shall so state .
established procedure that posit
i vely separates the grades.
5.3 The ratio of reduct
i on of thickness from a stra
nd
6.2. 1 If plates a
t e ordered without the heat treatment
required by the applicable product specif i cat
i on, heat treat
cast slab to plate shall be at least 3 ,0: 1 , except t
hat reduct
ion
ment of the plates to conform to the requirements of t he
ratios as low as 2.0: 1 a re permitted if all of' t he following
limitat
i on s are met: applicable product specif i cation shall be the iesponsibility
of the purchaser.
5.3.1 T
he purchaser agrees to the use of such ieduc
tion ratios . 6.3 If heat tleatment is to be performed, t he plates
shall be heat ueated as specifi ed in t
he applicable product
5. 3.2 The applic able produc t specif
i c ation i s specifi cat
i on. T
he purchaser' may specify the heat treatment
A 2 9 9 / A 2 9 9 M , A 5 1 5 / A 5 1 5 M , A 5 1 6 / A 5 1 6M , to be used, provided it is not in confl ict with the requile
A 537 /A 53 7M, A 662 /A 662M, or A 737 /A 737M ments of the applicable product specif i cat
i on.
5.3.3 The specif
i ed plate t
hick
ness is 3 .0 in. [75 mm]
or more .
6.4 If' nor
malizing is to be peffoimed by the fablJcatoi ,
the plates shall be eit
h er normalized or heated uniformly
5.3.4 One or more of the following low hydrogen for hot folming, provided that t he temperature to which
pract
ices ate used: vacuum degassing du r ing steelmaking; he plates a
t l e heated for hot forming does not signif
i ca
ntly
contlolled soaking of t
he slabs or plates; or controlled slow exceed the normalizing temperature
cooling of the slabs or plates.
6.5 If no heat tleatment is required, the manufacturer
5.3.5 The sulfur' content is 0.004% or less, based or processor shall have t
he opt ion of hea
t treat
ing the plates
upon heat a
nalysis . by nor malizing, stress ielieving, or nolmalizing and then
5.3.6 One or more of t he following practices a re StleSS relieving to meet the requirements of the applicable
used: electlomagnetic stirling duri ng stra
n d cast
i ng ; soft product specif i cation
reduction during st
rand cast ing; heavy pass reductions or 6.6 !f approved by the purchaser, cooling rates faster
ot
her special practices during plate rolling; or combined tha
n th ose obtained by cooling in air a
re permissible to
forging a
nd rolling duri ng plate rolling. achieve specif
i ed mecha
nical properties, provided t
hat t
he
5.3.7 The plates are ultrasonically examined in accor plates a
re subsequently tempered in t
h e temperature range
da
nce with Specif i cat
i on A 57 8 /A 578M, Level C based from 1 1 00 to 1 300°F [595 to 705 °C],
on cont
i nuous scanning over 1 00% of t he plate surface .
5.3.8 The plates a
re through-thick
ness tension tested
in accordance wit
h Specifi cat
i on A 770 /A 770M. 7. Chemical Composition
7. 1 Heat Ana!ys
5.4 Unless otherwise specifi ed in t
he purchase order ,
7.1.1 Sampling for chemi cal a n alysis and methods
plates shall be produced f
rom plate-as-roiled or f
rom coil.
of a
n alysis shall be in accorda
nce wit h Test Methods ,
5.5 Coils are excluded from qualif
i cat
i on to the applica Plactices, and Terminology A 75 1 .
ble product specif i cation until t
hey a
re decoiled, leveled, 7. 1.2 For each heat, the heat an alysis shall include
cut to lengt h, a nd tested by t he processor in accordance determination of the content of cal bon, ma
nganese, phos
with t he specifi ed requilements (see Sect i ons 9, 1 0, 1 1 , phorus, sulfur , silicon, n
ickel, ch
i omium, molybdenum,
1 2, 1 3 , 1 4, 1 5 , 1 6, and 20. )
copper, van adium, columbium; a ny ot her element that is
5.5.1 Plates produced flom coil sha ll not contain i ed or restr
specif icted by the applicable product specif i ca
splice welds, unless approved by the purchaser . tion for the applicable grade, class, a n d type ; alum i num,
if t
he alum
inum content is to be used in place of austen itic
grain size test
i ng of' t
he heat (see 8 . 2. 2. 1 ) ; a
n d any other
6. Heat Treatment austenitic grain ref
i ning element for which lim
i ts are speci
6. 1 If plates are required to be heat treated, t he heat f ed in the pu
i r chase order (see 8 .2A)
t eatment shall be performed by t he manufacturer' , the proc 7. 1 .3 Heat analyses shall conf0rm to the heat analysis
essor, or' t
he fabricator, unless ot herwise specif
i ed in the requirements of the applicable product specif i cation for the
applicable product specif i cation . applicable grade , class , a
nd type. In addit
i on, for elements

87
SA-20 /SA-20M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

that are listed in Table 1 but are not specif

i ed or msUicted 8 .2.3 If specif i ed in the purchas e order, one
in the applicable product specifi cat
i on for' t
he applicable McQuaid-Ehn test (see 8.. 1 ) per heat shall be made and
grade, class, and type, heat analyses shall conform to the he austenitic grain size of t
t he steel, as represented by the
applicable heat analysis limits given in Table 1 . test, shall be Number 5 or f
i ner

7.2 Product Analysis : 8.2.4 By agreement between t he purchaser and t he

manufacturer or processor, elements ot her th an aluminum
7.2.1 Sampling for chemical analysis a
nd meth ods
may be used for grain refi ning. In such insta
n ces, the heat
of analysis sha
l l be in accoida
nce with Test Methods,
na
a lysis lim
its for the element, or elements, permi tted shall
Practices , and Terminology A 75 1 .
be as specifi ed in the purchase order. In addition, the
7.2.2 For each plate-as-rolled, the purchaser shall McQuaid-Ehn test of 823 shall be requir ed
have t he option of chemically analyzing a broken tension
test specimen or a sample taken from t h e same relative
locati on as that from which the tension test specimen was 9. Quality
obtained. 9.1 General - Plates shall be free of injurious defects
n d sha
a l l have a workmanlike f
i nish.
7.2.3 For elements that are specif i ed or restricted
by the applicable product specifi cation for the applicable 9.2 Surface Imper
fections :
grade, class, an d type, product an alyses shall confoim to 9.2.1 For plates produced from plate-as-rolled, all
he product ana
t lysis requirements of the applicable product injurious surface imperfections sha
l l be removed by the
specifi cation for' t
he applicable grade, class, and type. manufacturer. For plates produced from coil, all injurious
7.2.4 For elements t
h at a
r e listed in Table 1 but surface imperfections shall be removed by the processor
are not specifi ed or restricted by the applicable product 9.2.1.1 Shallow imperfections shall be ground to
specifi cat
i on for t
he applicable grade, class, a
nd type, prod sound metal; t
he ground a
rea shall be well faired and the
uct analyses sha l l conform to the applicable product a
n aly hickness of t
t he ground plate shall not be reduced below
sis limits given in Table 1 . he minimum thick
t ness permitted.
7.3 Referee Analysis - For referee purposes, Test Meth 9.2.1.2 All surface imper fections, the removal of
ods , Pract
i ces, and Terminology A 75 1 shall be used. which will reduce t he plate thickness below the mi nimum
hick
t ness permitted, sha ll be cause for rejection of the
plate, except th at, by agreement wit h the purchaser, the
8. Metallurgical Structure metal so removed may be replaced wit h weld metal (see
9 .4) .
8.1 If coarse austenitic grain size is specif i ed, the steel
shal l have a ca
r bufi zed austenitic grain size number in t he 9.3 Edge Imper
fections :
range from 1 to 5 , inclusive , as determined by the 9.3.1 Lamina r-type discont
inuities 1 in. [25 mm] a nd
McQuaid-Ehn Test. Determ i nations sha ll be in accordance less in length visible to t
he una
i ded eye on an edge of a
with Test Met hods E 1 1 2, Plate IV, by car bufi zing for 8 h plate as prepared for shipment by the ma nufacturer or
at 1 700°F [925 °C] . At least 70% of the grains in h te area processor are acceptable and do not require exploration
examined sha l l conform to the specifi ed grain size require
9.3.2 All larger discont
inuiti es shall be explored to
mep . One test per heat sha!! be made
determine t heir depth and extent Discont inuit i es sha
ll be
8.2 Fine Austenitic Grain Size: considered cont
inuous when located in t
he sa
me plane
8.2.1 If f
i ne austenitic grain size is specif
ied, alum
i with
in 5% of the plate thickn ess a
nd separated by a distance
num sha
ll be used as the grain refi ning element, except as less t
han the lengt
h of' the smaller of two adj acent disconti
nuit
i es .
allowed by 8 2 4.
9.3.3 Indicat
ions visible to t
he una
ided eye on t
he
8.2.2 If f
ine austenitic grain size is specif
i ed, except
as allowed by 8.2 2 1 , the steel shall have a ca
rburized cut edges of a plate as prepa
r ed for shipment by the manu
austenitic grain size number' of 5 or higher (f
iner') as deter facturer or processor sha ll not exceed the lim
its given in
Columns 1 and 2 of Tables A l l 4 [A2 1 4] .
mined by t he McQuaid-Ehn test in accorda nce wit h Met h
ods E 1 1 2, Plate IV . One test per heat shall be made 9.3.4 La r ger indications shall be removed by the
8.2.2.1 If aluminum is used as t he grain refi ning manufacturer or processor by grinding, provided t hat the
element, t
he f
ine austenitic grain size iequirement shall be resultant cavity does not exceed the limits given in Col
umns 3 a
nd 4 of Table A l . 1 4 [A2 1 4] .
deemed to be fulf
i lled if, on heat analysis, the alum
i num
content is not less t
han 0. 020% total a
lum
i num or, alterna 9.3.5 Indicati ons of greater magnitude sha
l l be cause
ively, 0.0 1 5 % acid soluble aluminum.
t for' reject
i on of t
he plate, except that, by agreement wit h

88
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20 /SA-20M

the purchaser , the defects may be removed and replaced method, unless otherwise stated in the applicable product
with weld metal (see 9 .4) specif
i cation .
9.3.6 Indications on the edges of a plate cut during 10.3 Rounding Procedures - For purposes of determin
h
te fabricati on shall be cause for rejection of the plate at ing conforma
nce with the applicable product specifi cati on,
the discretion of the purchaser if the magnitude exceeds a calculated value shall be rounded to the nearest 1 ksi
h
te limits given in Columns 5 and 6 ofTable A 1 14 [A2. 14] [5 MPa] for tensile and yield strengths, a
nd to the nearest
The defects may be removed and replaced wit h weld metal unit in the right-ha
n d place of fi gures used in expressing
(see 9 .4) . the limiting value for other values, in accordance with the
9.3.7 Fabr i cator s should be aware that edge cracks rounding method given in Practice E 29
may initiate upon bending a shea r ed or burned edge during
the fabrication process, This is not considered to be a fault
of t
he steel, but is rather a funct
i on of the induced cold 11. Tension Tests
work or heat affected zone. 1 1 .1 Number of' Test Coupons :
9.4 Repair by Welding: 1 1 .1 .1 Plates Produced from As-Rolled Plates - For
other than quenched and tempered plates, one tension test
9.4.1 Repair' welding sha
l l be permitted only with
the approval of t
he purchaser'. coupon shall be taken f r om each plate-as-rolled. Two ten
sion test coupons shall be ta ken from each quenched and
9.4.2 Preparation for' repair welding shall include tempered plate, as heat treated If plates a re furnished by
inspect
i on to conf
irm complete removal of t
he defect. he manufacturer or processor in accordance wit
t h 1 1 .4. 2
9.4.3 Repairs shall be made uti lizing welding proce and qualif i ed by using test specimens taken from heat
dures qualif
i ed in accordance wit
h Sect
i on IX of t
h e ASME treated test coupons (including normalized, normalized and
Code and repair welding shall be done by welder's or weld tempered, and quenched and tempered), one tension test
ing operators meeting the qua l ifi cat
i on requirements of coupon shall be ta ken from each plate-as-rolled (see Termi
ASME Section IX. nology A 94 1 for the defi niti on of plate-as-rolled) .
9.4.4 The weld metal shall have the A-number a
n aly 1 1 . 1 .2 Plates Produced fr om Co il and Fu rnished
sis corresponding to t he equivalent ASME P-number of without Heat Treatment or with Stress Relieving Only -
te plate, except that A- 1 or A-2 a
h n alysis weld metal may Except as allowed by 1 1 . 1 . 2 . 1 a
n d 1 1 1 .4, a minimum of
be employed for P- 1 plates Other weld metals may be three tension coupons shall be ta ken from each coil as
follow s :
employed t h at a
re compatible wit
ht he plate being repaired,
if so approved by t h e purchaser. Such weld metals shall 1 1 .1 .2.1 The f irst test coupon sha l l be ta
ken imme
be qualif
i ed in accordance witht
h e requirements of Section diately prior to t he first plate to be qualifi ed to t
he applicable
IX of t
h e ASME Code product specif i cation, the second test coupon shall be taken
9.4.5 If Charpy impact tests of the plate are required, rom t
f he approximate center lap, and t he third test coupon
t
he welding procedure qualif
i cat
ion tests shall also include shall be taken immediately after the last plate to be qualifi ed
Cha
r py impact tests of t
he weld, the heat-affected zone, to the applicable product specif i cation If, during decoiling,
and t
he plate, and the test results shall be reported to the h e amount of materia
t l decoiled is less than that required
purchaser to reach the next standard test locat i on, a test for qualifi ca
i on of that pa
t r ticula
r portion of the coil shall be made
9.4.6 If the plate is subjected to norm alizing, quench from a test coupon taken from a locat i on adjacent to t he
ing and tempering, hot form ing, or post-weld heat treating, innermost portion decoiled
he welding procedure qualif
t i cat
i on test plates and the weld
repaired plate sha
ll be subjected to t he therma
l heat treat 1 1 .1.2.2 All plates between a
ny two test locati ons
ment as specifi ed by the purchaser . that meet the requirements of the applicable product speci
i cation are acceptable.
f
9.4.7 In additi on, repa
ir welds shall meet t
he require
1 1 .1.2.3 All plates between a test location that
ments of t
he construction code specifi ed by t
he purchaser
fails to meet t he requirements of the applicable product
specifi cation and a n adj acent test locat
i on that meets the
10. Test Methods requirements of the applicable product specif i cation a
re
rejectable, except that the processor has th e opt
i on to make
10.1 All tests shall be conducted in accordance wit
h
other tests after cutting back the coil in either direction.
Test Methods and Def
i nitions A 370
1 1 . 1 .3 Pla tes Produced f
i om Co il and Fu rn ished
10.2 Yield strength sha
ll be determ
i ned by either t
he Heat Treated by Other than Stress Relieving - For other
0 . 2 % offset method or the 0 . 5 % exten s i on under l o ad than quenched and tempered plates, one tension test coupon

89
SA-20 /SA-20M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

shall be taken from each coil. Two tension test coupons 1 1.4.4.4 When test coupons cut f
l om the plate but
shall be ta
ken f
l'om each quenched and tempered plate, as heat tleated separately a
r e used, t
he coupon dimensions
heat t
r eated, shall be not less than 3T by 3 T by T and each tension
1 1 . 1 .4 Plates Produced from Coil and Qualified test specimen cut from it sha
l l meet the requirements of
1 1 .4 .4 . 1
Using Test Specimens Taken from Test Coupons Heat
Treated by Other than Stress Relieving - One tension test 1 1.4.4.5 If cooling rate data for the plate and cool
coupon shall be taken f i om each coil. ing rate control devices for the test coupons me available,
the test coupons may be heat treated sepa rately in the
11.2 Orientation of Test Specimens - The longitudinal
device, provided that t
his met hod is approved by the pur
axis of the tension test specimens sha ll be t
r ansverse to chaser .
the f
inal rolling direction of the plate
1 1.5 Test Specimen Preparation:
11.3 Location of Test Coupons - Tension test coupons
shall be ta
ken f
l om a corner of t
he plate. For quenched 1 1.5. 1 Tension test specimens for plates 3/4 in.
and tempered plates, the two tension test coupons sha
l l be [20 mm] and under in thick
ness shall be the f
ull t
hick
ness
taken from opposite ends of the plate. of the plates The test specimens shall conform to t he
requirements for either the 1 ,12 in. [40 mm] wide or the
1 1 .4 Tests f
! om Heat- Treated Plates," 1/2 in [ 1 2.5 mm] wide recta
ngular tension test specimen of
1 1.4.1 If heat treatment is performed by t he manufac Met hods and Defi nitions A 370. The 1 1,2 in. [40 mm] wide
turer or processor, the test specimens shall be ta ken from test specimen may have both edges para
llel. The /12 in.
the plate in h
te heat-treated condit i on or from full-thickness [ 1 2.5 mm] wide specimen may have a maximum nominal
coupons simulta neously heat treated wit ht he plate,, hickness of'
t in , [20 mm] .
1 1.4.2 If heat treatment is to be performed by t he 11.5.2 For plates up to 4 in. [ 100 mini , inclusive, in
fabricator, hte plates shall be accepted on the basis of tests thick
ness, tension test specimens may be t he full thickness
made on test specimens ta ken from full-t h ick
ness coupons of t
he plate and conform to the requirements for the 1
heat treated in accordance wit h the requirements specif i ed in [40 mm] wide recta ngular tension test specimen of
in the applicable product specifi cation or' the purchase Met hods and Def initions A 370 if adequate test
ing machine
order. If hte heat-treatment temperatures me not specif i ed, capacity is available.
the ma nufacturer or processor shall heat t r eat t
he coupons
under conditions it considers appropriate, The purchaser 11.5.3 For plates over in . [20 mm] in thick ness,
shall be informed of t he procedme followed in heat t r eating except as permitted in 1 1 .5 .2, tension test specimens sha
ll
he specimens .
t conform to the requirements for the 0. . 500 in [ 1 2.5 ram]
diameter test specimen of Met hods and Definitions A 370.
1 1.4.3 If approved by t
he purchaser, the procedures The a
x is of t he test specimen shall be located midway
of 1 1 .4,, 2 may be implemented on plates heat tr eated by between t he center of thick
ness and the top or bottom
the manufacturer or processor.
st rface of t
he plate
1 1.4.4 For plates t hat me heat tr eated wit
h a cooling
rate faster' t
h an st
ill-air cooling from the austenitizing tem 1 1.6 Elongation Requirement Adjustments:
perature, one of t
he following shall apply in addition to 11.6.1 Due to t
h e specimen geomet
ry effect encoun
other requirements specif
i ed herein: tered when using t he recta
ngula r tension test specimen for
11.4.4.1 The gage length of the tension test speci
testi ng thin plate, adjustments in elongation requirements
men sha
ll be taken at least 1 T from any as-heat treated must be provided for t hicknesses under 0.3 1 2 in. [8 rnm] .
Accordingly, t he following deducti ons shall be made from
edge, where T is the thick ness of the plate, an d shall be
at least 1/2 in,. [ 1 2.5 mm] from fl ame-cut or heat-affected the base elongation requirements in t he applicable product
zone surfaces . specif
i cation :
Plate Nominal Thickness Elongation
1 1.4.4.2 A steel thermal buffer pad, 1 T by 1 T by
Range, in. [mm] Deduction, %
at least 3 T, shall be joined to t
he plate edge by a partia
l
0 299-0 .3 1 1 [7 .60-7 .89] 05
penet
ration weld completely sealing the buffered edge prior 0 .286-0 .298 [7 30-7 .59] 10
to heat t
r eatment .
0 273- 0 285 [7 . 00--7 29] 15
1 1 .4.4.3 Therma
l insulation or other therma
l barxi 0 .259-0. 272 [6 60-6 99] 20
0 246-0 25 8 [620-6 59] 25
ers shall be used during t
he heat treatment adjacent to the
0 .23 3-0 .245 [5 90-6 1 9] 30
plate edge where the test specimens are to be removed , It 0 21 9-O232 [5 50-5 89] 35
sha
ll be demonst
rated that the cooling rate of the tension 0 .206-4) 2 1 8 [5 20-5.49] 40
test specimen is no faster tha
n, a
nd not substa
ntia
lly slower 0 193-0 .205 [4 90-5 1 9] 45
han, t
t hat attained by the method described in 1 1 ,4.4.2. 0 1 80-0 1 92 [4 60-4 89] 5 .0

90
 2008a SECTION II, PART A
1 1.6.2 Due to the inherently lower' elongation that
is obtainable in thicker' plate, adjustments in elongation
requirements in 2 in . [50 mm] gage length shall be provided
for' thicknesses over 3 .5 in . [90 mm] . Accordingly, the
following deductions shall be made f i om the base elonga
tion requirements in 2 in. [50 mm] prescribed in the applica
ble product specif
i cation :
Plate Nominal Thickness Elongation
Range, in. [mm] Deduction, %
3 50 1 -3 999 [90 00-1 02 49] 05
4 000 499 [ 1 02 .50-1 1 4 .99] 1 .0
4 500-4 999 [ I 1 500-1 27 49] 1 5
5 . 000
-5 499 [ 1 27 50-1 39 99] 20
5 500-5999 [ 1 40 00 - 1 52 49] 2 .5
6. 000 and thickei [ 1 52 50 and thickei ] 30
11.6.3 A char acteristic of certain types of alloy steels
is a local disproportionate increase in the degree of necking
down or contracti on of the test specimens during the ten
sion test, result
ing in a decrease in the percentage of elonga
tion as the gage length is increased. The effect is not so
pronounced in thicker plates For such material, if so stated
in the applicable product specifi cati on for plates up to 3/4
in . [20 mm] , inclusive, in thickness, if the percentage of
elongation of an 8 in. [200 mm] gage length test specimen
falls not more than 3 percentage points below the amount
prescribed, the elongation shall be considered sat i sfactory
if t
h e percentage of elongation in 2 in. [50 mm] across the
break is not less than 25 % .
1 1.6.4 The tensile requirements tables in many of the
product specifi cati ons covered by this genera l requirements
specifi cation specify elongation requirements in both 8 in.
[200 mm] and 2 in. [50 mm] gage lengt h s . Unless ot
herwise
provided in the applicable product specifi cation, both
requirements a r e not required to be applied simultaneously,
n d the elongat
a i on need only be determined in the gage
length appropriate for t he test specimen used.. After' selec
i on of the appropriate gage length, t
t he elongation require
ment for t_h e alternative gage length sha l! be deemed not
applicable..
11.7 This specif i cation does not provide requirements
for product tension testing subsequent to shipment (see
15 . 1 ) . Therefore, the requirements of 1 1 1 through 1 1 .6
n
a d Section 1 6 apply only for tests conducted at the place
of ma nufacture prior to shipment., Compliance to Specif
cation A 20 /A 20M and the applicable product specifi ca
tion does not preclude t h e possibility that product tension
test results may va r y outside specifi ed ranges . The tensile
pr operties will vary within the same plate- as-rolled or
piece, be it as-rolled, control-rolled, or heat-treated. The
purchaser should, therefore, be awa re th at tension testing
in acc ordance with the requirements o f S pecif i c ati on
A 20/A 20M does not provide assurance that a l l products
of a plate-as- olled will be ident
i cal in tensile properties
SA-20 /SA-20M
with the products tested. If the purchaser wishes to have
more c onfi dence than that provide d by Speci f i cati on
A 20 /A 20M testing procedures , additional testing or
requirements , such as Supplementary Requirement $4 ,
should be imposed.
1 1.8 Appendix X2 provides additional information on
the variability of tensile propert
i es in plates for pressure
ves sel s .
12. Notch-Toughness Tests
12. 1 Charpy V-Notch Tests :'
12.1.1 Number of' Tests - Except for' quenched and
tempered plates, and except as allowed by 1 2. 1 . 1 . 1 and
1 2 . 1 . 1 .2, one impact test (3 specimens) for each specif
i ed
orientation (see 1 2. 1 2) shall be made from each plate-as
rolled For quenched and tempered plates, one impact test
shall be made from each plate, as heat treated.
12. 1. 1. 1 Plates Ordered Without the Heat Treat
ment Specif ied by the Applicable Product Specif i cation -
If t
he applicable product specifi cat i on requires heat treat
ment but the plates ar e ordered without such heat treatment
and Cha r py V-notch tests ar e specif
i ed, one coupon shall
be taken from each plate-as-rolled . The coupon shall be
heat treated in accordance with the applicable product spec
if
i cation and the purchase order and the plate shall be
qualifi ed by test specimens ta ken f i om the heat-treated
coupon .
12.1.1.2 Plates Produced from Coil - If Cha
r py
V-notch tests are specif i ed, t he number of impact tests
required shall be t he same as the number specif i ed for
tension tests in 1 1 . 1 .2 or f 1 . 1 .3 , whichever is applicable.
The test coupons shall be ta ken from the material after
decoiling and leveling .
12.1.2 Orientation ofTest Specimens- - The long axis
of the test specimens shall be oriented either longitudinal
(paralle! to the f i n!l direction of rolling) or transverse
(tr a
n sverse to the f
i nal direct
i on of rolling) , as specif
ied in
the applicable product specifi cation or t he purchase order .
12.1.3 Location of Test Coupons - The impact test
coupons shall be ta
ken adjacent to the tension test coupons.
The impact test coupons shall be subj ect to the same
i requirements as those specif
i ed for tension tests in f L4,
except t
hat the provisions of 1 1 A 4 . 1 apply to the area
under the notch of the impact test specimen instead of to
the gage lengt
h of the tension test specimen.
12.1.4 Test Method - Impact testing shall be per
formed in accordance with Test Methods and Def
i nit
i ons
A 370 using Cha r py V-notch (Type A) specimens as shown
in Test Methods and Def i nitions A 370 Except as allowed
by 1 2. 1 .4. 1 , full-size specimens (0 .394 by 0.394 in. [ 1 0
by 1 0 ram]) shall be used if the plate thick n ess permits,
91
SA-20/SA-20M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

and their central axis shall cori espond as near as practical 12.2.2 The test coupons shall be obtained adj acent
to the 1/4t plane in h
te plate t
hickness t If t
he plate thickness to a tension test coupon. For' plates produced from coil,
is insuff i cient to obtain full-size specimens, the la r gest he test coupon locati ons shall be t
t he sa
me as for Cha r py
possible subsize specimens sha l l be used V-notch tests. (See 1 2. L) The provisions of' 1 2. . 1 .3 shall
12.1.4.1 For plates that normally have absorbed l so apply .
a
energy values in excess of 1 80 ft'lbf [245 J] if tested using 12.2.3 T
he testi ng temperature shall be as specifi ed in
full-size specimens at t he specif i ed testing temperature, the applicable product specifi cation or the purchase order .
subsize 0. . 394 by 0 .264 in. [ 1 0 by 6 7 mm] specimens may
12.2.4 Acceptance sha ll be on t
he basis of no-break
be used in lieu of f ull-size specimens; however , if this
performan ce of both test specimens at the specifi ed testing
option is used, the acceptance value shall be 75 ft°lbf temper ature
[ 1 00 J] minimum for each test specimen a nd the lateral
expansion in mils [micrometres] shall be reported. 12.2.5 The plates shall be ma rked as required in
12.1.5 Test Temperature - The test temperature sha ll 1 2. 1 . 7, except that the letter's "LTD" shall be used instead
of "LTV."
be as specifi ed in the purchase order, except t h at t
he manu
facturer or processor shall have t he opti on of using a lower
test temperature, If a test temperature is not specifi ed in
13. Ident
ifi cation of Plates
the purchase order, tests shall be conducted at a temperature
no higher t han is given in Table A l . 1 5 [A2. 1 5] for the 13.1 Required Markings:
applicable product specifi cati on, grade, class, and plate
13.1.1 Except as allowed by 1 3 .4, plates sha ll be
thickne s s . The ac tual te st te mp erature u se d shall be
legibly ma
rked wit h the following informati on: applicable
reported with h te test r esults .
ASTM designation (see 1 . 1 ) (yea
r of issue not required);
1 2. 1 .6 A cceptance Criteria - Unles s otherwi se "G" or" MT" if applicable (see 1 3 1 .2); applicable grade,
agreed upon, the acceptance criteria shall be as given in type, and class; heat number ; plate identi fi er ; and name,
Table A l . 1 5 [A2. 1 5] for' the applicable product specifi ca bra
nd, or trademark of the ma nufacturer (for plates pro
tion, grade, class, a nd plate th i ckness . duced in discrete cut lengt
h s of fi at product) or the proces
12.1.6.1 If the acceptance criteria is based upon sor (for plates produced from coil and for subdivided plates
energy absorption of a full-size specimen, the acceptance (see 1 3 4)) .
criteria for the various subsize specimens shall be as given
13.1.2 Plates that a
re required to be heat treated, but
in Table A 1 . 1 6 [A2. 1 6] , except as ot h erwise provided in have not been so heat treated, shall be ma
r ked, by the
1 2 . 1 .4. 1 .
manufacturer or processor, with the letter "G" (denoting
12.1.6.2 If t
he acceptance criterion is based upon green) following t he required ASTM designati on mark,
lateral expansion opposite the notch, the acceptance value except that "G" marking is not necessa r y if such plates a
re
shall be t
he same for a
ll sizes of test specimens . for' shipment, for the purpose of obtaining the required
12.1.7 Marking - The letter s "LTV" shall be sten heat treatment, to a n organization under the ma nufacturer' s
ciled or stamped on each plate following t he class number , control. Such plates shall have been qualifi ed for shipment
grade, etc. on th e basis of test specimens t
hat have been so heat ueated
12.1.8 Variability. - The impact properties of steel Plates that are required to be heat treated, a nd have been
can var y within the same plate-as-rolled or piece, be it as so heat treated, shall be ma
r ked, by the party that performed
rolle d , c ontrol-rolled , or he at- tr eate d . The purch as er t e heat treatment, with t
h h e letters "MT" (denoting material
should, t h erefore, be aware t h at testing of one plate-as treated) following t
h e required ASTM designation mark.
rolled does not provide assurance t hat all locations within
NOTE 1 - Any stI ess i elief of test specimens intended to simulate post
a plate-as-rolled will be identical in toughness wit
h the weld heat tr eatment is not included in the above heat treatment
location tested . Normalizing or quenching and tempering
the product will reduce t he degree of variation 13.2 Types of Marking:
12.1.8.1 Appendix X3 provides additiona l infor 13.2.1 Except as a
l lowed by 1 3 .4, the iequired ma
rk
mation on the va r iability of Cha
r py V-notch test properties ings for plates over /14 in. [6 mm] in thick
ness shall be by
in plates for pressure vessels. steel die sta
mping, unless paint ma
rking is specifi ed in the
purchase order:,
12.2 Drop- Weight Tests :
12.2.1 Where specif i ed, one drop-weight test, con 13.2.2 Except as a
l lowed by 1 3 4, the requi ed ma
rk
sisting of a set of two test specimens, sha
l l be made to t
he ings for plates 1/4 in [6 mm] a
n d under in thick
n ess shall
sa
me frequency stated in 1 2. 1 1 in accordance with Method be by paint mark ing or by steel die stamping using low
E 20 8 stress (either round-nose or interTaapted-dot) impressions.

92
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20/SA-20M

13.3 Location of Markings : purchaser is being performed, to all pa r ts of t

he manufactur
13.3.1 Except as allowed by 1 3 .4, the required mark er ' s works that concern the manufac ture of th e plate
ings for plates with a maximum lengthwise or crosswise ordered. The manufacturer shall afford the inspector all
dimension more than 72 in. [ 1 800 mm] shall be in at least reasonable facilities to be satisf i ed t
h at t
he plate is being
two places on each f
inished plate, at least 1 2 in. [300 mm] furnished in accordance wit h this general requirements
from the edges of t
he plate. specif i cation, the applicable product specif i cation, and t
he
13.3.2 Except as allowed by 1 3 .4, t
he required ma
rk purchase order . All tests (except product analysis) and
ings for plates with a maximum lengt hwise and crosswise inspect i on shall be made at th e place of ma nufactur e pri or
dimension of 72 in. [ 1 800 r
am] or less sha
l l be in at least to shipment, unless otherwise specif i ed, and shall be so
one place on each finished plate, approximately midway conducted as not to interfere unnecessa r ily with the opera
tion of t
h e manufacturer' s works .
between the center and a
n edge of the plate
13.4 Subdivided Plates : 15.2 If plates a
re produced from coil, 1 5 . 1 sha
l l apply
13.4.1 By agreement between the purchaser and the to the "processor' instead of to the "ma
nufacturer" a
nd
manufacturer or processor , each subdivided plate (a plate the "place of process" shall apply instead of' t
he "place of
separated f
i om a master plate) shall be legibly ma
r ked with manufacture." If plates a re produced from coil and the
he name, brand, or t
t radema r k of the organization that processor is different from t
h e ma
nufacturer', the inspector
subdivided the plate plus a code traceable to t h e requited representing t
h e purchaser shall have free entry, at all times
markings, provided th at the information required in 1 3 . 1 , whi le work on the contract of the purchaser is being per
cross referenced to t
hat code, is furnished with the plates. formed, to all pa
r ts of the manufacturer' s works that con
cern the manufacture of the plate ordered.
13.4.2 By agreement between t h e purchaser' and t
he
manufacturer or processor , subdivided plates t hat a
re from
h e same master plate and placed in secured lifts shall have
t
16. Retests
the information required in 1 3 . 1 paint mar ked on the top
piece of each lift or shown on a substantial tag attached 1 6.1 Tension Test - In addition to the provisions of
to each lift. . Test Methods and Def i nitions A 370, the following r etest
provisions sha
l l apply :
13.5 Bar Coding - In addit i on to t
he requirements of
1 3. 1 to 1 3 .4 inclusive, t
h e manufacturer or' processor shall 16.1 .1 If any test specimen shows defect
ive machin
have t h e opt i on of using bar' coding as a supplementary ing, or develops fl aws, it may be disca
r ded and another
identif
i cat
i on met
h od. test specimen substituted

NOTE 2 - Bat' coding should be consistent with AIAG Standard B 1 16. 1.2 If the percentage of elongation of any tension
test specimen is less t han that specifi ed, and any part of
he f
t l acture is more tha
n 3/4 in [20 r
am] from the center
14. Permissible Variations in Dimensions or Mass of t
he gage length of a 2 in. [50 mm] test specimen or is
14. 1 One cubic foot of rolled steel shall be assumed outside the middle half of t
h e gage length of an 8 in [200
to weigh 490 lb, unless ot
herwise stated in t
he applicable am] test specimen as indicated by scribe ma
r r ks on the
product specif
i cation. One cubic met
re of rolled steel is test specimen before test
i ng, one retest sha
ll be allowed
assumed to have a mass of 7850 kg, unless otherwise stated
16.1.3 if the results from a n or i gina
l tension test
in h
te applicable product specif
i cation.
specimen fail to meet t he specif i ed requirements but a re
14.2 For ca
r bon steel plates the permissible variat ions within 2 ksi [ 1 0 MPa] of the required tensile str ength or
for dimensions shall not exceed the applicable limits stated within 1 ksi [5 MPa] of t h e required yield st r ength or
in Annex A 1 , Table A I . 1 to Table A 1 .9, and Table A l . 1 3 yield point, or' within 2 percentage points of the required
[Annex A2, Table A2. 1 to Table A2. 9, and Table A2. 1 3] . elongation or reduction of area, one retest shall be perm
itted
to replace the failing test .
14.3 For alloy steel plates the permissible variat i ons
for' d
imensions shall not exceed the applicable lim
its stated 1 6. 1 .4 The r esults of the retest shall meet the speci
in Annex 1 , Table A I . 1 to Table A 1 .4, Table A 1 . 8 , and i ed requirements .
f
Table A l l 0 to Table A l . 1 3 . [Annex 2, Table A2. 1 to
16.2 Charpy V-Notch Tests:'
Table A2.. 4, Table A2. 8 and Table A2A 0 to Table A2 . 1 3 ].
1 6.2.1 T
he retest provisions of Test Methods and
Definitions A 370 sha
ll apply, except th at t
h e 5 ft°lbf [7
15. Inspect
i on and Testing J] absolute m
inimum for an individua l specimen shall not
15.1 The inspector representing t
he purchaser shall apply if two t
hirds of t
he specifi ed minimum average is
have entiy at a
ll t
i mes while work on the cont
ract of t
t he less t
han 5 ftolbf [7 J]

93
SA-20/SA-20M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

16.2.2 If Cha rpy V-notch impact test lateral expan 19.1.1 In repolt
ing elongation va
lues, both the per=
sion values are specifi ed, if the value of one specimen falls centage increase and the original gage length shall be
below the specif i ed minimum value and not below 3 of stated.

the specifi ed minimum value, and if t he average of the NOTE 3 - Whel e Table 1 applies and the amount of any element listed
three specimens equa l s or exceeds the specified minimum therein is less t
han 0 .02%, the applicable a
nalysis for that element may
value, a retest of three additional specimens may be made be reported as "<0 02% "
Each of h te three retest specimens shall equal or exceed
19.2 For plates rolled f
i om a st
r and-cast slab with a
the specifi ed minimum value
reduction ratio in t
he ra
nge f
r'om 2.0: 1 to 3 .0: 1 , exclusive,
16.2.3 If the required values are not obtained on the specifi c practices (see 5 .3 . 4 a
nd 5 . 3 .6) that were used
Charpy V-notch retests as specifi ed in 1 6.2. 1 a n d 1 6.2 2, by t
he manufacturer sha ll be reported, a nd the test reports
or if the values in t
he init
i al test are below the values sha
ll state that the lim
i tat
ions of 5 . 3 have been met
Iequired for ietest, no further Ietests ar e permitted unless
19.3 All heat treat
ment, exclusive of subcritica
l heat
ing
the plate is heat tr eated or reheat treated. After heat tr eat
ment or reheat treatment, a set of thlee specimens shall be to soften t
hermally cut edges, shall be ieported, including
tested and each shall equal oi exceed the specifi ed mini temperatule ran ges and times at temperature. This exclu
mum value sion does not apply to those plates wit
h specifi ed m
i nimum
tensile strengt
h s of 95 ksi [655 MPa] or higher, unless
16.2.4 If t
he opt
i on of 1 2. 1 .4. 1 is used and the test such subclitical heating is accomplished at temperat ures
result falls below the 75 ft'lbf [ 1 00 J] minimum specif
i ed, at least 75 °F [40°C] below the m
inimum tempering temper
another test may be made using full-size test specimens ature. The ieports shall state whether t
he plates only, the
test coupons only, or bot h plates and test coupons wele
heat treated.
17. Retreatment

17.1 If a ny heat-treated plate fails to meet the mechani 19.4 If Cha rpy V-notch tests a r e specifi ed, t
he test
cal requirements of the applicable product specifi cati on, specimen size used sha
ll be reported
he manufacturer or processor' sha
t l l have have the opt i on 19.5 If so specifi ed in the pu
r chaser older , the ma
nufac
of heat treating the plate again All mechanica l -property uler shall also furnish a cei if
t i cate of compliance stat
ing
tests shall be repeated and t
he plate su
r face shall be reexam that t
he plates have been manufact
ured, inspected, a
nd
i n e d for su rfac e d e fe c t s w h en i t i s re s ub mi tte d for
tested in accorda
nce with t
he iequilements of the applicable
inspect
i on. product specifi cation, For plates ploduced from coil, the
processor shall furnish th e Iequiled celt
i fi cation.
18. Rejection 19.6 For pla
tes produced f
r om coil and fur
nished with
18.1 Any rejection based upon product ana lysis made out hea
t treatment or wit
h st
ress relieving only, the iesults
in accorda nce with t he applicable product specif i cation of all tests requiled by 1 1 . 1 .2 shall be reported for each
shall be repolted to t he supplier an d samples that represent qualifying coil.
the rejected plate sha l l be pleserved for 2 weeks from the 19.7 A signat
ule is not requiled on t
he test repolt;
date of noti fi cation of such rejection. In case of dissatisfac however, the document shall clea
rly ident
ify t
he organiza
tion with the results of t he tests, the supplier shall have tion submitti ng t
he repolt. Notwithsta
nding th e absence
the option of making cla
im for a iehearing wit
hin t
h at time. of a signature, the organization subm
itting the repolt is
18.2 Plates that show injurious defects subsequent to responsible for the content of t
he iepolt.
their acceptance at t
he ma
nufact urer' s or processor' s wolks 19.8 Copies of the original manufact
urer' s test ieport
may be rejected In such cases, t
he ma nufacturer or proces shall be included with any subsequent test report.
sor shall be notif
i ed.
19.9 A test repolt, certificate of compliance, or sim
ila
r
document printed from or used in electronic form flom an
19. Test Reports electronic data interchange (EDI) t ran smission shall be
19.1 The manufacturer or processor sha ll report the regarded as having the same validity as a counterpart
results of a
ll tests required by t
he applicable product speci prin
ted in the certifi er' s facility T
he content of t
he EDI
fi cation, h
te applicable supplementa r y requirements, and t ansm
r i tted document must meet the requirements of the
the pulchase order. The hea
t number, t
he plate identifi er invoked ASTM standa rd(s) and conform to any existing
of the plate tested, a
nd t
he nom
i na
l plate thickness shall EDI agreement between t he pur chaser and the supplier
be shown on t
he test Iepolt. The year -date of the specif
i ca Notwit h sta
nding the absence of a signa
ture, t
he organiza
ion to which the plates a
t r e furnished shall be included in tion subm
itting t
he EDI t ransm
i ssion is responsible for the
the test report , content of t
he repolt,

94
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-20/SA-20M

20. Packaging, Marking, and Loading for Shipment contract or purchase order. Ma rking for shipment of mate
20.1 Packaging, marking, and loading for shipment r al for civil agencies sha
i l l be in accordance wit
h Fed. Std.
No . 1 23 .
shall be in accoidance with t
hose procedures recommended
by Practices A 700.
20.2 For USA Government Procurement - Packaging, 21. Keywords
packing, and mark ing of material for military procurement 21.1 genera l delivery requirement; pressure containing
shall be in accoIda
nce witht he requirements of MIL-STD parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for
1 63 , Level A, Level C, or commercial as specif i ed in t
he pressure vessel applications

TA B L E 1 TA B L E 2
L I M ITS O N E L E M E N TS ( S E E 7. 1 .3 and 7 .2 .4) M AXI M U M C A R BO N E Q U IVA L E N T FO R W E L DA B I L I TY

Copper, max. °A A H eat ana lysi s 0 .4o M ax i m u m C a rbon

P rod u ct an a l ys i s 0 .43 Specifi ed M ini mu m U TS Equ ivalent Val ue
Th ickness u p
N icke l, max %A H eat a n a lys i s 0.. 40 to 2 i n. Thickness
P rod uct analys i s 0 . 43 [50 ra m] Over 2 i n .
ks i [ M Pa] I nc l .. [50 r
am]
C h rom i um, max % A, B H eat an a l ys i s 0. 3 0

P rodu ct analys is 034 60 < U T S < 7 0 0.45 0 . 46

[4 1 5 -
< U T S < 485]
M o lybdenum, max % A, B H eat an a l ys i s 0 ,12
P ro d u ct an al ys s 0, 13 7 0 < U T S < 80 0 , 47 0 .48A
[4 8 5 -
< U T S < 5 5 0]
Vanad i u m, max . % c H eat ana l ys i s 0 .. 0 3

P rod uct an a l ys i s 0 . 04 U TS > 8 0 0 .48'4" B .. . ..

[ U T S > 55 0]
C o l umb i um, max % D H eat ana lys i s 0 . 02

P rod uct ana l ys i s 0 ,, 03 If s i mu l ated P W H T of the test coupons is spec ifi ed ( S 3 ), the max i
mum carbon eq u ivalent va l ue may be i ncreased up to 0 . 5 0 u pon
T itan i u m, max. % E H eat an a l ys i s 0 ,03 ag reement between pu rchaser and supp l ier .
P rod uct an a l ys i s 0 . 04 App l icab le to quenched-and-tem pered material; for other cond i
ti ons, max i m u m carbon eq u ival e nt shal l be by ag reement between
A I n add iti on for each heat, based upon the heat analys is, the su m pu rchaser and supp l ier.
of coppe r, n i c ke l, chrom i u m, and mo lybdenu m shal l not exceed
1 . 0 0 %, un less one or more of those elements are spec if i ed or
restr icted by the app l icab le product spec ifi cati on for the app l icab le
g rade, c lass, and type
B I n add iti on for each heat, based u pon the heat analysi s, the su m
of c h ro m i u m an d m o l ybden u m sh a l l n ot e x ceed 0 . 3 2 % u n l ess o n e o r
both of those e lements a re spec if i ed o r restr icted by the app l ic ab l e
iJ rouu , l. HeL. H IL.aLi UH l ur the app . t.au e U r au=, . , a , and type.
_. A I . . A± . ... : - - '-- .C .+ t. - - - I 1 - . t. I . . .. . 1^ ^ I n^^

c By ag reement between the pu rchaser and the supp l ier, the heat
analys is l i m it for vanad i u m i s perm itted to be i ncreased to a val ue
not h ig her than 0 1 0 %, and the prod uct analys is l i m it fo r vanad i u m
is perm itted to be i ncreased to a val ue not h igher than 0 . 1 1 % .
o By ag reement between the pu rchaser and the su pp l ie r, the heat
analysis l i m it for co l u mb [ um is perm itted to be i ncreased to a val ue
not h igher than 0. 05 %, and the prod uct analys is l i m it fo r co l um
b i u m i s perm itted to be i ncrease d to a val ue not h ighe r than 0 . 06 % .
E By agreement between the pu rchaser and the su pp l ie r, the heat
ana lysi s l i m it fo r titan i u m i s perm itted to be i ncreased to a val ue not
h igher than 0 . . 04 %, and the p rod uct analysis l i m it for titan i um is
per m itted to be i ncreased to a val ue not h ig her than 0 05 %

95
 SA-20/SA-20M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R I ATI O N S F RO M F LAT N E S S FO R
CA R B O N ST E E L P LAT E S A S- RO L L E D O R N O R M A L I Z E D O R D E R E D TO R E S T RI CTI V E F LAT N E S S

Specifi ed Permissible Variations From a Flat Surface for Specifi ed Widths, in..
Thickness, i n.. 48 to 60, E xc l . 60 to 72, E xc L 72 to 84, Exc l . 84 to 96, E xcl . 96 to 108, Exc L 108 to 120, I ncl .

To 1/4, exc l . 3/4 lS/16 Z Z Z Z

1/4 to 3/5, exd 9/16 3/4 7/5 15/!6 11/16 11/5
3/ to 1/2, exc ) , 5/16 /16 3/5 7/16 1/2 9/1
1/2 to 3/4, exd , 5/16 /16 5/16 3/5 1/2 1/2
3/4 to 1, exc l , '/16 5/1 6 5/16 5/16 3/5 7/16
1 to 2, i nc l . 1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8
N OT E 1 - Flatness Variations for L ength - T he l onge r d i mens i on spec ifi ed is cons ide red the l e ngth, and var iati on i n fl atness al o n g the
length sha l l not exceed the tab u l ar' amou nt fo r' the spec ifi ed wi dth i n p l ates up to 1 2 ft i n length, o r' i n any 1 2 ft of l o n ge r p l ates .
N OT E 2 - Flatness Vari; tions for Width - The f
l atness var i ati on acr oss the w i dth s ha l l n ot e xceed t he tab u l ar am o u nt fo r the spec i f
i ed
w i dth
N OT E 3 i When the l o n ge r d i mensi on is u nder' .3 6 i n ., the vari ati on i n fl atness al ong the length and ac ross the wi dth sha l l n ot exceed 1/4 i n .
i n each d i recti o n When the l onger d i me ns i on i s fro m 3 6 to 7 2 i n ., i nc l us ive, the perm i ssi b le fl atness var iat i on shal l not exceed 7 5 % of the tab
u l ar am o u nt fo r the spec ifi ed wi dth, but i n no case l ess th an 1/4 i n
N O T E 4 - The vari ati o ns g iven i n th is tab l e app ly to p l ates that h ave a m i n i m u m spec ifi ed tensi l e strength n ot over 6 0 ks i o r' co mparab l e
chem i stry o r hard ness . F o r p l ates spec ifi ed to a h i g he r' m i n i m u m tensi le stre ngth or com parab l e c hem istry o r h ard ness, the perm i ssi b l e vari a
ti ons are 1 1/2 ti mes the amou nts sh own i n the tab le above .
N OT E 5 - Th i s tab le and these notes cover' the f
l atness vari ati ons of c i rc u l ar and sketc h p l ates based o n the max i m u m d i mensi ons of th ose
p l ate s .
N O T E 6 - Wav i ness to l e rances for rectang u l ar p l ates, u n i ve rsal m i l l p l ates, and c i rcu l ar and s ketch p l ates d o not app ly
N OT E 7 - A " Z " i n d i cates that the re is n o pu b l i s he d rest r i cte d val ue fo r th e s i ze .
N OT E 8 - P l ates shal l be i n a h o ri zo ntal posit i o n on a f l at su rface when fl atness i s measu red .

TA B L E 4
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R I AT I O N S F RO M F LAT N E S S F O R
CA R B O N ST E E L P LAT E S A S- RO L L E D O R N O R M A L I Z E D O R D E R E D TO R E ST R I CT I V E F LAT N E S S

Specifi ed Permissible Variations From a Flat Surface for Specifi ed Widths, mm

Th ickness, 1 200 to 1500, 1500 to 1800, 1 800 to 21 00, 2100 to 2400, 2400 to 2700, 2700 to 3000,
mm Excl . E xc l . E xc l .. E xc l . E xc l .. I nc l .

To 6, exc l , 18 24 Z Z Z Z
6 to 1 0, exc l , 15 18 22 24 27 29
1 0 to 1 2, exc l , 8 8 10 11 13 15
1 2 to 2 0, exc l 7 8 8 10 13 13
2 0 to 2 5, excl , 7 8 8 8 10 11
2 5 to 5 0; exc l 7 7 7 8 8 8

N OT E 1 - Flatness Variations for' L ength - T he l onge r' d i mensi on spec if i ed is cons i de red the l ength, and vari ati on i n fl atness a l ong the
l en gth shal l not exceed the tab u l ar amou nt fo r' the spec ifi ed wi dth i n p l ates u p to 37 0 0 m m i n l ength, o r' i n any .3 7 0 0 m m of l onger p l ates
N OT E 2 - Flatness Vat'i atiol s for Width - The f
l atness var i at i o n ac r oss the wi dth sh a l l n ot e xceed t he tabu l ar am ou nt fo r the spec i f
ied
w i dth .

N O T E 3 - W hen the l onge r d i me nsi on is u nde r 9 0 0 m m, the var i ati o n i n lf atness al on g the l e ngth and ac ross the width shal l not exceed 6
mm i n each d i recti on . Whe n the l onge r d i mensi on is fro m 9 0 0 to 1 8 0 0 m m, i nc l usive, the pe rm iss i b le fl atness vari ati on shal l n ot exceed 75 %
of the tabu l ar amo u nt fo r the spec ifi ed width, b ut i n n o c ase l ess than 6 m m
N OT E 4 - The vari at i ons g i ven i n th is tab le app ly to p lates that h ave a m i n i m u m spec if
i ed tens i le strength n ot over' 4 1 5 M Pa o r co m para
b le chem istry or hardness . Fo r p l ates spec ifi ed to a h i g her' m i n i m u m te ns i l e stren gth o r com parab l e che m i stry or hardness, the perm issi b l e var ia
ti ons are 1 1/2 ti mes the am o u nts sh own i n the tab l e be l ow.
N OT E 5 - Th i s tab l e and these n otes cove r' the f
l atness var iati ons of c i rcu lar and sketc h p lates based on the max i mu m d i mens i ons of those
p l ates .
N OT E 6 - Wav i ness to l erances fo r rectan g u l ar p l ates, u n iversa l m i l l p l ates, and c i rcu l ar and sketc h p l ates d o not app ly.
N OT E 7 - A " Z " i nd ic ates that the re is n o p u b l ish ed restr icted va l u e fo r the s i ze .
N O T E 8 - P l ates sha l l be i n a h o ri zonta l pos iti o n o n a f
l at su rface when f
l atness is measu red .

96
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20 /SA -20M

TA B L E 5
P E R M I S S I B L E VA RIATI O N S F RO M F LAT N E S S FO R H I G H -S T R E N G T H
LOW-A L L OY ST E E L P LAT E S A S- RO L L E D O R N O R M A L I Z E D O R D E R E D TO R E ST R I C TI V E F LAT N E S S

Permissib le Variations From a Flat Surface for Specif

i ed Widths, i n .
Specifi ed
Th ickness, 48 to 60, 60 to 72, 72 to 84, 84 to 96, 96 to 108, 108 to 120,
in. E xc l . E xc l . E xc l .. E xc l .. E xc l . I nc l .

To 1/4, exc l . 1 1/16 1 7/16 Z Z Z Z

1/. to 3/8, exd , 7/ 1 1/16 1 5/1 1 7/16 1 1/2 1 1 1/16
3/8 to %, exc i 1/2 % 9/1 11/16 3/4 13/16
% to 3/4, exd . 7/16 7/16 % 9/16 % 1 1/16
3/4 to 1 , exc l , 7/16 7/16 % % 9/16 1 1/16
1 to 2, i nc l 3/8 7/16 /1 1/2 % 1/2

N OT E 1 - Flatness Variations for L ength - The l onge r d i mensi o n spec ifi ed i s consi dered the l ength, and vari ati o n i n fl atness al o ng the
l ength shal l not exceed the tabu l ar amo unt for the spec if
i ed wi dth i n p lates u p to 1 2 ft i n l ength, or i n any 1 2 ft of l onger p l ates .
N OT E 2 - Flatness Variations for Width - Th e f l atness var i ati o n ac ross t he w i dth sh al l not exceed th e tab u l ar am o u nt fo r th e spec if
i ed
w i dth ..
N OT E 3 - When the l on ge r d i mensi on is under 36 i n ., the variati on i n fl atness al o ng the l en gth and across the width shal l not exceed 3/8 i n..
i n each d i recti on . When the larger d i mensi on is from .3 6 to 7 2 i n , i nc l us ive, the pe rm i ssi b le f
l atness variati on shal l not exceed 75 % of the tab
u l ar am ount fo r the spec ifi ed wi dth, but i n no case l ess than 3/8 i n
N OT E 4 - Th i s tab l e and these n otes cover the f
l atness variati ons of c i rcu l ar and sketch p lates based on the max i m u m d i mens i ons of th ose
p l ates.
N OT E 5 - Wavi ness to lerances fo r rectang u l ar p l ates, u n iversa l m i l l p l ates, and c i rcu lar and sketch p l ates do not app ly .
N OT E 6 - A " Z " i nd i cates that there is no p ub l is hed restr icted va l u e fo r the s i ze.
N OT E 7 - P l ates shal l be i n a h o rizonta l posit i on on a f
l at su rface whe n f l atness i s m e asu red

TA B L E 6
P E R M I S S I B L E VA RIATI O N S F RO M F LAT N E S S FO R H I G H -ST R E N G T H
LOW-A L LOY ST E E L P LAT E S AS - RO L L E D O R N O R M A L I Z E D O R D E R E D TO R E S T RI C TI V E F LAT N E S S

Specifi ed Permissible Variations From a Flat Surface for Specifi ed Widths, mm

Th ickness, 1200 to 1500, 1500 to 1800, 1800 to 2100, 2100 to 2400, 2400 to 2700, 2700 to 3000,
mm E xc l . E xc l . E xc l . E xc l . Ex c l . I nc l .

To 6, exc l 27 36 Z Z Z Z
6 to 1 0, e xc l , 22 27 33 36 39 43
! 0 to 1 2, exc ! . 12 12 15 17 19 21
1 2 to 2 0, exc l . 11 11 13 15 16 18
2 0 to 2 5, exc l . 11 11 12 13 15 17
2 5 to 5 0, exc l . 10 11 11 12 13 13

N OT E 1 - Flatness Variations for L ength -. The l o nger d i mensi on spec if i ed is co ns i dered the length, and variati on i n f l atness al ong the
length shal l not exceed the tabu l ar amou nt fo r the spec if
i ed wi dth i n p l ates u p to 3 7 0 0 m m i n l e ngth, o r i n any 37 0 0 m m of l onger p l ates.
N O T E 2 - Flatness Variations for Width - The f
l atness vari at i o n ac ross th e wi dth shal l not e xcee d th e tab u l ar am o u nt fo r the sp ec if
ied
w i dth .

N O T E 3 - When the l onger d i mens i on is under 9 0 0 m m, the variati on i n f l atness al on g the l ength an d across the width shal l not exceed
1 0 m m i n eac h d i recti on . Whe n the l arg er d i mensi on is from 9 0 0 to 1 8 0 0 r
a m, i nc l us i ve, th e pe r m i ssi b l e f
l at n ess va r i at i o n sh a l l not e xce ed
7 5 % of the tabu l ar amou nt fo r the spec if i ed wi dth, but i n n o case l ess than 1 0 m m
N O T E 4 - Th i s tab le and these n otes cover the var iat i o ns for f
l atness of c i rc u l ar an d s ketc h p l ates b ased on t he m ax i m u m d i me ns i o ns of
th ose p l ates .
N OT E 5 - Wavi n ess to lerances fo r rectang u l ar p l ates, u n i ve rsal m i l l p l ates, and c i rc u l ar an d sketc h p l ate s do n ot ap p ly .
N OT E 6 - A " Z " i nd i cates that the re i s no pu b l ish ed restri cted va l ue fo r th e s i ze
N O T E 7 - P l ates shal l be i n a hori zonta l posit ion o n a f
l at su rface when f
l atness i s m easu red .

97
SA-20 /SA-20M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following standardized supplementa r y requirements are for' use if' desired by the pur
chaser' . Those that a
re considered suitable for' use with a pioduct specifi cat ion a
r e listed in
the product specifi cati on. Other' tests may be performed by agreement between the manufac
turer or processor' and the purchaser.. These supplementa ry requirements shall apply only
if specifi ed in t
he purchase order' , in which event t h e specifi ed tests shall be made by the
manufacturer' or processor befor e shipment of' the plates .

S 1. Vacuum Treatment tests with the specif

SI.1 The steel shall be made by a process that includes
vacuum degassing while molten Unless ot herwise agreed
upon with t
he purchaser , it is t he responsibility of the
manufacturer to select suitable process procedures
i ed properties shall be a matter' of
agieement between the manufacturer' and t he purchaser..
$5. Charpy V-Notch Impact Test
$5.1 Charpy V-notch impact tests shall be conducted
in acc ordance with 1 2 . 1

$2. Product Analysis $5.2 The orientation of the test specimens, whet
her'
$2.1 A product a n alysis shall be made of' each plate longitudinal or' transverse to the direct
i on of' rolling, shall
as rolled . The specimens for' analysis shall be taken adjacent be as specif
i ed in the purchase order..
to or' tom a broken tension test specimen.
S5.3 The test temperature a nd the required acceptance
criteria, if' other than those required in 1 2. 1 , shall be as
specifi ed in the purchase order'.
$3. Simulated Post-Weld Heat Treatment of
Mechanical Test Coupons S5.4 The recorded results shall include test specimen
S3. 1 Prior to testing, t
he test coupons representing the orientation, test specimen size, test temperature, absorbed
plate for' accepta nce purposes for mechanical properties eneigy values, and, if' specifi ed in the pmchase order for
shall be t hermally treated to simulate a post-weld heat ot
her' t
han Class VI plates, latera l expansion opposite t he
treatment below the critical temperature (Ac3) , using the notch. The percent shea r ' fracture appearance shall also be
heat treatment pa rameters (such as temperature range, time, recorded if specif i ed in the purchase order.
and cooling rates) specif i ed in the purchase order'.. For' tests
using specimens ta ken from such heat treated test coupons,
the test results shall meet t
he requir ements of the applicable
$6. Drop-Weight Test (for Plates 0.625 in. [16 mm]
and Over in Thickness)
product specifi cation .
$6.1 Drop-weight tests shall be made in accorda nce
wit
h the requirements of Test Method E 208. The speci
$4. Additional Tension Test mens shall represent the plates in t he f i nal condition of
heat treatment. Agreement shall be reached between the
S4. 1 Other' Than Quenched-and- Tempered Plates - In
purchaser and the manufacturer or processor as to the num
addition to t
h e required single tension test, a second tension
ber of plates to be tested a
nd whet her a maximum NDT
test shall be made using a test specimen ta ken fi om a test
temperature is mandatory or' if t
he test results a
re for infor
coupon ta ken from a corner' of' t he plate-as-rolled on the
mation only .
end opposite t he single test specimen and in a direct i on
pa
ra llel to the single test specimen. The results obtained
using this second test specimen shall meet the r equirements $7. High-Temperature Tension Tests
of the applicable product specif i cation .
$7.1 A short-time elevated temperatur e tension test
$4.2 Quenched-and- Tempered Plates 2 in.. [50 mm] or' shall be made to represent each plate or' each heat of steel
Greater in Thickness - In addition to the required tension as indicated by the purchaser . The specimens for' testing
tests, two addit
i onal test coupons sha ll be ta
ken fi om the shall be obtained as required for the room temperature
bottom corner' of' the plate.. One sha
l l be ta
ken at t
he center' tension tests specifi ed in t
he body of this general require
of h
te plate thickness and t he other immediately beneath ments specif i cation . The high-temperature tests shall be
the surface . Mandator2¢ conformance of t h ese additional made in accordance wit h the r equirements of Practice E 2 1

98
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-20/SA-20M

Mandatory conformance of such additional tests with the plate,, The number of plates to be so tested sha
ll be subj ect
speci f
i ed prop erti es sh al l b e a m atter for agree ment to agreement between the purchaser a nd th e manufacturer
between the manufacturer or processor a
n d the purchaser or proces s or' ,

S8. Ultrasonic Examinat

i on in Accordance with S15 . Reduct
i on of Area Measurement
A 435 /A 435M S 15. 1 Ar
e duction of area measurement sha
l l be taken

$8. 1 All plates shall be ultrasonically ex amined in while making the requir
e d tension test Reduct i on of a
r ea
accordance w ith the requirement s of S p ec ifi cation sha
ll be determined only on the 0 . 500 in. [ 1 2 . . 5 mm] round
A 43 5 /A 43 5M specimen as shown in Fig 5 of Test Meth ods and Defini
tions A 370. The minimum acceptance limit sha
ll be 40%

$9. Magnet ic Particle Examinat ion

S 16. Thermal Stress Relief of Mechanical Test
$9. 1 All plate edges shall be examined by magnetic
par ticles in accordance wit h the procedures covered in Coupons
Practice E 709 . The acceptability of defects revea
led by $ 16.1 Test coupons representing the plates sha l l be
h
tis examinat i on sha
l l be judged in accorda
nce with the thermally stress relieved by gradua
lly a
n d unifbrmly heat
requirements for qua lity in 9.3 . ing them to a temperature between 1 1 00 and 1 200°F [595
and 650°C] , or a temperature range ot
herwise agreed upon
between the ma nufact urer or processor and the purchaser,
S 10. Charpy V-Notch Impact Transit i on Curve holding at temperature for at least 1 h/in. [2.. 4 min/mm]
S10. 1 Suff i cient impact tests of t
he same specimen size of thickness a
nd cooling in still air to a temperature not
shall be made from t he plate test material to establish a exceeding 600°F [3 1 5 °C]
tra
n sit
i on curve. The test temperature ra nge shall be wide
enough to establish the upper and lower shelf energies , with S 17. Vacuum Carbon-Deoxidized Steel
suff
i cient test
ing at intermediate temperatures to permit
S17. 1 Material shall be vacuum ca
rbon-deoxidized, in
plott
i ng a reasonable smooth curate. A plot of t h e data is
which case the silicon content at the t
i me of vacuum deoxi
not required. The manufacturer shall report t he specimen
orientation, test temperature, and absorbed energy for each dizing sha
ll be 0. 1 2% maximum, and the content of deoxi
dizers such as alum
i num, zirconium, a
n d titanium should
specimen tested. Lateral expa n sion and percent shea r sha
ll
l so be reported when specif
a i ed in t
he purchase order. The be kept low enough to allow deoxidation by ca
r bon. T
he
number of plates tested a nd the specimen orientat i on shall test report shall indicate that t
he steel was vacuum ca
r bon
be t
he sa me as in 1 2. 1 unless ot herwise specifi ed in the deoxidized The minimum heat analysis and pr oduct analy
purchase order. sis requirements for silicon do not apply to vacuum ca
rbon
deoxidized steel .

Sl l. Ultrason
i c Examination in Accordance with
A 577 /A 577M S19. Restricted Chemical Requirements
S 19. ! Restricted heat analysis and product a n alysis
Si i.i All plates sha ll be ultrasonically examined in
lim
i ts a
r e applicable, as specif
i ed in the purchase or der .
ac c ord an c e w i th the requ ireme nt s of S p ec i f
i c ati o n
A 577 /A 577M

$20. Max imum Carbon Equivalent for Weldability

S12. Ultrasonic Examinat
i on in Accordance w
i th $20. 1 Plates shall be supplied wit
h a specif
i c maximum
A 578 /A 578M ca
r bon equivalent va lue This value shall be based upon
he heat ana
t lysis . The required chemical analysis as well
$12.1 All plates shall be ultrasonical ly examined in
as t
he ca r bon equivalent shall be reported.
ac c ord an ce w ith the requirements of S p eci fi c ati on
A 578 /A 578M. T he accepta
nce level shall be as specifi ed S20.2 The ca r bon equivalent shall be ca
l culated using
in the purchase order. the following formula:

CE = C + Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo + V)/5 + (Ni + Cu)/1 5

S 13. NDT Temperature Determination S20.3 The maximum va lue of' the ca
rbon equiva
l ent
S13. 1 The NDT temperat
ure sha ll be established in for' carbon steels (including C-Mn, C-Mn-Si, C-Mn-Si-A1
accordance wit
h Met
hod E208 using coupons from a single steels), a
r e given in Table 2,

99
SA-20 / SA-20M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

$21 . Restricted Limits on Elements $26. Low-Sulfur Steels

$21 . 1 For each heat, based upon the heat analysis, the S26. 1 The steel sha
l l be made to 0.0 1 0% sulfur maxi
content shall not exceed 0 . 3 5 % for c opper , 0 . 25 % for mum. Lower sulfur levels and sulf
i de shape control prac
nickel, 0.25 % for cbxomium, 0 .08 % for molybdenum, or tice s can be specifi ed by agreement b etween the
0. 70% for the sum of those four elements manufacturer or processor and the purchaser.

$22. Through-Thickness Tension Test s

$22. 1 Through-thickness tension tests shall be made $27. Restrictive Plate Flatness
in accordance with the r equirements of S pe ci f
i c ati on $27.1 Ca r bon steel plates, as-rolled or normalized, shall
A 770 /A 770M. (See Ordering Information in Specif i ca conform to t
he permissible restr ictive variations from f l at
i on A 770 /A 770M for the addit
t i onal information that
ness given in Table 3 or Table 4
may be needed )
S27.2 High-st r ength low-alloy steel plates, as-rolled or
normalized, shall conform to the permissible restrictive
S24. Strain Age Test variations f
i om flatness given in Table 5 or Table 6.
S24. 1 Test coupons shall be given a str ain age treatment
designated by t
he purchaser . Charpy V-notch tests shall
be conducted on the str ain aged specimens Heat treatment,
st
r ain aging, test temper ature, and accepta
nce criteria shall $28. Heat Treatment in the Working Zone of a
be as agreed upon between the ma nufacturer or processor Surveyed Furnace
nd the purchaser.
a S28.1 Plates shall be heat treated in the working zone
of a furnace that has been surveyed in accorda nce wit h
Test Method A 99 1 /A 99 1 M, provided th at such working
$25. Weldability zone was established using a variati on of 25 °F [ 1 5°C] or
$25.1 Weldability tests shall be conducted. The type less from t
he furnace set point.
of test a
n d the acceptance criteria shall be as agreed upon
between the ma nufacturer or processor and the purchaser . $28.2 The test report shall indicate that $28 applies .

1 00
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20/SA-20M

ANNEXES

(Mandatory Information)

A1. PERMISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN DIMENSIONS, ETC. - INCH-POUND UNITS

A 1. 1 Listed below are permissible variations in dimensions, and notch toughness information, expressed in inch
pound units of measurement.

101
SA-20 /SA-20M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

r--4 € O
g
o

0 00 x

,o . .
co " o
' ,,O x

u%
t-.

t'Xl - X

Ll.I
1--
.<
-J

¢q "G
r,,, O o' x
<
-.I
Q)
D
o

z
<
I-- o
co
cq x E
I.U
tw
E
r

O
E

r-
-I Ll.I ,,0 0 x
< z 0., ,--I U.I E

.-I

<
I- o ..2"
Z

Z
Z
O
W-
-4

I-
< o _.2"
qz

x
< i . w I.IJ
>
Iz.I
.-I
eta

0 ..2"

O CM X

Ll.I g
O

CO o

o o ,.,

g
LE
- I- u_

x x x x
.

- . . . I ] I
r- ¢,J
x @ . x x x x

o
o o o o
o

1 02
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20/SA-20M

TA B L E A 1 . 2
P E R M ISSI B L E VA RIATIO N S I N WI DT H A N D L E N GT H FO R S H EAR E D P LAT ES 11,2 I N . A N D U N D E R I N T H I C KN E SS;
L E N GT H O N LY FO R U N IV E RSA L M I L L P LAT E S 21,2 I N . A N D U N D E R I N T H IC KN E SS
Perm issi b le Variations Over Specifi ed Width and LengthA for Th icknesses G iven in I nches, i n.
Specifi ed Dimensions, in. To s/8, Excl. 3/8 to 5/8, Excl. s/8 to 1, Excl. 1 to 2, Incl .B
Length Width Width Length W idth Le ngth W idth Length W idth Length

T o 1 2 0, ex c l , , over 8 to 6 0. exc L 3/8 1/2 '/16 % 1/2 3/. 3/8 1

60 to 84, exc l . 7/z6 % z/2 11/16 s/8 7/8 3/4 1
84 to 1 08, exc l . 1/2 3/4 s/
8 7/8 3/4 1 1 1 1/
8
1 08 arid over s/8 7/8 3/4 1 7/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/4

1 2 0 to 2 4 0, exc l over 8 to 6 0, exc l . 3/8 3/4 1/2 7/8 5/8 1 3/4 1 1/8
60 to 84, exd . 1/2 3/. % '/8 3z. 1 '/8 1 1/,
84 to 1 08, exc l , 9/16 7/8 1 '/16 15/16 13/16 1 1/8 1 13/8
l O8 a d over 3/8 1 / 1 1/8 '/8 1 1/, 1 1/8 1 3/8

24 0 to 3 6 0, exc l , over 8 to 6 0, exc l . 3/8 1 1/2 1 1/8 % 1 1/4 3/4 1 1/2

60 to 84, exc L 1/2 1 % 1 1/8 3/4 1 1/4 7/8 1 1/2
84 to 1 08, exc l , 9/16 1 ///16 1 z/8 7/8 1 3/8 1 1 1/2
1 08 and over 1 '/16 1 '/8 7/8 1 '/4 1 1 3/8 1 '/4 13/4

3 6 0 to 4 8 0, e xc l , over 8 to 6 0, exc l . 7/16 1 1/8 1/2 l Z/4 s/

8 1 3/8 3/4 1%
60 to 84, exc I . '/2 1 '/4 s/
8 13/8 3/4 1 '/2 7/8 1 5/8
84 to 1 08, exc l . 9/z6 1 1/4 3/4 1 3/8 '/s 1 1/2 1 17/8
1 08 and over 3/4 1 3/
8 7/a 1 1/2 1 1 3/8 1 z/4 1 7/
8

48 0 to 6 0 0, e xc t . over 8 to 6 0, exc l . 7/16 1 1/4 1/2 l l/2 5/8 1% 3/4 1 7/8

60 to 84, exc l . z/2 13/8 3/8 1 '/2 3/4 1% 7/8 1 7/8
84 to 1 08, exc l . 5/
8 1 3/B 3/4 1 1/2 7/8 1% 1 1 7/8
1 08 and ove r 3/4 1 1/2 7/8 1 5/8 1 1 3/4 l Z/4 1 7/8

60 0 to 7 2 0, e xc L over 8 to 6 0, exc L 1/2 1 3/4 s/8 17/8 3/4 1 7/8 7/8 2 1/4
60 to 84, exc l .. 5/8 1 3/4 3/4 1 7/8 7/8 1 7/8 1 2 1/4
84 to I 08, exc l , 5/
8 1 3/4 3/4 1% 7/
8 1 7/8 1 ,/8 2 1/4
1 08 and over 7/8 1 3/4 1 2 1 '/
8 2 '/4 1 1/4 2 1/2

7 2 0 an d ove r ove r 8 to 60, exc l , 9/16 2 3/4 2% 7/8 2 1/4 i 23/4

6 0 to 84, exc l , , 3/4 2 7/8 2 1/8 1 2 z/4 1 1/8 2 3/4
84 to 1 08, exc l . 3/4 2 7/
8 2 1/8 1 2 1/4 1 z/4 2 3/4
I 08 and over 1 2 1 1/B 2 3/8 1 '/4 2 1/2 13/8 3
A Perm iss i b l e vari ati on under spec ifi ed width and l ength : '/4 i n .
B Pe rm issi b le var iatio ns i n length app ly also to U n i versal M i l l p l ates u p to 1 2 i n . i n wi dth fo r' th ic knesses ove r 2 to 2 1/2 i n ., i nc l ., except fo r
al l oy stee l up to 2 i n .. th ic k..

1 03
SA-20 /SA-20M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E A I .3
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R IATI O N S I N R O L L E D W I D T H FO R
U N I V E R SA L M I L L C A R B O N S T E E L, H I G H - ST R E N G T H LOW-A L LOY ST E E L, A N D
A L L OY-ST E E L P LAT E S 1 5 I N . A N D U N D E R I N T H I C K N E S S

Var iations Over Spec ifi ed W idth for

Th icknesses G ive n, i n .
Ove r 2 Ove r 1 0
To 3/8, 3/8 to 5/8, s/8 to 1, 1 to 2, to IO, to 15,
Specifi ed Width, i n . Exc l . Exc l . Excl . Inc l . I ncl . I ncl .,
Over 8 to 20, exc l 1/8 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2
20 to 36, excl . 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 %6
3 6 and over 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8
N OT E 1 - P e rm i ss i b l e var i at i o n u nde r spec ifi ed wi dth shal l be 1/8 i n .

TA B L E A1 .4
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R I AT I O N S I N
D IA M ET E R FO R S H EA R E D C I RC U LA R
C A R B O N ST E E L, H I G H - ST R E N G T H
LO W-A L LOY ST E E L, A N D A L L OY-ST E E L P LAT E S
1 I N . AN D U N D E R I N TH IC KN ESS

Pe rm issi b le Variations Over Spec if

i ed
D iameter for Th icknesses G iven, i n .
Specifi ed 3/8 to 5/8, 5/8 to I,
D iameter, in . To 3/8, Exc l . Exc l . I nc l .
To 3 2, exc l , 1/4 3/8 1/2
3 2 to 84, exc l 5/!6 7/16 9/16
84 to 1 08, exc l , 3/8 1/2 5/8
1 08 to 1 3 0, i nc l 7/16 9/16 1 1/16
N O T E I - N o pe rm i ssi b l e vari ati o ns u nder spec ifi ed d i amete r ,

TA B L E A 1 . 5
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R IATI O N S I N W I DT H A N D L E N G T H
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F O R R E C TA N G U L A R C A R B U N S I Ir. lr_ L A N U
H I G H - ST R E N G T H LOW-A L L OY ST E E L P LAT E S
W H E N G A S C U TT I N G I S S P E C I F I E D O R R E Q U I R E D

Variations Over for Al l Specif

i ed
Spec ifi ed Th ickness, i n . W idths or Lengths, i n . .

T o 2, exc l , 1/2
2 to 4, exc l , 5/8
4 to 6, exe l , 3/4
6 to 8, exc l , 7/8
8 to 1 5 , i nc l , 1

N OT E 1 - These vari ati ons may be taken a l l u nde r' o r' d iv i ded
ove r and u nder, if so spec ifi ed ,
N O T E 2 - P l ates w i t h u n i ve rsa l r o l l ed ed ges w i l l be g as c ut to
l e n gt h o n l y ,

1 04
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20 /SA-20M

TA B L E A 1 .6
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R I A TI O N S I N D IA M ET E R F O R G A S - C U T
C I RC U LA R CA R B O N ST E E L A N D H I G H -ST R E N G T H L OW-A L L OY ST E E L P LAT E S

Variations Over S pecified D iameter for Th icknesses G iven, i n .

Specified To 1, I tO 2, 2 to 4, 4 to 6, 6 to 8, 8 to 15,
D iameter, i n . E xc l . E xc l . Exc l . Exc l . E xc l . I ncl .

To 3 2, e xc l 3/, '/2 '/2 % ¾

3 2 to 8 4, exc L % '/2 % 3/.
8 4 to 1 0 8, exc L '/2 6 % 3j. 7/8 1

1 0 8 to 1 3 0, exc l . '/2 6 11/16 1 14

1 3 0 an d o ve r % ¾ 7/, 1 t 'Jo l¼
N OT E i - N o pe rm issi b le vari ati ons u nde r' specif
i ed d i amete r .

TA B L E A 1 . 7
P E R M I S S I B L E CA M B E R F O R
CA R B O N S T E E L S H E A R E D O R G A S -C U T
R E C TA N G U L A R P LAT E S A L L T H I C K N E S S E S

M ax i m u m pe rm issi bl e camber, i n. = 1/B in,, x ( n u m ber of feet of

l e ngth/5 )

N OT E 1 - C ambe r, as i t re l ates to p l ates, i s th e h o r i z o ntal edg e

c u rvatu re i n the le n gth, meas u re d o ve r the e nt i re l e n gth of th e p l ate
i n the f
l at po s it i o n

TA B L E A I . 8
P E R M I S S I B L E CA M B E R FO R C A R B O N ST E E L, H I G H
ST R E N G T H LOW-A L LOY ST E E L, A N D A L LOY ST E E L
U N IV E R S A L M I L L P L AT E S A N D H I G H - S T R E N G T H
LOW-A L L OY ST E E L A N D A L LOY ST E E L S H E A R E D O R
G A S- C U T R E C TA N G U L A R P L AT E S

Dimension, in. Camber for Thickness

Th i c kness W idth an d W i dth s G i ve n

To 2, i nc l All 1/8 i n . x ( n u m ber of feet

Ove r 2 to 1 5, i nc l
Ove r 2 to 1 5, i nc l .
of l e n gth /5 )
To 3 0, i nc l 3/1 6 i n . x ( n u mbe r of feet
of l e n gth/5 )
Ove r 3 0 l/4 i n . x ( n u m ber of feet
of l e n gth /5 )

1 05
SA-20/ SA-20M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

..9 ,. t_l t,,.4 t_ r.. r.

tJ3
D.J
I

...J
,9 I.l.I r-I i,. ,.
...J CO
o
Lt,I
Lt,J
I,-
m"
O
Z
O

r ,,,,O
O"

t,,,,,'

O O', "
1.1.,

I.t.I
CO
r--I

.-1 0 . "
1:1:1 1.1
¢ 1 LLI

i ,

Z
0
I-

o"
U.I
-J .,.q
00 I.,t-I

,,,O I, 1

00

,S .9 " '

, = • . • • . . . . °

I,-

ZB B f
l o o o o o S

1 06
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-20 /SA-20M

TA B L E A1 . 1 0
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R I A T I O N S I N W I DT H A N D L E N G T H
FO R R ECTA N G U LA R A L LOY ST E E L P LAT E S W H E N
G AS C U TTI N G I S S P E C I FI E D O R R EQ U I R E D
Variations Over for Al l Specif
i ed
Specif
i ed Thickness, i n . Widths and Lengths, in.

TO 2, exc l , 3/4
2 to 4, exc l 1
4 to 6, exc l 1 1/s
6 to 8, exc l . 15/16
8 to 1 5, inc l I Z/2

N OT E I - Th ese var i at i o ns m ay be take n a l l u nder or d i v i de d

over and unde r, i f so s pec i f
i ed .
N O T E 2 - P l ates w ith u n i ve rsa l ro l l ed edg es w i l l be g as c ut to
l ength on l y.

TA B L E A 1 . 1 1
P E R M I S S I B L E V A R IAT I O N S I N D I A M E T E R FO R
G AS-C U T C I RC U L A R A L L OY ST E E L P LAT E S

Variations Over Specif

i ed D iameter for Th icknesses G iven, i n.
Specif
i ed To 1, 1 to 2, 2 to 4, 4 to 6, 6 to 8, 8 to 15,
D iameter, in. Excl . Excl . Excl . Excl . Excl . I ncl .

To 3 2, exc l 1/2 ,/, 3/4 3/, 1 1

32 to 84, exc = ½ % 7/8 1 1 '/8 1 '/4
84 to 1 0 8, exc l .. 5/8 3/4 1 l '/e 1 1/4 1 3/8
1 08 to 1 3 0, i nc l . 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 13/8 1 '/2
N O T E 1 - N o pe rm issi b le var iat i o ns unde r spec i f
i ed d ia mete r.

1 07
SA-20 /SA-20M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

laJ

,<
I-

•.o c
p.,.

. I.IJ
,,D

_2"

I Ll
,,,D
cq o0"

CO

o ,, ,

• . . .

x x x x
x

S o o o o o
t--

1 08
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20 /SA-20M

TA B L E A I . 1 3
WAV I N E S S TO L E RA N C E S FO R R E C TA N G U LA R P LAT E S, U N IV E RSA L M I L L P LAT E S,
C I RC U LA R P LAT E S, A N D S K ETC H P LAT E S
F latn ess
To l e rance
fro m Tab l es W h e n N u m b e r of Waves i n 1 2 ft i s :
A 1 . 9 an d
A I ,, 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

5"/16 /1 6 ¼ "/1 6 ¼ i/8 /1 6 1,/16

% % 6 6 6 % ¼6
¼6 7/16 6 ¼ 6 % 1/8 ¼6
1/2 % 6 6 3/16 1/8 6

6 9/i6 6 ¼6 ¼ 3/16 1/8 %

% % % ¼ 3/16 1/8
i 6 11/16 % 6 3/16 3/16
3/4 6 ¼6 6 i/4 3/16 %
13/16 % ¼6 6

% 7/8 % ¼ 3/16
15/16 s/16 1/4 6

i 1 ¾ 6 6 s/16 1/4 6

i% 1 1/8 % ¼ % 1/4 6

i¼ 1 1/4 ¼ % s/16 ¼
i% 13/. i I/i6 6 7/16 ¼
i i/8 3/8 ¼
i% 1% i i/4 i 6 l i/i6 I/2 3/8 6

i 3/4 1 3/4 i s/16 I 9/16 7/16 6

1 7/8 i 7/16 i i/16 9/16 6

2 2 i i/2 i I/8 ¼ % %
2 i/ 2 1/8 i% i 3/16 ¼ i i/16 1/2 %
2 1/4 i i i/i6 i I/4 ii/i6 9/16 %
3
2% 2 3/8 I i3/i6 i s/i6 i 9/16 6

2 1/2 i 7/8 i 7/16 1 1/16 i3/16 9/ 6 h8

2% 2% 2 i% i3/16 % 6

2 3/4 2 1/16 i 9/16 i% % %

2% 27/8 2 /1 6 i% i3/i6 15/16 l l/16
3 3 2 1/4 I ii/i6 i lj4 is/j6 11/16 6

3% 31/8 2 3/8 i3/4 i s/16 I 3/4 6

N OT E 1 - Wavi ness denotes the devi ati on of the top o r bottom su rface from a hor i zontal l i ne, when
the p late i s resti ng on a flat su rface, as measu red i n an i nc rement of less than 1 2 ft of length . The wav i
n ess to l e rance i s a fu n cti o n of th e f
l atness to l e ran ce as o bta i ne d f ro m Ta b l es A 1 9 an d A 1 . 1 2

TA B L E A 1 . 1 4
VI S I B L E E DG E I N D I C ATI O N S EXT E N D I N G A P P ROXI M AT E LY PA RA L L E L TO RO L L E D S U R FAC E S

Acceptabl e on Edges
Plate Specification Acceptable Remove by G rinding Cut in Fabrication
and Th ickness Depth LengthA Depth LengthA Depth LengthA
Column 1 2 3 4 5 6

Othe r than k i l l ed, to 2 i n , i nc l i/8 i n . max . Any Ove r i/8 i n . to i/4 i n , i nc l . Over 1 i n . ¼ i n . max.. Any
Ki l led, c to 6 i n , i nc l i/i6 i n . max . Any Over i/i6 i n . to i/8 i n ., i nc l Ove r 1 i n . i/8 i n max . Any
Ki l l ed, c over 6 i n . i/8 i n. max . Any Ove r % i n . to i/2 i n ., i nc l . Over 1 i n . i/z i n . max. Any

A Lam i nar-type d isconti n u ities 1 i n and less i n length are acceptab le and do not req u i re exp l oratio n
B S pec ificati ons : A 2 85; A 433; A 442 i n th i c knesses to i i n ,, i nc l ; or A 455
c The spec ificati on i n 1 , 1 of th is standard, othe r than those l isted i n the above footnote B

1 09
SA-20/SA-20M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

¢q .-
,, _
= .. .. . .. I I I I " I "-I- I " I

o
c
I- o o
Od .-
,,_
= I I I I I I , ? ?
Z
0

0
I-
o
sit"
Z • €.2

I 1 1.1.1 o o o o o o o o o o o o _' o
-I- + + I I I I 1 ] 1 I I I I + 1 1 I
0 €"
. z
w <

0 0 0 O o o o o o o o o ' o

,, - --3 + + + + I I ' I I I
i--I

<
W v
o
c c
.-I
E E

I--4 e,'.l
v

o o O
< ,- , ,,, _ ,- .
"0 -0
CO

< < < < < < < .< < < < < < < < < < < < < < <

<

< 1.- E ,, E .
=
o

-I L
< > . _. €.m

tw >..
I.l.I O.
Z rv"
ua <
€.. .-r g

z
.< E
I--
I Ll o
I Ll E -Z I-I

, =,
, ,_
E m

>

1 10
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA -20/ SA-20M

o o

l I I l I

< < < < < < < < <

h%

E .,-

_J

>

111
SA-20/SA-20M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E A 1 . 1 6
C H A R PY V- N OTC H T EST ACC E PTAN C E C RIT E RIA FO R VA RIO U S S U BSIZ E S P EC I M E N SA
Fu l l Size, 10 by 3/4 Size, 10 by 2/3 Size, 10 by 1/2 Size, 10 by 5 1/3 Size, 10 by 1/4 Size, 10 by
10 mm 7.5 m m 6.7 mm mm 3.3 mm 2.5 m m
ft- l bf [J ] ft-lbf [J] ft-l bf [J ] ft-l bf [J] ft-l bf [J] ft-lbf [J]

40 [54] 30 [4 1 ] 27 [3 7] 20 [2 7 ] 13 [ 1 8] 10 [ 1 4]
35 [48] 26 [3 5] 23 [3 1 ] 18 [ 24] 12 [ 1 6] 9 [12]
30 [4 1 ] 22 [3 0] 20 [2 7] 15 [ 2 0] I0 [ 1 4] 8 [11]
25 [3 4] 19 [ 2 6] 17 [2 3] 12 [ 1 6] 8 [II] 6 [8]
20 [2 7] 15 [2 0] 13 [ 1 8] I0 [ 1 4] 7 [ I 0] 5 [7 ]
16 [2 2 ] 12 [ 1 6] II [1 5] 8 [II] 5 [7 ] 4 [5 ]
15 [2 0] 11 [15] 10 [ 1 4] 8 [11] 5 [7] 4 [5 ]
13 [1 8] I0 [ 1 4] 9 [1 2 ] 6 [8] 4 [5 ] 3 [4 ]
12 [1 6] 9 [12] 8 [I 1 3 6 [83 4 [5] 3 [4]
I0 [1 4] 8 [I I] 7 [ I 0] 5 [7 ] 3 [4] 2 [3]
7 [ I 0] 5 [7 ] 5 [7 ] 4 [5 ] 2 [3] 2 [3]

A I nterpo l ati on shal l be made for spec i mens with wi dths i ntermed i ate of those l i sted , I nte rpo l ated val ues shal l be rou nded to the nearest
who l e n u m b er as presc r i be d i n P ract i ce E 2 9

TA B L E A I . 1 7
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R I AT I O N S I N WI DT H FO R M I L L
E DG E C A R B O N ST E E L A N D H I G H -ST R E N G T H LOW
A L LOY S T E E L P LAT E S P RO D U C E D O N ST RI P M I L LS
Var i ati o ns
Over Specif
i ed
Specifi ed Width, in. Width, in.A
To 1 4, exc l 7/16
1 4 to 1 7, exc l , 1/2
1 7 to 1 % exc l , 9/16
1 9 to 2 1, exc l . 5/8
2 1 to 2 4, exc l , 1 1/16
24 to 2 6, exc l . 13/16
2 6 to 2 8, exc l , 15/16
2 8 to 35, exc l , , 1 1/8
35 to 5 0, exc l 1 1/4
5 0 to 60, exc l , 1 1/2
6 0 to 65, exc l , lS/8
65 to 7 0, exc L 13/4
7 0 to 8 0, exc l , 17/8
8 0 an d ove r 2

N O T E 1 - App l i es to p l ates p rod uced from co i l and p lates p ro

duced from p l ate-as-ro l led ,
A N o pe rm i ss i b l e var i ati o n u nde r spec ifi ed wi dth ,

1 12
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20/SA-20M

A2. PERMISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN DIMENSIONS, ETC. - SI UNITS

A2.1 Listed herein are permissible var
i ations in dimensions, and notch toughness information, expressed in SI units.

TA B L E A2 . 1
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R IAT I O N S I N T H I C K N E S S F O R R E C TA N G U L A R P LAT E S

Tolerance Over Specif

i ed Th ickness for Widths G iven i n M i l l i meters, mm
Over
Specif
i ed 1200 to 1500 to 1800 to 2100 to 2400 to 2700 to 3000 to 3300 to 3600 to
Th ickness, 1200 and 1500, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2700, 3000, 3300, 3600, 4200, 4200 and
mm U nd e r E xc l . E xc L E xc l . E xc L E xc l . E xc l . E xc l . E xc l . E xc l . Over

5.0 0 8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ., 8 0 ,, 8 0 ,8 0 ,9 1.0 . . . . .. .
5 ,5 0 ,8 0.8 0. 8 0.8 0. 8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,9 10 . . . . .
6 ,0 0 ,8 0 ,, 8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,8 08 0 ,9 I 0 1 ,, i 1.4 , , ,
7.0 0 .8 0 ,8 0 .8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0, 8 0 9 1.0 1 ,2 1 ,4 , ,
8 ,0 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 8 0.8 0. 8 0.8 0 ,9 1 ,0 1 2 1 ,5 1.7
9 .0 0 .8 0.8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,8 1 ,0 1.0 1 .3 1 ,5 1 ,7
I0 ,0 O ,B 0 .8 0 .8 0 .8 0 .8 0. 8 i 0 I 0 1 .3 15 1 ,8
II.0 0. 8 0 ,8 0.8 08 0, 8 0 ,8 I 0 I 0 1 .3 1.5 1 8
12 ,0 0 ,8 0.8 0 .8 0 ,8 0.8 0 ,9 1 ,0 1 ,0 1 ,3 1 ,5 1, 8
1 4. 0 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,8 0 ,9 0 ,9 1 ,0 I ,I 1 .3 1 .5 2 ,0
1 60 0. 8 0, 8 0 ,8 0, 8 0 ,9 0.9 i 0 I.I 1 .3 1, 6 2 ,0
1 8 ,, 0 0 ,8 0.8 0 ,, 8 0 ,8 0 ,, 9 1 ,0 1.1 1.2 1 ,4 1.6 2.0
20.0 0 .8 0 ,8 0 .8 0 ,8 0 ,9 1 ,0 1 ,2 1.2 1 .4 1 ,8 2 ,, 2
22 ,0 08 0 .9 0 .9 0.9 1.0 1.1 1 ,3 1 ,3 1 .5 1 .8 2.2
25.0 0 .9 0 ,, 9 I ,, 0 1 ,0 1 ,0 1 ,2 1 3 1.5 1 ,, 5 2, 0 2 ,4
28.0 1.0 1 ,0 I.I I.I I.I 1 .3 1,4 1 .8 1 ,8 2.1 2 .6
30 ,0 I ,, i 1 ,1 1 ,2 1 2 1 ,2 1.4 1 ,5 1 ,8 1 .8 2 .3 2, 8
32.0 1.2 1.2 1.3 1 .3 13 1 ,, 5 1 6 2 ,0 2, 0 2 ,5 3.0
35 0 1 ,3 1 ,3 1 .4 1 ,4 i ., 4 1 ,6 1 7 2 3 2 .3 2, 7 3 3
38.0 1 .4 1 .4 1 ,5 1 ,5 1 ,5 1 7 1 .8 2, 3 2 ,3 2.8 3 .5
40 , 0 1 ,5 1.5 1, 6 1.6 1 6 1, 8 2 ,0 2 ,5 2 .5 3 ,0 3.8
45 . 0 1 .6 1 .6 1 ,7 1 ,8 1 ,8 2 0 2.3 2 8 2 8 3 3 3.8
50 ,0 i ,, 8 1 ,8 1 8 2.0 2.0 2 ,3 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4 ,0
55 . 0 2.0 2 ,, 0 2.0 2.2 2 2 2 ,5 2 ,8 3 3 3 ,3 3 ,8 4, 0

N OT E 1 - Perm i ss i b l e vari ati on under spec if

i ed th ic kness, 0. 3 m m .
N O T E 2 - Th i c k ness s hal l be meas u red 1 0 to 2 0 m m from th e l o n g it u d i na l edge
N OT E 3 - For spec ifi ed th icknesses other than those sh own, the to lerances for the next h igher th i c kness shal l apply .
N OT E 4 - Fo r th ickness measu red at any l ocati on other than that spec ifi ed i n N ote 2, the perm iss i ble max i m u m ove r to lerance shal l be
i ncreased by 75 %, ro u nde d to th e nearest 0 . 1 m m .

1 13
SA-20 /SA-20M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E A2 .2
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R I ATI O N S I N W I DT H A N D L E N G T H FO R
S H EA R E D P LAT E S 40 M M A N D U N D E R I N T H IC KN E S S; L E N G T H O N LY FO R U N IV E RSA L M I L L P LAT ES
65 M M A N D U N D E R I N T H I C K N E S S

Perm issi b le Variations Ove r S pecifi ed W idth and LengthA

Specifi ed D i mens ions, m m for Th icknesses G iven i n M i l l i meters, mm
To 10, ExcL 10 to 16, Excl. 16 to 25, Excl. 25 to 50, Incl . B
Length Width Width Length Width Length Width Length Width Length
To 3, 0 0 0 e xc t , T o 1 5 0 0, exc l , I0 13 II 16 13 19 16 25
1 5 0 0 to 2 1 0 0, exc l , II 16 13 17 16 22 19 25
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, exc I , 13 19 16 22 19 25 25 29
2 7 0 0 and ove r 16 22 19 25 22 29 29 32

3, 0 0 0 to 6, 00 0 exc l To 1 5 0 0, exc l 10 19 13 22 16 25 19 29
1 5 0 0 to 2 1 0 0, exc l 13 19 16 22 19 25 22 32
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, exc l , 14 22 17 24 21 29 25 35
2 7 0 0 and over 16 25 19 29 22 32 29 35

6, 0 0 0 to 9, 0 0 0, exc l , T o 1 5 0 0, exc l , 10 25 13 29 16 32 19 38
1 5 0 0 to 2 1 0 0, exc l , 13 25 16 29 19 32 22 38
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, exc l , 14 25 17 32 22 35 25 38
2 7 0 0 and ove r 17 29 22 32 25 35 32 44

9, 0 0 0 to 1 2, 0 0 0, exc l To 1 5 0 0, exc l , 11 29 13 32 16 35 19 41
1 5 0 0 to 2 1 0 0, exc L 13 32 16 35 19 38 22 41
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 00, exc l 14 32 19 35 22 38 25 48
2 7 0 0 and over' 19 35 22 38 25 41 32 48

1 2 , 0 0 0 to 1 5, 0 0 0, exc l , T o 1 5 0 0, e xc l , 11 32 13 38 16 41 19 48
1 5 0 0 to 2 1 0 0, exc l , 13 35 16 38 19 41 22 48
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, exc l , 16 35 19 38 22 41 25 48
2 7 0 0 and ove r 19 38 22 41 25 44 32 48

1 5, 0 0 0 to 1 8, 0 0 0, exc l , To 1 5 0 0, exc l , 13 44 16 48 19 48 22 57
1 5 0 0 to 2 1 0 0, exc l 16 44 19 48 22 48 25 57
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, exc L 16 44 19 48 22 48 29 57
2 7 0 0 and over 22 44 25 51 29 57 32 64

1 8, 0 0 0 a nd ove r To 1 5 0 0, exc l , 14 51 19 54 22 57 25 70
1 5 0 0 to 2 1 0 0, exc l , 19 51 22 54 25 57 29 70
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, exc l , 19 51 22 54 25 57 32 70
2 7 0 0 and ove r' 25 51 29 60 32 64 35 76

A Pe rm i ss i b l e var i ati o n u nder i n spec ifi ed wi dth and l ength : 6 m m ,

B Perm i ss i b l e variati ons i n l ength app l y a l so to U n i ve rsal M i l l p l ates up to 3 0 0 m m i n wi dth for' th icknesses ove r 5 0 to 65 m m, i nc l , exce pt
for al l oy stee l u p to 5 0 m m th ic k ,

1 14
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20 /SA-20M

TA B L E A 2 .3
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R I ATI O N S I N R O L L E D W I D T H F O R U N I V E R S A L
M I L L CA R B O N ST E E L, H I G H -S T R E N G T H LO W-A L L OY ST E E L P LAT E S,
A N D A L L OY ST E E L P LAT E S 400 M M A N D U N D E R I N T H I C K N E S S

Variations Over Specifi ed Width for Th ickness G iven, mm

O ve r Ove r
1 0 to 16 to 25 to 5 0 to 250 to
S pecif
i ed Width, To 10, 16, 25, 50, 250, 400,
mm E xc l . E xc l ,. E xc l ,, E xc l ,. I nc l , I ncl ,

O ve r 2 0 0 to 5 0 0, e xc l , 3 3 5 6 10 13
5 0 0 to 9 0 0, ex c l , 5 6 8 10 11 14
9 0 0 an d ove r 8 10 11 13 14 16

N OT E 1 - Perm i ssi b le var iat i on u n der s pec if

i ed w i dt h s hal l b e 3 m rn

TA B L E A2 . 4 TA B L E A2 . 6
P E R M I S S I B L E VA RIATI O N S I N D IA M ET E R FO R P E R M I S S I B L E VA RI AT I O N S I N D IA M E T E R FO R
S H EA R E D C I R C U LA R CA R BO N ST E E L, H I G H G A S- C U T C I R C U LA R C A R B O N S T E E L A N D
ST R E N G T H LOW-A L LOY ST E E L, A N D A L LOY ST E E L H I G H - S T R E N G T H LOW -A L LOY ST E E L P LAT E S
P LAT E S 25 M M A N D U N D E R I N T H I C K N E S S
Variations Ove r Specifi ed Diamete r
P e rm iss i b l e Va r iat i o ns for Th icknesses G iven, m m
Over Spec ifi ed Diamete r 25 to 50 to 1 00 to 1 50 to 200 to
for Th icknesses G iven, m m S pecifi ed To 25, 50, 100, 1.5 0, 200, 400,
Specifi ed To 10, 10 to 16 to 25, D iameters, m m Exc l . Excl . Excl . Exc l . Exc l . Excl .
D iameters, mm E xcl . 16, Excl . I nc l . .
To 8 0 0, e xc l . 10 10 13 13 16 19
To 8 0 0, e xc l . 6 10 13 8 0 0 to 2 1 0 0, exc l 10 13 13 16 19 22
80 0 to 2 1 0 0, e x c l . 8 11 14 2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, e xc l .. 13 14 16 19 22 25
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, exc l . 10 13 16 2 7 00 to 3 3 0 0, e xc l .. 13 14 17 22 25 29
2 7 0 0 to 33 00, exc l . II 14 17 3 3 0 0 an d ove r 16 19 22 25 29 32
3 3 0 0 an d ove r 13 16 19
N O T E 1 - N o pe rm issi b le var i ati ons u nder spec if
i ed d iameter ,
N O T E 1 - N o pe rm issi b l e vari at io ns u nder spec if
i ed d i amete r .

TA B L E A2.5 TA B L E A2 . 7
P E R M I S S I B L E VA RIATI O N S I N W I DT H A N D L E N G T H P E R M I S S I B L E C A M B E R FO R C A R B O N S T E E L
F O R R E CTA N G U LA R CA R B O N S T E E L A N D H I G H S H EA R E D O R G A S- C U T R E C TA N G U LA R P L AT E S
S T R E N G T H L OW-A L LOY ST E E L P LAT E S W H E N G A S ALL TH IC KN ESSES
C U TTI N G I S S P E C I FI E D O R R EQ U I R E D
M ax i m u m perm i ss i b l e cam ber, m m = l e ngth
Variations Over for Al l Specif
i ed i n m i l l i m ete rs/5 0 0
Specif
i ed Th ickness, m m W idths or Lengths, m m
N OT E 1 - Ca m be r, as it re l ates to p l ates, i s th e h o r i z ontal e d g e
T o 5 0, exc l 13 c u rvatu re i n the length, measu red over the enti re length of the p l ate
5 0 to 1 0 0, exc l . 16 i n the f
i at pos it i on ,
1 0 0 to 1 5 0, exc l . 19
1 5 0 to 2 00, e x c l . 22
2 00 to 40 0, i n c l . 25

N O T E 1 - These var iati o ns may be take n al l u nder or d iv i de d

ove r and u nder, if so spec ifi ed .
N O T E 2 - P l ates wi th u n i ve rsa l ro l l ed e dges w i l l be g as c ut to
l en gth on ly .

1 15
SA-20 /SA-20M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E A 2. 8
P E R M I S S I B L E CA M B E R FO R CA R B O N ST E E L,
H I G H - ST R E N G T H LO W-A L LOY ST E E L, A N D
A L LOY ST E E L U N I V E R SA L M I L L P LAT E S
A N D H I G H -S T R E N G T H LOW-A L LO Y ST E E L
A N D A L LOY ST E E L S H E A R E D O R G AS-C U T
R E C TA N G U LA R P LAT E S

C a m be r for W i dth
W idth, mm G iven, m m

To 7 5 0, i nc l . Len gth/3 0 0
O ve r 7 5 0 to 1 5 0 0 Le n gt h /2 5 0

N OT E 1 - C am ber, as it re l ates to p l ates, i s the h o ri zontal edge

c u rvatu re i n the length, measu red over the enti re length of the p l ate
i n t he f
l at pos i t i o n ,

TA B L E A 2 .9
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R IATI O N S F RO M F LAT N E S S FO R CA R B O N ST E E L P LAT E S
Perm issi b l e Variati ons from a Flat S urface for Specified Widths, m m
Specifi ed Thickness, To 900, 900 to 1200 to 1500 to 1800 to 2100 to 2400 to 2700 to 3000 to 3600 to 4200
mm Excl . 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3600 4200 and Over

To 6, exc l , 14 19 24 32 35 38 41 44 48 .. .. . .. .. ..
6 to I 0, exc l ., 13 16 19 24 29 32 35 38 41 . .. .. .. .. ..
I 0 to 1 2, exc l , 13 14 16 16 19 22 25 29 32 48 54
1 2 to 2 0, exc l . II 13 14 16 16 19 25 25 29 38 51
2 0 to 2 5, exc l , II 13 14 16 16 16 19 22 25 35 44
2 5 to 5 0, exc l I0 13 13 14 14 16 16 16 18 29 38
5 0 to I 0 0, exc l , 8 I0 Ii 13 13 13 13 14 16 22 29
I 0 0 to 1 5 0, exc l , i0 II 13 13 14 14 16 19 22 22 25
1 5 0 to 2 0 0, exc l , 11 13 13 16 18 19 22 22 25 25 25
2 0 0 to 2 5 0, exc l 13 13 16 18 19 21 22 24 25 25 25
2 5 0 to 3 0 0, exc L 13 16 19 21 22 24 25 25 25 25 25
3 0 0 to 4 0 0, i nc l . 16 19 21 22 24 25 25 25 25 25 . . ..
N OT E 1 - Flatness Variations for' L ength - The l o nge r' d i mens i o n spec ifi ed is cons ide red the length, and vari ati on i n flatness al ong the
le ngth sha l l n ot exceed the tabu l ar amou nt fo r the spec ifi ed wi dth i n p l ates u p to 4 0 0 0 m m i n l ength, o r i n any 40 0 0 m m of l onger p l ates ,
N OT E 2 - Flatness Variations for Width - T he fl atness vari ati on across the wi dth shal l not exceed the tabu l ar am o u nt fo r the specifi ed
w i dth ,
N OT E 3 - W hen the l o nge r d i me ns i o n i s u n der 90 0 m m, the vari ati on i n flatness al o ng the l ength and across the wi dth shal l n ot exceed
6 m m i n each d i recti on , When the l on ger d i me ns i on is from 9 0 0 to 1 8 0 0 m m, i nc l us ive, the fl atness vari ati on shal l not exceed 7 5 % of the tab
u l ar amou nt fo r the spec if
i ed w i dth, but i n n o case l ess than 6 m m
N OT E 4 - The to le rances g i ven i n th i s tab le app ly to p l ates that have a m i n i m u m spec ifi ed tensi l e strength not ove r 4 1 5 M P a or com para
b l e chem i stry o r hard ness , Fo r p l ates spec ifi ed to a h i g her' m i n i m u m tensi l e strength o r comparab l e che m i stry o r' hardness, the l i m its g iven i n
the tab l e are i nc reased to 1 1/2 ti mes the am o u nts i n the above tab l e ,
N O T E 5 - Th i s tab le and n otes cover the fl atness to le rances of c i rc u l ar' and sketc h p l ates, based on the max i m u m d i mensi ons of th ose
p l ate s .
N OT E 6 - P l ates shal l be i n a ho r i zo ntal positi on o n a fl at su rface whe n fl atness i s measu red ,

1 16
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20/SA-20M

TA B L E A2 . 1 0 TA B L E A2 . 1 1
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R IATI O N S I N WI DT H A N D L E N G T H P E R M I S S I B L E VA RI ATI O N S I N D I A M E T E R F O R
FO R R E CTA N G U LA R A L LOY ST E E L P LAT E S W H E N
G A S C U T C I RC U L A R A L L O Y S T E E L P LAT E S
G AS C U TTI N G I S S P E C I FI E D O R R E Q U I R E D
Variations Over for A l l Spec if
i ed Variati ons Over Specifi ed D iamete r for
S pecifi ed Th ickness, m m W idths and Lengths, mm Th icknesses G iven, mm
T o 5 0, e x c l . 19 To 25 to 50 to 1 00 to 150 to 200 to
5 0 to I 0 0 , ex c l 25 S pecifi ed 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 400,
i 0 0 to 1 5 0, e xc l . 29 D iamete r, m m E xc l . E xc l .. E xc l .. E xc l .. E xc l . I nc l .
1 5 0 to 2 0 0, exc l 33
2 0 0 t o 4 0 0, i nc l 38 T o 8 0 0, e xc L 13 13 19 19 25 25
8 0 0 to 2 1 0 0, e x c l , 13 16 22 25 29 32
N O T E 1 - T h ese va r i at i o n s "n ay be ta ke n a l l u n de r o r d i v i de d
2 1 0 0 to 2 7 0 0, e xc l , 16 19 25 29 32 35
ove r an d u n de r, if s o spec i f
i ed .
2 7 0 0 to 3 3 0 0, i n c l , 22 25 29 32 35 38
N OT E 2 P l ates w i th u n i ve rsa l ro i l e d ed g es w i l l be g as c ut to
l e n gth o n l y N O T E 1 - N o per m i ss i b l e var i ati o ns u n de r' spe c if
i ed d i amete r .

TA B L E A2 . 1 2
P E R M I S S I B L E VA RIATI O N S F RO M F LAT N E S S FO R H I G H -ST R E N G T H L OW-A L LOY ST E E L A N D
A L LOY ST E E L P LAT E S

F latness Tol erances for Specif

i ed W idths, m m
Specifi ed Th ickness, To 900, 900 to 1200 to 1500 to 1 800 to 21 00 to 2400 to 2700 to 3000 to 3600 to 4200 and
mm E xc l 1 200 1 5 00 1 800 2 1 00 2400 27 00 3000 3600 420 0 Ove r

T o 6, e xc l , 21 29 35 48 51 57 60 67 70 . .. .. .
6 to 1 0, e xc l 19 24 29 35 44 48 51 57 60 . . . . .
10 to1 2 , ex c l . 19 22 24 24 29 33 38 41 48 70 79
12 to2 0, e xc l , 16 19 21 22 25 29 32 35 41 57 76
20 to2 5, e x c l 16 19 22 22 24 25 29 33 38 51 67
25 to5 0, ex c l 14 16 19 21 22 24 25 25 25 41 57
5 0 to 1 0 0, e xc l , 13 14 18 19 19 19 19 22 25 32 41
1 0 0 to 1 5 0 , ex c l 14 18 19 19 22 22 24 29 32 32 38
1 5 0 to 2 0 0 , e xc l 16 19 19 24 25 29 32 33 38 38 38
2 0 0 to 2 5 0 , e x c l 19 21 24 25 29 32 33 35 38 38 38
2 5 0 to 3 0 0 , exc l 19 24 29 32 33 35 38 38 38 .3 8 38
3 0 0 to 4 0 0, i nc l . 22 25 30 33 35 38 38 38 38 38 _3 8

N OT E 1 - Flatness To/erances for L ength - The l onger d i mensi on spec ifi ed is co ns i dered the length, and var iat i ons fro m a lf at su rface
al on g the l ength shal l not exceed the tabu l ar am ount for the spec if
i ed width i n p l ates up to 4 0 0 0 mm i n l ength, o r i n any 4 0 0 0 m m of l onge r'
p l ates
N OT E 2 - Flatness To/erances for Width - T he fl atness vari ati on ac ross the width sha l l n ot exceed the tab u l ar am o u nt for' the spec if
i ed
w i dth

N OT E 3 - When the l o nger' d i mensi o n i s unde r 9 0 0 mm, the variat i on shal l not exceed 1 0 mm W hen the l arger d i me ns i o n i s fro m 9 0 0 to
1 8 0 0 mm, inc l ,, the var iat ion shal not exceed 7 5 % of the tabu l ar am o u nt for the spec ifi ed wi dth
N OT E 4 - Th i s tab l e and notes cove r the to lerances for fl atness of c i rcu l ar' and sketch p l ates, based o n the max i m um d i me ns i ons of th ose
p l ates ,
N O T E 5 - P l ates s hal l be i n a h or i z ontaJ pos it i on on a f
l at su rface wh e n f
l at n ess i s measu red

1 17
SA-20 /SA-20M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E A2 . 1 3
WAVI N E S S TO L E RA N C E S FO R R E CTA N G U LA R P LAT E S,
U N IV E RSA L M I L L P LAT E S, C I RC U LA R P LAT E S, A N D S KETC H P LAT ES
F l at ness
To l e ra nce
fro m Tab l es
W h e n N u m be r of Waves i n 4000 m m i s :
A29 a nd
A2 . 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 8 6 5 3 3 2 2
I0 I0 8 5 5 3 2 2
Ii ii 8 6 5 3 3 2
13 13 I0 8 5 5 3 2
14 14 II 8 6 5 3 2
16 16 13 I0 6 5 3 2
17 17 13 I0 8 5 5 2
19 19 14 II 8 6 5 2
21 21 16 II 8 6 5 2
22 22 17 13 10 6 5 2
24 24 17 13 I0 8 6 5
25 25 19 14 II 8 6 5
29 29 22 16 13 10 6 5
32 32 24 17 13 10 8 6
35 35 27 19 14 II 8 6
38 38 29 22 16 13 I0 6
41 41 32 24 17 13 I0 8
44 44 33 25 19 14 Ii 8
48 48 37 27 21 14 II 8
51 51 38 29 22 16 13 I0
54 54 41 30 22 17 13 I0
57 57 43 32 24 17 14 I0
60 60 46 33 25 19 14 ii
64 64 48 37 27 21 14 II
67 67 51 38 29 21 16 II
70 70 52 40 29 22 16 13
73 73 56 41 30 24 17 13
76 76 57 43 32 24 17 14
79 79 60 44 33 25 19 14

N O T E 1 - Wav i ness denotes the dev i ati on of the to p o r bottom su rface from a hor i zontal l i ne, when
the p l ate i s resti ng on a fi at su rface, as measu red i n an i ncrement of l ess than 4 00 0 m m of l ength , The
wav i ness to l e rance i s a fu nct i o n of the fl atness to le rance as obtai ned from Tab l es A2 , 9 and A2 , 1 2 ,

1 18
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-20 /SA-20M

TA B L E A 2 . 1 4
V I S I B L E E D G E I N D I C ATI O N S EXT E N D I N G A P P ROX I M AT E LY PA RA L L E L TO R O L L E D S U R FA C E S

Acceptab l e on Edges
Plate Specifi cation Acceptable Remove by G rinding Cut in Fabrication
and Thickness Depth LengthA Depth LengthA Depth LengthA
Col umn 1 2 3 4 5 6

Other than k i l led, B to 5 0 m m, i nc L 3 m m, max. Any Ove r 3 to 6 m m, i nc l . Over 2 5 m m 6 m m max . Any

K i l led, c to 1 5 0 m m, i nc l , 2 m m, max . Any Ove r 2 to 3 m m, i nc l . Ove r 2 5 mm 3 m m max . Any
K i l l ed, c over 1 5 0 m m 3 r
a m, max. . Any 0ve t' 3 to 1 3 r
a m, i nc l . Over 2 5 m m 1 3 m m max . Any

X Lam inar-type d iscontinu ities 25 mm and tess i n length are acceptable and do not requ i re expl oration
B Spec ifications: A 285; A 433; A 442 i n th icknesses to 25 mm, i ncl ; or A 455..
c The spec ificati ons i n 1 .. 1 of th is Standard, other than th ose l isted i n the above Footn ote B.

TA B L E A2. 1 5
G E N E RA L LY AVAI LA B L E G RA D E-T H I C K N E S S- M I N I M U M T E ST T E M P E RAT U R E C O M B I N AT I O N S
M E ETI N G C H A R P Y V- N OTC H R E Q U I R E M E N TS I N DI CAT E D
( N O R M A L I Z E D O R Q U E N C H E D A N D T E M P E R E D C O N D ITI O N )

Acceptance Criteria Charpy V-Notch Test Temperature, °C, for Plate Thicknesses
E nergy Absorption ( U n l ess Otherw ise Ag reed U pon )
M i n i m um Over Ove r Over
M i n im um Average for 1 25 m m 25 m m to 50 mm to 75 m m to
For 3 SpecimensB SpecimenB and 50 r
a m, 75 r
a m, 125 mm,
ClassA J J Specifi cation and Grade U nder Incl. Incl. Incl .

14 10 A 2 8 5 G rade A +4 +16
A 2 8 5 G rad e B +1 0 +2 1
A 2 8 5 G rade C +16 +2 7

II 18 14 A 455 -4

III 18 14 A 2 0 3 G rade A -68 -68 -6 0

A 2 0 3 G rade D -1 0 1 -101 -8 7
A 44 2 G rade 5 5 ( 3 8 m m .. .. .. -2 9 .. .. ..
m ax ,, th i c k n ess )
A 44 2 G r ade 6 0 ( 3 8 m m .. .. .. -2 6 . .. ..
m ax . th i c k n ess )
A 5 1 6 G rade 5 5 -5 1 -5 1 -4 6 -4 6
A 5 1 6 G rade 6 0 -5 1 -46 -4 6 -46
A 5 1 6 G rade 6 5 -5 1 -4 6 -4 0 -3 2
A .5 3 7 C l ass 1 ( O ve r .. .. .. .. . .. -6 0 -4 6
64-1 0 0 m m )
A 6 6 2 G rad e A -6 0 -6 0 .. .. .
A 6 6 2 G rade B -5 1 -5 1 .. . ..

IV 20 16 A 2 0 3 G rade B -6 8 -68 -6 0
A 2 0 3 G rade E -1 01 -1 0 1 -8 7
A 2 03 G rade F ( 1 0 0 m m .. .. .. .. . .. - 1 07 -1 0 7
m ax , )
A 2 99 -7 -1 -1 +4
A 5 1 6 G rad e 7 0 -46 -4 0 -3 5 -2 9

A 5 3 7 C l ass 1 ( 64 m m -6 2 -6 0 -6 0
m ax , )
A 5 3 7 C l ass 2 ( O ve r .. .. . . .. .. -6 0 -4 6
64-1 0 0 m m )
A 6 6 2 G rade C -4 6 -46 .. . . .

1 19
SA-20 /SA-20M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E A2 . 1 5
G E N E RA L LY AVAI LA B L E G RAD E-T H IC KN ESS- M I N I M U M T EST TE M P E RAT U R E CO M B I N ATIO N S
M E ETI N G C H A R PY V- N OTC H R E Q U I R E M E N TS I N D I CAT E D
( N O R M A L IZ E D O R Q U E N C H E D A N D T E M P E R E D CO N D ITI O N ) ( CO N T'D )
Acceptance Criteria Charpy V-Notch Test Temperature, °C, for P late Thicknesses
Energy Absorption ( U n less Otherwise Agreed U pon)
M i n i m um Over Over Over
M inimum Average for 1 25 mm 25 mm to 50 mm to 75 mm to
For 3 Speci mensB SpecimenB and 50 ra m, 75 mm, 125 r
a m,
C lassA J J Spec ifi cation and Grade U nder I ncl . Incl. Incl .
27 20 A 2 0 3 G rad e F -107 - 1 07 .. .. .
A 5 3 7 C l ass 2 ( 64 m m -68 -68 -68

m ax , )
A 612 -4 6 .. .. ..
A 7 2 4 G rad e A -4 6 .. .. ..

Lateral E xpansi on m m, M i n i m um
E ach S pec i me n Transve rse Test

Vl 0 38 .. . .. A 3 53 - 1 96 -1 96
A 5 53 Type I -196 -1 96
A 5 53 Type I I -1 7 0 -1 7 0
A 64 5 -1 7 0 -1 7 0
A 5 1 7 a l l ( 64 mm max , c c
th i c k ness )
A 7 2 4 G rade B -4 6 .. .. .

N OT E 1 - The m i n i m u m te mperatures l isted are fo r longitud inal tests . For transverse tests, the avai l ab le m i n i m um temperature may be
so m ewh at h i g h e r
A C l ass I is Other Than KH/ed with a spec ifi ed m i n i m u m tensi l e strength of 45 0 M P a or l ower
C l ass I I is Other' Than Ki/led with a spec ifi ed m i n i m um tensi le strength of ove r 45 0 to 5 2 0 M Pa, i nc l •
C l ass I I I i s KH/ed with a spec ifi ed m i n i m u m tensi l e stren gth of 450 M Pa o r l owe r
C l ass I V is Ki/led with a spec ifi ed m i n i m u m te ns i le strength of over' 45 0 to 5 2 0 M P a, i nc l .
C l ass V is Kil/ed with a spec ifi ed m i n i m u m te ns i le strength of over 5 2 0 M P a to but not i nc l ud i ng 655 M Pa .
C l ass V I i s Ki//ecl with a spec ifi ed m i n i mu m te ns i l e strength of 655 M Pa and ove r' .
8 F u l l si ze ( i 0 by 1 0 m m ) spec i mens.
c Testi ng tem peratu re as spec ifi ed i n the p u rc hase order, but no h i g he r' than 0 °C .

1 20
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20 /SA-20M

TA B L E A 2 . 1 6
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R IAT I O N S I N W I D T H F O R M I L L
E D G E C A R B O N ST E E L A N D H I G H - ST R E N G T H LO W
A L LOY ST E E L P LAT E S P R O D U C E D O N S T R I P M I L LS

Var i at i o n s Ove r
Specifi ed Width,
Spec if
i ed Width, mm m mA

To 3 6 0, ex c l .. 11
3 6 0 to 4 3 0 exc l . 13
4 3 0 to 4 8 0 e x c l 14
4 8 0 to 5 3 0 e xc l 16
5 3 0 to 6 1 0 exc l . 17
6 1 0 to 6 6 0 exc l 21
6 6 0 to 7 1 0 e xc l . 24
7 1 0 to 8 9 0 e x c l . 29
8 9 0 to 1 2 7 0 e x c l 32

1270 to 1 5 2 0, e xc l 38

1520 to 1 6 5 0, exc l 41

1 65 0 to 1 7 8 0, e xc l . 44

1 78 0 to 2 0 3 0, e xc l 47
2 0 3 0 an d ove r 51

N OT E I - App l i es t o p l ates prod uced fro m c o i l a n d p l ates p ro

d u ced fro m p l ate-a s- ro l l ed
A N O pe rm i ss i b l e var i ati o n u nder spec ifi ed wi dth ,

121
SA-20 /SA-20M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

APPENDICES

(Nonmandatory Information)

X1. COILED STEEL the off

i cia
l location may dif
fer tom t
hose of the reported
test location.
XI.1 Cont inuous wide hot strip rolling mills a
r e nor
ea
r lly equipped with coilers Regardless of the different X2.3 This genera l requirements specifi cation contains
types of systems employed dur
ing or following t
he rolling no requirements applicable to product tension tests; confor
operations, it is common for t
he steel to be reeled into mance to the applicable product specifi cati on is determ
i ned
he coiler at temperatures in t
t he stress-relieving range. In on the basis of tests peffoImed at the place of' manufacture
general, such temperatures a
r e higher as t
he steel thickness or' processing prior to shipment, unless otherwise specifi ed.
increases. The coils subsequent
ly cool to ambient tempera
ture with outer and inner laps cooling more rapidly t h an X2.4 A Task Group of ASTM Subcommittee A0 1 . 1 1
has determ
ined, based on review of the AISI data (SU20),
central laps. The difference in cooling rate can result in
measurable differenc e s in the mechanic al properti es h at t
t he variation in tensile properties wit
hin a plate-as
hroughout a coil Data confi im reduced yield a
t n d tensile rolled can be expressed as a funct
i on of specifi ed require
ments; one sta
nda
r d deviation equals approximately 3 %
strength, and increased percent elongation, for t
he product
with slower cooling rates from the coiling temperature to of required tensile strength, 5% of required yield strength,
ambient. Such differences are in addition to t
he effects on and 3 percentage points of required elongation.
mechanical properties caused by differences in heat a
n aly
sis and chemical segregation.
X3. VARIATION IN CHARPY V-NOTCH TESTS
X3.1 A survey of t
he variation to be expected in Cha
r py
X2. VARIATION OF TENSILE PROPERTIES IN V-Notch test results obtained f
i om three common f
i ne grain
PLATE-AS-ROLLED plate steels was conducted by the American Iron and Steel
Inst
itute (AISI) . T
he results of t
he survey a
r e contained in
X2.1 The tension requirements of this genera
l require a Contribut i ons to t
he Metallu
rgy of Steel entitled, "The
ments specifi cation a
re intended only to characterize t he Variations of' Charpy V-Notch Impact Test Properties in
tensile propert
i es of a plate-as-rolled for determination of Steel Plates," (SU/24), published Janua
r y 1 979. The survey
conformance to t he requirements of the applicable product data consists of test values obtained from six locations in
specifi cations. Such testi ng procedures a
re not intended to addition to the locations specifi ed in 1 2.. 1 .3 of this specifi
defi ne the upper or lower limits of tensile properties at all cation. The plate conditi ons tested involved as-rolled, nor
possible test locations within a plate-as-rolled. It is well malized, and quench and tempered . Suff i cient full-size
n
kown and documented that tensile properties va
r y wit
hin specimens were taken from each sa mple so t h at three longi
a plate-as-rolled or ind
i vidual piece of steel as a function tudinal and three transverse specimens could be broken at
of chemical composit ion, processing, testing procedure, three test temperatures defi ned for each grade. T he data is
nd ot
a her factor s It is, therefore, incumbent on designer's
presented in tables of probability th at impact properties at
and engineer's to use sound engineering judgement when ot
her t
hant
he off
i cial location which may differ from those
using tension test results shown on m
ill test reports. T
he of the reported test locati on . Add
itional data of' the sa
me
testi ng procedu
res of this genera
l requirements specifi ca type, but uti lizing sa
mples from thicker' plates, was pub
i on have been found to provide plate adequate for norma
t l lished by AISI as SU/27..
pressure vessel design criteria
X2.2 A survey of t he vaziation to be expected in tensile
X4. RADIUS FOR COLD BENDING
properties obta
i ned from plates and st ructural shapes was
conducted by hte Amer i ca
n Iton an d Steel Inst
itute (AISI). X4.1 Suggested minimum inside bend radii for' cold
The results of this survey a
re contained in a Contributions form
ing are referenced to group Designations A through
to the Metallurgy of Steel ent
itled "T
he Va riation of Prod F as defi ned in Table X4. 1 . The suggested radii l
i sted in
uct Ana lysis a
nd Tensile Properties--Carbon Steel Plates, Table X4 .2 should be used as minimums in typical shop
nd Wide Fla
a nge Shapes" (SU/1 8, SU/1 9, and SU/20), fabrication. Material that does not form satisfactor
i ly when
publi shed in September 1 974 T he data a re presented in fabricated in accordance wit h Table X4 2 may be subj ect
tables of probability that tensile properties at ot
her than to rejection pending negoti ation wit
h t
he steel supplier .

1 22
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-20/SA-20M

When t
i ghter bends are required, the manufacturer should If it is necessa
r y to bend with t h e bend line pa
rallel to
be consulted. t e direction of f
h i nal rolling, a more generous radius is
X4.2 The bend radius and t
h e radius of h
t e male die suggested ( 1 1/2 ti mes applicable va
lue given in Table X4.. 2
should be as liberal as the f
inished part will permit. The for bend lines perpendicula
r to t
he direct
i on of rolling) .
widt
h across the shoulders of the female die should be at
X4.5 References
least 8 i
tmes the plate thickness . Higher' strength steels
require la
rger die openings . T
h e surface of t
he dies in t
he Holt, G. E., et al . "Minimum Cold Bend Radii Project
r ea of radius should be smooth.
a Final Report," ConcurTent Technologies Corporation, Jan
X4.3 Since cr'acks in cold bend
ing commonly originate ua
ry 27, 1 997 ..
from the outside edges, shea r burrs and gas cut edges Brockenbrough, R. L. , "Fabricat
i on Guidelines for Cold
should be removed by grinding. Sharp corners on edges Bending," R.. L. Brockenbrough & Associates, June 28 ,
and on punched or gas cut holes should be removed by 1 998 .
chamfering or' grinding to a radius . B ot
h of t
h ese references ate available from America
n
X4.4 If' possible, pa
rts should be formed such t h at t
he Iron a
n d Steel Inst
itute, 1 1 0 1 1 7t
h Street NW, Washington,
bend line is perpendicula
r ' to t
he ditection of f
i na
l rolling. DC 2003 6-47 00.

1 23
SA-20/SA-20M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E X4 . 1
G R O U P D E S I G N ATI O N S FO R C O L D B E N D I N G

C l ass Where G rade Where G roup

Specifi cation Applicable Appl icable DesignationA
A 2 0 2 /A 2 0 2 M A D
B E
A 2 0 3 /A 2 0 3 M A, D B
B, E C
F D
A 2 0 4 /A 2 0 4 M A B
B C
C D
A 2 2 5 /A 225M C, D D
A 2 8 5 /A 285M A, B, C A
A 2 9 9/A 2 99 M A, B D
A 3 0 2 /A 302 M A, C, D D
B E
A 3 5 3 /A 3 5 3 M D
A 3 8 7 /A 3 8 7 M /¸ ' 2 2, 12 c
1 5, 9, 2 1 , 2 1 L, 2 2, 2 2 L E
2 5, 9, 2 1 2 2, 9 1 E TA B L E X4. 2
A 4 5 5 /A 45 5 M C S U G G E ST E D M I N I M U M I N S I D E RA D I I FO R
6 0 or 65 B
A 5 1 5 /A 5 1 5 M C O LD B E N DI N GA
70 C
A 5 1 6 1A 5 1 6 M 55 A Th ickness (t), in . rm m]
60, 65 B
70 C Ove r i n.
A 5 1 7 /A 5 1 7 M A, B, C, E, F, H , J , K, F [20 rn m] Ove r 1 i n .
M , P, Q, S, T U p to to 1 i n .. [25 rn m]
A 5 3 3 /A 5 3 3 M i, 2, 3 A, B, C, D E Group 3,4 in. [25 rnm], to 2 in. Over 2 i n .
A 5 3 7 /A 5 3 7 M I, 2 3 B . . . .. C
Desig nation B r20 r
a m] Incl . [50 a
r m], Incl . [5 0 t
u rn]
2 c, 3 c D
A 542 /A 542 M ° I, 2 F
D
A 1 5t 1 .5 t 1.5 t 1 .5 t
3, 4
4a E B 1.5t 1 .5 t 1. 5t 2 .0 t
A 5 4 3 /A 5 4 3 M I, 2, 3 B/' F C 1 5t 1.5 t 2.0 t 2 .5 t
A 553/A 553 M o D D 1 5t 1 .S t 25t 3.0 t
A 5 6 2 /A 56 2 M A E 1 ,, 5 t 1 .5 t 3 .. O t 3 .5 t
A 6 1 2 /A 612 M C
F 1 .75 t 2.25t 4 .5 t 5.5 t
A 6 4 5 /A 64 5 M D
A 6 6 2 /A 66 2 M At" B B
A Va l ues are fo r bend l i nes pe rpend i c u lar to the di recti on of fi nal
C C
A 7 2 4 /A 7 2 4 M A, C D ro l l i ng. These rad i i app ly when the precauti ons l isted i n X4. 2 are fo l
B E l owed If bend l i nes are paral le l to the d i recti on of fi nal ro l l i ng, m u l
A 7 3 4/A 73 4 M D D ti p ly val ues by 1 5 .
A 7 3 5 /A 735 M 1, 2,' 3 4 E B Steels spec ifi cati ons i nc l uded i n the g rou p des i g nati ons may n ot
A 7 3 6 /A 73 6 M !, 2, 3 At' D i nc l ude the enti re th ic kness range shown i n th i s tab le.
A 7 3 7 /A 737 M B, C B
A 7 3 8 /A 73 8 M D
C
Cc D

A 7 8 2 /A 7 8 2 M 1, 2 .. .. .. E
3 F
A 83 2/A 832 M 2 1 V, 2 2 V, 2 3 V E

A 84 1/A 84 1 M 1' 2 A, B, C C
3 D F
A 8 4 4/A 8 44 M .. .. .. D
A 1 01 7/A 1 017 M ... 231 "i'2 2 D
911 E
A 1 04 1 /A 1 04 1 M .. . . 3 1 5, 3 1 5 T F

x Stee ls i n G rou ps A to E i nc l usive are g rouped on the bas is of

s i m i l ar spec ifi ed va l ues for m i n i m u m e l ongati on i n 2 i n . [5 0 m m];
G rou p F i nc l udes stee l s that have a spec ifi ed mi n i m um e longati on i n
2 i n [50 m m] of 1 6 or less, and stee ls that have a rati o of spec ifi ed
m i n i m u m tensi l e strength to spec ifi ed m i n i m u m yie ld stre ngth of
1 1 5 o r l ess .
B F o r th i cknesses of 4 i n . [ 1 0 0 m m] and le ss .
c Fo r th i c knesses over 4 i n . [ 1 0 0 m m] .
D Fo r any type .

1 24- 1 26
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-29 /SA-29M

SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL BARS, CARBON A08

AND ALLOY, HOT-WROUGHT,

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR

SA-29 / SA-29M
INTERNATIONAL
Standards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 29/A 29M-05 )

ASTM
1. Scope
Title of Specification DesignationA
1 . 1 Thi s specif i c ation cover's a group of' c o mmon
requirements which, unless otherwise specif i ed in the pur
Steel Bat ' s , Ca
t bon, Hot-Wrought oi' Cold-Fin
chase order or in an individual specif i cation, shall apply
ished, Specia l Qual ity, fbi Pressure Piping Com
to carbon and a lloy steel bat's under each of' the following ponents A 696
ASTM specif i cations (or under any other ASTM specif i ca
t
i on which invokes this specif i cation or' port
i ons thereof): AThese designations refer to the latest issue of the respective specifi ca
tions, which appear eith er in t
he Annual Book oJ ASTM Standards ,
ASTM Vol 01 ,05, or as replints obtainable from ASTM,
Title of Specifi cation DesignationA
1.2 In case of any conf l ict in requirements, the require
Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Bars : ments of the purchase order, the individual material speci
Steel Ba
t s, Carbon, Quenched and Tempered A 32 1 i cation, and this general specif
f i cation shall prevail in t
he
Steel Bat' s and Shapes, Carbon Rolled from "T" sequence named.
Rails A 499

Steel Ba
t s, Carbon, Merchant Qua
l ity, M-Grades A 575 1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units or' SI units
Steel Bat's , Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special re to be rega
a r ded as t
he standa
rd. Within the text, t
he SI
Qua l it
y A 576 units are shown in brackets . The values stated in each
Steel Bat' s , Carbon, Mercha n t Qua
l ity, Mechani system ate not exact equivalents ; t
herefore, each system
cal Propelties A 663 /A 663M must be used independently of t
he other. Combining values
Steel Bat ' s , Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special Qual
from th e two systems may result in nonconforma nce with
it
y , Mechanical Propeities A 675 /A 675M
the specifi cation.
Steel Bat ' s foi SpIings, Carbon an d Alloy A 689
Cold-Finished Carbon Steel Bars :' 1.4 For purposes of' determining confdrma nce to t his
Steel Ba
t s, Ca
t bon and A
l loy, Cold-Finished A 1 08 specif
i cation a
nd t
he va
t ious material specif
i cations refer
Cold-Drawn Stress-Relieved Ca
t bon S teel B a
ts
enced in 1 . 1 , dimensional values shall be rounded to t
he
Subject to Mechanical Propeit y Requhements A 3 1 1 /A 3 1 1 M
ne are st unit in the right-hand pl ace of' f
i gures u s ed in
Hot-Rolled Alloy Steel Bar :
expre s s ing the limiting value s in acc ordanc e with the
Steel Ba
t s, Alloy, Standa t d Caades A 322
Cat on and Alloy Steel Ba t ' s Subject to End
rounding method of Practice E 29.
Quench Ha t 'd enability Requiiements A 304
NOTE 1 - Specifi cation A 29 previously listed dimensiona l tolerances
Steel Ba
t ' s , Alloy, Hot-Wrought or' Cold-Finished, for' cold-f
i nished ba
ts; t
h ese a
te now found in Specif
i cation A 1 08
Quenched a n d Tempeied A 434
Steel Ba
t s, Alloy, Hot-Wrought, for Elevated
TempeI atme oi Pressure-Containing Pa t ts, or 2. Referenced Documents
B oth A 7 39
2.1 ASTM Standards:
Cold-Finished Alloy Steel Bars :
Steel Ba
t s, Alloy, Hot-Rolled or Cold-Finished, A 1 0 8 Specif
i cation for' S teel B ars , C arbon and Alloy ,
Quenched a nd Tempered A 434 C old-Fini shed

1 27
SA-29 /SA-29M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

A 304 Specif i cat

i on for Carbon and Alloy Steel Bar 's Sub forms to yield stra
ight lengths (or coils, depending upon
ject to End-Quench Ha r denability Requkements size, sect
i on, a
nd m
ill equipment) in sect i ons that a
r e uni
A 3 1 1 /A 3 1 1 M Specifi cation for' Cold-Drawn, S tres s for
m throughout t heir lengt
h , and in t
he following sections
Relieved Ca rbon Steel Bar' s Subject to Mecha
nical Prop and size s :

erty Requirements 3.1.1 .1 Rounds - 2 to 1 0.0 in [5 .5 to 250 mm] ,

A 32 1 Specifi cati on for' Steel Ba
rs, Carbon, Quenched a nd inclusive,
Tempered
3.1.1.2 Squares - z to 6.0 in. [6 to 1 60 mm] ,
A 322 Specifi cation for' Steel Ba
r s, Alloy, Sta
n da
rd Grades
inclusive,
A 370 Test Methods and Def
i nit
i ons for Mechanical Test
ing of' Steel Products 3.1.1.3 Round-Cornered Squares - 7, 32 to 8.0 in
A 434 Specifi cati on for' Steel Ba
r 's , Alloy, Hot-Wrought or [6 to 200 mm] , inclusive,
Cold-Finished, Quenched a
nd Tempered 3. 1 . 1 .4 Flats - 1/4 to 8 in. inclusive, in width :
A 499 Specifi cation for Steel B ars a
nd Shapes, Ca
rbon 1 64 in. in minimum t hickness up to 6 in in width; a nd
Rolled from "T" Rails 0.230 in. in minimum t
hickness for over 6 to 8 in. in widt
h,
A 57 5 Specifi cation for' Steel B ars , Carbon, Merchant inclusive [over 5 mm in t
hickness up to 150 mm in width;
Quality, M-Grades and over 6 mm in thick ness for over 1 50 mm through
A 576 Specifi cati on for Steel Ba
r's , Ca
rbon, Hot-Wrought, 200 mm in width] Maximum thick ness for all widths is
Special Quality 4 in. [ 1 00 mm] .
A 663 /A 663M Specifi cati on for Steel Bar s, Ca
rbon, Mer
cha
nt Quality, Mecha n ical Properties
3.1.1.5 Hexagons and Octagons - 1/4 to 4 6 in. [6
to 1 03 mm] , inclusive, between pa
rallel surfaces,
A 675 /A 675M Specifi cation for' Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot
Wrought, Specia l Quality, Mechanical Properties 3.1 .1 .6 Bar Size Shapes - Angles, channels , tees,
A 689 Specifi cati on for' Ca
r bon a
nd Alloy Steel Ba r's for zees, when t
heir greatest cross-sect
i ona
l dimension is under
Springs 3 in. [75 mm] , a
nd
A 696 Specifi cation for Steel Bar's , Carbon, Hot-Wrought 3.1.1.7 Special Bar Sections - Half-rounds, ova
l s,
or' Cold-Finished, Special Quality for' Pressure Piping ha
lf-ovals, ot
her' special ba
r size sect
i ons
Components
3. 1 .2 Cold-Finish ed Steel Ba rs - S teel bars pro
A 700 Practices for Packaging, Marking, and Loading
Met
hods for Steel Products for' Domest
i c Shipment duced by cold fi nishing previously hot-wrought bars by
mean s of cold &awing, cold forming, turning, grinding,
A 739 Specifi cation for' Steel Ba
r s, Alloy, Hot-Wrought,
for' Elevated Temperature or' Pressure-Contai ning Parts,
or polishing (singly or in combinati on) to yield stra
ight
or' B oth lengths or coils in sections that are uniform throughout
A 7 5 1 Te s t Methods , Practi c e s , and Termin ol o gy for their length a
nd in t
he following sections and sizes:
Chemical Analysis of Steel Products 3.1.2. 1 Rounds - 9 in. [230 mm] a
nd under in
E 29 Practice for Using Signifi ca
nt Digits in Test Data to diameter ,
Determine Conforma nce with Specificati ons 3. 1 .2.2 Squa res - 6 in . [ 1 5 0 mm] and under
E 1 1 2 Test Methods for' Determining Average Gra i n Size between par allel surfaces,
2.2 Federal Standards:
3.1.2.3 Hexagons - 4 in. [ 1 00 mm] a
nd under
Fed. Std. No . 1 23 Ma
r king for Shipment (Civil Agencies) between pa
rallel surfaces,
Fed. Std. No. 1 83 Cont inuous Identif
i cation Mark
i ng of
hon and Steel Products
3.1.2.4 Flats - 1/8 in. [3 mm] and over in thick
n ess
and not over 1 2 in [300 mm] in widt
h , and
2.3 Military Standard:
3. 1.2.5 Special Bar Sections:
MIL-STD- 1 63 Steel Mill Products--Prepa
ration for Ship
ment and Storage 3.1.3 Lot - Unless otherwise specif i ed in the contract
or order, a lot shall consist of a
l l ba
rs submitted for inspec
2.4 Other Standards:
ion at t
t he same time of t
he sa
me heat, condit
i on, f
i nish,
AIAG B- 1 Ba
r Code Symbology Standa
rd for 3-of:9 Ba
r size, or shape. For ba
rs specifi ed in the quenched and
Code s
tempered condition, when heat treated in batch-type fur
AIAG B-5 02 ,00 Primary Metals Tag Application Sta
nda
rd naces, a lot sha
l l consist of all ba
r 's from the same heat,
of t
he same prior conditi on, the same size, and subjected
3. Terminology to t
he same heat treatment in one tempering cha r ge. For
3.1 Def initions of Terms Specific to This Standard. bar s specifi ed in the quenched and tempered condit
ion,
3.1.1 Hot- Wrought Steel Bars - Steel ba rs produced when heat treated without interruption in a continuous
by hot forming ingots, blooms, billets, or other sem
i finished type ftunace, a lot shall consist of all ba
rs from t
h e same

1 28
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-29/SA-29M

heat, of the same prior condition, of the same size, and when rimmed or capped steel is specif i ed or required,
subjected to the sa
me heat treatment. the limitations for t
hese elements shall not be applicable.
Because of the degree to which phosphorus a n d sulfur'
seg
r egate, the limitations for' these elements shall not be
4. Chemical Composition applicable to rephosphorized or resulfuf i zed steels
4. 1 Limits:
4.3.3 Samples for product a
n alysis shall be taken by
4. 1.1 The chemical composit i on shall conform to one of the following methods :
the requirements specifi ed in the pmchase order or the 4.3.3. 1 Applicable to small sections whose cross
individual product speci fi c ations . For' convenience the sectional a
rea does not exceed 0.75 in.2 [500 mm2] such
grades commonly specifi ed for carbon steel bat's a
t e shown as rounds, squares, hexagons , a
nd t he like . Chips a
t e taken
in Tables 1 and 2. Ba
rs may be ordered to these grade by mi lling or machining the full cross sect
i on of t
he piece.
designations and when so ordered shall conform to the Dr
i lling is not a feasible method for sampling sizes 0 75 in.2
specif
i ed lim
its by heat a
n alysis n d smaller .
a

4. 1.2 When composit i ons other t

han t
h ose shown in 4.3.3.2 Applicable to products where the widt h of
Tables 1 and 2 are required, the composition limits shall the cross sect
i on greatly exceeds the thickness, such as ba t
be prepared using th e ranges a
nd limits shown in Table 3 size shapes and light fi at bar s . Chips a
te ta
ken by drilling
for carbon steel and Table 4 for alloy steel. entirely through the steel at a point m i dway between t he
edge and the m
i ddle of the section, or by milling or machin
4.2 Heat or Cast Analysis :
ing the entire cross section
4.2.1 The chemical composition of each heat or cast
shall be determ
ined by the ma n ufacturer in accordance 4.3.3.3 Applicable to large r ounds, squares semi
with Test Methods, Pract
i ces, a
nd Terminology A 75 1 . f nished, etc . Chips a
i te taken at any point midway between
he outside and the center of the piece by dr
t i lling parallel
4.2.2 The heat or cast analysis shall conform to t he to the axis or by m
i lling or machining the full cross section
r equirements specif
i ed in t
he product specif i cation or pur In cases where these methods a t e not practicable, t
h e piece
chase order . These can be t he heat chemical r ange and may be d r illed on the side, but chips a t e not taken unt il
limit for a grade designated in Tables 1 and 2, or a not her hey represent the portion midway between the outside a
t nd
range and limit in accordance with 4. 1 . 2, or with require the center'.
ments of t he product specifi cation.
4.3.3.4 When t h e steel is subj ect to tension test
NOTE 2 - Heat analysis for lead is not determinable since lead is added requirements, the tension test specimen can also be used
to the ladle stream while each ingot is poured . When specifi ed as an for product analysis . In that case, chips for product a
nalysis
added element to a sta n dard steel, the peicentage of lead is reported as
can be taken by dr illing ent irely through t he tension test
O 1 5 to 0. . 35 incl, which is the ra
n ge commonly specifi ed for t
h is elemem
specimens or by the met h od described in 4 3 3 . 1
4.2.3 If requested or required, the heat analysis sha
ll
4.3.4 W
hen chips are ta
ken by dr
i lling, the diameter
be reported to the purchaser or' his representative .
of t
he drill used sha
ll conform to the following :
4.2.4 Reporting of signif
i cant f
i gures and rounding Area of Sample Cross Appr oximate Drill
shall be in accorda
nce with Test Methods, Practices, and Section, in.2 (cm2) Diameter , in. (mm)
Term
i nology A 75 1 .
1 6 [ 1 00] or less 2 [ 1 2 5]
4.3 Product Analysis : Over' 1 6 [ 1 00] 1 [25 0]

4.3. 1 Merchant quality carbon ba

t steel is not subj ect 4.3.5 The m i nimum number of sa mples to be ta
ken
to rejection for product a
n alysis unless misapplication of t om material representing the same heat or lot before
a heat is clea
rly indicated. rej ection by the purchaser shall be as follows :
4.3.2 Ana lyses may be made by the purchaser' from
f
i nished bat 's ot
her than merchant qual ity representing each Minimum Number of'

heat of open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace steel Samples

The chemical composition t hus determ
ined sha ll not vary 1 5 tons [ 1 5 Mg] and under' 4
from the limi ts specifi ed in t
he applicable specifi cat
ion by Over' 1 5 tons [ 1 5 Mg] 6
more tha n the m aounts prescribed in Table 5 and Table 6,
but the several determinations of a ny element, excluding 4.3.6 In case the number of pieces in a heat is less
lead, in a heat may not vary both above and below t he than the number of samples requir ed, one sample tom
specifi ed ra
n ge Rimmed or capped steel is cha t acterized each piece shall be considered suff
i cient.
by a lack of homogeneity in its composit ion, especially 4.3.7 In the event that product ana
lysis determina
for t
he elements ca rbon, phosphorus, a nd sulfur ; therefore, ions r
t ae outside the permissible lim
i ts as prescribed in

1 29
SA-29/SA-29M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

4.3 2, additional samples shall be analyzed a

n d the accept by the purchasen Unless ot
herwise specifi ed, fi ne austenitic
ability of the heat negot
i ated between the purchaser and grain size sha
ll be certifi ed using t
he analysis of gra in
the producer. ref
i ning element(s) .
4.4 Referee Analysis - In case a referee analysis is 5.1.2.4 Referee Test - In t he event t h at the chemi
required and agreed upon to resolve a dispute concerning the cal analysis of columbium or va n adium does not meet the
results of a chemical analysis, the referee a
n alysis shall be requir ements of 5 1 .2.2, the grain size test shown in 5 1 .2
performed in accorda
nce wit
h the latest issue of Test Methods, shall be t
he referee test unless an alternative test method
Practices, and Terminology A 75 1 , unless otherwise agreed is agreed upon between the manufact
urer and the purchaser .
upon between the ma nufacturer and t he purchaser.

6. Mechanical Property Requirements

5. Grain Size Requirement
6.1 Test Specimens :
5. 1 Austenitic Grain Size :
6.1.1 Selection - Test specimens shal l be selected in
5.1.1 When a coarse austenitic gra
in size is specif
i ed,
accordance with t
he requirements of the applicable product
he steel shall have a gra
t in size number of 1 to 5 exclusive
as determined in accor dance with Test Methods E 1 1 2. specifi cation or in accorda
nce wit
h Supplement I of t
he
latest issue of Test Methods a
nd Def
i nitions A 370, in t
he
Conforma
nce to this gra
i n size of 70% of the gra
ins in the
rea examined sha
a ll constitute the basis of accepta
n ce. One sequence named.
test per heat sha
l l be made. 6.1.2 Preparation - Unless ot herwise specifi ed in
5.1.2 W
hen a f i ne austenitic gr ain size is specif
i ed, te applicable product specifi cati on, test specimens shall
h
the steel shall have a g rain size number of 5 or higher be prepared in accorda
nce with the latest issue of Test
as determined in accordance with Test Methods E 1 1 2. Methods and Def
i nitions A 370, and especially Supplement
I thereof.
Conformance to this grain size of70% of t
he area examined
shall constitute t
he basis of accepta
nce. One test per heat 6.2 Methods of Mechanical Testing - All mechanical
shall be made unless the provisions of 5 . 1 .2. 1 or 5 . 1 .2.2 tests shall be conducted in accordance wit
h the latest issue
re exercised
a of Test Met
hods a
n d Def
i nit
ions A 370, a
nd especially
5.1.2. 1 W
hen aluminum is used as t
he grain ref
in Supplement I thereof; on steel bar products.
ing element, the fine austenitic grain size requirement shall 6.3 Retests:
be deemed to be fulf
illed if, on heat a
nalysis, t
he aluminum
content is not less t
han 0.020% total alum
inum or, alter 6.3.1 If a
ny test specimen shows defective machining
nately, 0.0 1 5 % acid soluble aluminum The aluminum con or develops flaws, the specimen may be discarded and
n ot
a h er subst
i tuted
tent sha
ll be reported. The grain size test specifi ed in 5 1 .2
shall be the refer ee test. 6.3.2 If the percentage elongation of any tension
5.1.2.2 By agreement between purchaser n
ad sup specimen is less than that specifi ed and a
ny part of t he
plier , columbium or vanadium or bot h may be used for fract
ure is more tha n 3/4 in. [20 mm] from the center of a
gra
i n refi ning instead of or wit
haluminum W
hen colum 2 in. [50 mm] specimen, or is outside the middle half of
bium or vanadium is used as a gra in refi ning element, t
he the gage length of an 8 in. [200 mm] specimen as indicated
fine austenitic grain size requirement sha ll be deemed to by scribe scratches marked on the specimen bef0m testing,
a retest shall be allowed.
be fulf
i lled if, on heat ana
lysis, t
he columbium or vanadium
content is as follows (t he content of the elements sha
ll be 6.3.3 For' "as-wrought" materia
l , if the results for
reported wit h the heat analysis): ay original tension specimen a
n re wit
hin 2000 psi [ 14 MPa]
Steels having 0 25% ca
r bon or less: of t
he required tensile strength, within 1000 psi [7 MPa]
Cb 0 ,025 min
of t
he required yield point, or' within 2% of the required
V 0 05 min
elongation, retesfing shall be permitted . If the origina
l test
Steels having ovei 0 25% carbon: ing requir ed only one test, the retest shall consist of two
Cb 0 0 1 5 min random tests from t
he heat or lot involved. If the origina
l
V 0 02 min
testing required two tests of which one failed by the
The maximum contents shall be : amounts listed in this parag
raph, t
he retest sha
ll be made
Cb 0 05 ma
x on one random test from t
h e heat or lot If the results
V 0 08 max
Cb + V 0 06 ma
x
on the retest specimen or specimens meet t he specifi ed
requirements, t
he heat or test lot will be accepted, if the
5.1.2.3 When provisions of 5 . 1 .2. 1 or 5 . 1 .2.2 are results of one retest specimen do not meet t
he specifi ed
exercised, a g
rain size test is not required unless specifi ed requirements, t
he materia
l is subject to rejection.
1 30
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-29/SA-29M

6.3.4 For thermally treated bar s, if the r e sults of 1 1 .2 Material that shows imperfecti on s cap able of
te mechanica
h l tests do not conform to t he requirements adversely af
fecting processibility subsequent to its accept
specifi ed, two more tests may be selected for each ba r ance at the purchaser' s works will be re.j ected, and the
failin g , and each of the se rete sts shall conform to the manufacturer shall be notif
i ed.
requirements of the product specif ication.
6.3.5 If a bend specimen fails, due to condit i ons of 12. Rehearing
bending more severe t h an required by t
he specif i cation, a 12.1 Samples t h at represent rej ected material shall be
retest shall be permitted f
rom the heat or test lot involved preserved for two weeks from the date rejection is reported
for which one random specimen for each origina l specimen to t
h e manufacturer. In case of dissatisfact
i on with the
showing failure sha ll be used. If t
he results on the retest results of t
he tests, t
he manufacturer may make claim for
specimen meet t he requirements of t he specifi cation, the a rehearing within that t
ime
heat or test lot will be accepted.

13. Product Marking

7. Dimensions, Mass, and Permissible Variat
i ons 13.1 Civilian Procurement - Ba
t s of all sizes, when
7.1 Hot- Wrought Bars - The permissible va
t iations for loaded for sh
ipment, shall be properly ident ifi ed withthe
dimensions of hot-wrought ca
rbon and a
lloy steel bars shall na
me or brand of ma
nufact urer, purchaser' s name and order'
not exceed t
he applicable lim
its stated in Annex A 1 for number, t
he ASTM designation (yea r date is not required),
inch-pound va
lues and Annex A2 for metric values. grade number where appropr i ate, size a
nd lengt h , weight
of lift, a
nd the heat number for identif
i cat
ion. Unless ot
h er
wise specif
i ed, t
he met
hod of marking is at t
he manufactur
8. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance er ' s op ti o n an d may be made by ho t s tamp i n g , c old
8.1 The material sha
ll be f
l ee of injur
i ous defects and stamping, paint i ng, or ma
ri
k ng tags attached to t
he lifts
sha
l l have a workmanlike f
i nish. of bars .

13. 1. 1 Ba
t code mark ing may be used as n
a auxilia
ty
method of identifi cation. Such ba
r -code mark
i ngs shall be
9. Rework and Retreatment
of t
he 3-of-9 type and shall conform to AIAG B 1 . When
9. 1 For: ther
ma lly treated ba
rs only, the manufacturer barcoded tags are used, they shall conform to AIAG B 5 .
may retreat a lot one or more t imes, and retests shall be
13.2 Government Procurement:
made in the sa me manner' as the origina
l tests . Each such
retest sha
l l conform to the requirements specifi ed. 13.2.1 Marking for shipment shall be in accorda
nce
with the requirements specif i ed in t
he cont
ract or order
and shall be in accordance wit
h MIL-STD- 1 63 for military
10. Inspection agencies and in accordance with Fed. Std. No. 1 23 for
10. 1 The inspector represent i ng the purchaser shall civil agencies.
have entry, at a
ll ti mes while work on t h e contract of t
he 13.2.2 For government procurement by the Defense
purchaser is being perfor
med, to all parts of t
he ma
nufactur Supply Agency, t
he bars sha
l l be cont
i nuously ma
rked for
er' s works t
h at concern t
h e ma
n ufactu
re of the materia
l ident
ifi cation in accorda
n ce with Fed . S td. No . 1 83 .

ordered. The ma nufacturer sha ll afford the inspector a ll

reasonable facilit
i es to satisfy him t
h at t
he material is being 14. Packaging
furnished in accordance with this specif i cation. All tests
14.1 Civilian Procurement - Unless ot herwise speci
(except product ana lysis) a nd inspection sha l l be made at
ied, t
f he ba
r 's sha
ll be packaged a
nd loaded in accorda
nce
he place of ma
t nufacture pr
i or to shipment, unless ot
her wit
h Pr
a ctices A 700.
wise specif
ied, a
nd shall be so conducted as not to interfere
1 4.2 Government Procurement - MIL- STD- 1 63 sha
ll
unnecessatily with t
he operation of t
he works .
apply when packaging is specif ied in t
he contr act or order,
10.2 All required tests and inspecti on shall be made
or when Level A for preservation, packaging, a n d pack
ing
by the manufacturer prior to shipment.
is specif
i ed for direct procurement by or' dir ect shipment
to the government.
1 1. Reject ion
1 1. 1 Unless ot
herwise specif
i ed, any reject
ion because 15. Keywords
of noncompliance to the requirements of the specifi cat
ion 15.1 a
lloy steel ba
rs ; ca
rbon steel ba
rs ; cold f
i nished
shall be reported by the purchaser to t he ma nufacturer steel bars ; general delivery requirements ; hot wrought steel
within 30 working days after receipt of samples. ba
t s ; steel ba
t's

131
SA-29/SA-29M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E I TA B L E I
G RA D E D E S I G N ATI O N S A N D C H E M I C A L G RA D E D E S I G N AT I O N S A N D C H E M I C A L
C O M P O S I TI O N S O F C A R B O N ST E E L BA R S C O M P O S ITI O N S O F C A R B O N ST E E L BA RS ( C O N T' D )
H eat C h em i ca l Ran ges an d L i m its, % H eat C he mica l Ranges and Li m its, %

G rade P hosphorus, S u l fu r, G rade Phosphorus, S u lfu r,

Designation Carbon M anganese max maxA Designation Carbon M anganese max maxA
Nonr' e sulfurized Carbon Stee lsB'¢p' F Resulfurized Carbon Steelsa'D'F

1 0 05 0 , 0 6 m ax 0 , 3 5 m ax 0 , 04 0 0 , 05 0 1 1 08 0 , 0 8-0 , 1 3 0 6 0-0 ,, 8 0 0 , , 0 40 0 . 08-0 , 1 3

1 0 06 0 , 0 8 max 0 ,2 5-0, 4 0 0 , 04 0 0 , 05 0 1 1 09 0 . 0 8-0 . 1 3 0 , 6 0-0, 9 0 0 . 04 0 0 . 0 8-0 . 1 3
1008 0 , 1 0 m ax 0, 3 0-0 ,5 0 0 , 04 0 0 , 05 0 1110 0 , 0 8-0 , 1 3 0 3 0-0 ,, 6 0 0 0 40 0. 08-0 , 1 3
I010 0 , 0 8-0 . 1 3 0 , 3 0-0 ,6 0 0 , 04 0 0 , 05 0 1116 0 , 1 4-0 . 2 0 1 . 1 0-1 . 40 0 . 0 40 0 ,, 1 6-0 . 2 3
I01 1 0 . 0 8-0 , 1 3 0 ,6 0-0 9 0 0 ,040 0 , 05 0 1117 0 . 1 4-0 , 2 0 1 , 0 0-1 . 3 0 0 ,, 0 4 0 0, 0 8-0 , 1 3
1012 0 , 1 0 -0 . 1 5 0 , 3 0-0 . 6 0 0 . 04 0 0 , 05 0 1118 0 , 1 4-0 . 2 0 1 ,3 0-I , 6 0 0 04 0 0,, 0 8-0 , 1 3
1013 0 ,1 1 -0, 1 6 0 , 5 0- 0 , 8 0 0 , 04 0 0 , 05 0 1119 0 , 1 4-0 , 2 0 1, 0 0-1 . 3 0 0 . 04 0 0 ,, 2 4-0 . 3 3
1015 0 , 1 3-0 ,, 1 8 0 , 3 0-0 ,, 6 0 0 , 04 0 0 ,0 5 0 1132 0 , 2 7-0 , 3 4 1 , 3 5-1 , 6 5 0 . 04 0 0 . 0 8-0 , 1 3
1016 0 , 1 3,-0 . 1 8 0 , 6 0-0 , 9 0 0 , 04 0 0 , 05 0 1 13 7 0 .3 2-0 . 3 9 1 .3 5-I , , 6 5 0 , 04 0 0 08-0 . 1 3
1017 0 . 1 5-0 , 2 0 0 , 3 0-0 ,, 6 0 0 , 04 0 0 . 05 0 1139 0 .3 5-0 ,4 3 1 , 3 5-1 6 5 0, 0 4 0 0. 13-0 , 2 0
1018 0 . 1 5-0 . 2 0 0 , 6 0-0 . 9 0 0 . 040 0 , 05 0 1 1 40 0 , 3 7-0 . 4 4 0, 7 0- 1 . 0 0 0 . 040 0 , 0 8-0 . 1 3
1019 0 . 1 5-0 , 2 0 0 . 7 0- 1 , 0 0 0 ,. 0 4 0 0 , 05 0 1141 0 , 3 7-0 , 4 5 1 , 3 5-1 . 6 5 00 4 0 0 , 0 8-0 , 1 3
1020 0 , 1 8-0 , 2 3 0 , 3 0-0 , 6 0 0 ,, 0 4 0 0, 0 5 0 1 1 44 0 ,4 0-0 ,48 1 .3 5-1 ..6 5 0 , 04 0 O24-0 , 33
102 1 0 ,, 1 8-0 , 2 3 0 . 6 0-0 , 9 0 0 ,, 0 4 0 0 ,. 0 5 0 1 1 45 0 ,4 2-0 ,49 0 ,7 0-I , 0 0 0 . 04 0 0 . 04-0 , 0 7
1022 0 , 1 8-0 , 2 3 0 , 7 0-1 , 0 0 0 , 040 0 ,, 0 5 0 1 1 46 0 ,4 2-0 ,4 9 0 ,7 0-I O O 0 . 04 0 0 . 08-0 , 1 3
1023 0 2 0-0 ,2 5 0 ,3 0-0 , 6 0 0 , 040 0. 0 5 0 1 151 0 ,4 8-0 , 5 5 0 .7 0-I 0 0 0 . 04 0 0 08-0 . 1 3
1025 0 . 2 2-0 , 2 8 0 , 3 0-0 , 6 0 0 040 0 ,, 0 5 0 G rade Rephosphorized and Resu lfurized Carbon Steels°'F
1 02 6 0 , 2 2-0 . 2 8 0 . 6 0-0 . 9 0 0 . 040 0 ,, 0 5 0 Desig
1 02 9 0 . 2 5-0 , 3 1 0 ,, 6 0-0 . 9 0 0 ,, 0 4 0 0. 050 nation Carbon M anganese Phosphorus Su lfur Lead
1 03 0 0 , 2 8-0 , 3 4 0 , 6 0-0 . 9 0 0 , 04 0 0 ,, 0 5 0
1211 0 ,13 m ax 0 6 0-0 , 9 0 0 . 0 7-0 . 1 2 0, 1 0-0 , 1 5 .. .. ..
1 0 34 0 , 3 2-0 , 3 8 0 . 5 0-0 . 8 0 0 , 040 0 05 0
1212 0, 13 m ax 0 . 7 0-1 , 0 0 0 , 0 7-0 ,, 1 2 0 ,, 1 6-0 , 2 3 . . .
1 03 5 0 , 3 2-0 ,, 3 8 0 . 6 0-0 , 9 0 0 , 04 0 0 ,, 0 5 0
1213 0 ,13 m ax 0 ,. 7 0-1 , 0 0 0 ,, 0 7-0 . 1 2 0 . 2 4-0 , 3 3 .. .. ..
1 03 7 O 3 2-0 .. 3 8 0 7 0-I .. 0 0 0 . 04 0 0 . 05 0
1215 0 ,, 0 9 m ax 0 . 7 5-1 ,, 0 5 0 ,, 0 4-0 ,, 0 9 0 , , 2 6-0 , 3 5 .. . ..
1 038 0 . 3 5-0 .. 4 2 0 .. 6 0-0 . 9 0 0 . 04 0 0 . 05 0
1 2 L 1 3 0 ,, 1 3 max 0 , '7 0-1 , 0 0 0 ,, 0 7-0,, 1 2 0 , 24-0 ,3 3 0 , 1 5-0 , 3 5
1 03 9 0 . 3 7-0 . 4 4 0 ,, 7 0-1 ,, 0 0 0 , 04 0 0 05 0
1 2 L 1 4 0. 1 5 max 0 ,85-1 , 1 5 0 , , 04-0,, 0 9 0 ,, 2 6-0 . 3 5 0, 1 5-0 ,, 3 5
1 04 0 0 ,, 3 7-0 , 4 4 0 ,, 6 0-0 , 9 0 0 , 04 0 0 . 05 0
1 2 L 1 5 0 . 09 max 0 , 7 5-1 . 0 5 0 . 0 4-0 ., 0 9 0 2 6-0 , 3 5 0 . 1 5-0 , 3 5
1 04 2 0 , 4 0-0 . 4 7 0 , 6 0-0 , 9 0 0 . 04 0 0 , 05 0
1 043
1 044
0 . 4 0.-0 , 4 7
0 43-0 . 5 0
0 , 7 0-1 , 0 0
0 . 3 0-0 . 6 0
0 , 04 0
0 . 04 0
0 , 05 0
0 . 05 0
Grade H igh-Manganese Carbon SteelsB'c'°'E'F
1 045 0 . 43-0 . 5 0 0 . 6 0-0 . 9 0 0 .. 0 4 0 0 . 05 0
Desig- Former Phosphorus, S u lfur,
1 046 0 .. 4 3-0 . 5 0 0 . 7 0-1 . 0 0 0 . 040 0 . 05 0
nation Designation Carbon M anganese max max
1 049 0 . 4 6-0 . 5 3 0 . 6 0-0 . 9 0 0 .. 0 4 0 0 . 05 0
1513 . .. . 0. 1 0-0 , 1 6 i , , I 0-i , 40 0 .04 0 0 , 05 0
1 05 0 0 . 4 8-0 . 5 5 0 . 6 0-0 . 9 0 0 . 040 0 .. 0 5 0
1518 . . . . .. 0, 1 5-02 1 11 0-1 , 4 0 0 . 04 0 0 .0 5 0
1053 0 , 4 8-0 , 5 5 0, 7 0-1 0 0 0 , 040 00 5 0
1522 . .. . 0. 1 8-0. 2 4 1 1 0-1,40 0 , 04 0 0 ,0 5 0
1055 0 , 5 0-0. 6 0 0 6 0-0 ,, 9 0 0 , 040 0 05 0 1 5 24 1 0 24 0 , , 1 9-0 ,, 2 5 1 .3 5-1 ,6 5 0 . 04 0 0 ,, 0 5 0
1 0 59 0 , 5 5-0 ,, 6 5 0 , 5 0-0 , 8 0 0 ,, 0 4 0 0 . 05 0
1525 .. . . . 0 . 23-0 2 9 0 ,80-1 . 1 0 0 , 04 0 0 , 05 0
1060 0 . 5 5-0 .. 6 5 0 6 0-0 . 9 0 0 . 040 0. 0 5 0
1526 . . . .. 0 , 2 2-0 . 2 9 1 . 1 0-1 ,, 4 0 0 . 04 0 0 , 05 0
1 0 64 0 . 6 0-0 7 0 0 .. 5 0-0 . 8 0 0 . 040 0 . 05 0
1527 1 027 0. 2 2-0 .2 9 1 . 2 0-1 ,5 0 0 04 0 0 , 05 0
1 065 0 .. 6 0-0 . 7 0 0 .. 6 0-0 . 9 0 0 . 040 00 5 0 1 53 6 1 0 36 0 , 3 0-0 , , 3 7 1 , , 2 0-1 ,5 0 0 . 04 0 0 ,, 0 5 0
1 069 0 . 6 5-0 .. 7 5 0 . 4 0-0 7 0 0 .. 0 4 0 0 .050
1 54 1 1 04 1 0, , 36-0 44 1 .3 5-1 .65 0 . 04 0 0 , 05 0
1 07 0 0 .. 6 5-0 . 7 5 0 . 6 0-0 .. 9 0 0 . 040 00 5 0
1 547 . .. . 0, 43-0 . 5 1 1 .3 5-1 65 0 ,04 0 0 , 05 0
1 07 1 0 . 65-0 . 7 0 0 . 7 5- 1 . 0 5 0 .04 0 0. 050
1 548 1 048 0, 44-0 , 5 2 1 , 1 0-1 , , 40 0 , 04 0 0 , 05 0
1 074 0 .. 7 0-0 . 8 0 0 .. 5 0-0 . 8 0 0 . 04 0 0 .. 0 5 0
1 55 1 1 05 1 0 , , 45-0 . 5 6 0 .8 5-1 , 1 5 0 , , 04 0 O ,, O 5 O
1 07 5 0 . 7 0-0 . 8 0 0 . 4 0-0 . 7 0 0 .. 0 4 0 0 .. 0 5 0
1 55 2 1052 0A7-0 55 1 2 0-1 , 5 0 0, 04 0 0 , 05 0
1 07 8 0 . 7 2-0 .. 8 5 0 . 3 0-0 6 0 0 04 0 0. 0 5 0
1 56 1 1 0 61 0 , 5 5-0 ,, 6 5 0 , 7 5-1 , 0 5 0 . 04 0 0 , 05 0
1080 0 . 7 5-0 .. 8 8 0 6 0-0 . 9 0 0 .. 0 4 0 0 . 05 0
1 566 1 0 66 0 , 6 0-0 , 7 1 0 B5-1 . 1 5 0 . 04 0 0 , 05 0
1 0 84 0 . 8 0-0 .. 93 0 .. 6 0-0 . 9 0 0 . 04 0 0 . 05 0
1572 1 07 2 0 , 6 5-0 . 7 6 1 . 0 0-1 . 3 0 0 . 04 0 0 , 05 0
1 0 86 0 , 8 0-0 . 9 3 0 3 0-0 . 5 0 0 ,, 0 4 0 0 , 05 0
1 09 0 0 . 8 5-0 , 9 8 0 . 6 0-0 ,, 9 0 0 , 040 0 . 05 0
1 095 0 9 0-1 . 0 3 0 , , 3 0-0 , 5 0 0 ,, 0 4 0 0 , 05 0

1 32
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-29/SA-29M

TA B L E 1
G RA D E D E S I G N A TI O N S A N D C H E M I C A L
C O M P O S I TI O N S O F C A R B O N S T E E L BA R S ( C O N T' D )
H eat C h em ica l Ra nges an d L i m its, pe rce nt

G rade Merchant Quality M Series Carbon Steel Bars

Desig- P h osphor us, S u l fur,
nation Carbon M anganese a max max

M 1 008 0 , 1 0 m ax 0 , 2 5-0 , 6 0 0 04 0 , 05
M 1010 0 . 0 7-0 , 1 4 0 2 5-0 . 6 0 0 , 04 0 , 05
FA 1 0 1 2 0 . 0 9-0 , 1 6 0 , 2 5-0 6 0 0 04 0 ,05
[Vl 1 0 1 5 0 , 1 2-0 , 1 9 0 , 2 5-0 , 6 0 0 04 0 05
M 1017 0 , 1 4-0 , 2 1 0 , 2 5-0 , 6 0 0 , 04 0 , 05
M 1020 0 , 1 7-0 2 4 0 , 2 5-0 6 0 0 . 04 0 , 05
M 1 02 3 0 , 1 9-0 , 2 7 0 , 2 5-0 6 0 0 04 0 .05
M 1 0 25 0 , 2 0-0 . 3 0 0 2 5-0 , 6 0 0 , 04 0 ,, 0 5
M 1 03 1 0 , 2 6-0 3 6 0 , 2 5-0 6 0 0 , 04 0 , 05
M 1 0 44 0 , 4 0-0 , 5 0 0 , 2 5-0 6 0 0 04 0 , 05

A M ax i m u m u n less othe r w i se i n d i cated

B When si l icon is req u i red, the fo l lowi ng ranges and l i mits are common ly
spec ified : 0 1 0 % , max, 0 . 1 0 % to 0 . 2 0 % , 0 1 5 % to 0 . 3 5 % , 0 . 2 0 % to
0 4 0 %, o r 0 3 0 % to 0 . 6 0 %
c Copper can be spec ifi ed when requ i r ed as 0 2 0 % m i ni mum .
p When lead is requi red as an added e lement to a standard stee l, a range of
0 . 1 5 to 0 . 3 5 % i n c l us i ve i s spec i f
i ed . S uch a stee l i s i de nt if
i ed by i nse rt i n g the
l ette r' " L " between the seco nd an d th i rd n u me ral s of the g rade des i g nati o n, fo r
examp l e, 1 0 L 45 A cast o r heat ana l ys is i s n ot dete rm i n ab l e whe n l ead i s
ad ded to the l ad l e stream .
E When boron treatment for k i l led stee ls is specifi ed, the stee ls can be
ex pected to conta i n 0 . 0 0 05 to 0 . 0 0 3 % bo r on If the u su a l t itan i u m ad d iti ve i s
not pe rm itted, the stee l s can be e x pected to co nta i n u p to 0 0 05 % bo ro n
Y The elements bismuth, calcium, se len i um, or te l l uri um may be added as
ag reed u po n betwee n p u rchase r' an d su pp l i e r
a U n less proh i bited by the purchaser, the manganese content may exceed
0 6 0 % o n heat an a lys is to a max i m u m of 0 7 5 % , p rov i ded the carbo n r ang e
on heat ana lys i s has the m i n i m u m and max i m u m r ed uced by 0 0 1 % for eac h
0 . 0 5 % manganese over 0 . 6 0 %

1 33
SA-29 /SA-29M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 2
G RA D E D E S I G N ATI O N S A N D C H E M I C A L C O M P O S ITI O N S O F A L LOY ST E E L BA RS
Grade Heat Chemical Ranges and Limits, %
Designation Carbon Manganese Phosphorus, max Sulfur, max SiliconA N ickel Chromium Molybdenum
1 33 0 0 , 2 8-0 ,33 1 6 0-1 ,9 0 0 , 03 5 0 , 040 0 15 to 0 ,35 . ..
1 33 5 0 , 3 3-0 , , 38 1 , 60-1 ,90 0 , 035 0 . 04 0 0 ,15 to 0 ,35 . ,
1 3 40 0 , 3 8-0 ,43 1 6 0-1 ,90 0 , 035 0 , 040 0 ,15 to 0 ,35 . ..
1 3 45 0 ,43-0 , , 48 1 . 60-1 ,9 0 0 , 03 5 0 040 0 ,15 to 0 ,35 . ..
0 , 1 5-0 , 2 5
40 1 2 0 , 0 9-0 , 1 4 0 7 5-1 , 0 0 0 , 03 5 0 , 040 0 15 to 0 ,35 .. ..
0 , 2 0-0 , 3 0
40 2 3 0 , 2 0-0 , 2 5 0 , 7 0-0 ,90 0 , 03 5 0 , 04 0 0 ,15 to 0 ,3 5 .. . . .
0 , 2 0-0 , 3 0
4024 0 , 2 0-0 2 5 0 , 7 0-0 ,90 0 . 035 0 , 035-0 , 05 0 0 .15 to 0 ,35 ,
0 , 2 0-0 , 3 0
4 0 27 0 , 2 5--03 0 0 , 7 0-0 ,90 0 , 03 5 0 , . 040 0 ,15 to 0, 3 5 . ..
0 . 2 0-0 , 3 0
402 8 0 , 25-0 , 3 0 0, 7 0-0 , 9 0 0 , 035 0 035-0 . 05 0 0 ,15 to 0.35 . ..
0 , 2 0-0 , 3 0
40 3 2 0 ,3 0-0 , . 35 0 7 0-0 , 9 0 0 , 035 0 . 040 0 ,15 to 0 , 35 . ..
0 , 2 0-0 , 3 0
40 37 0 , 35-0 , 4 0 0 . 7 0-0 .90 0 , 035 0 , 040 0 ,, 1 5 to 0 ,35 . ,
0 , 2 0-0 , 3 0
4 042 0 ,4 0-0 45 0 7 0-0 , 9 0 0 , 035 0. 040 0 ,15 to 0 ,3 5 . ..
0 , 2 0-0 , 3 0
4 0 47 0 ,4 5-0 , , 50 0 , 7 0-0 ,9 0 0 , 035 0 , 040 0 ,15 to 0 ,3 5 . ..
0 . 4 0-0 , 6 0 0 ,, 0 8-0 , 1 5
41 18 0 , 1 8-0 .. 2 3 0 , 7 0-0 , 9 0 0 , 035 0 , 040 0 ,15 to 0 ,35 . ..
0 . 4 0-0 , 6 0 0 , 1 3-0 , 2 0
4120 0 1 8-0 2 3 0 , 9 0-1 , 2 0 0 , 035 0, 040 0 ,15 to 0 ,3 5 .... .
412 1 0 1 8-0 , 2 3 0 , 7 5-1 O 0 0 , 035 0 . 040 0 15 to 0 ,3 5 . . 0 , 4 5-0 , 6 5 0 ,, 2 0-0 , 3 0
0 , 8 0-1 , 1 0 0 , 1 5-0 , 2 5
4130 0 , 2 8-0 , 3 3 0 ,4 0-0 , 6 0 0 , 035 0, 040 0 ,15 to 0 ,35 . ..
0 , 8 0-1 . 1 0 0 ,, 1 5-0 , 2 5
4 1 35 0 .53-0 . 3 8 0 .7 0-0 9 0 0 035 0 , 040 0 ,15 to 0 .3 5 ,
0 , 8 0-I , I 0 0 ., 1 5-0 ,, 2 5
4 1 37 0 , 35-0 40 0 , 7 0-0, 9 0 0 035 0 . 040 0 ,15 to 0 ,35 .. . .
0 , 8 0-1 , 1 0 0 ,, 1 5-0 , 2 5
4140 0 38-0 , 43 0 ,7 5-1 , 0 0 0 , 035 0, 04 0 0 ,15 to 0 ,35 . ..
0 8 0-1 , 1 0 0 . 1 5-0 , 2 5
4142 0 , 4 0-0 ..45 0 , 7 5-1 . 0 0 0 , 03 5 0, 04 0 0 15 to 0 ,3 5 , ,
0 , 8 0-I , I 0 0 , , 1 5-0 , 2 5
4 1 45 0 , 43-0 . 48 0 ,7 5-1 , 0 0 0 035 0 , 040 0 ,, 1 5 to 0,3 5 . ..
0 , 8 0-1 , 1 0 0 1 5-0 ,, 2 5
4 1 47 0 , 45-0 . , 5 0 0 , 75-1 . 0 0 0 , 035 0 . 040 0 15 to 0 ,3 5 . ..
0 , 8 0-1 , 1 0 0 ,, 1 5-0 , 2 5
4150 0 , 48-0 ,, 53 0 ,75-1 . 0 0 0 ,, 0 3 5 0 , 040 0.15 to 0 ,3 5 . .. ..
0 , 7 0-0 9 0 0 , 2 5-0 , 3 5
4161 0 56-0 , 64 0 ,75-1 , 0 0 0 . 03 5 0 , 04 0 0 ,15 to 0 ,3 5 .. . . ..
0 , 4 0-0 ,, 6 0 0 ,, 2 0-0 . 3 0
43 2 0 0 , 1 7-0 , 2 2 0 ,45-0 , 65 0 , , 03 5 0 , 040 0 , , 1 5 tO 0 ,3 5 1 ,65-2 , 0 0
0 , 7 0-0 , 9 0 0 2 0-0 3 0
43 4 0 0 38-0 , 43 0 .6 0-0 , 8 0 0 , , 03 5 0 , 040 0 , 1 5 to 0 ,3 5 1 ,65-2 , 0 0
0 . 7 0-0 , 9 0 0 . 2 0-0 , , 3 0
E 434 0 0 , 38-0 , 43 0 .65-0 85 0 025 0 ,025 0 , 1 5 to 0 ,3 5 1 ,65-2 , 0 0
0 4 5-0 . 6 0
44 1 9 0 1 8-0 , 23 0 , 4 5-0, 6 5 0 . 03 5 0 , 04 0 0 1 5 to 0 ,3 5 . .. .
0 ,, 3 5-0 , 4 5
44 2 2 0 , 2 0-0 , 2 5 0 , 7 0-0, 9 0 0 035 0 , 04 0 0 , , 1 5 to 0 ,3 5 . .. .
0 3 5-0, 4 5
44 2 7 0 2 4-0 . 29 0 . 7 0-0 ,, 9 0 0 ,, 0 3 5 0 , 040 0 1 5 to 0 ,3 5 . . ..
0 ,2 0-0 . 3 0
46 1 5 0 , 1 3-0 , 1 8 045-0 . 65 0 035 O , 04 O 0, 15 to 0 , 3 5 1 , 6 5-2, 0 0
0 2 0-0, 3 0
462 0 0 , 1 7-0 . 2 2 045-0, 65 0 . 03 5 0 , 04 0 0 ,15 to 0 , 3 5 I ,, 6 5-2 , 0 0
0 . 2 0-0 . 3 0
462 1 0, , 1 8-0 , 2 3 0 .7 0-0 . 9 0 0, 03 5 0 , 04 0 0, 15 to 0 , 3 5 1 , 6 5-2, 0 0
0 1 5-0 ,2 5
4626 0 , 24-0 , 29 0 , 45-0 65 0 , 03 5 0 , 04 0 0 ,15 to 0 , 3 5 0 . 7 0-1 , 0 0

0 . 4 5-0 , 6 5 0 . 4 5-0 6 0
47 1 5 0. 1 3-0 , 1 8 0 .7 0-0 , 9 0 0. 03 5 0 , 04 0 0 , 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 0 . 7 0-1 ,, 0 0
0 , 3 5-0 , 5 5 0 3 0-0 . 4 0
4718 0 , 1 6-0 , 2 1 0 , 7 0-0 , 9 0 0 , 03 5 0 , 04 0 0 . 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 09 0-1 ,, 2 0
0 , 3 5-0 , 5 5 0, 1 5-0 . 2 5
4720 0 , 1 7-0 , 2 2 0 ,5 0-0 , 7 0 0 . 03 5 0 , 04 0 0 , 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 0 , 9 0-1 ,, 2 0

0 ,3 5 3 2 5-3 , 7 5 0 ,2 0-0 , 3 0
48 1 5 0 , 1 3-0 , , 1 8 0 , 4 0-0 . 6 0 0 , 035 0 , 04 0 0 15 to
0 .3 5 3 ,, 2 5-3 ,, 7 5 0 2 0-0 ,, 3 0
48 1 7 0 , 1 5-0 , 2 0 0 4 0-0 , 6 0 0 035 0 , 04 0 0, 15 to
0 ,3 5 3 . 2 5-3 , , 7 5 0 ,2 0-0 3 0
48 2 0 0 , 1 8-0 , 2 3 0 , 5 0-0 , 7 0 0 , 03 5 0 , 04 0 0, 15 to
0 , 3 0- 0 , 5 0
5015 0 , 1 2-0 , , 1 7 0 3 0-0 , 5 0 0 , 035 0 , 04 0 0, 15 to 0 ,3 5 .. ..

5 046 0 ,43-0 , 48 0 , 7 5-1 , 0 0 0 , 035 0 , 04 0 0, 15 to 0 ,35 .. . . 0 , 2 0-0 , 3 5

0 , 7 0-0 , 9 0
5115 0 , 1 3-0 1 8 0 7 0-0 , 9 0 0 , 03 5 0 , 04 0 0, 15 to 0 . 35 .. ..

0 , 7 0-0 , 9 0
5120 0 , 1 7-0 , 2 2 0 , 7 0-0 ,90 0 , 035 0 , 04 0 0, 15 to 0 ,3 5 .. ..

5130 0 2 8-0 33 0. 7 0-0 ,9 0 0 , 035 0 , 04 0 0, 15 tO 0 ,3 5 , ,, 0 , 8 0-1 , 1 0

0 , 7 5-1 , 0 0
5132 0 3 0-0, 35 0. 6 0-0 , 8 0 0 , 035 0 , 04 0 0, 15 to 0 ,35 .. ..

5135 0 3 3-0 , 38 0. 6 0-0 ,80 0 , 035 0 , 04 0 0.15 tO 0 ,35 , , 0 , 8 0-1 . 0 5

0 , 7 0-0 , 9 0
5 1 40 0 , 38-0 , 43 0 7 0-0 ,90 0 , 035 0 . 04 0 0, 15 to 0 ,, 3 5 .. ..

5 1 45 0 , 43-0 , 48 0 , 7 0-0 ,9 0 0 , 035 0 ,040 0, 15 to 0 ,35 .. .. 0 , 7 0-0 , 9 0

0 ,, 3 5 .. .. 0 8 5-I , 1 5
5 1 47 0 , 46-0 , 5 1 0 7 0-0 ,95 0 , 035 0 , 04 0 0.15 tO
5150 0 , 48-0 , 5 3 0 .7 0-0 ,90 0 , 035 0 , 04 0 0 15 to 0 ,35 .. .. 0 , 7 0-0 , 9 0
0 ,35 0 , 7 0-0 , 9 0
5155 0 5 1-0 , 5 9 0 , 7 0-0 , 90 0 , 035 0 , 04 0 0, 15 tO
5 1 60 0 5 6-0 , 6 1 0 ,7 5-1 , 0 0 0 , 03 5 0 , , 04 0 0, 15 to 0 ,35 , ,, 0 , 7 0-0 , 9 0

1 34
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-29 /SA-29M

TA B L E 2
G RA D E D E S I G N ATI O N S A N D C H E M I CA L C O M P O S IT I O N S O F A L L OY ST E E L BA R S ( C O N T' D )

G rade H eat Chemical Ranges and Limits, %

Designation Carbon Manganese Phosphorus, max Su lfur, max Si l iconA N ickel C hromi um Molybdenum

£ 5 0 1 00 0 9 8-1 . 1 0 0 2 5-0 4 5 0 , 02 5 0 , 02 5 0 , 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 0 , 4 0-0 , 6 0

F51 100 0 , 9 8-1 , 1 0 0 , 2 5-0 , 4 5 0 ,025 0 ,025 0 , 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 0 9 0-1 1 5
£521 00 0 , 9 8-1 , 1 0 0 , 2 5-0 , 4 5 0 025 0 025 0 1 5 to 0 3 5 1 , 3 0-1 , 6 0
521 008 0 93-1 . 05 0 2 5-0 . 45 0 025 0 ,015 0 , 1 5 to 0 , 35 1 , 3 5-1 , 6 0

61 18 0 , 1 6-0 . 2 1 0 , 5 0-0 ,, 7 0 0 , 03 5 0 , 04 0 0 . 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 0 , 5 0-0 ,, 7 0 ( 0, 1 0-0 , 1 5 V )

6150 0 4 8-0 , 5 3 0 7 0-0 9 0 0 ,. 0 3 5 0 , 04 0 0 ,, 1 5 t o 0 ,, 3 5 0 , 8 0-1 , I 0 ( 0 ,, 1 5 m i n V )
8115 0 , 1 3-0 , 1 8 0 7 0-0 , 9 0 0 , 03 5 0 04 0 0 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 0 , 2 0-0 , 4 0 0 . 3 0-0 , 5 0 0 0 8-0 , 1 5
8615 0 1 3-0 . 1 8 0 , 7 0-0 ,, 9 0 0 , 03 5 0 , 04 0 0 , 1 5 to 0 ,, 3 5 0 , 4 0-0 , 7 0 0 , 4 0-0 , 6 0 0 , 1 5-0 ,, 2 5

86 1 7 0 , 1 5-0 , 2 0 0 , 7 0-0 , 9 0 0, 0 3 5 0 04 0 0 1 5 to 0 ,, 3 5 0 , 4 0-0 . 7 0 0 . 4 0-0 , 6 0 0 , 1 5-0 , 2 5

8620 0 1 8-0 . 2 3 0 , 7 0-0 , 9 0 0 03 5 0 04 0 0 , 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 0 4 0-0 , 7 0 0 4 0-0 , 6 0 0 , 1 5-0 , 2 5
8622 02 0-0 ,, 2 5 0 7 0-0 9 0 0 035 0 , 04 0 0 , 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 0 4 0-0 7 0 0 , , 4 0-0 6 0 0 1 5-0 2 5
862 5 0 , 2 3-0 , 2 8 0 ,, 7 0-0 , 9 0 0 , 035 0 04 0 0 1 5 to 0 , 35 0 , 4 0-0 7 0 0 , 4 0-0, 6 0 0 , 1 5-0 , 2 5

862 7 0 2 5-0 , 3 0 0 7 0-0 9 0 0 . 035 0 , 04 0 0 , 1 5 to 0 ,3 5 0 ,, 4 0-0 , 7 0 0 4 0-0 , 6 0 0 . 1 5-0 , 2 5

8 63 0 0 , 2 8-0 , 3 3 0 , 7 0-0 , 9 0 0 ., 0 3 5 0 . 04 0 0 . 1 5 to 0 ., 3 5 0 4 0-0 7 0 0 4 0-0 , 6 0 0 ,, 1 5-0 , 2 5
8 63 7 0 3 5-0, 4 0 0 . 7 5-1 , 0 0 0 , 035 0 , 04 0 0 , , 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 0 , 4 0-0 , , 7 0 0 , 4 0-0 , 6 0 0 , 1 5-0 , 2 5
864 0 0 3 8-0 , 4 3 0 , 7 5-1 , 0 0 0 035 0 , 04 0 0 1 5 to 0 3 5 0 4 0-0 , 7 0 0 4 0-0 , 6 0 0 , , 1 5-0 , 2 5
8 64 2 0 . 4 0-0 4 5 0 , 7 5-1 , 0 0 0 , 03 5 0 , 04 0 0 , 1 5 to 0, 3 5 0 , , 4 0-0 , 7 0 0 , , 4 0-0 6 0 0 , 1 5-0 , 2 5

8645 0 ,, 4 3-0 , 4 8 0 7 5-1 , 0 0 0 035 0 04 0 0 1 5 to 0 . 3 5 0 , 4 0-0 7 0 0 , 4 0-0 , 6 0 0 ,, 1 5-0 , 2 5

8 65 0 0 . 4 8-0 5 3 0 , 7 5-I , 0 0 0 , 03 5 0 04 0 0 , 1 5 to 0 ,, 3 5 0 ,, 4 0-0 , 7 0 0 , 4 0-0 , 6 0 0, 1 5-0 ,2 5
8655 0 , 5 1 -0 , 5 9 0 . 7 5- 1 0 0 0 , 035 0 040 0 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 0 , 4 0-0 7 0 0 , 4 0-0 ,, 6 0 0 , 1 5-0 ,, 2 5
8660 0 , 5 6-0 . 6 4 0 ,, 7 5-1 , 0 0 0 , 03 5 0 04 0 0, 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 0 , 4 0-0 ,, 7 0 0 ,, 4 0-0 , 6 0 0 . 1 5-0 , 2 5

87 2 0 0 , 1 8-0 , 2 3 0 . 7 0-0 9 0 0 , 03 5 0 . 040 0 1 5 to 0 ,, 3 5 0 4 0-0 ,, 7 0 0 , 4 0-0 . 6 0 0 , 2 0-0 , 3 0

8 74 0 0 , 3 8-0 4 3 0 , , 7 5-i , 0 0 0 03 5 0 , 04 0 0 ,, 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 0 , 4 0-0 , 7 0 0 , 4 0-0 ,, 6 0 0 , 2 0-0 , 3 0
88 2 2 0 , 2 0-0 , 2 5 0 , 7 5- i . 0 0 0 ,, 0 3 5 0 , 04 0 0 , 1 5 to 0 . 3 5 0 , 4 0-0 , 7 0 0 4 0-0 , 6 0 0 ,3 0-0 . 4 0

9254 0 , 5 1-0 . 5 9 0, 6 0-0 , 8 0 0, 0 3 5 0, 0 4 0 1 2 0-1 , , 6 0 .. .. .. 0 , 6 0-0, 8 0

9255 0 5 1-05 9 0 , 7 0-0 9 5 0 , 03 5 0 , 04 0 1 . 8 0-2 , 2 0 .. .. .. .. .. ..
9259 0 ,, 5 6-0 , 6 4 0 , , 7 5-1 ,, 0 0 0 , 035 0 , 04 0 0 ,, 7 0- 1 , 1 0 .. . . .. 0 4 5-0 6 5
9260 0 , 5 6-0 6 4 0 , 7 5-1 , 0 0 0, 035 0 , 04 0 1 , 8 0-2 2 0 .. .. .. .. .. ..

E 93 1 0 0 , 0 8-0 , 1 3 0 ,, 4 5-0 , 6 5 0 ,025 0 ,025 0 , 1 5 to 0 . 3 0 3 , 0 0-3 , 5 0 1 , 0 0-1 , 4 0 0 0 8-0 , 1 5

Standard Boro n Stee l s c

5 0 B44 0 . 4 3-0 . 4 8 0 ,, 7 5-I , 0 0 0 035 0 04 0 0 1 1 5 to 0 . 3 5 .. .. .. 0 1 2 0-0 , 6 0 .. .. ..

50 B46 0 . 4 4-0 , 4 9 0 , 7 5-1 , 0 0 0, 0 3 5 0 ,, 0 4 0 0 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 .. .. .. 0, 2 0-0 3 5 .. .. ..
5 0 B5 0 0, 4 8-0 5 3 0, 7 5-I , , 0 0 0 . 035 0 , 04 0 0 , 1 5 to 0 3 5 . .. . 0 , 4 0-0 ,, 6 0 .. .. ..
50 B60 0 . 5 6-0 . 64 0 , 7 5-1 , 0 0 0 ,, 0 3 5 0 ,, 0 4 0 0 , 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 .. .. .. 0 4 0-0 , 6 0 .. .. .
51 B60 0 ,, 5 6-0 , 6 4 0 7 5-1 0 0 0 ,035 0 040 0 , 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 .. .. .. 0 ,, 7 0-0 . 9 0 .. .. ..
8 1 B45 0 . 4 3-0 4 8 0 ,, 7 5-1 ,, 0 0 0 , 035 0 , 04 0 0 , 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 0 , 2 0-0 4 0 0 , 3 5-0 ,, 5 5 0 , 0 8-0 , 1 5
94 B 1 7 0 , , 1 5-0 , 2 0 0 , 7 5-1 0 0 0 0 35 0 04 0 0 . 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 03 0-0 , 6 0 0 , 3 0-0 , 5 0 0 , 0 8-0 , 1 5
94 B3 0 0 , 2 8-0 , 3 3 0 , , 7 5-1 ,, 0 0 0 , 03 5 0 , 040 0 , 1 5 to 0 , 3 5 0 3 0-0 . 6 0 0 3 0-0 5 0 0 , 0 8-0 1 5

A S i l i co n may be spec ifi ed by the pu rchase r' as 0 1 0 % max i m u m , The need for 0 , 1 0 % max i m u m ge nera l ly re l ates to severe co l d-fo rmed
parts ,
B The pu rc hase r may al so req u i re the fo l l owi ng max i m u ms : co pper' 0 , 3 0 %; al u m i n u m 0 , 05 0 % ; o xyge n 0 , 0 0 1 5 % ,
C These stee ls can be expected to contai n 0 , 0 0 05 to 0 , 0 03 % bo r o n , If the usual titan i u m add itive i s not pe rm itted, the stee l s can be
e x pected to contai n up to 0,, 0 05 % bo ro n ,

N ote 1 - S mal l q uantities of ce rtai n e l ements are p resent i n a l l oy stee l s, wh i ch are not spec if i ed o r requ i red, These e leme nts are consi dered
as i nc i dental and may be present to the fo l l owi ng max i m u m amo u nts : coppe r' , 0 ,3 5 %; n i c ke l, 0 , 2 5 %; c h r o m i u m, 0 , 2 0 % ; and mo lybden u m,
0 06%
N ote 2 - W h e re m i n i m u m an d m ax i m u m s u l fu r c o nte nt i s s h ow n i t i s i n d i cat i ve of res u l fu r i ze d stee l ,
N ote 3 - The chem i cal ranges and l i m its shown i n Tab l e 2 are prod uced to product analys is to lerances sh own i n Tab le 6 ,
N ote 4 - Stan dard a l l oy stee l s can be p rod uced with a l ead ran ge of 0 , 1 5-0 , 3 5 % , S uch stee l s are identifi ed by i nserti ng the l etter " L "
between the second and th i rd n ume ral s of the AI S I n u m be r, fo r exam p l e, 4 1 L 4 0, , A cast o r heat ana lys i s is n ot determ i nab l e when lead i s
ad d e d to th e l ad l e stream

1 35
SA-29/SA-29M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3 TA B L E 4

H E AT A N A LYS I S C H E M I C A L RA N G E S A N D L I M ITS O F H EAT A N A LYS I S C H E M I C A L RA N G E S A N D L I M IT S O F

C A R B O N ST E E L BA R S A L L OY S T E E L BA RS
C he m ica l Ran ges a nd L i m its, %
C he m ica l Ranges and Li m its, %
O pe n- M ax i
H earth o r E l ectr ic mum
Whe n M axi m um of Specif
i ed Lowest
W h e n M ax i m u m of Basi c- F u r nace Li m it,
E lement E l e ments is: Range M axi mu m E lement Specifi ed E lement is: Oxygen Steel Steel %A
C arbon A 0 .06 C arbon T o 0 . 55, i nc t 0 . 05 0 . 05
to 0 . . 1 2, i nc l .. . . . . Ove r 0 5 5-0.7 0, i nc l 0 . 08 0 . 07
ove r 0 1 2 to 0 .2 5, i nc l 0 . 05 Over 0 . 7 0 to 0. 8 0, i nc l 0 .10 0 09
ove r' 0 . 2 5 to 0 40, i nc l 0 . 06 Ove r 0 .8 0-0 . 95, i nc l 0. 12 0. 11
ove r 0 .4 0 to 0 . 5 5, i nc l 0 07 Ove r 0 9 5-i .. 3 5, i nc l 0. 1 3 0. 12
ove r 0 . 55 to 0 8 0, i nc l 0 .10
ove r 0 , 8 0 0 13 M an ganese To 0 . 6 0, i nc l 0 .20 0 .1 5
Over 0 . 6 0-0 . 90, i nc l 0 .20 0. 20
M an g a nese . .. .. .. . .. 0 .. 3 5 Over 0 9 0-1 . 0 5, i nc l 0. 25 0. 25
to 0. 40, i nc l 0 15 .. . . . Over 1 . 05-1 .90, i nc l 0 .3 0 0 30
over 0 .4 0 to 0 . 5 0, i nc l 0 .2 0 .. . . .. Over 1 . 9 0-2 . 1 0, i nc l 0 .40 0 . 35
over 0 . 5 0 to 1 . 65, i nc l 0 30 .. . . .
P h osph o r u s B asi c open-hearth o r basi c
P h osp h o rus to 0.. 040, i nc l . .. . 0 .04 0 8 o xyge n stee l 0 03 5

over 0 . 04 0 to 0 . 0 8, i nc l 0. 03 .. .. .. Ac id open-hearth stee l 0 . 05 0

over 0 0 8 to 0 . 1 3, i nc l 0 05 .. . . .. B as i c e l ect r i c-fu r n ace stee l 0 025

Ac i d e l ect r i c-fu r n ace stee l 0. 05 0

S u l fu r to 0. 050, inc l . . . 0 . 050 B
over 0 . 05 0 to 0 . 0 9, i nc l 0 . 03 .. .. .. S u l fu r T o 0 . 0 5 0, i ne l 0 ,015 0 ,, 0 1 5

over 0 . 09 to 0 . 1 5, i nc l 0 . 05 .. .. .. Over 0 . 05 0-0 . 07, i nc l 0 ,02 0, 02

over 0 . 1 5 to 0 . 2 3, i nc l 0 . 07 .. .. .. Over 0 0 7-0 . 1 0, i nc l 0 , 04 0 04

over 0 . 2 3 to 0 5 0, i ncl 0 . 09 .. . . Ove r 0 . 1 0-0 . . 1 4, i nc l 0.05 0 . 05

Basic open-hearth or bas ic

S i l i con c .. .. .. 0 .I0
0 .. 0 4 0
oxyge n stee l
to 0 . I 0, i nc l . .. . .. .. .. Ac i d open-hearth stee l 0 . 05 0
ove r 0 . 1 0 to 0 1 5, i nc l 0 . 08 .. . .. B as i c e l ect r i c-fu rn ac e stee l 0. 025
ove r 0 . 1 5 to 02 0, i nc l 0.10 . .. .. Ac i d e l ectr i c-fu r n ace stee l 0. 050
ove r 0 . 2 0 to 0 . 3 0, i nc l 0 .15 . .. .
To 0 . 2 0, i nc l 0 . 08 0. 0 8
ove r 0 . 3 0 to 0 . 60, i nc l 0 .20 .. . . .. S i l icon
Over 0 . 2 0-0 . 3 0, i nc l 0 15 0 .. 1 5
C o p pe r W hen coppe r i s req u i red 0 . 2 0 Ove r 0 .3 0-0 . 6 0 , i nc l 0 .. 2 0 0 .20
m i n is gene ral ly used Over 0 .60-1 . 0 0, i nc l 0 .3 0 0. 3 0

Ove r 1 . 0 0-2 . 2 0, i nc l 0 .. 4 0 0 .. 3 5
Lead D W he n lead i s requ i red, a ran g e
Ac i d stee l s 8
of 0 . 1 5 to 0 . 3 5 is spec if
i ed
N i c ke l To 0 .5 0, i nc l 0 ,, 2 0 0.20
B i smuth E
Over 0 . 5 0-1 5 0, i nc l 0 30 0 .. 3 0
Calc i u m E
Ove r 1 . 5 0. - 2 . 0 0, i nc l 0 .3 5 0 . 35
S e len i u m E
Over 2 . 0 0-3 . 0 0, i nc l 0 40 0 .40
Te l l u r i u m E
O ver 3 0 0-5 .3 0, i nc l 0 ,50 0 .. 5 0

A The carbo n ranges shown i n the co l u m n headed " Range " app ly Over 5 3 0-1 0. 0 0, i nc l 1 00 I .. 0 0

when the spec ifi ed max i m u m l i m it fo r manganese d oes not exceed C h ro m i u m To 0 . 40, i nc l 0.15 0 .15
1 . 1 0 % . When the max i m u m manganese l i m it exceeds 1 . 1 0 % , add Over 0 . 4 0-0 90, i nc l 0 20 0 .20
0 . 0 1 to the carbon ran ges shown above . O ve r 0 . 9 0-1 . 0 5, i nc l 0 .2 5 0.25
B Fo r stee l s prod uced i n merchant q ual ity the ph osph o rus max i O ve r 1 . . 0 5-1 .6 0, i nc l 0. 30 0. 3 0
m u m i s 0 . 0 4 % an d th e s u l fu r' m ax i m u m i s 0 0 5 % . O ver 1 . 6 0-1 . . 7 5, i nc l
c
0 . 35
c It i s not co m mon p ractice to p rod uce a rephosp ho r i zed and resu l Ove r' 1 . 7 5-2 . 1 0, i nc l
c
0 40
fu rized carbon stee l to spec ifi ed l i m its fo r s i l icon because of its O ve r 2 . 1 0-3 .9 9, i nc l 0 .50
ad ve rse effect o n m ac h i n ab i l i ty .
M o lybde n u m To 0 1 0, i nc l 0. 0 5 0 . 05
D A cast o r heat analysis i s not dete r m i nab le when lead is added to
th e l ad l e stream Ove r' 0 . 1 0-0 . 2 0, i nc l 0 . 07 0 . 07

O ve r 0 . 2 0-0 . 5 0, i nc l 0 .. I 0 0 .. I 0
E E l ement spec ifi cati on range as ag reed u pon between pu rc haser
a n d s u p p l i e r .. Ove r 0 .5 0-0 .. 8 0, i nc l 0 .15 0 .15

Ove r 0 . 8 0-1 .. 1 5, i nc l 0 .. 2 0 0 .. 2 0

T u n g ste n T o 0 . 5 0, i nc l 0 .20 0 .20

O ve r 0 . 5 0-1 .. 0 0, i nc l 0 .30 0 ,30

Ove r 1 . 0 0-2 . 0 0, i nc l 0 .50 0 .50

Over 2 . 0 0-4 . 0 0, i nc l 0 .60 0 .60

1 36
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-29/SA-29M

TA B L E 4
H EAT A N A LY S I S C H E M I CA L RA N G E S A N D LI M ITS O F
A L L OY ST E E L BA RS ( C O N T' D )
C hem ical Ranges and L i m its, %
Ope n- M ax i TA B L E 6
H earth or E l ectri c mum
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R IATI O N S FO R P RO D U CT A N A LY S I S
E l ement
When Maximum of
Specified E lement is:
Basic-
Oxygen Stee l
Furnace
Steel
LimA
%
it,
O F A L LOY ST E E L

Vanad i u m T o 0 . 2 5, i n c l 0 05 0 05 P e r m i ss i b l e Va r i at i ons
Over 0 2 5-0 . 5 0, i nc l 0 .10 0.10 Li m it, or Maxi m um of Over Maxi mum Li m it or
E l e me nts Specifi ed Range, % U nder M i n i m um Li m it, %
Aluminum U p to 0 . 1 0, i nc l 0 . 05 0 . . 05
Ove r 0 . 1 0-0 . 2 0, i nc l Q. I O 0.10 Carbon 0 , 3 0 an d u n de r 0 01
O ve r 0 . 2 0-0 . 3 0, i nc [ 0 .15 0 .15 over 0 . 3 0 to 0 . 7 5, i n c l 0 .02
Ove r 0 . 3 0-0 8 0, i nc l 0 .. 2 5 0 . 25 ove r 0 . 7 5 0 . 03
Ove r 0 . 80-1 . 3 0, i nc l 0 . 35 0 . 35
Over 1 . 3 0-1 . 8 0, i nc l 0 . 45 0 .4 5 M an g anese 0 9 0 an d u n de r 0 03
over 0 . 9 0 to 2 . 1 0, i n c l 0 . 04
C oppe r' To 0 . 6 0, i nc l 0 .2 0 0 .20
Over 0 6 0-1 5 0, i nc l 0 .30 0 .. 3 0 P ho sp ho rus over m ax i m u m o n l y 0 . 005
Over 1 . 5 0-2 . 0 0, i nc l 0 .3 5 0 35
S u l fu r 0 . 0 6 0 an d u n de r 0 .005
N ote I - B o ron stee l s can be ex pected to have 0 . 0 0 0 5 % m i n i m u m bo ro n
c o n te nt
S i l i co n 0 4 0 an d u n de r 0 . 02

N ote 2 - A l l oy stee l s can be p rod uce d w ith a l ead range of 0 . 1 5-0 . . 3 5 % . A over 0.4 0 to 2. 2 0, i n c l 0.. 0 5
cast o r heat an a lys is i s n ot dete rm i nab l e when lead i s ad ded to the l ad l e
st re am N i c ke l 1 . 0 0 an d u n de r 0 . 03
ove r 1 .. 0 0 to 2. 0 0, i n c l 0 . 05
A Appl ies to on ly nonrephosphorized and nonresu lfurized stee ls
B M i n i mum si l icon l im it for acid open-hearth or acid electric-furnace al l oy over 2 . 0 0 to 5 . 3 0, i n c l 0 .. 0 7
stee l s i s 0 , 1 5 % ove r 5 . 3 0 to 1 0 . 0 0, 0 .10
c N ot normal ly produced in open-hearth , i nc l

C h rom i u m 0 . 9 0 an d u n de r 0 03
ove r 0 .9 0 to 2. 1 0, i nc l 0 . 05
ove r 2 .. 1 0 to 3 . 99, i n c l 0 .. 1 0
TA B L E 5
M o ly bde n u m 0 . 2 0 an d u n d e r 0 .. 0 1
P E R M I S S I B L E VA RIATI O N S FO R P RO D U CT A N A L Y S I S
ove r 0 . 2 0 to 0. 4 0, i nc l 0 . 02
O F C A R B O N ST E E L
over 0 .4 0 to 1 . 1 5, i n c l 0 03
Ove r U nde r
V an ad i u m 0 . I 0 an d u n d e r 0 .01
Li m it, or M ax i m um of M axi m um M in i m u m
ove r 0 1 0 to 0 . 2 5, i n c l 0 . 02
E l e m e nt Specif i ed Range, % L i m it, % Limit, % over 0.. 2 5 to 0 . 5 0, i n c l 0 .. 0 3
m i n i m u m va l ue 0 .01
C arbo nA 0 . 2 5 an d u nde r 0.02 0.02
spec if
i ed, under
ove r 0. 2 5 to 0 . 5 5, i nc l 0 . 03 0 03
ove r 0 . 5 5 0.04 0. 04
m i n i m u m l i m it o n l y

T u n g ste n 1 . 0 0 an d u n d e r 0 04
M anganese 0 9 0 and u n de r 0 . 03 0 . 03
over 1 0 0 to 4 .. 0 0, i n c l 0 . 08
over 0 . 9 0 to 1 . 65, i nc l 0 . 06 0 06
Aluminum 0 . I 0 an d u n d e r 0 . 03
P h osph orusA'B bas ic stee l s 0 . 0 08 .. .. .
ac i d besse me r stee l 0.01 0.01 ove r 0 10 to 0 .. 2 0, i nc l 0 . 04
over 0.20 to 0 .3 0, i nc l 0 . 05
S u lfu rA' B 0. 0 08 .. .. .. ove r 0 .3 0 to 0 . . 8 0, i nc l 0. 07
ove r 0 . 80 to 1 8 0, i nc l 0 .10
S i l icon 0 . 3 5 a n d u n de r 0 . 02 0.02
over 0 . 3 5 to 0 . 6 0, i nc l 0 . 05 0 . 05 Lead A 0 . 1 5 to 0 , 3 51 i nc l 0 03

C oppe r u n d er m i n i m u m o n ly .. . .. 0 02 C op pe r to I 0 0 i n c l 0 . 03
over I .. 0 0 to 2 . 0 0, i n c l 0 . 05
Lead c 0. 1 5 to 0 . 35, i nc l 0 . 03 0 . 03
A P rod uct analys i s to l e rance fo r l ead app l ies both over and u nde r
A R i mmed and capped stee ls are not su bject to rejecti on o n prod to a s pec if
i ed ran g e of 0 . . 1 5 to 0 . 3 5 % .
uct analys is u n less m isap p l icati on i s c l ea r ly i n d i cate d .
B Resu lfu rized o r rephosphori zed stee l s are not subject to rejectio n
on p rod uct ana lys i s fo r these e l ements un less m isapp l icati on is
c l ear l y i n d i cated.
c P roduct analysis to l erance fo r l ead app l ies both ove r and u nder
to a speci f
i ed range of 0 .. 1 5 to 0 .35 % .

1 37
SA-29/SA-29M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specifi ed by the purchaser
in t
h e cont
r act or order. .

S 1. Flat Bar Thickness Tolerances

$1.1 When fi at bars are specifi ed in metric units to a thickness under' tolerance of' 0.3 r
am, the thick
ness tolerance
of' Table S 1 . 1 shall apply.

TA B L E S1 . 1
T H IC KN E SS A N D WI DT H TO L E RA N C ES FO R H OT-W RO U G HT SQ U A R E-E DG E AN D RO U N D, E DG E F LAT BA RS
O R D E R E D TO 0.3 M M U N D E R TO L E RA N C EA
To l eran ce
from
Specifi ed
Tolerances over Specifi ed Th ickness for Th ickness G iven, m m Width, m m
0ve t 75 Ove r U nde r
Specif
i ed W idth, mm Ove r 6 to 12, i ncl Ove r 12 to 25, i nc l Over 25 to 50, i ncl Over 50 to 75, i ncl
To 25, incl .. . ... .. . . . . .. . 0 ,5 0 ,, 5
1 ,, 0
Ove r 2 5 to 5 0, i ncl .. . . 0 ,5 1 ,3 . . .. .. . 1 ,0
1 ,, 0
Ove r' 5 0 to 1 0 0, i nc l 0.5 0 .7 1.3 2 .1 21 1 .5
1.5
Over 1 0 0 to 1 5 0, i nc l 05 0 .7 1 .3 2.1 2. 1 2 .5
Ove r' 1 5 0 to 2 0 0, incl 0. 5 1 .0 1 .3 2 .1 2 .9 30 2 ,, 5

N ote - T o l erance u nder spec if

i ed th ickness 0 , 3 mm

A When a square is hel d agai nst a face and an edge of a square-edge fi at bar, the edge shal l not deviate by more than 3° or 5 % of the
th i c k ne ss ,

138
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-29/SA-29M

ANNEXES

(Mandatory Information)

A1 . PERMISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN DIMENSIONS, ETC. m I

N CH-POUND UNITS
AI. 1 Listed below are permissible variations in dimensions expressed in inch-pound units of measurement.

TA B L E A 1 . 1 TA B L E A 1 . 2
P E R M I S S I B L E VA RIATIO N S I N C RO S S S E CTI O N FO R P E R M I S S I B L E VA RIATI O N S I N C RO S S S E CTI O N FO R
H OT-W RO U G H T RO U N D, SQ U A R E, A N D RO U N D H OT-W R O U G H T H E XAG O N A L BA R S O F ST E E L
C O R N E R E D S Q U A R E BA RS O F ST E E L
Permissible Out-of-Hexagon
P e rm iss i b l e Variations ( Carbon Steel and
Vari ati o n fro m
Specifi ed Sizes from Specifi ed Al loy Steel ) or
Specifi ed Size, Out-of-Round or Between Size, in.A Out-of-Octagon
in'A Out-of-Square, Opposite S ides, in . Over U nder (A l l oy Stee l ), in. 8
Specifi ed S ize, i n . Over U nder in, B
To 1,2, i nc l 0. 0 07 0 . 0 07 0 .011
To 5, 16, i nc l 0. 0 0 5 0 . 005 0 . 0 08 Over 1, 2 to I, i nc l 0. 010 Q. O I O 0 .015
Over 6 to 6, i nc l 0 . 0 06 0 0 06 0 . 0 09 Ove r 1 to 1 , i nc l 0 02 1 0 .013 0 . 0 25
Over 6 to , i nc l 0 . 0 07 0 . 0 07 0 .010 Over 1 1, 2 to 2, i nc l !, 32 1, 64 %2
Over 5,8 to 7/8, i nc l 0.008 0 . 0 08 0 .012 Ove r 2 to 2 2, i nc l 3" 64 1/64 3/64
Over 7,B to 1, i nc l 0 . 009 0 . 0 09 0 .013 Ove r' 2 to 3 1, 2, i nc l 6 1. 64 6
Ove r 1 to 1 1, 8, i nc l 0.010 0. 010 0 .015 Over 3 to 4 6, i nc l 5z64 1/64 5/64
Over 1 to 1 1,4, i nc l 0. 01 1 0 .011 0 .016
Over 1 to 1 3,8, i nc l 0.012 0 .012 0 018 A Stee l bars are reg u l arly cut to length by sheari ng o r hot sawi ng,
Over 13,8 to 1 , i nc l 0 014 0. 014 0.021 wh ich can cause end d i storti on resu lti ng i n th ose porti ons of the bar
Over 1 1,2 to 2, i nc l 4 4 0 . 0 23 be i ng o uts ide the app l icab l e s ize to l e rance . When th i s end cond iti on
Ove r 2 to 2 z, 2, i nc i % 0 0 .023 i s objecti o nab le, a mach i ne cut end shou ld be consi dered .
Over 2 1,2 to 3 1,2, i nc l 4 0 0. 03 5 B 0 ut-of-hexagon o r out-of-octag o n i s the g reatest d if
ference
Over 3 to 41, 2, i nc l 6 0 0 046 betwee n any two d i m e n s i o n s at t he same cross secti o n betwee n op po
s i te faces .
Over 4 to 5 1, 2, i nc l 4 0 0 . 0 58
Over 5 1, 2 to 61,2, i nc l 0 0. 070
Over 6 to 8 , i nc l %2 0 0 . 085
Over 8 to 9 1, 2, i nc l 6 0 0 .100
Over 9 2 to 1 0, i nc l 1, 4 0 0. 120

A Stee i bars are regu l arly cut to length by shear i ng o r hot sawi n g,
wh ich can c ause en d d istorti on resu lti ng i n those po r t i ons of t he bar
be i n g o uts i de the ap p l i ca b l e s i ze to l e ra n c e , W he n t h i s e n d c o n d i t i o n
i s o bj ect i o nab l e, a m ac h i n e c ut e nd s h o u l d be c o ns i de re d ,
B 0 ut-of-rou nd is the d iffe rence between the max i mu m an d m i n i
m u m d i amete rs of th e ba r, m eas u re d at th e same c ross sect i o n , O ut
of-sq uare i s t h e d iffe ren ce i n th e two d i me ns i ons at th e same c ro ss
section of a sq u are ba r between oppos ite faces

1 39
SA-29/SA-29M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E A I .3
P E R M I S S I B L E VA RIATI O N S I N T H IC K N E SS A N D WI DT H FO R H OT-W RO U G H T SQ U A R E E DG E AN D RO U N D E DG E
F LAT BA R S A
Perm issi bl e Var iati ons i n Th ickness, for Th ickness G iven, Perm issib l e
Over and U nder, in . B Variations
i n Width, i n.
0203 to 0.230 to 1, 4 to Over 1/2 to Over 1 to Over 2 to
Specifi ed Width, in. 0. 2 30, excl 1, 4, excl 1, 2, incl 1, incl 2, incl 3, incl Over 3 Over U nder
To 1, incl 0 .007 0 .007 0008 0 .010 ... . .. ... 1, 64 1, 64
Over 1 to 2, incl 0 .007 0.. 007 0.012 0 .015 1, 32 .. . .. . %2 1, 32
Over 2 to 4, incl 0 .008 0.008 0 .015 0 .020 %2 3/64 4 6 1/32
Over 4 to 6, i nc l 0 ,009 0 ,009 0 ,015 0 ,02 0 1, 32 3/6 4 4 2 6
Over 6 to 8, i ncl c 0,, 01 5 0 ,016 0 ,025 %2 4 6 1, 8 2
A When a square is held against a face and an edge of a square edge fl at bar, the edge shal l not deviate by more than 3° or 5 % of the
th i c k n ess ,,
B Steel bars are regu larly cut to length by sheari ng or hot sawing, which can cause end distortion resu lting i n those portions of the bar bei ng
outside the appl icab le size tolerance , When this end condition is objectionable, a mach ine cut end shou ld be considered ,
c F l ats over 6 to 8 i n ,, i nc l , i n wi dth, are n ot avai l ab le as hot-wroug ht stee l bars i n th i c kness u nde r 0 , 2 3 0 i n ,

TA B L E A1 .4 TA B L E A1 .6
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R I ATI O N S I N T H I C K N E S S, L E N G T H , P E R M I S S I B L E VA R IATI O N S I N D I M E N S I O N S FO R
A N D O U T-O F-S Q U A R E FO R H OT-W RO U G H T BA R S I Z E H OT-W RO U G H T BA R S I Z E T E E S O F CA R B O N ST E E L
A N G L E S O F C A R B O N ST E E L Permissi b le Variations i n S ize, i n .
Ste m
Perm issible Variations i n Permissi ble
Width or Thickness Thickness out
Th ickness, for Th icknesses G ive n, Variations
Over and U nder, i n . for Length Specifi ed Size DepthB of Flange of Stem of
of Leg, of Tee, in.A Over U nder Over U nder Over U nder Square c
Specifi ed Length Over 3,16 Over and To 11, 4, i ncl 4 4 0.0 10 0 .0 1 0 0.. 005 0. 020 1, 32
of Leg, in.A To 6, incl to 3/8, incl Over % U nder, in. Over 1 1, 4 to 2, i nc l %6 6 0.. 012 0 .0 1 2 0.. 01 0 0 .02 0 1/16
Ove r 2 to 3, exc l 2 %2 0. 0 1 5 0 . 0 1 5 0 . 0 1 5 0 . 0 2 0 2
To 1, i ncl 0.008 0 010 ... 1, 32
Over I to 2, i nc l 0 .010 0. 010 0 .012 4 A The l onge r mem be r of the unequal tee determ i nes the s i ze for to l
Over 2 to 3, exc l 0.012 0.015 0. 0 1 5 6 e ran ces .

B M easu rements fo r both wi dth and depth are ove ral l . .

A The l onge r leg of an u neq ual ang le determ i nes the si ze fo r to ler
c Ste m out-of-sq uare i s the vari ati on fro m its true pos iti on of the
ance . T he o ut-of-square to l erance i n e ither d i recti on i s 1 °,
ce nter l i ne of the ste m me asu re d at th e po i nt.

TA B L E AI .5
TA B L E A1 .7
P E R M I S S I B L E VA RI AT I O N S I N D I M E N S I O N S FO R
P E R M I S S I B L E VA RI AT I O N S I N D I M E N S I O N S FO R
H OT-W RO U G H T B A R S I Z E C H A N N E LS O F CA R B O N
ST E E L
H A LF-RO U N DS, OVA LS, H A L F-OVA LS, AN D OT H E R
S P E C IA L BA R S I Z E S E CTI O N S
Permissi b le Variati ons in S ize,
Over and U nder, in. . Out-of Due to mi l l faci l ities, to lerances on half-rounds, ovals, half-ovals,
SquareA and othe r spec i a l bar' s i ze secti ons vary am ong the man ufactu rers
Thickness of if Either and such to le rances shou l d be negoti ated between the
Web for Flange, man ufactu re r and the p u rc haser ,
Specif
i ed Depth Width Thickness Given in./in., of
S i ze of of of To 3/16, Over F lange
C han ne l, in . Secti on B F langes B i ncl 3/z6 Width

TO 1 , i ncl %2 %2 0 .01 0 0 .015 %2

Over' 1 2 to 3, exc l 6 1/16 0 .015 0 .02 0 %2
A For chan ne l s 5/8 i n . and u nder i n depth, the out-of-square to l er
ance i s 3/64 i n .A n of depth .
B M easu rements fo r depth of secti o n and wi dth of fl anges are
o ve ra l l .

1 40
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-29/SA-29M

TA B L E A 1 .8
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R IATI O N S I N L E N G T H F O R H OT-W R O U G H T RO U N D S, S Q U A R E S, H EXAG O N S, F LATS, A N D B A R
S I Z E S E C TI O N S O F S T E E L

Perm issib l e Variations Over S pecifi ed Le ngth, i n .A

S pec ifi ed S ize of Rou nds, Squares, Spec ifi ed S ize of F lats, i n. .
5 to 10 ft, 10 to 20 ft, 20 to 30 ft, 30 to 40 ft, 40 to 60 ft,
and H exagons, i n , Th i c kness W i dth e xc l e xc l e xc l exc l e xc l

M i l l S h ea r i n g

To 1, i nc ] to 1 , i nc l to 3, , i nc l 1 1, 4 1 2
Over' I to 21 i nc l ove r 1 to '3 , i nc l 5,8 I 1 1, 2 2 2 1, 2
to i, i nc l ove r ,3 to 6, i nc l 5,8 I 1 1, 2 2 2 1, 2
Over 2 to 5, i nc l over 1 over 3 to 6, i nc l 1 1 1 2 1/4 2
Over 5 to 1 0, i nc l . . .. . .. . 2 2 1z2 2 3 3
0 2 -3 0 to 1, i nc l over 6 to 8, i nc l 1 1 3 1, 2 4
ove r' 1 to ,3 , i nc l over 6 to 8, i nc l 1 I 2 3 1/2 4
Bar S ize S ect i ons . . .. . .. .. 8 1 1 2 2 1/2

H ot Saw i n g

2 to 3 1,2, i nc l 1 and ove r .3 and ove r' B 1 1, 2 1 2 1, 4 23, 4

Over 3 1, 2 to 5, i nc l 2 2 1,4 2 8 3,
Over 5 to 1 0, i nc l . .. . .. .. .. B 2 1, 2 2 4 .3 '3

A N O perm issi b le vari ati ons unde r .

B S mal ler' si zes and sho rte r l engths are n ot hot sawed .

TA B L E A1 .9 TA B L E A 1 . 1 0
P E R M I S S I B L E VA RI ATI O N S I N L E N G T H FO R P E R M I S S I B L E VA R I AT I O N S I N S T R A I G H T N E S S FO R
R E C U TTI N G O F BA R S M E ETI N G S P E C IA L H OT-W R O U G H T BA R S A N D B A R S I Z E S E CT I O N S O F
ST RA I G H T N E S S TO L E RA N C E S ST E E LA

S izes of Ro unds, Sq uares, To le rances Over Specif

i ed Standard to l e rances 1,4 i n . i n any 5 ft and ( i n . x length i n ft)/5
H exagons, Width of F lats Length, i n.A S pec ial to l er ances 1, 8 i n . i n any 5 ft and ( 1, 8 i n . x l ength i n ft)/5
a nd M ax i m u m D i m e ns i o n of
Othe r Sections, i n .A To 12 ft, i nc l Ove r 12 ft
A Because of warpage, strai g htness to l e rances do n ot app ly to bars
To 3, i nc l 1- 4 16 i f any s ubseq u e nt heati n g o pe rat i on o r c ont ro l l e d c oo l i ng h as bee n
Ove r ,3 to 6, i nc l 5, 16 76 pe rfo r m e d .
Over 6 to 8, i nc l 7z16 96
Rou n ds ove r 8 to 1 0, i nc l 9/16 1 1/16
A N o to l erance unde r.

141
SA-29/SA-29M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

A2. DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES - SI UNITS

A2.1 Listed below are permissible var
i ations in dimensions expressed in SI units of measurement.

TA B L E A2 . 1 TA B L E A 2 . 2
TO L E RA N C E S I N S E CTI O N A L D I M E N S I O N S FO R TO L E RA N C E S I N C RO S S S E CTI O N FO R H OT-W RO U G H T
RO U N D A N D S Q U A R E BA RS A N D RO U N D-C O R N E R E D H EXAG O N A L A N D O C TAG O N A L ST E E L BA RS
S Q U A R E BA RS To l e ra n ce fro m
To l e ra nce fro m Specifi ed Size, Out of Hexagon
S pecifi ed S ize, Out-of- Rou nd, or Specifi ed Size Between mrn or Out of
Over and O ut-of-Sq uare Opposite Sides, rn m Over U nder Octagon, mr nA
U nder, Section, B
S i ze r
nm mr
n or %A rn rn or %A To 1 3, i nc l 0 .18 0. 1 8 0 .3
Over 13 to 2 5, i nc l 0 .25 0.25 0.4
To 7, i nc l 0. 1 3 m m 0 .20 mm Over 25 to 40, i nc l 0 . 55 0 35 0. 6
Over 7 to 1 1, i nc l 0 .15 mm 0 .22 mm Over 40 to 5 0, i nc l 0 .8 0. 40 0 .8
Over 1 1 to 1 5, i nc l 0.18 mm 0 .27 mm Over 50 to 65, i nc l 1 .2 0. 40 1. 2
Over 1 5 to 1 9, i nc l 0 .20 mm 0 .3 0 m m Over' 65 to 8 0, i nc l 1 .6 0 40 1.6
Over' 1 9 to 2 5 0, i nc l 1% 1 .5 % Over 80 to 1 0 0, i nc l 2.0 0. 40 2 0
A T he to l e ra nce sha l l be ro u nde d to th e nearest te nth of a m i t A Out of hexag o n o r o ut of octag o n i s the g reatest d iffe rence
l i met re afte r ca l c u l ati o n between any two d i mens i o ns at the c ross secti on between oppos ite
8 O ut-of-rou nd is the d if
f erence between the max i mu m and the m i n faces , ,
i m u m d i ameters of the bar', measu red at the same cross secti on , Out
of-sq uare i s the d iffe rence i n the two d i mens i o ns at the same cross
secti on of a squ are bar between oppos ite faces ,

TA B L E A2 .3
TH IC KN ESS AN D WI DTH TO LE RANC ES FO R HOT-WRO UG HT SQ UARE-E DG E AN D RO U N D-EDG E FLAT BARS4B
To l e ra nces fro m
Tole rances from Spec ifi ed Th ickness for Th ickness G ive n Ove r Specifi ed
and U nder, r
nrn Width, m m
Over 5 to Over 6 to Over 12 to Over 25 to Over 50
Specifi ed Width, rn m 6, incl 12, incl 25, incl 50, incl to 75 Over 75 Over U nder
To 2 5, incl 0 18 0 . 20 0 25 . . . . . . . . . 0 .5 0 .5
Over 25 to 5 0, i ncl 0 .1 8 0 .30 0 .40 0.. 8 . . . . . . 1 .0 1.0
Over 5 0 to 1 00, incl 0. 20 0.40 0 .5 0 08 1 .2 1 .2 1 .5 1 .0
Over 1 0 0 to 1 50, i nc l 0. 25 0 40 0 .5 0 0 .8 12 1 .2 2 .5 1 .5
Over 15 0 to 2 00, i ncl A 0. . 40 0 .65 08 1 .2 1 .6 3 .0 2 .5
A When a square is held agai nst a face and an edge of a square edge fl at bar, the edge shal l not deviate by more than 3° or 5 % of the
th i c k n ess ,,
B F l ats over 1 5 0 to 2 0 0 m m, i nc l i n wi dth are not avai l ab le as h ot-wroug ht bars i n th i ck ness 6 mm and u nder ,

1 42
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-29 /SA-29M

TA B L E A2 .4 TA B L E A2 .6
T H I C K N E S S, L E N G T H , A N D O U T-O F-S Q U A R E D I M E N S I O N A L TO L E RA N C E S FO R H OT-W RO U G H T B A R
TO L E RA N C E S FO R H OT-W RO U G H T BA R S I Z E A N G L E S SlZE TE ES

To l e ra nce s i n Th i ckn ess for Tolerances in S ize, mm

Thickness G iven, Over and Tolerances Width or Thickness Thickness Stem Out
U nder, rnm for Length of Spec if
i ed Size of Depth, B of Flange of Stem of
S pec if
i ed Length of Over 5 to Leg Over and
Tee, A mm Over U nder Over U nder Over U nder Sq uare c
Leg, mmA'B To 5, incl 10, inc l Over 10 U nder, ram
To 3 0, i nc l 1 1 0.2 0.2 0.1 0 .5 1
To 5 0, i nc l 0 .2 0.2 0 .3 1
Over 3 0 to 5 0, i nc l 2 2 03 0 .3 0 .2 05 2
Over 5 0 to 7 5 , e xc l 0. 3 0 .4 0 .4 2
O ve r 5 0 to 7 5, e xc l 2 2 0. 4 0 .4 0.4 0 .. 5 2
A The l onger leg of an u neq ua l ang le dete rm i nes the si ze for to l A The l onge r mem ber of the u neq ual tee dete rm i nes the s ize for to l
e ra n c e .
e ra n c e s . .
B O ut of square to l erances i n e ither d i recti on i s 1 1,2° = 0 . 0 2 6 a M easu rements fo r wi dth and depth are ove ra l l .
a m/r
r a m.
c Stem out of square is the to l e rance fro m its true positi on of the
ce nter l i ne of th e ste m measu re d at the po i nt. f

TA B L E A2 .5 TA B L E A 2 . 7
D I M E N S I O N A L TO L E RA N C E S F O R H OT-W RO U G H T B A R P E R M I S S I B L E VA R I ATI O N S I N D I M E N S I O N S FO R
SIZE C HAN N E LS
H A L F- RO U N D S, OVA L S, H A L F-OVA LS, A N D OT H E R
S P E C IA L B A R S IZ E S E CTI O N S
Tol erances in S ize, Over and U nder, mm
O ut of Due to m i l l fac i l ities, to lerances on hal f-rounds, ovals, and othe r
Sq uare of s pec i a l bar s i ze sect i o ns vary am on g the m an ufact u re rs an d s u c h
E ithe r to l e ra nces s h o u l d be neg ot i ate d betwee n the m a n ufact u re r' an d the
Thickness of Flange per pu rc haser .
Web mm of
S pecif
i ed S ize of Depth of Width of To 5, Flange
Channe l, m m Secti onA FlangesA incl Over 5 Width, B m m
To 4 0, i n c l 1 1 0 2 0. 4 0. 03
Ove r 4 0 to 7 5, exc l 2 2 0. 4 0 .5 0 . 03

A M easu rements for depth of secti on and width of fl anges are

ove ra l l .
B Fo r chan ne l s 1 6 m m and u nder i n depth, out of square to l erance
i s 0 . 0 5 m m/m m.

1 43
SA-29 /SA-29M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E A2.8
L E N GT H TO L E RA N C E S FO R H OT-W RO U G H T RO U N DS, SQ U A R ES, H EXAGO N S, OCTAG O N S, F LATS,
A N D BA R S I Z E S E CTI O N S

Specif
i ed S ize of Rounds,
Specifi ed Size of Fiats, mm Tolerances over Specifi ed Length, mmA
Squares, H exagons and 1500 to 3000 to 6000 to 9000 to 12 000 to
Octagons, mm Thickness Width 3000, exc l 6000, excl 9000, excl 12 000, excl 18 000, exc l
H ot S hear i ng

To 25, inc l to 25, incl to 75, inc! 15 20 35 45 60

Over 2 5 to 5 0, i ncl over 25 to 7 5, incl 15 25 40 50 65
to 2 5, i nc l over 7 5 to 1 50, i nc l 15 25 40 50 65
Over 50 to 1 25, incl over 25 over 75 to 150, i ncl 25 40 45 60 70
Over 1 25 to 250, inc l . . . .. . 50 65 70 75 85
B ar S i ze S ecti ons over 6 to 2 5, i nc l over 1 5 0 to 2 0 0, i nc l 20 30 45 90 1 00
over 2 5 to 75, i nc l over 1 5 0 to 2 0 0, i nc l 30 45 50 90 1 00
.. . . . .. . . 15 25 40 50 65

H ot Sawi ng

5 0 to 90, incl 25 and over 75 and over B 40 45 60 70

Over 90 to 1 25, i ncl 50 60 65 75
Ove r 1 2 5 to 2 50, i nc l .. .. . .. . . B 65 70 75 85

A N O to l eran ce u nde r.
B S mal ler' si zes and shorte r lengths are not h ot sawed .

TA B L E A2. 9 TA B L E A2 . 1 0
L E N G T H TO L E RA N C E S F O R R E C U TT I N G O F BA R S ST RAI G H T N E S S TO L E RA N C E S FO R H OT-W RO U G H T
M E ETI N G S P E C IA L ST RA I G H T N E S S TO L E RA N C E S BA R S A N D
BA R S I Z E S E C T I O N S A
S i zes of Rounds, Squares, Tolerances over Specifi ed
H exagons, Octagons, Widths Length, mmA S tan d ard to l e ran ces 6 m m i n any 1 5 0 0 m m and ( l ength i n
of F l ats a nd M a x i m u m m m/25 0 ) B
D i mensi ons of Other To 3700 mm, Ove r S pec i al to l erances 3 m m i n any 1 5 0 0 mm and ( length i n
Sections, mm i nc l 3700 m m m m/5 00 ) B

To 7 5, i nc l 6 8
Ove r 7 5 to 1 5 0, i nc l 8 11
Over 1 5 0 to 2 0 0, i nc l 11 14
R o u nds over' 2 0 0 to 2 5 0, i nc l 14 18
X N O to le rance u nde r.
A Because of warpage, strai g htness to lerances do not app ly to bars
if any subseq uent heati ng operati on or contro l l ed coo l i ng has been
pe rfo rmed . .
B R o und to the nearest who l e m i l l i metre.

1 44- 1 5 2
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-31

SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL RIVETS AND BARS FOR

RIVETS, PRESSURE VESSELS

SA -31

(Identical with ASTM Specification A 3 1 -04 1 except tbi an editoria

l cha
n ge in 3 1 1 a
nd mandatory certi fi cation in 3 , 1 ,7 and 1 4 ) A08

1. Scope 3. Ordering Information

1 .1 This specif i cation covers steel rivets for use in 3. 1 Orders for rivets and ba
rs under t
his specif
i cation
sha
l l include:
boiler's and pressure vessels and steel bar's for use in the
ma
nufacture of rivets . 3.1. 1 Specif
i cation designation and date of issue,
1 .2 Two grades a
r e covered : 3. 1.2 Quantity - Number of pieces for rivets and
weight for ba
rs ,
1 . 2. 1 G rade A B ar's h avi ng a y i e l d p o i n t of 3. 1 .3 Name of product and grade (A or B ) ,
23 000 psi ( 1 60 MPa) minimum wit h no controls on ca r bon
content. 3. 1 .4 Size (diameter a
n d lengt
h),
3 . 1 .5 ivet head type,
R
1 . 2 . 2 G rade B - B ar's h avi ng a y i e l d p o i nt of
29 000 p si ( 20 0 MPa) mini mum wi th c arb on 0 . 2 8% 3. 1.6 If i nspec tion at poi n t of manufacture i s
maximum. required,
3. 1 .7 Certif
i cation (Section 1 4), and
1.2.3 Rivets a
re manufactured from t
he applicable
bar grade. 3. 1 .8 Additiona
l testing or special requirements, if
required.
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units a
r e to be 3. 1 .9 For establishment of a part identif
ying system,
regarded as the standa
rd. The va
lues given in pa
rentheses see ASME B 1 8 . 24.
re for information only.
a
NOTE 1 - A typical order i ng descr
i ption is: ASTM A 3 1 - 82, 1 0 000
pieces, steel r
i vets Grade A, by 2 in , button head, test repoIts required
2. Referenced Documents
2. 1 ASTM Standards: 4. Materials and Manufacture

A 29 / A 29M S pecif
i cation for S teel B ar s , C arbon and 4. 1 The steel shall be made by a ny of t he following
Alloy, Hot-Wrought, General Requirements for processes: open-hea
r th, electr
ic-fur
n ace, or basic-oxygen.
A 370 Test Met
h ods a
n d Def
i nit
i ons for Mechanical Test
4.2 Rivets shall be manufactured f
l om rivet ba
r s con
ing of Steel Products forming to the applicable grade oidered
A 7 5 1 Te st Metho ds , Practic e s , and Terminolo gy for
Chem ical Analysis of Steel Products 4 .3 Rivets shall b e manufac tured by hot- or cold
F 1 470 Guide for Fastener S a
mpling for Specif i ed Mecha
n heading
ical Properti es and Performance Inspection 4.4 B ars shall be furnished as rolled and not pickled,
2.2 ASME Standards:
blast cleaned, or oiled. At producer' s opt
i on, ba
r's may be
cleaned for inspection or cold &awn.
B 1 8 . 1 . 1 Small Solid R
ivets 16 Inch Nominal Diameter a
nd
Sma
l ler
B 1 8 . 1 . 2 La
rge i
Rvets 2 Inch Nom
inal Diameter a
n d La
rger 5. Chemical Composition
B 1 8 .24 Part Identifying Number (PIN) Code System Stan 5.1 The steel shall conform to chem
ica
l composit
i on
dard for B 1 8 Fastener Products prescribed in Table 1 .

1 53
SA-3 1 2008a SECTION II, PART A

5.2 Heat Analysis - An analysis of each heat of steel 7.1.2 Snap gage measurement shall be made at the
shall be made by the ba
r manufacturer to determine for point of minimum diameter , but it is not required that t
he
Grades A and B t
he percentages of ca
r bon, manganese, rivet shall turn completely in t
h e gage Measurements of
phosphorus, and sulfur . This an alysis shall be made from he maximum tolerance shall be made with a ring gage,
t
a test ingot taken during t he pouring of the heat The l l rivets to slip f
a ull to the head in the gage of the required
chemical composit i on t
hus determined shall be reported to size for the various diameters

he pu
t r chaser or his repr
e sentative and shall conform to the 7.2 Bar's - The diameter of hot-f
i nished rivet ba
r ' s shall
requirements for heat analysis in accordance with Table 1 not va
r y from the size specif
i ed by more than the amounts
5.3 Product Analysis - An analysis may be made by in accor dance with Table 5
the purchaser from fi nished materia
l s representing each
heat The chemical composition t
hus determ
i ned shall con
form to the requirements fbr product a
n alysis prescribed 8. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
in Table 1 8. 1 Rivets - T
he f
inished r
i vets sha
ll be true to folm,
5.4 Application of heats of steel to which bismut
h, concent
r ic, and free of injur
ious defects.
selenium, tellurium, or lead has been intentiona
l ly added 8.2 Bars:
shall not be permitted.
8.2.1 Bat s sha
ll be f
l ee of visible pipe, undue segle
5.5 Chemical ana
l yses shall be performed in accor gation, and injurious surface imperfect
i ons
danc e with Te st Method s , Practic e s , and Terminology
A 75 1
8.2.2 Surface Finish - The ba
r 's shall have a commer
cial hot-wrought finish obtained by convent ional hot roll
ing. See 4 4 for producer' s descaling opti on.
6. Mechanical Properties
6. 1 Rivet Bend Tests :
9. Number of Tests and Retests
6. 1. 1 he rivet shank of Grade A steel shall sta
T nd
being bent cold through 1 80° fi at on itself, as shown in 9.1 Rivets - Sampling for rivet bend and rivet f
l attening
tests sha
l l be in accorda
nce with Guide F 1 470, detection
Fig 1 , without cracking on the outside of t
he bent portion.
proce ss .
6. 1 .2 The rivet shank of Grade B steel shall stand
being bent cold through 1 80° wit hout cracking on the 9.2 Ba r'
s:

outside of t
he bent portion in accordance with Table 2 9.2. 1 Two tension tests shall be made f
rom each

6.2 Rivet Flattening Tests - The rivet head sha

ll stand heat, unless t
he f
inished material from a heat is less than
being fl attened, while hot, to a diameter 2,1 2 times t
he 50 tons (45 Mg), when one tension test will be suffi cient ,
dia
meter of the sha
nk, as shown in Fig. 2, wit
hout cracking However , for mater
i al 2 in. (5 1 mm) and under in t
hickness,
when the mater
i al from one heat differs in. (9. 5 mm) or
at the edges .
more in t
hickness, one tension test shall be made from
6.3 Bar Tensile Properties - Bar's shall conform to the bot
hthe thickest and the thinnest materia
l rolled rega
rdless
tensile requirements in accordance with Table 3 of the weight represented Each test shall conform to the
6.4 Bar Bend Tests: specif
i ed requirements.
6.4.1 The test specimen for Grade A steel ba r 's shall 9.2.2 Retests on bars may be made in accordance
sta
nd being bent cold t hrough 1 80° fl at on itself without with Specifi cat
i on A 29 /A 29M
cracking on the outside of the bent portion
6.4.2 The test specimen for Grade B steel ba r's shall
stand being bent cold through 1 80° wit hout cracking on 10. Specimen Preparation
he outside of t
t he bent portion to an inside diameter which 10. 1 Rivets - Rivets shall be tested in their full-size
shall have a relation to the dia
meter of t he specimen in i nished condit
f i on
accordance with Table 4 .
1 0.2 Ba rs :

10.2.1 Test specimen selection a

nd preparation sha
ll
7. Dimensions, Mass, and Permissible Variations be in acc0idance with Specifi cation A 29 /A 29M and Test
7 . 1 R ivets : Met
h ods a
n d Def
i nitions A 370 .

7.1.1 The dimensi on s of rivets shall conform to 10.2.2 Tension a

nd bend test specimens for r
i vet
B 1 8 . 1 .2 foI nom
inal diameter's in a
nd la
rger and B 1 8 . 1 1 ba
rs which have been cold drawn shall be normalized
for nominal diameters 7/11 6 in. a
nd less. befi ie testing .

1 54
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-31

11. Test Methods 15. Responsibility

1 1. 1 Rivets - Rivet bend and f
l attening tests shall be 15.1 The pa rty responsible f0r' the fastener shall be t
he
in accordance with the manufactmers standar d test proce organization t
h at supplies the fastener to the purchaser
dures .

1 1.2 Bars - Tension a

n d bend tests sha
l l be conducted
in accordance with Test Methods a
nd Def
i nit
i ons A 370,
nd especia
a lly Supplement I t
hereof, on steel ba
r' products .

16. Packaging and Package Marking

12. Inspection
1 6. 1 Rive ts - Rivets shall be properly packed and
12.1 If h
te testing described in Sect i on 9 is required
marked to prevent damage and loss during shipment.
by h
te purchaser, it shall be specif
i ed in the inquiry and
contract or order . 16.2 Bars - Ba
r 's sha
l l be packed and ma
rked in accor
dance wit
h Specif
i cation A 29 /A 29M
12.2 The inspector representing t
he pmchaser shall
have free entry at all t
i mes, while work on t
he contract
of t
he purchaser is being per
formed, to all pa
rts of t
he
17. Keywords
ma
nufacturer' s works that concern t
h e manufacture of t
he
material ordered. The manufactu rer sha
ll afford t
he inspec 17.1 ba
rs ; ca
r bon steel; pressure vessel rivets; r
i vets;
steel
tor all reasonable facilit
ies, wit
hout charge, to sati sfy him
that t
he mater ial is being furnished in accorda nce wit h
this specification. All tests (except product a
na lysis) and
inspecti on sha
ll be made at the place of ma nufacture prior
to shipment, unless otherwise specif i ed, a
nd shal l be so
conducted as not to interfere unnecessarily with the opera
tion of t
he works .

FIG . 1 B E N D T E ST O F RI V ET

13. Reject
ion and Rehearing
13. 1 Rivets - Rivets t
hat fail to conform to the require
ments of this speci f
i cation may be rej ected. Rej ection
should be reported to the producer or supplier promptly
and in writ
ing. In case of dissatisfaction with the results
of the test, the producer or supplier may make claim for
a rehea
ring .
13.2 Bar's - Rej ection and rehea
r ing shall be in accor
da
nce with Specifi cation A 29 /A 29M .

14. Certif
i cation
14.1 The manufacturer shall f
u rnish cert
ifi cation t
h at
h e material was manufact
t u red a
n d tested in accorda
n ce
with this specif i cation toget
her with a r eport of t he heat
analysis (5 .2) and mechanica l property test results (Sect
ion
6) as applicable to the product order ed. The report sha ll
include the manufacturer ' s name , AS TM de signation ,
grade, heat number (ba
rs only), a
n d aut
horized signature.

1 55
SA-31 2008a SECTION II, PART A

FIG . 2 F LATT E N I N G T E S T O F R I V ET TA B L E 3
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS, BA R S
G rad e A G rade B

T e n s i l e stre n gth, ps i ( M P a) 4 5 0 0 0 -5 5 0 0 0 5 8 0 0 0-6 8 0 0 0

( 3 1 0 -3 8 0 ) ( 4 0 0-4 7 0 )
Y ie l d po i nt, m i n . , psi ( M P a) 2 3 0 00 ( 1 60 ) 2 9 00 0 ( 2 0 0 )
E l o n g at i o n i n 8 i n . o r 27 22

200 r am, r a i n ., %
E l o n g at i o n i n 2 i n . o r 33 25

50 r a m, r ain , %

TA B L E 4
B E N D R E Q U I R E M E N T S, B A RS
Rati o of B e nd D i a m ete r to

Specimen Diameter of Specimen

D iamete r, i n , G rade A G rade B
and u nde r i at
f
O ve r i at
f 1

TA B L E 1 TA B L E 5
C H E M I CA L R E Q U I R E M E N TS P E R M I S S I B L E VA R I AT I O N S I N T H E S I Z E O F
G rade A G rad e B H OT- R O L L E D RO U N D S

H eat P rod u ct H eat P rod u ct Var i ati o ns fro m

Analysis Ana lysis Analysis Analysis Size, in. 0ut-of
C arbo n, max , , % . . .. .. . .. 0 ,28 0, 31
Specified S ize, in . Over U nder Round,A in .
M anganese, % 0 , 3 0-0 , 6 0 0 , 2 7-0 63 0 , 3 0-0 .8 0 0 2 7-0 , 83
5, 16 and u nder 0 , 0 05 0 , 0 05 0 , 008
P h osph orus, m ax , % 0, 040 0 , 048 0 040 0 , 0 48
Over' s/16 to 7/16, i nc l 0 . 0 06 0 0 06 0 0 09
S u lfu r, max ,, % 0 ,050 0, 058 0, 050 0 . 0 58 Ove r 7, 16 to %, i nc l 0 0 07 0 007 0 01 0

Over 5,8 to 7, 8, i nc l 0 0 08 0 , 0 08 0, 012

TA B L E 2
0vet' to 1, i nc l 0 ,009 0 , 0 09 0, 013
Over 1 to 1 1, 8, i nc l 0 .010 0 .010 0, 015
B E N D R E Q U I R E M E N TS, RI V ETS
Rat i o of B e n d D ia m ete r to Ove r 1 to 1 1, 4, i nc l 0 011 0 011 0 .016
Ove r 1 1, 4 to 13/8, i nc l 0 ,012 0 ,012 0 ,018
Diameter of Diameter of Rivet Shank Ove r' 1 3,8 to 1 2, i nc l 0 014 0 014 0 . 02 1
Rivet S han k, i n . G rade A G rade B
A 0 ut-of-ro u nd is the d ifference between the max i m u m an d m i n i
3/4 and u nde r if at 1 m u m d i amete rs of the bar, meas u red at the same c ross-sect i o n
Over 3,4 fi at I

1 56
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-36/SA-36M

SPECIFICATION FOR CARB ON STRUCTURAL STEEL

SA-36 /SA-36M
INTERNATIONA L
$ n rds Worldwide

(Ident
i cal with ASTM Specif
i cat
i on A 36 /A 36M-05 ) A08

1. Scope A 3 07 Specif i cati on for' C arb on S teel B olts and Studs ,

1 . 1 Thi s specif
i c ation c overs c arb on s teel s hap e s , 60 000 psi Tensile Strength
plates, and bars of' structural quality for use in riveted, A 325 Specif i c atio n for S tructural B olt s , S te el , He at
bolted, or welded const r uction of bridges and buildings, Treated, 1 20/1 05 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength
and for' general structural purposes. A 3 25M Specif i cation for Structura l B olts , Steel, Heat
Treated 8 30 MPa Minimum Tensile Strength [Metric]
1.2 Supplementary requirements are provided for use A 500 Specif i cation for' Cold-Formed Welded and Seam
where additi onal te sting or' additional res trictions are le s s C arbon S teel S tr uc tural Tubing in Round s and
e
r quired by the purchaser' . Such requirements apply only Shapes
when specifi ed in the purchase order.. A 50 1 Specif
i cat
i on for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless
1.3 When the steel is to be welded, a welding procedure Ca
rbon Steel Str
u ctura
l Tubing
suitable for' the gr ade of steel and intended use or' service A 502 Specif
i cation f0t' Rivets , Steel, St
r uctural
i s to b e u tili z e d . S e e App en di x X 3 o f S p e c i f
i c ati on A 563 Specif
i cation for' Ca
rbon and Alloy Steel Nuts
A 6 /A 6M for' information on weldability . A 5 63M Specifi cation for Car bon and Alloy Steel Nuts
[Met
ric]
1.4 The values stated in eit h er inch-pound units or' SI A 668 /A 668M Specif i cati on for' Steel Forgings , Carbon
units a
r e to be r ega
rded separately as standa
r d. Wit
hin the nd Alloy, for' General Industria
a l Use
text, the SI units a
re shown in brackets . The values stated
A 1 0 1 1 /A 1 0 1 1 M Specifi cati on for Steel, Sheet and Strip,
in each system are not exact equivalents ; t
herefore, each Hot-Rolled, Ca r bon, St
r uctnral High St r engh Low Alloy,
system is to be used independently of' the other, wit
hout and High St r ength Low Alloy wit h Improved Form
combining values in any way . ability
1.5 The text of this specif i cat
i on contains notes or' F 568M Specif i cation for' Car bon and Alloy Steel Exter
footnotes , or bot
h, t
h at provide explanatory material. Such nal ly Threaded Metric Fasteners
notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and fi gures,
do not contain n ay ma n datory requirements .
3. Appurtenant Materials
1 .6 For' st
r uctmal products produced from coil and
furnished without heat treatment or' with stress relieving 3. 1 When components of a steel structure are ident if
i ed
only, hte addit
ional requirements, including additional test with this ASTM designation but the pr oduct form is not
ing requirements a
n d the reporting of' additiona
l test results, listed in the scope of t
his specif
i cat
i on, the mater
i al shall
conform to one of' the standa
r ds listed in Table 1 unless
of A 6 /A 6M apply ,
ot
herwise specif
i ed by t
h e pur chaser .

2. Referenced Documents
2.1 ASTM Standards:' 4. General Requirements for Delivery
A 6 /A 6M Speci fi cation f0t' General Requirements f0t' 4.1 Structura l products furnished under this specifi ca
Rolled Structura
l Steel B ars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet tion shall conform to th e requir ements of' the current edition
Piling of Specifi cation A 6 /A 6M, for' the specifi c structural prod
A 27 /A 27M Specifi cation f0t' Steel Cast
i ngs , Carbon, for uct ordered, unless a conf l ict exists in which case this
General Application specif
i cation sha
l l pr evail ,

1 57
SA -36 /SA-36M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

4.2 Coils a r e excluded from qualif i cat

ion to this speci 6. Materials and Manufacture
if cation unti l they are processed into a f i nished structural 6.1 The steel for plates and ba
r 's over )2 in . [ 1 2.5 mm]
product. Structural products produced from coil means in thickness and shapes with f
l ange or leg thicknesses over
structural products that have been cut to individual lengths 1 in . [25 mm] shall be semi-killed or killed
from a coil The processor directly controls, or is responsi
ble for , the operat i ons involved in the processing of' a coil
into a fi nished structural product Such operations include 7. Chemical Composition
decoiling, leveling or straightening, hot-fOrming or cold 7.1 The heat analysis sha
l l conform to t
h e requirements
formi ng (if applicable), cutting to length, test i ng, inspec prescribed in Table 2, except as specifi ed in 5 .2..
tion, condit i oning, heat treatment (if applicable), packag
ing, ma r king, loading for shipment, and certifi cation . 7.2 The steel shall conform on product analysis to the
requirements prescribed in Table 2, subject to the product
NOTE 1 - For structural products produced tom coil and furnished analysis tolerances in Specifi cat
i on A 6 /A 6M .
without heat t eatment or with str ess relieving only, two test results are
to be reported for each qualifying coil Addit
ional requirements regarding
structur al products pr
o duced fr om coil are described in Specifi cation 8. Tension Test
A 6 /A 6M ,
8.1 The material as represented by the test specimen,
except as specifi ed in 5 .2 and 8 .2, shall conform to the
requirements as to the tensile properties pr escribed in
Table 3
5. Bearing Plates
5.1 Unless ot
herwise specif
i ed, plates used as bearing
8.2 Shapes less tha
n 1 in.. 2 [645 mm 2] in cross section
and ba
r s, ot
her' than fl ats, less tha
n )2 in [ 1 2.5 mm] in
plates for bridges shall be subjected to mecha
nical tests
thick
ness or' diameter need not be subjected to tension tests
n d shall conform to the tensile requirements of Sect
a i on 8
by the manufacturer, provided that the chemical composi
5.2 Unless otherwise specif
i ed, mechanical tests shall ti on used is appropriate for obtaining t
he tensile properties
not be required for plates over' 1 )2 in [40 mm] in thick
ness in Table 3 .

used as bea r ing plates in structures other than bridges ,

subject to the requirement that they shall contain 0.20 to
0.33 % carbon by heat analysis, th at the chemica
l composi 9. Keywords
ti on shall conform to the requirements of Table 2 in phos 9.1 ba
r s ; bolted const
ruct
i on; bridges; buildings ; ca[
phor
u s and sulfur content, a
nd t
hat a suffi cient discard bon; plates; riveted construction; shapes; steel; structural
shall be made to secure sound plates steel; welded construction

TA B L E I
A P P U RT E N A N T M AT E R IA L S P E C I F I CATI O N S

M ateria l AST M D esig nat io n

S tee l r i vets A 5 0 2, G rade 1

B o l ts A 3 07, G rade A or F 5 68 M ,
C l ass 4 6
H i g h -st re n gth b o l ts A 3 2 5 or A 3 2 5 M
S te e l n uts A 563 o r A 563 M
C ast stee l A 2 7/A 2 7 M , G rade 6 5-3 5
[4 5 0-2 4 0 ]
F org i n gs ( c arbo n stee l ) A 668, C lass D
H ot-ro l l ed sheets and st r i p A 1 0 1 1/A 1 0 1 1 M , S S G rade
3 6 [ 2 5 0 3 Type 1 o r Ty pe 2
o r A 1 0 1 8 /A 1 0 1 8 M S S
G r ade 3 6 [ 2 5 0 ]
C o l d -fo r m ed tu b i n g A 5 0 0, G rade B
H ot-fo r m ed t u b i n g A 501
A n c h o r' b o l ts F 1 55 4

N O T E 1 - The spec ifi er sho u l d be sati sfi ed of the su itab i l ity of

these mater ia l s fo r the i ntended app l i cati on , , C he m ica l co mpositi o n
andlo r mec han i ca l p ro pe rties may be d ifferent than spec ifi ed i n
A 3 61A 3 6 M ,

158
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-36/SA-36M

,±
,- r-1
E
O O O
o ..J

E
t

E
E
I

d d d d d d ",5
-o

E
O O
q lZ q q E

o
" r-a

7 ?
O L..J q q q q
O O O O O O

C
I
Z O

I.IJ
l.t3
-q S" g x
f
I.LI

d d d d d d

er

F- _J ,, _. m ,,
7 ?
ix.
Od O
o o ,-, O O O O O O

-r , _

o o _. o N m E
o =
7
0
E
0 0
0 0

'

O ,, O O O O

, ,, -
0 0 0 0 0

o , .

s=
o: E
o <
o Z
"
. .-,
O.
- ' .. . .

. _
°= E

1 59
SA-36 /SA-36M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3
T E N SI L E R EQ U I R E M E NTSA
P lates, Shapes, 8 and Bars:
Tensi l e strength, ksi [ M P a] 58-80 [400-55 0]
Y ield point, m in., ksi [ M Pa] 36 [250] c
P lates and Bars D' E:
E l o ngati o n i n 8 i n . [ 2 0 0 m m], m i n., % 20
E l o ngati o n i n 2 i n . [5 0 m in i, m i n . , % 23
S hapes:
E l ong ati on i n 8 i n . [2 0 0 m m ], m i n , % 20
E l ongati on i n 2 i n , [5 0 m m], m i n ,, % 21 B

A S ee the O ri entati o n su bsecti on i n the Te ns i on Tests secti o n of

S pec i fi cati on A 6/A 6 M .
B For wide fl ange shapes with fl ange th i ckness ove r 3 i n .
[75 m in i, the 8 0 ks i [55 0 M Pa] max i m um tensi l e strength does
n ot app ly and a m i n i m u m e l ongati o n i n 2 i n . [5 0 m m] of 1 9 %
app l ies .
c Y i e l d po i nt 3 2 ks i [2 2 0 M P a] fo r p l ates over 8 i n [2 00 m m]
i n t h i c k ness .
D E l ongati on n ot req u i red to be dete rm i ned fo r fl oor p l ate .
E Fo r p l ates wi de r th an 2 4 i n . [6 00 m m], the e l o ngati on req u i re
ment is red uced two pe rcentage po i nts. . See E l ongati on Req u i re
ment Adj ustments su bsecti o n u nde r the Tensi on Tests sect i on of
S pec ifi cati on A 6/A 6 M .

1 60
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-36/SA-36M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

These requf
i ements shall not apply unless specif
i ed in the oIder. Standardized supplementa ry
requirements for use at the opti on of the purchaser a r e listed in Specif
i cation A 6 /A 6M.
T
hose t hat a
re considere d suitable for use with this specif ication a
re listed by ti tle

$5. Charpy V-Notch Impact Test

$30. Charpy V-Notch I mpact Test for Structural
Shapes: Alternate Core Locat
ion
$32. Single Heat Bundles
S32.1 Bundles containing shapes or ba
r 's shall be f
i 'om
a single heat of' steel.

In addition, t
he following opt
i onal supplementa
r y requirement is also suitable for use wit
h
his specif
t i cat
i on.

$97. Limitat
ion on Rimmed or Capped Steel
$97.1 The steel shall be ot
her' tha
n rimmed or capped.

161
I N TE N TI O N A L LY L E FT B LA N K

1 62
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-47/SA-47M

SPECIFICATION FOR FERRITIC MALLEABLE IRON

CASTINGS

SA-47/ SA -47M

[Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 47/A 47M-99(R04), except fbr the deletion of welded i epaii iefei ences in 1 1 2 and 1 1 3, and mandatoiy
ceitif
i c ation in 1 4 1 ]

1. Scope 3, Terminology
1.1 This specifi cat
i on covers ferIitic malleable castings 3. 1 Def
initions - Defi nitions for many terms common
for general engineering usage at temperatures f rom normal to iron are found in Terminology A 644.
ambient to approximately 400°C (75 0°F) .
1.2 No precise quant itat
i ve relationship can be stated 4. Classif
i cation
between the properties of the ir on in various locat
i ons of 4.1 Castings ordered and produced under this specifi
the same casti ng and those of a test specimen cast from cat
i on a
r e classif
i ed under the following grades based on
the same iron (see Appendix X 1 ) tests on sepa
r ately cast test bars Separately cast test ba
rs
1 .3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI shall be poured tom the same lot of ilon as the castings
units a
r e to be rega
rded sepa
r ately as standa
r d Within t
he they represent and shall be heat treated with t
hose castings
text, t
he SI units a
re shown in brackets . The values stated except as provided in 7 2 3
in each system are not exact equivalents ; therefole, each 4. 1 . 1 Grade 32 51 0 [Grade 2201 0] :
system shall be used independent
ly of t
h e ot
h er Combining 4. 1. 1 . 1 The f
irst th
i ee digits of t
h e grade designa
values from t
he two systems may result in nonconformance tion indicate the minimum yield strength ( x 1 00 psi [MPa] )
with the specif
i cation. and th e last two digits indicate the m i nimum elongation
( % in 2 in [5 0 nun] )

2. Referenced Documents
5. Ordering Information
2. 1 ASTM St
a ndards:
5.1 The purchase order for castings ordered under this
A l q q qpool fi o .tl nn fhr 71 n o Canti ng {I-Iat_I'M n an Iron
n d Steel Ha
a r dwa
re
specifi cation shall state the specif
i cation designation, t
he
yea
r in which t he specif i cation was issued, a
n d the grade
A 247 Test Method for Eva luating the Microstructur e of
of malleable iron to be supplied Any option or special
Graphite in hon Castings
additions to the basic iequirements of this specif i cation
A 644 Terminology Relat ing to Ir on Castings
shall be clearly and fully stipulated.
E 8 Test Methods for' Tension Testing of Meta
l lic Materials
E 1 0 Test Met
h od for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Mate
rials 6. Chemical Composit ion
E 1 8 Test Methods for Rockwell Ha
r dness a
n d Rockwell
6. 1 The chemi cal composit i on of t
he iron shall be such
Superf
i cial Ha
r dness of Meta
l lic Materials as to pr oduce the s tructural and mechanic al pr oper ties
E 1 40 Ha
r dness Conversion Tables for' Metals
r equired by this specif
i cation
2.2 Military Standard:
MIL-STD- 1 29 Mar king for Shipment and Storage 7. Mechanical Propert i es
2.3 Federal Standard: 7.1 Factors influencing the propert i es of castings and
Fed. Std. No . 1 23 Ma
r king for Domestic Shipment (Civil their ielationsh
ip to those of test specimens and separate
ian Agencies) test castings a
re discussed in Appendix X 1

1 63
 SA-47 /SA-47M 2007 SE CTION II, PART A

7.2 Tension Test Specimens : the original cross- sectional a

r ea of the gage length found
7.2. 1 The tension test specimens shall be cast to the in accordance with 7 3 2 It shall be reported to the nearest
form and dimensions shown in Fig 1 or Fig 2 , in the same 1 00 psi [MPa] In referee work, yield str ength shall be
kind of molding material used for the pr oduct i on castings determined as the stress that produces an extension under
At least three such specimens shall be cast f
l or
a a represen load of 0. 5 % of the gage lengt
h.
tative ladle of iron either from each batch-melted heat or , 7.3.5 The tensile strength shall be the maximum load
in continuous melting, from each 4 h pour period during carr
i ed by t h e specimen during the test divided by the
which the purchaser ' s castings were pour ed, or as other wise original cross- sectiona l ar ea of the gage length, as found
agreed upon between manufacturer and pur chaser in accordance wit h 73 2 It shall be reported to the near est
7.2.2 All test specimens shall be suitably identifi ed 1 00 psi [MPa] .
with the designat
i on of either the batch-melted heat or the 7.3.6 The elongation is the increase in gage length
pour period of a conti nuous heat af
t er f
i acture of a tensile specimen, measur ed to the near est
0 0 1 in [0 . 25 mm] , expr essed as a percentage of the oIigi
7.2.3 All test specimens shall be heat tr eated in the
nal gage lengt h It sha
l l be reported to the nearest 0 5 %
same pr oduction furnaces and in the same cycles as the
c as tin g s th ey re pr e s ent H o wever , in th o s e i n s tanc e s 7.4 Retesting :
wherein the crit i cal sect i ons of the pr oduct i on castings 7.4. 1 If, after testing, a specimen shows evidence of
differ appreciably f i om t h at of t
he central port i on of the a defect, another tension test may be made on a companion
test specimens , the time cycle for tempering the test speci specimen. Also, a retest shall be permitted whenever f
i ac
mens may be altered f rom t h at of the production lot in ture occurs outside the centra
l 50% of the gage length
or der to obtain similar micr ostructures or ha
r dness, or both, 7.4.2 If the r esults of a valid test fail to conform to
in both specimen a
n d castings In such cases the ha
r dness the requirements of this specif i cation, two retests sha
ll be
of the specimens shall be tested a
n d reported along with made . If either r etest fails to meet the specif i cation, the
the tensile test results . c asting s repr esente d by the s e tes t sp ecimens s hall b e
7.2.4 The tension test is usually pef
figrmed on unma rejected. A valid test is one wherein the test specimen has
chined specimens However , fi r refer ee work, the speci been properly prepa r ed and appears to be sound and on
men may be machined from the standa r d cast ba
r to the which the approved test procedure has been followed
dimensions shown in Fig 3 7.4.3 If suffi cient companion test ba rs a
r e unavail
7.3 Tens ion Test Method:
able, the manufacturer shall have the option of testing a
specimen cut fi om a representative casting. Therefore, as
7.3. 1 The gage lengt h of the standa rd tension speci stated in X 1 . 3 , the mechanical properties of such tension
men shall be 2 . 00 _
+ 0 . 0 1 in. [50.0 -
+ 0 . 3 mm] .
test specimen removed f l or
a a production casting will not
7.3.2 The diameter used to compute the cr oss- sec neces sar ily cori espond to th ose of a standar d separ ately
tional area shall be the average between the la
rgest and cast test specimen, the va lues in Table 1 do not apply .
smallest diameter's in t
h at section of the 2 in [50 r
am] Instead, the mechanical properties of t h e test specimen
gage lengt h having th e smallest dia meter an d shall be mea from the casting must equa l or exceed t
he average of those
sur ed to t
h e nea
r est 0. 00 1 in [0. 2 mm] . No cast ba
r having from similar test specimens removed from the same loca
a mean dia
meter les s tha
n 0 . 5 90 in . [ 1 5 . 0 r
am] sha
l l be tion fr om two castings of th e same design where sepa r ately
accepted for test. cast test bar s meet the requirements of Table i
7.3.3 After r eaching a str es s equiva l ent to approxi 7.4.4 If the f
i rst test r esults indicate that a reheat
mately half of the a nticipated yield str ess, the speed of t
he t eatment is needed to meet the test requirements , the entire
r
moving he ad o f the te s ting machi ne shall n ot exc e ed lot of castings and the representative test specimens shall
0. 50 in/min [ 1 2 .5 mm/min] through the breaking load be reheat tr eated together Testing shall then be repeated
in accor dance with 7 4 1 -7 .4. 3
7 . 3 . 4 While the valu e s for yield p oint and yield
str ength are not identic a
l, t
hey are suff i ciently close for 7.4.5 The results of all tests , including r etests, shall
most applications of ferritic malleable ir ons to be used be posted in permanent r ecor d, which shall state any abnof
interchangeably . They may be determined by any of the ea
r l ities observed during the test and in the fractmed ends
approved techniques described in the par agraphs on Deter Such records shall be kept for at least 1 yea
r after shipment
mination ofYield Strength and Yield Point of Test Methods of t
he production castings an d shall be available for exami
E 8 . If determined as yield strength, t
h at stress producing nation by the purchaser or by his authorized representative
an extension under load of 0 .0 1 in [0. 25 mm] over the 7.4.6 If not covered in the purchase agr eement, the
2 in [50 r
am] gage length (for example, 0 . 5 % extension) frequency of tension testing shall be in accorda nce with
or an of
fset of 0 .2 % shall be taken as the yield stress , 7 2 1 and suff
i ciently often to ensure unifbrmity of product
which shall be converted to yield str ength by dividing by n d compliance with minimum test r equirements
a

1 64
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-47/SA-47M

7.4.7 Tension test results , obtained in accordance 8.3 In reference woIk, the metallographic practice r ec
with the above subsect
i ons, must conform to the values of ommended in Test Method A 247 shall be followed
Table 1 for acceptance under t
his specif
i cation except as
provided in 7 .4 . 3 .
9. Soundness Requirements
7.4.8 When agreed upon between manufactur er and
pur chaser , tested specimens or unbr oken test bar s shall be 9. 1 All cast
i ngs , on visual examinat
i on, shall be sound
preserved by the manufactur er for a period of thr ee months and free of obvious shrinkage and porosity
after the date of the test report 9.2 If the purchaser requir es soundness tests to be per
formed, it shall be so stated in the purchase agreement, and
7.5 Hardness Test - If t he purchase agreement requires
the method and soundness r equir ements shall be detailed.
ha
r dnes s testing, the acceptable hardness range shall be
stated and a test locati on clearly shown on t
he covering
drawing(s) .
10. Dimensional Requirements
7.5. 1 Hardness Test Me thod - The B rinell method
1 0 . 1 The ca s ting s s hall c onform to the dimen sions
of hardness test
ing in accor dance with Test Method E 1 0 given on dr awings furnished by t h e pur chaser, or to the
shall be employed whenever possible dimensions established by the pattern equipment supplied
7.5.2 For cast
i ngs of such size or shape that do not by the purchasei , or as agreed upon in specif i c cases to
permit Brinell test
i ng with the standa
r d 3000-kgf load, the gages supplied by the purchaser , Va r iations in any solid
500 kgf may be employed, the ha r dness number being dimensions will be permitted, as shown in Table 3 , unles s
reported as HB 1 0/500/ 1 5 . In very unusual cases where it other wise agreed upon by the foundry and pulchaser
is impossible to use the Brinell method, the Rockwell
test may be subst i tuted, using Test Methods E 1 8 with
an appropriate Rockwell scale Conversions of ha r dness 1 1. Workmanship, Finish and Appearance
values from one method to another accor ding to Standa rd 1 1 . 1 The suriace of the cast i ng shall be inspected visu
E 1 40, which does not specif i cally cover cast ir ons, a
re ally, pa r ticular ly in critica
l areas, for such surface defects
approximate only and, therefore, a re gener ally inadvisable as cracks , hot tear s, adhering sand and scale, cold shuts ,
7.5.3 Suff
i cient material shall be removed f
i om the and gas holes
cast surface to ensur e that the measured surface is r epresen 11 .2 No repairing or plugging of a ny kind shall be
tative . permitted unless written permission is gr anted by the pur
7. 5 . 4 S ampling pro c edure s and the fiequ ency of chaser . Welding or br azing is not permitted under any
circums tanc es
hardness test i ng shall be fully detailed on the purchase
agreement. Otherwise, hardness tests shall be performed 1 1 .3 DELETED
at t
h e discreti on of the pr oducer
7.5.5 Cast i ngs failing to conform to the required
har dness range may be reheat tr eated and retested. If after 12. Responsibility for Inspection
reheat treating they still fail the ha
r dness r equirements, 12. 1 Unless ot h erwise specif
i ed in the contract or puI
they shall be rej ected chase order, th e ma nufacturer shall be r esponsible for ca r
r ying out all the tests and inspect i ons r equired by this
7.5.6 Typical ha
r dness maximums for this grade of
ma
l leable iron a
r e listed in Table 2.
specifi cat
i on, using his own or other reliable facilities , and
he shall maintain complete records of all such tests a nd
inspections Such r ecords shall be available for r eview by
the pur chaser
8. Microstructure Requirements
8. 1 The m
i cr ostructm e of the malleable iron shall con
12.2 The purchaser reserves the right to perform any
inspection set fort
h in the specif
i cation wher e such inspec
sist of temper ca
rbon nodules distributed thr ough a ferritic
tions a
re deemed necessa r y to ensure that supplies and
matr i x and shall be free of exces sive pear lite , massive
services conform to the prescribed requirements
r bides , and prima
ca r y graphite.

8.2 W
hen agreed upon by t
h e purchaser and producer,
the maximum decarburization at any as-cast smface after 13. Rej ection and Rehearing
heat treatment may be st ipulated in writ
ing, as measured 13. 1 Any casting or lot of castings failing to comply
by visual deplet i on of combined carbon after polishing, wit
h t h e requirements of this specif i cation may, where
etching in nita
l , and viewing at 1 00 x possible, be repr ocessed, r etested, and reinspected . If the

1 65
SA-47/SA-47M 2007 SE CTION II, PART A

tests and inspections on the repr ocessed casting(s) show 15. Product Marking
compliance with this specif i cation, the castings shall be 15.1 When t he size of th e casting permits , each cast
ing
acceptable ; if' they do not, they shall be rej ected shall bear the identifying ma rk of the manufacturer and
13.2 If the purchaser should fi nd that a casting or' lot
the par t or pattern number at a location shown on the
of castings fails to comply with this specifi cation subse
coveIing drawing and, if not shown on the d r awing, at
such a location at t he discretion of the pr oducer t h at t
he
quent to receipt at his facility, he shall so notify the manu
identif
i cation will not inter
fere with subsequent processing
facturer pr omptly and in no case later' than six weeks after
and sei'cice of the casting
receipt of' the shipment, stating clearly his basis for rejec
tion In case of dissatisfacti on with the purchaser ' s claim,
the manufacturer may apply for' a hearing before f i nal
16. Packaging and Package Marking
rej ection of' the shipment
1 6. 1 Unless ot
h erwise stated in the contract or order ,
h e cleaning, preservation, and packing of cast
t ings for ship
ment shall be in accordance wit
h the manufactur er' s com
14. Certif
i cation
mercial practice Packaging and mar king shall also be
1 4 . 1 A m anufacturer ' s c erti f
i c ati on or comp li an ce
adequate to identify the contents and to ensure acceptance
statement that the casting or lot of cast i ngs was made,
n d safe delivery by the ca
a r der for the mode of transporta
sampled, tested, and inspected in accordance with this spec
tion employed .
if
i cation, including a report of test results signed by an
authorized agent of the manufacturer', shall be furnished at 16.2 US Government Procurement - When specif i ed
the time of shipment, and such certif i cati on or compliance in the contract or purchase order , ma
rking for shipment
statement shall be the basis for accepta nce of the cast i ng shall be in accordance wit
h the requirements of Fed. Std.
or' lot of castings , No 1 23 and MIL- STD- 1 29 .

TA B L E 1 TA B L E 2
T E N S I O N T E ST R E Q U I R E M E N T S TY P I C A L H A R D N E S S

I n c h - P o u n d G ra d e s H ard n ess,
I n c h - P o u n d G rad e M ax i m u m I n d e ntat i o n Va l u e
Te n s i l e Yield
[ M etric G rade] HB D iameters, m m
E ng l i sh Strength, Str e ngth, E l ongati on i n
G rade a i n, ps i
r a i n, ps i
r 2 in,, r
a i n, % 3 2 5 1 0 [ 2 2 0 1 0] 156 4 ,8
3251 0 50 000 32 500 10

M et r i c G ra d e s

Te n s i l e Yi e l d
M etr ic Stre ngth, Stre ngth, E l ongatio n i n TA B L E 3
G rade a i n, M Pa
r m i n, M Pa 50 r a m, r
a i n, % P E R M I S S I B L E VA R I ATI O N I N A N Y
22010 340 220 10 SO LI D DI M E N SIO N

S i ze, i n , [r
a m] To l e rance, _
+ i n , [m m]

U p to 1 [ U p to 2 5 ] 0 03 [ 0 8 ]
1 to 6 [ 2 5 t o 1 5 0 ] 0 06 [1 , 6]
6 to 12 [151 to 3 0 0] 0 , 1 2 [3 2 ]
12 to 18 [3 0 1 to 4 6 0] 0 1 5 [3 , 8 ]
18 to 24 [4 6 1 to 6 0 0] 0 1 9 [4 , 8 ]
24 to 36 [6 0 1 to 900] 0 , 2 2 [5 , 6]

1 66
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-47/SA-47M

FIG . 1 TE N SIO N TEST S P ECI M E N

[, 7 1 /2" (1 95mm) ,J
---- 2 !12" (65mm)-
-- 1 2 1/2" (65mm) :i= 2 1/2" (65mm)----

@., %r.ml

FIG . 2 A LT E R N ATI V E U N M A C H I N E D T E N S I O N T E ST S P E C I M E N

I 53/4"
( 1 46mm)
3 1 12" (80rnm) -
1 1 18" J11 /1 6_" L ^ 1 ... ...m " =1, 1 /1 6 ] - 1 1 /8"
- (2ato m) -k Tmm) - ." i m) 'lozmm) " (2 m)

-f- ---f-2

5/8" (6ra m) Normal I d

I / 1 9, ' (1 5mm) Min, , I T 3/32" rad

(1 3mm) (1 3mm)

N O T E 1 - M od ifi cati o ns may be made i n the d i mens i o ns i nd i cated above fo r' th ose detai l s of the spec i me n outs i de of the g age l en gth as
req u i red by test i n g p roced u re and eq u i p me nt .

FIG . 3 M AC H I N E D T E N S I O N T E ST S P E C I M E N

Mi nimu m Radius Recom mended 318" ( l Omm) ,

but not less than 1 /8" (3m m) permitted ,

_ 21/4"
1, (57.0r
a m) ,
[ Para nel Section I I
.... ... . . (1 2.Smm :t: Oi25mm).. ... . . ... ... .

(50mm ± 0 , 1 at
o m) I
Gage Length

N O T E I - The gage len gth and fi l l ets sha l l be as sh own, but the en ds may be of any shape to fi t the h o l de r's of the testi n g mach i ne i n suc h
a way that the l oad sh al l be ax i al The red uced sect i o n shal l have a g rad u a l tape r' fro m the ends toward the center, with the ends 0 0 0 3 to
0 0 0 5 i n E O , 0 8 to 0 & 3 r
a m ] l a rg e r i n d i a mete r t h a n th e ce nte r' .

1 67
SA-47/SA-47M 2007 SE CTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

S 1. Special Conditions $4. Special Tension Specimens

SI.1 If agreed upon in writing by the foundry and $4.1 If tension specimens a te to be machined from
purchaser, the malleable iron castings may be required to castings , their location in the casting, t
h e specimen dimen
meet special conditi ons, hat dnes s or other property dimen sions, a
n d the iequired properties sha l l be agreed upon in
sions , surface qua
l ity, or a combination of condit i ons . writing by the fbundry a nd purchaser

$5. Zinc-Coated Cast

i ngs
$2. Test Lugs
$5.1 When specif i ed in the contract or purchase order ,
$2. 1 If r equested in writing or if included on t h e pat
castings sha l l be zinc-coated by the hot-dip process in
tern(s) or pattern drawing(s) , test lugs may be cast on all
accordance with Specif i cat
i on A 1 53 Castings shall be of
castings of suff i cient size to permit their incorporation.
a composition that will preclude the possibility of ga
l vaniz
The size of such lugs shall be proport i onal to the thickness
ing embfi ttlement, or shall be either cooled from t
he anneal
of the casting On cast ings over 24 in [600 mm] in lengt h,
or subsequently heat treated so as to be immunized against
a test lug shall be cast near each end such as not to interfere such embrittlement If regalvanizing is required, proce
with any subsequent pr ocessing of t he castings The pur dures for regalvanizing castings and determining t he effect
chase order sha l l stipulate whether the foundry ' s inspector on the casting perfbrmance must be agreed upon between
or t
h e purchaser ' s inspector shall break, inspect, a nd pass the purchaser and the seller
judgment on the f l actur e quality of these test lugs

$6. Marking of Cast

i ng for Government
$3. Destruct
i ve Tests Procurement

$3.1 At the opt i on of the pulchaser or his representa
tive, a cast
i ng of each design older ed may be tested to
destluction, or otherwise bl oken up , to determine the pres
ence of any manufacturing condition that might be detri
mental to the selviceability of the casting
$6. 1 When castings at e specif i ed for government pro
curement, the location of the permanent ma t kings specifi ed
in 1 5 1 , as well as any special marking for mechanical or
physical properties (either perma n ent or temporary), shall
be as indicated on the government drawings or sketches

1 68
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-47/SA-47M

APPENDIX

(Nonmandatory Information)

X1 . MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF section of' the general r an of malleable ir

on castings . Fur
CASTINGS thermore, the init
i al f
i eezing of malleable irons as homoge
neous white iron, together with t h e heat treatment that is
XI .1 The mechanical properties of malleable iron cast inherent in the manufacture of ma
l leable ir on, tends to
ings are infl uenced by a number of' factors , including the reduce the secti on- s ensiti vity ef
fect . Therefore , where
cooling rate during solidifi cation, chemical composit i on, experimentation into precise properties within a given cast
the heat treatment, the design of' t
he cast
i ng, section thick ing would be infeasible, th i s standard test bar' , made like
ness , and the location and effectiveness of gates , risers , any typical casting, should provide a practical approxima
and chills . tion of t
h e properties that can be expected in average sound
malleable iron cast ing .

X1.2 Because of the complexity of' these factor.s in X1 .4 If malleable iron cast
i ngs a
r e welded, t
h e micro
structure of' the iron is markedly affected, pa
r ticula
r'ly in
infl uencing the properties of' the f
i nal product, no pr ecise
the heat-affected zone . Therefore, since this may adversely
quantitative relationship can be stated between the proper
affect t
h e properties of the casting, t
he welding of ma
l leable
ties of' the iron in various locations of the same cast
i ng or
iron casti ngs should be done under strict metallurgical
between the properties of a casting and those of' a test
control, followed by appropriate post-weld heat treatment,
specimen cast from t
he same iron When such a relationship to minimize t he substant
i al reductions in ductility, impact
is important and must be known for a specif
i c application, resistance, and machinabitity that could result, pa
rticularly
it may be determined by appr opriate experimentati on.. in the vicinity of the weldment. Nevertheless, it is general ly
consider ed inadvisable to j oin castings to similar' castings
X 1 .3 The specimen specif
i ed in 7 . 2 . 1 as the standa
rd or to other' materials, by fusion welding out in the f i eld,
tensile test bat for malleable iron has a 8 in. [ 1 6 mm] or' in manufactur ed assemblies , without fully testing the
diameter test section t
h at reasonably represents a typical entir e completed part.

1 69
1 70
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-53/SA-53M

SPECIFICATION FOR PIPE, STEEL, BLACK AND HOT

DIPPED, ZINC-COATED, WELDED AND SEAMLESS
SA -53 / SA-53M

(Ident
ica! with ASTM Specif
i cat
i on A 53 /A 53M-0 1 except for the insertion of test pi actices in 1 1 1 1 , and editoiial conecti on to Table X4 1 ,)

1. Scope 1.3.3 Type E is furnished either nonexpanded or cold

1 . 1 This specif
i cation c overs seaml es s and welded
black and hot-dipped galvanized steel pipe in NPS 8 to
NPS 26 [DN 6 to DN 650] (Note 1 ) , inclusive, with nominal
wall thicknes s (Note 2) as given in Table X22 and Table
X2 .3 , It shall be permissible to furnish pipe having other
dimensions (Note 2) pr ovided such pipe complies wit h all
other' requirements of' this specifi cat
i on,,
expanded at the option of the manufactur er
1.4 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound
units a
r e to be regar ded separately as standa
rd The values
stated in each system may not be exact equivalents ; there
fore, each system shall be used independently of the other
Combining values from the two systems may lesult in non
confoimance with t
h e standard

NOTE 1 - The dimensionless designators NPS (nominal pipe size) [DN 1 .5 The following precautiona r y caveat pertains only
(diametei nominal)] have been subst
i tuted in this specif
i cation fbi such to t
h e test method poltion, Sections 9, 1 0, 1 1 , 1 5 , 1 6 , and
U aditional teims as "nominal diametei , " "size, " and "nom
i nal size "
1 7 of this specifi cation : This standard does not purport to
NOTE 2 - The telm nom
i nal wall thickness has been assigned toi the address all of' the safety concerns, if any, associated with
pr
o pose of convenient designation, existi ng in name only, and is used to its use. It is the responsibilit y of the user of this standard
dist
i nguish it f
i om the actua
l wal l thickness, which may vary ovei oi
undei the nomina
l wall thickness ,
to establish appropriate safet y and health practices and
determine the applicabilit y o] regulatory limitations prior
1 .2 This specif
i cat
i on cover's the following types and to use ,

glades : 1.6 The text of this specif i cat

i on contains notes or
1 .2 . 1 Typ e F - Fur nace-butt welded, c ontinuou s footnotes , or both, that provide explanatory material Such
welded Grade A, notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and f i gmes ,
do not contain any mandatory requirements
1.2.2 Type E - Electric-resistance welded, Grades
A and B , and
2. Referenced Documents
1 .2.3 Type S - S eamless , Grades A and B .
2. 1 ASTM Standards :
NOT
E 3 - See Appendix X 1 fbI def
i nitions of types of pipe
A 90/A 90M Test Met h od for Weight [Mass] of Coating on
1.3 Pipe ordered under this specif i cation is intended Iron a
n d Steel Alf
i cles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings
A 370 Test Methods and Def
i nitions for Mechanical Test
f0r' mechanical and pressure applications and is a l so accept
able for' ordinary uses in steam, water , gas, an d air lines , It ing of Steel Products
is suitable for' welding, and suitable for' form
i ng operations A 5 30/A 5 30M Specif i cation for Gener al Requilements
involving coiling, bending, and f l anging, subj ect to the for Specialized Car bon and Alloy Steel Pipe
following qualif i cations : A 7 00 Practic es for Packaging , Marking , and Lo ading
Met h ods for Steel Products for Domestic Shipment
1,3,1 Type F is not intended for' flanging , A 7 5 1 Te s t M eth ods , Pl ac ti c es , an d Termin olo gy for
1.3.2 When Types S and E a r e required fbr close Chemica! Analysis of Steel Products
coiling or cold bending, Grade A is the preferred glade. A 865 Specif
i cation for Threaded Couplings, Steel, Black
This provision is not intended to prohibit the cold bending or Zinc-Coated (Galva nized) Welded or Seamless , for
of Grade B pipe Use in Steel Pipe Joints

171
SA-53 / SA-53M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

B 6 Specif i cation for' Zinc 3 . 1 .9 Close coiling, if requir ed (see 8 2) ,

E 29 Pr actice for' Using Signifi cant Digits in Test Data to 3. 1 . 10 Skelp for tension tests, if pelmitted (see 1 7 2),
Determine Conformance with Specif i cat
i ons 3. 1 . 1 1 Certif
i cation (see Section 22) ,
E 2 1 3 Practice for' Ultrasonic Examination of' Metal Pipe
3. 1 . 1 2 End use of material ,
and Tubing
E 3 09 Practice for Eddy-Curxent Examination of Steel 3. 1 .1 3 Special requirements, and
Tubular' Products Using Magnet i c S aturation Selection of applicable level of preselvation
3. 1 . 14
E 5 70 Practice for Flux Leakage Examination of Feliomag and packaging and level of packing requiled, if ot h er than
netic Steel Tubula
r ' Products
as specif
i ed or if MIL-STD- 1 63 applies (see 2 1 .2)
E 1 806 Practice for Sampling Steel and Ir on for Detelmina
tion of Chemical Composition
4. Materials and Manufacture
2 .2 ANSI St
a ndards :
AS C X 1 2 4. 1 The steel for bot
h seamless and welded pipe shall
B 1 20 1 Pipe Threads , Genel al Pulpose be made by one or more of the following processes: open
hea
r th, electlic-fulnace, or basic-oxygen
2 .3 ASME Standard'
4.2 When steels of dif
f elent gr ades ale sequent
i ally
B 3 6 , 1 0 Welded and Seamless Wlought Steel Pipe
strand cast, ident
ifi cat
i on of the r esultant tl ansition material
2.4 Military Sta ndards : is required The producer shall remove the tran sit
i on mate
MIL- STD- 1 29 Ma rk
i ng for Shipment and Stor age rial by any established procedure that positively separ ates
M1L-STD- 1 63 Steel Mill Products Pr epa
r at
i on for Ship the grades
ment and S tol age
4.3 The weld seam of electlic-Iesistance welded pipe
2.5 Federal St
a ndards, : ' in Grade B shall be heat treated after welding to a minimum
Fed , Std No, 1 23 Marki ng for Shipment (Civil Agencies) o f 1 000 ° F [ 5 40 ° C ] s o th at no untemp ere d mar ten si te
Fed , Std No , 1 8 3 Continuous Identif
i cation Ma
r king of iemains, or otherwise processed in such a manner that no
Ir on a
n d Steel Products untempeled ma r tensite remains
2.6 API Standard : 4.4 When pipe is cold expanded, the amount of expan
5L Specifi cation for Line Pipe sion shall not exceed 1 ,1 2% of the outside diameter pipe size

3. Ordering Informat i on 5. Chemical Composition

3. 1 Information items to be considered, if appr opriate, 5. 1 The steel shall conform to the requirements as to
fbr inclusion in the pur chase ol der ar e as follows : chemical composition in Table 1 and the chemica
l analysis
shall be in accoldance with Test Methods , Practices , and
3.1.1 Specif
i cation designation (A 53 or A 53M,
Terminology A 75 1
including yea
r of issue) ,
3. 1.2 Qua
nti ty (feet, metres, or number of lengths),
3. 1 .3 Gr ade (see Table 1 ) , 6. Product Analysis
6.1 The purchaser is permitted to perf0Im a
n analysis
3. 1 .4 Type ( see 1 2 a
nd Table 2) ,
of two pipes from each lot of 500 lengths, or flaction
3. 1 .5 Finish (black or galvanized) , thereof Samples for chemical ana
lysis, except for spectro
3. 1 .6 Size (either nominal (NPS) [DN] and weight graphic ana
l ysis, shall be taken in accol dance with Plactice
class or schedule number , or both ; or outside diameter and E 1 806. The chemical compositi on thus detelmined sha
ll
nominal wall thickness , Table X2 2 and Table X23 ) , confolm to the iequirements specifi ed in Table 1
3. 1.7 Length (specif
i c or r andom, S ection 1 8) , 6.2 If the analysis of either pipe does not conform to
3. 1 .8 End fi nish (plain end oI thr eaded, Section 1 3), the requirements specifi ed in Table 1 , analyses shall be
made on additional pipes of double the or i gina
l numbeI
3. 1 .8. 1 Th
r eaded and coupled, if desil ed, i om the sa
f me lot, each of which sha
l l conform to the
3. 1 .8.2 Th
r eads only (no couplings) , if desiled, r equirements specif
i ed
3. 1.8.3 Plain end, if desil ed,
3. 1 .8.4 Couplings power tight, if desir ed, 7. Tensile Requirements
3.1.8.5 Taper tapped couplings for NPS 2 [DN 5 0] 7. 1 The material shall confolm to the requil ements as
and smaller , if desir ed, to tensile ploperties presclibed in Table 2.

1 72
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-53/SA-53M

7.2 The yield strength corresponding to a permanent t = nom

i nal wall thickness, in . [mm] , a
nd
offset of 0. 2 % of the gage length of the specimen or to a D = specif
i ed outside diameter , in . [mm]
total extension of 0. 5 % of the gage length under load shall 9.2.2 During the second step, which is a test for
be determined.
soundness , t
he f
l attening shall be cont
inued until the test
7.3 The test specimen taken across the weld shall show specimen brea k s or the opposite sides of the pipe meet
Evidence of laminated or unsound material that is r evealed
a tensile strengt
h not less than t
h e minimum tensile strength
specifi ed for the grade of pipe ordered . This test will not during t
he entire f
l attening test shall be cause for rej ection.
be required for pipe under NPS 8 [DN 200] . NOTE 4 - The H values have been calculated for standaTd and exti a
heavy weight sizes tom NPS 2 to NPS 24 [DN 65 to DN 600] , inclusive,
7.4 Transvers e tension te st specimens f0r' electri c n d me shown in Table X2 , 1
a
welded pipe NPS 8 [DN 200] and la r ger shall be taken
opposite t
he weld. All tran sverse test specimens shall be 9.3 Electric-Resistance- Welded Pipe - A test specimen
approximately 1 in . [40 mm] wide in the gage length, at least 4 in. [ 1 00 mm] in lengt h shall be fl attened cold
nd shall iepIesent the full wall thick
a ness of the pipe from between pa r allel plates in three steps, with the weld located
which the specimen was cut. This test is required for NPS 8 either 0° or 90° tom the line of direct
i on of force as
[DN 200] a nd larger . required in 9.3 . 1 or 9. 3 .2, whichever is applicable . During
he f
t irst step, wh ich is a test for duct i lity of the weld, no
cracks or brea
k s on the inside or outside surfaces at t
he
8. Bending Requirements weld shall occur unt
i l the distance between the plates is
8. 1 For pipe NPS 2 [DN 50] and under, a suff i cient less than two thirds of the specif i ed dia
meter of the pipe
length of pipe shall be capable of' being bent cold th
i ough As a second step , the f l attening shall be continued as a test
90° around a cylindrical ma ndrel, the diameter of which for duct i lity away from t h e weld . During the second step,
is twelve t
imes the outside diameter of the pipe, without no cracks or brea ks on the inside or outside surfaces away
developing cracks at any portion and without op ening from t he weld, except as provided for in 9 .7 , shall occur
the weld until the distance between t he plates is less t
h an one third
of the specif i ed outside dia meter of the pipe but is not les s
8.2 When order ed fbr close coiling, the pipe shall stand than f i ve times the wall thick n ess of the pipe.. During t he
being bent cold through 1 80° a
r ound a cylind
r ical mand r el, thir d step, which is a test for soundness, the f l attening shall
the diameter' of which is eight times the outside diameter' be continued unt i l the test specimen br eak s or t
he opposite
of the pipe, wit
hout failure walls of the pipe meet. Evidence of laminated or unsound
8.3 Double-extr a-str ong pipe over' NPS 1 4 [DN 32] material or of incomplete weld that is revealed by the
need not be subjected to the bend test.. l attening test shall be cause for rej ection.
f
9.3. 1 For pipe produced in single lengths , the f
l at
tening test specifi ed in 9 . 3 sha
l l be made using a test
9. Flattening Test specimen ta ken from each end of each length of pipe , The
9. 1 The fl attening test shall be made on pipe over NPS tests f
i om each end shall be made alternately with t
h e weld
2 [DN 5 0] with all thick nesses extra str ong and lighter at 0° and at 90° from t
h e line of' direct
i on of force ,

9.2 Seamless Pipe.: 9.3.2 For pipe produced in multiple lengt h s, t

h e fl at
9.2.1 For seamless pipe, a test specimen at least tening test specif
i ed in 9 3 shall be made as follows :
2 in . [60 mm] in length shall be f l attened cold between 9.3.2. 1 Test specimens ta ken f i om, and representa
pa
r allel plates in two steps . During the f
ir st step, which is tive of, t
he front end of the f
i rst pipe intended to be supplied
a test for duct ility, no cracks or brea k s on the inside, from each coil, the back end of the last pipe intended to
outside, or end surfaces , except as pr ovided for in 9.7 , be supplied from each coil, and each side of any intermedi
shall occur until the distance between the plates is les s ate weld stop location sha ll be f l attened with the weld
than the value of H c alculated as follow s : located at 90° f
i om t
h e line of' di
r ect
i on of force.

H = ( l + e) t/(e + t/D)
9.3.2.2 Test specimens taken from pipe at a ny two
locations intermediate to t
he front end of the f
i rst pipe a
nd
where : he back end of the last pipe intended to be supplied from
t
each coil shall be f
l attened with the weld located at 0°
H = di s tan c e b etween f
l attenin g p l ate s , i n . [mm]
from the line of' direction of fbr ce
(Note 4),
e = deformat
i on per unit length (consta
nt for a given 9.3.3 For pipe t h at is to be subsequently reheated
grade of steel, 0.09 for Grade A, and 0 .07 for throughout its cross section and hot formed by a reducing
Grade B) , proces s, the manufacturer shall have the option of obtaining

1 73
SA-53/SA-53M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

the f
l attening test specimens required by 9.3 . 1 or 93 .2, 10.3 The minimum hydrostatic test pressure requir ed
whichever is applicable, either piioI to or after such hot to satisfy these iequirements need not exceed 2500 psi
r educing . [ 1 7 200 kPa] for NPS 3 [DN 80] and under, nor 2800 psi
[ 1 9 300 kPa] for a
l l sizes over NPS 3 [DN 80] This does not
9.4 Continuous- Welded Pipe - A test specimen at least
prohibit testing at a higher pressure at the manufacturer' s
4 in. [ 1 00 mm] in length shall be f
l attened cold between option The hydrostatic pressuIe shall be maintained f0r
parallel plates in three steps The weld shall be located at not les s than 5 s for all sizes of seamless and electric
90° from the line of dir ection of for ce During the f
i rst
welded pipe
step, which is a test for ductility of the weld, no cracks oi
br eaks on the inside, outside, oi end surfaces at t
h e weld
shall occur until the distance between the plates is less
11. Nondestruct
i ve Electric Test
than three f0uiths of the specif
i ed diameter of the pipe. As
a second step, the fl attening shall be conti nued as a test 1 1 . 1 Type E Pipe :
for duct
ility away f
l or
a the weld. During the second step, 11 .1 .1 The weld seam of each lengt h of ERW pipe
no cracks or breaks on the inside, outside, or end surfaces NPS 2 [DN 50] and larger shall be tested with a nondestruc
away from the weld, except as provided f0i in 9 7 , shall tive electr ic test in accordance with Practice E 2 1 3 , E 309 ,
occur until the distance between the plates is less t
han 60% or E 5 70 as follows :
of the specifi ed outside diameteI of th e pipe During the
1 1 . 1 .2 Ultrasonic and Electromagnetic Inspection -
third step, which is a test for soundness, the fl attening shall
be cont inued until the test specimen breaks or the opposite Any equipment uti lizing the ultrasonic or electromagnetic
walls of the pipe meet Evidence of laminated or unsound principles and capable of conti nuous and uninterrupted
material or of incomplete weld t h at is revealed by the inspection of the weld seam shall be used The equipment
shall be checked with an applicable ieference sta n dard as
fl attening test shall be cause for rejection
described in 1 1 . 1 3 at least once every working tur
n or not
9.5 Surface imperfections in the test specimen before more tha
n 8 h to demonstr ate its effect
i veness and the
lf attening, but revealed during the first step of the fl attening inspection procedures. The equipment shall be adjusted
test, sha
ll be judged in accordance wit h the fi nish require to produce well-defi ned indications when the reference
ments in S ection 1 4 standard is scanned by the inspect i on unit in a manner
simulating the inspect
i on of the pioduct.
9.6 Superf
i cial ruptuies as a result of surface imperfec
tions shall not be cause for rej ection 11.1.3 Reference Standards - The length of t
he ref
erence sta
nda
r ds shall be determined by the pipe manufac
9.7 When low D-to-t ratio tubulars a
r e tested, because
turer, and they shall have t
h e same specifi ed diameter
the strain imposed due to geometry is umeasonably high and thickness as the product being inspected Reference
on t
he inside surface at the 6 and 1 2 o ' clock locations ,
standa
r ds shall contain machined notches , one on the inside
cracks at these locations shall not be cause for rej ection if surface and one on t h e outside surface , or a dr
i lled hole,
the D-to- t ratio is les s than 1 0
as shown in Fig. 1 , at the opti on of the pipe manufacturer
The notches shall be para l lel to the weld seam , and shall
be separ ated by a distance suff i cient to produce two sepa
10. Hydrostat
i c Test rate and distinguishable signals The 8-in. [32-mm] hole
10.1 The hydrostatic test shall be applied, without leak shall be drilled through the wall and peipendicula r to the
age th
r ough the pipe wall, to each length of pipe except surface of t
he reference sta
nda
r d as shown in Fig . 1 Ca
re
as provided in 1 1 2 for seamless pipe shall be ta
ken in the prepa
r ation of the reference standa
rd
to ensure freedom fr om f
ins or other edge roughness , or
10.2 Each length of plain-end pipe shall be hydrostati
distortion of t
h e pipe
cally tested to the pressmes prescribed in Table X22, and
each thi eaded-and-coupled length shall be hydrostatica lly NOTE 6 - The calibr ation standm ds def
i ned in 1 ! A 3 at e convenient
tested to the pressmes prescr ibed in Table X2 3 It shall standa
t 'd s for calibration of nondestructive testing equipment The dimen
be peimissible, at t he discretion of t h e manufacturer , to sions of such standa
t ds a
t e not to be construed as the minimum sizes of
impertections detectable by such equipment
perform the hydrostatic test on pipe wit h pla
i n ends, with
th
r eads only, or with th
r eads and couplings and also shall be 11.1.4 Acceptance Limits - Table 3 gives the height
permissible to test pipe in eit
h er single lengt
h s or multiple of acceptance limit signals in percent of the height of
lengths signals produced by reference sta
n dards Imperfections in
he weld seam that produce a signal greater t
t han the accept
NOTE 5 - The hydrostatic test pressures given herein are inspect i on
test pressmes, are not intended as a basis for design, and do not have ance lim
i t signal given in Table 3 shall be considered a
any dixect i elationship to working pr essures defect unless the pipe manufacturer can demonstrate that

1 74
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-53/SA-53M

the imperfection does not reduce the effective wall thick 1 1.2.2.6 A purchaser inter ested in ascertaining the
ness beyond 1 2 % of the specifi ed wall thickness. natule (type, size, locat
i on, and orientation) of imperfec
tions t
h at a
r e capable of being detected in t h e specific
1 1 .2 Seamless Pipe - As an alternat
ive to the hydr o applicat
i on of t
hese examinat i ons is directed to discuss this
stat
i c test, and when specif
i ed by the pur chaser , the full wit
hthe ma
nufacturer of the tubula
r product.
body of each seamless pipe shall be tested with a nonde
struct
i ve electric test in accordance with Practices E 2 1 3 , 1 1.2.3 For ultrasonic testing, the ca
librat
i on r efer
ence notches shall be at the option of the producer , and
E 309 , or E 570 . In this case each length so furnished
shall include the mandatory ma r king of the letter's "NDE."
shall be any one of the thr ee common notch shapes shown
in Pract i ce E 2 1 3 The depth of notch shall not exceed
Except as pr ovided in 1 1 2 6 2 it is the intent of this test
1 2. 5 % of the specif
i ed wall thick
ness of the pipe or 0 .004 in.
to rej ect pipe with imperfect
ions which produce test signals
[0 . 1 r
am] , whichever is greater.
equal to or gr eater than that of the ca
l ibration stan dar d.
1 1 .2.4 For eddy cm ent testing, the ca librat
i on pipe
1 1 .2. 1 When the nondestruct ive electri c test is per shall contain, at t
he opt i on of the producer, any one of the
fbrmed, the lengths shall be marked wit h the letter's "NDE. "
following calibration standa r ds to establish a minimum
The certif i cation, when required, shall state Nondestruct i ve sensit
i vity level for rejection ,
Electric Tested and shall indicate which of the tests was
applied Also, the letter s NDE shall be appended to the 1 1 .2.4. 1 Drilled Hole - Depending upon t h e pipe
pr oduct specif
i cation number and materia
l grade shown on diameter the calibration pipe shall c ontain thr ee hol es
the certif
i cation . spaced 1 20° apa r t or four holes spaced 90° apa r t and suff
i
ciently sepa r ated longitudinally to ensur e separately distin
1 1 .2.2 The f011owing information is intended to facil guishable responses The holes shall be drilled radially and
itate h
te use of thi s specif
i cation. completely through the pipe wall, ca r e being taken to avoid
1 1 .2 .2 . 1 The c alibr ati on s tan d ard s def
i ne d i n distortion of the pipe while drilling Depending upon the
1 1 . 2. 3 through 1 1 .2 5 a
r e convenient sta
ndar ds for calibra pipe diameter the ca libration pipe shall contain the follow
tion of nondestruct i ve testing equipment. The dimensions ing hole :
of such standa
r ds a
r e not to be construed as t
h e minimum NPS DN Diametei of Dr
i lled Hole

/ sizes of imperfect
i ons detectable by such equipment < 1/2 _< 1 5 0 039 in , ( 1 mm)
> 1/2 < 1 1/4 > 1 5 < 32 0 ,055 in ( 1 4 mm)
1 1 .2.2.2 The ult r asonic testi ng r eferled to in this > l a/4 < 2 > 32 < 50 0 07 1 in , ( 1 , 8 mm)
i cation is capable of detect
specif ing t he presence a nd loca >2_< 5 > 5 0 < 1 25 0 , 087 in , (2 2 mm)
i on of signif
t i cant longitudinally or cilcumfelentia l ly ori >5 > 1 25 0 1 06 in (2 7 mm)

ented imperfect i ons ; however , dif ferent techniques need

to be employed for the detection of dif ferently or i ented 1 1 .2.4.2 Transverse Tangential Notch - Using a
impelfections . Ult r asonic testing is not necessa rily capable
round tool or fi le wit
h a 1/4 in. [6 mm] diameter , a notch shall
be f
i led or milled tangent i al to the surface and t
r ansver se to
of detect
ing sholt, deep impelfections .
the longitu dinal axis of the pipe The notch shall have a
1 1 .2.2.3 The eddy culrent examination refelenced depth not exceed i ng 1 2. 5% of t h e specif
i ed wall thick
ness
in this specif i cation has the capability of detecti ng signif
i of the pipe or 0.. 0 1 2 in. [0 3 ram] , whichever is greater
ca
nt discont i nuiti es , especia
l ly of t
he short abrupt type.
1 1.2.4.3 Longitudinal Notch - A notch 0. 03 1 in.
1 1 .2.2.4 The f lux leakage exam ination I efelIed to [0 8 mi
ni or les s in width sha
ll be machined in a radial
in t
his specif i cation is capable of detecting the presence plane parallel to t
h e tube axis on the outside surface of the
and locat i on of signif i cant longitudinally or t
r ansversely pipe, to have a depth not exceeding 1 2. . 5 % of the specif
i ed
oriented discontinuit i es The plovisions of this specif i ca wall thickness of the tube or 0.. 0 1 2 in. [0. 3 mm] , whichever
ion only require longit
t u dinal ca
libration for f
l ux lea
kage is gleater The length of the notch shall be compatible wit
h
Diffelent techniques need to be employed for the detect i on the test
ing method.
of diffelenf
l y or
i ented impei£ections 1 1.2.4.4 Compatibility - The discont i nuity in the
1 1 .2.2.5 The hyd i ostatic test referled to in 1 0 2 calibration pipe shall be compatible wit
h the testing equip
has t
h e capability of f i nding impelfections of a size perm
it ment and t
h e met
hod being used
ting the test f l uid to leak thi ough t he tube wall and may 1 1.2.5 For flux lea
kage testing, t he longitudinal cali
be either visually seen or detected by a loss of pressure. bration refer ence notches shall be st r aight sided notches
Hydlostatic testing is not necessa r ily capable of detect
i ng machined in a radial plane pa ra
l lel to the pipe axis For
very t
i ght thi ough-the-wa ll imperfections or impelfections wall thicknes s under 0.. 500 in. [ 1 2 .7 r
am] , outside and
that extend a n appreciable distance into t he wa ll without inside notches shall be used. For wall t hickness equal and
complete penet r ation above 0.500 in [ 1 27 mm] , only an outside notch sha l l be

1 75
SA-53/SA -53M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

used. Notch depth shall not exceed 1 2 .5 % of the specifi ed inspection shall confor m to the requirements in Table
wall thickness , or 0 0 1 2 in . [0 . 3 mm] , whichever is greater X2 A

Notch length shall not exceed 1 in [25 mm] , and the width
shall not exceed the depth. Outside diameter and inside
diameter notches shall be located suffi ciently apa
r to allow
separation and identifi cation of the signals 13. End Finish

11.2.6 Pipe containing one or more imperfections 13. 1 When ordered with plain ends, the pipe shall be
that produce a signal equal to or greater than the signal furnished to the following practice, unless otherwise spec
produced by the calibr ation sta
ndar d shall be rejected or if
i ed
the area pi oducing the signa
l sha
l l be rejected.
13. 1 . 1 NPS 1 [DN 40] and Smaller - Unles s other
1 1.2.6.1 Test signals produced by imperfect i ons wise specif
i ed on the purchase oider, end fi nish shall be
that cannot be ident
ifi ed, or pr oduced by cr acks or cr ack at the opt
i on of the manufactur er
like imperfections, shall result in rejection of the pipe,
unless it is repaired and retested To be accepted, the pipe 13.1 .2 NPS 2 [DN 50] and La
rger:
must pass the same specifi cation test to which it was origi
13.1.2.1 Pipe of standard or extra strong weights,
nally subjected, provided that the remaining wall thickness or in wa
ll thick
n ess less tha
n 0 500 in . [ 1 2 .7 mm] , ot
h er
is not decreased below that permitted by the specif
i cat
i on
than double extra strong pipe, shall be plain-end beveled
It shall be permissible to reduce the outside dia
meter at
with ends beveled to an a n gle of 3 0° , +5 ° , -0°, measured
the point of grinding by the amount so removed
from a line drawn perpendicular to the axis of t h e pipe,
1 1.2.6.2 It shall be permissible to evaluate test nd with a r oot face of 1 6 in _
a + 2 in . [ 1 6 mm _ + 0 8 mm]
signals produced by visual imperfections in accordance
with provisions of Section 14. A few examples of these 13.1.2.2 Pipe with wall t hickn esses over 0 .500 in.
imperfecti ons would be straightener marks, cutting chips, [ 1 2.7 mm] , and all double extra strong, shall be plain-end
scratches , steel die stamps, stop ma
r ks , or pipe reducer squa
r e cut
ripple.
13.2 When order ed with threaded ends, the pipe ends
1 1 .2.7 The test methods described in this sect
i on a
re
shall be provided with a thread in accordance wit h the
not necessa
r ily capable of inspecti ng the end port i on of gaging practice and tolerances of ANSI B 1 .20 1 For stan
pipes This condition is referred to as end effect. The length da
rd-weight pipe NPS 6 [DN 1 50] and smaller , refer to
of the end effect sha
ll be determined by t
h e manufacturer Table X3 . 1 for threading data. For standa
r d-weight pipe
and, when specifi ed in the purchase order, reported to the NPS 8 [DN 200] and la
rger and all sizes of extra-strong
pur chaser . weight and double extra-strong weight, refer to Table X3 2
for threading data. Threaded pipe NPS 4 [DN 1 00] and
la
rger shall have thread protector s on the ends not protected
12. Permissible Variations in Weight and by a coupling
Dimensions

12.1 Weight - The weight of the pipe as specif

i ed in 13.3 When ordered wit h couplings, one end of each
Table X2 2 and Table X2 . 3 or as calculated f
r om the rele length of pipe shall be provided wit h a coupling manufac
vant equation in ASME B36 1 0M shall not va
r y by more tured in accordance with Specifi cation A 865 The coupling
than + 1 0% th
reads shall be in accordance with the gaging practice of
ANSI B 1 20 1 . The coupling shall be applied handling
NOTE 7 - The weight tolei ance is deteimined f
l om the weights of the tight, unless power-tight is specifi ed on the order Cou
customary lifts of pipe as produced foi shipment by the mill, divided by
the number of feet of pipe in the lift On pipe sizes over NPS 4 [DN 1 00] ,
plings ar e to be made of steel Taper-tapped couplings
whei e individual lengths a
r e weighed, the weight toler
ance is applicable to shall be furnished on all weights of th r eaded pipe sizes
the individual length NPS 21,2 [DN 65] and la
rger For pipe NPS 2 [DN 50] and
smaller, it is regular practice to furnish straight-tapped
12.2 Diameter - For pipe NPS 1 1/2 [DN 40] a
n d under , couplings for standa r d-weight pipe and taper-tapped cou
h
te outside diameter at any point sha
ll not va
r y more tha
n
plings for extr a-str ong and double extra-str ong pipe. If
_- 1/64 in [0 4 mm] f
r om the sta
nda
rd specifi ed. For pipe taper-tapped couplings a r e required for pipe NPS 2 [DN 50]
NPS 2 [DN 5 0] and over , the outside diameter shall not
and smaller on sta
ndard-weight pipe, it is r ecommended
va
r y more t
h an _
+ 1 % from the standa
rd specifi ed that line pipe th
r eads in accordance wit
h API Specifi cation
12.3 Thickness - The minimum wall thick
n ess at any 5L be ordered The taper-tapped couplings provided on line
point shall be not more than 1 2 .5% under the nominal pipe in these sizes may be used on mi ll-threaded standa
rd
wall thickness specif
i ed. The minimum wa
ll thick
n ess on weight pipe of the same size

1 76
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-53/SA-53M

14. Workmanship, Finish and Appearance thickness is within specif i ed limits , , The lengt
h of' t
h e dent
14. 1 The pipe manufacturer shall explore a suff i cient in any direction shall not exceed one half the pipe diameter' ,
number of visual surface imperfections to provide reason
able assurance that they have been properly evaluated with
15. Number of Tests
respect to depth.
15.1 Except as r equir ed by 1 52, one of each of the
14.2 Surface imperfections t
h at penetrate more than
tests specifi ed in S ection 7 , 8 2, a
nd Section 9 shall be
1 21/2% of t
h e nominal wall thick
n ess or encroach on the
made on test specimens taken fr om one length of pipe
mnimum wall thickness shall be considered defects . Pipe
i
rom each lot of each pipe size . For cont
f i nuous-welded
with defects shall be given one of t
he fb!lowing disposi
i
t ons : pipe, a lot shall contain no more than 25 tons [23 Mg] of
pipe for pipe sizes NPS 1 1/2 [DN 40] and smaller , and no
14.2.1 The defect sha l l be removed by gr inding, mor e than 50 tons [45 Mg] of pipe for pipe sizes NPS 2
provided that t
he remaining wal l thickness is within speci [DN 50] and larger . For seamless and electric-resistance
i ed lim
f i ts, welded pipe, a lot shall conta in no more than one heat,
14.2.2 Type S pipe and the par ent metal of Type E and at the option of th e manufacturer shall contain no mor e
pipe, except within 1/2 in [ 1 3 mi
ni of the fusion line of t
he than 500 lengths of pipe (as initia l ly cut after the fi nal
electric resista
n ce seam, a
re permitted to be repaired in pipe-f0rming operation, prior to a ny furth er cutt
i ng to the
accordance with the welding provisions of 1 4 5 Repa ir requir ed or der ed lengt
h s) or 50 tons [45 Mg] of pipe .
welding of Type F pipe and the weld seam of Type E is
1 5.2 The number of f l attening tests for electric-r esist
prohibited
ance-welded pipe sha
l l be in accor dance with 9 3 1 or 9 . 3 . 2,
14.2.3 The section of pipe containing the defect may whichever is applicable
be cut of
f within the limits of requirement on length, or
15.3 Except as allowed by 1 1 . 2, each length of pipe
14.2.4 Rej ected. shall be subj ected to the hydrostatic test specif
i ed in S ec
i on 1 0 .
t
14.3 At the purchaser' s discretion, pipe shall be sub
j ected to rej ection if surface defects r epaired in accordance
with 1 4. 2 are not scattered, but appear over a large a r ea
in exces s of what is consider ed a workma
n like f
i nish Di s 16. Retests

p o siti on of s u ch p ip e s hal l b e a matter o f agre e ment 1 6. 1 If the results of the mechanical tests of any lot
between the manufactur er and the purchaser do not confbrm to the requirements specif i ed in S ections
7 , 8 , and 9 , r etests ar e permitted to be made on additional
14.4 When imperfections or' defects a
r e removed by
pipe of double the original number from the same lot, each
grinding, a smooth curved surface shall be maintained,
n
a d the wall thickness shall not be decreased below t
h at
of which shall conform to t h e requirements specif
i ed
permitted by this specif
i cation , It shall be permissible to 1 6.2 For' pipe pr oduced in single lengths , if any section
reduce the outside diameter at the point of grinding by the of the pipe fa ils to comply wit h the requirements of' 9 3 ,
amount s o removed, it shall be permissible to cut ot h er' sections fr om the same
14.4. 1 Wall t
h ick
n es s measurements shall be made end of t he sa
me length unt i l satisfactory tests are obtained,
with a mechanical caliper or with a properly calibrated except that the f i nished pipe shall not be shorter than 80%
nondestructive testing device of appr opriate accuracy In of' its length after the or iginal cropping ; other wise the
he case of a dispute, t
t h e measurement determined by use length shall be rejected . For' pipe produced in multiple
of the mechanical caliper shall govern. lengths, it shall be permissible to cut retests f rom each end
of' each individua l length in t he multiple. Such tests shall
14.5 Weld repair shall be permi tted only subject to be made with the weld a l ternately 0° and 90° fi om the line
approva
l of h
te purchaser a
n d in accordance with Specif
i of direct
i on of force
cat
i on A 5 30/A 5 3 0M .

14.6 The f
inished pipe shall be reasonably str aight, ,
1 7. Test Methods
14.7 The pipe shall contain no dents gr eater than 1 0%
17. 1 The test specimens and the tests requiled by this
of the pipe diameter or 1/4 in. [6 mi
ni , whichever' is smaller , specif
i cat
ion shall conform to those descr
ibed in the latest
measmed as a gap between the lowest point of th e dent issue of Test Methods and Def
ini tions A 3 7 0 .
and a prolongation of the original contour of t
he pipe.
Cold-f0rmed dents deeper t
han /1 8 in [3 mm] shall be fl ee 17.2 The longitudinal tension test specimen sha l l be
of sharp bottom gouges ; it shall be perm
i ssible to remove taken from the end of' the pipe or , for conti nuous-welded
h e gouges by grinding, provided that the remaining wall
t pipe , it shall be permissible to be ta
ken from the skelp, at

1 77

7
SA-53/SA-53M 2007 SECTION II, PART A
a point approximately 90° f rom the weld, and shall not be
l attened between gage ma
f r ks . The sides of' each specimen
shall be parallel between gage malks . If desired, the tension
tests are permitted to be made on the full section of' pipe
When impracticable to pull a test specimen in full section,
the standard 2-in . [5 0-mm] gage length tension test speci
men shown in Fig. A2 .3 of' Test Methods and Def i nitions
A 3 70 is acceptable..
1 7 .3 Transverse weld te st specimen s fi om electric
resistan ce-welded pipe shall be taken with the weld at the
center of' the specimen . All transverse test specimens shall
be approximately 1 in . [40 mm] wide in the gage length
and shall repr esent the full wall thickness of the pipe from
which the specimen was cut .
17.4 Test specimens for' the bend and f l attening tests
shall be taken from pipe Test specimens for t
he fl attening
test shall be smoot
h on the ends and free from burr s
17.5 All specimens shall be tested at r oom temperature
1 8. Lengths
18.1 Unless othelwise specif
i ed, pipe lengths shall be
in accordance with the following regular practice
18.1 .1 Pipe of' weights lighter than extra strong sha
ll
be in single-random lengths of 1 6 to 22 f [4. 88 to 67 1 m] ,
but not more than 5 % of' the total number of threaded
lengt
h s ale permitted to be jointer s (two pieces coupled
together). When ordeled with plain ends, 5 % a
r e permitted
to be in lengths of 1 2 to 1 6 f
l [3 66 to 4. 88 m] .
18.1.2 Pipe of extra-strong and heavier weights shall
be in ra
n dom lengths of' 1 2 to 22 ft [3 66 to 6.7 1 m] . Five
percent ale perm
i tted to be in lengths of 6 to 1 2 ft [ 1 . 83
to 3 66 m]
18.1 .3 When extra-strong or lighter pipe is ol dered
in double-ran dom lengths, the m inimum lengths shall be
not less than 22 ft [6 . 7 1 m] , with a minimum average for
the order of 3 5 ft [ 1 0 . 6 7 m]
18. 1.4 When lengths longer tha n single random a re
required for wall thicknesses heavier than extra-strong, the
length shall be subject to negoti ation
18.1.5 When pipe is furnished with threads and cou
plings, h
t e length shall be measured to the outer face of
the coupling .
19. Galvanized Pipe
19.1 Ga lvanized pipe ordered under this specif i cat
i on
shall be coated with zinc inside and outside by t
he hot-dip
process The zinc used foI the coating shall be a ny grade
of zinc confolming to Specif i cat
i on B 6
19.2 Weight of Coating - The weight of zinc coating
shall be not less tha
n 1 . 8 oz/ft2 [0 .55 kg/m2] as determined
178
from the average results of' the two specimens taken for
test in the manner plescribed in 1 9.5 and not less tha
n
! .6 oz/ft2 [0.49 kg/m2] for either of' these specimens . The
weight of coating expressed in ounces per squa r e foot shall
be calculated by dividing t he total weight of zinc, inside
plus outside, by the total area, inside plus outside, of' the
SUlface coated . Each specimen shall have not less t ha n
1 .3 oz/ft2 [040 kg/m2] of' zinc coating on each surface,
calculated by dividing t
h e total weight of zinc on t
h e given
smface (outside or inside) by the a
r ea of the sulface coated
(outside or inside) .
19.3 Weight of' Coating Test - The weight of zinc
coating shall be determined by a stripping test in accor
dance wit
h Test Method A 90/A 90M The total zinc on
each specimen shall be determined in a single stripping
operation.
19.4 Test Specimens - Test specimens for detelmina
ti on of weight of coating shall be cut approximately 4 in.
[ 1 00 mm] in length.
19.5 Number of Tests - Two test specimens for' the
detelminafi on of' weight of' coating shall be taken, one
from each end of' one length of galvanized pipe selected
at i andom flom each lot of 5 00 lengths or fi'action thereof,
of each size .
19.6 Retests - If' the weight of' coating of any lot does
not conform to the iequilements specifi ed in 1 9.2, retests
of' two additional pipes from the same lot shall be made,
each of' which shall confolm to the iequilements specif i ed .
19.7 When pipe ordered under this specifi cat
i on is to
be ga
lva
nized, the tension, fl attening, a
nd bend tests shall
be made on the base mater
i al befol e galvanizing. When
specifi ed, results of the mechanical tests on t he base mate
iia
l shall be iepoi ed to the pulchaser . If' it is implacfi cable
to make the mechanical tests on t
h e base mater
ila bef0Ie
galvanizing, it shall be permissible to make such tests on
galvanized samples, and any fl aking or clacking of' the
zinc coat
ing shall not be considered cause for rejection .
When galvanized pipe is bent or ot h elwise fabricated to a
degree that causes the zinc coating to stretch or compless
beyond the limit of elasti city, some fl aking of the coming
is acceptable .
20. Inspection
20.1 The inspector representing the pulchaser shall
have entr2¢, at all times while wolk on the contract of the
purchaser is being pelf0rmed, to all pa
r ks of the manufactur
er' s wolks that conceln the manufacture of the mater
i al
ordeled The ma nufactmer shall afford the inspector all
reasonable facilities to satisfy him that t
he mater i al is being
furnished in accordance with th i s specif
i cation All tests
(except product analysis) and inspection shall be made at
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-53/SA-53M

the place of' manufacture pr i or to shipment, unless other 23 . 1 . 2 Specif

i c ati o n nu mb er ( ye ar o f i s s u e n o t
wise specif
i ed, and shall be so conducted as not to interfere r equired) ,
unnecessarily with the operation of the works .
NOTE 9 - Pipe that complies with multiple compatible specif i cations
may be maiked with the appropr
i ate designation fb each specif
i cation

21 . Rejection 23.1 .3 Size (NPS and weight class , schedule number ,

or nominal wall thicknes s ; or specif
i ed outside diameter
21 .1 The purchaser is pelmitted to inspect each lengt h
and nominal wall thick
n ess) ,
of pipe received from the manufactur er and, if' it does not
meet the requirements of' this specifcation based on t he 23. 1 .4 Grade (A or B) ,
inspect i on and test method as outlined in the specifi cation, 23. 1.5 Type of pipe (F, E, or S) ,
the length shall be rej ected a n d the manufacturei shall be 23. 1 .6 Test pressure, seamless pipe only (if applica
notif
i ed Di sposition of' r ej ected pipe shall be a matter of' ble, in accorda
nce with Table 4) ,
agreement between the manufactur er and the purchaseL
23.1 .7 Nondestructive electric test, seamless pipe
21 .2 Pipe found in fabricat
i on or in installation to be only (if applicable, in accoIdance with Table 4) ,
un su itab le for the intend ed u se , under the scope and
23.2 Unles s another ma r king f0imat is specifi ed in the
r equirements of this specifi cation, shall be set aside and
pmchase order, lengt h shall be ma r ked in feet and tenths
the manufact ur er notif
i ed Such pipe shall be subj ect to
of a foot, or metres to two decimal places, dependent upon
mut u al invest
i gation as to the natur e and severity of the
h e units to which the pipe was ordeIed The location of
t
defi ciency and the forming or installati on, or both, condi
such ma r king shall be at the opti on of the manufact urer.
tions involved Disposition shall be a matter for agr eement.
23.3 Heat number , lot number , run number, or a combi
nati on thereof shall be ma
r ked at t
h e opt
i on of the manufac
22. Certif
i cation turer, unless specifi c mark
ing is specif i ed in the pur chase
22. 1 The producer or supplier shall, upon r equest, fur or der . The locat
i on of such mar king shal l be at the option
of' the manufactmer ,
nish to the puI chaseI a certif
i cate of inspection stating that
h e material has been ma
t nufactured, sampled, tested, and 23.4 Any additional informat i on desired by the manu
inspected in accordance with this specif i cation (including factmer or specif
i ed in the pur chase order .
year of issue) , and has been found to meet the require
ments . 23.5 For pipe NPS 1 ,1 2 [DN 40] and smaller that is
bundled, it shall be permissible to ma
r k this information
22.2 Report - For Types E and S , the producer or on a tag secmely attached to each bundle
supplieI shall furnish to the purchaser a chemical analysis
ieport for the elements specif i ed in Table 1 23.6 When pipe sections a r e cut into shorter lengths
by a subsequent producer for i esale as material, the proces
22.3 EDI - A ceif ifi cate of inspection or chemical anal s or shall tr an s fer complete identi f
i cation including the
ysis report printed from or used in electr onic form f i om name or br and of the manufacturer , to each unma
r ked cut
an electronic data inter change (EDI) transmission shall be length, or to metal tags securely attached to unmar ked pipe
reg arded as having the s ame validity as a c ounterpart bundled in accordance with the iequirements of 23 5 The
printed in the certif
i ei ' s facility . The use and format of same materia l designati on shall be included with the infor
h e EDI document a
t r e subj ect to agreement between the mari on tra
n sferred, and the processor' s name, tr ademark,
pmehaser a nd the supplier or brand shall be added

NOTE 8 - EDI is the computei to computeI exchange of business 23.7 Bar Coding - In addition to the r equirements in
infbImaf
i on in a standal d folmat such as ANS I AS C X 1 2
23 . 1 , 23 . 5 , and 23 6, bar coding is acceptable as a supple
22.4 Notwithstanding the absence of a signat ur e, the menta r y identif i cation method It is recommended t hat bar
organization submitting the c er ti f
i cate of inspection or coding be consistent wit h the Automot i ve Industry Action
chemical analysis report is responsible for its content Group (AIAG) standa r d prepar ed by the Primar y Metals
Subcommittee of the AIAG B a r Code Project Team.

23. Product Marking 24. Government Procurement

23.1 Except as allowed by 23 .5 and 23 . 6, each length 24. 1 When specif i ed in the cont
r act, material shall be
of pipe shall be legibly ma
rked in the following sequence preseived, packaged, and packed in accordance with the
by r olling, stamping, or stenciling to show:
iequirements of MIL-STD- 1 63 The applicable levels shall
23. 1 . 1 Manufactur er' s name or ma
r k, be as specif
i ed in the contract Ma rki ng for shipment of

1 79
SA-53/SA-53M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

such material shall be in accordance with Fed. Std. No . 1 23 in t

h is specifi cati on where deemed necessary to ensure t
h at
for' civil agencies and MIL-STD- 1 29 or' Federal Std . No. he material conforms to prescribed requirements.
t
1 8 3 if c ontinu o u s m arki ng i s re quired , for mili tary
agencies .
25. Packaging and Package Marking
24.2 Inspection - Unless otherwise specifi ed in the
contract, the producer is responsible for' the performance 25.1 When specifi ed on the purchase order, packaging,
of' all inspection and test requirements specifi ed herein,, marking, and loading or shipment shall be in accordance
Except as otherwise specifi ed in the contract, the manufac with those procedures recommended by Pr acti ces A 700.
ttner shall use its own or' a
ny other suitable facilities for
performing the inspecti on and test requirements specifi ed
herein, unless otherwise disapproved by the purchaser in 26. Keywords
the contract or' purchase o der,, The purchaser shall have 26.1 black steel pipe; seamless steel pipe; steel pipe;
h e right to perfbrm any of t
t h e inspections a
nd tests set forlh welded steel pipe; zinc coated steel pipe

1 80
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-53/SA-53M

FIG . I C A L I B RAT I O N S TA N D A R D S

- - 0 . . 04 i n . .
| [ 1 m m ] m ax. .

30 d eg .
N 1 0 De pth
1 0% t, + 1 5%
w it h m i n . of
0 . 0 1 2 , + 0 . . 0 02 i n .
[ 0 .. 3 + 0 .. 5 m m ]
]___ or less
Le n gth
B ( Buttress) N otch Fo r ed dy c u rre nt - 1 . 5 i n . [ 38 m m ] m ax. .
Tota l Le n gth
F o r d i ve rte d fl u x
a n d u l t ra s o n i c - 2 i n .. [ 5 0 m m ] m i n . .
f at fu l l d e pth
o r l es s N 1 0 N otc h

V l 0 N otch

. _1/8 in.. .2 m m ]

f I
II 2o%
o r e ss

Area of each s i d e, 0 . 006 sq. i n . [3 . 9 m m 2 ] m ax. .

P ( Pa ra l l e l S id ed ) Notch D ri l l ed H o l e

TA B L E I
C H E M ICA L R EQ U I R E M E NTS

C ompos ition, max, %

Carbon M anganese P h osphorus S u l fu r CopperA N icke lA C h rom i u mA M o lybden u mA Vanad i u mA

Type S (seam l ess p i pe )

0 pen-hearth, e l ectric-fu rnace,

o r' bas i c -o xyg e n :
G rade A 0 .25 0 . 95 0 . 05 0 045 0 .. 4 0 0 .40 0 .4 0 0 .15 0 .08
G rad e B 0 30 1 20 0 . 05 0 . 045 0 40 040 0 .40 0 .15 0 08

Type E ( e l ectric-resi sta nce-we lded )

0 p en -hearth, e l ectr i c-fu r n ace,

or bas i c-oxyg e n :
G rad e A 0. 25 0 95 0 05 0 . 045 0 40 0 .40 0 .4 0 0 15 0 .08
G rad e B 0 .30 1 .20 0. 05 0 . 04 5 0 .40 0 .40 0 40 0 .15 0 08

Type F ( fu rnace-we l ded pipe )

0 pe n-h ea rth, e l ectri c-fu r' n ace,

o r b as i c o xyg e n
G rad e A 0 .30 1 .2 0 0 . 05 0 04 5 0 .40 04 0 0 .40 0 15 0 .08

A The co m b i nati on of these f

i ve e l ements shal l n ot exceed 1 0 0 % .

181
SA-53/SA-53M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 2 TA B L E 3
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS AC C E PTA N C E L I M I T S

Type F Types E and S S i ze of H o l e Acceptance

L i m it
Open- H earth,
Type N otch in. mm S igna l, %
Bas i c Oxygen,
o r E l ectr i c
N I O, V I O i/8 3 .2 I00
Fu rnac e, B P .. .. . .. .. .. .. 80
G rade A G rad e A G rad e B

Tens i l e stre ngth, 48 0 0 0 E3 3 0 ] 4 8 0 0 0 E3 3 0] 6 0 0 0 0 E4 1 5 ]

m i n, ps i [ M Pal
Y i e l d stren gth, 3 0 0 0 0 E2 0 5 ] 3 0 0 0 0 E2 05] 3 5 0 0 0 E2 4 0 ]
m i n, ps i [ M P al
E longation in 2 i n , A,B A,B A,B TA B L E 4
[5 0 m m ] M A R KI N G O F S E A M L E S S P I P E

A The m i n i m u m e l o n gati on i n 2 i n , E5 0 r
a m] sh al l be that deter H ydro NDE M arki ng
m i ned by the fo l l owi n g eq uati on :
Yes No T est p re ss u re
e = 6 2 5 0 0 0 E 1 9 4 0 3 A° 2/ U0 9 No Yes NDE
Yes Ye s Test p re ssu re/ N D E
wh e re :

e = m i n i m u m e l ongati o n i n 2 i n , E5 0 m m] i n pe rcent rou nded

to t h e n ea re st pe rce nt
A = c ross-sect i o nal area of the tensi o n spec i men, ro u nded to
the nearest 0 , 0 1 i n 2 E1 r
a m2], based on the spec ifi ed o ut
s i de d i ameter' o r the n o m i n al spec i men wi dth an d spec ifi ed
wa l l th i c k ness , If the a rea ca l cu l ated i s eq ua l to o r'
g reater than 0 ,7 5 i n ,2 [5 0 0 r
a m 2], then the val ue 0 , 7 5
i n , 2 E5 0 0 m m2] sh a l l be used, and
U = spec if
i ed te ns i l e stre ngth, ps i [ M P a]
B S ee Tab l e X4 , 1 o r' Tab le X4 , 2, wh i cheve r' i s app l i cab l e, fo r' m i n i
m u m e l o ngat i on va l ues fo r vari o us s i ze tens i o n spec i m ens and
g rad e s

1 82
 2007 SE CTION lI, PART A SA-53/SA-53M

APPENDICES

(Nonmandatory Information)

X1. DEFINITIONS OF TYPES OF PIPE the pipe is a part, a

n d by the applicat
i on of' pressure.
X I . 1 Type F, Furnace-Butt- Welded Pipe, Continuous X1.3 Type S, Wrought Steel Seamless Pipe - Wr ought
Welded - Pipe produced in continuous lengths f l om coiled steel seamless pipe is a tubular product made without a
skelp and subsequently cut into individual lengths , having welded seam. It is manufactured by hot working steel and,
its longitudinal butt j oint forge welded by the mechanical if' necessa
ry, by subsequently cold finishing the hot-worked
pres sure developed in r olling the hot-formed skelp through tubula r product to produce the desired shape, dimensions,
a set of round pass welding rolls . and pr operties .
X1 .2 Type E, Electric-Resistance- Welded Pipe - Pipe
pr oduced in individual lengths or in cont inuous lengths
X2. TABLES FOR DIMENSIONAL AND
from coiled skelp and subsequently cut into individual
lengths , having a longitudinal butt .j oint wher ein coales CERTAI
N MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
cence is produced by the heat obtained from resistance of X2. 1 Table s X2 1 -X2.4 addres s dimensional and cer

the pipe to the f

l ow of' electric cunent in a circuit of which tain mecha
nical r equirements

1 83
SA-53/SA-53M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E X2 . 1
C A LC U LAT E D H VA L U E S FO R S EA M L E S S P I P E
D istance, i n , [m i
n i,
B etwee n P lates "H' by
O utsi de N o m i na l Wa l l
Fo rm u la : H = ( 1 + e) tl( e + t/D)
NPS DN D iamete r', i n , Th ickness, i n ,
Desi g nator [r
a m] [r
am] G rade A G rade B
D es i g n ato r

2 65 2 8 7 5 [7 3 , 0] 0 2 0 3 [5 . 1 6] 1 , 37 8 [3 5 0 ] 1 5 45 [3 9 , 2 ]
0 , 2 7 6 [7 , 0 1 ] 1 , 6 1 8 [4 1 . I ] 1 7 7 9 [45 2 ]

3 80 3 . 5 0 0 [88 9] 0 2 1 6 [5 , 49] 1 , 5 5 2 [3 9 ,4] 1 .7 5 5 [44 6]

0 , 3 0 0 [7 , 62 ] 1 , 86 1 [47 , 3 ] 2 06 2 [5 2 4 ]

3 90 4 0 0 0 [ I 0 1 6] 0 , 2 2 6 [5 , 7 4] 1 , 6 8 2 [4 2 , 7 ] 1 , 9 1 2 [48 6 ]
0 , 3 1 8 [8 , 08] 2 045 [5 1 , 9] 2 , 2 7 6 [5 7 , 8 ]

4 100 4 ,500 [I14 ,3] 0 2 3 7 [6 0 2 ] 1 8 1 1 [46 0] 2 0 6 7 [5 2 . 5 3

0 33 7 [8 , 5 6 ] 2 2 2 8 [56 6] 2 4 8 9 [6 3 , 2 ]

5 125 5 563 [141 ,3] 0 , 2 5 8 [6 , 5 5 ] 2 0 6 2 [5 2 4] 2 3 7 2 [6 0 , 2 3

0 3 7 5 [9 , 5 2 ] 2 5 97 [6 6 0] 2 9 2 0 [7 4 , 2 ]

6 150 6 , 6 2 5 [ 1 68 , 3 ] 0 , 2 8 0 E7 , l l ] 2 3 0 8 [5 8 6 ] 2 669 [6 7 , 8]
0 4 3 2 [1 0 9 7 3 3 034 [7 7 , 1 ] 3 ,4 1 9 [86 , 8]

8 200 8 ,625 [2 19 , 1] 0 , 2 7 7 [7 , 04] 2 .47 3 [6 2 8 3 2 9 0 2 [7 3 , 7 ]

0 3 2 2 [8 1 83 2 , 7 5 7 [7 0 0 ] 3 2 1 0 [8 1 5 ]
0 , 5 0 0 [ 1 2 , 7 0] 3 68 3 [9 3 5 ] 4 , 1 8 1 [ i 06 , 2 ]

10 250 1 0 , 7 5 0 [2 7 3 , 0] 0 , 2 7 9 [7 093 A 2 , 6 2 3 [66 , 6] 3 1 1 1 [7 9 0 3

0 3 07 [7 8 0] 2 , 8 2 3 [7 1 , 7 ] 3 , 3 3 3 [847 ]
0 . 3 6 5 [9 . 2 7 3 3 2 1 0 [8 1 , 5 ] 3 7 5 7 [9 543
0 , 5 0 0 [ 1 2 , 7 0] 3 , 99 3 [ I 0 1 .4 ] 4 592 [I 16, 6]

12 300 1 2 7 5 0 [3 2 3 8 ] 0 3 0 0 [7 6 2 ] 3 , 1 0 5 [7 8 9] 3 683 [9 3 , 5 3
0 , 3 7 5 [9 , 5 2 ] 3 4 2 3 [86 , 9] 4 , 0 37 [ I 0 2 5 ]
0 .500 [12 ,70] 4 2 18 [I07 1] 4 . 899 [1 2 4 4]

14 350 1 4 0 0 0 [3 5 5 6 ] 0 3 7 5 [9 , 5 2 ] 3 5 0 0 [8 8 9 ] 4 146 [i05 3]

0 ,500 [12 ,70] 4336 [I i0 ,i] 5 , 06 1 [1 2 8 5]

16 40O 1 6 0 0 0 [4 0 6 4] 0 , 37 5 [9 , 5 2 ] 3 , 6 0 3 [9 1 , 5 ] 4 2 9 4 [ I 09 , 1 ]
0 ,500 [12, 70] 4 .494 [ I 1 4 , 1 ] 5 284 [134 ,23
18 45 0 1 8 0 0 0 [45 7 3 0 37 5 [9 , 5 2 3 3 68 8 [9 3 , 7 ] 4 417 [I 12 ,2]
0 , 5 0 0 [1 2 7 0] 4 . 6 2 8 [I 1 7 63 5 4 7 2 [ 1 39 0 3
20 500 2 0 0 0 0 [5 0 8 3 0 37 5 [9 , 5 2 3 3 , 7 5 8 [95 , 5 ] 4 521 [1 14 83
0 5 0 0 [1 2 7 0] 4 74 0 [ 1 2 0 43 5 , 63 2 [ 1 4 3 I ]

24 600 2 4 , 0 0 0 [6 1 0 ] 0 , 37 5 [9 , 5 2 ] 3 8 69 [98 33 4 68 6 [ I 1 9 O]
0 5 0 0 [ 1 2 7 0] 4 9 1 8 [ 1 2 4 ,9 ] 5 . 89 0 [ 1 4 9 , 6]

A S pec ia l o rde r' on ly ,

1 84
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-53/SA -53M

TA B L E X2 . 2
D I M E N S I O N S, W E I G H T S, A N D T E S T P R E S S U R E S FO R P LA I N E N D P I P E

O uts i de N om i nal Wa l l N om i na l We i g ht [ M ass] Test P ressu r e, A psi [k Pa]

N PS DN D iamete r, Th ickness, per U n it Length, We ight Sch ed u l e
Designator Desig nator i n . [r
a m] i n . [r
a m] P lai n E nd, I b/ft [kg/m] C lass N o. . G rad e A G rad e B

0 ,405 [I 0 3] 0 , 0 6 8 [ I ,, 7 3 ] 0 .24 [0 37] STD 40 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ] 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ]

0 0 95 [2 .4 1 ] 0 3 1 [0 47 ] XS 80 8 5 0 [5 9 0 0 ] 8 5 O [5 9 0 0 ]

0 540 [13 7] 0 1088 [2 ,243 0 ,43 [0 63 ] STD 40 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ] 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ]

0 , 1 1 9 [3 0 2 ] 0 , 5 4 [ 0 ,, 8 0 ] XS 80 8 5 0 [5 9 0 0 ] 8 5 O [5 9 0 0 ]

10 0 . 67 5 [ 1 7 1 ] 0 0 9 1 [2 , 3 1 ] 0 . 57 [0 84] STD 40 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ] 7 0 0 [48 0 0]

0 , 1 2 6 [3 2 0 ] 0 7 4 [1 , 1 0 ] XS 80 85 0 [5 9 0 0] 8 5 O [5 9 0 0 ]

15 0 , 8 4 0 [ 2 1 ,, 3 ] 0 1 09 [2 . 7 7] 0 , 85 [ 1 , 2 7 ] STD 40 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ] 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ]
0 . 1 4 7 [3 ,, 7 3 ] 1 0 9 [1 6 2 ] XS 80 8 5 0 [5 9 0 0] 8 5 0 [5 9 0 0 ]
0 , 1 8 8 [4 , 78 ] 1 3 1 [ 1 95 ] . .. .. 160 9 0 0 [6 2 0 0] 9 0 0 [6 2 0 0 ]
0 , 2 94 [7 47] 1 , 7 2 [2 , 5 5 ] XXS . 1 0 0 0 [69 0 0] 1 0 0 0 [69 0 0 ]

2O 1 . 05 0 [ 2 6 7 ] 0 1 1 3 [ 2 , 87 ] 1 , 1 3 [ I 69] STD 40 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ] 7 0 0 [48 0 0]

0 , 1 5 4 [3 , 9 1 ] 1 .48 [2 , 2 0 ] XS 80 8 5 0 [5 9 0 0 ] 8 5 0 [5 9 0 0 ]
0 , 2 1 9 [5 , 5 6 ] 1 9 5 [ 2 , 9 0] .. .. .. 160 9 5 0 [6 5 0 0] 9 5 0 [6 5 0 0 ]
0 3 08 [7 8 2 ] 2 ,44 [3 64] XXS I 0 0 0 [69 0 0] I 0 0 0 [69 0 0 ]

25 1 . 3 1 5 [3 3 4] 0 1 33 [3 , 3 8 ] 1 68 [ 2 5 0 ] STD 40 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0] 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ]
0 , 1 7 9 [4 5 5 ] 2 , 1 7 [3 , 2 4 ] XS 8O 85 0 [5 9 0 0 ] 85 O [5 9 0 0]
0 , 2 5 0 [6 , 3 5 ] 2 , 8 5 [4 , 2 4 ] .. .. . 160 9 5 0 [6 5 0 0 ] 9 5 0 [65 0 0 ]
0 3 58 [9 , 09] 3 , 66 [5 45 ] XXS .. .. 1 0 0 0 [6 9 0 0 ] I 0 0 0 [6 9 0 0 ]

32 I ,, 6 6 0 [ 4 2 2 ] 0 1 4 0 [3 , 5 6 ] 2 2 7 [3 3 9] STD 4O 1 2 0 0 [83 0 0 ] 1 3 0 0 [9 0 0 0]
0, 1 9 1 [ 4 , 8 5 ] 3 , 0 0 [ 4 ,, 4 7 ] XS 8O 1 8 0 0 [ 1 2 4 0 0] 1 9 0 0 [ 1 3 I 0 0]
0 , 2 5 0 [6 , 3 5 ] 3 , 7 7 [5 , 6 1 ] .. . . 160 1900 [13 I00] 2000 [13 800]
0 3 8 2 [9 , 7 0 ] 5 2 2 [7 7 7 ] XXS 2200 [15 200] 2 3 0 0 [ 1 5 9 0 0]

4O 1 9 0 0 [4 8 3 ] 0 , 1 4 5 [3 , 6 8 ] 2 7 2 [4 0 5 ] ST D 40 1 2 0 0 [83 0 0] 1 3 0 0 [9 0 0 0]
0 , 2 0 0 [5 0 8 ] 3 , 63 [5 , 4 1 ] XS 80 1 8 0 0 [ 1 2 4 0 0] 1 9 0 0 [ 1 3 I 0 0]
0 , 2 8 1 [7 , 1 4 ] 4 ,86 [7 ,25] .. . . 160 1 95 0 [ 1 3 4 0 0] 2050 [14 I00]
0 4 0 0 [ I 0 1 6] 6 , 4 1 [9 5 6 ] XXS 2200 [15 200] 2 3 0 0 [ 1 5 9 0 01

5O 2 3 7 5 [6 0 , 3 ] 0 1 5 4 [3 , 9 1 ] 3 6 6 [5 44] ST D 4O 2 3 0 0 [ 1 5 9 0 0] 2500 [17 200]

0 , 2 1 8 [5 5 4] 5 , 03 [7 , 4 8 ] XS 8O 2500 [17 200] 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0]
0 344 [8 74] 7 4 7 [ 1 1 ,, 1 1 ] .. . .. 160 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0]
0 4 3 6 [ 1 1 ,, 0 7 ] 9 . 04 [ 1 3 . 4 4] XXS 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 25O0 [17 200]

2 65 2 , 8 7 5 [7 3 0] 0 , 2 0 3 [5 , 1 6 ] 5 8 0 [ 8 63 ] STD 4O 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 2500 [17 2 00]

0 2 7 6 [7 0 1 ] 7 , 67 [ i i , 4 1 ] XS 8O 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 2500 [17 200]
0 . 3 7 5 [9 5 2 ] 10 02 [14 903 .. .. .. 160 2500 [17 2 00] 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0]
0 552 [14, 023 1 3 , 7 1 [2 0 , 3 9] XXS 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 2500 [17 2 00]

8O 3 5 0 0 [8 8 , 9] 0 , 1 2 5 [3 , , 1 8 ] 4 5 1 [6 7 2 ] .. .. .. 1 2 9 0 [89 0 0] 1500 [I000]

0 1 5 6 [3 96] 5 , 5 8 [8 , 2 9 ] . .. .. 1 6 0 0 [ I I 0 0 0] 1870 [12 900]
0 . 1 8 8 [4 7 8 ] 6 .66 [9 ,92] . .. .. 1 9 3 0 [1 3 33 0] 2 2 6 0 [ 1 5 6 0 0]
0 2 1 6 [5 , 49 ] 7 , 58 [ 1 1 , 2 9 ] STD 4O 2220 [15 300] 2500 [17 200]
0 , 2 5 0 [6 , 3 5 ] 8 69 [ 1 2 9 3] . .. .. 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 03 2500 [17 200]
0 , 2 8 1 [7 , 1 4 ] 9 , 67 [ 1 4 , 4 0 ] .. .. .. 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0]
0 , 3 0 0 [7 6 2 ] 1 0 , 2 6 [ 1 5 , 2 7] XS 8O 2500 [17 200] 2500 [17 200]
0 .43 8 [ I 1 1 3] 1 4 , 34 [ 2 1 , 3 5 ] . .. .. 160 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 2500 [17 200]
0 6 0 0 [ 1 5 , 2 4] 1 8 , 6 0 [2 7 , 6 8] XXS 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0]

3 9O 4 0 0 0 [ I 0 1 6] 0 . 1 2 5 [3 , 1 8 ] 5 1 8 [7 7 2 ] . .. .. 1 1 2 0 [77 0 0 ] 1 3 1 0 [ 1 9 0 0 0]
0 1 5 6 [3 96 ] 6 . 4 1 [9 5 3 ] .. .. . 1 4 0 0 [67 0 0] 1 64 0 [ I I 3 0 0]

1 85
SA-53/SA-53M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E X 2 . 2

D I M E N S I O N S, W EIG H TS, A N D T EST P R E S S U R E S FO R P LAI N E N D P I P E ( CO N T' D)

Outside Nominal Wal l Nominal Weight [ Mass] Test Pressure, A psi [kPa]
N PS DN D iamete r, Th ickness, per U nit Length, We ight Sched u l e
Desig nator Designator in. . [ra m] in. . [ra m] Plain End, Ib/ft [kg/m] C lass No.. G rade A G rade B

0 1 8 8 [4 7 8 ]
02 2 6 [5 , 7 4]
0 2 5 0 [6 3 5 ]
0 , 2 8 1 [7 , 1 4]
0 . 3 1 8 [8 08]
7 , 66 [ I I 4 1 ] .. .. . .. .. . . 1 69 0 [I 1 7 0 0] 1 9 7 0 [ 1 3 6 0 0]
9 , 1 2 [ 1 3 , 5 7] ST D 40 2 03 0 [1 4 0 0 0] 2 3 7 0 [ 1 6 3 0 0]
1 0 ,02 [14 ,92] .. .. .. .. . .. 2 2 5 0 [1 5 5 0 0] 2500 [17 200]
1 1 , 1 7 [ 1 6 ,, 6 3 ] .. . .. .. . .. 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 2500 [17 200]
1 2 , 5 2 [ 1 8 63 ] XS 80 2 80 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [1 9 3 0 0 ]

100 4 5 0 0 [ I 1 4 ,3 ] 0 , 1 2 5 [3 . 1 8] 5 85 [8 7 1 ] . .. .. I 0 0 0 [69 0 0 ] 1 1 7 0 [8 1 0 0 ]
0 , 1 5 6 [3 ,96] 7 2 4 [ I 0 ,7 8] . . .. .. 1 2 5 0 [86 0 0 ] 1 4 6 0 [ I 0 i 0 0]
0 , 1 88 [4 , 7 8] 8 67 [ 1 2 ,9 1 ] .. .. .. 1500 [I0 3 0 03 1750 [12 I 0 0]
0 ,219 [5 , 56] 10 ,02 [14 ,91] .. .. . 1750 [1 2 I 0 0] 2 04 0 [14 I 0 0]
0 , 2 37 [6 , 0 2 ] 10 80 [ 1 6 , 07 ] ST D 4O 1900 [1 3 I 0 03 2210 [15 2 0 0]
0 ,250 [6 , 35] 1 1 36 [ 1 6 , 9 0] .. .. . . 2000 [1 3 8 0 0] 2330 [16 I00]
0 ,281 [7 , 1 4] 12 67 [ 1 8 , 87] .. .. . . 2250 [15 I 0 0] 2620 [18 100]
0 ,312 [7 , 9 2 ] 1 3 97 [20 ,78] .. .. .. 2500 [17 200] 2800 [1 9 3 0 0]
0 , 3 37 [8 , 56] 15 ,00 [ 2 2 ,, 3 2 ] XS 8O 2700 [18 60 0 3 2800 [19 3 0 0]
0 ,, 4 3 8 [1 1 , 1 3] 19 02 [ 2 8 ,, 3 2 ] . . .. 120 2800 [19 3 0 0] 2800 [19 3 0 0]
0, 5 3 1 [1 3 ,4 9] 2 2 ,5 3 [ 3 3 ,, 5 4 ] .. . . .. 160 2800 [19 3 0 0] 2800 [19 3 0 03
0 , 674 [1 7 , 1 2 ] 2 7 ,5 7 [4 1 , 03 3 XXS 2800 [19 3 0 0] 2800 [19 3 0 0]

125 5 , 5 63 [ 1 4 1 3] 0 1 5 6 [3 , 9 6 ] 9 0 2 [ 1 3 ,4 1 ] .. .. .. I 0 1 0 [7 0 0 0] 1 1 8 0 [8 1 0 0]
0 188 [4 7 8 ] 1 0 , 8 0 [1 6 0 9] .. .. .. 1 2 2 0 [840 0] 1 4 2 0 [9 8 0 0 ]
0 219 [5 , 5 6] 1 2 ,, 5 1 [ 1 8 , 6 1 ] .. .. . . 1 4 2 0 [9 8 0 0 ] 1650 [II 400]
0 ,258 [6 5 5 ] 1 4 , 6 3 [ 2 1 ,7 7 ] ST D 4O 1 67 0 [ I 1 5 0 0 ] 1 9 5 0 [1 3 4 0 0 ]
0 ,281 [7 , 1 4] 1 5 , 87 [2 3 , 6 2 ] .. .. .. 1 82 0 [ 1 2 5 0 0 ] 2 1 2 0 [1 4 6 0 0]
0 ,3 1 2 [7 9 2 ] 1 7 5 1 [2 6 , 05] .. .. .. 2 02 0 [ 1 3 9 0 0 3 2 3 6 0 [ 1 6 3 0 0]
0 ,3 44 [8 ,7 4] 1 9 1 9 [2 8 , 5 7 ] .. . .. 2 2 3 0 [ 1 5 4 0 0] 2 6 0 0 [ 1 7 9 0 0]
0 ,3 7 5 [9 , 5 2 ] 2 0 ,8 0 [ 3 0 , 9 4 ] XS 80 2 43 0 [ 1 6 8 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
0 ,500 [ 1 2 ,7 03 2 7 , 0 6 [ 4 0 ,, 2 8 ] . .. .. 120 2 8 0 0 [1 9 3 0 0] 2800 [19 300]
0 ,625 [ 1 5 , 88] 3 2 ,9 9 [49 , 1 1 ] . .. .. 160 2 8 0 0 [1 9 3 0 0] 2800 [19 300]
0 ,750 [19 ,05] 3 8 , 5 9 [57 , 43 ] XXS 2 8 0 0 [1 9 3 0 03 2800 [19 300]

150 6 6 2 5 [ 1 68 , 3 ] 0 ,, 1 8 8 [ 4 ,, 7 8 ] 1 2 , 94 [1 9 2 7 ] .. .. . 1 0 2 0 [7 0 0 0 ] 1 1 9 0 [8 2 0 0 ]
0 , 2 1 9 [5 , 56] 15 ,00 [22 31] .. .. . 1 1 9 0 [8 2 0 0 ] 1 39 0 [96 0 0]
0 ,250 [6 , 35] 1 7 , 04 [2 5 3 6] .. .. . 1 3 6 0 [9 4 0 0 ] 1 5 8 0 [ I 0 9 0 0]
0 ,280 [7 1 1 ] 1 8 , 99 [2 8 2 6] ST D 4O 1 5 2 0 [ I 0 5 0 0] 1 7 8 0 [ 1 2 3 0 0]
0, 3 1 2 [7 ,, 9 2 ] 2 1 , 06 [3 1 , 3 2 ] .. .. . 1 7 0 0 [I I 7 0 03 1 98 0 [ 1 3 7 0 0 ]
0, 5 4 4 [ 8 ,, 7 4 ] 23 10 [3 4 ,3 9] .. . .. 1 87 0 [1 2 9 0 03 2180 [15 000]
0 ,375 [9 , 5 2 ] 2 5 05 [3 7 , 2 8] .. . .. 2 040 [1 4 1 0 0] 2380 [16 400]
0 45 2 [1 0 , 9 7 ] 28 60 [4 2 , 5 6] XS 8O 2 35 0 [1 6 2 0 0] 2 7 40 [1 8 900]
0 56 2 [14 ,27] 36 43 [54 , 2 0 ] .. . . .. 120 2800 [19 3 0 0] 2800 [1 9 3003
0 719 [ 1 8 2 6] 4 5, 3 9 [67 56] .. . . .. 160 2800 [19 3003 2800 [1 9 3 0 03
0 , 8 64 [2 1 , 95 ] 5 3 , 2 1 [7 9 , 2 2 ] XXS 2800 [19 300] 2800 [19 3 0 0]

200 8 . 6 2 5 [2 1 9 1 ] 0 1 8 8 [4 , 7 8 ] 1 6 ,9 6 [ 2 5 , 2 6] .. .. . 7 8 0 [5 4 0 0 ] 9 2 0 [63 0 0 ]
0 2 03 [5 , 1 6] 18 ,28 [27 , 2 2 ] .. .. .. 8 5 0 [5 9 0 0 ] I 0 0 0 [69 0 0]
0 2 19 [5 ,5 6] 1 9 , 68 [ 2 9 ,, 2 8 ] .. .. .. .. .. 9 1 0 [63 0 0 ] 1 0 7 0 [7 4 0 0 ]
0 ,250 [6 , 3 5] 22 ,38 [3 3 , 3 1 ] .. .. .. 20 1 04 0 [7 2 0 0] 1 2 2 0 [84 0 0 ]
0 ,277 [7 , 04] 24 ,72 [3 6 , 3 1 ] .. . .. 30 1 1 6 0 [7 8 0 0] 1 3 5 0 [93 0 0 ]
0 ,3 1 2 [7 , 9 2 ] 27 ,73 [4 1 2 4 ] .. . .. .. .. . 1 3 0 0 [9 00 0] 1 5 2 0 [1 0 5 0 0]
0 ,3 2 2 [8 , 1 8 ] 2 8 , 58 [4 2 , 5 5] STD 40 1 34 0 [9 2 0 0 ] 1 57 0 [1 0 8 0 0]
0 , 3 44 [8 , 74] 3 0 ,, 4 5 [4 5 , 3 4 ] . . . .. .. . .. 1 4 4 0 [9 9 0 0 ] 1 6 8 0 [ 1 1 6 0 0]
0 ,3 7 5 [9 , 5 2 ] 33 07 [4 9 , 2 0 ] . . .. .. .. .. 1 5 7 0 [ I 0 80 0] 1 8 3 0 [ 1 2 6 0 0]
0 ,4 06 [ I 0 ,3 1 ] 35 67 [53 , 08 ] . .. . 60 1 7 0 0 [ I I 7 0 0] 2000 [13 800]
0 ,438 [ I i , 1 3] 3 8 , 33 [57 , 08 ] .. .. . .. . .. 1 83 0 [ 1 2 6 0 03 2130 [14 700]
0 , 5 0 0 [1 2 , 7 0] 43 , 43 [64 64] XS 80 2 0 9 0 [1 4 4 0 0] 243 0 [1 6 800]
0 , 5 94 [ 1 5 , 0 9] 5 1 0 0 [7 5 9 2 ] .. .. .. I00 2 5 0 0 [1 7 2 0 03 2800 [1 9 300]

1 86
 2007 SECTION [I, PART A SA-53/SA -53M

TA B L E X 2 . 2
D I M E N S I O N S, W E I G H T S, A N D T E ST P R E S S U R E S FO R P LA I N E N D P I P E ( C O N T' D )

O utsi de N om i nal Wal l N om i na l Weight [ M ass] Test Pressu re, A ps i [k Pa]

N PS DN D iameter, Th ickness, per U n it Le ngth, We ig ht Sched u le
Des ig nator D esig n ator i n . [m m] i n . [m m] P lai n E nd, I b/ft [kg/m] C lass N o .. G rad e A G rad e B

0 . 7 1 9 [ 1 8 2 6] 6 0 , 7 7 [9 0 , 4 4 ] .. . .. 120 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
0 8 1 2 [2 0 , 6 2 ] 67 8 2 [ 1 0 0 , 9 2 ] .. . . 140 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2800 [19 300]
0 , 87 5 [2 2 2 2 ] 7 2 . 4 9 [ 1 0 7 88] XXS .. . . 2800 [19 300] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
0 , 9 0 6 [2 3 0 1 ] 74 .76 [I I 1 27] . .. .. 160 2 8 0 0 [1 9 3 0 0 ] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]

10 250 1 0, 7 5 0 [ 2 7 3 O ] 0 1 8 8 [4 . 7 8] 2 1 2 3 [3 1 6 2 ] .. . .. .. . .. 6 3 0 [4 3 0 0 ] 7 3 0 [5 0 0 0 ]
0 . 2 03 [5 1 6] 2 2 . 8 9 [3 4 0 8 ] . .. .. .. . . 6 8 0 [4 7 0 0] 8 0 0 [55 0 0]
0 2 1 9 [5 , 5 6 ] 2 4 6 5 [3 6 , 6 7] . .. .. . .. .. 7 3 0 [5 0 0 0] 8 6 0 [5 9 0 0]
0 2 5 0 [6 ,3 5] 2 8 06 [4 1 7 5] .. .. . 20 8 4 0 [5 8 0 0 ] 9 8 0 [6 8 0 0 ]
0 , 2 7 9 [7 09] 3 1 , 2 3 [4 6 4 9 ] . .. . .. .. 93 0 [64 0 0 ] 1 0 9 0 [7 5 0 0 ]
0 , 3 0 7 [7 , 8 0 ] 34 , 2 7 [5 1 , 0 1 ] . .. .. 30 1 0 3 0 [7 1 0 0 ] 1 2 0 0 [8 3 0 0 ]
0 , 3 44 [8 , 74] 3 8 , 2 7 [5 6 ,9 6] .. . . . . .. .. 1 1 5 0 [79 0 0] 1 3 4 0 [9 2 0 0]
0 3 6 5 [9 2 7 ] 4 0 , 5 2 [6 0 2 9] ST D 40 1 2 2 0 [84 0 0] 1 4 3 0 [99 0 0 ]
0 438 [I I 13] 4 8 . 2 8 [7 1 8 7 3 . .. .. .. . . 1 47 0 [ i 0 I 0 0 ] 1710 [II 800]
0 , 5 0 0 [ 1 2 . 7 0] 5 4 7 9 [8 1 5 2 3 XS 60 1670 [1 1 500] 1 9 5 0 [ 1 3 4 0 0]
0 , 5 94 [ 1 5 09] 64 , 49 [9 5 9 7 ] .. . . 80 1 9 9 0 [ 1 3 7 0 0] 2 3 2 0 [ 1 6 0 0 0]
0 , 7 1 9 [ 1 8, 2 6 3 77 10 [1 14 70] . .. .. 100 2410 [16 600] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
0 , 844 [ 2 1 , 44 ] 89 ,38 [133 ,00] . .. .. 120 2800 [19 300] 2800 [19 300]
1 , 0 0 0 [2 5 , 4 0] 1 04 , 2 3 [ 1 5 5 , 09 ] XXS 140 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
1 1 2 5 [2 8 5 7 ] 115 ,75 [172 ,21] .. .. 160 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]

12 300 1 2 . 7 5 0 [3 2 3 . 8] 0 , 2 0 3 [5 , 1 6] 2 7 , , 2 3 [4 0 , 5 5 ] .. .. .. .. .. 5 7 0 [3 9 0 0] 67 0 [4 6 0 0]
0 2 1 9 [5 5 6 ] 2 9 , 3 4 [4 3 , 6 3 ] , , . .. .. 6 2 0 [4 3 0 0 ] 7 2 0 [5 0 0 0 ]
0 . 2 5 0 [6 , 3 5] 3 3 ,4 1 149 , 7 1 ] .. .. 20 7 1 0 [4 9 0 0 ] 8 2 0 [5 7 0 0 ]
0 2 8 1 [7 1 4] 3 7 , 46 [5 5 7 5] .. .. .. . . 7 9 0 [5 4 0 0 ] 9 3 0 [6 4 0 0 ]
0 3 1 2 [7 , 9 2 ] 4 1 ,4 8 [6 1 6 9] , , .. .. 8 8 0 [6 1 0 0] I 0 3 0 [7 1 0 0 ]
0 , 3 3 0 [8 , 3 8] 43 , 8 1 [65 1 8 ] . .. .. 30 9 3 0 [6 4 0 0] 1 09 0 [7 5 0 0]
0 , 3 44 [8 , 74] 45 , 6 2 [67 , 9 0] .. .. .. . . 9 7 0 [6 7 0 0 ] 1 1 3 0 [7 8 0 0 ]
0 , 3 7 5 [9 , 5 2 3 49 , 6 1 [73 , 7 8] STD . . .. .. 1 06 0 [73 0 0 ] 1 2 4 0 [8 5 0 0 ]
0 .4 0 6 [ I 0 , 3 1 ] 53 57 [79 7 0] . . .. . 40 1 1 5 0 [79 0 0 ] 1 3 4 0 [9 2 0 0]
0 438 [1 1 13] 5 7 , 6 5 [8 5 , 8 2 ] . .. .. .. . . 1 2 4 0 [85 0 0] 1 44 0 [9 9 0 0]
0 , 5 0 0 [ 1 2 ,, 7 0 ] 6 5 .4 8 [9 7 4 3] XS .. . .. 1 4 1 0 [9 7 0 0 ] 1 65 0 [ I I 4 0 0]
0 5 6 2 [ 1 4 , 2 7] 7 3 , 2 2 [ i 0 8 92 ] 60 1590 [I I 000] 1850 [12 800]
0 6 88 [ 1 7 , 48] 8 8 , 7 1 [ 1 3 2 04] 80 1 94 0 [ 1 3 4 0 0] 2 2 7 0 [ 1 5 7 0 0]
0 , 8 4 4 [ 2 1 ,, 4 4 ] 1 0 7 , 42 [ 1 5 9 , 8 6 ] I 00 2390 [16 500] 2 7 8 0 [1 9 2 0 0]
1 0 0 0 [2 5 ,4 0] 125 61 [186 91] xxs 120 2800 [19 300] 2800 [19 300]
1 1 2 5 [2 8 5 7 ] 1 3 9 8 1 [2 0 8 , 0 0 ] 140 2800 [19 300] 2800 [19 300]
1 , 3 1 2 [3 3 , 3 2 ] 160 ,42 [238 ,68] 160 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]

14 35 0 1 4 , 0 0 0 [3 5 5 6 ] 0 2 1 0 [5 33 ]
0 , 2 1 9 [5 , 5 6 ]
0 2 5 0 [6 3 5 ]
0 2 8 1 [7 1 4]
0 , 3 1 2 [7 , 9 2 ]
0 , 3 44 [8 , 74]
0 , 3 7 5 [9 , 5 2 ]
0 ,43 8 [I I 1 3]
0 469 [ i 1 9 1 ]
0 , 5 0 0 [ 1 2 , 7 03
0 ,5 94 [ 1 5 , 09]
0 7 5 0 [ 1 9 , 0 5]
0 , 93 8 [2 3 8 3 ]
1 094 [ 2 7 , 7 9 ]
1 , 2 5 0 [3 1 , 7 5 ]
1 , 4 0 6 [3 5 7 1 ]
2 0 0 0 [5 0 , 8 0]
3 0 , 9 6 [4 6 , 0 4 ]
3 2 , 2 6 [47 9 9]
3 6 7 5 [54 69]
4 1 , 2 1 [6 1 , 3 5 ]
45 6 5 [67 , 9 0]
5 0 2 2 [74 , 7 6]
5 4 , 6 2 [8 1 . 2 5 ] STD
6 3 . 5 0 [ 94 5 5 ]
6 7 , 84 [ i 0 0 , 9 4]
7 2 , 1 6 [ I 07 , 3 9]
8 5, 1 3 [ 1 2 6 , 7 1 ]
1 06 2 3 [ 1 5 8 , 1 0]
1 3 0 . 98 [ 1 94 96]
1 5 0 . 93 [2 2 4 , 6 5 ]
1 7 0 , 37 [2 5 3 , 5 6]
189 ,29 [281 ,70]
2 5 6 . 5 6 [3 8 1 , 8 3 ]
. .. .. 5 4 0 [3 7 0 0] 6 3 0 [4 3 0 0 ]
.. . . .. 5 6 0 [3 9 0 0 ] 66 0 [45 0 0]
10 64 0 [44 0 0 ] 7 5 0 [5 2 0 0]
.. .. 7 2 0 [5 0 0 0 ] 84 0 [5 8 0 0 ]
20 8 0 0 [5 5 0 0] 94 0 [6 5 0 0]
.. . . 8 8 0 [6 1 0 0 ] 1 0 3 0 [7 1 0 0 ]
30 96 0 [6 6 0 0 ] 1 1 2 0 [77 0 0]
40 1 1 3 0 [7 8 0 0 ] 1 3 1 0 [9 0 0 0 ]
, 1 2 1 0 [83 0 0 ] 1 4 1 0 [9 7 0 0 ]
XS .. .. . 1 2 9 0 [89 0 0] 1 5 0 0 [ I 0 3 0 0]
60 1 53 0 [ I 0 5 0 0] 1 7 9 0 [ 1 2 3 0 0]
80 1 93 0 [ 1 3 3 0 0 ] 2250 [15 500]
I 00 2 4 1 0 [ 1 6 6 0 03 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 03
120 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
1 40 2 8 0 0 [1 9 3 0 0 ] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
160 2800 [19 300] 2800 [19 300]
. .. .. 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]

1 87
SA-53/ SA-53M 2007 SECTION II, PART A
TA B L E X2 . 2
DI M E N S I O N S, W E I G H TS, AN D T E ST P R E S S U R E S FO R P LAI N E N D P I P E ( CO N T' D )
Outside N ominal Wal l Nomi nal Weight [ M ass]
N PS DN D iamete r, Th ickness,
Desig nator Designator in . [m m] i n. . [mm] P lai n E nd, I b/ft [kg/m]
2 1 2 5 [5 3 , 97]
2 2 0 0 [5 5 , 88]
2 5 0 0 [63 5 0]
16 400 1 6 0 0 0 [4 0 6 4 ] 0 2 1 9 [5 5 6 ]
0 , 2 5 0 [6 , 3 5 ]
0 , 2 8 1 [7 , 1 4]
0 , 3 1 2 [7 9 2 ]
0 , 3 44 [8 , 7 4]
0 , 3 7 5 [9 , 5 2 ]
0438 [ 1 1 1 3 3
0469 [ I I , 9 1 ]
0 500 [12 ,70]
0 656 [ 1 6 , 66]
0 8 44 [2 1 ,44 ]
1 0 3 1 [2 6 , 1 9]
1 2 1 9 [3 0 , 9 6 ]
1 4 3 8 [3 6 , 5 3 ]
1 5 94 [4 0 ,49]
18 450 1 8 , 0 0 0 [4 5 7] 0 , 2 5 0 [6 3 5 ]
0 2 8 1 [7 1 4]
0 , 3 1 2 [7 9 2 ]
0 , 344 [8 , 7 4 ]
0 , 3 7 5 [9 , 5 2 ]
0 ,4 06 [ I 0 3 1 ]
0 ,438 [ I I 1 3 ]
0 ,469 [ I 1 9 1 ]
0 ,500 [12 ,70]
0 ,5 6 2 [ 1 4 , 2 7 ]
0 , 7 5 0 [ 1 9 , 05]
0 9 3 8 [2 3 , 83]
1 1 5 6 [2 9 ,3 6]
1 . 3 7 5 [3 4 9 2 ]
1 5 6 2 [3 9 , 6 7 ]
I , , 7 8 1 [4 5 , 2 4 ]
2O 500 2 0 , 0 0 0 [5 08] 0 2 5 0 [6 , 35 ]
0 , 2 8 1 [7 1 4 ]
0 3 1 2 [7 , 9 2 ]
0 , 344 [8 , 7 4]
0 , 3 7 5 [9 , 5 2 ]
0 , 4 0 6 [ I 0 ,, 3 1 ]
0 , 438 [ I I 1 3 ]
0 ,469 [ I I , 9 1 ]
0 ,500 [12 , 70]
0 5 94 [ 1 5 09 ]
0 . 8 1 2 [2 0 , 6 2 ]
1 0 3 1 [2 6 , 1 9 ]
1 2 8 1 [3 2 , 54]
1 , 5 0 0 [3 8 , 1 0 ]
1 , 7 5 0 [4 4 . 4 5 ]
1 9 69 [5 0 , 0 1 ]
24 600 2 4 0 0 0 [6 1 0] 0 2 5 0 [6 3 5 ]
0 2 8 1 [7 1 4 ]
Test Pressure,A psi [k Pa]
pe r U n it Le ngth, Weight Sched u l e
C lass N o. . G rade A G rade B
2 6 9 , 7 6 [4 0 1 4 4 ] 2800 [19 300] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
2 7 7 , 5 1 [4 1 3 , 0 1 ] 2 8 0 0 [1 9 3 0 0 ] 2800 [19 300]
3 0 7 3 4 [4 5 7 , 4 0 ] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
3 6 , 9 5 [5 4 , 9 6 ] 49 0 [34 0 0] 5 7 0 [3 9 0 03
4 2 0 9 [6 2 , 6 4 ] . .. .. I0 5 6 0 [3 9 0 0] 66 0 [45 0 0]
4 7 , 2 2 [7 0 , 3 0 ] 63 0 [43 0 0] 7 4 0 [5 1 0 03
5 2 , 3 2 [7 7 , 8 3 ] . . .. 20 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ] 8 2 0 [5 7 0 0]
5 7 5 7 [8 5 , 7 1 ] 7 7 0 [5 3 0 0] 9 0 0 [6 2 0 0]
6 2 64 [9 3 , 1 7 ] STD 30 84 0 [5 8 0 03 9 8 0 [68 0 0]
7 2 8 6 [ 1 08 , 493 9 9 0 [68 0 0] 1 1 5 0 [7 9 0 0 ]
7 7 87 [ I 1 5 , 8 6] 1 06 0 [73 0 03 1 2 3 0 [8 5 0 0 ]
8 2 85 [ 1 2 3 , 3 0 ] XS 40 1 1 2 0 [77 0 0] 1 3 1 0 [9 0 0 0 ]
1 07 6 0 [ 1 6 0 1 2 ] , 60 1 48 0 [ 1 0 2 0 0] 1720 [1 1 9003
1 3 6 74 [ 2 03 5 3 ] , 80 1 9 0 0 [1 3 I 0 0] 2220 [15 300]
1 64 9 8 [ 2 45 , 5 6] , I00 2 3 2 0 [ 1 6 0 0 0] 271 0 [18 7003
1 9 2 6 1 [ 2 8 6 ,, 6 4 ] .. . . 120 2 74 0 [ 1 8 9 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
2 2 3 8 5 [ 3 3 3 ,, 1 9 ] , , 140 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [1 9 3 0 03
2 45 48 [3 65 , 35] , , 160 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 03 2800 [19 3003
47 ,44 [7 0 6 0] .. .. .. 10 5 0 0 [3 4 0 0] 5 8 0 [4 0 0 0]
5 3 , 2 3 [7 9 , 2 4] 5 6 0 [3 9 0 0] 6 6 0 [45 0 0 ]
5 8 ,99 [87 7 5 ] .. .. . 20 6 2 0 [43 0 0] 7 3 0 [5 0 0 0]
6 4 , 9 3 [9 6 , 6 6 ] 69 0 [48 0 0 ] 8 0 0 [5 5 0 0 ]
7 0 , 6 5 [ I 0 5 1 0] ST D .. .. 7 5 0 [5 2 0 0 ] 8 8 0 [6 1 0 0]
76 ,36 [I 13 62] 8 1 0 [5 6 0 0 ] 9 5 0 [65 0 0 ]
82 ,23 [122 43] . . .. .. 30 8 8 0 [6 1 0 0 ] 1 0 2 0 [7 0 0 0]
8 7 ,, 8 9 [ 1 3 0 , 7 8 ] 94 0 [6 5 0 0 ] 1 0 9 0 [7 5 0 0]
9 3 ,5 4 [ 1 3 9 , 2 0 ] XS .. .. . I 0 0 0 [69 0 0] 1 1 7 0 [8 1 0 03
1 04 ,7 6 [ 1 55 8 7 ] 4O 1 1 2 0 [7 7 0 0 ] 1 3 1 0 [9 0 0 03
1 3 8 3 0 [ 2 05 8 3 ] 60 1500 [I 0 300] 1 7 5 0 [ 1 2 I 0 0]
1 7 1 , 0 8 [ 2 54 , 6 7 ] 8O 1 88 0 [ 1 3 0 0 0 ] 2 1 9 0 [ 1 5 I 0 03
2 08 1 5 [3 09 7 6] 100 2310 [15 900] 2 7 0 0 [ 1 8 6 0 0]
2 4 4 1 3 7 [ 3 6 3 ,, 6 4 ] 120 2750 [19 000] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
2 7 4 4 8 [ 4 0 8 ,, 4 5 ] 140 2 8 0 0 [1 9 3 0 0 ] 2800 [19 300]
3 08 79 [4 5 9 , 5 9] 160 2800 [19 300] 2800 [19 300]
5 2 , 7 8 [7 8 , 5 5 ] 10 45 0 [3 1 0 0] 5 2 0 [3 6 0 0 ]
5 9 , 2 3 [88 , 1 9] 5 1 0 [3 5 0 0] 5 9 0 [4 1 0 0 ]
6 5 , 66 [97 67 ] 5 6 0 [3 9 0 0] 6 6 0 [4 5 0 0 ]
7 2 2 8 [ 1 0 7 ,, 6 0 ] 6 2 0 [4 3 0 0 ] 7 2 0 [5 0 0 0 ]
7 8 , 6 7 [I 1 7 , 0 2 ] ST D 20 68 0 [47 0 0] 7 9 0 [5 4 0 0 ]
84 04 [ 1 2 6 5 3] 7 3 0 [5 0 0 0] 8 5 0 [5 9 0 0 ]
9 1 , 5 9 [ 1 36 , 3 7 ] 7 9 0 [54 0 0] 9 2 0 [63 0 0]
97 , 9 2 [ 1 45 7 0] 8 5 0 [5 9 0 0] 9 5 0 [6 5 0 0 3
1 04 , 2 3 [1 5 5 , 1 2 ] XS 30 9 0 0 [6 2 0 0] 1 0 5 0 [7 2 0 0 ]
1 2 3 , 2 3 [1 8 3 ,4 2 ] 40 1 1 7 0 [8 1 0 0] 1 2 5 0 [8 6 0 0 ]
1 6 6 , 5 6 [2 47 , 83] 60 1 46 0 [ I 0 I 0 0] 1710 [II 800]
2 0 9 . 0 6 [ 3 1 1 ,, 1 7 ] 80 1 860 [ 1 2 8 0 0] 2 1 7 0 [ 1 5 0 0 0]
2 5 6 . 3 4 [3 8 1 5 3 3 I 00 2 3 1 0 [ 1 5 9 0 0] 2690 [18 500]
2 96 6 5 [44 1 4 9] 120 2 7 0 0 [ 1 8 6 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
3 4 1 4 1 [ 5 0 8 ,, I i ] 140 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
3 7 9, 5 3 [ 5 6 4 8 1 ] 160 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 03 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
6 3 , 4 7 [ 9 4 ,, 4 6 ] I0 380 [2600] 4 4 0 [3 0 0 0 ]
7 1 , 2 5 [ i 0 6 08 ] . .. . 420 [2900] 49 0 [3 4 0 0 ]
1 88
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-53 / SA-53M

TA B L E X 2 . 2
D I M E N S I O N S, W E I G H T S, A N D T E ST P R E S S U R E S F O R P LA I N E N D P I P E ( C O N T' D )
O uts i de N om i nal Wal l N om i nal We ig ht [ M ass] Test P ressu re, A psi [k Pa]
N PS DN D iamete r, Th ickness, per U n it Le ngth, Weight Sched u l e
Des ig nator Desig nator i n , [m m] i n , [m m] P l ai n E n d, I b/ft [kg/m] C l ass No , G rade A G rade B

0 3 1 2 [7 , 9 2 ] 79 ,01 [I 17 ,51] .. . . .. .. .. 4 7 0 [3 2 0 0 ] 5 5 0 [3 8 0 0]
0 344 [8 7 4] 8 6 , 99 [ 1 2 9 5 0] .. .. . .. . . 5 2 0 [3 6 0 0 ] 6 0 0 [4 1 0 0 ]
0 , 3 7 5 [9 5 2 ] 94 . 7 1 [ 1 4 0 8 8 ] STD 20 5 6 0 [3 9 0 0] 6 6 0 [4 5 0 0 ]
0 406 [10 31] 1 0 2, 4 0 [ 1 5 2 3 7 ] . . . . .. .. 6 1 0 [4 2 0 0 ] 7 1 0 [4 9 0 0]
0 438 [ 1 1 , 1 3 ] 1 1 0 , 3 2 [ 1 64 2 6 ] .. . . .. . .. 66 0 [4 5 0 0 ] 7 7 0 [5 3 0 0]
0 469 [ 1 1 , 9 1 ] 1 1 7 , 98 [ 1 7 5 , 5 4 ] .. .. .. .. . .. 7 0 0 [48 0 0 ] 8 2 0 [5 7 0 0 ]
0 5 0 0 [ 1 2 7 0] 1 2 5 , 6 1 [ 1 8 6 94] XS . .. . 7 5 0 [5 2 0 0] 88 0 [6 1 0 0]
0 562 [14 27] 1 4 0 , 8 1 [2 09 5 0 ] . .. . 30 84 0 [5 8 0 0] 98 0 [ 6 8 0 0]
0 , 688 [ 1 7 . 48] 1 7 1 , 45 [ 2 5 5 , 2 4 ] .. .. . 40 1 0 3 0 [7 1 0 0 ] 1 2 0 0 [83 0 0]
0 , 9 3 8 [ 2 3 8 3] 2 3 1 2 5 [3 44 , 2 3 ] .. .. .. .. .. 1 4 1 0 [9 7 0 0 ] 1 64 0 [ I I 3 0 0]
0 , 9 69 [ 2 4 , 6 1 ] 2 3 8 , 5 7 [3 55 , 0 2 ] . .. .. 60 1 45 0 [ 1 0 0 0 0] 1700 [II 700]
1 2 1 9 [3 0 . 96 ] 2 9 6 . 8 6 [4 4 1 7 8 ] .. . . 80 1 8 3 0 [ 1 2 6 0 0] 2130 [14 700]
1 , 5 3 1 13 8 8 9] 3 67 74 [5 47 , 3 3 ] .. .. .. 1 00 2 3 0 0 [ 1 5 9 0 0] 2 6 8 0 [ 1 8 5 0 0]
1 8 1 2 [4 6 , 0 2 ] 4 2 9 , 7 9 [639 5 8] .. .. .. 120 272 0 [18 800] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
2 0 6 2 [5 2 , 3 7 ] 4 8 3 . 5 7 [7 1 9 6 3 ] . . . .. 140 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2800 [19 300]
2 3 44 [5 9 , 5 4] 5 4 2 , 64 [8 0 7 , 63 ] .. . . 160 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]

26 650 2 6 0 0 0 [6 6 0] 0 2 5 0 [6 ,3 5] 6 8 , 82 [ I 0 2 4 2 ] .. .. .. . .. . 3 5 0 [2 4 0 0 ] 4 0 0 [2 8 0 0 ]
0 2 8 1 [7 1 4 ] 77 ,26 [1 1502] . .. . . .. .. 3 9 0 [2 7 0 0] 45 0 [3 1 0 0 ]
0 , 3 1 2 [7 9 2 ] 8 5 , 68 [ 1 2 7 , 4 3 ] .. . . 10 43 0 [3 0 0 0] 5 0 0 [34 0 0]
0 344 [8 . 7 4] 94 3 5 [ 1 4 0 , 4 5 ] .. .. .. . . .. 48 0 [3 3 0 0 ] 5 6 0 [3 9 0 0 ]
0 3 7 5 [9 5 2 ] 1 0 2 , 7 2 [ 1 5 2 ,, 8 0 ] STD . . .. . 5 2 0 [3 6 0 0] 6 1 0 [4 2 0 0 ]
0 ,4 06 [ 1 0 , 3 1 ] 1 1 1 ,, 0 8 [ 1 6 5 2 8 ] . .. . . .. .. 5 6 0 [3 9 0 0] 66 0 [4 5 0 0 ]
0 438 [1 1 13] 1 1 9 , 69 [ 1 7 8 , 2 0 ] .. . . .. . . . 6 1 0 [4 2 0 0 ] 7 1 0 [49 0 0]
0 , 46 9 [ 1 1 , 9 1 ] 1 2 8 , 0 0 [ 1 9 0 , 4 6] .. .. .. .. .. . 6 5 0 [45 0 0 ] 7 6 0 [5 2 0 0]
0 . 5 0 0 [ 1 2 7 0] 1 3 6 3 0 [ 2 0 2 , 85 ] XS 20 6 9 0 [4 8 0 0 ] 8 1 0 [5 6 0 0 ]
0 ,562 [14, 27] 1 5 2 , 83 [2 2 7 , 3 7 ] .. .. . .. . .. 7 8 0 [5 4 0 0 ] 9 1 0 [63 0 0]

A T he m i n i m u m test p ressu re fo r' o uts i de d i amete rs and wal l th i c knesses n ot l i sted sha l l be co m p uted by the fo rm u l a g i ven be l ow The co m
p uted test p ressu re s h al l be used i n a l l cases with the fo l l ow i n g e xce pt i o n s :
(1 ) W he n the wai l t h i c k ness i s g re ate r than the heav iest wa l l t h i c k ne ss sh ow n fo r a g i ve n d i a meter' , th e te st p ressu re fo r' the he av i est wa l l
l i ste d sh al l he the re q u i red test p res s u re
(2) Fo r' G rades A an d B i n si zes u n de r N P S 2 [ D N 5 0 ], when the wa l l th i c k ness i s l i g hte r than the l i g htest sh own fo r' a g i ven d i amete r' ,
u se t he test p r essu re g i ve n fo r' the l i g htest wa l l th i c k ness of the tab l e fo r' th e d i am ete r' i nvo l ve d ,
(3) F o r' a l l s i zes of G rades A an d B p i pe sma l l e r than N P S 2 [ D N 5 0 ], the test p ressu re h as been arb itrar i ly ass i g ned , Test p ressu res fo r'
i nte rm e d i ate o u ts i d e d i a m ete r's n e e d n ot e x c ee d t h o se fo r th e n ext l a rg e r l i ste d s i ze ,

P = 2 St/D

wh e re :

P = m i n i m u m hy d rostat ic te st p re ssu re, p s i [ k Pa] ),

S = 0 , 6 0 t i me s the s pec i f
i ed m i n i m u m y ie l d stre n gth, p s i [ k P a],
t = nom i n al wa l l th i c k ness, i n [m m], an d
D = spec i fi ed o uts i de d i amete r, i n [ m m ] ,

1 89
SA-53/SA-53M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E X 2.3
D I M E N S IO N S, W E IG H TS, A N D T E ST P R E S S U R E S FO R T H R EAD E D A N D C O U P L E D P I P E
O uts i d e N o m i n a l Wa l l N o m i n a l We i g ht [ M ass]
Test P ressu re, psi [k Pa]
N PS DN Diameter, i n Th ickness, i n , pe r U n it Length, Threaded We ight Sched u le
D es i g nato r [r
a m] [r
a m] and Cou p led, I b/ft [kg/m] C lass No G rad e A G rade B
D es i g nato r

6 0 405 [I0 ,3] 0 0 6 8 [I 73 ] 0 2 5 [0 3 7] ST D 40 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ] 7 0 0 [480 0]

0 09 5 [2 4 1 ] 0 3 2 [0 46] XS 80 85 0 [5 9 0 03 85 0 [5 9 0 0 3

0 5 4 0 [ 1 37 ] 0 08 8 [ 2 2 4] 0 43 [0 . 63] ST D 40 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 3 7 0 0 [48 0 03
¼ 8
0 1 1 9 [3 0 2 ] 0 5 4 [0 8 0] XS 80 85 0 [5 9 0 03 85 0 [59 0 0 3

10 0 ,675 [ 1 7 . 1 ] 0 09 1 [2 , 3 1 ] 0 57 [0 8 4] ST D 40 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 3 7 0 0 [48 0 03
0 1 2 6 [3 2 0 ] 0 7 4 [ 1 . 1 0] XS 80 85 0 [5 9 0 03 85 0 [5 9 0 0 3

0 ,8 4 0 [ 2 1 3 ] 0 109 [2 ,77] 0 86 [1 , 2 7 ] ST D 40 7 0 0 [48 0 0] 7 0 0 [48 0 0 ]

Z 15
0 1 47 [3 7 3 ] 1 , 0 9 [1 ,6 2 ] XS 80 85 0 [5 9 0 0] 85 0 [5 9 0 0 ]
0 2 94 [7 47 ] 1 7 2 [2 5 4] XXS .. . . I 0 0 0 [6 90 01 I 0 0 0 [6900 ]

2O 1 050 [26 7] 0 1 1 3 [ 2 , 87 ] 1 1 4 [1 ,6 9] STD 40 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ] 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ]

0 1 54 13 9 1 ] 1 .48 [2 2 1 ] XS 80 85 0 [5 9 0 0] 8 5 0 [5 9 0 0 ]
0 3 08 [7 8 2 ] 2 45 [3 .6 4] XXS .. . . I 0 0 0 [6 9 0 0 ] I 0 0 0 [69 00 ]

25 1 3 1 5 [ 3 3 4] 0 1 33 [3 3 83 1 , 69 [ 2 1 5 0] STD 40 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ] 7 0 0 [4 8 0 0 ]
0 1 7 9 [4 5 5] 2 , 1 9 [3 2 5] XS 80 85 0 [59 0 0] 8 5 0 [5 9 0 0 ]
0 358 [9 0 9] 3 , 6 6 [5 4 5 ] XXS .. . . I 0 0 0 [6 90 0 3 I 0 0 0 [6900 3

32 1 , 6 6 0 [4 2 2] 0 1 4 0 [3 5 6] 2 2 8 [3 .40] ST D 40 I 0 0 0 [6 9 0 0 3 1 1 0 0 [7 6 00 3
0 1 9 1 [4 8 5] 3 , 03 [4 4 9] XS 80 1 5 0 0 [I 0 3 0 0 3 1 6 0 0 [I I 00 0]
0 38 2 [9 7 0] 5 23 [7 7 6] XXS .. . . 1 8 0 0 [1 2 4 0 0 3 1 9 0 0 [1 3 I 0 0]

1 , 9 0 0 [4 8 3 ] 0 1 4 5 [3 68] 2 .74 [4 04] STD 40 I 0 0 0 [69 0 0 3 I I 0 0 [7 6 0 0 ]

1Z 40
0 2 0 0 [5 0 8] 3 .65 [5 , 39] XS 80 1 5 00 [ I 0 3 0 0 ] 1 6 0 0 [ i i 00 0]
0 4 0 0 [ I 0 1 6] 6 , 41 [9 5 6] XXS .. . . 1 8 0 0 [ 1 2 4 0 03 1 9 0 0 [ 1 3 I 0 0]

2 50 2 37 5 [6 0 3] 0 1 5 4 [3 9 1 ] 3 68 [5 4 6] STD 40 2300 [15 900] 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0]

0 2 1 8 [5 54] 5 , 08 [7 5 5 ] XS 80 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0]
0 436 [ I I 07 ] 9 06 [ 1 3 , 44] XXS .. . . . 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0]

2 87 5 [7 3 0] 0 2 03 [5 , 1 6] 5 85 [8 67 ] STD 40 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0]
2Z 65
0 2 7 6 [7 0 1 ] 7 75 [ I I , 5 2 ] XS 80 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0]
0 552 [14 02] 1 3 , 7 2 [2 0 3 9] XXS .. . . 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0]

3 80 3 5 0 0 [8 8 9 ] 0 2 1 6 [5 49] 7 , 68 [ I I 3 5 ] ST D 40 2 2 0 0 [ 1 5 2 00] 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 03
0 3 0 0 [7 , 6 2 ] 1 0 35 [ 1 5 3 9 ] XS 80 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0] 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 0 0]
0 60 0 [ 1 5 , 2 4] 1 8 60 [2 7 6 6 ] XXS .. . . 2 5 0 0 [ 1 7 2 00] 2 5 0 0 [ 17 2 0 0]

4 0 0 0 [ I 0 1 6] 0 , 2 2 6 [5 , 7 4 ] 9 27 [13 ,71] STD 40 2 0 0 0 [ 1 3 8 0 0] 2 40 0 [ 1 6 5 0 0]

3Z 90
0 , 3 1 8 [8 0 8 ] 1 2 67 [ 1 8 , 8 2 ] XS 80 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]

4 I00 4 5 0 0 [ I 1 4 3] 0 2 3 7 [6 0 2 ] 1 0 92 [ 1 6 2 3 ] STD 40 1 9 0 0 [ 1 3 1 0 0] 2 2 0 0 [ 1 5 2 0 0]
0 , 3 3 7 [8 5 6 ] 1 5 2 0 [2 2 6 0 ] XS 80 27 0 0 [ 1 8 6 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
0 67 4 [ 1 7 . 1 2 ] 2 7 6 2 [4 1 0 9 ] XXS .. . .. 2 80 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]

5 125 5 5 63 [ 1 4 1 3 ] 0 . 2 5 8 [6 5 5 ] 1 4 90 [2 2 07 ] STD 40 1 7 0 0 [ I I 7 0 0] 1 900 [ 1 3 1 0 0]

0 3 7 5 [9 , 5 2 ] 2 1 04 [3 1 42 ] XS 80 240 0 [ 1 6 5 0 0] 2 80 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0]
0 ,7 5 0 [ 1 9 0 5 ] 38 63 [5 7 53 ] XX S . . .. 2 80 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 80 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0 ]

6 150 6 6 2 5 [ 1 68 3 3 0 , 2 8 0 17 1 1 ] 1 9 34 [2 8 5 8 3 STD 40 1 5 0 0 [ I 0 3 0 0] 1 8 0 0 [ 1 2 40 0]
0 43 2 [1 0 97 ] 2 8 8 8 [4 3 0 5 ] XS 80 2 3 0 0 [ 1 5 90 0] 27 0 0 [ 1 8 6 0 0]
0 8 64 [2 1 95 3 53 1 9 [7 9 1 83 XXS .. . . 2 80 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [1 9 3 0 0 ]

8 200 8 625 [219 1] 0 2 7 7 [7 0 4 ] 2 5 5 3 [3 8 0 7 ] 30 1 2 0 0 [83 0 0] 1 3 0 0 [9 0 0 0]

0 3 2 2 [8 1 8 ] 2 9 3 5 [4 3 7 3 ] STD 40 1 3 00 [9 0 0 0] 1 6 0 0 [I I 0 0 0 ]
0 5 0 0 [ 1 2 7 0] 44 00 [65 4 1 1 XS 80 2 1 0 0 [ 1 4 5 0 0] 2 4 0 0 [1 6 5 0 0 ]
0 87 5 [2 2 2 2 ] 7 2 69 [1 0 7 94] XXS .. . . 2 8 0 0 [ 1 9 3 0 0] 2 8 0 0 [1 9 3 0 0 ]

I0 250 I 0 7 5 0 [ 2 7 3 O] 0 279 [7 0 9] 32 33 [4 8 8 0] . .. . . 9 5 0 [6 5 0 0 3 1 1 0 0 [7 600 ]

0 3 07 [7 8 0 ] 35 , 3 3 [5 3 27] . 30 I 0 0 0 [69 0 0] 1 2 0 0 [83 0 0 ]
0 365 [9 2 73 4 1 ,49 [63 36] STD 40 1 2 0 0 [83 0 0] 1 40 0 [97 0 0]
0 500 [ 1 2 7 03 55 ,55 [8 3 173 XS 60 1 7 0 0 [ I I 7 0 0] 2 0 0 0 [1 3 80 0 ]

12 300 1 2 , 7 5 0 [3 2 3 , 8 1 0 33 0 [8 3 83 4 5 , 47 [6 7 , 7 2 1 . . .. 30 9 5 0 [6 5 0 0 3 i i 0 0 [7 6 0 0 ]
0 3 7 5 [9 5 2 ] 5 1 . 2 8 [7 6 2 1 1 STD .. . . I I 0 0 [76 0 0] 1 2 0 0 [83 00 ]
0 5 0 0 [ 1 2 7 0] 66 . 9 1 [9 9 . 43 XS .. . . 1 4 0 0 [97 0 0] 1 6 0 0 [I I 0 0 0]

1 90
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-53 /SA -53M

TA B L E X2 . 4
TA B L E O F M I N I M U M WA L L T H I C K N E S S E S O N I N S P E C TI O N FO R N O M I N A L P I P E WA L L T H I C K N E S S E S

M i n i m u m Wa l l M i n i m u m Wa l l M i n i m u m Wal l
N o m i na l Wa l l T h i c k n e ss N o m i na l W a l l T h i ck n ess N o m i na l Wa l l T h i c k n e ss
Th i ckness on I nspection Th i c kness ( G), on I nspection Th ic k ness ( t.), on I nspection ( ti
n),
( tn), i n , [r
a m] ( ti
n), i n , [m m] i n , , [r
a m] ( ti
n), i n , [r
a m] i n , , [m m] i n , [r
a m]

0 0 68 [ 1 . 7 3] 0 , 0 6 0 [1 . 5 2 ] 0 , 2 9 4 [7 4 7 ] 0 , 2 5 7 [6 , 5 3 ] 0 750 [19 ,05] 0 , 65 6 [ 1 6 6 6]

0 . 08 8 [2 , 2 4] 0 , 07 7 [ 1 96 ] 0 3 0 0 [7 . 6 2 ] 0 2 6 2 [6 65 ] 0 .812 [2 0 62] 0 , 7 1 0 [ 1 8 , 03]
0 0 9 1 [2 3 1 ] 0 , 0 8 0 [2 , 03] 0 , 3 0 7 [7 . 8 0] 0 , 2 6 9 [6 ,8 3] 0 8 44 [2 1 , 44] 0 739 [18 ,77]
0 , 0 9 5 [2 4 1 ] 0 , 083 [2 , 1 1 ] 0 , 3 0 8 [7 8 2 ] 0 2 7 0 [6 8 6] 0 , 86 4 [ 2 1 9 4] 0 ,756 [19 20]
0 , 1 0 9 [2 7 7 ] 0 0 95 [ 2 4 1 ] 0 3 1 2 [7 , 9 2 ] 0 2 7 3 [6 , 93 ] 0 8 75 [2 2 2 2 ] 0 7 66 [ 1 9 , 4 6]

0 . 1 1 3 [2 8 7 ]
0 1 1 9 [3 . 0 2]
0 , 1 2 5 [3 1 8 ]
0 , 1 2 6 [3 , 2 0]
0 , 1 3 3 [3 , 3 8 ]
0 , 099 [ 2 5 1 ]
0 , 1 04 [2 , 64]
0 , 1 09 [ 2 , 7 7 ]
0 1 1 0 [2 , 79 ]
0 , 1 1 6 [2 , 95 ]
0 , 3 1 8 [8 , 0 8 ]
0 , 3 2 2 [8 1 8]
0 3 3 0 [ 8 ,, 3 8 ]
0 , 33 7 [8 , 5 6]
0 , 3 4 3 [8, 7 1 ]
0 2 7 8 [7 , 0 6]
0 , 2 8 2 [7 , 1 6]
0 2 89 [7 34]
0 . 2 9 5 [7 ,49]
0 3 0 0 [7 6 2 ]
0 9 0 6 [2 3 0 1 ]
0 9 3 8 [2 3 . 8 2 ]
0 9 6 8 [ 2 4 5 9]
1 , 0 0 0 [2 5 4 0 ]
1 , 03 1 [2 6 , 1 9]
0 , 7 93 [2 0 , 1 4]
0, 82 1 [20 ,85]
0 , 8 47 [2 1 , 5 1 ]
0 87 5 [ 2 2 , 2 2 ]
0 ,902 [22 91]

0 , 1 4 0 [3 5 6]
0 , 1 4 5 [3 , 6 8 ]
0 1 47 [3 , 7 3 ]
0 , 1 54 [3 , 9 1 ]
0 , 1 5 6 [3 , 9 6]
0 , 1 2 2 [3 , 1 0]
0 1 2 7 [ 3 ,, 2 3 ]
0 1 2 9 [3 , 2 8]
0 , 1 3 5 [3 4 3 ]
0 1 3 6 [3 . 4 5 ]
0 . 3 4 4 [8 , 7 4 ]
0 3 5 8 [9 , 0 9 ]
0 , 3 6 5 [9 , 2 7 ]
0 3 7 5 [9 , 5 2 ]
0 , 38 2 [9 , 7 0]
0 . 3 0 1 [7 6 5] 1 0 6 2 [2 6 , 97] 0 9 2 9 [ 2 6 ,3 0]
0 3 1 3 [7 9 5 ] 1 , 09 4 [ 2 7 , 7 9] 0 ,957 [24 31]
0 , 3 1 9 [8 , 1 0] 1 , 1 2 5 [2 8 5 8 ] 0 9 84 [2 4 9 9]
0 3 2 8 [8 3 3 ] 1 1 5 6 [2 9 , 3 6] 1 0 1 2 [ 2 5 , 7 0]
0 , 33 4 [8 48 ] 1 , 2 1 9 [3 0 9 6] 1 , 0 67 [ 2 7 08 ]

0 , 1 7 9 [4 , , 5 5 ]
0, 1 8 7 [ 4 , 7 5 ]
0 , 1 8 8 [4 , 7 8 ]
0 1 9 1 [4 , 8 5]
0 , 2 0 0 [5 0 8]
0 1 5 7 [3 , 99 ]
0 , 1 64 [4 1 7 ]
0 1 64 [4 1 7 ]
0 , , 1 6 7 [4 , 2 4 ]
0 1 7 5 [4 44]
0 , 4 0 0 [ I 0 1 6]
0 4 0 6 [ I 0 ,3 1 ]
0 ,432 [I0 97]
0 , 43 6 [ I I , 0 7 ]
0 43 7 [ 1 1 , I 0 ]
0 35 0 [8 89]
0 , 3 5 5 [9 , 0 2 ]
0 3 7 8 [9 , 6 0 ]
0 , 3 8 2 [9 , 7 0 ]
0 3 8 2 [9 7 0]
1 , 2 5 0 [3 1 , 7 5 ]
1 2 8 1 [3 2 54 ]
1 3 1 2 [3 3 , 3 2 ]
1 , 3 43 [34 I I ]
1 3 7 5 [3 4 9 2 ]
1 , 0 94 [2 7 7 9 ]
1 1 2 1 [2 8 4 7]
1 , 1 4 8 [ 2 9 , 1 6]
1 , 1 7 5 [ 2 9 , 8 5]
1 2 0 3 [3 0 5 6]

0 , 2 03 [5 , 1 6]
0 2 1 6 [5 49]
0 , 2 1 8 [5 , 54]
0 2 1 9 [5 5 6 ]
0 , 2 2 6 [5 , 7 4]
0 , 1 78 [4 5 2 ]
0 , 1 89 [4 , 8 0]
0 , 1 9 1 [4 , 85 ]
0 , 1 9 2 [ 4 ,, 8 8 ]
0 1 98 [5 , 03 ]
0 43 8 [ 1 1 , 1 3 ] 0 3 83 [9 1 7 3 ] 1 4 06 [3 5 7 1 ] 1 2 3 0 [3 1 2 4 ]
0 ,500 [12, 70] 0 43 8 [1 1 1 3 ] 1 , 43 8 [3 6 , 5 3 ] 1 , 2 5 8 [3 1 ,95 ]
0 5 3 1 [ 1 3 ,4 9 ] 0 ,46 5 [ I I . 8 1 ] 1 , 5 0 0 [3 8 I 0 ] 1 , 3 1 2 [3 3 3 2 ]
0 ,552 [14 02] 0 4 83 [ 1 2 , 2 7] 1 , 53 1 [3 8 , 89] 1 34 0 [3 4 0 4]
0 562 [14 ,27] 0 , 49 2 [ 1 2 5 0 ] 1 , 5 6 2 [3 9 , 6 7 ] 1 , 3 6 7 [34 , 7 2 ]

0 2 3 7 [6 . 0 2 ]
0 , 2 5 0 [6 3 5 ]
0 2 5 8 [6 , 5 5 ]
0 , 2 7 6 [7 , 0 1 ]
0 , 2 77 [ 7 , 0 4]
0 2 07 [5 , 2 6]
0 , 2 1 9 [5 , 56]
0 2 2 6 [5 7 4]
0 , 2 4 2 [6 , 1 5 ]
0 , 2 4 2 [6 1 5 ]
0 594 [ 1 5 0 9 ]
0 , 6 0 0 [ 1 5 2 4]
0 , 6 2 5 [ 1 5 88 ]
0 65 6 [1 6 , 6 6]
0 ,674 [17 ,12]
0 , 5 2 0 [1 3 2 1 ]
0 , 5 2 5 [ 1 3 , 34 ]
0 547 [ 1 3 8 9]
0 , 5 74 [ 1 4 , 5 8 ]
0 5 9 0 [ 1 4 , 99 ]
1 , 5 94 [4 0 ,49]
1 7 5 0 [44 4 5 ]
1 7 8 1 [4 5 . 2 4 ]
1 , 8 1 2 [4 6 , 0 2 ]
1 9 68 [49 9 9 ]
1 3 9 5 [3 5 43 ]
1 , 5 3 1 [38 8 9]
1 , 5 5 8 [3 9 5 7]
1 , 5 8 6 [4 0 , 2 8 ]
1 7 2 2 [43 , 7 4 ]

0 , 2 7 9 [7 0 9 ] 0 , 2 44 [6 , 2 0] 0 , 6 8 8 [ 1 7 48 ] 0 ,602 [15 ,29] 2 0 6 2 [5 2 3 7 ] 1 , 8 04 [45 ,8 2 ]

0 2 8 0 [ 7 ,, 1 1 ] 0 , 2 45 [6 2 2 ] 0 7 1 9 [1 8 , 2 6 ] 0 6 2 9 [ 1 5 9 8] 2 , 3 4 4 [5 9 , 5 4 ] 2 0 5 1 [5 2 1 0]
0 2 8 1 [7 , 1 4] 0 , 2 46 [6 2 5 ]

N ote 1 - The fo l l ow i n g eq u at i on, u po n wh i c h th i s tab l e is based, sha l l be ap p l i ed to ca l c u l ate m i n i m u m wa l l th i c kness fro m n om i n a l wa l l

t h i c k n ess :

tn x 0 8 7 5 = tm

wh e re :

G = n om i na l wal l th ic k ness, i n [m m], and

tm = m i n i m u m wa l l th i c kn ess, i n , [m m ]

T he wa l l th i c kness is ex p resssed to th ree dec i m a l p l aces, the fo u rth dec i ma l p l ace be i n g carr i ed fo rward o r d ropped i n acco rdance with P rac
t ice E 2 9

N ote 2 - T h is tab l e is a maste r tab l e cove r i ng wa l l th ic k nesses avai l ab le i n the p u rc hase of d i ffe re nt c l ass ifi cati ons of p i pe, b ut it i s not
meant to i m p ly that a l l of the wal l s l i sted the re i n are o btai n ab l e u n de r th i s spec if
i cat i on .

191
SA-53/SA-53M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

X3. BASIC THREADING DATA

X3.1 Figure X3 1 is to be used with Table X3 1 . Figure X3.2 is to be used with Table X3 .2

F I G . X3 . 1 D I M E N S IO N S O F H A N D TIG H T ASS E M B LY FO R U S E WIT H TA B L E X3 .1

'_ NL " ' ' A

TA B L E X3 . 1
BASI C T H R EADI N G DATA FO R STA N DA R D-W E I G H T N PS 6 [D N 50] A N D U N D E R

P i pe Threads Coupl i ng
E nd of
P i pe to P itch
H and D iameter at H and Tight
O u ts i d e Tight Effective Total H and Tight Outside Length, Stand-Off
N PS DN D iamete r, N u mbe r P lane, Length, Length, P lane, Diameter, ra in . , ( N umber of
Desig- Desig- i n . [m i
ni per i n .. [r
a m] i n . [r
a m] i n . [r
a m] i n . [m m] i n . [r
a m] i n . [m m] Th reads)
nator nato r D i nch L1 L2 L4 E.z W NL A

z 6 0 405 [I 0 3] 27 0 . 1 61 5 0 .2638 0 .3924 0 37360 0.563 [14 .3] 3/4 [1 9] 4

[4 I 0 2 1 ] [6 . 7 0 0 5 ] [ 9 . 9 6 7 0] [9 . 4 8 9 4 4]
8 0 540 E13 7] 18 0 . 2278 0 .40 18 0 .5946 0 .491 63 0 .7 19 [18 3] 1 4 [29] 51/2
[5 7 86 1 ] [ I 0 . 2 05 7 ] [1 5 . 1 02 8 ] [ 1 2 487 4 0 ]
% I0 0 . 675 El7 1] 18 0 .240 0 .4078 0 . 6006 0 .62701 0 .875 [2 2 2] 11, 8 [2 9] 5
[6 . 096] [I 0 .3 58 1 ] [ 1 5 2 55 2 ] [ 1 5 .9 2 6 0 5 ]

z 15 0 . 84 0 [2 1 . 3] 14 0 .320 0 53 3 7 0 .7815 0. 7 7 843 1 0 63 [2 7 . 0] I '2 [3 8] 5

[8 . 1 2 8 ] [1 3 . 5 56 0 ] [ 1 9 . 85 0 1 ] [1 9 .7 7 2 1 2 ]
20 1 . 0 5 0 [2 6 .7 ] 14 0 33 9 0 545 7 0 .7 93 5 0 . 98 887 1 3 1 3 [3 3 . 4] 1 [4 0 ] 5
[8 6 1 1 ] [ 1 3 . 860 8] [ 2 0 . 1 54 9 ] [2 5 . 1 1 7 3 0 ]
1 25 1 3 1 5 [33 ,4] II 0 .40 0 0 ,6828 0 ,9845 1 ,23863 1 ,576 [40 , 0] 11 6 [49] 5
[I 0 1 6 0] [ 1 7 ,, 343 1 ] [ 2 5 , , 0 0 6 3] [3 1 , , 4 6 1 2 0 ]

1¼ 32 1 .66 0 E42 .2 ] 1 1 1/2 0 42 0 0 .7 068 1 . 0085 1 .58338 1 .900 [48 3] 2 [5 0] 5

[ 1 0 .668 ] [17 9527] E2 5 6 1 59 ] [4 0 . 2 1 7 8 5 ]
1Z 40 1 90 0 [48 ,3] 11 0 42 0 0 ,72 35 1 02 52 1 ,82 234 2 2 00 [55 ,9] 2 [50] 51, 2
[ 1 0 , 66 8] [ 1 8 .3 7 6 9] [2 6 , 0 4 0 1 ] [4 6 , 2 8744]
2 50 2 375 [60 3] 1 11/2 0 ,436 0 ,7565 1 , 0582 2 , 29627 2 75 0 [69, 8] 2 6 [52] 5
[ I I . 074] [1 9 2 1 5 1 ] [2 6 . 87 8 3 ] [ 5 8. 3 2 5 2 6 ]

2Z 65 2 .875 [73 . 0] 8 0 .682 1 . 1376 1 .57 1 2 2 .7621 6 3 .250 [82 .5] 31/1 6 [78] 51, 2
[ 1 7 3 2 3] [ 2 8 89 5 0 ] [ 3 9 . 9 0 8 5] [ 7 0 1 58 86 ]
3 80 3 . 500 [88 .9] 8 0. 766 1 .2000 1 .6337 3 . 3 8850 4 .000 [I0 1 .6] 33, 16 [81] 51/2
[ 1 9 , 45 6] [3 0 ,4 8 0 0 ] [4 1 , 4 96 0 ] [86 , 06 79 0]
3 90 4 .000 [I 01 .6] 8 0 . 82 1 1 .2500 1 .6837 3 .88881 4 625 [i 1 7 .5] 35,16 [84] 5 2
[2 0 8 53 ] [3 1 . 7 5 0 0] [4 2 . 7 6 6 0 ] [9 8 .7 7 5 7 7 ]

4 1 00 4 ,500 [1 14 ,3] 8 0 ,844 1 ,3000 1 7337 4 ,38713 5 ,0 00 [1 27 ,0] 37/16 [87] 5

[2 1 ,438] [33 0 2 0 0] [44 . 0 36 0] [ 1 1 1 43 3 1 0]

5 1 25 5 ,563 [1 41 3] 8 0 ,937 1 ,4063 1 .8400 5 ,44929 6 .296 [1 59 , 9] 3!1/1 6 [94] 5

[2 3 8 0 0 ] [3 5 , 7 2 0 0] [46 ,7 3 60] [ 1 3 8 4 1 2 0 0]
6 1 50 6 625 [168 , 3] 8 0 ,958 1 51 25 1 ,9462 6 ,50597 7 ,390 [187 ,7] 4i5 16 [1 2 5] 6

[2 4 , 3 3 3 ] [3 8 ,4 1 7 5] [ 4 9 , 4 3 3 5] [ 1 6 5 , 2 5 1 64 ]

N ote 1 - A l l d i mens i o ns i n th i s tab l e are nom i nal and su bj ect to m i l l to l e rances ,

N ote 2 - The tape r' of th reads i s 3/
4 i n ,/ft [6 2 5 m m/m ] on the d i ameter' ,

1 92
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-53 /SA-53M

F I G . X3 . 2 D I M E N S I O N S O F H A N D TI G H T A S S E M B LY FO R U S E W I T H TA B L E X3 . 2

' NL , '- " ' A

I I I W
I -LI- L4 D

TA B L E X3. 2

BA S I C T H R EA D I N G DATA F O R STA N DA R D-W E I G H T P I P E I N N P S 8 [ D N 200] A N D LA R G E R, A N D A L L S I Z E S O F

E XT RA-S T RO N G A N D D O U B L E - E XT RA-S T RO N G W E I G H T

P i pe Th reads C ou p l i ng
E n d of
P i pe to P itch
H and D iameter at H and Tig ht
Outside Tight Effective Tota l H and Tig ht O utside Le ngth, Stand-Off
N PS DN D iamete r, N u m ber P lane, Le ngth, Length, P lane, D ia mete r, a i n .,
r ( N u m ber of
Desig- Desig i n . [r
a m] pe r i n . [m m] i n . [r
a m] i n . [m m ] i n . [r
a m] i n . [r
a m] i n . [r
a m] Th reads)
n ato r n ato r D i nch L1 L2 L4 Ez W NL A

S 6 0 .4 0 5 [ I 0 3 ] 27 0 1615 0 2638 0 . 3 92 4 0 3 7 3 60 0 5 63 [ 1 4 33 I 16 [2 7 ] 3
[4 . 1 0 2 1 3 [6 7 0 0 5 3 [9 967 0 3 [9 489 44 3
8 0 . 5 4 0 [1 3 . 7 3 18 0 2278 0 .4018 0 5 946 0 4 9 1 63 0 .719 [18 .33 I [4 1 3 3
[5 . 7 8 6 1 3 [ I 0 2 0 5 73 [15 . 1 0283 [ 1 2 . 4874 03
8 10 0 675 [ 1 7 , 1 3 18 0 ,240 0 , 4 078 0 6 0 06 0 ,62701 0 , 8 7 5 [2 2 , 2 3 I 8 [4 1 ] 3
[6 09 63 [ I 0 ,, 3 5 8 1 ] [15 2552] [ 1 5 . 9 2 6 05 ]
2 15 0 . 84 0 [2 1 . 3 ] 14 0 .320 0 5 33 7 0 .7815 0 . 7 7 843 1 0 63 [ 2 7 0] 2 8 [54] 3
[8 . 1 2 8] [13 .5560] [19 8501] [19 772 12]
3, 4 20 1 .050 [26 7] 1 4 1, 2 0 .339 0 .5457 0 .7935 0 9888 7 1 .3 1 3 [3 3 . 4 ] 2 }/8 [5 4] 3
[8 . 6 1 1 ] [ 1 3 .86 0 8 3 [2 0 . 1 5 493 [ 2 5 .. I 1 7 3 0 ]
I 25 1 3 1 5 [3 3 43 ii 0 400 0 . 68 2 8 0 . 984 5 1 2 3 8 63 1 . 5 7 6 [4 0 . 03 2 5/8 [67 ] 3
[ I 0 .. 1 6 0 ] [ 1 7 . 3 43 1 ] [2 5 . 0 0 6 3 ] [3 1 . 4 6 1 2 0 ]
1 114 32 1 . 66 0 [4 2 . 2 ] 1 1 }/2 0 420 0 . 7 0 68 1 0 085 1 5 83 3 8 2 . 0 5 4 [5 2 . 2 ] 2 3/4 [7 0] 3
[ I 0 66 8] [17 .9527] [2 5 . 6 1 5 9] [4 0 . 2 1 7 8 5 ]
1 1/2 40 1 . 9 0 0 [48 . 3 ] 1 1 1/2 0 .4 2 0 0 7 2 35 1 0252 1 . 8 2 2 34 2 2 0 0 [5 5 9 3 2 3/4 [7 0] 3
[ I 0 . 66 8] [ 1 8 . 3 7 69 ] [ 2 6 . 04 0 1 ] [4 6 . 2 8 7 4 4 ]
2 50 2. 37 5 [6 0 3 ] II 2 0 . 43 6 0 7565 1 .0582 2 . 2 96 2 7 2 . 87 5 [7 3 . 0] 2 7 8 [7 3 ] 3
[ I I . 0 7 4] [19 2 151] [2 6 8 7 8 3 ] [5 8 . 3 2 5 2 6 ]
2 2 65 2 8 7 5 [73 0] 8 0 .682 1 . 1375 1 . 57 1 2 2 762 16 3 . 3 7 5 [8 5 . 7 ] 4 8 [I 05] 2
[ 1 7 .. 3 2 3 ] [2 8 . 895 0 ] [3 9 9 0 8 5 ] [7 0 1 5 8 86]
3 80 3 5 0 0 [8 8 . 9 ] 8 0 7 66 1 .2000 1 . 63 3 7 3 3 88 5 0 4 0 0 0 [I 0 1 . 6] 4 }/4 [ I 08 ] 2
[ 1 9 . 4 5 6] [3 0 . 4 8 0 0 ] [4 1 . 49 6 0] [8 6 . 0 6 7 9 0 ]
31 2 90 4 00 0 [I 0 1 . 6] 8 0. 8 2 1 1 . 25 0 0 1 .6 83 7 3 .8888 1 4 625 [I 17 . 5] 43/8 [ I I I ] 2
[ 2 0 . 853 ] [3 1 75 0 0] [4 2 . 7 6 6 0] [9 8 . 7 7 57 7]
4 I00 4 . 5 0 0 [ I 1 4 . 3] 8 0 . 844 1 .3000 1 7 3 37 4 .38713 5 .200 [132 I] 4 2 [ 1 1 43 2
[2 1 .43 83 [3 3 0 2 0 0] [4 4 . 0 3 6 0 ] [ I I I 43 3 1 0]
5 125 5 . 5 63 [ 1 4 1 3] 8 0 93 7 1 4 06 3 1 84 0 0 5 . 44 9 2 9 6 2 96 [ 1 5 9 . 9] 45/
8 [ I 1 7] 2
[2 3 . 8 0 0] [35 .7 2 0 0 ] [4 6 7 3 6 0 ] [ 1 3 8 .4 1 2 0 0]
6 150 6 . 6 2 5 [ 1 68 3 ] 8 0 . 95 8 1. 5125 1 . 94 62 6 5 05 97 7 3 9 0 [ 1 87 . 7 ] 47 8 [ 1 2 4 ] 2
[2 4 . 33 3] [3 8 . 4 1 7 5 ] [4 9 43 3 5 ] [1 65 . 2 5 1 64]
8 200 8 6 2 5 [2 1 9 . 1 ] 8 1 . 0 63 1 .7125 2 1462 8 5 0 0 03 9 . 6 2 5 [2 44 . 5 ] 5 1/4 [ 1 3 3 ] 2
[2 7 0 0 0 ] [4 3 . 4 9 7 5 ] [5 4 . 5 1 3 5 ] [2 1 5 9 0 0 7 6 3

1 93
SA-53/SA-53M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E X3 . 2
BAS IC T H R EA D I N G DATA FO R STAN DA R D-W E IG H T P I P E I N N P S 8 [ D N 2001 A N D LA RG E R, A N D A L L S IZ E S O F
EXT RA-ST RO N G A N D D O U B L E- E XT RA-S T RO N G W E I G H T ( C O N T' D )
P i pe Threads Coup l i ng
E n d of
P ipe P itch
to H and D iameter at H and Tight
Outside Tight Effective Total Hand Tight Outside Length, Stand-Off
N PS DN Diameter, N umber' P lane, Length, Length, Plane, Diameter, ra in,, , ( N umber of
Desig- Desig- i n,, [mm] per' in,, [mm] in. [mm] i n,, [ra m] in,, [ra m] in,, [mm] in, , [ra m] Threads)
nator nator D inch Lz L2 L4 E.z W NL A
I0 250 10 .750 [273. 0] 8 1 210 1 . 9250 2 35 87 1 0 62 0 94 1 1 7 5 0 [2 98 4] 5 [ 1 46] 2

[3 0 .7 34] [48 89 5 0 ] [5 9 . 9 1 1 0] [ 2 6 9 . 7 7 1 8 8]
12 3 00 1 2 .750 [3 2 3 8] 8 1 360 2 . 1 25 0 2 5587 1 2 .6178 1 14 .0 00 [355 6] 61, 8 11 56] 2

[3 4 . 5 44 ] [5 3 . 9 7 5 0 ] [ 6 4 . 9 9 1 0] [3 2 0 . 49 2 3 7 ]
14 3 50 14. 000 [355 .6] 8 1 . 562 2 . 2 500 2 .6837 13 .87263 15 .000 [38 1 . 0] 63/8 [162] 2

[3 9 . 67 5 ] [5 7 . 1 5 0 0 ] [68 . 1 6 6 0 ] [ 3 5 2 3 6 4 8 0]
16 400 1 6 000 [406 .4] 8 1 .812 2 .4500 2 8837 15 .87575 17 00 0 [432] 63/4 [17 1] 2

[46 . 0 2 5 ] [6 2 . 2 3 0 0 ] [ 7 3 . 2 46 0 ] [ 4 0 3 2 44 05]
18 450 1 8 00 0 [457] 8 2 .0 00 2 .6500 3 .0837 17 87500 19 . 000 [483] 71/8 [1 81] 2

[5 0 . 8 0 0 ] [6 7 . . 3 1 0 0 ] [ 7 8 3 2 6 0] [45 4 . 0 2 5 0 0 ]
20 5 00 2 0 000 [508] 8 2 ,125 2 ,8500 3 ,2837 1 9 87 03 1 2 1 000 [533] 75/8 [1 94] 2

[5 3 , 97 5 ] [7 2 3 9 0 0] [ 8 3 , 4 0 6 0] [5 0 4 , 7 0 5 8 7 ]

N ote 1 - T he tape r of th reads i s 3/4 i n ,/ft [6 2 5 m i

nim] o n the d iamete r' ,

1 94
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-53 /SA-53M

X4. ELONGATION VALUES

X4.1 Tabulated in Table X4 1 are the minimum elongation values calculated by the equation given in Table 2.

TA B L E X4 . 1
E L O N G AT I O N VA L U E S

Tens i on Test S pec i me n E l ongation i n 2 i n ., r

a in, %
N om i nal Wa l l Th ickness, i n .. Spec ifi ed Tensi l e Str ength, psi
Area, A, 3/4 i n . 1 in . 11/2 i n .
in} S pec i me n S pec i me n S pec i me n 48 000 60 000
0 , 7 5 an d 0 994 an d 0 , 7 4 6 an d 0 .49 7 a n d 36 30
g reate r g reate r g reate r g re ate r
0 .74 0 . 9 8 0-0 , 9 9 3 0 , 7 3 5-0 , 7 4 5 0 , 4 9 0-0 , 4 9 6 36 29
0 ,, 7 3 0 9 6 7-0 . 9 7 9 0 7 2 6-0 7 3 4 0 4 8 4-0 , 4 8 9 36 29
0 .72 0 , 9 5 4-0 , 9 6 6 0 , 7 1 5-0 , 7 2 5 0 , 4 7 7-0 , 4 8 3 36 29
0 71 0 9 4 1 -0 9 5 3 0 , 7 0 6- 0 , 7 1 4 0 , 4 7 1-0 , 4 7 6 36 29
0 ,70 0 , 9 2 7-0 9 4 0 0 6 9 5-0 7 0 5 0 4 6 4-0 4 7 0 36 29
0 69 0 9 1 4-0 9 2 6 0 , 6 8 6-0 , 6 9 4 0 , 4 5 7-0 , 4 6 3 36 29
0 , 68 0 , 9 0 0-0 , 9 1 3 0 6 7 5-0 , 6 8 5 0 4 5 0-0 4 5 6 35 29
0 67 0 , 8 8 7-0 8 9 9 0 , 6 6 6-0 , 6 7 4 0 , , 4 4 4-0 , 4 4 9 35 29
0 , 66 0 8 7 4-0 , 8 8 6 0 . 6 5 5-0 , 6 6 5 0 , 4 3 7-0 4 4 3 35 29
0 65 0 , 8 6 1 -0 8 7 3 0 6 4 6-0 6 5 4 0 4 3 1 -0 . 4 3 6 35 29
0 . 64 0 8 4 7-0 , , 8 6 0 0 , 6 3 5-0 , 6 4 5 0 4 2 4-0 , 4 3 0 35 29
0 63 0 , 8 3 4-0 8 4 6 0 6 2 6-0 , 6 3 4 0 4 1 7-0 4 2 3 35 29
0 ,62 0 8 2 0-0 , 8 3 3 0 , 6 1 5-0 . 6 2 5 0 , 4 1 0-0 , 4 1 6 35 28
0 61 0 , 8 0 7-0 8 1 9 0 6 0 6-0 6 1 4 0 . 4 0 4-0 4 0 9 35 28
0 ,, 6 0 0 , 7 9 4-0, 8 0 6 0 , 5 9 5-0 . 6 0 5 0 , 3 9 7-0 4 0 3 35 28
0 59 0 7 8 1-0 , 7 9 3 0 , 5 8 6-0 5 9 4 0 , 3 9 1-0 , 3 9 6 34 28
0, 58 0 , 7 6 7-0 7 8 0 0 5 7 5-0 , 5 8 5 0 . 3 8 4-0 3 9 0 34 28
0 57 0 7 5 4-0 , 7 6 6 0 , 5 6 6-0 5 7 4 0 , 3 7 7-0 , 3 8 3 34 28
0 56 0 , 7 4 0-0 7 5 3 0 5 5 5-0 , 5 6 5 0 , 3 7 0-0 , 3 7 6 34 28
0 55 0 7 2 7-0 , 7 3 9 0 5 4 6-0 . 5 5 4 0 3 6 4-0 3 6 9 34 28
0 54 0 . 7 1 4- 0 , 7 2 6 0 , 5 3 5-0 , 5 4 5 0 , 3 5 7-0 , 3 6 3 34 28
0 ,53 0 7 0 1 -0 , 7 1 3 0 , 5 2 6-0 , 5 3 4 0 . 3 5 1 -0 3 5 6 34 28
0 52 0 , 6 8 7-0 , 7 0 0 0 , 5 1 5-0 5 2 5 0 ,, 3 4 4-0 , , 3 5 0 34 27
0 ,51 0 6 7 4-0 6 8 6 0 5 0 6-0, 5 1 4 0 , 3 3 7-0 3 4 3 33 27
0 50 0 6 6 0-0 , 6 7 3 0 , 4 9 5-0 5 0 5 0 , 3 3 0-0 3 3 6 33 27
0 , 49 0 6 4 7-0 6 5 9 0 4 8 6-0 , 4 9 4 0 , 3 2 4-0 . 3 2 9 33 27
0 48 0 , 6 3 4-0 . 6 4 6 0 , 4 7 5-0 . 4 8 5 0 , 3 1 7-0 3 2 3 33 27
0 . 47 0 6 2 1 -0 , 6 3 3 0 , 4 6 6-0 4 7 4 0 3 1 1-0 , 3 1 6 33 27
0 .46 0 , , 6 0 7-0 . 6 2 0 0 4 5 5-0 , 4 6 5 0 , 3 0 4-0 . 3 1 0 33 27
0 45 0 , 5 9 4-0 6 0 6 0 , 4 4 6-0 4 5 4 0 2 9 7-0 , 3 0 3 33 27
0 , 44 0 5 8 0-0 . 5 9 3 0 , 4 3 5-0 4 4 5 0 , 2 9 0-0 . 2 9 6 32 27
0 43 0 , 5 6 7-0 5 7 9 0 , 4 2 6-0 . 4 3 4 0 , 2 8 4-0 , 2 8 9 32 26
0 ,42 0 5 5 4-0 , 5 6 6 0 4 1 5-0 , 4 2 5 0 2 7 7 -0 , 2 8 3 32 26
0 41 0 , 5 4 1- 0 5 5 3 0 . 4 0 6-0 , 4 1 4 0 , 2 7 1 -0 , 2 7 6 32 26
0 ,40 0 5 2 7-0 5 4 0 0 , 3 9 5-0 4 0 5 0 2 6 4-0 2 7 0 32 26
0 39 0 , 5 1 4-0 . 5 2 6 0 3 8 6-0 3 9 4 0 2 5 7-0 2 6 3 32 26

1 95
SA-53/SA-53M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E X4 . 1
E LO N G AT I O N VA L U E S ( C O N T' D )

Tension Test Spec i m e n E l ongati on i n 2 i n , , r

a i n, %

N om i na l Wa l l Th ickness, i n , , Specifi ed Te ns i l e Strength, psi

Area, ,4, 3/4 i n , 1 in , 11/2 i n , ,

i n ,2 S pec i men Spec i men 4 8 00 0 60 00 0
S pec i me n
31 26
0 ,36 0 . 47 4-0 486 0 . 3 5 5-0 . 3 65 0 . 2 37-0 . 2 43
31 25
0 35 0 4 6 1-0 47 3 0 346-0 .3 5 4 0 . 2 3 1-0 2 3 6
31 25
0 34 0 . 447-0 4 6 0 0 3 3 5-0 . 3 45 0 . 2 24-0 . 2 3 0
31 25
0, 33 0 , 4 3 4-0 , 446 0 , 3 2 6-0 , 3 34 0 , 2 1 7-0 2 2 3
30 25
0 32 0 .4 2 0-0 ,43 3 0 3 1 5-0 , 3 2 5 0 , 2 1 0-0 . 2 1 6
30 25
0 31 0 , 4 07-0 .4 1 9 0 3 06-0 , 3 1 4 0 , 2 0 4-0 , 2 09
30 25
0 30 0 , 3 94-0 ,40 6 0 2 95-0 , 3 05 0 1 97-0 , 2 03
30 24
0 29 0 ,3 8 1-0 , 3 93 0 2 86-0 , 2 94 0 , 1 9 1-0 . 1 96
30 24
0 28 0 ,3 67-0 , 3 8 0 0 , 2 7 5-0 , 2 8 5 0 , 1 84-0 , 1 9 0
29 24
0 27 0 ,3 54-0 , 3 6 6 0 , 2 66-0 , 2 7 4 0 1 7 7-0 1 8 3
29 24
0 26 0 , 3 40-0 . 3 5 3 0 2 55-0 2 6 5 0 , 1 7 0-0 , 1 7 6
29 24
0 ,25 0 , 3 2 7-0 , 3 3 9 0 , 2 46-0 , 2 5 4 0 1 64-0 1 6 9
29 24
0 ,24 0 , 3 1 4-0 3 2 6 0 . 2 35-0 , 2 4 5 0 . 1 57-0 1 63
29 23
0 .23 0 , 3 0 1-0 3 1 3 0 , 2 2 6-0 2 3 4 0 , 1 5 1-0 , 1 5 6
28 23
0 22 0 2 8 7-0 , 3 0 0 0 , 2 1 5-0 , 2 2 5 0 . 1 44-0 1 5 0
28 23
0 ,21 0 2 7 4-0 2 86 0 , 2 0 6-0 2 1 4 0 , 1 37-0 1 43
28 23
0, 20 0 , 2 6 0-0 , 2 7 3 0 , 1 95-0 , 2 0 5 0 , 1 3 0-0 , 1 3 6
27 22
0 ,19 0 2 47-0 2 5 9 0 , 1 8 6-0 , 1 94 0 , 1 24-0 . 1 2 9
27 22
0 ,18 0 2 3 4-0 2 46 0 , 1 7 5-0 1 85 0 , 1 1 7-0 , 1 2 3
27 22
0 ,17 0 , 2 2 1-0 , 2 3 3 0 1 6 6-0 , 1 7 4 0 , 1 1 1-0 , 1 1 6
27 22
0 ,16 0 2 07-0 . 2 2 0 0 1 5 5-0 . 1 65 0 , 1 0 4-0 , 1 1 0
26 21
0 15 0 , 1 94-0 , 2 06 0 , 1 46-0 , 1 5 4 0 0 97-0 , 1 0 3
26 21
0 14 0 . 1 8 0-0 , 1 93 0 1 3 5-0 , 1 45 0 , 0 9 1-0 , 09 6
25 21
0 13 0 , 1 67-0 , 1 7 9 0 , 1 2 6-0 , 1 3 4 0 , 0 84-0 , 0 9 0
25 20
0 12 0 , 1 54-0 , 1 66 0 , 1 1 5-0 , 1 2 5 0 0 7 7-0 0 8 3
25 20
0 11 0 . 1 4 1-0 . 1 53 0 1 06-0 . 1 1 4 0 . 0 7 1-0 0 7 6
24 20
0 10 0 . 1 2 7-0 . 1 4 0 0 . 0 95-0 . 1 0 5 0 0 64-0 0 7 0
24 19
0 09 0 . 1 1 4-0 . 1 2 6 0 0 86-0 . 094 0 057-0 0 63
23 19
0 08 0 . 1 0 0-0 . 1 1 3 0 . 0 7 5-0 . 08 5 0 . 0 5 0-0 05 6
22 18
0 .07 0 . 08 7-0 . 09 9 0 . 0 66-0 . 07 4 0 044-0 . 049
22 18
0 06 0 . 0 74-0 08 6 0 . 0 5 5-0 06 5 0 . 0 37-0 . 043
21 17
0 .05 0 . 06 1-0 07 3 0 . 0 46-0 . 054 0 03 1-0 036
20 16
0 . 04 0 . 047-0 . 06 0 0 . 03 5-0 . 04 5 0 . 0 2 4-0 . 0 3 0
19 16
0 .03 0 , 03 4-0 046 0 , 0 2 6 -0 03 4 0 , 0 1 7-0 , 0 2 3
17 14
0 ,02 0 , 0 2 0-0 , 03 3 0 . 0 1 5-0 0 2 5 0 , 0 1 0-0 , 0 1 6
15 12
0 . 0 1 and 0 0 1 9 and 0 , 0 1 4 and 0 , 0 0 9 an d
l ess l ess l ess l ess

1 96
 2007 SE CTION II, PART A SA -53/SA -53M

X4.2 Tabulated in Table X4 2 are the minimum elongation values calculated by the equation given in Table 2

TA B L E X 4 2
E L O N G AT I O N VA L U E S

Te nsion Test Speci men E longation i n 50 r

a m, r
a i n, %
N om i na l Wa l l Th ickness, m m S pec ifi ed Tensi le Str e ngth, M Pa
Area, ,4, 19 mm 25 m m 38 m m
mmz Specimen Specimen Specimen 330 41 5

5 0 0 and 2 6 , 3 and 2 0 , 0 an d 1 3 2 an d 36 30
g reater g reate r g reate r g r eate r'
4 8 0-4 9 9 2 5 3-2 6 2 1 9 , 2-1 9 9 1 2 7- 1 3 , 1 36 3O
4 6 0-4 7 9 2 4 , , 2 -2 5 , 2 1 8 4- 1 9 , 1 1 2 , I-1 2 6 36 29
44 0-4 5 9 2 3 , 2-2 4 , 1 1 7 . 6-1 8 3 1 1 , 6- 1 2 , 0 36 29
4 2 0-4 3 9 2 2 1 -2 3 1 1 6 , 8- 1 7 , 5 I I 1 -1 1 5 35 29
4 0 0-4 1 9 2 1 , 1-2 2 , 0 1 6 , 0-1 6 , 7 1 0 , 6- 1 1 , 0 35 29
3 8 0-3 9 9 2 0 0-2 1 , 0 1 5 . 2- 1 5 9 I 0 0-I 0 , 5 35 28
3 6 0-3 7 9 1 9 0-1 9 . 9 1 4 , 4- 1 5 0 9 5-9 . 9 34 28
3 4 0-3 5 9 1 7 9- 1 8 9 1 3 6-1 4 , 3 9 , 0-9 , 4 34 28
3 2 0-3 3 9 1 6 , 9-1 7 , 8 1 2 , , 8- 1 3 5 8 5-8 , 9 34 27
3 0 0-3 1 9 1 5 8-1 6 , 8 1 2 . 0- 1 2 , 7 7 , 9-8 , 4 33 27
2 8 0-2 9 9 1 4 , 8-1 5 , 7 I I 2 -1 1 9 7 4-7 . 8 33 27
2 6 0-2 7 9 1 3 7- 1 4 7 1 0 , 4- 1 1 1 6 . 9-7 3 32 26
2 4 0-2 5 9 1 2 , 7-1 3 , 6 9 , 6- 1 0 , 3 6 , 4-6 . 8 32 26
2 2 0-2 3 9 1 1 6- 1 2 6 8 , 8-9 5 5 , 8-6 , 3 31 26
2 0 0-2 1 9 I 0 , 5-I I , 5 8 0-8 , 7 5 , 3-5 7 31 25
1 9 0-1 9 9 1 0 0- 1 0 , 4 7 , 6-7 9 5 0-5 , 2 30 25
1 8 0- 1 8 9 9 , 5-9 9 7 2 -7 , 5 4 , 8-4 9 30 24
1 7 0-1 7 9 9 0-9 , 4 6 8-7 1 4 5-4 , 7 30 24
1 6 0- 1 6 9 8 4-8 9 6 , 4-6 , 7 4 2-4 4 29 24
1 5 0-1 5 9 7 9-8 , 3 6 0-6 3 4 0-4 , 1 29 24
1 4 0-1 4 9 7 , 4-7 8 5 6-5 , 9 3 7-3 9 29 23
1 3 0-1 3 9 6 , 9-7 , 3 5 2 -5 , 5 3 5-3 , 6 28 23
1 2 0- 1 2 9 6 3-6 8 4 8-5 . 1 3 . 2-3 4 28 23
1 1 0-1 1 9 5 8-6 . 2 4 , 4-4 , 7 2 9-3 , I 27 22
1 0 0-1 0 9 5 , , 3-5 7 4 0-4 , 3 2 , 7 -2 , 8 27 22
9 0-9 9 4 8-5 , 2 3 , 6-3 9 2 4-2 , 6 26 21
8 0-8 9 4 , , 2-4 7 3 2 -3 , 5 2 , I-2 , 3 26 21
7 0-7 9 3 7-4 , 1 2 , 8-3 1 1 9-2 , 0 25 21
6 0-6 9 3 , 2-3 6 2 4-2 , 7 1 , 6-1 8 24 20
5 0-5 9 2 , 7-3 1 2 , 0-2 3 .. . . 24 19
4 0-4 9 2 1-2 . 6 1 , 6-1 , 9 .. .. 23 19
3 0-3 9 1 , 6-2 0 . .. .. .. . .. 22 18

1 97
1 98
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA- 105/SA-105M

SPE CIFICATION FOR CARB ON STEEL FORGINGS FOR

PIPING APPLICATIONS

SA- 1 05 /SA- 1 05M

INTERNATIONAL
S ta ndards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specifi cat

i on A 1 05 /A 1 05M-05 ) A08

1. Scope NOTE 1 - The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has
been subst
ituted in this standard f0i such tr aditional terms as "nominal
1. 1 This specif
i cat
i on covers forged carbon steel piping diametei ," "size, " and "nom
i na
l size "
components for' ambient- and higher-temper at ure service
in pressure systems. Included are f l anges, f
i tt
ings, valves,
nd simila
a r' parts ordered either to dimensions specif i ed by 2. Referenced Documents
h
te pur chaser or to dimensional standards such as the MS S , 2.1 In addition to those reference documents listed in
ASME, and API specif i cations referenced in Sect i on 2.
Specif
i cation A 96 1 , the following list of standa
r ds apply
Forgings made to this specif i cation a
r e limited to a maxi
to t
his specif
i cation:
mum weight of 1 0 000 lb [4540 kg] . La
r ger' f0rgings may
be ordered to Specif
i cation A 266 /A 266M. Tubesheets 2.2 ASTM Standards:
and hollow cylindrical forgings for pressure vessel shells A 266 /A 266M Specif i cation for Ca
r bon Steel Forgings
are not included within the scope of this specif i cation. for' Pressure Vessel Components
Although this specif i cation covers some piping compo A 370 Te st Met
h ods and Def
i nit
i on s for' Mechanical Test

nents machined from rolled bat' an d seamless tubula

r prod ing of Steel Products
ucts (see 4.2), it does not cover raw material produced in A 675 /A 675M Specif i cation for Steel B a
r s , Carbon, Hot
hese pr oduct forms .
t Wrought, Special Qua lity, Mecha nical Properties
A 696 Specifi cation for' Steel B a
r s, Ca
r bon, Hot-Wrought
1.2 Supplementa r y r equirements ate provided for' use
or Cold-Finished, Special Quality, for' Pressur e Piping
when additiona
l testing or inspect
i on is desired. These sha
ll
Components
apply only when specif i ed individually by the purchaser'
in the or der..
A 7 88 Specif
i cation for' Steel Forgings, Genera l Require
ments

1 .3 Specif
i cation A 266 / A 266M cover's other' steel A 96 1 Specif
i cation for' Common Requirements for' Steel
forgings and Specif i cati ons A 67 5 /A 675M and A 696 Flanges, Forged Fittings , Valves, and Parts f0r' Piping
cover' other' steel ba
r 's .. Applications
1.4 This specif i cation is expressed in both inch-pound 2.3 MSS Standards :'
units a
nd SI units. However, unless t he or der specif
i es t
he SP 44 Standard fbr Steel Pipe Line Flanges
applicable "M" specif i cation designat
i on (SI units) , t
he 2.4 ASME Standards :'
material sha
l l be furnished to inch-pound units
B 1 6 .5 Dimensional Standards for' Steel Pipe Flanges and
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI Fla nged Fittings
r e to be rega
a r ded separ ately as standa
r d Within t
he text, B 1 69 Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fit tings
the SI units r
a e shown in brackets . The values stated in B 1 6. 1 0 Face-to-Face and End-to -End Dimen sions of' Fer
each system are not exact equiva
lents ; therefore, each sys rous Va
l ves
tem must be used independent ly of' t
he other'. Combining B 1 6. 1 1 Forged Steel Fitt
i ngs , Socket Weld, and Threaded
values from t
he two systems may r esult in nonconformance B 1 6 . 34 Valves-Fla
nged, Thr eaded and Welding End
wit
h the specification. B 1 6 47 La rge Diameter' Steel Flanges

1 99
SA-105/SAd05M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

2.5 ASME Bo iler and Pressure Vessel Code :' quenching and tempering in accordance with Specifi cati on
S ection IX Welding Qualif
i cat
i ons A 96 1 ,

2.6 API Standards :

API-600 Flanged and Butt-Welding-End Steel Gate Valves 6. Chemical Composition
API-602 Compact Design Ca r bon Steel Gate Valves for 6. 1 The steel shall conform to the chemical require
Ref
i nery Use ments specifi ed in Table 1 .
6.2 Steels to which lead has been added shall not be
used.
0
Ordering Informat
i on
3.1 See Specifi cat
i on A 96 1
3.1.1 Additional requirements (see 1 2.2) 7. Mechanical Properties
7. 1 The ma
telia
l shall confolm to t
he mechanica
l prop
erty requirements plescribed in Table 2 and Table 3 .
4. General Requirements 7.2 For normali zed, normalized and tempered, or
4.1 Product fulnished to t
his specif
i cation sha
ll conform quenched a
nd tempered forgings, t
he central axis of the
to the requirements of Specifi cation A 96 1 , including any test specimen shall correspond to t
he ,14 T plane or deeper
supplementa ry requirements tha ta r e indicated in t
h e pur position, where T is the maximum hea t-tleated t
hick
ness
chase order Failure to comply with t he iequirements of of the represented forging. In additi on, for quenched and
Specifi cation A 96 1 constitutes nonconfolmance wit h this tempered forgings, the midlength of the test specimen shall
specifi cation. In case of a confl ict between the requirements be at least T from any second heat-treated surface. When
of t
his specifi cati on and Specifi cati on A 96 1 , this specifi sect
i on t
hick
ness does not pelm
it t
his posit
ioning, h
te test
cat
i on shall plevail specimen shall be positi oned as nea
r as possible to t
he
4.2 Except as permitted by Secti on 6 in Specifi cation presclibed location
A 96 1 , the f
i nished product sha
l l be a forging as defi ned 7.3 Tension Tests :
in the Terminology Secti on of Specifi cati on A 788 . 7.3. 1 One tension test shall be made for' each heat
of as-folged components .
7.3.2 One tension test sha
ll be made from each heat
5. Heat Treatment
tleating charge If more t
han one heat is included in such
5.1 Heat treatment is not a mandatory requir
e ment of
a cha
r ge, each heat shall be tested.
this specifi cation except for the following piping compo
nents :
7.3.2.1 hen t
W he heat-treating temperatures a
re
the same and the furnaces (either batch or cont
inuous type),
5.1.1 Flanges above Class 300, 1 r e controlled within _
a + 25°F [-+ 14°C] and equipped wit h
5.1.2 Fla n ges of special design where the design recolding pyrometers so that complete records of heat t
rea
t
pressure at the design temperature exceeds the pressure ment ale available, t
hen one tension test flom each heat
temperature ratings of Class 300, Group 1 1 , is requiled instead of one test from each heat in each
5.1.3 Flanges of special design where t he design heat-tleatment charge. The test specimen matelia
l sha
ll be
included wit
h a furnace cha
r ge.
pressure or design temperature are not known,
7.3.3 Testing shall be pelformed in accordance with
5.1.4 Piping components other than fl anges which Test Methods and Def
i nit
i ons A 370. The lar gest feasible
meet both of the following criteria: (1) over NPS 4 and
round specimen as desclibed in Test Methods a
nd Defi ni
(2) above Class 300, and
ti ons A 370 shall be used except when hollow cylindlica
lly
5.1.5 Piping components of Special Class2 ot
her than shaped par ts a
r e machined flom seamless tubula
r s The
lf a
n ges which meet bot
h of t
he following criteria: (1 ) over gage lengt
h for measuring elongation sha
ll be foul' itmes
NPS 4 and (2) when the working pressme at the operating he dia
t meter of t
he test section. When hollow cylindrica
l ly
temperature exceeds the tabulated values for Special Class shaped pa
r ts a
r e machined from seamless tubular materia
l s,
3 00, Group 1 1 . stlip tests may be used.
5 .2 Heat treatment, when required by 5 1 shall be 7.3.4 Forgings too sma ll to perm
it obtaining a sub
annealing, norma
lizing, or normalizing and tempeIing or size specimen of 0.2.5 0 in. [6.35 r
a m] diameter or la
r ger
(see Test Methods and Defi niti ons A 370) parallel to t
he
1 For def
i nit
i on of Class 300, see ASME B 1 6 5 dimension of maximum WOlk ing, and produced in equip
2 Foi definition of special class, see ASME B 1 6 34 ment unsuitable for the production of a sepa
r ately forged

2OO
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-105/SA-105M

test bar' such as an automat i c or semi-automat i c press, may transformati on temperature for a minimum of h/in .
be accepted on the basis of ha rdness only . One percent of [1/2 h/25 .4 mm] of maximum section t
hickness, or alterna
the forgings per' lot (see Note 2), or ten forgings, whichever tively a
nnealed, normalized and tempered, or' quenched and
is the lesser number', shall be selected at random, prepa red, tempered. If the forging was not previously heat treated,
and tested using the sta nda r d Brinell test in Test Met h ods he original tempering temper ature was exceeded, or t
t he
n d Def
a i nit
i ons A 370. The locations of the indentat
i ons forging was fully heat treated in t
he post weld cycle, t
hen
shall be at the option of t he ma nufacturer but shall be the forging sha
l l be tested in accordance wit
h Section 7
selected to be representative of the forging as a whole . on completi on of the cycle .
One indentati on per forging sha
ll be required but addit
i onal
10.4 T
he mecha
n ica
l properties of t
he procedure-qua
li
indentations may be made to establish t he representative
f cat
i ion weldment shall, when tested in accordance with
ha
rdness. The hardness of all forgings so tested sha l l be
1 37 to 1 87 HB inclusive.
Secti on IX of t
h e ASME Boiler a
nd PressuIe Vessel Code,
conform wit
h the requirements listed in Table 2 for t
he
NOTE 2 - A lot is defined as the product fr om a mill heat oi if heat therma
l condition of repair-welded forgings.
treated, the product of a mill heat per furnace chalge ,

7.4 Hardness Tests - Except when only one forging

11. Reject
i on and Rehearing
is produced, a minimum of two forgings shall be ha rdness
tested per batch or continuous run as def
ined in 7 . 3 . 2. 1 to 1 1. 1 Each forging t
h at develops injurious defects dur
ensure th at forgings a
r e wit
hin t
he ha rdness limits given ing shop working or application shall be rejected and the
ma
n ufactu
rer notif
i ed
in Table 2. When only one forging is produced, it sha ll be
ha
rdness tested as def
i ned in 7 . 3 .2. 1 to ensure it is within
the ha
rdness lim
its given in Table 2. Test
i ng shall be in 12. Cert
ifi cation
accordance wit
h Test Met
h ods and Def
i nit
i ons A 370. T
he
purchaser may verify that t he requirement has been met 12.1 Identif ication Marking - For forgings made to
by testing at any locat
ion on t he forging, provided such specifi ed dimensions, when agreed upon by t he purchaser',
test
i ng does not render' the forging useless. nd for forgings made to dimensiona
a l standards, applica
tion of identif i cation ma rks as required in Specif i cation
A 96 1 shall be the cer tif
i cation t
h at the forgings have been
8. Hydrostatic Tests furnished in accorda n ce with t
h e requirements of this speci
i cation. The specif
f i cation designation included on test
8.1 Such tests sha ll be conducted by t
h e forging ma
nu
report s shall include yea r date and revision letter , if any .
facturer only when Supplementary Requirement $ 8 in
Specif
i cation A 96 1 is specif
i ed.. 12.2 Test Reports - When test repor ts are requir ed,
te manufacturer shall also provide the following, where
h
applicable :
9. Retreatment
12.2.1 Type heat treatment, Section 5 ,
9. 1 If t
h e results of t
h e mecha
n ical tests do not conform
12.2.2 Tensile proper y results, Section 7 (Table 2),
to the requirement specif i ed, the manufacturer' may heat report t
he yield strengt
ha n d ult
i mate strength, in ksi [MPa] ,
treat or reheat treat the forgings as applicable and repeat elongation and reducti on in a
r ea, in percent; a
nd, if longitu
the test specif
ied in Section 7 . dinal str
ip tension specimens a re used, report the width of
the gage length,

10. Repair by Welding 12.2.3 Chemica l anal ysis results, Section 6 (Table 1 ).
Wen t
h he amount of a
n unspecif i ed element is less th an
10.1 Repair of defects by t
he manufacturer is permissi
0.. 02% , t
hen t
he a
n alysis for that element may be repor ted
ble for forgings made to dimensiona l standards such as as "< 0 .02%,"
t
h ose of ASME or for ot her parts made for stock by the
manufacturer. Prior approval of the purchaser is required 12.2.4 Ha
r dness results , Sect
i on 7 (Table 2), and
to repair-weld special forgings made to the pu rchaser' s 12.2.5 Any supplementary test
ing required by the
requirements purchase order..
10.2 Weld repairs shall be made by a process t
h at does
not produce undesirably high levels of hydrogen in the 13. Product Marking
welded areas.
13. 1 If the fbrgings have been quenched a n d tempered,
10.3 All forgings repaired by welding shall be post the letter's "QT" sha l l be stamped on the forgings following
weld heat treated between 1 1 00°F [593 °C] and t
he lower his specif
t i cation number

20 1
SA-105/SA-105M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

13.2 Forgings repaired by welding shall be marked specify in the order' a specifi c bar ' coding system to be
with the letter' "W" following this specif
i cat
i on number . used. The bat' coding system, if applied at the discretion of'
the supplier', should be consistent with one of t
he published
13.3 When test reports a r e required for' larger products, industry sta
nda rds for bar' coding. If' used on small parts,
the markings shall consist of' the manufacturer' s symbol the ba
r' code may be applied to the box or' a substant i ally
or' name, this specifi cation number' , and such other' ma rk applied tag .
ings as necessa ry to identify the part witht he test report
( 1 3 . 1 and 1 3 . 2 shall apply) . The specifi cation number'
ma rked on t he f0rgings need not include specif i cation year 14. Keywords
date and revision letter .
14.1 pipe fittings, steel; piping applicat ions; pressure
13.4 Bar Coding - In addition to the requirements in containing pa
r ts; steel fl anges; steel forgings, carbon; steel
Specifi cation A 96 1 a
nd 1 3 .3, ba
r' coding is acceptable as valves; temperature service applicati ons, elevated; temper
a supplemental identifi cation method . The purchaser may ature service applications, high

TA B L E 1 TA B L E 2
C H E M I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS M E C H A N I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS E N OT E ( 1 )]

E l ement Composition, % Tens i l e strength, m i n . , psi [ M P a] 7 0 0 0 0 [48 5 ]

Y i e l d strength, m i n ., psi [ M Pa] [ N ote ( 2 )] 3 6 0 0 0 [2 5 0 ]
C ar b o n 0 ,, 3 5 m ax .
E l ongati on i n 2 i n . o r 5 0 m m, m i n ., % :
M an g a ne se 0 . 6 0-1 . 0 5 Bas ic m i n i m u m e l ongati on for wal l s 5, 16 i n . 30
P hosp h o rus 0 , 03 5 max [7 .9 m m] an d ove r i n th i c k ness, st r i p tests .
S u l fu r 0 . 0 4 0 m ax .. W h e n stan d a rd ro u n d 2 i n . o r 5 0 m m g ag e 22
S i l i con 0 . 1 0-0 . 3 5
length o r sma l l er' propo rti onal ly si zed spec i
C o p per 0.4 0 max . [ N ote ( 1 ) ] m e n w ith the g age l en gth eq ua l to 4 D i s
N i c ke l 0 . 4 0 m ax . [ N ote ( 1 ) ] u se d
C h rom i u m 0 . 3 0 max . [ N otes ( 1 ) , ( 2 ) ] F o r' str i p tests, a ded ucti on fo r each 1, 32 i n . 1 , 5 0 [ N ote ( 3 ) ]
M o l ybden u m 0 . 1 2 max . [ N otes ( 1 ) , ( 2 ) ] [ 0 . 8 m m ] dec rease i n wa l l th i c k n ess be l ow
V an ad i u m 0 . 0 8 m ax
5, 16 i n , [7 , 9 m m] fro m the bas ic m i n i m u m
e l o ngati o n of the pe rcentage po i nts of
G E N E R A L N OT E : F o r each red ucti on of 0 . 0 1 % be l ow the spec ified T ab l e 3
carbon max i m u m ( 0 .35 % ), an i ncrease of 0 . 0 6 % manganese above Red uct i o n of area, r
a i n, % [ N ote ( 4 ) ] 30
the spec ified max i m u m ( 1 . 0 5 % ) wi l l be perm itted up to a max i m u m H ard ness, H B, max , 1 87
of 1 . 3 5 % .

N OT E S : N OT E S :

( 1 ) T he su m of coppe r', n i c ke l , c h ro m i u m, m o lybde nu m and vanad i u m ( 1 ) F o r s m al l fo r'g i n g s, see 7 . 3 .4

sh a l l n ot e xcee d 1 . 0 0 % . ( 2 ) Dete rm i ned by e ither the 0 . 2 % offset meth od o r' the 0 . 5 % exten
( 2 ) T he su m of ch rom i u m an d m o l ybde n u m shal l not exceed 0 . 3 2 % s i o n - u n d e r- l o ad met h od
( 3 ) See Tab l e 3 fo r com p uted m i n i m u m va l ues.
( 4 ) F or ro u n d spec i m e ns on l y .

202
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-105/SA-1 05M

TA B L E 3
C O M P U T E D M I N I M U M VA L U E S

Wall Thickness E longation in 2 in. or

in. mm 50 r
a m, r
a i n., %

5, 16 ( 0.. 3 1 2 ) 7. 9 30.00
%2 ( 0 . 2 8 1 ) 7.1 2 8 .5 0
( 0 .2 5 0 ) 6. 4 27 .00
7,32 ( 0 . 2 1 9 ) 5.6 25 .50
6 ( 0 . 1 88 ) 48 24. 00
%2 ( 0, 1 5 6 ) 4.0 22.50
( 0 . 1 25 ) 3 .2 2 1 . 00
2 ( 0. 09 4 ) 2 .. 4 19.50
6 ( 0 . 062 ) 1 ,6 18 .00

G E N E RA L N O T E : The abo ve tab le g i ves th e co m pute d m i n i m u m e l on

gati on val ues fo r eac h 2 i n.. [ 0 8 r
a m] dec rease i n wai l th i c k n ess .
Whe re the wal l th i c kness t i es between two va l ues sh own above, the
m i n i m um e l ongati o n val ue is determ i ned by the fo l l owi ng eq uat i on :

E = 48 T + 1 5 . 00

whe re :

E = e l on gat io n i n 2 i n,, o r 5 0 m m, %, an d
T = actua l th ickness of spec i men, i n , Em m]

203
SA-105/SA- 105M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specifi ed by the purchaser
in the inquiry, contract, and order

S1. Hardness $3. Marking Small Forgings

SI.1 The purchaser may check the hardness of any or S3.1 For small products where t
he space for ma
rking
all forgings supplied at any location on the forging and is less than 1 in. [25 mm] in any direction, test ieports are
he ha
t r dness shall be 1 3 7 to 1 87 HB All f0rgings not mandatory a
nd ma r king may be restricted to only such
within the specifi ed ha
rdness range shall be rejected symbols or codes as a
re necessa
ry to identify the parts
with the test reports
S2. Heat Treatment S3.2 When the confi guration or size does not permit
S2.1 All forgings shall be heat treated as specif
i ed by mark
i ng directly on the forging, the ma
r ng method shall
he purchaser
t be a matter' of agreement between the manufacturer and
$2.2 When f0rgings not requiring heat treatment by he purchaser .
t
5. 1 a
re supplied heat treated by purchaser request, the basis
for determining conformance wit h Table 2 a nd Table 3
shall be hardness test i ng per 7 4 and either (1) tensile
testing of heat treated f0rgings per 7 .2, oi (2) tensile tests S4. Carbon Equivalent
from as-foiged forgings or sepa rately forged test blanks, $4.1 The maximum carbon equiva
l ent, based on heat
as agreed upon between t he supplier and purchaser . analysis, shall be 0.47 for forgings with a maximum section
thickness of 2 in . or less, a
nd 0.48 for f0rgings wit
h a
S2.3 When test reports ar e required, and tensile test
results were obtained tom as-forged forgings or as-f0rged maximum section thick ness of greater than 2 in.
test blanks, it shall be so indicated on t
he test report.
$4.2 Determine the ca
rbon equivalent (CE) as follows :
S2.4 In addit
i on to the mark
ing required by Sect
i on
1 3 , this specif
i cation sha
ll be followed by the letter : A CE = C+ Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo + V)/5 + (Ni + Cu)/1 5
for annealed, N for normalized, NT for normalized and
tempered, or QT for quenched and tempered, as appro S4.3 A lower maximum ca
r bon equivalent may be
priate. agreed upon between the supplier and t
he purchaser.

204
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA - 106

SPE CIFICATION FOR SEAMLES S CARBON STEEL PIPE

FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERVICE

SA - 1 06

(Identical with ASTM A 1 06-95 except for editorial diffeiences in 8 1 , 1 3 4, and 24 l and the deletion of ASTM caveat 1 5)

1. Scope 2. Referenced Documents

1 . 1 This specif
i cat
i on cover's seamless carbon steel pipe 2. 1 ASTM Standards :
for high-temperature service (Note 1 ) in NPS 1/8 to NPS
A 5 20 Specif
i cat
i on for Supplementa
r y Requirements for
4 8 inclusive, with nominal (average) wall thickness as S eamles s and Electric-Re sistance-Welded C a
r bon Steel
given in ANSI B 3 6 . 1 0. Pipe having other dimensions may
Tubular Pr oducts for High-Temper atur e Service Con
be furnished provided such pipe complies with all other
foi ming to I S O Rec o mmen dati o n s for B o il er C on
requirements of this specif i cat
i on. Pipe ordered under this
struc t
i on
specifi cation shall be suitable for bending, f l anging, and
simila
r forming oper ations , and fbr welding. When the A 5 30 /A 5 30M Specif i cation f0r General Requirements fbr
steel is to be welded, it is pr e supposed that a welding Specialized Ca r bon and Alloy Steel Pipe
procedure suitable to the grade of steel and intended use E 29 Pr actice for Using Signif i cant Digits in Test Data to
or ser vice will be ut
i lized (Note 2) Determine Conformance With Specif i cations
E 2 1 3 Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe
NOTE 1 - Consider ation should be given to possible gr aphitization of and Tubing
h
t e mateiial at t
h e higher temper atm es at which it may be used ,
E 3 09 Pr actic e for Eddy- Curr ent Examination of' S teel
NOTE 2 - Gl ade A lat h er t
han Gr ade B or Grade C pipe should be
Tubula r ' Products Using Magnetic S aturation
used tot close coiling, oi cold bending The purpose tot which the pipe
is to be used should be stated in the ol der This note is not intended to E 3 8 1 Method of' Macrotech Testing, Inspection, and Rat
pr ohibit the cold bending of Gl ade B seamless pipe ing Steel Products , Comprising B ar's , B illets , Blooms ,
and Forgings
1 .2 S uppl emen tary requirements ( S 1 to $ 4) of an
E 570 Practice for' Flux Leakage Examination of Ferromag
optional nature a r e provided for seamless pipe intended
netic S teel Tubula
r ' Pr oducts
for' use in applications where a superior grade of pipe is
required . These supplementa ry requirements call for' addi 2.2 ANSI Standa rd:
i onal tests to be made and when desir ed shall be s o stated
t
in the order. ANSI B 36 1 0 Welded and S eamless Wlought Steel Pipe

1 .3 When these products a r e to be used in applications 2.3 Mili tary Standards :

conf0 ming to IS O Recommendations for B oiler Constr uc MIL-STD- 1 29 Mar king for Shipment and Storage
tion, the r equirements of Specif
i cation A 5 20 (Mechanical MIL-STD- 1 63 Steel Mill Products , P
r eparation for Ship
Property Requirements S ection) sh all s upplement and ment and Storage
super sede the requir ements of this specif
i cation.
2.4 Federal Standards:
1 .4 The values stated in inch-pound units a
r e to be
r egar ded as the standard . Fed. S td 1 23 Ma
r king for Shipments (Civil Agencies)
Fed . Std 1 83 Continuous Identif
i cation Ma
rki ng of Iron
NOTE 3 - T
h e dimensionless designator' NPS (nominal pipe size) has and S teel Products
been substituted in this standmd for such traditional terms as "nom
i na
l
diameter," "size," and "nom
i nal size "
2.5 Other Standa r ds :
1 .5 DELETED S SPC-SP6 Surtace Prepa
ration Specif
i cation No 6

205
SA-106 2007 SECTION II, PART A

3. Ordering Informat i on 6. General Requirements

3.1 Orders for materials under this specif
i cation should 6.1 Material furnished to this specif
i cation shall con
include the following, as required, to describe the desired form to th e applicable requirements of the current edition
material adequately : of Specifi cati on A 530/A 530M unless otherwise provided
herein.
3. 1 . 1 Quantity (feet or number of lengths) ,
3. 1 .2 Name of mater
i al (seamless ca
r bon steel pipe),
3. 1 .3 Grade (Table 1 ) , 7. Chemical Composit i on
7. 1 The steel shall conform to the requir ements as to
3. 1 .4 Manufacture (hot-f
i nished or cold-drawn) ,
chemical composition prescr
ibed in Table 1
3. 1.5 Size (either NPS and weight class or schedule
number , or both, or outside diameter and nominal wall
thicknes s , ANSI B 36 . 1 0) , 8. Heat Analysis
3.1.6 Length (specifi c or random, Section 20), 8.1 An an alysis of each heat of steel shall be made by
the steel manufacturer to determine the per centages of the
3.1.7 Optional requirements (Sect
ion 9 and S 1 to $4),
elements specifi ed in Section 7 If the secondary melting
3.1.8 Test report required (Sect
i on on Cert
ifi cation processes of 4 1 a
r e employed, the heat analysis shall be
of Specif
i cat
i on A 530/A 530M), obtained t om one remelted ingot or the product of one
3.1.9 Specifi cat
i on designat
i on, remelted ingot of each prima
r y melt. The chemical compo
sition t
hus determined, or that determined t om a pr oduct
3. 1 . 10 End use of material,
analysis made by the manufacturer, if the latter has not
3.1.11 Hydrostatic test in accordance with Specifi ca manufactur ed t
he steel, shall be reported to the purchaser
i on A 5 30/A 5 30M or 1 3 3 of this specif
t i cation, oi' NDE or t
he purchaser' s representative, and shall conform to the
in accordance wit
h Section 1 4 of this specif
i cat
i on . requirements specifi ed in Section 7
3. 1. 12 Special r equir ements

9. Product Analysis
4. Process 9.1 At the request of t h e purchaser , analyses of two
4. 1 The steel shall be killed steel made by one or mor e pipes from each lot (Note 4) of 400 lengths or fraction
of the following processes : open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or thereof, of each size up to, but not including, NPS 6, and
electric-fur
n ace . The prima
r y melting may incorporate sep from each lot of 200 lengths or fraction thereof of each
arate degassing or refi ning, and may be followed by second size NPS 6 and over , shall be made by the manufacturer
ary melting, using electroslag remelting or vacuum-a rc from the fi nished pipe The results of these analyses shall
remelting If seconda ry melting is employed, the heat shall be reported to th e purchaser or' t
he purchaser' s representa
be defi ned as all of the ingots remelted from a single tive and shall conform to the requirements specif i ed in
S ection %
primary heat.
4.2 Steel may be cast in ingots or may be stra n d cast. 9.2 If the a
n alysis of one of the tests specifi ed in 9 1
h
W en steels of different grades a
re sequent
i ally strand cast, does not conform to the requirements specifi ed in Sect i on
identif
i cation of the r esultant transition materia
l is r equired. 7, analyses shall be made on additi onal pipes of double
The producer shall Iemove the transition material by any the original number f
rom the sa
me tot, each of which shall
established procedure that positively separates the grades. conform to requirements specif
i ed

4.3 Pipe NPS 1 1/2 and under may be eitheI hot fi nished NOTE 4 - A lot shall consist of the numbeI of lengths specif i ed in
or cold drawn Sections 9 and 20 of the same size and wall thickness fr om any one heat
of steel

4.4 Unless otherwise specif

i ed, pipe NPS 2 and over
shall be furnished hot f
i nished. When agIeed upon between
the manufacturer and t
he pur chaser , cold-drawn pipe may 10. Tensile Requirements
be furnished 10. 1 The material shall conform to the requirements
as to tensile propert
i es prescribed in Tables 2 and 3 .

5. Heat Treatment

5.1 Hot-f i nished pipe need not be heat tleated Cold 1 1. Bending Requirements
drawn pipe shall be heat treated after the fi nal cold draw ILl For pipe NPS 2 and under a suffi cient length of
pass at a temperature of 1 200°F (650°C) oI higher. pipe shall stand being bent cold through 90° ar ound a

206
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA - 1 06

cylind
r ical mand r el, the diameter' of which is 1 2 times the 13.3 When specif i ed in the or der , pipe may be furnished
nominal diameter' (as shown in ANSI B 3 6 , , 1 0) of the pipe, without hydrostatic test and without the NDE in S ection
without developing cr acks , When ordered f0r' close coiling 1 4. In this case, each length so furnished sha!l include the
(Note 2) , the pipe shall stand being bent cold thr ough 1 80° mandatory ma r king of the letter s "NH . "
around a cylind r ical mandrel, the diameter' of' which is eight
13.4 When the hydr ostatic test and the NDE test ar e
times the outside diameter (as shown in ANSI B 3 6 , , 1 0) of
omitted and the lengt h s ma r ked with the letters "NH,"
h e pipe, wit
t h out failur e ,
the certif
i cation, when required, shall clea r ly state "Not
1 1.2 For pipe whose diameter equals or exceeds 1 0 in. Hydro stati c ally Tested , " the sp ecif
i c ation number and
(254 r am) a bend test may be conducted instead of t he material gr ade, as shown on the certif i cation, shall be f01
l attening test . The bend test specimens shall be bent at
f lowed by the letter s "NH . "
room temperature through 1 80° without cracking on the
outside of the bent portion The inside diameter of the bend
shall be 1 in . (25 . 4 r
am) Substitution of the bend test for 14. Nondestructive Electric Test
te f
h l attening test shall be subj ect to the approval of t
he 14. 1 As an alternative to the hydrostatic test, and when
purchaser , specif
i ed by the purchaser , each pipe shall be tested with
a nonde struct
i ve electric test in accorda
n ce with Practice
1 1.3 For pipe whose diameter exceeds 25 in (63 5 r
am)
and whose diameter to wall thickness ratio is 7 . 0 or less , E 2 1 3 , Pr actice E 309 , or Practice E 570. In this case, each
the bend test described in 1 1 2 shall be conducted instead length so furnished sha
l l include the ma
ndatory ma
r king
of t
he f
l attening test . of t
he letter's "NDE. " It is the intent of this test to rej ect
pipe with imper fections which produce test signals equal
NOTE 5 - Diameter to wall thickness i atio = specif
i ed outside diametef
f
nominal wa
l l thick
n ess
to or greater tha
nth at of the calibr ation standar d
14.2 W h en the nondestructive electr ic test is performed,
Example : For 28 in diameter 5 .000 in thick pipe the the lengths shall be mar ked with the letter's "NDE " The
diameter to wall thickness ratio = 28/5 = 5 6
certif
i cation, when required, shall state "Nondestructive
Electric Tested" and shall indic ate which of the tests w as

12. Flattening Tests

applied Also the letter' s "NDE" shall be appended to the
product specif
i cation number and material gr ade shown on
12. 1 For pipe over NPS 2 a sect
i on of pipe not less the certif
i cation
than 2 1/9 in (63 .5 mm) in lengt
h shall be fl attened cold
between para l lel plates until the opposite walls of the pipe 14.3 The following informat i on is for the benef
i t of
meet. Flattening tests shall be in accordance wit h Specif i the user of this specif
i cation :
cation A 53 0/A 5 3 0M, except t h at in the formula used to 14.3. 1 Th e r e f ere n c e s ta n d ar d s d e f
in e d i n 1 4 4
calculate the "/-/" value, the following "e" constants shall through 1 4 6 a
r e convenient sta
n da
r ds for calibration of
be u s ed :
nondestructive testing equipment The dimensions of these
standa
r ds should not be construed as the minimum size
0 , 0 8 tbr Grade A
0 07 for Gr ade s B and C imperfection detectable by such equipment

12.2 When low D-to-t ratio tubular s are tested, because

14.3.2 The ult r asonic testing can be performed to
detect both longitudinally a
n d cir cumfer entially oriented
h e str ain imposed due to geometry is unieasonably high
t
on the inside surface at the six and twelve o ' clock locations,
defects It should be recognized that different techniques
should be employed to detect differ ently or
i ented imper fec
cracks at these locat
i ons shall not be cause for r ej ection if
the D-to-t ratio is les s t
h an 1 0 tions The examination may not detect short, deep defects .
14.3.3 The eddy current exam
ination r eferenced in
NOTE 6 - The "/at" values have been calculated fbi sizes from NPS
2 1/2 to 24, inclusive, and are shown in Table X 1 1 of this specification this specif
i cation has the capability of detecting signifi ca
nt
discontinuiti es , especially of the short abrupt type.
14.3.4 The f l ux leakage examination referr ed to in
13. Hydrostatic Test this specif
i cation is capable of detecting the presence and
13. 1 Each length of pipe sha l l withstand with out leak location of signif i cant longitudinally or tr ansversely ori
age th
r ough the pipe wa ll, a hydrostatic test, except as ented discontinuities . It should be r ecognized that different
provided for in 1 3 2, 1 3 3 , a
nd 1 3 4 . techniques should be employed to detect dif fer ent
l y ori
13.2 When specif i ed by the purchaser , pipe may be ented imperfect i ons
tested by the nondestructive electric test method in lieu of 14.3.5 The hyd r ostatic test referr ed to in S ection 1 3
the hydrostatic test as shown in Sect i on 1 4 has the capability of f
i nding defects of a size permitting

2 07
SA- 106 2007 SECTION H, PART A

the test f
l uid to leak thr ough the tube wall and may be machined in a radial plane pa
r allel to t
he pipe axis For
either visually seen or detected by a loss of pressure This wall thick
ness under 1/2 in ( 1 2.7 mm), outside and inside
test may not detect very ti ght, through-the-wal l defects or notches shall be used ; for wall thickness equal a
nd above
defects that extend an appreciable distance into t h e wa ll 1/2 in. ( 1 2 .7 r
am), only an outside notch shall be used
without complete penetration Notch depth shall not exceed 1 21/2% of t
he specifi ed wall
thickness , or 0 004 in (0 . 1 02 mm), whichever is greaten
14.3.6 A purchaser interested in ascertaining the
nature (type, size, location, and orientation) of discont inu Notch length shal l not exceed 1 in (25 .4 mm), and the
ities that can be detected in t
h e specif
i c applicat
i on of these width shall not exceed the depth Outside diameter a nd
examinat
i ons should discuss t
h is with the manufacturer of inside diameter notches shall be located suff
i ciently apa
rt
the tubula
r product. to allow sepa
r ation and ident
i fi cat
i on of the signals

14.4 For ulUasonic testing , the calibr ation reference 14.7 Pipe producing a signal equal to or greater than
notches shall be, at t
he option of the producer , any one of the signal produced by t h e calibration standa
r d sha
ll be
the three common notch shapes shown in Pr actice E 2 1 3 subject to rejection The a
r ea producing the signal may be
reexamined
The depth of notch shall not exceed 1 21/2% of the specifi ed
wall t
hickness of the pipe or 0 . 004 in. (0 1 02 mm), which 14.7.1 Test signals produced by imperfections which
ever is greater ca
n not be identif
i ed, or produced by cIacks or crack-like
14.5 For eddy curient test i ng, the calibration pipe shall
imperfect i ons sha
l l result in rejection of the pipe, unless
it is repaired and retested To be accepted, the pipe must
contain, at the option of the producer, any one of the
pass the same specif i cation test to which it was originally
following discont i nuit
ies to establish a m
inimum sensit iv
subjected, provided that t h e remaining wall thickness is
ity level for rej ection :
not decreased below that permitted by t his specifi cation.
14.5. 1 Drilled Hole - The calibr at i on pipe shall con The OD at the point of grinding may be reduced by the
tain depending upon the pipe diameter three holes spaced amount so reduced
1 20° apart or four holes spaced 90° apart and suffi ciently
14.7.2 Test signals produced by visua
l imperfections
separated longitudina lly to ensure sepa r ately distinguish
such as t
hose listed below may be evaluated in accordance
able responses The holes shall be drilled radia l ly a
nd com
wit
h the pr ovisions of Sect
i on 1 8 :
pletely through the pipe wall, ca r e being taken to avoid
distortion of the pipe while drilling Depending upon the 14.7.2. 1 Dinges ,
pipe diameter the calibration pipe shall contain the follow 14.7.2.2 Straightener ma
r ks,
ing hole :
14.7.2.3 Cutting chips,
< )2 in . 0 039 in ( 1 ram)
> <- 1 )4 in 0 055 in ( 1 .4 mm) 14.7.2.4 S cratches ,
> 1 /14 < 2 in . 0 07 1 in ( 1 8 mm) 14.7.2.5 Steel die stamps,
> 2 in < 5 in 0 087 in , (2 2 mm)
> 5 in O 1 06 in , (2 7 r
am) 14.7.2.6 Stop ma
r ks, or
14.7.2.7 Pipe reducer ripple.
14.5.2 Transverse Tangential Notch - Using a r ound
tool or fi le wit
h a 1/4 in (6 4 mm) diameter , a notch shall 14.8 The test methods described in this sect
i on may
be fi led or milled ta
n gentia
l to the surface and tr a
n sverse not be capable of inspect
i ng the end portion of pipes. This
to h
te longitudinal axis of the pipe Said notch shall have condition is referred to as "end effect " The lengt
h of the
a depth not exceeding 1 2 1/2% of the specifi ed wall thick
ness end effect shall be determined by t he manufacturer and,
of the pipe or 0. . 004 in (0. . 1 02 mm), whichever is greater. when specif
i ed in the purchase order, reported to the pur
chaser
1 4. 5 .3 Long itu dina l Notch - A notch 0. 0 3 1 i n
(0 .7 87 mm) or less in width shall be machined in a r adial
place pa r allel to the tube axis on the outside surface of t
he
15. Nipples
pipe, to have a depth not exceeding 1 21/2% of the specifi ed
wall thick
ness of the tube or 0.004 in (0 1 02 mm), which 15.1 Nipples shall be cut t om pipe of' the same dimen
ever is greater The length of the notch shall be compatible sions and quality described in this specif
i cation
wit
h the test
ing method
14.5.4 Compatibility - The discontinuit y in t
he cali 16. Dimensions, Weight, and Permissible Variations
bration pipe shall be compatible with t
h e test
i ng equipment 16.1 Weight - The weight of any length of pipe shall
n d the method being used.
a not va
ry more than 1 0% over and 3 , 5 % under' that specif
i ed
14.6 For fl ux lea
kage testing, the longitudinal calibra Unless other wise agreed upon between the manufacturer
tion referenc e notche s shall be str ai ght- sided notche s and the purchaser, pipe in NPS 4 and smaller' may be

20 8
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA- 1 06

weighed in convenient lots ; pipe larger than NPS 4 shall 18.3. 1 Mechanical marks , abrasions (Note 8) and
be weighed separately. pits, a
ny of which imperfections a
r e deeper than 1/16 in
( 1 . 5 8 mm)
16.2 Diameter - Va
r iations in outside diameter shall
not exceed t
h ose specif
i ed in Table 4 . 18.3.2 Visual imperfections commonly referred to
as scabs, seams, laps, tear s, or sliver' s found by exploration
16.3 Thickness - The minimum wall t hickness at any in accordance with 1 81 to be deeper tha n 5 % of the nomi
point shall not be more than 1 2 .5 % under the nominal wall nal wall thick
n es s
thickness specifi ed
18.4 At the purchaser' s discretion, pipe sha l l be sub
NOTE 7 - The minimum wall thicknesses on inspection of some of the j ected to rejection if surface imper
fections acceptable under
available sizes a
r e shown in Table X2 1
1 8.2 a
r e not scattered, but appea
r over a large a
r ea in exces s
of what is considered a workmanlike f i nish Disposition of
such a pipe shall be a matter of agreement between the
17. Lengths manufacturer and the purchaser
17.1 Pipe lengths shall be in accordance with the fol 18.5 When imperfect i ons or defects a
r e removed by
lowing regular practice : grinding, a smooth curved surface shall be maintained,
17. 1 . 1 The lengths r equired shall be specif
i ed in the and the wall thick
n es s sha
l l not be decre ased below that
order, a
nd permitted by this specif
i cation . The outside diameter at
17. 1 .2 No j ointer s a
r e permitted unless other wise the point of grinding may be reduced by the amount so
removed
specif
i ed
18.5. 1 Wall thick
n es s measurements shall be made
17. 1.3 If def
i nite lengths a
r e not required, pipe may
with a mechanical caliper or wit h a properly calibrated
be ordered in single random lengt h s of 1 6 to 22 ft (4 . 8 to
nondestructive testing device of appropri ate accuracy. In
6 .7 m) wit
h 5 % 1 2 to 1 6 ft (3 . 7 to 4 8 m) , or in double
case of dispute, the measurement determined by use of the
random lengths wit
h a minimum average of 35 ft ( 1 0.. 7 m)
mechanical cal iper shall govern .
n
ad a minimum length of 22 ft with 5 % 1 6 to 22 f
18.6 Weld repair shall be permi tted only subject to the
approval of the purchaser and in accordance with Specif i
18. Workmanship, Finish and Appearance c ation A 5 3 0 / A 5 3 0M

18. 1 The pipe manufacturer shall explore a suff i cient 18.7 The f
i nished pipe shall be reasonably str aight.
number of visual sur face imperfections to provide reason
NOTE 8 - Marks and abrasions ar e def i ned as cable marks, dinges,
able assurance that they have been properly evaluated with guide marks, r
o ll marks, ball sci atches, scoi es, die marks, etc
respect to dept h Exploration of all surface imperfections
is not r equired but may be necessa
r y to assure compliance
wit
h 1 82 1 9. End Finish

1 8.2 Surface imperfections that penetr ate more t

h an 19. 1 The pipe shall be furnished to t
h e following piac
1 21/2% of the nominal wall thick
n ess or encroach on the i ce, unless otherwise specif
r i ed
minimum wa!l thick ness shall be considered defects Pipe 19.1.! NPS 1 1/2 and Smaller - Al! walls shall be
wit
h such defects shall be given one of the following dispo either plain-end squa
r e cut, or plAn-end beveled at the
sition s : opti on of t
he manufactur er .
18.2. 1 The defect may be removed by grinding pr o 1 9 . 1 .2 NPS 2 and La rg e r - Wall s thr ough extra
vided that the r emaining wall thick
ness is within specif
i ed strong weights , shall be plain end-beveled
lim
i ts 19. 1 .3 NPS 2 and Larger - Walls over extr a strong
18.2.2 Repaired in accordance with the r epair weld weights, shall be plain-end squa
r e cut ,
ing provisions of 1 8 . 6 . NOTE 9 -Plain-end beveled is def i ned as pla
i n-end pipe having a bevel
n gle of 30°, +5 ° ot -0°, as measuI ed from a line &awn peIpendicula
a r
18.2.3 The secti on of pipe containing t
h e defect may
to the axis of the pipe with a mot face of 1/16 in -+ '3 2 in ( 1 5875 -+
be cut of
f within the limits of requirements on length. 0 7938 mm) Othei bevel a
n gles may be specif
i ed by agreement between
18.2.4 REj ected the pmchaser and the manufacturer

18.3 To pr ovide a work manlike f i nish and basis for

20. Number of Tests
evaluating conforma n ce with 1 8 .2 the pipe manufacturer
shall remove by grinding the following noninj uf
i ous imper 20. 1 The tensile requirements specif
i ed in S ection 7
fections : shall be determined on one lengt
h of pipe from each lot

2O9
 SA-106 2007 SECTION II, PART A

(Note 4) of 400 lengths or' f

i action thereof' of each size surface as possible and another from as close to the inner
under' NPS 6, and f
l 'om each lot of 200 lengths or' fract
i on surf ace as possible The specimens shall be either' 1/2 by
thereof of each size NPS 6 and over'.. 1/2 in . (1 2 .7 by 1 2 . 7 mm) in section or' 1 by 1/2 in . (25 . 4
by 1 2.. 7 mm) in secti on with the corner' s rounded to a radius
20.2 For pipe NPS 2 and under , the bend test specifi ed not over' 1/16 in. ( 1 6 mm) and need not exceed 6 in. ( 1 52
in 1 1 1 shall be made on one pipe from each lot of 400 am) in lengtE The side of' the samples placed in tension
r
lengths or' fraction thereof of' each size . The bend test, during the bend shall be the side closest to the inner' and
where used as permitted by 1 1 2 or required by 1 1 .3 , shall outer surface of the pipe respectively
be made on one end of 5 % of the pipe from each lot . For
small lots, at least one pipe shall be tested . 22.4 All routine check tests shall be made at r oom
temperature
20.3 The fl attening test specifi ed in Secti on 1 2 shall
be made on one length of pipe f
i 'o m each lot of' 400 lengths
or f
i action thereof of' each size over NPS 2, up to but not
23. Certif
i cation
including NPS 6, and f
rom each !ot of 200 lengths or
f
i action thereof, of each size NPS 6 and over . 23.1 When test reports are requested, in additi on to the
requirements of Specifi cation A 5 30 /A 5 30M, the pro
20.4 Each length of' pipe shall be subjected to the ducer or' supplier shall furnish to the purchaser a chemical
hydrostat
i c test specifi ed in Secti on 1 3 . analysis report for the elements specifi ed in Table 1
20.5 If' any test specimen shows defective machining or
develops fl aws, it may be discarded and another specimen
substituted . 24. Product Marking
24.1 In addit
i on to the ma
rking prescribed in Specifi ca
t on A 530/A 530M, the ma
i rking shall include heat number ,
21. Retests
the information as per Table 5, an additional symbol "S"
21.1 If the percentage of' elongation of any tension test if the pipe conforms in any case to the supplementa
ry
specimen is less than that prescribed in Table 1 and any requirements specifi ed in S 1 to $5 , the length and schedule
pa
r t of' the fracture is more than 3/4 in ( 19.0 mm) rf om the number , and on pipe sizes la rger than NPS 4 the weight
center of the gage length of a 2 in ., or' 50 mm, specimen shall be given.. Length shall be ma r ked in feet and tenths
as indicated by scribe scratches marked on t h e specimen of a foot, or metres to two decimal places, depending on t
he
before testing, a retest shall be allowed . If a specimen units to which t
h e material was or der ed, or other' ma
rki ng
brea
k s in an inside or outside sunface f
l aw , a r etest shall subject to agreement . For sizes NPS 1 1/2, 1 1/4, 1 , and 3/4,
be allowed .
each lengt
h shall be ma
r ked as prescr
ibed in Specifi cati on
A 5 30/A 5 30M . These sizes shall be bundled in accor dance
21.2 Should a crop end of a fi nished pipe fail in the
lf attening test, one retest may be made tom the failed end with sta
n da
r d mill practice and the tota
l bundle footage
Pipe may be normalized eit her before or af
ter the fi rst ma
r ked on the bundle tag; individual lengths of' pipe need
test, but pipe shall be subjected to only two normalizing not be ma
rked with f0otage For sizes less than NPS 3/4,
tr eatments all required marki ngs may be on the bundle tag a n d shall
include the total footage; individual lengths of pipe need
not be ma r ked with footage . If not marked on the bundle
22. Test Specimens and Test Methods tag, all required marking shall be on each length.
22.1 On NPS 8 and la
r ger , specimens cut either longitu 24.2 When pipe sections a r e cut into shorter lengths by
dinally or' transversely shall be acceptable for the tension a subsequent processor for resale as material, the processor
test. On sizes smaller' than NPS 8 , the longit
u dina
l test shall transfer complete identifying information, including
only shall be used . the name or' brand of the manufactur er to each unma
rked
22.2 Test specimens for the bend test specifi ed in Sec cut length, or' to metal tags securely attached to bundles
tion 1 1 and for' the fl attening tests shall consist of' sections of unmarked sma
l l diameter' pipe . The same material desig
nation shall be included with the information tra
n sferi ed,
cut from a pipe . Specimens for' fl attening tests shall be
. . . . . . . .. . . . smooth on the ends and free form burrs; except when made and the processor' s name, trademark, or bra
nd shall be
added ,
on crop ends .
22.3 Test specimens for' the bend test specifi ed in 1 1 .2 24.3 Bar Coding - In additi on to t
he requirements in
and 1 1 . 3 shall be cut f
i om one end of' t
he pipe a
nd, unless 24 . 1 a
n d 24 .2, ba
r ' coding is acceptable as a supplementary
otherwise specif
i ed, shall be taken in a transverse direction . identifi cation met h od . The purchaser' may specify in the
One test specimen shall be ta ken as close to the outer' order' a specifi c ba
r coding system to be used

210
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA- 1 06

25. Government Procurement Except as otherwise specif

25. 1 When specifi ed in the contract, material shall be
preserved, packaged, and packed in accordance with the
requirements of MIL-STD- 1 63 . The applicable levels shall
be as specifi ed in the contract. Marking for the shipment
of such mater
ial shall be in accordance with Fed. Std No
1 23 fbr civil agencies and MIL-STD- 1 29 or Fed Std No
1 83 if continuous mark
i ng is required for milita
ry agencies
i ed in the contract, the pr oducer'
may use his own, or' any other' suitable facilities for the
pef fbrmance of' the inspection and test requirements speci
fi ed herein, unless disapproved by the purchaser, , The pur
chaser' shall have the right to perform any of the inspections
and tests set forth in this specifi cation where such inspec
tions ar e deemed necessary to ensure that the material
conforms to the prescribed requirements ,

25.2 Inspection - Unless otherwise specif i ed in the

contract, the producer is responsible fbr the performance 26. Keywords
of all inspection and test requirements specif i ed herein 26. 1 carbon steel pipe; seamless steel pipe; steel pipe

TA B L E 1
C H E M I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS

Com position, %
G r ad e A G rad e B G rad e C

C ar bo n, max '4 0 25 0 30 0 .35

M an g a n ese 0 , 2 7-0 9 3 0 2 9- 1 0 6 0 , 2 9-1 0 6
P h os p h o r us, max 0 ,035 0 , 03 5 0 ,, 0 3 5
S u l fu r, max 0 03 5 0 035 0 035
S i l i co n, m i n 0 ,10 0 ,10 0, 10
C h ro me, max B 0 , 40 0 ,40 0 40
C o ppe r' , max B 0 .40 0 40 0 40
M o l y b de n u m,
m ax B 0 ,15 0 15 0 .15
N i c ke l , m ax B 0 40 0 ,40 0 40
Vanad i u m, m ax B 0 ,08 0 , 08 0, 08

A Fo r' each red ucti on of 0 , 0 1 % be l ow the spec ifi ed carbon max i

m u m, an i nc rease of 0 , 0 6 % manganese above the spec ifi ed m ax i
m u m w i l l be pe rm itted up to a max i m u m of & , 3 5 % ,
B These fi ve e l eme nts c o m b i ned shal l not exceed 1 %

21 1
SA- 106 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 2
T E N SI LE REQU I RE M E NTS
G rad e A
( Ex p lanatory
N ote 2 ) G rad e B G rad e C

48 0 0 0 ( 3 3 0 ) 60 000 (415 ) 7 0 0 0 0 ( 4 85 )
Te n s i le stre ngth, m i n, ps i ( M P a)
30 000 (205) 35 000 (240) 40 000 (275 )
Y ie l d stre n gth , r
a i n, psi ( M P a)
Long itu- Long itu L on g i t u
d i na l T ra n sve rse d i nal T ra n sve rse d i nal T ra n sve r s e

E l ongat i o n i n 2 i n o r 5 0 m m, m i n, % :
B as i c m i n i m u m e l o n g at i o n transve rse stri p tests, and fo r a l l s ma l l
s i ze s teste d i n fu l l se ct i o n 35 25 30 16 5 30 16 ,5
Whe n sta n da rd ro u n d 2 i n o r' 5 0 m m g age l e n gth test spe c i men i s
u se d 28 20 22 12 20 12
A, B Az B A, B
F o r' l o n g i tu d i n a l st r i p tests
F o r' transve r se str i p tests, a ded uct i o n fo r' eac h 1/32 i n . ( 0 .8 m m )
dec rease i n wa l l th i c k ness be l ow s/1 6 i n , ( 7 , 9 m m ) fr o m the bas i c
m i n i m u m e l o ng at i o n of the fo l l owi ng pe rce ntage sh al l be made 1 ,25 c I 00 c I 00c

A T he m i n i m u m e l o ngati o n i n 2 i n ( 5 0 , 8 m m ) sh a l l be dete rm i ned by the fo l l owi ng eq u ati o n :

e = 6 2 5 0 0 0 A° 2/ U° 9

wh e re :

e = m i n i m u m e l ong at i o n i n 2 i n , ( 5 0 8 m m ), % , ro u nded to the nearest 0 5 % ,

A = c ross-sect i o n a l ar ea of the tensi on test spec i me n, i n 2 based on spec ifi ed o uts i de d i amete r o r' no m i nal spec i me n w i dth and spec ifi ed
wa l l th i c kness ro u nded to the nearest 0 , 0 1 i n , 2 if the area th us ca l cu l ated i s g reate r than 0 7 5 i n 2 sh al l be used, and
U = spec if
i ed tens i l e str e n gth, ps i
S ee Tab le 3 fo r m i n i m u m e l ong at i o n va l ues fo r' var i ou s si ze tens i o n spec i mens an d g rades ,
c T he fo l l owi ng tab l e g ives the co m puted m i n i m u m va l ues :

Wa l l T h i c k n ess E longation i n 2 i n . or 50 m m, r
a i n, %
in , mm G rade A, Transve rse G rades B and C, Transve rse
1 6, 5 0
5/16 ( 0, 3 1 2 ) 79 25 ,00
15 .50
9/32 ( 0 , 2 8 1 ) 7, 1 23 75
14 ,50
1/4 ( 0 , 2 5 0 ) 6 ,4 22 50

7/32 ( 0 , 2 1 9 ) 56
3/16 ( 0 . 1 88 ) 48
5/32 ( 0 . 1 5 6 ) 4 ,0
I/8 ( 0 1 2 5 ) 3 ,2
3/32 ( 0 , 0 9 4 ) 2 .4
1/1 6 ( 0 062 ) 1 ,6

N OT E : T he above tab l e g ives the com p uted m i n i m u m e l o n gati o n val ues fo r' each 1/32 i n ( 0 8 m m ) dec rease i n wa l l th i c k ness . Whe re the wa l l
th i c k ness l i es betwee n two va l ues sh own above, the m i n i m u m e l o n gat i o n val ue i s deter m i ned by the fo l l owi n g e q u at i o n :

G rade D i rection of Test Eq uati on

A T ransve rse E = 40 t + 12 50
B an d C T ransve rse E = 32 t + 6 ,40

wh e re :
E = e l o n gati on i n 2 i n o r' 5 0 m m, %, an d
t = actu a l t h i c k n e s s of s pe c i m e n, i n ,

212
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA- 106

TA B L E 3
E L O N G AT I O N VA L U E S

E l ongati on i n 2 i n . r
a i n ., S pec ifi ed
Te ns i l e Strength, psi
Tension Test Speci me n Wa l l Th ickn ess, i n , [ N ote ( 2 )] G ra d e A G rad e B G rad e C
Area, i n ,2
[ N ote ( 1 ) ] 1/2 i n ,, Spec i me n 3/4 i n , Spec i men 1 i n ,, S peci me n 11/2 i n , S pec i m en 48 000 60 000 70 000
20 , 7 5 >1 . 49 1 >0 , 9 94
_ >0 . 7 4 6
_ >0 , 4 9 7
- 36 0 29 5 25 .5
0 .74 1 4 7 0-1 4 9 0 0 , 9 8 8-0 , 9 9 3 0 7 3 5 -0 . 7 4 5 0 , 4 9 0-0 4 9 6 36 ,0 29 ,5 25 ,5
0 73 1 , 4 5 1-1 , 4 6 9 0 9 6 7-0 9 7 9 0 , 7 2 6-0 , 7 3 4 0 4 8 4-0 , 4 8 9 36 ,0 29 5 25 ,5
0, 72 1 . 4 3 0-1 . 4 5 0 0 , 9 5 4-0 , 9 6 6 0 , 7 1 5-0 7 2 5 0 , 4 7 7 -0 , 4 8 3 36 ,0 29 5 25 5
0 .71 1 , 4 1 1-1 , 4 2 9 0 9 4 1 -0 , 9 5 3 0 7 0 6-0 7 1 4 0 4 7 1-0 4 7 6 35 5 29 ,0 25 5

0 70 1 , 3 9 0-I 4 1 0 0 9 2 7-0 9 4 0 0 6 9 5-0 , 7 0 5 0 , 4 6 4-0 , 4 7 0 35 ,5 29 0 25 ,5

0 ,69 1 . 3 7 1 -1 . 3 8 9 0 , 9 1 4-0 , 9 2 6 0 6 8 6-0 6 9 4 0 , 4 5 7-0 , 4 6 3 35 ,5 29 ,0 25 5
0 .68 1 , 3 5 0- 1 , 3 7 0 0 , 9 0 0-0 , 9 1 3 0 6 7 5-0 6 8 5 0 . 4 5 0-0 , 4 5 6 35 .5 29 0 25 0
0 , 67 1 3 3 1 -1 3 4 9 0 8 8 7-0 8 9 9 0 6 6 6-0, 6 7 4 0 4 4 4-0 , 4 4 9 35 5 29 ,0 25 0
0 66 1 3 1 0-I 3 3 0 0 , 8 7 4- 0 , 8 8 6 0 6 5 5-0 , 6 6 5 0 4 3 7-0 4 4 3 35 .0 29, 0 25 0

0 . 65 1 2 9 1-1 , 3 09 0 , 8 6 1 -0 , 8 7 3 0 6 4 6-0 6 5 4 0 4 3 1 -0 4 3 6 35 0 28 .5 25 ,0
0 , 64 1 , 2 7 0- 1 2 9 0 0 8 4 7-0 . 8 6 0 0 , 6 3 5-0 , 6 4 5 0 , 4 2 4-0 , 4 3 0 35 ,0 28 5 25 ,0
0, 6 3 1 2 5 1-1 2 6 9 0 8 3 4-0 , 8 4 6 0 6 2 6-0 6 3 4 0 , 4 1 7-0 . 4 2 3 35 ,0 28 ,5 25 ,0
0 .62 1 , 2 3 0- I , 2 5 0 0 , , 8 2 0-0 8 3 3 0 6 1 5 -0 , 6 2 5 0 4 1 0-0 , 4 1 6 35 .0 28 5 25 ,0
0 ,61 1 2 1 1-1 2 2 9 0 . 8 0 7-0 8 1 9 0 6 0 6-0 , 6 1 4 0 4 0 4-0 , 4 0 9 34 , 5 28 5 24 5

0 ,, 6 0 1 . 1 9 0-1 2 1 0 0 7 9 4-0 , 8 0 6 0 5 9 5-0 6 0 5 0 3 9 7-0 4 0 3 34 5 28 ,5 24 ,5

0 .59 1 , 1 7 1-1 , 1 8 9 0 , 7 8 1-0 7 9 3 0 , 5 8 6-0 , 5 9 4 0 3 9 1 -0 3 9 6 34 ,5 28 .0 24 ,5
0 ,58 1 1 5 0- 1 1 7 0 0 . 7 6 7-0 7 8 0 0 , 5 7 5-0 , 5 8 5 0 , 3 8 4-0 , 3 9 0 34 ,5 28 , 0 24 .5
0 57 1 1 3 1-1 1 4 9 0 , 7 5 4-0 , 7 6 6 0 5 6 6-0 , 5 7 4 0 3 7 7-0 3 8 3 34 .0 28 0 24 ,5
0 ,56 I , I I 0-I 1 3 0 0 7 4 0-0 . 7 5 3 0 , 5 5 5-0 5 6 5 0 3 7 0-0 , 3 7 6 34 , 0 28 0 24 5

0, 55 I 09 1-I I 09 0 , 7 2 7-0 7 3 9 0 5 4 6-0 5 5 4 0 , 3 6 4-0 , 3 6 9 34 0 28 ,0 24 9

0 54 1 0 7 0-1 0 9 0 0 , 7 1 4-0 7 2 6 0 5 3 5-0 , 5 4 5 0 3 5 7-0 , 3 6 3 34 ,0 27 .5 24, 0
0 , 53 1 , 0 5 1 -1 0 6 9 0 7 0 1 -0 . 7 1 3 0 5 2 6-0 5 3 4 0 3 5 1 -0 , 3 5 6 33 ,5 27 ,5 24 .0
0 ,52 1 0 3 0- 1 , 0 5 0 0 6 8 7-0 , 7 0 0 0 , 5 1 5-0 5 2 5 0 3 4 4-0 3 5 0 33 .5 27 ,5 24 ,0
0 51 1 0 1 1-1 0 2 9 0 , 6 7 4-0 6 8 6 0 5 0 6-0 , 5 1 4 0 3 3 7-0 3 4 3 33 5 27 5 24 ,0

0 ,50 0 9 9 0-1 0 1 0 0 6 6 0-0 . 6 7 3 0 1 , 4 9 5-0 , 5 0 5 0 , 3 3 0-0 , 3 3 6 331 5 2 7 1, 0 23 5

0 , 49 0 . 9 7 1 -0 . 9 8 9 0 6 4 7-0 , 6 5 9 0 , 4 8 6-0 4 9 4 0 3 2 4-0 . 3 2 9 33 0 27 0 23 5
0 48 0 9 5 0-0 , 9 7 0 0 , 6 3 4-0 6 4 6 0 , 4 7 5-0 , 4 8 5 0 3 1 7-0 , 3 2 3 33 ,0 27 ,0 23 5
0 ,47 0 , 9 3 1-0 9 4 9 0 6 2 1 -0 6 3 3 0 , 4 6 6-0 , 4 7 4 0 3 1 1 -0 3 1 6 33 .0 27 ,0 23 .5
0 ,4 6 0 . 9 1 0- 0 9 3 0 0 , 6 0 7-0 6 2 0 0 4 5 5-0 , 4 6 5 0 3 0 4-0 3 1 0 33 0 27 0 23 ,5

0 45 0 8 9 1 -0 9 0 9 0 . 5 9 4-0 6 0 6 0 , 4 4 6-0 . 4 5 4 0 , 2 9 7-0 , 3 0 3 32 5 26, 5 23 0

0 , 44 0 , 8 7 0-0 8 9 0 0 . 5 8 0-0 5 9 3 0 . 4 3 5-0 4 4 5 0 2 9 0-0 . 2 9 6 32 ,5 26 5 23 0
0 43 0 , 85 1-0 , 8 69 0 5 6 7-0 5 7 9 0 4 2 6-0 , 4 3 4 0 2 8 4-0 , 2 8 9 32 ,5 26 ,5 23 0
0 42 0 , 8 3 0-0 , 8 5 0 0 5 5 4-0 , 5 6 6 0 , 4 1 5-0 . 4 2 5 0 2 7 7- 0 2 8 3 32 .0 26 ,5 23 0
0 41 0 8 1 1-0 . 8 2 9 0 , 5 4 1-0 , 5 5 3 0 , 4 0 6-0 . 4 1 4 0 2 7 1 -0 2 7 6 32 0 26 0 23 ,0

0 40 0 7 9 0-
-0 1 8 1 0 0 5 2 7-
-0 5 4 0 0 3 9 5-
-0 4 0 5 0 2 6 4-
-0 , 2 7 0 32 0 26 0 22 .5
0 39 0 7 7 1-0 7 8 9 0 5 1 4-0 5 2 6 0 3 8 6-0 . 3 9 4 0 2 5 7-0 , 2 6 3 31 5 26 0 22 5
0 ,38 0 7 5 0-0 . 7 7 0 0 , , 5 0 0- 0 , 5 1 3 0 , 3 7 5-0 , 3 8 5 0 2 5 0- 0 2 5 6 31 ,5 26 0 22 5
0 .37 0 , 7 3 1-0 , 7 4 9 0 , 4 8 7-0 4 9 9 0 , 3 6 6-0 . 3 7 4 0 2 4 4-0 2 4 9 31 .5 25 ,5 22 5
0 36 0 . 7 1 0- 0 7 3 0 0 4 7 4-0 , 4 8 6 0 3 5 5-0 3 6 5 0 . 2 3 7-0, 2 4 3 31 ,0 25 .5 22 0

213
SA- 1 06 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3
E LO N G ATI O N VA L U E S ( C 0 N T' D )

E l o ngati on i n 2 i n . r
a i n . , Spec if
i ed
Tensi le Strength, psi
Te ns i on Test Spec i men Wa l l Th ickness, i n . . [ N ote ( 2 ) ] G rade A G rad e B G rad e C
Area, i n .2
[ N ote ( I ) ] 1/2 in. . Specimen 3/4 in.. Speci men 1 i n . Specimen 11/2 in. Specimen 48 000 60 000 70 000
0 135 0 , 6 9 1-0 7 0 9 0 . 4 6 1 -0 4 7 3 0 , 3 4 6-0 , 3 5 4 0 2 3 1-0 2 3 6 31 ,0 25 ,5 22 0
0 ,34 0 6 7 0-0 6 9 0 0 , 4 4 7-0 , 4 6 0 0 3 3 5-0 . 3 4 5 0 , 2 2 4-0 2 3 0 31 ,0 25 0 22 ,0
0 ,3 3 0 1 6 5 1 -0 1 6 6 9 0 4 3 4-0 . 4 4 6 0 , 3 2 6-0 1 3 3 4 0 2 1 7-0 , 2 2 3 30 ,5 2 5 1, 0 22 0
0 32 0 , 6 3 0-0 , 6 5 0 0 , 4 2 0-0 4 3 3 0 , 3 1 5-0 ,, 3 2 5 0 , 2 1 0-0 , 2 1 6 30 5 25 ,0 21 ,5
0 ,31 0 . 6 1 1 -0 6 2 9 0 , 4 0 7-0 , 4 1 9 0 . 3 0 6-0 , 3 1 4 0 2 0 4-0 2 0 9 30 5 25 ,0 2 1 ,5

0 ,3 0 0 5 9 0-0 6 1 0 0 3 9 4-0 , 4 0 6 0 . 2 9 5-0 3 0 5 0 1 9 7-0 2 0 3 30 ,0 24 ,5 21 5

0 29 0 5 7 1-0 5 8 9 0 3 8 1-0 3 9 3 0 2 8 6-0 , 2 9 4 0 1 9 1 -0 1 9 6 30 .0 24 5 21 5
0 ,28 0 5 5 0-0 5 7 0 0 , 3 6 7-0 3 8 0 0 . 2 7 5-0 2 8 5 0 , 1 8 4-0 , 1 9 0 29 5 24 5 21 0
0 ,27 0 5 3 1 -0 5 4 9 0 , 3 5 4-0 3 6 6 0 2 6 6-0 ,, 2 7 4 0 , 1 7 7-0 . 1 8 3 2 9 ,5 24 0 21 0
0 26 0 5 1 0-0 5 3 0 0 3 4 0-0 , 3 5 3 0 , , 2 5 5-0 , 2 6 5 0 1 7 0-0 1 7 6 29 0 24 ,0 21 0

0 25 0 , 4 9 1-0 , 5 0 9 0 , 3 2 7- 0 3 3 9 0 , 2 4 6-0 2 5 4 0 , , 1 6 4-0 , , 1 6 9 29 ,0 23 .5 20 ,5

0 ,24 0 , 4 7 0-0 , 4 9 0 0 , 3 1 4-0 3 2 6 0 2 3 5-0 , 2 4 5 0 , 1 5 7-0 , 1 6 3 29 ,0 23 5 20 5
0 .23 0 , 4 5 1 -0 4 6 9 0 3 0 1 -0 , , 3 1 3 0 , , 2 2 6-0 , 2 3 4 0 , 1 5 1 -0 , 1 5 6 28 .5 23, 5 20 5
0 ,22 0 4 3 0-0 4 5 0 0 . 2 8 7-0 , 3 0 0 0 , 2 1 5-0 . 2 2 5 0 1 4 4-0 , 1 5 0 2 8 ,5 23 0 20 ,0
O, 2 1 0 4 1 1- 0 , 4 2 9 0 2 7 4-0 2 8 6 0 . 2 0 6-0 , 2 1 4 0 1 3 7-0 1 4 3 28 0 23 ,0 20 0

0 ,20 0 3 9 0-0 . 4 1 0 0 , 2 6 0-0 2 7 3 0 1 9 5-0 , 2 0 5 0 , 1 3 0-0 , 1 3 6 27 ,5 22 .5 19 ,5

0 ,, 1 9 0 3 7 1 -0 3 8 9 0 2 4 7-0 , 2 5 9 0 1 8 6-0 , 1 9 4 0 , 1 2 4-0 , 1 2 9 27 ,5 22 ,5 19 5
0 18 0 3 5 0-0 , 3 7 0 0 , 2 3 4-0 , 2 4 6 0 , 1 7 5-0 . 1 8 5 0 , 1 1 7-0 , 1 2 3 27 0 22 0 19 5
0 ,17 0 3 3 1-0 , 3 4 9 0 2 2 1-0 2 3 3 0 . 1 6 6-0 , 1 7 4 0 , 1 1 1-0 1 1 6 27 ,0 22 0 1 9 ,, 0
0 ,16 0 , 3 1 0-0 , 3 3 0 0 , 2 0 7-0 2 2 0 0 1 5 5-0, 1 6 5 0 , 1 0 4-0 1 1 0 26 5 2115 19 ,0

0 ,15 0 2 9 1 -0 , 3 0 9 0 1 9 4-0 , 2 0 6 0 1 4 6-0 , 1 5 4 0 , 0 9 7-0 . 1 0 3 2 6, 0 21 ,5 18 ,5

0 ,14 0 , 2 7 0- 0 , 2 9 0 0 1 8 0-0 , 1 9 3 0 , 1 3 5-0 , 1 4 5 0 . 0 9 1-0 , 0 9 6 26 ,0 21 ,0 18 5
0 ,13 0 , 2 5 1-0 , 2 6 9 0 , 1 6 7-0 , 1 7 9 0 . 1 2 6-0 1 3 4 0 ,, 0 8 4-0 , 0 9 0 25 ,5 21 0 1 8 ,, 0
0 ,12 0 , 2 3 0-0 , 2 5 0 0 , 1 5 4-0 1 6 6 0 1 1 5-0 , , 1 2 5 0 0 7 7-0 0 8 3 25 0 20 ,5 18 ,0
0 11 0 2 1 1 -0 2 2 9 0 1 4 1 -0 , 1 5 3 0, 1 0 6-0 , 1 1 4 0 , 0 7 1 -0, 0 7 6 24 5 20 0 17 ,5

0 ,10 0 , 1 9 0-0 , 2 t 0 0 1 2 7-0 1 4 0 0 0 9 5-0 ,, 1 0 5 0 . 0 6 4-0 , 0 7 0 24 ,0 19 ,5 17 0

0 . 09 0 , 1 7 1 -0 . 1 8 9 0 , 1 1 4-0 1 2 6 0 , 0 8 6- 0 0 9 4 0 , 0 5 7-0 , 0 6 3 23 ,5 19 .5 17 ,0
0 08 0 1 5 0-0 , 1 7 0 0 . 1 0 0-0 1 1 3 0 0 7 5-0 , 0 8 5 0 . 0 5 0-0 0 5 6 23 0 19 ,0 16, 5
0 , 07 0 , 1 3 1 -0 1 4 9 0 0 8 7-0 , 0 9 9 0 , , 0 6 6-0 , 0 7 4 0 , 0 4 4-0 , 0 4 9 22 5 18 5 16 ,0
0 , 06 0 1 1 0- 0 , 1 3 0 0 0 7 4-0 , 0 8 6 0 . 0 5 5-0 0 6 5 0 , 0 3 7-0 , 0 4 3 2 2, 0 18 0 1 5 ,5

0 05 0 , 0 9 1 -0 1 0 9 0 . 0 6 1 -0 0 7 3 0 , 0 4 6-0 . 0 5 4 0 0 3 1-0 , 0 3 6 2 1 ,0 17 ,0 15 0
0 , 04 0 0 7 0-0 0 9 0 0 , 0 4 7-0 , 0 6 0 0 0 3 5-0 , 0 4 5 0 0 2 4-0 0 3 0 20 ,0 16 ,5 14 5
0 , 03 0 0 5 1-0 0 6 9 0 0 3 4-0 . 0 4 6 0 , 0 2 6-0 , 0 3 4 0 , 0 1 7-0 0 2 3 19 0 15 ,5 13 5
0 02 0 , 0 3 0-0 . 0 5 0 0 , 0 2 0-0 0 3 3 0 . 0 1 5- 0 0 2 5 0 , 0 1 0-0 . 0 1 6 1 7 ,, 5 14 5 12 ,5
_
<0 , 0 1 -
<0 , 0 2 9 -g O , 0 1 9
- <0 , 0 1 4 <0 0 0 9
- 15 .0 1 2 ,, 5 11 .0

N OT E S :
( 1 ) 1 i n 2 = 645 1 6 m m2 ,
(2 ) 1 in . = 25 4 mm ,

214
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA- 1 06

TA B L E 4 TA B L E 5
VA R I AT I O N S I N O U T S I D E D IA M ET E R M A R KI N G

P e r m i ss i b l e Va r i at i o n s i n O uts i de H ydro N DE M arki ng

D i a m ete r
Ye s No Test P re ss u re
O ve r U nder No Y es N DE
No No NH
N P S D es ig nato r' i n ,, mm in , mm
Yes Y es T e st P ress u re/ N D E

1/8 to 1 1/2, i nc l 1/64 (0 ,015) 0 ,4 0 1/64 (0 015) 0 40

Ove r' 1 1/2 to 4, i n c l 1/32 ( 0 03 1 ) 0 79 1/32 ( 0 . 03 1 ) 0 .79

Ove r' 4 to 8, i nc l 1/16 (0 ,062 ) 1 ,59 1/32 ( 0 , 03 1 ) 0 ,79

Ove r 8 to 1 8, i nc l 3/32 ( 0 . 0 93 ) 2 ,38 1/32 (0 031 ) 0 79

Ove r' 1 8 to 2 6, i nc l !/8 ( 0 1 25 ) 3 18 1/32 (0 ,031 ) 0 79

O ve r' 2 6 t o 3 4, i n c l 5/32 (0, 156) 3, 97 1/32 (0 ,031 ) 0 79

Ove r 3 4 to 4 8, i n c l 3/16 ( 0 , 1 87 ) 4 .76 1/32 (0 031 ) 0 .7 9

215
SA- 1 06 2007 SECTION H, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

One or more of the following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specifi ed
in the pur chase order The purchaser may specify a different fi equency of test or analysis
than is provided in the supplementary requirement Subject to agreement between the
purchaser and manufacturer , r etest and retr eatment pr ovisions of these supplementary
requirements may also be modif
i ed

$ 1. Product Analysis the number of tests per pipe requf

$ 1 . 1 Product analysis shall be made on each length of
pipe Individual lengths failing to conform to the chemical
composition r equirements shall be r ej ected
i ed shall also be specif
i ed
If a specimen fiom any length shows objectionable defects,
the length sha ll be iejected, subj ect to r emoval of the
defecti ve end and subsequent mtests indicating the remain
der of the length to be sound and reasonably uniform
mater i a
l

S2. Transverse Tension Test

$2. 1 A transverse tension test shall be made on a speci
men f
rom one end or both ends of each pipe NPS 8 and $5. Carbon Equivalent
over If this supplementa ry requirement is specif i ed, the $5. 1 The steel shall conform to a ca
r bon equivalent
number of tests per pipe shall also be specif i ed If a speci (CE) of 0 50 maximum as determined by the following
men from any length fails to meet the r equir e d tensile formula :

properties (tensile, yield, a nd elongation) , that length shall

%Mn % Cr + %Mo + % V %Ni + % Cu
be r
ej ected subj ect to r etreatment in accor dance with Speci CE = % C +
()
+
5 15
i cation A 5 30 /A 5 3 0M and satisfactoiy r etest
f
$ 5 . 2 A l o w er C E m ax i mum m ay b e ag r e e d up o n
between the purchaser and the producer
$3. Flattening Test
$5.3 The CE shall be reported on the test repolt.
$3. 1 The f
l attening test of Specif
i cation A 5 30 /A 5 3 0M
shall be made on a specimen fr om one end or both ends
of each pipe Cr op ends may be used If this supplementa ry
$6. Heat Treated Test Specimens
requirement is specif i ed, the number of tests peI pipe shall
al s o b e specifi ed f a sp ecimen fi om any len gth fail s $6.1 At t h e r equest of the purchaser , one tensile test
because of lack of ductility prior to satisfactory completion shall be performed by the manufacturer on a test specimen
from each heat of steel furnished which has been either
of the f
i r st step of the f
l attening test r equirement, t
h at pipe
shal l be r ejected subject to r etr eatment in accordance with stless r elieved at 1 250°F or normalized at 1 650°F, as speci
Specifi cation A 530/A 5 3 0M and satisfactory retest. If a if ed by the purchaser Other stress relief or annealing tem
specimen from any length of pipe fails because of a lack of pelatules, as appropriate to the analysis, may be specifi ed
soundness, t h at length shall be r ej ected, unless subsequent by agl eement between the pulchaser and the ma nufactmer.
retesting indicates that the remaining length is sound The r esults of thi s test shall meet the requilements of
Table 2 .

$4. Metal Structure and Etching Test

$7. Interna! Cleanliness - Government Orders
$4. 1 The steel shall be homogeneous as shown by
etching tests conducted in accor da
nce with the appropr
i ate $7. 1 The internal surface of hot f
i nished ferlitic steel
sections of Method E 3 8 1 Etch
i ng tests sha
ll be made on pipe and t ube shall be manufactured to a flee of scale
a cross section flom one end or bot h ends of each pipe conditi on equiva
lent to the visual standa
r d listed in SSPC
and shall show sound a
n d reasonable unifolm matel ial free SP6 . Cleaning shall be perfblmed in accordance with a
form injurious laminations , cracks, and simila
r obj ection wlitten procedule that has been shown to be effect i ve This
able defects If t
his supplementar y iequirement is specif
i ed, plocedure shall be available for audit

216
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA- 106

APPENDIX

(Nonmandatory Information)

X l. CALCULATED H VALUES FOR SEAMLESS PIPE

Xl. 1 Table XI I and X I 2 lists values for H to be used for the test of Section 1 2

TA B L E X 1 , 1
C A L C U LAT E D " H" VA L U E S FO R S EA M L E S S P I P E
I n ch - Po u n d U n its

D i stance, i n i nch es, D istance, i n i nch es,

B etw e e n P l at e s B etw e e n P l ate s
"H*/ by Equat ion : "HH by Equation :
( I + e) t ( 1 + e) t
H = - - H = - -
Outside Wal l e + L/D O utsi d e Wa l l
e + t/D

N PS D i a mete r, Th ickness, Sched u l e G r ade G r ades N PS D iamete r , Th ickn ess, Sc h e d u le G r ade G ra d es

Des i g nator in in N u mber A B & C Des i gnator in in N u m be r A B & C

2 1/2 2 875 0 2 03 40 1 45 6 1 545 14 14 0 0 0 0 25 0 I0 2 759 3 0 45

0 276 80 1 6 94 I 7 79 0 31 2 20 3 2 94 3 617

0 3 75 160 1 925 2 002 0 375 30 3 792 4 146

0 438 40 4 669 5 1 25
3 3 500 0 2 16 40 1 646 1 755
0 5 93 60 5 2 34 5 647
0 300 80 1 955 2 062
0 75 0 80 6 0 64 6 494
0 4 38 1 60 2 306 2 3 98
0 93 7 I O0 6 887 7 32 2
3 1/2 4 000 0 2 26 40 1 788 1 912 1 0 93 1 20 7 47 9 7 90 2
0 318 80 2 1 53 2 2 76 1 25 0 1 40 7 974 8 397
1 406 1 60 8 416 8 827
4 4 500 0 237 40 1 929 2 0 67
18 1 6 0 00 0 250 I0 2 2 84 3 1 24
0 33 7 80 2 35 0 2 48 9
0 312 20 3 3 87 3 73 0
O 43 8 120 2 68 7 2 8 18
0 375 30 3 9 15 4 2 94
0 531 1 60 2 896 3 02 2
0 50 0 40 4 8 54 5 284
5 5 563 0 258 40 2 2 05 2 37 2 0 65 6 60 5 855 6 324
0 375 80 2 747 2 920 0 8 43 80 6 861 7 35 2
0 500 120 3 1 79 3 34 6 1 03 1 1 00 7 7 09 8 2 06
0 625 160 3 5 09 3 667 1 218 1 20 8 426 8 919

6 6 62 5 2 80 40 2 47 3 2 669 1 43 8 1 40 9 141 9 625

0 43 2 80 3 213 3 41 9 1 593 1 60 9 57 9 1 0 05 0

0 562 120 3 68 2 3 8 84 18 18 000 0 25 0 10 2 87 6 3 1 89

8 7 19 160 4 1 16 4 3 07 8 312 20 3 462 3 8 23

0 43 8 30 4 535 4 963
8 8 625 0 250 20 2 477 2 7 02
0 562 40 5 457 5 94 1
0 2 77 30 2 6 68 2 902
0 75 0 60 6 6 56 7 1 85
0 322 40 2 964 3 210
0 93 7 80 7 663 8 214
0 406 60 3 45 1 3 711
1 156 1 00 8 657 9 216
0 500 80 3 9 14 4 181
1 375 1 20 9 495 I 0 043
0 5 93 100 4 3 05 4 573
1 562 140 1 0 1 15 1 0 660
0 7 19 120 4 750 5 0 13
1 781 160 I 0 665 1 1 198
0 8 12 140 5 036 5 2 93
20 20 000 0 250 I0 2 919 3 242
0 9 06 160 5 2 88 5 538
0 375 20 4 1 01 4 52 1
10 i0 750 0 250 20 2 615 2 8 68 O 500 30 5 1 43 5 63 2
0 307 30 3 0 54 3 333 0 5 93 40 5 84 1 6 3 67
0 3 65 40 3 459 3 7 57 0 81 2 60 7 272 7 856
0 500 60 4 2 68 4 592 1 031 80 8 46 4 9 072
0 593 80 4 738 5 070 1 2 81 l og 9 601 10 2 2 1
0 719 I 00 5 320 5 62 1 1 50 0 120 I 0 45 2 1 1 069
0 843 120 5 747 6 077 1 750 140 1 1 2 84 1 1 889
1 000 140 6 242 6 5 64 1 968 1 60 1 1 91 3 1 2 5 04
1 1 25 1 60 6 580 6 892 24 24 000 0 2 50 10 2 986 3 326
0 375 20 4 2 36 4 68 6
12 12 750 0 25 0 20 2 711 2 985
0 562 30 5 869 6 43 7
O 330 30 3 3 66 3 68 3
O 687 40 6 83 1 7 454
0 40 6 40 3 92 1 4 266
0 9 68 60 8 690 9 390
0 562 60 4 89 2 5 271
1 2 18 80 1 0 06 1 I 0 793
0 687 80 5 542 5 93 4
1 531 I 00 I I 449 1 2 2 44
0 8 43 I O0 6 23 1 6 627
1 812 120 1 2 585 1 3 332
1 000 120 6 817 7 2 09
2 062 140 13 424 14 150
1 1 25 140 7 222 7 6 07
2 3 43 160 1 4 2 48 14 958
1 3 12 160 7 7 47 8 1 19

217
SA- 106 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E X1 2
C A L C U LAT E D "H" VA L U E S F O R S EA M L E S S P I P E
S I U n its

D istance, i n m m, D istance, i n m m
B etwe e n P l at e s B e tw e e n P l ate s

"H" by Equati o n : "H by Eq uation :

O ut
( 1 + e) t ( 1 + e) t
H = - - sid e Wa l l H = - -
e + t/D e + L/O
O u tsi de W al l N PS O iam- T h ick
N PS D iam eter, Th ickness, Sch edu l e G ra de G rades Des ig- ete r, n ess, Sc h e du l e G rade G rad es

Des i g nator mm mm N umb er A B & C n ato r mm mm N u m be r A B & C

14 355 6 6 1 35 I0 70 11 77 ,3
21/2 73 0 5 16 40 37 0 39 2
7 92 20 83 7 9 1 .8
7 01 80 43 0 45 ,2
1 60 48 9 50 8
9 52 30 96 3 1 05 3
9 52
11 13 40 118 6 130 2
1 5 06 60 132 9 1 43 4
3 88 9 5 49 40 4 1 ,8 44 6
1 9 05 80 1 54 0 1 65 0
7 62 80 49 6 52 4
2 3 80 100 1 74 9 1 86 0
11 13 1 60 58 6 60 9
27 76 120 190 0 200 7
31 75 1 40 202 5 2 13 3
3 1/2 101 6 5 .7 4 40 45 4 48 ,6
35 71 1 60 213 8 2 24 2
8 , 08 80 54 7 57 8

16 4 06 4 6 35 I0 71 7 79 .4
4 114 3 6 02 40 49 , 0 52 5
7 92 20 89 0 94 , 7
8 56 80 5 9 .7 63 2
9 52 30 99 4 1 09 . 1
11 13 120 67 , 0 71 6
12 70 40 123 ,3 143 2
1 3 49 1 60 73 6 76 8
1 6 66 60 1 48 7 160 6
2 1 41 80 1 74 ,3 1 86 7
5 141 13 6 55 40 56 0 60 1 2
26 19 1 00 1 95 8 2 08 4
9 52 80 69 8 74 2
3 0 94 120 214 0 226 6
12 70 120 80 .8 85 0
36 53 1 40 232 2 244 5
1 5 ,88 1 60 89 1 1 93 1
40 1 46 1 60 2 43 3 25 5 3

6 1 68 3 7 11 40 62 8 67 8
18 45 7 2 6 35 I0 73 0 81 0
1 0 97 80 81 6 86 8
7 92 20 87 9 97 1
1 4 27 120 93 5 98 6
11 13 30 115 2 126 1
18 24 1 60 1 04 6 109 ,4
14 27 40 13 9 5 1 5 0 .9
1 9 05 60 1 69 1 182 ,5
8 219 11 6 35 20 63 0 68 6 23 80 80 1 94 6 2 08 , 6
7 04 30 67 , 8 73 7 29 36 I00 219 9 2 34 1
8 18 40 75 3 81 5 34 9 2 120 2 41 , 2 2 55 1
10 31 60 87 7 94 3 3 9 67 1 40 256 9 270 7
12 70 80 99 4 1 06 2 45 2 4 1 60 270 9 2 84 4
1 5 06 1 00 1 09 ,4 116 2
1 8 24 120 120 6 1 27 3
20 5 08 0 6 13 5 I0 74 1 82 4
2 0 62 1 40 1 27 9 1 34 4
9 52 20 1 04 2 114 8
23 01 160 1 34 3 140 7
12 70 30 130 6 1 43 0
1 5 06 40 148 4 161 7
10 2 73 0 6 35 20 66 4 72 8 2 0 62 60 1 84 .7 1 99 5
7 80 30 7 7 ,6 84 7 26 19 80 215 ,0 230 4
9 27 40 87 9 95 4 3 2 ,54 100 2 43 9 2 59 ,6
12 70 60 1 08 4 I16 ,6 38 .10 120 2 65 ,5 2 81 . 2
1 5 06 80 120 4 1 28 8 44 4 5 140 2 86 6 30 2 0
18 24 1 00 1 35 1 142 8 49 99 1 60 302 6 317 6
2 1 ,4 1 120 1 46 0 1 54 4
25 40 140 158 6 1 66 7
24 6 09 6 6 35 I0 75 8 84 5
28 5 8 1 60 1 67 , 1 175 1
9 52 20 1 07 6 119 0
1 4 27 30 149 1 1 63 5
12 323 8 6 35 20 68 1 9 75 8 17 35 40 1 73 5 1 89 3
8 38 30 85 5 93 6 24 59 60 220 7 238 5
1 03 1 40 99 6 1 08 4 3 0 .94 80 2 55 6 274 1
14 27 60 1 24 ,3 1 33 9 3 8 89 I00 2 90 8 311 0
1 7 35 80 140 .8 150 7 46 , 0 2 120 319 7 338 .6
21 41 I00 1 58 3 1 68 3 52 37 140 341 0 35 9 .4
2 5 ,40 120 1 73 2 1 83 1 59 5 1 1 60 361 .9 37 9 9
28 58 140 1 83 4 1 93 , 2
33 3 2 1 60 1 96 8 2 06 2

218
 2007 SE CTION II, PART A SA - 1 06

X2. MINIMUM WALL THICKNESSES

X2. 1 Table X2 , 1 lists minimum wall thicknesses fbr nominal pipe wall thickness

TA B L E X 2 . 1
M I N I M U M WA L L T H I C K N E S S E S O N I N S P E C T I O N F O R N O M I N A L ( A V E R A G E ) P I P E WA L L T H I C K N E S S

N om i na l M inimum N o m i na l M inimum N o m i na l M inimum

(Ave rage ) Th i c k n e ss (Ave rage ) Th i c k n ess ( Averag e ) T h i c k n ess
Th i c k n ess on I nspection T h i c k n ess o n I nspecti on T h i c k n e ss on I nspection
( t.) ( tm) (O ( ti
n) ( t.) ( tm)
i n ,, mm in. mm in , mm in , mm in , mm in , mm

0 , 0 68 1 73 0 , 06 0 1 ,52 0 ,281 7 ,14 0 , 2 46 6 ,25 0 , 864 21 94 0 756 19 20

0 083 2 ,11 0 0 73 1 85 0 2 94 7 47 0 .257 6 53 0 .875 22 22 0 .766 1 9 .46
0 , 0 88 2 24 0 07 7 1 96 0 300 7 62 0 .262 6 65 0 ,906 23 01 0 .793 20 ,14
0 091 2 31 0 ,080 2 03 0 307 7 ,80 0 2 69 6 , 83 0 ,, 9 3 8 23 ,82 0 821 20 85
0 09 5 2 ,4 1 0 0 83 2 11 0 308 7 .8 2 0 ,270 6 .86 0 96 8 24 ,59 0 847 21 51
0 , 1 09 2 ,77 0 , 095 2 ,41 0 312 7, 92 0 . 2 73 6 93 1 ,000 25 40 0 875 22 22
0 ,1 13 2 87 0 ,099 2 .51 0 318 8 07 0 278 7 06 1 031 26, 19 0 902 22 ,91
0 ,, I 1 9 3 ,02 0 1 04 2 64 0 .3 2 2 8 ,18 0 ,282 7 ,16 1 062 2 6 , 97 0 929 23 ,60
0 ,125 3 ,18 0 1 09 2 ,77 0 33 0 8 ,38 0 ,289 7 ,34 1 094 27 ,79 0 957 24 ,31
0 126 3 20 0 .II0 2 ,79 0 ,337 8 ,, 5 6 0 , 2 95 7 49 1 125 28 58 0 984 2 4 , 99
0 1 33 3 ,3 8 0 116 2 .95 0 ,3 44 8 , 74 0 ,301 7 , 64 1 156 29 36 1 ,012 25 70
0 ,140 3 56 0 .122 3 ,10 0 35 8 9 09 0 ,313 7 , 95 1 219 3 0 , 96 1 066 27 ,08
0 141 3 58 0 ,123 3 ,12 0 365 9 ,27 0 319 8 10 1 ,250 3 1 .7 5 1 0 94 27 79
0 .145 3 68 0 127 3 23 0 ,375 9 .52 0 ,328 8 33 1 281 3 2 54 1 121 2 8 47
0 , 1 47 3 73 0 1 29 3.28 0 382 9 70 0 ,334 8 ,48 1 312 33 32 1 148 29 16
0 154 3 91 0 , 135 3 . 43 0 ,400 I0 16 0 350 8 89 1 ,375 34 ,92 1 , 2 03 30 56
0 ,, 1 5 6 3 96 0 136 3 45 0 .4 0 6 I0 .31 0 355 9 02 1 ,406 35 ,71 1 .230 31 24
0 ,172 4 37 0 ,150 3 ,81 0 432 1 0 .97 0 , 37 8 9 60 1 ,438 36 53 1 258 31 95
0 ,179 4 ,55 0 , 157 3 ,99 0 , 43 6 1 1 07 0 .382 9 ,70 1 500 38 10 1 312 33 32
0 , 1 88 4 .7 8 0 1 64 4 17 0 .43 8 1 1 ., 1 2 0 3 83 9 73 1 ,531 3 8 , 89 1 .340 3 4 04
0 ,191 4, 85 0 , 1 67 4 .24 0 4 69 1 1 ,91 0 ,41 0 1 0 .4 1 1 ,562 3 9 , 67 1 .367 34 .72
0, 200 5 , 08 0 175 4 44 0 500 12 70 0 , 43 8 11 13 1 5 94 40 ,49 1 3 95 35 43
0 , 2 03 5 ,16 0 178 4 52 0 .531 1 3 ,, 4 9 0 , 46 5 II 81 1 635 41 , 53 1 43 1 3 6 35
0 210 5 , 33 0 1 84 4 , 67 0 552 14 ,02 0 ,483 1 2 ,27 1 ,750 44 45 1 531 38 89
0 216 5 , 49 0 1 89 4 80 0 562 1 4 ,, 2 7 0 ,492 12 50 1 781 45 , 2 4 1 ,558 39 ,57
0 .2 18 5 54 0 191 4 85 0 , 5 94 1 5 , 09 0 520 13 2 1 1 812 46 02 1 586 40 28
0 219 5 ,56 0 192 4 , 88 0 600 15 ,24 0 ,525 13 ,34 1 ,875 47 62 1 64 1 41 68
0 ,226 5 74 0 1 98 5 03 0, 6 2 5 15, 88 0 , 54 7 1 3 , 89 1 ,969 50 01 1 723 43 76
0 237 6 ,02 0 .207 5 ,26 0 ,656 1 6 , 66 0 57 4 14, 58 2 000 50 ,80 1 ,750 44 ,4 5
0 250 6 35 0 2 19 5 ,56 0, 674 17 .12 0 590 1 4 99 2 062 52 37 1 , 8 04 45 , 8 2
0 .258 6 ,55 0 226 5 74 0 , 68 8 17 48 0 ,602 15 ,29 2 .125 53 98 1 859 47 22
0 276 7 ,01 0 ,242 6 ,15 0 ,719 18 ,26 0 .629 15 98 2 .200 55 88 1 925 48 90
0 277 7 04 0 242 6 ,15 0 750 19 05 0 65 6 16, 66 2 3 44 59 .54 2 ,051 5 2 ,, 1 0
0 .279 7 ,09 0 2 44 6, 19 0 ,812 2 0 62 0 .71 0 1 8 03 2 500 63 .5 0 2 , 188 55 ,58
0 280 7 .11 0 ,245 6 ,22 0 , 8 44 2 1 . 44 0 73 9 18 77

N O T E 1 : T he fo l l owi n g eq u at i o n, u p o n wh ic h th i s tab l e i s based, m ay be ap p l i ed to ca l c u l ate m i n i m u m wa l l th i c k ness fro m n o m i na l ( ave r'

ag e ) wa l l th i c k n es s :

tn X 0 8 7 5 = tm

wh e re :

tn = n om i na l ( aver age ) wa l l th i c k ness, i n an d

tm = m i n i m u m wa l l th i c k n ess, i n

The wa l l th i c kness is e x p ressed to th ree dec i m al p l aces, the fo u rth dec i m a l p l ace be i ng carri ed fo rward o r d ro pped, i n acco rd an ce w ith P rac
t i ce E 2 9 ,

N O T E 2 : Th is tab l e cove r' s so me wa l l th i c k nesses assoc i ated w ith stan dar d p i pe s i zes b ut i s n ot meant to i m p l y that th ese are th e o n l y th i c k
nesses o bta i na b l e u n d e r' th is spec i fi cat i o n ,

219
220
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA- 134

SPECIFICATION FOR PIPE, STEEL, ELECTRIC-FUSION

(ARC)-WELDED (SIZES NPS 1 6 AND OVER)

SA- 134

[Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 1 34-96 (R05) except that the following additional iequii ement applies ,]

All p: oducts furnished under this SA specifi cation a

r e intended fb: application undei the r
o les fbr ASME Section
III fo Class Ill piping , Fmnishing of such products is limited to manufacturers who hold the appiopriate ASME
Code Symbol Stamp , Weld piocedmes, welder , and welding machine operato: s shall be qualif i ed in accorda
n ce
with ASME Boile and Pressm e Vessel Code, Secti on IX The product shall meet a l l applicable iequi: ements of
Class lII Piping including those requhements per t aining to heat ueatment a n d butt welds , The plate used to
fabricate the pipe shall conform to SA-283 ot SA-285, Autho:ized inspection at t h e point of ma n ufactuie, a
nd
applicati on of the appropriate Code Symbol Stamp is requi: ed

The applicable ASME Pa rti al Data Report Foim, signed by an Author i zed Inspectoi , and a certifi ed mill test
repo:t shall be furn ished for each lot of pipe T
h e term "lot" applies to all pipe of th e same m i ll heat of material
n d wa
a l l thickness which is heat tieated in one f
i.unace char ge For pipe which is not heat treated, o: which is
heat treated in a continuous furnace, a lot shall consist of each 200 ft (6 1 m) o: f i action the: eof of al l pipe of
the same r i !! heat of mater
a ial and wall thickn ess, subjected to the same heat ueatment . For pipe which is heat
t: eated in a batch-type fmnace which is automatical ly controlled within a 50°F range and equipped wit h recording
( pyrometers so that the heating records a: e available, a lot may be def i ned the same as foi continuous fur n aces
Each length of pipe shall be marked in such a manne: as to identify each such piece with t h e lot and the certifi ed
mill test report

1. Scope 1 .3 The following precautiona r y caveat pertains spe

1 . 1 Thi s speci f
i c ation c over s electri c - fu si on ( arc ) cif
i cally to S ection 5 of this specif
i cat
i on. This standard
welded str aight seam or spiral seam steel pipe NPS 1 6 does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if
and over in diameter (inside o: outside as specif i ed by any, associated with its use. It is the responsibilit
y of' the
purchaser), with wall thicknesses up to 3/4 in. ( 1 9. . 0 mm), user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and
inclusive Pipe having other dimensions may be furnished health practices and determine the applicabilit y of regula
provided such pipe complies with all other r equir ements tory limitations prior to use.
of this specifi cation
, Referenced Documents
NOTE 1 - Acceptability for ma n y services may be contiolled by codes 2. 1 ASTM Standards,"
o: standar ds such as those published by the American National Stan da
r ds
Institute a
n d American Society of Mecha n ica
l Enginec: s , A 36/A 36M Specif i cation f0r' Ca
r bon Structur al Steel
NOTE 2 - For test
i ng met
h ods not specif
i cally covered in t
h is specif
i ca
A 28 3/A 283M Specif i cation for Low and Intermediate
tion, reference ca
n be made to Test Met
h ods and Def
i nit
i ons A 3 70, with Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates
pa
r ticular r eference to Annex A 2 on Steel Tubula
r Pr
o ducts A 285/A 285M Specif i cati on for Pressure Vessel Plates,
NOTE 3 - A compi ehensive listing of standa
r dized pipe dimensions is Carbon Steel , Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength
contained in ANSI B 3 6 1 0 A 3 70 Te st Met
h ods and Def
i nit
i on s f0r Mecha
n ical Test
ing of Steel Products
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be
A 570/A 570M Specif i cation f0: Steel, Sheet and St:ip,
regar ded as t
he standard
Car bon, Hot-Rolled, Structural Quality
NOTE 4 - The dimensionless designato: NPS (nom
i nal pipe size) has
been substituted in this sta
n da
r d fb: such t: aditiona
l terms as "nom
i nal
2.2 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vess el Code:
diamete: ", "size" , and "nom
i na
l size" S ection IX Welding Qualif
i cations

22 1
SA - 1 34 2007 SE CTION II, PART A

2.3 Amer ican National Standards Institute Standarcl: 6.2 If any test specimen shows defect i ve machining or
B 1 6 . 25 Buttwelding Ends develops fl aws not associated with the welding, it may be
B 3 6 . 1 0 Welded and Seamless Wr ought Steel Pipe discarded and another specimen substituted .
6.3 Each length of pipe shall be subjected to the hydro
3. Ordering Information stat
i c test specifi ed in Section 1 1 , unless othelwise specifi ed
in 1 1 3
3. 1 Orders for material under this specif
i cation should
include the following, as requiled, to descr
ibe the desil ed
mater i al adequately : 7. Retests
3.1.1 Quantity (feet, metel s , or numbeI of lengths) , 7.1 If any specimen tested in accordance with Section
3 . 1 . 2 N am e o f m at eri al ( e l e c tri c - fu s i o n - ( arc ) 1 0 fails to meet the requirements, retests of two additional
welded pipe) , specimens tom the same lot of pipe shall be made, each
3. 1 .3 Gl ade (S ect
i on 4) , of which shall meet the requir ements specif i ed. If any of
the retests fail to conform to the requir ements, test speci
3. 1 .4 Size (inside or outside diametei and nominal
mens may be taken f rom each untested pipe length at
wall thickness) ,
the manufacturer' s option Each specimen shall meet the
3. 1 .5 Length (specif
i ed or r andom) , requirements specifi ed, or that pipe shall be rejected
3. 1 .6 Specif
i c straightness i equil ements (see 1 23 ) ,
3 . 1 .7 End f
i nish (S ection 1 5) ,
8. Test Specimens of Product i on Welds
3. 1 .8 Hydrostatic test plessure (S ection 1 1 ),
8.1 The weld-test specimens foi the reduced-sect i on
3 . 1 .9 ASTM designation, and tension test shall be taken pelpendicula r ly acr oss the weld
3 . 1 . 10 End use of material and from the end of t he pipe or alternati vely, f
rom f l at test
pieces of material confolming to t he iequkements in t he
specifi cations used in the manufactuler of t h e pipe The
4. Material
ltelnative weld-test specimens sha
a l l be welded with t he
4.1 The steel if om which the pipe is made shall conf0Im same procedule and by the same opelator a n d equipment,
to Specifi cations A 283/A 283M, A 285/A 285M, A 570, and in sequence with the welding of the longit u dinal joints
or A 3 6/A 3 6M or to other ASTM specif i cat
i ons for equally in the pipe. The test pieces shall have the weld approxi
suitable weldable material, as specif i ed: For purposes of mately in the middle of the specimen The specimens shall
marking a n d celfif
i caf
i on, when required, the pipe glade be stl aightened cold, and shal l be tested at room temper
of matelial shall be established by the A xxx plate specif i atule

cation designation and plate grade, when applicable

8.2 Reduced-sect
i on tension-test specimens shall be
prepa
r ed in accordance with Fig number 2 1 of Test Meth
5. Manufacture ods and Def
i nit
i ons A 3 70

5.1 The longitu dinal edges of t

he steel shall be shaped to
give the most satisfactoly results by the particula
r welding
9. Qualif
i cat
ion of Welding Procedure
process employed The steel shall then be properly f0Imed
and may be tacked prepa r atory to welding The weld shall 9.1 The welding procedure shall be qualif
i ed in accor
be made by automatic means (except tack welds) and shall dance wit
h the American Welding S ociety Standa
rd Quali
i cation Procedule or ASME Sect
f i on IX of t
h e B oiler a
nd
be of Ieasonably uniform width and height for the entire
length of the pipe.. By agreement between the purchaser Pressure Vessel Code as agreed to between the manufac
and the manufactur er , manual welding by qualif
i ed proce tr
u er and the purchaser using h
te tests and test values
di
n e and welders may be used as an equal altern ate under specifi ed in 9 2 and 93 . Thicknesses less than 8 in ( 1 0 mm)
this specif
i cation shall be qualif i ed for each wal! thick
n ess of pipe manufac
tr
e ed Thick
n esses 8 to in ( 1 0 mm to 1 9 . 0 r
am) , inclu
5.2 All longitudinal seams, spira
l seams, and shop giIt
h sive, sha
ll he qua
lifi ed in in. ( 1 0 mm) thick
n ess
seams shall be butt-welded
9.2 Two reduced-sect
i on tension specimens (tlansverse
weld) made in accoldance with Fig number 2 1 of Test
6. Number of Product
i on Weld Tests Methods and Def init
i ons A 370, with the weld ieinfbl ce
6.1 One weld test specimen specif i ed in Sect
i on 8 shall ment i emoved, shall show a tensile stlengt
h not les s than
be made fl om each lot of 3 000 ft (900 m) of pipe or fraction 1 00% of t
he m
i nimum specif
i ed tensile strength of the base
ther eof of each size and wall thick
n es s materi al used

222
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA - 1 34

9.3 Two face-bend test specimens shall be prepared in str'e ss exceed 85 % of specif
i ed minimum yield point of steel or to a f
i ber
stress that does not exceed 85% of the specif i ed m
i nimum yield point of
accordance with Fig number 2 (a) of Test Methods and
the steel or 2800-psi ( 1 9-MPa) test pressur e
Def i nit
i ons A 370 and shall with stand being bent 1 80° in
a jig substantially in accorda
nce with Fig 30 of Test Meth 1 1 .3 When specif i ed in the order, pipe may be furnished
ods an d Def initions A 370 The bend test shall be acceptable without hydr ostatic testing a nd each length so furnished
if no cracks or other defects exceeding 1/8 in (3 2 mm) in shall include the mandatory marking of the letters "NH" .
any direction be present in the weld metal or between the Additionally, the certif i cation, when r equired, shall state
weld and the pipe metal after bending Cr acks that originate "Not Hydr ostati cally Tested" and the specif i cation number
along the edges of t
he specimens during test i ng and that and material grade, as shown on the certif i cation, shall be
are less tha
n )4 in. (6.3 mm) in a
ny direction, shall not be followed by the letter's "NH"
consider ed

12. Permissible Variations in Weights and

10. Tensile Properties of Production Welds Dimensions

10.1 Reduced-section tension test specimens requiled 12. 1 Thickness and Weight - The wall thickness and
in Secti on 8 taken perpendicularly across the weld with weight for welded pipe under' thi s specifi cation shall be
the wel d reinforc ement removed, shall sh ow a ten s il e governed by the requirements of the specif
i cations to which
str ength n ot l e s s th an 9 5 % of the spec if
i e d mi n imum h e steel was ordered.
t

str engt
h of the steel At the manufactuler ' s opt i on, the test 12.2 Circumference - The outside cir cumference of
may be made without r emoving the weld r einforcement, the pipe sha
l l not va
r y more than -
+ 0 . 5 % fi om the nom i nal
in which case the tensile strength shall be not less than outside circumference based upon the diameter specif i ed,
the specifi ed minimum tensile strength for the grade of except that the circumference at ends shall be sized, if
steel u sed
necessary, to meet the r equirements of Sect i on 1 4.
12.3 Str a ightness - Finished pipe shall be commer=
11. Hydrostatic Test (Note 5) cially str aight When specif
i c straightness requirements are
desired, the or der should so state, and the toler ances shall
1 1 . 1 Each length ofpipe shall be tested by the manufac
tur er to a hydrostatic pres sure that will produce in the pipe be a matter of agr eement between the purchaser and the
manufactur er ,
wa
ll a stress of 60% of the specif
i ed m
i nimum yield point
of the steel used at room temper ature. The pressure shall 1 2 .4 0vali ty - O ut- o3': r o undn ess - The differ enc e
be determined by the following equation : between maj or and minor outside diameter shall not exceed
1 % Closer toler ances may be established by agr eement
P = 2St/D
between the manufacturer and the purchaser Wher e the
where : D/T (outside diameter/walt thickness) is over 1 20, internal
br acing should be utilized to achieve sizing of ends and
P = minimum hydrostatic test pr essure, psi (Note 6)
oval ity shall be by agreement between the manufacturer
(not to exceed 2 800 psi ( 1 9 MPa)) ,
and pur chaser
S = 0.60 times the minimum specif i ed yield point of
the steel used, psi (MPa) ,
t = specif
i ed wall thick
ness , in (mm) , and
13. Lengths
D = specifi ed outside diameter , in (mm)
13. 1 Pipe lengths shall be supplied in accordance with
NOTE 5 - A hydrostatic sizing oper at i on is not to be considered a the following regula
r practice :
hydrostatic test oi a substitute for it
13. 1 . 1 The lengths shall be as specif
i ed on the order
NOTE 6 - When t h e diameter and wall thickness of pipe are such th at
wit
h a tolera
nce of -+ 1/2 in. ( 1 3 r
am), except that the shorter
h e capacity limits of test
t i ng equipment are exceeded by t h ese r equir e
ments, the test pressmes may be reduced by agr eement between the
lengths t om which test coupons have been cut may also
pmchaser and the manufactm'e r be shipped

1 1.2 Test pressur e shall be held for not less than 5 s,
or' for' a longer' time as agr eed upon between the purchaser
and the manufacturer ,
NOTE 7 - When agr eed upon between t h e ptnchaser and th e manufiac
ture a n d so stated on the or der, pipe may be tested to one and one
half times the specif
i ed working pmssme, except that the maximum test
pressure shall not exceed 2800 psi ( 1 9 MPa) nor shall t
h e maximum fi bei
13. 1 .2 When random lengths ar e specif
i ed, pipe shall
be furnished in lengths having a minimum average of' 29 ft
(9 m) with a minimum lengt h of 20 ft (6 m), but not more
tha
n 5 % may be under' 25 ft (8 m) ,
13.2 Pipe lengths containing circumferentia lly welded
joints (Note 8) shall be permitted by agreement between
the manufacturer and the pur chaser Tests of these welded

223
SA-134 2007 SECTION II, PART A

j oints shall be made in accordance with the procedure furnished in acco:dance with this specif
i cation All tests
tests specifi ed in Sect
i on 9 and the production weld tests and inspection shall be made at the place of manufacture
specifi ed in Secti on 1 0. The number' of producti on weld prior to shipment and unless otherwise specifi ed, shall be
tests shall be one per' each lot of 1 00 j oints or' fraction so conducted as not to inter
fere unnecess ar
ily with the
thereof but not less than one for' each welder or' welding operation of the wo:ks . If agreed upon, t h e manufacturer
operator.. shall notify the purchaser in time so that he may have his
inspector' present to witness any pa r t of the manufacture
NOTE 8 - Ioints ate def
i ned foi the puIpose of this specif
i cat
i on as a or tests that may be desired. The certifi cation shall include
circurnfbi ential welded seam lying in one plane, used to j oin lengths of
reference to this specifi cat
i on a
n d the pipe grade (ASTM
str aight pipe
plate specifi cation designation and plate grade, when appli
cable) .

1 4. Ends 16.2 Certif

ication - Upon request of the purchaser in
the contract or' or der', a manufacturer' s certif
i cat
i on that
14.1 Pipe shall be furnished with a plain right-angle the material was manufactured and tested in accordance
cut or wit
h bevel ends as specif
i ed. All burrs at the ends
with this specifi cation together' wit
h a report of the chemical
of pipe shall be removed. and tensile tests shall be furnished. When hydr ostatic test
14. 1.1 Unless otherwise specif
i ed, pipe with beveled is omitted, the certif
i cate shall include t
h e letters "Nit" .
ends shall meet the requir ements of ANSI B 1 6. 25
14.2 Unless ot h erwise specif
i ed, the outside circumfer
17. Reject
i on
ence of' pipe ends f0r a dista
nce of not less than 4 in . ( 1 00
am) shall not va
r r y more than_ + 60% of the nom inal wa lt 17.1 Each lengt h of pipe received fi om the manufac
turer may be inspected by the purchaser and, if it does not
thickness of the pipe from the nominal outside circumfer
ence based on the diameter specif i ed, except t
h at the toler
meet the requirements of this specifi cation based on t he
ance shall not be less tha
n_+ 1 6 in . (5 r
am) . inspection and test method as outlined in the specifi cation,
the length may be rejected, and th e manufacturer shall be
14.3 By agreement between the manufacturer' a nd the notifi ed Disposition of rejected pipe shall be a matter of
purchaser t
h e ends of' the pipe may be sized with
in agreed agreement between the ma nufacturer and the purchaser
upon tolerances if necessary to meet the requirements of'
17.2 Pipe found in fabrication or in installati on to be
special installations . un s u itab l e for the i n te n de d u s e , un der th e s c op e and
requirements of' this specifi cation, may be set aside and
the manufacturer notif
i ed. Such pipe shall be subj ect to
1 5. Finish
mutual investigat i on as to the nature a n d severity of the
15.1 Repair' by Welding - The welding of' injurious defi ciency and the forming or' installati on, or both, condi
defects in the pipe wall, provided t heir depth does not tions involved. Dispositi on shall be a matter for' agreement
exceed one third the specif
i ed wall thick
ness, will be per between the purchaser' and the manufacturer .
mitted . Defects in the welds, such as sweats or' leaks ,
shall be repaired or' the piece r
ejected at the opti on of' the
manufacturer . Repair s of t his nat
ur e sha l l be made by 18. Certif
i cation
completely removing the defect, cleaning the cavity, and 18.1 Upon request of' the purchaser in the contract or
then welding .. order, a manufacturer' s certif
i cation that the material was
manufactured and tested in accordance with this specif
i ca
15.2 All repaired pipe sha
l l be tested hydrostatically tion, including yea
r' date, together' wit
h a report of the
in accordance with Sect
i on 1 1 , unless otherwise specif
i ed chem
i cal a
n d tensile tests shall be furnished . The pipe
in 1 1 . 3
grade sha
ll be identi fi ed by the plate specifi cati on designa
tion (yea
r ' date not required) a nd the plate grade (where
applicable)
16. Inspection
16.1 The inspector representing the purchaser shall
have ent:y at al l times while work on the contract of the 19. Product Marking
purchaser is being performed, to a
l l parts of the ma
nufact
ur 19.1 Each section of pipe shall be ma r ked with the
e: ' s works t
h at concern the ma
nufacture of the material manufacturer' s distinguishing mar king, this specif
i cation
ordered. The manufact urer sha ll afford the inspector a ll number and the pipe grade The ma rki ng need not include
reasonable facilit
i es to satisfy him that the material is being he year date of the pipe or plate specifi cation
t

224
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA- 1 34

19.2 Ba r Coding - In addition to the iequiiements in 20. Protect i ve Coat i ng

1 9 1 , bar coding i s acceptable as a supplemental identif
i ca 20. 1 If agreed upon between the pur chaser and the
tion method The pur chaser may specify in the order a manufactur er , the pipe shall be given a p otective coating
specif i c ba
r coding system to be used of the kind and in the manner specif i ed by the purchaser.

225
226
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA - 1 35

SPE CIFICATION FOR ELECTRIC-RESISTANCE

WELDED S TEEL PIPE

SA- 1 35
INTERNATIONAL
Standards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 1 35-0 1 ,)

1. Scope A 865 Specif

i cation for' Thr eaded Couplings , S teel, B lack
1.1 This specifi cat
i on cover s two grades of electric and Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded or' Seamless , for
resistance-welded steel pipe in NPS 2 to NPS 30 inclusive, Use in Steel Pipe Joints
with nominal (average) wall thicknes s up to 0. 500 in . A 94 1 Terminology Rel ating to S teel , S tainles s S teel,
( 1 2 . . 70 mm) , inclusive, and in nominal sizes NPS 3/4 to Related Alloys , and Ferroalloys
NPS 5 inclusive with nom i nal (average) wall thickness E 6 Terminol ogy Rel ati ng to Metho d s o f' Mechanic al
0.083 in . (2. 1 1 mm) to 0. 1 34 in. (3 .40 mm), depending Testing
on size . Pipe having ot h er dimensions (Note 1 ) may be E 29 Practice for' Using Signif i cant Digits in Test Data to
furni shed provided such pipe complies with all other' Determine Conformance with Specif i cations
requirements of this specif i cation. The pipe is intended for E 5 9 Practice for' Sampling Steel and Ir on for' Determ
ina
conveying gas, vapor' , water' or' other' liquid; only Grade A tion of Chemica l Composition
is adapted for fl anging a
n d bending (Note 2) . The suitability E 2 1 3 Practice for' Ultrasonic Examination of' Metal Pipe
of pipe for various pu r poses is somewhat dependent upon and Tubing
its d
i mensions, pr operties , and conditions of service, so E 273 Practi ce for' Ultrasonic Examination of Longitudinal
that t
he purpose f0r' which t he pipe is intended should Welded Pipe a nd Tubing
be stated in the order' . The pipe may be furnished either E 309 Practice for' Eddy-Current Exa mination of Steel
nonexpanded or cold expanded at the opt i on of t
he manu Tubular' Products Using Magnet i c S aturation
facturer. When pipe is cold expanded, the amount of expan 2.2 ANSI Standard. :
sion shall not exceed 1 .5 % ofthe outside diameter pipe size. B 1 . 20.. 1 Pipe Thr eads, General Purpose
NOTE 1 - A comprehensive listing of standa:dized pipe dimensions is 2.3 Federal Standa rds:
contained in AS ME B 3 6 1 0
Fed. STD No. 1 23 Ma
rking for Shipments (Civil Agencies)
NOTE 2 - This p: ovision is not intended to p: hibit the cold bending Fed STD No. 1 8 3 Continuous Identif
i cation Marikng of
of Gi ade B pipe Iron and Steel Products

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units a r e to be 2.4 Military Standards :'
regarded as the standar d . The SI values, given in pa
rent he MIL-STD- 1 29 Mar king for Shipment and Stor age
ses , a
r e for information only MIL-STD- 1 63 Steel Mill Products , Prepa
r ation for' Ship
ment and Storage
2.5 ASME Standard:
2. Referenced Documents B 36.. 1 0 Welded and Seamless W:ought Steel Pipe
2. 1 ASTM Standards:'
A 370 Test Methods and Def
i nit
i ons for' Mechanical Test
3. Terminology
ing of' Steel Pr oducts
A 700 Practic es for' Packaging , Marking , and Loading 3. 1 For def
initions of terms relating to steel ma
nufactur
Methods for Steel Products for Domestic Shipment ing and properties, refer' to Terminology A 94 1 .
A 7 5 1 Test Methods , Practic es , and Ter minology for' 3.2 For def i nit
i ons of teims relating to mechanica
l test
Chem i cal Analysis of' Steel Pr oducts ing, r efer to Termi nology E 6.

227
SA-135 2007 SECTION II, PART A

3.3 Def initions of Terms Specif

ic to This Standard minimum temperature of 1 000 °F (540 °C) or processed
3.3.1 burr; n - a rough or sharp edge left on pipe in such a manner that no untempered ma
r tensite remains.
ends by cutting or sawing .
3.3.2 lot, n - all pipe of the same size, wall thickness 6. Chemical Composit ion
and rolled length th at is produced from the same heat of 6. 1 The steel shall conform to the requir ements pie
steel and subj ect to t
h e same heat tr eatmem
scribed in Table 2, based on the heat analysis When speci
3.3.3 black thread, n - a thread cr ease exhibit
i ng i ed in the order, the heat analyses shall be reported to the
f
the original pipe sur
face after machining purchaser or a representative of t he purchaser

4. Ordering Informat ion 7. Product Analysis

4. 1 Or der s for material under this specif
i cation should 7.1 An analysis may be made by the purchaser on
include the following, as required, to describe the desired samples of pipe selected at random and shall conform to the
materia
l adequately : requirements specifi ed in Table 2 Methods and Practices
4. 1 . 1 Quant
ity (feet or number of lengths), relating to chem
ical analysis shall be in accordance with
4. 1 .2 Name of materia
l (electr
i c-resistance-welded Test Method, Practices , and Terminology A 75 1 .
pipe) ,
4. 1.3 Specifi cation designation and year of issue, 8. Mechanical Propert
i es Requirements
4. 1.4 Grade (see Table 1 ) , 8. 1 Tensile Properties :
4. 1.5 Size (nominal size, or outside diameter ; and 8. 1. 1 The material shall conform to the requirements
nominal wall thick
n ess) , as to tensile properties prescribed in Table 1
4.1.6 Length (specifi c or random, see 1 24), 8.1.2 The yield strength shall be determined by the
4.1.7 End i
f nish (plain or t
hreaded, see 1 3 .2), offset method utilizing 0 2% of the gage length or by the
total extension under load method using 0.5 % of the gage
4. 1.7.1 Threaded and coupled, if specif
i ed,
length.
4. 1 .7.2 Threads only, if specif
i ed,
8.1.3 Longitudinal test specimens sha ll be full-size
4. 1 .7.3 Plain end, if specif
i ed, longitudinal test specimens (see Figure A2 1 of Test Met h
4. 1 .8 Alternative electric test (see Section 1 1 ), ods a
nd Def i nitions A 370) or longitudinal strip test speci
4.1.9 Tension test specimen (see Section 1 5), mens (see Specimen No 4 in Fig A2.3 of Test Met h ods
and Def
i nitions A 370) .
4.1 .10 Heat ana
lysis , if requir ed ( see 6. 1 ) ,
8.2 The test specimen taken across the weld shall show
4.1 .11 Certif
i cate of compliance, if required (see
a tensile strength not less than t
he minimum tensile strength
S ect
i on 1 9) , and
specifi ed for the grade of pipe ordered. This test will not
4. 1 . 12 Special requirements . be required for pipe under NPS 8

5. Manufacture
9. Flattening Test
5.1 The steel shall be made by either or both of the 9.1 A specimen at least 4 in. (1 02 mm) in length shall
following processes: basic-oxygen or electric-furnace be fl attened cold between parallel plates in three steps with
the weld located either 0° or 90° t om the line of direct
i on
5.2 Steel may be cast in ingots or may be stra nd cast
When steels of different grades a
r e sequent
i ally strand cast, of force as required in 9 2 During the f i rst step, which is
ident
ifi cation of the resultant transition material is required a test for ductility of the weld, no cracks or brea k s on the
inside or outside sur
faces shall occur until the distance
The producer shall remove the tr ansition material by any
established procedure that positively separates t
h e gr ades. between the plates is less t h an two thirds of the original
outside diameter of t
he pipe As a second step, the flattening
5.3 The pipe shall be manufactured f
i om flat r olled steel shall be continued During the second step, which is a test
in individua
l lengths or in continuous length by electric for ductility exclusive of the weld, no cracks or breaks on
resistance or electr
i c-induction welding without h
te addi the inside or outside SUlfaces shall occui unt
il the distance
tion of extra
n eous material
between the plates is less than one third of t he oliginal
5.4 The weld seam of electric-resistance welded pipe outside diameter of' t
h e pipe but is not less than f
i ve t
imes
to Grade B pipe shall be heat treated after welding to a the wall thickness of the pipe. During the third step, which

22 8
 2007 SE CTION II, PART A SA- 135

is a test for soundness, the fl attening shall be continued shall clearly state "Not Hydrostatically Tested " The speci
until the specimen breaks or' the opposite walls of the pipe f cation number and material gr ade, as shown on the certi
i
meet. Evidence of' laminated or' unsound material or' of' i cation, shall be followed by the letter's "NH "
f
incomplete weld that is revealed during the entire lf attening
test sha
ll be cause for' rej ection.
1 1. Nondestructive Examination Requirements
9.2 For pipe pIoduced in single lengths, the fl attening
test specifi ed in 9 1 shall be made on both crop ends cut 1 1 .1 As a
n alternate to the hych ostatic test for Schedule
from each lengt
h of pipe The tests from each end shall 1 0 pipe in sizes NPS to NPS 5 inclusive, and when
be made alternately wit
h the weld at 0° and at 90° fr om accepted by the purchaser , each pipe shall be tested with
a nondestruct
i ve elect
r ic test in accordance with Pr actice
t
he line of direction of force For pipe produced in multiple
E 2 1 3 , Pr act
i ce E 273 , or Practice E 309 It is the intent
lengths, the fl attening test shall be made on crop ends
r epresenting the front and back of each coil with the weld of this test to reject pipe containing defects
at 90° fr om the line of dir ection of force, and on two 1 1.2 Recognized methods for meeting this test a
r e elec
intermediate rings represent
ing each coil with the weld 0° tr omagnetic (eddy current) or ultrasonic
r om the line of dir ection of force
f
1 1 .3 The following information is for the benefi t of
9.3 Surface imperfect i ons in the test specimen before the user of this specif
i cation :
fl attening, but revea
l ed during the fi rst step of the f
l attening
1 1 .3. 1 The ultr asonic exa
m ination referred to in this
test, shall be judged in accordance wit h the fi nish require
ments in S ect
i on 1 3 specif i cat
i on is intended to detect longitudinal imperfec
tions having a ref l ect
i ve a
r ea similar to or la
r ger than the
9.4 Superf
i cial cracks as a result of surface imperfec r eference notch The exam i nation may not detect circum
tions shall not be cause for rej ection ferentially oriented imperfect i ons of short, deep imperfec
i ons .
t

10. Hydrostatic Test 1 1 .3.2 The eddy-curTent examination r eferenced in

10.1 Except as provided for in 1 0.3 , each length of this specif i cation has the capability of detecting signifi cant
pipe shall be hydrostatically tested at the mill, without imperfections, especially of' the short, abrupt type .
leakage through the wall, to a pressure calculated t om the 1 1 .3.3 The hydrostatic test r efbrT ed to in Section 1 0
following eq. 1 : is a test method provided for' in many product specif i ca
tions This test has the capability of f i nding imperfections
P = 2St/D (1)
of a size permitting the test f
luid to lea kt hrough the tube
where : wall and may be either' visually seen or' detected by a loss
P = minimum hydrostatic te st pre s sure, psi (MPa)
of pressure. This test may not detect very tight, tbxough
the- wall imperfecti on s or imperfections that extend an
The test pr essure need not exceed 2500 psi ( 1 7 .24
MPa) , appreciable distance into th e wall without complete pene
tr ation.
S = l
alowable fiber' stress 1 8 000 psi ( 1 24 MPa) for
Grade A and 2 1 000 psi ( 1 44 MPa) for' Grade B 1 1 .3.4 A purchaser interested in ascer taining the
This does not prohibit testing at higher pressure nature (type, size, locati on, a
nd orientation) of imperfec
at the manufactur er' s option, i ons that can be detected in the specifi c application of these
t
t = specif
i ed wall thickness , in . , and examinat
i ons should discuss this wit
h the manufacturer of
D = specifi ed outside d
iam eter , in. the tubula
r product.
Plain end pipe may be tested at the discretion of t he 11.4 In order to accommodate the va r ious types of
manufacturer in single lengths or in multiple lengths nondestructive electric testing equipment and techniques
10.2 The hydr ostatic pressme shall be maintained for in use, the cal ibration pipe shall contain, at the option of
not less than 5 s . the produeer, any one or more of the following discontinu
it
i es to establish a m
i nimum sensitivity level for rejection:
10.3 When specif i ed in the order , pipe may be furnished
1 1 .4.1 Dr illed Hole - A hole not larger than 0 03 1
without hydrostatic testing, and each length so furnished
in (0 8-r am) diameter shall be drilled radially and com
shall include with t
he mandator y mar king t he letter s "NH "
pletely through pipe wall, preferably in t he weld a
rea, ca re
NOTE 3 - This pr
o vision is not intended to apply to light wall (Schedule being ta ken to avoid distort i on of the pipe while drilling.
1 0) pipe listed in Table X l l
1 1 .4.2 Transverse Tangential Notch - A notch shall
10.4 When certif
i cat
i on is required by the pmchaser be f
i led or m illed tangential to th e surface and transverse
nd t
a he hydrostatic test has been om
itted, the cert
iif cation to t
h e longitudina l axi s of the pipe preferably in the weld

229
SA-135 2007 SECTION II, PART A

area Said notch shall have a depth not exceeding 1 2 .5 % 13.2 End Finish:
of the nominal wall thickness of the pipe or 0.. 004 in . 13.2.1 Schedule 1 0 Pipe - Pipe furnished to Sched
(0. 1 0 mm) , whichever is greater ule 1 0 shall be plain end only All inside and outside cutting
1 1 .4.3 Long itudinal No tch - A notch 0 0 3 1 in burrs shall be removed. This genera l ly involves breaking
(0.. 8 mm) or less in width shall be machined in a radial the c orner s ,

plane parallel to the pipe axis on the outside surface of 13.2.2 Ends, Plain End Pipe - Unles s otherwise
the pipe preferably in the weld area, to have a depth not specifi ed, plain end pipe for' use with the Dresser or Dayton
exceeding 1 2.5 % of the nominal wall thickness of the pipe type coupling shall be reamed both outside a nd inside
or 0 . 004 in . (0A 0 r
am), whichever is greater
suffi ciently to remove all burr s . Plain end pipe for' welding
11.5 Pipe ploducing a signal equal to or greater than shall be beveled on t
he outside to an angle of 3 0° with a
the ca
l ibration imperfect
i on shall be Iejected tolerance of + 5 ° and - 0° and with a width of f
l at at the
end of' the pipe of' 6 +/- 2 in ( 1 .6 +/- 0. 8 mm) . When
material is ordered beveled to any other' tha
n a 30° angle,
12. Dimensions, Weight, and Permissible Variations it should be under stood that the angle is to be measured
12.1 Weight - The weight of any length of pipe ot her from a line drawn perpendiculaI to the axis of the pipe .
than Schedule 1 0 shall not va r y more than 3 . 5 % under or This means that a greatei amount of material is removed
1 0% over that specif i ed, but the carload weight shall be wit
h a 60° angle tha n with a 30° a n gle . Pipe shall be
not more than 1 75 % under the nominal weight The weight suffi ciently free f* om indentations, proj ections, or' roll
of pipe furnished to Schedule 1 0 shall not va r y more t
h an ma
rks f0r a distance of 8 in.. (203 r
am) f
rom the end of
_
+ 1 0% from that ca l culated using the weight (mass) per the pipe to make a fi ght joint wit ht he lubber' gasket type
unit length prescribed in Appendix Table X 1 1 . The weight of coupling. All plain end pipe intended for Dresser or
of the pipe shall be calculated from t h e relevant equation Dayton type j oints or for' welding, sizes NPS 1 0 and smaller
in ASME B 3 6 1 0 and wit
h a consta
nt of 1 0 . 69 rather than in outside diameter' specifi ed, shall be not more than 2 in .
1 0 . 68
(0 . 8 mm) smaller than the outside diameter specifi ed fbr
NOTE 4 - A system of standald pipe sizes has been apploved by the a dista
nce of 8 in. (203 r
am) fl om the ends of the pipe
Amelican Nat
i onal Standal ds Institute as Amelican National Standal d and shal l pelmit the passing for a distance of 8 in . (203 mm)
for Welded and Seamless Wl ought Steel Pipe (ASME B 36 1 0) of a ling gage that has a bole 6 in ( 1 6 mm) lalger t h an
12.2 Diameter' - The outside diameter shall not va
ry the outside diameter specifi ed of the pipe . Sizes la r ger tha
n
more than _
+ 1 % from the nom
i nal size specif
i ed.
NPS 1 0 shall be not more than 12 in (0 8 mm) smaller
than t
he nominal outside diameter f0r a distance of 8 in .
12.3 Minimum Wall Thickness - The minimum wall
(203 r
am) t om the end of the pipe and shall pelmit the
t
hickness at any point shall be not more than 1 2 .5 % under passing for a dista
nce of' 8 in,, (203 r am) of a ling gage
the specifi ed wall thickness. which has a bore 3/32 in , (2, , 4 mm) larger than t
he nominal
NOTE 5 - The minimum wall thickness on inspection is shown in Table outside diameter of' the pipe ,
X 1 2 of the Appendix
13.2.3 Ends, Threaded Pipe - Each end of threaded
12.4 Lengths :' pipe shall be reamed to remove all bul
l s All t
hreads sha
ll
12.4.1 Except as allowed in ! 2.4 .2, pipe shall be be in accorda
nce with t
h e America
n National Sta
nda
rd
furnished in lengths averaging 3 8 ft ( 1 1 .6 m) or' over', wit
h Pipe Th
r eads (Note 6) and cut so as to make a tight joint
ami nimum length of 20 ft (6. . 1 m), but no more than 5% when the pipe is tested at the m
i ll to the specifi ed interna
l
may be under' 32 ft (9 8 m) . Jointers made by welding a re hydrostatic pressure. The va
r iation from the standa rd, when
permissible.. When th
r eaded pipe is ordered, jointers shall tested with t
h e standard work i ng gage, shall not exceed
be made by threaded connections and shall not exceed 5% one and one-half turns either way. Pipe shall not be rounded
of the ol deL by hammering in order to get a full th
r ead There shall be
not more than two black th
reads for 4-in ( 1 9 O-mm) taper
12.4.2 Unless otherwise specif i ed, Schedule 1 0 pipe
shall be between 1 6 and 22 f (4 . 9 a
n d 6 .7 m) for a minimum mong the per
a fect th
r eads. Black threads should not he
of 90% of the footage fulnished, with a ny balance being confused wit
h imperfect threads, such as t
h ose torn, shaven,
or' broken
shorter lengths at least 8 f (2 .4 m) long
NOTE 6 - A complete descliption of t
he Amelican National Standald
13. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance Pipe Thl eads applicable to pipe, valves, and fi ttings is contained in t
he
American National Standal d foi Pipe Threads (ANSI B 1 ,20 1 ) ; also
13.1 The f inished pipe shall be reasonably stra
i ght a
nd "Sclew-Thlead Standards foi Fedel al Selvices, 1 942," Nat
i ona
l Buleau
l ee of' defects. Sur
f face imperfections in excess of 1 25% of Standar ds Handbook H 28, fanualy, 1 942, the peltinent data in both
of the nominal wall thick
n ess shall be considered defects , SOUlCes being ident
i cal

23 0
 2007 SE CTION II, PART A SA- 1 35

13.3 Couplings - Each length of thleaded pipe shall thereof of each size under NPS 8 and one transverse body
be pr ovided with one coupling manufactur ed in accordance and one tl ansverse weld tension test on one length from
with Specif
i cation A 865 except that the coupling may be each lot of 200 lengths or f
raction theleof of each size
wrought iron (Note 7) . Threads shall be cut so as to make NPS 8 to NPS 20 and on one length from each lot of 1 00
a tight j oint Taper-tapped couplings shall be furnished on lengt
h s or fraction thel eof of each size over NPS 20 to
all weights of threaded pipe NPS 21/2 and lalger NPS 30 When taken from the skelp, t
h e numbei of tests
shall be detelmined in t
h e same manner as when ta
k en
NOTE 7 - Foi sizes NPS 2 and smallei , it is commercial plactice to
fulnish straight-tapped couplings for standa
ld-weight (Schedule 40) pipe from t
he f
i nished pipe .
and tapei -tapped couplings foI extra-stx ong (Schedule 80) n a d double
extl a-Stlong pipe If tapei -tapped couplings al e iequir ed foi sizes NPS NOTE 8 - Lengt h is defi ned as the length as ol deled, except t
h at in
the case of ol del s for cut lengths shortei t
han double i andom, which is
2 and smalleI on sta
n dal d weight (Schedule 40) pipe, line pipe in accoi
da
n ce with Specif i cation 5L of the Amelican Petl oleum Institute should defi ned as the length as rolled, plJoi to cutting to t h e Iequited short
lengths ,
be ordeled, thread lengths to be in accoldance with the Amelica
n National
Standal d fbi Pipe Threads (ANSI B 1 ,20 1 ) Tapei tapped couplings fbi
15.3 Flattening Test :
sizes NPS 2 an d smalleI in standa
l d weight may be used on mill-thleaded
standa
l d weight type of t
h e same size 15.3.1 The f l attening test specif
i ed in 9 . 1 sha
l l be
made on both cr op ends cut fiom each length of pipe
13.4 Protective Coating :
When pipe is produced in multiple lengths, fl attening tests
13.4.1 Af fei the pipe has been subjected to the hydro ar e required on the cr op ends from t
he front and back ends
static test, and if required by the purchasei , it shall be
of each coil and on two intermediate rings replesenting
t
horoughly cleaned of all dilt, oil, gl ease, loose scale, and each c ot
lUSt; t
hen dried, and given a plotect i ve coating of t he
kind and in the manner specifi ed by the pulchaser Pipe 15.4 Hydrostatic Test :
fulnished to Schedule 1 0 shall be norma lly shipped wit h 15.4.1 Each length of pipe shall be subjected to the
a light coat
i ng of plocessing oil If so specifi ed, the pipe hyd
rostatic test specif
i ed in Sect
i on 1 0
can be given a mill coating or a special coating

14. Weld Repair 16. Test, Retest, and Resampling

14. 1 Welding Repai r : 16. 1 Chemical Analysis :'

14.2 Defects in t h e pipe wall, provided their depth does 16. 1. 1 If the results of the analysis of eit
h er length
not exceed one third t h e specif
i ed wall thickness , shall be of pipe do not conf0Im to the requilements specifi ed in
r epaired by electric welding. Defects in the welds such as S ect
i on 7 , analyses of two additi onal lengths f
rom the same
s w eats oI leaks , un le s s o therwi se s peci f
i ed , sh all be lot shall be made, each of which shall conf0Im to t
he
r epair ed oi the piece rejected at t
he option of the manufac requirements specif
i ed
turer . Repair s of this nature shall be made by completely 16.2 Tension Test :
removing t he defect, cleaning the cavity, and then electric
1 6.2. 1 The test specimens and the tests required by
welding .
this specifi cation shall conform to those described in Test
14.3 All Iepaired pipe sha
l l be retested hydrostatically Methods and Def i nitions A 3 70, except that all specimens
in accordance with Section 1 0 sha
l l be tested at room temper ature
1 6.2.2 The longitudinal tension test specimen shall
15. Sampling be taken fi om the end of the pipe, or by agleement between
15. 1 Chemical Analysis: the manufacturer and the purchaser may be ta ken fi om the
15.1.1 Samples for chemical analysis, except foI skelp, at a point approximately 90° fr om t h e weld, and
spectrochemica l analysis , shall be ta
ken in accoldance with shall not be flattened between gage ma r ks The sides of
Practice E 5 9 The number of samples shall be detelmined each specimen shall be pa rallel between gage ma r ks . At
as follow s : the manufactur er option, the tension test may be made on
NPS
full section of pipe
Numbers of Samples Selected
1 6.2.3 Transverse weld test specimens sha ll be ta
ken
UndeI 6 2lf om each lot of 400 pipes oi fl action h
t eleof
6 to 20, incl 2 fr
o m each lot of 200 pipes oi fl action theleof with the weld at the center of the specimen. Transverse
Over 20 to 30, incl 2fr om each lot of 1 00 pipes OI fraction t
h eleof body test specimens shall be taken opposite to the weld
All transverse test specimens shall be approximately 1 2 in .
1 5.2 Tens ion Test.
(3 8 . 1 mm) wide in the gage lengtha n d shall represent the
15.2. 1 One longitudinal tension test shall be made full wall t hickness of the pipe from which the specimen
on lengt
h (Note 8) f
l or
a each lot of 400 lengths or f
raction was cut ,

23 1
SA-135 2007 SECTION II, PART A

16.2.4 If any test specimen shows defective machin the length may be r ejected and the manufact urer shall be
ing or develops lf aws not associated with the quality of notifi ed. Disposition of rejected pipe shall be a matter of
the steel or the welding, it may be disca
r ded and another agreement between t h e manufacturer and the purchaser .
specimen substituted 18.2 Pipe found in fabrication or in installati on to be
16.2.5 If the results of the tension tests of any lot u n suitab le f or the intende d u s e , under the sc op e and
do not conform to the r equirements specif
i ed in 9 1 , r etests requirements of this specifi cation, may be set aside and
of two additional lengths from the same lot shall be made, the ma
nufacturer notif
i ed Such pipe sha
l l be subject to
each of which shall conform to the iequirements specifi ed mutual investi gation as to the nature and severity of the
16.2.6 If the percentage of elongation of any tension defi ciency and t
he forming or installation, or both, condi
test specimen is less th an that specifi ed in 8 1 , and a
ny i ons involved Disposition shall be a matter for agreement
t
pa
r of the f
i acture is more than in ( 1 9.0 r
am) from the
center of the gage length as indicated by scribe scratches
mar ked on the specimen befbIe testing, t
h e specimen may 19. Certif
i cate of Compliance
be discar ded a
n d anot
her substituted 19.1 When specifi ed in the purchase order, the producer
or supplier shall furnish to the purchaser a certifi cate of
16.3 Flattening Test :
compliance stating that the pipe has been manufactm ed,
16.3.1 Specimens for fl attening tests shall be smooth sampled, tested and inspected in accordance with this speci
at the ends and r
f ee fr om burI s
fi cation (including the year of issue) and has been found
16.3.2 If any secti on of the pipe fails to comply with to meet t
he requirements
the requirements of 9 1 , for pipe produced in single lengt
h s,
ot
h er sections may be cut f
r om the same end of the same
length until satisfactory tests ate obtained, except that t
he 20. Ident
ifi cation of Material
fi nished pipe shall not be shoIter than 80% of its lengt h 20.1 Each lengt
h of pipe shall be legibly ma
r ked with
after the initial cropping; otherwise, the length shall be appropriate symbols by stenciling, stamping, or r olling to
rejected For pipe produced in multiple lengths, retests may show the manufacturer ' s name , the size, the specif
i cation
be cut f
r om each end of each individual length in the designation, the grade, and the hydrostatic test piessure
multiple; such tests shall be made with t
he weld alternately when tested, or the letter's "NH" when not tested
0° and 90° f
l or
a the line of direction of for ce
20.2 In addit
i on to the requirements in 20 . 1 , bar coding
1 6.4 All specimens sha
l l be tested at r oom temper ature is acceptable as a supplemental identifi cation method. The
purchaser may specify in the order a specifi c bar coding
system to be used..
17. Inspection
17.1 The inspector representing the purchaser shall
have f
r ee entry, at all times while work on the contract 21. Packaging, Marking, and Loading for Shipment
of the purchaser is being performed, to all pa
r ts of the 21.1 When specifi ed on the purchase order , packaging,
manufactur er' s woIks that concern the manufacture of the mark
ing, and loading for shipment shall be in accoidance
material or dered. The manufacturer shall afford t
he inspec with Practices A 700 .
tor, without cha r ge, all reasonable facilities to satisfy him
that t
h e material is being furnished in accordance with 21.2 When specifi ed in the contract or purchase order ,
this specifi cation All tests (except check analysis) a nd the material shall be preserved, packaged, and packed in
accoidance with MIL-STD 1 63 . The applicable levels sha
ll
inspection shall be made at the place of ma nufactme prior
to shipment, unless otherwise specifi ed, and shall be so be as specifi ed in the contr act . Ma
r king for shipment of
conducted as not to interfer e unnecessa
r ily with the manu such material shall be in accordance with Fed Std No . 1 23
facturer ' s operation for civil agencies a
n d MIL-STD 1 29 or Fed. Std No 1 83
if' continuous marking is iequired for' military agencies ,

1 8. Reject
i on
18.1 Each length of pipe received f i om th e manufac 22. Keywords
turer may be inspected by the purchaser an d, if it does not 22.1 eddy curxent testi ng; electr ic resistance welded
meet the requirements of this specifi cation based on t he pipe; hydrostatic testing; plain end pipe; Schedule 1 0 pipe;
inspection and test met
h od as outlined in t
h e specifi cation, threaded pipe

23 2
 2007 SE CTION II, PART A SA- 135

TA B L E 1
TE N SI L E REQ U I R E M E NTS
G rad e A G rad e B

Te ns i l e strength, m i n, ks i ( M Pa) 48 ( 33 1 ) 60 (414)

Y i e l d stren gth, m i n, ks i ( M Pa) 30 (207 ) 35 (241 )
E l o n gat i o n i n 2 i n . ( 5 0 m m ), m i n, % :
F o r p i pe hav i n g a spec ifi ed wa l l th i c k ness of 5/16 i n , ( 7 , 9 m m ) o r' mo re, if tested usi n g a l o n g itud i na l stri p test 35 30
s pe c i m e n ,
F o r p i pe hav i n g a spec ifi ed wal l th i c k ness of l ess than s/16 i n , ( 7 9 m m ), if tested us i ng a l o ng itud i na l str i p test A B
s pe c i m e n ,
F o r' p i pe of any s i ze, if tested u s i ng a fu l l -s i ze l o n g itud i na l test spec i men . 35 30

A The m i n i mu m el o ngatio n sha l l be deter m i ned by the fo l l owi ng equati on, with the calcu l ated val ue rounded to the nearest percent :
E = 56 t + 16, 5

whe re :

E = e l o n gat i o n i n 2 i n , ( 5 0 m m ), m i n, % , and
t = spec if i ed wal l th ic kness, i n ,
B The m i n i m u m e l o n gati o n sha l l be dete rm i ned by the fo l l owi ng eq uat i o n, w ith the ca l c u l ated va l ue ro u nded to the nearest percent :
E = 4 8 t + 1 4 ,, 0 0

wh e re :

E = e l o ngati o n i n 2 i n , ( 5 0 r
a m ), m i n, % , and
t = spec if i ed wal l th i c kness, i n

TA B L E 2
C H E M I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS

Com position, max, %

E l e m e nt G rade A G rade B

C arbo n 0 ,25 0 ,30

M a n g an ese 0 , 95 1 20
P h osp h o rus 0 , 03 5 0 , 035
S u l fu r' 0 .035 0, 035

23 3
SA-135 2007 SECTION II, PART A

APPENDIX

(Nonmandatory Information)

X1. ADDITIONAL DATA

XI.1 Additional data on dimensions nominal weights and test pressures is provided in Table X I . 1 .
X1.2 Additional data on wall thicknesses a e provided in Table X 1 2 ,

TA B L E X 1 . 1
D I M E N S IO N S, N O M I N A L W E IG H TS, A N D T EST P R ES S U R E S FO R LI G H T WA L L ST E E L P I P E
Sched ul e 10 Test Pressure, ps i ( M Pa) A
S pec ifi ed Wa l l We ig ht ( M ass) pe r
Outside D iameter, Thickn essA in , U n it Length, I b/ft
N PS in , (r
a m) (r
am) ( kg/m ) G rade A G rade B

3/4 1 05 0 ( 26 7 ) 0 , 083 ( 2 . 1 1 ) 0 86 ( 1 28 ) 2 5 00 ( 1 7 24 ) 25 00 ( 17 24 )
1 1 ,315 (33, 4) 0 1 0 9 ( 2 , 77 ) 1 4 0 ( 2 09 ) 2500 (17 .24) 2500 ( 17, 24)
1 1/4 1 660 (42 2 ) 0 , 1 09 ( 2 77 ) 1 8 1 ( 2 ,69 ) 2400 ( 1 6 ,55 ) 2500 ( 17 24 )
1 1/2 1 , 9 0 0 ( 48 3 ) 0 , 1 09 ( 2 77 ) 2 09 (3 1 1 ) 2 1 00 ( 14 48) 2400 ( 1 6 55 )
2 2 , 375 (60 ,3) 0 , 1 0 9 ( 2 , 77 ) 2 , 64 ( 3 , 93 ) 1 7 0 0 ( 1 1 ,7 2 ) 1900 (13 ,10)
2 1/2 2 875 (73 0 ) 0 , 1 2 0 (3 05 ) 3 53 (5 , 26) 1 50 0 ( 1 0 ,34 ) 1700 ( 1 1 72 )
3 3 , 5 0 0 ( 88 , 9 ) 0 , 1 2 0 ( 3 05 ) 4 34 ( 6 46 ) 1200 (8 27) 1400 (9 65 )
31/2 4 , 0 0 0 ( 1 01 ,6) 0 , 1 2 0 (3 05 ) 4 98 (7 , 41 ) 1 00 0 ( 6 ,89 ) 1 2 00 ( 8 , 27 )
4 4 ,500 (114 3) 0 , 1 2 0 ( 3 05 ) 5 .62 (8 37 ) 900 (6 ,21 ) 11 00 (7 58)
5 5 ,563 (141 ,3) 0 . 1 34 ( 3 , 4 0 ) 7 , 7 8 ( 1 1 . 58 ) 8 5 0 ( 5 86 ) 1000 (6 ,89)

A The test p r' e ssu res a r' e cal c u l ated by the fo l l owi n g eq uat i o n ( but need n ot exceed 2 5 0 0 ps i o r' 1 7 , 2 4 M P a) :
P = 2 St/D

wh e re :

P = p ressu re, ps i ( M P a )
S = fi be r' stress, 6 0 % of the spec ifi ed m i n i m u m y i e l d stre n gth, ps i ( M P a),
t = spec ifi ed wa l l th i c k ness, i n ( m m ), an d
D = spec if
i ed o uts i de d i amete r' , i n ( m m ) ,

234
 2007 SEC TION II, PART A SA- 1 35

TA B L E X 1 ,2
M I N I M U M P E R M I S S I B L E WA L L T H I C K N E S S O N I N S P E C T I O N

S pec ifi ed Wa l ! M i n i m u m Perm issibl e Specifi ed Wa l l M i n i m u m Per m iss i bl e S pecifi ed Wa l ! M i n i m u m Pe r m issi b l e

Th i ckness i t), Wa l l Th ickness ( tm), Th ickness i t), Wa l l Th ickness ( ti n), Th ickness ( t), Wa l l Th ickness ( ti n),
in. (r
am) in. (r
am) in . (a
rm) in . , ( r
am) in . (r
am) i n .. ( r
am)

0 , 068 ( 1 , 7 3 ) 0 ,060 ( 1 52 ) 0 , 2 94 ( 7 4 7 ) 0 , 2 5 7 ( 6 , 53 ) 0 , 75 0 ( 1 9 , 0 5 ) 0 656 ( 16 ,66)

0 08 8 ( 2 , 2 4 )
0 , 09 1 ( 2 . 3 1 )
0 , 0 9 5 ( 2 ,, 4 1 )
0 , 1 1 3 ( 2 ,, 8 7 )
0 1 19 (3 ,02 )
0 , 1 2 5 (3 . 1 8 )
0 126 (3 ,20)
0 ,133 (3 .38)
0, 140 (3 ,56)
0 , 1 45 (3 , 6 8 )
0 1 4 7 ( 3 , 73 )
0 , 1 5 4 (3 9 1 )
0, 156 (3 ,96)
0 , 1 7 9 (4 5 5 )
0, 187 (4 ,75)
0 , 1 88 ( 4 , 7 8 )
0 191 (4 .85)
0 , 2 0 0 ( 5 . 08 )
0 203 (5 ,16)
0 , 2 1 6 ( 5 49 )
0 , 2 1 8 ( 5 ,54 )
0 ,219 (5 56)
0 2 2 6 ( 5 . 74 )
0 ,237 (6.02 )
0 , 07 7 ( 1 96 ) 0 300 (7 ,62 ) 0 2 6 2 ( 6 , 65 ) 0 812 (20 .62 ) 0 , 7 1 0 ( 1 8 , 03 )
0 0 8 0 ( 2, 03 ) 0 ,3 0 7 ( 7 .8 0 ) 0 ,269 (6 83) 0 ,, 8 4 3 ( 2 1 4 1 ) 0 7 38 ( 1 8 . 7 5 )
0 , 083 ( 2 . 1 1 ) 0 , 3 08 ( 7 8 2 ) 0 2 7 0 ( 6 , 86 ) 0 , 864 ( 2 1 , 9 5 ) 0, 756 ( 1920)
0 099 (2 51 ) 0 ,3 1 2 ( 7 , 9 2 ) 0 273 (6 ,93 ) 0 87 5 ( 2 2 . 2 3 ) 0 , 7 6 6 ( 1 9 46 )
0 , 1 04 ( 2 , 64 ) 0 3 1 8 ( 8 08 ) 0 ,278 (7 .06) 0 ,906 (23 01 ) 0 7 93 ( 2 0 , 1 4 )
0 1 09 (2 77) 0 ,322 (8 ,18) 0 282 (7 , 16) 0 , 93 7 ( 2 3 , 8 0 ) 0 ,820 (20 .83)
0 ,110 (2 .79) 0 330 (8 38) 0 . 2 8 9 ( 7 34 ) 0 9 68 ( 24 5 9 ) 0 , 847 ( 2 1 5 1 )
0 1 16 (2 ,95) 0 337 (8 ,56) 0 , 2 95 ( 7 , 49 ) 1 ,000 (25, 40) 0 875 (22 23 )
0 , 122 (3 ,10) 0 .3 43 ( 8 , 7 1 ) 0 300 (7, 62 ) 1 031 (26 ,19) 0 , 9 0 2 ( 2 2 ,9 1 )
0, 127 (3 23) 0 344 ( 8 , 7 4 ) 0 ,301 (7 ,65) 1 0 6 2 ( 2 6 97 ) 0 .929 ( 23 60)
0 .129 (3 ,28) 0 ,3 5 8 ( 9 . 0 9 ) 0 3 1 3 ( 7 95 ) 1 , 093 ( 2 7 , 7 6 ) 0 956 (24 .28 )
0 ,, 1 3 5 ( 3 4 3 ) 0 3 65 ( 9 2 7 ) 0 , 3 1 9 ( 8 ,, 1 0 ) 1 125 (28 .58) 0 , 984 ( 2 4 , 99 )
0 , 1 36 ( 3 , 45 ) 0 , 3 7 5 ( 9 ,5 3 ) 0 3 2 8 ( 8 .3 3 ) 1 ,156 (29 36) 1 01 2 (25 70)
0 157 (3 ,99) 0 ,382 (9 70) 0 3 3 4 ( 8 , 48 ) 1 . 2 1 8 ( 3 0 , 94 ) 1 , 0 66 ( 2 7 , 0 8 )
0 , 1 64 ( 4 1 7 ) 0 ,4 0 0 ( 1 0 , 1 6 ) 0 35 0 ( 8 , 89 ) 1 250 (31 75 ) 1 , 094 ( 2 7 , 7 9 )
0 1 64 (4 , 1 7 ) 0 ,406 ( 10 31 ) 0 355 (9 02 ) 1 , 2 8 1 ( 3 2 , 54 ) 1 1 2 1 ( 2 8 , 47 )
0 ,167 (4 24) 0 , 43 2 ( 1 0 , 9 7 ) 0 , 378 ( 9 , 6 0 ) 1 3 1 2 ( 3 3 ,3 3 ) 1 ,148 (29 ,16)
0 , 1 7 5 (4 . 45 ) 0 . 43 6 ( 1 1 , 07 ) 0 382 (9 .70) 1 , 3 4 3 ( 34 , 1 1 ) 1 . 1 75 ( 2 9 85 )
0 178 (4, 52 ) 0 , 43 7 ( I I , I 0 ) 0 ,382 (9 ,70) 1 , 3 7 5 ( 3 4 , 93 ) 1 203 (30 ,56)
0 1 89 (4 , 8 0 ) 0 ,4 3 8 ( 1 1 , 1 3 ) 0 3 8 3 ( 9 , 73 ) 1 406 (35 ,71 ) 1 ,230 (31 ,24)
0 191 (4 85) 0 500 ( 1 2 ,70) 0 438 ( I I ,13) 1 , 437 ( 3 6 , 5 3 ) 1 2 5 8 ( 3 1 95 )
0 1 9 2 ( 4 , 88 ) 0 , 5 3 1 ( 1 3 .49 ) 0 465 ( 1 1 , 8 1 ) 1 500 (38 ,10) 1, 312 (33 ,33)
0 ,198 (5 03) 0 552 ( 14 ,02 ) 0 48 3 ( 1 2 2 7 ) 1 .531 (38 89) 1 , 3 4 0 ( 3 4 04 )
0 207 (5 ,26) 0 , 5 62 ( 1 4 . 2 7 ) 0 , 49 2 ( 1 2 , 5 0 ) 1 , 5 6 2 ( 39 . 6 8 ) 1 , 3 67 ( 34 7 2 )

N OT E 1 - The fo l l owi ng eq uati on, u po n wh i ch th is tab l e i s based, i s used to de r i ve the m i n i m u m pe r m i ss i b l e wa l l th i c kness va l u es fro m the
spec ifi ed wal l th i c kness va l ues, with the ca l c u l ated va l ues r o u n ded to th ree dec i m a l p l aces i n acco rdance with the ro u n d i n g meth od of P ract i ce
E 29:

tm X 0 . 8 7 5 = t

wh e re :

tm = m i n i m u m pe rm i ss i b l e wa l l th ickness, i n ,
t = spec ifi ed wal l th ickness, i n
N O T E 2 - T h i s tab l e i s a maste r tab le cove r i ng wal l th i c knesses ava i l ab l e i n the p u rch ase of d if
fe re nt c l assifi cati ons of p i pe, but it i s n ot
meant to i m p ly that a l l of the wa l l s l isted the re i n are o bta i n ab le u n de r th i s spec ifi cat i o n ,

23 5
 2' :

23 6
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA- 178/SA - 178M

SPE CIFICATION FOR ELECTRIC-RESISTANCE

WELDED CARB ON STEEL AND CARB ON-MANGANESE
S TEEL B OILER AND SUPERHEATER TUBES

SA- 1 78/SA- 178M

INTERNATIONAL
Stan dards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 1 78/A 1 78M-95 )

1. Scope 2. Referenced Documents

2. 1 ASTM Standards :
1 . 1 This specif
i cation cover's minimum-wall-thicknes s , A 22 6/A 2 2 6M S p e ci f
i c ati o n f or Electri c -Res i s tanc e
electric-resistance-welded tubes made of carbon steel and
Welded Carbon Steel B oiler and Superheater Tubes for
ca
r bon-manga n ese steel intended for use as boiler tubes , High-Pressure S ervice
boiler f
l ues, superheater f
l ues , and safe ends . A 45 0/A 450M Specif i cat i on for Genera l Requirements
for Ca
r bon, FerIitic Alloy, and Austenitic Alloy Steel
NOTE 1 - Type C and D tubes aI e not suitable fbr safe-ending fbr Tubes
fbrge welding A 520 Specif
i cat
i on for Supplementa
r y Requir ements foi
Seamless and Electric-Resistance-Welded Ca
r bon Steel

1.2 The tubing sizes a

nd thicknesses usually furnished Tubular Products for High-Temperature Ser vice Con
to this specifi cation a
re 1/2 to 5 in [ 1 2 .7 to 1 27 r
am] in formin g to IS O Re c ommen dati on s for B oi l er C on
stmcf
i on ,
outside diameter and 0. 03 5 to 0 . 3 20 in. [0 9 to 9 . 1 mm] ,
inclusive, in minimum wall thickness Tubing having other E 2 1 3 Practice for Ultr'asonic Examination of Metal Pipe
dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply and Tubing
with all other requir ements of this specif
i cation E 273 Practice for' Ultrasonic Examinat
i on of' Longitudinal
Welded Pipe and Tubing
1.3 Mecha
n ical property requirements do not apply to
tubing smaller than 1/8 in. [3 2 mm] in inside diameter or 3. Ordering Information
0 . 0 1 5 in [0 4 mm] in thickness 3. 1 0r del s for matelial under t his specif
i cation should
include the following, as iequired, to desclibe the desired
materia l adequately:
1.4 When these products a
r e to be used in applications 3 . 1 . 1 Quantity (feet, metres, or numbei of lengths),
conforming to ISO Recommendat
i ons for Boiler Construc
3 . 1 .2 Na
me of matelia
l (electlic-resista
n ce-welded
t on, the requirements of Specifi cation A 520 shall supple
i
ubes) ,
t
ment and supersede the r equirements of t his specifi cation
3. 1 .3 Gr ade (A, C, or D , Table 1 ) ,
3. 1.4 S i z e ( out si de di ameter and minimum w all
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI
thickness) ,
units a
r e to be rega
r ded sepa
r ately as standa
r d Within the
3. 1 .5 Length (specif
i c or i andom) ,
text, the SI units are shown in brackets The values stated
3. 1 . 6
Optional requirements (product ana lysis, Sec
in each system a r e not exact equivalents ; t
herefore, each
system must be used independently of the other Combining tion 7 ; Clush test, S ection 1 0 ; hydrostatic or nondestruct
i ve
values from the two systems may r esult in nonconformance electric test, 1 1 6),
with the specif
i cat
i on. The inch-pound units shall apply 3.1 .7 Test report iequiled (Certif i cation S ection of
unless t
h e "M" designation of this specif
i cat
i on is specif
i ed Specif
i cati on A 450/A 450M) ,
in the order 3. 1 .8 Specifi cation, and designat
i on,

23 7
SA-178/SA-178M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

3 . 1 . 9 Individual supplementary r equirements , if 8. General Requirements

required, and 8.1 Material furnished under this specif
i cation shall
3. 1 . 10 Special requir ements
conform to the applicable requirements of the current edi
tion of Specifi cation A 450/A 450M unless otherwise pro
vided herein

4. Manufacture

4. 1 The steel foi Grade D shall be killed 9. Tensile Requirements

9.1 Grade C and D tubes shall conform to the i equire
4.2 Tubes shall be made by electric-iesistance welding
ments as to tensile propelties pl escf
ibed in Table 2
NOTE 3 : Explanatory Note - FoI pulposes of design the following
5. Heat Treatment
tensile propelties may be assumed foi Gl ade A tubes :

5.1 Af ter welding, all tubes shall be heat tleated at a Tensile stlength, min, ksi [MPa] 4 7 [3 25 ]
temperatule of 1 650°F [900°C] or higher and followed by Yield Stiength, min, ksi [MPa] 26 [ 1 8 01

cooling in air or in the cooling chamber of a controlled Elongation in 2 in Ol 50 r

a m, min, % 35

atmosphele fulnace Cold-dl awn tubes shall be heat treated

after the fi nal cold-draw pass at a temperature of 1 200°
[650° C] or highei 10. Crush Test

10.1 When required by the purchaser, crushing tests

shall be made on secti ons of tube 21/2 in [63 mm] in lengt
h
6. Chemical Composition which shall stand Clushing longitudinally without cracking,
6. 1 The steel shall conform to the iequilements as to splitting, or opening at the weld, as follows:
chemical composition prescribed in Table 1 Height of Clushed Section, in [mm]
Wall Thickness

6.2 When a grade is ordered under this specifi cation, of Tubes, Gl ade C
supplying an a
lloy grade that specifi cally requires the addi in [mm] Gl ade A Tubes and D Tubes
tion of any element other t
h an those listed in Table 1 is 0 1 35 [3 ,43] and 3/4 [ 1 9] oI until Ctush tests not
not permitted under outside folds are i equil ed
in contact

Ovel 0 1 35 [3 43] 1 1/4 [32]

7. Product Analysis 10.2 Table 3 gives the computed minimum elonga tion
7.1 When requested on the pulchase order, a product values for each 1/32 in [0.8 mi
ni decrease in wa
l l thickness.
analysis shall be made by the manufacturer or supplier Whele the wall t
hickness lies between two values shown
flom one t ube per 1 00 pieces foI sizes over 3 in [76.2 above, the minimum elongation va
lue shall be detelmined
mini and one tube per 250 pieces for sizes 3 in [76 .2 mm] by the following equation:
and undei ; or when tubes are identif
i ed by heat, one tube
E = 48t + 1 5 00 [E = 1 87t + 1 5 , 00]
per heat shall be analyzed The chemica
l composition thus
determined shall conform to the requirements specif
i ed. where :

7.2 If the original test for pl oduct analysis fails, I etests E = elongation in 2 in or 50 r
am, % , and,
of two addit i onal lengths of fl at-lolled stock or t
ubes sha ll t = act
ual thick
ness of specimen, in [r
am]
be made B oth ietests, for the elements in question, shall
meet t he requirements of the specifi cati on; othelwise all 10.3 Foi tubing less than 1 in [25 .4 r
am] in outside
iema lning material in the heat or lot (Note 2) shall be diameter, the length of the specimen shall be 21/2 times t
he
outside diametei of the t
ube Slight surface checks sha
ll
iejected or, at the opti on of the producer, each length of
not be cause for r ej ection.
l at-lolled stock or tube may be individually tested foi
f
acceptance , Lengths of fl at-rolled stock or tubes which do
not meet the requilements of t
he specifi cations shall be
11. Mechanical Tests Required
rej ected
1 1 . 1 Flattening Test :
NOTE 2 - A lot consists of 250 tubes foi sizes 3 in [76 .2 r am] and
undei and of 1 00 tubes foi sizes over 3 in [76 2 mm] , plioI to cutt
i ng 1 1 .1.1 For Grade A, one f
l attening test shall be made
to length on specimens from each of two tubes from each lot (Note 2)

23 8
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA- 178/SA- 178M

or' fraction thereof', and f

l 'o m each 2000 ft [600 m] or' 11.5 Reverse Flattening Test - One rever se f
l attening
fraction thereof of' safe-end material. test shall be made on each 1 500 ft [450 m] of i
f nished
1 1. 1.2 For Grades C and D, one f
l attening test sha
ll tubing
be made on specimens fi om each of two tubes f i om each 1 1 . 6 Hydrosta tic or Nondestructive Electric Tes t -
lot (Note 2) or fraction thereo£ Each t ube shall be subjected to either the hydrostatic or
1 1.2 Flange Test: the nondestruct i ve electr
i c test The purchasei may speci
fy
which test is to be u sed
11.2.1 For Gr ade A, one f l ange test shall be made
on specimens from each of two tubes f
i om each lot (Note 2)
or f
i action thereof; and fr om each 2000 ft [600 m] or
fraction t
h ereof of safe-end material
12. Forming Operations
12. 1 When inserted in the boiler , t
ubes shall withsta
nd
1 1 .2.2 For Grades C a
n d D, one f
l ange test shall be expanding and beading without showing cracks or f l aws,
made on specimens f
i om each of two tubes from each lot or opening at the weld When properly ma nipulated, super
(Note 2) or fraction thereof. The width of the fl a
n ge shall heater t
ubes sha l l withstand a ll fbrging, welding, a nd bend
not be less than 75% of that specif i ed in Specif i cation i n g op erati on s n e c e s s ary fo r app l i c ati o n w i th o u t
A 450/A 45 0M
developing defects
11.3 Crush Test - For Grade A, when required by t
he
purchaser, one crush test shall be made on specimens from
each of two tubes f
i om each lot (Note 2) or fr action t
hereof; 13. Product Marking
n
ad from each 2000 ft [600 m] or fraction thereof of safe 13.1 In additi on to the ma
r king prescribed in Specifi ca
end materi al i on A 450/A 450M, the letter's "ERW" sha
t l l be legibly
stenciled on each tube, or marked on a tag attached to the
1 1 .4 Tension Test - For Grades C and D, one tension
bundle or box in which t he tubes ar e shipped
test shall be made on specimens from each of two tubes
from each lot The term lot for tension test requirements 1 3 .2 The manufac turer ' s name or symbo l may b e
applies to all tubes prior to cutting, of t
h e same nominal placed permanently on each tube by rolling or light stamp
diameter and wall thickness, which a r e produced from the ing before noimalizing. If a single sta
mp is placed on the
same heat of steel When f
i na
l heat treatment is in a batch tube by hand, this mark should not be less than 8 in .
type furnace, a lot shall include only those tubes of the [200 mm] from one end of' the tube .
same size and the same heat which a
r e heat tieated in the
sa
me furnace cha
r ge When the f
i nal heat treatment is in
a cont
i nuous f
urnace, a lot sha
ll include all tubes of the 14. Keywords
sa
me size and heat, heat treated in the sa
me furnace, at 14. 1 boiler tube ; r
e sistance welded steel tube ; steel
the same temperatme, time at heat, and f
urnace speed tube, car bon ; welded steel tube

23 9
SA-178/SA-178M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 1
C H E M ICAL R EQU I RE M E NTS
C ompositio n, %
G rade A, G rade C, G rade D,
Low-Carbon M ed i u m- Car bon- M angan ese
E l e m e nt Stee l Carbon Stee l Stee l

Carbo n 0 0 6-0, 1 8 0 3 5 m ax 0 , 2 7 m ax
M ang anese 0 2 7-0 63 0 8 0 max 1 , 0 0-1 ,5 0
P h osph orus, max 0 , 03 5 0 ,035 0 ,030
S u l fu r, max 0 , 03 5 0 , 0 35 0 015
S i l i co n .. . . 0 .10 r
ain

TA B L E 2
TE N SI L E R EQU I R E M E NTS
G rad e C G rad e D

7 0 [48 5 ]
Tens i l e stre ngth, m i n, ks i [ M P a] 6 0 [4 1 53
40 [275]
Y i e ld stre ngth, m i n, ksi [ M P a] 37 [2 5 5]
30
E l o ng ati o n i n 2 i n , o r' 5 0 m m, m i n, % 30
1 , 5 0A
For' long itud i nal stri p tests a deducti on for' each 1/32 in , [0 ,8 m m] decrease i n 1 50A
wa l l th i ck ness be l ow 5/16 i n E 8 m m] fro m the basi c m i n i m u m e l ong ati o n of
the fo l l owi n g percentage po i nts sha l l be made

A S ee Tab l e 3 fo r' the co m p uted m i n i m u m va l ues :

TA B L E 3
M I N I M U M E LO N G ATI O N VA L U E S

Wal l Thickness E longation i n 2 i n. or 50

in , mm mm, r
a i n, %A
5/16 ( 0 3 1 2 ) 8 30
9/32 ( 0 2 8 1 ) 72 29
1/4 ( 0 2 5 0 ) 6 .4 27
7/32 ( 0 , 2 1 9 ) 5 ,6 26
3/16 ( 0 . 1 88 ) 4 ,8 24
5/32 ( 0 , 1 5 6 ) 4 22
1/8 ( 0 , 1 2 5 ) 3 ,2 21
3/32 ( 0 , 0 94 ) 24 20
1/16 ( 0 , 0 6 2 ) 16 18
A C a l c u l ated e l on g ati on r eq u i re ments sh a l l be r o u n ded to t h e n e a r est wh o l e n u m be r' ,

240
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA -1 78/SA- 1 78M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementa r y requirements may become a par of the specifi cation when
specifi ed in the inquiry or invitation to bid, and production order or contract . These require
ments shall not be considered, unless specifi ed in the order and the necessary tests shall
be made at the mill .

S1. Additional Testing of Welded Tubing for permitted by Specif

i cation A 450/A 450M
ASME Requirements
S1.3 The test methods described in t
h e supplement may
SI.1 The weld seam of each tube shall be subjected to not be capable of inspecting the end portions of tubes This
an ultr asonic inspecti on employing Practices E 273 oi E condition is referred to as end effect.. This portion, as
2 1 3 with the rejection criteria referenced in Specifi cat
i on deteImined by the manufacturer, shall be removed and
A 45 0/A 450M . disca
rded .

S1.2 If Practice E 273 is employed, a 1 00% volumetric S1.4 In addition to the ma

r king presc6bed in Specif
i ca
inspection of the entir e lengt
h of each tube shall also be tion A 450/A 450M, "S 1 " shall be added aftei the grade
performed using one of the nondestructive electric tests designation.

24 1
242
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-179/SA- 1 79M

SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS COLD-DRAWN

LOW- CARBON STEEL HEAT-EXCHANGER AND
CONDENSER TUBES

SA - 179/SA - 179M
INTERNATIONAL
S tandards Werldwide

[Ident
i cal with ASTM Specifi cation A 1 79/A 1 79M-90a(R05) ]

1. Scope 4. Ordering Information

1 . 1 This specif
i cation cover s minimum-wall-thickness , 4.1 Orders for material under this specifi cation should
seamles s cold-drawn low-carbon steel tubes for tubula
r include the following, as required, to describe the desired
heat exchang ers , condens ers , and s imil ar he at tran sfer material adequately :
appar atus .
4.1.1 Quality (feet, metres, or number of lengths),
1.2 This specifi cation cover's tubes 1/8 to 3 in [32 to 4. 1 .2 Name of material (seamless tubes),
76. 2 mm] , inclusive, in outside diameter .
4. 1 .3 Manufacture (cold-dr awn) ,
TE 1 - Tubing smallei in outside diametei and having a thinnei
wall than indicated in t
his specifi cation is available Mechanical pi operty
4 . 1 . 4 S i z e ( outs i de di ameter an d minimum w all
I equir ements do not apply to tubing smaller than 1/8 in [3 2 mm] in thickness),
outside diameter oI with a wall thickness under 0 ,0 1 5 in [0 4 r
am]
4.1 .5 Length (specif
i c or random),
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI 4.1.6 Optional requirements (product analysis, Sec
units a
r e to be rega
r ded sepa
r ately as standa
r d Within the tion 9, f
l ange test, 1 1 3) ,
text, h
te SI units a
r e shown in brackets . The values stated
in each system are not exact equivalents; t h erefore, each 4. 1 .7 Test report required (Certif
i cation Section of
Specif
i cation A 45 0/A 450M) ,
system must be used independently of the other Combining
values f
rom the two systems may result in nonconformance 4. 1 .8 Specif
i cation number , and
with the specifi cation. The inch-pound units shall apply 4. 1 .9 Special requirements .
unless the "M" designati on of this specifi cation is specif
i ed
in the order

5. Manufacture

2. Referenced Document 5.1 Tubes shall be made by the seamless process and
shall be cold dr awn
2. 1 ASTM Standard:
A 450/A 450M Specifi cation for General Requirements
for Ca
r bon, Ferlitic Alloy, and Austenitic Alloy Steel
Tube s 6. Heat Treatment

6. 1 Tubes sha
l l be heat treated af
ter t
he f
i nal cold dr aw
pas s at a temperature of 1 200°F [650°C] or higher.
3. General Requirements
3.1 Material furnished under this specifi cation shall
conform to the applicable requirements of the current edi 7. Surface Condition

tion of Specif
i cation A 450/A 450M, unless otherwise pro 7. 1 Fini shed tube s shall be f
l ee of s cale A slight
vided her ein amount of oxidation will not be consider ed as scale

243
SA-179/SA-179M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

8. Chemical Composition 11. Mechanical Tests Required

8. 1 The steel shall conform to the following require 11.1 Flattening Test - One fl attening test shall be made
ments as to chemical composition : on specimens from each of two tubes f
rom each lot (Note
2) or fraction thereof
Cmbon, % 0 06-0 1 8
Manganese, % 0 27 ) 63 1 1.2 Flaring Test - One fl aring test shall be made on
PhosphoIus, max, % 0 ,035 specimens from each of two tubes from each lot (Note 2)
SultiaI , max, % 0 ,035 or fraction thereof.

8.2 Supplying an alloy glade that specifi cally i equires 11.3 Flange Test - When specifi ed as a substi tute for
the addition of any element othei than those listed in 8 1 the fl a
r ing test, for t
ubes having a wall thickness (actua
l
is not pelmitted mean wa
l l) less than 1 0% of the outside diameter, one test
sha
ll be made on specimens f i om each of two tubes from
each lot (Note 2) or f
racti on thereof For tubes other than
9. Product Analysis
specifi ed above, the fl a
nge test sha
l l not be requiled
9.1 When requested on the purchase order , a product 1 1 .4 Hardness Test - Rockwell ha
r dness tests sha
l l be
analysis shall be made by the supplier from one tube per made on specimens from two tubes f rom each lot The
250 pieces or when tubes are identi fi ed by heat, one tube term lot applies to all tubes, plior to cutting, of the same
nominal diameter and wall thickness which are produced
per heat shall be analyzed The chemical compositi on thus
determined shall conform to the requirements specif
i ed flom the same heat of steel . When f
i nal heat treatment is
in a batch-type furnace, a lot shall include only t
h ose tubes
9.2 If the or
i ginal test for product analysis fails, retests of the same size and the same heat which a
r e heat tr eated
of two addit
i ona
l billets oI tubes shall be made B oth in t
he same furnace charge When the f inal heat tleatment
ietests, for the elements in question shall meet the require is in a cont
i nuous fulnace, a lot shall include all t
ubes of
ments of this specifi cati on; otherwise all iemaining matelial the same size a
n d heat, heat treated in the same furnace
in t
h e heat or lot (Note 2) shall be rejected or, at the option at the sa
me temperature, time at heat, and fulnace speed
of t
he producer , each billet or tube may be individually
tested for acceptance Billets or tubes which do not meet 11.5 Hydrostatic Test - Each t
ube shall be subjected to
the requirements of the specifi cation shall be I ejected the hydrostatic test, or instead of this test, a nondestructive
electric test may be used when specifi ed by the purchaser
NOTE 2 - A lot consists of 25 0 tubes

12. Product Marking

10. Hardness Requirements 12.1 In addition to the malking prescr
ibed in Specifi ca
10.1 The tub e s h al l h av e a h ar dn e s s nu mb e r n o t tion A 450/A 450M, the marking shall include the na me
exceeding 72 HRB and or der numbeI of the pulchaseI

244
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-1 79/SA- 179M

EXPLANATORY NOTE

NOTE - For purposes of' design, the following tensile propeities may be assumed:
Tensile strength, min, ksi [MPa] 47 [325]
Yield strength, min, ksi [MPa] 26 [ 1 80]
Elongation in 2 in oi' 50 mm, r
ain, % 35

245
246
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-181/SA- 1 81M

SPECIFICATION FOR CARBON STEEL FORGINGS, FOR

GENERAL-PURPOSE PIPING

SA- 1 8 1 /SA- 1 8 1M
INTERNATIONAL
S tandards Worldwide

(Ident
i cal with ASTM Specif
i cat
i on A 1 8 1 /A 1 8 1 M-06) A08

1. Scope including any supplementa r y requirements that ar e indi

1.1 This specifi cation cover's nonstandard as-f0rged f
it cated in t
h e purchase or der , Failme to comply wit h the
tings, valve components, a nd pa r ts for general service. requirements of Specif
i cation A 96 1 /A 96 1 M constitutes
Forgings made to this specif
i cation a
re limited to a maxi non-conf0rmance with this specif i cation.
mum weight of 10 000 lb [4540 kg] La
r ger forgings may
3.2 It is the purchaser' s responsibility to specify in
be ordered to Specif
i cation A 266 /A 266M.
the purchase order all order ing information necessa ry to
1.2 Two classes of material ar e coveIed, designated purchase t he needed material. Examples of such informa
as Classes 60 a
nd 70, r espect
i vely, a
nd are classif
i ed in tion include but are not lim
i ted to the order
i ng information
accordance with theil mechanical propert
i es as specifi ed in Specifi cation A 96 1 /A 96 1M and t he following:
in 6. 1 .
3.2. 1 Supplementary requirements, and
1.3 This specifi cation is expressed in both inch-pound 3.2.2 Additional requirements (See 4 3 , 9 1 , 1 0.2,
units and SI units However , unless the order specif
i es t
he 1 2. 1 , and 1 2 2)
applicable "M" specif i cation designation (SI units), t
he
material shall be furnished to inch-pound units. 3.3 If the requirements of this specif i cation a
r e in con
f ict wit
l hthe requirements of Specif i cation A 96 1 /A 96 1M,
1.4 The va
lues stated in eit
h er inch-pound units or SI
h e requir ements of this specif
t i cation shal l prevail
units a
re to be rega
rded sepa
rately as sta
nda
rd Within t
he
text, t
h e SI units a
r e shown in br ackets . The values stated
in each system are not exact equivalents ; ther efore, each 4. Materials and Manufacture
system must be used independently ofthe other . Combining
4.1 Except for f l anges of a
ll types, hollow, cylindr
i cally
va
lues from the two systems may result in nonconforma nce
with the specif
i cation.
shaped par ts may be machined from hot-rolled or for ged
ba
r, provided t hat the axial length of t he part is approxi
mately parallel to the metal fl ow lines of the stock. Other
2. Referenced Documents
pa
r ts, excluding fla
nges of all types, up to and including
2.1 ASTM Standards : NPS 4 may be machined t om hot-rolled or forged ba r
A 266/A 266M Specifi cation for Ca rbon Steel Forgings Elbows, retur
n bends, tees , and header tees sha
l l not be
for Pressure Vessel Components machined directly from ba
r stock.
A 788 /A 788M Specif i cation for Steel Forgings, General
4.2 Except as permitted in 4. 1 , t he fi nished product
Requir ements
sha
l l be a forging as defi ned in the Terminology section
A 96 1 /A 96 1 M Specifi cation for Common Requirements
(exclusively) of Specif
i cation A 7 8 8 /A 7 8 8M.
f0z' Steel Flanges, Forged Fittings, Valves, a
n d Pa
r ts for
Piping Applications 4.3 When specif i ed in the order , t
he manufact
urer shall
submit for approva
l of the purchaser a sketch showing t he
3. General Requirements and Ordering shape of the rough forging before machining
Information
4.4 Forgings sha ll be protected against sudden or too
3.1 Product furnished to this specification shall conform rapid cooling from the roiling or forging while passing
to the requirem ents of S pec if i cation A 9 6 1 / A 96 1 M, through t
he critical range .

247
SA-181/SA-181M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

4.5 Heat treatment is neither required nor prohibited, 10.2 Prior approval of the purchaser shall be iequired
but when applied, heat treatment shall consist of tempering, to weld repair special parts made to the pulchaser' s require
annealing, normalizing, oil normalizing and tempering . ments

10.3 The composit

i on of the weld deposits sha
ll be
5. Chemical Composition sim
i lar' to the base metal and in accorda
nce wit
h the proce
5.1 An analysis of each heat shall be made by t
he dure qualifi cation for the applicable matelial . Welding sha
ll
manufactuler to detelmine the pelcentages of t
he elements be accomplished wit h a weld procedure designed to pro
specifi ed in Table 1 The chemical compositi on thus deter duce low hydrogen in the weldment Short-circuit gas metal
mined shall conform to the iequirements in Table 1 . r c welding is pelmissible only with the approval of the
a
pulchaser

6. Mechanical Propert ies

6.1 The material shall confbrm to the requirements as
to tensile properties prescribed in Table 2 11. Marking of Forgings
1 1. 1 Identif
i cation ma
r ks consisting of t
he manufactur
er' s symbol or name, designation of service rating, Speci
7. Number of Tests
i cation number', class, a
f nd size sha
l l be legibly forged or
7. 1 One tension test shall be made fr om each heat.
stamped on each forging, and in such a positi on as not to
7.2 If any test specimen is defect
i vely machined, it injure the usefulness of t
he forgings.
may be discarded and a
n other specimen substituted. 1 1.2 Bar Coding - In addition to the requirements in
1 1 . 1 , ba
r coding is acceptable as a supplementa
ry ident
ifi
8. Retests cation method. The purchaser may specify in t he order a
8. 1
When one or more representative test specimens specifi c bar coding system to be used. The bar coding
do not conform to specifi cation requilements f0r' the tested system, if applied at the discretion of t
he supplier, should
cha
racteristic, only a single ietest for each nonconforming be consistent with one of the published industry standa
rds
characteristic may be performed to establi sh product f0r' ba
r coding. If' used on small parts the ba
r code may be
acceptability . Retests shall be performed on twice t
he num applied to t
he box or' a substantially applied tag.
ber of replesentative specimens that were originally non
conforming When a ny retest specimen does not conform
to specifi cation requirements for th e cha
racteristic in ques 12. Certif
i cate of Compliance
ti on, t
h e lot replesented by that specimen shall be rejected,
heat-treated or reheat-tr eated in accordance with 4 . 5 , and 12.1 When specif
i ed in the purchase order or contract,
tested in accordance with Sections 6 and 7 . a producer' s or supplier' s certifi cati on shall be fur
n ished to
the purchaser th at t
he material was ma nufactured, sampled,
tested, a
nd inspected in accordance with this specifi cation
9. Reports of Testing and has been found to meet the requirements. The specifi
9.1 Upon request of t he purchaser in t he contract or cation designation included on certificates of compliance
order, a report of t h e test results and chemi cal analyses sha
l l include yea
r of issue and revision letter , if any
shall be ftunished. The specifi cation designation included
on reports of testing shall include yea
r of issue and ievision 12.2 When specifi ed in t he pulchase order or contract,
letter , if any , a Ieport of t
he test results shall be furnished.

10. Repair by Welding

13. Keywords
10.1 Repair welding, by t
he manufactuler, is pelmissi
ble for pa
r ts made to dimensional standa
rds such as t
h ose 13.1 pipe fittings, steel; piping applications; plessure
of ANSI or equiva
l ent sta
ndards containing pa
r ts; steel forgings, ca
rbon; steel valves

248
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-181/SA- 181M

TA B L E 1
C H E M ICAL R EQU IR E M E NTS

Composition, %
E l e m e nt C l asses 60 a n d 70

C arb on, max . 0 ,35

M anganese, max , I ,I0A
P hospho rus, max 0 ,05
S i l i co n 0 1 0-0 3 5
S u l fu r, max . 0 . 05

A M anganese may be i nc reased to 1 3 5 % max , p rovi ded the car

bon is red uced 0 , 0 1 % fo r each 0 , 06 % i nc rease i n m anganese ove r
th e l i m i t s h own i n th e tab l e ,

TA B L E 2
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS
C l ass 60 C l ass 70

Tens i le strength, r
a i n ., ks i [ M Pa] 6 0 [4 1 5 ] 7 0 [485]
Y ie l d str' e ngth, A m i n , ksi [ M Pa] 3 0 [2 0 5] 3 6 [2 5 0]
E l o n gati on i n 2 i n. [5 0 r
a m], m i n ., % 22 18
Red uct i on of area, m i n ., % 35 24

A Dete rm i ned by e ithe r the 0 , 2 % offset meth od o r' the 0 , 5 %

e xte ns i o n - u n de r- l o ad m eth od ,

249
SA-181/SA-181M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

$1. Carbon Equivalent S1.2 Determine the ca

rbon equivalent (CE) as follows:
SI.1 The maximum carbon equiva
l ent based on heat
CE = C + Mn/6 + (CI + Mo + V)/5 + (Ni + Cu)/ 1 5
analysis shall be as follows :
Maximum Cazbon Equivalent Value
S1 .3 A lower maximum ca
rbon equivalent may be
agreed upon between t
he supplier and t
he purchaser .
Maximum Section Thicknes s Maximum S ect
i on Thickness
Class Less Than oi Equal to 2 in. Gieatei Than 2 in. S 1 .4 When thi s S upplementary Requirement i s
60 0 45 0 46 invoked, all elements in the ca
r bon equivalent formula
70 0 47 0 48 shall be analyzed and the amounts reported.

25 O
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-182/SA-182M

SPECIFICATION FOR FORGED OR ROLLED ALLOY

AND STAINLESS STEEL PIPE FLANGES, FORGED
FITTINGS, AND VALVES AND PARTS FOR HIGH
TEMPERATURE SERVICE

SA- 1 82/SA- 182M

(Identical with ASTM Specification A 1 82/A 1 82M-07 except foI the inclusion of' Grade F3 1 6Ti in 6 3 1 ) A08

1. Scope each system must be used independently of t

he other. Com
1.1 This specification covers forged low alloy and stain bining va
lues from the two systems may result in noncon
less steel piping components for' use in pressure systems. formance with the specif
i cation.
Included are fl anges, fi ttings, valves, and similar pa
rts to
specifed dimensions or to dimensional standards, such as 2. Referenced Documents
the ASME specifi cations t
h at a
re refer enced in Sect
i on 2.
2. 1 In addition to t
he referenced documents listed in
1.2 For' ba
rs and products machined directly from ba
r, Specif
i cat
i on A 96 1 /A 96 1 M, the following list of stan
refer to Specif
ications A 479 /A 479M and A 739 for the da
r ds apply to this specif
i cat
i on..
simila
r grades available in those specifi cati ons. Products 2.2 ASTM Standards :
made to this specifi cation are lim
i ted to a maximum weight A 2 3 4 / A 2 3 4M S peci fi cati on for Piping Fitting s of
of 10 000 lb [4540 kg] ., For la rger' products a
nd products Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for' Moderate and
for' other applicati ons , refer to S pecifi c ations High Temperature Service
A 3 36 /A 336M and A 965 /A 965M for' the similar ferritic
A 262 Pract
i ces for Detect
ing Suscept
ibility to Intergra
nu
nd austenitic grades, respect
a i vely, ava
i lable in t
h ose speci la
r Attack in Austenitic Sta
i nless Steels
i cations .
f
A 275 /A 275M Test Met h od for Magnet i c Particle Exami
1.3 Several grades of low alloy steels and ferritic, ma
r nat
ion of Steel Forgings
tensitic, austenitic, and ferIitic-austenitic sta
i nless steels A 336 /A 336M Specifi cat
i on for Alloy Steel Forgings for
a
r e included in this specifi cation Selection will depend P essme and High-Temperat ure Parts
upon design and service requirements A 370 Test Met
hods and Def
i nit
i ons for Mechanical Test
ing of Steel Products
1.4 Supplementary requirements a re provided for use A 403 /A 403M Specif i c ation for' Wrought Au stenitic
when addit
i ona
l testing or inspect
i on is desired. These shall Stainless Steel Piping Fitt i ngs
apply only when specifi ed individually by t he purchaser' A 479 /A 479M Specif i cation for Sta i nless Steel Ba
r 's and
in the order'
Shapes for' Use in Boilers and Other' Pressure Vessels
1.5 This specifi cation is expressed in both inch-pound A 484 /A 484M Specif i cat
i on for' General Requirements
units a
nd in SI units. However, unless t he order' specif i es for Sta
inless Steel Ba rs, Billets, and Forgings
t
he applicable "M" specifi cation designation (SI units), t
he A 739 Specifi cati on for Steel Bar's , Alloy, Hot-Wrought,
materia
l shah be furnished to inch-pound units. for Elevated Temperature or' P ressure-Containing Pa r ts,
or B oth
1.6 The va
lues stated in eit
her inch-pound units or' SI A 763 Pract
i ces for Detect
i ng Suscept
ibility to Intergra
nu
units a
re to be rega
r ded sepa
rately as t
he sta
n da
r d. Within la
r Attack in Ferr
i tic Sta
i nless Steels
he text, the SI units a
t re shown in brackets. The va
lues A 788 /A 788M Specif
i cat
i on for Steel Forgings, General
stated in each system ate not exact equivalents; t
h erefore, Requirements

25 1
SA- 182/SA-182M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

A 96 1 /A 96 1M Specifi cation fbr Common Requilements 5.2 The stainless steels shall be melted by one of the
foi' Steel Flanges, Forged Fittings, Valves, and Pa
l ts for following processes: (a) electric-furnace (with the opti on
Piping Applications of sepalate degassing and refi ning processes); (b) vacuum
A 965 /A 965M Specifi cat i on for Steel Forgings, Austen furnace; or (c) one of t
he former followed by vacuum or
it
i c, for PleS SUle a
n d High Temper atur e Pa
rts electroslag-consumable remelting . Grade FXM-27Cb may
E 1 1 2 Text Methods for Determining Average Grain Size be produced by electron-beam melting.
E 1 65 Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination 5.3 A suff
i cient disca
l d shall be made to secur e freedom
E 340 Test Method for Macloetching Metals and Alloys
rom injurious piping a
f nd undue segregation.
2.3 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes :
5.4 The matelial shall be forged as close as pract
i cable
Section IX Welding Qualif
i cations to the specifi ed shape and size Except for fl anges of any
SFA-5 .4 Specifi cati on for Corrosion-Resisting Chromium type, forged or rolled bal may be used wit hout additi onal
and Chromium-Nickel Steel C overed Welding Elec hot working for sma ll cylindrically shaped parts within the
trodes
limits defi ned by Specifi cat i on A 234 /A 234M for low
SFA-5 .5 Specifi cation for Low-Alloy Steel Covered Arc alloy steels a
nd ma l tensitic stainless steels and Specifi ca
Welding Electrodes t on A 403 /A 403M for austenitic and feriitic-austenitic
i
SFA-5 .9 Specifi cation fi r Coriosion-Resisting Ch
r om
ium stainless steels . Elbows, retur
n bends, tees, and header tees
and Chromium-Nickel Steel Welding Rods and B are shall not be machined directly from ba r stock.
Electrodes
SFA-5 . 1 1 Specifi cati on for Nickel and Nickel-Alloy Cov 5.5 Except as provided for in 5 .4, the fi nished ploduct
ered Welding Electrodes shall be a forging as defi ned in the Terminology section
of Specif
i cat
i on A 788 .

3. Ordering Information
6. Heat Treatment
3.1 It is the purchaser' s responsibility to specify in
6.1 After hot working, forgings sha
ll be cooled to a
the purchase order information necessary to purchase the
needed material , In addit
i on to the ordering information temperat
ule below 1 000°F [538°C] prior to heat treating
in accorda
nce with the requirements of Table 1
guidelines in Specifi cati on A 96 1 /A 96 1 M, orders should
include the following information : 6.2 Low Alloy Steels and Ferritic and Martensitic Stain
3.1.1 Additional iequilements (see 6.2 1 , Table 2 less Steels - The low alloy steels and fenitic and mal ten
footnotes, 8 . 3 , and 1 7 2) , and sitic stainless steels shall be heat t
r eated in accordance
with the requirements of 6 . 1 and Table 1
3.1.2 Requilement, if any, th at manufacturer shall
submit drawings for approval showing the shape of the 6.2.1 Liquid Quenching - When agreed to by the
rough forging before machining a
n d the exact location of purchaser, liquid quenching followed by tempering shall
test specimen material (see 8 .3 . 1 ) . be pelmitted provided the temperatures in Table 1 for each
glade are ut
ilized..
6.2.1.1 Marking - Pa l s that are liquid quenched
4. General Requirements and tempeled shall be marked "QT."
4.1 Product furnished to this specif i cation shall conform 6.2.2 Alternatively, Grade F 1 , F 2, and F 1 2, Classes
to the requil ements of Specifi cation A 96 1 /A 96 1 M , 1 and 2 may be given a heat treatment of 1 200°F [650°C]
including a ny supplementa r y iequirements that a re indi minimum after f
i nal hot or cold forming .
cated in the purchase older' . Fa i lule to comply with the
6.3 A ustenitic and Ferritic-Austenitic Stainless Steels -
genera l iequirements of Specifi cation A 96 1 /A 96 1M con
The austenitic and ferfitic-austenitic stainless steels shall
stitutes nonconf0imance with this specif i cation . In case of
confl ict between h
te requirements of this specifi ca tion and be heat treated in accordance with the requirements of' 6 . 1
and Table 1
Specifi cation A 96 1 /A 96 1 M, this specifi cation sha!!
prevail . 6.3. 1 Alternatively , immediately following hot
working, while the temperatule of the forging is not less
than the minimum solution anneal ing temperature specif
i ed
5. Manufacture in Table 1 , forgings made from a
n stenitic grades (except
5.1 The low-alloy ferf
itic steels shall be made by t
he grades F 304H, F 309H, F 3 10, F 3 1 0H, F 3 1 6H, F 3 1 6Ti,
open-healt
h , electr
ic-fur
n ace, or basic-oxygen process with F 32 1 , F 32 1 H, F 347, F 347H, F 348, F 348H, F 45, and
the opt
ion of separ ate degassing and refi ning processes in F 56) may be individually rapidly quenched in accordance
each case with t
he r equirements of Table 1 .

25 2
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-182/SA-182M

6.3.2 See Supplementary Requfi ement $ 8 if a paif

ic for ferritic grades when the post-weld heat t reatment is
ular heat treatment method is to be employed. conducted at least 50°F [30°C] below the actual tempering
6.4 Time of Heat Treatment - Heat treatment of forg temper ature. When test blanks are used, t
hey shall receive
ings may be performed before machining.. approximately the same working as the f inished product .
The test bla
nks shall be heat treated with the f
i nished
6.5 Forged or Rolled Bar Folged or lolled austenitic product an d shall approximate the maximum cross section
stainless bat' f
i'om wh
i ch small cylindrically shaped parts of t
h e forgings they represent
r e to be mach
a ined, as pelmitted by 5 .4, and the par ts
machined from s uch b ar , without he at tre atment after 8.3 For normalized and tempered, or quenched and
machining, shall be furnished to the a
nnealing Iequfi ements tempered f0rgings, t
he centra
l axis of the test specimen
of Specif
i cation A 479 /A 479M or this specifi cation, with shall correspond to t
he /14 Tplane or deeper position where
subsequent light cold drawing a n d straightening permitted T is the maximum heat-treated thickness of t
he represented
(see Supplementary Requkement $3 if annealing must be forging. In addit
i on, for quenched a
nd tempered forgings,
he f
t i nal operation) . the mid-length of the test specimen sha ll be at least T
from any second heat-t
r eated smface . When the sect
i on
thick
n ess does not perm
it this positioning, t
h e test specimen
7. Chemical Composition shall be positi oned as near as possible to the prescribed
location, as agreed to by the purchaser and t he supplier' .
7.1 A chemica
l heat analysis in accordance with Speci
i cation A 96 1 /A 96 1 M shall be made and conform to the
f 8.3.1 Wit h prior purchase approval, the test specimen
chem
i cal composit
ion prescr
ibed in Table 2 . for' ferrJtic steel f0rgings may be taken at a depth (t) corres
ponding to t he distance from the a r ea of signif
i ca
nt stress
7.2 Grades to which lead, selenium, or other' elements to the nearest heat-t eated surface a
n d at least twice this
are added for' the purpose of rendering t
he materia
l free distance (2 0 fiom any second surface. However , t
h e test
mach
i ning shall not be used..
dept h shall not be nea
rer to one treated surface t
h an 3/4 in
7.3 Start ing material produced to a specifi cation t
h at [ 1 9 mm] and to t he second treated surface than 1 )2 in .
specifi cally requires the additi on of a
ny element beyond [3 8 mm] . This method of test specimen locat i on would
those listed in Table 2 for' t
he applicable grade of material normally apply to contour-forged pa
r ts, or' parts with thick
is not permitted cross-sectional a
r eas where 1/4 T x T testing (see 8 . 3) is
not practica
l . Sketches showing the exact test locations
7.4 Steel grades covered in t his specifi cation shall not shall be approved by the purchaser when this method is
contain an unspecifi ed element, ot
her than nitrogen in stain us ed
less steels, for h
te ordered grade to the extent that t
h e steel
conforms to the requirements of another grade for which 8.3.2 Metal Buf
fers - The required distances tom
t
h at element is a specifi ed element having a required mini heat-t
reated surfaces may be obtained with metal buffer's
mum content For t his requirement, a grade is def ined as instead of integral extensions Buffer material may be car
an alloy described individually a nd identifi ed by its own bon or low-alloy steel, and shall be joined to the forging
UNS designation or Grade designati on a n d ident ifi cat
i on wit
h a part
i al penet
ration weld that seals the buffered sur
symbol in Table 2. face. Specimens shall be located at )
2 in . [ 1 3 mm] m
i nimum
from the buffered surface of the forging Buf
fers shall be
7.5 Product Analysis The purchaser may make a removed and th e welded a
reas subjected to magnet
i c parti
product analysis on products supplied to this specifi cation cle test to ensure freedom fr om cracks unless the welded
in accorda
n ce with Specifi cat
i on A 96 1 /A 96 1 M. r eas a
a r e completely removed by subsequent machining
8.4 For annealed low alloy steel s , fer ritic stainle s s
8. Mechanical Properties steels, a
n d ma
r tensitic stainless steels, a
n d also for austen
8.1 The material shall conform to t
he requirements as itic a
n d ferrJtic-austenitic stainless steels, t
he test specimen
to mecha
nical properties for t
he grade order ed as listed in may be ta ken from any convenient location .
Table 3 . 8.5 Tension Tests :'

8.2 Mechanical test specimens sha l l be obta

i ned fi om
producti on forgings, or from separ ately forged test blan
ks
prepar ed from t
h e stock used to make the finished product.
In either case, mechanical test specimens shall not be
removed unti l after all heat treatment is complete. If repair
welding is required, test specimens shall not be removed
until after post-weld heat t
reatment is complete, except
8.5. 1 Low Alloy Steels and Fer ritic and Martensitic
Stainless Steels - One tension test shall be made for each
heat in each heat treatment cha
rge .
8.5.1 .1 When the heat-treating cycles axe t he same
a d the furnaces (either batch or cont
n inuous type) ra e con
trolled within _+ 25 °F [_
+ 1 4°C] and equipped with recording
pyrometers so that complete r ecords of heat t r eatment ate

25 3
SA-182/SA-182M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

available, then only one tension test from each heat of each
folging type (see Note 1 ) and section size is required,
instead of one test t om each heat in each heat-treatment
charge
8.7.2 The Cha r py V-notch test specimens shall be
obtained as required for tension tests in 8 .2, 8 .3 n
ad 8 5 .
One set of three Chazpy V-notch specimens shall be taken
from each tensile specimen location

NOTE 1 - "Type" in this case is used to describe the for ging shape
8.7.3 The longitudinal axis and mid-lengt
h of impact
such as a f
l ange, ell, tee, and the like specimen sha
ll be located similarly to the longit
u dina
l axis
of t
h e tension test specimens The axis of the notch sha
ll
8 .5 .2 A usten itic and Fe rr itic -A usten itic Sta in less
be norma
l to the nea
r est heat-treated sur hce of the forging .
Steel Grades - One tension test shall be made for each
heat 8.7.4 The Cha rpy V-notch tests shall meet a mini
mum energy absorption value of 40 ft-lbf [54 J] average
8.5.2.1 When heat treated in accordance with 6 . 1 ,
of three specimens . One specimen only in one set may be
the test blank or f0:ging used to provide t
h e test specimen below 40 ft-lbf [54 J] , and it sha
l l meet a minimum value
shall be heat treated with a f
i nished fbrged product. of 35 ft-lbf [48 J]
8.5.2.2 When the alternative method in 6 . 3 . 1 is
8.7.5 The impact te st temperature shall be 0 °F
used, the test blank or forging used to provide the test [- 1 8 °C] .
specimen shall be forged a n d quenched under the same
processing condit
i ons as the f0Igings they represent
8.5.3 Test
ing shall be performed in accordance with 9. Grain Size for Austenitic Grades
Test Methods and Def
i nitions A 370 using the largest feasi 9.1 All H grades and grade F 63 shall be tested for
ble of the round specimens The gage length f0r measuring average grain size by Test Methods E 1 1 2.
elongati on shall be four times the diameter of the test 9. 1.1 Gr ades F 304H, F 309H, F 3 1 0H, and F 3 1 6H
s ect
i on
sha
l l have a grain size of ASTM No. 6 or coa
r ser
8.6 Hardness Tests : 9. 1 .2 Grades F 32 1 H, F 347H, and F 348H shall have
8.6.1 Except when only one forging is produced, a a grain size of ASTM No. 7 or coarser
minimum of two pieces per batch or continuous run as 9. 1.3 Grade F 63 shall have a grain size of ASTM
def
i ned in 8. 6. 2 shall be hardness tested in accorda
nce with No 3 or f
i ner .
Test Methods and Def i nit
i ons A 3 70 to ensure h
tat the
forgings me within t
h e hardness lim
i ts given for each grade
in Table 3 The purchaser may verify t h at the requirement 10. Corrosion Testing for Austenitic Grades
has been met by test i ng at any locati on on t he forging 10.1 Corrosion testing is not required by this specifi
provided such testing does not render the forging useless. cation.

8.6.2 When the reduced number of tension tests per 10.2 Austenitic grades shall be capable of meeting
mitted by 8 5 L 1 is applied, addit
i onal hardness tests shall the intergranula
r conosion test requirements described in
be made on fo:gings or samples, as defi ned in 8 2, scattered Supplementa r y Requirement $4.
throughout the load (see Note 2). At least eight samples
shall be checked tom each batch load, and at least one
check per hour shall be made from a continuous run W
hen ! !. Retreatment
te furnace batch is less t
h han eight f0rgings, each forging 11.1 If t
h e results of the mecha
nical tests do not con
shall be checked If any check falls outside the prescribed folm to the requirements specifi ed, the ma
nufacturer may
limits, t
he entire lot of forgings shall be reheat t
r eated and reheat t
r eat t
he folgings and repeat t he tests specifi ed in
h e requirements of 8 5 1 shall apply
t Sect
i on 8

NOTE 2 - The tension test r equhed in 8 5 1 is used to determine material

capability and confbrmance in addition to verifying t
he adequacy of the
heat-treatment cycle Additional haIdness tests in accordance wit h 862 12. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
at e required when 8 5 1 1 is applied to ensure the pr escribed heat-treating 12.1 Forgings shall conform to the requirements of
cycle and unifbrmity tbJ oughout t he load Specifi cat
i on A 96 1 /A 96 1M.
8.7 Notch Toughness Requirements - Grades F 3V, 12.2 The forgings shall be f l ee of scale, machining
F 3VCb, and F 22V burr s which m
i ght h
inder fi t-up, a
nd other injurious imper
8.7.1 Impact test specimens shall be Chatpy V-notch fections as def
i ned herein. The forgings shall have a work
Type, as shown in Fig 1 l a of Test Methods and Defi niti ons manlike finish, and machined surfaces (other t han surfaces
A 370 The usage of subsize specimens due to material having specia
l requirements) shall have a surface fi nish not
limitations must have prior purchaser approval. to exceed 250 AA (arithmetic average) roughness height.

25 4
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA - 1 82/SA- 182M

13. Repair by Welding 15. Rej ect

i on and Rehearing
13.1 Weld repairs shall be permitted (see Supplemen 15.1 The purchaser shall comply with the provisions
ta
ry Requirement $9 of Specif icati on A 96 1 /A 96 1 M) at of Specif
i cation A 96 1 /A 96 1 M
the discretion of the manufacturer with t
he following limi
tations and requirements :
1 6. Cert
ifi cat
i on
13. 1.1 The welding procedure and welder's shall be
qualif
i ed in accordance wit
h Secti on IX of the ASME 16.1 In addit i on to t he cert if
i cation requirements of
B oiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Spec if
i cation A 9 6 1 / A 9 6 1 M , test reports shall be fur
nished to the purchaser or his representative
13.1.2 The weld metal shal l be deposited using t
he
electrodes specif
i ed in Table 4 except as ot
herwise pro 1 6.2 Test reports shall include certif i c ation that all
vided in Supplementa r y Requirement $5. The electrodes requirements of th
i s specif
i cat
i on have been met The speci
shall be purchased in accordan ce with ASME Specifi ca i cation designation included on test reports sha
f l l include
tions SFA-5 .4, SFA-5 5 , SFA-5.9, or SFA-5 . 1 1 . The sub year of issue and revision letter , if a
ny . T
he ma nufacturer
merged arc process with neutral fl ux, the gas metal-a
rc shal l provide t
he following where applicable :
process, the gas tungsten-arc process, and gas shielded 16.2.1 Type heat treatment, Section 6,
processes using f
l ux-core consumables, may be used.
16.2.2 Product a
nalysis results, Sect
i on 8 of Specif
i
13.1.3 Defects shall be completely removed prior to cation A 96 1 /A 96 1 M,
welding by chipping or grinding to sound metal as verif
i ed
16.2.3 Tensile property results, Section 8 (Table 3 ) ,
by magnetic-particle inspection in accordance wit h Test
r eport t
h e yield strength a
nd ultimate st
r ength, in ksi [MPa] ,
Meth od A 275 /A 275M for the low alloy steels and feriitic,
elongat i on and reduction in area, in percent,
martensitic, or ferr
itic-austenitic stainless steels, or by liq
uid-penetrant inspect ion in accordance wit
h Test Method 16.2.4 Chemical ana
lysis results , S ect
ion 7 (Table 2),
E 1 65 for a
ll grades . 16.2.5 Ha
rdness results, Sect
i on 8 (Table 3) ,
13.1.4 After repair welding, the welded a r ea shall 16.2.6 Grain size results, Section 9, a
nd
be ground smoot h to the or iginal contou r and shall be 16.2.7 Any supplementa
ry testing required by t
he
completely free of defects as ver
ifi ed by magnet
i c-particle purchase order .
or liquid-penetrant inspection, as applicable.
13.1.5 The preheat, interpass temperature, and post
weld heat treatment requirements given in Table 4 sha
ll 17. Product Marking
be met. Austenitic stainless steel forgings may be repair 17.1 In addition to the ma
rking requirements of Speci
welded without the post-weld heat t r eatment of Table 4, i cation A 96 1 /A 9 6 1 M , the manufacturer ' s name (see
f
provided purchaser approva l is obtained prior to repair . Note 3) or symbol sha l l be permanently marked on each
forging.
13.1.6 Repa ir by welding shall not exceed 1 0% of
he surface area of t
t he forging nor 33 3% of the wa
ll t
h ick NOTE 3 - For purposes of identif i cation mazking, the manufacturer
ness of h
te fi nished forging or 3/8 in . [9.5 mm] , whichever is considered the organization that certifi es the piping component was
is less, without pr
i or' approva
l of the purchaser . manufactmed, sampled, and tested in accordance wit ht h is specif
i cat
i on,
and the results have been deteimined to meet the requirements of this
13.1.7 When approval of the pmchaser is obta
i ned, specif
i cation
te limitations set fort
h h in 1 3 . 1 . 6 may be exceeded, but a
ll
17. 1 . 1 Quenched a
nd tempered low alloy or ma r ten
other requirements of Secti on 1 3 sha l l apply sitic stainless forgings shall be stamped wit h t
he letter's
13.1 .8 No weld repairs are permit
ted for F 6a Classes "QT" following the specif i cation designat
i on.
3 a
nd 4 .
17.1.2 Forgings repaired by welding shall be ma rked
13. 1.9 Post-weld heat treatment t
i mes for F 36 a
re : withthe letter "W" following the Specifi cat
i on designation.
for Class 1 , up to 2 in. [50 mm] in thickness, 1 h per in. When repair-welded austenitic stainless steel forgings have
[25 mm] , 1 5 m
inutes m
inimum, a
nd over 2 in. [50 mm] , not been postweld heat treated in accordance with Table 4,
15 m
i nutes for each additiona
l in . of thick
n ess or fract
i on he letter s "WNS" shall be ma
t r ked following the specifi ca
thereof; for Class 2, 1 h per in [25 mm] , hm
inimum tion designation.
17.1.3 When test reports a
re required, t
he markings
sha
l l consist of t
he manufact
urer' s symbol or name, the
14. Inspect
i on grade symbol, and such other mark i ngs as necessary to
1 4. 1 In spe c ti on provi s i ons of S pec i f
i c ati on identify the pa
r t with the test report ( 1 7. 1 . 1 and 1 7. 1 .2
A 96 1 /A 96 1 M apply shall apply) .

25 5
SA-182/SA-182M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

17.1.4 Pa
r ts meeting all requirements for mote than 18. Keywords
one class or grade may be marked with mote h tan one 18. 1 austenitic stainless steel ; chromium alloy steel;
c las s or grade de s ignation such as F 3 04/F 3 04H , cbaomium-molybdenum steel; fer itic/austenitic stainless
F 304/F 304L, and the like steel; ferTitic stainless steel ; martensitic stainless steel;
17.2 Bar Coding - In addition to t he requirements in
nickel a lloy steel; notch toughness requirements; pipe fit
1 7. 1 , bar' coding is acceptable as a supplementa l identif
i ca tings; piping applicati ons ; pressure containing par ts; sta
in
less steel fi ttings ; stainles s steel forgings ; steel ; steel
i on method The purchaser may specify in t
t he order a
fl a
nges; steel forgings, alloy; steel valves; temperature ser
specifi c ba r coding system to be used. The bar coding
vice applications, elevated; temperature service applica
system, if applied at the discietion of the supplier , should
be consistent with one of t he published industry sta ndards
ions, high; wrought material
t
for ba r coding. If used on sma l l par ts, t
he bat code may
be applied to the box or a substantia l ly applied tag.

25 6
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-1 82/SA- 1 82M

TA B L E 1
H EAT T R EATI N G R E Q U I R E M E N T S

Temper i ng
Austen itizing/So l ution i ng Quench i ng Temperatu re,
Temperature, M i n . Coo l ing Cool Below M i n . or Range,
G rade H eat Treat Type or Range, ° F (°c )A M ed ia °F (°C) ° F ( °C )

Low A l loy Stee ls

B B
F 1 an nea l 1 65 0 [ 9 0 0 ] fu rnace co o l
n o rm a l i ze and te m pe r 1 6 5 0 [9 0 0 ] a i r co o l B 1 1 5 0 [6 2 0 ]
B B
F 2 an nea l 1 6 5 0 [ 9 0 0] fu rn ace co o l
n o rm al i ze and tem pe r 1 65 0 [9 0 0 ] ai r' c oo l S 1 1 50 [62 0]
B B
F 5, F 5 a annea l 1 7 5 0 [ 95 5] fu rn ace c oo l
n o rma l i ze and tem pe r 1 7 5 0 [9 5 5 ] a i r coo [ 8 1 2 50 [675]
B B
F 9 annea l 1 7 5 0 [95 5 ] fu rnace c oo l
n o rma l i ze an d te m pe r 175 0 [955] a i r co o l B 1 2 5 0 [67 5 ]
F 10 so l uti o n treat an d q uenc h 1 9 0 0 [ 1 04 0 ] l i q u id 5 00 [260] S
F 91 norma l i ze an d te m pe r' 1 9 0 0-1 9 7 5 a i r c oo l B 1 3 5 0-
-1 4 7 0
[ 1 04 0-1 0 8 0 ] [7 3 0-
- 8 0 0]
F 92 no rma l i ze and tem pe r 1 9 0 0-1 97 5 ai r c oo l B 1 35 0 [73 0]
[ 1 0 4 0-1 0 8 0 ]
F 1 22 n o rm a l i ze and tem pe r 1 9 0 0-1 97 5 m r co o l 1 3 5 0-1 47 0
[ I 04 0-I 08 0] [7 3 0-8 0 0 ]
F 911 n o rm a l i ze and tem pe r 1 9 0 0-1 9 7 5 ai r coo l or l iq uid 1 3 6 5-1 4 3 5
[ I 04 0-I 08 0] [7 4 0-7 8 0]
B
F I I, C l asses I , 2, an d 3 an nea l 1650 [900] fu rnace co o l
B

B
n o rm a l i ze and tem pe r' 1 65 0 [9 0 0] a i r co o l 1 1 50 [62 0]
B B
F 1 2, C l asses 1 and 2 an nea l 1 65 0 [9 0 0 ] fu rnace co o l
B
n o rma l i ze and tem pe r' 165 0 [9 0 0] a i r c oo l 1 1 5 0 [6 2 0 ]
B B
F 2 1 , F 3 V, an d F 3 V C b an nea l 1 75 0 [9 5 5 ] fu rn ace coo l
B
n o rmal i ze and te m pe r 1750 [ 95 5 ] ai r c oo l 1 2 5 0 [67 5 ]
B
F 2 2 , C l asses 1 an d 3 an nea l 165 0 [9 0 0 ] fu rn ace c oo l
B

B
n o rma l i ze an d te m pe r' 1 650 [9 0 0 ] a i r co o l 1 2 50 [675 ]
B
F 22V n o rm a l i ze and tem pe r o r 1650 [9 0 03 a i r c oo l o r l i q u i d 1 2 5 0 [67 5 3
q uen ch and tem pe r
B
F 23 n o rma l i ze and te m pe r' 1 9 0 0-1 8 7 5 ai r' c oo l 1 3 5 0-
-1 47 0
[ i 0 4 0-i 0 8 0 ] acce l e rated coo l [7 3 0-
-8 0 0 ]
8
F 24 n o rma l i ze an d te m pe r 1 8 0 0-1 97 5 a i r co o l o r l i q u i d 1 3 5 0-
-1 4 7 0
[98 0-I 08 0] [ 7 3 0-
-8 0 0 ]
B B
FR an nea l 1 7 5 0 [9 5 5 ] fu r n ace c oo l
B B
n o rma l i ze 1 750 [955] a i r' coo l
B
no rm a l i ze an d tem pe r 175 0 [9 5 5 ] a i r' c oo l 1 2 50 [67 5]
B
F 3 6, C l ass 1 n o rma l i ze an d te m pe r 1 650 [9 0 0 ] a i r co o l 1 1 0 0 [ 5 95 ]
B
F3 6, C l ass 2 no rm a l i ze and te m pe r' 1 65 0 [ 9 0 03 a i r' coo l I I 0 0 [5 9 5 ]
q uen ch an d tem per' 165 0 [9 0 0 3 acce l e rated ai r coo l 1 1 0 0 [595]
or l iqu id

M arte ns itic Sta i n l ess Stee ls

F 6a C l ass 1 annea l n ot spec ifi ed fur nace c o ol a

B

n o rm a l i ze and te m pe r' not spec i f

i ed ai r' co o l 4 0 0 [2 05 ] 1 3 2 5 [7 2 5 ]
temper not requ ired B B 13 2 5 [7 25 ]
F 6a C lass 2 anneal not spec i fi ed fu rnace coo l B B

no rm a l i ze and tempe r n ot s pec if

i ed a i r c oo l 4 0 0 [2 0 5 ] 1 2 5 0 [6 7 5 ]
temper not requ i red B B 1 2 50 [675 ]
F 6 a C l ass 3 anneal n ot specif
i ed fu rnace coo l 8
B

no rma l i ze an d te m per n ot spec if

i ed a i r' c oo l 4 0 0 [2 05 ] 1 1 0 0 [5 95 ]
F 6 a C l ass 4 anneal not spec ifi ed furnace cool B
B

no rm al i ze an d te m pe r' n ot spec ifi ed ai r cool 400 [2 05] 1 0 0 0 [5 4 0 ]

F 6b an ne a l 1 7 5 0 [9 55 ] fu rn ace co o l B 8

n o rm al i ze and tem pe r' 1 7 5 0 [95 5 ] ai r co o l 4 0 0 [ 2 0 5] 1 1 5 0 [ 6 2 0]

F 6NM n o r ma l i ze an d te m pe r 1 8 5 0 [ 1 0 1 0] a i r c oo l 2 0 0 [9 5 ] 1 0 4 0-
-1 1 2 0
[ 5 6 0-6 0 0 ]

Ferritic Sta i n l ess Stee ls

F X M -2 7 C b ann ea l 1 8 5 0 [ 1 0 1 0] fu rnace co o l 8 B
F 429 an nea l 1 85 0 [ 1 0 1 0 ] fu rn ace coo l B B
F 4 30 ann eal n ot s pec ifi ed fu rnace coo l B B

257
SA-182/SA-182M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E 1
H EAT T R EAT I N G R E Q U I R E M E N TS ( C O N T' D )
Tempering
Austen itizing/Sol utioning Quench i ng Temperature,
Temperature, M in. or Range, Cool ing Cool Below M i n . or Range,
Grade H eat Treat Type °F (°c)A Media °F (°C ) °F (°C )
A uste n it ic Stai n l ess Stee l s
B
F 3 04 so l uti on treat and quench 1 90 0 [ 1 040] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 603
B
F 3 04 H so l uti on treat and quench 1 90 0 [I 0403 l iqu id 5 0 0 [2 6 0]
B
F 3 04 L so l uti on treat and q uench 1 90 0 [ 1 040] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 60]
B
F 3 04 N so l uti on treat and quench 1 900 [I 040] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 603
B
F 3 04 L N so l uti on treat and q uench 1 90 0 [1 040] l i qu i d 5 0 0 [2 6 0]
B
F 30 9 H so l ution treat and q uench 1 9 00 [1 040] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 6 0]
B
F 310 so l ution treat and q uench 1 9 00 [1 040] l i qu id 50 0 [2 6 0]
B
F 310H so l ution treat and q uench 1 9 00 [I 040] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 6 0]
B
F 310MoLN so l uti on treat and q uench 1 9 00-2 0 1 0 [1 05 0-1 1 0 0] l i qu id 5 0 0 [ 2 6 03
B
F 316 so l ution treat and q uench 1 9 00 [1 040] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 6 0]
B
F 316H so l uti on treat and quench 1 9 00 [1 040] l i qu id 50 0 [2 603
B
F 316L so l uti on treat and quench 1 9 00 [I 040 ] l i qu id 500 [2 6 0]
B
F 316 N so l uti on treat and quench 1900 [1 040] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 60]
B
F 316 LN so l uti on treat and quench 1 90 0 [ 1 040 ] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 60]
B
F 3 1 6T i so l uti on treat and quench 1 90 0 [1 040] l i qu id 500 [2 6 0]
B
F 317 so l uti on treat and quench 1 90 0 [ 1 04 0] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 60]
B
F 317 L so l uti on treat and q uench 1 90 0 [ 1 04 03 l i qu id 50 0 [2 60]
B
F 347 so l uti on treat and q uench 1 90 0 [ 1 04 0] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 60]
B
F 347 H so l ut ion treat and q uench 2 00 0 [ 1 095] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 60]
B
F 348 so l ution treat and q uench 1 90 0 [ 1 04 0] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 60]
B
F 348 H so l uti on treat and q uench 2 00 0 [ 1 095] l i qu i d 5 00 [2 60]
B
F 321 so l uti o n treat and q uench 1 90 0 [ 1 040] l i qu id 5 00 [2 60]
B
F 321 H so l uti o n treat and q uench 2 0 00 [ 1 095] l iqu id 5 00 [2 60]
B
F XM-11 so l uti on treat and q uench 1 9 00 [1 04 0] l i qu id 500 [2 60]
B
F X M -1 9 so l uti on treat and q uench 1 9 00 [1 040] l i qu id 5 00 [2 603
B
F 20 so l uti on treat and quench 1 7 00-1 85 0 [9 2 5-1 0 1 0] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 6 0 ]
B
F 44 so l uti on treat and quench 2 1 00 [1 1 5 0] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 6 0 ]
B
F 45 so l uti on treat and quench 1 9 00 [1 040] l i ( u id 5 00 [2 60]
B
F 46 so l uti on treat and q uench 2 0 1 0-2 1 4 0 [1 1 0 0-1 1 40] l i ( u id 5 00 [2 60]
B
F 47 so l ution treat and q uench 1 9 00 [1 040] l i ( u id 500 [2 60]
B
F 48 so l uti on treat and q uench 1 9 00 [1 040] l i ( u id 5 00 [ 2 60]
B
F 49 so l uti on treat and q uench 2 05 0 [1 1 2 0] l i ( u id 5 00 [260]
B
F 56 so l uti on treat and q uench 2 05 0-2 1 60 [1 1 2 0-1 1 8 0] l i ( u id 5 00 [260]
B
F 58 so l uti on treat and q uench 2 085 [ 1 1 40] I k u id 5 00 [260]
B
F 62 so l uti on treat and q uench 2 025 [ 1 1 05 ] l i ( u id 5 00 [2 60]
B
F 63 so l uti on treat and q uench 190 0 [ 1 040] l i qu id 5 0 0 [2 6 0 ]
B
F 64 so l uti on treat and q uench 2 0 1 0-2 1 40 [1 1 0 0-1 1 7 0] l i qu id 5 00 [260]
B
F 9 04 L so l uti on treat and quench 1 92 0-2 1 00 [ 1 05 0-1 1 5 0] l i qu id 5 00 [2 60]

Fe rr iti c-A u ste n iti c Sta i n l ess Stee l s

B
F 50 so l uti on treat and quench 1 9 2 5 [ 1 05 03 l iqu id 5 0 0 [2 60] B
F 51 so l uti on treat and q uench 1 87 0 [ 1 0 2 0] l iqu id 5 0 0 [2 60] B
F 52c . .. .. .. . .. l iqu id 5 0 0 [2 60] B
F 53 so l uti on treat and q uench 1 88 0 [1 0 2 5] l iqu id 500 [2 60] B
F 54 so l uti on treat and q uench 1 92 0-2 06 0 [ 1 050-1 1 25] l iqu id 5 00 [260] B
F 55 so l uti on treat and q uench 2 0 1 0-2 0 85 [ 1 1 00-1 140] l iqu id 5 00 [2 60] B
F 57 so l uti on treat and q uench 1 940 [1 060] l iqu id 1 75 [803 B
F 59 so l ut i on treat and q uench 1 97 5-2 05 0 [ 1 080-1 1 2 0] l iqu id 500 [2 60] B
F 60 so l uti on treat and q uench 1 87 0 [1 0 2 0] l iqu id 500 [2 60] B
F 61 so l uti on treat and q uench 1 92 0-2 06 0 [1 05 0-1 1 2 5] l iq u i d 500 [2 60] B
F 65 so l ution treat and quench 1 90 5-2 1 0 0 [1 040-1 1 5 0] l iqu i d 500 [2 6 0 ]

A M i n i m u m u n less temperature range is l isted,

B N ot app l icab le.
c G rade F 5 2 shal l be so l uti on treated at 1 82 5 to 1 875° F [995 to 1 0 25 %3 3 0 m i n/i n , of th ickness and water quenched ,

25 8
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-182/SA-182M

. . . . g
o • • •

o .
o o
o
o g

z > > z > z z > > > 8

o
o c o •

o
o
g o o

f ,5
o n

g o . . . . c

o
?
o
e co co
€ c

o
o. o. o. . e r

o
• o o o o o n
06 ,-; ,G ,G N N M M N

o.

o o ol o
€./)
I-"
Z
IJ.I

I Ll i i i
o
?
o
T
o
T
o
T
o
E
o o o o o o o

,5 6 c c ,5 c c c c; c
I.t.I
...I O'
IZI ta.I o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
I'-
- .a 6 c € c c c c c c6
_J

I Ll o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
-I" ,5 ,:5 c ,5 c ,5 ,5 c c c
€,D

o o

? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
o o o o o o o o o o

Z ? f f f f f f f f f
o $ g g g g g
d d d d d

- E
E =
= k6 = = .

= -
= =E E_= o E ,.
"
E . E " = 'o , -o , - >-. , : , h5 >, >.,
= -o ._
_ _.
oE E u E .o = --
>, a: _ c0 _ , o .3 o -6 = o - o - - E =
- , =
- -
= E E E
o E u u E . E o o m -6 =" .= .= E .c: E E E E , E > = = > :=

- o O , -o = 'E
o , = . -8 o o
,--i

m o

0",
cc LL U- U- (J U. J U. (J LL U. I.U U. U.

259
SA-182/SA-182M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

E
o

IaJ o
,:5
6 6 o 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 o
z g,

E
I._ .= o
6 o

E E
o

_
=. =
? i
o o ,:5

E o

f o
o
o o
T
tn
0
6 ,:5 6 o : 6 6 0

a a
?
&
0
€0 ,4 ,:5

o°. ,q.
Z Z T
0
Z
o o
u
m 0
u'3 0
,4 ,4 o ,5 ,6 ,:5
v

.%
O9
I-
Z l
6 "
O,I la.I o o
o o
o
u

6 6 o ,:5 ,:5
-.I
rn n,

I' o o o
l

¢q r o
N o o
I.IJ o o o o o o o o o o o o o

o 6 6 6 6 6 6 d c <5 6 6 d
_J
.-I
o o

o o o o o o o o o o

,:5 o 6 6 6 o o o o o c c:; c;

bJ
"r"

,4
,:5
6
?
o 0 6 o o o 0
r o o u3
6 ,:5 ,:5 6 6 ,4 ,4

6 6 4 o
,4 o 6 o o o
N ,-i
,:5 o 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 o 6 c; c c

o o o
a en -

o o T
- E E
. . . .
€.

• . ° !, E in r m b- u,3 t
NNN '
o . o o
o N o o
o o o u ' o

>
o o o
o') X " " r o r

u_ u_ u_ u_ I.u cc u_ u_ Lu
u.

260
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA,182/SA- 182M

E
o ¢ E
h O o

• - - O

Z z

E
I-- ";

E E
_
= =

.6 E

: : : : o. g. g. g. o g. g. o. o

E
o. o o o o. o
E
o o g o o
€O

o o o o o o o o o o
4 " • . o. o o q
F-
z
o
Z o o o o o o -
o •

o. a " " " & o? o'

v

i
1./)
I-
Z
o .
. o .
o . o o. o o o o. o
e,J I.l.I
w
...I h I

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
I' g
I Ll
tY

-.J
.< o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
(J

I Ll
-r"

g
z g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g

o o

¢O o

o o .. ..

E
o
E
o
E o o
Eo E =
o .-
Eo ,
Eo .
Eo E Eo E

E o E o E E E E o [ E E E E m E = E E E E E E
E= - E
o o
E- E- E- E- E - E- E 'E- E° ..E
o o o o u o o o E< . E. Eo
o Z
-

E
o E Z o
o
.
E E t- o
E
,- o ,-
. .E- .= . ...E . .. . ..E .... . .E..
=
o o o o -
E
.E -=
= o
- E

26 1
SA-182/SA-182M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

Z o o

o o
z

o.
o T
.o

o
• " !. o. o o. .
o
o • o o o • o o
M N ,6 6 4 4 4 4 .,6 o d 4

o
,,6

o
u3
o. o. . . . . . . . . . . . .

o o o o o o o o
o o . . . . . . . . . . . . •
,q.

z
"t
o
v

I . o. "R
z
°
o °
o °
o °
o g R °
o °
o °
o 6 °
o
N i l

C3 t o

o
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
I-' c; c c 6 <:5 € c € c c c 6 c o o

l
i
re"

...I
o
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
o

l
i
o
o o. o o
o o o "
o °o o• o o o, o o . o o. . °o.

o ° .. . . o o o o o.
c c c c c c o o c c o

-g
-g
E

o
, $ o o O
o o
,-, o
¢o

X
u- u- I t. u- I t. u- L . u- u- I u- u- u- u- u.

262
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-182/SA-1 82M

O o O o

d d d d ° d ° M 6 d
8 = 8 Z

• . o o o. . ..0
(4
o o uh o o o o 0
.4 4 4 4 4 4 ,4 eJ

o o

4 &

• t un

o o o g o o o o o o

,4 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,4 <5 ,5 ,-4 ,4 5

o o o o o ° o o o o

o o o o o o o o o o.
o (:5 <5 c; ,5 (5 5 o o

o o

o o o o o o o o o o
o (5 <5 c; c; o
I t.

o °
o o o o o o o
° o o

o o o o o o o o o

o o o o o o o o o o
6 6 o 6 6 o 6 ,:5 (5

° o o o o o o @
,,? ,?
-, N ,,-,

1 la. Lt. LU U_ LC I.U U_

263
SA-182/SA-182M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E 3
T E N S I L E A N D H A R D N E S S R E Q U I R E M E N TS
Yie ld Strength, E longation i n
Tensile Strength, M in., ksi 2 in. [50 mml Reduction of Brinel l Hardness
G rade Symbol M in., ksi [ M Pa] [ M Pa]A or 4D, M in., % Area, M in., % N umber
Low Al loy Stee ls
F 1 70 [485] 40 [2 75 ] 20 30 143-1 92
F 2 70 [485 ] 40 [2 753 20 30 143-1 92
F 5 70 [485 ] 40 [2 75 ] 20 35 143-2 1 7
F 5a 90 [62 0] 65 [45 0 3 22 50 1 87-248
F 9 85 [585 3 55 [38 0] 20 40 1 79-2 1 7
F 10 8 0 [55 0] 3 0 [2 05 ] 30 50 .. . . . .
F 91 85 [585] 6 0 [4 1 5 3 20 40 2 48 max .
F 92 9 0 [62 0] 64 [44 0] 20 45 2 69 max ,
F 122 90 [6 2 03 58 [40 03 20 40 2 5 0 max ,
F 911 9 0 [6 2 03 64 [44 0] 18 40 1 87-248
F 1 1 C l ass 1 60 [4 1 5] 3 0 [2 05] 20 45 1 2 1-1 74
F 1 1 C l ass 2 7 0 [485] 4 0 [27 53 20 30 1 43-2 07
F I I C lass 3 7 5 [5 1 5] 45 [3 1 0] 20 30 1 5 6-2 07
F 1 2 C lass I 60 [4 1 53 3 2 [2 2 03 20 45 1 2 1-1 74
F 1 2 C l ass 2 7 0 [4853 40 [27 53 20 30 1 43-2 07
F 21 7 5 [5 1 53 45 [3 1 0] 20 30 1 5 6-2 07
F 3 V and F 3 V C b 8 5-1 1 0 [5 85-76 03 60 [41 5] 18 45 17 4-2 3 7
F 2 2 C l ass 1 60 [4 1 5] 3 0 [2 05] 20 35 1 7 0 max
F 2 2 C l ass 3 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 45 [3 1 03 20 30 1 56-2 07
F 22V 85-1 1 0 [5 85-76 0] 60 [41 5] 18 45 1 74-2 3 7
F 23 74 [5 1 0] 5 8 [400] 20 40 2 2 0 max .
F 24 85 [585] 60 [41 5] 20 40 248 max ,
FR 63 [435] 46 [3 1 5] 25 38 1 97 max .
F 36 C lass 1 9 0 [6 2 0] 64 [4403 15 . . . 2 5 2 max .
F 3 6 C lass 2 95 . 5 [6603 66 ,5 [460] 15 . . . 2 5 2 max .
M a rte nsiti c Sta i n l ess Stee ls

F 6a C lass 1 7 0 [485] 40 [2 7 5 ] 18 35 1 43-2 07

F 6a C lass 2 85 [5853 55 [38 03 18 35 1 67-2 29
F 6a C l ass 3 I I 0 [760] 85 [585 3 15 35 2 3 5-3 0 2
F 6a C l ass 4 1 3 0 [895] II0 [7603 12 35 2 63-32 1
F 6b 1 1 0-1 3 5 [7 60-93 03 90 [62 03 16 45 2 3 5-2 85
F 6N M 1 1 5 [7 9 0] 90 [62 0 ] 15 45 295 max.
Ferr iti c Sta i n l ess Stee ls

F X M -2 7 C b 6 0 1-41 53 3 5 [24 03 20 45 1 90 max.

F 42 9 60 [41 53 3 5 [24 03 20 45 1 9 0 max.
F 43 0 60 [4 1 5] 3 5 [240] 20 45 1 90 max .
Au ste n it ic Stai n l ess Stee l s

F 3 04 7 5 [5 153 8 3 0 [2 05] 30 50
F 3 04 H 75 [5 1 5] B 3 0 [2 053 30 50
F 3 04 L 7 0 [485] C 2 5 [1 7 03 30 50
F 304 N 80 [550] 35 [240] 30 p 50 s
F 3 04 L N 75 [5 1 5] s 30 [2 05 3 30 50
F 3 09 H 75 [5 1 5 3 B 30 [2 05] 30 50
F 310 75 [5 1 5 3 s 30 [2 053 30 50
F 310MoLN 78 [54 0] 37 [2 55] 25 40
F 310 H 75 [5 1 53 s 30 [2 05 3 30 50
F 316 75 [5 1 5] B 30 [2 05] 30 50
F 316 H 75 [5 1 53 B 30 [2 05 ] 30 50
F 316L 70 [4853 c 25 [ 1 7 03 30 50
F 3 16 N 80 [550] 35 [240] 30 o 50 E
F 316L N 75 [5 1 53 8 3 0 [2 053 30 50

264
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA -1 82/SA-1 82M

TA B L E 3
T E N S I L E A N D H A R D N E S S R E Q U I R E M E N TS ( C O N T' D )
Yie ld Strength, E longation i n
Tensi le Strength, M in., ksi 2 i n . [50 mi
ni Reduction of B ri ne l l H ardness
G rade Symbol M in ., ksi [ M Pa] [M Pa]A or 4D, M in.., % Area, M in., % N umber
A u ste n itic Sta i n l ess Ste e ls ( C o nt'd )
F 3 1 6T i 75 [5 1 5] 3 0 [2 05 ] 30 40
F 317 75 [5 1 5] B 30 [2 05] 30 50
F 317 L 70 [485 ] C 25 [ 1 7 0] 30 50
F 347 75 [5 1 5] B 30 [2 053 30 50
F 347 H 75 [5 1 5 ] S 30 [2 05] 30 50
F 3 48 75 [5 1 5] S 30 [2 05] 30 50
F 348 H 75 [5 1 5 3 B 30 [2 05 ] 30 50
F 321 75 [5 1 5] B 30 [2 05] 30 50
F 321 H 75 [5 1 5] B 30 [2 053 30 50
F X M -I I 9 0 [6 2 0] 5 0 [3 45 ] 45 60
F X M-19 I 0 0 [ 6 9 0] 5 5 [3 8 0 ] 35 55
F 20 8 0 [5 5 0 3 3 5 [2 4 0 3 30 50
F 44 94 [65 0 ] 44 [3 0 0 ] 35 50
F 45 87 [6 0 0] 4 5 [3 1 0 3 40 50
F 46 7 8 [5 4 0 3 3 5 [2 4 0 ] 40 50
F 47 7 5 [5 2 5 ] 3 0 [2 05 3 40 50
F 48 8 0 [5 5 0 3 3 5 [2 4 0 ] 40 50
F 49 1 1 5 [795 3 6 0 [4 1 5 ] 35 40
F 56 73 [5 0 0] 2 7 [ 1 85 ] 30 35
F 58 1 0 9 [75 0] 6 1 [4 2 0 3 35 50
F 62 95 [65 5] 45 [3 1 0 3 30 50
F 63 8 0 [5 5 0 ] 3 2 [2 2 0] 25 .. . . .. 1 9 2 m ax
F 64 9 0 [6 2 0 ] 4 0 [2 75 ] 35 50 2 1 7 max
F 9 04 L 7 1 [49 0 ] 3 1 [2 1 5] 35 .. .. ..

Fe rr it i c-A uste n it ic Sta i n l ess Stee l s

F 50 1 0 0-1 3 0 [690-9 00] 65 [45 0 3 25 50

F 51 9 0 [6 2 0] 65 [45 0] 25 45
F 52 I 0 0 [69 0] 7 0 [485] 15 .. . .
F 53 1 1 6 [8 0 03 F 8 0 [55 0] F 15 , , 3 1 0 max ,,
F 54 1 1 6 [80 0] 80 [5 5 0] 15 .3 0 3 1 0 m ax
F 55 1 09-1 3 0 [75 0-8 953 80 [55 0] 25 45
F 57 1 1 8 [82 0] 85 [5 85] 25 50
F 59 1 1 2 [77 0] 80 [55 03 25 40
F 60 95 [65 5 ] 70 [485] 25 45
F 61 1 0 9 [75 03 80 [55 03 25 50
F 65 1 09 [75 0] 80 [5 5 0] 25 ,

X Determi ned by the 0 .2 % offset method For ferritic steels only, the 0. 5 % extension-under-l oad method may also be used.
For sect i ons over 5 i n [ 1 3 0 r
a m] i n th i ckness, the m i n i m u m tensi le strength sha l l be 7 0 ksi [485 M Pal.
c For sections over 5 in [130 mm] in th ickness, the m ini mum tensi le strength shal l be 65 ksi [45 0 M Pa]
D Longitudinal . The transverse el ongation shal l be 25 % in 2 in . or 5 0 mm, r
ain
E Long itud i nal The transve rse red ucti on of area sha l l be 45 % m i n
F For sections over 2 in [50 mm] in th ickness, the mi ni mum tensi le strength shal l be 1 06 ksi [730 M Pa]; the min i mum yiel d strength shal l
be 7 5 ks i [5 1 5 M P a]

265
SA-182/SA-182M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 4
R E P A I R W E L D I N G R E Q U I R E M E N TS
P ost-We l d H eat-T reat m e nt
Recom mended Preheat and I nterpass Temperatu re, M i n . or
Grade Symbol E lectrodesA Temperature Range, ° F [°C] Range, °F [°C]
Low A l loy Stee ls
F 1 E 7 0 1 8-A 1 2 0 0-4 0 0 [9 5-2 05 ] 1150 [6 2 0]
F 2 E 8 0 1 8- B I 3 0 0-6 0 0 [1 5 0-3 1 5] 1150 [6 2 0]
F 5 E 50 2-1 5 o r 1 6 400-7 00 [2 05-370] 1 250 [67 5]
F 5a E 5 0 2-1 5 o r' 1 6 40 0-7 0 0 [2 0 5-37 0] 1250 [67 5]
F 9 E 5 0 5-15 or' 1 6 400-7 00 [2 0 5-370] 1 2 50 [67 5]
F l0B . . .. ' . .. ..
F 91 9 % C r, 1 % M o, V C b N 40 0-7 0 0 [2 05-37 0] 1350-1470 [730-8003
F 92 9 % C r, 0 , 5 % M o, 1 ,5 % W,
VCbN I N 40 0-7 0 0 [2 05-37 0] 1 3 5 0-1 4 7 0 [ 7 3 0-8 0 0 ]
1 3 5 0-1 4 7 0 [7 3 0-8 0 0 ]
F 122 1 1 % C r, 2 % W, M o V C bC u N 4 0 0-7 0 0 [2 05-37 0]
1 3 0 0 [7 0 5]
F 911 9 % C r, 1 % M o, 1 % W, V C b N 40 0-7 0 0 [2 05-37 0]
1 1 5 0 [6 2 0]
F 1 1, C lasses 1, 2, and 3 E 80 18- B2 300-600 [1 50-3 15]
1 1 5 0 [62 0]
F 12, C lasses 1 and 2 E 80 18- B 2 3 00-600 [150-3 153 1 2 5 0 [67 5]
F 21 E 9 0 1 8- B 3 3 0 0-6 0 0 [1 5 0.-3 1 5]
1 2 5 0 [ 67 5 ]
F 3 V and F 3 V C b 3 % C r, 1 % M o, 1/4 % V-T i 3 0 0-6 0 0 [1 5 0-3 1 5]
1 2 5 0 [67 5 ]
F 2 2 C l ass 1 E 9 0 1 8- B 3 3 0 0-6 0 0 [ 1 5 0-3 1 5]
1 2 5 0 [6 7 5 ]
F 2 2 C lass 3 E 9 0 1 8- B3 3 0 0-6 0 0 [ 1 5 0-3 1 5]
1 2 5 0 [675]
F 22V 2 2 5 % C r, 1 % M o, 0 25 % V-C b 3 0 0-6 0 0 [ 1 5 0-3 1 5 3
F 23 2 , 2 5 % C r, 1 , 6 % W,
0 , 2 5 % V- M o-C b- B 3 0 0-6 0 0 [ 1 5 0-3 1 5 ] 1 3 5 0-1 47 0 [7 3 0-8 0 0] c
F 24 2 2 5 % C r, 1 % M o, 0 , 25 % V 2 00-.4 00 [95-205] c 1 3 5 0-1 4 7 0 [7 3 0-8 0 0 ]
1 1 0 0-1 2 0 0 [5 9 5-6 5 0 ]
F 3 6, C lass 1 1 , 5 N i, 0 ,65 Cu, M o, C b 4 00-7 00 [2 0 5-37 0]
1 0 0 0-1 1 5 0 [5 4 0-6 2 0 ]
F 36, C lass 2 1 ,5 N i, 0 , 65 Cu, M o, C b 400-700 [2 05-370]
M arte n s it i c Sta i n l ess Stee l s

F 6a, C lass 1 E 41 0-15 or' 1 6 400-7 00 [2 05-37 0] 1 250 [675]

F 6a, C l ass 2 E 41 0-15 or 16 400-7 00 [205-37 0] 1 2 50 [675]
F 6b 13 % O r, 1 1/2 % N i, 1/2 % M o 400-7 00 [205-37 0] 1 1 50 [62 0]
F 6N M 13 % C r, 4 % N i 300-7 00 [1 50-37 0] 1 050 [5653
F e rr it ic Sta i n l ess Ste e l s

F X M -27 Cb 26 % C r, 1 % M o N RD NR
F 429 E 43 0-1 6 4 0 0-7 0 0 [2 05-3 7 0 ] 1 4 0 0 [7 60]
F 43 0 E 43 0-1 6 NR 1 4 0 0 [76 0 ]
FR E 8 0 1 8-C 2 NR NR
A uste n iti c Sta i n l ess Ste e l s

F 304 E 3 0 8- 1 5 or 1 6 NR 1 9 0 0 [ I 040] + WC E
1900 [I 040] + WC
F 3 04 L E 3 0 8 L-1 5 to 1 6 NR
1900 [I 040] + WC
F 304 H E 3 0 8-1 5 or 1 6 NR
1900 [1 04 0] + WC
F 3 04 N E 3 0 8-1 5 or 1 6 NR
1900 [I 04 0 ] + WC
F 3 04 L N E 3 0 8 L-1 5 o r 1 6 NR
1 9 00 [ 1 04 0] + W C
F 3 09 H E 3 0 9-1 5 or 1 6 F NR
1 9 00 [ 1 04 0] + W C
F 310 E 3 1 0-1 5 o r' 1 6 NR
1 9 0 0 [ 1 04 0 ] + W C
F 310 H E 3 1 0-1 5 o r 1 6 NR
1 9 2 0-2 0 1 0 [ 1 0 5 0
F 310MoLN E 3 1 0 M o-1 5 or' 1 6 NR
ii00] + WQ
1 9 0 0 [ 1 0403 + WC
F 316 E 3 1 6-1 5 or 1 6 NR
1 90 0 [ 1 040] + WC
F 316L E 3 1 6 L-t 5 o r' 1 6 NR
1900 [ 1 040] + WC
F 316 H E 3 1 6-1 5 o r 1 6 NR
1900 [1 040] + WC
F 316N E 3 1 6-1 5 or 1 6 NR
1900 [I 04 0] + W[
F 316LN E 3 1 6 L-1 5 o r 1 6 NR
1900 [1 04 0 ] + WC
F 316Ti E 3 1 6-1 5 o r 1 6 NR
1900 [1 04 0] + WC
F 317 E 3 1 7 -1 5 o r 1 6 NR
1900 [ 1 04 0] + WC
F 317 L E 3 1 7 L-1 5 o r 1 6 NR
1 9 00 [ 1 04 0] + WC
F 321B E 3 4 7-1 5 or 1 6 NR
1925 [1050] + W(
F 321 H B E 3 4 7-1 5 o r 1 6 NR
1 9 00 [ 1 0 4 0 ] + W (
F 3 47 E 3 4 7-1 5 o r 1 6 NR
1 9 2 5 [ 1 0 5 0] + W C
F 3 47 H E 3 47 -1 5 or 1 6 NR

266
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-182/SA- 182M

TA B L E 4
R E PA I R W E L D I N G R E Q U I R E M E N TS ( C O N T' D )
P ost-We l d H eat-T reatm e nt
Recom mended P reheat and I nterpass Temperatu re, M i n. or
G rade Symbol ElectrodesA Temperature Range, °F [°C] Range, ° F [°C]
A u ste n it ic Sta i n l ess Ste e ls ( C o nt'd )

F 348 E 3 47 - 1 5 o r 1 6 NR 1 9 0 0 [1 04 0] + W Q
F 34 8 H E 3 47- 1 5 or 1 6 NR 1 92 5 [ 1 05 0] + WQ
F X M -I I X M -I OW NR NR
F X M -1 9 X M -1 9 W NR NR
1 7 0 0- 1 8 5 0 [ 9 2 5
F 20 E/ E R-3 2 0, 3 2 0 L R NR 1 0 1 0 ] + WQ
F 44 E N i C r M o-3 NR 2 1 0 0 [1 1 5 0] + W Q
F 45 8 . . .. . ..
F 46
F 47 . . .. . . G 2 100 [ 1 1 5 0] + WQ
F 48 .. .. . G 2100 [ 1 1 5 0] + WQ
G
F 49 . . .. .. 2 1 00 [1150] + WQ
F 58 E N i C r M o- l O .. .. 2100 [ 1 1 5 0] + WQ
F 62 E N I C r M o-3 NR 2 0 2 5 [ I I 05 ] + WQ
1 9 2 0-2 1 0 0 [ 1 0 5 0
F 9 04 L E N i C r M o-3 NR 1 1 5 0] + WQ

Fe r r iti c-A uste n it i c Sta i n l ess Stee l s

F 50 25% C rI 6 % N i, 1 . 7 % M o NR NR
F 51 22% C r, 5 . 5 % N i, 3 % M o NR NR
F 52 26% C rl 8 % N i, 2 % M o NR NR
F 53 25 % C r, 7 % N i, 4 % M o NR NR
F 54 25% C r, 7 % N i, 3 % M o, W NR NR
F 55 25 % C r, 7 % N i, 3 . 5 % M o NR NR
F 57 25% C r) 7 % N i, 3 % M o, NR NR
1 . 5 % C u, 1 % W
F 59 E N i C r M o-l O NR NR
F 60 2 2 % C r, 5 .5 % N i, 3 % M o NR NR
F 61 2 6 % C r, 9 % N i, 3 5 % M o NR NR
F 65 2 9 % C r, 6 .5 % N il 2 % M o NR NR

A E l ectrodes shal l com p ly with AS M E S FA-5 , 4, S FA-5 ,5, and cor respo nd i ng E R grades of S FA-5 9 o r' S FA-5 1 1 ,
B P u rc hase r approva l requ i red.
c N ot requ i red for not be l ow 0 , 5 00 i n , [1 2 ,7 m i ni ,
o N R = not requ i red,,
E W Q = wate r quench ,
F F i l l e r metal shal l add iti onal ly have 0 , 04 % m i n i m u m carbon ,
G M atch fi l ler metal is avai lable , Fabricators have also used AWS A5,, 14, C lass E R, N i C rM o-3, and AWS A5 , 1 1, C lass E, N IC rM o-3 fi l ler
m eta l s ,

267
SA-182/SA-182M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

In additi on to any of the supplementary requirements of Specifi cation A 96 1 /A 96 1M the

following supplementa ry requirements shall apply only when specifi ed by the purchaser in
the order .

S1. Macroetch Test to E 308 compositi on wire. Forgings repair welded wit
h
E 308 weld metal shall be ma
r ked F W 308 .
$1.1 A sample forging shall be sectioned and etched
to show flow lines and internal imperfections. The test
shall be conducted according to Test Method E 340. Details
of the test shall be agreed upon between the manufactu
rer S6. Hardness Test
and t
he purchaser. S6.1 Each forging shall be har dness tested and shall
meet t
he requirements of Table 3 .

S2. Heat Treatment Details

S2.1 he manufacturer shall furnish a detailed test
T S7. Alternate Heat Treatment (Grades F 91 and
report containing h
te information required in 1 6.2 a
nd shall F 92)
include all pertinent details of the heat-treating cycle given $7.1 Grade F 9 1 shall be normalized in accorda
n ce wit
h
the forgings . Secti on 6 and tempered at a temperature, to be specified by
he purchaser, less than 1 350°F [730°C] . It sha
t ll be the
purchaser' s responsibility to subsequently temper at
1 350°F [730°C] minimum to confor m to t he requirements
S3. Material for Opt
imum Resistance to Stress
Corrosion Cracking
of t
he specifi cation. All mechanica
l tests shall be made on
material heat treated in accordance with Sect
i on 6. The
S3. 1 Austenitic stainless steel sha
ll be furnished in t
he
certif
i cation sha
l l reference this supplementa
ry requirement
solution-annealed condition as a f
i nal operation wit
h no indicating the tempering temperature applied. The notat i on
subsequent cold working permitted, except, unless specifi "$7" shall be included with the required marking of t he
ca
lly prohibited by the purchaser , straightening of bar 's forging.
from which par ts a
r e machined is per mitted to meet the
requirements of Specifi cation A 484 /A 484M.
S8. Heat Treatment of Austenitic Forgings
$8.1 The purchaser sha ll specify the heat-treatment
$4. Corrosion Tests
met
hod (in 6. 1 or in 6 ,3 . 1 ) that sha
ll be employed.
S4. 1 All austenitic stainless steel shall pass intergra
nu
la
r conosion tests performed in accordance wit
h Pract
i ce $8.2 The manufacturer shall provide a test report con
E of Practices A 262 ta
lning t
he information required in 1 62 a
nd shall include
a statement of the heat-treatment met
hod employed.
S4.2 Intergranula
r corTosion tests sha ll be performed
on specimens of ferf
itic stainless steels as described in
Practices A 763 .
$9. Grain Size for Austenitic Grades
$4.3 For both t
he austenit
i c and ferritic stainless steels, $9.1 Forgings made f r om austenitic grades other t
han
details concerning the number of specimens and their H grades sha
ll be tested for average grain size by Test
source a
nd location ate to be a matter of agreement between Method E 1 1 2 . Details of t
he test shall be agreed upon
te manufacturer and t
h he purchaser. between the manufacturer and t he purchaser

$5. Special Filler Metal S IO. St

a bilizat
i on Treatment

$5. 1 In repair welded F 3 1 6 , F 3 1 6L, F 3 1 6H, and $10.1 Subsequent to the solution a
nnea
l for Grades
F 3 1 6N forgings, the deposited weld metal shall conform F 32 1 , F 32 1 H, F 347 , F 347H, F 348 , and F 348H, these

26 8
 2008a SECTION II, PART A
grades shall be given a stabilization heat tleatment at 1 500
to 1 6 00 ° F [ 8 1 5 to 8 7 0 ° C ] fo r a m in imu m o f 2 h/i n ,
[4.7 min/mm] of thickness and then cooling in t he furn ace
or in air, In addition to the marking requiled in Section 1 7,
the grade designation symbol shall be followed by t he
symbol "S 1 0. "
269
SA-182/SA-182M
Sl l. Grain Size Requirements for Non-H-Grade
Austenitic Steels Used Above 1000°F [540°C]
$1 1 .1 Non-H grades of austenitic stainless steels shall
have a grain size of No. 7 or' coarser as detelmined in
accordance wit
h Test Methods E 1 1 2. The grain size so
detelmined sha
l l be on a celtifi ed test report ,
 ,t•

I N TE N TI O NAL LY LE FT B LA N K

270
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-192/SA - 192M

SPE CIFICATION FOR SEAMLES S CARBON S TEEL

B OILER TUBES FOR HIGH-PRESSURE SERVICE

SA- 192/SA - 1 92M

INTERNATIONAL
S tandards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 1 92/A 1 92M-9 1 ,)

1. Scope Tubular Products for High-Temperature Service Con

1. 1 This specif
i cation covers minimum-wall thickness , forming to I S O Rec o mmendati on s for B oi l er C o n
struction
seamless carbon steel boiler and superheater tubes for high
pressme service .

1.2 The tubing sizes and thick

nesses usually furnished 3. General Requirements
to this specifi cation a
r e 1/2 in to 7 in. [ 1 Z7 to 177. 8 r
am] 3. 1 Material furnished under this specif i cation shall
outside diameter a
nd 0.085 to 1 . 000 in. [2 . 2 to 25 .4 mm] , conform to the applicable r equiiements of the current edi
inclusive, in minimum wall thick
ness. Tubing having ot
her tion of Specif
i cation A 450/A 450M, unless otherwise pro
vided herein .
dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply
with all ot
her requirements of this specif
i cation.
1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to 4. Ordering Information
tubing smaller than 1/8 in [3 .2 mm] inside diameter or 4. 1 Or ders fbr mater
i al under t
his specifi cation should
0.. 0 1 5 in . [04 mm] thick
ness . include the following, as required, to descr
ibed the desired
material adequately :
1.4 When these products are to be used in applications 4. 1 . 1 Quantity (feet, metres, or number of lengt
h s) ,
conforming to ISO Recommendations for' B oiler Construc
4. 1 .2 Name of' material (seamless tubes) ,
tion, t
he requirements of Specifi cat
ion A 520 shall supple
4.1 .3 Manufacture (hot-f
i nished or cold-drawn) ,
ment and supersede t
he requirements of this specif i cation .
4 . 1 .4 S i z e ( outside di ameter and minimum wall
1.5 The va lues stated in either inch-pound units or SI
hick
t ness) ,
units a
re to be rega
rded separ ately as standa
r d. Within t
he
4. 1 .5 Lengt
h (specif
i c or ra
ndom) ,
text, the SI units a
re shown in brackets . The va
lues stated
4.1 .6 Optional Requiiements (Sect
i on 8) ,
in each system a
r e not exact equivalents ; therefore, each
system must be used independently of t
he ot her . Combining 4. 1 .7
Test report requir ed (see section on Certif
i ca
values from the two systems may result in nonconforma nce i on of Specif
t i cation A 450/A 450M) ,
wit
h the specif i cation. The inch-pound units sha l l apply 4. 1 .8 Specif
i cation designation, and
unless h
te "M" designation of this specif
i cat
i on is specifi ed
in the order' .
4.1 .9 Special requirements.

5. Manufacture

2. Referenced Documents 5. 1 Tubes shall be made by t h e seamless process and

2. 1 ASTM Standards : shall be either hot-f
i nished or cold-f
i nished, as specif
i ed .
A 450/A 450M Specif i cation for General Requirements
for Carbon, FerTJtic Alloy, and Austenitic Alloy Steel 6. Heat Treatment
Tubes 6. 1 Hot-f
i nished t
ubes need not be heat treated Cold
A 520 Specif
i cation for Supplementary Requirements f0i i nished tubes sha
f l l be heat treated after t
he f
i nal cold
S eamless and Electric-Resista
n ce-Welded Ca
r bon Steel inished at a temper at
f ure of 1 200°F [650°C] or higher.

27 1
SA- 192/SA-192M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

7. Chemical Composition 1 0. Mechanical Tests Required

7. 1 The steel shall conform to the following requir e 10.1 Flattening Test - One fl attening test shall be made
ments as to chemical composition : on specimens from each of two tubes selected f rom each
Calbon, % 0 ,06-0 1 8 lot (see Note) or fraction ther eof
Manganese, % 0 27-0 63
Phospholus, max 0 035 10.2 Flaring Test - One t
iar ing test shall be made on
Sulfur, max, % 0 035 specimens from each end of two tubes selected from each
Silicon, ma
x, % 0 25 lot (see Note) or fraction thereof These tubes shall be
selected apart i
f om those used for the f
l attening test
7.2 Supplying an alloy grade of steel that specif i cally
iequhes the addition of any element otheI than those listed 10.3 Hardness Test - Blinell oI Rockwell ha
r dness
in 7 1 is not pelmitted tests shall be made on specimens from two t ubes flom
each lot The telm lot applies to a
l l tubes plioi to cutting,
of the same nominal diametei and wall thicknes s which
8. Product Analysis r e produced flom the same heat of steel W
a h en fi nal heat
8.1 When requested on t he pur chase older , a ploduct tleatment is in a batch-type furnace, a lot shall include
analysis sha
ll be made by t he supplier from one t ube per only those tubes of the same size and the same heat which
1 00 pieces for sizes over 3 in [76.2 nun] and one tube r e heat treated in the same furnace cha
a rge . W
h en the fi nal
per 250 pieces for sizes 3 in [76.2 mm] and under; or heat treatment is in a cont
i nuous furnace, a lot shall include
when tubes ar e identif
i ed by heat, one tube per heat shall ll t
a ubes of the same size a nd heat, heat tleated in the same
be analyzed The chemical composition t hus detelmined fulnace at the same temperatule, time at heat, and fulnace
shall conform to the iequirements specif i ed speed.
8.2 If the oliginal test for ploduct analysis fails, Ietests 10.4 Hydrostatic Test - Each tube shall be subjected
of two additional billets or tubes shall be made B oth to the hydrostatic plessule test, oI instead of this test, a
ietests, for the elements in quest i on shall meet the r equil e nondestructive test may be used when specif i ed by the
ments of the specif i cation; othelwise all remaining material purchaseI .
in the heat or lot (see Note) shall be I'e.j ected or, at the
option of the producer, each billet or t
ube may be individu
lly tested for acceptance Billets or tubes which do not
a
meet t
h e iequilements of the specif i cat
i on shall be iejected 1 1. Forming Operations
11.1 Tub e s when ins erte d in the b o ileI shall s tand
NOTE - A lot consists of 250 tubes fbi sizes 3 in , [76 2 nun] and undeI
n d of' 1 00 tubes for sizes ove 3 in [76 2 mm] , pf
a i oi to cutting to length , expanding and beading without showing cracks or fl aws .
Superheater t u bes when propelly manipulated shall stand
all forging, welding, and bending operations necessa
r y for
9. Hardness Requirements application without developing defects.
9.1 Th e tu b e s s h al l h av e a h ardn e s s n u mb e r n o t
exceeding the following :
Blinell Hal dnes s Number Rockwell Har dnes s 12. Product Marking
(Tubes 0 200 in [5 , 1 Numbei (Tubes less tha
n
12. 1 In addit
ion to t
he ma
r king pleSClibed in Specif
i ca
mm] and oveI in wal! 0 200 in [5 1 mm] in
thickness) wall thickness) tion A 450/A 450M, the marking shall indicate whether
1 3 7 HB 77 HRB the t
u be is hot f
i nished or cold f
i nished.

272
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-1 92/SA- 1 92M

EXPLANATORY NOTE

NOTE - For' purposes of' design, the following tensile propeities may be assumed:
Tensile strength, min, ksi [MPa] 4 7 [325 ]
Yield strength, min, ksi [MPa] 26 [ 1 80]
Elongation in 2 in . oi' 50 r
am, min, % 35

27 3
274
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-193/SA-193M

SPECIFICATION FOR ALLOY-STEEL AND STAINLESS A08

STEEL BOLTING MATERIALS FOR HIGH

TEMPERATURE OR HIGH PRESSURE SERVICE AND
OTHER SPECIAL PURPOSE APPLICATIONS

SA- 1 93 /SA- 193M

INTERNATIONAL
Standards Worldwide

(Ident
i cal with ASTM Specif
i cati on A 1 93 /A 1 93M-07 )

1. Scope desired. These sha

l l apply only when specif
i ed in the pur
1.1 This specif i cation covers alloy and stainless steel chase order.

bolting mater i al for plessure vessels, valves, flanges, and 1.5 This specif i cation is expressed in bot
h inch-pound
i tt
f ings for high temperature or high pressure service, or units and in SI units, However , unless the order specif ies
other special purpose applicat ions. The term bolting mate he applicable M specif
t i cat
i on designation (SI units), t
he
rial as used in this specifi cation covers bars, bolts, screws,
material sha
l l be furnished to inch-pound units.
studs , stud bolts, and wire . B ar s a
nd wire shall be hot
wrought. The material may be further processed by cen 1.6 T he values stated in either inch-pound units or SI
terless gr
i nding or by cold & awing. Austenitic stai nless units a
re to be rega
rded separately as standa
rd. Within the
steel may be carbide soluti on treated or ca
r bide solut
ion text, t
he SI units a
re shown in brackets . T
he values stated
treated a
n d strain-ha
r dened. When stra
i n ha
r dened austen in each system ar e not exact equivalents; thelefore, each
itic steel is ordered, the purchaser should take specia
l ca
re system must be used independently of t
he other Combining
to ensure t h at Appendix X 1 is thoroughly understood. values from t
he two systems may result in nonconformance
wit
h the specif
i cat
i on .
1.2 Severa l grades ate covered, including fei it
i c steels
and austenitic sta
inless steels designated B5 , B8, a n d so
forth. Select
ion will depend upon design, service condi 2. Referenced Documents
tions, mechanical properties, a
nd high temperature charac 2.1 ASTM Standards:
ter
i stic s.
A 1 53 /A 1 53M Specif
i cation for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)
NOTE 1 - The committee fblmulating t his specification has included on Iron a
n d Steel Ha
r dwa
re
i
ffteen steel types t
h at have been rat
hei extensively used for t
he piesent A 1 94 /A 1 94M Specif
i cation for Ca
r bon a
nd Alloy Steel
pulpose Othei composit ions will be considered for inclusion by the Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Tempel atme
committee from time to time as t he need becomes appment Service, or B ot
h
NOTE 2 - For glades of alloy-steel bolti ng material suitable foI use at A 320 /A 320M Specif i cat
ion for Alloy-Steel a
nd Stainless
the lower i ange of high temperatule applicat
i ons, ieference should be Steel Bolt
i ng Mater i als for Low-Temperatule Service
made to Specif
i cat
i on A 354 A 354 Specifi cat
i on for Quenched a nd Tempered Alloy
NOTE 3 - For grades of alloy-steel bolt i ng material suitable for use in
Steel Bolts, Studs, and Other Externally Threaded Fas
teners
low tempel atme applicat
ions, reference should be made to Specification
A 320 /A 320M A 7 8 8 /A 78 8M Specif
i cation for Steel Folgings, General
Requirements
1.3 Nuts for use wit
h this bolt
i ng materia
l me covered
in Sect
i on 1 4.
A 962 /A 962M Specif ication for Common Requirements
for S teel Fasteners or Fas tener Materi al s , or B oth ,
1.4 Supplementa r y Requilements $ 1 through S 1 0 r
ae Intended for Use at Any Temperat
ure from Cryogenic
provided for use when addit
i onal tests or inspect
i on a
re to the Creep Ra
n ge

275
SA-193/SA-193M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

B 695 Specif
i cation for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically austenitic stainless steels ; Classes 1B a
nd 1 C apply to the
Deposited on h on and Steel ca
r bide solution-treated nitrogen-bea ring stainless steels;
B 696 Specif
i cation for Coatings of Cadmium Mecha
ni Class 1D applies to material car bide soluti on tr eated by
cally Deposited cooling rapidly from t
he rolling temperature),
B 7 66 Specifi cation for Electrodeposited Coatings of 3.1.2 Description of items required (that is, ba r s,
Cadm
i um bolts, screws , or' studs),
E l 8 Te st Methods for Rockwell H ardne s s of Metallic
3.1.3 Nuts, if required by purchaser', in accorda
n ce
Materials
with 1 4. 1 ,
E 2 1 Test Methods for' Elevated Temper ature Tension Tests
of Meta
l lic Materials 3.1.4 Supplementa ry requirements, if any, and
E 1 1 2 Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size 3.1.5 Special requirements, in accorda
n ce with 7 .3 ,
E 1 3 9 Test Methods for' Conduct
ing Creep, Creep-Rupture, 7 .5 . 1 , 1 1 . 2, 1 5 . 1 , a
nd 1 6.. 1 .
and Stress-Rupture Tests of Metallic Materials 3.2 Coatings - Coatings are prohibited unless specifi ed
E 1 50 Recommended Practice for Conduct
ing Creep and
by h
te purchaser (See Supplementa ry Requirement S 1 3).
Creep-Rupture Tension Tests of Metallic Materials When coated fastener s a
r e ordered the purchaser should
Under' Condit
i ons of Rapid Heating and Short Times
E 1 5 1 Recommended Practice for Tension Tests of' Meta
l
take special ca
r e to ensure that Appendix X2 is thoroughly
understood.
lic Materia
l s at Elevated Temperatur
e s With Rapid Heat
ing and Conventional or Rapid Strain Rates
E 292 Te st Methods for Conducting Time-f0r-Rupture 4. Common Requirements
Notch Tension Tests of Materials
4.1 Material a
n d fastener's supplied to t
his specifi cation
E 3 28 Test Methods for St
ress Relaxation for' Materials
shall c onform to the requirements of Specif i c ation
and S tructures
A 962 /A 962M. These requirements include test methods,
E 566 Practice for Electromagnetic (Eddy-CurTent) Sorting inish, t
f hread d
i mensions, ma r king, certification, opti onal
of Feri ous Metals
supplementary requirements, a nd other' s . Fa
ilure to comply
E 709 Guide for' Magnet i c Part
icle Exam
ination with the requirements of' Specifi cation A 962 /A 962M con
E 606 Practice for Strain-Controlled Fat
igue Test
ing stitutes nonconforma
nce wit h this specifi cati on. In case of
F 1 940 Test Met
hod f0r' Process Cont
r ol Ver
ification to
confl ict between this specifi c ation and Specifi cation
Prevent Hydrogen Embrittlement in Plated or' Coated A 962/A 962M, t his specif i cat
i on shall preva i l.
Fasteners

F 1 94 1 Specifi cation for' Electrodeposited Coatings on

Thre ade d F a s ten ers ( Uni f
i e d In c h S c re w Thread s 5. Manufacture (Process)
(UN/UNR)) 5.1 The steel shall be produced by a
ny of the following
2.2 ANSI Standards: processes: open-hea
rth, basic-oxygen, electric-furnace, or
B I . 1 Screw Th
i eads vacuum-inducti on melting (VIM) The molten steel may
B 1 8 .2 1 Squa
re and Hex Bolts a
nd Screws be vacuum-treated prior to or dur
ing pouring of t
he ingot
B 1 8 . 2.. 3 . 1 M Metric Hex Cap Screws or st
rand cast
ing
B 1 8 .3 Hexagon Socket a
nd Spline Socket Screws 5.2 Quality - See Specification A 962 /A 962M for
B 1 8. 3 . 1 M Metric S ocket Head Cap Screws requirements .
2.3 AIAG Standard:
AIAG B-5 02.00 Prima
r y Metals Identifi cation Tag Appli 6. Discard
cation Standa
rd
6. 1 A suff
i cient discard shall be made to secure freedom
from injurious piping and undue segregation.
3. General Requirements and Ordering
Information 7. Heat Treatment
3.1 The inquiry and orders shall include t
he following, 7.1 FerIitic steels shall be properly heat t
r eated as best
as required, to describe t
he desired material adequately: suits t
he high temperature cha racteristics of each grade.
3. 1 . 1 Heat-treated cond
iti on (that is , norma
lized and Immediately after rolling or' forging, t
he bolti ng mater
ial
tempered, or quenched and tempered, for t
he feriiti c materi shall be allowed to cool to a temperature below t
he cooling
als, and ca
r bide solution treated (Class 1 ), ca
rbide solut
i on rt ansformation range. The mater i als which ate to be fur
treated after f
inishing (Class 1 A), and carbide solut ion nished in the liquid-quenched condition sha ll t
hen be uni
treated and st
r'a
in-ha
rdened (Classes 2, 2B a
n d 2C) , for' t
he formly reheated to t he proper temperature to refi ne t he

276
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA- 193/SA- 193M

grain (a group thus reheated being known as a quenching after' all rolling, forging, heading, and ttueading operations
charge) and quenched in a liquid medium under' substan a e complete . This designation does not apply to sta
r r ting
tially uniform conditions for each quenching charge. Use material such as ba
r ' Fasteners shall be heated from ambient
of water' quenching is prohibited for a
ny ferritic glade when temperature and held a suff
i cient time at a temperatur e at
heat treatment is park of t
he fastener manufacturing process. which the chromium ca r bide will go into solution and
This prohibition does not apply to heat treated ba r or to hen shall be cooled at a rate suff
t i cient to prevent the
fastener' s machined therefrom . The materials that are to be precipitation of t
he carbide.
furnished in the normalized or air-quenched condition shall 7.3.4 Classes 2, 2B, and 2 C - Material shall be
be reheated to t he proper temperature to ref i ne the grain ca
rbide solution treated by heating fr om ambient tempera
and cooled uniformly in air' to a temperature below the tule and holding a suff i cient time at a temperature at which
tra
n sformation temperatttre range. The material, whether the chromium ca r bide will go into solution and then cooling
liquid-quenched or normalized, sha l l then be uniformly at a rate suff
i cient to prevent t
h e precipitation of the carbide
reheated for' temper
ing . T
he minimum temper i ng tempera Following t
his tr eatment the material shall then be strain
ture sha
ll be as specifi ed in Table 2 and Table 3 . hardened to achieve the required properties .
7. 1 .1 Quenched a nd tempered or normalized and NOTE 4 - Heat treatment following operations performed on a limited
tempered ferritic materia
l that is subsequent
ly cold drawn portion of the product, such as heading, may iesult in non-uniform g ain
for dimensional cont
r ol sha
l l be stress-relieved after cold size and mechanical properties through the section affected
dawing. T
r he minimum stress-relief temperature shall be 7.4 If sca le-free bright f
i nish is required, this shall be
1 00°F [55 °C] below the tempering temperature. Tests for specif
i ed in t
he purchase order'..
mechanic al properties shall be performe d after' stress
relieving. 7.5 B 7 and B7M bolting materia l shall be heat treated
by quenching in a liquid medium and tempering . For B7M
7.2 Bot h B6 and B 6X materia l s sha
l l be held, at the bolting, t
he f
i nal heat treatment, which may be the temper
tempering temperature for a minimum time of I h. Identifi ing operation if conducted at 1 1 50°F [620°C] minimum,
cation Symbol B 6X mater ial may be furnished in the as shall be done after all machining a nd forming operations,
rolled-a
nd-tempered condition. Cold working is permitted including thread rolling and any type of cutt ing. Surface
wit
hthe ha
rdness limitation (26 HRC maximum) of Table 2 preparation for hardness testing, nondestructi ve evaluat
i on,
for h
te B 6X grade. or ultrasonic bolt tensioning is permitted .
7.3 All austenitic stainless steels shall receive a ca
r bide 7.5.1 Unless otherwise specif
i ed, material for' Grade
solut
ion treatment (see 7 .3 . 1 -7 . 3 .4 for specif
i c require B7 may be heat treated by the Foznace, the Induction or
the Electrica
l Resistance method.
ments for each class) . Classes 1 , 1 B , 1 C (Grades B 8R and
B 8S only), 2, 2B , and 2C can apply to ba r, wire, and NOTE 5 - It should be taken into consider ation t
h at st
r ess-relaxation
i nished fastener s. Class 1 A (a
f ll grades) and Class 1 C properti es may vary from heat lot to heat lot or these properties may
(Grades B8RA a
nd B 8SA only) can apply to f
inished fas vaiy from one heat treating method to another' , The purchaser may specify
Supplementaly Requirement $8, if stress-relaxation testing is desired .
teners . Class 1 D applies only to ba
r and wire a
nd f
i nished
fasteners t
hat a
re machined direct
ly from Class 1 D ba
r' or 7.6 Material Grade B 1 6 sha ll be heated to a temperature
wire without a
ny subsequent hot or cold work
i ng. ran g e fro m 1 7 0 0 to 1 7 5 0 ° F [ 9 2 5 t o 9 5 5 ° C ] an d o i l
%3° 1 Classes ! and 1B, and Class 1 C Grades B8R quenched. The minimum tempering temperat
ure shall be
as specif
i ed in Table 2
and B8S - After' rolling of t
h e ba
r ', forging, or' heading,
whether' done hot or cold, t
he materia
l shall be heated
rom ambient temperature and held a suff
f i cient t
i me at a 8. Chemical Composition
temperature at which the chromium ca
rbide will go into 8.1 Each al loy shall conform to the chemica
l composi
solut
i on a
n d then shall be cooled at a rate suff
i cient to tion requirements prescribed in Table 1 .
prevent t
he precipitation of the ca
r bide.
8.2 The steel shall not conta in an unspecif i ed element
7.3.2 Class 1D - Rolled or' forged Grades B 8, B 8M, for the ordered grade to t he extent t h at the steel conforms
B 8P, B 8LN, B 8MLN, B 8N, B 8MN, B 8R, and B 8S ba
r' to the requirements of another gr'ade for' which that element
sha
ll be cooled rapidly immediately following hot working is a specif i ed element. Furthermore, elements present in
while h te temperature is above 1 750°F [955 °C] so that c o n c en trati o n s gre ater th an 0 . 7 5 w e i gh t/ % s h a ll b e
grain boundary ca r bides a
re in solut
i on. Class 1 D shall be reported.
restricted to applications at temperatures less t
h an 850°F
[455 °C] .
9. Heat Analysis
7 . 3 .3 Cla ss 1A a nd Class 1 C G rade s B8RA a nd 9.1 An an alysis of each heat of steel shall be made
B8SA - Finished fasteners sha
l l be ca
r bide solution t
reated by t
h e ma
nufact
urer to determine t
he percentages of t
he

277
SA-193/SA-193M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

elements specifi ed in Section 8 . The chemical composition using indentation ha

r dness testi ng.. Each lot tested for' ha
rd
thus determined shall be reported to t he purchaser or t he ness elect
romagnetically shall be 1 00% examined in accor
purchaser' s repre sentative , and shall conform to the dance with Practice E 5 66 . Following electromagnetic
requixements specifi ed in Secti on 8. Should the purchaser' testing for' ha
r dness a ra
ndom sample of a m inimum of
deem it necessa ry to have the transiti on zone of two heats 1 00 pieces of each heat of steel in each lot (as defined in
sequenti a
l ly cast discarded, t
he purchaser' shall invoke Sup 1 3 . 1 . 1 ) shall be tested by indentation hardness methods.
plementary Requirement $3 of Specifi cation A 788. All samples must meet ha r dness requirements to permit
acceptan ce of t
he lot.. If any one sample is outside of t
he
specifi ed maximum or m inimum hardness, t he lot sha
ll be
10. Mechanical Properties rejected and eit
her reprocessed and resampled or' tested
10. 1 Tensile Properties: 100% by indentati on ha rdness met hods.. Product htat has
been 100% tested a
nd found acceptable sha l l have a line
10.1.1 Requirements - The materia l as represented under t
he grade symbol .
by the tension specimens sha
l l conform to the requir ements
10.2.2.1 Sur
face preparation for indentation ha
rd
prescr
ibed in Table 2 at room temperatme after heat treat
ness testi ng sha
l l be in accorda
nce wit
h Test Met
hods E 1 8 .
ment. Altern atively, stainless strain hardened headed fas
Hardness tests shall be performed on the end of hte bolt
teners (Class 2, 2B , and 2C) shall be tested full size a
fter
or stud. When t his is impractical, t
he ha
rdness test shall
strain hardening to determ i ne tensile strength and yield
be performed elsewhere.
st
rength and shall conform to t he requirements prescribed
in Table 2. Should t
he results of full size tests conf
l ict with
results of tension specimen tests, f
ull size test results sha
ll 11. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
prevail. 11.1 Bolts, screws, studs, and st
u d bolts sha
l l be pointed
10.1.2 Full Size Fasteners, Wedge Tensile Testing - and sha
ll have a workmanlike f
inish. Points sha
ll be f
l at
When applicable, see 1 3. 1 .3, headed fasteners shall be nd chamfered or rounded at opt
a i on of t
he manufacturer.
wedge tested full size and shall conform to the tensile Lengt
h of point on studs and st
u d bolts sha
l l be not less
st
rength shown in Table 2. The minimum full size breaking t an one nor more tha
h n two complete threads as measured
strength (lbf) for individual sizes sha
ll be as follows : from the ext
reme end parallel to the axis. Lengt
h of st
u ds
nd st
a u d bolts shall be measured from f
irst thread to f
irst
Ts = UTS x As (1) thread .

where : 1 1.2 Bolt heads shall be in accordance with t

he dimen
sions of A
NSI B 1 8 .2. 1 or' A
NSI B 1 8 .2. 3 . 1 M. Unless other
Ts = wedge tensile strength
wise specifi ed in t
h e purchase order , t
he Heavy Hex Screws
UTS = tensile st
r ength specifi ed in Table 2, and
Series should be used, except the maximum body dia meter
As = stress a
rea, square inches, as shown in ANSI B 1 . 1
or calculated as follows :
nd radius of f
a i llet may be the sa
me as for t
h e Heavy Hex
Bolt Series. The body diameter and head fi llet radius for
As = 0,, 785 (D - (0974/n))2 (2) sizes of Heavy Hex Cap Screws and Bolts t h at ar e not
shown in their' respecti ve tables in AN SI B 1 8.2. 1 or' ANSI
where: B 1 8 .2.3 . 1 M may be t h at shown in t
he corresponding Hex
D = nominal thread size, a
nd Cap Screw a
nd Bolt Tables respectively. Socket head fas
teners shall be in accordance wit
h ANSI B 1 8 . 3 or' A
N SI
n = the number of thr eads per inch
B 1 8 . 3 . 1 M.
10.2 Hardness Requirements:
10.2. 1 The ha
rdness shall conform to t
he require
12. Retests
ments prescribed in Table 2 . Ha
r dness testi ng shall be i2. 1 If t
he results of t
he mechanical tests of any test
performed in acc ordanc e with either' S pecifi cation
A 962 /A 962M or' with Test Met
hods F 606 . lot do not conform to the requirements specif
i ed, the manu
facturer may retr eat such lot not more tha
n twice, in which
10.2.2 Grade B7M - T
he maximum ha
r dness of t
he case two addit
ional tension tests sha
ll be made from such
grade shall be 235 HB or' 99 HRB . T
he minimum ha
rdness lot, all of which shall confor
m to t
he requirements spec
sha
l l not be less tha
n 200 HB or 93 HRB . Conforma
n ce if
i ed.
to t
his ha
r dness sha
l l be ensured by test
ing the ha
rdness
of each st
ud or bolt by Brinell or Rockwell B methods in
accordance wit
h 1 0. 2 . 1 . T
h e use of 1 00% electromagnetic 13. Test Specimens
testi ng for' ha
rdness as an alternative to 1 00% indentation 13.1 Number of Tests - For heat-t
reated ba
r s, one ten
har dness test i ng is permissible when qualifi ed by sampling sion test shall be made for each diameter of each heat

27 8
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA- 193/SA - 193M

represented in each tempering charge. When heat treated with the results of the test, the manufacturer may make
without interruption in continuous furnaces, the material claim for a rehearing within th at i
t me .
in a lot shall be the same heat, same prior condit
i on, same
size, and subj ected to the same heat treatment. Not fewer 1 6. Cert
ifi cation
than two tension tests ar e required for each lot containing 16.1 The producer of the raw material or f inished fas
20 000 lb [9000 kg] or less. Every additional 1 0 000 lb teners shall f
urnish a cert
ifi cation to the purchaser or his
[4500 kg] or' fraction t
hereof requires one additional test. representative showing t
he results of the chemical analysis,
13.1 . 1 For' studs, bolts, screws, and so forth, one macroetch examinat i on (Car bon a n d Alloy Steels Only) ,
tension test shall be made for each diameter' of each heat n d mechanical tests , and state t
a he method of heat treatment
involved in the lot. Each lot shall consist of the following: employed .
Diameter , in [mi
ni Lot Size 1 6.2 Certif
i cation shall also include at least the fol

1 t/8 [30] and under 1 500 lb [780 kg] oI f

i action thereof lowing :
Over 1 1/8 [30] to 1 3/4 4500 lb [2000 kg] or fI action t
h ereof' 1 6.2. 1 A statement that the material or t
h e fasteners ,
[42] , incl or bot
h , were manufactured, sampled, tested, and inspected
Over' 1 3/4 [42] to 2 /2 6000 lb [2700 kg] or f
i action t
h ereof
in accordance wit hthe specif
i cation and a
ny supplementa ry
[64], incl
Over 21/2 [64] 1 00 pieces or fraction thereof requirements or ot her requirements designated in th e pur
chase order or' cont
ract a
nd was found to meet those require
ments .
13.1 .2 Tension tests are not required to be made on
bolts, screws , studs, or stud bolts that a
re fabricated from 16.2.2 The specif
i cation number , yea
r' date, and iden
heat-treated ba r 's furnished in accordance witht he require if
t i cat
i on symbol .
ments of this specif i cation and tested in accordance with
1 3 . 1 , provide d they are n ot gi ven a su b se que nt heat 17. Product Marking
treatment .
17.1 The ma r king symbol and manufacturer' s ident
ifi
1 3. 1 .3 Full Size Specimens, Headed Fastener's - cat
ion symbol shall be applied to one end of st
u ds in.
Headed fasteners 1 ,12 in.. in body diameter a
nd smaller, with [10 r
am] in diameter a
n d larger a
nd to t
h e heads of bolts
body lengt h three times the diameter or longer , and t hat ,14 in. [6 mm] in diameter and larger. (If the available area
are produced by upsetting or' forging (hot or' cold) shall be is inadequate, t
he marki ng symbol may be placed on one
subj ected to f
ull size test
ing in accordance with 1 0. 1 . 2. This end with the manufact urer' s identif
i cat
i on symbol placed
test
i ng shall be in addition to tensile testing as specif i ed in on the other end.) The mark
ing symbol shall be as shown
1 0A d . The lot size shall be as shown in 1 3 . 1 . 1 . Failure in Table 4 and Table 5 . Grade B7M, which has been 1 00%
shall occur in t
h e body or threaded secti on with no failure, evaluated in conformance with t he specif i cat
i on, shall have
or indications of failure, such as cracks, at t
he junction of a line under' the ma
rki ng symbol to dist
i nguish it from B7M
the head and shank. produced to previous specif i cation revisions not requiring
1 00% ha r dness testing.
17.2 For' bolting materials, including threaded bars,
14. Nuts
urnished bundled and tagged or boxed, t
f he tags and boxes
14. 1 Bolts, st
uds, a
n d stud bolts shall be furnished shall ca
rry the ma
rking symbol for' t
he materia
l identifi ca
with nuts, when specif
i ed in the purchase order'. Nuts shall ion a
t nd the ma
nufacturer' s ident
ifi cation symbol or name .
conform to Specifi cat
i on A 1 94 /A 1 94M.
17.3 For purposes of product mark ing, the manufac
turer is considered the organizati on that certif
i es the fas
tener was manufact ured, sampled, tested, and inspected in
15. Reject
ion and Rehearing
accordance with the specifi cat
ion and the results have been
15.1 Unless otherwise specifi ed in t
he basis of pur determined to meet the requirements of t his specifi cation.
chase, any rejection based on product analysis sha
ll be
rep orted to the manufacturer within 3 0 days from the 17.4 Bar' Coding - In addition to the requirements in
receipt of sa
mples by the pmchaser. 1 7 1 , 1 7 2, a
nd 1 7 .. 3 , bar coding is acceptable as a supple
mentary identif i cation met hod. B ar' coding should be con
15.2 Material that show s defects subsequent to its si stent with AIAG Standa
r d B -5 02. 00 . If' used on small
acceptance at t
he place of manufact
ure shall be rej ected, items, the bar' code may be applied to the box or a substan
and h
t e manufacturer sha
l l be notif
i ed.
i ally applied tag..
t
1 5 . 3 Product Ana lysis - S amp le s that repre sent
rejected material shall be preserved for two weeks from 18. Keywords
he date of the test report. In t
t he case of dissatisfact
i on 18. 1 ha
rdness ; heat treatment

279
SA-193/SA-193M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 1
C H E M I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS ( C O M P O S ITI O N, P E RC E N T) [ N OT E ( 1 )]
Type Ferritic Steels
G rade B5 B6 and B6X
Description 5% Chromium 12% Chromium
U N S Designation S41000 (410)
Product Variation, Prod uct Variati on,
Over or U nder Over or U nder
Range [Note (2)] Range [Note (2)1
Carbo n 0.. I 0 m i n 0. 0 1 under 0 . 08-0 . 1 5 0 . 0 1 over
M anganese, max 1 . 00 0..03 over 1 .00 0 .03 over
P hosphorus, max 0. 040 0 . 0 05 over 0.. 040 0.. 005 over
S ulfur, max 0.030 0.. 005 over 0.03 0.. 005 over
S i l i con 1 . 0 0 max 0 . 05 over 1 . 0 0 max 0 . 05 over
C h ro m i u m 4 . 0-6. 0 0.. 1 0 1 1 . 5-1 3 . 5 0 .15
M o lybdenu m 0 . 40-0 . 65 0 . 05 . .. .. . .. .
Type Ferritic Steels
G rade B7, B7 M B16
Description Chromium-Molybdenum [Note (3)] Chromium-M olybdenum-Vanadium
Product Variation, Product Variation,
Over or U nder Over or U nder
Range [ Note (2)] Range [Note (2)]
C arbon 0 .37-0 .49 [ N ote ( 4 ) ] 0 . 02 0 .3 6-0 .47 0. 0 2
M anganese 0 .65-1 . 1 0 0 . 04 0 .45-0.7 0 0. 03
Phosphorus, max 0.035 0.005 over 0.035 0.005 over
S u lfur, max 0. . 040 0 .005 over 0 .040 0.005 over
S i l icon 0. 1 5-0 .35 0 . 02 0 . 1 5-0 .35 0. 0 2
C h rom i u m 0 . . 75-1 . 2 0 005 0 . . 80-1 . 1 5 0. 05
M olybden um 0 . . 15-0 . 2 5 0 .02 0 .5 0-0 . 65 0. 03
Vanad i um . .. . . .. .. . 0 2 5-0 .3 5 0 . 0.3
A l u m i n u m, max % [ N ote ( 5 )] .. . . . . . .. 0 .. 0 1 5 .. . ..
Type Austenitic Steels, [Note (6)] Classes 1, 1A, 1D, and 2
G rade BS, B8A B8C, B8CA B8M, B8MA, B8M2, B8M3 B8P, B8PA
U N S Designation $30400 (304) $34700 (347) S31600 (316) S30500
Product Variation, Product Variation, Product Variation, Product Variation,
Over or U nder Over or U nder Over or U nder Over or U nder
Range [Note (2)] Range [Note (2)] Range [Note (2)] Range [Note (2)]
Carbon, max 0. 08 0 01 over 0 08 0 .0 1 over 0 .08 0 .01 over 0. 1 2 0 0 1 over
M anganese, max 2 . 00 0 04 over 2 . 00 0 . 04 over' 2 .00 0 .04 over 2 00 0 . 04 over
Phosphorus, max 0 .045 0. . 01 0 over 0. 045 0 010 over 0 .045 0 .01 0 over 0 . 045 0 010 over'
S u lfur, max 0 .030 0 005 over 0. 030 0.005 over 0 .03 0 0 .005 over 0 . 03 0 0 . 005 over
S i l icon, max 1 . 00 0 . 05 over' 1 . 00 0 05 over 1 . 00 0 . 05 over 1. 00 0 05 over
C hrom i um 18 .0-2 0 .0 0 20 1 7 . 0-19 0 0. 20 1 6 . 0-18. 0 0. 20 1 7 . 0-1 9 .0 0. 20
N icke l 8 , 0-1 ! , 0 0, 1 5 9 , 0-1 2 , 0 0 15 1 0 , 0-1 4,, 0 0 15 1 1 ,0-1 3 , 0 0. 1 5
M o lybdenum . .. .. .. . .. . . . .. .. . .. 2 00-3 , 00 0, 1 0 .. . . .. . ..
Co l umbi um + . .. . .. . . 1 0 x carbon 0 . 05 under' . . . . . .. .. . .. .. . ..
ta nta l u m c o nte nt, r
a in;
1 . 1 0 m ax

280
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-193/SA-193M

TA B L E 1
C H E M I CA L R E Q U I R E M E N TS ( C O M P O S ITI O N, P E RC E N T) [ N OT E ( 1 )] ( C O N T' D )
Type Austenitic Stee ls, [ Note (6)] C lasses IA, I B, I D, and 2
G rade B8 N, B8 N A B8 M N, B8 M NA B8 M LC u N, BB M LC u N A
U N S Designation S30451 (304 N ) S31651 (316 N ) S31254
Prod uct Var iation, P roduct Variation, P roduct Variation
Ove r o r U nde r Ove r or U nde r Ove r o r U n d e r
Range [ N ote (2 )] Range [ N ote ( 2) ] Range [ N ote ( 2 )]

C arb o n, max 0 . 08 0 . 0 1 over 0 .0 8 0 . 0 1 ove r' 0. 0 2 0 0 .0 0 5 over

M an g anese, m ax 2 .00 0 . 0 4 ove r 2. 00 0 . 0 4 ove r 1.00 0 . 0 3 ove r
P h osph o rus, max 0 . 045 0 . 0 1 0 over 0 . 0 45 0 . 0 1 0 over 0 030 0 . 005 ove r
S u l fu r, max 0 . 03 0 0 . 0 05 ove r 0 .0 3 0 0 . 0 0 5 over 0. 0 1 0 0 . 0 0 2 ove r
S i l i c on, max 1 .. 0 0 0 . 05 o ve r 1 .00 0 05 over' 0 .8 0 0 . 0 5 over'
C h ro m i u m 1 8 0-2 0 . 0 0 .. 2 0 1 6 . 0- 1 8 .. 0 0 .. 2 0 1 9 . 5-2 0 . 5 0 .20
N i c ke l 8 .. 0-1 1 .. 0 0 .15 1 0 . 0-1 3 . 0 0 .15 1 7 . 5-1 8 . 5 0 .. 1 5
M o l ybde n u m .. . . . .. . . . 2 .. 00-3 . 0 0 0. 1 0 6 . 0-6 . 5 0 .10
N itroge n 0 .. 1 0-0 . 1 6 0.01 0 . 1 0-0 . 1 6 0 01 0 . 1 8-0 .. 2 2 0 .02
C o p pe r .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 0 . 5 0-1 .. 0 0 .. . ..

Type Austen itic Stee l s [N ote (6)], C lasses 1, 1A, and 2

G rade B8T, B8TA
U N S Desig nation S32 100 (321 )
P roduct Variation,
Ove r or U n d e r
Range [ N ote ( 2 ) ]

C arbon, max 0 . 08 0 . 0 1 ove r

M an g ane se, m ax 20 0 0 . 0 4 ove r
P h ospho rus, max 0 045 0 . 0 1 0 ove r
S u l fu r, max 0 .. 0 3 0 0 . 0 0 5 o ve r
S i l i con, max 1 ,, 0 0 0 , 0 5 ove r
C h ro m i u m 1 7 , 0-1 9 , 0 0 ,15
N i c ke l 9 ,0-1 2 ,, 0 0 ,, 2 0
T i ta n i u m 5 X ( C + /11) m i n, 0 7 0 max [ N ote ( 7 ) ] 0 05 u nde r

Type Austen itic Stee ls [ N ote (6)], C lasses 1 C and 1 D

G rade B8 R, B8 RA B8S, BSSA
U N S Desig nation $20910 S21800
P roduct Variation, P roduct Variation,
Ove r or U n de r Ove r or U nd e r
Range [ N ote (2)] Range [ N ote (2 )]

C arbon, max 0 . 06 0. 0 1 ove r 0 10 0 . 0 1 over

M a n g anese 4 0-6 . 0 0 . 05 7 .. 0-9 . 0 0. 06
P hospho rus, max 0 . 045 0 . 0 05 ove r 0 . 06 0 0 0 0 5 ove r
S u lfu r', max 0 . 03 0 0 . 005 ove r 0 . 03 0 0 . 0 05 ove r
S i l icon 1 0 0 m ax 0 . 0 5 ove r 3 . 5-4 . 5 0. 1 5
C h ro m i u m 2 0. 5-2 3 . 5 0 .25 1 6 .. 0-1 8 .. 0 0 .20
N i c ke l 1 1 ,5-1 3 5 0 15 8 , 0-9 , 0 0.1 0
M o lybde n u m 1 5 0-3 0 0 0 ,10 .. . .. .. . ..
N i t ro ge n 0 . 2 0-0 ,, 4 0 0, 02 0 , 0 8-0 , 1 8 0 ,01
Columbium + 0 . 1 0-0 . .3 0 0 . 05 .. .. .. . .. ..
tanta l u m
Va nad i u m 0 . 1 0-0 . 3, 0 0 02 .. .. .. .. .. .

28 1
SA-193/SA-193M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

TA B L E 1
C H E M ICA L R EQ U I R E M E NTS (C O M POSITIO N, P E RC E N T) [ N OTE (1 )] ( C O NT' D )
Type Auste n itic Stee ls [ N ote (6 )], C lasses I, IA and 1 D
G rade B8 L N, B8 L N A B8 M L N , B8 M L N A
U N S Des ig nation $30453 S31653
P roduct Variati on, P rod uct Var iati on,
Over or U nder Over or U nder
Range [ N ote (2 ) ] Range [ N ote (2)]

Carbon, max 0 . 030 0 005 over 0 . 03 0 0 005 over

M anganese 2. 00 0. 04 over 2 .00 0 . 04 over
P hosphorus, max 0 . 045 0 .01 0 over 0 .045 0 0 10 over
S u lfur, max 0 . 030 0 005 over' 0 . 03 0 0 . 005 over'
S i l icon 1 00 0 . 05 over 1.00 0 . 05 ove r
C h rom i um 1 8 . 0-2 0 0 0 .20 1 6 . 0-1 8 . 0 0 20
N i c ke l 8 0-1 1 . 0 0 .15 1 0 0-1 3 . 0 0. 15
M olybdenum . . . . . . 2.00-3 . 0 0 0 .1 0
N itrogen 0 1 0-0 .1 6 0. . 0 1 0 . 1 0-0 1 6 0 .01
N OT E S :
( 1 ) The i nte nti o nal add iti o n of B i, S e, Te, and P b i s not perm itted ..
( 2 ) P roduct analysis - Individual determ inations someti mes vary from the specifi ed l i mits on ranges as shown i n the tables The several
dete rm i n at i ons of any i nd i vi dua l e l eme nt i n a heat may not vary both above and be l ow the spec ifi ed range .
( 3 ) Typ ical stee l co m positi ons used fo r th i s g rade i nc l ude 4 1 4 0, 4 1 42, 4 1 45, 4 1 4 0 H , 4 1 4 2 H , and 4 1 45 H
(4 ) For bar sizes over 31/2 i n . [90 mm], incl usive, the carbon content may be 0 .50%, max. . For the B7 M grade, a mi n i mum carbon content of
0 28 % is perm itted, provided that the requ i red tensi le properties are met i n the section si zes i nvolved; the use of AI S I 413 0 or 4130 H is
a l l owed .
( 5 ) T ota l of so l u b l e a n d i n s o l u b l e .
( 6 ) C l asses 1 and 1 D are so l uti on treated . C l asses 1, 1 B and some 1 C ( B8 R and B8 S ) products are made from sol utio n treated mate ri al . C lass
1 A ( B8A, B8CA, B8 M A, B8 PA, B8TA, B8 L N A, B8 M L N A, B8 N A and B8 M N A) and some C lass 1 C ( B8 RA and B8SA) products are sol uti on
treated i n the fi n i shed c ond it i o n . C l ass 2 p rod ucts are so l uti on treated and strai n hardened .
( 7 ) N itrogen co ntent i s to be repo rted fo r th i s g rade .

2 82
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-193/SA-193M

TA B L E 2
M E C H A N I CA L R EQ U I R E M E N TS - I N C H P RO D U CTS
Y ie l d
Strength,
M ini mu m M i n .,
Temperi ng Tensi l e 0.2% E longation Reductio n
Temperature, Strength, offset, i n 4 D, of Area, H ardness,
Grade D iameter, in . °F M i n., ksi ksi M in ., % M in., % M ax .

Fe r ritic Stee l s

B5
4 to 6 % c hro m i u m up to 4, i nc l . 1100 100 80 16 50
B6
13 % ch rom i um up to 4, i nc l . 1100 110 85 15 50
B6 X
13% chro m i u m up to 4, i nc l . 1 1 00 90 70 16 50 26 H R C
B7
Ch rom i um-mo lybdenum 2 z, 2 and under 1 1 00 125 1 05 16 50 3 2 1 H B or
35 H R C
over 2 1, 2 to 4 1 1 00 115 95 16 50 321 H B or
_3 5 H R C
ove r 4 to 7 1 100 100 75 18 50 3 2 1 H B or
35 H RC
B 7 M [ N ote ( 1 ) ]
C h ro m i um -mo l ybde num 4 an d u nde r 1 150 I 00 80 18 50 2 35 H B or
99 H R B
ove r 4 to 7 1150 I00 75 18 50 2 35 B H N or
99 H R B
B 16
C h rom i u m-mo lybdenum- 2 1, 2 and u nder 1 2 00 125 105 18 50 3 2 1 H B or
van ad i u m 35 H R C
over 2 1,2 to 4 1200 110 95 17 45 32 1 H B or
35 H R C
ove r 4 to 8 1 2 00 100 85 16 45 3 2 1 H B or
35 H RC

28 3
SA- 193/SA-193M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 2
M E C H A N I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS - I N C H P R O D U C TS ( C O N T' D )

Yie l d
Strength,
Te ns i l e a i n, 0 ,2
r E l ongation Red uction
Strength, % offset, i n 4 D, of Area, H ard ness,
G rade, D iamete r, i n . H eat Treatment [ N ote ( 2 ) ] a i n, ksi
r ks i m i n, % min % max
A uste n i t i c Stee l s

C l asse s 1 an d 1 D : B 8, B 8 M , c ar b i de s o l ut i o n t re ated 75 30 30 50 2 2 .3 H B o r 9 6 H R B
[ N ote ( 3 ) ]
B 8 P, B 8 L N , B 8 M L N , al l
d i am ete rs

C l ass 1 : B 8 C, B 8T, a l l ca rb i d e so l ut i o n t reate d 75 30 30 50 2 2 3 H B o r' 9 6 H R B

d i am ete rs [ N ote ( 3 ) ]

C l ass 1 A : B 8A, B 8 C A, B 8 M A, ca rb i de so l ut i o n t reate d i n t he 75 30 30 50 192 H B or 90 H R B

B 8 P A, B 8TA, B 8 L N A, i n ished co nd iti o n
f

B 8 M L N A, B 8 N A,
B 8 M N A, B8 M L C u N A, a l l
d i am ete rs

C l asses 1 B an d 1 D : B 8 N , c ar b i d e s o l ut i o n tre ated 80 35 30 40 223 H B or 96 H RB

[ N ote ( 3 ) ]
B8 M N , and B 8 M L C u N , al l
d i am ete r s

C l asse s 1 C an d 1 D : B 8 R, al l c a r b i d e so l ut i o n t reate d 100 55 35 55 2 7 1 H B or 2 8 H R C

d i a mete rs

C l ass 1 C : B 8 RA, a l l d i amete r's c a r b i de s o l ut i o n t reate d i n t he 100 55 35 55 2 7 1 H B or 2 8 H R C

i n i shed c o nd it i o n
f

C l asses 1 C an d 1 D : B 8 S , a l l c ar b i d e s o l ut i o n t re ated 95 50 35 55 271 H B or 28 H RC

d i am ete rs

C l ass 1 C : B 8 S A, a l l d i amete r's ca rb i de so l ut i o n t reated i n th e 95 50 35 55 271 H B or 28 H RC

i n i sh e d c o n d it i o n
f

C l ass 2 : B8, B8 C , B8 P, B8 T, c a r b i de so l ut i o n t reate d an d 1 25 i00 12 35 321 H B or 35 H RC

a nd B 8 N [ N ote ( 4 ) ] stra i n h a rd e ned
and u n de r
ove r to 1, i n c l 1 15 80 15 35 321 H B or 35 H RC
ove r I to 1 1, 4 i nc l 105 65 20 35 321 H B or 35 H RC
over l to 1 1, 2 i nc l 100 50 28 45 321 H B or 35 H RC
C l ass 2 : B 8 M , B 8 M N , c a rb i de so l ut i o n t reated an d 110 95 15 45 3 2 1 H B o r' 3 5 H R C
B8 M LCu N st ra i n h arde ned
[ N ote ( 4 ) 3
3/4 and unde r
ove r 3/4 to 1 i nc l i00 80 20 45 3 2 1 H B or 3 5 H R C
ove r I to 1 1/4 i nc l 95 65 25 45 3 2 1 H B or 35 H R C
over 1 1/4 to 1 1/2 i nc l 90 50 30 45 3 2 1 H B or' 3 5 H R C
C l ass 2 B : B 8, B8 M 2 [ N ote c a rb i d e so l ut i o n t re ated a n d 95 75 25 40 32 1 H B or 35 H RC
( 4 ) ] 2 an d u n d e r st ra i n h arde n e d
ove r 2 to 2 1/2 i nc l 90 65 30 40 3 2 1 H B o r 35 H R C
ove r 2 to 3 i n c l 80 55 30 40 321 H B or 35 H RC
C l ass 2 C : B 8 M 3 [ N ote ( 4 ) ] car b i d e s o l ut i o n t reate d an d 85 65 30 60 321 H B or 35 H RC
2 an d u nd e r st ra i n h a rd e n ed
o ve r 2 85 60 30 60 321 H B or 35 H RC

N OT E S :

( I ) To meet the tensi l e req u i rements, the B r i ne l l hard ness shal l be over 2 0 0 H B ( 93 H R B ) ,
( 2 ) C l ass 1 i s so l uti o n treated . C l ass 1 A i s so l uti on treated i n the fi n i shed co nd iti o n for co rros i o n res istance; heat treatment i s c r iti cal due to
physi cal p roperty req u i re ment , C l ass 2 i s sol ution treated and strai n harde ned, , Austen iti c stee ls i n the strai n-hardened con d ition may not show
u n i form properties th roug h out the section part i cu l ar ly i n si zes over 3/4 i n , i n d iameter
( 3 ) Fo r si zes 3/4 i n , i n d i amete r and smal l e r, a max i m u m hard ness of 2 4 1 H B ( 1 0 0 H R B ) is perm itted .
(4 ) For d iameters 1 1/2 and over', center (core) properties may be lower' than ind icated by test reports wh ich are based on val ues determi ned at 1/2 rad ius ,

2 84
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-193/SA-193M

TA B L E 3
M E C H A N I CA L R E Q U I R E M E N TS - M E T RI C P RO D U CTS
M i n i m um Tens i l e Yie ld Stre ngth,
Tempering Strength, a i n, 0.2%
r E longation Reduction
Temperatu re, a in,
r offset, in 4 D, of Area,
C lass D iameter, mm °C M Pa M Pa a i n, %
r a i n, %
r H ard ness, max
Fe r ri ti c Ste e l s

B5
4 to 6 % ch rom i u m up to M I O 0, i nc l 5 93 690 550 16 50
B6
1 3 % c h rom i u m u p to M I O0, i nc l 593 76 0 58 5 15 50
B6X
1 3 % ch rom i um u p to M I O 0, i nc l 593 62 0 48 5 16 50 26 H RC
B7

C h ro m i u m-mo lybde n um M 64 an d u nde r 5 9.3 86 0 720 16 50 3 2 1 H B o r' 3 5 H R C

ove r M 6 4 to M I O 0 5 93 7 95 65 5 16 50 3 2 1 H B o r 35 H R C
ove r M I O 0 to M 1 8 0 593 690 515 18 50 321 H B or 35 H RC

B7 M A
C h rom i u m-m o lybdenu m M I O 0 and u n de r 620 690 55 0 18 50 2 35 H B o r 99 H R B
o ve r M I O 0 to M 1 8 0 620 690 515 18 50 2 3 5 B H N or 99 H R B

B16
C h rom i u m-m o l ybde n um-vanad i um M 64 and u n de r' 65 0 8 60 725 18 50 32 1 H B or 35 H RC
ove r M 6 4 to M I O 0 65 0 760 655 17 45 3 2 1 H B o r 35 H R C
ove r M I O 0 to M 1 8 0 65 0 69 0 585 16 45 321 H B or 35 H RC

Y i e ld
Tensi le Strength,
Stre ngth, a i n, 0, 2 %
r E l ongati on Red uction
a in,
r offset, in 4D, of Area,
C lass Diamete r, m m H eat Treatment B M Pa M Pa a i n, %
r a in, %
r H ard ness, max
A uste n iti c Stee l s

C l asses 1 and 1 D : B 8, B 8 M, carb i de so l uti on treated 515 2 05 30 50 2 2 3 H B C o r 96 H R B

B 8 P, B 8 L N, B 8 M L N , al l
d i am ete rs
C l ass 1 : B8 C, B 8T, al l carb i de so l uti on treated 515 205 30 50 223 H B C or 96 H R B
d i amete rs
C l ass 1 A : B 8A, B 8 CA, B8 M A, carb ide so l uti on treated i n the f
i n ished 515 2 05 30 50 1 92 H B or 9 0 H R B
B 8 P A, B8 TA B 8 L N A, cond iti on
B 8 M L N A, B8 N A, B8 M N A,
B8 M L C u N A, al l d i ameters

C l asses 1 B and 1 D : B8 N , car b i de so l ut i o n t reate d 55 0 240 30 40 2 2 3 H B C or 96 H R B

B8 M N , and B 8 M LC u N , al l
d i am ete rs
C l asses 1 C and 1 D : B8 R, a l l ca r b i de so l ut i o n t reate d 69 0 38 0 35 55 27 1 H B C o r 2 8 H R C
d i am ete rs
C l ass l C : B 8 RA, al l d i amete rs carb i de s o l ut i o n tre ate d i n the f
i n i shed 69 0 380 35 55 271 H B or 28 H RC
c o n d it i o n
C l asses 1 C and 1 D : B8 S, a l l ca rb i d e so l ut i o n t reated 65 5 345 35 55 271 H B or 28 H RC
d i a mete rs
C l ass l C : B8 SA, a l l d i ameters carb i de s o l ut i o n t reate d i n th e f
i n i sh ed 655 3 45 35 55 2 7 1 H B or 2 8 H R C
c o n d it i o n

285
SA-193/SA- 193M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3
M E C H A N I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S - M ET R I C P R O D U C T S ( C O N T' D )
Yie l d
Te ns i l e Strength,
Stre ngth, m i n, 0.2% E l ongation Red uction
a i n,
r offset, i n 4 D, of Area,
C lass D iameter, m m H eat TreatmentB M Pa M Pa m i n, % m i n, % H ard ness, max
A u ste n it ic Ste e l s ( C O N T' D )

C l ass 2 : B 8, B 8 C, B8 P, B 8T, carb i de so l uti on treated and stra i n har- 860 69 0 12 35 32 1 H B or 35 H RC

and B 8 N D dened
M 2 0 an d u n de r'
ove r' M 2 0 to M 2 4, i nc l 795 550 15 35 3 2 1 H B o r' 35 H R C
over M 2 4 to M 3 0, i nc l 725 45 0 20 35 321 H B or 35 H RC
ove r M 3 0 to M 3 6, i nc l 690 345 28 45 3 2 1 H B o r' 3 5 H R C

C l ass 2 : B8 M , B 8 M N , car b i de so l ut i on treated and stra i n hat - 760 65 5 15 45 3 2 1 H B o r' 3 5 H R C

B8 M LCu N D dened
M 2 0 an d u n de r
ove r M 2 0 to M 2 4, i nc [ 69 0 550 20 45 32 1 HB or' 35 H RC
over M 2 4 to M 3 0, i nc l 65 5 45 0 25 45 321 HB or 35 H RC
over M 3 0 to M 3 6, i nc l 62 0 34 5 30 45 32 1 HB or 35 H RC
C l ass 2 B : B 8, B 8 M 2 ° carb ide so l uti o n treated and strai n hat- 655 515 25 40 32 1 HB or 35 H RC
M 4 8 a n d u n de r de n e d
ove r M 48 to M 64, i nc l 620 45 0 30 40 3 2 1 H B o r 35 H R C
ove r M 64 to M 7 2, i nc l 550 380 30 40 3 2 1 H B o r 35 H R C
C l ass 2 C : B 8 M 3 D carb i de so l ut i on treated and strai n h at - 585 45 0 30 60 321 H B or 35 H RC
M 4 8 an d u n de r d e ne d
ove r M 48 58 5 415 30 60 321 H B or 35 H RC

A TO meet the te nsi le req u i re ments, the B ri ne l l hard ness sha l l be ove r 2 0 0 H B ( 93 H R B ) ,
B C l ass 1 is so l uti on treated . C l ass 1 A is so l uti on treated i n the fi n i shed co nd iti on fo r co rros i on res i stance; heat treatment i s c r itica l d ue to
phys ical p rope rty requ i re me nt , C l ass 2 i s so l ut i on treated an d strai n harde ned , A usten iti c stee l s i n the strai n-hardened cond it i o n may not sh ow
u n ifo rm p rope rties th r o ug h out the sect i on partic u l ar ly i n s i zes ove r M 2 0 m m i n d i amete r'
c Fo r s i zes M 2 0 m m i n d iameter and smal l e r, a max i m u m hard ness of 2 4 1 H B ( 1 0 0 H R B ) i s pe rm itted ,
o F o r d i amete rs M 3 8 an d over', ce nte r ( core ) p ro pe rt ies may be l owe r than i nd i cated by test repo rts wh i ch are based on val ues determ i ned at
rad i u s ,

TA B L E 4
M A R KI N G O F F E R R IT I C ST E E L S

G rade M ar ki ng

B5 B5
B6 B6
B 6X B6 X
B7 B7
B 7 M [ N ote ( 1 ) ] B7 M
B7 M
B16 B16
B 1 6+ B16R

S u pp lem e nt $ 1 2

N OT E :
( 1 ) F o r ex p l anati ons, see 1 0 2 2 and 1 7 , 1 ,

286
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-193/SA-193M

TA B L E 5
M A R KI N G O F A U ST E N IT I C ST E E L S

C l ass G rade M arking

C l ass I B8 B8
B8 C B8 C
B8 M B8 M
B8 P B8 P
B8T B8T
B8 L N B8 F or B8 L N
B8 M L N B8 G or B8 M L N

C l ass 1 A B 8A B8 A
B8 C A B8 B or B8C A
B8 M A B8 D or B8 M A
B8 P A B 8 H o r B8 P A
B8TA B 8J o r B 8 T A
B8 L N A B8 L or B8 L N A
B8 M L N A B8 K o r B 8 M L N A
B8 N A B8V o r B8 N A
B8 M N A B8W or B8 M N A
B8 M LC u N A Bg K or B8 M LC u N A

C l ass 1 B B8 N B8 N
B8 M N B8 Y or B8 M N
B8 M LC u N B 9J o r B 8 M L C u N

C l ass l C B8 R B 9A o r B 8 R
B8 RA B9 B or B8 RA
B8 S B 9 D o r B8 S
B8 S A B9 F or B8 S A

C l ass 1 D B8 B 94
B8 M B 95
B8 P B96
B8 L N B97
B8 M L N B9 8
B8 N B99
B8 M N B I O0
B8 R B101
B8 S B 1 02

C l ass 2 B8 B8 S H
B8C B8 C S H
B8 P B8 P S H
B8T B8TS H
B8 N B8 N S H
B8 M B8 M S H
B8 M N B8YS H
B8 M LC u N B 8J S H

C l ass 2 B B8 M 2 B9G or B8 M 2
B8 B9

C l ass 2 C B8 M 3 Bg H or B 8 M 3

287
SA- 193/SA-193M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

These requirements shall not apply unless specifi ed in the order and in t h e Ordering
Information, in which event t
he specif
i ed tests sha
l l be made befbre shipment of' the product.

S1. High-Temperature Tests S6.2 The minimum stress-r elieving temperature shall
SI.1 Tests to determine high temperature propert
i es be 1 00°F [55 °C] below the temper
ing temperature. Tests
sha
ll be made in accordance wit h Practice E 2 1 , a
nd Prac for mechanical properties shall be performed after stress
rces E 1 39 , E 292, E 1 50, and E 1 5 1 .
i relieving .

S2. Charpy Impact Tests S7. Magnetic Part icle Inspecti on

$2.1 Charpy impact tests based on t he requiIements of $7.1 Ba
rs shall be magnet
i c pa
r ticle examined in accor
Specif
i cation A 320 /A 320M, Sect i on 6 and 7 shall be da
n ce wit
h Guide E 709 . B a
r ' s wit
h indications of cracks
made as agreed between t h e ma nufacturer and the pur or seams a
r e subj ect to rejection if the indications extend
chaser. When test ing temperatures are as low as t h ose more than 3 % of the diameter into the ba
r '.
specif
i ed in Specifi cation A 320 /A 320M, bolt i ng should
be ordered to that specifi cation in preference to this speci
i cation .
f S8. Stress-Relaxat
ion Test
i ng
$8.1 Stress -Relaxation Testing, when required, shall
be done in accordance with Practice E 328 . The test shall
$3. 100 % Hardness Test
ing of Grade B7M
be performed at 850°F [454°C] for a per i od of 1 00 h. The
$3.1 Each Grade B7M bolt or stud shall be tested initial stress shall be 50 M psi (345 MPa) . The residual
for hardness by indentation method and shall meet the str ess at 1 00 h sha
l l be 17 M psi ( 1 1 7 MPa) minimum.
r equirements specif
i ed in Table 2.

S9. Grain Size Requirements for Non H Grade

S4. Hardness Testing of Grade B 16 Austenitic Steels Used Above 1000°F
$4.1 For bolts or studs 21/2 in. [65 mm] or smaller , the
ha
r dness for Grade B 1 6 shall be measured on or nea
r the
$9. 1 For design metal temperatures above 1 000°F
[540°C] , t
he material shall have a grain size of No 7 or
end of each bolt or stud using one of the methods prescribed coa
rser as determined in accordance wit
h Test Methods
in 1 0.2 . 1 for' t
h e Brinell or Rockwell C test. The ha
r dness
E 1 12. The grain size so determined sha
l l be reported on
shall be in t
he range 25 3-3 1 9 HB or 25 -34 HRC . the Certif
i c ate of Test ,

$5. Product Marking

S10. Hardness Test
ing of Class 2 Bolt
i ng Materials
$5. 1 Grade and manufact urer' s identif
i cat
i on symbols
for ASME Applicat
ions
shall be applied to one end of st u ds a
n d to the heads of
S 10. 1 The maximum ha
rdness sha
l l be Rockwell C35
bolts of all sizes (If the available a
r ea is inadequate, t
he
grade symbol may be ma
r ked on one end and t
he manufac immediately under the thread roots. T
h e ha
rdness sha
l l be
turer' s ident
ifi cation symbol marked on the other end. . ) For taken on a fl at a
r ea at least 1,8 in. [3 mm] across, prepa
red
bolts smaller t
han 1/4 in [6 mm] in diameter and studs by removing threads, and no more materi al than necessary
smaller than 3/8 in . [ 1 0 mm] in dia
meter and for 1/4 in. shall be removed to prepa
re t
he f
i at areas. Hardness deter
[6 mm] in diameter studs requiring more t han a total of i nations shall be made at t
m he same frequency as tensile
tests .
three symbols, t
he marking shall be a matter of agreement
between hte purchaser and t
h e manufacturer.

Sl l . Thread Forming
$6. Stress Relieving Sl l . 1 Th
reads shall be formed after heat treatment.
S6. 1 A stress-relieving operation shall follow st
raight Application of this supplemental requirement to grade
ening after heat t
reatment. B7M or the grades listed in 7. 3 .3 is prohibited.

28 8
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-193/SA-193M

S12. Stress Rupture Test

ing of Grade B16 S13. Coati ngs on Bolting Materials
S12.1 One test shall be made for each heat treat lot. S13.1 It is the pmchaser' s responsibility to specify in
Testing sha
l l be conducted using a combinat i on test bar in he pu
t rchase order al! informat
i on required by the coating
accordance with Test met h ods E 292. Rupture sha l l occur facilit
y . Examples of such infor mation may include but
in the smooth secti on of each test specimen. The test shall are not limited to t
he following :
be conducted at l l 00°F [595 °C] a
nd 20 ksi [ 1 40 MPa] . S13.1 . 1 Refeience to t
he appropriate coat
ing speci
T
he test shall be cont
inued unt
il t
he sample ruptures . Rup f c ation and type , thicknes s , location, modif
i i c ation to
ure life sha
t ll be 25 h minimum. Test i ng is not required dimensions, a nd hy&ogen embrittlement relief.
on materia
l less t
h an in. [ 1 2 mm] thick.
S 13.1.2 Reference to Specif
i cations A 1 5 3 /A 1 53M,
S12.2 When a purchase order for fastener invokes S 1 2, B 695 , B 696, B 766, or F 1 94 1 , Test Met
hod F 1 940, or
he product ma
t rking supplied shall be "B 1 6R." ot
h er sta
n da
rds.

289
SA- 1 93/SA- 193M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

APPENDICES

(Nonmandatory Information)

X1 . STRAIN HARDENING OF AUSTENITIC by the confi guration of the fastener so that the confi guration
STEELS can af
fect the st
rengt
h of t
he fastener ,
XI.1 Strain hardening is the increase in strength and X1.3 For example, a stud of a particula
ral loy and size
hardness that results f
l om plastic deformation below the may be machined from a sma
ller dia
meter bat tha n a bolt
recrysta
llization temperature (cold work) This effect is of the same alloy a
nd size because a la
r ger dia
meter bar
produced in austenitic stainless steels by reducing over is requiled to accommodate t he head of the bolt. The st
ud,
sized bar s or' wire to t
he desired f
i nal size by cold &'awing thelefole, is likely to be stronger t
h an the sa
m e size bolt
oi' other process . The degree of strain har dening achievable in a given alloy.
in any alloy is limited by its st
r ain hardening characteristics.
In addition, the amount of' strain ha
rdening that ca
n be
produced is further limited by the var
i ables of' the process, X2. COATINGS AND APPLICATION LIMITS
such as h
te total amount of cr oss-section reduction, die
X2.1 Use of coated fasteners at temperatules above
angle, a
nd bar size . In la rge diameter ba r 's , for example, approximately one-ha
lf the melting point (Fahlenheit or
plastic deformation will occur principally in the outer Celsius) of t
he coa ting is not iecommended unless consid
regions of' the ba
r' so that the increased str ength and ha rd eration is given to t
he potent i al for liquid and solid metal
ness due to st r ain har dening is achieved predom i na
ntly embf ittlement, or both. The melt ing point of elemental zinc
nea
r' the surface of the ba
r . That is , the smaller' the bar,
is approximately 780°F [4 1 5°C] Therefore, applicati on of
he greater the penetration of' st
t r'ain hardening . zinc-coated fasteners should be limited to temperat
ules
X1.2 Thus, the mechanical properties of a given strain less t
han 390°F [2 1 0°C] . The melting point of cadmium
r dened fastener ate dependent not just on the alloy, but
ha is approximately 600°F [320°C] . Therefore, application of
l so on the size of ba
a r from which it is machined. The cadmium-coated fasteners should be limited to tempera
minimum ba
r size t
h at can be used, however , is established ules less than 300°F [ 1 60°C] .
t

290-292
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-194/SA-194M

SPECIFICATION FOR CARBON AND ALLOY STEEL

NUTS FOR BOLTS FOR HIGH PRESSURE OR HIGH
TEMPERATURE SERVICE, OR BOTH

SA- 194 /SA- 1 94M

INTERNATIONAL
Stan dards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 1 94 /A 1 94M-07a ,) A09

1. Scope 2. Referenced Documents

2. 1 ASTM Standards. :
1.1 This specifi cat
i on cover's a variety of ca
r bon, alloy,
A 1 53 /A 1 53M Specif
i cation for' Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)
and martensitic stainless steel nuts in the size range 1/4 on Ir on a
n d Steel Ha
l dwa
re
through 4 in. and metric M6 through M 1 00 nominal. It
A 276 Specifi cat
i on for Stainless Steel Ba
r s and Shapes
also cover's austenitic stainless steel nuts in the size range
A 320 /A 320M Specifi cation for Alloy-Steel and Stainless
a/4 in. and M6 nominal and above These nuts are intended
Steel Bolting Materials for Low-Temperature Service
for high-pressure or' high-temperature service, or both.
A 962/A 962M Specif i cation for Common Requirements
Grade substitut
ions without the purchaser' s permis sion are f0r' S teel Fas tener's or Fastener M ateri al s , or' B oth ,
not allowed.
Intended f0r' Use at Any Temperature from Cryogenic
1 .2 B ar' s flom which the nuts ale made shall be hot to the Creep Range
wrought. The material may be further' processed by cen B 695 Specifi cation for Coatings of Zinc Mechanical ly
terless grinding or by cold drawing Austenitic stainless Deposited on Iron and Steel
steel may be solut i on annea
led or annealed and strain B 696 Specifi cation fi r Coatings of Cadmium Mechani
ha
rdened. When annealed and strain ha
rdened austenitic cally Deposited
sta
inless steel is ordered in accordance with Supplementa ry B 7 66 Specifi cation for Electrodeposited Coatings of'
C admium
Requirement S 1 , t he purchaser should take special ca re
E 1 1 2 Test Methods for' Determining Average Grain Size
to ensure t
h at 8 . 2. 2, Supplementa
l y Requir ement $ 1 , a
nd
F 1 940 Test Method for' Process Control Verif
i cat
ion to
Appendix X 1 a re thoroughly understood.
Prevent Hydrogen Embrittlement in Plated or Coated
Fastener's
1.3 Supplementa l y requirements (S 1 t
hrough $8) of an
opt
i onal nature a
r e provided. These shall apply only when F 1 94 1 Specif
i cation for Electrodeposited Coatings on
specif
i ed in h
te inquiry, contract, a
nd order . Thre ad e d F a s ten e r s ( U n i f
i e d In c h S cre w Thre a d s
(UN/UNR))
1.4 This specifi cation is expressed in bot
h inch-pound 2.2 American National Standards:
units a
nd in SI units . However, unless the order specif
i es B 1 . 1 Unif
i ed Screw Threads
te applicable "M" specif
h i cat
i on designation (SI units), t
he B 1 .2 Gages a
nd Gaging for Unifi ed Inch Screw Threads
materia
l sha
ll be furnished to inch-pound units . B 1 . 1 3M Metric Screw Threads
B 1 82 . 2 Square and Hex Nuts
1 .5 The va lues stated in either' inch-pound units or SI B 1 8 . 2.4. 6M Metric Heavy Hex Nuts
units are to be regarded sepa
rately as standard. Within the
text, t
he SI units a
re shown in brackets . The va
lues stated
in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each 3. Terminology
system must be used independently of the other . Combining 3.1 Def initions of Terms Specif
i c to This Standard:
va
lues from the two systems may result in nonconformance 3. 1. 1 A ustenitic Grades - All grades with a pr efix
withthe specifi cat
ion. of "8 " or "9"

29 3
 SA-194/SA-194M 2009b SECTION II, PART A

3. 1 .2 Fer ritic Grades - Grades 1 , 2, 2H, 2HM, 3 , 5. Common Requirements

4, 6 , 6F, 7 , 7M, and 1 6 5. 1 Mater ia
l and fasteners supplied to this specif i cation
3 . 1 .3 Lo t : sh all c onform to the require me nt s o f S p ec i f i c ati o n
3. 1 .3. 1 Unless otherwise specifi ed (see 3 1 3 . 2) , a A 962 /A 962M. These iequirements include test met h ods,
i nish, thl ead dimensions , marking, cellif
f i cation, opt i onal
lot is the quant ity of nuts of a single nominal size and
grade pr oduced by the same manufacturing process . supplementa ry requirements, and others Failure to comply
with the requirements of Specif i cation A 962 /A 962M con
3.1.3.2 When Supplementa r y RequiIement $ 5 is stitutes nonconformance with this specif i cation. In case of
invoked on the purchase order , the following def
i nitions confl ict between the requirements of t his specif i cation and
of a lot shall apply: Specif i c ation A 962 / A 962M , thi s specif i c ation shall
For Grade 8 Nuts - The quant
i ty of all the nuts of a prevail.
single nominal diameter and grade made from the same
heat of steel and made by the sam e manufacturing process .
For All Other Grade Nuts (see 8 2 and 8. 1 . 2 . 1 ) - All 6. Manufacture (Process)
h e nuts of a single nominal diameter and grade made fi om
t 6.1 Stainless steels for all types of Grade 6 and 8 nuts
the same heat number and heat tr eated in the same batch
shall be made by one of the following proces ses :
if batch-type heat treating equipment is used or heat treated
in the same cont
i nuous run of not more than 8 h under the 6. 1 . 1 Electlic-fulnace (with separate degassing and
sa
me conditions if cont
i nuous-type heat treat
i ng equipment ref
i ning optional) ,
is used 6. 1 .2 Vacuum induction furnace, or

3. 1 .4 Type 6.1 .3 Either of the above followed by electroslag

3.1 .4. 1 For Grade 8 Nuts - Va
r iations wit
h in the remelt
i ng, or consumable-arc remelting
grade designated by a letter and differentiated by chemistry 6.2 The steel producer shall exel cise adequate control
and by manufacturing process . to eliminate excessive unhomogeneity, nonmetallics , pipe,
3. 1.4.2 For Grade 6 Nuts - Va
r iations within t
he porosity, and other defects.
grade designated by the letter F as differentiated by chemi 6.3 Glades 1 and 2 nuts shall be hot or cold f0Iged,
cal additions made for machineability ,
or shall be machined f
r om hot-f0r ged, hot-rolled, or cold
3 . 1 . 5 Se r ies - The dimens ional r el ations hip and drawn ba
rs
geometry of the nuts as described in ANSI B 1 8 .2.2 or 6.3. 1 All Grade 1 and 2 nuts made by cold folging
B 1 8 . 2 .4 6M
or by machining fr om cold-drawn bar's shall be st
r ess-i elief
annealed at a temperatule of at least 1 000°F [5 3 8 °C] .
4. Ordering Information 6.3.2 Grade 1 a nd 2 nuts made by hot forging or by
4. 1 The inquily and order for material under this speci machining fr om hot-forged or hot-rolled ba r 's need not be
i cation shall include the following as i equired to describe
f given any str ess ielief annea
l ing t
r eatment.
the matelJal adequately : 6.4 Grades 2H, 2HM, 3 , 4, 6, 6F, 7 , 7M, and 1 6 nuts
4.1 .1 Specif
i cation designation, yea
r date, a
n d glade, shall be hot- or cold-fol ged or shall be machined from hot
issue date and r evision letter , forged, hot-rolled, or cold-drawn ba r s and shall be heat
treated to meet the i equiled mecha nica l propert
i es . These
4. 1 .2 Quant
i ty, number of pieces,
grades shall be Ieheated above the Clitical range of the
4. 1 .3 Dimensions (see Sect
i on 9) , steel, quenched in a suitable medium, and t hen tempered
4. 1 .4 Opt
i ons in accordance with 8 2 2 1 , 9 1 , 9 2, at a temperatule not less than the following :
1 0. 3 , and 1 2, and Minimum Tempering
Grade Tempelatule, °F [°C]
4. 1 .5 Supplementary Requirements , if any
2H 85 O [45 5 ]
4.2 Coatings - Coat i ngs are prohibited unless specif
i ed 2HM 1 1 50 [620]
3 1 050 [5 65]
by the purchaser (see Supplementa r y Requirements $7 and
4 1 1 00 [5 95 ]
$ 8) , W
hen coated nuts a r e or der ed, the purchaser should 6 and 6F 1 1 00 [595 ]
take special ca
r e to ensure that Appendix X2 is thoroughly 7 1 1 00 [5 95 ]
understood , 7M 1 1 50 [620]
16 1 200 [65 0]
4.3 See Supplementar y Requil ement $ 3 for nuts to be
u s ed in low tempe ratul e app l ic ati on s ( Sp e c i f
i c ati o n Nuts machined from bar heat tr eated in accordance wit
h
A 3 20 /A 320M) this specifi cation need not be reheat-t
r eated For Grade

294
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-194 /SA-194M

2HM and 7M nuts , a f

inal stress relief shall be done at 8. 1.3.2 In addit
i on, 8 A 2. 2 shall be met
or above the minimum temper ing temperature after a ll 8.1.4 Number of Tests, All Types of Grade 8 - Tests
forming, machining, and tapping operations . This fi nal on t
he number of sample nuts in accoldance with 8 . 1 2 . 1
st
ress relief may be the temper
ing operation sha
l l be pef
folmed by t
he manufactuler
6.4.1 Grade 6 and 6F nuts shall be tempered for a 8.1.5 Test 2 - In additi on to the test
i ng iequired by
i nimum of 1 h at t
m he temperature. 8 . 1 .2. 1 the manufacturer sha
l l also perform haldness tests
6.5 Grades 8 , 8C, 8M, 8T, 8F, 8P, 8N, 8MN, 8R, 8S , on sample nuts after the following test heat t r eatment.
8LN, 8MLN, 8MLCuN, a nd 9C nuts sha ll be hot or cold After completi on of all production heat treatments heat the
f0iged, or sha
l l be machined from hot-folged, hot-rolled specimen nuts to th e temperatules indicated below for 24
or cold-drawn bars . h, then slow cool. Test at room temperature
6.6 Grades 8A, 8CA, 8MA, 8TA, 8FA, 8PA, 8NA, Tempel atule,
Gradea °F [°C]
8MNA, 8RA, 8SA, 8LNA, 8MLNA, 8MLCuNA, and 9CA
nuts shall be hot- or cold-forged or shall be machined from 1 85 O [455 ]
hot-forged, hot-rolled, or cold-d i awn bars and t he nuts 2, 2H, 2HM 1 000 [540]
shall subsequently be ca rbide-solution treated by heati ng 3 , 4, 7, 7M 1 1 00 [590]
16 1 200 [650]
them for a suff i cient time at a temperature to dissolve
chromi um ca rbides followed by cooling at a rate suff
i cient
a Nuts intended to be coated with zinc oi cadmium (ma
l ked in accol dance
to plevent reprecipitation of the carbides. withthe requiiements of Supplementmy Requilements $8) ale not sub
jected to t
he iequilements of 8 1 5 (see Appendix X2)

7. Chemical Composition 8. 1 .5. 1 Special Requirement, Grades 2HM and

7.1 Each al loy sha
ll conform to t
he chemical composi 7M -- Prepa ration of Grades 2HM and 7M nuts for ha
rd
tion requirements prescribed in Table 1 . ness test a
nd t
h e ha
rdnes s test itself shall be pelfolmed
with considera
tion to (1) protect legibility of ma
r kings; (2)
inim
m i ze exteri or dimensional changes; a nd (3) maintain
8. Mechanical Requirements
thlead f
i t.
8. 1 Ha rdness Test:

8.1 .1 Requirements: 8.2 Proof Load Test:

8.1 . 1 . 1 All nuts shall meet the ha
rdness require 8.2.1 Requirements - All nuts shall be capable of
ments specif i ed in Table 2. wit
h standing t
he proof loads specif
i ed in Table 3 and Table
4 . However , nuts manufactuled to dimensions and conf ig
8.1.1.2 Sample nuts of Grades 1 , 2, 2H, 2HM, 3 ,
urations other than those cover ed by ANSI B 1 . 1 , ANSI
4, 7 , 7M, and 1 6 which have been given t he tr eatment
B 1 . 1 3M, ANSI B 1 8 2. 2, and B 1 8 .2.4.6M are not subj ect
described in 8 . 1 . 5 sha
ll meet the minimum hardness speci
i ed in Table 2.
f
to the proof load test
8.2.2 Number of Tests:
8.1 .2 Number of Tests - (Grades 1 , 2, 2H, 3 , 4, 7,
8.2.2. 1 The ma
nufacturer shall test the number
and 1 6 and all types of Grade 6) :
of nuts specifi ed in 8 1 .2. ! fo!lowing all ploducti on heat
8.1.2.1 Tests on the number of sample nuts in
treatments. Nuts that would requile a proof load in excess
accordance withthe following table shall be perfor
med by
of 1 60 000 lb/f or 705 kN may be furnished on the basis
he manufact
t urer following a
l l product
i on heat r
teatments :
of minimum ha r dness Iequirements. Test i ng of nuts requir
Lot Size Samples
ing a proof load in excess of 1 60 000 lb/f or 705 kN is
Up to 800 1
8 0 1 to 8000 2
covered in Supplementar y Requilements S 1 amd $4.
800 1 to 22 000 3 8.2.3 Test Method - The test shall be iun using a
Over 22 000 5 thleaded mandrel or a test bolt in accor dance with Specif
i
cation A 962/A 962M.
8.1.2.2 In addition, a ha
rdness test sha
ll be per
formed by the manufact urer in accorda nce with 8. 1 .5 on 8.3 Cone Proof Load Test:
one sa mple nut selected from each nom i nal dia
meter and 8.3.1 Requirements - Th i s test shall be per
formed
seri es from each grade a
nd heat number following comple only when visible sur
face discont
inuities become a matter
i on of all product
t ion heat treatments . of issue between the manufacturer and the purchaser Nuts
8.1.3 Number of Tests, Grades 2HM and 7M: in t
he size range 1/4 to 1 ,12 in inclusive a
n d M6 to M36
8.1 .3. 1 Each nut shall be tested by Blinell or Rock inclusive sha
l l be proof load tested. Nuts not in t
his size
well met
hods to ensure product confolmance. iange and al l types of Grade 8 nuts are not subject to this

295
 SA - 1 94 / SA- 194M 2009b SE CTION II, PART A

test. Also, nuts manufactuled to dimensions and conf i gura 10.3 If a scale-f
l ee blight f
i nish is required, this shall
ti o n s othe r than tho s e c ov e red by S p e c if
i c ati on be pecif
i ed on the pul chase order
A 9 6 2 / A 9 6 2 M , AN S I B ! ! , AN S I B ! . 1 3 M , AN S I
B 1 8 2 2 , and ANSI B 1 8 2 4 6M are not subj ect to the
cone ploof load test The cone proof load applied shall 11. Retests
be detelmined in accordance with the Cone Proof Load
1 1 . 1 Provisions for retests by the purchaser and h
is
requilements in Specifi cat
i on A 962 /A 962M (tables or representative ar e specif
i ed in Supplementar y Require
folmutae or both) based upon t he proof stresses shown in ment $ 2
Table 5 and Table 6 of Specif i cation A 1 94 /A 1 94M.
8.3.2 Number of Tests - The manufacturer shall sam
ple and test t
he number of nuts specifi ed in 8 . 1 . 2. 1 . The 12. Certif
i cat
i on
lot sha
l l be consideled acceptable if the s ample nut(s)
12. 1 The producer of nuts shall furnish a celtif
i cation
withstand(s) applicat
i on of t
he cone proof load without
to the pulchaser or his representative showing the results
failul e
of the chemical analysis , macroetch exami nation (Carbon
and Alloy Steels Only), mechanical tests, a
nd the minimum
9. Dimensions tempering temperature for nuts of Grades 2H, 2HM, 3 , 4,
6, 6F, 7 , and 7M.
9. 1 Nuts shall be hexagonal in shape, and in accoldance
with h te dimensions for the hex or heavy hex series, as 12.2 Certif
i cation shall also include at least the fol

iequired, by ANSI B 1 8 .2.2 and ANSI B 1 8 . 2 .4 6M . Unless lowing :

otherwi s e spec i f
i e d , the Amer i c an Nati on al S t an dard 12.2. 1 A statement that the fastener' s were manufac
Heavy Hex Series sha ll be used a nd nuts shall be either tr
e ed, sa
mpled, tested and inspected in accordance with
double cha mfeled or' have a machined or for ged washer the specif
i cation and any supplementary requirements or
face, at the opti on of t h e ma
nufactuler, and, conform to other requirements designated in the purchase order or
the angular ity requir ements of ANSI B 1 8, 22 and ANSI contract a
nd was found to meet t h ose requirements .
B 1 8 . 2 . 4 . 6M .
12.2.2 The specif
i cation number , yea
r date, and iden
9 .2 Unles s other wi s e spec if
i ed, thre ads shall be in if
t i cat
i on symbol .
accol dance with ANSI B 1 . 1 or' ANSI B 1 . 1 3M, and shall
b e g a g e d i n ac c o r dan c e wi th AN S I B 1 . 2 and AN S I
B 1 . 1 3M as described in 9 .2 1 and 9 2 2. .
13. Product Marking
9.2. 1 Nuts up to and including 1 in nom i nal size 13.1 All nuts shall bea
r t
h e manufacturei ' s ident
ifi ca
shall be UNC S elies Class 2B f
i t MetliC nuts up to and tion ma
rk
including M24 nomi nal size sha
l l be coa
r se t
hread ser
i es
tolerance 6H. 13.2 Nuts shall be legibly marked on one face to indi
9.2.2 Nuts over 1 in nominal size shall be either cate the grade and process of the ma nufacturer, as presented
UNC S er
i es Class 2B f
i t o1 8 UN Series Class 2B f
i t.
in Table 7 . Mar king of wlench f i ats or bearing smfaces is
not permitted unless agreed upon between manufacturer
Unless othel wise specif
i ed, the 8 UN series shall be fur
nished. Metric nuts over M24 nominal size shall be coarse
and purchaser.
thlead series tolerance 6H. 13.3 Foi pulposes of identif
i cation ma r king, the manu
factuler is consideled the organizat i on that celtif
i es the
fastener was manufactul ed, sampled, tested, and inspected
10. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance in accordance with the specifi cat
i on an d the iesults have
10.1 Nuts shall be flee of' defects and sha
l l be good been determined to meet the iequilements of this specif i
c ommercial f
i nish , . cation .

10.2 If visible SUlface impelfections in size ,14 through

1 1/2 in. and M6 through M36 and in any grade ot h er th an
Grade 8 become a matter of issue between t
h e ma
n ufacturer 14. Keywords
a d the pur chaseI , the cone proof load test described in
n 14.1 bolt i ng; chemical analysis; coated; ma
rking on
8 .3 shall be employed . fasteners ; plated

2 96
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-194/SA-194M

E
_
O 5 5
Ll.I .. .. d t¢3

d d d
o' & o'
Z o o o

E
_ E"

E"
z =I oE
I- x + r= , v

0 o
= 0

d o
1
o
0 " o
o o o o d
03
v o o o
o o o o
r

Z
< ? o
?
d od o &d
o l
Z o
d o, d d d
Od
v
O 0 0 0 0 0
E" o o o o. o o
o 0 o5 o
i'-t
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
. m

v
l l l I
o o o o O 0 0 0 0 0
0')
la.I a d d r.
,-.t t-,t
I'
C,
i--4 z
h i ,.-
-J o o
._.1 0')
,' I.. O 0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 o o
O
< z
I.- laJ

I.IJ .E .E
v
E
r
o o E o o o o o
o R R R
o o o o o 0 0 0 0 0
o' L_z d d d d d o o d d d
I Ll
O
-J
O 0 0 0 0 0
,< o o
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o

o o d d d d d d o o o d o o d d d
I..LI o_
"r"

o
o
o
o
0 0
o
0
o o o o o O
o O o
O

E 0S ?
0 0
9 co co
o

o o o o o o o o
o o o d d d d d o o o o d d o d d d

O o
o O O O
o
o 0
o " O 0 0 0 0
.. .. .. .. . . .

Z .. .. .. O0 CO OO

. E

F- k-
- F-

<
I Z
< <
z
< co
00
. G
00 cO

297
SA - 1 94 /SA- 1 94M 2009b SECTION II, PART A

O
IM

g
o ?
r--I 0
? ? ?
o
c c0
?
o
c
0 O4 o -i t-4
Z d O d
d o
E
E"
?
o
m
r'

8 d

I-

-5
E"
c

S ? ? .0 ?
o o " S
o

o
Z
O
t,.b
o L L L

¢q

Z O -
1:)
Z
<
E" o. . o .n o
co o
t'Xl
v
o

,.0 o ,d o- o o
<- =
v

U3 I , tn
r--I
= O
C
I.IJ
...I 8
I 0 0 u3
rta
o o ¢d

< L...a
I- O
C O
,43
I. u_" °
z ,,0 o
o o o o o o
-o
0 0 0 0 0 0
d d c d c o

. LO L
o o
I.i.I
r
0 0 0 0 0

.-
-I 8 0 0 0 0 0 0

<Z
azl

1.12

.d 0. &
"a

o s S o o

o °o o S
o

c c c o o

z E o co
Z
r c,l e,l 0 _ <

E o q=:

- >
¢ O
- X , cr Z C) o

<
i

'- -' --

z .. o c
o
c o c
o j 0
o
c -z o G
c ,a
O3 CO 00 CO O" r'

29 8
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-194 /SA-194M

TA B L E 2
H A R D N E S S R EQ U I R E M E N TS
Sam p le N ut Afte r Treatment
Compl eted N uts As i n 8 , 1,5

Rockwe l l H a rd n e ss B ri ne l l R oc kw e l l
H ard ness, H ardness B
G rade and Type B r i n e l l H ard ne ss C S ca l e B S ca l e ain
r Sca l e, r
ain

1 121 min .. . .. 70 min 121 70

2 1 59 to 3 5 2 . . . .. 84 m i n 1 59 84
89
2 H to 1 1/2 i n , o r M 3 6, i nc l 2 48 to 3 2 7 24 to 3 5 .. .. .. 1 79

2 H over 1 1/2 i n , o r M 3 6 2 1 2 to 3 27 38 max 95 min 1 47 79

2 H M an d 7 M 1 5 9 to 2 3 5 . . .. . 8 4 to 9 9 1 59 84
201 94
3, 4, 7, and 1 6 2 48 to 3 2 7 2 4 to 3 5 .. . .
6 an d 6 F 2 2 8 to 2 7 1 2 0 to 2 8 .. .. ..
8, 8 C, 8 M , 8T, 8 F, 8 P, 8 N , 1 2 6 to 3 0 0 3 2 max 60 r
ain
8 M N , 8 L N , 8 M L N , 8 M L C u N , and 9 C
8A, 8 CA, 8 M A, 8TA, 1 2 6 to 1 92 .. . . . 6 0 to 9 0
8 FA, 8 P A, 8 N A, 8 M N A,
8 L N A, 8 M L N A, and 8 M L C u N A and 9 CA
8 R, 8 R A, 8 S, and 8 S A 1 83 to 2 7 1 2 5 max 88 min

299
 SA- 1 94 / SA- 194M 2009b SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3
P R O O F L OA D U S I N G T H R EA D E D M A N D R E L - I N C H S E R I E S

P roof Load, I bf [ N ote ( 1 ) ]

Stress G rade 1 Grades 2, 2 H M, 6, 6F, 7 M G rades 2 H , 3, 4, 7, 16

N o m i nal T h r eads Area, H eavy H ex H ex H eavy H ex H ex H eavy H ex H ex
S ize, i n , per I nch i n,2 [ N ote ( 2 ) ] [ N ote (3 )] [ N ote (4 )] [ N ote (5 )] [ N ote ( 6 ) ] [ N ote ( 7 ) ]

i/4 20 0 ,03 16 4 130 3 820 4 770 4 300 5 570 4 77 0

5/1 6 18 0 0524 6 810 6 290 7 860 7 070 9 170 7 86 0
3/8 16 0 ,0774 I0 080 9 300 II 620 I0 46 0 13 560 II 620
7/1 6 14 0 , 1 0 63 13 820 12 760 15 94 0 14 35 0 18 600 15 94 0
1/2 13 0 ,1419 18 45 0 17 03 0 21 280 19 160 24 83 0 21 280

9/i6 12 0 ,182 23 660 21 84 0 27 3 00 24 570 31 85 0 27 300

5/8 II 0 ,226 29 38 0 27 120 33 900 30 51 0 39 550 33 900
3/4 I0 0 334 43 42 0 40 080 50 I 00 45 09 0 58 450 50 I00
7/8 9 0 462 60 060 55 44 0 69 300 62 370 80 850 69 300
1 8 0 ,606 78 780 72 720 90 900 81 81 0 1 06 0 0 0 90 900

1 14 8 0 790 1 02 700 94 8 0 0 1 18 500 1 06 7 0 0 138 2 00 1 18 500

i 14 8 I 000 130 000 1 20 000 150 000 135 000 175 000 150 000
8 1 ,233 1 60 2 0 0 1 48 0 0 0 185 000 166 500 215 800 1 85 0 0 0

i i4 8 1 .49 2 1 94 0 0 0 1 7 0 04 0 223 800 201 400 261 I00 223 800

A l l Types of G rades 8, 9C, and 9CA

N o m i na l Th reads Stress H eavy H ex H ex
S ize, i n , per I nch Area, i n ,,z [ N ote ( 8 ) ] [ N ote ( 9 )]
i/4 20 0 ,0316 2 54 0 2 380
s/i6 18 0 0524 4 190 3 93 0
3/8 16 0 0774 6 200 5 810
7/1 6 14 0 , 1 0 63 8 500 7 970
i/2 13 0 .1419 II 350 I0 64 0

9/i6 12 0 ,182 14 560 13 650

5/8 11 0 ,226 18 080 16 950
3/4 10 0 3 34 26 720 25 050
7/8 9 0 462 36 96 0 34 65 0
1 8 0 606 48 48 0 45 450

1 1/8 8 0 790 63 200 59 250

1 1/4 8 1 , 000 80 000 75 000
1 3/8 8 1 ,233 98 64 0 92 45 0
1 1/2 8 1 , 49 2 119 360 IIi 900

G E N E R A L N O T E : P ro of l o ad s a re n ot des i g n l oad s
NOTES :
( 1 ) S ee l i m it fo r p roof l oad test i n 8 , 2 , 2 1 , The p roof l oad fo r j am n uts sh a l l be 4 6 % of the tabu l ated l oad ,
(2) B ase d on p ro of stress of 1 3 0 0 0 0 ps i ,
(3 ) B ase d on p ro of stress of 1 2 0 0 0 0 ps i ,
(4) Based on p ro of stress of 1 5 0 0 0 0 ps i
(5) B ased on p ro of stress of 1 3 5 0 0 0 ps i
(6) B ase d on pro of stress of 1 7 5 0 0 0 ps i ,
(7) Based on p roof stress of 1 5 0 0 0 0 ps i .
(8) B ased on p roof stress of 8 0 0 0 0 ps i
(9) B ase d on proof stres s of 7 5 0 0 0 ps i ,

3 00
 2009b SECTION lI, PART A SA-194/SA-194M

TA B L E 4
P R OO F LOA D U S I N G T H R EA D E D M A N D R E L - M E T R I C

P roof Load, k N A
N o m i na l
G rades 2 H , 3, 4, 7, 16
S ize, T h r ead s Stress G rade I G rades 2, 2 H M, 6, 6F, 7 M
mm P itch Area m mz H eavy R ex B R ex c H eavy H ex D H ex E H eavy H ex F H ex G

M6 1 ,0 20 1 18 ,0 1 6 ,, 6 20, 8 18 7 29 ,2 20 8
M8 1 25 36 6 32 .8 30.2 37 9 34 .0 44 , 1 37 9
M 10 1 ,50 58 ,0 51 9 47 , 9 60 ,0 53 ,9 69 ,9 60 ,0
M 12 1 ,75 84 ,3 75, 5 69 , 5 8 7 ,3 78 ,4 101 .6 87 3
M 14 2 0 1 15 .0 1 02 9 94 ,9 1 19 ,0 107 0 138 ,6 119 0
M 16 2 ,0 157 ,0 140 5 129 .5 1 62 , 5 146 0 189 2 162 ,5
M 20 2 ,5 2 45 , 0 2 1 9, 3 202 ,1 253 ,6 227 8 295 2 2 53 6
M22 2 5 303 0 271 ,2 2 4 9 .9 313 6 281 8 365 1 313 6
M 24 3, 0 35 3 0 315 ,9 291 2 365, 4 3 2 8 ,, 3 425 4 3 65 4
M 27 3 ,0 45 9 , 0 41 1 ,0 3 7 8, 7 47 5 , 1 426 ,9 553 4 47 5 , 1
M30 3 ,5 561 ,0 502 1 46 2, 8 580 ,6 521 ,7 676, 0 580 ,6
M 36 4 ,0 817 ,0 731 2 674 ,0 845 , 6 759 ,8 9 84 , 5 84 5 6

A l l Types of G rades 8, 90, and 9CA

N om i na l S i ze, mm Th read P itch Stress Area, m m2 H eavy H ex H H ex z
M6 1 ,0 20 ,1 1 1 .1 10 ,4
M8 1 ,25 36.6 20 ,1 18 ,8
M IO 1 ,50 58 0 31 9 29 ,9
M12 1 75 8 4 ,, 3 46 4 43 4
M 14 2 ,0 1 15 0 633 59 2
M 16 2 ,0 157 0 86 ,4 8 0 ,, 9
M20 2 5 2 45 , 0 134, 8 126 2
M22 2 ,, 5 303 ,0 166, 7 156 ,0
M 24 3 ,0 353 .0 1 94 , 2 181 ,8
M 27 3 ,0 45 9 , 0 252 ,5 236 .4
M30 3 ,5 561 0 308 ,6 2 88 , 9
M 36 4 ,0 817, 0 44 9 .4 42 0 . 8

N O T E 1 - P ro of l oad s a re n ot d es i g n l o ad s

A S ee l i m it fo r p roof l oad test i n 8 2 , 2 , 1 . The p roof l oad fo r' j am n uts sh al l be 46 % of the tab u l ated l oad ,
B B ased o n proof stress of 8 95 M Pa
c Based o n p roof stress of 82 5 M P a ,
a Based on p roof stress of 1 0 3 5 M P a
E Based on p roof str ess of 93 0 M P a, ,
F B ased o n p roof stress of 1 2 05 M Pa ,
a B ased o n p roof stress of 1 035 M Pa ,
H B ased o n proof stress of 5 5 0 M Pa
z B ased o n p roof stress of 5 1 5 M Pa

30 1
SA- 1 94 /SA - 1 94M 2009b SEC TION II, PART A

TA B L E 5
P RO O F ST R E S S U S I N G 1 2 0° H A R D E N E D ST E E L C O N E - I N C H

P roof Stress - psi, M i n i m u m

G rades 2, G rades 2 H
2 H M , 6, 3, 4, 7, & 1 6
Type G rade 1 6F & 7M
H ex 1 20 000 135 000 150 000
H eavy H e x 130 000 150 000 175 000

TA B L E 6
P R O O F S T R E S S U S I N G 1 20° H A R D E N E D ST E E L C O N E - M E T R I C

P roof Stress - M Pa, M i n i m u m

G rades 2, G rades 2 H
2 H M , 6, 3, 4, 7, & 1 6
Type G rade 1 6F & 7M
H ex 825 930 1 03 5
H eavy H e x 895 1035 1205

3 02
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-194/SA- 194M

TA B L E 7
M A R KI N G O F N U T S

N uts H ot- N uts M a c h i n e d N uts M a n u fact u r e d

G rade and Forged or from Ba r i n Acco rda nce
Type Co l d- P u nch ed Stoc k w ith 6 ,6

1 1 1B
2 2 2B
2 H [ N ote ( 1 ) 3 2H 2HB
2 H M [ N ote ( 1 ) ] 2HM 2HMB
3 3 3B
4 4 4B
4 L E N ote ( 2 ) ] 4L 4BL
6 6 6B
6F 6F 6FB
7 7 7B
7 L E N ote ( 2 ) ] 7L 7BL
7 M [ N ote ( I ) ]
i
7M -
7MB -

8 8 8B 8A
8C 8C 8C B 8CA
8M 8M 8M B 8MA
8T 8T 8T B 8 TA
8F 8F 8FB 8 FA
8P 8P 8PB 8 PA
8N 8N 8NB 8NA
8MN 8M N 8M N B 8M NA
8R 8R 8RB 8 RA
8S 8S 8S B 8SA
8LN 8LN 8LN B 8 LNA
8M LN 8MLN 8MLNB 8M LNA
8 M LCu N 8M LCuN 8 M LCuN B 8 M LCu NA
9C 9C 9C B 9CA
16 16 16B

N OT E S :
( 1 ) T he l ette r s H an d M i n d i cate h e at-t re ate d n uts ( see S e ct i o n 6 )
( 2 ) S ee S u pp l e mentary Req u i rem e nt $ 3 ,

3 03
SA-194/SA-194M 2009b SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 8
P R OO F LOA D T E ST I N G O F ST RA I N H A R D E N E D N U TS U S I N G T H R EA D E D M A N D R E L - I N C H S E R I E S

Proof Load, I bf [ N ote ( 1 )]

Stress Al l Other Types Al l Othe r Types
N omi nal Th reads Area, G rade 8 M G rade 8 M of G rade 8 of G rade 8
Size, in . per I nch in.2 (strain hardened) (strai n hardened) (strain hardened) (strain hardened)
H eavy H ex H ex H eavy H ex
[ N ote (2) ] [ N ote (3 )] [ N ote (4 ) ] H ex [ N ote ( 2 ) ]

i/4 20 0 , 03 1 6 3 48 0 3 160 3 95 0 3 48 0
5/16 18 0 , 05 2 3 5 760 5 240 6 550 5 760
3/s 16 0 . 0774 8 510 7 740 9 675 8 510
7/16 14 0. 1 063 II 69 0 i0 63 0 13 290 II 690
i/2 13 0 ,1419 15 61 0 14 190 17 74 0 15 610

9/16 12 0 , 1 82 20 020 18 200 22 750 20 020

s/8 II 0 ,226 24 860 22 6 00 28 250 24 860
3/4 10 0 .334 36 740 33 40 0 41 750 36 74 0
7/8 9 0 A6 2 46 200 41 58 0 53 130 46 200
1 8 0, 6 0 6 60 600 54 54 0 6 9 69 0 60 600

1 1/8 8 0 ,7 9 0 75 05 0 67 150 82 95 0 75 050

1 1/4 8 I 00 0 95 00 0 85 0 00 1 05 000 95 000
1 3/8 8 1.233 II0 9'7 0 98 640 123 300 II0 970
1 1/2 8 1 .492 1 34 280 119 360 1 49 200 1 34 280

G E N E R A L N O T E : P ro of l oad s a re n ot des i g n l oads..

NOTE S :

( 1 ) T he p r oof l oad fo r jam n uts shal l be 46 % of the tabu lated val ue.
( 2 ) Based on proof stress of 1 1 0 000 psi up to in.; 100 000 psi 7,8 to 1 i n . ; 95 000 psi 1 4 to 1 1, 4 in . ; 90 000 psi 13,8 to 1 2 i n .
(3 ) Based on proof stress of 1 00 000 psi up to in.; 90 000 psi 7,8 to 1 in .; 85 000 psi 14 to 1 1,4 in .; 80 000 psi 13,8 to 1 2 in .
(4 ) Based on proof stress of 1 25 000 psi up to in.; 1 15 000 psi 7,8 to 1 in.; 1 05 000 psi 1 4 to 1 1,4 in , 1 00 000 psi 13, 8 to 1 2 i n

TA B L E 9
P ROO F LOA D T E STI N G O F ST RAI N H A R D E N E D N U TS U S I N G T H R EA D E D M A N D R E L - M ET RI C

Proof Load, k N A
N o m i na l A l l Other Types Al l Other Types
S ize, Thread Stress G rade 8 M G rade 8 M of G rade 8 of G rade 8
mm P itch Area, m mz (strai n hardened ) (strai n hardened ) (strai n hardened ) ( strain hardened )
Heavy Hex8 Nexc H eavy HexD H exB

M6 i 0 20.1 15.3 1 3 ,9 1 7 ,3 1 5 .3
M8 1 ,25 36. 6 27.8 25 3 31.3 2 7 .8
MIO 1 .5 0 580 44 . 1 40 0 49 9 44 1
M I2 1.75 84 ,3 64 , 1 58 ,2 72 ,5 64 1
M I4 2,0 115 ,0 87 , 4 79 ,4 98 , 9 87 . 4
M I6 2 ,0 1 57 . 0 1 1 9.3 1 0 8 ,3 1 35 , 0 I 19 ,3
M20 2.5 245 . 0 186. 2 1 69 0 2 1 0 ,9 1 86 , 2
M 22 2 ,5 3 03 , 0 2 09 . 0 1 87 . 9 2 4 0 .9 2 09 , 0
M 24 3 ,0 353 . 0 2 4 3 1, 5 2 18 ,9 280.6 2 43 , 5
M 27 3.0 459 0 30 0.6 268 ,5 332 7 3 0 0 ,6
M30 3 .5 56 1 . 0 367 . 5 328 .2 406 .7 367 5
M 36 4.0 817.0 5 06 . 5 44 9 . 4 5 63 . 7 5 06 . 5

N O T E 1 - P ro of l oads am n ot des i g n l oads.

A The proof l oad for jam nuts shal l be 46 % of the tabu l ated val ue
B Based on proof stress of 7 6 0 M Pa up to M 2 0 mm; 69 0 M P a M 2 2 to M 2 4 m m; 655 M P a M 2 7 to M 3 0; and 62 0 M Pa fo r M 36
c Based on proof stress of 690 M Pa u p to M 2 0 m m; 62 0 M P a M 2 2 to M 24 mm; 5 8 5 M P a M 2 7 to M 3 0; and 5 5 0 M Pa for M 3 6 .
D Based on proof stress of 860 M P a up to M 2 0 ra m, 795 M Pa M 2 2 to M 2 4 mm; 7 2 5 M P a M 2 7 to M 3 0 mm; and 690 M P a fo r M 3 6 .

3 O4
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-194 /SA-194M

TA B L E 1 0
P RO O F L OA D FO R LA RG E H E AVY H E X N U T S - I N C H [ N OT E ( 1 )]
P roof Load, I bf [ N ote ( 2 ) ]
N o m i nal Threads Stress Area, G rades 2, 2 H M, 6, 6F, G rades 2 H, 3, 4, 7, 16
Size, in. per Inch in.. 2 Grade 1 H eavy H ex 7 M H eavy H ex H eavy H ex
15/8 8 1 , 78 2 3 1 40 0 267 0 00 3 1 1 50 0
1 3/4 8 2 , 08 270 400 312 000 3 64 0 0 0
1 7/8 8 2 ,4 1 313 300 361 500 421 800
2 8 2 ,7 7 360 I 00 415 500 484 8 0 0
2 1/4 8 3 56 4 62 8 0 0 534 000 623 000
2 1/2 8 4 ,44 577 200 6 66 0 0 0 777 000
2 3/4 8 5 43 705 900 814 500 95 0 2 5 0

N OT E S :
( 1 ) A N S I B 1 8 2 , 2 i n the s i ze range ove r 1 1/2 i n . p rov i des d i me nsi o ns on ly fo r heavy hex n uts . Refe r to 8 3 1 ,
( 2 ) P ro of l oads fo r n uts of l arge r d i mens i on s o r other' th read ser ies may be cal c u l ated by m u lt i p l y i ng the th read stress area ti mes the p roof stress
i n the n otes to Tab l e .3 o r Tab l e 8 T he p roof l oad fo r jam n uts sha l l be 4 6 % of the tab u l ated l oad ,

TA B L E I I
P ROO F LOAD FO R LA RG E H EAVY H EX N U TS - M ET RI CA
P roof Load, k N B
N om i nal Th read Stress G rade I G rades 2, 2 H M , 6, 6 F, 7 M G rades 2 H , 3, 4, 7, 16
Size, mm Pitch Area, mm2 H eavy H ex H eavy H ex H eavy H ex
M42 4 ,5 1120 1 002 ,4 I 159, 2 1 349 . 6
M48 5 1470 1315 .7 152 1, 4 1 7 7 1 ,4
M56 55 2030 1816 ,9 2101 ,0 2 446 , 2
M 64 6 2680 2 398 , 6 2773, 8 3 2 2 9 ,4
M72 6 3460 3 09 6 , 7 3581 1 4 1 69 ,3

A A N S I B 1 8 , 2 , 4 , 6 M i n the s i ze ran ge ove r M 36 prov i des d i me ns i ons o n ly fo r' heavy hex n uts , Refe r' to 8 3 , 1
B P roof l oads fo r' n uts of l arge r d i me nsi o ns o r' othe r th read se r i es m ay be cal cu l ated by m u l t i p ly i n g the th read stress area ti mes the p ro of
stress i n the notes to Tab l e 4 o r Tab l e 9 , The p r o of l oad fo r j am n uts sha l l be 46 % of the tabu l ated l oad ,

3 05
 SA-194/SA- 1 94M 2009b SE CTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

One or more of the following supplementary requirements shall be applied only when
specifi ed by the purchaser in the inquiry, contract, or' order. Details of' these supplementau¢
requirements shall be agreed upon in writing by the manufacturer and purchaser. Supplemen
ta
r y requirements shall in no way negate any requirement of' the specif i cat
i on itself'.

S 1. Strain-Hardened Austenitic Steel Nuts S4. Proof Load Tests of Large Nuts
SI. 1 Strain ha
rdened Grades 8 , 8C , 8T, 8M, 8F, 8P, $4. 1 Proof load testing of nuts requiring pr oof loads
8N, or 8MN nuts may be specif i ed. When Supplementa ry of over 1 60 000 lbf or 705 kN is required. Testing shall
Requirement S 1 is invoked in the order, nuts shall be be performed in accordance wit
h 8 .2 to the loads required
in Table 1 0 and Table 1 1 The maximum load will be
machined from cold drawn bat's or sha l l be cold forged to
shape No subsequent heat treatment shall be performed based enti
r ely on the equipment available.
on the nuts . Nuts made in accordance with this requir ement
shall be proof load tested in accordance with 8 .2 . 2 . 1 and S5. Control of Product by Heat Number
shall withstand the proof load specif i ed in Table 8 and
S5.1 When control of nuts by actual heat analysis is
Table 9 . Testing nuts requiring pr oof loads over 1 60 000 lbf
r equired and this supplementa r y requirement is specifi ed,
or 705 kN is only required when Supplementa r y Require
ment $4 is invoked. The ha
r dness limits of Table 2 do not
the manufacturer shall identify t he completed nuts in each
shipment by the actual heat number . W hen this supplemen
apply to strain ha
r dened nuts . Nuts made in accordance
ta
ry requirement is specif i ed, a certifi cate including the
wit
h this requirement shall be mar ked with the Grade sym
bol underlined.
results of the actual production tests of each test lot toget
h er
wit
h the heat chemical a
nal ysis shall be furnished by the
manufactmeL

S2. Retests by Purchaser's Representat

i ve
$6. Grain Size Requirements for Non H Grade
S2. 1 The purchaser' s representat i ve may select two Austenitic Steels Used Above 1000°F
nuts per keg (200 lb unit [90 kg]) for sizes 8 in and M 1 6
$ 6 . 1 For de si gn metal temperature s above 1 000 °F
nd smaller' , one nut per' keg for sizes over 8 in . and M 1 6
a
[540°C] , the material shall have a grain size of No., 7 or
up to and including 1 /12 in . and M36, and one nut per every coa
r ser as determined in accorda
n ce with Test Met
h ods
two kegs for sizes larger t
han 1 in. and M3 6, which shall
E 1 1 2. The gr ain size so determined shall be reported on
be subjected to the tests specif
i ed in S ect
ion 8 . h e Cel tif
t i cate of Test .

$3. Low-Temperature Requirements for Grade 4, S7. Coat ing on Nuts

Grade 7 or Grade 7M Nuts $7. 1 It is the purchaser' s responsibility to specify in
t e purchase order all inf0imation required by the coating
h
$3.1 W
hen low-temperatur e requirements are specif
i ed
facility . Examples of such informat i on may include but
for Gr ade 4 or' Grade 7 nuts, the Cha
r py test pr ocedures
ar e not limited to the following :
an d re qui r emen ts as def
i ne d in S p ec if
i c ati on
A 320 /A 320M for Grade L7 shall apply W
h en low-tem $7.1. 1 Reference to t h e appr
opriate coating specifi
perature requirements a r e specif
i ed for Grade 7M nuts, the cation and type, t
hickness, location, modif
i cation to dimen
Charpy test procedures and r equirements as def i ned in sions , and hydr
o gen embrittlement relief.
Specifi cation A 320 /A 320M for Grade L7M shall apply. $7. 1.2 Refer ence to Specif
i cations A 1 53 /A 1 5 3M,
Depending on the size of nuts, separate test samples of the B 695 , B 696, B 766, F 1 94 1 , Test Method F 1 940, or other
same heat may be required and sha l l be processed through standa
r ds .

heat t eatment with the nuts for which the test is to apply .
Impact test i ng is not requi
r ed when t he bar stock or nut is
$8. Marking Coated Nut
s
smaller tha
n 8 in . [ 1 6 mm] in dia
meter'.
$8. 1 Nuts coated with zinc shall have an asterisk (* )
S3.2 An "L" shall be added to the ma
rking, as shown marked after the grade symbol Nuts coated with cadmium
in Table 7 , for nuts so tested. shall have a plus sign (+) ma
r ked after the grade symbol

3 06
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-194 /SA-194M

APPENDICES

(Nonmandatory Information)

Xl . STRAIN HARDENING OF AUSTENITIC the greater' the penetration of strain hardening. . Thus, the
STEELS mechanical properties of a given stra i n har dened fastener'
Xl.1 Strain hardening is the increase in strengt h and r e dependent not .j ust on the alloy, but also on the size of'
a
bar' f
i ' o m which it is machined .
har dness that results from plastic deformation below the
recrystallization temperature (cold work) This effect is
produced in austenitic stainless steels by reducing over X2. COATINGS AND APPLICATION LIMITS
sized ba
r ' s to t
he desf
f ed f
i nal size by cold drawing or other X2. 1 Use of coated fastener s at temperatures above
process. The degree of' stra in hardening achievable in a ny appr oximately one-half t
h e melting point (Fahrenheit or
alloy is limited by its strai n ha r dening char 'acteiistics. . In Celsius) of the coating is not recommended unless consid
addition, h te amount of sti ain hardening t h at can be pro eration is given to the potential for liquid and solid metal
duced is further limited by t he va r iables of the process, embrittlement, or both The melting point of elemental zinc
such as t
he total amount of' crosssection reduction, die is approximately 780°F [4 1 5 °C] Therefore, application of
angle and bar' size.. In lar ge diameter' bar 's , for example, zinc coated fastener's should be limited to temper atur es
plastic deformation will occur' principally in the outer' less than 3 90°F [2 1 0° C] The melt
i ng point of cadmium
regions of t
h e ba
r' , so that the increased strength and ha rd is approximately 600°F [320°C] . Ther
efore, application of
ness due to st rain hardening is achieved predominantly cadmium coated fastener's should be limited to tempera
nea
r ' the surface of t
he ba
r . That is , the smaller' the bar, tures less than 3 00°F [ 1 60° C]

3 07-3 09
I NTE N TI O NAL LY L E FT B LA N K

3 10
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-202 /SA-202M

SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE VESSEL PLATES,

ALLOY STEEL, CHROMIUM-MANGANESE-SILICON

SA-202 /SA-202M
INTERNATIONAL
S tan rds Worla de

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 202 /A 202M-93)

1. Scope A 577 /A 577M Specif

i cation for Ultrasonic Angle-Beam
Examination of Steel Plates
1. 1 This specif i cation covers chromium-manganese
silicon alloy steel plates, intended particularly for welded A 578 /A 578M Specifi cation for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic
boilers and other pr essme vessels . Examinati on of Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special
Applications
1 .2 Material under this specif
i cat
i on is available in two
grades having strength levels as follows:
Tensile Strength,
G ade ksi [MPa] .
General Requirements and Ordering
A 75-95 [5 1 5-655 ] Information
B 85 - 1 1 0 [5 8 5 -760]
3.1 Material supplied to t
his specifi cat
i on shall conform
1 .3 The maximum thickness of' plates is lim
i ted only to Specifi cation A 20 /A 20M,, These requirements outline
by the capacity of the composit i on to meet th e specifi ed the testing and retesting met
h ods and procedures, permissi
mechanical property requirements ; however' , current prac ble variations in dimensions a nd mass, quality a
nd repair
ti ce normally limits the maximum thickness of' plates fur of' defects , ma
r king, loading, etc ,
nished under this specif
i cation to 2 in . [50 mm] .
3.2 Specifi cation A 20 /A 20M also establishes the rules
1 .4 Grade A is suitable for r
i vets and when so used
for t
he basis of purchase that should be complied with
the bar's shall be subject to the requirements for rolled ba
r' s when purchasing material to this specifi cat
ion.
specifi ed in Specifi cation A 3 1 , except for the chem
i cal
and mechanica
l requirements . 3.3 In addition to the basic requirements of' this specif
i
1.5 The values stated in either' inch-pound units or' SI cation, certa
i n supplementa r y requirements a r e available
units a
r e to be rega
r ded sepa
r ately as standard Within t
he when additional control, testing, or' examination is required
text, the SI units a
r e shown in brackets . The values stated to meet end use requirements,, These include:
in each system r
a e not exact equivalents. Therefore, each 3.3. 1 Vacuum treatment,
system must be used independently of' the other . Combining
values tom the two systems may result in nonconformance 3.3.2 Additional or special tension testing,
with this specif
i cation .
3.3.3 Impact test
ing, a
nd
3.3.4 Nondestruct
i ve exam
i nation.
2. Referenced Documents
2. 1 ASTM Standards : 3.4 The purchaser is referied to t he listed supplemen
A 20 /A 20M Specifi cation for General Requirements for ta
ry requirements in this specifi cation and to the detailed
Steel Plates for Pies sure Vessels requirements in Specifi cation A 20 /A 20M.
A 3 1 Specif
i cation for Steel Rivets and B ars for R
i vets,
Pres sure Vess els 3.5 If the re quirements of t
his specifi cation a
r e in con
A 435 /A 435M Specifi cati on for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic f ict with the requirements of Specifi cation A 20 /A 20M,
l
Examination of Steel Plates the requirements of this specifi cation shall preva
i l.

31 1
SA-202 /SA-202M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

4. Manufacture 6. Chemical Requirements

4.1 Steelmaking Practice - The steel shall be killed 6. 1 The steel shall conf0im to the chemical require
ments shown in Table 1

5. Heat Treatment 7. Mechanical Requirements

5.1 Plates are normally supplied in the as-rolled condi 7.1 Tension Test Requirements - The material as repre
tion The p l ate s may be order e d norm al ized or s tre s s sented by the tension-test specimens shall conform to the
relieved, or both, requirements shown in Table 2 .

TA B L E 1 TA B L E 2
C H E M I CA L R E Q U I R E M E N TS T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS

C om positi on, % G rad e A G rad e B

E l e m e nts G rad e A G rad e B

ks i [ M Pa ] ks i [ M Pa]

C arbon, max A 0 ,17 0 ,25 Te ns i l e stre ngth 7 5-9 5 [5 1 5-65 5 ] 8 5-1 1 0 [5 85-7 6 0 3
M a n g an e se :
Y ie l d stren gth, r
ains 45 E3 1 0 3 47 E3 2 5 ]
H eat a n a l ys i s 1 0 5- 1 , 4 0 1 0 5- 1 , 4 0
E l o ngati o n i n 8 i n , E2 0 0 16A 15A
P ro d u ct an a l ys i s 0 , 9 7-1 5 2 0 9 7-1 ,, 5 2
m m ], m i n, %
P h osph o rus, m ax A 0 ,035 0 ,035 E l o n gat i o n i n 2 i n , E 5 0 19 18
S u lfu r', m ax A 0 0 35 0 , 0 35 m m ], m i n, %
S i l i co n :
H eat a n a l ys i s 0 6 0-0 , 9 0 0 , 6 0-0 , 9 0 A S ee S pec ifi cati on A 2 0/A 2 0 M fo r' e l ong ati o n adj u stments
P ro d u ct an a l ys i s 0 , , 5 4-0 9 6 0 5 4-0 9 6 B Dete rm i ned by e ithe r the 0 2 % offset meth od o r' the 0 , 5 % exten
C h ro m i u m : s i o n - u n d e r- l o ad m eth o d
H e at an a l ys i s 0 , 3 5-0 , 6 0 0 , 3 5-0 , 6 0
P r o d u ct a na l ys i s 0 , 3 1-0 , 6 4 0 . 3 1-0 , 6 4

A Ap p l i es to b oth heat and p rod uct an a lyses ,

3 12
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-202/SA-202M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

Supplementary requirements shall not apply unless specifi ed in the oider ,

A list of standa
r dized supplementa
r y requirements for use at the option of the purchaser'
re included in Specifi cation A 20 /A 20M , Those which are considered suitable fbr use
a
with this specif
i cation a
r e listed below by title ,

S1. Vacuum Treatment, $8. Ultrasonic Examinat

ion in accordance with
Specif
i cation A 435 /A 435M,
$2. Product Analysis,
$9. Magnet
ic Part
icle Examination,
S3. Simulated Post-Weld Heat Treatment of
Mechanical Test Coupons, $11. Ultrasonic Examination in accordance with
$4. 1 Additional Tension Test, Specif
ication A 577 /A 577M,
$ 12. Ultrasonic Examination in accordance with
Specif
i cation A 578/A 578M, and
$5. Charpy V-Notch Impact Test,
S 14. Bend Test.
$6. Drop Weight Test,
$7. High-Temperature Tension Test,

313
3 14
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-203 /SA-203M

SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE VESSEL PLATES,

ALLOY STEEL, NICKEL

SA-203 / SA-203M
INTERNATIONAL
S tandards Wo rldwide

[Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 203 /A 203M-97(R03) ]

1. Scope 2. Referenced Documents

1.1 This specifi cation covers nickel-alloy steel plates 2. 1 ASTM Standards :
intended primarily for welded pressure vessels. A 20 /A 20M Specifi cation f0r' Gener al Requirements f0r
Steel Plates for P:es sm e Vessels
1.2 Plates under this specifi cation me available with
A 435 /A 435M Specifi cation f0t Straight-Beam Ultrasonic
four str ength level s and two nickel comp o s ition s as Examination of Steel Plates
foll ow s :
A 577 /A 577M Specif
i cation f0r Ult
r asonic Angle-Beam
Nominal Yield Tensile
Examination of Steel Plates
Nickel Sti ength, Strength,
Content min, ksi min, ksi A 57 8 /A 578M Specifi cation f0r' Straight-Beam Ultrasonic
Gr ade % [MPa] [MPa] Exam
ination of Plain and Clad Steel Plates f0r' Special
A 2 25 37 [255] 65 [450] Applications
B 2 25 40 [275] 70 [485]
D 3 50 37 [255] 65 [450]
E 3 50 40 [275 ] 70 [485]
F 3 50
3. General Requirements and Ordering
Information
2 in [50 mm] and under 55 [3 80] 80 [550]
Over 2 in [50 mm] 50 [345] 75 [5 1 5] 3.1 Material supplied to this material specifi cati on shall
conform to Specifi cation A 20 /A 20M These requirements
outline the testing and retesting methods and procedures,
1.3 The maximum thickness of' plates is limited only
permissible variations in dimensions and mass, quality and
by the capacity of' the composition to meet the specifi ed repair of imperfections, ma r king, loading, etc
mechanical property requirements. However , cur:'e nt prac
tice normally limits the maximum thick
n ess of plates fur 3.2 Specifi cation A 20 /A 20M also establishes the rules
nished under this specif
i cation as follows : f0r the basis of' purchase that should be complied with
Maximum Thickness , in , when purchasing material to t his specifi cation .
Gr ade [mm]
3.3 In addition to the basic requirements of this specif
i
A 6 [ 1 5 0] cation, certain supplementary requirements a r e available
B 6 [ 1 5 0] when additi onal control, testing, or examination is required
D 4 [ 1 00]
to meet end use requirements . These include:
E 4 [ 1 00]
F 4 [ ! 00] 3.3. 1 Vacuum t
r ' e atment,

3.3.2 Additional or special tension testing,

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI
units are to be rega
r ded separately as standa
r d. Within the 3. 3.3 Impact testing, and
text, the SI units a
r e shown in brackets The values stated 3.3.4 Nondestructive examination..
in each system r a e not exact equivalents . Therefore, each
system must be used independently of the other . Combining 3.4 The purchaser is referred to the listed supplemen
values from the two systems may result in nonconformance ta
r3' requir ements in this specifi cation and to the detailed
with th
i s specif
i cation requirements in Specifi cation A 20 /A 20M

315
SA-203 /SA-203M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

3.5 If the requirements of this specif i cation are in con 7. Mechanical Propert
i es
lf ict with the requirements of Specif i cation A 20 /A 20M,
7.1 Tension Test Requirements - The matef i al as repre
the requirements of this specif i cat
i on shall prevail
sented by the tension test specimens shall conform to t he
requirements shown in Table 2
4. Materials and Manufacture
7.1.1 For plates that have been heat treated in accor
4.1 Steelmaking Practice - The steel shall be killed dance with 5 1 1 . 1 or 5 1 2, and have a nominal t
hickness
and shall conform to the f
i ne grain size requirement of of 3/4 in. [20 mm] and under , the 1 1/2 in. (40 r
am) wide
Specif
i cation A 20 /A 20M . rectangular specimen may be used for the tension test, and
the elongation may be determined in a 2 in. [50 r am] gage
length that includes the f
l acture a
n d that shows the greatest
5. Heat Treatment
elongation . When this specimen is used, the elongat i on
5.1 All plates shall be thermally treated as follows : shall be not less than 23 % .
5.1 .1 All plates of Grades A, B , D, and E sha
l l be
normalized except as permitted by 5 1 1 . 1 . 7.2 Impact Test Requirements :
5. 1. 1.1 If approved by the purchaser for Gr ades 7.2. 1 Plates of Grades A, B , D , and E that have been
A, B , D , and E, cooling rates faster than air cooling are heat treated in accorda
nce with 5 1 1 . 1 shall be Chazpy V
permissible for improvement of the toughness, provided t
he notch impact tested The impact test shall meet 20 ft lbf
plates are subsequently tempered at not less than 1 1 00°F [27 J] . The test temperature and orientat i on shall be a
[595°C] for not less than t/2 h matter' of' agreement between the pur chaser and supplier ,
5.1.2 All plates of Grade F shall be heat treated by 7.2.2 Grade F plates shall be impact tested in accor
i ng into the austenitic range, quenching in water , and
heat dance with Supplementau¢ Requirement $5 in Specifi cation
tempering at not less than 1 1 00°F [595°C] for not less than A 20 / A 20M .
1/2 h.

6. Chemical Composit i on
8. Keywords
6. 1 The steel shall conform to the chemical requir e
ments shown in Table 1 unless otherwise modif
i ed in accor 8.1 alloy steel plate ; nickel alloy steel ; pressure con
dance with Supplementary Requirement S 1 7 , Vacuum taining parks ; pressure vessel steels ; steel plates ; steel plates
Carbon-Deoxidized Steel, in Specif
i cation A 20 /A 20M for pressure vessel applicat i ons

316
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-203 /SA-203M

TA B L E 1
C H E M ICA L REQU I RE M E NTS

Compositi on, %
E l e m e nts G rade A G rad e B G rad e D G rade s E a nd F

Carbon, maxA:
U p to 2 i n , [5 0 m m ] i n th i c kness 0 ,17 0 ,21 0 ,17 0 ,20
O ve r 2 i n to 4 i n [ 1 0 0 m m ] i n c l i n th i c k n e ss 0 20 0 .24 0 ,20 0 ,23
O ve r' 4 i n [ 1 0 0 m m ] i n t h i c k n e ss 0 23 0 25 .. .. . .. .. ..
M a n g an e se, m ax :
H e at a n a l ys i s :
2 i n . [ 5 0 m m ] an d u n d e r 0 ,70 0 ,70 0 70 0 70
O ve r 2 i n , [ 5 0 m m ] 0 ,80 0 ,80 0 80 0 ,80
P r o d u ct an a l ys i s
2 i n [ 5 0 m m ] a n d u n d e r' 0 78 0 ,78 0 ,78 0 ,7 8
Ove r 2 i n , [ 5 0 m m ] 0 88 0 88 0 . 88 0 ,88
P h osph o rus, max A 0 , 03 5 0 , 03 5 0, 035 0 0 35
S u l fu r' , max A 0 , 03 5 0 , 03 5 0 035 0 , 0 35
S i l icon:
H eat an alys i s 0 1 5-0 , 4 0 0 1 5-0 , 4 0 0 , 1 5-0 , 4 0 0 1 5-0 , 40
P rod uct an a lys i s 0 , 1 3-0 45 0 1 3-0 45 0 . 1 3-0 , 45 0 , 1 3-0 , 45
N i c ke l :
H eat anal ys i s 2 , 1 0-2 5 0 2 , 1 0-2 . 5 0 3 2 5-3 7 5 3 , 2 5-3 , 7 5
P rod u ct anal ys i s 2 , 0 3-2 5 7 2 . 03-2 . 5 7 3 1 8-3 , 8 2 3 , 1 8-3 , 8 2

A Ap p l i es to both heat an d p r od uct an al yses ,

TA B L E 2
TE N SI L E R EQ U I R E M E NTS
G rad es A a n d D G rades B a n d E G rad e F

ks i [ M P a] ks i [ M P a] ks i [ M P a]

Ten s i l e stren gth

2 i n , [ 5 0 m m ] a n d u n de r 6 5-8 5 [4 5 0-5 8 5 ] 7 0-9 0 [4 8 5-6 2 0 ] 8 0-1 0 0 [ 5 5 0-6 9 0 ]

O ve r' 2 i n [ 5 0 m m ] 6 5-8 5 [ 4 5 0-5 8 5 ] 7 0-9 0 [ 4 8 5-6 2 0 ] 7 5-9 5 [ 5 1 5-6 5 5 ]

Y i e l d stre n gt h, r
ain
2 i n , [5 0 m m] and u nde r 37 [255] 40 [275] 55 [3 8 0]
0 ve t' 2 i n , [ 5 0 m m ] 37 [2 5 5 ] 40 [ 2 7 5] 50 [3 4 5 ]

E l ongat i o n i n 8 i n [2 0 0 m m ] m i n, % A 19 17

E l o ng ati on i n 2 i n , [5 0 m m] r
a i n, % A, B 23 21 20

A S ee S pec ifi cat i o n A2 0/A 2 0 M fo r' e l o n gat i on adj ustme nts ,

B S ee 7 , 1 , 1 ,

3 17
SA-203/SA-203M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

Supplementary iequirements shall not apply unless specifi ed in the order ,

A list of standar dized supplementa r y Iequirements for use at the option of the pulchaser
re included in Specifi cation A 20 /A 20M. Those which ale consideled suitable f0r use
a
with this specifi cation a
r e listed below by title.

$ 1. Vacuum Treatment, $8. Ultrasonic Examination in accordance with

Specif
i cation A 435 /A 435M,
$2. Product Analysis,
$9. Magnetic Particle Examination,
$3. Simulated Post-Weld Heat Treatment of
Mechanical Test Coupons, $11. Ultrasonic Examination in accordance with
$4. 1 Additional Tension Test, Specif
i cation A 577/A 577M,
S 12. Ultrasonic Examination in accordance with
Specif
ication A 578 /A 578M,
$5. Charpy V-Notch Impact Test,
S14. Bend Test, and
$6. Drop Weight Test,
S 17. Vacuum Carbon-Deoxidized Steel.
$7. High-Temperature Tension Test,

318
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-204/SA-204M

SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE VESSEL PLATES,

ALLOY STEEL, MOLYBDENUM

SA-204/SA-204M ,
INTERNATIONA L
Standards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 204/A 204M-03 ) 07

1. Scope A 435/A 435M Specif

i cation for Straight-Beam UlUasonic
Examination of S teel Plate s
1. 1 This specif
i cation cover's molybdenum-alloy steel
plates, intended pa rt
i cularly for welded boiler' s and other A 577/A 577M Specif
i cation for Ultr asonic Angle-Beam
Examination of S teel Plates
pres sure vessels .
A 578/A 578M Specifi cation for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic
1.2 Plates under this specif
i cation are available in three Examination of Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special
grades having different strength levels as follows: Applications
Tensile Strength,
Gi ade ksi [MPa]

A 65-85 [450 -585 ] 3. General Requirements and Ordering

B 70-90 [48 5-620] Information
C 7 5-95 [5 1 5-65 5]
3.1 Plates supplied to this product specifi cation shall
conform to Specif i cation A 20/A 20M, which outlines the
1 .3 The maximum t hicknes s of plates is limited only testing and :etesting methods and proceduIes, permissible
by the capacity of the composit i on to meet the specifi ed variations in dimensions and mass , quality and repair of
mechanical pr operty requirements ; however , cu:: ent prac defects , marking, loading , etc
tice normally limits the maximum thickness of plates fur
nished under this specifi cation as follows : 3.2 Specifi cation A 20/A 20M also establishes t
he rules
for ordering infor mation that should be complied with
Maximum Thickness ,
Gr ade in , [mm]
when purchasing plates to this specif
i cation
A 6 [ 1 5 01 3.3 In addition to the basic requir ements of this specifi
B 6 [ 1 5 01 cation, certa
in supplementary requirements a r e available
C 4 [ 1 00] wh ere ad d i ti o n al c o n tr o l , te s ti n g , o r e x ami n ati o n i s
required to meet end use requirements
1 .4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI
3.4 The pmchaser is refe::ed to the listed supplemen
units are to be rega
r ded sepa
r ately as standa
r d. Within the
text, the SI units a
r e shown in br ackets The values stated ta
ry requirements in this specifi cation and to t
he detailed
requirements in Specif
i cation A 20/A 20M .
in each system are not exact equivalents ; t
herefore, each
system must be used independently of the other . Combining 3.5 Coils ar e excluded f i om qualif
i cation to this speci
values f
i om the two systems may result in nonconformance if cation unt
il t
hey are processed into fi nished plates . Plates
withthis specifi cation. produced from coil means plates that have been cut to
individual lengt h s from coil The processor directly con
trois, or is responsible for , the operations involved in the
processing of coils into fi nished plates. Such operations
2. Referenced Documents include decoiling , leveling, cutting to length, te sting,
2. 1 ASTM Standards: inspection, conditioning, heat treatment (if applicable),
A 20/A 20M Specif
i cation for Genera
l Requirements for packaging, marking, loading for shipment, and certifi
Steel Plates for Pr essure Vessels c ation

3 19
SA-204/SA-204M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

NOTE 1 - For plates produced t om coil and furnished without heat 5.2 Plates over 1 1/2 in [40 r
am] in thickness shall be
t[ eatment o with stress relieving only, three test results a e reported for noImalized .
each qualifying coil Additional requir ements regaiding plates tom coil
are described in Specification A 20/A 20M

3.6 If the requirements of this specifi cation are in con

fl ict with the requirements of Specifi cation A 20/A 20M, 6. Chemical Requirements
the requirements of this specifi cation shall prevail 6. 1 The steel shall confbIm to the chemical requir e
ments given in Table 1 unless otherwise modif
i ed in accor
dance with Supplementary Requirement S 1 7 , Vacuum
4. Materials and Manufacture Ca
r bon-Deoxidized Steel, in Specifi cation A 20/A 20M
4.1 Steelmaking Practice-
-The steel shall be killed

5. Heat Treatment 7. Mechanical Requirements

5.1 Plates 1 1/2 in. [40 mi
ni and under in thick
ness are 7. 1 Tension Test Requ irements-
-The plates, as mpie
normally supplied in the as-rolled condition The plates sented by the tension-test specimens, shall conform to the
may be ordered normalized or stress relieved or both mquirernents given in Table 2.

TA B L E 1
C H E M I CA L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
Co m positi on, %
E l e m e nt G rade A G rad e B G r ade C

C arb o n, m ax ( A ) :
0 20 0 23
U p to i i n , [ 2 5 m m ] i nc l, i n th i c k ness 0 ,18
0 23 0 26
Ove r 1 i n to 2 i n , [5 0 m m] i nc l, i n th ic kness 0 ,21
0 25 0 128
Ove r 2 i n , to 4 i n , [ 1 0 0 m m ] i nc l , i n th i c k ne ss 0 .23

O ve r 4 i n , [ 1 0 0 m m ] i n t h i c k ness 0 ,25 0 27 0 28

M an g a n ese, m ax :
0 90 0 90 0 90
H e at an a l ys i s
0, 98 0 . 98 0 98
P r o d u ct a n a l ys i s
0 03 5 0 . 03 5 0 1035
P h os p h o ro us, max ( A )
0 ,035 0 . 035 0 03 5
S u lfu r, max ( A )
S i l i co n :
0 . 1 5-0 , 4 0 0 1 5-0 . 4 0 0 , 1 5-0 , 4 0
H e at an a l ys i s
0 , 1 3-0 4 5 0 . 1 3- 0 4 5 0 . 1 3-0 . 4 5
P r o d u ct a n a l y s i s
M o l ybde n u m :
0 , 4 5-0 6 0 0 4 5-0 . 6 0 0 . 4 5-0 . 6 0
H e at a n a l ys i s
0 4 1-0 6 4 0 4 1-0 6 4 0 . 4 1-0 . 6 4
P ro d u ct an a l ys i s

N OT E :
( A ) App l i es to both heat and p r od uct ana lyses
TA B L E 2
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS

G rad e A G rade B G rade C

ks i [ M P a] ks i [ M P al ks i [ M P a]

4 5 0-5 8 5 7 0-9 0 4 8 5 -6 2 0 7 5-9 5 5 1 5-6 5 5

Te n s i l e st re n gt h 6 5-8 5
255 40 275 43 295
Y ie l d stre ngth, m i n ( A ) 37
17 16
E l o ng ati o n i n 8 i n . [2 0 0 m m ], m i n, % ( B ) 19
21 20
E l o ngati o n i n 2 i n . E5 0 m m], m i n, % ( B ) 23

N OT ES :

( A ) Determ i ned by e ithe r' the 0 . 2 % offset meth od or' the 0 .5 % exte ns i on-u nde r- l oad method .
( B ) S ee S pec if
i cati on A 2 0/A 2 0 M fo r e l ong at i o n adj ustme nt .

3 20
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-204/SA-204M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUI MENTS

Supplementary iequiiements shall not apply unless specifi ed in the pmchase ordeI ,
A list of standardized supplementary requirements fbr use at the option of the puichaser
is included in Specifi cation A 20/A 20M, , Those that are considered suitable for use with
this specifi cation are listed in this section by title.

S1. Vacuum Treatment, $8. Ultrasonic Examination in Accordance With

Specif
ication A 435/A 435M,
$2 Product Analysis,
$9. Magnetic Particle Examination,
$3. Simulated Post-Weld Heat Treatment of
Mechanical Test Coupons, Sll. Ultrasonic Examination in Accordance With
$4. 1 Additional Tension Test, Specif
i cation A 577/A 577M,
S 12. Ultrasonic Examination in Accordance With
$5. Charpy V-Notch Impact Test,
Specif
i cation A 578/A 578M, and
$6. Drop Weight Test,
S 17. Vacuum Carbon-Deoxidized Steel.
$7. High-Temperature Tension Test,

32 1
3 22
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-209/SA-209M

SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS CARBON

MOLYBDENUM ALLOY-STEEL B OILER AND
SUPERHEATER TUBES

SA-209/SA-209M
INTERNATIONAL
Stan dards Wo r
l dwide

A09
[Ident
i cal with ASTM Specif
i cat
i on A 209/A 209M-03 (R07) ]

1. Scope A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M constit
utes nonconformance with this

1.1 This specifi cation cover's several grades of mini specifi cati on . In case of' confl ict with the requirements of'
mum-wall-thickness , seamless, carbon-molybdenum alloy this specif i cat
i on and Specif i cation A 1 0 1 6/A 1 0 1 6M, this
steel, boiler and superheater tubes specifi cation shall prevail.

1.2 This specifi cation covers tubes 1/2 to 5 in [ 1 2.7 to

1 2 7 mm] inc lu s iv e , in out si de di ameter an d 0 . 0 3 5 to 4. Materials and Manufacture
0 .5 00 in. [0. 9 to 1 2 .7 mm] , inclusive, in minimum wall 4.1 Steelmaking Practice - The steel shall be killed
thickness .
4.2 The tubes sha ll be made by t he seamless pr ocess and
1.3 An opt
i onal supplementa
r y requirement is provided shall be either hot-f
i nished or' cold-f
i nished, as specif
i ed.
and, when desired, shall be so stated in the order .
4.3 Heat Treatment - Hot-f
inished t
ubes shall be heat
1 .4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI treated at a temperature of' 1 200°F [650°C] or' higher' . Cold
units are to be regarded separately as sta
nda rd. Within t
he i nished tubes shall, after' the f
f i nal cold f
i nishing, be heat
text, the SI units are shown in brackets . The va
lues stated treated at a temperature of' 1 200°F [650°C] or' higher' , or'
in each system a r e not exact equivalents; therefbre, each tubing may be furnished in the full-annealed, isothermal
system must be used independently of the ot h er . Combining annealed, or normalized and tempered condit i on.. If fur
values from the two systems may r esult in nonconformance nished in the normalized and tempered condit
i on, the mini
with t
h e specifi cation , The inch-pound units shall apply mum tempering temperature shall be 1 200°F [650°C] .
unless the "M" designation of this specif
i cation is specifi ed
in t
h e order .

5. Chemical Composition
5. 1 The steel shall conform to the requirements given
2. Referenced Documents
in Table 1 .
2. 1 A STM Standa rds:
5.2 Product Analysis
A 1 0 1 6/A 1 0 1 6M Specif
i cation for Genera
l Requirements
for Ferritic Alloy Steel, Austenitic Alloy Steel, and 5.2.1 An analysis shall be made by the manufacturer
Stainless Steel Tubes of one billet or one tube from each heat. The chem
i cal
composition t
hus determined, shall conform to t
he require
ments given in Table 1
3. General Requirements 5.2.2 If t
h e origina
l test for pr oduct analysis fails,
3. 1 Product furnished under this specif
i cation shall con r etests of two addit
i onal billets or tubes shall be made .
form to th e re quir emen t s of S pec i f i c ati on Both retests for the elements in question shall meet t
he
A 1 0 1 6/A 1 0 1 6M, including a
ny supplementa r y require requirements of the specifi cation; otherwise all remaining
ments that a re indicated in the purchase order Failme material in the heat or lot (see 7 1 ) shall be rej ected or , at
to comply with t
he genera
l requirements of Specif
i cation the opti on of t
h e producer, each billet or tube may be

3 23
 SA-209/SA-209M 2009b SECTION II, PART A

individually tested for acceptance , Billets or' tubes that do term lot applies to all tubes prior to cutting of the same
not meet the requirements of the specif i cation shall be nominal size and wa l l thick
ness that a r e produced from
rej ected. the same heat of steel When f
i nal heat treatment is in a
batch-type fuinace, a lot shall include only those tubes of
the s ame size and f
rom t
h e s ame heat t
h at are heat treated
6. Mechanical Properties
in the same furnace charge When the f
i nal heat treatment
6. 1 Tensile Requirements is in a cont
i nuous furnace, the number of tubes of the same
6. 1 . 1 The material shall conform to the requirements size and t om the same heat in a lot shall be determined
given in Table 2 . from the size of the t
ubes given in Table 5
6. 1 .2 Table 3 gives the computed minimum elonga 7.2 Tension and Ha r dness Tests - For tension and
tion values for each 2 in [0.. 8 r
am] decr ease in wall
thickness . Where the wall thick
n ess lies between two val
hardness tests, the term lot applies to all t ubes prior to
cutt
i ng, of the same nominal dia meter a
nd wall t hick n ess
ues shown above, the minimum elongation value shall be
that a
r e produced fr om the sa me heat of steel When f i nal
determined by the following equation :
heat treatment is in a batch-type f
urnace, a lot shall include
E = 48t + 1 5 ,00 [E = 1 87t + 1 5 00] (1) only those tubes of the same size and the same heat that
r e heat treated in the sa
a me furnace charge . When the f i nal
where :
heat treatment is in a continuous f
urnace, a lot shal l include
E = elongation in 2 in [50 mm] , % , and, l l tubes of the same size a
a n d heat, heat treated in t
he same
t = act
u al thick
n ess of specimen, in , [mm] furnace at the sa
me temperature, time at heat, and u
frnace
6.2 Hardness Requi rements - The tubes shall have a speed.
har dness not exceeding t
h e values given in Table 4.
6.3 Number oJ Tests
6.3. 1 Tension Test - One tension te st shall be made 8. Forming Operations
on a specimen for lots of not more t
h an 50 tubes Tension 8. 1 Tu b e s wh e n i n s ert e d in th e b o i l er s h a l l s t a n d
tests shall be made on specimens from two tubes for lots expanding and beading without showing cracks or lf aws .
of more than 50 t
ubes (see 7 . 2) . Superheater tubes when properly manipulated shall stand
6.3.2 Flattening Test - One f l attening test shall be all forging , welding, and bending oper ations necessa
r y for
made on specimens f rom each end of one f i nished tube, applicati on without developing defects .
not the one used for the f
lar ing test, from each lot (see % 1 )
6.3.3 Flar ing Test - One f la
r ing test shall be made
on specimens fi om each end of one f i nished tube, not the 9. Product Marking
one used fbr the fl attening test, tom each lot (see 7 1 ) 9. 1 In addition to the ma r king presclibed in Specif
i ca
6.3.4 Hardness Test - Blinell or Rockwell ha
r dness i on A 1 0 1 6/A 1 0 1 6M, the ma
t rking shall include whether'
tests shall be made on specimens fr om two tubes f
rom the tube is hot-f
i nished or cold- f
i ni shed,
each lot (see % 2) .

7. Sampling 10. Keywords

7. 1 Flattening, Flaring, and Product Analysis - For 1 0. 1 boiler tubes ; ca
r bon-molybdenum; seamles s steel
l attening, f
f l aring, and pr oduct analysis requirements , the tube ; steel tube ; superheateI tubes

3 24
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-209/SA-209M

TA B L E 1
C H E M I C A L C O M P O S IT I O N R E Q U I R E M E N T S
Co m positi on, %
E l e m e nt G rade T1 G rad e Tla G rade T 1 b

C arbon 0 1 0-0 , 2 0 0 1 5-0 . 2 5 0 1 4 max

M an ganese 0 , 3 0-0 8 0 0 3 0-0 , 8 0 0 3 0-0 , 8 0
P h ospho rus, max 0 .025 0 ,025 0 ,025
S u lfu r, max 0 ,025 0 025 0 ,025
S i l i con 0 1 0-0 , 5 0 0 1 0-0 , 5 0 0 . 1 0-0 5 0
M o lybden u m 0 44-0 , 65 0 , 44-0 , 65 0 ,44-0 , 6 5

TA B L E 2
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS
G rad e G rad e G r ad e
T1 Tl b Tla

Tens i l e stre n gth, m i n, ks i E M P a] 5 5 [3 8 0 ] 5 3 [365 ] 6 0 [4 1 5 ]

Y i e l d strength, m i n, ksi E M P a] 3 0 [ 2 0 5] 28 [195] 3 2 E2 2 0]
E l on gat i o n i n 2 i n , o r 5 0 m m, m i n, % 30 30 30
Fo r l ong itu d i na l str i p tests a ded uct i on 1 50A 1 ,50A 1 50A
sha l l be made fo r eac h 1/32 i n , E0 8
m m ] d ec re ase i n wa l l th i c k ness
be l ow s/16 i n , [8 m m] fro m the bas i c
m i n i m u m e l o n g at i o n of t h e
fo l l ow i n g pe rce ntag e
W h e n stan d a rd r o u n d 2 i n ,, o r 5 0 m m 22 22 22

gage le n gth o r' s ma l l e r'

p ropo rti onal l y s i zed spec i men with
the gag e le ngth e q ual to 4 D (fo u r'
t i m e s t h e d i am ete r ) i s u se d

A Tab l e 3 g i ves the com p uted m i n i m u m va l ues

TA B L E 3
C O M P U T E D M I N I M U M VA L U E S

Wa l l T h i c k n ess
E l ongati on i n 2 i n , or
in. mm 50 m m, m i n, % A

5/16 ( 0 3 1 2 ) 8 30
9/32 ( 0 2 8 1 ) 72 29
1/4 ( 0 2 5 0 ) 6 ,4 27
7/32 ( 0 , 2 1 9 ) 5 ,6 26
3/16 ( 0 , 1 8 8 ) 48 24
5/32 ( 0 , 1 5 6 ) 4 22
1/8 ( 0 , 1 2 5 ) 3, 2 21
3/32 ( 0 0 94 ) 2 ,4 20
1/16 ( 0 , 0 62 ) 1 ,6 18

A Ca l cu l ated e l o n gati on req u i re ments shal l be ro u nded to the nearest wh o le n u m be r

3 25
SA-209/SA-209M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 4
H ARD N ESS R EQU I RE M E NTS
B r i n e l l H a rd n ess
N u m be r ( T u b es 0 .. 2 00
i n . [5 . 1 m i n i a n d ove r i n
Wal l Th ickness), H BW
Rockwe l l H a rd n ess
N u m be r ( T u bes l e ss than
0, 2 00 i n , [5 . 1 m m ] i n
Wal l Th i ckness), H R B

G rade T 1 1 46 80
i!
G rade T l a 1 53 81
G rade T l b 137 77

TA B L E 5
N U M B E R O F T U B E S I N A LOT H E AT T R EAT E D BY T H E C O N TI N U O U S P ROC E S S
S ize of Tu be S ize of Lot

2 i n , [ 5 0 , 8 m m ] an d ove r' i n o uts i d e d i am ete r an d n ot m o re t h a n 5 0 tu bes

0 , 2 0 0 i n , [5 , 1 r
a m ] an d o ve r' i n wa l l th i c k ne ss
2 i n , E5 0 , 8 r
a m ] an d ove r' i n o uts i d e d i amete r' an d n ot m o re t h a n 7 5 tu bes
u n de r' 0 2 0 0 i n , [ 5 . 1 r
a m ] i n wa l l th i c k n ess
L e ss th an 2 i n , [ 5 0 . 8 r
a m ] b ut ove r 1 i n [ 2 5 , 4 r
a m] n ot m o re t h an 7 5 t u be s
i n o uts i d e d i a m ete r'
1 i n , [2 5 4 r
a m ] o r' l ess i n o u ts i d e d i a mete r' n ot m o re t h an 1 2 5 t u bes

3 26
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-209/SA-209M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementary requirement shall apply only when specif

i ed by the purchaser
in the inquiry , contract, or order.

S1. Surface Condition

SI.1 If pickling or shot blasting, oI both, a

r e required, this shall be specifi cally stated in the order Details of this
supplemental requirement shall be agreed upon between t
he manufactur er and the purchaser.

3 27
SA-209/SA-209M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

SUMMARY OF CHANGES

The Committee has identif

i ed the location of selected guidelines for' form and style. The mandatory hydrostatic
changes to this specifi cation since the last issue, which test, unless t
he nondestr
uctive electric test is specif
i ed by
may impact the use of this specifi cation. . purchaser was cha
n ged to the mandatory nondestr
uctive
(1 ) Revised and re-fmmated extensively to adopt the electric test unless the hydrostatic test is specifi ed by pur
new general Iequirements specifi cation and confmm to the chaser' per Specifi cation A 1 0 1 6/A 1 0 1 6..

328
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-210/SA-210M

SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS MEDIUM- CARB ON

STEEL B OILER AND SUPERHEATER TUBES

SA -21 0/SA-2 1 0M

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 2 1 0/A 2 1 0M-95 except for editor
i al difterences in Table 2 )

1. Scope A 520 Specif

i cation for' Supplementary Requirements for'
Seamless and Electr
i c-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel
1.1 This specif
i cation covers minimum-wall-thickness,
s eaml e s s medium-c arb on steel , boiler tubes and boiler Tubula
r ' Pr oducts for' High-Temperature S er vice Con
flues , including safe ends (Note 1 ), arch and stay tubes , formin g to IS O Rec omm endati on s f or B o il er C on
s tmct
i on
and superheater t ubes .

NOTE 1 - This type is not suitable fbI safe ending by foI ge welding
3. Ordering Information
1.2 The t
ubing sizes a
nd thicknes ses usually furnished
3. 1 Orders for' material under this specif
i cation should
to this specifi cation a
r e 1/2 in to 5 in. [ 1 2.7 to 1 27 mm] include the following, as required, to describe t
he desired
in outside diameter and 0 03 5 to 0. 500 in. [0 .9 to 1 2 7 r
am] ,
material adequately :
inclusive, in minimum wall t
hickn ess . Tubing having ot
h er
dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply
3. 1 . 1 Quantity (feet, metres, or' number of lengths),
with all other requirements of this specif
i cation 3.1 .2 Name of material (seamless tubes),
3. 1 .3 Grade,
1.3 Mechanical pr operty requirements do not apply to
tubing smaller than 1/8 in . [3 2 r
am] in inside diameter or' 3. 1 .4 Manufacture (hot-f
i nished or cold-f
i nished) ,
0 . 0 1 5 in. [0 4 mm] in thick
ness 3. 1.5 S iz e ( out s i de di ameter and minimum wall
hick
t ness),
1.4 When these products a r e to be used in applicati ons
conforming to IS O Recommendations for B oiler' Construc 3 . 1 .6 Length (specif
i c or random) ,
i on, the requirements of Specif
t i cation A 520, shall supple 3. 1 .7 Opt
i onal requirements (Sections 7 and 1 0) ,
ment and super sede the requirements of this specif i cation . Test report required (see Cert
3. 1 .8 ifi cat
i on Specif
i
1 .5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI cation of Specif
i cation A 450/A 450M),
units a
r e to be rega
r ded sepa
r ately as sta
n da
r d. Within the 3. 1 .9 Specif
i cation designation, and
text, h
te SI units are shown in brackets . The values stated
3. 1. 10 Specia
l r equir ements
in each system a r e not exact equivalents ; therefor e, each
system must be used independently of' t
h e other . Combining
values t om the two systems may r esult in nonconformance 4. General Requirements
with the specifi cation The inch-pound units shall apply 4. 1 Materia
l furnished under' this specif i cation shall
unless the "M" designation of this specif
i cati on is specif
i ed conform to t
he applicable r equir ements of t
h e curient edi
in the order . tion of Specifi cation A 450/A 450M, unless otherwise pro
vided herein .

2. Referenced Documents
5. Manufacture
2. 1 ASTM Standards:
5.1 Steelmaking Practice - T
h e steel sha
l l be killed .
A 450/A 450M Specif i cation for Gener al Requirements
for Ca
r bon, Ferf
itic Alloy , and Austenitic Alloy Steel 5.2 The t
ubes shall be made by the seamles s process and
Tubes shall be either' hot-f
i nished or cold-f
i nished, as specif
i ed.

3 29
SA-210/SA-210M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

6. Heat Treatment 10.2 Table 4 gives the computed minimum elongation

6. 1 Hot-f
i nished tubes need not be heat treated Cold values for each 1/32 in [0. 8 mm] decr ease in wall thickness
Whele the wa
ll thicknes s lies between two values shown
fi nished tubes shall be given a subcritical anneal, a full
anneal, or a normalizing heat treatment after the f
inal cold above, the minimum elongat i on value shall be determined
i nishing process
f by the following equation:

E = 48 t + 1 5 00 [E = 1 87 t + t 5 00]
7. Surface Condition
wher e :
7.1 If pickling or shot blasti ng or both ate required,
this shall be specif
i cally stated in the or der E = elongat i on in 2 in. or 50 mln, %, and
t = actual thicknes s of specimen, in [mm]

8. Chemical Composit i on
8. 1 The steel sha
l l conform to the requir ements as to
chemical composition prescribed in Table 1 11. Hardness Requirements

8.2 When a grade is ordered under this specif

i cation, 1 1. 1 The tubes sha
l l have a hardnes s not exceeding the
supplying an alloy grade that specifi ca
l ly requires the addi following: 79 HRB or 1 43 HB for Glade A- l , 89 HRB or
1 79 HB for Grade C .
tion of any element other than those listed for the ordered
grade in Table 1 is not permitted

12. Mechanical Tests Required

9. Product Analysis
12. 1 Tension Test - One tension test sha
ll be made on
9.1 When requested on the pulchase order, a product
analysis shall be made by the supplier tom one tube or a specimen for lots of not more than 50 tubes Tension
billet per heat. The chemical compositi on thus determined tests shall be made on specimens from two tubes for lots
shall conform to the requilements specif i ed of mor e than 50 tubes (Note 3)

9.2 If the original test for product analysis fails, retests 12.2 Flattening Test - One f
l attening test shall be made
of two additional billets or tubes shall be made . B oth retests on specimens fxom each end of one fi nished tube from
for the elements in quest i on shall meet the requirements each lot (Note 2), but not t
h e one used for the fl aring test
of the specifi cation; othelwise, all remaining material in Tear's or breaks occuliing at the 1 2 or 6 o' clock positions
the heat or lot (Note 2) shall be rej ected or, at the opt
i on on Grade C tubing with sizes of 2.375 in. [60.. 3 mm] in
of the producer , each billet or tube may be individually outside diameter and sma
l ler shall not be consideled a
tested for acceptance. Billets or tubes which do not meet basis for rej ect
i on
the requirements of the specifi cation shall be rejected
12.3 Flaring Test - One t
itu ing test shall be made on
NOTE 2 - FoI fl attening and ti a
l ing iequil ements, the term "lot" applies specimens f
rom each end of the one fi nished tube f
i om
to all tubes prior to cutting of the same nominal size a nd wall thickness each lot (Note 2,) but not the one used for the f
l attening test
which ale pl oduced fl om the same heat of steel When fi nal hea t treatment
is in a batch-type furnace, a lot shall include only those tubes of the same 12.4 Hardness Test - Blinell or Rockwell ht
u dness test
size and f
i om t
h e same heat which are heat treated in the same f
urn ace
chalge When the fi nal heat tleatment is in a continuous furnace, the
shall be made on specimens f
rom two tubes flom each lot
numbei of tubes of the same size and tom the same heat in a lot shall (Note 3 )
be detelmined fl om the size of the tubes as pl escribed in Table 2
NOTE 3 - FoI tensile and hal dness test requkements, t
h e telm "lot"
12.5 Hydrostatic or Nondes tructive Electr ic Test -
applies to all tubes plioI to cutting, of t
he same nominal diameter a
nd Each tube shall be subjected to the hydrostatic, or, instead
wa ll thick
ness which a le produced fr om t he same heat of steel W hen of t
h is test, a nondestruct
i ve electlic test may be used when
if na
l heat treatment is in a batch-type fulnace, a lot sha
l l include only specifi ed by the purchaser
those tubes of the sa
m e size and t
h e same heat which a
l e heat tleated in
t e sa
h me furnace chal ge When t h e fi nal heat treatment is in a continuous
fiamace, a lot shall include all tubes of the same size and heat, heat
tleated in t
he same u
f lnace at the same tempelatur e, t
i me at heat, a
nd 13. Forming Operat
i ons
u tnace speed
f
13.1 When inserted in t
he boiler, tubes shall stand
expanding and beading wit h out showing cracks or fl aws
1 0. Tensile Requiremnts When propelly manipulated, supelheater t ubes shall stand
10. 1 The material sha
ll conform to the r equirements all forging, welding and bending opelations necesst
u y for
as to tensile properXies prescribed in Table 3 application without developing defects

3 30
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-21 0/SA-210M

14. Product Marking 15. Keywords

14.1 In addition to the marking prescribed in Specifi ca 15. 1 boiler tubes ; ca
r bon ; seamless steel tube ; steel
tion A 450/A 450M, the ma r king shall indicate whether tube ; superheater t
ubes
the tube is hot-f
i nished or' cold-f
i nished

TA B L E 1 TA B L E 2
C H E M I CA L R E Q U I R E M E N T S N U M B E R O F T U B E S I N A LO T H E AT T R E AT E D B Y T H E
C O N TI N U O U S P R OC E S S
Composition, %
E l e m e nt G rade A- 1 G rad e C S i z e of T u b e S i ze of L ot

2 in ( 5 0 , 8 m m ) a n d ove r i n d i a m ete r'

C arbo n A, max 0 27 0 35 n ot m o r e t h a n 5 0 t u bes
and 0 , 2 0 0 i n ( 5 , 1 m m ) a n d ove r i n
M a n g an ese 0 . 9 3 m ax 0 , 2 9- 1 , 0 6
wa l l th i c k n ess
P h osp h or u s, max 0 , 03 5 0 0 35
2 in , (50 8 r
a m ) a n d o ve r i n o uts i d e n ot m o re t h a n 7 5 t u bes
S u lfu r' , max 0, 035 0 , 03 5
d i a m ete r a n d u n de r 0 2 0 0 i n , ( 5 , 1
S i l i co n, m i n 0 ,10 0 ,10
a m ) i n wa l l th i c k n ess
r
z F o r' eac h red ucti o n of 0 0 1 % be l ow the spec ifi ed carbo n max i L e ss th a n 2 i n ( 5 0 , 8 m m ) b ut o ve r 1 n ot m o re t h a n 7 5 t u be s
m u m, an i ncrease of 0 , 06 % manganese above the spec if i ed max i i n , ( 2 5 ,, 4 r
a m ) i n o uts i d e d i am ete r o r'
m u m wi l l be perm itte d u p to a max i m u m of 1 , 35 % , ove r' I i n i n o u ts i d e d i am ete r' a n d
u nde r 0 , 2 0 0 i n ( 5 , 0 8 m m ) i n wa l l
t h i c k ne ss
1 in , (25 4 r
a m ) o r l e ss i n o uts i de n ot m o re t h a n 1 2 5 t u b es
d i a m ete r'

TA B L E 3
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS
G rad e A-1 G rad e C

Te n s i le stre n gth, m i n, ks i [ M Pal 6 0 [4 1 5 ] 7 0 [4 8 5 ]

Y i e l d stren gth, m i n, ks i [ M P a] 3 7 [2 5 5] 4 0 [2 7 5 ]
E l o n gati on i n 2 i n , o r 5 0 m m, m i n, % 30 30
F o r l ong itud i na l str i p tests, a ded uct i o n sha l l be made fo r eac h 1/32 i n , [ 0 , 8 1 50A 1 50A
m m] dec rease i n wa l l th i c kness u nder' 5/16 i n , [8 m m] fro m the bas i c m i n i
m u m e l o n gat i on of the fo l l owi n g pe r ce ntage p o i nts
W hen standar d r o u nd 2 i n . o r' 5 0 m m gage l en gth or sma l ler' p ropo rti o na l l y 22 20
s i zed s pec i men wi th the gage l e n gth e q ual to 4 D ( fo u r' t i mes t he d ia mete r )
i s u sed

A S ee Tab le 4 fo r' the co m puted m i n i m u m val ues ,

33 1
SA-210/SA-210M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 4
C O M P U T E D M I N I M U M E LO N GATI O N VA L U E SA
E l ongati on i n 2 i n , or
Wal l Th ickness, i n , [ m m] 50 mm, r
a i n, %
5/16 ( 0 ,3 1 2 ) [8] 30
9/32 ( 0 , 2 8 1 ) F7 , 2 ] 28
1/4 ( 0 , 2 5 0 ) [6 ,4] 27
7/32 ( 0 , 2 1 9 ) [5 , 6] 26
3/i6 ( 0 , 1 88 ) [4 , 8] 24
5/32 ( 0 , 1 5 6 ) [4] 22
1/8 ( 0 , 1 2 5 ) [3 , 2 ] 21
3/32 ( 0 , 0 94 ) E 2 ,4] 20
1/16 ( 0 , 0 6 2 ) [ 1 , 6] 18
0 , 0 6 2 to 0 0 35 [ 1 . 6 to 0 9 3, exc l 17
0 , 0 35 to 0 , 0 2 2 [ 0 9 to 0 63, exc l 16
0 . 0 2 2 to 0 . 0 1 5 E O , 6 to 0 , 4], i nc l 16

A C al c u l ated e l ongat i o n req u i reme nts sh al l be rou nded to the nearest wh o le n u mber

332
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-213/SA-213M

SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS FERRITIC AND

AUSTENITIC ALLOY-STEEL BOILER,

SUPERHEATER, AND HEAT-EXCHANGER TUBES

SA-213 /SA-2 13M

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 2 1 3 /A 2 1 3M-07 except fbr the additional H Grade heat tieatment requirements in 6 2 ) A08

1. Scope A 94 1 Terminology Relating to S teel , S tainle s s S teel ,

1.1 This specif
i cation cover's seamless ferritic and aus Related Alloys, and Ferroalloys
tenitic steel boiler, superheater , a
nd heat-excha
n ger tubes, A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 01 6M Specif
i cat
ion for General Requirements
designated Grades T5 , TP304, etc . These steels ate listed for Ferritic Alloy S teel , Au stenitic Alloy S teel , and
in Tables 1 a
n d 2. Stainless S teel Tubes
E 1 1 2 Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size
1.2 Grades containing the letter, H, in t
heir designation,
have requirements different from those of similar grades
not containing the letter, H. These different requirements 3. Terminology
provide higher creep -rupture strength than norm ally 3. 1 Def initions - For def i nit
i ons of terms used in t
his
achievable in similar grades without t
hese different require specifi cation, refer to Term
i nology A 94 1 .
ments .

1.3 The tubing sizes a

nd thicknesses usually furnished
4. Ordering Information
to t
his specification a
te ,1 8 in. [3 .2 mm] in inside diameter
to 5 in [ 1 27 mm] in outside dia
meter a
nd 0.0 1 5 to 0 .500 in. 4. 1 It shall be the responsibility of the purchaser to
[0.4 to 1 2 .7 mm] , inclusive, in m
inimum wa ll thick n ess specify all requirements that a re necessat y for' products
or, if specif
i ed in t
he order , average wall t
hick
n ess. Tubing under this specifi cation. Such requirements to be consid
having other diameters may be furnished, provided such ered include, but are not limited to, t
he following :
tubes comply wit h all ot
her requirements of this specifi 4. 1 . 1 Quant
i ty (feet, met
r es, or number of lengt
h s) ,
cation .
4. 1.2 Na
m e of material (seamless t
ubes),
1.4 The values stated in eit
her inch-pound units or SI 4.1 .3 Grade (Tables 1 and 2),
units a
te to be rega
t ded sepa
rately as standa
t d. Within the 4. 1.4 Condition (hot f
i nished or cold f
i nished),
text, the SI units a
t e shown in brackets . The va
lues stated
4. 1 .5 Controlled str
uctura
l characteristics (see 6. 3 ),
in each system at e not exact equiva
l ents ; t
herefore, each
system must be used independently oft
he ot her. Combining 4.1.6 S ize (outsi de di ameter and minimum wall
va
lues from hte two systems may result in nonconformance thick
ness, unless average wa
ll thick
n ess is specif
i ed) ,
with t
he specifi cat
ion The inch-pound units sha ll apply 4. 1.7 Lengt
h (specif
i c or random) ,
unless the "M" designation of t
his specif
i cat
i on is specif
i ed
in t
he order'.
4.1 .8 Hydrostatic Test or' Nondestruct
i ve Electxic
Test (see 1 0 1 ) ,
4.1 .9 Specif
i cation designat
i on and year of issue,
2. Referenced Documents 4 . 1 . 1 0 Incr e as e d s ulfur (for machinabi lity , s ee
2. 1 ASTM Standards : Note B , Table 1 , and 1 5 . 3), a
nd
A 262 Pi'actices for' Detect
ing Susceptibility to Intergra
nu 4.1.1 1 Special requirements a
nd a
ny supplementary
la
r Attack in Austen
i tic Stainless Steels requirements selected.

33 3
SA-2 1 3/SA-2 13M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

5. General Requirements 7.2.2 If t

5.1 Product furnished to this specif
i cation shall conform
to the requirements of Specifi cation A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M,
including any supplementary requirements that are indi
cated in the purchase order Failure to comply with the
general requirements of Specifi cati on A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M
const
itutes nonconformance with this specif i cation . In case
of conf
l ict between the r equirements of this specif i cat
i on
and Specifi cation A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M, this specifi cation
shall prevail .
he original test for product analysis fails,
retests of two additional billets or tubes sha
ll be made
Both r etests, for the elements in question, shall meet t he
requirements of the specif ication; ot herwise all remaining
material in the heat shall be rejected or , at the option of
the producer , each billet or' tube may be individually tested
fbr acceptance Billets or' tubes th at do not meet t
he require
ments of the specif i cation shall be rejected.
8. Grain Size

8.1 Grain size sha

l l be as given in Table 3 , as deter
6. Materials and Manufacture mined in accordance with Test Met
h ods E 1 1 2.
6.1 Manufacture and Condition - Tubes shall be made 8.2 Gr ain size determinations, to demonstr ate compli
by the seamless process and shall be either hot finished or ance with 8 . 1 , shall be made on one end of one f
i nished
cold f
i nished, as specifi ed Grade TP347HFG shall be cold tube from each lot . See 1 4 . 1 .
i nished
f

6.2 Heat Treatment :

6.2. 1 Ferritic Alloy and Ferr itic Stainless Steels - 9. Mechanical Properties
The ferri tic alloy and fer ritic s tainl es s steel s shall be 9. 1 Tensile Requirements.:
reheated for' heat treatment in accordance with the require 9. 1 . 1 T
he material shall conform to the requirements
ments of Table 3 . Heat t
r eatment shall be ca
rri ed out sepa as to tensile properties given in Table 4
rately and in addition to heating for hot forming .
9.1.2 Table 5 gives the computed minimum elonga
6.2.2 A usten itic Sta inless Stee ls - All au steniti c tion values for each 2 in. [0. 8 mm] decrease in wall
tubes shall be furnished in the heat-tr eated condition, and thickness . Where the wall thick
ness lies between two val
shall be heat treated in accordance with t
he r equirements ues shown in Table 5 , the minimum elongation value shall
of Table 3 . Other than for' Grades $ 3 3228 , $ 308 1 5 , $ 3 1 272, be determined by t he following equat i ons . For Grades T23 ,
and h Grades , seamles s tubing immediately following hot T24, T9 1 , T92, T 1 22, T9 1 1 , and $44400 : E = 32t + 1 0.00
forming may be individually quenched in water' or rapidly [E = 1 . 25 t + 1 0 . 00] . For' Grade T3 6 : E = 3 2t + 5 .0
cooled by ot her' means, provided that the temperature of [E = 1 25t + 5.0] . For' all other ferritic alloy grades:
the tubes after' hot forming is not less than t
h e minimum E = 48 t + 1 5 . 00 [ E = 1 87t + 1 5 .00] .
specif
i ed solution t
r eatment temperature (direct quenched) .
For' H Grades , as well as Grades $ 3 3 228 , $308 1 5 , and where :

$ 3 1 272, the tubes shall be reheated to the specif

i ed solution E = elongation in 2 in . or 50 mm, %, and
tre atment temperatur e for the re quired time before t = act
u al thick
n ess of specimen, in. [mm]
quench
i ng..
9. 1 .3 One tension test shall be made on a specimen
6.3 If' any controlled structural char acteri stic s are from one tube for lots of not more than 50 tubes . Tension
required, these sha
l l be so specifi ed in the order as to be tests shall be made on specimens tom two t
ubes for lots
a guide as to t
h e most suitable heat t r eatment . of more t
h an 50 tubes See 1 4.2 .

9.2 Hardness Requirements :'

7. Chemical Composition 9.2. 1 The material shall conform to the hazdness
7. 1 Composition Requirements: requirements given in Table 4. See 1 4.2
7.1.1 The alloy steels shall conform to the chem
i cal 9.2.2 BrJnell, Vickers, or Rockwell ha
r dness tests
requirements given in Table 1 sha
ll be made on specimens from two tubes tom each lot.
See 1 4 . 2
7. 1.2 The sta
i nless steels shall conform to the chemi
cal requirements given in Table 2 . 9.3 Flattening Test - One f l attening test sha
l l be made
7.2 Product Analysis :
on specimens t om each end of one f inished tube, not the
one used for the f
l aring test, from each lot. See 1 4. 1 .
7.2.1 An a
n alysis of either one billet or one tube
shall be made from each heat The chemical composition 9.4 Flaring Test - One fl aring test shall be made on
thus determined shall conform to the requirements spec specimens tom each end of one fi nished tube, not h
te one
if
i ed . used for the f
l attening test, tom each lot. See 1 4. 1 .

3 34
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-213/SA-213M

9.5 Mechanical pioperty requirements do not apply to 14. Sampling

tubing smaller tha
n ,1 8 in. [3 .2 mm] in inside diameter or' 14. 1 For fl attening, f
l ar
i ng, a
nd grain size requirements,
hinner t
t han 0.0 1 5 in. [0.4 mm] in t
hickness . te term lot applies to a
h ll tubes, pr
ior to cutting, of t
he
sa
me size (see 4. 1 .6) t hat are produced from the sa me
heat of' steel. When f i na
l heat treatment is in a batch-type
10. Hydrostat
ic or Nondestructive Electric Test furnace, a lot sha l l include only those tubes of t h e sa
me
size a
n d from t
h e sa
m e heat t
h at a
t e heat t
r eated in t
he
10.1 Each tube sha ll be subjected to the nondestructive
electric test or t
he hyd iostatic test. The type of test to be sa
me furnace cha
rge. W
hen t
he f
i nal heat treatment is in
used shall be at t he option of t he ma nufact urer, unless a continuous fur
n ace or when t
he heat-t
reated cond
iti on is

ot
herwise specif i ed in t
he purchase order . obta
ined directly by quenching after hot forming, t
he num
ber of tubes of t
h e same size and from t
he sa
m e heat in a
lot shall be determined from t
he size of t
he t
ubes as pre
scr
i bed in Table 6 .
1 1. Forming Operat
ions
1 1.1 Tubes, when inserted in a boiler or t
ube sheet, 14.2 For' tensile a nd ha rdness test requirements, t
he
sha
ll sta
nd expa nding and beading wit
hout showing cracks term lot applies to all tubes prior' to cut
ting, of t
he sa
me
or f
l aws, Superheater t ubes when properly manipulated size (see 4. 1 .6) t
hat ate produced from t he same heat of
sha
ll sta
nd a ll forging, welding, a
nd bending operations steel. W
hen f i nal heat t
reat
ment is in a batch-type furnace,
necessat3, for application wit
hout developing defects. See a lot sha
ll include only t hose tubes of the same size and
Note 1 . h e same heat that a
t re heat treated in t
he sa
me f
u rnace
cha
rge. W
hen t
he f
i nal heat treatment is in a cont
inuous
NOTE 1 - Certain of the feif i tic steels covered by this specif i cat
i on
furnace, or when t
he heat-t
reated condit
i on is obtained
will harden if cooled rapidly fi ' om above t h eir cr
i tical tempelature. Some
will air ha
rden, th at is, become hardened to an undesirable degree when irectly by quenching after' hot forming, a lot sha
d l l include
cooled in air from high tempeiatures, pait i cula
rly chromium-containing all tubes of t
he sa
me size and heat, heat t
r eated in t
he same
steels with chromium of 4% a n d higher . Therefore, operations t h at involve furnace at the same temperat
ure, t
ime at heat, a
nd furnace
heat i ng such steels above t h eir' cr iti cal temperatures, such as welding, speed; or' all t
ubes of t
he sa
me size and heat, hot formed
lf anging, and hot bending, should be followed by suitable heat treatment.
nd quenched in t
a he same production run, except as pre
scr
i bed in 9. 1 .3 .

12. Permissible Var

iat
ions from the Specif
ied Wall
Thickness
15. Product Marking
12.1 Permissible va
t iations from the specif
ied mini 15.1 In addition to the ma rking prescribed in Specifi ca
mum wall h
tick
ness shall be in accordance wit
h Specif
ica tion A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M, the ma
rk
ing shall include: t
he con
t
i on A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M.
di ti on , hot f
i ni s he d or c ol d f
in i sh e d ; an d the w al l
12.2 Permissible vatiations from t
he specif
i ed average designation, minimum wa
ll or average wa
ll.
wa
ll t
hickness a
te _+ 1 0% of the specif
i ed average wall 15.2 For t
he austenitic sta
i nless steels having a g
rain
t
h ick
n ess.
size requirement (see Table 3 ) the marking shall also
include t
he heat number a
n d heat-t
reatment lot identif
i -.
cat
i on .
13. Surface Condit
i on
15.3 When eit her' T2 or T 1 2 are ordered wit h higher
13.1 Ferntic alloy cold-f i nished steel t
ubes shall be
sulf
ur' contents as permit ted by Note B of Table 1 , t he
free of sca
le and suitable for inspection. A slight a
mount
of oxidat
i on is not considered sca
l e.
marking sha ll include t he letter, S , following the grade
designati on: T2S or T 1 2S .
13.2 Fenitic a
lloy hot-f
inished steel t
ubes sha
l l be free
of loose sca
le a
nd suitable for inspect
i on.
16. Keywords
13.3 Sta
i nless steel t
ubes sha
ll be pickled f
ree of scale.
16.1 a lloy steel tubes; austenitic stainless steel ; boiler
W
hen bright a
nnea ling is used, pick
ling is not necessary.
ubes ; ferr
t itic sta
i nless steel; heat exchanger t ubes; high
13.4 Any specia
lfinish requirement sha
l l be subject to temperature applicat ions ; seamless steel t
ubes ; steel t
ubes ;
ag
reement between t
he supplier a
nd th e purchaser. superheater tubes; temperature service appl ications-high

335
SA-213/SA-213M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

o o

6 6 ° o o o
6 6 6 6

6 6 o

o o
u'3
o

o b
6

. . . . . . . . . . o o g g g
. .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . 6 o 6 o 6 o o

o
. o
p o
o o r-i o

.. . . .. . .. o o 6 6 6 o

.. .. . .. .. . . o 6 6 6
. . . .. . .. o 6 o m
° m
o ° o

6 o 6 6

O0 i" 0 0x 0 o o
-.I B

0 0 r-I 0 e--I o
la.I
I , I
: : :: : : :: 9 9 9 o" o

0
I- o
o o o o

6 o o
> o
O . ul
..J 0
.-.I 8
o o
8
o
o o
o
D

,< 6
... ... ... ... ... . ... o[ 6 ' 9 6
O
-.I . . . . . . °
o o o
° ?,
6 6 ° 6 o

o o o o u'3
I.L
ea ea .
.. .. . . o 6 o o o

o , o
¢M o
C'q 6 N N r-t

6 6 6 6 o 6
I-- o o o o o o o

...I
9 o 0 9 o 9 " ° 9 o 9 6 o

Z
O
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 o 6 o o

I- 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

o
° 9 9
6 6 o o 6 6 o o o o o 6 6 9
0 o 0 o
o
0

-.I 0 0 o
E
.. .. .. .. . .. . .. . .. .. .. 6 6 6 o

o
6
laJ
-r" o o
o 8 8 8
6
9
o o o o 6 o
6 6 o o
9 9 9
o o 6
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 o o 6 o 6
I..I.I
o o ° o
- _.
< o o o o o o o o o

I- o o o o o o o o o o o o o 6 o 6 6

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o
' 2, "
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 o 6 o 6 o

E
o
E -

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 ? 9 ?
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o E e4
I-'
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 6 6 6 o

0 0 0
o

'- 0

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 o o o

o
E E
. . . . o o o o

M v v v v v v v v M v v

I-.

336
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-213/SA-213M

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : + . . . .
• o . . . . . . . .

.J
I Ll

.' ." e q : : : : :. .: .: .: .: :. 6.× 6.× : : : 6 =

e 6o
m , m

b
OO
(/)

14.1
-.I
o ,0 ..o
z
. . . . . d
• e # : q : : : : S : : : : q # q o. : q : : : o q o" : :
. . . . . d . . . . . o . . ' S o o . .
1 ( 4 N
O9 d d d d d d d d d d
(=)

l"
° o
o o o o o o

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . @
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
h . . . . . . . . o . . . . . . . . .
,-1 o
Z

° o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

Z , , , 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
W
I-"

0
un o . d d d o:. o o o o o o

h • , 6 6 6 6 m o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 6 & 6 6 6 6 o. .
o .
o .
o

8
F-

8 8 8 fi . . .. 0 o
o o
o o o o
= . . . . . . o o o o =
0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o o o
. . . .
o 0
8 8 8 8
-1

z
o ° ° ° °

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
d d d d d d d d 6 d d d d d d d 6 d d d

. . . . . o o o o o o o o
o O O O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d
-d

-r
14"1 eO o 0
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

(xJ
I Ll

q %dd d d dd oqo %e %
nn

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
d d d d d d d

88 8885
8 g g . . . . .

=5 8 o o o

337
SA-213/SA-213M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

RR
. . . . . & . . . . . . o .

ooo • AM 6 666°6 6

• . . z o z o o

• . . + + ;
6
S
z
O
v

._.l
I.IJ
l.IJ
I-

o • , . 6 •
I.t.I o o • o

.-I o - o 6
Z 6 6
6 6 6
<
I-
o

¢..b o o. N
o o c0 " • • i. . . . . . .
I"
I - r-
6 6 6 4 6 ,4
m

I Ll
la

o o o
Z m o q q
<
o 6 6 6 6 6 6

1.1.1
I-. o o o o o o o o o o
o o

< 6 6 6 6 6 6

o
b.

m"
I-

. . . . o
._I o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
6 6 6 6 6 6 o 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Z
0
p
m

0 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o q
0. 6 6 6 6 6 6 o 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 o o o o

..J
< q

laJ
-r"

o o o o o o
('M

l.O o o o o o o
.-I 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
rm

<
I-

338
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-213/SA-213M

TA B L E 3 H EAT T R EAT M E N T A N D G RA I N S IZ E R E Q U I R E M E N TSA

Austen itizi ng/ S ubcritical Anneal i ng
Sol ution i ng or Temperi ng
U NS Temperature, r ai n Temperatu re, r
a i n or AST M G ra i n
G rade N umber H eat Treat Type or range ° F[°C] C ool i ng M edia range ° F [°C] S i ze N o,, 8
Fe rr it i c A l l oy Stee l s
T2 K l 1547 fu l l o r i soth e r m a l an n ea l , ,
n o rm a l i ze and te m pe r
s u bc r it i ca l an nea l 1 2 0 0 to 1 5 5 0
[ 6 5 0 to 7 3 0 ]
T5 K4 1 5 4 5 fu l l or i sothe rm a l an nea l
n o r ma l i ze an d te m pe r 1 2 5 0 [67 5]
T5 b K5 1 5 45 fu l l o r i soth e rm a l an n ea l
n o rm a l i ze an d te m pe r 1 2 5 0 [675 ]
T5 c K4 1 2 4 5 s u bc r it i c a l an n ea l a i r o r fu r n ace 1 3 5 0 [7 3 0 ] c
T9 $5 04 0 0 fu l l o r i sothe rm a l an nea l
n o r ma l i ze an d te m pe r 1 2 5 0 [675 ]
Tn K l 1 5 97 fu l l o r i soth e r m a l an n e a l
n o rm a l i ze and te m pe r' 1 2 0 0 [65 0 ]
T12 1< 1 1 5 6 2 fu l l o r i soth e rma l an nea l
n o r m a l i ze and te m pe r
s u bc r it i ca l an nea l 1 2 0 0 to 1 3 5 0
[6 5 0 to 7 3 0 ]
T1 7 K1 2 047 fu l l o r i sothe rm a l an nea l
n o r m a l i ze an d te m pe r' 1 2 o;[;5ol
T2 1 K3 1 5 4 5 fu l l o r i s oth e r m a l an n ea l
n o rma l i ze and te m pe r 1 2 50 [67 5]
T2 2 1< 2 1 5 9 0 fu l l o r i soth e rma l an nea l
n o rm a l i ze an d te m pe r' 1 2 5 0 [675 ]
T2 3 1<4 0 7 1 2 n o r ma l i ze an d te m pe r 1 90 0-1 975 1 3 5 0 - 1 4 7 0 1 7 3 0 -8 0 0 ]
[ I 0 4 0- I 0 8 0 ]
T24 K3 0 7 3 6 n o rm a l i ze and te m phe r 1 8 0 0- 1 9 7 5 1 3 5 0 - 1 4 7 0 [7 3 0 -8 0 0 ]
[ 9 8 0 -- I 0 8 0 3
T3 6 K2 1 0 0 1 n o rm a l i ze an d te m pe r 1 6 5 0 [9 0 0 ] I I 0 0 [5 9 5 ]
T9 1 1<9 0 9 0 1 n o rm a l i ze and te m pe r 1 9 0 0- 1 9 7 5 1 5 5 0 - 1 4 7 0 [7 3 0 -8 0 0 ]
[ I 0 4 0- I 0 8 0 ]
T9 2 K9 2 4 6 0 n o rm a l i ze and te m pe r' 1 9 0 0- 1 9 7 5 1 3 5 0- 1 4 7 0 [7 3 0 -8 0 0 ]
[I 040-I 080]
T122 K91 26 1 n o rma l ize an d te m pe r 1 900-1 97 5 1 3 5 0- 1 4 7 0 [ 7 3 0-8 0 0 ]
[ 1 0 4 0- 1 0 8 0 3
T9 1 1 K9 1 0 6 1 n o r ma l i ze a n d te m pe r' 1 9 0 0 - 1 97 5 1 365-1 435
[ 1 0 4 0- 1 08 0 3 [7 4 0-7 8 0 ]

A uste n it i c Sta i n l ess S tee l s

T P2 0 1 S20100 so l ut i o n t reatme nt 1 90 0[ 1 040] F wate r' o r' othe r' rap i d c o o l

TP202 S20200 so l ut i o n treatme nt 1 9 0 0 [ 1 04 0 ] F wate r o r oth e r rap i d c o o l
X M-19 S 2 09 1 0 so l ut i o n treatm ent 1 90 0[ 1 0403 F wate r' o r' oth e r rap i d coo l
.. .. .. S 2 1 5 00 so l ut i o n treatme nt 1 9 0 0 [ 1 04 0 3 6 G wate r o r othe r rap i d co o l
.. .. .. S 257 0 0 so l ut i o n treatme nt 1 9 0 0 1 1 04 0] F wate r' o r' oth e r' rap i d c o o l
S 30 1 5 0 : so l ut i o n t reatm ent 1 90 01 1 040] F wate r' o r oth e r rap i d c oo l
T- P3
-- 04 S 3 040 0 so l uti on treatment 1 90011 040] F wate r o r othe r rap i d co o l
T P 304 L $ 3 04 03 so l ut i o n treatme nt 1 9 0 0 1 1 04 0 ] F wate r' o r' othe r rap i d c o o l
T P3 04 H $ 3 0409 so l ut i o n t reatm ent 1 90011 040] wate r o r oth e r rap i d c oo l 7 ¸'
.. .. .. $ 3 043 2 so l uti o n treatme nt 2 0 0 01 1 1 0 0] f wate r' o r othe r' rap i d co o l
$ 3 0434 so l ut i o n treatme nt 2 1 2 0 [ n60] wate r o r' othe r rap i d c o o l
T P3 0 4 N $ 3045 1 so l ut i o n t reatm ent 1 90 01 1 040] f wate r o r oth e r' rap i d c oo l
T P3 04 L N $ 3 0 45 3 so l ut i o n treatme nt 1 9 0 011 040] f wate r o r oth e r rap i d coo l
.. .. . $ 3 06 1 5 so l ut i o n treatm e nt 1 9 0 0 1 1 04 0 ] f wate r o r othe r rap i d c o o l
$ 3 0 81 5 so l ut i o n tre atm e nt 1 9 2 0 11 05 0] wate r' o r' oth er rap id coo l
T- P- 3- 09 S $ 3 09 08 so l uti on treatment 1 9 0011 040] f wate r o r' othe r' rap i d coo l
T P3 09 H $ 3 09 09 so l ut i o n treatm e nt 1 90 0 1 1 040] wate r' o r othe r rap i d c o o l
T P3 Og C b $ 3 0 94 0 so l ut i o n t reatm ent 1 9 0 01 1 0 4 0 ] f wate r' o r' oth e r rap i d c o o l
T P3 Og H C b $ 3 09 4 1 so l ut i o n treatme nt 1 9 0 0 [ I 04 0 ] H wate r o r' othe r' rap i d c oo l
$31002 so l ut i o n treatme nt 1 9 0 0[I 04 0] F wate r o r' othe r' rap i d c oo l
T- P3
-- 1 0 S $3 1 008 so l ut ion treatment 1 90 0 [ I 040]F wate r o r' oth e r rap i d c o o t
T P3 1 0 H $ 3 1 0 09 so l ut i o n treatme nt 1 9 0 0 [ I 04 0 ] wate r o r oth e r' rap i d c o o l ">"
T P3 1 0 C b $ 3 1 04 0 so l ut i o n t reat me nt 1 9 0 01 1 0 4 0]F wate r o r' othe r rap i d c oo l
T P3 1 0 H C b $ 3 1 04 1 so l ut i o n treatm e nt 1 90 0[I 040] H wate r o r oth e r' rap i d c o o t
TP310H CbN $ 3 1 042 so l ut i o n treatme nt 1 90 0 [ I 040]6 H wate r o r' oth e r' rap i d c o o l 7
.. .. . $3 1 06 0 so l ut i o n t reatm e nt 1 9 7 5 1 1 0 8 0] wate r o r othe r ra p i d c oo l 7
2 1 6 0[ 1 1 80]f
.. . .. S 3 1 2 54 so l ut i o n treatme nt 2 1 0 01 1 1 50] wate r or oth e r rap i d coo l
.. .. .. $3 1 2 7 2 so l ut i o n treatm e nt 1 92 01 1 05 0] wate r or othe r' rap i d coo l
S 3 1 2 77 so l ut i o n treatm ent 2 05 01 1 1 2 0]F wate r o r' othe r rap i d coo t
T- P3
-- 16 S3 16 0 0 so l uti on treatment 1 9 001 1 0 40 ] f wate r or oth e r' rap i d coo l

3 39
SA-213/SA-213M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3 H EAT T R EAT M E NT A N D G RAI N S I Z E R E Q U I R E M E N TSA ( C O NT' D)

Austen iti zi ng! S u bcr itica l Annea l i ng
Sol uti on i ng or Temperi ng
UNS Te m perature, m i n Te mpe ratu re, r a i n or A S T M G rai n

G rade N u m ber H eat Treat Type or' range ° F[°C] C oo l i ng M ed ia range ° F r°c] S ize N o , B

T P316L $ 3 1 603 so l ut i o n tre at m e nt 1 90 0 [1 04 0 ] F water' o r other rap id coo l

7
T P316H $ 3 1 609 so l ut i o n tre at me nt 1 900 [1 04 0] wate r o r oth e r rap i d c o o l
T P3 1 6 T i $ 3 1 635 so l ut i o n treat me nt 1 9 0 0 [ 1 0 4 0] wate r o r oth e r' rap i d c o o l
T P3 1 6 N $ 3 1 65 1 so l ut i o n tre at m e nt 1 90 0 [1 0 4 0] f wate r or other' rap id coo l
T P3 1 6 L N $ 3 1 653 so l ut i o n t re at me nt 1 90 0 [ 1 0 4 0] f water' or other rap id coo l
T P3 1 7 $ 3 1 7 00 s o l ut i o n t re atme nt 1900 [ 1 04 0] F water or other rap id coo l
T P3 1 7 L $ 3 1 7 03 s o l ut i o n t reatme nt 1900 [ 1 040] f water' or other rap id coo l
$ 3 17 2 5 s o l ut i o n t reatme nt 1900 [ 1 040] f water' or other' rap id coo l
. . .. $32050 s o l ut i o n t reatme nt 2100 [ 1 1 50] f water or' other' rap id coo l
T P3 2 1 $32100 so l ution treatme nt 1 9 0 0 [ 1 0403 F' # wate r' o r oth e r' rap i d c o o l
7
T P3 2 1 H $32109 s o l ut i o n treatm e nt c o l d wo r ke d : wate r o r' oth e r' rap i d c o o l
2 0 0 0 [ 1 0 9 03
h ot ro l l e d :
1 9 25 [ 1 0 5 03 #
. .. $32615 so l uti on treatment 1 9 0 0 F 1 0403 F wate r' o r' oth e r' rap i d coo l 3 or i
f ner

. . . $32716 so l uti on treatment 1 9 0 0 [ 1 0403 F wate r o r' oth e r rap i d coo l

.. .. . $ 3 3 2 28 so l ut i o n treatm e nt 2 0 5 0 1- 1 1 2 0 3 wate r or oth e r rap i d coo l
.. .. . $ 345 65 so l ut i o n treat m e nt 2 0 5 0 1- 1 1 2 0 3 wate r or oth e r ra p i d coo l
2 1 4 0 1- 1 1 7 0 3
T P347 $ 347 0 0 so l ut i o n treatment 1 9 0 0 1- 1 0403 F' H wate r' o r' oth e r rap i d c o o l
T P347 H $ 347 09 so l ut i o n treatm e nt c o l d wo r ke d : wate r o r' oth e r r a p i d c o o l
2 O O O E l 1 0 03
h ot ro l l ed :
1 9 2 5 1- 1 05 03 H
T P347 H F G $ 347 1 0 so l uti on treatme nt/ 2 1 5 0 1- 1 1 7 5 ] F wate r or oth e r rap i d c oo l 7-1 0

T P347 L N $ 347 5 1 so l uti on treatme nt 1 900 1- 1 040 ] F wate r' o r' oth e r rap i d coo l
T P 348 $ 348 0 0 so l uti on treatment 1 900 1- 1 040] F' H wate r o r' oth e r' rap i d coo l
wate r or oth e r' rap i d coo l 7
T P 3 48 H $ 348 0 9 s o l ut i o n t re at me nt c o l d wo r ked :
2 000 [ 1 1 0 0]
h ot ro l l e d :
1 92 5 1- 1 05 0] H
. . $ 3 5 045 so l ution treatme nt 2 000 [1 1 0 0 ] F st i l l a i r c oo l o r faste r
X M-15 $38100 so l uti on treatme nt 1 900 [1 04 0] F wate r o r oth e r rap i d c o o l
. . . $ 388 1 5 so l ution treatment 1 95 0 [ 1 0 65 ] F wate r o r' ot h e r' rap i d c o o l
F e r r i t i c S ta i n l e ss Ste e l s

T P444 $4440 0 su bc r iti cal an neal . .. . . . 1 4 0 0 [7 60]

A W he re e l l i pses ( , , , ) appear' i n th is tab le the re i s n o req u i rement

B A S T M G ra i n S i ze N o , l i sted, o r c oarse r', u n l ess othe rwi se i nd i cated ,
c App rox i mate l y, to ach ieve p roperties .
D Acce l erated ai r co o l i ng o r l i q u i d q ue nch i ng shal l be pe rm itted fo r' C l ass 2 ,
E Acce l erated co o l i ng from the no rmal i z i n g te mperatu re shal l be perm itted fo r secti on th i c knesses g reate r than 3 i n [7 5 m m] ,
F Quenched i n water or rapidly coo led by other means, at a rate suffi cient to prevent re-preci pitation of carb ides, as demonstrable by the
capabi l ity of tubes, heat treated by either' separate sol ution anneal i ng or by di rect quenchi ng, passing P ractices A 262, P ractice E , The manu
factu rer is not requ i red to run the test un less it is specifi ed on the pu rchase order (see S upplementary Requ i rement $4 ) , N ote that P ractices A
262 requ ires the test to be performed on sensitized spec imens i n the l ow-carbon and stabi l ized types and on specimens representative of the as
sh ipped condition for other' types,, i n the case of low-carbon types contai ni ng 3 % or more mo lybdenum, the appl icabi l ity of the sensitizing treat
ment p r i or to testi ng shal l be a m atte r fo r negoti at i on between the se l l e r and the pu rc hase r'
G A max i m u m so l uti on treat i n g te m peratu re of 2 1 0 0 ° F [ 1 1 5 0 ° C ] is reco m mended for U N S $ 2 1 5 0 0
H A so l uti o n treati ng tem pe ratu re above 1 9 5 0 ° F E1 0 65 ° C ] may i mpai r' res istance to i nte rg r an u l ar c o rros i on af
te r su bseq uent exposu re to
sensitizi ng cond itions in the i ndicated grades,, When spec ifi ed by the purchaser, a lower temperatu re stabi l ization or reso l uti on anneal shal l be
used subseq uent to the h i g he r-tem pe ratu re so l uti on an nea l p resc ri bed i n th i s tab l e .
[ S o l uti on treatment shal l be preceded by a soften ing heat treatment pri or to cold-worki ng , The softeni ng temperature shal l be at least 90 °F
E5 0 ° C 3 h i g he r than the so l uti on heat tr eatme nt tem peratu re, wh i ch sha l l be at 2 1 5 0 ° F [ 1 1 8 0 ° C ] m i n i m u m

340
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-213/SA-213M

TA B L E 4 T E N S I L E A N D H A R D N E S R E Q U I R E M E N TS

Tensi le Yie ld E longation

Strength, Strength, in 2 in . or
U NS H ardness, Max
a in . ksi
r a in . ksi
r 50 ra m,
G rade Designation [ M Pa] [ M Pa] a in, %A,8
r B ri n e l l/V ic ke rs Rockwe l l

L o w A lloy Steels :'

T5 b K5 1 5 45 6 0 [4 1 5 ] 3 0 F 2 05 ] 30 1 7 9 H B W/ 89 H R B
1 90 H V
T9 K9 0 94 1 6 0 1, 4 1 5 3 3 0 12 051 30 1 79 H B WI 89 H R B
190 H V
T1 2 K l 1 5 62 6 0 1, 4 1 5 ] 3 2 1, 2 2 0 ] 30 1 63 H B W! 85 H R B
! 70 H V
T2 3 K4 0 7 1 2 7 4 [5 1 0 ] 58 1, 4 0 0] 20 2 2 0 H B WI 97 H R B
230 H V
T24 K3 07 3 6 8 5 [ 5 85 ] 60 1, 4 1 5 ] 20 2 5 0 H BWI 25 H R C
2 65 H V
T3 6 C l ass I K2 1 00 1 9 0 1, 6 2 03 64 1, 44 0] 15 25 0 H B WI 2 5 H RC
2 65 H V
T3 6 C lass 2 K2 1 0 0 1 95 , 5 [66 0] 6 6 ,5 [46 0 3 15 2 5 0 H B W/ 25 H R C
2 65 H V
T9 1 K909 0 1 85 [585] 6 0 [4 1 5] 20 2 5 0 H B W/ 25 H R C
2 65 H V
T92 K9 24 60 9 0 1, 62 0 ] 64 [44 03 20 2 5 0 H B W/ 25 H R C
2 65 H V
T1 22 K9 1 2 7 1 90 1, 6 2 0 ] 5 8 r4 0 0] 20 2 5 0 H B W/ 25 H RC
2 65 H V
T9 1 1 K9 1 0 6 1 9 0 1, 62 01 64 r440 ] 20 2 5 0 H B W/ 25 H R C
2 65 H V
A l l othe r l ow a l l oy
g rades 6 0 ['4 1 5 ] 3 0 [ 2 05 -1 30 1 6 3 H B/ 85 H R B
17 0 H V
A ustenitic Stainless
Steels :'
T P 201 $20100 95 [65 5 ] 3 8 1, 260-1 35 2 1 9 H B W/ 95 H R B
2 30 H V
T P 2 02 S 2 02 00 90 [6 2 0 ] 45 1' 3 1 0 -1 35 2 1 9 H B W/ 95 H R B
230 H V
X M-1 9 $ 2 09 1 0 1 0 0 [690] 5 5 [38 0] 35 2 5 0 H B W/ 25 H RC
265 H V
.. .. .. S 2 1500 7 8 1, 5 4 0 "1 3 3 [23 0] 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
S 2 5 7 00 78 1' 540] 3 5 [ 240] 50 2 1 7 H BW 95 H R B
T- P304
- $30400 75 [5 15] 30 [205] 35 192 H BWl 90 H R B
200 H V
T P 3 04 L S 3 0403 7 0 [485 ] 2 5 [ 1 7 0] 35 1 9 2 H B Wl 90 H R B
2 00 H V
T P 3 04 H S 3 04 09 7 5 1' 5 1 5 ] 3 0 1' 2 05 ] 35 1 92 H B W/ 90 H R B
200 H V
. .. .. S3 043 2 86 [5 90] 3 4 [2 3 5] 35 2 1 9 H B W/ 95 H R B
23 0 H V
.. . . . S 3 0434 7 3 [5 0 0] 3 0 1, 2 05 ] 35 1 92 H BW/ 90 H R B
200 H V
T P 3 04 N S 3 045 1 8 0 [ 5 5 0] 3 5 [ 240 ] 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
T P3 04 L N S 30453 7 5 [5 1 5"1 3 0 [ 2 0 5] 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
.. .. .. S3061 5 9 0 [ 6 2 0] 4 0 1' 2 7 5 ] 35 1 92 H B WI 90 H R B
200 H V
.. . .. S 3 08 1 5 87 [6 0 0] 45 [3 1 0] 40 2 17 H BW 95 H R B
T P309S $ 3 090 8 7 5 [5 1 5] 3 0 1' 2 05 "1 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
T P3 0 9 H S 3 09 09 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 0 5] 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
T P 3 09 C b $ 3 0940 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 1" 2 05 ] 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V

34 1
SA-213/SA-213M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 4 T E N S I L E A N D H A R D N E S R E Q U I R E M E N TS ( C O N T' D )
Te ns i l e Y ie ld E l ongat i o n
Strength, Strength, i n 2 in . or
H ard ness, M ax
U NS a i n. ksi
r a in . , ksi
r 50 r
a m,
G rad e Designation [M Pa] [M Pa] a in, %A,B
r B r i n e l l/V i c ke rs Roc kw e l l

T P 3 1 0 Cb $ 3 1 04 0 75 [5 1 5] 3 0 [2 05] 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
T P3 1 0 H C b $ 3 1 04 1 7 5 [5 1 5] 3 0 [2 05] 35 192 H BW/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
T P3 1 0 H C b N $ 5 1 04 2 95 [6 5 5 ] 43 [ 2 95 ] 30 256 H BW I 00 H R B
T P3 1 0 M o L N $ 3 1 05 0
T < 0 ,, 2 5 i n . [ 6 m m ] 8 4 [5 8 0 ] 3 9 [2 7 0] 25 2 1 7 H BW 95 H R B
t > 0 . 2 5 i n [6 rn m] 7 8 [54 0 ] 3 7 [2 5 5 ] 25 2 1 7 H BW 95 H R B
$3 1 06 0 8 7 [6 0 0 ] 4 1 [2 8 0 ] 40 2 1 7 H BW 95 H R B
$3 1 2 54
T ' < 0 , 187 i n [5 mm] 9 8 [ 67 5 ] 4 5 [3 1 0 ] 35 2 2 0 H B W/ 96 H R B
2 30 H V
T > 0 , 187 i n [5 mm] 95 [655] 45 [3 1 0] 35 2 2 0 H B W/ 96 H R B
2 30 H V
$3 1 2 7 2 65 [4 5 0 3 2 9 [2 00] 35 2 1 7 H BW 95 H R B
$ 3 1 277 1 1 2 [7 7 0 ] 5 2 [3 6 0 ] 40 24 1 H BW 1 00 H R B
T P316 $ 3 1600 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 30 [2 05] 35 1 9 2 H B WI 90 H R B
2 00 H V

T P3 1 6 L $ 3 1 6 03 7 0 [4 8 5 ] 25 [17 0] 35 1 9 2 H B WI 90 H R B
2 00 H V

T P3 1 6 H $ 3 1 609 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 05 3 35 1 9 2 H BWI 90 H RB
2 0O H V
T P 3 1 6T i $ 3 1 635 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [ 2 05 ] 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H RB
2 00 H V

T P3 1 6 N $ 3 1 65 1 8 0 [5 5 0 ] 3 5 [2 4 0 ] 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
T P3 1 7 $3 17 00 7 5 [5 15] 30 [2 053 34 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
200 HV

TP317L S3 1 7 03 75 [5 15 ] 30 [2 053 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
200 HV
$3 1 7 2 5 7 5 [5 1 5 3 3 0 [2 05] 35 1 92 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
$ 3 2 05 0 9 8 [6 7 5 3 48 [3 3 0 ] 40 2 56 H BW 1 00 H R B
T P3 2 1 $ 32 1 00 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [ 2 05 ] 35 1 9 2 H B WI 90 H R B
2 00 H V

T P32 1 H $ 32 1 09 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 05] 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
$3 2 6 1 5 80 [5 5 0] 32 [2 2 03 25 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
$3 2 7 1 6 80 [240] 35 [240] 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
$33 2 2 8 73 [5 0 03 2 7 [185] 30 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H RB
2 00 H V
$ 3 45 6 5 1 1 5 [ 7 9 03 6 0 [4 1 5 ] .3 5 241 H BW 1 00 H R B
T P347 $ 3 47 0 0 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 053 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H RB
200 HV

T P 3 47 H S 3 47 09 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [ 2 05 ] 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
T P 34 7 H F G $ 347 1 0 8 0 [5 5 0 ] 3 0 [ 2 05 3 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
T P 347 L N $ 34 7 5 1 7 5 [5 15] 3 0 [2 0 5 ] 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V

T P348 $34800 75 [5 1 53 3 0 [2 0 5 3 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V

T P348 H $ 3 48 0 9 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 0 5 ] 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V
S 3 5 04 5 7 0 [4 8 5 3 2 5 [17 0] 35 1 9 2 H B W/ 90 H R B
2 00 H V

X M-1 5

F e rr iti c Sta i n l ess Stee l s

T P 444

x W hen standard rou nd 2 i n , o r 5 0 m m g age length or smal ler' pro porti onal l y si zed spec i mens with gage l ength eq ua l to 4 D ( 4 ti mes the
d i amete r) is used, the m i n i m u m e l ongati o n sha l l be 2 2 % fo r al l l ow al l oy g rades except T2 3, T 2 4, T9 1, T9 2 , T 1 2 2, and T9 1 1; and except
fo r T P 44 4 .
B F o r l on g itud i nal stri p tests, a ded ucti on from the basi c m i n i m u m e l ongatio n val ues of 1 , 0 0 % fo r T P444, T2 3, T2 4, T9 1, T92, T 1 2 2, and
T9 1 1, and of 1 ,50 % for a l l other l ow al l oy g rades for each 1/3 2-in , [O, 8-m m] decrease i n wal l th i ckness be l ow 5/1 6 i n,, r8 m m] shal l be
m ad e .

342
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-213/SA-213M

TA B L E 5
C O M P U T E D M I N I M U M VA L U E S I N OT E ( 1 )I

E longation in 2 in. or
Wa l l Th i ckn ess 50 mm, M in ., %
$44400,
T23, T24,
T91, T92, Al l Other
T122, and Ferritic
in. mm T91 1 T 22 G rad es

6 [0 . 3 1 2 ] 8 20 15 30
%2 [0. 2 8 1 ] 72 19 14 29
1, 4 [0 . 2 5 0] 6.4 18 13 27
7,32 [0 . 2 1 9] 5 .6 17 12 26
3/16 [0 . 1 88] 4.8 16 II 24
5,32 [0 . 1 56] 4 15 I0 23
[ 0. 1 2 5 ] 32 14 9 21
3,32 [0 094] 2 .4 13 8 20
6 [0. 062] 1 6 12 7 18
0 . 06 2 to 0 . 035, e xc l . 1 . 6 to 0 .9 12 7 17
0 . 035 to 0 . 0 2 2, ex c l . 0 . 9 to 0 .6 II 6 17
0 . 0 2 2 to 0 . 0 1 5 i n c l . 0 . 6 to 0 . 4 II 6 16

N OT E :
( 1 ) Calcu lated e l ongati on requ i rements shal l be rou nded to the nearest
wh o l e n u m be r.

TA B L E 6
N U M B E R O F T U B E S I N A L OT H EAT T R EAT E D B Y T H E
C O N TI N U O U S P ROC E S S O R BY D I R E CT Q U E N C H
A FT E R H OT F O R M I N G

S i ze of Tu be S i ze of Lot

2 i n . [5 0 . 8 m i
n i an d ove r i n o uts i de n ot m o re th an 5 0 tu bes
d i amete r an d 0 . 2 0 0 i n . [5, 1 m m ]
and ove r i n wa l l th i c k ness
2 i n ,. [5 0 ,8 m m ] an d ove r i n o uts i de n ot m o re th an 7 5 tu bes
d i ameter an d u n de r 0 ,2 0 0 i n ,, [5 . 1
mi
n i i n wal l th i c k ness
Less than 2 i n , [5 0 ,, 8 r
a m 3 b ut ove r n ot m o re tha n 7 5 tu bes
1 i n . [2 5 . 4 m i
n i i n o uts i de d i a
m ete r
1 i n ,, [ 2 5 . 4 r
a m ] o r l ess i n o uts i de n ot m o re than 1 2 5 tu bes
d i amete r

343
SA-213/SA-213M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specifi ed by the purchaser
in the inquiry , contract, or order .

S1. Stress-Relieved Annealed Tubes S3. Unstraightened Tubes

SI.1 For use in certain corrosives, pa
rt icularly chlorides S3.1 When the purchaser specifi es tubes unstr aightened
where stress coIrosion may occur , tubes in Grades TP304L, after f
i nal heat t
r eatment (such as coils), the minimum
TP3 1 6L, TP32 1 , TP347 , and TP348 may be specif i ed in yield strengt
h of Table 4 shall be reduced by 5 ksi [35 MPa] .
the str ess-relieved annealed condit
i on.
$3.2 On the certif
i cation, a
nd wherever the grade desig
S1.2 When stress-relieved tubes a
re specif
i ed, tubes nation for unst
r aightened t
ubing appea
r s, it shall be identi
shall be given a heat treatment at 1 500 to 1 650°F [8 1 5 to i e d w i th the suff
f i x l etter' " U " ( for ex ample , 3 04 - U ,
900°C] after roll straightening.. Cooling from t
his tempera 32 1 -U, etc .) .
ture range may be either' in air or by slow cooling. No
mechanica l st
r aightening is permitted after the st
r ess-relief
tr eatment ..

S4. Intergranular Corrosion Test

S1.3 Straightness of t h e tubes shall be a matter of
negotiation between the purchaser and supplier . S4.1 When specifi ed, mater
i al sha
ll pass intergranula
r'
corrosion tests conducted by the ma
nufacturer in accor
dance with Practices A 262, Practice E.
$2. Stabilizing Heat Treatment
NOTE $4 , 1 - Practice E requires testing on the sensitized conditi on for
$2.1 Subsequent to t
he solution anneal required in Sec low carbon or stabilized gr ades, and on the as-shipped condit
i on for
tion 6 , Grade s TP 3 09 HCb , TP3 1 0HCb , TP3 1 0HCbN, other grades
TP3 2 1 , TP32 1 H, TP347 , TP347H, TP348 , and TP348H
$4.2 A stabilization heat t
r eatment in accordance with
shall be given a stabilization heat t
r eatment at a temperat
ure
lower t
h an that used for t
he initial solut
i on annealing heat Supplementa r y Requirement $2 may be necessa ry and is
t eatment. The temperature of stabilization heat r
r t eatment permitted in order to meet this requirement for the grades
shall be at a temperature as agreed upon between the pur containing ti tanium or columbium, particularly in their' H
chaser and vendor . version s .

344
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-214/SA -214M

SPE CIFICATION FOR ELECTRIC -RESISTANCE

WELDED CARB ON STEEL HEAT-EXCHANGER AND
CONDENSER TUBES

SA-21 4/SA-2 1 4M

(Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 2 14/A 2 1 4M-90a except fbi editor
i al differences in 7 2 )

1. Scope 3. General Requirements

1 . 1 This specif
i cation cover's minimum-wall-thickness , 3. 1 Material furnished under this specif i cat
i on shall
electr
i c-resistance-welded, carbon steel tubes to be used confbrm to the applicable requirements of the current edi
for heat exchanger s, condensers , and simila
r heat-tiansfer tion of Specif
i cation A 450/A 450M, unless otherwise pro
vided her ein .
appa
r atus

1 .2 The tubing sizes usually furnished to this specif

i ca
tion a
r e to 3 in . [7 6. 2 mm] in outside diameter , inclusive. 4. Ordering Information
Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, pro 4. 1 Orders for' material under this specif
i cation should
vided such tubes comply wit
h all other requirements of include the following, as required, to describe the desired
this specif
i cation material adequately :
1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to 4. 1 . 1 Quantity (feet, metres, or number of lengths),
tubing smaller than 1/8 in [3 2 mm] in inside diameter or 4. 1 .2 Name of material (electr
i c-resistance-welded
0 0 1 5 in [04 mm] in thick
n ess , tubes) ,
1.4 The purchaser shall specify in the order the outside 4.1.3 S iz e (ou tsi de di ameter and minimum w all
diameter and minimum wall thick
n ess . The inside diameter hickness) ,
t
shall not be specif
i ed. 4. 1 .4 Length (specif
i c or random) ,
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI 4. 1 .5 Optional requirements (Section 8 and 1 0 . 5),
units a
re to be regarded separ ately as standa
r d. Within the 4. 1 .6 Test r eport required (see Certif
i cation S ect
i on
text, t
h e SI units ar e shown in brackets . The values stated of Specif i cation A 450/A 450M),
in each system a re not exact equivalents ; therefore, each
4.1 .7 Specif
i cat
i on designation, and
system must be used independently of the other . Combining
values from the two systems may result in nonconfbrmance 4. 1 .8 Special requirements
with the specifi cation The inch-pound units shall apply
unless the "M" designation of this specif
i cation is specif
i ed
in the or der . 5. Manufacture

5.1 Tubes shall be made by electr

i c-resistance welding .

2. Referenced Document
6. Heat Treatment
2. 1 ASTM Standard :
6.1 After' welding, all tubes sha l l be heat tr eated at a
A 450/A 450M Specif i cation for General Requirements temperature of' 1 650°F [900°C] or h
i gher' and followed by
for Ca
r bon , Ferf
ifi c Alloy, and Austenitic Alloy Steel cooling in air' or in the cooling chamber of a controlled
Tube s atmospher e furnace. Cold drawn t
ubes shall be heat tr eated

3 45
SA-214/SA-214M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

after' the fi nal cold-draw pass at a temperature of' 1 200°F 10.2 Flange Test - One fl ange test shall be made on
[650°C] or' higher , specimens tom each of two tubes t om each lot (Note) or
r action thereof
f

7. Chemical Composition 10.3 Reverse Flattening Test - One reverse fl attening

7. 1 The steel shall conform to the following require test shall be made on a specimen fiom each 1 500 ft [450 m]
ments as to chemical compositi on : of f
i nished tubing
CaIbon, ma
x, % 0 18 10.4 Hardness Test - Bf
inell or Rockwell ha
r dnes s
Manganese, % 0 27-0 63 tests shall be made on specimens from two tubes f l or
a
Phosphorus, max, % 0 035
Sulfm , max, % 0 035 each lot , The term lot applies to all tubes pr
i or to cutting,
of the same nominal diameter and wall thickness which
7.2 Supplying an alloy grade of steel that specifi cally are produced tom t
h e same heat of steel When fi nal heat
requires the addition of any element other than those listed treatment is in a batch-type furnace, a lot shall include
in 7 1 is not permitted only those tubes of t
h e sa
me size and the same heat which
are heat treated in the same furnace cha r ge When fi nal
heat treatment is in a cont
i nuous furnace, a lot shall include
8. Product Analysis all tubes of t
he same size and heat, heat treated in the same
8.1 When requested on t he purchase order , a product furnace at the same temperature, ti me at heat, and furnace
analysis shall be made by the supplier from one tube per speed
250 pieces; or when tubes are identi fi ed by heat, one tube
per heat shall be analyzed The chemical composition thus 10.5 Hydrostatic or Nondestructive Electric Test -
determined shall conform to the requirements specif
i ed Each tube shall be subjected to either the hydrostatic or
the nondestructive electric test The purchaser may specify
8.2 If the original test for product analysis fails, retests which test is to be used
of two additional lengths of fl at-rolled stock, or tubes shall
be made. B oth r etests, for the elements in question shall
meet the requirements of the specifi cation; otherwise all
remaining material in the heat or lot (Note) shall be rejected 11. Surface Condition
or, at the option of the producer, each lengt h of fl at-rolled 1 1 .1 The f
i nished tubes shall be f
l ee of scale A slight
stock or tube may be individually tested for acceptance. amount of oxidation shall not be considered as scale
Lengths of fl at-rolled stock or tubes which do not meet
the requirements of the specifi cation shall be rejected
NOTE - A lot consists of 25 0 tubes
12. Product Marking
12.1 In addition to the marking prescr
ibed in Specifi ca
9. Hardness Requirements tion A 450/A 450M, the letter' s "ERW" shall be legibly
9.1 Th e tu b e s s h al l h av e a h ar dn e s s n u mb er n o t stenciled on each tube, or ma
r ked on a tag attached to the
exceeding 72 HRB . bundle or box in which the tubes ar e shipped

1 2.2 The manufacturer' s name o r symbol may be

1 0. Mechanical Tests Required placed permanently on each tube by rolling or light sta
mp
10.1 Flattening Test - One fl attening test shall be made ing before normalizing. If a single sta
mp is placed on the
on specimens from each of two tubes f l or
a each lot (Note) ube by hand, this ma
t r k should not be less than 8 in
oI fr action t
h er eof . [200 mm] f
i om one end of the tube

346
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-21 6/SA-21 6M

SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL CASTINGS, CARBON,

SUITABLE FOR FUSION WELDING FOR
HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERVICE

SA-2 1 6/SA-216M

(Ident
i cal with ASTM Specifi cat
i on A 2 1 6/A 21 6M-07 except fbI the addit
i on of 2 ,3 and editoria
l differences in 2 1 a
n d 1 0 1 ,) A08

1. Scope 3. General Condit

i ons for Delivery
1.1 This specifi cat i on covers carbon steel cast
i ngs for 3.1 Except for' investment castings, cast i ngs furnished
valves, f
l anges, f
i ttings, or other pressure-containing pa
r ts to this specif
i cation sha
l l conform to the requirements of
for high-temperature service a nd of quality suitable for Specifi cat
ion A 703 /A 703M, including any supplemen
assembly with other cast i ngs or wrought-steel pa rts by ta
r y requirements t hat are indicated in the purchase order.
fusion welding. Failure to comply with the general requirements of Speci
i cation A 703 /A 703 M con st
f i tutes nonconformance wit
h
1.2 Three grades, WCA, WCB , and WCC, are covered
in this specif
i cation. Selection will depend upon design this specif
i cation. In case of conf l ict between the require
nd service conditions, mecha
a nica
l properties, and t
he high me n t s o f thi s s p e c i f
i c ati o n and S p e c i f
i c ati o n
temperature cha racteristics. A 703 /A 703M, t his specif i cation shall prevail.
1 .3 The values stated in eit
her inch-pound units or SI 3.2 Steel investment castings furnished to this specif i
units are to be regarded sepa
rately as sta
ndard Within the cation shall conform to the requirements of Specif i cation
text, t
he SI units a
re shown in brackets . The va
lues stated A 9 8 5 / A 9 8 5 M, including any supplementary require
in each system are not exact equivalents ; therefore, each ments that a r e indicated in the purchase order Failure
system must be used independently of the other. Combining to comply wit hth e general requirements of Specif
i cation
values f
rom the two systems may result in nonconformance A 9 8 5 / A 9 8 5 M c onsti tute s nonconforman ce with this
withhte specif
i cat
i on. specif
i cation. In case of conf
l ict between the requirements
of this specification and Specif i cation A 9 8 5 /A 9 8 5M,
2. Referenced Documents Specifi cation A 985 /A 985M shall prevail .
2.1 ASTM Standards :
A 703 /A 703M Specifi cati on for Steel Cast
ings , General
Requirements, for Pressure-Containing Pa r ts 4. Ordering Informat
ion
A 9 85 /A 985M Specifi cation for Steel Investment Cast 4. 1 The inquiry a
n d order should include or indicate
ings General Requirements , for Pres sure- Containing the following :
Pa
r ts
4.1. 1 A descr
iption of the cast
ing by pattern number
E 1 65 Test Met
hod for Liquid Penetrant Examinat
ion or &'awing (d
i mensional tolerances sha
l l be included on
E 709 Guide for Magnet
i c Particle Examinat
i on he cast
t ing & awing),
2 .2 Man ufactu r ers ' Standa rdization Soc iety of the 4. 1 .2 Grade of steel,
Valve and Fittings Industry Standard:
4.1.3 Options in the specif
i cation,
SP 55 Steel Cast
i ngs for Valve, Flanges, and Fittings , and
Other Components (Visual Met hod) 4.1 .4 Whether the castings a
r e to be produced using
2.3 ASME Standard." the investment cast
ing process, and
ASME B oiler and tS essu
re Vessel Code, Sect
i on IX, Weld 4 . 1 . 5 The supp lementary require me nt s d e s ired
ing and Brazing Qua
lif
ications including the standar ds of acceptance

347
SA-216/SA-216M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

5. Heat Treatment 9.2 When addit

i onal inspect
i on is desired, Supplemen
5.1 All castings shall receive a heat tr eatment proper ta
r y Requirements $4, $5 , and S 1 0 may be ordered
to their' design and chemical composition, 9.3 The c astings shall not be peened, plugged, or'
5.2 Castings shall be furnished in the annealed, or' impregnated to stop leaks..
normalized, or' normalized and tempered condition unles s
Supplementary Requirement S 1 5 is specifi ed.
10. Repair by Welding
5.3 Heat treatment shall be performed after castings
have been allowed to cool below the transformation range. 10.1 Repairs shall be made using procedures and weld
ers qualif
i ed under' ASME Section IX..
10.2 Weld Iepairs shall be inspected to the same quality
6. Temperature Control sta
ndards t
h at are used to inspect t
he castings . When cast
6.1 Furnace temperatures for' heat treating shall be ings a
re produced with Supplementa r y Requirement $4
effectively controlled by pyrometer specifi ed, weld repair s shall be inspected by magnetic pa
r ti
cle examinat
i on to the sa
me standa
r ds that a
re used to
inspect t
h e castings.. When casti ngs are produced with Sup
7. Chemical Composition plementary Requirement $5 specifi ed, weld repairs on cast
7. 1 The steel shall be in accordance with the require ings that have leaked on hydrostatic test, or' on castings in
merits as to chemical composition prescribed in Table 1 . which the depth of' any cavity prepared for repair welding
exceeds 20% of the wall t
hickness or 1 in [25 mm] , which
ever' is smaller, or on castings in which any cavity prepa
red
8. Tensile Requirements for welding is greater than approximately 10 in.2 [65 cm2],
8.1 Steel used f0r' the castings shall be in accordance shall be radiographed to the sa
me standa
rds that r
a e used
with the requirements as to tensile properties prescribed to inspect t
he castings..
in Table 2 .
10.3 Casti ngs containing any repair weld that exceeds
20% of t
he wall thick
ness or 1 in . [25 mm] , whichever' is
9. Quality
smaller', or that exceeds approximately 10 in. 2 [65 cm2] in
area, or' that was made to correct hydrostatic test defects,
9.1 The surface of the casting shall be examined visu shall be stress relieved or' heat treated after' welding. This
ally and shall be free of adhering sa
n d, scale, cracks, and mandatory stress relief' or' heat treatment shall be in accor
hot tears . Other' surface discont
inuities shall meet the visual
dance with the procedure qualif i cation used.
acceptance standa
rds specifi ed in the order . Visual Method
SP-5 5 or' other' visual standards may be used to def
i ne
acceptable suriace discontinuities and fi nish.. Unacceptable
visual surface discont
i nuities shall be removed and their' 1 1. Keywords
removal verif
i ed by visual exa
mination of the resultant 11.1 c ar bon steel ; high temperature ; pre s sure-c on
cavit
i es . taining parts ; steel castings

34 8
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA.216/SA-216M

TA B L E 1
C H E M I CA L R E Q U I R E M E N TS

Composition, %
G rade WC A G rade W C B G rade WC C
E l eme nt U N S J 02502 U N S J 03002 U N S J 02503

C arbon, max 0 , 25 A 0. 3 0 B 0.25 c

M anganese, max 0. 7 0A 1 .008 1. 20c
Phosphorus, max 0 . 04 0 . 04 0 . 04
S u lfu r, max 0 . 045 0. 045 0. 045
S i l i c on, max 0. 6 0 0.60 0. 60

Spec if
i ed residual e lements:
C oppe r, max 0. 3 0 0. 3 0 0 ..3 0
N ic ke l, max 0.5 0 0 .50 0 .5 0
C h rom i u m, max 0 .50 0.5 0 0 50
M o lybden um, max 0. 20 0.20 0. 2 0
Vanad i um, max 0. 03 0 . 03 0 . 03
Total of these spec if
i ed resi dua l 1 00 1.00 1 . 00
e lements, max p

A For each reduct ion of OO 1 % bel ow the specifi ed max i mum carbon content, an i ncrease of 0. 04 %
manganese above the spec if
i ed max i mum wi l l be perm itted u p to a max i m um of 1 . 1 0 % .
B Fo r each reduction of 0 . 0 1 % be l ow the spec ifi ed max i mum carbon content, an i nc rease of 0 . 04 % M n
above the spec if
i ed max imum wi l l be perm itted up to a max i mum of 1 . 2 8 % .
c Fo r each reduction of 0 . 0 1 % bel ow the spec ifi ed max i mu m carbon content, an i ncrease of 0. 04 %
manganese above the spec if
i ed max i mum wi l l be perm itted to a max i mu m of 1 .40 % .
P N ot app l icabl e when S upp lementary Requ i rement $ 1 1 is spec ifi ed.

TA B L E 2
T E N SI L E R EQ U I R E M E N TS
G rade WC A G rad e W C B G rade W C C

Tensi l e st re n gth, ksi [ M Pa] 6 0 to 85 [4 1 5 to 5 85 ] 7 0 to 95 [48 5 to 655 3 7 0 to 9 5 [4 8 5 to 6 5 53

Y ie ld strength, A m i n, 3 0 [2 05] 3 6 [25 03 40 12751
ks i [ M P a-1
E l o ngat i o n i n 2 i n .. 24 22 22
[5 0 mm"1, m i n, % B
Reducti on of area, m in, % 35 .3 5 35

A Determ i ne by eithe r 0. 2 % of
fset method or 05 % extension-u nder- l oad method .
B When I C I test bars are used i n tens i le testi ng as prov i ded for in S pec ifi cation A 703/A 703 M , the
g age length to red u ced sect i o n d i amete r rat i o s ha l l be 4 to 1 .

349
SA-216/SA-216M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementary requirements shall not apply unless specifi ed in the purchase
order.. A list of standa r dized supplementa r y iequfi ements for' use at t
h e opti on of the
purchaser' is included in Specifi cation A 703 /A 703M.. Those which a re ordina
rily consid
eled suitable for' use wit
h this specifi cation a
r e given below. Others enumerated in Specifi ca
i on A 703 /A 703M may be used with t
t his specifi cation upon agreement between the
manufacturer and purchaser .

CE maximum
S 1. Unspecif
i ed Elements
$2. Destruct
i on Tests Maximum specif i ed section thickness less
h an oi equal to 1 in , [25 mm]
t 0 ,43

S3. Bend Test Maximum specif i ed section thick

n ess
greater than 1 in , [25 mm] 0 ,45
$4. Magnet
ic Part
icle Inspect
i on
$5. Radiographic Inspect
i on S16.3 Determine the carbon equivalent (CE) as follows:
S 10. Examination of Weld Preparat ion
(Cr + Mo + V) (Ni + Cu)
S10.1 The met h od of performing t he magnetic par ticle CE = C + + 5 + -------i
1 f--
or liquid penetrant test shall be in accordance with Guide
E 709 or Test Method E 1 65 .
S16.4 Vanadium and niobium maximum content based
upon heat analysis sha
l l be:
S l l. Carbon Equivalent
Sll.1 When specifi ed on t
h e order' , t
he maximum ca
r
bon equivalent shall be: NOTE 1 - Niobium = columbium

Ca ade Carbon Equivalent, ma

x Ma
x imum vanadium 0 02 wt%
WCA 0 50 Maximum niobium 0 02 wt%
WCB 0 50 Maximum vanadium plus niobium 0 03 wt%
WCC 0 55

S16.5 The sum of t

he nickel and copper contents, based
S l l .2 Ca
rbon equivalent (CE) shall be determined as upon heat analysis, shall not exceed 0. 1 5 wt% .
follows :
S1 6.6 The minimum ca
rbon content sha
l l be 0 1 8 wt%
Mn Cr + Mo + V Ni + Cu
CE = C + -=- + + Te maximum ca
h rbon content shall be as required for the
O 5 15
appropr
i ate grade.
S16.7 Welding consumables for repair welds shall be
S 15. Quench and Temper Heat-Treatment of the low-hy&ogen type. E60XX electrodes shall not be
$16. Requirements for Carbon Steel Cast i ngs for used a
nd t he result
i ng weld chemistly sha
ll meet the same
Hydrof luoric Acid Alkylation Service chemist r y requirements as t
he base meta l
S16.1 Castings shall be provided in the normalized or S16.8 In addit
i on to the requirements for product ma
rk
normalized and tempered heat-t
r eated condit
i on. ing in t
he specifi cation, an "HF-N" stamp oi marking shall
S 16.2 he maximum ca
T rbon equivalent shall be as be provided on each casting to identi fy th at t
he casting
follow s : complies with t
his supplementa
ry requirement.

3 50
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-2 17/SA-217M

SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL CASTINGS,

MARTENSITIC STAINLESS AND ALLOY, FOR
PRESSURE-CONTAINING PARTS, SUITABLE FOR
HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERVICE

SA-2 17/SA-217M
INTERNATIONAL
Stan dards Worldwide

(Ident
i cal with ASTM Specif
i cat
i on A 2 1 7 /A 2 1 7M-07 ,) A08

1. Scope values from the two systems may result in nonconforma nce
1. 1 This specif
i cat
i on covers martensitic stainless steel with the specif
i cat
i on.. Inch-pound units are applicable for'
and alloy steel casti ngs for valves, flanges, f i tt
i ngs, a
nd material ordered to Specif i cation A 2 1 7 and SI units for'
other' pressure-containing parks (Note 1 ) intended pr i marily materials ordered to Specif i cation A 2 1 7M.
for high-temperature a
n d corrosive service (Note 2) .
1.2 One grade of ma r ensitic sta
inless steel a
nd nine
2. Referenced Documents
grades of ferritic alloy steel are covered. Select i on will
depend on design a nd service condit
i ons, mechanical prop 2. 1 ASTM Standards:

er't ies, and the high-temperature and corrosion-resistant A 2 1 6 /A 2 1 6M Specif

i cat
i on for Steel Castings, Carbon,
cha
racteristics (Note 3 ) . Suitable for' Fusion Welding, for High-Temperature
S er
v ice
NOTE 1 - Carbon steel cast i ngs for pressure-containing pa
r ts a
r e covered
A 35 2 /A 3 5 2M Specifi cation for' Steel Cast
i ngs, Ferritic
by Specifi cation A 2 1 6 /A 2 1 6M , Low alloy quench-and-tempered grades
equivalent to Specifi cat i on A 2 1 7 /A 2 1 7M grades may be found in both and Martensitic, for' Pressure-Containing Pa r ts, Suitable
Specif
i cations A 352 /A 352M and A 487 /A 487M for Low-Temperature Service
A 487 /A 487M Specif i cation for Steel Casti ngs Suitable
NOTE 2 - The grades covered by this specifi cat
i on represent materials for Pressure Service
that a
re genera
lly suitable for assembly wit
h ot
her castings or wrought
steel parts by fusion welding It is not intended to imply that these grades A 488 /A 488M Practice for Steel Castings, Welding, Qual
possess equal deg
rees of weldability; t
herefore, it is the responsibility of if
i cations of Procedures and Personnel
t
h e purchasei to establish for himself a suitable welding technique Since A 703 /A 703M Specif i cat i on for' Steel Castings, General
these grades possess varying degrees of suitability for high-temperature Requirements, for Pressure-Containing Pa r ts
n d corrosion-resistant service, it is a
a l so the responsibility of t
h e purchaser
A 8 0 2 / A 8 02M Pr a cti c e for' S teel Casting s , S urface
to determine wh ich g r ade shall be furnished, due consideration being
given to t
he requirements of t h e applicable construction codes , Acceptance Standards, Visual Examination
A 985 /A 985M Specifi cation foi Steel Investment Cast
NOTE 3 - The committee formulating this specifi cat i on has included ings General Requirements, for Pressure-Containing
nine grades of materials that a r e considered to represent basic types of Parts
fenitic alloy steels suitable for va
l ves, fl anges, fittings, a
nd other' pressure
containing pa r ts, , Additiona
l alloy steels t h at may better fulfi ll certain E 1 65 Test Met
h od for Liquid Penetrant Examination
t
ypes of service will be considered for inclusion in t h is specifi cation by E 709 Guide for' Magneti c Particle Examination
h e committee as the need becomes appa
t r ent ,

1.3 The va lues stated in either inch-pound units or SI

units a
re to be rega
rded separately as sta
n da
r d. Within the 3. General Conditions for Delivery
text, the SI units a
re shown in br ackets . The va
lues stated 3.1 Except fbr investment cast ings, cast
i ngs furnished
in each system are not exact equival ents; therefbre, each to this specifi cation shall conform to the requirements of
system must be used independently of' the ot
her' ., Combining Specifi cation A 703 /A 703M including any supplementary

35 1
SA-217/SA-217M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

cmbo-nitf
ides in the fenite mauix , V also piecipitates as VN di
n ing
requirements that are indicated in t
he purchase order. Fail
tempeiing or duiing creep The two elements m'e mo e ef
fective in combi
ure to comply witht he general requirements of Specifi ca nat
ion Theiefore, the addition of strong nitdde-fbiming elements, t
hose
i on A 703 /A 703M constitutes nonconformance wit
t hthis with a stronger affi nity for nitrogen t
han Cb and V, as deoxidation agents,
specifi cation. In case of conflict between t
he requirements inteIferes wit
ht hese high-tempel ature sU'engt hening mecha nisms
of t
his specifi cation and Specifi cation A 703 /A 703M, this
specifi cation shall prevail.
7. Tensile Requirements
3.2 Steel investment castings furnished to t
his specifi
7.1 Steel used for the cast
ings sha
ll be in accordance
cation sha
ll conform to t
he requirements of Specifi cat
i on
A 9 85 /A 985M, including any supplementary require wit
hthe requirements as to tensile propert
ies prescribed
in Table 2
ments t hat r
ae indicated in t
he purchase order . Failure
to comply with the general requirements of Specifi cation
A 9 8 5 / A 9 8 5 M con s titute s nonc onformance with thi s
8. Quality
specifi cation. In case of conflict between t
h e requirements
8.1 The surface of' the casting sha
l l be examined visu
of this specifi cation and Specifi cation A 985 /A 9 85M,
Specifi cation A 985 /A 985M shall prevail. lly a
a n d sha
l l be free of adhering sa
n d, sca
l e, cracks, and
hot tea
r's . Ot
her' sur
face discontinuities shall meet t
he visua
l
acceptance standards specifi ed in the or'der. . Practice
4. Ordering Information A 802 /A 802M or' other visual sta
ndazds may be used to
4.1 The inquiry and order should include or indicate define acceptable sur
face disconti nuities a
n d fi nish. Unac
he following :
t ceptable visua
l surface discontinuiti es shall be removed
nd t
a heir' remova
l verif
i ed by visual examination of' the
4.1.1 A descript
ion of t
h e casting by pattern number resulta
nt cavities When methods involving high tempera
or d
rawing (dimensiona l tolerances shall be included on ure are used in t
t he remova
l of' discontinuit
i es, castings
the cast
i ng drawing),
shall be preheated to at least t
he minimum temperat
ures
4.1.2 Grade of steel, in Table 3 .

4.1.3 Options in the specifi cat

i on, 8.2 W
hen addit
i onal inspection is desired, Supplemen
4.1.4 Whether t he cast
ings are to be produced using tary Requirements $4, $5, a
nd S 1 0 may be ordered
he investment cast
t i ng process, and
8.3 The casting s shall not be peened, plugged, or
4. 1 .5 The supplementary requirements desired impregnated to stop leaks,,
including the sta
ndards of acceptance.

9. Repair by Welding
5. Heat Treatment
9.1 Repairs shall be made using procedures a
nd welder's
5.1 All cast
ings sha
l l receive a heat treatment proper
qualifi ed under Practice A 488 /A 488M.
to their design and chemica
l composition.
9.2 Weld repaired Grade C 1 2A castings sha
ll be post
5.2 Cast
ings sha
ll be f
urnished in t
he normalized and weld heat t eated at 1 350- 1 470°F [730-800°C]
tempered conditions; Grades WC 1 , WC4, WC5, WC6, and
CA1 5 sha
ll be tempered at ! ! 00°F [595°C] min; Grades 9.3 Weld repairs sha
ll be inspected to the sa
me qua
lity
WC9, C5, C 1 2, n ad WC l l shall be tempered at 1 250°F standa
rds t
h at are used to inspect t
he cast
ings W
hen cast
[675°C] min; Grade C 1 2A sha ll be normalized at 1 900 ings are produced with Supplementa ry Requirement $4
1 975 °F [ 1 040- 1 080°C] and tempered at 1 3 50-1 470°F specifi ed, weld repairs shall be inspected by magneti c parti
[7 30-800°C] . cle examination to the same sta
nda
rds t
h at a
re used to
inspect the casti ngs. W
hen casti ngs a
re produced with Sup
5.3 Heat treatment shall be performed after cast
i ngs
have been a
llowed to cool below t
he transformation range .
plementary Requirement $5 specifi ed, weld repairs on cast
ings t
h at have lea ked on hydrostatic test, or on castings in
which the depth of any cavity prepa r ed for repair welding
exceeds 20% of t
he wall thickness or 1 in [25 mm] , which
6. Chemical Composition
6. 1 The steel shall be in accordance wit
hthe require
ever is smaller , or on castings in which any cavity prepa
r ed
ments as to chemica
l composit
i on prescr
ibed in Table 1 for welding is greater tha
n approximately 10 in.2 [65 cm2],
(Note 4) .
sha
ll be rad
i ographed to the same sta
nda
r ds that a
r e used
to inspect the cast
ings.
NOTE 4 - The iole of alloying elements in t he development of Giade
C 1 2A has been extensively investi gated V a
nd Cb contr
ibute to pr
ecipita 9.4 Weld repairs shall be considered major in t
he case
tion strengthening by foiming fine and coherent precipitation of M(C,N)X of a casting t
hat has lea
ked on hydrostatic test, or when

352
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-217/SA -217M

the depth of' the cavity prepared for' welding exceeds 20% repairs shall be inspected to the same quality standards
of' the wall thickness or 1 in . [25 mm] , whichever' is smaller, that are used to inspect the castings .
or' when t he extent of t h e cavity exceeds approximately
1 0 in.2 [65 cm2] . All castings with major' repair' welds shall
be t
hermally stress relieved or' completely reheat-treated. 10. Keywords
This mandatory stress relief or' reheat-treatment shall be 10. 1 alloy steel; high temperature ; martensitic stainless
in accorda
n ce with the qualifi ed procedure used. Maj or' steel ; pressure containing; steel castings

353
SA-217/SA-217M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

E
o o o o o
o
c 0 0 0 0
,.c
€.D

0
O
E E 0 0 0

t'M O

€O CO
o o
o
c >
d d d d d d g d d d

o
E O
N O,.,, o o o .. .. o
E 'o t-
-t O
O ,. o • o c " c "

d c d d M 06 ,:5

o o
E
€
. o o . o o
, t 3 t/)
eO t'M it3 • . " 0 0 " ( " ' e l

0 0 0 0 0 0

0 o
E

o
c I I O I
o , , : o : o
0 0 0 0 0 " 0 " r-
• .

0 0 0 0 0

- E E_ O
o

O', O', o
• 0 0 . 0 .. .. 0
, -, cO CO
ol . •
O,
-.I

,<
t- ..a
,<
ro E
t..,4
C t'M

O O
C o o o o
I.lJ • o ,5 ,5 "
"I" 0 0 0 O
(.3

E 0
u' O o 6 . 0 . .. .. 0 .. .. 0
O O
C I I i i i
o o o o o " 0 .. . . 0 " ' 0
0 0 0 -6
(u

.,.2
_

O 0 0 0
E
, O
C 0 .. .. . 0 . . 0
O O
C

E 0
= = . 0 0 t" . 0 . . 0
o
O I.t
C ,, n m m ,, , .. .. o E

0 0
E
P

E
I
LU
2 - =

_
i >
0

354
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-217/SA -2 17M

TA B L E 2
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS

Tensi l e Yie ld E l ongation

Strength, Strength, A in 2 i n . Red uction
ksi a i n, ksi
r [50 r
a m], of Area,
G rad e [ M Pa] [ M Pa] a i n, % a
r a i n, %
r
WCl 6 5 [4 5 0 ] to 9 0 [ 6 2 0 ] 3 5 [2 40] 24 35
w C 4, w c5, wc 6, w c9 7 0 [485 ] to 95 [65 5 ] 4 0 [2 75 ] 20 35
WC l l 8 0 [ 5 5 0 ] to 1 0 5 [ 7 2 5 ] 5 0 [3 4 5 3 18 45
C 5, C 1 2 9 0 [6 2 0 3 to 1 1 5 [7 9 5 3 6 0 [4 1 5 ] 18 35
CI2A 8 5 [5 8 5 3 to 1 1 0 [ 7 6 0 ] 6 0 [4 1 5 3 18 45
CA1 5 9 0 [ 6 2 0 ] to 1 1 5 [7 9 5 3 6 5 [4 5 0 ] 18 30

A Determ i ne by eithe r 0 , 2 % offset method o r 0 ,5 % extensi on-u nder- l oad meth od ,,

B When I C I test bars are used i n tensi le testi ng as p rovi ded fo r i n S pec ification A 7 03/A 7 03 M , the
g age l e n gth to red u ce d secti o n d i a m ete r rat i o sh a l l be 4 to 1 ,

TA B L E 3
M I N I M U M P R E H EAT T E M P E RA T U R E S

M i n i mum
P re h eat
Temperature,
G rade Th ickness, in. [mm] ° F lo C I

WCl % and under 5 0 [1 0]

Ove r 5/8 [ 1 5 9] 2 5 0 [1 2 0]
W C4 Al l 3 0 0 [1 5 0]
WC5 All 3 00 [ 1 5 0]
WC 6 All 3 0 0 [ 1 5 0]
W C9 Al l 4 0 0 [2 0 0]
WC1 1 Al l 3 00 [1 5 03
C5 All 4 0 0 [2 003
C12 All 4 0 0 [2 0 0]
C12A Al l 4 00 [2 0 0]
C A1 5 All 4 0 0 [2 00 3

3 55
SA-217/SA-217M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementa r y requirements shall not apply unless specifi ed in the purchase order. A list of standardized
supplementary requirements for use at the opti on of the purchaser is included in Specifi cation A 703 /A 703M. T hose
which are ordina r ily considered suitable for use with this specifi cation a r e given below. Ot her' s enumerated in
Specifi cation A 703 /A 703M may be used wit h this specifi cation upon agieement between the manufacturer and
purchaser .

S1. Unspecif
i ed Elements S13. Hardness Test
$2. Destruct
i on Tests
$3. Bend Test
s $21. Heat Treatment Furnace Record
$4. Magnet
i c Part
i cle Inspection
$5. Radiographic Inspection $22. Heat Treatment
$ 10. Examination of Weld Preparation
$51 . Mandatory Postweld Heat Treatment
S10.1 The met hod of performing t he magneti c pa
r ticle
or liquid penetrant test shall be in accordance with Test $51.1 All castings with repair welds shall receive a
Method E 1 65 or Guide E 709 mandatory thermal stress relief or complete reheat treat
ment in accordance wit
h the qua lif
i ed procedure after a
ll
weld repairs .

356
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-225/SA-225M

SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE VESSEL PLATES,

ALLOY STEEL, MANGANESE-VANADIUM-NICKEL

SA-225/SA -225M
INTERNATIONAL
S tan rds Wo ldwi

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 225/A 225M-03 ) 07

1. Scope A 57 8 /A 57 8M Specif
i cation for Straight-B eam Ultrasonic
1 . 1 Thi s specif
i cation covers manganese-vanadium Examination of Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special
nickel alloy steel plates intended primarily for welded lay Applications
ered pres sure vessels .
1 .2 Plates under this specif
i cation are available in two 3. General Requirements and Ordering
grades having different strength levels as follows : Information

Tensile S tiength, 3. 1 Plates supplied to this product specif

i cation shall
G: ade ksi [MPa] conform to Specif i cation A 20/A 20M, which outlines the
C 1 0 5- 1 3 5 [ 7 2 5-9 3 0 ] testing and r etesting methods and procedures , permissible
D var iat
i ons in dimensions and mass, quality and r epair of
3 i n [ 7 5 m m ] a n d u n d e r' 8 0-1 0 5 [ 5 5 0-7 2 5 ] defects , marking, loading, etc .
O ve r 3 i n , [ 7 5 m m ] 7 5-1 0 0 [ 5 1 5-6 9 0 ]
3.2 Specif i cation A 20/ 20M also establishes t
h e rules
for or dering infor mati on th at should be complied with
1 .3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only
when purchasing plates to this specif i cation.
by the capacity of th e chemical composition to meet the
specifi ed mechanical property requirements ; however , cur 3.3 In addition to t h e basic requirements of this specif i
rent mill practic e n or mally limits Gr ade C to 0 . 5 8 i n cation, certain supplementary requirements ate available
[ 1 5 m m ] m ax i mu m a n d Gr ad e D t o 6 i n [ 1 5 0 mm] w h ere a d d i ti o n al c o ntr o l , te s ti n g , or e x ami n ati o n i s
maximum required to meet end use requirements
1 .4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI 3.4 The pur chaser is refen ed to t h e listed supplemen
units a
re to be rega
r ded sepa
r ately as standa
r d Within the ta
r y requir ements in this specif
i cation and to the detailed
text, the SI units a
r e shown in brackets The values stated requirements in Specif i cation A 20/A 20M.
in each system r a e not exact equivalents ; therefore, each 3.5 Coils a re excluded f r om qualif
i cation to this speci
system must be used independently of t he other Combining f cat
i i on until they ar e pr ocessed into f
i nished plates . Plates
values fr om the two systems may result in nonconformance produced fi om coil means plates t h at have been cut to
with the specifi cation individual lengths f r om coil The processor directly con
tr ols, or is r esponsible for , the operations involved in the
processing of coils into f i nished plates . Such oper ations
2. Referenced Documents
i nclude de c oi ling , leveling , cutting to l ength , te sting ,
2. 1 ASTM Standards : inspection, conditioning , heat tre atment (if appli c able) ,
A 20/A 20M Specif
i cation for General Requirements for packaging, ma r king, loading for shipment, and cert ifi
Steel Plates for Pres sure Ves sels c ation

A 435 /A 435M Specif

i cation for Str aight-Beam Ultrasonic
NOTE 1 - For plates p: oduced f i om coil and fu:nished without heat
Examination of Steel Plates
treatment or with stress relieving only, three test :esults are I epor ed fb
A 577 /A 577M Specif
i cation for Ultrasonic Angle-B eam each qualifying coil Additional requirements :egar ding plates f l om coil
Exam
i nation of Steel Plate s ai' e descr
i bed in Specification A 20/A 20M

3 57
SA-225/SA-225M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

3.6 If' the requirements of this specifi cation ate in con 6. Chemical Composition
lf ict with the requirements of' Specifi cati on A 20/A 20M, 6. 1 The steel shall conform to the chemical iequire
the requir ements of this specifi cation shall prevail , ments given in Table 1 , unless otherwise modifi ed in accor
dance with Supplementary Requirement S 1 7 , Vacuum
Ca
t bon-Deoxidized Steel, in Specif i cation A 20/A 20M.
4. Materials and Manufacture

4.1 Steelmaking Practice - The steel shall be killed

and shall conform to the f
i ne austenitic grain size require
7. Mechanical Properties
ment of Specifi cation A 20/A 20M
7.1 Tension Test - The plates, as represented by the
tension test specimens, shall conform to the requirements
5. Heat Treatment given in Table 2
5.1 Grade D plates of all thicknesses and Grade C plates 7.2 For plates with a nominal thickness of 3/4 in [20 mm]
of thick
n es ses over 2 in [50 r
am] shall be normalized and under , the 1 ,1 2 in. [40 mm] wide rectangular specimen
5.2 Grade C plates 2 in [50 mm] and under in thickness may be used and the elongati on detelmined in a 2 in
t
a e usually supplied in the as-rolled condition The plates [50 mm] gage length that includes the fracture and that
may be ordered normalized or stress-relieved, or both shows the greatest elongat
i on

TA B L E I
C H E M I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS
C om pos iti on, %
E l e ments G rade C G rade D

C ar bon, max ( A ) 0, 25 0 .20

M a n g an ese, m ax :
H eat ana lys i s 1 , 60 1 .7 0
P rod uct ana lys i s 1 72 1 84
P h osp h o ru s, m ax ( A ) 0 , 03 5 0 . 03 5
S u l fu r, max ( A ) 0 , 03 5 0 , 03 5
S i l i co n :
H eat ana lys i s 0 , 1 5-0 4 0 0 1 0-0 5 0
P rod uct ana l ys i s 0 , 1 3-0 4 5 0 , 08-0 , 5 6
V an ad i u m :
H eat ana l ys i s 0 1 3-0 1 8 0 , 1 0-0 , 1 8
P rod uct ana l ys i s 0 , 1 1-0 2 0 0 , 08-0 , 2 0
N i c ke l :
H eat ana l ys i s 0 , 4 0-0 7 0 0 4 0-0 , 7 0
P r od uct ana l ys i s 0 , 3 7-0 7 3 0 3 7-0 . 7 3

N OT E :

( A ) App l ies to both heat and p rod u ct ana l yses ,

35 8
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-225/SA -225M

TA B L E 2
TE N SI LE REQU I R E M E NTS
G rad e C G rad e D

ks i M Pa ks i M Pa

Te n s i l e stre n gt h
A l l th i c k ne sses 1 0 5- 1 3 5 7 2 5-9 3 0
3 in [7 5 m m ] an d 8 0-1 0 5 5 5 0-7 2 5
u n de r 7 5-1 0 0 5 1 5-6 9 0
0 ve t 3 i n [7 5 m m ]
Y ie l d stre n gth, m i n ( A )
A l l t h i c k n esse s 70 485 60 415
3 i n , [ 7 5 m m ] an d u n d e r 55 380
O ve r 3 i n , [7 5 m m ]
E l on gat i o n i n 8 i n [2 0 0 m m],
m i n, % ( B )
E l o n g at i o n i n 2 i n , [5 0 m m ], 20 19

m i n, % ( B )
E l o n g at i o n i n 5 D, m i n, % ( B ) 17

N OT E S :
( A ) Dete rm i n ed by e it he r the 0 , 2 % offset m eth od o r' the 0 , 5 % exte ns i o n- u n d er- l oad meth o d , ,
( B ) S ee S pec ifi cati o n A 2 0/A 2 0 M fo r' e l ongati on adj ustme nt ,

3 59
SA-225/SA-225M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

Supplementa r y Iequi ements shall not apply unless specifi ed in the pulchase order ,
A list of' standardized supplementary requirements fbr use at the option of' the purchaser
is included in Specifi cation A 20/A 20M. Those that a r e considered suitable for use with
this specifi cation a
r e listed below by title ,

$1. Vacuum Treatment, $8. Ultrasonic Examinat

ion in Accordance With
Specif
i cat
i on A 435/A 435M,
$2. Product Analysis,
$3. Simulated Post-Weld Heat Treatment of $9. Magnet
ic Part
icle Examination,
Mechanical Test Coupons, $11. Ultrasonic Examination in Accordance With
$4. 1 Additional Tension Test, Specif
ication A 577/A 577M,
$5. Charpy V-Notch Impact Test, $ 12 Ultrasonic Examination in Accordance With
$6. Drop Weight Test, Specification A 578/A 578M, and
$7. High-Temperature Tension Test, S 17. Vacuum Carbon-Deoxidized Steel.

3 60
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA -231/SA-23 1M

SPECIFICATION FOR CHROMIUM-VANADIUM ALLOY

STEEL SPRING WIRE

SA-23 1/SA-23 1M

(Identical with ASTM Specif

ication A 23 1 /A 23 1 M-96 except that certifi cation r equirements in pa
t a 1 3 1 at e mandatory )

1. Scope 2.5 AIA G Standard:

1. 1 This specif
i cation cover's round chromium-vana AIAGB -5 02. 00 Primary Metals Ident
ifi cation Tag Appli
c ation S tandard
dium alloy steel spring wi r e having properties and quality
intended for the manufacture of springs used at moder ately
elevated temperatures This wir e shall be eit her in t
he
3. Ordering Information
annealed and cold-dr awn or oil-tempered condition as spec
3. 1 Orders for materia
l under t
his specif
i cation should
if
i ed by the pmchaser
include the following informat
i on for each or dered item:
1.2 The values stated in eit
h er SI (metric) units oi inch 3. 1 . 1 Quantity (mass) ;
pound units are to be rega
r ded separ ately as sta
nda rd The 3 .1 .2 Name of mater
ial (chr omium-va
n adium alloy
values stated in each system a r e not exact equivalents ; steel wire) ;
therefore, each system must be used independent of the
other . 3 . 1 .3 Wire diameter (Table 1 and Table 2) ;
3. 1 .4 Packaging (S ection 1 4) ;
3. 1 .5 Cast or heat analysis report (if iequested) (5 2) ;
2. Referenced Documents 3. 1 .6 Certif
i cation and test report (Section 1 3 ) ; a
nd
2. 1 ASTM Standards: 3.1 .7 ASTM designation a
nd date of issue
A 370 Test Methods a
n d Def
i nitions for Mechanical Test
NOTE 1 - A typica l ordering description is as follows: 20,000 kg oil
ing of Steel Products tempered chromium-vanadium a l loy steel wir e, size 6 00 mm in 1 50 kg
A 7 00 Practices for Packaging , Mar king , and Loading coils to ASTM A 23 1 M dated or for inch-pound units, 40 000
Methods for Steel Products for Domestic Shipment lb oil-temper ed chromium-vanadium alloy steel spring wire, size 0 250
in in 3 50 lb coils to ASTM A 23 1 dated
A 7 5 1 Te st Meth o ds , Practi c e s , and Termi nology f or
Chemica l Analysis of Steel Products
A 752 Specif i cation for General Requi r ements for Wire 4. Materials and Manufacture
Rods and Coa r se Round Wi re, Alloy Steel
4 . 1 The s te el may be m ade by any c o mmerc i al l y
E 29 Practice for Using Signif i cant Digits in Test Data to
accepted steel-making process . The steel may be either
Determine Conformance with Specif i cations
ingot cast or strand cast
2.2 ANSI Standard : 4.2 The f
i nished wir e shall be f
l ee fi om detlimental
B 32,4M Preferred Metric Sizes for Round, Squa
r e, Rect pipe and undue segregation
angle, and Hexagon Metal Pr oducts

2.3 Military Standard: 5. Chemical Composition

MIL-STD- 1 63 Steel Mill Products, Preparation for Ship 5. 1 The steel shall conform to the requir ements as to
ment and Stor age chemical composition specifi ed in Table 3
2.4 Federal Standard : 5.2 Cast or Heat Analysis - Each cast or heat of steel
Fed Std No 1 23 Ma
rking for Sh
ipment (Civil Agencies) sha
l l be analyzed by t
he manufacturer to determine the

36 1
SA-231tSA-231M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

percentage of elements prescribed in Table 3 This analysis 7. Metallurgical Properties

shall be made from a test specimen preferably taken during 7. 1 Surface Condition :
the pouring of the cast or heat When requested, this shall 7. 1 . 1 The sur
f ace of the wire as received shall be
be reported to the purchaser and shall conform to the free of rust and exces sive scale No serious die marks ,
requir ements of Table 3 . scratches, or seams may be present Based upon examina
5.3 Product Analysis (formerly Check Analys is) - An tion of etched end specimen, seams sha
ll not exceed 3 . 5 %
analysis may be made by the purchaser f i om fi nished wire of the wir e diameter , or 0.. 25 mm or 0 0 1 0 in , whichever
representing each cast or heat of steel. The chemical com is t
h e smaller as measured on a transver se section
po sition thu s determined, as to elements required or 7.1.2 Number of Tests - One test specimen shall be
restricted, shall conform to the product (check) analysis ta
ken for each ten coils , or fraction thereof, in a lot Each
requirements specifi ed in Table 5 of Specifi cat ion A 752 cast or heat in a given lot shall be tested
5.4 For referee purposes, Test Methods, Practices, and 7. 1.3 Location of Test - Test specimens shall be
Terminology A 75 1 shall be used ta
ken fr om either or both ends of the coil
7. 1.4 Test Method - The surface shall be examined
after etching in a solution of equal parts of hydrochloric
6. Mechanical Properties
acid and water that has been heated to approximately 80° C
6. 1 Annealed and Cold Drawn - W
hen pur chased in Test ends shall be examined using 1 0 x magnifi cat
ion. Any
the annealed and cold-dr awn condition , the wi e shall have
specimen which shows questionable seams of borderline
been given a suffi cient amount of cold working to meet the depth shall have a tran s ver s e section taken f om the
purchaser' s coiling iequirements and shall be in a suitable unetched a
rea, properly mounted and polished and exam
condit
i on to respond properly to heat treatment In special ined to measure the depth of the seam
cases the ha
r dness , if desired, shall be stated in the pur
chase order
8. Dimensions and Permissible Variat
i ons
6.2 Oil Tempered - When purchased in the oil-tem
pered condit
i on, the tensile strength and minimum percent 8.1 The perm i ssible va r iations in t
h e diameter of the
reduction of a
r ea, sizes 2 50 mm or 0. 1 05 in and coa
r ser , wire shall be as specifi ed in Table 4 or Table 5 .
of the wire shall conform to the requirements as shown in
Table 1 or Table 2 .
9. Workmanship and Appearance
6.2.1 Number of Tests - One test specimen shall be
9. 1 Annealed and Cold Drawn The wir e shall not be
ta
ken for each ten coils , or fiaction thereof in a lot. Each
kinked or improperly cast To test for cast, a few convolu
cast or heat in a given lot shall be tested
i ons of wir e shall be cut loose f
t i om the coil and placed
6.2.2 Location of Tests - Test specimens shall be on a f
l at sur
face The wire shall lie f
i at on itself and not
taken from either end of the coil
spr
i ng up nor show a wavy condition
6.2.3 Test Method - The tension test shall be made
in accor dance with Test Methods and Def
i nitions A 370
9.2 Oil Tempered - The wire shall be uniform in quality
and temper and shall not be wavy or crooked
6.3 Wrap Test: 9.3 Each coil shall be one cont
inuous length of wir e
6.3.1 Oil tempered or cold drawn wire 4 00 mm or properly coiled Welds made prior to cold drawing a re
0 1 62 in and smaller in diameter shall wind on itself as
permitted. If unma r ked welds a
r e unacceptable to the pur
an a
r bor without brea
k age. La rger diameter wire up to and chaser , special a
r ra
ngements should be made with the man
including 8 . 00 mm or 0.. 3 1 2 in in diameter shall wrap ufacturer at the time of the purchase.
without breakage on a ma ndrel twice the wir e diameteL
The wrap test is not applicable to wire over 8 . 00 mm or 9.4 Appearance - The sur f ace shall be smooth and free
0. 3 1 2 in in diameter . of defects such as seams, pits, die mar ks, and other defects
tending to impair the use of the wire for springs Any
6.3.2 Number of Tests - One test specimen shall be
additi onal surface requirements must be negotiated at the
ta
ken for each ten coils , or fraction ther eof; in a lot Each
time of ent
r y of the order
cast or heat in a given lot shall be tested
6.3.3 Location of Test - Test specimens shall be
taken from either end of t
h e coil. 1 0. Retests

6.3.4 Test Method - The wrap test sha

ll be made 10.1 If any test specimen exhibits obvious defects or
in accordance with Supplement IV of Test Methods and shows the presence of a weld, it may be discar ded and
Def
i nitions A 370 n other specimen substituted.
a

3 62
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-231/SA-231M

1 1 . Inspection 14. Packaging, Marking, and Loading for Shipment

1 1 . 1 Unless otherwise specifi ed in the contr act or pur 14. 1 The coil mass , dimensions, and the method of
chase order , the manufacturer is responsible for the per packaging shall be as agreed upon between the manufac
formance of all inspection and test requirements specif i ed turer and pur chaser
in this specif i cation. Except as otherwise specif i ed in the
contract or purchase order , the manufactur er may use his 14.2 The size of the wire, purchaser' s order number ,
own or any other suitable facilit i es for the performance of ASTM Specif
i cat
i on number , heat number, and name or
the inspecti on and test requirements unless disapproved by mark of the manufacturer shall be ma
r ked on a tag securely
attached to each c oil of wire
the purchaser at the time the order is placed The purchaser
shall have the right to perform any of the inspect i ons and
1 4 .3 Unle s s other wi s e spec if
i ed in the pur ch as er ' s
tests set f0r h in this specif
i cat
i on when such inspections
and tests are deemed neces sary to assur e that the material
order, packing, ma rk
i ng, and loading for shipments shall
be in accordance with those procedur es recommended by
conforms to prescribed requir ements
Practi ce s A 7 00

1 4.4 Fo r Gove rnment Proc u rement:

12. Rej ection and Rehearing
12. 1 Unles s otherwise specifi ed, any r ej ection based 14.4. 1 Packaging, pack i ng, and ma rk
i ng of' material
on tests made in accordance wit h this specif i cation shall for military pr ocurement shall be in accordance with the
be reported to the manufacturer as soon as possible so t h at requirements of MIL-STD- 1 63 , Level A, Level C, or com
an investigat
i on may be init
i ated. mercial as specifi ed in the contract or' purchase or der'.. Ma
rk
ing f0r' shipment of material for civil agencies shall be in
12.2 The material must be adequately protected and accordance with Fed .. S td . No. 1 23
corr ectly identif
i ed in or der t
h at the manufacturer may
make a proper investigation 14.5 Ba r Coding - In addit i on to t
h e previously-stated
identif
i cation requir ements, bar coding is acceptable as a
supplementa r y identif
i cat
i on method B a r coding should
13. Certif
i cation
be consistent with AIAG B -5 02 00, Primar y Metals Identi
13. 1 A manufacturer ' s or supplier' s certifi cation shall i cation Tag Applicat
f i on The bat code may be applied to
be furnished to the pur chaser that the material was manu a substanti ally aff
i xed tag
factur ed, sa
mpled, tested, and inspected in accorda nce with
this specification and has been found to meet the require
ments ,, A r eport of the test results shall be fmnished,
13.2 The certifi cat
i on shall include the specif i cation 15. Keywords
number , yea
r date of issue, and revi sion letter , if a
ny. 15. 1 alloy ; ch
i omium-vanadium ; spring ; wir e

3 63
SA-231/SA-231 M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 1 TA B L E 2
TE NSI LE R E Q U I R E M E N TS, S I U N ITS A T E N SI L E R EQ U I R E M E N TS, I N C H - PO U N D U N ITS A
Te nsi l e Stre ngth, Tensi l e Stre ngth,
M Pa Reduction of Areas, ksi Reduction of Areas,
D iamete r, B m m M i n ,, M ax , M i n, , % D i a meter, B i n , , M i n. M ax , M i n ,, %
c
0 .50 2060 2260 c 0 ,020 300 325
d
0 55 2050 2240 c 0 .032 290 315
C
0 ,60 2 03 0 2220 c 0 ,041 280 305
0 65 2 010 2200 c 0 .054 270 295 d
0 70 2 000 2 160 c 0 ,062 2 65 290 c
0 80 1 98 0 2140 c 0 ,080 255 275 c
0 90 1960 2120 c 0 1 05 2 45 2 65 45
I ,OO 1940 2100 d 0 135 235 255 45
1 10 1920 2 08 0 c 0 1 62 225 245 40
1 ,20 1900 2 06 0 c 0 192 220 240 40
1 ,40 1860 2 020 c 0 2 44 210 230 40
1 60 1820 1980 c 0 283 205 225 40
1 ,80 1800 1960 c 0 312 203 223 40
2 00 1780 1930 c 0 375 200 220 40
2 20 1750 1900 c 0, 4 3 8 195 215 40
2 50 1720 1860 45 0 ,500 190 210 40
2 80 1 68 0 1 83 0 45
3 ,00 1660 1800 45 A Te ns i l e strength va l ues fo r' i nte rmed i ate d i amete r s m ay be i nte r
3 .50 1620 1760 45 p o l ate d,
4 ,00 1580 1720 40 B P r efe rred s i zes . F o r' a co m p l ete l i st, refe r to A N S I B 3 2 4 M ,
4 50 1560 1 68 0 40 P refe r red M etri c S i zes fo r' R o u n d, S q uare, Rectan g l e, an d H exag on
5 00 1520 1 64 0 40 M eta l P ro d u cts , ,

5 50 1 48 0 1620 40 c The r ed u cti on of area test i s not ap p l i cab l e to w i re d i amete r s

6 00 1 46 0 1600 40 u n d e r' 0 , 0 9 2 i n ,

6 ,50 1 44 0 1580 40
7 00 1420 1560 40
8 .00 1400 1 54 0 40 TA B L E 3
9 ,00 1380 1520 40
C H E M ICAL R EQ U I R E M E NTS
10 ,00 1360 1500 40
II ,00 1340 1 48 0 40 E l e ment Ana lysis, %
1 2 .00 1320 1 46 0 40
C ar bo n 0 4 8- 0 , 5 3
A Tens i l e stre ngth va l ues fo r i nte r med i ate d i amete rs m ay be i nte r M an ganese 0 , 7 0-0 , 9 0
p o l ate d P h osp h o r us 0 04 0 max ,
B P refe r red s i zes , F o r' a co m p l ete l i st, refer to A N S I B 3 2 4 M , S u l fu r' 0 , 0 4 0 m ax ,
P refe r red M et r i c S i zes fo r R o u n d, S q uare, R ectan g l e, an d H exag on S i l i co n 0 , 1 5-0 , 3 5
M eta l P r o d u cts C h ro m i u m 0 , 8 0- 1 , 1 0
c T he red uct i o n of area test i s n ot ap p l i cab l e to wi re d i amete r's V an ad i u m 0 ,15 min ,
u n de r' 2 3 4 m m

3 64
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-23 1/SA-231M

TA B L E 4 TA B L E 5
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R IATI O N S I N WI R E D IA M E T E R, P E R M I S S I B L E VA R IATI O N S I N W I R E D IA M E T E R,
Sl U N ITS A I N C H - P O U N D U N ITS A
P e r m i ss i b l e P e r m i ss i b l e
Var iations, p l us and Perm issib l e O ut- Variations, P l us Perm issib le Out
D iameter, m m M i nus, m m of Rou nd, m m Diamete r, i n , and M i nus, m m of Rou nd, m m

To 0 , 7 0, i nc l , 0 , 02 0 ,, 0 2 0 , 0 2 0 to 0 , 0 2 8, i n c l , 0 , 0 0 08 0 , 0 0 08
Ove r' 0 , 7 0 to 2 0 0, i nc l 0 03 0 03 Ove r' 0 0 2 8 to 0 , 075, i nc l , 0, 001 0, 0 0 1
Ove r' 2 , 0 0 to 9 , 0 0, i n c l , 0 , 05 0 ,05 Over 0 , 0 7 5 to 0 ,3 7 5, i n c l , 0 002 0 ,002
Ove r 9 , 0 0 0 , 08 0 , 08 O ve r 0 , 3 7 5 to 0 5 0 0, i n c l 0 ,003 0 , 0 03

A Fo r p u rposes of determ i n i ng co nfo rman ce with th i s spec ifi cati on, X F or' p u rposes of determ i n i ng co nfo r man ce with th i s spec ifi cati o n,
al l s pec if
i ed l i m i ts are abso l ute as def
i ne d i n P racti ce E 2 9 , al l spec i fi ed l i m its are abso l ute as def
i ned i n P racti ce E 2 9 ,

3 65
3 66
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-232/SA-232M

SPECIFICATION FOR CHROMIUM-VANADIUM ALLOY

STEEL VALVE SPRING QUALITY WIRE

SA-232/SA-232M .
INTERNATIONAL
Stan dards Worldwide

(Ident
i cal with ASTM Specif
i cat
i on A 232/A 232M-9 1 )

1. Scope 3. Ordering Information

1. 1 This specif i cation cover's the highest quality of 3.1 Orders for mateiia
l under this specif
i cat
ion should
round ch r omium-vanadium alloy steel valve spring wi e, include t
he following informat
ion for each ordered item:
uniform in quality and temper , intended for the manufac 3. 1 . 1 Quant
ity (mass),
ture of valve springs and other springs requinng high 3. 1.2 Name of material (chr omium-vanadium alloy
fatigue propert
ies when used at moderately elevated tem steel valve spring quality wir e),
peratures. This wire shall be either in t h e annea l ed and
3. 1 .3 Dimensions (Table 1 and S ect
i on 8) ,
cold-dr awn or oil-tempered condit i on as specif
i ed by the
purchaser. 3. 1 .4 Condition (Sect
i on 6) ,
3. 1 .5 Packaging (Section 1 4) ,
1 .2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound
units ar e to be rega
r ded separately as sta
nda
r d. Within the
3.1 .6 Heat analysis iepoit, if requested (Section 5 . 2) ,
text, h
te inch-pound units are shown in brackets The values 3. 1.7 Cert
ifi cation or test Ieport, or both, if specif
i ed
stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, (Sect
i on 1 3), and
each system must be used independent of the other . 3.1 .8 ASTM designation and year of issue .
NOTE 1 - A typical oidedng descr i ption is as follows : 20 000 kg oil
tempered cbxomiurn-vanadium alloy steel valve spring quality wire, size
2. Referenced Documents 6 00 mm in 1 5 0 kg c o i l s to AS TM A 2 3 2/A 2 3 2M date d
or for inch-pound units, 40 000 lb oil-tempered
2. 1 ASTM Standa rds : chromium-v an adium alloy steel v alve spr i ng qu al i ty wir e , si z e
A 370 Test Met
h ods and Def
i nit
i ons for Mecha
n ical Test 0 250 in in 3 5 0- 1b c oils to A S TM A 2 3 2 /A 2 3 2 M
dated
ing of Steel Products
A 7 00 Practice s for Packaging , Ma r king , and Loading
Methods for Steel Products for Domestic Shipment 4. Materials and Manufacture
A 7 5 1 Te st Methods , Practi ce s , and Terminology for
4. 1 The steel may b e made by any c ommerc i al ly
Chemical Analysis of Steel Products
accepted steel making process. The steel may be either
E 29 Practice for Using Signifi ca
nt Digits in Test Data to
ingot cast or str and cast.
Determine Conformance with Specif i cations
4.2 The f
i nished wire shall be f
l ee from detr
i menta
l
2.2 ANSI Standard :
pipe a
nd undue segregation
B 3 2 .4 Pr efened Metr
i c Sizes for Round, Squa
r e, Rectan
gle, and Hexagon Meta l Products
5. Chemical Requirements
2.3 Federal Standard:
5.1 The steel shall conform to the requirements for
Fed. Std. No. 1 23 Ma
rking for Shipment (Civil Agencies) chemical composit
i on specif
i ed in Table 2
2.4 Military Standard: 5.2 Heat Analysis - Each heat of steel shall be analyzed
MIL-STD- 1 63 Steel Mill Pr
o ducts , Preparation for Ship by t
h e manufacturer to determ
ine the percentage of ele
ment and Storage ments prescr
ibed in Table 2. This analysis shall be made

3 67
SA-232/SA-232M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

fr om a test specimen preferably taken during the pouring 7. Metallurgical Requirements

of the heat. When requested, this shall be reported to the 7. 1 Surface Condition :
purchaser and shall conform to the requirement of Table 2 7. 1 . 1 The surface of the wire as received shall be
5.3 Product Analysis - An analysis may be made by l ee of imperfections such as pits, die ma
f rks, scratches,
the purchaser from fi nished wire Iepresenting each heat of seams, and other defects tending to impair the fatigue value
steel The average of all the sepa
rate determinati ons made of the springs .
shall be within the lim
its specif
i ed in the analysis column. 7.1.2 Number of Tests - One test specimen shall be
Individual deteIminations may va r y to the extent shown ta
ken tom each end of every coil
in the product analysis tolerance column, except t
h at the 7. 1 .3 Test Method - The surface shall be examined
several determ
i nations of a single element in any one heat
after etching in a solution of equal pa
r ts of hydrochlor
ic
shall not vary both above and below the specifi ed range
acid a
nd water that has been heated to approximately 80°C
5.4 For referee pr
o poses, Test Methods, Practices and for a suff
i cient length of time to remove up to approxi
Terminology A 75 1 shall be used mately 1 % of the diameter of the wire Test ends shall be
examined using 1 0 x magnifi cation
7.2 Decarbur ization :
6. Mechanical Requirements
7.2. 1 Tran s v er s e s e c ti on s o f the w ir e prop er ly
6. 1 Annealed and CoM Drawn - When purchased in
mounted, polished, and etched shall show no completely
the annealed and cold-drawn condition, the wire shall have
deca
r burized (ca
r bon-free) a
r eas when exam
ined at a mag
been given a suffi cient a
mount of cold working to meet t he nif
i cation of 1 00 diameter s . Pa
r tial decarburization shall
pulchaser ' s coiling requirements a
n d shall be in a suitable not exceed a depth of 0 . 025 mm [0 00 1 in . ] on wire
conditi on to respond proper ly to heat treatment. In special 5 .00 mm [0. . 1 92 in.] and smaller or 0.03 8 mm [0 00 1 5 in. . ]
cases the ha
r dnes s, if desiled, sha
l l be stated in the pur
on la
r ger than 5 .00 mm [0. 1 92 in ] .
chase order
7.2.2 To reveal the deca
r buf
i zation more accurately
6.2 Oil Tempered - When purchased in the oil-tem in the untempered wire, the specimen shall be ha rdened
pered condit
i on, the tensile strengt
han d minimum percent and tempered before microscopical examination Prior to
reduction of a
rea, sizes 2 . 50 mm [0 . 1 05 in ] and coa
r ser, har dening, the specimen shall be fi led fl at on one side
of the wire shall conform to the requirements prescr
ibed enough to reduce the diameter at least 20% The subsequent
in Table 1
mounted specimen sha l l show the fl attened section, as well
6.2.1 Number of Tests - One test specimen shall be as the original wire edge Any decarbuf i zation on this
ta
ken f
l r each f
i ve coils, or f
r action thereof, in a lot Each l attened sect
f i on shall necessitate a new specimen for exam
heat in a given lot shall be tested. ination

6.2.2 Location of Tests - Test specimens sha

l l be 7.2.3 Number oJ Tests - One test specimen shall be
ta
ken f
i om either end of the coil . ta
ken for each f
i ve coils , or f
raction thereof; in a lot Each
6.2.3 Test Method - The tension test shall be made in a given lot shall be tested
in accordance with Test Methods and Defi nitions A 370 7.2.4 Location o¢ Tests - Test specimens may be
ta
ken f
l or
a either end of the coi!
6.3 Wrap Test :
6.3. 1 Oil-temper ed or cold-drawn wire 4 . 00 mm
[0. 1 62 in ] and smaller in diameter shall wind on itself as 8. Dimensions and Permissible Variations
n
a a r bor without breakage La r ger diameter wi e up to 8.1 The permissible var
i ations in the diameter of the
n
a d including 8 . 00 mm [0. . 3 1 2 in] in diameter shall wrap wir e shall be specif
i ed in Table 3
without brea k age on a mand r el twice th e wire dia
meter
The wrap test is not applicable to wire over 8 00 mm 8.2 Number ofTests - One test specimen sha
ll be ta
ken
[0 3 1 2 in..] in diameter . from each end of every coil
6.3.2 Number of Tests - One test specimen shall be
taken fi r each f
i ve coils or fraction ther eof, in a tot Each
9. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
heat in a given lot shall be tested. 9. 1 Annealed and Cold Drawn - The wire shall not be
6.3.3 Location of Test - Test specimens shall be kinked or improperly cast. To test for cast, a few convolu
taken from eit
h er end of the coil i ons of wir e shall be cut loose from the coil a
t nd placed
6.3.4 Test Method - The wrap test shall be made in on a flat surface The wire shall lie substant i ally flat on
accorda
nce wit
h Test Methods and Def
i nitions A 3 70 itself and not spring up nor show a wavy condition

3 68
 2007 SECTION II, PART A
9.2 Oil Tempered - The wire shall be uniform in quality
and temper and shall not be wavy or crooked
9.3 Each coil shall be one continuous length of wire
properly coiled and f
i rmly tied
9.4 No welds are permitted in the fi nished product and
any welds made during processing must be removed
10. Retests
10.1 If any test specimen exhibits obvious defects it
may be discarded and anot
hei specimen substituted.
11. Inspection
11.1 Unless otherwise specifi ed in the contract or pur
chase order , the manufact urer is Iesponsible for the per
formance of all inspection and test requirements specifi ed
in this specifi cation Except as otherwise specifi ed in t
he
contract or purchase order, the manufacturer may use his
own or any other suitable facilities for the performance of
the inspection and test requirements unless disapproved by
the purchaser at the time the order is placed The purchaser
shall have the right to peff0im any of the inspections and
tests set fort
h in this specif
i cation when such inspections
and tests are deemed necessary to assure that the material
conforms to prescribed requirements ,
12. Rejection and Rehearing
12.1 Unless otherwise specifi ed, any rejecti on based
on tests made in accordance with these specifi cations shall
be reported to the ma
nufacturer as soon as possible so t h at
an investigation may be initiated
12.2 The materia l must be adequately protected and
corIecfly identifi ed in order that the manufacturer may
make a proper investigation.
3 69
SA-232/SA-232M
13. Certif
i cation
13.1 When specifi ed in the pmchase order or contract,
a manufacturer' s or supplier' s certif
i cation shall be fur
nished to the pmchaser that the material was manufactured,
sampled, tested, and inspected in accordance wit
h this spec
ifi cation and has been found to meet the requirements.
When specifi ed in the purchase order or contr act, a report
of the test r esults shall be furnished.
13.2 The certifi cation shall include the specifi cation
number, yea
r date of issue, and revision letter, if any
14. Packaging, Marking, and Loading for Shipment
14. 1 The coil mass , dimensions, and the method of
packaging shall be agreed upon between the manufacturer
and purchaser
14.2 The size of the wire, purchaser ' s order number,
ASTM specif
i cation number , heat number' , and name or
ma
r k of the manufacturer shall be ma
rked on a tag secul ely
attached to each coil of wire ,
14.3 Unless otherwise specifi ed in the purchaser ' s
order, packaging, ma
r king, and loading for shipments shall
be in accordance with those procedures recommended by
Practice A 700 .
14.4 For Government Procurement - Packaging, pack
ing, and marking of materi al for military pr
o curement shall
be in accoIdance with th e requirements of MIL-STD- 1 63,
Level A, Level C, or commercial as specifi ed in the contract
or purchase order Mark i ng for shipment of material for
civil agencies shall be in accordance wit
h Fed Std No 1 23
SA-232/SA-232M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 1
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TSA
S I U n its

R e d u ct i o n
D ia m ete r B of Area,
mm M Pa, m i n M Pa, max a i n, %
r
TA B L E 2
0 50 2060 2260 C
0 ,55 2050 2240 C C H E M ICAL R EQ U I RE M E NTS
0 ,60 2030 2220 C P rod u ct
0 , 65 201 0 22 00 C
Analys is
0 ,70 2000 2160 C
0 80 1980 2140 C A nalysis, % To l erance, %
0 90 1960 2120 C
1 00 1 94 0 2 1 00 C Car bo n 0 4 8-0 , 5 3 +0, 02
1 10 1920 2080 C M an ganese 0 7 0-0 . 9 0 +0 03
1 20 1900 2060 C P h osp h o r us 0 0 2 0 m ax +0 005
1 40 1860 202 0 C S u l fu r 0 0 3 5 max +0 005
1 60 1820 1 98 0 C S i l i con 0 1 5-0 3 5 +0 , 0 2
1 80 1800 1 96 0 C C h ro m i u m 0 , 8 0-1 1 0 +0 , 0 5
2 ,00 1780 1 93 0 C Van ad i u m 0 .15 min -0 ,01
2 ,20 1750 1900 C
2 ,50 1720 1860 45
2 .80 1 68 0 1 83 0 45
3 .00 1660 1800 45
3 ,50 1620 1760 45
4 ,00 1580 1720 40
4 ,, 5 0 1560 1680 40
TA B L E 3
5 00 1520 1640 40
5 50 1480 1620 40 P E R M I S S I B L E VA RIATIO N S I N WI R E D IA M ET E RA
6 00 1460 1600 40 S I U n i ts
6 50 1440 1580 40
7 00 1420 1560 40 P e r m i ss i b l e
8 00 1400 1540 40 Var i ati ons, Pe r m i ssi bl e
9 ,00 1380 1520 40 p l us and Out-of- Ro u nd,
1 0 ,00 1360 1500 40 D i a m ete r, m m m i n us, mm mm
1 1 ,00 1340 1 48 0 40
1 2 ,00 1320 1460 40 to 2 , 0, i nc l 0 02 0 02
Ove r' 2 1 0 to 4 , 0 0, i nc l 0 03 0 03
I n c h - P o u n d U n its Ove r 4 . 0 0 to 9 0 0, i nc l 0 04 0 04
Ove r' 9 , 0 0 0 . 05 0 ,05
Red u cti o n
D iamete r, of Area, I nch- P ound
in, ksi, r
ain ks i, max a i n, %
r
P e r m i ss i b l e
0 .02 0 300 325 C Variati ons, P er m issi b l e
0 . 03 2 290 315 C p l us and O ut-of- Rou nd,
0 , 04 1 280 305 C m i n us, i n ,, in ,
D iameter' , i n ,
0 , 05 4 270 295 C
0 062 265 290 C 0 . 0 2 0 to 0 , 0 7 5, i nc l 0 ,0008 0 .0008
0 080 255 275 C
Ove r' 0 0 7 5 to 0 , 1 4 8, i nc l 0 ,001 0 .001
0 105 2 45 265 45
0 135
Ove r 0 , 1 48 to 0 . 37 5, i nc l 0, 0015 0 0015
235 255 45
0 162 225 245 40
Ove r 0 .3 7 5 to 0 , 5 0 0, i n c l 0 002 0 002
0 192 220 240 40
0 2 44 210 230 40 A F o r' pu rposes of dete r m i n i n g confo r mance with th i s spec ifi cat i o n,
0 283 205 225 40 a l l spec i fi ed l i m its are abso l ute as d efi ned i n P racti ce E 2 9 ,
0 312 203 223 40
0 375 200 220 40
0 ,438 1 95 215 40
0 .500 190 210 40

A Ten s i l e stren gth val u es fo r' i nte r med i ate d i amete rs m ay be i nter
p o l ated ,
B P refe r red si zes , F o r' a co m p l ete l i st, refe r to A N S ! B 3 2 .4
c T he red ucti o n of area test i s n ot app l i cab l e to w i re u nde r 2 . 5 0
m m E 0 1 0 5 i n , ] i n d i a m ete r' .

3 70
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-234/SA-234M

SPECIFICATION FOR PIPING FITTINGS OF WROUGHT

CARBON STEEL AND ALLOY STEEL FOR MODERATE
AND HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERVICE

SA-234/SA-234M
/NTERNAT/ONA£
Standards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 234/A 234M-07 ) A08

1. Scope 2.2 ASTM Standards:'

1.1 This specifi cati on cover's wrought carbon steel and A 2 1 6 /A 2 1 6M Specif
i cation for Steel Cast
i ngs, Ca
r bon,
alloy steel fi ttings of seamless and welded construct ion Suitable for Fusion Welding, for High-Temperature
covered by the latest r evision of ASME B 1 6.9, B 1 6A 1 , Service

MSS-SP-79, MSS-SP-83, and MSS-SP-95 . These fi tti ngs A 2 1 7 /A 2 1 7M Specif

i cation for Steel Cast
i ngs, Ma
r ten
ate for use in pressure piping and in pressure vessel fabr
ica sitic Stainless and Alloy, for Pressure-Containing Parts,
i on for' service at moderate and elevated temperatures.
t Suitable for High-Temperatur e Service
Fittings differi ng from these ASME and MS S sta ndar ds A 960/A 960M Specif i cation for Common Requirements
shall be fiarni shed in accordance with Supplementary for Wrought Steel Piping Fittings
Requirement $5 8 of Specif i cation A 960 /A 960M 2.3 ASME Standards:
1.2 Optional supplementary requirements ate provided B 1 6.9 Steel Butt-Welding Fitt ings
for f
i tt
i ngs where a greater degree of examination is desired. B 1 6 . 1 1 Forged S teel Fi tting s , S ocket Welding and
When desired, one or more of t
h ese supplementa
r y require Threaded
ments may be specif
i ed in the order 2.4 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
1.3 This specifi cation does not covei cast welding fi t Section V Nondestructive Examination
ti ngs or fittings machined from casti ngs. Cast steel welding Section VIII, Division 1 , Pressure Vessels
ittings are governed by Specif
f i cations A 2 1 6 /A 2 1 6M and Sect
i on IX Welding Qua
l if
i cations
A 2 1 7 /A 2 1 7M.
2.5 MSS Standards:

1.4 This specifi cation is expressed in both inch-pound MSS-SP-25 Standa r d Marking System for Valves, Fittings,
units a
n d in SI units. However , unless the order specif i es Flanges, and Unions
the applicable "M" specifi cati on designat
i on (SI units), the MSS -SP-79 Socket Welding Reducer Inserts
material sha
ll be furnished to inch-pound units. MS S - SP- 8 3 S teel Pipe Unions , S ocket-Welding and
h readed
T
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI
units ate to be rega
rded sepa
r ately as standard. Within the
MSS-SP-95 Swage(d) Nipples and Bull Plugs
text, the SI units a
t e shown in br ackets. T
he va
lues stated 2.6 ASNT Standard:

in each system a re not exact equivalents; therefore, each SNT-TC- 1 A Recommended Practice for Nondestructive
system must be used independently of the other Combining Test
i ng Per sonnel Qualif
i cat
i on a
nd Certif
i cation
values from the two systems may result in nonconfi rman ce
wit
h the specif
i cation. 3. Ordering Information
3. 1 See Specif
i cation A 960 /A 960M
2. Referenced Documents
2.1 In addit
i on to those reference documents li sted in 4. General Requirements
Specif
i cation A 960/A 960M, t
h e following list of stan 4.1 Product fur
nished to this specif i cation shall conform
da
r ds apply to this specif
i cation. to th e re quirements of Speci fi c ation A 9 60 / A 9 60M ,

37 1
SA-234/SA-234M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

including any supplementary requirements that ate indi forming . NDE of welds in Grades WP5 , WP9, WP9 1 ,
cated in t
he purchase order. Failure to comply with t he WP9 1 1 , WP22 Class 1 , a
n d WP22 Class 3 shall be done
requirements of' Specifi cati on A 960/A 960M constitutes after forming .
non-conformance with t his specifi cation. In case of a con 6.3 Personnel performing NDE examinations sha
ll be
fl ict between the requirements of this specifi cation and qualifi ed in accorda
nce with SNT-TC- 1 A.
Specification A 960 /A 960M, this specifi c ation shall
prevail . 6.4 The welded joints of the fittings shall be finished
in accordance with the requirements of Paragraph
UW-35(a) of ASME Secti on VIII, Division 1 .
5, Materials 6.5 All butt-weld tees ma
nufact
ured by cold-form
ing
5.1 T
he mater
i al for fittings shall consist of killed steel, method(s) shall be liquid penetrant or magneti c paxticle
forgings, ba
rs, plates, seamless or' f
u sion-welded tubular examined by one of the methods specifi ed in Supplemen
products with fi ller metal added a
nd shall confor
m to t he tary Requirement $ 5 2 or $ 5 3 in Specifi c ation
chemical requirements of Table 1 . Unless otherwise speci A 960/A 960M. T
his exam
ination shall be performed a
fter
fi ed for' carbon steel plates, the steel may be made to eit
her fi nal heat treat. Only t
h e side wall area of t
he tees need
coarse grain or fi ne grain practice . Grade WP9 shall be be examined. T his azea is def
ined by a circle t
hat covers
made to f
i ne grain practice. the area fr om t
he weld bevel of the branch outlet to t
he
5.2 A starting material specifi cation t
h at specifica
lly center' line of the body or run. Internal a
nd external sur
f aces
requires the addition of any element beyond t
hose listed shall be examined when size permits accessibility. No
for t
h e mater
i als in Table 1 for' the applicable grade of cracks sha ll be permitted. Ot her imper fecti ons shall be
material is not perm
itted. This does not preclude the use treated in accordance with Section 1 3 on Surface Qua
lity.
of deoxidizers or the judicious use of elements f0r' grain After the removal of n ay crack, t he tee(s) shall be re
size control. examined by the origina
l method.. Acceptable tees shall be
marked with the symbol PT or' MT, as applicable, to indi
cate complia
nce.
6. Manufacture
6.6 St
ubends may be produced wit
hthe entire lap added
6.1 Forging or shaping operati ons may be performed by t
he weld i ng of a ring, made from plate or bar of the
by hammering, pressing, piercing, extruding, upsetting, sa
me alloy grade and compositi on, to t he outside of a
rolling, bending, fusion welding, machining, or by a combi straight section of pipe , provided the weld is double
nation of two or' more of t hese operations.. The forming welded, is a full penetration joint, satisfi es the requirements
procedure shall be so applied that it will not produce injuri of 6 . 2 for' qualifi cation s and 7 . 3 . 3 for po st weld heat
ous imperfections in the f
ittings.. treatment .

NOTE 1 - Fittings NPS 4 and uncle: may be machined from hot-fbrged

or :oiled, cold-sized, and straightened bat stock having the chemical
composition of' the Caade in Table 1 a
nd the mecha
nica
l piopelties of' 7. Heat Treatment
the Ca ade in Table 2 Heat treatment shall be in accorda
nce wit
h Section 7
All caps machined fi om ba
t stock shall be examined by liquid penet ant 7.1 Heat Treatment Procedures - Fittings, after form
o magnetic particle in accoldance wit h $52 or $53 in Specification ing at an elevated temperat
ure, shall be cooled to a tempera
A 960 1 A 960M , tr
e e below the cr
itica
l range under suitable conditions to
6.2 All welds including welds in t
ubula
r products from prevent injurious defects caused by too rapid cooling, but
which fi ttings are made shall be (1) made by welders, in no case more rapidly t
han the cooling rate in still air.
welding operators, and welding procedures qualifi ed under Heat t
reatment temperatures specifi ed are meta
l (part) tem
the provisions of' ASME Secti on IX, (2) heat treated in perat
ures. Heat-treated fittings shall be treated according
accordance with Sect
ion 7 of this specifi cation, a
nd (3) to pa
t agraph 7 in Specifi cati on A 960 /A 960M .
r ad
iographically examined throughout t
he entire length of 7.2 WPB, WPC, and WPR Fittings:'
each weld in accordance wit
h Art
icle 2, ASME Section V 7.2.1 Hot-formed WPB , WPC, and WPR f
i tings
with acceptance limits in accordance with Paragraph upon whi ch the final forming operation is completed at
UW-5 1 of ASME Sect
i on VIII, Division 1 of the ASME
Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code. In place of radiograph
ic
a temperature above 1 1 50°F [620°C] and below 1 800°F
[980°C] need not be heat treated provided t
hey a
te cooled
examination, welds may be ultrasonically examined in in still air.
accordance wit
h Appendix 12 of Secti on VI£[. T
he NDE
of welds in Grades WPB , WPC, WP 1 , WP l l Class 1 , 7.2.2 Hot-formed or forged WPB, WPC, and WPR
WPl l Class 2, WP l l Class 3 , WP1 2 Class 1 , WP1 2 Class ifttings fi nished at temperat
ure in excess of 1 800°F [980°C]
2, a
nd WPR may be perfor
med eit
her pr
i or to or after' shall subsequently be annea l ed, normalized, or normalized
3 72
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-234/SA-234M

and tempered Hot-forged fi ttings NPS 4 or smaller need tempered in the temperature range of 1 365 to 1435°F [740
not be heat treated ,
to 7 80°C] as a f
i nal heat treatment.
7.2.3 WPB, WPC, and WPR fi ttings over NPS 1 2, 7.4 WPB and WPC Fittings Made from Bar - Cold
produced by locally heating a porti on of the fi tting stock i nished bar's reduced in cross-sectiona
f l area more tha
n
to any temperature for forming, shall be subsequently 1 0% by cold drawing or cold rolling a
re not acceptable
nnealed, normalized, or nor
a m alized and tempered. Fittings for use in the manufact
ure of these fi ttings unless t
he bars
such as elbows, tees, header tees, reducers and lap joint have :b een either stress relieved in the temperat
ure range
stub ends wit
h a carbon content less tha
n 0.26%, NPS 1 2
of 1 1 00 to 1 250°F [595 to 675°C], normalized, normalized
nd under, shall not require heat tr eatment after forming
a and tempered, or fully annealed. Mechanical testing must
a locally heated portion of t
h e fitting.
be perfo:med subsequent to t he fi na
l heat-treating oper
7.2.4 Cold-formed WPB, WPC, a n d WPR fi ttings, ation. ,
upon which the fi na
l forming operation is completed at a
temperature below l 1 50°F [620°C] , shall be normalized, 7.5 Liquid quenching ft)llowed by temper
i ng shall be
or shall be st
ress relieved at 1 1 00 to 1 275°F [595 to 690°C] . perm
i tfed for' a
ll grades when approved by the purchaser ,
Minimum tempering temperat ure shall be 1 1 00°F [595°C]
7.2.5 WPB , WPC, a nd WPR fi ttings produced by
?

for WPB, WPC, and WPR, l 1 50°F [620°C] for Grades

fusion welding a
nd having a nominal wall t
hickness at the
W I , WP1 1 Class 1 , WP1 1 Class 2, WP 1 1 Class 3, WP
welded joint of 3/4 in. [19 mm] or greater shal l be post 1 Z' Class 1 , a
n d WP 1 2 Class 2 and 1 250°F [675°C] for'
weld heat tr eated at 1 1 00 to 1 250°F [595 to 675°C] , or in
accordance with 7 . 2.6 . O :ades WP5, WP9, WP22 Class 1 , and WP22 Class 3,
d 1 350°F [730°C] for' Grade WP9 1 a
nd WP9 1 1 ,
7.2.6 At t he option of the manufact
urer, WPB a nd
WPC f
i ttings produced by any of t
he methods in Section 6
may be a
nnealed, norma
l ized, or norma
l ized and tempered. 8. Chemical Composition
7.3 Fittings Other than WPB, WPC, and WPR: 8.1 The chem
i cal composition of each cast or heat used
7.3.1 Fit
tings of Grades WP 1 , WP l l Class 1 , WP l l shall be determined and shall confor m to t he requirements
Class 2, WP l l Class 3, WP 1 2 Class 1 , WP 1 2 Class 2, of the chem i cal composition for t he respecti ve materials
WP22 Class 1 , WP22 Class 3 , WP5, and WP9 shall be listed in Table 1 The ranges as shown have been expanded
furnished in t
he full-a
n nea
l ed, isotherma
l -annealed, or nor to include variations of the chem i cal ana l ysis requirements
malized and tempered condition. If normalized and tem h at a
t r e listed in the vari ous specifi cations for the starting
pered, h
te temper i ng temperature for WP1 1 Class 1 , WP1 1 materials (pipe, t ube, plate, ba r , and f0rgings) nor ma lly
Class 2, WP1 1 Class 3, WP 1 2 Class 1 , a nd WP 1 2 Class used in the ma nufacturing of fi ttings to this specifi cation.
2 shall not be less t
h an 1 1 50°F [620°C] ; for Grades WP5, 8.2 The steel shall not contain any unspecifi ed elements
WP9, WP22 Class 1 , a nd WP22 Class 3 t he tempering for t
h e ordered grade to the extent that it conforms to the
temperature shall not be less t
han i 250°F [675°C] . requirements of another grade for which t h at element is a
7.3.2 Fittings of Grades WP1 , WP 1 2 Class 1 , or specifi ed element having a required minimum content.
WP1 2 Class 2 eit
her hot for
med or cold formed may be 8.3 Weld metal used in the construction of ca
r bon
given a fi nal heat treatment at 1 200°F [650°C] instead of
t
he heat treatment specifi ed in 7 3 . 1 . steel fi ttings shall be m
i ld steel analysis No A 1 of Table
QW-442, Sect
i on IX of the ASME Boiler' a
nd Pressme
7.3.3 Fittings in a
l l thicknesses produced by fusion Vessel Code, No , A2 may be used for Grade WPCW.
welding after h te heat treatment specifi ed in 7.. 3 . 1 shall
be post-weld heat treated at a temperat ure not less than 8.4 he molybdenum and chromium content of the
T
prescribed above for tempering except that Grade WP1 is deposited weld metal of alloy steel fi tings shall be wit
hin
required to be post-weld heat t
reated only when t
he nominal the same percentage range as permitted for the base metal
wall thick
ness at t
h e welded joint is /12 in. [ 1 3 mi
ni or
greater .
9. Tensile Requirements
7.3.4 Except when Supplementary Requirement S 1
is specif
i ed by t
he purchaser , Grade WP9 1 shall be norma
l 9.1 The tensile properties of the fi tting material sha
ll
ized at 1 900°F [ 1040°C] minimum, a
n d 1 975°F [ 1 080°C] conform to the requirements listed in Table 2 ,
maximum, and tempered in the temperature range of 9.1.1 Specimens cut eit
h er longit
udina
lly or trans
1 3 5 0 °F [7 3 0 °C] to 1 47 0°F [ 8 00 ° C ] as a fi nal he at versely shall be acceptable for the tension test.
r eatment.
t
9.1.2 While Table 2 specifi es elongation require
7.3.5 Grade WP9 1 1 shall be norma
lized in the tem ments for both longitudina l and t
ran sverse specimens, it is
perat
ure ra
nge of 1 900 to 1 975°F [ 1 040 to 1 080°C] , and not t
he intent that both requirements apply simultaneously ,
373
SA-234/SA-234M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

Instead, it is intended that only the elongat

i on requirement 13. Surface Quality
h at is appropriate for t
t he specimen used be applicable. 13.1 See Specifi cation A 960/A 960M.
9.2 One tension test shall be made on each heat of
materia
l and in t
he same condit
i on of heat r
t eatment as the
fi nished fittings it represents. The sample thickness sha
ll 14. Repair by Welding
not vary more t
h an 1,4 in. [6 mm] from the fi tting wa
ll 14.1 See Specifi cation A 960/A 960M.
hick
t ness it represents .
9.3 When cold-formed fittings ate furnished, samples
15. Inspect
ion
of t
he raw materia
l shall be normalized or' stress relieved
15.1 See Specifi cation A 960/A 960M.
as required in 7.2.4. Tension tests conducted on t
hese heat
treated sa
mples sha
l l be considered to be the tensile proper 15.2 Ot
her tests, when required by agreement, sha
ll be
ies of h
t te cold-for
med f
ittings . made from material of the lots covered in t
he order.
9.4 Records of t
he tension tests sha
l l be certif
i cation
h at h
t te material of t
he fitting meets the tensile requirements
of t
his specification provided t
he heat treatments are the 16. Reject
ion and Rehearing
same. If h
te raw material was not tested, or the f
itting is 16. 1 Mater
ialt
h at fails to confor
m to the requirements
not in t
he same condition of heat treatment, the f i tt
ing of this specification may be rejected. Rejecti on should be
manufacturer shall perform t he required test on materi al reported to t
he producer or supplier promptly in writing.
representative of the fi nished fi tting from each heat of In case of d
i ssatisfact
i on wit
h the results of t
he tests, t
he
starting materia
l. producer or supplier may make cla
im for a rehearing.
16.2 Fitti ngs t
h at develop defects in shopworking or
10. Hardness application operations may be rejected. Upon rejecti on, t
he
10.1 Fittings shall be capable of meeti ng t
he following ma
nufacturer sha
l l be notif
i ed promptly in writ
i ng.
ha
rdness requirements, if tested:
10. 1 . 1 Fitting s of Grade s WP5 , WP9 , and
17. Certif
i cat
i on
WPR - 2 1 7 HB maximum.

10.1.2 Fittings of Grade WP9 1 and WP9 1 1 - 248 17.1 Test repor ts a
re required for all fittings covered
HB maximum, by h
tis specifi cation. Each test report shall include the
following information:
1 0. 1 .3 Fittings of all other grades - 1 97 HB
maximum .
17.1.1 Chemical a
nalysis results, Sect
ion 8 (Table 1 ).
hen t
W he a
mount of a
n elemen
t is less than 0.02% , t
he
10.2 hen actua
W l ha
rdness test
i ng of t
he f
ittings is
na
a lysis for t
hat element may be repor
ted as "<0.02 % ."
required, see Supplementary Requirement $57 in Specifi
cation A 960 /A 960M . 17.1.2 Tensile property results, Secti on 9 (Table 2),
report t
he yield strengt
h and ultimate strength in ksi [MPa]
and elongat
i on in percent,
1 1. Hydrostatic Tests 17. 1.3 Ha
rdness acceptable in accorda
nce wit
h Sec
1 1.1 See Specifi cation A 960 /A 960M tion 1 0,
17.1.4 Type heat treatment, if any, Sect
ion 7,
12. Dimensions
17.1.5 Seamless or welded,
12.1 Butt-welding fi tt
i ngs and butt-welding short radius
elbows and returns purchased in accordance with this speci 17.1.6 Starting mater
i al, specifi ca
lly pipe, plate, etc,
ication shall confor
f m to the dimensions a
nd tolerances 1 7. 1 .7 Statement regarding radiographic or ultra
given in t
he latest revision of ASME B 1 6.9. Steel socket sonic examination, 6.2,
welding and threaded fitti ngs purchased in accordance with 17.1.8 Any supplemental testing required by t
he ptn
his specifi cation sha
t ll conform to the sizes, shapes, dimen chase order,
sions, and tolerances specifi ed in the latest revision of
ASME B 1 6 . 1 1 , MSS-SP-79, or MS S -SP-83 . 17.1.9 Statement that t
he f
itting was manufactured,
sa
mpled, tested, a
nd inspected in accorda
nce wit
hthe speci
12.2 Fittings of size or shape differing from t
hese stan fi cat
ion, a
nd was found to meet the requirements, and
rds, but meeti ng all ot
da her requirements of this specifica
tion may be furnished in accorda nce wit h Supplementary 17.1.10 T
he specifi cation number', yea
r of issue, revi
Requirement $58 in Specifi cation A 960 /A 960M. sion letter (if a
ny), grade a
n d class of t
he fi ttings .

3 74
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-234/SA-234M

1 8. Product Marking heat number or the ma

n ufacturer' s heat ident
ifi cation.

18.1 All f i ttings shall have the prescribed information 18.4 Specif i cat
i on number , year of issue and revision
stamped or otherwise suitably marked on each f i tt
ing in letter a
r e not required to be marked on i f tings.
accordance with the Standa rd Ma rking System for Valves,
Fittings, Flanges a nd Unions (MSS-SP-25 , latest edition). 18.5 Bar Coding - In addit ion to the requirements in
1 8 . 1 , 1 8 .2, 1 8 .3 and 1 8 .4, bar coding is acceptable as a
18.2 The plescribed information for butt-welding f it
supplemental identif i cation method. The purchaser may
tngs shall be : The ma
i nufacturer' s name or tradema rk (see
specify in the order a specif ic bar coding system to be
Note 2), schedule number or nomina l wa
l l thickness desig used. The ba r coding system, if applied at t
he discretion of
nation, size, f
i tt
i ng designat
i on in accordance with Annex the supplier , should be consistent wit
h one of t
he published
A1 a
nd t
h e heat number or manufacturer' s heat identif
i
industry sta
n da rds for bar coding. If used on sma
ll f
ittings,
cat
i on .
he bar' code may be applied to t
t he box or a substanti ally
NOTE 2 - For pulposes of identif i cat
i on mmking, the manufactmei is applied tag.
consideled t
h e organization that certif
i es the piping component complies
wit
h this specif
i cation

18.3 The prescr ibed information for threaded or' socket 19. Keywords
welding fi ttings shall be: The ma
nufacturer' s na
me or tr ade 19.1 pipe fitings- -steel ; piping applications ; pr essure
mark (see Note 2), pressure class or schedule number and containing parts ; pressure vessel selvice; temperat ure ser
itting designation in accorda
f nce with A
nnex A 1 , and t he vice applications----elevated

3 75
SA-234/SA-234M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

x x x

E E
oo co
o o .. ..

c5 ci :: :

- & ,_
= ,_
=E & ,E
c co
> > > O Z { 1,,,- N > . Z t'n p p N

E E
o o

5 5 ,5

E E E E
o o o
,,.0

<5 ,5 ,-4 o

o
r-i

,4
6
0",
5

O')
I-
Z
x ,q ,q .£ o
la.I
oo , o oO oO o . Z o ,.q
b.I o o o ,q ,-.i ,.4 co 06

.-
-I o o
rr
• . , ,

.<
I--- ...a E ? ? ? E E :: ? o,
o
.<
O O O O O O O O 5

I Ll
lr

0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 O 0 o
,5

o
o o A
0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 O 0
o o o o

o o o

o o o o o o o o o o

E E E O o o E E E e
0",
o
5

0",
n

3 76
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-234/SA-234M

TA B L E 2
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS

W P 1 1 C L1, W P 11 C L3,
W P C, W P22 C L1, W P 22 C L3,
G rade an d W P 11 C L2, W P5 C L1, W P5 C L3,
M ark i ng Symbol WPB W P 1 2 C L2 WP1 W P9 C L1 WPR W P 9 C L3 W P9 1 W P91 1 W P12 C L1

Te n s i l e st ren gth, 6 0-9 5 7 0-95 5 5-8 0 6 0-85 6 3-8 8 75-1 0 0 85-1 1 0 9 0-1 2 0 6 0-8 5
range ks i [ M P a] [4 1 5-6 5 5 ] [4 8 5-6 5 5 ] [3 8 0-5 5 0] [4 1 5-5 8 5 ] [43 5-6 05 ] [5 2 0-6 9 0] [ 5 8 5-7 6 0 ] [ 6 2 0-8 4 0] [4 1 5-5 8 5 ]
Y i e l d st ren gth, m i n, 35 [240] 4 0 [ 2 75 ] 3 0 [2 0 5 ] 3 0 [2 05] 46 [3 1 5] 4 5 [3 1 0 ] 6 0 [4 1 5 ] 6 4 [44 0 ] 3 2 [ 2 2 0]
ks i [ M P a] ( 0 2 %
of
fset o r 0 5 %
e xtens i on
u nde r- l oad )

E l ongation Req u i rements

G rad es

Al l G rades except W P R, W P91

W P91, and W P91 1 WPR W P91 1
Long itud i nal Transverse Long itud i na l Transverse Long itudi na l Transve rse

E l ongatio n :
Standard rou nd spec i men, o r smal l p ropo rti onal 22 14 20 2O

s pec i m e n, r
ain % in 4 D
Rectan gu l ar spec i me n fo r wal l th i c kness 6 in . 30 2 0A 28

I-7 .94 m m] an d ove r, and for al l sma l l s i zes

teste d i n fu l l secti on ; r
ain % in 2 in.
[5 0 m m]
Rectang u l ar spec i men fo r wal l th i c kness less B B
than 6 i n . [7 94 m m ]; r ain % in 2 in .
[ 5 0 m m] ( i n . [ 1 2 . 7 m m3 wi d e spec i me n )

N OT E - Whe re an e l l i psis ( . . . . ) appears i n th is tab l e, the re i s no req u i rement .

A W P B and W P C fitt i ngs man ufactu red from p l ate shal l have a m i n i m u m e l ongati on of 1 7 % .
B For each 2 i n . [0 7 9 m m] decrease i n wal l th i c kness be l ow %6 i n . [7 . 94 m m], a deducti on of 1 . 5 % for l ong itu d i nal and 1 0 % for trans
ve rse fro m th e val ues shown abo ve is pe rm itte d . T he fo l l ow i n g ta b le g i ves the m i n i m um va l u e fo r var i o u s wa l l th i c k n esse s..

Wa l l Th i c kn ess G rad e s

Al l G rades except W P R, W P91, and W P91 1 WPR W P 91 a nd W Pg l l

in. [m m ] Long itud inal Transverse Longitudi na l Long itud ina l

%6 ( 0 3 1 2 ) 7 . 94 3 0. 0 20 ,0 28 0 20

%2 ( 0 . 2 8 1 ) 7 .14 28 .5 19 ,0 2 6 ,5 19
(0 ,250) 6 .3 5 2 7 ,, 0 18 0 25 ,0 18

7,32 ( 0 . 2 1 9 ) 5. 56 25 5 23 ,5 17

%6 ( 0 1 88 ) 4 .7 6 24 0 22 0 16

2 ( 0 1 56 ) 3 97 22. 5 20 ,5 15
(0 .125) 3 17 21 0 19 ,0 14
3,32 ( 0 . 094 ) 2 .3 8 19 .5 17, 5 13
6 ( 0 . 0 62 ) 1 .59 18. 0 16 ,0 12

N OT E - Th is tab le g ives the com p uted m i n i m u m % e l o ngati o n val ue for' each 1, 32 i n . [ 0 . 7 9 m m] dec rease i n wal l th ic kness . W he re the wa l l
th ic kness l ies between two val ues above, the m i n i m u m e l o ngati on va l ue is determ i ned by the fo l l owi n g eq uat ions :

D i rect i on of Test E q u at i o n

Long itu d i nal E = 48 t + 1 5 . 0 0

T ra nsve rse E = 32 t + 10 .00

wh e re :

E - e l o ngat i on i n 2 i n . o r [5 0 r
a m], % , and
t - actual th i c k ness of s pec i me n, i n , Em ml

377
SA-234/SA-234M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

These requiiements shall not be considered unless specifi ed in the order, in which event,
the supplementary requirements specifi ed shall be made at the place of' manufactuIe, unless
otherwise agreed upon, at the pmchaser' s expense. The test specifi ed shall be witnessed
by the purchaser' s inspector before shipment of material, if so specifi ed in t
he order .

S1 . Alternative Heat TreatmentmGrade WP91 S3. Carbon Equivalent

SI .1 Grade WP9 1 shall be norma
l ized in accordance S3.1 For grades WPB and WPC, the maximum ca r bon
wit
h 7.3 .4 and tempered at a temperature, to be specifi ed equiva
l ent (CE.), based on heat analysis and the following
by the purchaser, less t
han 1 350°F [730°C] . It shall be t
he for
mula, sha
ll be 0.50.
purchaser' s responsibility to subsequently temper h
te entixe Mn Cr + Mo + V Ni + Cu
fi tting in the temperature range of 1 3 50°F [73 0°C] to CE = C + --w- +
o 5
+
15
1470°F [800°C] as a fi na
l heat treatment. All mecha
nica
l
tests shall be made on materia l heat treated in accordance $3.2 A lower maximum carbon equivalent may be
with 7 . 3 4. The cert
ifi cation shall r eference this supplemen agreed upon between t
he purchaser and t
he supplier' .
ta
ry requirement indicating the actua l tempering tempera S3.3 T
h e C.E. shall be reported on the test report.
ture applied. The notation "S 1 " shall be included with t
he
required mar'king of t
he fitting .

$2. Restricted Vanadium Content

$2.1 The va
nadium content of the f
ittings shall not
exceed 0. 03 % .

37 8
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-234/SA-234M

ANNEX

(Mandatory Information)

A1. FITTING DESIGNATION FOR MARKING PURPOSES

TA B L E A 1 . 1
F ITTI N G D E S I G N ATI O N FO R M A R KI N G P U R P O S E S

G rade C lass Construction M andatory M arki ng

WPB .. . .. W ( We l d e d c onst r uct i o n ) W P B WA
S ( S e am l ess c o n str u ct i o n ) WPB
WPC .. . .. W ( We lded construct i on ) W P C WA
S ( S e a m l ess co n str u ct i o n ) WPC
WP1 .. . .. W ( We l ded constr uct i on ) W P 1 WA
S ( S e a m l e ss c o n str u ct i o n ) WP1
WP12 CL1 W ( We l ded construct i on ) W P 1 2 C L I WA
S ( S e a m l e ss co n str u ct i o n ) W P12 C L1
C L2 W ( We l ded construct i on ) W P 1 2 C L2 WA
S ( S e a m l e ss c o n str u ct i o n ) W P12 C L2
WP11 CL1 W ( We l ded construct i on ) W P 1 1 C L I WA
S ( S e am l e ss c o n str u ct i o n ) WPll C L1
C L2 W ( We lded construct i on ) W P 1 1 C L 2 WA
S ( S e a m l ess co n str u ct i o n ) W P11 C L2
C L3 W ( We l ded construct i on ) W P 1 1 C L3 WA
S ( S e am l ess c o nst r u ct i o n ) W Pl l C L3
W P22 C L1 W ( We l ded construct i on ) W P 2 2 C L I WA
S ( S e am l ess co nst r u ct i o n ) W P22 C L1
C L3 W ( We l ded constructi on ) W P 2 2 C L3 WA
S ( S e am l ess c o nst r u ct i o n ) W P 2 2 C L3
W P5 C L1 W ( We l ded constructi on ) W P 5 C L 1 WA
S ( S e am l ess c o nst r u ct i o n ) WP5 C L1
C L3 W ( We l ded constructi on ) W P 5 C L3 WA
S ( S eam l ess c o nst ru ct i o n ) W P 5 C L3
W P9 CL1 W ( We l ded constructi on ) W P 9 C L 1 WA
S ( S e am l ess c o nst ru ct i o n ) W P9 C L1
C L3 W ( We l ded constructi on ) W P9 C L3 WA
S ( S e am l ess c o n st ru ct i o n ) W P 9 C L3
WPR .. . . . W ( We l ded c o nst ruct i o n ) W P R WA
S ( S eam l ess c o nst ru ct i o n ) WPR
W P91 .. . . W ( We l ded constructi on ) W P9 1 WA
S ( S e am l ess c o n st ru ct i o n ) W P91

A Add " U " to marking if welds are ultrason ic inspected in l ieu of rad iog raphy ,

379
I N TE N TI O NA LLY L EFT B LAN K

3 80
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA -240/SA-240M

SPE CIFICATION FOR CHROMIUM AND CHROMIUM

NICKEL STAINLESS STEEL PLATE, SHEET, AND STRIP
FOR PRESSURE VESSELS AND FOR
GENERAL APPLICATIONS

SA-240/SA -240M
INTERNATIONAL
S ndards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 240/A 240M-04)

1. Scope 3. General Requirements

1 . 1 This specifi cation covei s chr omium, ch r omium 3. 1 The following iequirements for orders for material
nickel, and chr omium-manganes e-ni ckel stainle s s s teel furni shed under thi s spec if
i c ation shall conform to the
plate, sheet, and strip for pres sur e vessels and for general applicable requirements of the cuI ent edition of Specif
ic a
applications i on A 48 0 / A 4 8 0M
t

3. 1 . 1 Def
i nitions,
1 .2 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI
units are to be rega
r ded separately as standa
r d The values 3. 1 .2 General requirements for delivery,
stated in each system are not exact equivalents ; ther efore, 3 . 1 .3 Ordering information,
each system must be used independently of t he ot
h er Com
3. 1 . 4 Process ,
bining values fr om t
h e two systems may result in noncon
formance with the specif i cation 3. 1 .5 Special tests,
3. 1 .6 Heat treatment,
1 .3 This specif i cation is expres sed in both inch-pound
and SI units However, unless the order specif i es the appli 3. 1 .7 Dimensions and permis sible va
r iations ,
cable "M" specifi cati on designati on (SI units) , t
h e material 3. 1 .8 Workmanship, f
i nish and appea
r 'a
nce,
shall be furnished in inch-pound units
3 . 1 .9 Number' of tests/test methods,
3. 1 . 1 0 Specimen prepa
r ation,
2. Referenced Documents 3. 1 . 1 1 Retreatment,
2. 1 ASTM Standards,: 3. 1 . 1 2 Inspection,
A 370 Test Methods and Def
i nitions for' Mechanical Te st
3. 1 . 1 3 Rej ection and rehearing,
ing of Steel Products
3. 1 . 1 4 Material test r eport,
A 480/A 480M Specif i cation for General Requirements for'
Flat-Rolled S tainle s s and Heat-Re si sting S teel Plate , 3. 1 . 1 5 Certif
i cation, and
Sheet, and StIip 3. 1 . 1 6 Packaging, marking, and loading ,
A 923 Test Methods for Detecting Detrimental Intermetal
lic Phase in Wrought Duplex Austenitic/Ferf i tic Stain
les s Steels
4. Chemical Composition
E 1 1 2 Test Methods for Determining Aver age Grain Size
E 527 Pr actice for' Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS) 4.1 The steel shall confmm to the requirements as
to chemical composition specifi ed in Table 1 , and shall
2.2 SAE St
a ndard: conform to applicable requirements specif
i ed in Specif
i ca
J 1 08 6 Practice for Numbering Meta
l s and Alloys (UNS ) i on A 48 0 /A 4 80M
t

38 1
SA-240/SA-240M 2007 SECTION lI, PART A

5. Mechanical Properties Methods E 1 1 2

5. 1 The matelial shall confolm to the mechanical pr op

elties specif
i ed in Table 2 .
6.2 Supplementary Requilement $2 shall be invoked
when non-H gr ade a
n stenitic stainless steels are ordered
5.2 When specifi ed by the pulchaser, Cha r py impact for ASME Code applications foi service above 1 000°F
tests shall be performed in accordance with Supplementary [540°C] .
Requilement S 1
6.3 Grade $3 1 060, unles s otherwise specif
i ed in the
6. Materials for High-Temperature Service purchase order, shall conform to an average gr ain size of
6.1 The austenitic H Types shall confolm to an average ASTM No. 7 or coar ser, as measured by Test Methods
E 1 12
grain size of ASTM No 7 or coa
r seI as measured by Test

3 82
 2007 SECTION H, PART A SA -240/SA-240M

=- =

. c. ° . . ,o°. ..o0 _ o. o' o cm° oco coo . .E x . .E

0 E
• n €: u' w I Ln. I LnI O t ,4
I 'qt X EX E
xo o . o . • • o 00 o oOoO
C
00
:% 2% .°- % . .. . .. .. . .. ..
°> d

o
q A
o u tt' i.q I i O o o
p.,.
c

o
O4

c;
. . ,

g I
o o o o o o E o o o o o d
cO I I g 1 01 01 0 0 o1 l ol l
Z
d ddd d d ddd d ddd ddddd :: d d : d :: :: : :

oq o. q q q . .
o °
o & , o & oo

<
o
o Ln O
q o
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

? ? ? m qqq o. o. o. . o. o. o. d d d d d
z z I i I I 1 1 1 O C
C O I i t l I I I I I I
, i

o t.q o
I.l.I o. o o o t t ! l l O l t l ] l l l l t l l l l l l O O O O O O 0 o

1.1.1
tw

E
o o o
,, _
= q 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
o

r-.4 tw
I
o
q 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0< 6 0< 0

,< I--

o o
o o o

....I
u%
g 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
o o o o
• . ° 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
o o o d
la.I
-v.

0 0 0 0 0 0

o o o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
o o
d o d d d d d dd dd d o

o
= o
t
o
=
o o o o
o o
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o c
o o o o
,4

5
,. °o L
I

0
o o o 0

I-- % o
, 0
. . . . .. " ooo o o .5 . . .. .. o o o
. 00 o
c
I I I ,X xxx x mm mmm m mXm m . . .. .. m m m m m

=
P-. o o 0 O 0
,.0 o ooD on oo ooo oo oo o
c o
. .... ooo oooo ooo oo o
O OC
C O
O 0 O
C
0 O0
0 0
0000 O0 O000000000000000O
C
0000 0
0
Z Z Z Z Z

3 83
SA-240/SA-240M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

' . x × ×
E E×E o• ou +o × oE z+ oE oo o × =" × ox oE E
X EX E oo o 00 I c. X E E r r '
o ° o ° or-.. o =- x =" o6 6 -. 6 "-. -o o• x o - =-6 6
la..I

X ' o H° X
O
: _o A o A o+ 6 6 4 , ,-
,H
- ' 4
,.o
c) : : : :
. . . :. :. . : iT- Q.J
o oo o o

go og
I I
o
t.D
oo
!4q CD . . .. . .. .. . . . . . go

o
q tr} o
r--l ed
o o 6 6 6 ?
• .

I t t ! I l f o
O 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
, o. . 6
Z
o o 6666 :6 6 666666666 : 6

E
= °°°g
O O O g °
O °
O
o.
L{3
I
I

o
o i l O O O O o o O I l l l l l o' ,

Z
0 o
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o
• 05 o o. o.

Z && & &g

W
' ' ' ' &&
6666
&
6
o o; & & a ' o o "
66A W 60
"
?
o
o' o' o' o'0 o 4
r-i r-1 0
o ?
o
0",
I-
z
i , I
o
E o . 0
0 . .
o o
kul = 0 0 0 0 0 0
, "
O 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
I I I I
0 M O O & o' o' & o?
-I
m
<
I.-- z
o = .
o
I-- .
0 u3 .r o
L p_. oo
o o
g o
6M6666 6 6666666A6 6 66 H A 6 6 6
6 6 6 6
O 0 0 0
o
o o o o o

0 0
o oAAoo
0 0 0 0 0 0
A
0
o oooooooo
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
o
0
o
0 0 0 0 O 0 0 o
O 0
666666 6 666666666 6 666 6 6 6 6 o
. N 6 6 6 6 6
<
L 0 0 o

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
o o5 o o
666666 6 666666666 6 666 6 6 6 6 o
6 6 6 66
CD

N
g g o

7 l o o
oooooo g o° o° o° o° o° o° o° ° °o Oo ggg g oo o g
=
r O 0 O 0
O 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 , . .
W; W W q ,4

o o o o

%
o
6 6 ? 6
o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o5 o. o. o,
t
6 6 6 6 6 666666 6 666666666 6 666 o oo o o

z
Z

z z

I- :': ° :Y: o
O 0 0
,
J Z k
N
0
N
Z J JJ J J
:
Z
.. . .
. I - CO

%
,o oO . oo
0 0 0 0 0 g .0 o ° o g
O0 "
o o o o o

--- ,_ 03 U3 CO t.J3 U3
co o')

3 84
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-240/SA-240M

x o +
x o
o +? = q q$ =o#
o Oo • d l
;7,
?
o 9 X0 I 0 = d 5 o
x °x £ X d o X
+ - ° " '- " d d d .. .. .. . . . . . .. .o , ,
C
= s o ,_ .L r r #

o 0 0 0 0 0 0
L o

= ,-f
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

d d :: : d : d :: :: d : d d d d : d

= 0 0 0 0
r'

z
d
. . . . . . . . . .

g I o; o; o; o ? ? ? oI oI oI oI oI ?? o 4- o o O

Z
°ooX o°° ° o. o. :: o O O O O O
o d d d d d d d d d d d d :: d d O C , O o o o d d

E
o O O O O O o
u O O
O4

I I I O O O 1 1 1 1 1 O O O o
0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Z
O
v

o
° o o o
o

Z
o u'
, ..0
I I
0 .0 00
] I f
0
I I I
7 9
00" o . o o o o O Lq
o d d 4 L L t.¢) O O 'q I.Q O L¢ L¢ O O L.q 00 L{'5 o L ¢q I"-,
I, 4 d , o
z
I Ll

E
W = O f3
i f'-., p-.
.4 ,q ,-4 o4
r-, ,-
-, o
'7 q
r..4 r-i r..4
t 9
, , , . ..= L L L & - -
4 O o d d d ,-4
,<
I,-,. z
O
I,
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
o o
O
O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O o o o
o o
o o
o
O... o ,-4 ,-4 r- r-I

o
oo oooooo £ooo o
o o o o

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o " o o o
d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d o o
,,<

o o o o o o o o o

La 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o ' CD o o O C' O
d d d d d d d d dd d d d d d o O O o ,:5 O* O O, C)

0 0
d d i
0 0 0 I 0 I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
o °
o o
° o o
r
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O
o O
o oo
d ,4 ,-4 ,

Ln

d
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 O 0

o o o o
o

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d o . o o d 0 0 O 0

I,- . . .. .. .. .. o o . o , L¢ O"- . .. .. o
. r

o o o o
0 0 o 0 0 r"4 - r I' O
0", 0",
o o o o 0- o
0 '-

OO OO O3 03 co 03 ¢0 03 00
,,-.,

3 85
SA-240/SA-240M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

u.
+ + ,-=" 3 + =" £ = _ x
x o x o E
z+ o o ,-,
_=E" x .o.°. ,E
"
o..o . + "' o o
°z o °z .
E
,,o£. - ° E " z+ nsE i o+ x + E v o . .4 + 0I o
o+ ' -=E <.
{D
I Ll
x =- o , " ex x oc0 °+ o r-,n. _ ° . . =. °+ vo °c0 °x °° °l ° ° '°S
. ,:5 ._ - < o ,°, E ._ 5' I r-- ° +
,
,, .c.D
0-.o " : ', ":5
,, .- . . . z E E , .cOQ
1'- .. .. ['-
-
v
._ _ _a
0
.. .. 0

E o
I
o

o o

5
° o

0 0 . .. .. .. 0 o o o o
Z
c5 c5 5 : :: :: :: c5 o o o o o

E
o L L o o o
L
"4 {M
• °

I I ?
L
? ?
o I L¢ L¢1
I i , I .
o
,q ,5 c
G . o o . .. .. O 0

Z
0
v o

I u c'4 o o o
Z o o
o o o o , , o .0
.. .. t o

.. .. o o o o
l
Z
laul

E
I Ll
t

I Ll
' ' ' ' ' ?? ? ? ? ' o

<
l-
- Z
0

I-

°
o°°
o
o o o o
o o # o
I

o o o
0
• o .

n A A A A A A .-4

o o o o o o
0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o 0 0 0 0 0
o d o c
• . .

J (D O o 0
<
o o o o o

O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o o 0 0 0 0
la.l
-r 6 6 d d d d d o o o o 0 C) 0 0

=
A
O 0 O 0 o o o o o
o o o 0 0 •
, ,4 c; o
• . °

A A A A A A A r-

o o o o o
Cq ,.0 r-I
o o o o o o o o 0 0 0 0
• . .

o o o o 0 0 0 0

%
O0 ,0 00
, 0 .. . . , 0,1 X X

%
,£ o
0 0 0
o o o o ..0 r-.
O 0 0 0 , P ,.o 0" (7.
r¢3 r¢3 f3
i

GO 0'3 U3 ¢z3

3 86
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-240/SA -240M

u..

O• r"E o ._
+ E o + Ln
(.,4
,,0. o Z E

° Z x c: 1-- Z+ c:°: c:: I"'- E c:O O HO S O.

E

+_ g + ,4J x + ._+ Ag .ox =+ =+ dg ° + +- =

O rO O (D

r-I r-I

g
x. o o o
O4 1'q
o
Z o R R o. o.
o O O O O O

o ol I I
Lq ,.O Lq I '

G rn , 4 ,'4 4 ::
z
O
v

Z
° o go
I-
Z
la.I

E
I l l O O O O C* O
rv
E
.5 o5 d d d d
o
O O O (D O
€.D

I--- z
O
i..-i

I-

O
b3 # g °°
o og
rl

O O O O O O
.-.I
<
r.D
i.-.i

I Ll g o O C O O O
"r o 0 O 0 O 0

g •
g °o
° . .
°°
_
o _

r-
-I O H O r-
-I

g
o °°
,-, oo
O O O O O O
d o d d d d

i
I-

g o o o o

i o oo
' ,.0
;, _
G0 u0 (/) co (./) co

3 87
SA-240/SA-240M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 2
M E C H A N I CA L T E ST R E Q U I R E M E N T S

Y i e ld

Tensi le Strength 8 Elongation i n 2

Strength, M in. M in. in . or 50 ra m, Hardness, Max.c
U N S Designation TypeA ksi M Pa ksi M Pa M in . , % Brinell Rockwell B Cold BendD
Auste n itic ( C h rom i u m- N icke l ) ( C h ro m i u m- M anganese- N icke l )

N 08 8 2 0 . .. . 80 550 35 240 30E 217 95 n ot req u i red

N 08 367
S h eet a n d S t r i p 1 00 690 45 310 30 . . .. 100 n ot req u i red
P l ate 95 655 45 310 30 241 . .. not req u i r ed
N 0 88 0 0 800F 75 520 30G 205G 30H . .. .. . . not req u i red
N 0 88 1 0 800 H F 65 450 25G 170H 30 . .. .. . . n ot req u i red
N 0 88 1 1 65 45 0 25 170 30 . .. . . n ot req u i red
N 0 89 04 9 04 L F 71 49 0 31 220 35 . .. 90 n ot req u i red
N 0 89 2 6 94 65 0 43 295 35 .. . . . . .. n ot req u i red
$20100 2 0 1-1 / 75 515 38 260 40 217 95 . . .
$20100 2 0 1 -2 Z 95 65 5 45 31 0 40 241 100 .. . .
$20103 201 LF 95 65 5 38 260 40 217 95 not r eq u i red
$ 20153 201 LN F 95 65 5 45 31 0 45 241 100 not req u i red
$ 20161 . . . 1 25 860 50 345 40 2 55 2 5J not requ i red
$20200 202 90 620 38 260 40 241 . . . . . ..
$20400 . . . 95 65 5 48 330 35 241 100 n ot req u i red
$30100 301 75 515 30 2 05 40 2 17 95 n ot req u i r ed
$ 3 0 1 03 301 LF 80 550 32 220 45 241 1 00 n ot req u i red
$ 3 0 1 53 301 L N F 80 550 35 240 45 241 1 00 n ot req u i red
$302 00 302 75 515 30 2 05 40 201 92 n ot req u i red
$ 3 04 0 0 304 75 515 30 205 40 201 92 not req u i red
$ 3 04 03 3 04 L 70 485 25 170 40 201 92 not req u i red
$ 3 04 09 3 04 H 75 515 .3 0 205 40 201 92 not req u i red
$ 3 04 1 5 87 600 42 290 40 2 17 95 n ot req u i red
$ 3 04 5 1 3 04 N 80 550 35 240 30 2 17 95 n ot requ i red
S 3 04 5 3 3 04 L N 75 515 30 205 40 2 17 95 n ot req u i red
$30500 305 70 48 5 25 170 40 1 83 88 n ot req u i red
$30600 .. .. . 78 540 35 240 40 .. . . . .. .. .. .. ..
$30601 . . .. 78 540 37 255 30 . . . . .. not req u i red
$30615 . . .. 90 620 40 275 35 217 95 not req u i red
$30815 . . . 87 600 45 310 40 217 95 . .. ..
$30908 309S 75 515 30 205 40 217 95 not r eq u i red
$ 3 0 9 09 309 H F 75 515 30 2 05 40 217 95 n ot req u i red
$ 3 0 94 0 3 09 C b F 75 515 30 2 05 40 217 95 not r eq u i red
$ 3 0 94 1 309 H CbF 75 515 30 205 40 2 17 95 n ot req u i red
$ 3 1 0 08 31 0S 75 515 30 205 40 2 17 95 not req u i red
$ 3 1 0 09 31 0 H F 75 515 30 205 40 2 17 95 n ot req u i red
$ 3 1 04 0 31 0CbF 75 515 30 205 40 2 17 95 not requ i red
$ 3 1 04 1 310 H CbF 75 515 30 205 40 2 17 95 not req u i red
$31060 87 600 41 280 40 2 17 95 not req u i red
S 3 1 2 54
S he et an d S t r i p 1 00 69 0 45 31 0 35 223 96 n ot req u i red
P l ate 95 6 55 45 310 35 223 96 n ot req u i red
$31266 . .. 109 750 61 420 35 .. . . .. . . n ot req u i red
$31277 . 112 770 52 360 40 .. . . .. . . n ot req u i red
$31600 316 75 515 30 2 05 40 2 17 95 not req u i red
$31603 316 L 70 48 5 25 170 40 2 17 95 not req u i red
$31609 316H 75 515 30 2 05 40 2 17 95 not r eq ui red
$ 3 1 63 5 3 1 6T i F 75 515 30 2 05 40 2 17 95 not req u i red
$ 3 1 64 0 316CbF 75 515 30 2 05 30 2 17 95 n ot req u i red
$ 3 1 65 1 316N 80 55 0 35 240 35 2 17 95 n ot req u i red
$ 3 1 65 3 316 L N 75 515 30 205 40 217 95 n ot req u i red
$31700 317 75 515 30 205 35 217 95 n ot req u i r ed
$31725 317 L M F 75 515 30 205 40 217 95 n ot req u i red
$31726 80 550 35 240 40 223 96 n ot req u i red
$ 3 1 7 03 317 L 75 5 15 30 205 40 217 95 not requ i red
$31753 317 L N 80 550 35 24 0 40 217 95 n ot req ui red
$ 3 2 05 0 . .. 98 67 5 48 330 40 250 . . .. not req u i red
$32100 .3 2 1 75 515 30 205 40 2 17 95 n ot req u i red
$ 3 2 1 09 321 H 75 515 30 205 40 2 17 95 n ot req u i red
S32615K . .. 80 550 32 220 25 . . . . .. n ot req u i red
S32654 . .. 109 750 62 430 40 250 . .. . n ot req u i red

388
 2007 SE CTION II, PART A SA -240/SA -240M

TA B L E 2
M E C H A N I CA L T E ST R E Q U I R E M E N TS ( C O N T' D )

Yie l d

Tensi le StrengthB E longation in 2

Strength, M in. M in. in. . or 50 rnm, Hardness, M ax. c
U N S Designation TypeA ksi M Pa ksi M Pa M in . , % Brinel l Rockwel l B Cold BendD
Auste n it ic ( C h rom iu m- N icke l ) ( C h ro m i u m- M angan ese- N icke l )

S33228 , , 73 500 27 1 85 30 2 17 95 not req u i red

S33400 334F 70 485 25 1 70 30 . . . 92 not requ i red
S 3 4 5 65 . . . 115 795 60 415 35 241 100 n ot requ i red
$ 3 47 0 0 347 75 515 30 205 40 2 01 92 n ot req u i red
$ 347 09 347 H 75 515 30 2 05 40 201 92 n ot req u i red
$ 3 48 0 0 348 75 515 30 2 05 40 201 92 n ot requ i red
S 3 48 09 3 48 H 75 515 30 205 40 2 01 92 not req u i red
$ 3 5 045 70 48 5 25 170 35 . . . . . . n ot req u i red
S 3 5 1 35
S h eet an d S t r i p 80 550 30 205 30 . .. . . . . n ot req u i red
P l ate 75 515 30 2 05 30 . . . .. . . n ot req u i red
$35315 94 650 39 270 40 2 17 95 not req u i red
$381 00 X M -1 5 L 75 515 30 2 05 40 217 95 n ot req u i red
$ 3 88 1 5 78 54 0 37 255 30 . . . . . . n ot requ i red
S 3 04 5 2 X M -2 1 L
S heet an d Str i p 90 620 50 345 30 241 I 00 n ot re q u i re d
P l ate 85 5 85 40 275 30 241 I00 n ot re q u i re d
$ 3 1 05 0 310MoLN F
t 0 25 in , 84 580 39 270 25 217 95 n ot re q u i re d
t > 0 ,25 in , 78 540 37 255 25 217 95 n ot r eq u i re d
$21600 X M-17 j
S heet an d S tr i p 1 00 69 0 60 415 40 241 1 00 n ot re q u i re d
P l ate 90 620 50 345 40 241 100 n ot re q u i re d
$ 2 1 6 03 X M-18L
S heet an d S tr i p 100 69 0 60 415 40 241 100 n ot re q u i red
P l ate 90 620 50 34 5 40 241 100 n ot re q u i re d
$20910 X M-19L
S heet an d Str i p 1 05 725 60 415 30 241 100 n ot re q u i re d
P l ate 1 00 690 55 380 35 241 100 n ot r e q u i re d
$24000 X M -2 9 L
S heet a n d Stri p 100 69 0 60 415 40 241 100 n ot re q u i re d
P l ate 1 00 690 55 38 0 40 241 100 n ot re q u i re d
$2 1400 X M -3 1 L
S heet 125 860 70 4 85 40 . . . . .. . n ot req u i red
Str i p 1 05 725 55 380 40 . . . . . .. n ot req u i red
$21800 95 65 5 50 3 45 35 0 241 100 n ot req u i red
D up l ex ( Auste n itic- Ferr'itic )
$31200 1 00 690 65 450 25 2 93 31 j n ot req u i red
$31260 100 69 0 70 48 5 20 290
$31803 90 62 0 65 45 0 25 2 93 31 j not ;equ i red
$32001 90 62 0 65 45 0 25 , , , 25 j n ot req u i red
$ 3 2 0 03 90 620 65 45 0 25 293 31 j not req u i red
$32 1 01 90 620 65 450 25 2 93 31 j n ot req u i red
t_< 0 ,25 in, 1 01 700 77 530 30 290 . . .. n ot req u i red
[ 6 ,, 4 m m ]
t > 0 , 2 5 i n ,, 95 650 65 450 30 290 .. .. . n ot req u i red
[6 , 4 m m]
$32205 2205F 95 655 65 45 0 25 2 93 31 j n ot req u i red
$ 3 2 3 04 2 3 04 F 87 600 58 400 25 290 32J n ot req u i red
$3252 0 112 770 80 550 25 310 . . .. n ot req u i red
$32550 110 760 80 550 15 302 32 j n ot r eq u i red
$ 3 2 75 0 2 5 07 F 116 7 95 80 550 15 31 0 32J n ot req u i red
$32760 108 750 80 550 25 270 n ot req u i r ed
$32900 329 90 620 70 485 15 2 69 28 j n ot req u i red
$32906
t < 0 ,4 i n , 116 800 94 650 25 310 322 n ot req u i red
[ 1 , 0 m m]
t > 0 ,4 in 109 750 80 550 25 310 .3 2 2 n ot req u i red
[1 0 ra m]
$32950M 100 69 0 70 485 15 293 32J n ot req u i red

3 89
SA-240/SA-240M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 2
M E C H A N I C A L T E ST R E Q U I R E M E N T S ( C O N T' D )

Yield

Tensi le Stre ngth B E l ongation in 2

M in , H ard ness, M ax , c
Strength, M in , i n,, or 50 r
a m,
U N S Designation TypeA ksi M Pa ksi M Pa M in , , % Brinel l Rockwel l B Cold BendD
Ferr iti c or M artensitic ( C h rom i um )

$3 2803 ... 87 600 72 500 16 24 1 1 00 not r' e qui r'e d

$40500 405 60 415 25 170 20 179 88 180
$ 4 09 0 0 N 4 09 N
$ 4091 0 . . . 55 380 25 170 20 179 88 1 80
$4092 0 . , , 55 3 80 25 170 20 1 79 88 1 80
$40930 , , , 55 380 25 170 20 1 79 88 1 80
$40945 . . . 55 380 30 2 05 22 . .. 80 180
$40975 . . . 60 415 40 275 20 197 92 180
$40977 ... 65 45 0 41 2 80 18 1 80 88 not r'e qu i red
$41 000 41 0 65 45 0 30 2 05 20 217 96 180
$41 003 ... 66 455 40 27 5 18 2 23 20j not requ i red
$41 008 41 0 S 60 415 30 2 05 220 1 83 89 180
$41 045 .. . 55 380 30 2 05 22 . .. 80 180
$41 05 0 .. . 60 41 5 30 2 05 22 183 89 180
$41 5 00 ,,, 115 795 90 62 0 15 3 02 32 j not requ i red
$ 42 035 .. . 80 55 0 55 38 0 16 1 80 88 not requ i red
$ 42 900 429F 65 45 0 30 2 05 22M 1 83 89 1 80
$43000 43 0 65 45 0 30 205 22M 1 83 89 1 80
$43035 439 60 415 30 2 05 22 183 89 180
$43400 434 65 450 35 240 22 . .. 89 180
$43600 436 65 450 35 24 0 22 ... 89 1 80
$43932 .. . 60 41 5 30 2 05 22 1 83 89 180
$43940 ,,, 62 430 36 250 18 1 80 88 not requi red
$44400 ,,, 60 415 40 2 75 20 2 17 96 180
$ 44500 .. . 62 427 30 205 22 .. . 83 180
$ 44626 X M -33 L 68 47 0 45 310 20 2 17 96 1 80
S 44627 X M -27 L 65 450 40 275 22 1 87 90 1 80
$44635 ... 90 62 0 75 515 20 2 69 28J 1 80
$44660 .. . 85 585 65 45 0 18 2 41 1 00 180
$44700 ... 80 550 60 415 20 223 20 J 180
$44735 ... 80 550 60 415 18 255 25j 180
$44800 ... 80 550 60 4 15 20 223 2 0J 180
$4680 0 . .. 60 415 30 205 22 ... 90 1 80
A U n less otherwise i nd icated, a grade desi g nati on orig i nal ly assig ned by the American I ron and Steel Institute (AI S I )
8 Yield strength shal l be determ i ned by the offset method at 0 , 2 % i n accordance with Test M ethods and Defi n iti ons A 37 0 , U n less otherwise
specifi ed (see Specifi cati on A 480/A 480 M, paragraph 4 1 ,1 1, O rderi ng Information), an alternative method of deter mini ng yield strength
may be based o n total extens i o n u nde r' l oad of 0 , 5 %
c E ithe r B r i ne l l or' Roc kwe l l B H ard ness is pe r m i ssi b l e ,
a Bend test are not r equ i red for ch rom i um steels (ferritic o r martensitic) th icker' than 1 i n , [2 5 ra m] o r' for any austen itic o r' d up lex ( austen
it i c-fe r r it ic ) sta i n l ess stee l s rega r d l ess of th i c k ness .
E E l ongation for' th ickness, less than 0 , 01 5 i n , ( 0 38 r
a m ) shal l be 2 0 % m i ni mu m, i n 1 i n , ( 25 4 m m ) ,
F C o m m o n n ame, n ot a trade m ar k, wi de ly used, n ot assoc iated with any o ne p r od uce r ,
G Y iel d stre ngth req ui r' e ments sh al l n ot ap p l y to mater i al u nder' 0 ,0 2 0 i n , ( 0 5 0 r
a m ) i n th i ckness
H N ot ap p l i cab l e fo r' th i c kness u n de r O 0 1 0 i n . ( 0 2 5 r
am) ,
1 Type 201 is general ly produced with a chemical composition balanced for rich side (Type 201-1 ) or' lean side (Type 201-2 ) austenite stabi l
ity depe nd i n g o n the p ro pe rt i es r eq u i red fo r' s pec ifi c app l i cat i o ns ,
J Roc kwe l l C sca l e ,
K For $3 2615, the grai n size as deter m i ned i n accordance with the Test M ethods E 1 1 2, Comparison M ethod, P late f I, shal l be N o , 3 or'
i ne r
f
L N am i n g system deve l oped an d ap p l ied by A S T M ,
M P r i o r to S pec i fi cati o n A 2 4 0-8 9 b, the tens i l e va l ue fo r $ 3 2 9 5 0 was 9 0 ks i ,
N $ 4090 0 (Type 409 ) has been rep laced by $4091 0, $4092 0, and $4093 0 U n less otherwise specifi ed i n the order i ng i nformation, an order
specifying $409 00 or Type 409 shal l be satisfi ed by any one of $4091 0, $40920, or $40930 at the option of the se l ler' M aterial meeti ng
the requi rements of $4 09 1 0, $4092 0, or $40930, may at the option of the manufactu rer be certifi ed as $40900 ,
o M ate ri al 0 05 0 i n ( 1 , 2 7 r
a m ) and u nder' i n th i c k ness sh a l l have a m i n i m u m e l o n gati on of 2 0 % ,

3 90
 2007 SE CTION II, PART A
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
A supplementary requirement shall apply only when specifi ed in the purchase order ,
S 1 . Charpy Impact Testing of Plate
S I . 1 Charpy impact tests shall be conducted in accor
dance with Test Methods and Def
i nit
i ons A 3 70
S1.2 Number oJ Tests - One impact test (3 specimens)
shall be made from one plate per heat treatment lot in the
i nal heat tr eated condition
f
S1.3 Orientation of Test Specimens - Unless specif i ed
as transverse specimens (long axis of the specimen trans
ver se to the f
i nal rolling direction, root of the notch perpen
dic ular to the r olling face) on the pur chas e or der , the
orientat i on of the specimens shall be longitudinal (long
axis of the specimen par allel to the f i nal rolling dir ection,
root of the notch perpendicula r to the r olling face) The
manufacturer is permitted to test transverse specimens pro
vided that such tests meet the acceptance criteria applicable
to longitudinal specimens. Unless other wise specif i ed on
the pur chase order, the specimens shall be taken so as to
include the mid-thickness of the product
S1.4 Test Temperature - The purchaser shall specify
the test temperature. The manufacturer is permitted to test
specimens at a temperature lower than that specifi ed by
the purcha s er , pr o vi ded that such te sts sh all meet the
acceptance criteria applicable to specimens tested at the
specifi ed temperatur e (see Note)
NOTE - Test Methods A 923 , Method B , applicable to some duplex
(austenitic-fenitic) stainless steels as listed in Test Methods A 923 , uses
a Chatpy impact test for t h e pr
o pose of determining the absence of
detrimental intermetallic phases Method B specifi es a test temper ature
n
a d acceptance criterion, expr essed as impact ener gy, tot each type of
steel covered It may be economical for the Cha py impact tests performed
391
SA-240/SA-240M
on duplex stainless steels covered in both Specifi cation A 240 and Test
Methods A 923 to be per 0rmed at the lower of t
h e temperatures specifi ed
by t
h is supplementary r equirement and Test Methods A 923 Method B ,
with measm ement of bot h later al expa
n sion a
n d impact ener gy ,
S1.5 Acceptance Limit - Unless otherwise specif i ed on
the purchase or der , each of t
he thr ee specimens tested shall
show a later al expansion opposite the notch of not less
than 0 . 0 1 5 in [0 . 3 8 mm] .
S 1 .6 Records - The recor ded r esults shall include t
he
specimen ori entation , spec imen size , te s t temper ature ,
absorbed energy values (if r equired) , and latera
l expansion
opposite the notch.
$2. Materials for High-Temperature Service
$2.1 Unless an H gr ade has been ordered, t
h is supple
mentar y requirement shall be specif i ed for ASME Code
applications for ser vice above 1 000°F [540°C]
$2.2 The user is permitted to use an austenitic stainless
steel as the coriesponding H gr ade when the material meets
all requir ements of the H grade i nc ludi ng ch emi s try ,
annealing temperature, and gr ain size (see Section 6) .
$2.3 The user is permitted to use a n L grade austenitic
stainles s steel for ser vice above 1 000°F [540° C] , subj ect
to the applicable allowable stress table of the ASME Code,
when the material meets all requirements of this specif i ca
tion and the grain size is ASTM No 7 oI coa r ser as deter
mined in accordance with Test Method E 1 1 2 The gr ain
size shall be reported on a Certif i ed Test Report
SA-240/SA-240M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

SUMMARY OF CHANGES

The Committee has highlighted those changes that (2) Added new alloy UNS $3 1 277 to Tables 1 and 2.
impact the use of this specifi cation. This secti on may also (,3) Added UNS $32906 to Tables 1 and 2 ,
include descr
iptions of changes or' ieasons for changes, (4) Added UNS $32 1 0 1 to Tables 1 and 2.
or both (,5 ) Added a new duplex stainless steel ($ 3 2003) to
(1) In Table 2, HBN and HRB for $20 1 00, $3045 1 , Tables 1 a
n d 2,
and $ 3045 3 , wele ieconciled with those in Specif
i cation
A 666, annealed condit
i on.

3 92
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-249/SA-249M

SPECIFICATION FOR WELDED AUSTENITIC STEEL

BOILER, SUPERHEATER, HEAT-EXCHANGER,
AND CONDENSER TUBES

SA-249/SA-249M

(Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 249/A 249M-04a except that Supplementaiy Requilement $5 has been deleted and $9 is ma
ndatory when A08
1 00% joint eff
i ciency is iequired )

1. Scope unless the "M" designation of this specif

i cation is specif
i ed
in the order .
1. 1 This specifi cat
ion cover's nominal-wall-thickness
welded tubes and heavily cold worked welded tubes made 1 .7 The following safety haza rds caveat pertains only
from the austenitic steels listed in Table 1 , wit
h various to the test method described in t he Supplementary Require
grades intended for such use as boiler , superheater , heat ments of this specifi cation. This standard does not purport
exchanger, or condenser t
ubes . to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated
1.2 Grades TP304H, TP309H, TP309HCb, TP3 1 0H, with its use. It is the responsibilit y of the user of this
TP3 1 0HCb, TP3 1 6H, TP3 2 1 H, TP347H, and TP348H a re standard to establish appropriate safet y and health prac
modi fi c ation s of Grade s TP3 04 , TP3 09 S , TP 3 09 C b , tices and determine the applicabilit y of regulatory limita
TP3 1 0S , TP3 1 0Cb, TP3 1 6, TP3 2 1 , TP347 , n
ad TP348, tions prior to use . A specif i c wa
r ning statement is given
and are intended for high-temperat
ure service such as for in Supplementary Requirement $7, Note $7 . 1 .
superheaters a
nd reheaters.
2. Referenced Documents
1.3 The tubing sizes a
nd t
hick
nesses usually furnished
to this specif
i cation a
re 8 in. [3 .2 mm] in inside diameter' 2.1 ASTM Standards:
to 1 2 in. [304. 8 mm] in outside diameter a nd 0.0 1 5 to A 262 Pract
i ces for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranu
0.320 in. [0.4 to 8 . 1 mm] , inclusive, in wa
ll thick
ness . la
r Attack in Austenitic Sta
i nless Steels
Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, pro A 480/A 480M Specif i cation for General Requirements
vided such tubes comply wit
h all other requirements of for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resist
i ng Steel Plate,
this specif
i cat
i on. Sheet, and Strip
A 101 6/A 1016M Specifi cation for General Requirements
1.4 Mechanical proper
ty requirements do not apply to for FerTitic Alloy Steel , Austenitic Alloy Steel , and
ubing sma
t ller' tha
n 8 in [3 .2 mm] in inside diameter or Stainles s Steel Tubes
0.0 1 5 in. [0.4 nun] in t
hick
ness .
E 1 1 2 Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size
1.5 Opt
i onal supplementa
r y requirements a
r e provided E 2 1 3 Pract
i ce for Ult
rasonic Examination of Meta
l Pipe
n d, when one or more of these a
a re desired, each sha
ll be and Tubing
so stated in h
te order . E 273 Practice for Ultrasonic Exam
i nation of the Weld
Zone of Welded Pipe and Tubing
1.6 The va lues stated in either inch-pound units or' SI E 527 Pract
i ce for Numbering Metals a
nd Alloys (UNS)
units a
re to be rega
r ded separately as standard. Within the
2.2 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
text, the SI units a
re shown in brackets The va
lues stated
Section VIII
in each system a re not exact equiva
lents; therefore, each
system must be used independently of the other. Combining 2.3 Other Standard:
va
lues fi om the two systems may result in nonconformance SAE J1 086 Practice for' Numbering Meta
l s and Alloys
with the specifi cation. T
he inch-pound units shall apply (UNS)

39 3
SA-249/SA-249M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

3. Ordering Information 6.2 A solut i on annea

ling temperature above 1 950°F
3.1 It is the responsibility of the purchaser to specify [ 1 065°C] may impai rthe resistance to intergranula
r corro
all requirements t h at are necessary for material ordered sion after' subsequent exposme to sensiti zing conditi ons in
under this specifi cation. Such requirements may include, TP 3 09 HCb , TP 3 1 0H Cb , TP 3 2 1 , TP 3 2 1 H , TP 3 4 7 ,
but are not limited to, the following : TP347H, TP348 , a
n d TP348H. When specif i ed by the pur
chaser', a lower temperature stabilization or' re- solution
3.1.1 Quantity (feet, meues, or number of lengt
h s), nnea
a l sha ll be used subsequent to t
he initial high tempera
3. 1.2 Name of mater
i al welded tubes (WLD) or heav ure solution anneal (see Supplementary Requirement $4).
t
ily cold worked tubes (HCW) ,
3.1 .3 Grade (Table 1 ) ,
7. Chemical Composition
3. 1 .4 S i ze ( outs i de di ameter an d nomi n al wall
7.1 The heat a
n alysis sha
ll conform to t
he requirements
hic
t ess),
as to chemica
l composit ion given in Table 1 .
3.1 .5 Lengt
h (specif
i c or' ra
ndom),
3.1.6 Opt
i onal requirements ( 1 3.6),
8. Product Analysis
Test report required (see Certifi cation Section
3.1.7
8.1 An a
nalysis of eit
her one lengt
h of fi at-rolled stock
of Specif
i cat
i on A 1 01 6 /A 1 0 1 6M), or one tube shall be made for each heat. The chem
i ca
l
3.1.8 Specif i cation designation, a
nd compositi on thus determined shall confor
m to t
he requixe
3.1.9 Specia
l requirements and a
ny supplementary ments given in Sect
ion 7 .
requirements selected.. 8.2 A product analysis tolerance of Table A1 . 1 in Speci
f cation A 480 /A 480M sha
i ll apply The product analysis
tolera
nce is not applicable to t
he carbon content for material
4. General Requirements
with a specifi ed maximum ca r bon of 0.04% or less.
4. 1 Materia
l furnished under this specif
ication sha
ll
conform to t
he applicable requirements of t he current edi 8.3 If t
he original test for product analysis falls, retests
i on of Specifi cati on A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 01 6M, unless otherwise
t of two addit
i ona
l lengths of fi at-rolled stock or tubes shall
provided herein. be made. Both retests for the elements in question sha
ll
meet the requirements of the specifi cation; otherwise a ll
remaining material in t he heat or lot (Note 1 ) shall be
5. Manufacture rejected or , at the option of t
he producer, each length of
5. 1 The welded (WLD) tubes sha
ll be made from f
i at i at-rolled stock or t
f ube may be individua
lly tested for
rolled steel by a
n automatic welding process wit
h no addi accepta
n ce. Lengt
h s of fi at-rolled stock or tubes that do
i on of f
t i ller metal. not meet t
he requirements of t he specifi cation shall be
rejected.
5.1.1 Subsequent to welding a
nd prior to fi na
l heat
r eatment, the u
t tbes sha
ll be cold worked eit
her in bot h NOTE 1 - For flattening and fla
nge requirements, the term lot applies
weld and base meta
l or in weld meta
l only. T
he met
hod to all tubes prior to cutting of the same nominal size a nd wall thickness
of cold working may be specifi ed by t
he purchaser. W
hen which a te produced from the same heat of' steel , When final heat tieatment
is in a batch-type furnace, a lot sha
ll include only those tubes of h
te sa
me
cold drawn, the purchaser may specify the minimum size a
n d from the sa
m e heat which ate heat tieated in t
he sa
me f
u rnace
amount of reduction in cross-sectiona
l a
r ea or wa
ll t
hick cha
tge When t
he final heat tieatment is in a continuous furnace, t
he
ness, or both. number of t
ubes of' t
h e sa
m e size a
n d from the sa
me heat in a lot shall
be determined from the size of the tubes as prescribed in Table 3
5.1.2 Heavily cold worked (HCW) t ubes shall be
made by applying cold work
i ng of not less tha
n 35 % reduc NOTE 2 - For tension a
n d hardness test requirements, t
he term lot
ton in both wall a
i n d weld to a welded tube pr i or to t
he applies to a
ll t
ubes prior to cutting, of' t
he sa
me nom
inal dia
meter a
nd
i na
f l annea
l . No f
i ller' metal shall be used in t
he making wall t
hickness which aie produced from t he same heat of steel , W
hen
fna
i l heat treatment is in a batch-t
ype furnace, a lot sha
ll include only
of t
he weld. Pr
i or to cold working, t
he weld shall be 1 00% h ose t
t u bes of t
h e sa
m e size a
nd t
h e sa
me heat wh
i ch a
t e heat ti eated in
radiographically inspected in accorda
nce with t
he require the same f
urnace cha t ge W
hen t he final heat tieatment is in a continuous
ments of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section urnace, a lot sha
f ll include all t
ubes of the sa
me size and heat, annealed in
VIII, Division 1 , latest revision, Pa
ragraph UW-5 1 . he same furnace at the sa
t me temper atm e, time at heat, and furnace speed .

6. Heat Treatment 9. Tensile Requirements

6. 1 All mater
ial shall be furnished in the heat-treated 9.1 The material shall conform to the tensile properties
condition in accordance with the requirements of Table 2 . prescr
ibed in Table 4.

3 94
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-249/SA-249M

10. Hardness Requirements 1 3 . 6 Hydrostatic o r' Nondestructive Electric Test -

10. 1 The tubes shall have a Rockwell hardness number Each tube shall be subj ected to either' the hydrostatic or
not exceeding the values specif
i ed in Table 4. the nondestructive electric test.. The purchaser may specify
which test is to be used .

1 1 . Reverse-Bend Test Requirement 13.7 Grain Size - Grain size determinations on grades
TP309H, TP309HCb, TP3 1 0H and TP3 1 0HCb shall be
11. 1 A section 4 in . [ 1 00 mm] minimum in length shall
made on the same number of t
ubes as prescr
ibed for' t
he
be split longitudinally 90° on each side of t he weld T he
f attening test.
l
sample shall then be opened and bent around a mand r el
with a maximum thickness of four times the wall t
hick
ness , 13.8 Heavily cold worked t ubes (HCW) sha l l be capa
with the mandrel pa
rallel to t
he weld and against the origi ble of passing the weld decay test listed in Supplementa ry
nal outside surface of the tube T
h e weld shall be at t
he $7 wit
h a weld metal to base metal loss ratio of 0. . 90 to
point of maximum bend. There shall be no evidence of 1 . 1 0. The test is not required unless $7 is specif
i ed in the
cracks , or of overlaps resulting f
i om t
he reduction in thick purchase order .
ness of the weld areas by cold working. When the geometry
or size of the tubing make it diff icult to test the sample as
14. Permissible Variat
i ons in Dimensions
a single piece, the sample may be sectioned into sma ller
pieces pr ovided a m i nimum of 4 in. of weld is subj ected 14. 1 Dimensional toler ances other than wall thick
n ess
to reverse bending. t o l eranc e s s h all be in ac c ordanc e wi th S p e c i f
i c ati on
A 1 0 1 6 / A 1 0 1 6M . Wall thi ckn e s s to l eranc e s shall be
NOTE 3 - The iever se bend test is not applicable when the specifi ed
wall is 1 0 % or more of the specif i ed outside diameter , or the wall
_
+ 1 0% of nominal wa
ll for all tubing sizes .
thickness is 0 , 1 34 in [3 4 mm] or gleater, or the outside diameter size 14.2 The wall thick
n ess of the weld shall not exceed
is less than 0 , 375 in [9 5 mm] Undei these conditions t
h e rever se f
l at
te wall thick
h ness measured 90° from t h e weld by more
tening test of Specif
i cation A 1 0 1 6/A 1 0 1 6M shall apply
th an 6 % of the sp e c i f
i e d w al l thi c kn e s s or' 0 . 004 i n .
[0. 1 mm] , whichever' is greater .
12. Grain Size Requirement 14.2. 1 Requirements of 14.2 a
r e not applicable when
12. 1 The grain size of Grades TP309H, TP309HCb, any of t
he following apply :
TP3 1 0H and TP3 1 0HCb, as determined in accordance with
1 4 . 2 . 1 . 1 Wh en th e s p e ci f
i e d w al l thi c kn e s s
Test Methods E 1 1 2, sha
ll be No. 6 or coarser.
exceeds 1 2 % of t he specif
i ed outside diameter ;
1 2 .2 Th e grain si ze of Grade s TP3 04H , TP3 1 6 H , 1 4 .2 . 1 .2 When the sp ec i f
i e d w a l l th i ckne s s
TP32 1 H, TP347H and TP348H, as determ i ned in accor exceeds 0.. 1 65 in. [4.2 mm] ;
dance with Test Methods E 1 1 2, shall be No. 7 or coa
rser .
14.2. 1 .3 When the specif
i ed OD exceeds 3 in .
[76. 2 mm] ; or
13. Mechanical Tests and Grain Size 1 4.2 . 1 .4 Wh en the spec i f
i ed mi ni mum yi e ld
Determinat
i ons Required str ength given in Table 4 for the specif i ed grade is 3 5 ksi
13. 1 Tension Test - One tension test shall be made on [240 MPa] or greater .
a specimen for lots of' not more tha
n 50 tubes . Tension
tests shall be made on specimens from two tubes for' lots
of more t
han 50 t
ubes (Note 2) . 15. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
15.1 Finished t
u bes shall have smooth ends f
r ee of
13.2 Flattening Test - One f l attening test sha
l l be made
burrs and shall not deviate from straightness by more tha
n
on specimens fr om each end of one f inished tube, not the
0.. 030 in.. [0 8 r
am] in 3 ft [900 mm] of lengt
h.
one used for the f
l ange test, from each lot (Note 1 ) .
13.3 Flange Test - One f la
n ge test shall be made on
16. Surface Condit
i on
specimens from each end of one f i nished tube, not the one
used for t
he f
l attening test, from each lot (Note 1 ) . 16.1 T
he t
ubes, af
ter f
inal heat treatment, shall be chem
13.4 Reverse-Bend Test - One reverse-bend test shall ically descaled or pickled free of scale. W
hen bri ght anneal
ing is used, pickling or chemical descaling is not necessa
ry ,
be made on a specimen from each 1 500 ft [450 m] of
f
i nished tubing .
13.5 Hardness Test - Bf
i nell or' Rockwell hardness 17. Forming Operat
ions
tests sha
l l be made on specimens tom two u
tbes f
rom 17.1 Tube s when ins erted in the boiler sh all stand
each lot (Note 2) . expa
nding a
nd beading without showing cracks or' flaws

3 95
SA-249/SA-249M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

All tubes, when properly manipulated, shall be able to TP32 1H, TP347H, a
n d TP348H shall also include the heat
stand expanding nad beading without showing cracks a nd number and the heat-t eatment lot identif
i cation .
l aws, a
f nd also shall sta
nd all forging, welding, a
nd bending
operations necessary for' application without developing
defects .
19. Keywords
19. 1 austenitic stainless steel ; boiler tubes ; condenser
18. Product Marking tube; heat excha n ger tube; high temperature applications;
18.1 In addition to the marking prescribed in Specif
ica steel tube; supelheater tubes; temperature service applica
ton A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M, the ma
i rking for Grades TP304H, ti ons, high; welded steel tube and heavily cold worked
TP3 09H, TP30 9 HCb , TP3 1 OH , TP3 1 0HCb, TP 3 1 6H , (HCW) tubes

3 96
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-249/SA-249M

o o
° o o o o
co
. C
A . o , .
o
I o
I
A
c . .. # , : :: # _
. . . . . .
o r-4 er
o x x x x
. C
A o
o o o o o
o >
..Q
O

e e e e
o o
o

o o
u'3
o o

o
r-i ;.-i r-I 1
A
C .. .. C
A C
A C
A , C
A d c
A C
A
I I I I
A o
C o o o
oJ o4 r.-t r--! ,t

A
C cA A C
C A C
A A
C
• . .

o o o

o
o o

, oI 0
I
0
I I I
0 0
I

o o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 o o o o o o 0 0 0 0

o o o o o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
p
A
C o o o o
Z
Ll.I
0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0

v-I la0

o
o o °
,<
o o o o O o
o O # o
O O o y o o
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
k 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

.-I
,<

"-r

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

O o o o

0 , 0 o o o o

A c
c A c
A A c
c A d g S o c
A A
c A g
c d g c
A d g c
A C
A C
A d c
A
A C
C A A d
C o A
C o

%
. . .. .

3 97
SA-249/SA-249M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

o o o 6

.. .. =

o
,O
, o • - c

• , o . . ..
1 .. .. .
o

6 6 o o 6 6

o o o
q

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o .. . ..

q q q d d 4 4 Z

q q o o ° ° o o o

S
z
o
€.
v

o o o o o o o. o o o. o
0 0 0 0

I [ l l l I I I I I I I
0 0 0 0 o o q . q q q
I"
r-s Z

-J
t'r't t.l.I
o o 0 o o o o o o o o o 0 0 0 0
0 o o o o o o o o o q q q q
o'
I Ll
re'

_J o 0 o o

,< o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

6 6 6 6 6 o o o o o o o 6 6 6 6

I Ll
-r"

0 0 0 0 0

o o o o o q q e e Q q
6 6 6 6 o o o o o o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

o 0

o o
0 0 o
0 o
0 o
0 o o
0 0 o o
0 o
0 q
o

o o o
o

o o o o o o o

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
o o o o

o o
o o o

-r

I-- F- l-

39 8
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-249/SA-249M

TA B L E 2
H EAT T R EAT M E N T R E Q U I R E M E N TS

So l ution i ng Te mperatu re, Quench i ng

G rade U N S N um ber M in or Range M eth od
A
A l l g rades n ot i nd i v i d ua l ly .. .. . 1 90 0 ° F [ I 04 0 ° C ]
l i ste d be l ow
B
, , S 3 08 1 5 1 92 0° F [ i 0 5 0° C]
T P 3 09 H C b $ 3 094 1 1 9 0 0 ° F [I 040°C ] c B

B
T P3 1 0 H $ 3 1 0 09 1 9 0 0° F [ 1 04 0° C]
T P310 H Cb $ 3 1 04 1 1 9 0 0° F [ i 040°C ] C B

B
,, S 3 1 2 54 2 1 0 0° F [1 1 5 00C ]
B
, . , $31277 2 05 0° F [ 1 1 2 0°C]
B
T P316H S 3 1 60 9 1 9 0 0 ° F [ 1 04 0 ° C ]
TP321 S32100 1 9 0 0° F [1 04 0°C ] c B

TP321 H $ 3 2 1 09 2 00 0° F [ 1 1 0 0° C] c B

B
,, $ 3 2 654 2 1 0 0° F [ 1 1 5 0 ° C ]
B
, , . S 33 2 2 8 2 05 0° F [1 1 2 0°C ]
B
. .. . $345 65 2 05 0° F [ 1 1 2 0° C]
B
2 1 4 0° F [ 1 1 7 0° C ]
T P 347 S 347 0 0 1900°F [1 04 0°C ] c B

T P 3 47 H S347 09 2 0 0 0° F [ 1 1 00 ° C] c B

T P 3 48 S 348 0 0 1900°F [1 040° C ] c B

T P 348 H S 348 09 2 0 00° F [ 1 1 0 0°C ] c B

D
. .. . S 3 5 045 2 0 0 0° F [ 1 1 0 0 ° C]
B
, , S 388 1 5 1 95 0° F [1 0 65°C ]
B
N 0 83 6 7 2 02 5° F [1 1 1 0°C ]
B
N 089 04 2 00 0° F [ 1 1 0 0 ° C]
B
N 089 2 6 2 0 1 0 ° F [1 1 0 5°C ]

A Quenched i n water or rap i d ly coo led by other methods, at a rate suffi c ie nt to prevent reprec i p itati on
of carb ides, as de monstrated by the capab i l ity of pass i ng P ractices A 2 62, P ract ice E , The man ufacturer
is not req u i red to ru n the test u n l ess it is spec if
i ed o n the p u rchase orde r ( S ee S upp l ementary Requ i re
ment $ 6 ) . , N ote that P racti ces A 2 6 2 req u i res the test to be pe rformed on sensitized spec i mens i n the l ow
carbon and stab i l ized types and o n spec i mens representative of the as-sh i pped co nd iti o n of the other types ,
I n the case of l ow carbo n types contai n i ng 3 % or' m o re m o lybden um, the app l icab i l ity of the sensiti z i ng
treatment p ri or to testi ng shal l be a matte r fo r negoti ati on between the se l le r and pu rchaser
B Quenched i n wate r or rap i d ly coo led by othe r' meth ods ,
c A so l uti o n treati ng te mperatu re above 1 95 0° F [ 1 065 ° C] may i mpai r res istance to i ntergran u lar co rro
s i on after subseq uent exposu re to sens iti z i ng cond iti ons i n the i nd icated g rades , When spec ifi ed by the pur
chaser, a l ower temperatu re stab i l i zati o n o r re-so l uti o n anneal shal l be used su bseq uent to the h i gher
temperatu re so l uti on an nea l presc ri bed i n th is tab le ( S ee S upp l ementary Req u i rement $ 4 ) ,
O C oo led i n sti l l ai r, or faste r

TA B L E 3
N U M B E R O F T U B E S I N A L OT H E AT T R E AT E D B Y
T H E C O N TI N U O U S P R O C E S S

S i ze of Tu be S i ze of Lot

2 i n [ 5 0 ,, 8 m m ] an d ove r i n o uts i de N ot m o re th an 5 0 tu bes

d i a mete r an d 0 , 2 0 0 i n ,, [ 5 I m m ]
and ove r i n wa l l th i c k ness

Less th an 2 i n [5 0 . 8 m m ] b ut o ve r N ot m o re th an 7 5 tu bes
1 in [ 2 5 , 4 m m ] i n o uts i de d i a mete r
o r ove r 1 i n , [ 2 5 . 4 m m ] i n o uts i de
d i a mete r' an d u n de r 0 2 0 0 i n ,
[5 I m m ] i n wa l l t h i c k ne ss

1 i n [ 2 5 , 4 m m ] o r l ess i n o uts i d e N ot m o re t h an 1 2 5 tu bes

d i amete r

3 99
SA-249/SA-249M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 4
T E N SI L E A N D H A R D N ESS R EQ U I R E M E N TSA
Tensi le Yie ld E longati on Rockwe l !
Strength, Strength, i n 2 i n . or H ardness
U NS a i n, ks i
r a i n, ksi
r 50 r a m, N umber,
G rad e Desig nation [ M Pa] [ M Pa] a i n, %
r max

T P201 $20100 95 [65 5] 38 [2 60] 35 B95

T P 2 02 S20200 90 [6 2 0] 38 [ 2 6 0] 35 B9 5
T P X M -1 9 S 2 09 1 0 1 0 0 [6 9 0] 55 [38 0] 35 C25
T P X M -2 9 $24000 1 0 0 [69 0] 55 [380] 35 BIO0
$ 24565 1 1 5 [795] 60 [41 5] 35 BIO0
T P304 $ 3 04 0 0 7 5 [5 1 5] 30 [2 05] 35 B90
T P3 0 4 L S 3 04 03 7 0 [48 5] 25 [ 1 7 0] 35 B90
T P 3 04 H S 3 0409 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 30 [2 05] 35 890
$ 3 04 1 5 87 [6 0 0] 42 [2 9 0] 35 B96
T P 3 04 N $ 3 045 1 80 [55 03 35 [2 40] 35 B90
T P 3 04 L N S 3 0453 7 5 [5 1 5] 30 [ 2 05] 35 B9 0
T P305 $ 3 05 0 0 75 [5 1 5] 30 [2 05] 35 B9 0
$ 3 06 1 5 9 0 [6 2 0] 40 [2 7 5] 35 B 95
$ 3 08 1 5 87 [6 0 0] 45 [3 1 03 35 B 95
T P 30 9 S $ 3 0908 7 5 [5 1 5] 30 [2 0 5] 35 Bg o
T P 3 09 H S 3 0909 75 [5 1 5 ] 30 [2 05] 35 B90
T P3OgCb $ 3 094 0 75 [5 1 53 30 [2 05] 35 Bgo
T P3 O g H C b S 3 094 1 75 [5 1 5 3 30 [2 0 5] 35 B90
T P3 1 0 S S 3 1 0 08 75 [5 1 53 30 [ 2 053 35 Bg o
T P3 1 0 H S 3 1 0 09 75 [5 1 5 3 30 [2 05] 35 B90
T P310Cb S 3 1 040 75 [5 1 5] 30 [ 2 053 35 B90
T P310 H Cb S 3 1 04 1 75 [5 1 5 3 30 [ 2 05] 35 Bg o
S31050:
t g 0 25 in, 84 [5 8 0] 39 [27 0] 25 B95
t > 0.25 in , 78 [5 4 0] 37 [2 5 5] 25 B9 5
S 3 1 2 54 :
t g 0, 1 87 i n, 98 [675 ] 45 [3 1 0] 35 BIO0
[5 , 0 0 mi
ni
t > 0 1 87 i n 95 [655 ] 45 [3 1 0] 35 BIO0
[5 , 0 0 mm ]
$ 3 1 2 77 1 1 2 [7 7 0] 52 [360] 40 B I O0
T P31"6 S31600 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 30 [2 05] 35 B90
T P3 1 6 L $31603 7 0 [485 ] 25 [ 1 7 0] 35 B90
T P3 1 6 H S 3 1 6 09 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 30 [ 2 0 5] 35 B90
T P3 1 6 N S 3 1 65 1 8 0 [55 0 ] 35 [2 40] 35 B90
T P3 1 6 L N S3 1 653 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 30 [2 0 5] 35 B9 0
T P3 1 7 $31700 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 30 [2 05] 35 B9 0
T P3 1 7 L $ 3 1 7 03 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 30 [ 2 05] 35 B90
$ 3 1 7 25 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 30 [2 05] 35 B9 0
$31726 8 0 [5 5 0 ] 35 [2 40] 35 B9 0
$ 3 2 05 0 9 8 [67 5 ] 4 8 [3 3 0 ] 40
T P32 1' $32 100 75 [5 1 5 ] 30 [2 05] 35 B90
T P3 2 1 H S 3 2 1 09 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 30 [2 05] 35 B90
$ 3 2 654 1 09 [7 5 0] 62 [43 0] 35 BIO0
S33228 7 3 [5 0 0 ] 27 [ 1 85] 30 89 0
T P314 7' $ 3 47 0 0 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 30 [2 05] 35 B90
T P 347 H $ 3 47 09 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 30 [ 2 053 35 B90
T P 348 $ 34 8 0 0 7 5 [5 1 5] 30 [ 2 053 35 B90
T P 348 H S 34809 7 5 [5 1 5] 30 [ 2 05] 35 B90
$ 3 5 045 7 0 [485 ] 25 [ 1 7 0] 35 Bgo
T PX M -' 15 $ 38 1 0 0 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 30 [2 05] 35 Bgo
$ 3 88 1 5 7 8 [54 0] 37 [ 2 5 5] 30 B 1 00
N 0 8 3 67
t 0 , 1 87 I 0 0 [69 0 3 45 [3 1 03 30 I 00
t > 0 , 1 87 95 [65 5] 45 [3 1 0] 30 1 00
N 08 9 04 7 1 [490] 3 1 [2 1 53 35 Bgo
N 08 9 2 6 94 [65 0] 43 [2 953 35 B100

A N ot appl icab le to tubes l ess than 1, B in [3 ,2 mm] i n outsi de d i amete r o r havi ng wal l thi ckness be low
0 0 1 5 i n , [0 , 4 m m], o r both , The tens i le prope rties of such smal l d i amete r o r th i n wal l tu bes shal l be a
matte r of ag reeme nt between the man ufactu rer and the p u rchaser' ,

400
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-249/SA-249M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementa

ry requirements shall apply only when specif
i ed by the purchaser
in the inquiry, contract, or order .

S1 . Stress-Relieved Annealed Tubes NOTE $6 1 - Practice E requites test

ing on the sensit
ized condition for
low cmbon or stabilized grades, and on t
h e as-shipped condit
i on for
S l .1 For use in certain corrosives , particularly chlorides ot
her' grades
where stress corrosion may occu r, tubes in Grades TP304L,
$6.2 A stabilizat
i on heat treatment in accorda
nce wit
h
TP3 1 6L, TP32 1 , TP347 , and TP348 may be specif i ed in
h
te stress-relieved annealed condition. Details of t hese sup Supplementa ry Requirement $4 may be necessary a nd is
plemental requirements shall be agreed upon by the manu permitted in order to meet this requirement for' t
he grades
facturer and the purchaser. containing t
ita
nium or columbium, pa rticularly in t
heir H
versions ..
$1.2 When stress-relieved tubes are specif i ed, tubes
sha
ll be given a heat treatment at 1 550 to 1 650°F [845 to
900°C] after roll straightening . Cooling from this tempera $7. Weld Decay Test
ure range may be eit
t h er' in air or by slow cooling. No $7.1 This test is not applicable to alloys with a n
ickel
mechanical stria ghtening is permitted after the stress-relief content > 1 9.0% or' a molybdenum content > 4.00%, or
treatment. both .

S l.3 Straightness of t he tubes shall be a matter' of $7.2 When specif i ed by t

he purchase order, one sample
negoti ation between t
h e purchaser' a
nd manufact
urer' . from each lot of t
ubing (Note 2) shall be subj ected to testing
in a boiling mixture of 50% reagent grade hydrochlor i c acid
and 5 0 % water'.
S2. Minimum Wall Tubes
S2.1 When specif i ed by the purchaser, tubes sha ll be $7.3 Approximately 2 in. long samples sha ll be pre
furnished on a minimum wall basis . Such tubes shall sat
i sfy pa
red from a production lengt h of t
ubing Shorter , 1 in.
h
te mi nimum wa l l thickness requirements of Specif
i cation samples may be used for smal l diameter' ( 2 in. and below)
A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M rather tha n the nominal wall require ubing. Split the sample longitudinally to allow for easy
t
ments of h tis specif i cation. In addit
i on to the marking i crometer' measurements . The sa
m mple may be one piece
which contains the weld and at least 90° of base-metal to
required by Section 1 8, t
he t
ubing shall be ma
rked $2.
one side of the weld. Alternately, the sample may be two
separate pieces with one containing t
he weld and a simila
r'
S3. Air Underwater Pressure Test
size section from t
he balance of the t ube opposite the weld
S3.1 When specif i ed, the t
ubing sha
l l be examined by consisting of 1 00% base metal. Remove a ll burrs and sharp
he air underwater pressule test.
t edges by light ly grinding. Remove dust and grease by
cleaning wit h soap and water' or' ot her suitable solvents.
S4. Stabilizing Heat Treatment Then, place sample(s) in the f
l ask. It is not recommended to
test more tha
n four samples together, or to m ix al loy types.
S4.1 Subsequent to t
h e solut
i on a
nneal required in Sec
i on 6, Grades TP309HCb, TP3 1 0HCb, TP32 1 , TP32 1 H,
t $7.4 Prepa r e the hydrochloric acid solut
ion by slowly
TP347, TP347H, TP348 , and TP348H sha l l be given a adding ieagent grade (approximately 37%) hydrochlor ic
stabilization heat treatment at a temperat
ure lower t h an acid to an equal volume of distilled water. (Warningm
that used for t
he initi al solut
ion a
nnea
ling heat treatment. Plotect eyes and use rubber gloves when ha ndling acid .
T
he temperature of stabilizat
i on heat t
reat
ment sha
l l be at Mixing shall be done under a hood a nd test i ng sha
ll be
a temperat
ure as agreed upon between the purchaser and run under' a hood.)
vendor.
S7.5 The test conta
iner shall be a 1 -L Erlenmeyer f
l ask
equipped with ground-glass joints and an Ahlin condenser.
$5. DELETED The volume of the solution sha
l l be approximately 700 mL.
S6. Intergranular Corrosion Test $7.6 Measure t
h e thick
n ess of the tube at f
i ve locat
i ons
S6.1 When specif i ed, materia
l shall pass intergranula
r long t
a he weld a
rea and at f
ive locations along the base
corrosion tests conducted by the manufact urer in accor meta
l sect
i on. In bot
h cases , take measurements at approxi
dance with Practices A 262, Pract
i ce E. mately equal longitudinal interval s along the section

40 1
SA-249/SA-249M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

lengths . Make these measurements with a sharp pointed $7.10. 1 A corrosion ratio of 1 . 25 or' less for t
he
micr ometer' accurate to at least 0.00 1 in. The micrometer hinnest section of the weld is permissible. Other' criteria,
t
must be suitable for measuring the small features in the such as a ratio of' 1 .00 or' less, may be specif
i ed upon
sur
face after testing.. Typical pin micrometers have tapered agreement between the producer a
n d the purchaser .
anvils with a t
ip radius of less than 0 .0 1 5 in .
$7.7 Immerse the samples into the solution . Add boil
ing chips a
n d bring to a boil.. Allow the chips to remain S8. Special Applicati ons
boiling throughout t h e test . The t
ime of test
i ng shall be S8.1 For special applications, such as hydraulic expa
n
that which is requited to remove 40 to 60% of' the original sion of' tubes into t
ube sheets , there shall be no dimensional
base-metal htickness (usually 2 h or' less) . If more than indication of the weld.. Tubes ordered to t his requirement
60% of' the base-metal thickness remains , t
he sample may shall bea r' the additional ma
rk ing of' NB
be removed after' 24 h .

$7.8 At the end of' the test period, r emove t

he samples
fr om hte solut
i on, rinse with distilled water, and diy . S9. Addit
i onal Test
i ng of Welded Tubing per
ASME Request
$7.9 After' exposure to t
he test solut
i on, repeat t
he tube
thickness measurement as in $7 . 6. If the thinning is not $9. 1 Each tube shall be subj ected to an ultrasonic
uniform across the width of h
te weld, t hen two sets of' inspection employing Practices E 273 or' E 2 1 3 with the
weld-metal measurement are required. One set of' measure rej ection criteria referenced in Speci fi c ation
A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M.
ments is to be taken along the centerline of' t
he weld . The
second set of measurements is to be ta
ken in the t
h innest
S9.2 If' Practice E 273 is employed, a 1 00% volumetric
r ea of' the weld.
a
inspecti on of' t
he entire length of' each tube shall also be
S7.10 Calculate t he conosion ratio, R, for' both sect
i ons per
formed using one of the nondestructive electr i c tests
of' the weld as follows in eq ( 1 ) : permitted by Specifi cation A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M.
$9.3 The test met
h ods described in the supplement may
R -
Wo - W
(1)
not be capable of inspecting t
he end portions of t
ubes. . This
Bo - B condition is referxed to as end effect. This port
i on, as
wher e : determined by the manufacturer' , shall be removed a
nd
di scarded.
Wo = average weld-metal thick
ness before the test,
W = average weld-metal thick
ness after' the test, S9.4 In addit i on to the mar king prescribed in Specifi ca
Bo = average base-metal thick
n ess before the test, and t on A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M, "$9" shall be added a
i fter' t
he gr ade
B = aver age base-metal thick
ness after' the test designation.

402
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-250/SA-250M

SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRIC-RESISTANCE

WELDED FERRITIC ALLOY-STEEL BOILER AND
SUPERHEATER TUBES

SA-250 /SA -250M

A08
(Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 250/A 250M-05 except t
hat Supplementary Requirement $ 1 is mandatoiy when 1 00% weld joint effi ciency
is iequiied )

1. Scope E 2 1 3 Pract
i ce for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe
1.1 This specif
i cat
i on covers several grades, designated and Tubing
T 1 , T l a, T l b, T2, T l l , T 1 2 and T22, of minimum-wall E 273 Practice for Ult
r asonic Examinat
ion of' the Weld
thickness, electric-resistance-welded, carbon-molybdenum Zone of Welded Pipe and Tubing
nd ch
a i'omium-molybdenum alloy-steel, boiler and super
heater tubes .
3. Ordering Information
1.2 The tubing sizes a nd thick
nesses usua l ly furnished
3.1 Orders for material under this specifi cation should
to this specif
i cat
i on are to 5 in. [ 1 2.. 7 to 1 27 mm] in
outside diameter and 0.035 to 0. 320 in. [0.9 to 8 . 1 mm] , include the following, as required, to describe t
he desired
inclusive, in minimum wall t
hick
ness . Tubing having ot
her material adequately :
dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply 3. 1 .1 Quant
ity (feet, met
res, or number of lengths),
with a
ll ot
her requirements of this specif
i cation. 3. 1.2 Name of materia
l (electric-resistance-welded
1.3 Mechanica
l property requirements do not apply to tubes),
tubing smaller than ,1 8 in. [3 .2 mm] in inside diameter or 3.1 .3 Grade (Table 1 ) ,
0.0 1 5 in. [0.4 nun] in t
hick
ness .
3. 1.4 S iz e ( outside diame ter or mi nimum w all
1.4 An optiona l supplementar y requirement is provided hick
t n ess) ,
for non-dest
r uctive examination for' certain ASME applica
tions .
3. 1 .5 Length (specif
i c or random),
3. 1 .6 Optiona
l requirement (7.3 . 6),
1 .5 T
he va
lues stated in eit
her' inch-pound units or' SI
3 . 1 .7 Test report required (see Certif
i cation Sect
ion
units a
re to be rega
rded separately as t
he sta
ndard. Wit
hin
the text, t
he SI units are shown in brackets. The values of Specif i cation A 1 01 6 /A 1 0 1 6M),
stated in each system are not exact equiva
l ents; t
herefore, 3.1.8 Specif
i cation designation, and
each system must be used independently of the other. Com 3.1.9 Special equirements a
nd any supplementary
bining values from the two systems may result in noncon
requirements selected.
formance with the specificat
ion. The inch-pound units sha
ll
apply unless h
te "M" designation of this specif ication is
specif
i ed in t
he order . 4. General Requirements
4.1 r
Poduct furnished under this specif
i cation shall con
2. Referenced Documents form to the applic able requirements of S pecifi cation
2. 1 ASTM Standards: A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 01 6M, including any supplementary require
A 101 6 /A 1 0 1 6M Specif
i cat
i on for General Requirements ments t hat are indicated in t he purchase order'. Failure
for Ferritic Alloy Steel , Austenitic Alloy S teel , and to comply wit ht he general requirements of Specifi cat
i on
Stainless Steel Tubes A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M const
itutes nonconformance with t
his

403
SA-250/SA-250M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

specifi cation. In case of conficts with the requirements of 7.1.2 Table 3 gives the computed minimum elonga
this specifi cation and Specifi cati on A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M, this tion values for each 2 in [0. . 8 mm] decrease in wall
specifi cation shall prevail thickness . Where t
he wall thickness lies between two val
ues given in Table 3, t
he minimum elongation value sha
ll
be determined by the following equat
i on :
5. Materials and Manufacture E = 48 t + 1 5 .00 [E = 1 87 t + 1 5 00]
5. 1 The steel shall be killed
where :

5 .2 The tube s sh all be made by electric- re si stance E = elongation in 2 in [50 mm] %, and
welding t = act
ualt
hickness of specimen, in [mm]
5 .3 Heat Treatment 7.2 Hardness Requirements - The tubes shall have a
5.3.1 After welding, or when cold f i nished, after the ha
r dness not exceeding the values given in Table 4 ,
fnal cold-dzawing pass, all t
i ubes shall be heat treated and, 7.3 Mechanical Tests Required
except as piovided in 5 3 2, furnished in the full annealed, 7.3.1 Tension Test - One tension test shall be made
isotherma
l annealed, normalized, or normalized and tem on a specimen for lots of not more than 50 tubes. Tension
pered conditi on at the opti on of the manufacturer. If fur tests shall be made on specimens from two tubes for lots
ni she d in the normalized and temper ed c onditi on , the of more than 50 t
ubes (S ee 8 . 2) .
minimum tempering temperature sha l l be 1 200°F [650°C] , 7.3.2 Flattening Test - One f l attening test shall be
except T22 shall be tempered at 1 250°F [676°C] mi nimum. made on specimens tom each end of one f i nished tube,
5.3.2 When grades T 1 , T l a, T lb, and T2 are cold not t
h e one used for the fl ange test, f
rom each lot (See 8. 1 ).
fi nished, the tubes may, at the opt
i on of the manufacturer, 7.3.3 Flange Test - One fl ange test shall be made
be heat treated after t
he f
i nal cold-drawing pass at a temper on specimens from each end of one f i nished tube, not the
ature of 1 200°F or higher , provided one of t he heat treat one used for the f l attening test, from each lot (See 8 1 ).
ments specifi ed in 5 .3 . 1 was applied after welding 7.3.4 Revers e Flattening Test - One reverse f l at
tening test shall be made on a specimen from each 1 500 ft
[450 m] of f
i nished tubing.
6. Chemical Composition 7.3.5 Hardness Test - Bf
inell and Rockwell hard
6. 1 The steel shall conform to the requirements given ness tests shall be made on specimens f
rom two tubes from
in Table 1 each lot (See 82) .

6.2 Product Analysis 7.3.6 Hydrostatic or Nondestructive Electric Tests -

Each tube shall be subjected to either t h e hydrostatic or
6.2.1 An analysis of either one length of fl at-rolled the nondestraactive electric test. The purchaser may specify
stock or one tube shall be made on each heat. The chemical
which is to be used
composition thus determined shall conform to the require
ments given in Table 1
8. Sampling
6.2.2 If the original test f )r product analysis fails,
retests of two addit
i onal lengt
h s of f
l at-rolled stock or tubes 8.1 For fl attening a
nd f l ange requirements, the term lot
shall be made B oth retests for the elements in quest
i on applies to all tubes prior to cutting of the same specifi ed
outside diameter and specif
i ed wall t
hick
ness that r
ae pro
shall meet the requirements of the specifi cation; ot h erwise
duced from the same heat of steel When f
i nal heat tr eat
all remaining material in the heat or lot (See 8 . 1 ) shall be
ment is in a batch-type furnace, a lot shall include only
rejected or , at the option of the producer, each lengt h of hose tubes of t
t he same size and from the sa
me heat t
h at
fl at-rolled stock or tube may be individua l ly tested for
r e heat treated in the same furnace cha
a r ge . When the f
i nal
acceptance. Lengt h s of fl at-rolled stock or tubes t hat do heat t
r eatment is in a cont
inuous furnace, the number of
not meet t h e requirements of the specif i cation shall be tubes of the same size and tom the sa
me heat in a lot
rej ected
shall be determined from t
h e size of t
he tubes given in
Table 5

8.2 For tensile a

nd hardness test requirements , the term
7. Mechanical Requirements
lot applies to all t
ubes prior to cutting, of the same specifi ed
7. 1 Tensile Requirements outside diameter and specif
i ed wall t
hick
n ess t
hat r
ae pro
7. 1. 1 The material shall conform to the requirements duced tom the same heat of steel. When f
inal heat t
r eat
as to tensile properties given in Table 2 . ment is in a batch-type furnace, a lot shall include only

404
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA.250/SA-250M

those tubes of t
h e same size and t
h e sa
m e heat t
h at are all forging, welding, a
n d bending operations necessary for
heat treated in t
he same fur
n ace chalge. When t
he f
inal applicati on wit
hout developing defects.
heat treatment is in a continuous furnace, a lot shall include
ll tubes of t
a he same size a nd heat, heat treated in the same
fur
nace at the sa
me temperat
ure, time at heat, a
nd furnace 10. Product Marking
speed. 10.1 In addition to the marking prescribed in Specifi ca-
tion A 1 0 1 6 /A 101 6M, t
he marking sha
ll include t
he words
"Electric Resista
n ce-Welded Steel. "

9. Forming Operations
9. 1 Tube s when in s erted in the boiler s hall stand 1 1. Keywords
expa
nding and beading without showing cracks or fl aws. 11.1 boiler tube ; resista
nce welded steel t
ube; steel
Superheater u
tbes when properly manipulated shall sta
nd ube, a
t lloy; superheater t
ube; welded steel t
ube

405
SA-250/SA-250M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 1
C H E M I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS
Composition, %
G rade G rade G rade G rade G rade G rade G rade
E l eme nt T1 Tla Tl b T2 Tll T12 T22

C arbo n 0 , 1 0-0 . 2 0 0 , 1 5-0, 2 5 0 , 14 max 0 , 1 0-0 . 2 0 0, 05-0 , 1 5 0 , 05-0 , 1 5 0 . 1 5 max

M anganese 0 , 3 0-0 , 8 0 0,3 0-0 ,8 0 0 ,3 0-0 80 0 .3 0-0 , 6 1 0 ,3 0-0 , 6 0 0 3 0-0 , 6 1 0 , 3 0-0 ,60
P hosph orus, max 0 . 02 5 0 02 5 0. 0 2 5 0 02 5 0 . 02 5 0 . 03 0 0. 025
S u lfu r, max 0 . 02 5 0 . 02 5 0. 025 0 . 02 0 0 .020 0 . 02 0 0. 020
S i l icon 0. 1 0-0 .5 0 0 . 1 0-0 5 0 0 . 1 0-0 . 5 0 0 . 1 0-0 . . .3 0 0 . 5 0-1 . 0 0 0 . 5 0 max 0. 5 0 max
M o lybden um 0. 44-0 . 65 0 .44-0. 65 0 .44-0 .65 0 .44-0 . 65 0 . 44-0 . 65 0 .44-0 65 0 87-1 . 1 3
C h rom i u m . .. . . .. . . . .. 0 .5 0-0 , 8 1 1 , 0 0-1 , 5 0 0 ,8 0-1 . 2 5 1 , 9 0-2, 6 0

TA B L E 2
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS
G rade T1 Tla Tlb T2 Tll T12 T22

Tens i l e strength, m i n, ks i [ M Pa] 5 5 [3 8 0] 6 0 [4 1 5 ] 5 3 [3 6 5 ] 6 0 [ 4 1 5] 6 0 [ 4 1 5] 6 0 [4 1 5 ] 6 0 [4 1 5]

Y ie l d strength, m i n, ks i [ M P a] 3 0 [2 05] 3 2 [2 2 0] 2 8 [ 1 95 ] 3 0 [2 05] 3 0 [ 2 05] 3 2 [2 2 0] 3 0 [ 2 05]
E l on gati o n i n 2 i n , or 5 0 m m, r
a i n, % 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
For l ong itud i nal stri p tests a deducti o n sha l l be made 1 , 5 0A 1 , 5 0A 1 5 0A 1 5 0A 1 , 5 0A 1 . 5 0A 1 , 5 0A
fo r each 1/32 i n , [0 , 8 r
a m] decrease i n wal l
th ickness be l ow 6 i n , [8 m m3 from the basic
m i n i m u m e l ongati o n of the fo l l owi n g pe rce ntage
po i nts

A See Tab l e 3 fo r the co mputed m i n i m u m val ues ,

406
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-250/SA-250M

TA B L E 3
M I N I M U M E L O N G AT I O N VA L U E S

Wa l l Th ickness E longation i n 2 i n . or 50 r
a m, r
a i n, %A

in. mm G rades T1, T1a, Tlb, T2, T11, T12, and T22

5, 16 ( 0 , 3 1 2 ) 8 30
9/32 ( 0 , 2 8 1 ) 7 ,2 29
(0 ,250) 6, 4 27
2 (0. 219) 5 .6 26
6 ( 0 . 1 88 ) 4. 8 24
2 (0 .156) 4 22
(0 .125) 3 .2 21
3,32 ( 0 . 094 ) 2.4 20
6 ( 0 . 062 ) 1 ,6 18

Ca l cu l ated e l o ngati on req u i re ments shal l be rou n ded to th e nearest wh o l e n u m ber .

TA B L E 4
H A R D N E S S R E Q U I R E M E N TS
B r i n e l l H a rd ness N u m be r Rockw e l l H a rd n ess
( T u bes 0 . 200 i n . [5 . 1 r
a m] N u m be r ( Tu bes L ess Th a n
an d Ove r i n Wa l l 0 .200 i n . [5 . 1 m i
ni i n
G rade Th ickness), H BW Wa l l Th ickness), H R B

TI 1 46 80
Tl a 1 53 81
Tlb 1 37 77
T2 163 85
TI I 1 63 85
TI2 1 63 85
T2 2 1 63 85

TA B L E 5
N U M B E R O F T U B E S I N A L O T H E AT T R E AT E D B Y
T H E C O N TI N U O U S P RO C E S S

S i ze of T u be S i z e of Lot

2 in [ 5 0 . 8 m m ] an d ove r i n o ut N ot m o re t h an 5 0 t u be s
s i de d i am ete r' an d 0 . 2 0 0 i n . [5 . 1
m m ] an d ove r i n wa l l th i c k ness

L ess th a n 2 i n [ 5 0 8 m m ] b ut ove r N ot m o re t h a n 7 5 tu be s
1 in [ 2 5 . 4 m m ] i n o uts i de
d i am ete r o r o ve r 1 i n .
[ 2 5 .. 4 m m ] i n o uts i d e d i amete r
an d u n d e r 0 . 2 0 0 i n . E5 . 1 m m ] i n
wa l l th i c k n ess

1 i n [2 5 .4 r
a m ] o r' l ess i n o uts i de N ot m o re th a n 1 2 5 t u b es
d i am ete r

4O7
SA-250/SA-250M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUI MENTS

The following supplementa r y requirements may become a pa rt of the specifi cation when specifi ed in the inquir3' or'
invitation to bid, and purchase order or contr act. These requirements shall not be considered, unless specifi ed in the
oider a
nd the necessary tests shall be made at the mill.

S1. Additional Testing of Welded Tubing for 100 % S1.1.2 If Piactice E 273 is employed, a 100% volu
Joint Ef
iciency in Certain ASME Applications
f metric inspecti on of the entire length of each tube shall
l so be perfbimed using one of' the non-destr uctive electric
a
SI.1 Where this supplement is specifi ed in the purchase tests permitted by Specifi cati on A 10 1 6 /A 1 01 6M .
order, in certain ASME applications it is permissible to S 1 . 1 .3 The test methods described in the supplement
use 1 00% joint eff
i ciency for the longitudinal weld, pro may not be capable of inspecting the end portions of tubes.
vided the following additional requirements ar e met: This condition is referred to as end ef
fect. This port
i on,
as determined by the ma
nufact
urer, shall be removed a
nd
SI.I.1 Each tube shall be subjected to an ultrasonic disca
r ded.

inspecti on employing Practices E 273 or E 2 1 3 wit

h the S1.1.4 In addit
ion to the ma
r king prescribed in Speci
rej ecti on criteri a referenc ed in S pecifi c ati on i cation A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M, "S I " shall be added after the
f
A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M . grade designation.

408
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-263

SPECIFICATION FOR STAINLES S CHROMIUM

STEEL- CLAD PLATE

SA -263
INTERNATIONAL
Standards World

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 263-03 )

1. Scope 3. Terminology
3.1 Def
initions of Terms Specif
i c to This Specif
ication :
1.1 This specif i cat
i on cover' s plate of a ca
r bon steel or
low-alloy steel base to which is integrally and continuously 3. 1 . 1 This material is considered as single-clad or
bonded on one or both sides a layer of stainless ch r omium double-clad stainless chromium- steel plate, depending on
whether one or both sides ar e covered
steel . The material is generally intended for pressur e ves
sel us e . 3 . 1 .2 base me ta l (backing stee l) - c omponent to
which the alloy cladding is applied, usually the greater
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be percentage of the composite plate
regar ded as the standa
rd 3.1.3 alloy cladding - the stainless chromium steel
component of the composite plate
3.1.4 integrally and continuously bonded - a condi
tion in which the alloy cladding and base metal a
r e brought
2. Referenced Documents
together to form a metallurgical bond at essentially the
2. 1 ASTM Standards: entire interface of the two metals by means other than
A 6 /A 6M Specif
i c ati on for Genei al Requirements for those processes that do not produce a homogeneous com
Rolled Structur al Steel B a
r s , Plates , Shapes , and Sheet posite plate
Piling
A 20/A 20M Specif
i cation for General Requirements for 4. Ordering Information
Steel Plates for Pressure Ves sels
4.1 It is the responsibility of the purchaser to specify
A 240 / A 240M Specif
i c ation for Chromium and Chro all requirements that a r e necessary for material ordered
mium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for under this specifi cation. Such requirements may include,
Pr essure Ves sels and for Gener al Applications but are not limited to, the following :
A 370 Test Methods and Def
i nit
i ons for Mechanical Test
4. 1.1 Qua
ntity (weight or number of pieces)
ing of Steel Pr oducts
4.1.2 Cladding alloy specifi cation (UNS or ASTM
A 480/A 480M Specif i cation for General Requirements for Specifi cation A 240/A 240M) and whether cladding is for
Flat-Rolled Stainles s and Heat-Resi sting S teel Plate , corrosion allowance only
Sheet, a
n d Strip
4. 1.3 Base metal specif
i cation
A 57 8 /A 57 8M Specif
i cation for Su aight-Beam Ultrasonic
Examination of Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special 4.1.4 Bond integf ity Class ( 1 , 3 , or 5 ; see Secti on 1 3)
Applicat i ons 4.1.5 Dimensions including the minimum or nom inal
A 7 5 1 Te s t Method s , Practi c e s , an d Termin olo gy for thicknesses of the cladding alloy a
n d the backing steel, or of
Chem i cal Analysis of Steel Products he total composite and if more or less restr
t i ct
i ve thick
n ess
tolera
nces apply
2.2 ASME Code :' 4.1.6 Product analysis, if required (see Sect
i on 1 0)
B oiler' a
nd Pr e ssure Vessel Code, S ection IX, Welding Specify whet
her applicable to the cladding alloy, back
ing
Qualifi cations steel, or both

409
SA-263 2007 SECTION II, PART A

4.1.7 Mechanical propert i es including shea

r test if 6.2 Alloy Cladding Metal - The alloy-cladding metal
required (see Sections 7 , 8 , and 9) specifi ed shall conform to the requiIements as to chemical
4. 1 .8 Finish (see Section 1 2) compositi on prescribed for the respective chromium steel
in Specifi cation A 240/A 240M
4.1.9 Restrictions, if required, on repair by welding
(see Section 1 4) . 6.3 Base Metal - The base metal shall be ca
r bon steel
or low-alloy steel conform
i ng to the ASTM specif i cations
4. 1 . 1 0 Addi ti on s to the sp e cif
i c ation or spec i al
for steels for pressule vessels or other as agreed by the
r equirements
pulchaser and the manufactuier The base metal shall con
4.2 In addition to the basic requir ements of this specif
i form to the chemi cal requirements of the specifi cation to
cation and t
h e backing steel specifi cat
i on, certain supple which it is ordered
mentary requirements are available when necessary to meet
end use requirements These include:
4.2. 1 Nondestruct
i ve examination, 7. Mechanical Properties
4.2.2 Impact testing, and 7. 1 Tensi le Requirements :
4.2.3 S i mu l at e d P o s t - We l d H e at Tre atme nt o f 7.1.1 The tensile properties shall be determined by
Mechanical Test Coupons (SPWHT) . a tension test of the composite plate for clad plates that
meet a
l l of t
he following condit
i ons .
4.3 The pulchaser is ieferied to the listed supplemen
(a) The nominal composite gage is less than or equa
l
ta
ry requirements in this specifi cation and to the detailed
to 1 t/2 in
Iequilements in Specif
i cation A 20/A 20M,
(b) The specif
i ed m
inimum tensile strength of the base
4.4 If the requirements of this specif i cation a
r e in con steel is less than or equal to 70 000 psi [485 MPa] .
fl ict with the requirements of Specif i cation A 20/A 20M, (c) The specif
i ed minimum yield strength of t
he base
the requirements of t h is specifi cation shall prevail. steel is less t
h an or equal to 40 000 psi [275 MPa]
The tensile propert
i es thus determined sha
l l be not less
than t
he m
i nimum a
nd not more than 5000 psi [3 5 MPa]
5. Materials and Manufacture
over the maximum prescribed in the specif
i cat
i on for the
5. 1 Process: base steel used All ot
h er tensile test requirements of t
he
5. 1.1 The steel shall be made by the open-hea r th, specif
i cation for the base steel shall be met
electric-furnace, or basic-oxygen processes, or by second 7.1.2 The tensile propert
ies shall be determined by
aiy processes whereby steel made fi om these prima
r y pro a tension test of t
h e base steel only for clad plates that
cesses is remelted using, but not limited to electroslag meet one of t
he following condit
i ons T
h e properties thus
remelting or vacuum-a
r c remelting processes . determ
i ned shall meet all of the tensile test requirements
5.1.2 The alloy-cladding metal may be metallurgi for the base steel.

cally bonded to the base metal by any method t hat will (a) Th e composite gage is greater than 1 in
produce a clad steel that will conform to t
h e requirements (b) The specif i ed m
i nimum tensile strength of the base
of this specif
i cation steel is greater tha
n 70 000 psi [485 MPa]
5.2 Heat Treatment - Unless otherwise specif
i ed or (c) The specif i ed minimum yield strength of h te base
steel is greater than 40 000 psi [275 MPa]
agreed upon between t he purchaser and the ma nufacturer,
all plates shall be furnished in the normalized, tempered, 7.1 .3 If t
h e cladding is for corxosion allowance only ,
normalized and tempered, or quenched and tempered con the cladding need not be included in the tensile test The
dition as permitted by t
h e back
i ng steel specifi cation St
r ess tensile propert
i es thus determ
i ned shall meet the base steel
relieving of the composite plate by heating subcritically is requirements .
permitted, provided the temperature is 75 °F [40°C] or more
7.2 Tests for st
r engt
h of the bond, when required, must
below the minimum tempering temperatur e (when tem
be specifi ed by t
h e purchaser and sha
l l consist of one of
per ed)
the following
7.2.1 Shear Strength - When requiled by the pr o
6. Chemical Composition chaser , the minimum shea
r st
r engt
h of the alloy cladding
6.1 The composite plate shall conform to any desired and base metals sha l l be 20 000 psi [ 1 40 MPa] . T
h e shear
combination of alloy-cladding meta l and base metal as test, when specif
i ed, shall be made in the ma nner indicated
described in 6 .2 and 63 and as agr eed upon between the in Fig 1 The minimum cladding thickness foi shea r testing
purchaser and the manufactur er shall be 0 .075 in [ 1 . 9 r
am] exclusive as ordeled.

410
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-263

7.2.2 Bond Strength - As an a l ter

n ative to the shear machined with both edges par allel In reducing the thick
strength test provided in 7 2 1 , or when agreed upon by ness of t
h e specimen, both the alloy cladding and the base
the purchaser and the manufacturer , or bot h , three bend steel shall be machined so as to maintain the same r atio
tests shall be made with the alloy cladding in compr ession of clad metal to base steel as is maintained in the plate,
to determine the quality of the bond These bend tests shall except that the t
hickness of the clad metal need not be
be made in the manner of t
h e tension tests indicated in reduced below 8 in. [3 . 1 r
am] The sides of the bend test
Fig 2 and shal l be bent through a
n angle of 1 80° to the bend specimen used for bond strength determination may have
diameters pr ovided for in either Specif
i cat
i on A 6/A 6M or the corner's rounded to a radius not over 1 6 in [ 1 6 r
am]
Specifi cation A 20/A 20M, Appendix X4 or equivalent, as for plates, 2 in [50 r
am] and under in thickness, a
n d not
applicable At least two of the thl ee tests shall show not over in [3 . 1 r
am] for plates over 2 in [50 arm] in
more than 50% separation on both edges of the bent portion. thick
n es s

Greater separation shall be cause for r eject

i on
7.3 Methods n ad practices relating to mechanical test 10. Product Analysis
ing r equired by t
his specif
i cation shall be in accordance 10. 1 Pr oduct a
n alysis may be r equiled for the cladding
with Test Methods a
n d Def
i nitions A 370
l loy on the f
a i nished product Chemical analysis may be
accomplished by wet chemica l or instlumental procedures
If wet chemical procedules are used, millings may be taken
8. Number of Tests and Retests
only when the composite plate thickness is suff i cient to
8. 1 One or more tension tests , as required by t h e speci pelmit obtaining millings with out danger of contaminat i on
f cat
i i ons for the base metal and, when specif i ed, one shear rom the adj acent layer If spectrometl ic procedures are
f
test or three bond bend tests shall be made r epresenting used, the sample sha l l be exposed on t h e center line of
each plate as rolled. Each specimen shall be in the f i nal the cladding when there is suff i cient cladding thicknes s
condition of heat treatment r equired for the plate, including available so that thele is no contamination fl om the adj a
any SPWHT if required cent base metal

8.2 If any test specimen shows defect i ve machining or 10.2 If pr oduct analysis is specif i ed by the pmchasei
develops flaws, it may be discarded and another specimen f0i the cladding alloy , it shall be made f rom drillings or
subst
i tuted
millings taken fr om the f i nal piece or a br oken test speci
men For wet chemical analysis , in order to avoid contam i
nation by the base plate meta l , millings of cladding samples
9. Test Specimens shal l be ta
ken flom the test coupon by r emoval and di scard
9. 1 The tension test specimens from plate shall conform of all the base metal plate material, plus 40% of the cladding
to the requirements prescribed in the specifi cations for the thick
n ess fr om the bonded side, not to exceed 6 in . [ 1 6
b ase metal . mm] The mater ial sha
l l be chemically cleaned and suff i
9 .2 B end te s t s pe cimen s fo r th e altern ative bond cient m
i llings shall be taken to represent the full ClOSS
section of the rema
i nder If t
her e is insuff
i cient cladding
strength test shall be taken at right angles to longitudinal
axis of the plate thickness ava i lable to spectrographically expose on the
center line of the cladding without contamination, 50% of
9.3 When requir ed by the pur chaser , the shear test the cladding shall be removed and the sample exposed on
specimen should be taken nea
r a corner of the plate, par allel thi s surface
to its longitudinal axis, or other location that is r epresenta
tive of the fi nal product 10.3 Methods and practices relating to chemical analy
sis requiled by this specif
i cat
i on shall be in accordance
9.4 For plates 1 1/2 in. [3 8 mi
n i and under in thickness with Test Methods , Pr actices, and Term
i nology A 75 1
tension test specimens shall be full thickuess of the material
10.4 Results of the pr oduct analysis shall conform to the
except as specif
i ed in 7 1 1 and 7 1 . 2.
requirements of Section 7 of Specifi cation A 480 /A 480M
9.5 For plates over 1 in. [3 8 mi
n i in thick
ness , tension
10.5 Results of t h e product analysis for the backing
tests shall be of the form shown in Fig. 3 and shall be
steel when r equired shall conform to the r equilements of
of al l base steel conforming to the requirements of the
S ect
i on 7 of Specif
i cation A 20/A 20M
specifi cation for the base steel
9.6 The bend test specimen used for bond strength
11. Permissible Variations
determination shall be 1 in wide [3 8 mm] by not more
t
han 3/4 in [ 1 9 mi
ni in thickness and shall be machined to 1 1 . 1 Pelmissible va
r iations except for thick
n ess shall
the f orm and di m e n s i on s show n i n Fi g 2 , o r m ay be be in accor dance with Specif i cation A 20 /A 20M

41 1
SA-263 2007 SECTION II, PART A

1 1 .2 Minimum thickness of the alloy cladding metal to provide h

te quality level required by the purchaser
and of' the backing steel, or' of t
h e total composite plate Plates may be ordered with 1 00% coverage (S 1 )
shal! be as required by purchase order documents when 13.3 Quality Levels
or dered to minimum thicknesses .
13.3.1 Class i - No single unbonded area exceeding
1 1 .3 Permissible var
i ation in thick
n ess when ordered 1 in [25 mm] in its longest dimension with total unbonded
to nominal t
hicknesses shall be 0 0 1 in . [0 3 mm] under' r ea not to exceed 1 % of t
a h e total cladded sur
face area.
each for backing steel or' total composite, and 0 .03 in . [0 . 8 13.3.2 Class 3 - No single unbonded a r ea exceeding
mm] under for' t
he alloy cladding. 3 in. [75 mm] in its longest dimension with total unbonded
1 1 .4 Permis sible variations for' excess thick
n es s of t
he r ea not to exceed 3 % of the total cladded surface a
a r ea

total composite shall be the greater of 0. 1 25 in [3 r am] 13.3.3 Class 5 - No single unbonded a
r ea exceeding
or 1 0% of the total composite thickn ess order ed and may 9 in 2 [5 8 cm2] wit
h total unbonded a
rea not to exceed 5 %
occur in either backi ng steel, cladding, or both, pi ovided of the total cladded sui:face a
r ea.
the minimum for each is met. 13.3.4 The Class to be supplied should be listed on
1 1 . 5 Mor e restrictive or le s s re str ictive permi s sible the purchase order . When none has been specif i ed, plates
variations may be agreed upon by the purchaser and the shall be furnished as Class 5 at the opt
i on of' the manufac
turer
manufacturer

14. Repair of Cladding by Welding

12. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
14. 1 The material manufactur er may repair defects in
12. 1 The material shall be f
l ee of injurious defects,
cladding by welding provided t
h e following requirements
shall have a workmanlike appear ance , and shall conform r e met :
a
to the designated i
f nish
14.1.1 When specif i ed in the purchase order , prior
12.2 Plate alloy surfaces shall be blasted (descaled approval shall be obtained fl or
a the purchaser.
by means such as sand or stainless grit, shot or wire, or 14.1.2 The welding procedure a n d the welder's or
equivalent), pickled, blast-cleaned and pickled, or 1 00% welding operators shall be qualif i ed in accorda
nce with
conditioned .
S ection IX of the ASME Code .
14. 1 .3 The defective area shall be removed and the
13. Bond Quality r ea prepa
a r ed f0r' repair shall be examined by a magneti c
13. 1 The cladding metal shall be integrally and cont
i nu pa
rti cle method or a liquid penetrant method to ensure
all defective area has been removed Method of test and
ously bonded to the base metal
accepta
nce standard shall be as agreed upon between the
13.2 Inspection
purchaser and the manufacturer .
13.2.1 Clad plates less than 8 in. [ 1 0 mm] total
14.1.4 The repair weld shall be deposited in accor
minimum composite thick ness shall be visually inspected dance wit h a welding procedure and welding materials
for bond integr ity prior to shipment
suitable for the cladding material . The surface condition
13.2.2 Clad plates in. [ 1 0 mm] and t hicker tota
l of the repaired area shall be restored to a conditi on simi!a
r
minimum compo site thickne s s shall be ultr asonically to the r est of the cladding
inspected for bond integrity prior to shipment in accordance 14.1.5 The repaired area shall be examined by a
w ith the proc edure s and method s o f S p e ci fi c ation liquid penetrant method
A 57 8 /A 57 8M
14. 1.6 The location a
n d extent of the weld r epair s
13.2.3 Ar eas of non-bond detected visually shall be together with the repair procedure and examination results
explored ultrasonica lly to determine the extent of the condi sha
ll be transmitted as a part of t
h e certif
i cation
tion per 1 3 2 .2 . For pr
o poses of def i ning non-bond, the
cladding shall be interpreted to be unbonded when there 14.2 All repairs in alloy Type 4 1 0 and any repair s to
is complete loss of back refl ect
i on accompanied by an echo Type 4 1 0S peneUating into the backing steel shall be stress
relieved to eliminate re sidual str es s e s unle s s other wi se
indication fr om the plane of the inter: ace of the clad and
backing steel Areas within 1 in . [25 mm] of a cut edge agr eed upon
on the plate that contain indications exceeding 50% of the
back ref
l ection at t
h e bond inter
f ace shall be considered 15. General Requirements for Delivery
to be unb onded . 15. 1 Material furnished under t
his specif
i cation shall
13.2.4 Extent of ultrasonic examination shall be at conform to the applicable requirements of the cunent edi
the discr etion of the manufacturer and suf
i cient enough
f tion of Specif
i cation A 20/A 20M

412
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-263

1 6. Certif
i cation 17. Product Marking
17. 1 Except as specif i ed in 1 7 . 2, plates shall be marked
16. 1 The chemic al analysis of the base metal and t
he in ac c or danc e with th e requirement s o f S pe ci i f c ati on
alloy cladding shall be certif
i ed to the purchaser by the A 20/A 20M fbr the backing steel and the type number of
clad plate manufacturer the alloy cladding metal and this specif i cation number
17.2 For double-clad material or for material under
16.2 The results of the tests in Section 7 and a
ny other )4 in [6 35 mm] in thickness, the ma
rki ng shall be legibly
tests required by t
h e purchase order shall be reported to stenciled instead of stamped .
he purchaser
t

16.3 Compliance wit h the clad quality level of 1 3 3 1 8. Keywords

shall be certif
i ed Reports shall include the results of ultra 18. 1 alloy cladding; back i ng steel ; bond strength ; ca
r
sonic inspection when Supplementary Requirement S 1 2 is ban steel ; clad steel plate ; tow-alloy steel ; pressure vessel ;
specifi ed. shea
r strength ; stainles s chr omium steel

F I G ,. I T E ST S P E C I M E N A N D M E T H O D O F M A KI N G F I G ,. 2 S TA N D A R D R E C TA N G U L A R T E N S I O N T E ST
S H E A R T E S T O F C LA D P LAT E S P ECI M E N WITH 8 I N . GAG E L E NGTH

t Porolle l Sechon j , . A bo u!
F' - -n o / less than 9 a' - ] F 3 " "1
l Po,ol/eJ ,;thi. O0/O " I t I

I - 8 "÷- O' OI "Goge Lenglh '1" /o *

I for Measuring Elongo//On Rodlus
I after Fra cture
Appro'x l no/ely 2"
M et r i c Eq u iv a l en ta

ia mm [1 In. mm
- I] --
-
0 O| 0 1 4 Z 38 l 1
} 3 17 a 2 50 8
I 0 3 i a I rs
' / 8 /
Metric Equiva lents NOTE 1 - When necessary, it is permissible to use a narrower specimen , but in
in . mm in . mm such a case the reduced portion shall be not less than 1 in in width ,
0. 005 0 1 27 1 25 4 NOTE 2--Punch marks for measuring elongation after fracture shall be made on
Vs 3. 1 8 2V2 64 5 the flat or on the e
d ge of the specimen and within the parallel section ; either a set
a/4 1 9. 1 3 76 .2 of nine punch marks 1 in apart, or one or more sets of 8-in punch marks may b e
u s ed
NOTE 3-- The dimension t is the thickness of the test specimen as provided for
in the applicable material specifications

413
SA-263 2007 SECTION II, PART A

FIG. 3 S TA N DA R D RO U N D T E N S I O N T E S T S P E C I M E N W I T H 2 I N . G AG E L E N G T H

Min i mu m R a d i u s R e co m m e n d e d
3 I
• i n , bu t no t L e SS t hor; - in

,W Pa ra l l el Se c tion [ /

÷
2 "*- O 005 " G a g e Le ng t h f or
E lOnQa t [ On O f l e r Fr a c t u r e
M e t r i c E q u i ', , I e n ts

ia mm I in , mm
0 00 3
0 005
..
0 1 27
t ..
0 07 6
0 50 ]
9 53
12 7
0 ,0] 0 254 tl 2 I 50 , 8

NOTE-
- The gate length and fillets shall be as shown , but the ends may be of
any shape to fit the holders of the testing machine in such a way that the load shall
be axial The reduced section shall have a gradual taper from the ends toward the
center, with the ends 0 003 to 0 005 in larger in diameter than the center

414
 2007 SECTION H, PART A SA-263

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

Supplementa r y requirements shall not apply unless specifi ed on the order A list of standard
ized supplementary requirements for use at the option of the purchaser a r e included in
i cation A 20/A 20M. Several of those considered suitable for use with this specifi ca
Specif
i on a
t r e listed below by title . Other tests may be performed by agreement between the
supplier' and the purchaser .

$2. Product Analysis S5. Charpy V-Notch Impact Test

$3. Simulated Post-Weld Heat Treatment of S 12. Ultrasonic Examination in Accordance With
Mechanical Test Coupons Specif
ication A 578/A 578M

415
SA-263 2007 SECTION II, PART A

SUMMARY OF CHANGES

The Committee has identif

i ed the locat
i on of selected strip clad products have been deleted as not appropriate to
changes to this specifi cation since t
he last issue, which be included wit h plate products An improved method of
may impact the use of this specifi cation. describing quality levels for bond integrity aze introduced.
(1) A gener al revision was made, including revisions More descriptive treatment of permitted vaziations in clad
to the tit
le and scope and backing thickness as well as a gener al rewording of
(2) References and tolerances peItaining to sheet and the specif
i cation throughout

416
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-264

SPECIFICATION FOR STAINLES S CHROMIUM-NICKEL

STEEL- CLAD PLATE

SA-264
INTERNATIONA L
Sta ndards WorMwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 264-03)

1. Scope 3. Terminology

1 .1 This specif
i cation cover's plate of a carbon steel or 3.1 Def
initions o Terms Specif
ic to this Speci
ication :
f
low-alloy steel base to which is integrally and continuously 3.1. 1 This material is considered as single-clad or
bonded on one or both sides a layer of stainless chromium double - clad cor r o sio n -re si sting chr omium-nickel steel
nickel steel The material is genei ally intended for pressure plate, depending on whether one or both sides a
r e covered
ves sel use
3 . 1 .2 base me ta l (ba cking s te e l) - c omponent to
1 .2 The values stated in inch-pound units a r e to be which the alloy cladding is applied, usually the greater
r egarded as t
he standar d, , SI units a
r e provided for informa percentage of the composite plate and usually consisting
tion only , of carbon or low- alloy steel
3.1 .3 alloy cladding - the stainless chromium-nickel
steel component of the composite plate
3. 1 .4 integrally and continuously bonded - the pro
2. Referenced Documents
cess by which the alloy cladding an d base metal a
r e brought
2. 1 ASTM Standards : together to form a metallurgical bond at essentially the
A 6 /A 6M Sp ecifi c ati on for General Requir ements for entire interface of the two metals by means other than
Rolled Structura
l Steel B a r s , Plates , Shapes , and Sheet those processes that do not produce a homogeneous com
Piling posite plate .
A 20/A 20M Specif
i cation for Gener al Requir ements for
Steel Plates for l:kessure Vessels
A 240 /A 240M Specif i c ation for Chr omium and Chr o 4. Ordering Information
mium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for 4.1 It is the r esponsibility of the purchaser to specify
Pressure Vessels a
nd for Gener al Applications all requirements that are necessa ry for material ordered
A 370 Test Methods and Def
i nitions for Mechanical Test under this specifi cation. Such requirements may include,
ing of Steel Pr oducts but a
r e not limited to, the following :
A 480/A 480M Specif i cation for Gener al Requirements for 4. 1 . 1 Quantity (weight or number of pieces) ,
Flat-Rolled Stainles s and Heat-Re si sting S teel Plate ,
Sheet, and Strip 4. 1 .2 Cladding alloy specif
i cation, (UNS or ASTM
A 57 8 /A 57 8M Specif i cation for Stra i ght-B eam Ultrasonic Specifi cation A 240/A 240M and whether cladding is for
Examination of Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special cori osion allowance only) ,
Applications 4. 1 .3 B ase metal specif
i cat
i on,
A 7 5 1 Te s t M ethod s , Practi c e s , and Termin ol og y for
4. 1.4 Bond integrity Class ( 1 , 3 , or 5),
Chemical Analysis of Steel Products
4.1 .5 Dimensions including the minimum or nominal
2.2 ASME Code : thickness of the cladding alloy, and t
he backing steel, or
B oiler and Pressure Ves sel Code , Sect
i on IX, Welding of the total composite plate and if more or less restr
i ctive
Qualifi cations thickness tolerances apply,

417
SA-264 2007 SECTION lI, PART A

4.1.6 Product analysis, if r equired (see Section 1 0) 5.2.2 Duplex stainless steel clad plates shall be pro
Speci
fy whether applicable to the cladding alloy, backing vided in a heat tr eated condit
i on as agreed upon between
steel or both, the purchaser and the manufacturer
4.1.7 Mechanical properties, including shear test if 5.2.3 When plates are to be cold formed, or when
required, otherwise required by the base metal specifi cation, the
4. 1 .8 Finish (see S ection 1 2) ,
purchaser may specify that such plates, following solution
annealing, be heat treated for grain refi nement of the base
4.1.9 Restrictions, if required, on repair by welding metal by normalizing and either air c o oled or w ater
(see Section 1 4) , quenched as appropr i ate In t
h e case of clad plate manufac
4. 1 . 10 A dditions to the sp ec i f
i c ati on or spe cial tr
e ed without hot rolling, the base metal and alloy cladding
requir ements , and components may be heat treated sepa r ately as appropri ate
prior to bonding
4. 1 . 1 1 Coii osion testing if applicable
4.2 In addition to the basic requirements of this specifi
cation and the backing steel specifi cation, ceItain supple 6. Chemical Composition
mentar y requirements a
r e available when necessa r y to meet 6.1 The composite plate may conform to any desired
end use requirements. These include: combination of alloy-cladding metal and base metal as
4.2. 1 Nondest
r uct
i ve examination, described in 6 2 and 6 3 and as agreed upon between t
he
pmchaser and t h e manufacturer
4.2.2 Impact testing , and
4.2.3 S i mul at e d P o s t - W el d H e at Tr e atme nt o f 6.2 Alloy Cladding Metal - The alloy-cladding metal
Mechanical Test Coupons (SPWHT) specifi ed shall conform to the requirements as to chemical
composition prescribed for the respective chromium-nickel
4.3 The purchaser is referred to the listed supplemen or duplex steel in Specifi cati on A 240/A 240M.
ta
r y iequirements in this specifi cation and to the detailed 6.3 Base Metal - The base metal shall be carbon steel
requirements in Specifi cation A 20/A 20M
or low-alloy steel conforming to the ASTM specifi cations
4.4 If the requirements of this specifi cati on are in con for steel for plessule vessels, or other, as agreed by the
lf ict with the requirements of Specifi cation A 20/A20M, purchaser and the ma nufacturer. The base metal shall con
the requirements of this specifi cation shall prevail form to the chemical requirements of the specif i cati on to
which it is order ed
4.5 Special tests ,

7. Mechanical Properties
5. Materials and Manufacture
7.1 Tensile Requirements :
5. 1 Process:
7.1.1 The tensile properti es sha
ll be determined by
5. 1 . 1 The steel shall be made by the open-hea r th,
a tension test of the composite plate for clad plates that
elect
r ic-fur n ace, or basic-oxygen processes, or by second
meet all of the following conditions
ary plocesses wheleby steel made from these primar y pro
(a) The composite gage is less than or equal to 1 1/2 in
cesses is remelted using, but not limi ted to electroslag
(b) The specifi ed minimum tensile strength of the base
remelti ng oi vacuum- a
r c iemelting ploces ses
steel is less than or equal to 70 000 psi [485 MPa] .
5.1.2 The a lloy-cladding metal may be metallurgi (c) The specifi ed mi nimum yield strengt h of the base
cally bonded to the base meta l by any method that will steel is less than or equal to 40 000 psi [275 MPa]
produce a clad steel that will confolm to t
he requirements (d) The tensile properties thus determined shall be not
of this specif
i cation l e s s th an t h e mi ni mu m a n d n o t m o r e th an 5 0 0 0 p s i
5 .2 Heat Tr eatmen t;' [35 MPa] over t
he maximum prescribed in the specifi cation
for the base steel used All other tensile test requirements
5.2 . 1 Unles s otherwi se specif
i ed or agreed upon
of the specifi cation for the base steel shall be met
between the purchaser a
n d the ma
nufacturer , a
ll a
n stenitic
stainless steel clad plates shall be given a heat treatment 7.1.2 The tensile properties shall be determined by
consisti ng of heating to the proper temperature for the a tension test of the base steel only for clad plates that
solut
i on of t
he chromium carbides in t
he cladding followed meet one of the following conditions . The properties thus
by individual air cooling . For base metals of air-ha
r dening determined shall meet all of the tensile test requir ements
for the base steel
low-alloy steels the above heat treatment shall be followed
by a temper
i ng treatment . (a) The composite gage is greater than 1 1/2 in
418
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-264

(b) The specif

i ed minimum tensile stlength of the base 9.3 When required by the purchaser, the shear test
steel is greater than 70 000 psi [485 MPa] specimen should be taken near a top or bottom comer of
(c) The specif i ed m
i nimum yield strength of the base the plate as rolled, pa
r allel to its longitudinal axis, or other
steel is greater t
h an 40 000 psi [275 MPa] location th at is representative of the f i nal product.
7.1.3 If h
te cladding is for corrosion allowance only, 9.4 For plates l l/x in [3 8 mm] and under in t
hickness,
h e cladding need not be included in the tensile test The
t
tension test specimens shall be the full thickness of the
tensile properties thus determined shall meet t
h e base steel material , except as specif
i ed in 8 1 and 8 2
r equir ements
7.2 Tests foi strength of t
h e bond, when Iequiled, must
9.5 For plates over 1 1/2 in. [38 mm] in thick
ness, tension
tests shall be of the form shown in Fig 3 a nd shall be
be specifi ed by the pul chasei and shall consist of one of
of all base steel conform i ng to the requirements of the
the following .
specifi cat
i on for the base steel .
7.2. 1 Shear Strength - When i equired by the pur
chaser, the minimum shea r strength of the alloy cladding 9.6 The bend test specimen used for bond st
r ength
and base metals shall be 20 000 psi [ 1 40 MPa] . The shea r determ
inati on sha
ll be 1 /12 in wide [3 8 mm] by not mole
test, when specif i ed, shall be made in the manner indicated than 4 in. [ 1 9 a
rm] in thick
ness and shall be machined to
in Fig.. 1 . The minimum cladding thick n ess f0r' shear' testing the f orm an d di men s ion s sh o wn i n Fi g . 2 , or m ay b e
shall be 0 .075 in [ 1 9 mm] , exclusive as oldeled machined with both edges pa r allel . In reducing t
he thick
7.2.2 Bond Strength - As an altelnative to the sheaI ness of the specimen, both the alloy cladding and t he base
steel shall be machined so as to maintain the same ratio
st
r ength test pl ovided in 7 . 2 . 1 , or when agleed upon by
the purchaser and the ma nufacturer' , or both, three bend of clad metal to base steel as is maintained in the plate,
tests shall be made with the alloy cladding in compl ession except that the thick
n ess of the clad metal need not be
to detelmine the quality of the bond . These bend tests shall reduced below ,1 8 in. [3 . 1 mm] . The sides of t
h e bend test
be made in the manner of t
h e tension tests indic ated in specimen used for bond strength determ
i nation may have
Fig . 2 and shal l be bent through a
nan gle of 1 80° to t
he bend the cornel s rounded to a radius not over 6 in . [ 1 6 mm]
diameters provided foi in either Specif i cation A 6/A 6M oi for plates, 2 in. [50 mm] and under in t
hick
n ess, and not
Specif i cation A 20/A 20M, Appendix X4 or equivalent, as over 1/8 in . [3 1 r
am] for plates over 2 in [50 r
am] in
thickne s s .
applicable . At least two of the three tests shall show not
mole than 50% sepa ration on both edges of the bent portion
Gleater sepa r ation shall be cause f0i rej ection .
7.3 Methods and practices relating to mechanical test 10. Product Analysis
ing iequiled by this specif
i cat
i on shall be in accordance 10. 1 Product a nalysis may be required f0I the cladding
with Test Met
h ods a
n d Def
i nitions A 370.
alloy on fi ni s hed pro duc t . C hemi c al an aly si s m ay b e
accomplished by wet chem i cal oi instrumental procedures .
8. Number of Tests and Retests If wet chemical procedures are used, millings may be ta ken
only when t he composite plate thick n ess is suff
i cient to
8.1 One or more tension tests , as required by h te speci
f cations for the base metal and when specif
i i ed, one shear pelm
it obtaining m i llings without da nger of contaminat i on
test or th
r ee bond bend tests shal l be made, ieplesenting rom t
f he adj acent layer . If spectromet ric procedures are
each plate as rolled Each specimen shall be in the f i nal used, the sample sha ll be exposed on the center line of
condition of heat t
r eatment iequiled for the plate, including the cladding when there is suff i cient cladding thickness
available so that thele is no contamination f rom the adj a
any SPWHT if required.
cent base metal
8.2 If any test specimen shows defective machining or
develops f
l aws , it may be disca
r ded and anot
her specimen 1 0.2 If pr oduct analysis is specif
i ed by the pur chaser
substit
u ted. for the cladding alloy, it shall be made on a sample taken
from the fi nished product or a broken test specimen For
wet chemical analysis , in order to avoid contamination by
9. Test Specimens
the base plate metal, millings of cladding sa mples shall be
9.1 The tension test specimens flom plate shall conform taken from the test coupon by removal and discard of all
to the r equirements prescr
ibed in the specif
i cations for the the base metal plus 40% of the cladding thick n ess from
b ase metal
the bonded side, not to exceed 1 6 in. [ 1 . 6 mm] The material
9 . 2 B e n d te s t s p ecimen s for the altern ati v e b ond shall be cleaned and suff i cient m
i llings ta ken to iepl esent
stl engt h tests , shall be taken at f
i ght angles to its longit
u di the full cross-section of the iemainder. If there is insuff
i
nal axis cient cladding thicknes s available to spectr ographic ally

419
SA-264 2007 SECTION II, PART A

expose on the center line of the cladding without contami 13.2.2 Clad plates in. [ 1 0 mm] and thicker total
nation, 50% of the cladding shall be removed and the minimum composite thickness shall be ultrasonically
sample exposed on h
tis smface. inspected for bond integrity prior to shipment in accordance
with the pro c edure s an d metho d s of S p e cifi c ati on
10.3 The results of the product analysis shall confoIm A 57 8 / A5 7 8M
to the requirements of' S ecti on 7 of' S p e ci fi c ati o n
A 480/A 480M .
13.2.3 Areas of non-bond detected visually shall be
explored ultrasonically to determine t h e extent of t
h e condi
10.4 Methods and practices relating to chemical analy tion per 1 3 2 2 For purposes of defi ning non-bond, the
sis required by this specifi cation shall be in accoidance cladding shall be interpreted to be unbonded when there
wit
h Test Methods, Practices , and Def
i nitions A 75 1 is complete loss of back refl ection accompa nied by an echo
10.5 Results of the product analysis for the backing indicati on f
i om the plane of the interface of t h e clad a
nd
steel when required shall conform to the requirements of backi ng steel. Areas within 1 in [25 mm] of a cut edge
Section 7 of Specif
i cation A 20/A 20M, on the plate th at contain indications exceeding 50% of t he
back ref
l ection at the bond inteIface shall be considered
to be unbonded.
11. Permissible Variations 13.2.4 Extent of ultr asonic examination shall be at
1 1. 1 Permissible variations except for thickness shall the discretion of the manufacturer and suff
i cient enough
be in accordance with Specifi cation A 20/A 20M to provide the quality level required by the purchaser
11.2 Minimum thickness of the alloy cladding metal Plates may be ordered with 1 00% coverage (S 1 ) .
and of the backi ng steel, or of the total composite plate 13.3 Quality Levels
shall be as required by puichase order documents when 13.3.1 Class i - No single unbonded area exceeding
or dered to minimum thicknesses
1 in. [25 mm] in its longest dimension with total unbonded
1 1 .3 Permissible va
r iat
i on in thick
n ess when order ed r ea not to exceed 1 % of the total cladded surface area
a
to nominal t hick
nesses shall be 0 .0 1 in [0 . 3 mm] under 13.3.2 Class 3 - No single unbonded a
r ea exceeding
each for backing steel or total composite, and 0 03 in [0 8 3 in [75 mm] in its longest dimension wit
h total unbonded
mm] under for the alloy cladding. r ea not to exceed 3 % of the total cladded surface ar ea.
a
1 1.4 Permissible variat
i ons for exces s thick
ness of the 13.3.3 Class 5 - No single unbonded a
r ea exceeding
total composite shall be the greater of 0 . 1 25 in [3 mini 9 in2 [5 8 cm2] wit
h total unbonded a
rea not to exceed 5 %
or 1 0% of the total composite thickness ordered and may of the total cladded surface area.
occur in either backi ng steel, cladding, or both, provided 13.3.4 The Class to be supplied should be listed on
the minimum for each is met
the purchase order When none has been specifi ed, plates
1 1 .5 More re strictive or les s restrictive per mis sible shall be furnished as Class 5 at the option of the manufac
tur er
variat
i ons may be agreed upon by the purchaser and t
he
manufacturer.

14. Repair of Cladding by Welding

12. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance 14.1 The material manufacturer may repair defects in
12. 1 The mateiial shall be f
l ee of injuiious defects , cladding by welding provided the following requirements
r e met :
a
shall have a workmanlike appearan ce, and shall conform
to the designated f
i nish. 14.1.1 When specifi ed in the purchase order , prior
appr oval shall be obtained f
i om the purchaser.
12.2 Plate alloy surfaces shall be blasted (descaled by
means of sand or stainless grit, shot, or wire), pickled, 14.1.2 The welding procedure and the welders or
blast-clea
ned and pickled, or 1 00% condit i oned welding operators shall be qua lifi ed in accordance with
Sect
i on IX of the ASME Code.
14. 1 .3 The defect
i ve a
r ea shall be removed and the
13. Bond Quality area prepa
r ed for repair sha
l l be examined by a liquid
13.1 The cladding metal shall be integrally and cont
i nu nt met
penetra h od to ensure that all of the defective a
r ea
ously bonded to the base metal has been removed Method of test a
n d accepta
nce standa
rd
13.2 Inspection shall be as agreed upon between t
he pur chaser and the
manufacturer .
13.2.1 Clad plates less t
h an 8 in [ 1 0 r
am] total
minimum composite thick
ness shall be visually inspected 14.1.4 The repair weld shall be deposited in accor
for bond integrity prior to shipment dance wit
h a welding procedure and welding materials

420
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-264

suitable for the cladding material The surface condition 1 6.3 Compliance with the clad quality level of' 1 3 . 3
of' the r epaired area shall be restor ed to a condition similar' shall be cert
ifi ed , Reports shall include the r esults of' ultra
to the rest of the cladding ,, sonic inspection when Supplementa r y Requirement S 1 2 is
14.1.5 The repair ed a
r ea shall be examined by a specifi ed.
liquid penetrant method.
14. 1 .6 The location and extent of t he weld repairs
together wit h the r epair' procedure and examination results 17. Product Marking
shall be transmitted as a pa r t of' the certif
i cation
17.1 Except as specif i ed in 1 7 . 2, plates shall be ma r ked
in ac c or dan c e wi th the requirements o f S pe ci i f c ati on
15. General Requirements for Delivery A 20/A 20M fbr the backing steel and the type number of
15.1 Material furnished under this specif
i cation shall the alloy cladding meta l and this specif i cation number
confmm to the applicable requirements of the cmIent edi
17.2 For double-clad material or fi r materia
l under
tion of Specif
i cat
i on A 20/A 20M.
1/4 in. [6 35 mm] in thickness, the marking specifi ed in 1 71
shall be legibly stenciled instead of' stamped
1 6. Certif
i cation
16. 1 The chemical analysis of t
he base metal a
n d the
alloy cladding shall be certif
i ed to the purchaser by t
he
clad plate ma
nufacturer 18. Keywords
16.2 The results of the tests in Section 7 and any other 18. 1 alloy cladding ; back ing steel ; bond suength; car
tests required by t
he purchase order shall be reported to bon steel ; clad steel plate ; low-a
l loy steel ; pr essure vessel ;
he pur chaser .
t shear strength ; stainless chr omium-nickel steel

42 1
SA-264 2007 SECTION II, PART A

FIG . 1 T E ST S P E C I M E N A N D M E T H O D O F M A KI N G F I G ,, 2 S TA N D A R D R E C TA N G U LA R T E N S I O N T E S T
S H E A R T E S T O F C LA D P LAT E S P E C I M E N W IT H 8 I N , G AG E L E N G T H

F Porollel
Poro//ewith;n
lSechOnOOlO"_,I |Abou/|
" - oNess /hon 9 "' "1 F" 3 " "]

t B"+- O.Ol"G°ge Leng/h '1" to3"

; for Meosuring Elongoh' Rodiu$
I O£ter Frocfure
Appro'x/Pnofaly 2"
Metric Equivalents
in . mm in. mm
0 01 0 254 1 /2 38 1
Ve 3 17 2 50 8
1 6 35 3 76 .2
1 25.4 8 203.2

NOTE 1 - When necessary, it is permissible to use a narrower specimen, but in

such a case th
e reduced portion shall be not less than 1 in in width.
NOTS 2- - Punch marks for measuring elongation aft er fracture shall b
e made o
n
the fiat o
ron the e
dge of th
e specimen and within the parallel section; either a s
et
of nine punc
h marks 1 in apart, or one or more sets of 8-in punch marks may b e
us
ed .
NOTE 3-
- The dimension t is the thickness of the test specimen as provided fo
r
in the applicable mateh
e l specifications

FIG. 3 STA N D A R D RO U N D T E N S I O N T E ST S P E C I M E N W I T H 2 I N , G AG E L E N G T H

M i n i mu m Ro dt u l R e com m e n d e d
3
"i" in , bUt not te st t ho n " i n

2 " - 0 005" G OO¢ Le ngth f or

F o go t ion a f te r Fr ac t u r e

Metric Equivalents
in. mm in. mm
0 003 0 076 % 9 53
0 005 0 1 27 0 50 12 7
0 01 0 254 2 50 8
1/1 3. 1 8 2 1, 64 . 5

NoTs--The gage length an d fi llets shall be as shown, but the ends may b e of
any shape to fit the holders of the testing machine in such a way that the load shall
e axial The re
b d uced section shall b
e a gradual taper from t
he en
d s toward the
center, with the ends 0 003 to 0 005 in larger in diameter t
h an the center

422
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-264

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

Supplementa r y requir ements shall not apply unless specif

i ed on the order , A list of standard
ized supplementa r y r equir ements for use at the option of' the purchaser a re included in
Specifi cation A 20/A 20M, Sever al of' those consider ed suitable for use with this specif i ca
tion are listed below by title , Other tests may be peI mmed by agreement between the
supplier and the purchaser ,

$2. Product Analysis $5. Charpy V-Notch Impact Test

$3. Simulated Post-Weld Heat Treatment of S 1 2. Ultrasonic Examination in Accordance With
Mechanical Test Coupons Specif
i cation A 578/A 578M S 1

423
SA-264 2007 SECTION II, PART A

SUMMARY OF CHANGES

The Committee has identif

i ed the location of selected
changes to this specifi cation since the last issue, which
may impact the use of t his specifi cation, .
(1) A gener al revision was made, including revisions
to the title and scope,,
(2) References and tolerances peitaining to sheet and
strip clad products have been deleted as not appropr
i ate to
be included wit h plate products, An improved method of
describing quality levels for bond integiity a
r 'e introduced ,
More descriptive treatment of' permitted variations in clad
and backing thickness as well as a general rewording of
the specifi cation throughout, .

424
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-265

SPE CIFICATION FOR NICKEL AND NICKEL-BASE

ALLOY- CLAD STEEL PLATE

SA -265
INTERNATIONAL
S tan da rds Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 265-03 )

1. Scope B 3 3 3 Specif
i cation for' Nickel-Molybdenum Alloy Plate,
1. 1 This specifi cation cover s plate of a carbon steel or' Sheet, and St
r ip
low-alloy steel base to which is integral ly and cont
i nuously B 409 S pec if
i c ati on for' Ni ckel -hon- Chromium Alloy
bonded on one or' both sides a layer of nickel or nickel Plate, Sheet, and Strip
base alloy . The materi al is generally intended for pres sure B 424 Specifi c ation for Ni ckel-Iron-Chromium-Mo- Cu
vessel use but may be used in ot her' structural applications Alloy (UNS N08 825 and N0822 l ) Plate, Sheet, and Strip
where conosion resistance of' the alloy is of prime impor B 443 Specifi cati on f0r' Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum
tanc e . C olumbium Alloy (UNS N06625 ) and Ni ckel - Chro
mium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy (UNS N062 1 9) Plate ,
1 .2 The values stated in inch-pound units a re to be Sheet, and Strip
r egarded as the standa
r d . SI units are provided for informa B 463 Specif
i cation for UNS N08020, UNS N08026, and
tion only UNS N08024 Alloy Plate, Sheet, and S t r ip
B 575 Specif
i cation f0r' Low-Ca
r bon Nickel-Molybdenum
Chromium, Low-Ca rbon Nickel-Chromium- Molybde
2. Referenced Documents
num, Low- C arb on Nickel- Chromium Molyb denum
2. 1 ASTM Standards: Copper', Low-Ca
r bon Nickel-Ch
r om
ium Molybdenum
A 6 /A 6M S pec i f
i c ati on f0r' General Requirements for' Tantalum, and Low-Ca
r bon Nickel-Ch r om
i um Molyb
Rolled Structural Steel B ars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet denum Tungsten Alloy Plate, Sheet, a
nd St
r ip
Piling B 582 Specif
i cation for Nickel-Ch
r om
ium-Iron-Molybde
A 20/A 20M Specif i cation for' General Requirements for' num-Copper Alloy Plate, Sheet, and St
rip
Steel Plates for' Pressure Vessels B 625 Specif
i cation for UNS N08904, UNS N08925 , UNS
A 370 Test Methods and Def
i nit
i ons for Mechanical Test N0803 1 , UNS N08932, UNS N08926, and UNS R2003 3
ing of Steel Products Plate, Sheet, and Str
ip
A 480/A 480M Specif i cation for General Requirements for 2.2 ASME Code :'
Flat-Rolled S tainle ss and Heat-Re si sting S teel Pl ate ,
B oiler' and Pressure Ves sel Code, Sect
i on IX, Welding
Sheet, and Strip
Qualif i cations
A 578/A 578M Specif i cation for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic
Examination of' Plain and Clad Steel Plates for' Special
Applications 3. Terminology
A 7 5 1 Te s t Method s , Practi c e s , and Termino l og y for
3. 1 Def
initions of Terms Specif
i c to This Specif
ication :
Chemical Analysis of' Steel Products
Descriptions of Terms :
B 1 27 S p ecif
i c ation for Nic ke l- C opp er All oy (UNS
N04400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip 3. 1 . 1 This material is considered as single-clad or
B 1 62 Specif i cation for Nickel Plate, Sheet, and St r ip double-clad nickel or nickel-base alloy clad steel plate,
B 1 6 8 S p e ci f
i c ati on for' Ni ckel- Chromium- h'on All oy depending on whether' one or both sides are coveIed .
(UNS N06600, N0660 1 , N06603 , N06690, N06025 , a nd 3. 1 .2 The term plate as used in this specif i cation
N06045 ) and Nickel- Chromium-C ob a l t-Molybdenum applies to mateiial ' 16 in . (2.73 r
am) and over in thickness,
Alloy (UNS N066 1 7) Plate, Sheet, and Strip nd over 1 0 in . (254 r
a am) in width .

425
SA-265 2007 SECTION II, PART A

3.1.3 alloy cladding - the nickel or nickel-base a

lloy requirements in Specifi cation A 20/A 20M If the require
component of the composite plate ments of t
h is specifi cation a
r e in confl ict with the r equire
ments of Specifi cation A 20/A 20M, the requirements of
3. 1 .4 base me ta l (backing ste e l) - c omp onent to
his specifi cation shall prevail.
t
which the alloy cladding is applied, usually the greater
percentage of the composite plate and usually consisting 4.4 Special tests
of carbon or low-alloy steel
3.1.5 integrally and continuously bonded - the pro 5. Materials and Manufacture
cess by which the alloy cladding and base metal a
r e brought 5 . 1 Pro cess :
toget
h er to form a metallurgical bond at essenti ally t he
ent
ire inter
face of the two metals by means other tha
n 5.1.1 The steel shall be made by the open-hear th,
those processes that do not produce a homogeneous com electric-furnace (with separate degassing and ref
i ning
posite plate optional), or basic-oxygen processes, or by seconda
r y pr o
cesses wher eby steel made t om these prima r y processes
is remelted using, but not limited to electmslag remelting
or vacuum a
r c remelting processes
4. Ordering Information
4.1 It is t
he responsibility of the purchaser to specify 5.1.2 The cladding metal may be metallurgically
all requirements that a r e necessa
r y for material ordered bonded to the base metal by any method that will produce
a clad steel that will conform to the requirements of this
under this specifi cation. Such requirements may include,
but are not limited to the following : specif
i cation

4.1.1 Quantity (weight or number of pieces), 5.2 Heat Treatment - Unless a specif
i c heat tr eatment
is required by the cladding material or base steel specifi ca
4. 1.2 Heat treatment, if r equir ed (see Sect
i on 5 ), t on, or unless otherwise agreed upon by the purchaser
i
4. 1 .3 Dimen si ons , inc luding the thicknes s of the and manufacturer , the clad plate shall be furnished in a
cladding alloy and the backing steel, or of the total compos conditi on that is appropriate for the cladding alloy, base
ite plate and if more or less restrictive t
hickness tolerances meta
l , or both
apply,
4.1.4 Cladding alloy specifi cation (see Section 6), 6. Chemical Composition
4.1.5 Base metal specifi cation (see Section 6), 6.1 The composite plate may conform to any desired
4.1.6 Product analysis, if required Specify whether combination cladding metal and base metal as described
applicable to the cladding a
l loy, back
ing steel, or both (see in 6 2 and 6.3 , a
n d as agreed upon between the purchaser
and the manufactur er
Section 1 0) ,

4. 1 .7 Mechanical Properties (see S ections 7 , 1 3 , 6.2 Cladding Metal - The nickel or nickel-base alloy
and 1 4) , cladding metal specifi ed shall conform to the requirements
as to chemical composition prescribed for the respecti ve
4.1.8 Restrict
i ons, if required, on repair by welding metal in Specifi cati ons B 1 27, B 1 62, B 1 68, B 333 , B 409,
(see S ection 1 4) , and B 424, B 443 , B 463 , B 575 , B 5 82, and B 625 , or other
4 . 1 . 9 Addition s to the specif
i c ation or speci al nickel-base alloy as agreed upon by the purchaser and
r equirements manufactur er

4. 1 .10 Corr osions tests , if required 6.3 Base Met

a l - The base meta
l shall be ca
r bon steel
or low-alloy steel conforming to t he ASTM specifi cations
4.2 In addition to the basic requirements of t his specifi for steels for either pressure vessels or genera l structural
cation and the backing steel specifi cati on, certain supple
applications, or other , as agreed upon by the purchaser and
menta ry requirements ar e available when necessary to meet manufacturer The base metal shall conform to t
he chem
i cal
the end use requirements These include:
requirements of the specifi cati on to which it is ordered.
4.2. 1 Nondestructive examination,

4.2.2 Impact testing, a

nd 7. Mechanical Properties
4.2.3 S i mul ate d P o s t - We l d H e at Tre atm e nt o f 7. 1 Tensile Requirements "
Mechanical Test Coupons (SPWHT) 7.1.1 The tensile properties shall be determined by
4.3 The purchaser is referied to the listed supplemen a tension test of the composite plate fm clad plates t
h at
ta
r y requirements in t
his specifi cation and to the detailed meet all of the following conditions

426
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-265

7. 1 . 1 . 1 The nominal composite gage is les s than 8. Number of Tests and Retests
or equal to 1 )2 in (3 8 mm) . 8. 1 One or mor e tension tests , as required by the speci
7. 1 . 1 .2 The specif
i ed m
inimum tensile strength of f cat
i i ons for the base metal and when specif i ed, one shear
the base steel is less than or equal to 70 000 psi (485 MPa) . test or three bond bend tests shall be made, replesenting
each plate as l olled Each specimen shall be in t h e fi nal
7. 1 . 1 .3 The specif
i ed m
inimum yield strength of
condit i on of heat tl eatment I equired for the plate, including
the base steel is less than or equal to 40 000 psi (275 MPa) .
any SPWHT if requiled
7. 1 . 1 . 4 The tensile properti es thu s determined
shall not be le s s than the m
i nimum and not more than 8.2 If any test specimen shows defect i ve machining or
5000 psi (3 5 MPa) over the maximum pl esclibed in the develops f
l aws , it may be discmded and another specimen
sub st
i tuted
specifi cation fol t
he base steel used All other tensile test
l equilements of the specifi cation for the base steel shall
be met
9. Test Specimens
7. 1 .2 The tensile propelties shall be detelmined by
9. 1 T
h e tension test specimens shall confolm to the
a tension test of t
he base steel only for clad plates that
i equirements prescribed in the specif
i cations for the base
meet one of the following conditions The propelties thus metal
detelmined shall meet a l l of the tensile test iequirements
for the bas e steel 9 . 2 B e n d te s t sp e c i m en s for th e alt er n ati ve b o nd
7.1.2.1 The composite gage is greatel t
h an 1 )2 in strength tests shall be taken at right angles to its longit u di
nal axi s .
7. 1 .2.2 The specifi ed minimum tensile stlength of
the base steel is greater tha
n 70 000 psi (485 MPa) 9.3 When required by the purchaser, the shea r test
specimen shall be taken nea r a top oi bottom cornel of t
he
7. 1.2.3 The specif i ed minimum yield strength of
plate as rolled, paral lel to its longit
udinal axis, oi other
he base steel is greatei tha
t n 40 000 psi (275 MPa) .
location that is replesentative of the fi na
l product.
7. 1 .3 If h
te cladding is for COlrOsion allowance only,
the cladding need not be included in the tensile test The
9.4 For plates 1 )2 in (3 8 r
am) and under in thick
ness,
tension test specimens shall be t he full thick n ess of the
tensile properties t
hus detelmined shall meet t
he base steel
matelial, except as specif
i ed in 8 1 and 8 .2 .
requilements .
7.2 Test fbr stl ength of the bond, when requiled, must
9.5 For plates over 1 )2 in. (3 8 mm) in thick
ness, tension
tests shall be of t h e f0im shown in Fig. 3 and shall be
be specifi ed by the pulchaser and shall consist of one of
of all base steel confolming to the i equil ements of the
the following
specifi cat
i on for the base steel.
7.2. 1 Shear Strength - When requiled by t h e pur
chaser, the minimum shear stlength of the alloy cladding 9.6 The bend test specimen used for bond strengt
h
and base metals shal l be 20 000 psi ( 1 40 MPa) The shea
r determination shall be 1 )2 in . (38 mm) by not more tha n
test, when specifi ed, sha
l l be made in t
he manner indicated 3/4 in. ( 1 9 mm) in thickness and shall be machined to the
in Fig. 1 . The m
inimum cladding thicknes s for shea
r test
ing folm and dimensions shown in Fig . 2, or may be machined
shall be 0 .075 in ( 1 . . 9 mm) exclusive as oldeled. with both edges pa
r allel In reducing the thickness of the
specimen, both t
he alloy cladding an d the base steel sha
ll
7.2.2 Bond Strength - As an altelnative to the shea r be machined so as to maintain the same i atio of clad meta
l
strength test provided in 72 1 or when agreed upon by t he to base steel as is maintained in the plate, except that t
he
purchasei and the ma nufact ur er , or both, three bend tests thick
n ess of' the clad material need not be reduced below
shall be made wit h the alloy cladding in compression to in. (3 . 1 mm) . The sides of the bend test specimen used
detelm
i ne the quality of the bond. These bend tests sha ll for bond strength detel mination may have the c oi ners
be made in the ma
n ner of the tension tests indic ated in
rounded to a radius not over 1 6 in . ( 1 . 6 inrn) for plates ,
Fig 2 and shall be bent thlough an angle of 1 80° to the bend 2 in. . (50 r
a m) and under in thick
ness, and not over 1/ 8 in .
diametel s pr ovided fol in eit
h er Specif
i cat
i on A 6/A 6M or (3 . 1 r
am) for plates over 2 in . (50 mm) in thick
ness .
Specifi cation A 20/A 20M (Appendix X4, or equivalent) ,
as applicable . At least two of t he thlee tests shall show
not mole than 5 0 % sepa r ation on both edges of t he bent 10. Product Analysis
portion Gleatei sepa r ation shall be cause for iej ection .
10.1 Product analysis may be l equiled for the cladding
7.3 Methods a n d plactices ielating to mechanical test alloy on fi ni shed pro duct C hemi c al an aly s i s m ay b e
ing Iequir ed by this specif
i cation shall be in accordance accomplished by wet chem i cal or instlumental procedures
wit
h Te st Methods a
n d Def
i nitions A 3 7 0 If wet chemica l procedures a
r e used, m
illings may be taken

427
SA-265 2007 SECTION II, PART A

only when the composite plate thickness is suffi cient to 12. Workmanship Finish, and Appearance
permit obtaining millings without danger of contamination 12.1 The material shall be free of injurious defects a
nd
from th e adjacent layer If spectrometri c procedures are shall have a workmanlike appea
ran ce .
used, the sample shall be exposed on the center line of
the cladding when there is suffi cient cladding thick
n ess 12.2 Unless otherwise specifi ed, the clad surface may
ava
i lable so that there is no contamination from t
h e adj a be supplied as-rolled, blasted (desca
l ed by means of sand,
cent base metal grit, shot or wire followed by pickling), or 1 00% condi
i oned
t
10.2 If product analysis is specifi ed by t
h e purchaser
for the cladding alloy, it shall be made on a sample taken
tom t he finished product or a broken test specimen. For
13. Bond Quality
wet chemical analysis, in order to avoid contamination by
the base plate metal, millings of cladding samples shall be 13.1 The cladding metal shall be integra
lly and conti nu
taken fiom the test coupon by removal and disca r d of all ously bonded to the base metal
the base metal plus 40% of the cladding thickness from 13.2 Inspection
the bonded side, not to exceed 16 in ( 1 .6 r
am) The material
shall be cleaned and suff i cient millings ta
ken to represent
13.2.1 Clad plates less t
h an 8 in ( 1 0 r
a m) total
the full cI oss- section of t
he remainder If there is insuffi minimum composite thick
ness shall be visually inspected
fbr bond integrity prior to shipment
cient cladding thickness available to spectr ographica l ly
expose on the center line of the cladding without contami 13.2.2 Clad plates in ( 1 0 mm) and thicker total
nati on, 50% of h
t e cladding sha l l be removed and the minimum compo site thicknes s shall be ultrasonic ally
sample exposed on this surface inspected for bond integrity pr
i or to shipment in accordance
10.3 The results of the product analysis shall conform with the pro c e dure s and metho d s of S p e cifi c ati on
A 57 8 / A 5 7 8M
to the requirements of standa r ds referenced in Secti on 2.
13.2.3 Areas of non-bond detected visually shall be
10.4 Methods and practices relating to chem i cal analy
sis required by this specifi cation shall be in accordance explored ultrasonica lly to determine the extent of the condi
with Test Methods, Pr actices, and Terminology A 75 1 ti on per' 1 3.2.2 For purposes of' defi ning non-bond, t he
cladding shall be interpreted to be unbonded when there
10.5 Results of the product analysis for the backing is complete loss ofback refl ection accompanied by an echo
steel when required shall conform to the requirements of indication from the plane of the interface of t he clad and
Section 7 of Specifi cation A 20/A 20M or A 6/A 6M, as backing steel . Areas within 1 in . (25 mm) of a cut edge
applicable . on the plate that contain indicati ons exceeding 50% of the
back ref
l ection at the bond interface shall be considered
11. Permissible Variations to be unbonded

1 1.1 Permissible va
riations except for thickness shall 13.2.4 Extent of ultr asonic examination shall be at
b e in ac cor dance with S peci fi c ation A 2 0 / A 20M or he discretion of the manufactur er and suff
t i cient enough
A 6/A 6M as applicable based on the backing specifi cation. to provide h
t e quality level required by t
he purchaser
1 1.2 Minimum thickness of the alloy cladding metal Plates may be ordered with 1 00% coverage (see S 1 ).
and of the back
i ng steel, or of the total composite plate 13.3 Quality Levels
shall be as required by pu
r chase order documents when
ordered to minimum thickness .
13.3.1 Class 1 - No single unbonded area exceeding
1 in . (25 mm) in its longest dimension with total unbonded
1 1 .3 Permissible va r iation in t
hick
n ess when ol der ed ar e a not to exceed 1 % of t
h e total cladded surface area
to nom i nal thick
nes ses shall be 0 0 1 in (0 3 mm) under
13.3.2 Class 3 - No single unbonded a
rea exceeding
each for back
ing steel or total composite, and 0 03 in
(0 8 r
am) under fix t
he alloy cladding 3 in (75 mm) in its longest dimension with total unbonded
rea not to exceed 3 % of the total cladded surface area
a
1 1 .4 Perm
i ssible va
r iations for excess thick
n ess of the
tota
l composite shall be t
he greater of 0. 1 25 in (3 r
am) 13.3.3 Class 5 - No single unbonded a
r ea exceeding
or 1 0% of t
he total composite thickness ordered and may 9 in 2 (5 8 cm2) with total unbonded a
r ea not to exceed 5 %
of the tota
l cladded surface a
r ea
occur in either backing steel, cladding, or both, provided
the m
i nimum for each is met 13.3.4 The Class to be supplied sha
ll be listed on
1 1 .5 Mor e restrictive or les s re str
i ctive permi s sible the purchase order When none has been specifi ed, plates
va
riations may be agreed upon by the purchaser and the shal! be furnished as Class 5 at the option of the manufac
manufacturer , turer

42 8
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-265

14. Repair of Cladding by Welding 1 6.2 The results of the tests in S ection 7 and a
ny other
14. 1 The material manufacturer may repair defects in tests required by the purchase order shall be reported to
cladding by welding provided the following requirements the purchaser
are met :
1 6.3 Compliance with the clad qua l ity level of 1 3 .3
14. 1. 1 When specifi ed in the purchase older , prior shall be certif
i ed. Reports shall include the results of ultra
appr oval shall be obtained from the purchaser sonic inspection when Supplementa r y Requirement S 1 2 is
14. 1 .2 The welding procedule and the welder s or specifi ed
welding operators shall be qualif
i ed in accoldance with
S ection IX of the ASME Code

14. 1.3 The defective ar ea sha

l l be removed a
n d the
17. Product Marking
r
a ea prepa
r ed for repair shall be examined by a liquid
penetrant method to ensure all defective a
rea has been 17.1 Except as specifi ed in 1 7 . 2, plates sha
ll be ma r ked
removed Method of test and acceptance sta
n dar d shall be in acc or danc e with the requirements of S p eci f i c ati on
as agleed upon between the pur chaser and the manufac A 6/A 6M or A 20/A 20M for the backing steel as applica
turer ble, the cladding a
lloy designation, and this specifi cation
number
14. 1.4 The r epair weld shall be deposited in accor
dance with a welding procedure and welding materials 17.2 FoI double-clad matelial or for material under
suitable for the cladding matelJal The surfhce condition 8 in . (6 . 35 mm) nominal in thickness or for clad plates
of the repailed area shall be iestoled to a condit
i on similar provided with conditioned sulfaces, the ma rking specif
i ed
to the rest of the cladding in 1 7 1 shall be legibly stenciled instead of stamped when
14. 1.5 The repaired a r ea shall be examined by a the matelial is shipped with the alloy surface up
liquid penetr ant met
h od in accordance with 1 4 1 3,
14. 1 .6 The location and extent of the weld r epails
together with the iepair procedul e and examination iesults 1 8. Keywords
shall be transmitted as a part of the certif
i cation
18. 1 alloy cladding; bond str ength; ca r bon steel ; clad
steel plate ; low-alloy steel; nickel; nickel-base alloy
15. General Requirements for Delivery
15. 1 Matelial furnished under this specifi cat
i on shall
confor m to the applicable Iequilements of the CUlient edi
TA B L E 1
tion of Specifi cation A 6 /A 6M oi A 20/A 20M as applo
W E I G H T S F O R C O M P O N E N T M AT E R IA L S
pilate for h
te backing metal
Dens ity We ight per Sq uare
15.2 In the event of conf l icts between this specif
i cation Foot fo r M ate r i a l
and the genel al delivery I equk ement specif i cation for the 1 i n , ( 25 ,4 t
u rn ) i n
backing steel , this specif
i cation shall apply I b/i n,3 g/crn3 Th ickness, I b

S tee l 0 , 2 83 7 ,, 8 3 40 ,80

1 6. Certif
i cation N i c ke l 0 .32 1 8 , 88 46 , 2 2

N i c ke l -c op per a l l oy 0 319 8 , 83 4 5 ,94

1 6. 1 The chemical analysis of the base metal and the N i c k e l -c h r o m i u m - i ro n 0 , 3 07 8, 49 44 , 2 1
alloy cladding shall be celtif
i ed to the purchaser by the a l I oy
clad plate manufacturer

429
SA-265 2007 SECTION II, PART A

FIG . I T E ST S P E C I M E N A N D M ET H O D O F M A KI N G FIG. 2 S TA N DA R D R E C TA N G U LA R T E ST S P E C I M E N S
S H E A R T E S T O F C LA D P LAT E W I T H 8 I N . G AG E L E N G T H

, Porollel Section _, Abel

f t" M T¢ i" t ' (T ' ) mJhus a t le z t One f"- -noHesa thon gS""1 r" 3" "!
I I F,'n ish Cut o n C rb on S fe¢I S/ € / P°'°//°/ /th/ °°/°' le / /
-x--- - ,+-r. Jn t " Z W
_ :.. . & w:l-- " ---a -
\\ a • I/ I MCtX . '---
-I rl
! T " ''" I . --..J U
Ii 8"+- O'Ol'G° Leng('h "'1" t ,, "
I Pot Meosurin longoh'on Rodiu
I ifler Frocfure
r "' "
Iloy .... . :'d 4ppro'x ;motelv 2"
"r r . . . . _-_7. _ r , . .r--r. Metric Equivalents

. -I r 1 -- , in . mm in . mm
0 01 0 254 1 V= 38 1
Ve 3 17 2 50 8
v, 6 35 3 76 2
Sh ear Blocks $h ll be floltcd F/>'m /7 F2, , ¢ thcr
Filler Piec e w h ich Pro w'de 5p € € 0 0 0 S ' Wide r t,
ms f
n t
1 25 .4 8 203 . 2
o f $ ec im en
N OTE 1 - When necessary , it is permissible to use a narrower specimen , but in
Metric Equivalents s uch a case the reduced portion shall be not less than 1 in in width .
NOT E 2- - Punch marks for measuring elongation after fracture shall b e made on
in , mm in . mm
the flat or on the edge of the specimen and within the parallel section ; either a set
0 005 0 1 27 1 25 4 of nine punch marks 1 in apar
t , or one or more sets of 8-in punch marks may be
'/8 3 17 2 V= 64 5 used

3/4 1 9.1 3 76 .2 N OT E 3-
- The dimension t is the thickness of the test specimen as provided for
i n the applicable material specifications

FI G . 3 S TA N D A R D RO U N D T E N S I O N T E ST S P EC I M E N W IT H 2 I N . GAG E L E N G T H

M i n i mu m R c d i u ! R e c om m e nd e d
3 I
'- I n , u f no t l e s s t h e n - in

4! Pa to l el Sec tion [ , /

÷
A

- I O 50" ÷ 0 01". .
2 "-0 005' G ooe L en t f or
E lo ga t i on o t t e r F r o c t u r e

Metric Equivalents
in . mm in . mm
0 003 0 076 e 9 53
0 005 0 1 27 0 50 12 7
0 01 0 254 2 50 8
V 3, 1 8 2V 64 . 5

NOTE-- The gage length and fillets shall b e as shown, but the ends may be of
any shap
e to fi t the holders of the testing machi ne in suc
h a way that the load shal l
e axial The reduced se
b c tion shall have a gradual taper from the ends toward the
a nter, with the ends 0 003 to 0 005 in larger in diameter than the center
c

43 0
 2007 SECTION 1I, PART A SA-265

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

Supplemental?! i equilements shall not apply unless specif

i ed on the order , A list of' standa
ld
ized supplementary i equilements for use at the option of the pulchaser are included in
Specifi cation A 20/A 20M , Several of those consideled suitable for use with this specifi ca
i on a
t l e listed below by title , Other tests may be pelfblmed by agleement between the
supplier and the purchaser ,

$2. Product Analysis $5. Charpy V-Notch Impact Test

$3. Simulated Post-Weld Heat Treatment of S 12. Ultrasonic Examination in Accordance With
Mechanical Test Coupons Specif
i cation A 578/A 578M $ 1

43 1
SA-265 2007 SECTION II, PART A

SUMMARY OF CHANGES

The Committee has ident

ifi ed the location of selected
changes to this specifi cation since the last issue, which
may impact the use of this specifi cation, ,
(1) A gener al revision was made, including revisions
to the t
i tle and scope ,
(2) References and tolerances pertaining to sheet and
strip clad products have been deleted as not appropIiate to
be included with plate products , An improved method of
describing quality levels fbr' bond integrity are introduced.
More descriptive treatment of peImitted vaIiations in clad
and backing thickness as well as a genera l rewording of'
the specif
i cation thr oughout.

43 2
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-266/SA-266M

SPECIFICATION FOR CARB ON STEEL FORGINGS FOR

PRESSURE VESSEL COMPONENTS

SA-266/SA-266M
INTERNA TIONAL
Stan da rds Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 266/A 266M-03a) 07

1. Scope E 1 65 Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination

1.1 This specif i cat
i on cover s four grades of carbon E 3 8 1 Method of Macroetch Testing Steel B ar s, Billets ,
steel forgings for boiler s , pres sure vessels , and associated Blooms , and Forgings
equipment 2.2 Other Standard:
NOTE ! - Designations have been changed as follows: ASME B oiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sect
i on IX, Weld
Cmrent Fotmeily ing Qualif
i cations
Gi ade 1 Class 1
Gi ade 2 Clas s 2
Gr ade 3 Class 3 3. Ordering Information and General
Gi ade 4 Class 4
Requirements
3. 1 In addition to the ordering information requir ed by
1 .2 Supplementary requirements are provided for use
Specif i cat
i on A 7 8 8 , the pur chaser sha
l l include with the
when additional test
i ng or inspect
i on is desired These shall
inquiry and order a detailed drawing, sketch, or written
apply only when specif i ed individually by the pur chaser
in the order description of the forging

1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI 3.2 Material supplied to this specif i cat i on shall conform
(metric) units a
re to be rega
r ded sepa
r ately as t
h e standard. to the requirements of Specif i cation A 7 8 8 , which out lines
Within the text a
n d tables , the SI units a
r e shown in brack additional ordering information , manufacturing r equire
ets The values stated in each system a
r e not exact equiva ments, testing and retesting methods and pr ocedures, ma rk
lents; therefore, each system must be used independently i ng , ce rti f
i c ati on , pro duc t analy s i s v ari atio n s , an d
of the other . Combining values from the two systems may addit i onal supplementa r y requirements
result in nonconformance with the specif i cat
i on. 3.3 f the requirements of this specifi cation a r e in con
1.4 Unless the order specif
i es the applicable "M" speci f ict with the requirements of S pecif
l i c ation A 7 8 8 , the
f cation designation, the material shall be furnished to the
i requirements of this specif
i cat
i on shall pr evail.
inch-pound units
3.4 For hubbed f langes and tube sheets ordered for
ASME Boiler a n d Pressure Vessel Code application, Sup
2. Referenced Documents plementary Requirement S 1 2 of Specif i cation A 78 8 shall
2. 1 ASTM Standards: be specifi ed in additi on to Supplementa
r y Requirement $ 8
A 275 /A 275M Test Met hod for Magnet
i c Pa
r ticle Exami of this specifi cation
nation of Steel For gings
A 3 70 Test Met
h ods and Def
i nitions for Mechanical Test
ing of Steel Products 4. Materials and Manufacture

A 7 8 8 S pecif
i c ati on fo r S t e e l Forg i n g s , Ge n er al 4. 1 The steel shall be made in accordance with the
Requirements Melti ng Process S ection of Specif
i cation A 7 8 8 A suff
i
E 1 1 2 Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain cient disca
r d sha
l l be made to secure freedom from injuri
S ize ous pipe and undue segregat i on

43 3
SA-266/SA-266M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

4.2 The material shall be forged as close as practica

l 8. Mechanical Properties
to the specif
i ed shape and size 8.1 General Requirements - Except when otherwise
specifi ed in accordance wit
h Supplementa
r y Requirement
4.3 The fi nished product shall be a hot-worked forging $2, the material shall conform to the requirements for
as defi ned by Specifi cation A 7 8 8 mechanical properties prescribed in Table 2 when tested
in accordance with t
he latest issue of Test Methods and
Defi nitions A 370 The largest obtainable tension test speci
5. Machining men as specifi ed in Test Methods and Defi nitions A 370
5.1 Sulfaces shall be machined as designated by the shall be used

purchaser Unmachined smfaces shall be suffi ciently f

l ee 8.1.1 Except when otherwise specifi ed in accordance
of scale to permit inspect
i on with Supplementary Requirement $2, t he longitudinal axis
5.2 Machining may be performed either prior to or of t
h e specimens shall be para
llel to the direction of maj or
after heat treatment at the opti on of the manufactmer unless working of the forging For upset-disc f0rgings, the longitu
dinal axis of the test specimen shall be in the tangential
specifi ed in accordanc e with Supplementary Require direction
ment S 1
8.1. 1.1 The longitudinal axis of the specimen shall
be located midway between the parallel surfaces of the
6. Heat Treatment test extension if added to t
he periphery of disks or' midway
between the center and sur
f ace of solid f0rgings . For' hollow
6.1 After foi ging and before reheating for heat treat
forgings, the longit
u dinal axis of t
h e specimens shall be
ment, the f0rgings shall be cooled in such a manner as to
located midway between the center and outer' surfaces of
prevent injury and to accomplish transformation the wall When sepa
r ately forged test blocks a
re employed
6.2 All forgings shall be annealed, normalized, or nor as def
i ned in 8. 1 . 3 , the tension test specimens shall be
e alized and tempered, but alternatively may be liquid
r taken from a location that represents t he midwa l l of the
quenched and tempered when mutually agreed upon heaviest secti on of the production f0rgings . When speci
between the manufact
urei and the pulchaser. When temper mens are required from opposite ends, they shall be taken
ing is pelf0rmed, it sha
ll be at a subclitica
l temperature, from the diagonal corner' s of an axial plane.
but no less than 1 1 00°F [5 95 ° C] 8.1.2 Except as specifi ed herein, tests for acceptance
shall be made after' heat treatment has been completed.
6.3 A multiple stage austenitizing procedure may be
When the ends of the cylindrical forgings are closed in
used whereby t he forging is fi r st fully austenitized and
liquid quenched, followed by reheati ng within the intercrit by ref0rging, the cylind
rical f0rgings may be annealed,
normalized, or' normalized and tempered and tested prior
ical temperature range to pa
rti ally rea
n stenitize, and again
liquid quenched . On c ompletion of the austenitizing/ to reforging . After reforging, the entire forging shall be
reheat-tr eated in the same ma
nner' and at the sa
me temper a
quenching cycles, temper ing at a temperatul e between
l l 00°F [595°C] and the lower crit i cal temperatur e shall ture range as employed when the forging was heat-treated
foll ow prior' to certifi cation testing
8.1.3 When mut u ally agreed upon between manufac
NOTE 2 - Although liquid quenching f i om the austenitizing tempela turer and purchaser, test specimens may be machined from
tr
e es is mo e effective in enhancing impact pmpelties, aii cooling fi om
the austenitizing tempel atuies is also benefi cial and may be used instead
a specially forged block suitably worked and heat treated
of the nolmalizing pmcedule in 6 2 with the production f0rgings . Such a special block shall
be obtained from an ingot, slab, or billet from the sa
me
heat used to make the f0rgings it represents . This block
shall receive essentially the sa
me type of hot working a
nd
7. Chemical Composition
forging i eduction as the production forgings ; however , a
7.1 Heat Analysis - The heat a
nalysis obtained flom longit
udinally forged ba r ' with dimensions not less than T
sampling in accordance with Specifi cation A 788 sha ll by T by 3 T may be used to represent a ri ng forging . The
comply with Table 1 except that the additi onal features of dimension T shall be r epresentative of' the heaviest effecti ve
Supplementar y Requirements S 1 1 and S 1 2 shall also apply cross section of the forging For quenched and tempered
as individua
lly specifi ed in the oldeling information fmgings for' which tests a r e required at both ends by 8.2. . 2 .3
7.2 Product Analysis - The purchaser may use t
he and 8 .2.2 . 4 , sepa
rately forged test blocks are not allowed.
ploduct ana
l ysis provision of Specifi ca
tion A 78 8 to obtain NOTE 3 - In using separ ately fol ged test blocks, attention is di awn to
a product analysis from a f0i ging ieplesenting each heat the effect of mass diffeI ences between the pi oduction f0igings and the
te st blocks
or mult
iple heat

43 4
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-266/SA-266M

8.2 Specifi c Requirements - The number and location welders and weld proceduies shall be qualif
i ed in accor
of tests axe based on forging length, weight, a
n d heat treat dance with Section IX of the ASME B oiler and Pr essure
ment, and shall be as prescribed below. The length and Ves s el C ode

weight to be used for this purpose shall be the shipped

length a
n d weight of forgings produced individually or the
aggregate shipped length and weight of all pieces cut t om
10. Certif
i cation
a mult
iple forging .
8.2.1 Annealed, Normalized, or Normalized and Tem 10. 1 In addit
i on to the mandatory certif i cation require
pered Steel Forgings:
ments of Specif
i cat
i on A 7 88 , the heat treatment cycle data
shall be included
8.2. 1 . 1 For forgings weighing 5000 lb [2250 kg]
or less at the t
i me of heat treatment, one tension test sha
ll
be taken from one forging per heat in each heat-tr eatment
charge When heat tr eatment is performed in continuous 1 1. Product Marking
type furn ac e s with suit ab le temp erature c ontrol s and 1 1 . 1 Each forging sha l l be identif
i ed in accordance with
equipped wit h recording pyrometers so that complete heat t e Ma
h r king Section of Specifi cation A 7 8 8 . In addition, t
he
t
r eatment records are available, a tempering cha r ge may f0iging shall be ma r ked following the grade designation
be consider ed as a
ny cont i nuous run not exceeding an 8 by the letter "A" for a nnealed, "N" for normalized, "NT"
h period . for normalized and temper ed, a nd "S" for liquid quenched
8.2. 1 .2 For foigings and f0r ged bars weighing over and tempered, as applicable.
5000 lb [2250 kg] at the ti me of heat treatment, one tension
test shall be taken from each forging
8.2.2 Quenched and Tempered Forgings: 12. Keywords
8 . 2 . 2 . 1 For qu en che d and temp ere d f o rg ing s 12. 1 pressure vessel service ; steel forgings-
-carbon
weighing 5 000 lb [2250 kg] or less at the time of heat
treatment, but not exceeding 1 2 ft [3 7 m] in length, one
tension test shall be ta ken fr om one fo ging per heat in
each heat-t r eatment cha r ge When heat t r eatment is per
fr
a med in continuous-type furnaces with suitable tempera TA B L E 1
tr
e e cont
r ols and equipped wit h recor ding pyrometers so C H E M I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS
that complete heat-treatment records are available, a tem
Co mposition, %
pering charge may be consider ed as any continuous run
G rad e s 1
not exceeding a n 8-h period.
and 2 G rad e 3 G rad e 4
8.2.2.2 For quenched and temper ed forgings and
C ar b o n, m ax 0 ,3 0 0 ,, 3 5 0 ,30
for ged bar s weighing over 5000 lb [225 0 kg] to 1 0 000 lb M a n g an e se 0 4 0- 1 0 5 0 , 8 0-1 3 5 0 , 8 0-1 , 3 5
[4500 kg] at t h e time of heat tr eatment, but not exceeding P h os ph o r us, max 0 ,025 0 ,025 0 ,025

1 2 ft [3 7 m] in length, one tension test shall be taken from S u l fu r', m ax 0 . 02 5 0 ,, 0 2 5 0 .025

each forging S i l i co n 0 . 1 5-0 3 5 0 1 5-0 3 5 0 1 5-0 , 3 5

8.2.2.3 For quenched and tempered forgings and

for ged bars that exceed 1 2 ft [3 . 7 m] in length, one tension
test shall be ta
ken from each end of each forging .
8.2.2.4 For quenched and tempered forgings and
forged bar s weighing more tha n 1 0 000 lb [4500 kg] at TA B L E 2

the time of heat t

r eatment, two tension test specimens shall T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS
be taken from each forging. These shall be of fset 1 80° G rad es
from each other except that if the length of the forging, G rad e 1 2 an d 4 G rad e 3

excluding test prolongations , exceeds 1 2 ft [3 . 7 m] , then Te n s i l e st re n gt h , m i n, ks i 6 0-8 5 7 0-9 5 7 5-1 0 0

one specimen sha l l be ta
ken fr om each end of the forging [ M P a] [ 4 1 5-5 8 5 3 [ 4 8 5-6 5 5 3 [5 1 5-6 9 0 ]
Y i e l d st re n gth ( 0 , 2 % offset) , 30 36 3 7 ,5
a i n, ks i [ M P a]
r [ 2 05] [2 5 0] [2 6 0 ]
E l o n g at i o n i n 2 i n o r 23 20 19
9. Repair Welding
50 r a m, r a i n, %
9. 1 Repair welding of fbr gings is peImJssible only at R ed u ct i o n of a re a, m i n, % 38 33 30
the option of the purchaser If repair welding is performed,

43 5
SA-266/SA-266M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

One or' more of' the following supplementa r y requirements shall apply only when specifi ed
by the purchaser in the inquiry, contract, or order , Details of' these supplementa
r y require
ments shall be agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser,

S1. Rough Turning and Bor ing $7. Product Analysis

SI.1 The position of the rough turning and boring $7.1 A product a
n alysis in accordance with Section 7
in the sequence of manufacturing operations sha
l l be as shall be made f
l or
a one randomly selected forging repre
specif
i ed by the pmchaser , senting each size a
nd shape of forging on the order If t
he
analysis fails to comply, each forging shall be checked
or the lot rejected. All results shall be reported to the
$2. Alternat
ive Tension Test Or
ientat
i on purchaser
$2.1 In lieu of the requirements of Sect i on 8 , the
longitu dinal axis of the test specimens shall be transverse
to the direction of maj or working of the forging The results
$8. Specimen Location on Forged Hubs
shall conform wit h iequirements of Table 2, with the excep
tion of the ductility limits that shall he as follows: $8.1 Forged hubs to be butt-welded to shells sha
l l be
Gi ade 1 2 and 4 3
forged in such a ma
nner as to provide in the hub the full
minimum tensile strength and elongati on specifi ed for t
he
Elongation in 2 in [50 mm] , min, % 20 19 18 materia
l , in a direct
i on pa
r allel to t
h e axis of the vessel
Reduction of area, min, % 30 25 25
A tension specimen (subsize if necessa
r y) shall be taken
in this dir ect
i on and as close to the f
inished hub outside
diameter as pr actical.
$3. Hydrostatic Test
$3.1 A hydrostatic pressure test shall be applied The
details of t
h e test, including its posit
i on in the sequence
$9. Hardness
of manufactur ing operations, shall be specifi ed
$9.1 The purchaser may check the Bf inell ha
r dness of
the forging at any location on the surface of t
he forging,
$4. Magnet
i c Particle Examinat
ion and the hardness shall be within the following limits :
$4. 1 All accessible surfaces of the f
i nished forging Gr
a de B rinell Hardnes s Limits
shall be examined by a magnetic part
i cle met
hod. The
me th o d s h al l b e i n ac c m d an c e w i th T e s t M e th o d 1 1 2 1 to 1 70
2 and 4 1 37 to 1 97
A 275 /A 275 M Accepta
nce limits sha
l l be as agreed upon 3 1 56 to 207
between the manufacturer and the purchaser

$5. Liquid Penetrant Examination

S 10. Grain Size
$5.1 After forgings have been heat treated by liquid
quenching and tempering, all accessible surfaces shall be S10.1 The austenitic gra
i n size of the steel shall be t
inspected for quench cracks by t
he liquid penetra
nt met
h od to 5 as determined using Test Methods E 1 1 2.
in accoidance wit
h Test Method E 1 65 as an alternative
to magnetic pa
rti cle examination
Sl l . Restrict
ion on Residual Elements (Applicable
to Heat Analysis)
$6. Macroetch Test
S l 1 . 1 Nickel, chr
omium, an d molybdenum shall be
$6.1 A sample forging shall be sectioned a
n d etched determined and shall not exceed the following limits :
to show f
l ow lines and internal imperfections The test shall
be conducted in accordance with Method E 3 8 1 . Details of Nickel 0 25 % max
the test shall be agreed upon between the manufact
urer Chr
o mium 0 ,20 % max

and the pur chaser Molybdenum 0 08 % ma

x

43 6
 2007 SECTION H, PART A SA -266/SA -266M

S 12. Restriction on Carbon (Applicable to Grade I) and sepa

r 'ated prior to or' after' heat treatment
S 12. 1 The c arbon content shall be 0 , 30% max
S 14.2 The shape and size of individual forgings shall
be agreed upon between the manufacturer and the purchaser
S 13. Impact Tests by means of a for ging drawing or the pur chase or der
S 13.1 Char py impact tests shall be made. The number
and location of the tests, minimum propert i es, and test
temperatures shall be specif
i ed.
S 13.2 The specimens shall be machined and tested in S 15. Carbon Equivalancy
accordance with Test Methods and Def
i nitions A 3 70 S 15. 1 The heat analysis including the residua l element
S 13.3 Retests may be conducted in accordance with r estrict
i ons of S 1 in Specif
i cation A 7 8 8 shall be lim
ited
S ection 1 0 of Specif
i cat
i on A 7 8 8 . such t h at the ca
r bon equivalent shall not exceed 0.45 for
Grade 1 or 0.50 for Gr ade 2 or 4 when calculated in
accor dance with the following formula :
S 14. Individual Forging
S 14. 1 For gings, whether ident
i ca
l or not, sha
ll be pro % Mn
CE = % C + m +
% CI + % Mo + % V
+
% Ni + % Cu

duced individua lly They shall not be forged in multiples 5 15

43 7
43 8
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-268/SA-268M

SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS AND WELDED

FERRITIC AND MARTENSITIC STAINLESS STEEL
TUBING FOR GENERAL SERVICE

SA-268/SA-268M ,
INTERNATIONAL
Standards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 268/A 268M-05a) 07
A08

1. Scope A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M Specif
i cat
ion for' General Requirements
1. 1 This specifi cat
ion covers a number of grades of for Ferritic Alloy S teel , Austenitic Alloy Steel , and
Sta
i nless Steel Tubes
nominal-wall-thickness, stainless steel tubing for general
cor
rosion-resisting and high-temperat ure service. Most of E 2 1 3 Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe
these grades are commonly k nown as t he "straight-chro and Tubing
E 273 Pract
i ce for Ultrasonic Exa
m ination of t
h e Weld
mium" types and a re cha racterized by being ferromagnet ic.
Two of these grades, TP4 1 0 a nd UNS $4 1 500 (Table 1 ) , Zone of Welded Pipe and Tubing
are amenable to hardening by heat tIeatment, a nd the high
chromium, ferritic alloys ate sensitive to notch-brittleness
3. Terminology
on slow cooling to ordinary temperatures These feat ures
3. 1 Lot Def
initions:
should be recognized in t he use of t
hese materials . Grade
TP439 is used pr ima r ily for hot-water ta
nk service and 3. 1 . 1 For f
lange a nd flaring requhements, the term
does not require post-weld heat treatment to prevent attack lot applies to all t
ubes, prior to cutting, of t
he same nomina
l
of the heat affected zone. size a
nd wall thick ness that ate produced from the same
heat of steel. If f i nal heat treatment is in a batch-type
1 .2 An optional supplementary requirement is pro furnace, a lot shall include only t hose tubes of the same
vided, and when desired, shall be so stated in t
he order. size a
n d from the same heat t
h at a
r e heat treated in t
he

1.3 The va lues stated in eit

her inch-pound units or SI sa
me furnace charge. If t
he f
i na
l heat treatment is in a
cont
inuous f
urnace, t
he number of t
ubes of t
he sa
me size
units are to be rega
rded sepa rately as standard. Wit
hin t
he
and fr om the same heat in a lot shall be determined from
text, h
te SI units a
re shown in brackets. The values stated
he size of t
t he t
ubes as given in Table 2.
in each system are not exact equivalents ; therefore, each
system must be used independently of the other Combining 3. 1.2 For tensile a
n d ha
rdness test requirements, the
values from the two systems may result in nonconformance term lot applies to a
ll t
ubes , prior to cutt
i ng, of the same
with t
he specifi cation. T
h e inch-pound units sha l l apply nominal diameter and wall thick n ess that ar e produced
unless h
te "M" designation of t
his specificati on is specifi ed from t
h e sa
m e heat of steel. If f
i nal heat treatment is in a
in h
te order batch-type f
urn ace, a lot sha
ll include only t
hose t
ubes of
the same size and t
h e sa
m e heat t
h at a
r e heat treated in
he sa
t me f
urnace cha
r ge. If the f
inal heat treatment is in
2. Referenced Documents a cont
i nuous f
urnace, a lot shall include all t
ubes of the
sa
me size and heat, heat treated in the sa
me f
urnace at t
he
2. 1 ASTM Standards:
same temperature, time at heat, and furnace speed
A 480 /A 480M Specif i cation for General Requirements
for Flat-Rolled Stai nless and Heat-Resist i ng Steel Plate,
Sheet, a
nd Strip 4. Ordering Information
A 763 Practi ces for Detect ing Susceptibility to Intergranu 4. 1 It is t
he responsibility of t
h e purchaser to specify
la
r Attack in Ferritic Sta
i nless Steels l l requi
a rements t h at a
re necessa ry for material ordered

43 9
SA-268/SA-268M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

under this specifi cati on. Such requirements may include, product analysis tolerance is not applicable to the ca
rbon
but are not limited to, the following : content for material with a specifi ed maximum carbon of
0 .04% or less
4. 1. 1 Quant
i ty (feet, metres, or number of lengths),
4. 1.2 Name of material (seamless or welded tubes) , 9.3 If the or
i gina
l test for product analysis fails, retests
of two additional billets, lengths of fi at-rolled stock or
4. 1 .3 Grade (Table 1 ) ,
tubes shall be made B oth retests for the elements in ques
4. 1.4 S ize ( out si de di am eter an d no mi n al wall t on shall meet t
i he requirements of the specif
i cation; ot
her
thickness), wise all remaining material in the heat or lot shall be
4.1 .5 Length (specif
i c or random) , rejected or , at the option of t h e producer, each billet or
4. 1 .6 Optional requirements (hydrostatic or nonde tube may be individua l ly tested for acceptance Billets,
structive electric test, Sect
i on 1 6) , lengths of fi at-rolled stock or tubes which do not meet the
requirements of the specifi cation sha ll be rejected
4.1.7 Test report required (Cert ifi cation Secti on of
Specif
i cation A 1 01 6/A 1 0 1 6M),
4.1.8 Specifi cation designation, 10. Tensile Requirements
1 0.1 The material shall conf0rm to the tensile propert
ies
4.1.9 Intergra
nula
r corrosion test, and
prescribed in Tables 3 and 4.
4.1.10 Special requirements.

11. Hardness Requirements

5. General Requirements
11.1 The t
ubes shall have a ha
r dness number not to
5.1 Material furnished under this specif i cation shall
exceed t
h ose prescribed in Table 5.
conform to h te applicable requirements of Specifi cation
A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M unless otherwise pr ovided herein
12. Permissible Variations in Dimensions
12.1 Va
r iat
i ons in outside diameter , wall thick
ness, and
6. Manufacture
length from those specifi ed shall not exceed the amounts
6.1 The tubes shall be made by the seamless or welded
prescribed in Table 6
process with no fi ller metal added.
12.2 The permissible va riations in outside diameter
given in Table 6 a
r e not suffi cient to provide for ovality
7. Heat Treatment in thin-walled tubes, as def
i ned in the Table In such tubes,
7. 1 As a f
i nal heat treatment, tubes shall be reheated the maximum and minimum diameters at any cross section
to a temperature of 1 200°F [650°C] or higher and cooled shall deviate tom the nomina l diameter by no more tha n
(as appropriate for t
he gr ade) to meet the requirements of twice the permissible va
riation in outside diameter given
h is specif
t i cation in Table 6; however , t
he mean diameter at that cross section
must st
i ll be within the given permissible var i ation
7 .2 The mar ten siti c grade UNS $ 4 1 5 00 shall be
reheated to a temperat
ure of 950°F [5 1 0°C] or higher and 12.3 When the specifi ed wall is 2% or less of the
cooled as appropriate to meet the requirements of this specifi ed outside diameter , t
he method of measurement is
specif
i cation. in accorda
nce with the agreement between the purchaser
and the manufacturer (see Note l )

8. Chemical Composition NOTE 1 - Very thin wall tubing may not be stiff enough fbr the outside
diameter to be accurately measured with a point contact test met hod,
8.1 The steel sha
ll conform to t
he chemical require such as wit
h the use of a micrometer' or caliper When veD' thin walls
ments prescr
ibed in Table 1 . are specifi ed, "go" - "no go" ring gages a r e commonly used to measure
diameter s of 1 2 in , [3 8 , 1 mm] or less , A0 002 in [0 ,05 mi
ni additional
toler ance is usually added on the "go" nng gage to allow clea r ance fbr
9. Product Analysis sliding On la
r ger diameter s, measurement is commonly peri0rmed wit
h
a pi tape Other test methods such as optical test met
hods may also be
9.1 An analysis of either one billet or one length of considered
l atrolled stock or one tube sha
f l l be made fr om each heat.
The chemical compositi on thus determ
i ned shall conform
to the requirements specif
i ed 13. Surface Condition

9.2 The product analysis tolerance of the Chem

i cal 13.1 All t
ubes sha
l l be free of excessive mill scale,
Requirements Table of A 480 /A 480M shall apply The suitable for inspecti on. A slight a
mount of oxidation will

440
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-268/SA-268M

not be considered as scale. Any special f

i nish requirements 14.6 Reverse Flattening Test - For welded t ubes, one
sha
l l be subj ect to agreement between the manufacturer reverse f
l attening test sha
l l be made on a specimen from
and hte purchaser. each 1 500 ft [450 m] of finished tubing .

14. Mechanical Tests Required

14. 1 Tension Tests - One tension test shall be made 15. Intergranular Corrosion Test
on a specimen for lots of not more t
han 50 t
ubes . Tension 15.1 If' intergr'anula
r corrosion testi ng is specif
i ed in
tests sha
ll be made on specimens from two t ubes for lots the put'chase order, the test shall be made in accorda nce
of more tha
n 50 t
ubes.
wit
h Practices A 763 , using sa mples prepa red as agreed
14.2 Flaring Test (for Seamless Tubes) - One test sha
ll upon between the seller a nd the pu t chaser.
be made on specimens f rom one end of one tube from
each lot of f
i nished t
ubes. The minimum expansion of t he
in si de di amet er s hal l b e 1 0 % . For t ube s o v er 8 i n .
16. Hydrostatic or Nondestructive Electric Test
[203 .2 mm] in outside diameter, or t
ubes with wall thick
ness 8 in. [9.52 mm] and over , the f
l attening test may be 16.1 Each tube, seamless or welded, shall be subj ected
performed instead of the f
l aring test unless the f
laring test to the nondestruct
ive electric test or t
he hydrostat ic test.
is specif
ied in the purchase oIder. The type of test to be used shall be at t he opti on of t
he
manufacturer, unless otherwise specif i ed in t
he pu t chase
14.3 Flange Test (
for Welded Tubes) One test shall order.
be made on specimens fi om one end of one t
ube f i om
each lot of f
iin shed t
ubes . For tubes over 8 in. [203 .2 mm]
in outside diameter, or t ubes wit h wa l l thickness 8 in.
[9.52 mm] a nd over, t he flat
tening test may be performed 17. Product Marking
instead of the f
l ange test unless t
he f
lange test is specif
i ed 17.1 In addit i on to the marking described in Specifi ca
in t
he purchase order. tion A 10 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M, t
he mark
i ng shall indicate whether
14.4 Hardness Test - B rinell or Rockwell hardness he t
t ubing is seamless or welded.
tests shall be made on specimens from two t
ubes from
each lot.

14.5 When more t

han one heat is involved, t
he tension, 18. Keywords
l aring, f
f langing, a
nd ha
rdness test requirements shall apply 18. 1 fer itic stainless steel; sea
mless steel t
ube ; stain
to each heat. less steel t
ube; steel tube; welded steel tube

44 1
SA-268/SA-268M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

h. o
E ¢xl

o
co s l
f3
i o
r-4 o
ci
ci X +
eq
v

E" E"
E ,, Z I1 E
+ E + z E " + _ 1

o E t... o ...i. o
o -{- o
oJ 0 0 X

x 6 v X 6 ._ d d o ._ 6 6 X
I,
d p

E E E E
E E . .. . .. .. E , E
N
o m o
o o
o o
o o
0 0 0 0 d c d
U'3
e4
E E
o
O
O"
o
d c

ci .. .. .. .. .. .. E , E
I
o
r-4

c3 c c;
o

,q. o. .
I--
z . • I ,T ? . . .. L¢3
I I

El l o o
p D, r.:.
,--4
c; o

o o o o
o o o o o o o o.
00 0 r D

.-I 7 , ? ?
o i
f3
0 0 0 0 0 0 o o .
u'3 , "
< J Pl OJ
- ...j
.<
¢o
i.--4 o 8
E E E ,, m m .. .. E E o . E E E E E
ELI
-r
,5 o % 4
c
o 6 o

o o o
o o o o o
,4 ,4 d

o o

0 0 0 o
C O 0 o o o o o o o o

c c; c o c5 c c c c o o o c; c o o

o o o o

o
g
o o o
o o
o o o o
o o o g
o
o o o o

o o o o o o o o o c o

o
o o o o o L o o

. : f o O
o O
o o
O r'-I
. m.
-t O

o ° o o o

o o
o o o o o o o o o o

o o o
t" o o o o
o

- I" '
00 ¢o o

X x
,
13-
' 1'- I-
- ' t,'- k- I-
- h-" I- I- I-
- I

442
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-268/SA-268M

IJ ,'-=" o

+ o + o
t' co

o "o ._

E
=
" E
E

II o z
o + 'E
o
I
+ . +
.- o ,,O o
I- . o ,o
o

E
E E E
o

o o o o
c o o
%, o

E E
t.¢3
r'-t r-4

c c
. ,o

o
c) o,I o o.

" o' "

0 E E
z
o
O o o o o
h i o5 ,5 ,5 o o

9 ?
rr ,...., o o

<I " o
05 o. . O
o. cO
"5 c
I . I
re'

lJ
E E
u%

o'
o
rd

I , I o

-r"
O o
O
r

O o o
t
O o o o o = _

O 6 c o o

O a .-
o o o o
c o o c 6

.=- E
o -

O ,

o O O

o
o o o
O
c
O
c
z ° °

o o
o . l
o o
,,0 co 00
' - O

c,0 c/3 0") 00 ._ ,_ "E o "E It

o _

0
O . 0_

443
SA-268/SA-268M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 2
N U M B E R O F T U B E S I N A LOT H EAT T R EAT E D BY T H E CO N TI N U O U S P ROC ES S
S i ze of Tube S ize of Lot

2 i n , [5 0 8 m m] and over i n outs i de d iameter and 0 , 2 0 0 i n , [5 1 m m3 N ot m o re t h an 5 0 t u bes

a n d o ve r i n wa l l th i c k n ess
Less th an 2 i n , [5 0 8 m m] but ove r 1 i n , [ 2 5 , 4 m m 3 i n o uts i de N ot m o re th an 7 5 t u bes
d i ameter o r ove r 1 i n , E 2 5 , , 4 r
a m3 i n o uts ide d i ameter and u nder
0 , 2 0 0 i n [ 5, 1 m m ] i n wa l l th i c k ness
1 i n , [ 2 5 . 4 m m ] o r l e ss i n o uts i d e d i am ete r N ot m o re th an 1 2 5 t u bes

TA B L E 3
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS
Te nsi l e Yi e ld
Strength, Strength, E longationA'B
M i n, M i n, i n 2 i n . or 50
G rade a nd U N S Des ig nati on ksi [ M Pa] ksi E M Pa] a m, M i n, %
r

T P 4 05 60 [4 1 5 ] 3 0 [ 2 0 5] 20
$ 4 05 0 0
5 5 [380] 30 [205] 20
$ 4 08 0 0
T P4 1 0 6 0 [4 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 05] 20
$41000
T P 4 2 9, T P43 0, and T P 43 0 T i 60 [4 1 5] 3 5 [24 0 ] 20
$ 4 2 9 0 0, S 43 0 0 0, and $ 43 03 6
T P443 7 0 [485 3 4 0 E2 7 5 3 20
$ 443 0 0
T P 446-1 7 0 [485 3 4 0 [2 7 5 3 18
$ 446 0 0
T P446-2 65 [4 5 03 40 [2 7 5 3 20
$ 446 0 0
T P4 09 5 5 [380] 25 [170] 20
$ 4 09 0 0
T P43 9 60 [4 1 53 3 0 E2 05 3 20
$ 43 035
$ 43 9 3 2 60 [4 1 5] 3 0 [2 05 3 20
1 1 5 [7 9 5 ] 90 [6 2 03 15
$41500
T P X M -2 7 65 [45 0] 4 0 [2 75 ] 20
S 44 6 2 7
T P X M -3 3 68 [4 7 03 45 [3 1 0] 20
$ 446 2 6
1 8 C r-2 M o 60 [4 1 5] 4 0 [2 753 20
$ 444 0 0
2 9-4 and 2 9-4-2 8 0 [5 5 0] 60 [4 1 53 20
$ 4 4 7 0 0 an d $ 4 4 8 0 0
2 6-3-3 85 E5 85] 65 [45 03 20
8 4466 0
2 5 -4-4 9 0 [62 03 7 5 [5 1 53 20
$ 44 63 5
7 5 [5 1 5 ] 6 0 [4 1 5] 18
$ 44 73 5
2 8-2 -3 , 5 8 7 [60 0] 7 2 [5 0 0] 16
$ 3 2 8 03
$ 4 097 7 65 [45 03 41 [2 80] 18
S 4394 0 62 E43 0] 36 [2 5 0] 18
S 4 2 035 80 [5 5 0] 55 [38 0] 16
T P468 60 E4 1 5] 30 [2 0 5] 22
S 4 68 0 0

A F o r tu bi ng smal ler than 1, 2 i n . [ 1 2 .7 m m] i n outs ide d iameter, the e l ongati o n val ues g i ven fo r str i p
spec i mens i n Tabl e 2 shal l app l y . M echani cal property req ui re ments do not ap ply to tubi ng smal ler than
8 i n . [3 . 2 r
a m ] i n outs de d iameter o r with wal l s th i n ne r than 0 . 0 1 5 i n . [0 .4 m m] .
B F o r' l ong itud i na l str i p tests a ded ucti on of 0 . 9 0 % fo r T P 446- 1 and $ 44735 and 1 . 0 0 % fo r a I other'
grades shal l be made from the basic mi ni mum elongation for' each 2 in.. [0 .8 mm] decrease i n wal l th ick
ness be l ow 6 i n . [8 m m ] . The fo l l owi ng tab l e g i ves the co mputed m i n i m u m val ues :

444
 2008a SECTION lI, PART A SA-268/SA-268M

TA B L E 4
M I N I M U M E LO N G ATI O N VA L U E S

E longationA i n 2 i n.
Wa l l Th i ck ness or 50 rnm, M in, %
T P446-1
and A l l Oth e r
mm S44735 S41 500 G rades

6 [0 , 3 1 2 ] 8 18 15 20
2 [0. 2 8 1 ] 7 ,2 17 14 19
[ 0 . 2 5 0] 6. 4 16 14 18
7,32 [0 . 2 1 9] 56 15 13 17
3, 16 [0 . 1 88] 48 14 12 16
5,32 [ 0 . 1 5 6] 4 13 II 15
I-/8 [0 . 1 2 53 3 .2 13 II 14
3, 32 [0 094] 2 .4 12 I0 13
16 [ 0 . 062 3 1 .6 ii 9 12
0 0 6 2 -0 0 3 5, e xc l 1 6-0 9 10 8 12
0 . 0 3 5-0 . 0 2 2 , e xc l 0 9-0 6 I0 8 II
0 0 2 2-0 0 1 5 , i n c l 0 . 6-0 4 10 8 II

A C alc u l ated e l ongation req u i re ments shal l be rounded to the nearest who l e number,
N OT E The above tab l e g i ves the co mputed m i n i m um val ues fo r each 1. 32 i n . [0 . 8 m m ] dec rease i n
wal l th ick ness W he re the wal l th i c kness l ies betwee n two val ues sh own above, the m i n i m u m e l o ngat i o n
va l ue shal l be determ i ned by the fo l l owi ng equati on :

G rade E q uat i o n

T P 44 6- 1 an d $ 44 7 3 5 E = 2 8 , 8 t + 9 , 0 0 [ E = 1 . 1 3 t + 9 ,, 0 0 ]
$41 5 00 E = 24t + 7 ,5
A l l oth e r g rad es E = 32 t + 10 ,00 [ E = 1.25 t + 10 ,00]

wh e re :

E = e l o n gati o n i n 2 i n . o r 5 0 mm, %
t = actual th ickness of spec i men, i n . [mm]

445
SA-268/SA-268M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 5
HARD N ESS REQU I R E M E NTS
B ri ne l l Rockwe l l
H ard ness, H ardness,
G rade U N S D es i gnat i on M ax B Sca le, M ax

T P 4 05 $ 4 05 0 0 2 07 95

$ 408 0 0 2 07 95

T P410 $41000 2 07 95

190 90
T P 4 2 9, T P43 0, and $4290 $ 4 3 0 0 0,
T P43 0 T i an d $ 4 3 0 3 6
T P 443 $ 443 0 0 2 07 95

$ 446 0 0 2 07 95
T P 446- I an d
T P 44 6-2
$ 4 09 0 0 2 07 95
T P 4 09
T P 43 9 $ 43 0 35x 190 90

$ 439 3 2 190 9O

$41500 2 95 B 32

$ 4 4 6 2 6 an d 241 100
T P X M -3 3 a n d
T P X NI - 2 7 $ 446 2 7
$ 444 0 0 2 17 95
1 8 C r- 2 M o
$ 4 4 7 0 0 an d 2 07 100
2 9-4 a n d 2 9 -4 - 2
$ 448 0 0
2 6-3 -3 $ 44660 265 25B
2 5 -4-4 $ 4463 5 270 27B
$ 447 3 5 100

$32803 240 100

2 8 - 2 -3 5
$ 4 097 7 180 88

$ 4 3 94 0 180 88

$42035 180 88

X Ed ito ri al ly cor rected Octobe r' 2 0 0 0 ,

B R oc kwe l l hard ness, C scal e ,

TA B L E 6
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R I AT I O N S I N D I M E N S I O N S

P e r m i ss ib l e
Va r i ati o n s i n C ut
Si ze, Outside Pe rmi ssi ble Var iati ons P erm issi bl e
Diameter, in. . in Outside Diameter, Variations in Wall Length, in.B [min i Th i n-Wal led Tubes C
G roup [m i
ni in . [m m] Th ickness, A % Over U nder

1 U p to [1 2 ,7], excl +0 005 [0 13] +1 5 1, 8 [3] 0 ...

2 1, 2 to I [ 1 2 ,7 to 38 , 1], excl _+ 0 005 [0 13] +I 0 i/8 [3] 0 Less than
n o m i nal
0 ,065 i n , [1 6 mm]
3 1 to 31/2 [38 1 to 88 9], _+ 0 .0 10 [0 , 253 +1 0 3/ 6 [5] 0 Less than 0 ,095 in , E2 4 ra m]
exc l n om i na l
4 31/2 to 5 [88 ,9 to 139 .7], _ 0 , 0 15 [0 , 383 +I 0 3/i6 [5] 0 Less than 0 . 150 in , [3 ,8 mm]
exc l nom i nal
5 5 to 8 [1 39 ,7 to 2 032], _+ 0 .030 [0 7 6] _+ 1 0 3/i6 [5] 0 Less than 0 15 0 i n [3 ,8 mm]
i nc l no m i nal

A When tubes as ordered requ i re wal l th icknesses i n , [19 mm] or over, or an inside d iameter 60 % or less of the outside diameter, a wider
variati on i n wal l th ickness is requ i red On such sizes a variati on in wal l th ickness of 1 2 5 % over or under wi t l be permitted , For tubes less than
in . [1 2 ,7 mm] i n i nside d i ameter wh ich cannot be successfu l ly drawn over a mand rel, the wal t th ickness may vary _+ 15 % from that specifi ed ,
B These tolerances apply to cut lengths up to and i ncl udi ng 24 ft [7 ,3 m] . For lengths greater' than 24 ft [7 ,3 m], the above over to lerances
shal l be increased by i n , [3 mm] for each 1 0 fi [3 m] or fracti on thereof over' 24 ft, or 1, 2 i n [13 mm], wh ichever' is lesser .
c Oval ity p rov i s i ons of 1 2 , 2 app l y ,

446
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-268/SA-268M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementmy iequirements shall apply only when specifi ed by the purchaser in t
he inquiry, contract,
or order.

S1. Air-Underwater Pressure Test S2. 1 .1 Each t

ube sha
l l be subjected to an ultrasonic
Sl.1 When specif i ed, t
he tubing shall be examined by inspect i on employing Practices E 273 or E 2 1 3 wit h the
the air underwater plessure test. rej ec ti on cri teri a reference d in Speci f i c ation
A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M.

$2. 1.2 If tS actice E 273 is employed, a 1 00% volu

S2. Additional Testing of Welded Tubing for 100 % metric inspect
i on of t he entire lengt
h of each t ube shall
l so be performed using one of t
a he non-destxuctive electric
Joint Ef
iciency in Certain ASME Applicat
f ions
(see Note $2.1) tests permitted by Specif
ication A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M.
$2.1.3 T
he test methods described in t
he supplement
NOTE $2. 1 - When specif ied, the special test
ing in t
his supplement may not be capable of inspecting t
he end poltions of t
ubes.
is intended foi special ASME applicat i ons It is not mandatoty for all his condit
T i on is referred to as end effect. T
his portion,
ASME applications
as deter
mined by t he manufact urer, sha
ll be removed and
discarded.
S2.1 Where this supplement is specifi ed in the purchase
order, in certain ASME applicat i ons it is permissible to $2.1.4 In addit
ion to the marking prescr
ibed in Speci
use 1 00% joint eff
i ciency for t
he longitudina l weld, pro ication A 1 0 1 6 /A 1 0 1 6M, "$2" shall be added after the
f
vided the following additional requirements are met: grade designat
i on.

447
I NTE NTI O NAL LY LE FT B LAN K

448
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-275/SA-275M

TEST METHOD FOR MAGNETIC PARTICLE

EXAMINATION OF S TEEL FORGINGS

SA-275/SA-275M
INTERNATIONAL
Standards Worldwide

(Ident
i cal with ASTM Specifi cat
i on A 2 75 /A 275M-06 ) A08

1. Scope appropriate safety and health practices and determine the

1.1 This test method cover's a procedure for magnet ic applicabilit
y of regulatory limitations prior to use.
particle examination of steel foigings. The procedure will
produce consistent results upon which acceptance stan
2. Referenced Documents
dards can be based . This sta
n dard does not contain accept
nce standa
a rds or recommended quality levels. 2. 1 ASTM Standards:
E 709 Guide fi r Magnet
ic Particle Examination
1.2 Only direct curient or rect if
i ed alternating (full or
E 1444 Practice for Magnet
ic Particle Testing
half wave) current shall be used as the electric power source
for a
ny of the magnet i zing methods. Alternating current 2.2 Other Document:

is not peimitted because its capability to detect subsurface Recommended Practice No SNT-TC- 1 A, Supplement B
discont
i nuities is very limited a
nd therefore unsuitable. Magnet
i c Particle Met
h od
1 .2. 1 Portable battery powered electromagnetic
yokes are outside the scope of this test met
hod.
3. Terminology
NOTE 1 - Guide E 709 may be utilized fbr magnet i c particle exami 3. 1 Def
initions :
nati on in the field for machinery components originally manuf tctuted
from steel forgings 3 . 1 . 1 indica tion - the visu al magnetic p arti cl e
buildup resulting from leakage f i elds in the magnet
ic f
i eld.
1.3 The m inimum requirements for magnet i c pa
r ticle 3. 1 .2 linear indication - an indication in which the
examinat ion shall conform to practice standards of Practice
length is at least three t
imes t he widt h . The minimum
E 1 444. If hte requirements of this test method a re in con
lengt
h of indications to be considered linear shall be 1 6 in.
fl ict with the requirements of Practice E 1444, t
he require
[ 1 . 6 mm] .
ments of this test met h od sha
ll prevail.
3. 1 .3 magnetic f
lux - the product of the magnet ic
1.4 This specif i cation a
nd the applicable material speci induct
ion and the area of a surface (or cross sect
ion) when
i cations r
f ae expressed in both inch-pound units a nd SI the magnetic induct i on is uniformly d
i stributed a
n d normal
units. However , unless the order specif i es the applicable to t
he plane of the surface . Th e concept t hat t
he magnet ic
"M" specif i cat
ion designat i on [SI units] , the material shall i eld is f
f l owing a
l ong t
he lines of force suggests ht at t
hese
be furni shed to inch-pound un its. lines a
re therefore "f
lux" lines, a
nd t
hey a
r e ca
lled mag
1.5 The va lues stated in eit
h er SI units or inch-pound netic f
l ux .

units are to be rega

rded sepa rately as standard. The values 3.1.4 magnetic particle method of examination - a
stated in each system may not be exact equivalents ; th ere method for detect
i ng discont i nuit
i es on or nea
r the sur
face
fore, each system shall be used independently of the other . in suitably magneti zed materia l s , which employs fi nely
Combining values from the two systems may result in non divi ded magnetic p arti cle s th at tend to congre gate in
conforma
nce with t
he standa
r d.
regions of lea
kage fi elds .
1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the 3. 1 .5 nonrelevant indications - indicati ons produced
safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the by lea
kage f i elds . However, the condit
i ons causing them
responsibility of the use r of th is standa rd to establish are present by design or accident, or other features of the

449
SA-275/SA-275M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

pa
r t having no relation to the damaging fl aws being sought.
The term signifi es that such an indicati on has no relation
to the discont
inuities that might constitute defects.
sensiti vity to detect crack-like defects is demonstrated to
be at least equivalent to that of t he direct-magnetization
method

7.2. 1 Portable battery powered electromagnetic

yokes ate not included in the scope of this standa
rd
4. Basis of Applicat
i on
4.1 When in accordance with the requirements of the
inquiry, contract, order, or specifi cations, forgings a
r e fu
r 8. Magnetic Particles
nished subject to magnetic particle examinati on, the manu 8. 1 The inspection medium shall consist of fi nely
facturer and the purchaser shall be in agreement concerning divided ferromagnetic particles, which may be suspended
the following :
in a suitable liquid medium, or used in dry powder form.
4. 1. 1 The locations on the forgings t
h at a
re to be
8.2 The size and shape of the pa
rti cles, a
nd t
heir mag
subjected to magneti c particle exam
ination.
netic properties, both individually and collectively, are
4.1.2 The type, size, number , location, and orienta important (see Sect
i on 1 1 ).
tion of indications that a
r e to be considered injurious ,
4.1.3 The method of application of magneti c pa
r ti
cles, demagnetization requirements and magnetic fi eld 9. Surface Preparat
ion
strengths . 9.1 The sensitivity of the magneti c pa
rti cle exa
mination
4.2 In cases where la
r ge undercuts in the forgings a
re will depend to a considerable extent upon the condition
to be taken by t he purchaser , the manufactu rer shall be of t
he surface being tested. Defects may be satisfactorily
given the privilege (when the design permits) of machining revealed on shot-blasted or otherwise cleaned forged sur
slots or grooves in the rough-machined forging to explore faces, or on surfaces having small amounts of heat-treating
the internal conditions pr
i or to shipping scale without any special surface preparati on; however ,
loose scale must be r emoved. To reveal f
i ne defects, the
4.3 Acceptance standa
rds. surfaces to be inspected should be smoot
h machined to at
least a 250 ixin [6.35 Ixm] f
i nish.
5. Personnel Requirements 9.2 The surfaces shall be free of grease, oils, or other
5.1 Personnel performing t he magnetic pa rti cle exa
mi substances to which t
h e particles may adhere.
nation to this test met
hod shall be qualifi ed and certif
i ed 9.3 Rough surfaces hamper t he mobility of magneti c
in accordance with a written procedure conforming to Rec powder s due to mechanical trapping which in turn produces
ommended Practice No. SNT-TC- 1 A or anot
her national false indications. Such a_teas should be surface ground, If
standard that is acceptable to both the pu
rchaser and the grinding is impractica
l , a paper tape overlay (as described
supplier . in 1 4.. 1 . 1 .2) may elim
i nate the problem

6. Stage of Inspection
10. Methods of Magnet
i zat
ion
6.1 Unless ot
h erwise specif
i ed by the purchaser, accept
10.1 The forging may be magneti zed either by passing
ance inspection shall be performed on a forging in the
i nal machined sur
f f ace condition and f
i nal therma
l ly treated current th
r ough the piece or by inducing a magneti c fi eld
condition (including stres s relief) or within 0 .03 0 in by means of a central conductor or by coils.
[0. 8 mm] of the f
i nal machined surface. 1 0 . 1 . 1 Con tin uo us Me th od - In the c ontinuou s
method, the inspection medium is applied to the su r face
under inspection while the current is sti ll fl owing. T he
7. Magnet izing Apparatus cunent source generates high amperage current in pulses
7.1 Rect ified alternating (full or ha
lf wave) or direct of up to 1 -s duration. The duration of this fl ow shall allow
current electric power sources may be used. When current at least three pulses of current or in the case where machines
is passed through the pa
r t itself, t
he equipment shall consist supply continuous current fl ow a m inimum shot of 5 to
of contacting or clamping elements wit h suffi cient surface -s duration should be applied.
area and clamping pressure to allow t he required current to 10.1.2 Surge Method - In the su r ge method a high
fl ow without damaging (burning) the pa
r t being exam
ined. magnetizing force is applied a
nd then reduced to a lower'
7.2 Portable electromagnetic (ac-dc) yokes may be used continuous value, which is maintained during application
in the dc mode as a magnet i zing apparatus, provided the of t
he inspection medium.

45 0
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-275/SA-275M

10.2 At least two sepa

rate examinat
i ons shall be carried i eld shall be demonstrated by the use of f
f i eld ind
i cators
out on each a
r ea. The second examination sha
l l be with (see 1 0.5 . 6) .
h
te lines of magnetic flux approximately perpendicular to (1) Small Forgings -Magnetizing fbrce shall be 35 000
h ose used for h
t te f
i rst examination in t
h at a
r ea. A different ampere-t urns divided by t he sum of 2 plus t he "length over
means of magneti zing may be used for the second examina dia
meter" ratio of t he test par t. For example, a part 1 0 in.
ion. Magnetizing in more t
t h an one direct ion cannot be [250 mm] long by 2 in. [50 mm] in outside dia meter has
accomplished simultaneously. an UD ratio of 5 . T herefore, 3 5 000/(2 + 5) = 5000
mpere-t
a urns ; if a 5-tmn coil is used, t he cuirent required
NOTE 2 - An except i on to the above ilale is oveIa
l l sequential multi
vector magnet
i zat
i on whereby several magnet i zing ch'c uits a
r e provided
is 5000/5 or' 1 000 A . This formula provides an adequate
for sequentially magnetizing a par t in multiple directions depending upon i eld strength on small parts having an L/D ratio of 4 or
f
the locati ons of' t
he curient connectoi s By t his technique, fl aws of any greater. For pa r ts having a smaller /_ZD ratio, adequate
or
i entation can be detected with a single applicat
i on of magnetic particles , i eld st
f r engths sha l l be demonst r'ated by the use of a f
i eld
indicator' (see 1 0.5 .6) . The graph in Fig.. 7 may be used to
1 0.3 The two general types of magnetizati on with
determine t he ampere-t urn s required for' each L/D rela
regard to direction are longitudinal and circula
r', as follows:
tionship .
10.3.1 Longitudinal - When a forging is magnetized (2) Large Forgings For la rge forgings t he magnetiz
longitu dinally, h
te magnet ic fl ux lines a
r e usually parallel ing foice sha ll be in the ra nge from 1 200 to 4500 ampere
to t
he axis of the piece. A longitudinally magnet i zed piece turns . A f
i eld indicator (see 1 0.5 6) sha
l l be used to demon
always has def i nite poles read ily detectable by compass st
r ate the presence of an adequate f
i eld st
r ength over t
he
or magnetometer . Longit udinal magnetization is usually aea to be inspected.
r
accomplished by placing t he foIging wit hin a solenoid,
10.5.1.2 Circular Magnetization (Fig. 5) - For
often formed by wrapping cable ar'ound the piece (Fig. 1 ) .
circula
r magnet i zat
i on with through coils, use t he current
For' sp eci al applic ation s , magnetic yoke s can be u s ed
with a
mperage as specif i ed in 1 0.5 .2 divided by t
he number
(Fig. 2) when requirements of 72 ate met. of turns in the coil.
10.3.2 Circular - Circula r magnet i zat i on is obtained
1 0 . 5 .2 D irec t Magne tiza tion - When curre nt i s
by passing a cmrent directly through the piece (Fig.. 3), or
passed directly tluough t he part to be examined, t he cmrent
indu c ed through a c ondu c tor (Fi g. 4 ) , or c ondu c tor's
sha
l l be between 1 00 and 900 A per inch [4 a nd 35 A
threaded (Fig. 5) through a
n opening in the piece. Localized
per m
i llimetre] of dia meter or cross sect i on (per inch or
circula
r magentization may be obtained by passing current
i llimet
m re of greatest width in a plane at iight a ngles to
trough t
h he loca
lareas by use ofprod-type contacts (Fig. 6) .
current fl ow) . For hollow par ts t
his would be wa ll t
hickness
10.4 The magnetic f
i eld is conf
i ned a
lmost ent
i rely to when cables a re cla mped to t h e wal l Suggested current
the piece a
nd t
heie may be no externa
l manifestation of for diameter's or sections up to 5 in.. [ 1 25 mm] are 600 to
te magnet
h i zed cond
i tion. Indications will appea
r strongest 900 A per' inch [25 to 35 A per millimetre] ; for diameters
in t
he direct
i on perpendicular' to the direction of t
h e mag or sect
i ons between 5 and 1 0 in. [ 1 25 to 250 mm] , 400 to
net
ic f
i eld. 600 A per inch [ 1 5 to 25 A per' millimet re] ; a
n d 1 00 to
400 A per inch [4 to 1 5 A per' m illimet re] for outside
10.5 Field Strength 1 The minimum f i eld st
r ength t
h at dia
meter's or' sections over 1 0 in.. [250 mm] . If it is not
will reveal and permit classifi cation of al l obj ect
i onable pract
i cal to obtain these current levels for diameters over
defects shall be used. T
he maximum f i eld st
r engths practi 1 0 in.. [250 mm], the presence of an adequate f i eld st
r ength
cal a
re the ones just below t he point at which excessive shall be demonst rated using a f
i eld indicator . In all ot h er
adherence of the particles begins to occur over the smface instances the adequacy of the magnet i zing force sha l l be
being inspected. demonst rated by means of a f i eld indicator (see 1 0.56) .
10.5.1 Coil Magnetization - W hen coil magnet iza hen large parks have been examined by cla
W mping contacts
ton is used, t
i he magnetic fi eld st
rength is di
r ectly propor to the wa l l thickness t
he adequacy of the f i eld in the circum
t
i onal to t
he current (ampere-turns if a coil or solenoid is ferent i al diiect i on shall also be determined by the f i eld
indicator .
used) and inversely proportiona l to t
he thickness of' the
section being inspected. 10.5.3 Prod Magnetization - W hen prods a re used
10.5.1.1 L
ongitudinal Magnetization - For encir to circula
r ly magnetize a loca
l a
rea, t he fi eld st
rength is
cling coils (Fig. 1 ), t
he turns of t he coil shall be kept irectly proport
d i onal to t
he ampei age used but al so varies
closely toget
her T he f i eld st
r ength decreases as dista
nce with the prod spacing and thi ckne s s of s ection b eing
from t he coil increases a
nd long parts must be magnetized inspected .
in sections. If t
he a
rea to be inspected extends beyond 6 in . 10.5.3.1 A magnetizing force of 75 to 1 00 A per
[ 1 50 mm] on eit her side of the coils, t
he adequacy of t
he linear' inch [3 to 4 A per m
illimet
re] of prod spacing shall

45 1
SA-275/SA-275M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

be used for' material under' in . [20 mm] thick, and 1 00 10.5.7.2 Yoke Qualif i cation - Permitted direct
to 1 25 A per' linear inch [4 to 5 A per' millimetre] of' prod curient electr'o magnetic yokes shall have a lifting power'
spacing shall be used for' material 4 in. [20 mm] and over' of at least 40 lbf [ 1 75 N] at a pole spacing of' 3 to 6 in.
in thickness . [75 to 1 5 0 mm] .
10.5.3.2 Prod spacing shall be a maximum of 8 in. 10.5.7.3 Direction ofMagnetization - At least two
[200 mm] Prod spacing less than 3 in . [75 mm] usually sepa
rate examinations shall be ca
r ried out on each area .
is not feasible due to ba
n ding of the particles a
round the In the second examination, t
he lines of' magnetic f
lux shall
prods. Care shall be taken to prevent loca l overheating or' be approximately perpendicular to t
h ose used for the first
burning of' the surface being examined. Steel-or aluminum examination in t
h at a ea .

tipped prods or copper-brush-type prods rather than solid 10.5.7.4 Pole Spacing - Pole spacing shall be lim
copper-tipped prods are recommended where t h e magneti z ited to 2 to 8 in. [50 to 200 mm] .
ing voltage is over' 25 V open circuit (bad contact) in order 10.5.7.5 Inspection Area - Inspection a
rea is lim
to avoid copper' penetration. Permanent magnetic leeches ited to a maximum distance of one qua
r ter of' t
he pole
may be used as a pair' or in conjunction with a prod. Leeches
should not be used in excess of' 1 500 A because loss of' spacing on either' side of a line joining the two poles.
Overlapping of pole spacing shall be at least 1 in. [25 r
am] .
magneti zation occurs.
10.5.3.3 A remote control switch, which may be
built into the prod ha
n dles, shall be provided to permit the 1 1. Application of Particles
current to be turned on after t
he prods have been properly 11.1 While the forging is properly magneti zed, the
positioned and to turn if of
f before the prods a
re removed pa
rticles may be applied by one of' the following methods :
in order to pr event a
r cing .
11.1.1 Dry Method - In the dry method the pa
rticles
10.5.3.4 Examination Coverage - Examinat i ons
shall be applied tom a hand sha
ker (such as a shaker' ca
n ),
shall be conducted with suf
i cient overlap to assure 1 00%
f mechanical shaker', bulb blower' , or' mechanical blower .
coverage at the established sensit
ivity. The use of' the shaker shall be limited to f
l at and nearly
10.5.3.5 Direction o] Magnetization - At least two horizontal surfaces, whereas the blower s may be used on
separate examinations shall be carried out on each area.. vertical or' overhead sur
faces. The powder' shall be applied
The prods shall be placed so that the lines of fl ux di
n ing evenly on the surface of the forging. The color of t
h e dry
one examination are approximately perpendicula
r to the powder should be chosen to provide suitable contrast Too
lines of f
l ux during the other . much powder is disadva n tageous as it masks the patterns
10.5.4 Indirect circular' magnet i zation of the bores 1 1 .1 .2 Care shall be exercised in blowing of
f excess
of' shaft forgings (Fig. 4) shall be performed using a current powder so as not to disturb the indications
of 1 00 to 1 25 A per inch [4 to 5 A per millimetr e] of' bore
1 1 .2 Wet Methods:
diameter'.
1 1.2. 1 Oil - The material for the wet method is
10.5.5 A suitable instrument such as an ammeter'
sha
ll be used to measure t
he specifi ed or agreed upon usually supplied in concentrate form, and the inspecti on
cur
r ent
medium shall be prepared by mixing the concentrate wit h
a suitable light oil The liquid recommended for the inspec
10.5.6 A magneti c pa rti cle fi eld indicator' (Fig. 8) tion vehicle is a well refi ned, light, petroleum distillate
where necessa r y shall be used to establish adequacy of' the having a relatively high fl ash point. The approximate cha
r
magneti c fi eld The magneti zing curTent shall be suffi cient actef
i stics of a suitable liquid a
r e as follows :
to develop t he pattern in the indicator' clearly.
API gr avity 46
10.5.6.1 The magnetic pa r ticle fi eld indicator' shall Viscosity, SUS 31
be used by positioning the indicator' on the forging being Flash point (Tag Open Cup), °F [°C] 155 to 175 [65 to 80]
examined while applying t h e required curxent a n d ferio Initial boiling point, °F [°C] 390 [200]
magnetic pa r ticles. The production of a pattern (usually a End point, °F [°C] 490 [255]
Color, Saybolt 25
cross) of' discernible ferr omagnetic pa rticles indicates t h at
adequate fi eld strength has been generated in the forging A suspension of from 1 to 2% solid material by volume
being examined.. shall generally be used. The inspection medium shall be
10.5.7 Yoke Magnetization - When electromagnetic fl owed or' sprayed over' the a
r ea being inspected. The color'
yokes are used to magnetize a local a
r ea, a longit
udinal of t
he par ti cles should be chosen to provide suitable con
trast
i eld i s formed between the poles .
f
10.5.7.1 Equipment - Yokes may be of the fi xed 1 1 .2.2 Water - Magnetic particles suspended in
or a
r ticulated leg types . clean water , or clean water with suitable wetting agents

45 2
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-275/SA-275M

may be used. Suspension of from 2 to 2 % solid mater

i al 13.2 Factors that must be considered in interpreting an
by volume shal l genera
lly be used. indication as to its cause are as follows :

1 1.3 Fluorescent Method - Fluorescent magnet

i c parti 13.2.1 Appearance of t
he indicat
ion.
cle inspect
i on is a variation of the wet met hod. A concen
13.2.2 Direct
i on a
nd shape of t
he indication.
trate, similar to that used in t he wet met hod, shal l be
used, except htat t
he magnet i c pa
r ticle sha
ll be coated wit
h 13.2.3 Type of mater
ial from which t
he part is made.
mater
i al h
t at f
luoresces when act
ivated by "black" light. 13.2.4 Processing history of the part, type of mach
in
11.3.1 The same procedu r e specifi ed when mixing ing, heat treatment, etc .
the wet medium sha l l be followed, except t hat t
he suspen
13.2.5 Past experience with similar par ts based on
sion sha
ll contain 0. 1 to 0.7% of solid mater ia
l by volume
dest
r uctive tests such as sect
ioning, etching, fracturing,
when petroleum distillate or water is used.
chipping, grinding, etc.
1 1 .3.2 T
h e vehicle sha
l l not be f
l uorescent.
13.3 The indications may be grouped into three broad
1 1.3.3 If f
luorescent particles are used, t
he examina classes :
tion shall be conducted in a da
rkened area using "black
light," and t
he light intensit
y sha
ll be at least 1000 W/cm2 13.3. 1 Surface defects that produce sha
r p, dist
inct,
at a distance of 1 5 in. from the lamp. The "black light" clea
r-cut, ti ghtly adhering patter
n s. T
hese may generally
shall emit ult raviolet radiation of a wavelength wit hin t
he be interpreted from cha
racter
i stic indicat
i ons as follows:
range from 3300 to 3900 . . The particles sha l l em
it a 13.3.1.1 Laminar Defects - give st
rong ind
ica
br
i lliant fluorescence when subjected to this light. The bulb ions which a
t re par allel to h
te sur
face.
sha
l l be al lowed to warm up for a m i nimum of 5 min pr ior
to its use in examination. 13.3.1.2 Forging Laps and Folds - a
r e indicat
ions
that may not be very heavy, and are not straight. They
follow meta
l flow lines .
12. Demagnetization
13.3. 1 .3 Flakes - (thermal ruptures caused by
12.1 W hen specifi ed, parts shall be suffi ciently demag, ent
rapped hydrogen) can occur in a reas that have been
netized after inspect
i on so t
hat the residua l f i eld will not machined away. They a
r e cha
r acter
i zed by ilregular, scat
interfere with future welding or machining operations, tered indications
magnet i c instruments used in t
he proximity of t he pa
rt, or
so h
tat leakage fi elds will not occur in a r eas of dyna mic 13.3.1.4 Heat-Treating Crack - indicat i ons a
re
contact surfaces . strong and occur at corners , notche s , and changes of
sect
i on.
12.2 When direct current is used, demagnetizing may
usually be accomplished by repeatedly reversing a nd pro 13.3.1.5 Shrinkage Crack - indications a
re very
gressively decreasing the magnet i zing current. The init
ial strong a
nd sharp, usually cont inuous wit
h few branches,
fi eld strengt
h used during demagneti zation shal l be equal and occur at changes of sect
i on.
to or greater than the original magnetizing force. W hen 13.3. 1 .6 Grinding Crack - indications usually
he cur
t rent has been reduced to the va nishing point, the occur in groups at right angles to t
he d
irect
i on of gr
inding.
par t should be pract
i ca
lly demagnet i zed. Direct current is
13.3.1 .7 Etching o r Plating Cracks - produce
recommended for demagnet izing la
rge pa rts.
st
rong indications in a direct
i on perpendicula
r to residua
l
12.3 W hen a lternating current is used, it is necessa
ry stresses .

merely to decrease the magneti zing current in small steps

13.3.2 Subsurface defects produce less distinct or
or cont
inuously to a very low cur
rent.
fuzzy patterns which a
re broad rat
her than sha
r p, and a
re
12.4 Demagnet ization will not be necessary if t
he piece less t
ightly held. They genera
l ly produce the following
is to be subject to a
n austenitizing treatment prior to future cha
racteristic indications :
use or mach ining.
1 3.3.2. 1 Stringe rs of Nonmetallic Inclusions -
often have st r ong indications like sur
face seams but a re
13. Interpretation and Evaluat ion of Indicat ions usually discontinuous or short a nd occur in groups . T
hese
13. 1 The following sha
l l not be used as a standa
rd for indications follow the grain flow in forgings The ind ica
ions show only when t
t he defects are nea
r the surface.
rejection or acceptan ce of a part, but may be used as an
aid in interpreting and evaluating indications obtained. 13.3.2.2 Large Nonmet a llics - produce indica
Examples of discont inuiti es and reference photographs of tions ra
nging from sharp to diff
u se, wh
i ch may occur any
magnetic particle indicat
ions may be found in Guide E 709. where in a section .

45 3
SA-275/SA-275M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

13.3.2.3 Cracks in Underbeads of Welds - pro i equency of indications The report shall indicate the type
f
duce indicat
i ons that occur in broad diffuse patterns. of magnetization and location of contacts
13.3.2.4 Forging Bursts - produce irTegular and 14. 1 .1 Permanent Recording of Data:
dif
fuse indications .
14.1.1.1 A permanent record of t
he indications
13.3.3 Nomelevant or "false" indicat
i ons are gener may be made by caref ully covering the surface with trans
ally confusing but can usually be identifi ed, as follows: parent, adhesive-backed, cellophane tape Th e tape is then
13.3.3.1 Magnetic Writing - indicati ons a
re f
u zzy removed wit h the particle indication adhering to it. The
and will be destroyed by demagneti zat
ion These indica tape may then be placed on white paper or cardboard and
ions are caused by contact with other steel or magnets
t photographed or otherwise reproduced.
while magnetized. 14.1.1.2 If a more accmate reproduction of the
13.3.3.2 Changes in Section - a r e indications t
hat indication is desired t
he following technique may be used.
r e broad and f
a u zzy and caused by concentration of mag Once an indicat
i on has been detected using t
h e normal
net
ic fi eld in gea
r teeth, f
i llets, keyways, etc. examining technique, remove t he accumulated powder and
13.3.3.3 Edge of Weld - indications a re caused place a piece of white paper tape wit h a gloss surface
by cha
nge of magnetic properties due to diff
u sion. These nd a gum adhesive backing over the a
a rea containing the
indications r
ae not t
i ghtly adherent. indication; reapply the cutient and dust t
he tape surface
13.3.3.4 Flow Lines - a r e large groups of pa
rallel wit
h the powder. Immediately the particles will collect
indications t
h at occur pa
r ticula
rly in foIgings examined by over the disconti nuity, and wit
hthe current sti ll passing
mea
n s of excessive curients . through t
he test piece, spray the tape sur
face with a thin
13.3.4 Any indication that is believed to be nonrele
coating of acrylic lacquer. Terminate t
he curTent fl ow a
nd
remove the tape; this will leave an exact replica of t he
vant shall be regarded as unacceptable until the indication
is eit
her eliminated by surface conditioning or it is reexam powder buildup adher
ing to it.
ined by the same or other nondeslxuctive means and demon
strated to be nomelevant.
15. Acceptance Standards
14. Report of Indications 15.1 The standards for acceptance of defects detected
14.1 Record t
he size, number , and location of all linear by magnetic particle examination shall be as specifi ed in the
indications . Use sketches to show location, direction, and applicable ASTM product specifi cation, contract, or order .

454
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-275/SA-275M

FI G . 1 LO N G I T U D I N A L FI G . 4 C I RC U LA R M A G N E TI ZATI O N ,
M A G N ETI ZAT I O N C U R R E N T T H RO U G H A C O N D U C TO R

I ndication Centra l

(' ( .. -- - ,no,c o,ro ;7 -'- ' ,

'- C o nd uc tor

FIG . 2 LO N G IT U D I N A L FI G . 5 C I R C U LA R M AG N ET I ZAT I O N ,
M AG N ETI ZATIO N , W IT H YO K E C U R R E N T T H R O U G H C O N D U CT O R S
T H R E A D E D T H RO U G H FO RG I N G
Ind i c a t ion

,, Indication

li ,l rii l ..... __ __ :i l l,
,' ,i l l i111

IiI l Jiil<--' ill

Yoke II

.. . . . J,l
I''°°n"''ct°' 1

FI G . 3 C I R C U LA R M AG N E TI ZATI O N , FIG. 6 C I R C U LA R M A G N E T I ZAT I O N W I T H

C U R R E N T D I R E CT LY T H RO U G H FO RG I N G " P R O D " TY P E C O N TA C T E L E CT R O D E S

E CL OE NC TACT
TR I C AL Ind i cation E LC OE CN TTAC
R I CT A L Ind ica t ion
#

/ i
C O NT ACT C O N T AC T
ELE CTRODE E L E C TROD E

45 5
SA-275/SA-275M 2008a SECTION IX, PART A

FI G . 7 LO N G IT U D I N A L M AG N ETIZATI O N

! i i i [ , i i i i i ....

L ID

FI G . 8 M AG N ETI C PA RTI C L E FI E L D I N D I C ATO R

E IGHT LOW-CARBON STEEL PIE SECTIONS,

FURN ACE BRAZE TOGE THE R

NON FER ROU S HAN OL E OF

ANY CONVENIENT LIr NGTH7 iJ8

A R TIF I C IA L FLAW
(ALL S E G ME NT I NTERFAC ES )

BRAZE W ELD OR M ECH AN I C ALLY ATTAC H

NON FE RR OU S T R U N N I O N S

I in COPPER PLATE, 0.O1 0

[ • +_ o.ool i . TH IC K

45 6
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-276

SPECIFICATION FOR STAINLESS STEEL BARS AND

SHAPES

SA-276
INTERNATIONAL
Stan dards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 276-97 )

1. Scope 3. Ordering Information

1.1 This specifi cation covers hot-finished or cold-fi n 3.1 It is the responsibility of the purchaser to specify
ished bar's except bar's for reforging (Note 1 ). It includes all requirements that are necessary for material ordered
Iounds, squares, and hexagons, and hot-rolled or extraaded under this specifi cat
i on Such iequirements may include
shapes, such as angles, tees, and channels in the more but are not limited to the following :
commonly used types of stainless steels. The f
l ee-machin 3. 1 . 1 Qua
nti ty (weight or number of pieces) ;
ing types (Note 2), for general coriosion iesistance and 3. 1 .2 Name of material : stainless steel ;
high-temperature service, a
r e covered in a separate speci
i cation
f 3. 1.3 Form (bar s , angles , etc ) ;
3. 1 .4 Condition (Section 5 1 ) ;
NOTE 1 ---For bi
n s foi ieforging, see Specif
i cat
i on A 3 1 4 ,
3.1 .5 Fi n i s h (Section 4 of Specif
i c ati o n
NOTE 2 --For flee-machining stainless bi n s designed especially foi
opti mum machinability, see Specif
icat
ion A 582 /A 582M A 484 /A 484M) ;

NOTE 3 Thele me standmds covet i ng high nickel, cltt omium, austenitic 3.1.6 Surface prepa r ation of shapes (Sect
i on 4 of
colrosion, and heat iesisting alloy mateiials These sta n dards a
r e undei Specif
i cation A 484 /A 484M);
the julisdiction of' ASTM Subcommittee B02 07 a
nd may be found in
Annual B ook of ASTM Standa
r ds, Vol 02 , 04
3.1.7 Applicable dimensions including size, t
hick
ness , width, and length;
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units a
r e to be 3.1 .8 Cross section (round, squa
re, etc ) ;
iegarded as the standa
r d.
3.1.9 Type or UNS designation (Table 1 ) ;
3.1 .10 ASTM designation a
nd date of issue; and
2. Referenced Documents 3. 1 . 1 1 Whether ba
r ' s ale to be rolled as ba
r ' s or cut
2. 1 ASTM Standards : l om strip or plate
f
A 3 14 Specif
i cation for Sta
i nless Steel Billets a
nd Bars for 3.1.12 Test f0r magnetic pelmeability when specifi ed
Fol ging by customer purchase or der when ordering Types 20 1
A 370 Test Methods and Def
i nitions for Mechanical Test and 205 .
ing of Steel Products
3. 1 . 13 Specia
l Iequirements .
A 484 /A 484M Specif i cation for General Requilements
for Stainless Steel B a
r s, Billets, a
nd For gings NOTE 4 --A typical oldeling descr
iption is as follows: 5 ,000 lb (2268 kg)
A 582 /A 582M Specifi cation for Free-Machining Stainless Stainless Steel Ba
r's , Annealed and Centelless Gr ound, 1 1/2 in (3 8 1 0 mm)
Steel B a
rs Round, 1 0 to 1 2 ft (3 05 to 3 66 m) in length, Type 304, ASTM Specif
i ca
tion A 276 dated End use : machined va
l ve pa
r ts
A 7 5 1 Te s t Method s , Pr acti c e s , and Termin ol o gy for
Chemical Analysis of Steel Products
E 527 Practice for Numbeling Metals and Alloys (UNS) 4. General Requirements
2.2 Other Document : 4.1 In addition to the requilements of this specif
i cation,
SAE J 1 086 Recommended Practice for Numbering Metals all iequirements of the culrent edit
i on of Specifi cation
and Alloys A 484 /A 484M shall apply Failure to comply with the

457
SA-276 2007 SECTION II, PART A

general requirements of Specifi cati on A 484 /A 484M con 7.2 The martensitic grades shall be capable of meeting
stitutes nonconf0rmance to this specif
i cation the hardness requirements after heat treating as specifi ed
in Table 3

5. Manufacture 7.3 Ha rdness measurements, when requir ed, shall be

5. 1 Condition : made at a locat
i on midway between the surface and the
center of the cross sect
i on .
5. 1 . 1 B a
r 's shall be furnished in one of the following
conditions listed in the Mechanical Requirements table :
5. 1 . 1. 1 Condition A - Annealed.

5. 1 . 1 .2 Condition H - Ha
r dened and tempered at 8. Magnet
i c Permeability
a relatively low temperatu re 8.1 When required by the purchase older , th e magnetic
5. 1 . 1 .3 Condition T - Har dened and tempered at permeability of Types 20 1 and 205 in the annealed condi
a relatively high temper ature . i on shall not exceed 1 .2 as tested by a Seveln-type indi
t
cator
5.1 . 1 .4 Condition S - Strain Ha
rdened-Relatively
light cold work.
5 , 1 . 1 .5 Condi ti o n B - Relatively s evere c old
work 9. Certif
i cat
i on

9.1 Upon request of the purchaser in the contract or

6. Chemical Composit ion order , the producer ' s certifi cation that the material was
6.1 The steel sha
l l conform to the r equirements for manufhctured and tested in accordance with t
his specif
i ca
chemica
l composition specif
i ed in Table 1 ti on, together with a certifi ed report of the test results shall
be furnished at the t
i me of t
he shipment
6.2 Methods and practices relating to chemical analysis
required by this specifi cati on shall be in accordance with
Test Methods , Practices , and Terminology A 75 1
10. Keywords
7. Mechanical Propert
i es Requirements 10.1 austenitic stainless steel ; austenitic-ferIitic duplex
7. 1 The material shall conform to the mechanica
l test stainless steel; ferIitic stainles s steel; ma r tensitic stainless
requirements specifi ed in Table 2 steel ; stainles s steel ba
r s ; stainles s steel shapes

45 8
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-276

J 7
o o X • Z X
+ o

d • o " o " o d , u3 +
.. . . . o . .. . .. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .
' iz

d d o d d d d d • d 0 0 0 0 d 0
I ! 1 1 1 O I I I I I I I
0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 Q Q Q

0 0 0 0 0 d d d d d d d d :: d d d d d d :: :: d : :: d i :: d d d d d d

I I 1 I I I I
o o o o o o
.. .. .. . t
. .. .. . o .. .. .. .. . .. .. . . .. .. .. . .. .. .. q q q q q
i i i ii i d i i i ii i i i i ii ii i i ii ii i o i,

& & & &

t.,O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
I
Z
d d d d d d d d d G G d d d d d d
I.l.I I I ! 1 ! I I I I I I I I I I I J l l l I 1 1 1 1 I I I I I
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
I Ll M M d

I.I..I '-
-
,,u o" o
o o o
o o o

I,- , 1 I i 1
0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o o o 0 0 0 o o o 0 0 o o 0 0 0 o o o 0 o o o 0 o o
< q q q o o o o 0 0 o o o o 0 0 o o 0 0 o o 0 o o o o

I.l.I
0 0 0 0 0
-r"

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d

o o o
o
d d

& & & & & & & g o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

d d d d d

0 0 0 0 0

45 9
SA-276 2007 SECTION II, PART A

E E X
o
. .

6 6 z 6 z 6

t¢3 o
o o o o o o

6 : 6 6 :: 6 : : : 6 6 6 6 6 o o

?
" l',.. tq
" <: ¢q ¢q

o o o
W o o o o o o o o
E E
o

d 6 d M d d q q q q

z
0
o

l.
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
o o
?o oo'
Z Cq l.q CO 06
r-I I. I

I--
'E
i , i
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0 0 0 0 o o o o
- 0 0 0

__1
<
o o o o

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 6 6 6 6 o o o o o o o o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
-I-.

0 0 0 0 o o

6 6 6 6 6 o o o o o o o o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

o o o o
uq P oh
6 o 6

o o o o o o o
0 -
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0

Z 0
z ,
,

O
o o o
O0

460
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-276

?
u
o

o
..Q

o o
o

.. .. .. .. O , O O O O O

o 0 o

Z
O
¢O

7 o
o
7 7 7
o o
7 7
O
7 7
O o o
7 7 7 gl
O O O
I- 0 0 0 0 0 0
Z
r.-I IM
ua
_J I Ll
m r-,
g
I--
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
LtJ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
r,,,

.-1
<

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
I Ll
"r"

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

o
o

0 0 0 0
7
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
?
0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

8 8 g g 8 5 8

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

46 1
SA-276 2007 SECTION II, PART A

= "
. ¢q

:Z:

.o - 0
u x.
= ,=
--o < ._

o o o o o

g t/3
co
e¢3 p. i. , - r¢3 ee/ - , - t'xl ( t'xl r-t e -.-I

I-.
z
, m

3
E

.,---, ¢xJ

r cx]
Z
_ o o -
O0 ¢Xl

,_.- d
U3
,,d
o m m M
T
v

eJ eq ¢€3
B = = B = m

>
o o

, m
$ $ $ $ . $ = $ . $ .$ -$ . - $
- q= := - : t - q=:
o - O =o - -.o o o-
q==

o-
-

-
g:=

-
-

o
-o

: o = o o o .

< < < < < < <

I--
× m' N rn m

N N N N N
x × × ,

462
 2007 SECTION H, PART A SA-276

--r

._ o .

0 0 0 0 0 0

O r",
_
o

o o o o o o o o o

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Z
O

o 8 8 8 8
v

I-
Z
I Ll

NS
DD -' v

< or o
F- bo

.._l
• S S .
,< O O O O

Z
< o
-r

laJ
E

o o
> >
o

._
=
$ $ $ $ $ $
- q= ,4=

. B

< m o0 < rn < < < <Z

" O r' r-

. o o

tt3 ' " la'3 ,0

t.Q t'M t'

o ' o"

463
SA-276 2007 SECTION II, PART A

%
o
c,.l e,l e¢3

--r

,,,o

. g r-- !
__ ,,., ,.:
,_ ,

>' : ,
r"q

S £, _
, ,43 ,,D P r CO
z .
o

I--
z

¢Xl
I Ll
..I E
r

<I: ' .-,7

I-

<

E
. _

. _

- q= - k - $$$$÷$$$$$$$$

< .< < < < o

c <Z < < <Z '< < <

o
o u3 ,,o x
co o t. r-,.

X co o
c o
c - o
c - o
c o
c

464
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-276

.-v

. _. .

= ,-:

r-I

: : :: : :: : o o
O

',D ,,O

-. = ._
=
>' 0 ,_ g g g g g g o
0", g o g

.. .. .. .. .. i O
g g g g g g g g g
b.- h.
. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
r-i
-
O',
,,O
Z
O
O

¢O
. .. . . . g g
I-
Z
la.I

h i

< or
i- i , i
r

....I
,<
tO
r
l-
,<
"V"

h i

E o

1.1_
$$$$$$$ = - $- $- $$$- $$-
o- o - o- o 2 o o - o - o

< i--- i--- --r <: <: i-- i--- <: <: ' ,< < <:

o S
o
o o o o o

' - ' - X X ' - o"; 0o

465
SA-276 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3 R E S P O N S E TO H E AT T R EAT M E N T
H eat Treatme nt H a rd ness
Tem peratu re B H RC,
TypeA ° F (°C ), M i n . Quenchant M in .
403 1750 (955) A i r' 35
410 1750 (955) Air 35
414 1750 (955) 0il 42
420 1825 ( 9 95 ) A i r' 50
$42010 1 85 0 (I010) 0il 48
43 1 1 87 5 (1020) 0il 40
440A 1 875 (1020) Air 55
44 0 B 1 87 5 (1020) Oil 56
44 0 C 1875 (1020) Air 58

N OT ES
A S am p l es fo r testi n g shal l be i n the fo r m of a sect i o n n ot
exceed i ng 3, 8 i n ( 9 5 0 m m ) i n th i c kness,
B Te m pe ratu re to l e rance i s +2 5 ° F ( 1 4 ° C )

466
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-278/SA-278M

SPE CIFICATION FOR GRAY IRON CASTINGS FOR A08

PRESSURE- CONTAINING PARTS FOR TEMPERATURES

UP TO 650°F (350° C)

SA-278/SA-278M

(Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 278 /A 278M-0 1 (R06) except for an editorial change to 5 , 1 1 and a cha
nge to 1 6 1 making certifi cation
mandatory .)

1. Scope in MPa, in Metric units . Class 1 50 has a minimum specif

i ed
1 , 1 This specif
i cat
i on covers gray iron for casti ngs tensile strength of 1 50 MPa .
suitable for pressure-containing palts for use at tempera
tures up to 650°F (350°C) .
5. Ordering Information
1.2 Classes o3' h'o n:
5 . 1 Ol ders for mater i al in thi s specif
i cation should
1.2. 1 Castings of all classes me suitable for use up
include the following information:
to 450°F (230°C) . For temper atules above 450°F and up
to 650°F, only Class 40, 45 , 50, 55 , and 60 castings ate 5.1. 1 Specif
i cation designation and year date,
suitable .
5. 1 .2 Class of iron requiled and service temperature,
1.2.2 Castings of all classes a le suitable for use up 5. 1 .3 Quant
i ty,
to 230°C . For temperatures above 230°C and up to 350°C, 5. 1 .4 Heat Trea tment:
only Class 275 , 300, 325 , 350, 3 80, and 4 1 5 castings a
le
suitable ., 5. 1.4. 1 Whether oi not heat tr eatment is required
for Class 40, 45 , 50, 55 , and 60 castings to be used at
temperatures at 450°F or less (see 6 .2) ,
2. Referenced Documents
5. 1 .4.2 Whether or not heat treatment is required
2. 1 ASTM Standards.
for Class 275 , 300, 325 , 3 50, 3 80, and 4 1 5 cast
ings to be
A 644 Telminology Relating to Ir on Cast i ngs used at temperatur es at 230°C or less (see 6.2) ,
E 8 Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Mater ials
5. 1 .5 The size of sepa
rately cast test ba
r to be pouted
(see Section 9 and Table 1 ) ,
3. Terminology 5. 1 .6 The size of test specimen to be machined from
3. 1 Defi nitions of many terms common to gray iron test ba
l s C or S , and
castings may be found in Terminology A 644 5. 1 .7 Special requilements .

4. Classif
i cation
6. Materials and Manufacture
4.1 Classif
ication by tensile st
rength ,
6. 1 Castings intended for' use above 450°F (23 0°C)
4. 1. 1 Castings ordered to this specif
i cation ale classi shall be stress-relieved by placing them in a suitable fur
f
i ed based upon the minimum tensile strength of t he iron nace at a temperature not exceeding 400°F (200°C) and
in ksi, in English units . Class 25 has a m
inimum specif i ed heating them uniformly to the temperatures and for the
tensile strength of 25 ksi. times specifi ed in Table 2 , The heat
i ng and cooling rates
4. 1.2 Castings ordered to this specif
i cation are classi shall b e u ni form an d shall not b e more th an 400 ° F/h
fied based upon the minimum tensile strength of the iron (250°C/h) for castings of l in. (25 mm) maximum section

467
SA-278/SA-278M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

For' heavier sect

i ons the maximum heat
ing and cooling event no choice is made, t
he select
i on will be made by t
he
rates in degrees Fahrenheit per' hour shall be 400 divided manufacturer.

by the maximum sect i on t

hickness. 9.2 Separately cast test bat's sha
ll be heat treated in the
6.2 Heat Treatment and Cooling Rate: same furnace together with the casti ngs represented
6.2.1 Castings of Class Nos 45, 50, 55, and 60, 9.3 At t
he opt
i on of t
he manufacturer , test coupons
which are to be used at temperatures below 450°F, may may be removed from t
he casting at a location agreed upon
be heat treated in accordance with 6. 1 or they shall be between t
he manufacturer a
nd purchaser.
cooled in t
he mold to 500°F at an average rate of not more 9.4 Castings weighing in excess of 2000 lb may be
than 1 00°F/h for castings up to 1 in. in sect
ion. For heavier represented eit
her by sepa r ately cast test bars (9. 1 ) or by
sections the maximum cooling rate in degrees Fahrenheit integrally cast test bar's having a cooling rate closely
per hour shall be 1 00 divided by the ma
ximum section approximating that of the controlling section of t
he casting.
thick
n ess .
9.5 For' castings weigh i ng in excess of 1 0 000 lb or
6.2.2 Castings of Class Nos. 275 , 300, 325 , 350, having a controlling secti on greater' tha
n 2 in. , test ba rs
3 80, and 41 5 , wh
i ch are to be used at temperatures below
may be removed from t he casting or integral projections
230°C, may be heat treated in accordance with 6. 1 or they having a cross secti on no less tha
nthe controlling secti on.
shall be cooled in the mold to 250°C at a n average rate of
he minimum tensile strengt
T h requirement for tension tests
not more t han 50°C/h for castings up to 25 mm in sect i on.
For heavier sect
i ons t
he maximum cooling rate in degrees
performed on either of t
hese test ba
t' s shall be 80% of the
specif
i ed class.
Celsius per hour shall be 1 250 divided by t
he maximum
section t
h ickness .
10. Molding and Pouring Test Bars
10.1 T
he test ba
t's sha
ll be cast in dried siliceous sand
7. Chemical Composition molds maintained at approximately room temperature. A
7.1 Carbon Equivalent: suitable design for' a mold is shown in Fig. 1 .
7. 1.1 Class 40, 45 , 50, 55 , and 60 castings intended
for service above 450°F (230°C) shall have a ma ximum
1 1. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
ca
rbon equivalent of 3 .8% as ca
lculated from t
he equation
CE = %C + 0.3 (%Si + %P). The ma ximum phosphorus 11.1 All castings shall be made in a workma
n like man
ner and shall conform to the dimensions on drawings fur
nd sulfur contents shall be 0.25 % and 0. 1 2%, respectively .
a
nished by t
he purchaser . If the pattern is supplied by the
7. 1.2 Class 275 , 300, 325 , 3 50, 3 80, a
nd 4 1 5 castings
purchaser wit
hout drawings, the dimensions of the casti ng
intended for service above 230°C shall have a maximum
shall be as predicted by t
he pattern.
ca
rbon equivalent of 3.8% as calculated from t
he equation
CE = %C + 0.3 (%Si + %P) The maximum phosphorus 1 1.2 The surface of the casting shall be f
lee of adhering
n
a d sulf
ur contents shall be 0.25 % and 0. 1 2% , respect
i vely. sa
nd, scale, cracks, and hot tear's as determined by visua l
examinat
ion Other surface discontinuit
ies shall meet the
7.2 The chemica l analysis for total carbon shall be visual accepta
nce sta
nda
rds specifi ed in the order .
made on either ch
illed cast pencil-type specimens or thin
wafers approximately 1/32 in. thick cut from test coupons.
Drillings sha
ll not be used because of attenda
nt loss of 12. Sampling
graphite. 12.1 A lot sha
ll consist of one of the following :
12.1.1 All t
he metal poured from a single heati ng in
a batch type melt
ing u
frnace,
8. Tensile Requirements
12.1.2 All t
he metal from two or more batch type
8.1 Iron used in supplying cast
ings to this specifi cati on melti ng fur
naces poured into a single ladle or single cast
shall conform to the tensile requirements prescribed in
ing, or
Table 3 a
n d Table 4.
12.1.3 All t
he meta
l poured from a continuous melt
ing fmnace for a given period of time between changes in
9. Test Bars cha
rge, processing conditi ons, or aim-for chem
i stry or 4 h,
whichever is t
he shorter period
9.1 Sepa
rately cast test bars having t
he dimensions
shown in Table 1 shall be poured from the sa
me lot as t
he 12.1.3.1 The purchaser may agree to extend the
castings represented. The size of t
he test ba
r to be poured 4 h time period to 8 h if t
he ma nufact
urer ca
n demonstrate
shall be selected by the purchaser using Table 5 . In t
he suffi cient process control to warra
nt such an extension.

46 8
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-278/SA-278M

13. Tension Test Specimens 16.2 A signature is not required on the certif i cat
i on .
13. 1 Tension test specimens A and B in Fig . 2 shal l be However, the document shall clearly identi fy t
he or ganiza
machined from test bar s A and B in Table ! , respectively i on submitting the certif
t i cation a
nd the authorized agent
of the manufact
u rer who certif
i ed the test results Notwith
13.2 The pu
r chaser shall specify whether test specimen sta
n ding the absence of a signat
ure, the organization sub
B or C is to be machined from test bar C . If no choice i s
mitting the certif
i cation is responsible for its content ,
made, the manufacturer shall make the selection

13.3 The size of the test specimen to be machined from

test ba
r S sha
l l be as agreed upon between the manufact
urer 17. Inspection
nd purchaser .
a 17. 1 All tests and inspect
i ons required by this specif
i
cation shall be peiformed by the manufact urer or other
r eliable source s whose services have been contracted for
14. Number of Tests and Retests
by the manufacturer. Complete records of all tests and
14.1 One tension test shall be performed on each lot
inspections shall be maintained by the manufacturer and
in accordance with Test Met
h od E 8 and conform to the
shall be available for review by t
h e purchaser .
tensile requirements specif
i ed.
14.2 If t
h e results of a valid test fail to conform to the
requirements of thi s specif i c ation , two r etests shall be 18. Reject
i on and Rehearing
made If either' retest fa
i ls to meet the specif i cation require
18. 1 Castings which fail to conform to the requirements
ments, the cast ings r epresented by t hese test specimens
i ed when inspected or tested by t
specif he purchaser or his
shall be r ej ected.
agent may be rej ected Reject ion shall be reported to the
14.3 If, after test
i ng, a test specimen shows evidence manufacturer or supplier promptly and in writing. In case
of a defect, the results of the test may be invalidated and of dissatisfaction with t
he test results, the manufact
urer or
n other made on a specimen from the same lot
a supplier may make claim for a reheating.

15. Repair
19. Product Marking
15. 1 Any repairs performed on cast ings produced to
19.1 Cast ings shall have the name of t h e manufact urer,
this specif
i cation shall be agreed upon between t
he manu
or his r ecognized tradema r k, and t
h e class of ir on to which
fact
urer and purchaser .
it conforms, cast or indelibly stamped on a surface indicated
by t he purchaser or in such a position as not to injure the
16. Certif
i cat
i on usefulness of the casting .
16. 1 The manufact
u rer shall furnish his certif
i cat
i on
stat
ing ht at t
he material was manufactured, sampled, tested,
and inspected in accordance wit ht his specif
i cation includ 20. Keywords
ing the year date The certif i cation shall also include the 20. 1 elevated temperature service ; gr ay ir on castings ;
results of all tests performed. pressure containing parts

469
SA-278/SA-278M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

FIG. 1 S U ITA B L E D ES I G N A N D D I M E N SIO N S FO R M O L D FO R S E PA RAT E LY CAST

C Y LI N D RI C A L T E ST B A R S FO R G RAY I RO N
... . .. . . . .

! I
- - "T _T' - " I ,,
I k _ _..,=..w_ _ :
I I
• , l |
l
t
I
a
l
I
|
J t I
I jI I I I
!
I I I I I

I I I I !
!
I l l I !
! ! t i I
I I I |! I
I ! l
I, _ °

N u m ber' of test ba rs i n a s i ng l e m o l d-2 s u gg ested . P-

-2 i n . ( 50- m m ) su g gested
L-
- s e e Ta b l e 1 . N-
-5/1 6 i n . (8-m m ) i n d ia mete r, s uggested
D--s e e Ta b l e 1 .. M--1 .5 N, s u g g ested
W-
- n ot l ess th a n d ia m ete r, /3.

FIG. 2 T E N S I O N -T E ST S P E C I M E N S

Ro d
\
D i mensi ons, in . ( mm ) Tension Test Speci men A Tension Test Speci men B Tensi on Test S peci men C
G-
- Le n gth of pa ra l l e l , m i n 0, 5 0 ( 1 3 ) 0 .7 5 ( 2 0 ) 1 ,25 (32)
D-
- D i am ete r' 0 500 + 0 ,010 (13 + 0 ,25) 0 7 5 0 + 0 , 0 1 5 ( 2 0 + 0 ,4 ) 1 , 2 5 -+ 0 , 02 5 ( 3 2 + 0 .5 )
R-- Rad i us of fi l l et, m i n 1 (25) 1 (25) 2 (50)
A - Le ngth of red uced secti on, m i n 1 (32 ) 1 /2 ( 38 ) 21,/4 (57 )
L - 0veral i l e ngth, r ain 3 (95 ) 4 ( 1 00 ) 63,8 ( 160 )
C-- D i ameter of end secti o n, app rox i mate 7,8 ( 22 ) 1 1, 4 (52 ) 17,B (47 )
E-- Le n gth of shou l de r, m i n ¼ (6) ¼ (6 ) ¾6 (8 )
F-
- D i am ete r of sh o u l d e r 5/a + 1/64 (A16 + 0 .5 ) 15/16 + 1/6 4 A( 25 + 0 . 5 ) 1 6 + 1/6 4 A(36 + 0.5 )
B-
- Length of end secti on

A Optional to fi t ho lders on testi ng machi ne . If threaded, root diameter shal l not be less than di mension F.

47 0
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-278/SA-278M

TA B L E I
D IA M ET E RS A N D L E N G T H S O F C AST T E ST BA R S

As-Cast D iameter, i n . ( r
a m) Length, i n . ( mm )
Test N o m i na l M i n imu m M ax i m u m M inimum M ax i m u m
Bar ( M id- Length ) ( Bottom ) ( Top) ( Specified) ( Recommended )

A 088 ( 2 3 ) 0 . 85 ( 2 2 ) 0 , 96 ( 2 5 ) 5 0 ( 1 25) 6 ,0 (150)

B I ,, 2 0 ( 3 3 ) 1 ,14 (32 ) 1 .32 ( 3 6 ) 7 ,0 (175) 9 0 ( 150)
C 2 , 00 ( 5 4 ) 1 90 (53) 2, 1 0 ( 5 8 ) 6 .0 ( 150) I 0 , 0 ( 2 55 )
SA

A A l l d i mens i ons of Test Bar S sha l l be as ag reed u pon by the man ufactu rer and the pu rc haser ,

TA B L E 2 TA B L E 4
ST R E S S R E L I EVI N G R E Q U I R E M E N TS TE N SI LE REQ U I RE M ENTS (SI)

M etal H old i ng Ti me, h A Tensi le Strength,

Temperature, C lass a in, M Pa
r
C lass o F ( oc ) B B
N o , 150 150
4 0, 4 5 , 5 0, 5 5, 6 0 1 0 5 0 to 1 2 0 0 2 12 N o ,, 1 7 5 1 75
( 2 7 5, 3 0 0, 3 2 5, (5 65 to 65 0 ) (2 min)B ( 1 2 max ) B N o . 200 200
3 5 0, 380, 4 1 5 ) N o ,, 2 2 5 225
N o 250 250
A I n n o case shal l the h o l d i n g ti me be l ess than I h/i n of max i N o , 2 75 275
mum metal secti on, or i n excess of 1 2 h max, dependent u po n wh ich No 300 300
g ove rn s .. No , 325 325
B I n no case shal l the ho l d i ng ti me be less than 1 hli n. fo r eve ry No , 350 350
2 5 m m meta l sect i on o r i n excess of 1 2 h max, depend i ng upo n N o , 38 0 380
wh i c h g o ve rn s . No , 415 415

TA B L E 3
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS TA B L E 5
S E PA RAT E LY C A ST T E ST BA R S FO R U S E W H E N A
Tensi l e Strength,
S P E C I F I C C O R R E LAT I O N H AS N OT B E E N
C lass m i n, ksi
E STA B L I S H E D B ETW E E N T H E T E ST BA R A N D T H E
N o ,, 2 0 20 CAS TI N G
No , 25 25
No , 30 30
Th ickness of the Wal l of the Control l ing
N o , 35 35
Section of the Casti ng, i n . ( r
a m) Test Bar
N o ,. 4 0 40
U n de r 0 , 2 5 ( 6 ) S
N o , 45 45
0 , 2 5 to 0 . 5 0 ( 6 to 1 2 ) A
No , 50 50
0 , 5 1 to 1 0 0 ( 1 3 to 2 5 ) B
N o ,, 5 5 55
1 , , 0 1 to 2 ( 2 5 to 5 0 ) C
No , 60 60
O ve r' 2 ( 5 0 ) S

47 1
I NTE NTI O NALLY LE FT B LAN K

472
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-283/SA-283M

SPECIFICATION FOR LOW AND INTERMEDIATE

TENSILE STRENGTH CARBON STEEL PLATES

SA-283 / SA-283M

[Identical with ASTM Specification A 283 /A 283M-03(R07) ] A09

1. Scope 3.2 Coils are excluded flom qua l if

i cation to t
his speci
1.1 This specifi cati on cover's four grades (A, B , C, and if cation unti l they a
r e processed into fi nished plates. Plates
D) of ca
r bon steel plates of structura l quality for general produced f rom coil means plates that have been cut to
application . individual lengths from a coil The processor directly con
trois, or is responsible for , the operation involded in the
1.2 When the steel is to be welded, a welding pr ocedure
processing of a coil into finished plates. Such operations
suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service
include decoiling , leveling, cutting to length, te sting,
i s to b e utili zed . S ee App endix X3 of S pec i fi c ati on
inspection, conditioning, heat treatment (if applicable),
A 6 /A 6M for information on weldability .
packaging, marking, loading for shipment, and cert i fi
1.3 The va lues stated in either inch-pound units or SI c ation .
units are to be regarded separ ately as the standard.. Within
the text, the SI units me shown in brackets . The va
lues NOTE 1 - Foi plates produced tom coil and fiainished wit
hout heat
treatment oI wit
h stress i elieving only, two test iesults ate to be repolted
stated in each system are not exactly equiva
l ents, therefore
for each qua
l ifying coil Additional requirements iega
t ding plate produced
each system is to be used independently of the other , with f om coil ai e described in Specifi cation A 6/A 6M
out combining values in any way .
1.4 For plate produced from coil a
n d furnished without
heat treatment or with stress r elieving only, the addit
i onal
4. Process
requirements , including additional testing requirements
nd the reporting of addit
a i onal test results, of Specif
i cation 4. 1 The steel shall be made by one or more of the
A 61A 6M apply . following processes : open-hea
rth, basic-oxygen, or elec
tric-furnace .
1.5 This specif i cation contains notes or footnotes, or
both, h
t at provide explanatory material . Such notes and
footnotes, excluding those in tables and f i gures do not
contain any mandatory requirements 5. Chemical Requirements
5.1 The heat analysis shall confolm to the requirements
2. Referenced Document plescf
ibed in Table 1
2. 1 ASTM Standard:'
5.2 The steel shall confolm on pr oduct analysis to the
A 6 /A 6M Specifi cation for Gener al Requirements for
Rolled St
r uctur al Steel B ar's , Plates , Shapes , and Sheet requil ements presclibed in Table 1 , subject to the product
Piling
n alysis toler a
a nces in Specifi cation A 6/A 6M

3. General Requirements for Delivery

6. Tensile Requirements
3.1 Plates furnished under th
i s specif
i cation shall con
form to the Iequirements of t he curient edition of Specifi 6.1 Material as replesented by the test specimens sha
ll
cation A 6/A 6M, for t he specif i c date oldeled, unless a conform to the iequirements as to tensile plopelf
i es pre
conflict exists in which case this specifi cation shall pleva
ll sclibed in Table 2

47 3
 SA-283 /SA-283M 2009b SE CTION II, PART A

TA B L E 1
C H E M I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS

H eat Ana lysis, %

E l e m e nts G rad e A G rade B G rade C G rad e D

C arb o n, max 0 14 0. 17 0 .24 0 .27

M an g anese, max 0 .90 0 .90 0 .90 0 .90
P h os p h o r u s, m ax 0 . 035 0 .035 0 .035 0 . 035
S u lfu r, max 0 04 0. 04 0 04 0. 04
S i l i co n
P l ates 1 1/2 i n . [4 0 m m] and un de r, max 0 .40 0 .4 0 0 .4 0 0 .4 0
P l ates over' 1 1/2 i n [4 0 m m] 0 1 5-0 40 0 , 1 5-0 , 4 0 0 1 5-0 4 0 0 1 5-0 , , 4 0
C oppe r' , r
a i n % whe n c oppe r i s spec if
i ed 0, 20 0 20 0 20 0 20

TA B L E 2
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TSA
G rade A G rad e B G rad e C G rad e D

Tens i l e stre ngth, ks i [ M P al 45-6 0 [3 1 0-4 1 5] 5 0-6 5 [3 45-4 5 0] 5 5-75 [3 8 0-5 1 5 ] 6 0-8 0 [4 1 5-5 5 0]
Y i e l d p o i nt, r
a i n, ks i [ M P a] 2 4 [ 1 65] 2 7 [ 1 85 ] 3 0 [2 0 5] 3 3 [2 3 0]
E l ongati on i n 8 i n . 1/2 0 0 m i
n i, m i n, % B 27 25 22 20
E l ongat i o n i n 2 i n 1-5 0 m m], m i n, % B 30 28 25 23

A See S pec i me n O rientat i on u n der the Te ns i on Tests sect i on of S pec ifi cat i o n A6/A 6 M .
B F o r p l ates wi de r than 2 4 i n , [6 0 0 m m], the e l o ngat i o n req u i re me nt i s red uced two pe rce ntage po i nts S ee e l o ngat i o n req u i reme nt adj ust
me nts i n th e Te ns i o n Tests sect i on of S pec if
i cat i o n A 6/A 6 M ,

474
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-283/SA -283M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

Supplementary r equii ement shall not apply unless specifi ed in the order or contract. Stan
da
r dized supplementa r y requiIements fi r use at the option of the purchaser are listed in
Specifi cation A 61A 6M Those that a r e consideIed suitable for use with this specifi cation
r
a e listed by title :

$2. Product Analysis, $8. Ultrasonic Examination, and

$3. Simulated Post-Weld Heat Treatment of $ 1 5. Reduction of Area
Mechanical Test Coupons,
$97. Limitation on Rimmed or Capped Steel:
$5. Charpy V-Notch Impact Test, $97.1 The steel shall be other than rimmed or capped
$6. Drop Weight Test,

47 5
47 6
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-285/SA-285M

SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE VESSEL PLATES,

CARBON STEEL, LOW- AND INTERMEDIATE-TENSILE
STRENGTH

SA -285/SA-285M
INTERNATIONAL
S tan dards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 285 /A 285M-03 )

1. Scope in each system a r e not exact equivalents; therefore, each

1.1 This specifi cat
i on cover s ca
rbon steel plates of low system must be used independently of the other , Combining
and intermediate-tensile strengths which may be made by values from t
h e two systems may result in nonconformance
killed, semi-ki lled, capped, or rimmed steel practices at with the specif
i cation.
the pr oducer' s option These plates are intended for fusion
welded pmssure vessels .
2. Referenced Documents
1.2 Plates under this specif
i cation are available in three
2. 1 A STM Standard:
grades having differ
ent strength levels as follows :
A 20/A 20M Specif
i cation for General Requirements for
Tensile SUengt
h, Steel Plates for Pressure Ves sels
Ca'ade ksi (MPa)

A 45-65 [3 1 0-450]
B 50-70 [345-485]
C 5 5-75 [ 3 80-5 ! 5 ]
,
General Requirements and Ordering
Information

3.1 Plates supplied to this product specif

i cat
i on shall
1.3 The maximum thickness of plates under t
h is speci
i cation, f0r' reasons of internal soundness , is limited to a
f conform to Specif i cation A 20/A 20M, which outlines the
maximum thickness of 2 in . [50 mm] for all grades .
testing and retesting methods and procedures, permissible
variations in dimensions and mass, quality an d repair of
NOTE 1 - For killed carbon steels only refer to the fbl!owing ASTM defects, mar king, loading, etc .
specif
i cations:
3.2 Specif i cation A 20/A 20M also establishes t
h e rules
A 299 /A 299M, Pressure Vessel Plates, Ca
r bon Steel, Manganese- Silicon for ordering information that should be complied with when
A 5 1 5 1A 5 1 5M Pressure Vessel Plates, Ca
r bon Steel, for Intermediate purchasing plates to this specifi cation..
and Higher Temper atme Service
A 5 1 6 1A 5 1 6M Pres sure Vessel Plates , C a
r bon Steel, for Moderate a
nd 3.3 In addition to t he basic requirements of t his specif i
Lower-Tenaper attu e Service cation, certain supplementa r y requirements a re available
wh e re a d di ti o nal c ontro l , t e s ti n g , or e x ami n ati on i s
1 .4 For plates produced from coil and furnished wit hout required to meet end use r equirements .
heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the addit i onal
requirements , including additional te sting requirements 3.4 The purchaser is referred to t h e listed supplemen
and the reporting of' additiona! test esults, of' Specif
i cat
i on ta
r y requirements in this specif
i cation and to the detailed
A 20/A 20M apply. requirements in Specifi cation A 20/A 20M .

1.5 The values stated in eit her inch-pound units or SI 3.5 Coils a re excluded from qualif i cation to this speci
units are to be regarded sepa
r ately as standard Within the i cation until they a
f r e processed into f
inished plate . Plates
text, the SI units a
r e shown in br ackets The values stated produced from coil mea n s plates t
hat have been cut to

477
SA-285/SA-285M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

individual lengths from coil. The processor' dir ectly con 4. Heat Treatment

trois, or is responsible for' , the operations involved in the 4.1 Plates ar e normally supplied in the as-rolled condi
processing of coils into finished plates . Such operations tion . The pl ates may be ordered normalized or stre ss
include decoiling , leveling , cutting to length, testing, relieved, or both
inspection, conditioning, heat treatment (if applicable),
packaging, marking, loading for shipment, and certifi
cation. 5. Chemical Composition
5.1 The steel shall conform to the requirements as to
NOTE 2 - For plates produced from coil and ftnnished without heat chemical composition as given in Table 1
tieatment or wit
h str ess ielieving only, three test esults axe repo ted f0
each qualifying coil Additional iequitements iega x'ding plate produced
iom coil a
f x e desciibed in Specifi cation A 20/A 20M
6. Mechanical Properties
3.6 If the requirements of' this specifi cation are in con 6.1 Tension Test - The plates, as i epresented by the
lf ict with the requirements of' Specifi cation A 20/A 20M, tension test specimens, shall confdrm to the equir ements
the requirements of' this specifi cation shall prevail. given in Table 2.

TA B L E 1
C H E M ICAL REQ U I R E M E NTS
Com position, %
E l e m e nts G rad e A G rad e B G rade C

C arbo n, m axA 0 17 0 .22 0 ,28

M a n g a n ese, m ax
H eat analys i s 0 , 90 0 ,90 0 ,90
P rod uct ana lys i s 0 98 0 ,98 0 ,98
P h osp h o rus, max A 0.035 0 . 03 5 0 . 03 5
S u lfu r, max A 0 03 5 0. 035 0 035

,4 App l ies to both heat an d p rod uct anal ys is ,

TA B L E 2
TE N SI LE REQ U I R E M E NTS
G rad e A G rad e B G ra d e C

ks i [ M Pal ks i [ M Pa] ks i [ M P a]

4 5-
-6 5 [ 3 1 0-4 5 0 ] 5 0-7 0 [ 3 4 5-4 8 5 ] 5 5-7 5 E 3 8 0-5 1 5 3
Te n s i l e stre n gth
[185] 30 E2 0 5 ]
Y i e l d strength, m i n A 24 [1 65 ] 27
23
E l ongati on i n 8 i n . o r [2 0 0 m m], m i n, % B 27 25
27
E l ongati on i n 2 i n . o r' ES 0 m m], r
a i n, % B 30 28

A Dete rm i ned by e ithe r the 0 , 2 % offset meth od o r the 0, 5 % exte ns i o n-u nde r- l oad meth od
8 S ee S pec ifi cati on A 2 0/A 2 0 M fo r e l ongat i o n adj ustme nt ,

47 8
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-285/SA-285M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

Supplementa
r y requirements shall not apply unless specif
i ed in the order ,
A list of standardized supplementary requirements fbr use at the option of' the purchaseI
is included in Specif i cation A 20/A 20M,, Those that a
r e considered suitable for use with
this specif
i cation a
r e listed below by title ,

$3. Simulated Post-Weld Heat Treatment of Mechanical Test Coupons.

$4 Additional Tension Test.

47 9
SA-285/SA-285M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

Also listed below are additional optional supplementary iequirements suitable for' this
specif
i cation,,

$57. Copper-Bearing
$57.1 The copper content, by heat analysis shall be 0 .20-0. 35 % and by product a
n alysis 0. 1 8-0.37%

$58. Restricted Copper

S58.1 The maximum incidental copper content by heat analysis shall not exceed 0.25%

4 80
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-299/SA-299M

SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE VESSEL PLATES,

CARBON STEEL, MANGANESE-SILICON

SA-299/SA-299M
INTERNATIONAL
S tandards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 299/A 299M-04 )

1. Scope test
ing and retesting methods and plocedures, permis sible
1.1 This specifi cation covers manganese-silicon carbon va
r iat
i ons in dimensions and mass, quality and repair of
steel plates for use in welded boiler s and other pressure defects, mar king, loading, and so forth.
ves sels .
3.2 Specifi cation A 20/A 20M also establishes t
he rules
1.2 Plates under this specif
i cat
i on a
r e pr oduced in two for the ordering infbrmation that should be complied with
grades. The specif
i ed minimum the yield strength decreases when purchasing plates to this specifi cation
on t
hicknes ses over 1 in,, [25 mm] . 3.3 In addition to t he basic requirements of this specif i
1.3 The maximum thick n ess of plates is limited only cati on, certain supplementa r y requirements a r e available
by the capacity of the composit i on to meet the specifi ed w h er e a d d i ti o n al c on tro l , te s ti n g , o r ex ami n ati on i s
mechanical property requirements ; however , current prac r equired to meet end use requirements.
tice normally limits t
h e maximum thick n ess of plates fur 3.4 The purchaser is referred to t he listed supplemen
nished under this specifi cat
i on to 8 in. [200 mm] . tary requirements in this specification and to the detailed
1.4 For plates pl oduced fr'o m coil and fur
nished without requilements in Specifi cat
i on A 20/A 20M.
heat treatment or wit h stress relieving only, t
h e additional 3.5 Coils a r e excluded from qua lif
i cation to this speci
requirements, including additional testing requirements f cation until they a
i r e processed into f i nished plates. Plates
and the repolt
ing of additional test results, of' Specif
i cat
i on produced from coil means plates t h at have been cut to
A 20 /A 20M apply , individua l lengths from coil. The processor directly con
1 .5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or' SI trois, or' is iesponsible for' , the operations involved in t he
units a
r e to be regarded sepa
r ately as standa
r d . Within t
he processing of coils into f i nished plates. Such operations
text, the SI units a
re shown in blackets . The values stated inc lu de dec oi ling , l evelin g , cutting to length, te sting ,
in each system r a e not exact equivalents; t
h erefore, each inspection, conditioning, heat treatment (if applicable),
system must be used independently of the other . Combining packaging, ma rki ng, loading for shipment, a nd certif i
c ati on ..
values fr om the two systems may result in nonconformance
with the specifi cat
i on NOTE 1 - FoI plates produced from coil and fhrnished without heat
treatment or wit
h stress relieving only, three test results me reported fbr
each qualifying coil , Additional requirements r egasding plates from coil
2. Referenced Documents are described in Specif i cation A 20/A 20M ,
2.1 ASTM Standa rds : 3.6 If the iequirements of this specifi cat
ion a
r e in con
A 20/A 20M Specif
i cat
i on for Genera
l Requirements for f ict wit
l h the requirements of Specif i cat
i on A 20/A 20M,
Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels the requirements of this specif
i cation shall pr evail .

3. General Requirements and Ordering 4. Materials and Manufacture

Information 4. 1 Steelmaking Practice - The steel shall be k i lled
3.1 Plates supplied to this product specif
i cation shall and shall conform to the f
i ne austenitic grain size require
confoim to Specif
i cation A 20/A 20M, which outlines the ment of Specifi cation A 20/A 20M .

48 1
SA-299/SA-299M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

5. Heat Treatment 7. Mechanical Properties

5. 1 Plates 2 in . [50 mm] and under in thickness are 7.1 Tension Test Requirements - The plates, as repre
norma
lly supplied in the as-rolled condition. Plates may sented by the tension test specimens, sha
l l conform to t
he
be ordered normalized or stress relieved, or both
requiiements given in Table 2.
5.2 Plates over 2 in [50 mm] in thick
ness shall be
noimalized.

6. Chemical Composition
8. Keywords
6.1 The steel sha
ll confoim to the iequirements given
in Table 1 unless ot
herwise modif
i ed in accordance with 8.1 carbon steel plate; pressure containing parts; pres
S upplementary Requirement $ 1 7 , Vacuum C arb on sure vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for pressure
Deoxidized Steel, in Specif
i cation A 20/A 20M. vessel applications

TA B L E 1 TA B L E 2
C H E M ICAL R EQ U I RE M E NTS T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS
G rad e A G rad e B
E l ements Composition, %
Tens i l e stre ngth, ks i 7 5-95 [5 1 5-65 5] 8 0-1 0 0 [5 5 0-69 0]
t C arbo n, maxA : [ M P a]
1 i n , 1: 2 5 r
a m 3 an d u n de r
Y ie l d strength, m i n, A ksi [ M P a] :
G rad e A 0 ,, 2 6
1 i n , [2 5 m m] and u nde r' 4 2 [2 9 0] 47 E3 2 5]
G rad e B 0, 28
Over 1 i n [2 5 m m] 4 0 [2 7 5] 45 [3 1 0]
Ove r 1 i n , r 2 5 m m ]
E l ongati o n i n 8 i n , 16 16
G rad e A 0 ,, 2 8
G rade B 0 30
[2 0 0 mm ], m i n, % B
E l o n gati o n i n 2 i n , 19 19
M a n g a nese :
[5 0 m m], m i n, % B
1 i n , [ 2 5 m m ] an d u n d e r
H eat ana l ysi s 0 9 0 to 1 .40 A Determ i ned by e ithe r the 0 , 2 % offset method o r' the 0 , 5 % exte n
P rod uct anal ys is 0 , 84 to 1 , 5 2 s i o n - u n d e r- l o ad m et h o d
O ve r 1 i n , [ 2 5 m m ] .. . .. B S ee the E l o n gati o n Req u i rements Adj ustment su bsecti o n i n the
H eat ana l ysi s 0 , 9 0 to 1 ,5 0 Te nsi on Tests sect i o ns of S pec ifi cat i o n A 2 0/A 2 0 M ,
P rod uct anal ys i s 0 , 84 to 1 , 62
P h osph o rus, maxA 0 , 03 5
S u lfu r, max A 0 03 5
S i l i co n :
H eat ana l ysi s 0 , 1 5 to 04 0
P rod uct analys is 0 , 1 3 to 0 ,45

t E d itor i a ly co rrected ,
A A p p l i es to both heat and prod uct ana l yses ,

48 2
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-299/SA-299M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

Supplementary r equirements shall not apply unles s specif

i ed in the o der, ,
A list of standa
r dized supplementar y requirements for use at the option of' the purchaser
is included in Specif
i cation A 20/A 20M , , Those that a
r e considered suitable f6I use with
this specif
i cation a
r e listed below by title ,

S1. Vacuum Treatment, $8. Ultrasonic Examination in Accordance With

Specif
i cation A 435 /A 435M,
$2. Product Analysis,
$3. Simulated Post-Weld Heat Treatment of
$9. Magnet
i c Particle Examinat
ion,
Mechanical Test Coupons, Sll. Ultrasonic Examinat
i on in Accordance With
Specif
i cat
ion A 577/A 577M,
$4. Addit
ional Tension Test,
S 12. Ultrasonic Examinat
i on in Accordance With
$5. Charpy V-Notch Impact Test,
Specif
i cat
i on A 578/A 578M,
$6. Drop Weight Test, $17. Vacuum Carbon-Deoxidized Steel.
$7. High-Temperature Tension Test,

483
484
 2007 SECTION H, PA RT A SA-302 / SA -302M

SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE VESSEL PLATES,

ALLOY STEEL, MANGANESE-MOLYBDENUM AND
MANGANESE-MOLYBDENUM-NICKEL

SA-302 / SA-302M
INTERNA TIONAL
S ta n dards Wortdwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 302/A 302M-03)

1. Scope testing and retesting methods and procedur es , permissible

1 . 1 This specif i cation covers manganese-molybdenum variations in dimensions, and mass, quality and repair of
an d man g ane s e - molyb denum- nickel allo y s teel pl ate s defects , marking, loading, and so forth .
intended pa rti cula
r ly for welded boilers and other plessme
ve s sel s 3.2 Specif i cation A 20/A 20M also establishes the rules
for ordering information that should be complied with when
1 .2 Plates under this specifi cation a
r e available in four
pur chasing plates to this specif
i cation ,
grades having differ ent strength levels as follows :
GI ade Tensile Stlength, ksi [MPa] Type
3.3 In addition to t he basic requirements of this specifi
A 7 5-95 [5 1 5-65 5 ] Mn-Mo
cation, certain supplementa r y requirements a r e available
B 80- 1 00 [5 50-690] Mn-Mo
C 80- 1 00 [550-690] Mn-Mo-Ni
w h e re a dd i ti o n al c o ntro l , te s ti n g , o r e x ami n ati o n i s
D 80- 1 00 [5 50-690] Mn-Mo-Ni required to meet end use requir ements .

1 .3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only 3.4 The purchaser is referl ed to the listed supplemen
by t
h e capacity of' the chemical composition to meet the ta
r y requirements in this specif
i cation and to the detailed
specifi ed mechanical property requirements , The minimum requirements in Specifi cation A 20/A 20M.
thick
n ess is limited to 0 , 25 in , [6 , 5 mm] ,

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI 3.5 Coils are excluded f l om qualif
i cation to this speci
units a
re to be rega
rded sepa
r ately as standa
rd Within the f cat
i i on until they are processed into f
i nished plates . Plates
text, the SI units a
re shown in brackets . The values stated produced from coil means plates that have been cut to
in each system r a e not exact equivalents ; thelef0i e, each individual lengths from coil , The proces sor dir ectly con
system must be used independently of the other . Combining tr ois, or is iesponsible for, the operation involved in the
values from the two systems may result in nonconformance processing of coils into f i nished plates Such oper ations
with the specif
i cation . in clude dec oiling , leveling, cuttin g to length, te s ting ,
inspection, conditioning, heat treatment (if applicable) ,
packaging, ma rki ng, loading for shipment, and cert ifi
2. Referenced Documents c ation ..
2. 1 ASTM Standard :
A 20/A 20M Specif
i cation for General Requirements for NOTE 1 - For' plates pr oduced f l om coil and fur n ished without heat
Steel Plates for Pres sure Ves sels tl eatrnent or wit
h stress relieving only, three test iesults m'e repolted for
each qualifying coil Additional iequit ements regarding plates f l om coil
at e described in Specif
i cation A 20/A 20M
3. General Requirements and Ordering
Information 3.6 If the requir ements of this specifi cation a
r e in con
3. 1 Plates supplied to this product specif
i cation shall f ict with the requirements of Specif
l i cation A 20/A 20M,
conform to Specifi cation A 20/A 20M which outlines the the requirements of this specifi cation shall pr evail

4 85
SA-302/SA-302M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

4. Materials and Manufacture 6. Chemical Composit i on

4.1 Steelmaking Pra ctice - The steel shall be killed
and shall confoIm to the fi ne grain size requirement of
Specif
i cation A 20/A 20M .
6. 1 The steel shall conform to the chemical Iequire
ments shown in Table 1 unless otherwise modif
i ed in accor
dance with Supplementary Requir ement S 1 7 , Vacuum
Ca
r bon-Deoxidized Steel, in Specifi cation A 20/A 20M.

5. Heat Treatment
5.1 Plates 2 in . [5 0 mm] and under in thickness a
re 7. Mechanical Propert
i es
normally supplied in the as-rolled condition . Plates may 7.1 Tension Test Requirements - The plates as repre
be ordeied normalized or stress r elieved, or both.
sented by the tension test specimens shall conform to t
he
5.2 Plates over 2 in. [50 mm] in t
hick
ness shall be requirements given in Table 2.
normalized .
7.1.1 For accelerated cooled plates with a nom
inal
5.3 When normalizing plates 4 in. [ 1 00 mm] or over' thick
n ess of 3/4 in . [20 mm] or less, the 1 1/2 in . [40 mm]
in thick
ness, h te cooling rate may be accelerated by air wide rectangular specimen may be used for the tension
blasting or liquid quenching to obtain mechanical proper' test, and the elongation may be determ i ned in a 2 in. [50
ties comparable to those developed by normalizing plates mm] gage lengt hth at includes the fr acture and that shows
in the lesser thick
n esses . the greatest elongation.

5.4 If approved by the purchaser , for plates less tha n

4 in. [ 1 00 r
am] in t
hick
n ess, cooling rates faster than those
8. Keywords
obtained by cooling in air are permissible for improvement
of toughness, provided the plates ar'e subsequently tem 8.1 alloy steel plate; pressure containing parts; pressure
pered in the temperature range from 1 1 00 to 1 300°F [595 vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for pressure vessel
to 705 °C] . applications

486
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-302/SA-302M

TA B L E 1
C H E M I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS

Co mpositi on, %
E l e m e nts G ra de A G rad e B G rade C G rad e D

C arbon, maxA :
U p to I i n , [ 2 5 m m], i nc l, i n th i c k ness 0 ,20 0 ,20 0 ,20 0 ,20

Ove r 1 to 2 i n [5 0 mm ], i nc l 0 .23 0 ,23 0 ,23 0.23

O ve r 2 i n , [ 5 0 r
a m ] i n th i c k ness 0 25 0 ,25 0, 25 0 ,25

M an g anese :
H e at a n a l ys i s 0 , 9 5- I 3 0 1 1 5-1 5 0 1 , 1 5-1 , 5 0 1 . 1 5-1 , 5 0

P r od u ct ana l ys i s 0 , 8 7-1 , 4 1 1 , 0 7-1 , 6 2 1 0 7- 1 6 2 1 0 7-1 . 6 2

P h osp ho rus, max A 0 035 0 035 0 , 03 5 0 , 03 5

S u l fu r', max A 0 , 03 5 0 ,, 0 3 5 0 , 035 0 . 03 5

S i l i co n :
H eat an a l ys i s 0 1 5-0 , 4 0 0 , 1 5-0 , 4 0 0 ,, 1 5-0 ,, 4 0 0 1 5-0 4 0

P r o d u ct a n a l ys i s 0 , 1 3-0 , 4 5 0 1 3-0 , 4 5 0 1 3-0 4 5 0 , 1 3-0 4 5

M o l ybd e n u m :
H eat a n a l ys i s 0 , 4 5-0 , 6 0 0 , 4 5-0 , 6 0 0 , 4 5-0 , 6 0 0 4 5-0 , 6 0

P r o d u ct a n a l ys i s 0 4 1 -0 6 4 0 4 1-0 , 6 4 0 4 1 -0 . 6 4 0 . 4 1 -0 . 6 4
N i c ke l :
H eat a n a l ys i s 0 . 7 0-1 . 0 0

P r o d u ct a n a l ys i s 0 6 7-1 . 0 3

A App l i es to both heat and p rod uct an a l ys s ,

TA B L E 2
TE N SI L E REQU I RE M E NTS
G rad e A G rad e B G rad e C G rad e D

Te nsi l e stre n gth, ks i [ M P a] 7 5-9 5 8 0-1 0 0 8 0- 1 0 0 8 0- 1 0 0

[ 5 1 5-6 5 5 ] [ 5 5 0-6 9 0 ] [ 5 5 0-6 9 0 ] [ 5 5 0-6 9 0 ]

Y i e l d st r e n gth, m i n, k s i [ M P a] 45 50 50 50
[3 1 0 ] [345] [3 4 5 ] [345 ]
E l o ngat i on i n 8 i n . [2 0 0 m m], r
a i n, % A 15 15 17 17

E l o n g ati on i n 2 i n [5 0 m m ], ra i n, o/o A 19 18 20 20

A S ee S pec ifi cati on A 2 0/A 2 0 M fo r' e l ong ati o n adj ustme nt ,

4 87
SA-302/SA-302M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

Supplementary requirements shall not apply unless specifi ed in the purchase order , A list
of standardized supplementary iequirements for use at the opti on of' the puIchaser' is included
in Specifi cation A 20/A 20M. Those that ate consideied suitable for use wit h this specifi ca
i on a
t t e listed below by t
i tle .

S1. Vacuum Treatment, $8. Ultrasonic Examinat

i on in Accordance With
Specif
icat
ion A 435/A 435M,
$2. Product Analysis,
$3. Simulated Post-Weld Heat Treatment of $9. Magnetic Particle Examinat
ion,
Mechanical Test Coupons, $1 1 . Ultrasonic Examination in Accordance With
$4. 1 Additional Tension Test, Specif
ication A 577/A 577M,
$5. Charpy V-Notch Impact Test, S 12. Ultrasonic Examinat
i on in Accordance With

$6. Drop Weight Test, Specif

i caion A 578/A 578M, and

$7. High-Temperature Tension Test, S 17. Vacuum Carbon-Deoxidized Steel.

48 8
 2008a SE CTION II, PART A SA-307

SPECIFICATION FOR CARBON STEEL BOLTS AND

STUDS, 60 000 PSI TENSILE STRENGTH

SA -307

(Identical with ASTM Specificati on A 307-04 l except for t

he addition of 5 2 providing chemical i equirements for Grade C anchor bolts ,) A08

1. Scope 1 .4 The values stated in inch-pound units me to be

1 . 1 This specif
i cation covers the chemical and mechani regar ded as t
he standard. The values given in pa
r ent
heses
cal requirements of three grades of' ca r bon steel bolts and ate for information only .
studs in sizes 1/4 in . (6.35 mm) through 4 in. ( 1 04 mm). 1 .5 S upplementary Requirement S 1 of an optional
The fasteners are designated by "Grade" denoting tensile nat
ure is provided, which describes additional restrictions
strength and intended use, as follows : to be applied when bolts are to be welded. It shal l apply
Gl ade Description only when specif
i ed in the inquiry, order, and contract..
Gr ade A Bolts and studs having a minimum tensile strength of 1.6 Terms used in this specif
i cat
i on are def
i ned in Ter
60 ksi (4 1 4 MPa) and intended for genera
l applica minology F 1 7 89 unless ot
herwise def
i ned herein.
i ons,
t
Gr ade B Bolts and stu ds having a tensile strength of 60 to
1 00 ksi (4 14 to 690 MPa) and intended for' f l anged 2. Referenced Documents
joints in piping systems with cast iron f l anges, and
2. 1 ASTM Standards.:'
Gl ade C Nonheaded a n choi bolts, eithei bent oi straight, hav
ing propelties conforming to Specif i cat
i on A 3 6 /A 3 6M Specif
i cation for Carbon Structural Steel
A 36/A 36M (tensile strength of 58 to 80 ksi (400 A 1 5 3 /A 1 53M Specif
i cation for' Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)
to 550 MPa)) and intended f0i stiuctmal anchor: on Iron and Steel Ha
rdwa
re
age pr
o poses A 370 Test Met
h ods and Def
i nitions f0r' Mechanical Test
ing of' Steel Pr oducts
1 . 1 . 1 The term studs includes stud stock, somet
i mes
A 563 Specif i cation for' Car bons and Alloy Steel Nuts
referred to as threaded rod.
A 7 06 / A 70 6M S pec i f i c ati on for Lo w -A ll o y S tee l
Deformed a
n d Plain B at' s for' Concrete Reinforcement
1.2 This specif
i cation does not cover' r equirements for'
machine screws, th
r ead cutting/forming screws, mechani A 7 5 1 Tes t Methods , Practi c es , and Terminology for
cal expansion anchor's or' similar' externally threaded fas Chemical Analysis of' Steel Products
teners .. B 695 Specif i cation for Coatings of' Zinc Mechanically
Deposited on I
r on and Steel
1.3 Suitable nuts ar e covered in Specifi cation A 5 63 . D 395 1 Practi ce for' Commercia
l Packaging
Unless otherwise specif
i ed, the grade and style of' nut for' F 606 Test Methods for Determining t he Mechanical Prop
each grade of fastener, of all surface f
i nishes, shall be as erties of Externally and Internally Th
r eaded Fasteners,
follows :
Washers, Direct Tension Indicators, a
nd Rivets
Nut Glade and F 1470 Guide for Fastener Sampling for' Specif
i ed Mechan
F astener Grade a
n d Size StyleA ical Properties and Performance Inspect i on
A, C, 114 to 1 1/2 in , A, hex F 1 7 89 Terminology for' F 1 6 Mechanical Fastener's
A, C, over' 1 112 to 4 in , A, heavy hex 2.2 ASME Standards,:'
B, l/4 to 4 in A, heavy hex B 1 . 1 Unif
i ed Screw Threads

A Nuts of other' grades a

nd styles having specifi ed proof load stresses B 1 8 .2. 1 Squa
re and Hex Bolts and Screws
(Specif
i cat
i on A 563, Table 3) g eater t
h an t
h e specif
i ed gl ade and style B 1 8 . 24 Pa
r t Ident
i fying Number' (PIN) Code System Stan
of nut are also suitable da
r d for B 1 8 Fastener' Products

489
SA-307 2008a SECTION H, PART A

2.3 Military Standard : 4.5.2 When hot-dip is specifi ed, t

h e fastener's sha
ll
MIL-STD 1 05 Single Sampling Plan for Normal Inspecti on be zinc-coated by t
he hot-dip process in accolda nce with
the requirements of Cl as s C of S pecifi c ation
A 1 53 /A 1 5 3M.
3. Ordering Informat
ion 4.5.3 When mecha nically deposited is specifi ed, t
he
3.1 Orders for externally threaded fasteners (including fastener's sha
ll be zinc-coated by the mechanical-deposit i on
nuts a
nd accessories) under this specifi cation shall include pIocess in accorda
nce with t
he iequirements of Class 50
he following :
t of Specifi cation B 695 .
3.1.1 ASTM designation and year of issue, 4.5.4 W
hen no preference is specifi ed, the supplier
3.1.2 Name of product, bolts or studs; a
nd bolt head may furnish eit her a hot-dip zinc coating in accorda
nce wit
h
style, t
hat is, hex or heavy hex, Specifi cati on A 1 53 /A 1 53M, Class C or a mecha nically
3.1.3 Grade, t
hat is, A, or B, or C. If no grade is deposited zinc coati ng in accorda nce with Specifi cation
B 695, Class 50. Threaded components (bolts and nuts)
specif
ied, Grade A is fur
nished
sha
ll be coated by the same zinc-coating process a
nd t
he
3.1.4 Quantities (number of pieces by size includ supplier' s option is limited to one process per item with
ing nuts) , no mixed processes in a lot.
3.1.5 Fastener size and lengt
h,
3. 1.6 Washers - Qua
nti ty and size (separate from 5. Chemical Composition
bolts) ,
5.1 Grade A and B bolts a
nd st
uds shall have a heat
3.1.7 Zinc Coating - Specify the zinc-coating pro n alysis conforming to the requirements specifi ed in Table
a
cess required, for example, hot-dip, mechanica
lly depos 1 based on the steel producer' s heat a
n alysis.
ited, or no preference (see 4.5).
5.2 Grade C nonheaded a
nchor bolts shall confor
m to
3.1.8 Other Finishes - Specify other protective fin the chemical requirements in Specifi cation A 36 /A 36M
ish, if required. for bats .
3.1.9 Specify if inspecti on at point of manufactule
5.3 The purchaser shall have t
he opti on of conducti ng
is required,
product a
nalyses on fi nished bolts in each lot, which shall
3.1.10 Specify if certifi ed test report is required (see confor
m to t
he product ana
lysis specifi ed in Table 1 .
8 .2), and
5.4 In case of conf
l ict or for referee purposes, t
he
3. 1 . 1 1 Specify additional testing (8 .3 ) or special product analysis sha
ll take precedence.
requirements .
5.5 Bolts and studs a
le customa
l ily furnished f
rom
3. 1.12 For establishment of a part ident
ifying system,
see ASME B 1 8 .24.
stock, in which case individual heats of steel ca
nnot be
ident
ifi ed.

5.6 Application of hea

t s of steel to which bismut
h,
4. Materials and Manufacture selenium, tellmium, or lead has been intentionally added
4. 1 Steel for bolts a
nd st
uds shall be made by the open sha
ll not be permitted for Grade B bolts a
nd studs .
hea
lth , basic-oxygen, or electr
i c-furnace process. 5.7 Chemical analyses shall be performed in accor
4.2 Bolts sha
l l be produced by hot or cold forging of dance with Te st Methods , Practices, and Terminology
the heads or machin
ing from ba
l stock. A 75 1

4.3 Heat Treatrnent:

4.3.1 Cold headed fasteners wit
h head conf
i gurations 6. Mechanical Properties
other than hex shall be stless relief annealed. 6.1 Grades A a
nd B bolts and st
uds sha
ll conform to
4.3.2 Stless relieving of hex head fasteners sha
ll be he hardness specif
t ied in Table 2.
at the ma
nufacturer' s opt
i on. 6.2 Grade A a nd B bolts and st uds 1 1/2 in in dia
meter
4.4 B olt and st
ud thleads sha
ll be rolled or' cut. or less, other t
ha n those excepted in 6.4, shall be tested
ull size and shall confor
f m to t he requirements for tensile
4.5 Zinc Coatings, Ho t-D ip and Mechan ica lly
strength specifi ed in Table 3 .
Deposited.
4.5.1 When zinc-coated fasteners are required, t
he 6.3 Grade A and B bolt s a
n d studs lalger tha
n 1 1/2 in.
purchaser shall specify the zinc-coating process, for exa
m in dia
meter, ot
her' t
hant
hose excepted in 6 4, shall prefer'a
ple hot dip, mechanically deposited, or no preference. bly be tested f
ull size and when equipment of suffi cient
490
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-307

capacity is available and shall confbrm to the requirements 7.4 The gaging limit for bolts a
nd st uds shall be verif
i ed
for tensile strength specifi ed in Table 3 . When equipment during manufact ure or use by assembly of a nut tapped as
of suff
i cient capacity for' full-size bolt test
i ng is not ava
il nearly as practical to t
he amount oversize shown above.
able, or' when the length of the bolt makes f ull-size testing In case of dispute, a calibrated th i ead ring gage of that
impractical, machined specimens shall be tested and shall same size (Class X tolerance, gage tolera nce plus) shall
conform to the requirements specif i ed in Table 4 be used.. Assembly of the gage, or' t
h e nut described above,
6.4 Grades A a
n d B bolts a
n d studs less t
h an three
must be possible with hand effort following applicat i on of
light machine oil to prevent galling and damage to the
diameters in lengt h or' bolts wit
h drilled or undersize heads
gage These inspect i ons , when performed to resolve dis
ate not subj ect to tensile tests .
putes, shall be performed at t he frequency and quality
6.5 Grade C nonheaded anchor' bolts sha
l l be tested de scribed in Table 5 .

using machined specimens and sha l l confbrm to the tensile

properties specifi ed for bars in Specifi cation A 36 /A 3 6M.
Propert
i es ate shown in Table 4 for' information.. In the 8. Number of Tests and Retests
event of confl ict Specifi cat
i on A 36 /A 36M shall control.. 8.1 The requirements of t h is specif
i cat
i on shall be met
in cont
i nuous mass pr o duction for stock, and the manufac
6.6 In the event that bolts a
t e tested by both full size
urer shall ma
t ke sample inspections to ensure that the prod
ad by machine test specimen met
n hods, the full-size test
uct conforms to the specif
i ed requirements . Additi onal tests
shall govern if a controversy between t he two met hods
exists . of individual shipments of material a t e not ordinarily con
templated Individual heats of steel a t e not identifi ed in
6.7 For bolts a
n d studs on which bot
h ha
r dne ss and the f
inished product.
tension tests are performed, acceptance based on tensile
8.2 When specif i ed in the order', t
he manufacturer shall
requirements shall ta
ke precedence in t
he event t
hat there
furnish a test report certif
i ed to be t he last completed set
is controversy over low readings of ha
rdness tests.
of mechanical tests f0r' each stock size in each shipment.

8.3 When additional tests a re specifi ed on the purchase

7. Dimensions order, a lot, for' purposes of selecting test samples, shall
7.1 Unless otherwise specifi ed, threads shall be the consist of all materia
l offered for inspect
i on at one time
Coarse Thread Series as specif
i ed in the latest issue of h at has the following common cha
t racteristics:
ASME B 1 ., 1 , and shall have a Class 2A tolerance., 8.3. 1 One type of item,
7.2 Unless ot herwise specif
i ed, Gr ade A bolts sha
l l be 8.3.2 One nomina
l size, and
hex bolts wit
h dimensions as given in the latest issue of 8.3.3 One nominal lengt
h of' bolts and studs
ASME B 1 8 .2 . 1 . Unless ot
herwise specifi ed, Grade B bolts
sha
ll be heavy hex bolts with dimensions as given in the 8.4 From each lot, t
h e number of tests f0r' each require
latest issue of ASME B 1 8 . 2. 1 . ment shall be as follows :

Numbei of' Pieces in Lot Number of Samples

7.3 Unless otherwise specifi ed, bolts and st
u ds to be
800 and undei 1
used with nuts or tapped holes which have been tapped
80 1 to 8000 2
oversize, in accordance with Specifi cation A 5 63 , shall
8 00 1 to 22 000 3
have Clas s 2A threads before hot- dip or mechanical ly Over 22 000 5
deposited zinc coating After zinc coating the maximum
limit of pitch and maj or diameter shall not exceed the Class 8.5 If any machined test specimen shows defective
2A maximum lim
it by mo e t
han t
he following a
mounts :
machining it shall be discarded and another specimen sub
Diameter, in. Oversize Limit, in (miTl)A st
i tuted

t/4 0 016 8.6 Should any sa mple fail to meet the requirements
5/16, 3/8 0 017
of a specif
i ed test, double the number' of samples tom the
7/16, 1/2 0 .0 1 8
9/16 to 3/4, incl 0 .020 same lot sha
l l be tested, in which case all of the addit
i onal
7/8 0 022 sa
mples sha
l l meet t
h e specif
i cation.
1 .0 to 1 1/4, incl 0 .024
1 3/8, 1 1/2 0 027
1 3/4 to 4 0, incl 0 050 9. Test Methods

A These values me the same as the overtapping equiied foi zinc-coated 9.1 Grades A and B bolts a
n d studs sha
l l be tested in
nuts in Specification A 563 accordance wit
h Test Methods F 606

49 1
SA-307 2008a SECTION H, PART A

9.2 Grade C n o n he ade d an ch o r' b o l t s s h al l h av e 13.1.2 In addition to the requirements of 1 3 . 1 , all

machined specimen tension tests made on the bolt body bolt heads, one end of studs 8 in. and la
r ger, a
nd whenever
or' on the bar stock used for' making t
he anchor bolts . Tests feasible studs less tha
n in . shall be marked wit
h a grade
on f
i nished anchor' bolts shall be made in accor dance wit
h marking as follows :
Test Met
h ods F 606 and tests on ba
r stock in accordance
Gi ade Maiking
with Specifi cation A 36 /A 36M and Test Met
h ods and
Def
i nitions A 370 A 307A
B 307B
9.3 Standa r d squa
re and hex head bolts only sha ll be
tested by the wedge tension met
h od except as noted in 6 . 4 . 13.1.3 All ma
rkings shall be located on t
he top of
Fracture shall be in t
h e body or threads of t
he bolt wit
hout the bolt head or stud end a
nd shall be raised or depressed
any fracture at the juncti on of the head and body. Ot
her at the opt
ion of t
he manufacturer.
headed bolts shall be tested by the axial tension met
hod.
13.2 Grade C Anchor Bolts:
9.4 Speed of testi ng as determined wit
h a free running
crosshead shall be a ma
ximum of 1 in./min (25 .4 mm/min) 13.2.1 The end of Grade C a
nchor bolts intended to
for h
te tensile strength tests of bolts . project from the concrete sha
ll be color coded green.
13.2.2 When permanent mark ing of manufacturer' s
identification a
nd grade identification is requited, Supple
10. Inspection
mentar y Requirements $2 and $3 shall be specifi ed.
10.1 If the inspecti on descr
ibed in 1 0.2 is required by
the purchaser it sha
ll be specifi ed in t
he inquiry, order, or 13.3 Grade and manufacturer' s or' pri vate label dist
r ibu
c ont
r act . tor' s identif
i cation shall be sepa
rate and dist
i nct. The two
identi fi cati ons shall preferably be in different locations a
nd,
10.2 The inspector' representing the purchaser' shall
when on t
he same level, shall be sepa
r ated by at least two
have f
l ee entry to all pa
r ts of t
he manufacturer' s works
space s .
h at concern the manufacture of t
t he material ordered. The
manufacturer shall afford the inspector all reasonable facili
ties to satisfy him that the materia l is being furnished in
accordance wit h th
i s specifi cati on All tests a
n d inspecti ons 14. Packaging and Package Marking
required by the specifi cation t
hat are requested by the pur 14. 1 Packaging:
chaser' s representative shall be made before shipment, and
shall be conducted as not to inter
fere unnecessa
r ily with 14.1.1 Unless otherwise specif
i ed, packaging sha
ll
the operation of t
he works. be in accorda
nce with Practice D 395 1 .

14. 1 .2 When special packaging requirements are

1 1. Responsibility requited, they sha
ll be defined at the time of the inquiry
n d order ..
a
1 1.1 The par ty responsible for the fastener shall be the
organization that supplies the fastener to t
he purchaser . 14.2 Package Marking:
14.2.1 Each shipping unit shall include or be plainly
ma
rked with t
he following informat
i on:
12. Rejection and Rehearing
12.1 Dispositi on of nonconforming lots shall be in 14.2.1 . 1 ASTM designation and grade,
accorda
n ce wit
h Guide F 1470, specif
i cally sections on 14.2. 1 .2 Size,
disposition of nonconforming lots, suppliers option, a
nd
purchasers option. 14.2. 1 .3 Name and brand or' tr adema
r k of t
he man
ufact
urer,
14.2. 1 .4 Number of pieces,
13. Product Marking
13. 1 Grades A and B Bolts and Studs: 14.2. 1 .5 Purchase order number',

13.1. 1 Bolt heads and one end of studs sha

l l be 1 4.2. 1.6 Count
r y of origin.
marked with a unique identifi er by the manufacturer' to
identi fy t
he manufacturer or private label distributor , as
appropr
i ate. Additi ona
l ma
rki ng requked by t
he manufac
turer for his own use shall be at t
he option of the manufac 15. Keywords
u rer.
t 15. 1 bolts ; ca
rbon steel ; steel ; st
u ds

492
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-307

TA B L E 1
C H E M I CA L R E Q U I R E M E N T S F O R G RA D E S A
A N D B B O LT S A N D S T U D S

H eat Analysis H eat Analysis

C arbo n, m ax . 0 .29 0 .3 3
M an g a n ese, m ax . 1 .20 1 25
P h os p horu s, max . O . 04 0 . 04 1
S u lfu r, max .
G rade A 0 .15 A
G rad e B 0 . 05 0 05 1

N OT E:
A Resu lfu r i ze stee l i s n ot su bject to rejecti o n based on p rod uct
analysis for su lfu r

TA B L E 2
H A R D N E S S R E Q U I R E M E N TS FO R B O LTS A N D S T U D S
H ardnessA
B r i ne l l Roc k we l l B

G rade Length, in. Min. M ax . M in . M ax ,,

A Less than 3 x d ia B 12 1 241 69 IOO

3 x d i a an d l o n ge r . 241 . . . ioo
B Less than 3 X d i a B 121 212 69 95

3 x d i a an d l o n g e r . . 212 .. . .. 95

C Al l N o h ard n ess re q u i re d

N OTES :
A AS measu red anywhe re o n the su rface o r th roug h the cross-secti on ,
8 A l so bo lts with d r i l led or u nders i ze heads, These si zes and bo lts with m od if
i ed heads shal l meet the
m i n i m u m an d m ax i m u m h ard ness as h a rd n ess i s th e o n l y r e q u i re me nt

493
SA-30'7 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3
T E N SI L E REQ U I R E M E NTS FO R FU L L-SIZ E BO LTS AN D ST U DS
Tensil e Strength, Ibfa
B olt
Threads Stress Grade B
S ize, Per Area,A G rade
in. Inch in.2 A, r
a in. c a in. D
r max. D

20 0 . 03 1 8 1, 900 1, 9 00 3, 1 80
5,16 18 0.0524 3, 100 3, 100 5,240
3'8 16 0.0775 4,65 0 4, 650 7,750
7 16 14 0.1 063 6,350 6,350 1 0,630
13 0.1419 8, 5 00 8,5 00 1 4, 190
6 12 0 . 182 I I, 000 i i,000 18, 200
5,8 II 0.2 26 13,550 13,550 22,600
3,4 I0 0. 334 2 0, 05 0 2 0, 050 3 3,4 0 0
7,8 9 0.462 27,700 27,700 46,2 00
1 8 0.6 06 36, 35 0 36,35 0 60, 600
7 0 . 2 63 45,800 45,80 0 76, 3 00
1¼ 7 0 .969 58, 1 50 58, 15 0 96, 900
6 1 1 55 69, 3 0 0 69, 3 00 1 1 5, 500

11/2 6 1 .405 84,300 84,300 140,500

I 5 1 .90 1 14, 00 0 I 14, 000 1 90, 0 0 0
2 41. 2 2.50 1 50, 000 150, 0 0 0 250, 0 00
2 41,2 3.25 1 95, 000 195, 0 0 0 3 2 5, 0 00
2 4 4 . 00 2 4 0, 000 24 0, 0 0 0 400, 000
2 4 4 4. 93 295,800 295, 80 0 493,000
3 4 5 . 97 358, 2 00 358, 2 00 597, 000
3 1, 4 4 7. 1 0 42 6,00 0 4 26, 000 7 1 0, 00 0
3 4 8. 33 499, 800 499, 800 833, 00 0
3¾ 4 9.66 579, 60 0 579, 600 966, 0 0 0
4 4 1 1 . 08 664, 800 664, 800 1, 1 08, 0 00

N OT E S :
A Area calcu l ated from the equati on :

As = 0.7 854 [ D - ( 0.9743/n)]2

whe re :

As = stress area,
D = nom i nal d i ameter of bo lt, and
n = th reads per i nch .
B 1 I bf = 4.448 N .
c Based on 60 ksi ( 41 4 M PaL
D Based on 60-1 0 0 ksi ( 41 4-690 M PaL

494
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-307

TA B L E 4
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS F O R M AC H I N E D S P E C I M E N S
G rade A G rad e B G rade C

Te ns i l e stre n gth, k s i 60 arin, 6 0-1 0 0 5 8-8 0

Y i e l d p o i nt, m i n ks i . . . . .. 36
E l o n g at i o n i n 2 i n r
ain , % 18 18 23

TA B L E 5
SA M P L E S I Z E S A N D AC C E PTA N C E N U M B E R S FO R
I N S P E C TI O N O F H O T- D I P O R M E C H A N I C A L LY
D E P O S I T E D Z I N C- C OA T E D T H R E A D S

Acceptance
Lot S ize Samp le S ize4 B N u mberA
2 to 9 0 13 1
9 1 to 1 5 0 20 2
1 5 1 to 2 8 0 32 3
2 8 1 to 5 0 0 50 5
5 0 1 to 1, 2 0 0 80 7
1 , 2 0 1 to 3, 2 0 0 125 10
3 , 2 0 1 t o 1 0, 0 0 0 200 14
1 0, 0 0 1 an d o ve r 315 21

N OT E S :
S amp l e s i zes of ac c eptance n u m ber's are e xtracte d from " S i n g le
Sam p l i ng P l an for N o rmal I nspecti on, " Tab le I tA, M I L- S T D- 1 0 5 ,
B I nspect a l l bo lts i n the l ot if the l ot s i ze i s less than the sam p le
s i ze ,

495
SA-307 2008a SECTION H, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementary requirement shall apply only when specifi ed in the purchase
order or contract :

S1. Bolts Suitable for Welding to provide a carbon equiva

l ent (CE) not exceeding 0.55
when calculated as follows :
S 1.1 The material described in t
his section is intended
for welding . This supplemental section, by additional %Mn %Cu %Ni %Cr %Mo %V
chemical composition restrictions and by a ca rbon equiva CE = %C + ---6--- + -- - + -- --- + 10 50 10
lent formula, provides assurance of weldability by chemical
composit
i on control. S1.6 Analysis Reports - If requested on t
he order or
contract, t
he chem
i cal composition of each heat of steel
S1.2 Welding technique is of fundamenta l importance used and the calculated ca
rbon equivalent for each heat
when bolts produced to this supplementary secti on are sha
ll be reported to t
he purchaser.
welded. It is presupposed that suitable welding procedur
es
for h
te steel being welded and the intended service will S1.7 Product (Check) Verif
ication Analysis - Chem
ica
l
be selected. analyses when made by t
he purchaser or a representative
on bolts from each heat of steel, sha
l l not exceed the values
S1.3 All of the requirements of this supplementa
l sec
specifi ed in S 1 .5 .2 by more t
h an t
he following amounts:
tion apply in addition to all of the chemical, mecha n ica l,
nd ot
a her requirements of the base specifi cation, Specifi ca
tion A 307 for Grade B .
Ca
r bon +0 03
Sl.4 Because of the embrittling effects of welding tem Manganese +0 06
peratures on cold-forged steel, this supplemental section Phosphorus +0 008
is lim
ited to hot-forged bolts, or , if not forged, then to Sulfur' +0, 008
Silicon +0 05
bolts produced tom hot-rolled ba rs wit hout forging or
threaded bats, ba
r 's studs, or st
u d bolts produced from hot
rolled ba
r' s without forging. Co!d-forged bolts, or cold
drawn threaded ba rs, if they ar e given a thermaltreatment $2. Permanent Manufacturer's Ident ification
by heating to a temperat
ure of not less t
han 1 500°F (8 1 5 °C)
n
ad air-cooled are also suitable.
S2.1 T
he end of t he anchor bolt intended to pr oj ect
from t
he concrete shall be steel die sta
mped with the manu
S1.5 Chemical Requirements: fact
urer' s identif
icat
i on.
S1.5.1 Heat Chemical Analysis - Material conform
NOTE 1 - For matking small sizes, customarily less tha
n 8 in , consult
ing to t
he following additiona
l a
n alysis limitati ons shall the anchor bolt ma
nufacturer for t
he minimum size capable of being
be used to manufacture t
h e product described in this supple ma
r ked
menta
ry requirement.
Ca
r bon 030% , max
Manganese 1 00%, max S3. Permanent Grade Identif
icat
ion
Phosphor
us 0 04%, max
Sulfur 0 05 % , max S3.1 he end of t
T he anchor bolt intended to proj ect
Silicon 0 50%, max from t
he concrete sha
l l be steel die stamped wit
hthe Grade
identif
i cation "307C ."
S1.5.2 Carbon Equivalent (Source- -Specification
A 706/A 706M) - In addition to t
he heat chemica
l ana
lysis $3.2 The requirements in $2. 1 for ma
r king small sizes
requirements in S 1 .5 . 1 , the heat analysis shall be such as sha
ll a
l so apply to Supplementa
ry Requirement $3 .

496
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-31 1/SA-31 1M

SPECIFICATION FOR COLD-DRAWN, STRESS

LIEVED CARBON STEEL BARS SUBJECT TO
MECHANICAL PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS

SA-3 1 1 /SA-3 1 1M

(Identical to ASTM Specif

i cation A 3 1 1 /A 3 1 1M-04 except fb deletion of 5 1 A 1 , revision of Note A to Table 1 and a
n editoiial change to 5 1 9 A08
Certif
i cation has been made man datoiy in 1 1 1 )

1. Scope then cooling slowly enough to minimize the development

of new residual stresses .
1. 1 This specif
i cation covers two classes, nine grades ,
and foul conditions of stress-relieved cold-drawn carbon
3.2 Def initions of Terms Specif
ic to This Standard:
steel bars produced to mechanical property requil ements . 3.2. 1 heavy draft - Using higher than normal dr afts
One class, B , is cold dr awn with higher than normal (heavy) (approximately 1 0% through 35 % reduction), followed by
r afts to provide higher strength levels , and four grades
d stress relieving, produces higher tensile and yield strengths
provide improved machinability provided an appropIiate composition is used ; for example,
1 .2 Supplementa r y Requirements , S 1 t
hrough $ 6, of medium carbon with normal or higher manganese content.
an optional nature are provided.
4. Classif
i cation
1 .3 The values stated in inch-pound units or SI units
are to be regar ded as t
he sta
nda
r d. Wit
hin the text, the SI 4.1 The bar's ar e fur
nished in t
he following classes and
units r
ae shown in brackets . The values stated in each grades, and in the conditions shown in 6.4 .
system are not exact equivalents , t
heiefore, each system 4. 1 . 1 Class A - Norma
l -draft cold-d
r awn and stress
must be used independently of t
he other. Combining values relieved rounds, squares, hexagons, and f
l ats in h
te follow
fiom the two systems may iesult in nonconforma nce wit h ing grades :
he specif
t i cation.
Grades UNS Designations
1 01 8 G ! 0 1 80
2. Referenced Documents
1 03 5 G 1 03 50
2. 1 ASTM Standards: 1 045 G 1 0450

A 29 / A 29M Specif i c ation for S teel B ars , C arbon and 1 050 G 1 0500
1 54 1 G 1 54 1 0
A l l o y , H o t - Wro u ght an d C o l d - Fi n i s h ed , G e n e r al
1 1 17 G l l 1 70
Requirements for 1 1 37 G 1 1 370
A 1 08 Specif i cation for Steel B a r , Carbon and Alloy, Cold 1 14 1 Gl 1410
Finished 1 1 44 G 1 1 440
A 370 Test Methods and Def
i nitions for Mechanical Test
4. 1 .2 Class B - Heavy-draft cold-drawn and st
r ess
ing of Steel Products
relieved rounds and hexagons in the following grades :
E 527 P:actice fol Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS)
Grades UNS Designations

3. Terminology 1 045 G 1 045 0

1 050 G 1 0500
3.1 Def
initions:
1 54 1 G 1 54 1 0
3.1 .1 stress relieving heating to a suitable tempela 1 !41 Gl 1 4 1 0

tule, hold
ing long enough to leduce r esidual stresses , and 1 14 G 1 1 440

497
SA-311/SA-311M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

5. Ordering Informat
i on 6.4. 1 Cold drawn, stless ielieved;
5.1 Orders for mater i al under this specif
i cat
i on should 6.4.2 Cold drawn, stress relieved, turned, and pol
include the following infolmation as iequiled to adequately ished;
descr
ibe the desir ed mater
ial:
6.4.3 Cold dlawn, st
r ess relieved, tur
ned, ground,
5.1.1 Quantity (weight [mass] or number of pieces),
and polished; a
nd
5. 1 .2 Name of materi al ( carbon steel bars , cold
drawn, stress ielieved) , 6.4.4 Cold drawn, st
r ess relieved, ground, and pol
ished.,
5. 1.3 Condit
i on 8 . 3 ,
5. 1.4 Closs-sectional shape, NOTE 2 - When 'turned bi
n s are specified, turning may be pef
foimed
pf
ioi to cold-drawing
5. 1 .5 Size,
5. 1 .6 Length,
5. 1 .7 Class and grade,
7. Chemical Composit
i on
5. 1 .8 Repolt of heat analysis, tensile propelf
i es Sec
tion 1 1 ,
7.1 Composition - The cast or heat analysis shall con
form to the chemical compositi on iequirements specifi ed
5.1.9 Specifi cation designati on A 3 1 1 or A 3 1 1 M, in Table 1 for t
he grade ordeied.
5.1. 10 Applicat
i on,
5.1 . 1 1 DELETED

5.1.12 Supplementary requirements, if any, and 8. Mechanical Propert

ies
5.1. 13 Additional requilements, if a
ny. 8. 1 Requirements - The bar's shall conform to the
NOTE 1 - A typical or dering descr
iption is as follows: 1 0000 lb carbon
iequilements listed in Table 2.
steel ba
r s, cold dl awn, stless relieved turned and polished, iound 2 0 in
(50 8 mm) Diametei , 1 0 to 1 2 f (3048 to 3658 mm) long, Class B ,
8.2 Number' of' Tests - At least one tension test sha
ll
Gl ade 1 050, (UNS G 1 0500), fi ne gr ain, test lepolts lequired, ASTM be made on each lot . A lot shall consist of bars of the same
A 3 1 1 /A 3 1 1 M dated _ , hydr aulic cylindei piston rods [5000 kg size flor
a t
he same heat which have been st ress relieved
ca
rbon steel ba r s, cold dr awn, stl ess I elieved tulned a
nd polished round in t
h e sa
me stationa l y furnace charge. For continuous type
50 mm diameter, 3050 to 3650 mm long, Class B, Grade 1 050 (UNS of treatment, a lot shall consist of 25 tons [25 Mg] or less
G 1 0500), fine gl a
in, test iepolts iequiled, ASTM A 3 1 1M dated , of the same size of each heat, treated in the sa
me cycle.
hydr aulic cylindeI piston rods ]
8.3 Specimens - Tension test specimens shall be taken
6. Materials and Manufacture longitudinally in accordance with a
nd from t he locations
specifi ed in Test Met
hods and Definiti ons A 370.
6.1 Melting Practice - The steel sha l l be made by one
or more of' the following plima l y processes: open-health, 8.4 Test Methods - Tension tests shall be made in
basic-oxygen, or elect r ic-furnace. The primary melting accordance wit
h Test Met
hods a
nd Defi nitions A 370. T
he
may incorporate sepalate degassing or refining and may yield strength shall be determined at 0.2% offset or at
be followed by secondary melti ng using electroslag remelt 0.005 in./in. [0.005 mm/mm] of gage length, total extension
ing or vacuum arc remelting Whele secondary melting is under load.
employed, the heat shall be defined as a
ll of the ingots
iemelted tom a single pr
imary heat.
6.2 Cold Working " 9. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
6.2. 1 Clas s A ba
l s shall be cold dIawn using normal
9.1 Surface Finish - Unless otheiwise specifi ed, t
he
draf
ting practices
bars sha
l l have a commercial blight smooth surface fi nish
6.2.2 Class B ba r s shall be cold drawn using heavy consistent with the cold f
i nishing operations specif
i ed in
(higher than nolmal) drafting practices. 6 .4
6.3 Thermal Treatment - Aftei cold drawing, t he bals
9.2 B ar's t
hat a
le thelmal t
reated after cold f
i nishing
shall be st
r ess Ielieved at a temperatule of not less t
h an
550°F [28 8°C] to meet the mechanical iequilements speci may have a discolored or oxidized surface.
i ed in Table 2
f
9.3 Oiling - The ba
rs shall be given a sur
face coating
6.4 Condition - The bars shall be fulnished in t
he of oil or other rust inhibitor to protect against lUSt dur
ing
following cold f
i nish condit
i ons, as specifi ed: shipment

49 8
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-3 1 1/SA -3 1 1M

9.4 Workmanship - The bars shall be f l ee of pipe, 11. Certif

ication and Test Reports
cracks, and f
l akes. Within the limits of good manufact uring 11.1 A manufact
u l er' s certif
i cation that the material
and inspection practices, the bar's shall be free of injurious was manufact uled and tested in accoldance with t
his speci
seams, laps, segregation, or ot her imperfections that, due i cat
f i on together with a repolt of the heat analysis and
to t
heir nature, degree, or extent, will interfere withthe use tension test iesults shall be furnished at t
he time of ship
of the mater
i al in machining or fabri cation of suitable parts ment. The report shall include the name of the manufac
urer, ASTM designa
t tion and year date and revision letter ,
if any, class and grade, heat number , size, a
nd grain size
(if iequested)
10. General Requirements
10.1 Material furnished under this specif i cation shall
conform to t
he requirements of the current edition of Speci 12. Keywords
i cation A 29 /A 29M and/or Specif
f i cation A 1 08 unless 12. 1 carbon steel bar s ; cold f
i nished steel bars ; steel
ot
h erwi se stated . bar's

TA B L E 1
C H E M I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS
( CA ST O R H E AT A N A L YS I S )A
U NS
Designation G rade Carbon, % M anganese, % Phosphorus, max % S u l fur, %

G 10180 lO18 0 1 5-0 , 2 0 0 ,6 0-0 , 9 0 0 , 04 0 0 , 0 5 0 m ax

G 1 035 0 1 03 5 0 , 32 -0 .3 8 0 ., 6 0 - 0 , 9 0 0 04 0 0 , 0 5 0 m ax
G 1 045 0 & 045 0 , 43 - 0 , 5 0 0 , 6 0- 0 , 9 0 0 , 04 0 0 0 5 0 m ax
G 1 05 0 0 1050 0 , 4 8-0 , 5 5 0 6 0-0 , 9 0 0 04 0 0 , 0 5 0 m ax
G 1 54 1 0 1 54 1 0 , 3 6 - 0 . 44 1 ,, 3 5 - 1 , 6 5 0 04 0 0 , 0 5 0 m ax

G I1 170 1117 0 , 1 4-0 2 0 1 , 0 0-1 , 3 0 0 04 0 0 , 0 8-0 1 3

G l 1370 1 1 37 0 3 2-0 , 39 1 ,3 5- 1 , 65 0 , 040 0 0 8 - 0, 1 3
G I I4 1 0 1141 0 ,, 3 7 -0 4 5 1 35-1 , 65 0 04 0 0 0 8-0 , 1 3
G I 1 44 0 1 1 44 0 , 4 0- 0 4 8 1 . 3 5- 1 , 6 5 0 04 0 0 , 2 4- 0 3 3

A The i ntenti ona l add it i o n of B i, Se, Te, and P b i s n ot p e rm i tte d ,

499
SA-311/SA-311M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 2
M E C H A N I C A L R EQ U I R E M E N TS
Yield Strength, Elongation i n Reduction
UNS G rade Diameter, Thickness, or Distance Between Tensile Strength, min., ksi 2 in. [50 ra m], of Area,
No. Designation Paral lel Faces, in.. [ra m] ra in., ksi [M Pa] [M Pa] ra in., % ra in., %
C lass A -. N ormal Draft Cold Drawn and Stress Rel ieved Annealed
G IOI80 1018 U p to 7, 8 [20], incl 70 [485] 60 [415] 18 40
Over 7,e [2 0] to 11/4 [303, inc l 65 [4503 55 [3803 16 40
Over 11,4 [3 0] to 2 [5 0], i ncl 60 [415] 50 [345] 15 35
Over 2 [50] to 3 [75], incl 55 [3803 45 [31 03 15 35
G I 035 0 1035 U p to 7,8 [20], incl 85 [590] 75 [520] 13 35
Over 7/8 [2 0] to 1 1, 4 [3 0], i ncl 8 0 [5 5 0] 7 0 [485] 12 35
Over 1 [ 30] to 2 [50], i ncl 75 [52 0] 65 [450] 12 35
Over 2 [5 0] to 3 [75 ], i ncl 70 [485] 60 [4 15] 10 30
G I 045 0 1 045 U p to 7,8 [2 0], i nc l 95 [655] 85 [585] 12 35
Over 7,8 [2 0] to 1 [3 03, i nc l 90 [62 0] 80 [55 0] II 30
Over 1 1,4 [3 03 to 2 [5 03, i nc l 85 [585] 75 [52 0] I0 30
Over 2 [5 0] to 3 [75], i nc l 80 [550] 70 [485] I0 30

G I 05 0 0 1 0 50 U p to 7,8 [2 0], i nc l I00 [69 0] 90 [62 0] II 35

an d an d Over B [2 0] to 1 1,4 [3 0], i nc l 95 [655 ] 85 [5 85] II 30
G 1 54 1 0 G 1 541 Over 1 [3 0] to 2 [5 03, i nc l 90 [62 0] 80 [5 50] I0 30
Over 2 [5 03 to 3 [7 5], i nc l 85 [585 ] 75 [52 0] I0 30

GIll70 1 1 17 U p to 7,8 [2 0], i nc l 75 [5 2 0] 65 [45 0] 15 40

Over [2 0] to 1 1/4 [30], i nc l 70 [485] 60 [4 153 15 40
Over 1 1,4 [30] to 2 [503, i nc l 65 [450] 55 [380] 13 35
Ove r 2 [5 0] to 3 [75], i nc l 60 [41 5] 50 [345] 12 30

G I 1 37 0 1 137 U p to [2 03, i nc l 95 [655] 90 [62 0] II 35

and an d Over 7/8 [2 03 to I [3 0], i nc l 90 [62 0] 85 [585] II 30
GII410 1 14 1 Over 1 1,4 [30] to 2 [50], i nc l 85 [585] 80 [55 0] I0 30
Over 2 [5 0] to 3 [7 0], i nc l 80 [55 0] 75 [52 0] I0 30
I0 3O
G l 1 44 0 1 1 44 U p to [20], i ncl 105 [725] 95 [655]
I0 30
Over [2 0] to 1 1/4 [303, inc l I 00 [6903 90 [62 0]
I0 25
Over 1 [3 0] to 2 [5 0], i nc l 95 [655] 85 [585]
I0 20
Over 2 [5 0] to 3 [7 0], i nc l 90 [62 0] 80 [5 50]
I0 20
Over 3 [7 0] to 4 [ 1 1 5], i nc l 85 [585] 75 [52 0]
C lass B - H eavy Draf
t Cold Drawn and Stress Re l ieved Annealed
Yie ld Strength, E longation in Reduction
UNS Grade Tensi le Strength, min., ksi 2 in. [50 r
a m], of Area,
No. Designation In. [mm], Round or Hexagonm ra in., ksi [M Pal [M Pa] ra in., % min., %
G 1 0450 1 045 U p to [20] incl 1 15 [795] 1 00 [690] 10 25
Over 7,8 [20] to 1 1, 4 [30], incl 1 15 [795] 1 00 [690] 10 25
Over 1 1,4 [3 0] to 2 [5 0], i ncl 1 15 [7 95] 1 00 [690] 10 25
Over 2 [50] to 3 [75], incl 1 15 [795] I00 [690] 9 25
Over 3 [75] to 4 [I 0 2], i ncl 105 [7 25] 9 0 [620] 7 20
G I 0500 1050 U p to 7, 8 [20], incl 1 15 ['7 95] I00 [690] 8 25
G 1541 0 1541 Over 7,8 [20] to I [30], incl 115 [795] 1 00 [690] 8 25
G l 141 0 1 141 Over 11, 4 [30] to 2 [503, incl 1 15 [795] I 00 [690] 8 25
and and Over 2 [50] to 3 [753, incl 1 15 [795] I 00 [690] 8 20
G I 1440 1 144 Over 3 [75] to 41/2 [I 15], incl 1 15 [795] I 00 [690] 7 20
A M ax i m um size for hexagons is 1 1, 2 i n, [40 mml

500
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-31 1/SA-31 1M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

One or more of' the following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specifi ed
by t
he purchaser in the inquiry or order Details of t
hese requirements shall be agreed upon
between the manufactu r er and the pu
r chaser.

S 1. Special Surface should be agreed upon between the purchaser and the man
S I .1 When inspection standa
r ds more restrictive than ufacturer, and the test specimen should be ha rdened by
visual inspection a
r e requiied, special surface may be spec heating and quenched before being polished to avoid pits..
if
i ed. The rating of the inclusion count should also be agreed
upon and be based upon examination at a magnif i cation
of 1 00 diameter's . Resulfurized steels a
r e not subject to
$2. Restricted Cast or Heat Analysis inclusion ratings .
$2.1 When required, the pu rchaser may specify restric
tive cast or heat analysis limits on one or more elements .
The degree ot restriction and the number of' elements so $5. Restricted Incidental Elements
iestticted are both subj ect to agreement between t
he manu $5.1 The purchaser may specify limit i ng maximum
factur er a
n d the purchaser requirements for' copper, nickel, chromium, or molybde
num subj ect to agreement between t he ma
nufacturer and
the purchaser .
$3. Restricted Decarburization

$3. 1 The pur chasel may specify a maximum affected

depth of deca
r burization when required for special applica $6. Grain Size
t ons, subj ect to agreement between t
i he manufacturer and
$6. 1 The steel shall conform to either the coa
r se austen
h e pu
t r chaser.
itic grain size (except as stated in $6 2) , or the f
i ne a
n sten
itic grain size requirement of Specif i cation A 29 /A 29M
$4. Nonmetallic Inclusion Requirements $6.2 Certain elements, or' combinations of elements,
(Microscopical) such as manganese, sulfur , and lead tend to produce grain
$4 .1 When nonmetallic inclusion requirements ar e ref
i nement and it is technically inappropriate to ensu re
specif
i ed, the samples for testing shall be taken on a longitu coa
rse grain size as measured by t h e McQuaid-Ehn test
dinal direction midway between the center' and the surface on high manganese, high sulfur , and leaded steels such as
of the material. The area of the sa
mple to be examined 1 1 44, 1 1 5 1 , and l l L4 1 .

50 1
I NTE N TI O NALLY LEFT B LAN K

502
 2007 SECTION H, PART A SA-312/SA-312M

SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS AND WELDED

AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEEL PIPES

SA-3 12 / SA-3 1 2M

(Identi cal with ASTM Specifi cati on A 3 1 2 /A 3 1 2M-0 1 a except for the deletion of 5 2, revision to 6 .2 to add "H" Grade heat treatment
requir ements and editorial differences in 7 1 and Table ! and an editorial correction to the Cr and Ni per cent chemical composition for UNS
$ 3 1 002 in Table 1 . )

1. Scope 1 .5 Grades TP3 2 1 and TP3 2 1 H have lower' strength

1.1 This specif i cation covers seamless, straight-seam requirements for pipe manufactmed by the seamless pro
welded, and heavily cold worked welded austenitic stain ces s in no minal wall thi cknes s e s gr eater than 3/8 in .
less steel pipe intended for high-temperature and general [9 . 5 mm]
cor:'o sive service.
1 .6 The values stated in eith er inch-pound units or SI
NOTE 1-- When the impact test criterion for a low-tempe: atme service units ar e to be rega
r ded sepa
r ately as standar d . Within the
would be 1 5 ft ,lbf [20 J] energy absorption or 1 5 mils [0 3 8 mm] lateral text, the SI units are shown in br ackets. The values stated
expansion, some of the austenitic stainless steel gr ades cover ed by this
in each system are not exact equiva l ents; t
h eref0:e, each
specifi cation are accepted by certain pr essure vessel or piping codes
without the necessity of making the actual test , For example, Grades system must be used independently of the other' . Combining
TP304, TP304L, and TP34 7 at e accepted by the ASME P:essme Vessel values from the two systems may result in nonconformance
Code, Sect i on VIII Division 1 , and by the Chemical Plant a n d Refi nery with the specifi cation.. The inch-pound units shall apply
Piping C ode , ANS I B 3 1 , 3 , for ser vic e at temper atur e s as l ow as unless the "M" designation of this specifi cation is specifi ed
-425 °F[-250°C] without qualifi cation by impact tests . Other AISI stain in the order .
less steel gr ades ate usually accepted for service temper atm es as low as
-325°F [-200°C] without impact testing Impact test i ng may, under cer
tain cir cumstances, be requir ed , For example, materials wit h chi omium NOTE 2-
- The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has
been subst
i tuted in this sta
n da
r d for such tr
a dit
i onal terms as "nominal
or nickel content outside the AISI r a n ges, and for material with ca r bon
content exceeding 0 1 0%, at e requii ed to be impact tested under th e rules diameter, " "size," and "nominal size , "
of ASME Sect i on VIII Division 1 when ser vice temper atures are lower
than -50 °F [-45 °C]

1 .2 Gr ades TP304H, TP3 09H, TP309HCb, TP3 1 0H,

Referenced Documents
TP3 1 0HCb, TP3 1 6H, TP3 2 1 H, TP347H, a
n d TP348H a
re ,

mo di f
i c ati o n s of Gr ade s TP 3 04 , TP 3 09 C b , TP 3 0 9 S , 2. 1 ASTM Standards :
TP3 1 0Cb, TP3 1 0S , TP3 1 6, TP3 2 1 , TP347 , and TP348 , A 262 Pract
i ces for Detecting Suscept
ibility to Inte:granu
and are intended for high-temper ature service la
r ' Attack in Austenif
i c Stainless Steels
1.3 Optional supplementary requirements are provided A 370 Test Methods and Def
i nit
i ons for Mechanical Test
for pipe where a greater degree of' testi ng is desired . These ing of' Steel Pr oducts
supplementary requirements call for additional tests to be A 450 /A 450M Specifi cation for General Requirements
made and, when desir ed, one or more of these may be f0r' Ca
r bon, Ferf
itic Alloy, and Austenitic Alloy Steel
specif
i ed in t
h e order . Tubes

1 .4 Table X I . 1 lists the standa

r dized dimensions of' A 94 1 Ter minology Relating to S teel, S tainles s Steel,
welded a n d seamless stainless steel pipe as shown in ANSI Related Alloys, and Fe::oalloys
B 3 6 1 9 These dimensions a r e also applicable to heavily A 999 /A 999M Specifi cation for General Requirements
cold worked pipe . Pipe having other' dimensions may be for' Alloy a
n d Stainless Steel Pipe
furnished provided such pipe complies with all other' E 1 1 2 Test Methods for Determining the Average Grain
S ize
requirements of this specifi cat
i on.

5 03
 SA-312 /SA-312M 2007 SE CTION II, PART A

E 3 8 1 Method of Macroetch Testing Steel B ars , Billets , 5. General Requirements

B looms, and FoIgings 5. 1 Material furnished under this specif i cat
i on shall
E 527 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys (UNS) conform to the applicable requir ements of the cm ent edi
2.2 ANSI Standa rds : tion of Specif
i cation A 999 /A 999M unless otherwise pro
vided heiein
B 1 . 20 . 1 Pipe Threads , Genera
l Purpose
B 3 6 A 0 Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe 5.2 DELETED
B 3 6 1 9 Stainless Steel Pipe
2.3 ASME Standard:
ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves sel Code : S ect
i on VIII
6. Materials and Manufacture

6. 1 Manufacture:
2.4 A WS Standard."
A 5 9 C orro s i on- Re s i s ting Chromium an d C hromium 6.1.1 The pipe shall be manufactured by one of the +

Nickel Steel Welding Rods and Electrodes following processes :

2.5 Othe r Standard: 6. 1 .2 Seamless (SML) pipe shall be made by a proces s

that does not involve welding at any stage of ploduction
SAE J 1 086 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys
(UNS) 6. 1 .3 Welded (WLD) pipe shall be made using an
2.6 Other Standard:
automatic welding plocess with no addition of f
i ller metal
during the welding process .
SNT-TC- 1 A Per sonnel Qualif
i cation and Certif
i cation in
Nondestruct
i ve Testing 6. 1.4 Heavily cold-worked (HCW) pipe shall be made
by applying cold working of not less tha n 35 % reduction
in thick
nes s of both wall and weld to a welded pipe prior
3. Terminology to t
he f i nal anneal No fi ller shall be used in making the
3. 1 Def
initions: weld. Prior to cold worki ng, the weld shall be 1 00% radio
graphically inspected in accordance with the r equir ements
3. 1. 1 The def
i nit
i ons in Specif
i cat
i on A 999 /A 999M
of ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves sel Code, Section VIII,
and Terminology A 94 1 are applicable to this specif i cation .
Division 1 , latest revision, Paragr aph UW-5 1 .
6. 1 .5 Welded pipe and HCW pipe of NPS 1 4 and
4. Ordering Information smaller shall have a single longitudinal weld Welded pipe
4. 1 0i ders for materi al to thi s specif
i c ation should and HCW pipe of a size larger t han NPS 1 4 shall have a
include the following, as required, to describe the desired single longitudinal weld or shall be pr oduced by forming
material adequately : n d welding two longitudinal sect
a i ons of f
l at stock when
4. 1 . 1 Qu anti ty (feet , c entimetr e s , or numb er of approved by t h e purchaser All weld tests, examinations,
lengths) , inspections , or treatments shall be perfor med on each
weld seam
4. 1 .2 Name of material (a
n stenitic steel pipe) ,
6.1.6 At the opt
i on of the manufact
urer , pipe shall
4. 1 .3 Pr ocess (seamless (SML) or welded (WLD) or be either hot f
i nished or cold f
i nished
heavily cold woIked (HCW) ,
6.1.7 The pipe shall be free of scale a
n d contaminat
4. 1 .4 Grade (Table 1 ) ,
ing exogenous iron particles Pickling, blasting, or surface
4. 1.5 Size (NPS or outside diameter and schedule inishing is not mandatory when pipe is bright annealed
f
number or average wall thickness) , The purchaser is permitted to require that a passivating
4. 1 .6 Length (specif
i c or random) (Section 1 3 ) , tr eatment be applied to the f
inished pipe.
4. 1.7 End f
i nish (Section on Ends of Specif
i cation 6.2 Heat Treatment- - All pipe shall be furnished in the
A 999 /A 999M) , heat-t
reated condition in accordance with the r equirements
4.1.8 Opt i ona
l requirements (product a n alysis, see of Table 2 . Other than for Grades $ 3 3 228 , $ 3 08 1 5 , $3 1 272
S ection 8 ; hydrostatic or nondestructive electric test, see and t
he "H" grades , seamless pipe immediately following
S ect
i on 1 2) , hot forming may be individually quenched in water or
rapidly cooled by other means, provided that t
he tempera
4. 1 .9 Test report requiIed (Certif
i cation S ection of
ture of the pipes after hot forming is not les s tha n t
he
Specif
i cation A 999 /A 999M) ,
minimum specif i ed solut
i on t
r eatment temperature . For H
4. 1 . 10 Specif
i cation number , and Grades , as well as Gr ades $ 3 3228 , $ 308 1 5 , and $ 3 1 272,
4.1.1 1 Special requirements or any supplementary t e pipes shall be reheated to the specif
h i ed solution treat
requirements selected, or both , ment temperature for the required time before quenching

5 O4
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-312/SA-312M

6.3 Grain Size : 11. Mechanical Tests, Grain Size Determinat

i ons,
6.3.1 The grain size of Grade UNS $ 326 1 5 , as deter and Weld Decay Tests Required
mined in accordance with Test Methods E 1 1 2 , shall be 1 1 . 1 Transvers e or Longitudinal Tension Test - One
No 3 or f
i ne: tension test shall be made on a specimen for lots of not
6.3.2 T
he grain size of grades TP309H, TP309HCb, more than 1 00 pipes . Tension tests shall be made on speci
TP3 1 0H and TP3 1 0HCb, as determined in accor dance with mens fr om two tubes for lots of mor e than 1 00 pipes
Test Methods E 1 1 2, shall be No 6 or coarser NOTE 3 - The term "lot," for mechanical tests, applies to all pipe of
the same diameter and wall thickness (or schedule) which ate pr oduced
6.3.3 The grain size of grades 304H, 3 1 6H, 3 2 1H,
r om the same heat of steel and subjected to the same fi nishing tieatment:
f
347H, and 348H, as determined in accor dance with Test (1) in a cont i nuous heat-tre atment fmnace, (2) in a batch-type heat
Methods E 1 1 2 , shall be No 7 or coar se: tIeatment furn ace, equipped with recoIding pyrometers and automat i cally
conti olled within a 50°F [30°C] r ange, oi ( 3) by direct quenching af t er
hot forming, the lar ger of" (a) Each 200 ft [60 m] oi fl action thereof o: ,
7. Chemical Composition (b) That pipe heat treated in th e same batch fhmace cha r ge
7. 1 The steel shall conform to t
h e requirements as to 1 1.2 Flattening Test - For material heat treated in a
chemical composition pr escribed in Table 1 batch-type furnace, f l attening tests shall be made on 5%
of the pipe from each heat-treated lot For material heat
treated by the conti nuous process, or by direct quenching
8. Product Analysis
after hot forming this test shall be made on a suffi cient
8.1 At the request of the purchaser , an analysis of one number of pipe to constitute 5 % of the lot, but in no case
billet or one lengt
h of flat-rolled stock tom each heat, or les s than two lengths of pipe .
two pipes from each lot shall be made by the manufacturer .
1 1.2.1 For welded pipe a transverse-guided face bend
A lot of pipe shall consist of the following number of
lengths of the same size and wall thickness from any one test of the weld may be conducted instead of a flattening
test in accor dance with the method outlined in the steel
heat of steel :
tubular product supplement of Test Met h ods and Defi ni
NPS Designator Lengths of Pipe in Lot
i ons A 3 70 The ductility of the weld shall be considered
t
Undei 2 400 or f
l action thereof
acceptable when there is no evidence of cracks in the weld
2 to 5 200 oi fr action thereof
6 and ovei 1 00 oi f
r action ther eof
or between the weld and the base metal after bending Test
specimens from 5 % of the lot shall be taken from t he pipe
8.2 The r esults of these analyses shall be reported to or test plates of the same material as the pipe, the test
the purchaser or t
h e purchaser ' s representative, and shall plates being attached to the end of the cylinder and welded
conform to the requirements specif i ed in Section 7 as a prolongation of the pipe longitudinal seam.
1 1 .3 Grain Size - Gr ain size determinations on Grades
8.3 If the analysis of one of t h e tests specifi ed in 8 . 1
TP 3 09 H , TP 3 0 9 HCb , TP3 1 0H , TP3 1 0HCb , an d UNS
does not conform to the r equirements specif i ed in Section
$ 326 1 5 shall be made on the same number of tubes as
7, an analysis of each billet or pipe f
i om the same heat or
lot may be made, and all billets or pipe conforming to the prescribed for the f
l attening test
requirements shall be accepted 11.4 HCW pipe shall be capable of passing the weld
decay tests listed in Supplementary $9 with a weld metal
to base metal los s ratio of 0 90 to 1 A The test is not
9. Permitted Variat
i ons in Wall Thickness
required to be per
formed unless $9 is specifi ed in the
9.1 In addition to the implicit limitation of wa ll thick purchase or der
ness for seamless pipe imposed by the limitation on weight
in Specifi cation A 999 /A 999M, the wall thicknes s for
seamless and welded pipe at any point shall be within t he 12. Hydrostatic or Nondestructive Electric Test
tolerances specifi ed in Table 3, except that for welded pipe 12.1 Each pipe shall be subjected to the nondestructive
the weld a
r ea sha
ll not be limited by t
h e ' Over ' tolerance i c test or the hydrostatic test T
electr he type of test to be
The wall thick
nes s and outside diameter for inspect i on for used shall be at the option of the manufacturer , unless
complia
nce with t
his requirement for pipe ordered by NPS other wise specifi ed in t
he purchase order
and schedule number is shown in Table X l l
12.2 The hydrostatic test shall be in accordance with
Specifi cation A 999 /A 999M, unless specif
i cally exempted
1 0. Tensile Requirements under t
h e provisions of 1 2 3
10.1 The tensile pr operties of the materia
l shall conform 12.3 For pipe whose dimensions equal or exceed NPS
to the requirements prescribed in Table 4 1 0, the purchaser , wit
h the agreement of the ma
nufacturer ,

5 O5
SA-3 12 /SA-312M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

may waive the hydrostatic test requirement when in lieu repaired and as shown in Table 5 Alternatively, subject
of such test the purchaser performs a system test Each to approval by the purchaser , weld repairs shall be made
length of pipe ftmished without the completed manufactur only with the gas tungsten-arc welding process using a
er' s hydrostatic test shall include with the mandatory ma
rk fi ller meta
l more highly alloyed tha
n the base meta l when
ings the letters "NH . " needed f0r corrosion r esistance or other pr operties .
12.4 Nondestructive Electric Test : 15.4 Pipes that have had weld seam repairs with fi ller
Nondestr
u ctive electric tests shall be in accor dance with metal shall be uniquely identifi ed a
n d shall be so stated
Specif
i cation A 999 /A 999M . and identif
i ed on the certif
i cate of tests . When f
i ller metal
ot
her than t
h at listed in Table 5 is used, the f
i ller metal
shall be identif
i ed on t
h e certif
i cate of tests
13. Lengths
13.1 Pipe lengths shall be in accordance with the f01
1 6. Certif
i cation
lowing regula
r pr actice :
1 6. 1 In addition to t
he information required by Specif
i
13. 1 .1 Unless otherwise agreed upon, a
ll sizes fr om
cation A 999 /A 999M, the certif
i cation shall state whether
NPS 1/8 to and including NPS 8 a
r e available in a lengt
h
or not the material was hydrostatically tested If the material
up to 24 ft (Note 4) with th e permissible range of 1 5 to
24 ft (Note 4) Short lengths are acceptable and the number
was nondestructively tested, the cert i fi cation shall so state
n d shall show which sta
a n dard practice was followed a nd
and minimum length shall be agreed upon between the
what Ieference discontinuities were used
manufacturer and t
he purchaser .

NOTE 4 - This value(s) applies when the inch-pound designat

i on of
this specifi cat
ion is the basis of purchase When the "M" designation ot 17. Marking
this specifi cation is the basis of pm chase, the conesponding metric val
17.1 In addition to the marking specif i ed in Specif
i ca
ue(s) shall be ag: eed upon between the manufactm er and the ptuchaser
tion A 999 /A 999M, the ma rki ng shall include the NPS
13.1 .2 If' def
i nite cut lengths ar e desired, the lengths (nominal pipe size) or outside diameter and schedule num
required shall be specifi ed in t
he order . No pipe shall be ber or average wa ll t
hickness, heat number , and NH when
under the specifi ed length a
nd not more tha
n a/4 in [6 mm] hydrotesting is not performed a n d ET when eddy-current
over that specif
i ed test
i ng is performed or UT when ultrasonic testing is per
13.1.3 No j ointer s a
r e permitted unless otherwise formed. The ma r king shall also include the manufacturer' s
specif
i ed . private identifying mark, the ma rki ng requirement of 1 2 3 ,
if applic able , and whether s e amle s s ( S ML) , welded
(WLD) , or he avily c old- worked (HCW) For Grades
14. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance T P 3 0 4 H , TP 3 1 6 H , TP 3 2 1 H , TP 3 47 H , TP 3 4 8 H , and
14.1 The f i nished pipes shall be reasonably straight $308 1 5 , the ma
r king shall also include the heat number
and shall have a workmanlike fi nish Imperfections may and heat-treatment lot identif i cation. If specif
i ed in the
be removed by grinding, provided the wall thicknesses a
re purchase order , the marking for pipe la rger than NPS 4
not decreased to less than that permitted in Section 9 of shall include the weight.
Specif
i cation A 999 /A 999M

18. Government Procurement

15. Repair by Welding 1 8. 1 Scale Free Pipe for Government Procurement:
15.1 For welded pipe whose diameter equa
l s or exceeds 18.1.1 When specif i ed in the cont:act or order, the
NPS 6, and whose nom
inal wall t
hick
ness equals or exceeds following requirements shall be considered in t h e inquiry,
0 200, weld repairs made wit h the additi on of compatible contract or order, f0r agencies of the U S Government
f
i ller metal may be made to the weld seam with the same where scale free pipe or tube is required These require
procedures specifi ed for plate defects in the secti on on ments shall take precedence if there is a confl ict between
Repair by Welding of Specif i cation A 999/A 999M these requirements an d the product specifi cations
15.2 Weld repairs of t
h e weld seam shall not exceed 1 8 . 1 . 2 The requirement s of S pecif i c ati on
20% of t
he sea
m length A 999/A 999M f0: pipe and Specifi cation A 450/A 450M
15.3 Weld repair s shall be made only with the gas for tubes shall be applicable when pipe or tube is ordered
to this specif i cation
tungsten-arc welding process using t he same classif
i cation
of' bare f
i ller rod qualifi ed to the most current AWS Speci 18.1.3 Pipe a
n d tube shall be one of t
he following
f
i cation A5 .9 as the grade of' stainless steel pipe being grades as specif
i ed herein :

5 06
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-312 /SA-312M

G ade UNS Designation 1 8 . 1 .4. 1

TP304 $ 3 0400
Specifi cation Numbei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASTM A 3 1 2
Tube . . .. . . . . .. .. . . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . T
TP3 04L $ 30403
Gi ade . . . .. . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . .. . .. . . . . . .. . .. . . . . 3 04
TP3 04N $ 3 045 1
Outside Di ametex . . . . .. . .. .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . .. . .. . .. .. . 0 250
TP3 1 6 $ 3 1 600
Wall .. .. . .. .. .. .. . .. . .. . .. .. .. .. . . . . . .. . . .. . .. . . .. .. . .. . .. . .. 0 03 5
TP3 1 6L $ 3 1 603
SMLS OR WELDED .. .. . . . . . .. . . . .. . . .. . . . .. . .. .. WLD
TP3 1 6N $ 3 1 65 1
TP3 1 7 $ 3 1 7 00
18. 1 .5 Ordering Information - Orders for material
TP3 1 7L $ 3 1 703
TP3 2 1 $ 3 2 1 00
under this specif i cation shall include the following in addi
TP3 47 $ 34700 tion to the iequirements of S ection 4:
18. 1.5. 1 Pipe or tube,
1 8. 1 .5.2 Part number ,
1 8 . 1 .4 Part Number',"
1 8. 1 .5.3 Ultrasonic inspect
i on, if required,
18. 1.5.4 If shea
r wave test is to be conducted in
two opposite circumferential diIections,
Example :' ASTM A 3 1 2/A 3 1 2M Pipe 3 04 NPS 1 2 SCH
40S SMLS 1 8. 1 .5.5 Intergr anular COn OSiOn test, and
18.1.5.6 L e v e l o f p re s erv ati o n an d p a c ki n g
Specif
i cation Numbei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASTM A 3 1 2 requir ed
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
GI ade .. . .. . . . .. .. . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. .. .. .. . .. . . .. . .. . . .. . .. 3 04
NPS .. . .. . .. . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. . . .. . .. .. . .. . . . . .. . .. .. . .. .. .. .. . 12
19. Keywords
Wa
l l . . .. . .. .. . . . .. .. . . .. .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. .. .. . .. . . 0 3 75 19.1 austenitic stainles s steel ; seamles s steel pipe; stain
SMLS OR WELDED . .. .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . . . . .. S ML les s steel pipe ; steel pipe ; welded steel pipe

5 O7
SA-312 /SA-312M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

? ?
. . . . . . . . o . . . . o . . . . . . : : : : : : : : : : : :
: : : : : : : : 6 : : : : 6 : . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

÷ f . . . . . , '
o o o
,
o o

6 6 6 6 6 : : : 6 6 6 : : 6 : : : 6 : : : 6 6 : : : 6 6 6 : : 6 6 6 :

i i i i ! i i i i i i i i i i i i . . . . . 2 1 i i i i i i i i i i i

. o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x .. E
. . E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
t.O
I-
Z o
I,,.0

I Ll
i ! i i i i i ! ! i i i i ! i i i : : 6 : : : : : : : :

d d d d d ° ° ° °
< . . . . . . . . . . & o o o o o o o o o o o • •
<
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N o% o %% . . . .
W

M mm °°°°°°446MMN " 6W4M6M6 MMMM4#°°

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 6 6 6

m o N 6
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
M M M M M M M M d d M M M M M 6 M M M 6 6 6 M M M 6 M M M M M M M
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 o 6 6 6 6 o 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 o 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

o o
°°! *
o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o
o o o o o
o o o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o . o °
° o o o o o m
o o o o o o o o

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 o 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

o N N N N N N N N S $ $ $ N N N N N N N N NN N

- × x 2 2 2 2 " . . " . . 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . . 2 2 2 . 2 2 • .

508
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-312 /SA-312M

• " o •
2
: 6 : 6

• " o . . . . . . o • •

o o o m m o o

> . . . . . .

. o . . . . . . o
: 6 : 6 : : 6 : : : , : c5 ,5 6

o o

k- : : : : : : : 6 6 : : : : : :

S z

f__
_ o o
Z
O o : : 6 6 - 6 6 - . . . . . .
v

113
z I" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . .

lll.I
g
r,a
w
• 0 " " . . . . . . g &
I,- o"
I Ll

o o o o o o L 0 0
..-I e W ,q 05 ° ° 0 0 0 W G 05 6 05 A
.< ._
o e H W o4 ,
¢D

I Ll o

:I= u3 o. o o o o o. o. o, o o o o o
r,D
i i i i i i I i i i i o i i
u o o o o o o o o I o o o o o

- o o o o o o o o o
. c0 Lq 0 o o o o o o o ¢ o o n

o o o o o o o o o o o o

- o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
6 6 6 6 6 c 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

- u' o o o q , n un o o o o o

o o o o o o o o o • o o o o o
- ,5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 i 6 6 6 6 6

o o

° oT ° or °o ° ° ° ° ° ° °o ° ° °
o o o

I I q o [ I I o o o
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
6 6 6 6 c5 6 6 c 6 6 6 6 6 ,:5

.o o ° o _ o
O 5

. . . . _ _ - - • .

5 09
SA-3 1 2 /SA-312M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 2
AN N EA LI N G REQ U I RE M E NTS
H eat Treati ng Coo l i ng/Testi ng
G rade or U N S Desig nati on A Tem peratu re B Requ i rements
A l l g rades n ot i n d i v i d u a l l y l i sted
be l ow : 1 9 0 0 O F [ 1 0 4 0 o c] c
T P 3 2 1 H , T P3 47 H , T P 3 48 H
C o l d fi n i shed 2000OF [1100oc] D
H ot fi n i shed 19250F [1 050oc] o
T P 3 04 H , T P 3 1 6 H
C o l d fi n i shed 1 9 0 0 O F [1 04 0 o 0 ] o
H ot fi n i shed 1 9 0 0 O F [ 1 04 0 o C ] D
T P 3 0 9 H , T P 3 0 9 H C b, T P 3 1 0 H ,
T P31 0 H Cb 1 9 0 0 O F [ 1 04 0 o c ] o
$30600 2 0 1 0_2 1 4 0 O F [ 1 1 0 0_1 1 7 0 o 0 ] D
S 3 08 1 5, S31 272 1 92 0 ° F [1 050 °C] P
$ 3 1 254, S 32 654 2 1 0 0 O F [1 1 50 oc ] D
$33228 2 05 0_2 1 6 0 O F [ 1 1 2 0_1 1 8 0 o c ] o
$ 3 45 65 2 05 0-2 1 4 0 ° F [ 1 1 2 0-1 1 7 0 ° C ] P
$35315 2010op [1 100oc] D
N 08 3 6 7 2025OF [l l lOOC] a
N 08 9 04 2000OF [1 1 0 0 o c ] a
N 08926 201 0OF [1 100oc] D

A N ew des i g nat i o n estab l i shed i n acco rdance with P ract i ce E 5 2 7 an d S A E J 1 08 6 ,

8 M i n i m u m, u n l ess othe rwi se stated
c Q ue nch ed i n wate r o r' rap i d l y co o led by other means, at a rate s uffi c i e nt to p reve nt re p rec i p itat i on of
carb i des, as de m o nstrab le by the capab i l ity of pass i n g P r acti ces A 2 6 2, P racti ce E , The man ufactu rer i s
n ot req u i red to r u n the test u n l ess it i s spec ifi ed o n th e p u rchase o r de r ( see S u p p l e mentary Req u i re m ent
$ 7 ) , N ote th at P r act i ces A 2 6 2 req u i res the test to be perfo rmed o n sens iti zed spec i me ns i n the l ow-car
b o n and stab i l i zed types an d o n spec i mens rep resentat i ve of the as-sh i p ped co nd it i o n fo r' othe r types I n
the case of l ow-carbo n types co ntai n i ng 3 % o r' mo re m o lybde n u m, the ap p l i cab i l ity of the se ns iti z i n g treat
me nt p r i o r to testi n g sh a l l be a matte r' fo r' negoti ati o n between the se l l e r an d the p u r chase r' .
o Q uenc hed i n wate r' o r r ap i d ly coo l ed by othe r' mean s

TA B L E 3
P E R M I TT E D VA R I AT I O N S I N WA L L T H I C K N E S S
To l erance, %
fro m N o m i n a l

N P S Des ig nator Ove r U nde r

1/8 to 2 1/2 i nc l ,, a l l t/D rat i os 20 .0 12 ,5

3 to 1 8 i nc l ,, t/D u p to 5 % i nc l , 22, 5 12 5
3 to 1 8 i nc l ,, t/D > 5 % 15 0 1 2 ,5
2 0 and l arge r, we l ded, a l l t/D rat i os 17 5 12 5
2 0 and l arge r, seam l ess, t/D u p to 5 % i nc ! , 22, 5 12 5
2 0 an d l arge r, seam l ess, t/D > 5 % 15 ,0 12 5

wh e re :

t = N o m i n a l W a l l T h i c k n ess
D = O rd e red O uts i d e D i a m ete r'

510
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-312 /SA-312M

TA B L E 4
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS
Te n s i l e Yie l d
Strength, Stre ngth, TA B L E 4
U NS M in , M i n ,, T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS ( C O N T' D )
G rad e Desi gnati on ks i [ M Pa] ksi [ M Pa]
Te n s i l e Yie l d
$ 2 04 00 95 [635] 4 8 [3 3 03 Stre ngth, Str e ngth,
T P X M -1 9 $ 2 09 1 0 1 O 0 [69 0] 5 5 [3 8 0 ] U NS M i n, M i n ,,
$21900 9 0 [62 0] 5 0 [3 4 5 3
T P X M -I O
G rad e Desig natio n ksi [ M Pa] ksi [ M Pa]
T P X M -1 1 $ 2 1 9 04 9 0 [62 03 5 0 [ 3 45 3
T P X M -2 9 $ 24 0 0 0 1 0 0 [69 0 3 5 5 [3 8 0 3 T P X M -1 5 $ 3 81 0 0 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 05 ]
T P3 04 $ 3 04 0 0 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [ 2 053 .. .. . N 08367 :
T P 3 04 L $ 3 04 0 3 7 0 [4 8 5 ] 2 5 [ 1 7 03 t <_ 0 1 87 I 0 0 [690 ] 4 5 [3 1 0 ]
T P 3 04 H $ 3 04 0 9 7 5 [5 1 5 3 30 [2 053 t > 0 1 87 9 5 [6 5 5 ] 4 5 [3 1 0 ]
$ 3 04 1 5 87 [6 0 0 ] 42 [2 90] . .. . N 08 9 04 7 1 [490] 3 1 [2 1 5]
T P304 N $ 3 045 1 8 0 [55 0] 3 5 [240] N 0892 6 9 4 [6 5 0] 43 [295]
T P3 04 L N $ 3 0 45 3 75 [5 1 5] 3 0 [2 0 5 ]
$ 3 0600 78 [54 0] 3 5 [240] E l ongation in 2 i n or 50 m m (or 4 D), M i n ,, % : Longitud i nal Transverse
$ 3 06 1 5 9 0 [62 0] 40 [27 5]
$ 3 08 1 5 87 [600] 45 [3 1 0 ] A l l G rades except S31050 and S32615 35 25
T P 3 09 S $ 3 09 08 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 05] S3261 5, S3 105 0 25 .. .. .
$ 3 09 09 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [ 2 053 N 08367 30 . . .. ..
T P 3 Og H
T P3 Og C b $3 094 0 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 5 0 [ 2 05]
T P3 Og H C b $ 3 0 94 1 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [ 2 05]
S3 1 00 2 7 3 [5 0 0 ] 3 0 [ 2 05]
T P3 1 0 S $ 3 1 0 08 75 [5 1 53 3 0 [2 05]
T P3 1 0 H $ 3 1 009 75 [5 1 5] 30 [2 05]
T P3 1 0 C b $ 3 1 04 0 75 [5 1 53 3 0 [2 05 ]
TP310H Cb $ 3 1 041 75 [5 1 5] 3 0 [2 0 5 ] TAB L E 5
$ 3 1 05 0 :
P I P E A N D F I L L E R M E TA L S P E C I F I C AT I O N
t g 0 25 in 84 [5 8 0 ] 3 9 [ 2 7 0]
7 8 [5 4 0 ] 37 [2553
t > 0 25 in . P i pe F i l l e r' M eta l
$3 1 2 54 :
t g 0 1 87 i n . [5 O 0 mm] 9 8 [6 7 5 ] 45 [3 1 0] U NS AW S A5 9
t > 0 187 in [5 0 0 m m] 9 5 [6 5 5 ] 45 [3 1 0] G rade Des ig natio n C l ass U N S Desig natio n
$3 1 2 7 2 6 5 [4 5 0 ] 2 9 [ 2 0 0]
T P3 1 6 $ 3 1 600 75 [5 1 5] 3 0 [2 05] T P 3 04 S30400 E R308 $ 3 0 8 0 0j W3 0 8 4 0
T P3 1 6 L $ 3 1 6 03 7 0 [485] 2 5 [ 1 7 0] T P 3 04 L $ 3 0 403 E R308 L $ 3 0 8 83, W3 0 843
TP316 H $31609 75 [5 1 5] 3 0 [2 05] T P 3 04 N S 3 04 5 1 E R308 $ 3 0 8 8 0, W3 0 8 4 0
$ 3 1 635 75 [5 1 5] 3 0 [2 0 5 ] T P 3 04 L N $ 3 04 5 3 E R308 L $ 3 0 8 8 3, W3 0 8 43
TP316N $ 3 1 65 1 80 [5 50] 3 5 [240]
T P 3 04 H $ 3 04 09 E R308 $ 3 0 8 8 0, W3 0 8 4 0
TP316L N $ 3 1 653 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 05 ]
T P 3 0g C b $ 3 0 94 0 .. . ..
T P3 1 7 $31700 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 0 5 ]
T P309S $30908 .. . ..
T P317 L S3 1 7 03 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [ 2 05]
7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [ 2 05]
T P31 0Cb $ 3 1 04 0 .. . ..
$3 1 7 2 5
$3 1 7 2 6 8 0 [55 0] 35 [2 4 0] T P31 0S $31 008 .. .. ..
T P32 1 $ 3 2 1 00 : $31 272 .. .. . .
Welded 75 [5 1 5] 3 0 [2 05] T P316 $31600 E R316 $ 3 1 68 0 W 3 1 64 0
Seamless ' T P316 L $31603 E R3 1 6 L $ 3 1 68 3 W 3 1 643
<_ 3/8 i lq 75 [5 1 53 3 0 [2 053 T P316 N $ 3 1 65 1 E R316 S 3 1 68 0 W 3 1 64 0
> 3/a i m 7 0 [4 8 5 ] 2 5 [1 7 0]
T P316 L N $ 3 1 65 3 E R316 L S 3 1 68 3 W 3 1 643
TP321 H $ 3 2 1 09 : $ 3 1 68 0 W 3 1 64 0
T P316 H $ 3 1 6 09 E R3 16 H
Welded 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 05 ]
T P321 $32 100 E R3 2 1 $32 180 W32140
S eamless :
E R 3 47 $ 3 4 7 8 0, W3 474 0
<_ 3/16 i n 7 5 [5 1 5 3 3 0 [ 2 053
T P 3 47 $34700 E R 3 47 $ 3 4 7 8 0, W3474 0
>3/ 6 i n 7 0 [48 0] 2 5 [1 7 0]
S32615 8 0 [55 0] 3 2 [2 2 0] T P 348 $34800 E R 3 47 $ 3 4 7 8 0, W3 4740
$ 3 2654 1 09 [7 5 0] 62 [43 0] T P X M -1 9 $ 22 100 E R 2 09 $ 2 0 9 8 0, W3 2 2 4 0
$ 33 2 28 7 3 [5 0 03 2 7 [ 1 853 T P X M -2 9 $28300 E R240 $ 2 3 9 8 0, W3 2 44 0
$ 3 4 5 65 1 1 5 [7 95] 6 0 [4 1 5 ] . .. . N 0 83 6 7 . .. .. N 0 66 2 5
T P347 $ 347 0 0 7 5 [5 1 53 3 0 [2 0 5] . .. .. $ 2 04 0 0 E R209 $ 2 0 9 8 0, W 3 2 2 4 0
T P 3 47 H $347 09 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 05 ] N 0 66 2 5
. .. .. N 0 89 2 6 .. . . ..
T P 3 47 L N $347 5 1 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 05 ]
T P 3 48 $3480 0 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 05 ]
T P348 H $34809 7 5 [5 1 5 ] 3 0 [2 05 ]
$ 3 5 04 5 7 0 [ 48 5 3 25 [ 1 7 03
$ 353 1 5 94 [65 03 39 [ 27 03

511
SA-312 /SA-312M 2007 SE CTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

One or more of' the following supplementar y requirements shall apply only when specifi ed
in the purchase order . The purchaser may specif}¢ a different frequency of' test or analysis
than is provided in the supplementary requirement . Subject to agreement between the
purchaser and manufacturer, retest and retreatment provisions of these supplementary
requirements may also be modif
i ed .

S1. Product Analysis of' injurious laminations, cracks, and similar objecti onable
SI.1 For all pipe NPS 5 and la rger in nominal size defects . If t
his supplementary requirement is specifi ed, the
there shall be one product analysis made of a representative number' of tests per' pipe required shall also be specifi ed. .
sample from one piece for each ten lengths or fraction If a specimen from any length shows objectionable defects,
ther eof fr om each heat of steel the length shall be rejected, subject to remova l of' the
defect i ve end and subsequent retests indicating the r emain
S1.2 For pipe smaller' t
h an NPS 5 there shall be one der of' t h e length to be sound and reasonably uniform
product analysis made f
i om ten lengths per' heat of' steel material .
or' from 1 0% of' the number' of' lengths per' heat of' steel,
whichever number is sma
l ler .

S1.3 Individual lengths failing to conform to the chemi $5. Radiographic Examination
cal requirements specifi ed in Section 7 shall be rejected. $5.1 The entire length of weld in each double welded
pipe shall be radiographica
l ly examined, using X-radiation,
in accordance with Paragraph UW-5 1 of Section VIII Divi
$2. Transverse Tension Tests sion 1 of the ASME B oiler and Pr
e s sure Vessel Code In
$2. 1 There shall be one tra
n sverse tension test made addition to the ma
r king required by Sect
i on 1 3 each pipe
from one end of 1 0% of the lengths furnished per heat of shall be mar ked "RT" after the specif
i cation and grade.
steel. This applies only to pipe NPS 8 and la
r ger Requirements of $5 shall be required in the certif
i cation
$2.2 If a specimen from any length fails to conform to
the tensile properties specifi ed that length sha
l l be rejected.
$6. Stabilizing Heat Treatment
$6.1 Subsequent to the solut
i on anneal required in 6 2,
$3. Flattening Test Grades TP309HCb, TP3 1 0HCb, TP3 2 1 , TP3 2 1 H, TP347 ,
$3.1 The fl attening test of Specif i cation A 999 /A 999M TP347H, TP348 , and TP348H shall be given a stabilizat
ion
shal l be made on a specimen f i om one end or both ends heat treatment at a temperature lower than that used for
of each pipe Crop ends may be used. If this supplementa ry the init
i al solution annealing heat tr eatment The tempera
requirement is specifi ed, the number of tests per pipe shall ture of stabilization heat tr eatment shall be at a temperature
also be specifi ed If a specimen fr om any length fails as agreed upon between the purchaser and vendor
because of lack of duct i lity prior to satisfactory complet
i on
of the fi rst step of the fl attening test requirement, that pipe
shall be rejected subject to retr eatment in accordance with $7. Intergranular Corrosion Test
Specifi cation A 999/A 999M and satisfactory ietest If a $7.1 When specif
i ed, material shall pass intergranula
r
specimen from any length of pipe fails because of a lack of corrosion tests conducted by the manufactur er in accor
soundness that length shall be rej ected, unless subsequent dance with Pr act
ices A 262, Practice E.
retesting indicates that t he remaining length is sound
NOTE $7 1 - P actice E requh es testing on the sensiti zed condition f0i
low cazbon oi stabilized gl ades, and on the as-shipped cond i tion tbr
othei gr
a des
$4. Etching Tests
$4.1 The steel shall be homogeneous as shown by $7.2 A stabilization heat treatment in accordance with
etching tests conducted in accorda
n ce wit
ht h e appropriate Supplementa r y Requirement $6 may be necessary and is
portions of Method E 3 8 1 Etching tests shall be made on perm
itted in order to meet this requirement for the grades
a cross section i
f om one end or both ends of each pipe containing titanium or coh
imbium, pa r ticularly in their H
and shall show sound and reasonably uniform material free version s .

512
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-312 /SA-312M

$8. Minimum Wall Pipe a boil Boiling shall be maintained thr ough the duration of
$8. 1 When specif i ed by the pur chaser , pipe sha
l l be the test The time of testing shall be that which is required
furnished on a minimum wall basis The wall of such pipe to remove 40 to 60% of the original base metal thicknes s
shall not fa
l l below the thicknes s specif
i ed In addition to (usually 2 h or les s) If more than 60% of the base metal
the ma r king requir ed by Section 1 7 , the pipe shall be thick
n ess r emains, it i s permitted to terminate the test after
ma
r ked $ 8 24 h

$9.7 At the end of the test period, the samples shall

be r emoved fr om the solution, rinsed with distilled water ,
$9. Weld Decay Test and dried
$9.1 W
hen specif
i ed in the purchase order , one sample
$ 9.8 The thicknes s measurements as in $ 9 5 sh all be
fIom each lot of pipe shall be subj ect to testing in a boiling
solution of 50% reagent gr ade hydrochloric acid and 50% repeated The anvil shape of the micrometer used shall be
w ater suitable fbr measuring the m
inimum remaining thickness
with an accmacy to at least 000 1 in [0 025 mm]
$9.2 The s amp le , of approxi mately 2 in . [5 0 mm]
$ 9. 9 The c orr o s i on r atio , R , s hall be c alcul ated a s
length, shall be prepa
r ed tom a production lengt h of pipe .
follow s :
Depending on the size of the pipe, it is permitted to section
the sample longitudinally to allow it to f
i t in the Ellenmeyer R = ( Wo - W) / (Bo - B)
f ask AS a m
l inimum, the tested sample shall include the
entire weld and adj acent ar ea and the full length of base wher e :

metal 1 80° across from the weld All burrs and shar p edges Wo = average weld-metal thick
n ess befole the test
shall be removed by light grinding Dust and grease shall W = average weld-metal thicknes s after the test
be r emoved by cleaning with soap and water or other Bo = aver age base-metal thickness before the test, a
nd
suitable solvents
B = average base-metal thickness after the test
$9.3 The hydr ochloric acid solution shall be pr epared $9.9. 1 The corxosion ratio for HCW pipe shall be
by s lowly addin g reag ent grade ( appr oximately 3 7 % ) as specif
i ed in 1 1 4
hydr ochloric acid to an equal volume of distilled water .
$9.9.2 The corT osion ratio shall be 1 25 or less , or
Warning - P otect eyes and use iubbei gloves when ha n dling acid as further restr icted in the pu
r chase order, when the weld
Mixing and testing shall be pef
f blmed in a protective enclosm e decay test i s specifi ed foI welded (WLD) pipe.
$9.4 The test container shall be a 1 -L Erlenmeyer f
l ask R = ( Wo -- W) / (Bo - B)
equipped with ground- glas s j oints an d an Ahline con
denser The volume of the soluti on shall be approximately wher e :
700 mL
Wo = average weld-metal thickness before the test
$9.5 The thick
n ess of t
h e weld and the base metal 1 8 0° W = aver age weld-metal thick
nes s after the test
from the weld shall be measured near both ends of the Bo = average base-metal thick
nes s before the test, and
sa
mple . These measurements shall be made with a micr om B = average base-metal thickness after the test
eter with an anvil shape suitable for measuring the thick $9.9. 1 The corr osion r atio for HCW pipe shall be
nes s with an accu
r acy to at least 0. 00 1 in [0025 mm] as specif
i ed in 1 1 4
$9.6 The sample sections, bot h weld and base metal, $9.9.2 The coli osion ratio shall be 1 25 or les s , or
shall be immer sed in the flask containing the soluti on as further r estricted in the purchase order, when the weld
B oiling chips shall be added and the solut
i on brought to decay test is specif i ed for welded (WLD) pipe

513
SA-3 1 2 / SA-3 12M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

APPENDIX

(Nonmandatory Information)

X1 . DIMENSIONS OF WELDED AND SEAMLESS STAINLESS STEEL PIPE

X1 .1 Table X l l is based on Table 1 of the American National Standard for stainless steel pipe (ANSI B 3 6. 1 9) .

TA B L E X I . 1
D I M E N S I O N S O F W E L D E D A N D S E A M L E S S STA I N L E S S ST E E L P I P E
N o m i na l Wa l l T h i c k n ess

O uts i d e

N PS Diameter' Schedule 5SA Schedule lOSA Schedule 40S Schedule 80S

Desig nato r i n ,, mm in. mm in , mm in , mm in , mm
1/8 0 4 05 10 29 . . . . . 0 049 1 ,24 0 068 1 73 0 095 2 ,4 1

i/4 0 540 13 72 . . . . . 0 065 1 65 0 088 2 24 0 119 3 .0 2

3/8 0 675 17 15 . .. . .. 0 , 065 1 65 0 09 1 2 31 0 126 320

1/2 0 84 0 21 34 0 , 065 1 65 0 ,083 2 11 0 1 09 2 77 0 1 47 3 73

3/4 1 05 0 26 67 0 065 1 ,65 0 ,083 2 11 0 , 1 13 2 87 0 1 54 3 ,91
1.0 1, 315 33 .4 0 0 065 1 , 65 0 1 09 2 77 0 133 3 38 0 179 4 55
l l/4 1 660 42 . 1 6 0 065 1 65 0 1 09 2 77 0 1 40 3 56 0 191 4 85
1 1/2 1 ,9 00 48 2 6 0 065 1 65 0 1 09 2 77 0 1 45 3 68 0 ,200 5 08
2 2 37 5 60 3 3 0 065 1 65 0 1 09 2 77 0 1 54 3 .9 1 0 ,2 1 8 5 54
2 1/2 2 875 7 3 03 0 08 3 2 11 0 120 3 05 0 2 03 5 ,16 0 .2 76 7 01
3 3 500 88 90 0 083 2 11 0 120 3 , 05 0 .2 1 6 5 .4 9 0 ,3 0 0 7 62
3 1/2 4 00 0 1 0 1 60 0 083 2 11 0 120 3 05 0 226 5 , 74 0 318 8 08
4 4 500 114 30 0 ,083 2 11 0 ,120 3 , 05 0 2 37 6 02 0 , 337 8 56
5 5 5 63 141 30 0 1 09 2 ,7 7 0 . 1 34 3 40 0 ,258 6 55 0 375 9 52
6 6 625 1 68 ,28 0 , 1 09 2 ,7 7 0 , 1 34 3 40 0 2 80 7 11 0 432 1 0 97
8 8 62 5 2 1 9 08 0 1 09 2 77 0 1 48 3 76 0 322 8 18 0 5 00 12 70
10 1 0 75 0 2 7 3 05 0 134 3 40 0 1 65 4 19 0 365 9 27 0 5 00 B 1 2 ,7 0 B
12 1 2 75 0 3 2 3 85 0 156 3 96 0 1 80 4 57 0 375 s 9 528 0 500 s 12 70B
14 1 4 0 00 355 60 0 156 3 96 0 1 88 s 4 78 B
16 1 6 .0 00 406 40 0 1 65 4 19 0 1 88 B 4 78 B
18 18 000 457 20 0 1 65 4 19 0 1 88 8 4 78 B
20 20 000 5 08 00 0 1 88 4 78 0 218B 5 54B
22 2 2 00 0 558 80 0 . 1 88 4 78 0 218B 5 54 B
24 24 00 0 6 09 6 0 0 ,218 5 .54 0 ,250 6 .35
30 3 0 00 0 762 , 0 0 0 250 6 35 0 312 7 92

N O T E 1 : T he dec i ma l th i c k ness l i sted for' the respecti ve p i pe s i zes rep resents the i r n o m i na l o r' ave rage wa l l d i mens t o ns ,
A S c hed u l es 5 S and 1 0 S wa l l th ic k nesses do n ot pe rm it th read i n g i n acco rd ance with the A me r i can N at i o nal Standard fo r P i pe T h reads
(AN SI B1 20 .1 ) ,
B These d o n ot co nfo r m to the Ame r i can N ati ona l Standard fo r' We l ded and S eam l ess W ro u g ht Stee l P i pe ( A N S I B3 6 , 1 0-1 9 7 9 ) ,

5 14
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-320 /SA-320M

SPECIFICATION FOR ALLOY STEEL AND STAINLESS A09

STEEL BOLTING MATERIALS FOR LOW

TEMPERATURE SERVICE

SA-320 /SA-320M
INTERNATIONAL
S n rds Wo rldwide

(Ident
i cal with ASTM Specif
i cation A 320 /A 320M-0 7 )

1. Scope 1.4 Supplementary Requirements ($ 1 , $2, n a d $3) of

1.1 This specif
i cation cover's alloy steel bolting materi an optional nature a r e provided . They shall apply only
als for pr
e ssure vessels, valves, fl anges, and if tt
i ngs for when specifi ed in the inquiry, contract a
n d order.
low-temperature ser-cice. The term "bolti ng materia l " as
used in this specifi cat
i on cover s rolled, forged, or strain 1.5 This specifi cat
i on is expressed in bot
h inch-pound
units and in SI units . However , unless t
he order specif
i es
hardened bar s, bolts, screws , studs , and stud bolts The
ba
r 's shall be hotwrought. The materia
l may be further the applicable "M" specifi cati on designation (SI units), the
material shall be furnished to inch-pound units
processed by centerless grinding or by cold drawing. Aus
tenitic stainless steel may be solution annealed or annealed 1 .6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI
and strain-ha
rdened. When strain ha
r dened austenitic stain
units ar e to be regar ded sepa
r ately as sta
ndar d.. Within the
less steel is ordered, the pur chaser should take special ca
re text, the SI units are shown in br ackets . The values stated
to ensure that Appendix X 1 is thoroughly understood. in each system axe not exact equivalents ; therefore, each
1.2 Several grades a r e covered, including both fei itic system must be used independently of the ot her . Combining
and an stenitic steels designated L7, B 8, etc Selection will values fi om the two systems may result in nonconformance
depend on design, service conditions, mechanical proper with the specif i cation
i es, and low-temperature cha
t r acteristics. The mechanical
requfi ements of Table 1 indicate the diameter's for which
the minimum mechanica l pr operties apply to the various
2. Referenced Documents
grades and classes, and Table 2 stipulates the requirements
for Charpy impact energy absorption. The manufacturer 2. 1 ASTM Standards "
should determine that the material can conform to these A 1 94/A 1 94M Specifi cation for Ca
rbon and Alloy Steel
requirements before pa r ts a
r e manufactured.. For example, Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature
when Grade L43 is specif i ed to meet the Table 2 impact Service, or B ot
h
energy values at - 1 50°F [- 1 0 1 °C] , additi onal restxictions A 3 70 Test Methods and Def
i nitions for Mechanical Test
(such as procuring a steel with lower P a n d S contents ing of S teel Products
tha
nm i ght normally be supplied) in the chemical composi A 962/A 962M Specif i cat
i on for Common Requirements
i on fox AISI 4340 a
t r e likely to be required. for S te el Fas tener's o r Fas tener M ater i al s , or B oth ,
NOTE 1 - The committee foimulating this specif i cation has included Intended for Use at Any Temperatme tom Cryogenic
sever
al grades of mater
i al t
h at have been rather extensively used I0i the to the Creep Range
present puipose Othe compositions will be consideied f0i inclusion by E 566 Practice for Electromagnetic (Eddy-CuiIent) Soif
i ng
t e committee f
h i om t
i me to t
i me as t
h e need becomes appment Usei s
of Fenous Metals
should note that hardenability of some of the gi ades mentioned may
iestf
i ct the maximum size at which th e i equf
i ed mechanical pmpeities F 436 Specifi cation for Ha
r dened Steel Washers
are obtainable
F 606 Test Methods for Determi ning the Mechanical Prop
1.3 Nuts for use with this bolt
ing material a
r e covered erties of Externally and Internally Threaded Fastener's ,
in S ection 1 0 a
nd t
he nut material shall be impact tested. Washers , Direct Tension Indicators , and Rivets

515
 SA -320 /SA -320M 2009b SECTION II, PART A

2.2 ANSI Standards : chromium ca r bide will go into solution an d then cooling
B 1 . 1 Screw Threads in air or in a liquid medium at a rate suff i cient to prevent
B ! 8 . 22 ! Plain Washer s reprecipitation of the c arbide Materi al thus treated is
described as Class 1 . If specif i ed in the purchase or der ,
material shall be solution treated in t
he f
i nished condit
i on ;
3. Ordering Information material s o treated is des cribed as Clas s 1 A

3. 1 It is the purchaser' s r esponsibility to specify in the 5 . 1 .2 When incre ased mechanic al pr opertie s are
purchase order all informat i on neces sary to purchase t he desired, the austenitic bolting materials shall be solution
needed materials . Examples of such information include, annealed and str ain hardened if specif
i ed in t
he purchase
but a
r e not limited to , the following : order ; materia
l so treated is identif
i ed as Class 2
3. 1 . 1 Quantity and size, 5. 1 .3 If scale-fr ee bright f
i nish is required, this shall
3. 1 .2 Heat-treated condit i on, that is , for the austenitic be specif i ed in t
he purchase order
stainless steels, solution-treated (Class 1 ) ; solution-treated 5 . 1 . 4 For L7M bo lting , th e f
i n al he at treatment,
after f
i nishing (Class I A) ; a
nd annea
l ed a
n d strain-ha
rd which may be the tempering or stIess-relieving oper ation
ened (Class 2), conducted at 1 1 50°F [620°C] minimum, shall be done after
3 . 1 .3 De scr ipti on of item s re quired (b ars , bo lt s , machining or rolling of the th
i eads and a
ny type of cutting
screws , or studs) ,
3. 1 .4 Nuts a
nd washers , if r equired by t
he purchaser,
6. Mechanical Requirements
in accor dance with S ection 1 0, and
6. 1 Tensile Properties :
3. 1 .5 Special r equirements , in accordance with 5 1 1 ,
5 . 1 . 2, 5 . 1 3 , and 1 2 . 1 . 6. 1 . 1 The material as repr esented by the tension spec
imens shall conform to th e r equirements as to tensile pr op
erti es prescribed in Table 1 at room temperature after heat
4. Common Requirements tr eatment (see 5 1 1 ) Alternatively, Clas s 2 Str ain Ha
rd
ened Headed Fastener' s shall be tested full size after str ain
4. 1 Material and fastener's supplied to this specif i cation
s h al l c o n fo rm t o th e re qu ire me n t s o f S p e c i fi c ati o n ha
r dening to determine tensile st
r engt
h and yield strengt
h
A 962 /A 962M. These requir ements include methods , f in and shall conform to the requirements prescr
ibed in Table
1 . Should the results of full size tests conf
l ict with results
ish, thread dimensions , marking certif i cation, opt i onal sup
plementa r y requirements , and others Failure to comply of tension specimen tests, full size test results shall prevail.
with the r equir ements of Specif i cation A 962 /A 962M con 6. 1 .2 Number of Tests :
st
i tutes nonconformance wit h this specif i cation. In case of 6. 1 .2. 1 For heat-t
r eated ba
r s , one tension test and
conf l ict between t he r equirements in this specif i cation and one impact test consisting of ttuee specimens shall be
S p e ci f
i c ati on A 9 6 2 / A 9 62 M , thi s sp ec i f
i c ati o n s hall made for each diameter of each heat represented in each
pr evail tempering charg e In the c ontinuous type tre atment, a
4.2 For L7M bolting, the f i nal heat treatment, which cha
r ge shall be def
i ned as 6000 lb [2700 kg]
may be the tempering operation if conducted at 1 1 50°F 6. 1 .2.2 For st
u ds , bolts, screws, etc , one tension
[620°C] minimum, shall be done after machining a nd form test and one set of thr ee impact specimens shall be made
ing operations, including thr ead rolling and any type of for each diameter of each heat involved in t
h e lot. Each
cutt
ing . lot shall consist of the following :
Diameter , in [r
a m] Lot Size, lb [kg]

5. Materials and Manufacture 1 [30] and under 1 500 [680] or f

l action theI eof
5. 1 Heat Treatment : Over 1 8 [30] to 1 3/4 [45] , incl 4500 [2040] or fr action thereof
Over 1 4 [45] to 2 [65] , incl 6000 [2700] or fl action thereof
5. 1.1 The bolt
i ng material shall be allowed to cool Over 2 2 [65 ] 1 00 pieces or f
l acf
i on ther eof
to room temperature after r olling or forging. Grades L7 ,
L7A, L7B , L7C, L7M, L43 , L 1 , L70, L7 1 , L72, and L73 6. 1 .2.3 Full Size Specimens, Headed Fastener -
shall be reheated to above the upper crit
i cal temperatur e Headed fastener's 1 ,1 2 in in body diameter and smaller , with
and liquid quenched and tempered Grades B 8 , B 8 C, B 8M , body length three times the diameter or longer , a n d which
B 8T, B 8F, B 8P, B 8LN, a
n d B 8MLN shall r eceive a carbide are produced by upsetting or forging (hot or cold) shall be
solution treatment Products made from such material a
re subjected to full size test
i ng in accordance with 6 1 3 This
described as Class 1 This shall consist of holding the test
i ng shall be in addit i on to tensile test
ing as specifi ed
materia
l for a suff
i cient time at a temperature at which the in 6 1 1 . The lot size shall be shown in 6 1 2 2 Failure

516
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-320/SA-320M

shall occur' in the body or threaded sections with no failure, 6.2.2 Number oJ Tests:
or' indications of fai lure, such as cracks, at t
h e junction of 6.2.2.1 The test requirements for heat-treated ba
rs
h e head and shank.
t t e given in 6 . 1 2 . 1 .
a
6.1.3 Full Size Fasteners, Wedge Tensile Testing - 6.2.2.2 For test requil ements on studs , bolts ,
When applicable, see 6. 1 . 2 3 . Headed fasteners shall be screws , etc , see 6 L2 . 2
wedge tested full size in accordance with Annex A3 of 6.2.2.3 Impact tests are not requiled to be made
Test Met
hods and Def
i nitions A 370 a
nd shall confolm to
on heat-treated bar s , bolts , screws, studs, and stud bolts
the tensile strength shown in Table 1 The minimum full in [ 1 2. 5 mi
ni and under in diameter
size breaking stlength (lbf) for individual sizes sha
ll be as
follows : 6.2.3 Test Specimens - For sect i ons 1 in [25 mini
or less in diameter, test specimens shall be taken at t he
Ts = UTS x As ( 1) axis ; for sections over 1 in. [25 mm] in diameter , midway
between the axis and the SUlface .
whele :
6.3 Hardness Requirements :
Ts = Wedge tensile strength
UTS = Tensile strengt
h specif
i ed in Table 1 , and 6.3. 1 The ha
r dness shall confolm to the i equilements
As = Stress area, squa
r e inches, as shown in ANSI B 1 . 1 plesclibed in Table 1 Ha
r dness testing sha
l l be pef
f0imed
or calculated as follows : in accotdance wit
h either Specif
i cat
i on A 962/A 962M oi
with Test Methods F 606 .
As = 0 785 (D - (0.974/n))2 (2) 6.3.2 The ma
ximum ha
r dness of Grade L7M shall
wh e: be 23 5 HB or 99 HRB (conversion in accolda
nce wit
h
Table Number 2B of Test Methods and Def i nitions A 370)
D = Nom
inal th
r ead size, and
Mi nimum h ardn e s s s h al l n o t b e le s s th an 2 00 HB or
n = The number of threads per inch
93 HRB Confolmance to this ha r dness sha l l be ensuled
6.2 Impact Properties: by testing each bolt or stud by Br
inell or Rockwell B
6.2. 1 Requirements: met
h ods in accoldance wit
h 6 3 1.

6.2. 1 . 1 Materia
l of Grades L7 , L7A, L7B , L7C, 6.3.2. 1 The use of 1 00 % electromagnetic testing
L7M, L43 , L70, L7 1 , L72, and L73 shall show a minimum for hardness as an a
l ternative to 1 00% indentat
i on ha
r dness
impact energy absolption of 20 ft . lbf [27 J] and of Grade testing is permissible when qualifi ed by sampling using
L 1 a minimum impact enelgy absolption of 40 ft lbf indentation ha
r dness test
ing Each lot tested for hardness
[54 J] at the test temperature when tested by t
he plocedure electromagnetically sha
l l be 1 00% examined in accoldance
specifi ed in the applicable portions of Sections 1 9 to 28 with Practice E 566 Following electlomagnetic testing for
of Test Methods a
nd Def
i nitions A 370. The temperature ha
rdness, a random sa mple of a m i nimum of 1 00 pieces
of t
he coolant used for chilling t
h e test specimens shall be in each purchase lot (as defi ned in 6. 1 2 2) shall be tested
c ontroll ed w ithin _
+ 3 ° F [ 1 5 ° C ] Imp ac t te s t s are n ot by indentation ha
rdness met hods All sa mples must meet
required fi3r carbide solut
i on treated or strain ha
r dened hardness iequilements to pelmit acceptance of the lot. If
Grades B 8 , B 8F, B 8P, B 8M, B 8T, B 8LN, and B 8MLN for any one sample is outside of the specifi ed ma x imum oi
temperat
ules above -325°F [-200°C] ; for ca
r bide solution minimum ha
rdness, the lot sha
l l be rejected a
n d eitheI
treated Grades B 8 , B 8P, B 8C , and B 8LN above -425 °F ieprocessed and iesampled, oI tested 1 00% by indentation
[-255°C] ; foI a
l l feI:itic a
nd austenitic steel grades of ha
r dness methods
bolting 1/2 in.. [ 1 2.5 mm] a
n d smaller in diameter All other 6.3.2.2 In the event a controversy exists i elative to
material fulnished under t
his specifi cat
i on shall be tested. minimum strength, tension tests shall prevail over ha
rdness
Test temperatules foi felr
itic grades ra e listed in Table 3 . readings Products which have been tested and found
Except
i ons to this iequilement ar e pelmissible, and the acceptable shall have a line under the glade symbol.
impact tests may be made at specifi ed temperatules differ
ent t
han t
hose shown in Table 3 , provided the test tempera
tUle is at least as low as the intended service temperature 7. Chemical Composition
and the bolting is suitably ma rked to identify the reported 7.1 Each alloy shall conf0Im to the chemica
l composi
test temperatule W hen impact test ing is iequiled for aus ti on requirements prescribed in Table 4.
tenitic grades , test cr
iter
i a shall be agreed upon between
the supplier a
n d pmchaser
6.2.1.2 The impact test requilements for sta nda rd 8. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
and subsize Charpy test specimens are prescl ibed in 8.1 Bolts, screws, st
u ds, and stud bolts shall be pointed
Table 2, and shall have a wolkmanlike f
i nish

5 17
 SA-320 / SA -320M 2009b SE CTION II, PART A

9. Retests 1 1. Threads

9. 1 If the Iesults of the mechanical tests of any test lot 1 1.1 Where practical, all th
i eads shall be formed after'
do not conform to the requirements specif i ed, the manufac heat treatment . Class 1 A, Grades B 8A, B 8CA, B 8MA,
turer may i etreat such lot not mor e than twice, in which B 8PA, B 8FA, B 8TA, B 8LNA, a n d B 8MLNA are to be
case two additional tension tests and one additional impact solution-tr eated in the f
i nished condition.
test consisting of th
i ee specimens shall be made from such
lot, all of which shall conform to the requirements spec
if
i ed
12. Product Marking
12. 1 The identif
i cation symbol shall be as shown in
10. Nuts and Washers Table 4 . In the case of Class 2, Grades B 8 , B 8C , B 8M,
10. 1 B olts, studs, and stud bolts of' Gr ades L7 , L7A, B 8P, B 8F, and B 8T str ain ha
r dened as provided in Table 1 ,
L7B , L7C , L43 , L 1 , L70, L7 1 , L72, and L73 shall be a line shall be stamped under t he grade symbol in order
equipped with fbrf i tic alloy nuts conforming to Gr ade 4 to distinguish it t om Class 1 a nd Class 1 A bolti ng which
or' Gr ade 7 of Specifi cation A 1 94/A 1 94M or a grade of' has not been stra
i n ha
r dened . In the case of Class 1 A,
steel similar to the studs . Grade 7M nuts at a hardnes s not the marking B 8A, B 8CA, B 8MA, B 8PA, B 8FA, B 8TA,
exceeding 23 5 HB (or equivalent) shall be used with Grade B 8LNA, and B 8MLNA ident ifi es the material as being in
L7M bolts , studs , and stud bolts . All nut materials , includ h e solution-treated condition in t
t he f
i nished state . Glade
L7M which has been 1 00 % evaluated in conformance with
i ng tho s e whi ch may be supp li e d under' S pec i f i c ati on
A 1 94/A 1 94M, sha l l be subj ect to the impact r equirements this specif
i cation shall have a line under the grade symbol
of' this specif
i cation in the following manner : impact tests to distinguish it from L7M produced to previous revisions
shall be made on test specimens taken f rom t he ba r or not requiting 1 00% hardness testing
plate fl om the heat of' steel used for ma nufacturing the
12.2 For' bolting materials , including th
i eaded ba
r 's , that
nuts, and heat treated wit
h t
he nut bla
nks .
ae furnished bundled and tagged or' boxed, the tags and
r
10.2 B olts , st u ds, and stud bolts of' Grades B 8 , B 8C , boxes shall caliy the gr ade symbol for th e material ident i
B 8 T , B 8 P , B 8 F , B 8 M , B 8 LN , an d B 8 M LN s hall b e i c ation and the manufacturer ' s identi f
f i c ati on mark or

equipped with austenitic a

l loy nuts conforming to Grades name .

8 , 8C , 8T, 8F, 8M, 8LN, and 8MLN for' Specif i cation

12.3 Nuts f
l om materials that have been impact tested
A 1 94/A 1 94M Impact tests are not required for Gr ades
shall be ma
r ked with the letter' "L. "
8F, 8M, 8T, and 8MLN for' temperat ures above -3 25 °F
[-200°C] and for Grades 8 , 8P, 8C , and 8LN above -425 °F 12.4 For purposes of ident
ifi cation ma
r king , t
he manu
[-25 5 o c] facturer is considered the organization that certifi es the
10.3 If' the purchaser Iequiles nuts with a Char py impact fastener was manufactured, sampled, tested, a
nd inspected
energy absorpt i on of not les s than 20 f , lbf [27 J] at in accordance with the specif
i cation and t
he results have
temperatules below - 1 50°F [- 1 00° C] , he may Iequile that been determined to meet the requir ements of this specif i
c ation .
the nuts conform to Grades 8 , 8C , 8M, 8P, 8T, 8F, 8LN,
or 8MLN of Specif
i cat
i on A 1 94/A 1 94M ,
10.4 Washer s for use with fbrf
i tic steel bolting shall
confolm to Specif
i cation F 43 6 13. Keywords
1 3. 1 additi onal elements ; au stenitic s tainle ss steel ;
10.5 Washers for use with austenitic steel bolt
ing shall
bolts - steel ; chr omium-molybdenum steel; fastener's
be made of an stenitic steel as agreed upon between t he
steel ; ma
rki ngs on fi ttings ; nickel-ch
r om
ium-molybdenum
manufactuler and purchaser ,
alloy steel ;pressure vessel service ; sta
i nless steel bolting
10.6 Washer' dimensions shall be in accoif
l ance with matelial ; sta
rting material ; steel ba
rs - al loy ; steel bolt
i ng
requirements of' ANSI B 1 8 .22 . 1 , unless otheIwi se specif
i ed material ; steel f
langes ; steel valves ; temper at ur e service
in the purchase order . applications - low

518
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-320 /SA-320M

rn
rn
€'v
£K
..r
i -t

# O
0"
=

-r % % rn

212
-r -.t

rq
#
o4

N E
o o o o o
u3

2
r,." o

.E E . 0 ,,,0 c0 o o
r- r- t r-
-

.. - CM

-= E _ 'S
. _

>.

>,

I--
Z m

la.I CD C
g _
=

' , 1

r
U

,--4 ::D

E = v
r,a tY
< ..a 'E
I--- .<
t_) Z.
I-
z
o = ,
<
-'r"

E
la.I

N N e
E Y
-b
E
I-
.£ :'3 2 ° =

-.r

• E

7 -A

o _. =

- ,o :,= .-u
o E
c o
c
o" :5 < < o
# o =o ,o- =. o. ..g EE
--" C
O -J
¢ n3 C
O o o

,'.n na }-'- na
O
C . . o
c o E = o <

o o s
o
c
r
<

= F_ (o ,_ o , °,
t t

(..3 (.3

5 19
SA-320 /SA -320M 2009b SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 2
I M PAC T E N E RG Y A B S O R PT I O N R E Q U I R E M E N TS

M in i mu m I mpact Val ue M i n i mu m I mpact Va l ue

Req u i red for Average of Perm itted for One
S i ze of Spec i me n, Each Set of Th ree Spec i me n O n ly of a Set,
mm Spec i mens, ft . I bf [J ] ft . I bf rJ 1

A l ! G rades Except L1 A
1 0 by 1 0 20 F27] 1 5 [2 0 ]
1 0 by 7 5 1 6 [2 2 ] 1 2 E 1 6]

G rad e L 1

1 0 by 1 0 4 0 [54 ] 3 0 [4 1 ]
1 0 by 7 , , 5 3 2 [4 4] 2 4 E3 2 ]

A S ee 6 , 2 , 1 , 1 fo r pe rm itted exe m pti o ns ,

TA B L E 3
R E C O M M E N D E D T E S T T E M P E RAT U R E
F O R ST O C K PA RT S

Test Tempe ratu re

G rade °F °C

L7 M L7 0, L7 1, L7 2, L7 3 -1 00 -7 3
L7, L 7 A, L 7 B, L 7 C -150 -1 01
L43 -150 -101
L1 -100 -7 3

5 20
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-320/SA-320M

o o
> >
o o . .. .. .

o o .. ..
o o o o o o c
6 d d d 6 O O o O
> o o
o o o o o o
6 6 6 6 6 6 d d

. q q .
o o o o o

o
00 0%

o o o o o o o o
d
6 6 6 6 6 6 d 6 cO
h
o
E

? ? o? ? ? ? I

o E

= =
o o
> >
o
o o

g
g oo o g o

z" o l o X
O o o o o o o
J
I-

O 0 0 0
0 0
0.. 09
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
,_
o
o
=

o o
<
--I z 0 o o o o o o o
t l I.z..I
,<

rv"
> >
o o

o O o o
o ? 7 7
o"
I.O ? ?o o o
o o o o o o
o

6 6 6 6 6 6 6
o

.-I 0

.<

> >
o o
I.O
=E
g O o
o O g g
6 d 6 6 6 o

? ?
o
o? ?
o
o o
6 6 6 d 6 o o

q 6 "
o 7 ¸
0 0 1 0
o o 0 0 0 0 0 0
> >
o o 6 6 6 A

g oo g
o o o o
6 6 6 6 6 6 6

O l l l '
o o

E
x E X . X +
o
E

o o

o '

52 1
SA -320 /SA-320M 2009b SECTION II, PART A

o o o
o g
q q q q q Q O o O
O0 cr > O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 > o
o. o. g.
o o
rva . . . q
o o o o o o o o o
o

CO
t-m
0 0 0
<
Z
._1
o o
R q q q q o c
O
O
c

z
._1

O
c

o ° ° o
o o

> o o o o o o o o

oog
o O o o o o o
o o o o o o
??
S o o o &
<Z
I.I
o o o o
CO
z rm

¢J u_"
v co
t
o<

<
o 4 O O o o O
oo o 8
r, -r
z
> 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

o
O O
0
. o
E
,M
I.l.I
.-.I g O9
o o o o o o
t > > > o
o > o o >
< ° o °
I-
z g o o o o o o
6 :
< o ="
I Ll = £ o o
a
O
t'W . - o O o o
_ z"
.< o o o <
D O_
Gt = °
o > z

I.IJ Lt
tw D "
0
.-I cO
Z I'
O
c
< o o o
E & g

I.l.I o o o o q d
-I"

> >
o o
O
o O o o
oo g8
d d d d o o o o

I.
O
c 0%
O
c o
O
c o g
u

E R

o o o o o o

x . x
x . x E
'- E 0, E E = _

o = = o E o
Z

5 22
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-320 /SA-320M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementary requir ements shall apply only when specifi ed by the purchaser
in the inquiry, contract, and order

NOTE $2 1 - Gr ades L7, L7A, I57B will generally have diff

i culty
S1. Impact Properties
meeting the minimum value at - 1 50°F [- 1 0 1 °C] , Gr ade L43 may be
SI.1 When impact properties a r e desired for' austenitic prefeired
steel grades exempt from testing under 6.2. 1 , test shall be
made as agreed between the manufacturer and the put'
chaser'.

$3. Hardness Testing of Class 2 Bolting Materials

$2. Lateral Expansion for ASME Applications
$2.1 When lateral expansion measurements for ferritic $3. 1 The maximum ha
r dness shall be Rockwell C 3 5
steels are required in addition to t
he energy absorption immediately under t he thread roots. The ha r dness shall be
requirements of 6.2 1 1 , t
he minimum value for each speci taken on a fl at a
rea at least 1/8 in [3 ram] acioss, prepared
men of a set must be 0 1 5 in. [0 . 3 8 mm] The test tempera by emoving threads . No more material than necessa ry
ture shall be specifi ed by the purchaser and agreed upon sha
ll be removed to prepa r e the fl at a
rea. Hardness determi
by the producer . nations shall be made at the same frequency as tensile tests

523
SA-320 /SA-320M 2009b SECTION II, PART A

APPENDIX

(Nonmandatory Information)

X1 . STRAIN HARDENING OF AUSTENITIC nea

r the surface of the ba
r . That is, the smaller the ba
r',
STEELS the gr eater the penetr ation of strain hardening.
XI . 1 Str ain har dening is the increase in strength and
hardness that results f l ora plastic deformation below the X1 .2 Thus, the mechanical properties of' a given strain
recrystallization temperature (cold work) This effect is ha
rdened fastener a
r e dependent not just on the alloy, but
also on t
h e size of b a
r f
l om which it i s machined The
produced in austenitic stainless steels by reducing over
sized bar' s or wire to t
he desired f i nal size by cold dr awing minimum ba
r size that can be used, however , is established
or other process . The degree of strain ha r dening achievable by the confi guration of the fastener', so t
h at the conf
i gura
in any alloy is limited by its strain ha
r dening cha r acter
i stics . i on can affect the strength of' t
t h e fastener',,
In addit i on, the amount of strain ha r dening th at can be
pr oduced is further limited by the variables of the process, X1 .3 For exa mple, a stud of a par ticula
r alloy and size
such as the total amount of cross-section reduction, die may be machined f l om a smaller diameter bar than a bolt
angle, and ba
r size. In large dia
meter ba
r s, for example, of the same alloy and size because a larger diameter bar
plastic deformati on will occur principally in the outer is r equired to accommodate the head of the bolt . The stud,
regions of the ba
r, so that the incr eased strength and ha
rd h erefbr e, is likely to be stronger than the same size bolt
t
ness due to strain har dening is achieved predominantly in a given alloy .

524-5 2 6
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-320/SA-320M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specif

i ed by the purchaser
in the inquiry, contract, and or der

S1. Impact Properties three symbols , the ma

r king shall be a matter' of' agreement
SI.1 When impact properties a r e desired for austenitic between the purchaser and manufacturer.
steel gr ades exempt from testing under 6 .2 . 1 , test shall be
made as agreed between the manufacturer and the pur
chas er
$3. Lateral Expansion
$3. 1 When lateral expa n sion measurements for' fe ritic
$2. Marking steels are required in addition to the energy absorpt i on
S2. 1 Gr ade and manufacturer ' s identif i cation symbols requir ements of 6 .2 . 1 . 1 , the minimum value for each speci
men of a set must be . 0 1 5 in. [0. 3 8 r
am] . The test tempei a
shall be applied to one end of' studs and to the heads of'
bolts of all sizes . (If' the available a
rea is inadequate, the uIe shall be specif
t i ed by the purchaser' and agreed upon
grade symbol may be ma
r ked on one end and the manufac by t
he producer.
turer' s identif
i cat
i on symbol ma
r ked on the ot
her end.) For' NOTE S0000 1 - Gr ades L7, L 7A, L7B will generally have diff i culty
bolts and studs smaller than l/4 in. [6 mm] in diameter' and meeting the minimum value at - 1 50°F [- 1 0 1 °C] Grade L43 may be
for 1/4 in [6 r
am] studs requiring more t hn a a total of pr eferred

5 25
SA-320/SA-320M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

APPENDIX

(Nonmandatory Information)

X1 . STRAIN HARDENING OF AUSTENITIC nea

r the surface of t
he ba
r . That is, the smaller the ba
r,
STEELS the greater the penetration of stra
in ha
r dening
XI.1 Strain ha r dening is the increase in strength and
hardness that results from plast i c deformation below the Xl.2 Thus, the mechanical properties of a given strain
recrystallization temperature (cold work). This effect is r dened fastener' ate dependent not just on the alloy, but
ha
also on the size of' ba
r from which it is machined . The
produced in austenitic stainless steels by reducing over
sized bars or wire to the desiied f i nal size by cold drawing minimum bar' size that can be used, however, is established
or other process The degiee of strain ha r dening achievable by the confi gmation of' the fastener , so that t
he confi gura
in any alloy is limited by its strain hardening characteri stics tion can affect the strengt
h of the fastener.
In addition, the amount of strain hardening that can be
pr oduced is further limited by the va r iables of the process, X1.3 For example, a stud of a pa r ticula
r alloy and size
such as the total amount of cros s- section reduction, die may be machined from a smaller diameter ba rt han a bolt
angle and bat size. In la rge diameter bars, for example, of the same alloy and size because a larger diameter ba r
plastic defor mation will occur principally in the outer is required to accommodate the head of the bolt. The stud,
regions of the ba
r , so that the increased strength and ha
rd therefore, is likely to be stronger than the same size bolt
ness due to strain hardening is achieved predominantly in a given alloy .

5 26
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-325

SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL BOLTS,

STEEL, HEAT TREATED, 120 / 105 ksi MINIMUM
TENSILE STRENGTH

SA-325

A09
/Identica
l with ASTM Specifi cati on A 325-07a except tm the deletion of the term "piivate labe! distributor" in 15 1 and 15 5 )

1. Scope 1.6 The following safety haza r d caveat pertains only

1.1 This specifi cation covers two types of quenched to the test methods portion, Section 1 0, of this specifi cation:
and tempered steel heavy hex strnctural bolts having a This standard does not purport to address all of the safety
minimum tensile strength of 1 20 ksi for sizes 1 0 in. and concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsi
less and 1 05 ksi for sizes over 1 0 to 1 in . , inclusive bilit
y of the user of this standard to establish appropriate
safety and health practices and determine the applicabilit y
1.2 The bolts ar e intended for use in structur al connec
of regulatory limitations prior to use.
tions . These connect
i ons a
r e cover ed under' the r equir e
ments of the Specifi cation for Structural Joints Using
ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts, approved by the Resea r'ch 2. Referenced Documents
Council on Structural Connecti ons , endor sed by t
he Ameri 2. 1 ASTM Standards:
can Inst
itute of Steel Constr uction and by the Industrial A 1 94/A 1 94M Specifi cation f0r Ca
r bon and Alloy Steel
Fastener I
n st
i tute .
Nuts for Bolts fi r High Pressu
r e or High Temperature
1.3 The bolts a
r e furnished in sizes /12 to 1 1/2 in , inclu S era,ice, or B oth
sive They a
r e designated by type, denoti ng chemical com A 449 Specifi cati on for Hex Cap Screws, Bolts and St
u ds,
position as follows : Steel, Heat Tr eated, 1 20/ 1 05/90 ksi Minimum Tensile
Strength, General Use
Type Descript
i on
A 490 Specifi cation for Str
u ctura
l Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat
Tr eated, 1 50 ksi Minimum Tensile St
r ength
Type 1 Medium carbon, carbon boi on, o: medium carbon alloy steel A 563 Specifi cation for Ca
r bons and Alloy Steel Nuts
Type 2 With& awn in November 1 99 1
A 7 5 1 Te s t M ethod s , Practi c e s , and Termin ol og y for
Type 3 Weather
i ng steel
Chem
ical Analysis of Steel Pr oducts
NOTE 1 Bolts for genei a
l applications, including anchor bolts, a e
B 695 Specifi cation for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically
covered by Specifi cation A 449 Also ieter to Specifi cation A 449 for Deposited on Iron and Steel
quenched a
nd tempeied steel bolts and studs with diametei s g: eatei than D 3 95 1 Practice f )r Commer cial Packaging
1 in but with similar mechanical properties F 436 Specifi cati on f0r' Hardened Steel Washers
F 606 Test Methods f0r' Determ
i ning the Mechanical Prop
NOTE 2 A complete metr i c companion to Specifi cation A 325 has
been developed Specifi cati on A 325M; t
herefore, no metri c equivalents erf
ies of Externa
lly and Internally Threaded Fasteners,
ar e presented in this specifi cation Washers, Direct Tension Indicators, and Rivets
F 788 1F 788M Specifi cati on f0r' Su
r face Disconti nuities of'
1.4 This specifi cation is applicable to heavy hex struc Bolts, Scr ews , and Studs, Inch and Metric Series
tural bolts only. For bolts of ot
her confi gurations a
nd thread F 959 Specifi cation fi r Compressible-Washer-Type Direct
lengths wit h similar mechanical properties, see Specifi ca Tension Indicators for' Use with St
r uct
ural Fasteners
i on A 449 .
t
F 1 470 Guide for Fastener' Sampling fr
o ' Specif
i ed Mechan
1.5 Terms used in this specif
i cation a
re def
ined in Ter ical Properties and Performance Inspect ion
inology F 1 7 8 9.
m F 1 789 Terminology for F 1 6 Mechanical Fastener s

5 27
 SA-325 2009b SECTION II, PART A

F 23 29 Specif
i cation for Zinc Coating, Hot-Dip , Require Specifi cation A 3 25 heavy hex str u ctural bolts , The nuts
ments for Application to Carbon and Alloy Steel B olts , shall be of' the class and have a surface f
i nish for each type
Screws, Washers , Nuts , and Special Thr eaded Fastener' s of' bolt as follow s :

G 1 0 1 Guide for Estimating the Atmospheric Corrosion

Resistance of Low-Alloy Steels Bolt Type and Finish Nut Class and Finish

2.2 ASME Standards: 1 , plain (noncoated) A 563-C , C3, D, DH, DH3, plain
B 1 . 1 Unif
i ed Screw Threads 1 , zinc coated A 5 63 -DH, zinc coated
3 , plain A 563-C3 , DH3, plain
B 1 8 2 6 Fastener s for Use in Structural Applications
B 1 8 : 24 Part Ident
ifi cation Number (PIN) Code System 3.2.2 Alternat
i vely, nuts confi rming to Specif
i cat
ion
Standard for B 1 8 Fastener Products A 1 94/A 1 94M Gr 2H are considered a suitable subst
i tute
for use wit
h Specif
i cation A 325 Type 1 heavy hex struc
tura
l bolts
3. Ordering Information
3. 1 Orders for heavy hex str uctural bolts under this 3.2.3 When S pecif i c ation A 1 94/ A 1 94M Gr 2H
specifi cation shall include the following : zinc-coated nuts a
r e supplied, the zinc coating, overtap
ping, lubrication, and rotational capacity testing shall be
3. 1 . 1 Quant
i ty (number of pieces of bolts and acces
in accordance with Specif
i cat
i on A 563
sories)
3.3 Recommended Washers:
3. 1 .2 Size, including nominal bolt diameter , th
r ead
pitch, and bolt length 3.3. 1 Washers conforming to Specif i cation F 43 6 a
re
te recommended washers for use with Specif
h i cation A 3 25
3.1 .3 Name of product, heavy hex structural bolts
heavy hex structural bolts . The washers shall have a surfiace
3.1.4 When bolts th
r eaded full length are required, i nish for each type of bolt as follows :
f
Supplementazy Requirement S 1 shall be specif
i ed
3. 1 .5 Type of bolt : Type 1 or 3 When type is not Bolt Type and Finish Washer Finish
specif
i ed, eit
her Type 1 or Type 3 shall be fmnished at
1 , plain (uncoated) Plain (uncoated)
he supplier' s option
t 1 , zinc coated Zinc coated
3. 1.6 ASTM designat
i on and year of issue 3 , plain Weathering steel, plain

3. 1 .7 Other components such as nuts , washers, and 3.4 Othe r Accessor ies :
c ompre s s ible washer- type direct- tens ion i ndic ators , if
3.4. 1 When compressible washer type dir ect tension
iequired
indicator' s a
r e specif
i ed to be used with these bolts , they
3. 1 .7. 1 When such other components a
r e specif
i ed shall conform to Specif i cation F 959 Type 325 .
to be furnished, also state "Nuts, washers , and direct tension
indicator s, or combination thereof, shall be furnished by
lot number " 4. Materials and Manufacture
4. 1 Hea t Treatment:
3. 1 .8 Zinc Coating - Specify the zinc coating pro
cess required, for example, hot dip, mechanically depos 4. 1 . 1 Type 1 bolts produced fr om medium ca r bon
ited, or no preference (see 4 3 ) steel shall be quenched in a liquid medium from the austeni
3.1.9 Other Finishes - Specify other protective f
in tizing temperature Type 1 bolts produced fr om medium
ish, if requir ed car bon steel to which ch rom ium, nickel, molybdenum, or
boron were intent i onally added shall be quenched only in
3. 1 . 10 Test r eports , if requir ed (see Section 1 3 ) .
oil from t he austenitizing temperature
3. 1. 1 1 Supplementary or speci al requirements , if
4.1.2 Type 3 bolts shall be quenched only in oil from
required
h e austenitizing temperat
t ure
3. 1. 12 For establishment of a part identifying system,
see ASME B 1 8 . 24
4.1.3 Type 1 bolts, rega
r dless of the steel used, a
nd
Type 3 bolts shall be tempered by reheating to not less
NOTE 3 - A typical orde6ng desciiption follows: 1 000 pieces 1 -7 UNC than 8 00 °F .
in dia x 4 in long heavy hex stIuctura
l bolt, Type 1 ASTM A 325-02,
each with one haidened washer, ASTM F 436 Type 1 , a n d one heavy 4.2 Threading - Threads shall be cut or rolled
hex nut, ASTM A 563 G ade DH , Each component hot-dip zinc-coated 4 . 3 Zin c Coa tin gs, Ho t -D ip a nd Me chan i c a l ly
Nuts lubricated ,
Deposited:
3.2 Recommended Nuts: 4.3. 1 W
hen zinc-coated fasteners are requi ed, the
3.2. 1 Nuts conforming to the requirements of Speci purchaser shall specify the zinc coating process, for exam
i cation A 5 63 are the recommended nuts f0r u se with
f ple, hot dip, mechanically deposited, or no preference

528
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-325

4.3.2 When hot-dip is specifi ed, the fasteners shall
be zinc-coated by the hot-dip process and the coating shall
confoIm to the coating weight/thickness and performance
requirements of Specifi cation F 2329.
4.3.3 When mechanically deposited is specif i ed, the
fastener' s shall be zinc-coated by the mecha
n ical deposition
process and the coating shall conform to the coating weight
/ 5.6 Chem
thick
n ess and per brmance requirements of' Class 55 of
Specif
i cation B 695 .
4.3.4 When no preference is specifi ed, the supplier'
shall fuinish either a hot-dip zinc coat
i ng in accorda
nce
with Specifi cation F 2329, or a mecha nically deposited
zinc coating in accordance with Specifi cation B 695 , Class
55 . Threaded components (bolts a nd nuts) shall be coated
by th e same zinc-coating process and the supplier' s opti on
is limited to one process per item with no m
ixed processes
in a lot.
4.4 Lubrication - When zinc-coated nuts a
r e oi dered
wit
h t
he bolts, the nuts shall be lubricated in accordance
with Specifi cation A 563, Supplementary Requirement S 1 ,
to minimize ga
l ling .
4.5 Secondary Processing:
4.5.1 If a
ny processing, which can affect the mechan
ical properties or performance of the bolts, is perfbrmed
after the init
i al testing, the bolts shall be retested for all
specifi ed mechanical properties a nd per mmance require
ments a ffected by t he r eprocessing
4.5.2 Wh en the seconda r y process is heat treatment,
the bolts sha
ll be tested for a
ll specif
i ed mechanical proper
tes Hot dip zinc-coated bolts shall be tested for all speci
i wedge tensile tested shall be axially tension tested full size
fi ed mechanical properties and rotational capacity If zinc
coated nuts are relubric ated after the initi al rotati onal
capacity tests, the assemblies shall be retested for rotational
capacity,,
5.4 Heats of' steel to which bismuth, selenium, tellu
Iium, or' lead has been intentionally added shall not be
permitted for bolts
5.5 Compliance with 5 .4 shall be based on cert i fi cation
that heats of steel having any of' the listed elements inten
tionally added were not used to produce the bolts .
i cal analyses shall be performed in accoI
dance with Test Metho ds , Practic es , and Terminolo gy
A 75 1 .
6. Mechanical Properti es
6. 1 Hardness - The bolts shall conform to t
he ha
r dness
specif
i ed in Table 3
6.2 Tensile Properties "
6.2.1 Except as permitted in 6 .2.2 for long bolts a
nd
6 2 3 for short bolts , sizes 1 . 00 in and smaller having a
lengt
h of 21/4 D and longer , and sizes la
r ger tha
n 1 .00 in.
having a length of 3D and longer, shall be wedge tested
full size a
n d shall conform to the minimum wedge tensile
load and proof load or alternative proof load specifi ed in
Table 4 The load achieved during proof load test
ing sha
ll
be equal to or greater than the specifi ed proof load
6.2.2 When the length of the bolt makes full-size
testing impractical, machined specimens shall be tested
and shall conform to the requirements specifi ed in Table 5 .
Wen bolts a
h r e tested by both full-size and machined speci
men methods, t
he full-size test shalt take precedence
6.2.3 Sizes 1 . 00 in. and smaller having a length
shorter than 2,1 4 D down to 2D, inclusive, that cannot be
and shall conform to the minimum tensile load and proof
load or alternate proof load specifi ed in Table 4. Sizes
1 .00 in and smaller having a length shorter than 2D that
cannot be axial ly tensile tested shall be qualifi ed on the
basis of ha
r dness .

6.2.4 For bolts on which both ha

r dness and tension
5. Chemical Composition
tests a
re performed, acceptance based on tensile require
5.1 Type 1 bolts shall be plain ca r bon steel, car bon ments shall take precedence in the event of low ha
r dness
boron steel, alloy steel or alloy boron steel at the manufac r eadings
turer ' s option, conform
i ng to the chem i cal composition
6.3 Rotational Capacity Test :
specif i ed in Table 1
6.3. 1 Def
inition - The rotational capacity test is
5.2 Type 3 bolts shall be weathering steel and shall intended to evaluate the presence of a lubrica
nt, the effi
conform to one of the chem
i cal composit
ions specif
i ed in ciency of t
he lubricant, and the compatibility of assemblies
Table 2 The select
ion of t
he chemical composition, A, B , as represented by the components selected for testing
C, D, E, or F. shall be at the option of the bolt manufacturer
6.3.2 Requirement - Zinc-coated bolts, zinc-coated
See Guide G 1 01 for methods of estimating the atmospheric
washers, and zinc-coated a n d lubricated nuts tested full
corrosion resistance of low alloy steels
size in an assembled joint or tension measuring device, in
5.3 Product analyses made on f
i nished bolts represent accordance with 1 0 2, shall not show signs of failure when
ing each lot shall conform to the product analysis r equire subjected to t
he nut rotation in Table 6. The test sha
ll be
ments specif
i ed in Tables 1 and 2, as applicable. performed by the responsible party (see Section 14) prior
5 29
 SA-325 2009b SECTION 1I, PART A

to shipment after zinc coating and lubrication of nuts (see
1 0 2 and Note 5)
6 . 3 . 3 A c c ep ta n c e Cri te rion - Th e b o l t an d nu t
assembly shall be considered as non-confoiming if the
assembly fails to pass any one of the following specif
requirements :
6.3.3. 1 Inability to install the assembly to the nut
rotation in Table 6
6.3.3.2 Inability to remove the nut after installing
7.2.3 The gaging limit for bolts shall be verif i ed
during manufacture In case of dispute, a ca l ibrated th
r ead
ring gage of the same size as the oversize limit in 7 . . 2 .2
(Class X tolerance, gage tolerance plus) sha ll be used to
i ed verify compliance. The gage shall as semble wit h hand
effort following applicat
i on of light machine oil to prevent
galling an d damage to the gage, These inspections , when
performed to resolve contr oversy, shall be conducted at
the frequency specif
i ed in the quality assurance pr ovisions
of ASME B 1 8 , 2 . 6 .

to the rotation specif

i ed in Table 6.
6.3.3.3 Shea
r faih
r m of the thr eads as determined
8. Workmanship
by visual examination of bolt and nut th
r eads following
removal . 8. 1 The allowable lim i ts , inspect
i on, and evaluat i on of
the surface discont i nuit
i es , quench cracks , forging cracks ,
6.3.3.4 Torsional or torsional/tension failure of
head bur sts , shear bursts, seams , folds , th r ead laps , voids ,
the bolt. Elongation of the bolt, in the threads between the
tool marks, nicks, and gouges shall be in accordance with
nut and bolt head, is to be expected at the r equired rotation
Specif i cation F 7 8 8 /F 7 8 8M (S ee Note 4) .
and is not to be clas sif
i ed as a failur e .
NOTE 4 - Specif i cation F 78 8 /F 78 8M nor Guide F 1 4 70 gua r antee
1 00% freedom t om head bur sts, Sampling is designed to provide a 95%
confi dence level of f
i eedom f i om head bur sts in any test lot , Head bm sts,
7. Dimensions
within the lim
i ts in Specif i cation F 7 88 /F 788M, ar e unsightly but do not
7. 1 Head and Body: affect mechanical properties or functional requirements of the bolt
7. 1 . 1 The bolts shall conform to the dimension s for
heavy hex structura
l bolts specif
i ed in ASME B 1 8 2 6
9. Number of Tests and Retests
7. 1 .2 The thr ead length shall not be changed except
9. 1 Testing Responsibility,
as provided in Supplementa ry Requir ement S 1 Bolts with
th
read lengths other than t h ose requir ed by this specif
i ca 9. 1 . 1 Each lot shall be tested by the manufacturer
i on shall be or der ed under Specif
t i cation A 449 prior to shipment in accor dance with the lot identif i cation
contr ol quality assur ance plan in 9 . 2 th
r ough 9 . 5 ,
7.2 Threads :
9. 1 .2 When bolts a r e furnished by a source other
7 . 2 . 1 Un coa ted - Thre ad s s h al l b e th e U n i f
ie d
than the manufhcturer , the Responsible Party as def i ned in
Coar se Th
r ead S er
i es as specif
i ed in ASME B 1 1 , and shall
1 4 shall be r esponsible for assuring all tests have been
have Cl ass 2A tolerances .
performed and the bolts comply with the r equir ements of
7 .2.2 Coated - Unles s other wi se specif i ed, zinc this specif i cat
i on (see 4 5 )
coated bolts to be used with zinc-coated nuts or tapped
9.2 Purpose of Lot Inspection - The purpose of a lot
holes that a
r e tapped over size, in accor dance with Specif i
inspection progr am is to ensure that each lot conforms to
cation A 5 63 , sha
ll have Class 2A th r eads before hot-dip
h e requirements of this specif
t i cation . For such a plan to
or mechanically deposited zinc coating After zinc coating,
be fully effective it i s essent
ial that seconda r y processor s ,
the maximum limits of pitch and maj or diameter sha l l not
distributor s , and purchasers maintain the identif i cation and
exceed the Class 2A lim it by more than the following
amounts : integrity of each lot until the product is installed
9.3 Lot Method - All bolts shall be processed in accor
Ovei size Limit, in A dance with a lot identif i cation-control quality assmance
plan. The manufactur er, seconda r y processor s, and distrib
Nominal Bolt Hot Dip Mechanical
Diameter (in ) Zinc Zinc utors shall identify and maintain the integrity of each pro
duction lot of bolts from raw-mater ial selection through
0 018 0 ,0 1 2
0 ,020 0 013
all processing operations and treatments to f i nal packing
0 022 0 015 and shipment Each lot shall be assigned its own lot-identi
1 to 1 4 0 024 0 016 f cation number , each lot shall be tested, and the inspection
i
t , 1 2 0 027 0 018 test r eports for each lot shall be r etained

AHot-dip zinc nuts are tapped over size after coating, and mechanical zinc 9.4 Lot Def
inition - A lot shall be a quantity of uniquely
coated nuts a
r e tapped oversize befor e coating . identif
i ed heavy hex structural bolts of the same nominal

53 0
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-325

size and length produced consecut ively at the initial opera Table 6 shall be applied . Dur
i ng rotation, t
he bolt head shall
tion from a single mill heat of mater i al and processed at be restrained fi om turning. After the t i ghtening rotation
one time, by the same process, in the same manner so that has been applied, the assembly shall be taken apart and
stat
i st
i cal sampling is valid The ident
ity of the lot and lot examined for compliance with 6 3 .3 .
integrity shall be maintained throughout all subsequent NOTE 5 - Rotational capacity tests shall apply only to matched assembly
operations and packaging. lots that contain one A 325 bolt, one A 563 lubr
i cated nut, and one F 436
washe that have been zinc coated in accoI dance with eithei Specif
i cations
9.5 Number of Tests - The minimum number of' tests 1z 2329 oi B 695 Bot h the bolt and nut components of the matched
from each lot for t
he tests specif
i ed below shall be as assembly shall be zinc coated using t
he same process
follow s :

Numbei of Tests in
Tests Accorda
n ce Wit
h 11. Inspect
i on
Hal dness, tensile strengt
h , proof Guide F 1 470 11.1 If the inspection described in 1 1 2 is required by
load, and rotational capacity the purchaser , it shall be specifi ed in the inquiry a
n d con
Coati ng weight!th ickness The IefBienced coating tIact or order
specifi cationa
Sm face discont
i nuities Specif
i cation 1 1.2 The purchaser ' s repr esentative shall have f l ee
1 7 8 8/F 7 8 8M entiy to a
l l parts of the manufacturer ' s works, or supplier' s
Dimensions a
n d thread f
it ASME B 1 8 2 6
place of business, that concern t he manufacture or supply
of t
h e material ordered The ma
nufacturer or supplier shall
A Guide F 1 470 applies if t
he coating specifi cation does not specify a afford t
he puichaser' s representative all reasonable facili
testing frequency ,
ies to satisf ¢ him t
t h at t
he material is being furnished in
accordance with this specifi cation. All tests a
nd inspections
required by the specifi cation t
h at a
r e requested by t
h e pur
10. Test Methods chaser' s representative shall be made before shipment, and
10.1 Tensile, Proof Load, and Hardness: shall be conducted as not to interfere unnecessa
rily wit
h
10.1.1 Tensile, proof load, and hardness tests shall the operation of' the manufacturer' s works or supplier' s
be conducted in accordance wit
h Test Methods F 606 place of busines s.
10.1.2 Tensile strength shall be deteimined using
the Wedge or Axial Tension Testing Method of Full Size 12. Rejection and Rehearing
Product Met
hod or the Machined Test Specimens Method 12.1 Dispositi on of nonconforming bolts shall be in
depending on size a
nd length as specifi ed in 6.2 . 1 -6.2.4 accordance with the Guide F 1 470 section r
ifled "Disposi
Fracture on full-size tests shall be in t
h e body or th
i eads tion of Nonconforming Lots . "
of the bolt without a fracture at the junct
i on of the head
and body.
10.1 .3 Proof load shall be determined using Method 13. Cert
ifi cation

1 , Length Measurement, or Met

hod 2, Yield Strength, at 13.1 When specifi ed on t h e purchase oider, the manu
the opt
i on of the manufacturer. facturer or supplier , whichever is the responsible party as
def
i ned in Section 1 4, shall furnish the pur chaser a test
10.2 Rotational Capacity - The zinc-coated bolt shall
reports t
h at includes t
he following:
be placed in a steel joint or' tension measuring device and
assembled wit h a zinc-coated washer and a zinc-coated 13.1.1 Heat analysis, heat number , and a statement
n d lubricated nut wit
a h which the bolt is intended to be certifying that heats having the elements listed in 5 4 inten
used (see Note 5). The nut shall have been provided with it onally added were not used to produce t h e bolts,
h e lubricant descr
t ibed in the last pa
r agraph of' the Manu 13.1.2 Results of hardness , tensile, and proof load
facturi ng Processes secti on of' Specifi cation A 563 . The te sts ,
joint shall be one or more fl at structura l steel plates or 13.1.3 Results of rotational capacity tests Th i s shall
fi xture stack up with a tota
l thickness, including the washer, include the test met
h od used (solid plate or tension measui
such h
tat 3 to 5 full threads of t
he bolt are located between
ing device) ; a
nd t
h e statement "Nuts lubricated" for zinc
the beating surfaces of t he bolt head and nut . The hole in coated nuts when shipped with zinc-coated bolts,
he .j oint shall have the same nominal diameter as the hole
t
13.1.4 Zinc coati ng measured coating weight/thick
in t
he washer. The init i al tightening of' the nut shall produce
ness for coated bolts ,
a load in t
h e bolt not less t
han 1 0% of' t
he specif
i ed proof
load. After' initial tightening , the nut position shall be 13.1.5 Statement of compliance of visual inspect
i on
ma
r'ked relat
ive to the bolt, and the rotation shown in for sur
face discontinuities (S ect
i on 8) ,

53 1
 SA-325 2009b SECTION II, PART A

13.1.6 S tatement of compliance with dimensional 16.2 Package Marking :

and thread f
i t requirements, 16.2.1 Each shipping unit shall include or be plainly
13. 1 .7 Lot number and purchase or der number , marked with the following information :

1 3. 1 .8 Complete m ai ling addres s of respons ible 16.2.1. 1 ASTM designat

i on and type,
party, and 16.2. 1 .2 Size,
13.1.9 Title and signatur e of the individual assigned
certif
i cation responsibility by the company off i cers . TA B L E 1
C H E M I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS FO R TY P E 1 B O LTS
13.2 Failure to include all the required information on
the test report shall be cause for rejection Ca rbo n Ste e l

H eat P r od u ct
E l e ment Ana lysis Analysi s
14. Responsibility C arbon 0 , 3 0-0 5 2 0 , 2 8-0 , 5 5
14. 1 The pa r ty r esponsible f0r the fastener shall be the M an g a n ese, m i n 0 60 0 , 57
organization that supplies the fastener to the purchaser P h os p h o r u s, max 0 ,040 0 0 48
S u lf u r' , m ax 0 050 0 ,, 0 5 8
S i l i co n 0 1 5-0 3 0 0 1 3-0 , 3 2

C a r bo n B o ro n S tee l
15. Product Marking
P rod u ct
15. 1 Manufacturer 's Identiication - All Type 1 and 3
f
E l eme nt H eat Ana lys is Ana lysis
bolts shall be marked by the manufacturer with a unique
identifi er to identify the manufactur er . C arb on 0 3 0-0 , 5 2 0 , 2 8-0 , 5 5
M an g a nese, m i n 0 60 0 ,57
15.2 Grade Identif
ication : P hosph o rus, max 0 , 04 0 0 , 04 8
1 5.2. 1 Type 1 bolts shall be ma
r ked "A 3 25 ?' S u lfu r, m ax 0 050 0 , 058
S i l i con 0 , 1 0-0 3 0 0 , 0 8-0 , 3 2
1 5.2.2 Type 3 bolts shall be ma
r ked "A 325 " with the Boron 0 , 0 0 0 5-0 , 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 5-0 . 0 0 3

"A 325" underlined The use of additional dist i nguishing A l l oy Stee l

mar ks to indicate that the bolts a
r e weather
i ng steel shall H eat P ro d uct
be at the manufacturer' s option. E le ment A na lys is Ana lysis
15.3 Marking Location and Methods - All ma
rking C arbon 0 3 0-0 , 5 2 0 2 8-0 5 5
shall be located on the top of the bolt head a n d shall be M an g a n e se, m i n 0 60 0 57
either raised or depr es sed at the manufactur er ' s option P h o s pho ru s, m ax 0 03 5 0 , 04 0
S u l fu r' , m ax 0 , 04 0 0 045
1 5 . 4 A c cep tan ce Crite ri a - B o lts which are not S i l i co n 0 , 1 5-0 , 3 5 0 , 1 3-0 , 3 7
marked in accordance wit h these pr ovisions shall be consid A l l oy i ng E le ments A A
er ed nonconforming and subj ect to rej ection
A l l oy Boron Stee l
15.5 Type and manufacturer' s identif
i cat
i on shall be H eat P rod u ct

sepa
r ate and distinct. The two identif
i cations shall prefera E l eme nt Ana lysis Ana lysis
bly be in different locat
i ons a
nd, when on the same level , C arb o n 0 . 3 0-0 , 5 2 0 , 2 8-0 ,5 5
shall be sepa
rated by at least two spaces . M ang anese, m i n 0 60 0 ,57
P h osp h o r us, m ax 0 ,035 0 04 0
S u lfu r' , max 0 04 0 0 , 04 5
S i l i con 0 , 1 5-0 , 3 5 0 , 1 3-0 3 7
1 6. Packaging and Package Marking B o ro n 0 0 0 0 5-0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 5-0 , 0 0 3
1 6. 1 Packaging: A l l oy i ng E l e ments A A

16. 1. 1 Unless otheiwise specif

i ed, packaging shall A Stee l, as defi ned by the A me ri can I ro n and Stee l I nst itute, shal l be
be in accordance with Practice D 3 95 1 c o ns i de re d to be al l oy wh e n th e m ax i m u m of t h e ran g e g i ve n fo r' the
c o nte nt of a l l oyi n g e l e me nts e xc ee ds on e o r' m o re of t h e fo l l owi n g l i m its :
16. 1 .2 When zinc coated nuts a
r e included on the
M an g anese, 1 65 % ; s i l ic o n, 0 , 6 0 % ; c o p per', 0 6 0 % or i n wh i c h a
same order as zinc coated bolts , the bolts a
n d nuts shall def i n ite ra n g e o r a def i n i te m i n i m u m q uant ity of a ny of th e fo l l ow i n g
be shipped in the same container. e leme nts i s spec i f i ed o r req u i red with i n the l i m its of the recog n i zed f ie l d
of c onstruct i o n al al l oy stee l s : al u m i n u m, ch ro m i u m u p to 3 , 9 9 % , coba lt,
1 6. 1 .3 When special packaging requirements are co l u m b i u m, mo l ybden u m, n i c ke l, t itan i u m, tu n gste n, vanad i u m, z i rc o
requir ed, ht ey shall be def
i ned at the time of the inquiry n i u m, o r' a n y ot h e r' a l l oy i n g e l e m e nts ad d e d t o o bta i n a d e s i re d a l l o y
and order. i n g effe ct

53 2
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-325

16.2. 1 .3 Name and brand or tr ademark of the man required by the applicable product specifi cation,
ufacturer, 16.2. 1 .6 Purchase order number , and

16.2.1.4 Number of pieces , 16.2.1.7 CountR¢ of origin

16.2.1.5 Lot number ; when nuts, washers or direct

tension indicators, or combinat
ion thereof, a
r e ordered with 17. Keywords
A 325 heavy hex str
u ctural bolts, the shipping unit shall 17.1 bolts ; ca
r bon steel; steel ; stmctmal ; weathering
be marked with t
he lot number in addition to the ma
r king steel

TA B L E 2
C H E M ICA L R EQ U I R E M E N TS FO R TY P E 3 H EAVY H EX ST R U CT U RA L BO LTS
C omposition, %
Type 3 BoltsA
E l ement A B C D E F

C ar b o n :
H eat an a l ys i s 0 .33-0 ,4 0 0 1 3 8-0 , 48 0 1 5-0 2 5 0 1 5-0 , 2 5 0 , 2 0-0 , 2 5 0 2 0-0 , 2 5
P r o d u ct a n a l ys B 0 ,3 1-0 ,4 2 0 , 3 6-0 , 5 0 0 1 4-0 . 2 6 0 , 1 4-0 , 2 6 0 , 1 8-0 , 2 7 0 . 1 9-0 , 2 6

M an g an ese :
H eat an a l ys i s 0 . 9 0-1 2 0 0 . 7 0-0 . 9 0 0 , 8 0-1 ,3 5 0 . 4 0-1 2 0 0 6 0-1 . 0 0 0 , 9 0-1 . 2 0
P ro d u ct a n a l ys s 0 .8 6-1 . 2 4 0 67-0. 93 0 7 6-1 .3 9 0 3 6-1 . 2 4 0 5 6-1 . 04 0 . 8 6-1 . 2 4

P h osp h o ru s :
H eat an a l ys i s 0 , 03 5 m ax , 0 , 06-0 , 1 2 0 0 3 5 m ax 0 03 5 max , 0 03 5 max , 0 0 3 5 m ax ,
P ro d u ct a n a l ys i s 0 . 04 0 max . 0 , 06-0 , 1 2 5 0 0 4 0 m ax 0 04 0 max , 0 , 04 0 max , 0 04 0 m ax

S u l fu r :
H eat a n a l ys i s 0 , 04 0 m ax 0 , 04 0 max 0 , 0 4 0 m ax , 0 04 0 max , 0 04 0 max . 0 04 0 m ax
P ro d u ct an a l ys l s 0 , 0 4 5 m ax , 0 , 04 5 max , 0 , 045 m ax , 0 045 max , 0 045 max . 0 , 0 45 max

S i l i co n :
H eat an a l ys i s 0 , 1 5-0 , 3 5 0 , 3 0-0 , 5 0 0 1 5-0 , 3 5 0 2 5-0 , 5 0 0 1 5-0 3 5 O 1 5-0 3 5
P ro d u ct a n a l ys i s 0 , 1 3-0 , 3 7 0 , 2 5-0 , 55 0 1 3-0 , 3 7 0 2 0-0 5 5 0 1 3-0 3 7 0 1 3-0 37

C o p pe r :
H eat an a l ys i s 0 . 2 5-0 , 45 0 , 2 0-0 , 4 0 0 2 0-0 . 5 0 0 3 0-0 5 0 0 3 0-0 6 0 0 2 0-0 , 4 0
P ro d u ct a n a l ys i s 0 , 2 2-0 , 48 0 1 7-0 , 43 0 1 7-0 , 5 3 0 2 7-0 5 3 0 , 2 7-0 6 3 0 1 7-0 4 3

N i c ke l :

H eat an a l ys i s 0 . 2 5-0 , 45 0 , 5 0-0 , 8 0 0 2 5-0 , 5 0 0 5 0-- 0 8 0 0 3 0-- 0 1 6 0 0 2 0-0 4 0

P ro d u ct a n a l ys i s 0 , 2 2-0 , 4 8 0 47-0 , 83 0 2 2-0 . 5 3 0 4 7-0 83 0 , 2 7-0 . 63 0 . 1 7-0 , 4 3

Chromium:
H e at a n a l y s B 0 ,45-0 6 5 0 5 0-0 , 7 5 0 , 3 0-0 , 5 0 0 5 0-1 , 0 0 0 6 0-0 , 9 0 0 ,45-0 . 65
P ro d u ct an a l ys i s 0 .42-0 , 6 8 0 ,47-0 83 0 2 7-0 . 5 3 0 4 5-1 0 5 0 5 5-0 95 0 4 2-0 6 8

V an ad i u m :
H eat a n a l ys i s 0 020 min

P ro d u ct an a l ys s 0 010 min.

M o lybde n u m :
H eat a n a l ys i s 0 0 6 max B 0 1 0 max ,
P ro d u ct an a l ys i s 0 07 m ax , B 0 1 1 max .

T i tan i u m :
0 . 0 5 m ax ,
H eat a n a l ys s
0 , 0 6 m ax ,
P ro d u ct an a l ys i s

N OT E :
A A, B, C, D, E, and F are c l asses of material used for Type 3 bo lts . Se lection of a class shal l be at the option of the bolt manufacturer' .
B These e le ments ar e n ot spec ifi ed o r' req u i red .

53 3
SA-325 2009b SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3
H A R D N E S S R E Q U I R E M E N TS F O R B O LTS

Bolt Length, Brinel l Rockwel l C

Bo lt S ize, i n . i n .. M in . M ax . Min . M ax..

1/2 to 1 , i nc l , Less than 2 D A 253 319 25 34

2 D a n d ove r' . , 319 . .. . 34
1 1/8 to 1 1/2, i nc l . Less than 3 D A 223 286 19 30
3 D a n d ove r .. .. . 286 .. . .. 30

N OTE :
A S i zes 1 , 0 0 i n and sma l l e r havi ng a l ength sh o rte r than 2 D and s i zes l ar ger th an 1 , 0 0 i n , h avi n g a
l e n gth sho rte r' th an 3 D a re s u bject o n l y to m i n i m u m an d m ax i m u m h ardne ss ,

D = N o m i n a l d i am ete r' o r' t h re ad s i ze ,

TA B L E 4
T E N S I L E LOA D R E Q U I R E M E N TS F O R F U L L S I Z E B O LT S
A lte r n ati ve
Bolt S ize, P roof Load, B P roof Load, B
Th reads pe r Inch Te nsi le Length Yie l d
and Ser ies Stress Area, A Load, B M easure ment Strength
Designation i n .2 M i n ., I bf M ethod M ethod
C ol u mn 1 C ol u mn 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5

1/2-1 3 U N C 0 ,142 1 7, 0 5 0 1 2, 0 5 0 1 3, 05 0
5/8-1 1 U N C 0, 226 2 7, 1 0 0 1 9, 2 0 0 2 0, 8 0 0
3/4-1 0 U N C 0 , 334 4 0, 1 0 0 2 8, 4 0 0 3 0, 7 0 0
7/8-9 U N C 0 , 46 2 5 5, 45 0 3 9, 2 5 0 4 2, 5 0 0

1-8 U N C 0 ,606 7 2, 7 0 0 51,500 5 5, 7 5 0

1 1/8-7 U NC 0 7 63 8 0, 1 0 0 5 6, 45 0 6 1, 8 0 0
1 1/4-7 UNC 0 9 69 1 0 1, 7 0 0 7 1, 7 0 0 78, 5 0 0
1 3/8-6 U NC 1 ,155 121,300 85, 45 0 93, 5 5 0
1 1/2-6 U NC 1 4 05 1 47, 5 0 0 1 04, 0 00 1 1 3, 80 0

N OT E S :
A The stress area is ca l c u l ated as fo l l ows :

As = 0 7 8 5 4 E O - ( 0 974 3/n) 32

wh e r e :

As = stress area, i n , 2,
D = nom i nal bo l t si ze, and
n = th reads pe r i nch ,
s L oads tabu l ated ar e based o n the fo l l owi n g :
Bo lt S ize, i n . Co l u mn 3 Co l umn 4 C ol u mn 5

z/2 to I , i nc l 1 2 0, 0 0 0 psi 8 5, 0 0 0 ps i 9 2, 0 0 0 psi

1 1/8 to 1 1/2, i nc l 1 05, 0 0 0 ps i 74, 0 0 0 ps i 8 1, 0 0 0 ps i

5 34
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-325

TA B L E 5 T E N S I L E ST R E N G T H R EQ U I R E M E N TS FO R S P E C I M E N S M A C H I N E D F RO M BO LTS
Tensi l e Strength, Yi el d Strength, r
a i n, E l o ngati on, in 4 D, Red uction of Area,
Bolt Diameter, in,, a in, psi ( M Pa)
r psi ( M Pa) ra in, % a i n, %
r
1/2 to 1, i nc l , 120 000 (825 ) 9 2 0 0 0 ( 63 5 ) 14 35
Ove r' 1 to I 105 000 (725) 81 000 (560) 1 43 5 . . .

TA B L E 6
R OTATI O N A L C A P A C I TY T E S T F O R Z I N C :C OAT E D B O LTS
N o m i nal N ut Rotatio n, d egrees
Bo lt Length, i n , ( Tu r n )

U p to and i nc l ud i n g 4 x d i a 2 4 0 ( 2/3 )
Ove r 4 x d i a, b ut n ot exceed i n g 8 x d i a 360 (I )

Ove r' 8 x d i a, b ut not exceed i n g 1 2 x al i a 4 2 0 ( 1 l/e )

Ove r 1 2 x d i a Test n ot app l i cab l e

53 5
SA-325 2009b SEC TION l-I, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specif i ed by the purchaser'
in the contract or order. Details of t
h ese supplementa r y requirements shall be agr eed upon
in writing between the manufacturer and purchaser . Supplementa ry r equirements shall in
no way negate any requirement of' the specif i cation itself

S1. Bolts Threaded Full Length assembled by hand as far as th e thread will permit, shall
$ 1 .1 B olts with nominal lengths equal to or shorter not exceed the length of 2 tbxeads for bolt sizes 1 in. and
h an four times t
t h e nominal bolt diameter shall be threaded smaller, a
n d 3 1/2 threads for bolt sizes la
r ger than 1 in.
full length . B olts need not have a shoulder, and the distance S 1 .2 B olts sha
l l be ma
r ked in acc ordanc e with S ection
from t he underhead bea ring surface to the f irst complete 1 5 , except that the symbol shall be "A 3 25 T" instead of
(f
u ll form) thr ead, as measured with a GO thread ring gage, "A 3 25 "

5 3 6-5 3 8
 2007 SEC TION II, PART A SA -325

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementa r y requirements shall apply only when specif

i ed by the purchaser
in the contract or' order . Details of' these supplementary requirements shall be agreed upon
in writing between the manufacturer' a n d purchaser. Supplementa
r y requirements shall in
no way negate any r equirement of' the specif i cation itself.

S1. Bolts Threaded Full Length assembled by hand as far as the thread will permit, shall
S1.1 Bolts with nomina
l lengths equal to or shorter not exceed the length of 21/2 threads for bolt sizes 1 in ,
than four times the nominal bolt diameter shall be threaded nd smaller' , and 3 1/2 tl eads for bolt sizes la
a r ger tha
n 1 in ,
full length B olts need not have a shoulder, and the distance S1 .2 B olts shall be ma
r 'ked in acc ordance with Section
fi om the underhead bea r ing surface to the fi rst complete 1 6, except that the symbol shall be A 3 25 T instead of'
(full form) thread, as measured with a GO thread ring gage, A 3 25 .

5 37
538
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-333/SA-333M

SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS AND WELDED

STEEL PIPE FOR LOW-TEMPERATURE SERVICE

SA-333/ SA-333M

(Ident
i cal with ASTM Specif
i cation A 33 3 /A 333M-04a except for the deleti on of 1 2 ,3 t
hat conflicts with 1 5 )

t..
1. Scope 3. Ordering Information
1.1 This specif i cation covers nominal (average) wall 3.1 Orders for material under this specif i cation should
seamles s and welded carbon and alloy steel pipe intended include the following, as required, to describe the material
for use at low temper atures Several grades of feriitic steel adequately :
are included as listed in Table 1 . Some product sizes may 3. 1 . 1 Qu antity (feet , centimeters , or numb er of
not be available under this specif i cat
i on because heavier lengths),
wall thicknesses have an adverse ef
fect on low-temperature
3. 1 .2 Name of material (seamless or welded pipe),
impact properties .
3. 1 .3 Grade (Table 1 ) ,
1 .2 Supplementary Requirement S 1 of an optional
nature is provided. This shall apply only when specif
i ed 3. 1.4 Size (NPS or outside diameter and schedule
by the pmchaser number of average wall thickness),
3.1.5 Length (specifi c or ra
n dom) (Section 9) , (see
1 .3 The values stated in either' inch-pound units or SI
the Permissible Variations in Length section of Specifi ca
units are to be regarded separately as standard . Within the
i on A 999 /A 999M) ,
t
text, the SI units are shown in brackets . The values stated
in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each 3. 1 .6 End f
i nish (see t
h e Ends sect
i on of Specif
i ca
system must be used independently of the other. Combining tion A 999 /A 999M) ,
values from the two systems may result in nonconformance 3.1.7 Opti onal requirements (see the Heat Analysis
with the specifi cation. The inch-pound units shall apply requirement in the Chemic al Composition section of
unless t
he "M" designation of this specif
i cation is specif
i ed A 999/A 999M, the Repa ir by Welding sect i on, and the
in the order .
section on Nondestr
u ctive Test Requirements) ,
NOTE 1 - The dimensionless designator NPS (nomina
l pipe size) has 3.1.8 Test report required (see t
h e Certif
i cation sec
been substituted in this standard foi such traditional telms as "nominal ion of Specif
t i cation A 999 /A 999M) ,
diameter'," "size ," and "nomina
l size "
3. 1 .9 Specif
i cation designation, and
3.1.10 Specia
l requirements or exceptions to this
2. Referenced Documents
specif
i cat
i on

2.1 ASTM Standards :'

A 370 Test Methods and Def
i nit
i ons for Mechanical Test
4. Materials and Manufacture
ing of Steel Products
4. 1 Manufacture - The pipe shall be made by the seam
A 67 1 Specifi cation for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe
less or welding process wit
h the addition of no f
i ller meta
l
for Atmospheric and Lower Temper atures
in the welding operation. Glade 4 shall be made by the
A 999 /A 999M Specif i cation for General Requirements for
seamless process .
Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe
E 23 Test Methods for Notched B ax Impact Testing of NOTE 2 - Foi electlic-fusion-welded pipe, with fi llei metal added, see
Metallic Materials Specif
i cation A 67 1

539
SA-333 /SA-333M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

4.2 Heat Treatment : 1 1 pipe is annealed, it shall be normalized in t

h e r ange of
4 .2 . 1 All s e aml e s s and we ld e d pip e , o ther th an 1 400 to 1 600°F [7 60 to 870°C]
Grades 8 and 1 1 , shall be tr eated to control their micr ostmc 4 . 2 . 4 M at eri al fr o m w h i c h t e s t s p e c i m e n s are
ture in accordance with one of the following methods : obtained shall be in t
h e same condition of heat treatment
4.2. 1.1 Normalize by heat
i ng to a uniform temper as the pipe furnished Material from which specimens axe
ature of not less than 1 500°F [8 1 5 °C] and cool in air to be taken shall be heat treated prior to prepa:ation of the
or in t
h e cooling chamber of an atmosphere controlled specimens .
furnace 4.2.5 When specifi ed in the order the test specimens
4.2.1 .2 Normalize as in 4 2 1 1 , and, at the discre shall be ta
ken from f
ull thickness test pieces which have
tion of the manufacturer , reheat to a suitable tempering been stress relieved after having been removed from the
temperatur e heat-treated pipe The test pieces shall be gradually and
4.2. 1.3 For the seamless process only, reheat and uniformly heated to the prescribed temperature, held at
contr ol hot working and the temperature of the hot-fi nish
that temperature for a period of time in accordance with
Table 2, and t
h en furnace cooled at a temperature not
ing operation to a fi nishing temperature range from 1 550
to 1 750°F [845 to 945 ° C] and cool in air or in a controlled exceeding 600°F [3 1 5 °C] . Grade 8 shall be cooled at a
minimum rate of 3 00°F [ 1 65 °C]/ h in air or water to a
atmosphere furnace from an init
i al temperature of not less
tha
n 1 55 0°F [ 845 °C]
temperature not exceeding 600°F [3 1 5°C]
4.2. 1 .4 Treat as in 4 , 2 , , 1 , . 3 and, at the discret
i on
of the manufacturer, reheat to a suitable tempering temper 5. Chemical Composition
atme
5. 1 The steel shall conform to the requir ements as to
4.2.1 .5 Seamles s pipe of Gr ades 1 , 6, and 1 0 may chemical composition prescribed in Table 1 .
be heat treated by heating to a uniform temperature of not
5.2 When Grades 1 , 6, or' 1 0 are ordered under' t
his
less than 1 500°F [8 1 5 ° C] , followed by quenching in liquid
specifi cation, supplying an alloy grade that specifi cally
and reheating to a suitable tempering temperature, in place
requires the addition of' any element ot
her than those listed
of any of the other heat treatments provided for in 4 2. 1 .
for' the ordered grade in Table 1 is not permitted . However,
4.2.2 Grade 8 pipe shall be heat t
r eated by the ma
nu the addit i on of elements requir ed for the deoxidation of'
factmer by either of the following methods : the stee! is permitted .
4.2.2. 1 Quenched and Tempered - Heat to a uni
form temperature of 1 475 + 25 °F [800 + 1 5 °C] ; hold at
this temperature for a m
i nimum ti me in the ratio of 1 h/in 6. Product Analysis
[2 min/mm[ of t hickness , but in no case less t
han 15 r
a in ; 6.1 At the request of the purchaser , an analysis of one
quench by immersion in circulating water Reheat until the billet or two samples of f i at-rolled stock f
l or
a each heat
pipe attains a uniform temperature within the range tom or of two pipes from each lot shall be made by the manufac
1 050 to 1 1 25 °F [565 to 605 °C] ; hold at this temper ature turer A lot of pipe shall consist of the following:
for a minimum time in t he ratio of 1 h/in . [2 mirgmm] of NPS Designator Length of Pipe in Lot
thickness , but in no case less than 1 5 r
ain; cool in air or' Unde: 2 400 o: fi acf
i on the: eof
water quench at a rate no less than 300°F [ 1 65°C]/h. 2 to 6 200 o: if action the: eof
Over 6 1 00 oi f
i action the: eof
4.2.2.2 Double Normalized and Tempered - Heat
to a uniform temperature of 1 650 _+ 25°F [900 +_ 1 5°C] ;
hold at this temperature for a minimum t ime in the r atio 6.2 The results of these analyses shall be reported to
of 1 /hin . [2 mirdmm] of thickness , but in no case less the purchaser or the purchaser ' s representative and shall
than 1 5 a
rin; cool in air Reheat until the pipe attains a conform to the requirements specif
i ed
uniform temperature of 1 450 _ 25 °F [790 _ 1 5°C] ; hold 6.3 If the analysis of one of the tests specif i ed in 6. 1
at this temperature for a minimum time in the ratio of does not conform to the requirements specif i ed, an analysis
1 h/in [2 min/rnm] of t hick ness , but in no case less than of each billet or pipe from the same heat or lot may be
1 5 min ; cool in air . Reheat to a uniform temperature within made, and all billets or pipe conform
i ng to the requirements
te ra
h n ge from 1 050 to 1 1 25 °F [565 to 605 °C] ; hold at shall be accepted
this temperature for a minimum time of' 1 h/in . [2 min/
mm] of' thick n ess but in no case less than 15 rain ; cool in
air' or water' quench at a rate not less than 300°F [ 1 65°C]/E 7. Tensile Requirements
4.2.3 Wh eth er' t o ann e al Gr ad e 1 1 p i p e i s p er 7. 1 The material shall conform to the requirements as
agreement between purchaser and supplier . W
hen Grade to tensile properties prescr
ibed in Table 3

5 40
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-333/SA-333M

8. Impact Requirements is not required but may be necessa

r y to ensme compliance
wit
h 1 0. 2
8. 1 For Grades 1 , 3 , 4, 6, 7 , 9, and 1 0, the notched
ba
r impact properties of each set of three impact specimens, 10.2 Surface imperfections that penetrate more than
including specimens for the welded joint in welded pipe 1 21/2% of the nominal wall t
hick
n ess or encroach on the
with wall thicknesses of 0 . 1 20 in . [3 mm] and larger, when inimum wall thick
m ness shall be considered defects . Pipe
tested at temperatures in conformance wit h 1 4. 1 shall be with such defects shall be given one of t
h e following dispo
not less t
ha n the values prescribed in Table 4. The impact sition s :
test is not required for Grade 1 1
10.2.1 The defect may be removed by grinding pro
8.1.1 If the impact value of one specimen is below vided that the remaining wall thick
ness is within specifi ed
the minimum value, or the impact values of two specimens lim
i ts
are less than h
te m inimum average value but not below
10.2.2 Repaired in accorda
nce wit
h the repair weld
t
he minimum va lue permitted on a single specimen, a retest
ing provisions of 1 0.5 .
shall be allowed. The retest shall consist of breaking th
r ee
additional specimens a nd each specimen must equal or 10.2.3 The section of pipe containing the defect may
exceed the required average value. When an erratic result be cut of
f wit
hin t
he limits of requirements on length
is caused by a defecti ve specimen, or' there is uncertainty 10.2.4 T
he defective pipe may be rejected.
in test procedu
r es, a retest will be allowed. 10.3 To provide a workmanlike fi nish and basis for
8.2 For Grade 8 each of the notched ba
r impact speci evaluating conformance with 1 0 2, the pipe manufacturer
mens shall display a latera
l expansion opposite the notch shall remove by grinding the following:
of not less than 0 . . 0 1 5 in. [0. 3 8 mm] . 10.3. 1 Mechanica
l ma
r ks , abrasions a
nd pits , any of
8.2.1 When the average lateral expa
n sion value for which imperfections a re deeper t h an 1 6 in. [ 1 6 mi
ni , and
the th
r ee impact specimens equals or exceeds 0 .0 1 5 in. 10.3.2 Visual imperfections commonly referred to
[0 . 3 8 mm] an d the v alu e for o n e s p e ci men i s b e l o w as scabs, seams, laps, teals, or sliver' s found by exploration
0.O 1 5 in . [0 . 3 8 mm] but not below 0 .0 1 0 in . [0 . 25 r
am] , in accordance with 1 0. 1 to be deeper than 5 % of the nomi
a retest of three additi onal specimens may be made The na
l wall thick
n ess .
lateral expansion of each of t
he retest specimens must equal
or exceed 0.0 1 5 in. [0 . 3 8 mm] .
10.4 At the purchaser' s discretion, pipe shall be subject
to rejection if surface imper
fections acceptable under 1 02
8.2.2 Latera
l expan sion values shall be determined r e not scattered, but appea
a r over a large area in excess of
by h
te procedure in Test Methods a
n d Defi nit
i ons A 370. what is considered a workmanlike f
i nish. Disposit
i on of
8.2.3 The values of absorbed energy in foot-pounds such pipe sha
l l be a matter of agreement between the
and the fracture appea
r'ance in percentage shea
r shall be ma
nufacturer and the pur chaser .
recorded for informat
i on. A record of these values shall
10.5 When imperfections or defects are removed by
be retained for a period of at least 2 yea
rs. grinding, a smooth cut'ted sur
f ace shall be maintained,
and the wall thick
ness sha
ll not be decreased below that
permitted by this specifi cation The outside diameter at
9. Lengths the point of grinding may be reduced by the amount so
9.1 If' defi nite lengths ar e not iequiIed, pipe may be removed.
ordered in single random lengths of 1 6 to 22 ft (Note 3) 10.5. 1 Wall t
hick
ness measurements shall be made
with 5 % 1 2 to 1 6 ft (Note 3 ) , or in double random lengths
wit
h a mechanical caliper or wit h a properly calibrated
with a m
inimum average of 35 ft (Note 3) and a i mnimum
nondestruct
ive testing device of appropriate accuracy. In
length of' 22 ft (Note 3) with 5% 1 6 to 22 ft (Note 3) case of' dispute, t
h e measurement determined by use of the
NOTE 3 - This value(s) applies when the inch-pound designati on of mechanica
l caliper shall govern
this specifi cation is the basis of purchase When t he "M" designation of
th
i s specifi cati on is h
te basis of pm chase, the coiresponding metric va
l
10.6 Weld repair shall be permitted only subject to t
he
ue(s) sha
l l be agreed upon between the manufactulei and ptuchasei , approva
l of t
h e purchaser and in accordance with Specifi
cation A 999 /A 999M.

10.7 The fi nished pipe shall be r easonably straight.

10. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
10.1 The pipe manufacturer sha
ll explore a suf
i cient
f
number of visual surface imperfect ions to provide reason 11. General Requirements
able assurance t
h at they have been properly evaluated wit
h 1 1. 1 Material furnished to this specif
i cat
ion sha
l l con
respect to depth Exploration of all surface imperfections form to t
he applicable requirements of t
he current edition

54 1
SA-333/SA-333M 2007 SE CTION II, PART A

of' Specif
i cation A 999/A 999M unless otheIwise provided [10 r
am] or smaller than 0 099 in [2 5 mm] are not provided
her ein , for in this specif
i cation
13.2 Test specimens shall be obtained so that the longi
tudinal axis of the specimen is para llel to t
he longitudinal
12. Mechanical Testing axis of the pipe while the axis of the notch shall be perpen
12.1 Sampling - For mechanical test
ing, the term "lot " dicular to the surface. On wa
l l thicknesses of 1 in [25 mi
ni
applies to all pipe of the same nominal size and wall or less, the specimens shall be obtained with their axial
thickness (or schedule) that is produced fi om the the same plane located at the m
i dpoint; on wall thick
n esses over 1
heat of steel and subj ected to the same f
i nishing treatment in . [25 mm] , the specimens shall be obtained with their
in a cont
i nuous furnace If t
he f
i nal heat treatment is in a axial plane located in [ 1 2.5 r
am] f
rom the outer surface.
batch-type fmnace, the lot shall include only those pipes
that are heat treated in the same furnace cha
r ge
13.3 When testing welds the specimen sha l l be, when
ever dia
meter and thick n ess permit, transverse to t
he longi
12.2 Transverse or Longitudinal Tensile Test and Flat tudinal axis of the pipe with the notch of the specimen in
tening Test - For material heat treated in a batch-type the welded joint and perpendicula r to the surface. When
u
frnace, tests shall be made on 5 % of t
h e pipe fr om each diameter and thickness do not permit obtaining transverse
lot. If heat treated by the continuous process, tests shall specimens, longitudinal specimens in accordance with 1 3 2
be made on a suff i cient number of pipe to constitute 5 % shal l be obtained ; the bottom of t
h e notch sha
ll be located
of the lot, but in no case less t
h an 2 pipes . at the weld j oint .
12.3 DELETED

12.4 Impact Test - One notched ba r impact test, con 14. Impact Test
sist
ing of breaking three specimens, shall be made from 14.1 Except when the size of the f i nished pipe is insuf=
each heat represented in a heat-treatment toad on specimens i cient to permit obtaining subsize impact specimens, all
f
taken from the fi nished pipe. This test shall repr esent only material fulnished to this specif
i cation and mar ked in accor
pipe from the same heat and the same heat-treatment load, dance with S ection 1 6 shall be tested for impact resistance
the wall thick
n esses of which do not exceed by more t
han at the minimum temper ature for the respective grades as
4 in. [6 3 mm] the wall t
h ick
n esses of the pipe fr om which shown in Table 5
the test specimens ar e ta
ken If heat treatment is performed
in continuous or batch-type furnaces contr olled within a 14. 1 . 1 Special impact tests on individual lots of
50°F [30°C] range and equipped with recording pyrometers materia
l may be made at other temperatures as agreed upon
between the manufactur er and t
he pur chaser
so th at complete records of heat treatment a r e available,
then one test from each heat in a continuous run only shall 14.1 .2 When subsize Cha r py impact specimens a re
be required instead of one test from each heat in each heat used and the width along the notch is less than 80% of t he
treatment lo ad. actual wall thick
n ess of the original material, the specifi ed
Cha
r py impact test temperature for Grades 1 , 3 , 4, 6, 7,
12.5 Impact Tests (Welded Pipe) - On welded pipe, 9, and 1 0 shall be lower than the m
i nimum temper ature
additional impact tests of the same number as required in shown in Table 5 for the respective grade Under these
1 2 3 or 1 2.4 sha
l l be made to test t
h e weld
cir cumstances the temperatur e reduction va
lues shall be
12.6 Specimens showing defects while being machined by an amount equal to the difference (as shown in Table
or prior to testing may be discarded and replacements shall 6) between the temperatur e r educt
i on COrlesponding to the
be considered as origina
l specimens actual material t
hick
n ess and the temperatur e reduction
corresponding to the Charpy specimen width actually
12.7 Results obtained from these tests shall be r eported tested. Appendix X 1 shows some exa mples of how the
to the purchaser or his representative temperature reductions a
r e determined
14.2 The notched bar impact test sha l l be made in
13. Specimens for Impact Test ac c ord anc e w i th the pro c edure for the s i mp l e b e am ,
Cha
r py-type test of Test Met
h ods E 23
13.1 Notched bar' impact specimens shall be of the
simple beam, Chalpy-type, in accordance with Test Met
h 14.3 Impact tests specifi ed for temperatures lower tha
n
ods E 23 , Type A with a V notch Standa
r d specimens 1 0 70°F [20° C] should be made with the following precau
by 1 0 mm in cross sect
i on shall be used unless the matelial t ons. The impact test specimens as well as the handling
i
to be tested is of insuff
i cient thick
n ess , in which case the tongs shall be cooled a suffi cient t
ime in a suitable container
la
rgest obtainable subsize specimens shall be used . Cha
r py so that both leach the desiled temperature . The temperature
specimens of width along t he notch larger than 0.394 in. shall be measured with thelmocouples, t
helmometers , or

5 42
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-333/SA-333M

any other' suitable devices an d shall be contiolled within 15.3.2.7 Stop marks , or
3 °F [2° C] . The specimens shall be quickly transferred f
i om 15.3.2.8 Pipe reducer ripple .
the cooling device to the anvil of the Charpy impact test ing
machine a nd br oken with a time lapse of not more t h an 5 s .
16. Product Marking
15. Hydrostat
ic or Nondestruct
ive Electric Test 16.1 Except as modifi ed in 1 6. 1 . 1 , in addit
i on to the
15.1 Each pipe shall be subjected to t
h e nondestructive ma
r king prescr
ibed in Specif
i cation A 999/A 999M, t he
electr
i c test or the hydrostatic test The type of test to be ma
rking shall include whether hot f inished, cold drawn,
used sha l l be at the option of the manufacturer, unless seamless or welded, the schedule number and the letter's
otherwise specif i ed in the purchase oIder "LT" followed by the temperature at which the impact
tests were made, except when a lower test temperature is
15.2 The hydrostatic test shall be in accordance wit
h
iequired because of reduced specimen size, in which case,
Specif
i cat
ion A 9991A 999M. the higher impact test temperature applicable to a full-size
1 5 .3 Nondestructive Electric Test-
- Nonde structive specimen should be ma r ked
electric te sts shall be in acc ordance with Specif
i cation 16. 1.1 When t h e size of the f
i nished pipe is insuff
i
A 999 /A 999M, with the following addition c,ient to obtain subsize impact specimens, the ma r king shall
15.3.1 If the test signals wer e produced by visual not include t he letters "LT" followed by an indicated test
imperfecti ons (listed in 1 5 .3 .2), the pipe may be accepted temperatuIe unless Supplementa r y Requirement S 1 is spec
based on visual examination, pIovided the impeifection is if
i ed
less than 0.004 in (0 1 mm) or 1 21/2% of the specifi ed wall
16. 1.2 When the pipe is furnished in the quenched
thickness (whichever is greater )
and tempered condit
i on, the marking shall include the let
15.3.2 Visual Imperfections : ters " QT , " an d th e he at tre atment c o ndi ti o n s h all be
15.3.2. 1 Scratches , reported to the purchaser or his representative.
15.3.2.2 Smface roughness,
15.3.2.3 Dings,
17. Keywords
15.3.2.4 Straightener ma
r ks,
17.1 low; low temperature service; seamless steel pipe;
15.3.2.5 Cutt
ing chips, stainless steel pipe; steel pipe ; temperature service applica
15.3.2.6 Steel die stamps, tions

543
SA-333/SA-333M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 1
C H E M I CA L R E Q U I R E M E N TS
C omposition, %
E le ment G rade 1 A G rade 3 G rade 4 G rade 6A G rade 7 G rade 8 G rade 9 G rade "1 0 G rade 1 1

C ar bo n, max 0 30 0 ,19 0 ,, 1 2 0, 30 0 19 0 ,13 0 ,20 0 ,20 0 ,10

M an g a n e se O 4 0-
-1 0 6 0 3 1 -0 , 6 4 0 , 5 0-1 0 5 0 2 9- 1 0 6 0 , 9 0 m ax 0 9 0 m ax 0 . 4 0-1 , , 0 6 1 . 1 5- I , , 5 0 0 , 6 0 m ax

P h osp h o rus, m ax 0 ,025 0 ,025 0 ,025 0 025 0 .025 0 025 0 025 0 ,035 0 ,025

S u l fu r' , max 0 .025 0 .025 0 ,025 0 ,025 0 ,025 0, 025 0 ,, 0 2 5 0 015 0 .025
S i l i co n 0 , 1 8- 0 3 7 0 , 0 8-0 , 3 7 0 ,10 min 0 , 1 3-0 , 3 2 0 1 3-0 , 3 2 . . . .. 0 1 0-0 , 3 5 0 , 3 5 m ax

N icke l 3 1 8-3 8 2 0 , 4 7-0 , 9 8 2 0 3-2 , 5 7 8 4 0-9 , 6 0 1 , , 6 0-2 , 2 4 0 , 2 5 m ax 3 5 , 0-3 7 0

C h ro m i u m 0 4 4-1 0 1 . . .. 0 1 5 m ax 0 5 0 m ax

0 , 4 0-0 ,, 7 5 0 , 7 5-1 , 2 5 0 ,, 1 5 m ax .. .. ..
C o p pe r
Aluminum 0 0 4-0 3 0 .. . .. 0 0 6 m ax . .. ..
.. . .. 0 12 . . .. ..
Vanad i u m, max
.. .. .. 0 , 05 . .. ..
C o l u m b i u m , m ax
.. . .. 0 05 0 5 0 m ax
M o l yb d e n u m, max
C o ba l t . .. .. .. .. .. 0 5 0 m ax

A F o r eac h red uct i o n of 0 0 1 % car bo n be l ow 0 , 3 0 % , an i n c rease of 0 05 % man ganese above 1 0 6 % wo u l d be pe rm itted to a m ax i m u m of

1 . 3 5 % m a n g a n e se

TA B L E 2
ST R E S S R E LI E V I N G O F T E S T P I E C E S

M etal Tem peratu reAB

M i n i m u m H o l d i ng
G rades 1, 3, 6, 7, and 10 G rade 4 c T i me, h/i n, r m i n/m m]
°F oC °F °C of Th ickness

II00 600 1 150 620 I [2, 4]

1 050 56 5 1 1 00 600 2 [4 , 7 ]
I 000 540 1050 5 65 3 [7 , 1 ]

A F o r' i nte r med i ate tem pe r atu res, the h o l d i ng ti me sha l l be dete r m i ned by strai g ht- l i ne i nterpo l ati on ,
B G rade 8 shal l be stress re l ieved at 1 0 2 5 to 1 0 85 ° F [5 5 0 to 5 85° C 3, he l d fo r a m i n i m u m ti me of 2 h
fo r' th i c kness u p to 1 , 0 i n [ 2 5 4 m m ], p l us a m i n i m u m of 1 h fo r eac h ad d iti o na l i nch [ 2 5 ,4 m m ] of
t h i c k n e s s a n d c o o l e d at a m i n i m u m rate of 3 0 0 ° F [ 1 6 5 ° C 3/h i n a i r o r' wate r' to a te m pe rat u re n ot
exceed i ng 6 0 0 ° F [3 1 5 ° C 3 ,
c U n l ess othe rwi se spec ified, G rade 4 sh al l be st ress re l i eved at I 1 5 0° F [6 2 0° C ] ,

544
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-333/SA-333M

O_

o
°
o
o
, -&

•A .

u'l

o , -

o o
, , = %
e.l

o o

%
o
p
}-- > 1

I,
Z "N_ o o

W.I

la,,I

e4 I,.- "

,-
' --
o
%
I-- u3

.-1
3

z
e4 >
I--

o
%
° ,N
u'3 u',

e4 I"-

o o
% 2
tn a

,.,, ._..

¢¢3 ,, m

'

5. .- O0 "
= & - m

o - ? s o
- E --
• o u b _E
o r
=- o - . - - o _
E

x:" - =

t > LLI

545
SA-333/SA-333M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

o
t o

N .. . . .. ..

'

± N
o o o o o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o

+ + + + + + + + + ÷ + +

M M M M M M M M M M
t'- 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11

o o o o o o o o o o o o
,Z o o o o o o o

€O + + ÷ + ÷ + + + + + + +

II II II II Il [l ll ll ll ll ll ll

I Ll
-.I
t
<
I--

klJ I-
._1
. . . . .

I-
- >
.=o_
o o o o o o

t-

t - o .- o o"

Jl ii

E '
= o

to

> o

o
...I

E
E

I-

,_
=.

546
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-333/SA-333M

TA B L E 4
I M P AC T R E Q U I R E M E N T S F O R G RA D E S 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, A N D 1 0
M i n i m u m Ave rage N otched M i n i m u m N otched Bar
Bar I mpact Va l ue of I m pact Val ue of O ne
Each Set of Three Spec i men On ly of
Size of Specimensm a SetA
S peci me n, m m ft-l bf J ft-l bf
I0 by I0 13 18 i0 14
I0 by 7 ,5 I0 14 8 II
I0 by 6 , 67 9 12 7 9
I0 by 5 7 9 5 7
10 by 3 ,3 3 5 7 3 4
10 by 2 ,5 4 5 3 4

A Strai g ht l i ne i nte rpo l at i o n fo r' i nte rmed i ate va l ues is pe rm itted

TA B L E 5
I M P AC T T E M P E RAT U R E

M i n i m u m I mpact Test
Te mpe ratu re
G rad e oF oc

1 -5 0 -4 5
3 -150 -1 0 0
4 -150 -1 0 0
6 -5 0 -4 5
7 -1 00 -7 5
8 -3 2 0 -1 95
9 -1 00 -7 5
10 -7 5 -6 0

TA B L E 6
I M P ACT T E M P E RAT U R E R E D U C T I O N

S pec i men Wi dth A long N otch or Actua l Te m peratu re Red ucti on,
M ate r i a l T h i c k n e ss Deg rees Co l de rA
in , mm oF oc

0 394 I 0 ( stan d a rd s i ze ) 0 0

0 354 9 0 0

0 ,, 3 1 5 8 0 0

0 ,295 7 , 5 (3/4 std s i ze ) 5 3

0 ,276 7 8 4

0 ,262 6 , 67 ( 2/3 std , s i ze ) 10 5

0 ,236 6 15 8

0 , 1 97 5 ( 1/2 std , s i ze ) 20 11

0 1 58 4 30 17

0 ,131 3 3 3 ( 1/3 std , s i ze ) 35 19

0 1 18 3 40 22

0 , 0 99 2 , 5 ( 1/4 std , s i ze ) 50 28

A Strai g ht l i ne i nte rpo l ati o n fo r i nte rmed i ate va l ues is pe rm itted

547
SA-333/SA-333M 2007 SE CTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementazy requirements shall apply only when specif

i ed by the purchase
in the contract or order.

S1. Subsize Impact Specimens

SI.1 When the size of the f
i nished pipe is insuff
i cient to permit obtaining subsize impact specimens, testing shall
be a matter of agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser.

54 8
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-333/SA-333M

APPENDIX

(Nonmandatory Information)

X1. DETERMINATION OF TEMPERATURE Xl . l .2 W

hen t
he width a
long the subsize specimen
REDUCTIONS notch is less than 80% of the actual wall t
h icknes s of the
X1.1 Under the circumstances stated in 1 4 . 1 .2, the pipe, the required reduction in test temperature is computed
impact test temperatm e specifi ed in Table 5 must be low by taking the difference between the temperature reduction
ered. The following examples are of fered to describe the values shown in Table 6 for the act
u al pipe thick
ness and
application of the provisions of 1 4 . L 2 . the specimen width used .
XI .I. 1 When subsize specimens ax e used (see 1 0. 1 ) X1 .1 .2.1 For example, if the pipe were 0 .262 in .
and the width along the notch of the subsize specimen is [6 . . 67 a
rm] thick and the width along the Chax py specimen
80% or' greater of t
he actual wall thickness of the original notch was 3 . 3 3 mm ( standar d size) , t
h e test temper ature
material, the provisions of 1 4 . 1 2 do not apply. would have to be lowered by 25 °F [ 1 4°C] . That is , t
he
X1.1 .1. 1 For example, if t
he actual wall thickness temperature reduction corresponding to the subsize speci
of pipe was 0. 200 in. [5 . 0 r
am] and t h e width along the men is 35°F [ 1 9 °C] ; the temperature reduction coriespond
notch of the largest subsize specimen obtainable is 0 1 60 ing to the act
u al pipe thick n ess is 1 0°F [5 °C] ; the dif
ference
in. [4 r
a m] or greater', no reduction in test temperature is between these two values is the requir ed reduction in test
required. temperature .

549
5 50
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-334/SA-334M

SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS AND WELDED

CARBON AND ALLOY-STEEL TUBES FOR LOW
TEMPERATURE SERVICE

SA -334 / SA -334M
INTERNATIONAL
Stan dards Worldwide

(Ident
i cal with ASTM Specificat
i on A 334 1A 334M-04a )

1. Scope 3. Ordering Information

1.1 This specifi cation cover' s severa
l grades of mini 3.1 Orders for' material under this specif
i cation should
mum-wall-thicknes s , s eamle s s and welded, c arbon and include the following, as required to describe the desired
alloy- steel tubes intended f0r' use at low temperatures . materia
l adequately :
Some product sizes may not be available under this speci
f
i cation because heavier wall thicknesses have an adverse
3. 1 . 1 Quantity (feet, metres, or number of lengths),
affect on low-temperature impact properties . 3.1 .2 Name of material (seamless or welded tubes) ,

1 .2 Supplementary Requirement S 1 of an optional 3.1 .3 Grade (Table 1 ) ,

nature is provided. This shall apply only when specifi ed 3. 1.4 S i ze (outside diameter and minimum wall
by the purchaser thick
ness),
NOTE 1 - For tubing sma
l leI than in [ 1 2 7 mm] in outside diameter, 3. 1 .5 Length (specif
i c or random) ,
the elongation values given foi str
ip specimens in Table 1 shall apply .
Mechanical piopeity iequirements do not apply to t
ubing smalle than 3 . 1 . 6 Optional requirements (other temperatures ,
in [3 2 mm] in outside diameter and with a wall thickness under 0 ,0 1 5 Section 1 4; hy&ostatic or electr
i c test, Section 1 6),
in [0 4 mm]
3.1.7 Test repor required, (Certif
i cation Section of
1.3 The va lues stated in either inch-pound units or SI
Specif
i cation A 1 0 1 6/A 1 0 1 6M),
units are to be regar ded separ'ately as standard . Within t
he
text, the SI units are shown in brackets . The va lues stated 3.1.8 Specif
i cation designation, a
nd
in each system are not exact equivalents ; therefore, each 3.1.9 Special requirements and a
ny supplementa
ry
system must be used independently of the ot
her . Combining requirements selected..
values from h
te two systems may result in nonconformance
with the specifi cation. The inch-pound units shall apply
unless the "M" designation of t
his specif
i cation is specifi ed
in the order . 4. General Requirements
4.1Material furnished under' this specif i cation shall
conform to t
h e applicable requirements of t h e current edi
2. Referenced Documents
tion of Specif
i cation A 1 0 1 6/A 1 0 1 6M, unless otherwise
2.1 ASTM Standards:
provided herein,,
A 370 Test Met
h ods and Def
i nitions for Mechanical Test
ing of Steel Products
A 1 0 1 6/A 1 01 6M Specifi cation for General Requirements
5. Materials and Manufacture
for Ferf i tic Alloy S teel, Austenitic Alloy Steel , and
Stainless Steel Tubes 5. 1 The tubes shall be made by the seamless or' auto
E 23 Test Methods for' Notched B ar' Impact Testing of mat
ic welding process wit
h no addition of fi ller meta
l in
Metallic Materials the welding operation .

55 1
SA-334/SA-334M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

6. Heat Treatment 7. Chemical Composition

6. 1 All seamless and welded tubes , other than Grades 7. 1 The steel shall conform to the requirements as to
8 and 1 1 , shall be treated to contro! their microstmcture chemical compositi on prescribed in Table 1 .
in accordance with one of the following methods : 7.2 When Grades 1 or 6 are ordered under t
his specif
i
6. 1 . 1 Normalize by heat
i ng to a uniform temper ature cation, supplying an alloy grade that specif
i cally requires
of not less than 1 550°F [845 °C] and cool in air or in the the addition of any element other than those listed for the
cooling chamber of an atmosphere controlled furnace . ordered grade in Table 1 is not permitted However , the
addition of elements required for the deoxidation of the
6. 1.2 Normalize as in 1 0 . 1 . 1 , a
nd, at t
he discretion
steel is permitted
of the manufact
urer , reheat to a suitable tempering temper
at
ure .

8. Product Analysis
6. 1 .3 For the seamless process only, r eheat and con
trol hot working a n d the temperature of the hot-f inishing 8.1 An analysis of eit
her one billet or one length of
l at-rolled stock or one t
f ube shall be made for each heat.
operation to a finishing temperature range from 1 550 to
1 750°F [ 845 to 95 5 °C] and cool in a controlled atmosphere The chem i cal composition thus determined shall conform
furnace f
rom an init
i al temperature of' not less than 1 550°F to the requirements specif
i ed
[ 845 °C1 8.2 If the original test for product a
nalysis fa l ls, retests
6. 1 .4 Treat as in 6 . 1 . 3 and, at the discr etion of t
he of two additional billets , lengths of f
l at-r olled stock, or
ma
nufactur er, reheat to a suitable tempering temperatu
r e. tubes shall be made Both r etests , for the elements in ques
t on, shall meet the requirements of the specif
i i cation; other
6.2 Glade 8 tubes shall be heat treated by the manufac wise all remaining material in the heat or lot shall be
t
urer by either of the following methods rejected or , at the option of the manufacturer , each billet,
6.2. 1 Quenched and Tempered - Heat to a uniform length of fl at-rolled stock, or tube may be individually
temperature of 1 475 _ 25 °F [800 - + 1 5 °C] ; hold at this tested for accepta n ce. Billets, lengths of fl at-rolled stock,
temperature for a minimum time in the ratio of 1 h/in or tubes which do not meet the r equirements of t h e specifi
[2 min/mm] of thickness , but in no case less than 1 5 min ; cation shall be rej ected
quench by immersion in circulating water Reheat until the
pipe attains a uniform temperature within the range from 9 Sampling
1 050 to 1 1 25 °F [565 to 605 °C] ; hold at t
his temperature
9.1 For' fl attening, f
lar e, and f
l ange requirements, the
for a minimum time in t h e ratio of 1 h/in [2 min/mm] of
term lot applies to all tubes prior to cutting of the same
thickness , but in no case less than 1 5 min; cool in air or
nomi nal size and wall thick n ess which are produced from
water quench at a rate no less than 300°F [ 1 65 °C]/h the same heat of steel When f
i nal heat treatment is in a
6.2.2 Double Noymalized and Tempered - Heat to batch-type furnace, a lot shall include only those tubes of
a uniform temperature of 1 650 _
+ 25°F [900 +
_ 1 5°C] ; hold the same size and fr
om the sa
me heat which a
r e heat treated
at t
his temperature for a minimum t i me in t
h e ratio of 1 in the same furnace cha
r ge . When the f
i nal heat treatment
h/in [2 m
i n/mm] of thick
nes s, but in no case less than is in a continuous f
urnace, the number of tubes of t
he s ame
15 m
in; cool in air Reheat until the pipe attains a uniform size and fr om the same heat in a lot shall be determined
temperature of 1450 _ + 25°F [790 _ + 1 5 °C] ; hold at this fr om t
h e size of the tubes as prescribed in Table 2 .
temperature for a minimum time in the ratio of 1 h /in 9.2 For tensile and ha
r dness test requirements, h
te term
[2 min/mm] of thickn es s, but in no case less than 1 5 m
ln ;
lot applies to all tubes prior to cutti ng, of the same nomina
l
cool in all Reheat to a uniform temper ature within the diameter and wa
lt thick
n ess which a
r e produced from the
range from 1 050 to 1 1 25 °F [565 to 605 °C] ; hold at this same heat of steel When f
inal heat treatment is in a batch
temperatu
r e for a minimum time of 1 h
/in , [2 m
in/mm] of
thick
ness but in no case less tha
n 1 5 min; cool in af
t or
type furnace, a lot shall include only t
hose tubes of the
sa
me size a
n d the same heat wh
i ch a
r e heat tr eated in the
water quench at a rate not less than 300°F [ 1 65°C]/h sa
me furnace cha
r ge When the f
i nal heat treatment is in
6.3 Material f
rom which impact specimens a
r e obtained a cont
i nuous furnace, a lot shall include all tubes of the
shall be in the same condition of heat treatment as the same size and heat, heat treated in t
h e same furnace at the
i ni shed tubes
f same temper ature, time at heat and furnace speed .

6.4 Whether to anneal Grade 1 1 t

ubes is per agreement
between pur chaser and supplier W
hen Grade 1 1 tubes a re 10. Tensile Requirements
annealed they shall be normalized in the range of 1 400 to 10. 1 The matelial shall conform to t
he r equirements
1 600°F [760 to 870°C] as to tensile propelties plesclibed in Table 3

5 52
 2007 SECTION H, PART A SA-334 /SA-334M

11. Hardness Requirements 13.4 Flange Test (Welded Tubes) - One f l ange test
11.1 The tub e s sh al l h ave a har dn e s s numb er n ot shall be made on specimens f
l om each end of one if nished
exceeding those prescr
ibed in Table 4 tube of each lot, but not the one used for the f
l attening test
13.5 Reverse Flattening Test - FoI welded tubes , one
rever se fl attening test shall be made on a specimen from
12. Impact Requirements each 1 500 ft [460 m] of f
i nished t
ubing
12.1 For Grades 1 , 3 , 6, 7 and 9 , the notched-bat impact
13.6 Hardness Test - Brinell or Rockwell ha
r dness
properties of each set of th
i ee impact specimens, including tests shall be made on specimens from two t
ubes from
specimens for the welded joint in welded pipe with wall each lot .
thicknesses of 0. 1 20 in. [3 mm] and larger, when tested at
temperatures in confoImance with 14A shall be not less 13.7 Impact Tests - One notched-ba
r impact test, con
t
h an the va
lues prescribed in Table 5 The impact test is sisti ng of' breaking three specimens, shall be made from
not required for Grade 1 1 each heat represented in a heat-treatment load on specimens
taken from the f
i nished t
ube. This test sha
ll r epresent only
12.1.1 If the impact va
lue of one specimen is below
tubes from the same heat, which have wa
l l thick
nesses not
t
h e minimum va lue, or t
he impact values of two specimens
are less than the minimum average va lue but not below exceeding by more than 1/4 in. [63 r
am] the wall t
hick
n esses
the minimum va lue permitted on a single specimen, a retest of' the tube f l 'o m which the test specimens a t e ta
ken . If'
shal l be allowed The ietest shall consist of breaking th
i ee heat tr eatment is performed in continuous or batch-type
fur n ac e s c ontrol l e d w i thi n a 5 0 ° F [ 3 0 ° C ] ran g e and
additional specimens and each specimen must equal or
exceed the required average value When an erratic result equipped with recording pyrometers which yield complete
heat-treatment records, then one test from each heat in a
is caused by a defective specimen, or there is uncertainty
in test procedures, a retest will be allowed continuous run only shall be required instead of' one test
l 'om each heat in each heat-t
f reatment load .
12.2 For Grade 8 each of the notched ba
t impact speci
mens sha
ll display a latera
l expansion opposite the notch 13.8 Impact Tests (Welded Tubes) - On welded t ube,
not less than 0. 0 1 5 in. [0 .. 3 8 mm] . additiona
l impact tests of the same number as required in
1 3 .7 shall be made to test the weld.
12.2.1 When the average latera l expansion va lue for
the t hree impact specimens equals or exceeds 0.0 1 5 in 13.9 Specimens showing defects while being machined
[0 . 3 8 mm] and the value for one specimen i s below or prior to testing may be discarded a
nd replacements shall
0 .0 1 5 in. [0 . 3 8 mm] but not below 0. 0 1 0 in [0 .25 mm] , be consideied as original specimens .
a retest of th i ee additional specimens may be made. The
lateral expa n sion of each of t
he retest specimens must equal
or exceed 0.0 1 5 in [0.. 3 8 mm] 14. Specimens for Impact Test
14.1 Notched-ba
t impact specimens shall be of the
12.2.2 Latera
l expa
n sion values shall be determined
in accorda
nce with Test Met
h ods and Def
i nitions A 370. simple beam, Cha tpy-type, in accordance wit h Test Meth
ods E 23, Type A, with a V notch Standard specimens 1 0
12.2.3 The values of absorbed ener gy in foot-pounds by 1 0 mm in cross section shall be used unless the material
and the fracture appearance in percentage shea t shall be to be tested is of insuff
i cient thick
n es s , in which case the
recoIf
led for' information , A record of these values shall largest obtainable subsize specimens shall be used Cha t py
be retained for' a period of at least 2 yea
ts . specimens of width a l ong the notch la rger than 0 ,394 in
[10 r
am] or smaller than 0.099 in. [2 5 mm] a
t e not provided
for in t
his specif
i cation.
13. Mechanical Tests
13. 1 Tension Test - One tension test shall be made on
14.2 Test specimens shall be obtained so that the longi
tudinal axis of the specimen is pa
rallel to t
he longitudinal
a specimen for lots of not more th an 50 tubes. Tension axis of the tube while the a
xis of the notch shall be perpen
tests shall be made on specimens from two tubes for lots dicula
r to the surface. On wall t
hickn esses of 1 in. [25 mm]
of more tha
n 50 tubes
or less, the specimens shall be obtained with their axial
13.2 Flattening Test - One f
l attening test shall be made plane located at the midpoint; on wa ll thick
nesses over 1
on specimens fr
om each end of one fi nished tube of each in . [25 mm] , the specimens shall be obtained with their
lot but not the one used for t
he f
l are or f
l ange test xia
a l plane located 2 in. [ 1 2.5 mm] from the outer sur
f ace.
13.3 Flare Test (Seamless Tubes) - One f
l are test sha
ll 14.3 When testing welds t h e specimen sha
l l be, when
be made on specimens from each end of one finished tube ever diameter and thickness perm
its, transverse to the lon
of each lot, but not t
he one used for the f
l attening test. gitudinal axis of the t
ube with the notch of the specimen

553
SA-334 /SA-334M 2007 SE CTION II, PART A

in the welded .j oint and perpendiculm' to the surface . When impact test temperature f0r' Grades 1 , 3, 6, 7, and 9 shall
diameter' and thickness does not permit obtaining trans be lower' than t
he minimum temperature shown in Table
verse specimens , longitudinal specimens in accordance 6 for the respective grade . Under' these circumstances t
he
with 1 4.2 shall be obtained. The bottom of the notch shall temperature reduction values shall be by an amount equal
be located at the weld .j oint. to the difference (as shown in Table 7) between the temper
at
ure reduction corresponding to the actua
l material thick
ne s s and the temperature reductio n c orre sponding to
15. Impact Test Charpy specimen width actually tested . The appendix
15.1 Except when the size of the fi nished tube is insuf: shows some examples of how the temperat
ure reductions
ar e determined
i cient to permit obtaining subsize impact specimens, all
f
material furnished under this specif
i cation and marked in
accordance wit
h Section 1 7 shall be tested for impact resist
ance at the temperature for the respective gr ades as pre 16. Hydrostatic or Nondestructive Electric Test
scribed in Table 6 . 16.1 Each tube shall be subjected to the nondestructive
1 5. 1 . 1 Speci al impact tes ts on indivi du al lo ts of electric test or the hydrostatic test in accordance with Speci
material may be made at other temperatur es if agreed upon fi cation A 1 0 1 6/A 1 0 1 6M. The type of test to be used shall
between the manufact urer and the pur chaser be at the option of the manufact urer , unless otherwise
specifi ed in the purchase order
15.2 The notched-bar impact test shall be made in
acc ordan c e with th e pro c edure f or th e s i mpl e beam ,
Charpy-type of test of Test Methods E 23 17. Product Marking
15.3 Impact tests specif
i ed for temperatures lower t
h an 17. 1 Except as modifi ed in 1 6 1 1 , in addition to the
+70°F [20°C] should be made with t
h e following pr ecau ma
rking prescribed in Specif
i cation A 1 0 1 6/A 1 0 1 6M, the
tions The impact test specimens as well as the handling marking shall include whether hot-f i nished, cold-drawn,
tongs shall be cooled a suff
i cient time in a suitable container sea
mless, or welded, and the letters "LT" followed by the
so that bot
h reach the desiled temperature The temperatule temperature at which the impact tests wele made, except
shall be measur ed with t
hermocouples, thermometel s, or when a lower te st temper ature i s requiled bec au se of
any other suitable devices and shall be controlled within reduced specimen size, in which case, t he h
i gher impact
+ 3 °F [2°C] . The specimens shall be quickly transfelred
_ test temperature applicable to a full-size specimen should
from the cooling device to the anvil of the Cha
r py impact be marked
testing machine and broken with a time lapse of not mole 17. 1 . 1 When the size of t
he f
i nished tube is insuf
i
f
than 5 s
cient to obtain subsize impact specimens, t
he ma
rking shall
15.4 When subsize Chalpy impact specimens a r e used not include the letters LT followed by an indicated test
and the width along the notch is less than 80% of t h e actual temper atule unless Supplementary Requirement S 1 is spec
wall thickness of the original material, the specif
i ed Charpy if
i ed .

5 54
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-334/SA-334M

TA B L E 1
C H E M I CA L R E Q U I R E M E N TS
C omposition, %
G rade I G rade 6
E l ement [ N ote ( 1 )] G rade 3 [ N ote ( 1 ) ] G rade 7 G rade 8 G rade 9 G rade 1 1
0 ,13 0 20 0 10
C arbo n, max 0 ,30 0 19 0 ,30 0 19
0 , 9 0 m ax 0 ,, 4 0-
-1 . 0 6 0 6 0 m ax
M anganese 0 , 4 0-1 , 06 0 , 3 1-0 , 64 0 , 2 9-1 , 06 0 , 9 0 m ax
0 ,025 0 025 0 ,, 0 2 5
P h osph o rus, m ax 0 ,025 0 025 0 ,025 0 025
0 ,025 0, 025 0 025
S u lfu r, max 0 ,025 0, 025 0 ,025 0 025
S i l ic o n .. .. .. 0 , 1 8-0 . 3 7 0 .10 min 0 1 3-0 , 3 2 0 . 1 3-0 , 3 2 .. . . .. 0 , 3 5 m ax

N i c ke l .. .. .. 3 , 1 8-3 , 8 2 . .. . 2 , 0 3-2, 5 7 8 , 4 0-9 . 6 0 1 6 0-2 , 2 4 3 5 0-3 7 , 0

C h ro m i u m .. .. .. .. .. . .. . .. . .. .. .. .. 0 , 5 0 max
0 7 5-1 , 2 5 .. . . ..
C o p p e r' . .. .. .. .. .. . .. . .. . ..
C o ba l t .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. 0 , 5 0 m ax
.. . .. 0 , 5 0 m ax
M o l y b d en u m . . . . .. . . .. . .. . ..

N OT E:
( 1 ) Fo r' eac h r ed u cti on of 0 , 0 1 % carbon be l ow 0 , 3 0 % , an i nc rease of 0 , 0 5 % man ganese above 1 0 6 % wi l l be pe r m itted to a max i m u m of 1 , 3 5 %
m an g an ese ,

TA B L E 2
H EAT-T R E AT M E N T LOT

S ize of T u be S iz e of Lot

2 i n , E 5 0 , , 8 m m ] a n d o v e r' i n o u t s i d e n ot m o re th an 5 0 t u bes
d i a mete r an d 0 , 2 0 0 i n . E 5 , 1 m m ] an d
ove r' i n wa l l th i c k n e ss
U n de r 2 i n , [ 5 0, 8 m m ] b ut ove r' 1 i n , n ot m o re th an 7 5 tu bes
[ 2 5 . 4 m m ] i n o u ts i d e d i a m e te r', o r
ove r i i n , [ 2 5 , 4 m n
i i i n o uts i de d i a m e
te r an d u n d e r 0 , 2 0 0 i n [ 5 ,, 1 m i
ni i n
th i c k ness
1 i n , E 2 5 , 4 m m ] o r u n d e r i n o ut s i d e n ot m o re t h an 1 2 5 t u b e s
d i am ete r

5 55
SA-334 /SA-334M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3
T E N SI L E REQ U I R E M E NTS

G rade 1 G rade 3 G rade 6 G rade 7 G rade 8 G rade 9 G rade 1 1

ks i M Pa ks i M Pa ksi M Pa ksi M Pa ks i M Pa ks i M Pa ks i M Pa

Te n s i l e Stre ngth, m i n 55 380 65 45 0 60 415 65 45 0 I00 690 63 43 5 65 450

Y i e l d Stren gth, m i n 30 2 05 .3 5 240 35 240 35 24 0 75 520 46 315 35 240

E l o n g at i o n i n 2 i n o r' 5 0 m m ( o r 4 D) ,
m i n, % :
B asi c m i n i m u m e l o ng ati on fo r wal l s 5/16 35 30 30 30 22 28 1 8 [ N ote ( 1 ) ]

i n [ 8 m m ] an d o ve r' i n th i c k n e s s, st r i p
tests, and fo r al l s mal l s i zes tested i n
fu l l sect i o n
W h e n sta n d a r d r o u n d 2 i n , o r' 5 0 m m 28 22 22 22 16 . . ..
gage l en gth o r' p ro p o rti o na l l y s m a l l e r
s i ze spec i men with the gage l e n gth
eq ua l to 4 D ( 4 t i mes the d i amete r)
i s use d
Fo r' st r i p tests, a ded ucti on fo r' eac h 1/32 1 .7 5 1 50 1 .50 1 .50 1 .25 1 50
in . E0 .8 r
a m ] dec rease i n wa l l t h i c k - [ N ote ( 2 ) 3 [ N ote ( 2 ) 3 l- N ote ( 2 ) ] [ N ote ( 2 ) ] l- N ote ( 2 ) ] [ N ote ( 2 ) ]
ness be l ow s/16 i n . 1, 8 m m] from the
b as i c m i n i m u m e l o n g at i o n of th e fo l
l ow i n g pe rc e ntag e p o i nts

N OT ES :
( 1 ) E l o n gat i o n of G rade 1 1 i s fo r al l wa l l s and fo r s ma l l s i zes tested i n fu l l sect i o n
( 2 ) T he fo l l ow i n g tab l e g i ves the c a l c u l ated m i n i m u m va l ues :

Wa l l Th ickn ess E l ongati on i n 2 i n . or 50 m m, r

a i n % [ N ote ( 1 )]
in. mm G rade 1 G rade 3 G rade 6 G rade 7 G rade 8 G rade 9

5/16 (0 312) 8 35 30 30 30 22 28
9/32 (0 ,281 ) 7, 2 33 28 28 28 21 26
1/4 (0 .250) 6 .4 32 27 27 27 20 25
7/32 (0 ,219 ) 5 ,6 30 26 26 26 18 24
3/16 ( 0 1 88 ) 4 ,8 28 24 24 24 17 22
5/32 (0 156 ) 4 26 22 22 22 16 20
1/8 ( 0. 125) 3 .2 25 21 21 21 15 19
3/32 ( 0 09 4 ) 24 23 20 20 20 13 18
!/16 (0 .062 ) 1.6 21 18 18 18 12 16
N OT E :
( 1 ) C a l c u l ated e l o n g ati o n req u i re ments sha l l be rou nded to the nearest wh o l e n u m be r'
N O T E : The above tab l e g i ves the co m puted m i n i m u m e l ong ati on va l ues fo r' eac h 1/32 i n , [ 0 8 m m] dec rease i n wa l l th i c k ness . W he re the wa l l
th i c kness l i es between two va l ues sh own above, the m i n i m u m e l o n gat i o n va l ue i s determ i ned by the fo l l ow i ng eq u ati ons

G r ad e E q uati on [ N ote (3)]

1 E = 5 6 t + 1 7 5 0 E E = 2 1 9 1 + 1 7 5 0]
3 E = 4 8t + 1 5 . 0 0 l, E = 1 . 8 7 t + 1 5 . 0 0 ]
6 E = 4 8 t + 1 5 . 0 0 I- E = 1 . 8 7 t + 1 5 . 0 0 ]
7 E = 4 8 t + 1 5 . 0 0 I, E = 1 . 8 7 t + 1 5 . 0 0 ]
8 E = 40 t + 9 . 5 0 I, E = 1 5 6 t + 9 5 0]
9 E = 4 8 t + 1 3 0 0 I, E = 1 8 7 t + 1 3 0 0 ]

wh e re :
E = e l o n gati o n i n 2 i n o r 5 0 m m, % , an d
t = actual t h i c k ness of spe c i m e n, i n . E m m ] .

556
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-334/SA-334M

TA B L E 4
M AX I M U M H A R D N E S S N U M B E R

G rade Roc kwe l l B ri ne l l

1 B 85 1 63
3 B 90 190
6 B 90 190
7 B 90 190
8 .. .. . . .. ..
II B 90 190

TA B L E 5
I M PAC T R E Q U I R E M E N T S FO R G RA D E S 1, 3, 6, 7, A N D 9
M i n i mu m Ave rage N otch ed M i n i mum N otched Bar I mpact
Bar I m pact Va l ue of Each Set Va l ue of One Spec i men On ly
of a S et [ N ote ( 1 ) ]
Size of of Three Specimens [ Note (1)]
S peci men, m m ft , l bf J ft . l bf J

i0 by I0 13 18 I0 14
I0 by 7 ,5 I0 14 8 Ii
I0 by 6 , 67 9 12 7 9
10 by 5 7 9 5 7
10 by 3 ,33 5 7 3 4
10 by 2 ,5 4 5 3 4

N OT E :
( 1 ) Strai g ht l i ne i nte rpo l at i o n for i nte rmed i ate va l ues i s pe rm itted,

TA B L E 6
I M PAC T T E M P E RAT U R E

I mpact Test Tem peratu re

G rad e °F °C

1 -5 0 -4 5
3 -150 -I 0 0
6 -5 0 -4 5
7 -I00 -7 5
8 -3 2 0 -195
9 -i00 -7 5

557
SA-334 /SA-334M 2007 SECTION lI, PART A

TA B L E 7
I M P AC T T E M P E RAT U R E R E D U C TI O N

S peci m en W i dth A l ong N otch or Actual Te mperatu re Reducti on,

M ater ia l Th i ckness E N ote ( 1 ) ] Deg rees C o l de r
I n ches M i l l i m ete rs °F oc

0 ,3 9 4 1 0 ( sta n d a r d s i z e ) 0 o

0 35 4 9 0 o

0 315 8 0 o

0, 295 7 , 5 ( 3/4 standard s i ze ) 5 3

0 ,276 7 8 4

0 ,262 6 , 67 ( 2/3 standa rd si ze ) 20 5

0 ,236 6 15 8

0 . 1 97 5 ( 1/2 standar d s i ze ) 20 ii

0 ,158 4 30 17

0 131 3 3 3 ( 1/3 stan dard s i ze ) 35 19

0 118 3 40 22

0 09 9 2 5 ( i/4 stan d ard s i ze ) 50 28

N OT E :
( 1 ) Strai g ht l i ne i nte rpo l at i o n fo r i nte rmed i ate va l ues i s pe rm itted

55 8
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-334 /SA-334M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementaIy requirement shall apply only when specifi ed by the puIchaser
in the inquiry, contract, or order.

S1. Nonstandard Test Specimens

$1.1 When the size of t h e fi nished tube is insuffi cient to permit obtaining subsize impact specimens, testing shall
be a matter of agreement between t h e manufacturer and the purchaser.

559
SA-334/SA-334M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

APPENDIX

(Nonmandatory Information)

X1 . DETERMINATION OF TEMPERATURE Xl.l.2 W

h en the width along t
he subsize specimen
REDUCTIONS notch is less than 80 % of the act
u al wall thick
ness of the
X 1.1 Under the circumstances stated in 1 5 .4, the impact pipe, the required reduction in test temperature is computed
test temperatures specifi ed in Table 6 must be lowered by taking the dif
ference between the temperature reduction
The following examples are offered to describe the applica values shown in Table 7 for the act
u al pipe thickness and
tion of' the provisions of 1 5 .4. the specimen widt
h used
Xl.l.1 When subsize specimens ar e used (see 1 4.. 1 ) Xl .l .2.1 For example, if the pipe were 0 .262 in.
and the width along t
he notch of the subsize specimen is [6.67 mm] thick and t
h e width along the Charpy specimen
80% or' greater of the actual wall thickness of' t
h e original notch was 3 3 3 mm ( standazd size) , the test temperature
material, the provisions of 1 5 . 4 do not apply would have to be lowered by 25 °F [ 1 4°C] (that is , the
XI .I.I. 1 For' example, if' the act
u al wall thick
ness temperat ure reduction corresponding to the subsize speci
of pipe was 0 .200 in. [5 . 0 r
am] and the width along t he men is 35 °F [ 1 9°C] , the temperature r eduction correspond
notch of' the laigest subsize specimen obtainable is 0 1 60 ing to the act
u al pipe thick n ess is 1 0°F [5°C] ; the difference
in . [4 r
am] or greater , no reduction in test temperature is between these two values is the requir ed reduction in test
required temper ature)

5 60
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-335/SA -335M

SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS FERRITIC ALLOY

STEEL PIPE FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERVICE

SA -335 /SA-335M

(Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 335 /A 335M-06 except fbr the additi on of har dness requirements for P23 and P9 1 1 in 9 .3 and 1 4 2 1 , and A08
the coriection of' t
h e UNS numbel s for P9 and P9 1 )

1. Scope E 2 1 3 Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe

1. 1 This specif
i cat
i on cover s nominal wall and mini and Tubing
mum wall seamless ferritic alloy- steel pipe intended for E 3 09 Practi ce for' Eddy- Current Ex amination of S teel
high-temperature service Pipe ordered to this specifi cation Tubula r Products Using Magnet i c S aturation
shall be suitable for bending, fl anging (vanstoning), and E 3 8 1 Method of Macroetch Test i ng Steel B ars , B illets,
sim
ilar forming operations, and for' fusion welding. Selec Blooms, and Forgings
i on will depend upon design, service conditions , mechani
t E 5 27 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys in t he
cal properti es, and high-temperature characteristics . Unif i ed Numbering System (UNS )
E 570 Pract i ce for' Flux Leakage Examinat i on of Ferromag
1 .2 Sever al grades of ferritic steels (see Note 1 ) are netic Steel Tubular Products
covered. Their compositi ons a
r e given in Table 1 .
2.2 A SME Standard :
NOTE 1 - Feif i tic steels in this specif
i cat
i on ate def
i ned as low- a
nd
inteimediate-alloy steels containing up to and including 1 0% chromium
B3 6. 1 0M Welded and Sea
mless Wrought Steel Pipe
2.3 Other Documents :
1 . 3 Supplementary re quirements ( S 1 to $ 7 ) of an
SNT-TC- 1 A Recommended Practice for Nondestructive
opt
i onal nature a
r e provided These supplementa
r y require
Personnel Qualif
i cation and Certif
i cat
i on
ments call for additional tests to be made, a
nd when desir ed,
shall be so stated in t
he order toget
her with the number of SAE J 1 086 Practice for Numbering Metals a
nd Alloys
(UNS )
such tests r equired.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI

units a
re to be rega
rded sepa
rately as standa
rd . Wit
hin the 3. Ordering Information
text, t
h e SI units a
r e shown in brackets . The va
lues stated
3.1 Orders for material under this specifi cation should
in each system are not exact equivalents; therefdre, each include the following, as required, to describe t
he desired
system must be used independently of t
he other . Combining materia
l adequately :
values from h
te two systems may result in nonconforma
nce
3. 1 . 1 Quantity (feet, metres, or number of lengt
h s),
with t
he specifi cat
i on. The inch-pound units sha ll apply
unless the "M" designation of t
h is specifi cat
i on is specif
i ed 3. 1.2 Na
me of material (seamless alloy steel pipe),
in t
h e order .
3.1 .3 Grade (Table 1 ) ,
NOTE 2 The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has 3. 1 .4 Manufacture (hot-f
inished or cold-drawn) ,
been substituted in t
h is standard for such traditional tel ms as "nominal
diametei ," "size." a
n d "nominal size " 3. 1 .5 Size using one of t
he following:
3. 1 .5.1 NPS a
n d schedule number',
2. Referenced Documents 3. 1 .5.2 Ou t s i de d i am eter an d n o mi n al w al l

2. 1 ASTM Standards: thickness,

A 999 /A 999M Specifi cation for' General Requirements 3. 1.5.3 Ou t s i d e di ame te r' an d mi n i mu m w al l
for Alloy a
nd Stainless Steel Pipe thick
ness,

56 1
SA-335/SA-335M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

3.1 .5.4 Inside diameter and nominal wall thick 7. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
ness , a
nd 7.1 The pipe manufacturer shall explore a suffi cient
3. 1 .5 .5 In s i d e di ame ter an d mini mu m w al l number' of visua! surface imperfections to provide reason
h ickness .
t able assurance t
h at they have been properly eva
luated with
respect to depth . Exploration of a
l l surface imperfections
3.1.6 Length (specif
i c or random), is not required but may be necessar y to ensure complia
nce
3. 1 .7 End f
i nish (Ends S ection of Specif
ication wit
h 72 .
A 999 /A 999M) ,
7.2 Surface imperfections that penetrate more than
3.1.8 Opti onal requirements (Secti on 8, 1 2 and 1 3 1 21/2% of t
he nominal wall thick
ness or encroach on the
of this specifi cation See t
h e Secti ons on Hydrostatic Test minimum wa
ll thick
ness shall be considered defects.. Pipe
Requirements and Permissible Variation in Weight for wit
h such defects shall be given one of t
he following dispo
Seamless Pipe in Specifi cation A 999 /A 999M), sit
i ons :
3.1.9 Test report required (Certifi cation Secti on of 7 .2. 1 The defect may be removed by grinding pro
Specifi cation A 999 /A 999M), vided t
h at te remaining wa
h ll t
hickness is wit
hin specifi ed
3.1.10 Specif
i cation designation, a
nd lim
i ts .

3.1.1 1 Special requirements or a

ny supplementary 7.2.2 Repa
ired in accorda
nce wit
hthe repa
ir welding
requirements selected, or bot
h provisions of 7.6.
7.2.3 The sect
i on of pipe conta
ining t
he defect may
be cut of
f wit
hin h
te limits of requirements on lengt
h.
4. General Requirements
4.1 Material furnished to t
his specif
i cation sha
ll con 7.2.4 Rej ected .
form to the applicable requirements of t
he cunent editi on 7.3 To provide a workmanlike finish and basis for
of Specifi cation A 999 /A 999M, unless otherwise provided evaluating confi rmance wit
h 7.2, t
he pipe manufacturer
herein. shall remove by gr
inding t
h e following:
7.3.1 Mecha
nical marks, abrasions (see Note 5) a
nd
5. Materials and Manufacture pits, a
ny of which imperfections are deeper than 6 in.
[ 1 .6 r
am] .
5.1 Pipe may be either hot fi nished or cold drawn with
the f
i nishing treatment as required in 5 .3 . NOT
E 5 - Ma
r ks and abrasions are def
i ned as cable mi
n ks, dinges,
guide ma
r ks, roll ma
r ks, ball scratches, scores, die ma
r ks, a
nd the like
5.2 Grade P2 and P12 - The steel shall be made by
coa
r se-grain melti ng practice. Specifi c limits, if any, on 7.3.2 Visual imperfections, commonly referred to as
grain size or deoxidafi on practice sha
ll be a matter of scabs, seams, laps, tea
r s, or slivers, found by exploration
agreement between the manufacturer a
nd purchaser . in accorda
nce with 7. 1 to be deeper than 5 % of the nom
inal
wall t
h ick
n ess .
5.3 Heat Treatment:

5.3.1 All pipe sha ll be reheated for heat treatment 7.4 At the purchaser' s discreti on, pipe shall be subject
nd heat treated in accorda
a n ce with the requirements of to rejection if surface imper
fections acceptable under 7.2
Table 2 are not scattered, but appea
r ' over a la
r ge a
r ea in excess of
what is considered a workmanlike fi nish. Disposit
i on of
NOTE 3 - It is recommended that the temperatur e for tempering should such pipe sha
l l be a matter of agreement between t
he
be at least 1 00°F [50°C] above t
he intended service tempeiatme; conse
manufacturer and the pur chaser' .
quently, t
he pu
r chaser should advise the manufactmer if t
he service
temper ature is to be over 1 1 00°F [600°C] 7.5 When imperfecti ons or defects a
re removed by
NOTE 4 - Certain of t
he ferritic steels covered by this specif
i cat
i on grind
i ng, a smoot
h curved surface sha
ll be maintained,
will harden if cooled i apidly f
rom above their critical temperature Some and the wa
ll t
hick
n ess sha
ll not be decreased below that
will a
ir' ha
r den, that is, become hardened to an undesir able degree when permitted by this specifi cation. The outside dia
meter at
cooled in air from high temperatures Ther efore, operations involving the point of grinding may be reduced by the a mount so
heating such steels above their critical temperatures, such as welding, removed.
fl n
aging, a
nd hot bending, should be followed by suitable heat treatment
7.5. 1 Wa
ll t
hick
ness measmements shall be made
with a mechanical ca liper or with a properly calibrated
6. Chemical Composition nondestr
u ctive testi ng device of appropriate accmacy. In
6.1 The steel shall conform to the requirements as to case of dispute, t
he measurement determined by use of t
he
chem
ical composition prescr
ibed in Table 1 . mechanical caliper' shall govern.

5 62
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-335/SA-335M

Direction of Test Equation

7.6 Weld repair shall be permitted only subject to the
approval of the puIchaser and in accordance with Specif
i Longitudinal, all gl ades except P23 , E = 48 t + 1 5 ,00

cation A 999 /A 999M. P9 1 , P92, P1 22 , and P9 1 1 [E = 1 87t + 1 5 00]

Transverse, all giades except E = 32t + 1 0 00

7.6.1 After weld repair, Grades P23 , P9 1 , P92, and P23 , P9 1 , P92, P 1 22, a
n d P9 1 1 [E = 1 25t + 1 0 ,00]
Longit
u dinal, P23, P9 1 , P92, P1 22, E = 32t + 1 0 ,00
P 1 22 shall be heat t eated at 1 350- 1 470°F [730- 800°C] .
and P9 1 1 [E = 1 ,25 t + 1 0 00]
7.6.2 After weld iepair, Grade P9 1 1 shall be heat Longit
u dina
l , P36 E = 3 2t + 5 0

tr eated at 1 365- 1 435 °F [740-780°C] . [E = 1 25 t + 5 0]

7.7 The f
inished pipe sha
l l be reasonably str aight. where

E = elongation in 2 in oI 50 mm, % a
nd
t = act
u al t
h ick
n ess of specimens, in [mm]

8. Product Analysis
8.1 At the request of t
he purchaser, an a na lysis of two
10. Permissible Variat
i ons in Diameter
pipes from each lot shall be made by t he manufacttuer. A
lot (see Note 6) of pipe shall consist of the following: 10.1 For pipe ordered to NPS [DN] or outside diameter,
var
i ations in outside diameter sha
l l not exceed t
hose speci
NPS Designator i ed in Table 6
f
Under 2 400 or f
r action theleof
2 to 5 200 or f
ract
i on thereof 10.2 For pipe ordered to inside diameter, hte inside
6 and over 1 00 oI f
r action thereof diameter shall not valy more t
han _
+ 1 % flom the specif
i ed
inside dia
m eter .

NOTE 6 - A lot sha l l consist of the number of lengt

h s specif
i ed in 8 1
of the same size and wall thickness from an y one heat of steel 11. Permissible Variat
i ons in Wall Thickness

8.2 The results of these analyses shall be reported to 1 1.1 In addition to the implicit limitation of wall thick
the purchaser or the purchaser' s replesentative, a
nd shall ness for pipe imposed by the lim
i tation on weight in Speci
conform to the Iequirements specif i ed in Table 1 . i cation A 999 /A 999M, t
f he wall t
hick
ness for pipe at a
ny
point sha
ll be within the tolera
nces specifi ed in Table 7.
8.3 For grade P 9 1 the carbon content may vary for t
he The minimum wa
l l thickne s s and outside diameter for
product ana
lysis by -0.01 % and +0.02% from the specifi ed inspection for compliance wit
h this requirement for pipe
range as per Table 1 . ordered by NPS [DN] and schedule number is shown in
ASME B 3 6 . 1 0M
8.4 If the a
nalysis of one of t he tests specif
i ed in 8. 1
does not conform to the iequirements specif i ed in 6 1 , an
nalysis of each billet or pipe from the same heat or lot
a 12. Hydrostat ic Test
may be made, and a l l billets or pipe conforming to t he
12.1 Each lengt h of pipe shall be subjected to t he
requirements sha
ll be accepted.
hydrostat
i c test, except as provided for in 1 2.2 or 1 2.3 .
12.2 Unless otherwise specif i ed in t
he pulchase older,
each length of pipe sha l l, at the opti on of the ma
nufacturer,
9. Tensile and Hardness Requirements
be subjected to the nondestructive electr ic test as shown
9.1 The tensile propelf
ies of the mater
i al shall conform in Secti on 1 3 in lieu of the hydrostatic test.
to the requirements presclibed in Table 3 .
12.3 When specifi ed by the purchaser , pipe shall be
9.2 Table 4 lists elongat
ion Iequirements . furnished wit
hout hydrostatic test and wit
hout nondestr
uc
tive examinat
i on .
9.3 Pipe of Grades P9 1 , P92, P9 1 1 , P1 22, a
nd P36 shall
have a hardness not exceeding 250 HB/265 HV [25 HRC] . 12.4 W
hen specifi ed by the pmchaser, pipe shall be
Hardness of P23 sha
ll not exceed 220 HB (RB 97) furnished with bot
hthe hydr ostatic test a
nd a nondestruc
i ve examination having been pelformed.
t
9.4 Table 5 gives t he computed minimum elongat ion
values for each 2 in. [08 mm] decrease in wa
ll t
hickness
Where t
he wall thick
ness lies between two values above, 13. Nondestructive Examinat
i on

the minimum elongat

ion value is determined by the follow 13.1 When selected by t
he manufacturer or when speci
ing formula: i ed in the order , as a
f n alternative to t
he hydrostatic test

5 63
SA-335/SA -335M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

( 1 2 2), or when specif

i ed in the purchase order in addition used for cleaning and preparing the surfaces for examina
to the hydrostatic test ( 1 24), each pipe shall be examined i on shall not be detlimental to the base meta! or t
t h e SUlface
by a nondestructive examinat i on method in accordance i ni sh .
f
with Practice E 2 1 3 , Practice E 309 or Practice E 570. The 13.4.2 Excessive surface roughness or deep scratches
range of pipe sizes that may be examined by each method c an pro duc e s i gn al s th at interfere with the te st ( s ee
shall be subj ect to the limitat
i ons in the scope of the respec 1 3 . 1 0 2 3)
ive practices
t
13.5 Extent of Examination:
13.2 The following information is for the benef
i t of 13.5. 1 The relat i ve motion of the pipe and the tra
ns
he user of t
t his specif
i cation : ducer(s), coil(s) , or sensor(s) shall be such that t
he entire
13.2. 1 The ieference standards def
i ned in 1 3 8 ale pipe surface is scanned, except for end effects as noted in
convenient standards for standardization of nondestruct
i ve 1 3.5.2

examination equipment The dimensions of these standal ds 13.5.2 The existence of end effects is recognized,
should not be construed as the minimum size impelfect
i on nd h
a te extent of such effects shall be determined by the
detectable by such equipment. manufacturer, and, if requested, shall be Ieported to the
13.2.2 Ultr asonic exam
i nation ca
n be pelformed to purchaser Other nondest r uctive tests may be applied to
detect bot
h longitudinally a
nd transversely oriented discon the end areas, subject to agleement between the purchaser
tinuities It should be iecognized that dif
ferent techniques n d the ma
a n ufacturer.
should be employed to detect differently oriented imperfec 13.6 Operator Qualif
i cations - The test unit operator
i ons The exa
t mination may not detect short, deep imper shall be certif
i ed in accordance with SNT-TC- 1 A, or an
fections .
equivalent, recognized and documented standard
13.2.3 The eddy current exam i nation referenced in 13.7 Test Conditions:
this specifi cat
i on has the capability to detect signifi cant
13.7.1 For examination by the ultrasonic method,
disconti nuities , especia
lly of t
he sholt abrupt type ,
th e mi nimu m n omi n al tran s du c er f
r equenc y s h all b e
13.2.4 The l f ux leakage examination referied to in 2.25 MHz
this specif
i cat
i on is capable of detecting the plesence and
13.7.2 For eddy cunent testing, the excitation coil
location of signifi cant longit
udinally or tr ansversely ori
frequency shall be 1 0 kHz, or less.
ented discontinuit
i es It should be recognized that different
techniques should be employed to detect dif
ferently of
f 13.8 Reference Standards:
ented impelfections , 1 3.8. 1 Reference standards of convenient length
13.2.5 The hydrostatic test of S ection 1 2 has the sha
ll be prepared from a length of pipe of the same grade,
capability to fi nd imperfect
i ons of a size that pelmit the size (NPS or outside dia meter and schedule or wall thick
test f
luid to leak through the pipe wall so that it may be ness), surface f
i nish and heat t reatment condition as the
either visually seen or detected by a loss of f
l uid pressure . pipe to be examined
T
his test may not detect very t i ght, th
rough-wa l l imperfec 13.8.2 For ultrasonic testing, the ieference notches
tions, or impelfections th at extend into the wall without shall be any one of t he three common notch shapes shown
complete penetration in Practice E 2 1 3 , at the opt
i on of t
he manufacturer The
13.2. 6 A purchaser interested in ascertaining the depth of the notch shall not exceed 1 21% of the specifi ed
nature (type, size, location, a
nd orientation) of discontinu nominal wall thickness of the pipe or 0.004 in (O 1 mm),
it
i es that ca
n be detected in t
he specif
i c application of these whichever is grea
ter The lengt h of the notch shall be at
examinat
i ons should discuss t
h is with the manufact
u rer of least twice the diameter of t
he t
r ansducer(s) The width of
the notch shall not exceed the depth
the tubular ploducts
13.8.3 For eddy cui ent testing, th e iefer ence stan
13.3 Time of Examination :
dald shall con
tain, a
tthe option of the manufact urer, any
13.3. 1 Nondest
r uctive examina
tion for specif
i cation one of the following discontinuities :
acceptance shall be pelformed after all mecha nical plo 13.8.3.1 Drilled Hole - The reference standard
cessing, heat treatments and st
rai ghtening operati ons T
his
shall contain t
hlee or mole holes, equally spaced circumfer
requirement does not preclude addit i onal test
i ng a
t ea
l liei
entially alound the pipe and longitu dinally sepa
l ated by a
stages in the processing
suff
i cient distance to allow distinct ident
ifi cation of the
13.4 Surface Conditions : signa
l from each hole The holes sha ll be dr
illed radia
lly
13.4. 1 All smfaces shall be clean and f
l ee of scale, and completely through the pipe wa ll, wit
h care being
dirt, grease, paint, or other foreign materia l that could ta
ken to avoid distortion of the pipe while dlilling T
he
interfere with interpretation of test results . T
he methods hole diameter shall vary with NPS as follows

5 64
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-335/SA-335M

NPS Designatoi Hole Diameter 13.9.4 The signa l -to-noise ratio for the reference
l/2 0 ,039 in , [ 1 mm] sta
ndard shall be 2.5 to 1 or greater' and the reference signal
above 1/2 to 1 1/4 0 055 in [ 1 4 mm] mplitude for each discontinuity shall be at least 50% of
a
above 1 /4 to 2 0 ,07 1 in [ 1 ,8 nun] full scale of the display
above 2 to 5 0 ,087 in [2 2 mm]
above 5 0 , 1 06 in , [2 7 mm] 13.9.5 If upon any standardization, the reference
signal amplit u de has decreased by 25% (2 db), the test
apparatus sha ll be considered out of standa r dization. T
he
13.8.3.2 Transverse Tangential Notch - Using a test system settings may be changed, or the tra n sducer(s),
round tool or' ifle with a /14 in. (6.4 mm) diameter, a notch coil(s) or' sensor(s) adjusted, a
nd th e unit restandardized,
shall be f
iled or milled tangent
ial to the surface and trans but a
ll pipe tested since the last acceptable standardization
verse to t
he longitudinal axis of t
he pipe . Said notch sha
ll must be retested
have a dept
h not exceeding 1 21/2% of t
he specifi ed nomina
l
wall thickness of t
he pipe or 0.004 in. (0. 1 mm), whichever 13.10 Evaluation of Imperfections:
is greater. 13. 10.1 Pipes producing a signa
l equal to or' g
reater
ha
t n the signal produced by t
he reference standard shall
13.8.3.3 Longitudinal Notch - A notch 0.03 1 in
be posit
ively ident
i fi ed and t
hey shall be separated from
or less in width shall be machined in a radia
l plane para
l lel
he acceptable pipes. The area producing t
t he signal may
to t
he t
ube axis on t
he outside sur
face of t
he pipe, to have
be reexamined.
a dept
h not exceeding 1 2 % of the specif i ed nom
ina
l wall
h
tickness of the pipe or 0.004 in. (0. 1 mm), whichever' is 13.10.2 Such pipes shall be subject to one of the
gieater. The lengt
h of t
he notch shall be compat ible with following three disposit
i ons :
h
te testing method. 13.10.2.1 T
he pipes may be rejected without fur
13.8.4 For flux leakage testing, t
he longit udinal refer ther examinat
i on, at the discretion of the ma
nufacturer.
ence notches shall be straight-sided notches machined in 13.10.2.2 The pipes shall be re,jected, but may be
a radial plane parallel to the pipe axis . For wall thick
ness repa
ired, if t
he test signal was produced by imperfections
less t
han 1,2 in. ( 1 2.7 mm), outside a
nd inside notches shall which cannot be identif ied, or was produced by cracks or'
be used; for wa
ll t
hick
nesses equal to or greater t
h an ,12 in., crack-like imperfections. These pipes may be repaired by
only an outside notch shall be used. Notch depth shall not grinding (in accordance wit h 7 .2. 1 ), welding (in accordance
exceed 1 2 % of the specif i ed nom
ina l wall thickness or with 7 .6) or sect
i oning (in accordance wit h 7.2. 3) . To be
0.004 in. (0. 1 mm), whichever is greater. Notch lengt h accepted, a repaired pipe must pass t he same nondestnactive
shall not exceed 1 in. (25 .4 mm), and the widt
h sha
ll not
exa
minat i on by which it was re.j ected, and it must meet the
exceed the dept h . Outside and inside notches shall have remaining wall thickness requirements of this specif i cat
i on.
suffi cient separation to a
l low d
i stinct identif
i cation of t
he
signal from each notch. 13.10.2.3 Such pipes may be evaluated in accor
dance wit
ht he provisions of Section 7, if t
he test signa
ls
13.8.5 More or smaller reference discontinuities, or
were produced by visual imper
fections such as t
hose listed
bot
h , may be used by agreement between t
he purchaser below:
and t
h e ma
nufacturer.
(1 ) Scratches,
13.9 Standardization Procedure: (2) Surface roughness ,
13.9.1 The test apparat
u s shall be standardized at (3) Dings,
he beginning a
t nd end of each ser
i es of pipes of t
he same (4) Straightener ma rks,
size (NPS or dia
meter a
nd schedule or wall t
hick
n ess), (5) Cutting chips,
grade a
nd heat treatment condit ion, and at intervals not (6) Steel die stamps,
exceeding 4 h during t he examination of such pipe . More (7) Stop marks , or
frequent sta
ndard i zat
i ons may be per
formed at the manu (8) Pipe reducer r
ipple.
facturer' s option or may be required upon agreement
between the purchaser and t he manufacturer'.
13.9.2 The test appa rat
u s shall also be sta
nda
r dized 14. Mechanical Tests Required
after a
ny change in test system sett
ings , cha
nge of operator, 14. 1 Transverse or Longitudinal Tension Test and Flat
equipment repair, or interiuption due to power loss, shut tening Test, Hardness Test, or Bend Test - For materia l
down or operator brea ks . heat treated in a batch-t ype furnace, tests shall be made
1 3 . 9 . 3 The refere nc e s t and ard s h all b e p a s s ed on 5% of t h e pipe from each t reated lot (see Note 7) . For
through t he test apparat u s at sa
me speed and test system small lots, at least 1 pipe sha
ll be tested For materia
l heat
sett
ings as t he pipe to be tested. reated by t
t he continuous process, tests shall be made on

5 65
 SA-335/SA-335M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

a suf
i cient number' of pipe to constitute 5 % of the lot (see
f an additional symbol "S", if the pipe conforms to any of
Note 7) , but in no case less than 2 pipe the Supplementary Requirements $ 1 to $6, the schedule
number , if the pipe is ordered to a schedule number , and
NOTE 7 - The telm "lot" applies to all pipe of the same nominal size
he heat number or manufacturer' s number by which t
t he
and wall thickness (or schedule) which is pI oduced fiom the same heat
of steel and subjected to the same f i nishing treatment in a continuous heat can be identif
ied Fmt hermore, the marking designated
fur
n ace; when fi na
l heat treatment is in a batch-type fuinace, the lot shall in Table 8 to indicate t
he test method(s) sha
l l be included
include only that pipe which is heat treated in the same funaace charge Ma
r king may be by stenciling, stamping, or rolling Pipe
14.2 Hardness Test:
that has been weld repaired in accordance with 7 6 shall
be ma
r ked "WR?'
14.2.1 For pipe of Gr ades P23 , P9 1 , P92, P 1 22,
P9 1 1 , and P3 6, Brinell, Vickers, or Rockwell ha
rdness
tests shall be made on a specimen from each lot (see 1 7. Government Procurement
Note 7)
17. 1 Scale Free Pipe :
14.3 Bend Test :'
17.1.1 When specif i ed in th e contract or' order , t
he
14.3. 1 For pipe whose diameter exceeds NPS 25 and following requirements shall be considered in t he inquiry
whose diameter to wall thickness ratio is 7 0 or less shall contract or order , for' agencies of t he U. S Government
be subj ected to the bend test instead of the fl attening test . where scale free pipe is required. These requirements shall
Other pipe whose diameter equals or exceeds NPS 1 0 may ta
ke precedence if there is a confl ict between these require
be given the bend test in place of the f
l attening test subj ect ments and the pr oduct specif i cation
to the approval of the purchaser . 1 7 . 1 .2 The requirem en t s of S pe c if
i c ati o n
14.3.2 The bend test specimens shall be bent at r oom A 999 /A 999M for pipe shall be applicable when pipe is
temperature through 1 80° without cracking on t
he outside or dered to t
h is specif
i cation.
of the bent portion . The inside dia
meter of t
he bend shall 17.1 .3 Pipe shall be one of the following grades as
be 1 in. [25 mm] .
specif
i ed herein :
14.3.3 Test specimens f0r' t he bend test specif i ed in Gr ade UNS Designation
1 4.. 3 shall be cut from one end of the pipe and, unless
PI I K l 1 59 7
otherwise specif i ed, shall be taken in a transverse direction P22 K2 1 590
One test specimen shall be taken as close to the outer P5 K4 1 545
surface as possible and another fr om as close to the inner
surface as possible The specimens shall be eit h er by
in. [ 1 2.. 5 by 1 2. . 5 mm] in section or 1 by 1/2 in. [25 by 1 7.1 .4 Part Number :'
1 2 .5 mm] in sect i on with the corner's rounded to a radius
17.1.4.1 Pipe shall be ordered to nom i nal pipe
not over 1 6 in [ 1 .6 mm] and need not exceed 6 in. [ 1 50 mm]
size and schedule specif
i ed in ASME B36 . 1 0M
in length. The side of the samples placed in tension during
h e bend shall be the side closest to the inner a
t n d outer'
Example: A 335 /A 335M Pipe P- 1 1 NPS 1 2 Sch 40
sur
face of the pipe, respectively .
Specifi cation Numbei ASTM A 335 /A 335M

Pipe P
15. Certif
i cation Gi ade P- 1 1
NPS 12
15. 1 In addit
i on to the information required by Specif
i Wall 0 375
cation A 999 /A 999M, the certif
i cation shall state whet
her
or not h
te pipe was hydrostatically tested If the pipe was
nondestructively examined, the certif
i cat
i on shall so state 17. 1 .4.2
and shall show which pr actice was followed and what
Specif
i cation Numbei ASTM A 335 /A 335M
reference discont
i nuit
i es were used In addit
i on, the test
Tube T
method information as given in Table 8 shall be appended
Gl ade P- 1 1
to the specifi cat
i on number and gr ade shown on t
he certif
i Outside Diameter 0 250
c ation . Wall 0 , 035

16. Product Marking 17.1 .5 Ordering Information - Orders for mater i al

16.1 In addition to the ma
rk ing prescribed in Specif i ca under this specif
i cation shall include the following in addi
i on A 999 /A 999M, the ma
t r king shall include the length, tion to the requirements of Section 3 :

5 66
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-335/SA.335M

17. 1.5. 1 Pipe or tube, 1 7. 1 .5 .5 Level of pre serv ation and packing
required.
17.1 .5.2 Part number,

17.1.5.3 Ultrasonic inspect

i on, if required,
18. Keywords
17. 1.5.4 If shear wave test is to be conducted in 18.1 a lloy steel pipe; high temperat ure service; seam
two opposite circumferent
i al direct
ions, and less steel pipe; steel pipe; temperature service applicati ons

5 67
 SA-335/SA-335M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 1
C H E M I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS
Compos ition, %
U NS P hosphorus, S u l fur,
G rade Designati onA Carbon M anganese M ax. M ax,, S i l icon Ch romi u m M olybden um Oth e rs

P1 Kl1522 0 , 1 0-0 , 2 0 0 , 3 0-0 8 0 0 ,025 0 025 0 , , 1 0-0 , , 5 0 .. .. . 0 , 4 4-0 6 5

P2 KI 1 547 0 . 1 0-0 , 2 0 0 , 3 0-0 6 1 0 025 0 ,025 0 , 1 0-0 , 3 0 0 5 0-0 , 8 1 0 . 4 4-0 , 6 5
P5 K4 1 5 4 5 0 1 5 m ax , 0 , 3 0-0 , 6 0 0 ,025 0 ,025 0 , 5 0 m ax , 4 , 0 0-6 , 0 0 0 , 4 5-0 , 6 5
P5b I< 5 1 5 4 5 0 , 1 5 m ax 0 3 0-0 , 6 0 0 .025 0 ,, 0 2 5 1 0 0-2 0 0 4 , 0 0-6 0 0 0 4 5-0 6 5
. . .. B
P5c K4 1 2 4 5 0 , 1 2 max , 0 3 0-0 , 6 0 0 ,025 0 025 0 , 5 0 m ax , 4 0 0-6 0 0 0 , 4 5-0 , , 6 5
P9 S 5 04 0 0 0 , 1 5 m ax 0 3 0-0 6 0 0 02 5 0 ,, 0 2 5 0 . 2 5-1 0 0 8, 0 0-1 0 ,0 0 0 , 9 0-1 , 1 0
Pll Kl 1 59 7 0 ,, 0 5-0 , 1 5 0 , 3 0-0 6 0 0 ,025 0 ,025 0 , 5 0-1 , 0 0 1 , 0 0-1 . 5 0 0 4 4-0 , 6 5
P12 1< 1 1 5 6 2 0 0 5- 0 , 1 5 0 , 3 0-0 6 1 0 ,025 0 ,025 0 , 5 0 m ax 0 , 8 0-1 , 2 5 0 4 4-0 . 6 5
P15 1< 1 1 5 7 8 0 ,, 0 5-0 1 5 0 , 3 0-0 , 6 0 0 ,025 0 025 1 , 1 5-1 ,, 6 5 . . .. 0 , 4 4-0 . 6 5
P21 K3 1 5 45 0 , 0 5-0 1 5 0 3 0-0 6 0 0 , 02 5 0 ,, 0 2 5 0 5 0 m ax , 2 , 6 5-3 , , 3 5 0 , 8 0-L 0 6
P22 t< 2 1 5 9 0 0 0 5-0 , , 1 5 0 , 3 0-0 6 0 0 025 0 025 0 , 5 0 m ax 1 , 9 0-2 , 6 0 0 , 8 7-1 , 1 3
P23 K4 1 6 5 0 0 , , 0 4-0 , 1 0 0 , 1 0-0 , , 6 0 0 0 3 0 m ax . 0 , 0 1 0 m ax , 0 , 5 0 m ax , 1 , 9 0-2 , 6 0 0 , 0 5-0 , 3 0 V 0 2 0-0 , 3 0
C b 0 . 0 2 -0 , 0 8
B 0 , 0 0 0 5-0 . 0 0 6
N 0 , 0 3 0 m ax ,
A I 0 , 0 3 0 m ax ,
W 1 . 4 5-1 7 5
P 36 K2 1 0 0 1 0 , 1 0- 0 , 1 7 0 8 0-1 , 2 0 0 0 3 0 m ax 0 0 2 5 m ax 0 ,2 5-0 5 0 0 3 0 m ax , 0 2 5-0 , 5 0 N i 1 0 0-1 . 3 0
C u 0 , 0 5 0-0 0 8 0
C b 0 , 0 1 5-0 0 4 5
V 0 , 0 2 m ax .
N 0 0 2 m ax
A I 0 . 0 5 0 m ax ,,
P9 1 1< 9 1 5 6 0 0 , 0 8-0 1 2 0 3 0-0 , 6 0 0 020 0, 010 0 2 0-0 . 5 0 8 , 0 0-9 ,, 5 0 0 8 5-1 , 0 5 V 0 , , 1 8-0 , , 2 5
N 0 , 0 3 0-0 , , 0 7 0
N i 0 4 0 m ax ,
A I 0 0 2 m ax
C b 0 ,, 0 6-0 , 1 0
T i 0 , 0 1 m ax ,
Z r 0 0 1 max ,,
P92 K92 4 6 0 0 ,, 0 7-0 , 1 3 0 , 3 0-0 6 0 0 ,020 0 ,010 0 , 5 0 max 8 5 0-9 , 5 0 0 , 3 0-0 6 0 V 0 , 1 5-0 , 2 5
N 0 . 0 3-0 , 0 7
N i 0 . 4 0 m ax
A I 0 , 0 2 m ax
C b 0 , 0 4-0 , 0 9
W 1 5-2 , 0 0
B 0 , 0 0 1-0 0 0 6
T i 0 0 1 m ax ,
Z r 0 , 0 1 m ax
P122 K9 2 9 3 0 0 0 7-0 , , 1 4 0 , 7 0 max , 0 020 0 .010 0 , 5 0 m ax 1 0 0 0-1 1 , 5 0 0 , , 2 5-0 , 6 0 V 0 1 5-0 3 0
W 1 . 5 0-2 5 0
C u 0 , 3 0-1 , 7 0
C b 0 , 0 4-0 ,, 1 0
B 0 . 0 0 0 5-0 , 0 0 5
N 0 0 4 0-0 , 1 0 0
N i 0 5 0 m ax
A I 0 , 0 2 0 m ax ,
T i 0 , , 0 1 m ax ,
Z r 0 , 0 1 m ax ,
P911 K9 1 0 6 1 0 ,, 0 9-0 . 1 3 0 , 3 0-0 6 0 0 , 0 2 0 m ax ,, 0 , 0 1 0 max , 0 , 1 0-0 ,, 5 0 8, 5 0-9 . 5 0 0 9 0-1 1 0 V 0 , 1 8-0 , 2 5
N i 0 , 4 0 m ax ,.
C b 0 , 0 6 0-0 , 1 0
B 0 , 0 0 0 3-0 , 0 0 6
N 0 . 0 4-0 , 0 9
A I 0 0 2 m ax ,
W 0 , 9 0-1 , 1 0
T i 0 , 0 1 m ax ,
Z r 0 0 1 m ax ,

N OT E S :
A N ew desi gnati on estab l i shed i n acco rdance w ith P racti ce E 5 2 7 an d S A E J 1 086, P racti ce fo r N u m be ri ng M eta l s and A l l oys ( U N S ) ,
B G rade P 5c sha l l have a titan i u m content of not l ess than 4 ti mes the carbon content and not mo re than 0 , 7 0 % ; o r' a co l u m b i u m co ntent of
8 to 1 0 t i me s t h e c a rb o n c o nte nt ,

568
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-335/SA-335M

TA B L E 2
H EAT T R EATM E NT R EQ U I R E M E N TSA
N o r m al izi ng S ubc rit ical A n nea l i ng
Temperature, or Temper ing
M i n . or Ra n ge Te mperature, M in . or
G rade H eat Treat Type ° F ro c ] Coo l i ng M ed ia Range ° F [°C]
P1 F u l l o r i s ot he r m a l
an nea l

N o r m a l i ze an d te m pe r 1 2 0 0 [ 65 0 3
S u b c r it i ca l an n ea l 1 2 0 0-1 3 0 0
[ 6 5 0-7 0 5 ]

P2 F u l l o r i soth e r m a l
an n ea l
N o rm a l ize an d te m pe r 1 2 5 0 [675]
S u bc r i t i c a l an nea l 1 2 0 0-1 3 0 0
[ 6 5 0-7 0 5 ]

P5 F u l l o r i sothe rm a l
an ne a l

N o rm a l i ze an d te n7 pe r 1 2 5 0 [675 ]

P5b F u l l o r i s othe rm a l . . .

an ne a l

N o rm a l i ze an d te m pe r 1 2 5 0 [675 ]

P 5c S u bc r i t i ca l an n ea l 1 3 2 5-1 3 7 5
[7 1 5-7 4 5 ]

P9 F u l l o r i soth e r m a l
an n ea l

N o r m a l i ze an d te m pe r 1 2 5 0 [6 7 5 3

PII F u l l o r i soth e r m a l
an n ea l
N o r m a l i ze an d te m pe r 1 2 0 0 [65 03

PI2 Ful o r' i sothe rm a l

an nea l

N o r m a l i ze an d te m pe r 1 2 0 0 [65 0]
S u b c r it i ca l an n ea l 1 2 0 0-1 3 0 0
[ 6 5 0-7 0 5 ]

P15 F u l l o r i soth e r ma l
an n ea l
N o rm a l i ze an d te m pe r 1 2 0 0 [65 0 ]

P21 F u l l o r i soth e r m a l
an n ea l
N o r m a l i ze an d te m pe r 1 2 5 0 [67 5 ]

P22 F u l l o r i sothe r m a l
an nea l
N o r m a l i ze a n d te m pe r 1 2 5 0 [67 5 ]

P 23 N o rm a l i ze an d te r
n pe r 1 9 0 0- 1 9 7 5 a i r o r acce l e rate d 1 3 5 0-1 4 7 0
F I 04 0-I 0 8 0 ] coo l i ng [7 3 0-8 0 0 ]

5 69
SA-335/SA-335M 2008a SECTION lI, PART A

TA B L E 2
H EAT T R EAT M E NT R EQ U I R E M E N TSA ( C O N T' D )
N or mal i z i ng S u bcr it i ca l Anneal i n g
Temperature, or Tem peri ng
M i n. or Range Temperatu re, M i n . or
G rade H eat Treat Type ° F [o c ] C oo l i ng M ed ia Range ° F [°C ]

P36 N o rma l i ze and te m per B 1 6 5 0 [9 0 0 ] I I 0 0 [5 95]

1 3 5 0- 1 4 7 0
P9 1 N o rma l i ze and tem pe r 1 9 0 0-1 9 7 5
[ i 0 4 0-i 0 8 0 ] [73 0-8 00] c
Quench an d tempe r D 1 9 0 0-1 9 7 5 1 3 5 0-1 4 7 0

[ I 0 4 0-I 0 8 0 ] [ 7 3 0-8 0 0 ]

1 3 5 0-1 4 7 0
P92 N o rm a l ize a nd te mper 1 9 0 0-1 9 7 5
[ 1 0 4 0-1 0 8 0 ] [ 7 3 0-8 0 0 ]

P122 N o rma l i ze and te m per 1 9 0 0-1 9 7 5 . . .. 1 3 5 0-1 4 7 0

[ 1 0 4 0-1 0 8 0 ] [ 7 3 0-8 0 0 ]

P9 1 1 N ormal i ze an d tem pe r 1 9 0 0-1 9 7 5 E 1 3 6 5-

-1 4 3 5
[ 1 0 4 0-1 0 8 0 ] [ 7 4 0-
-7 8 0 ]

A W he re e l l i ps i s ( . . . . ) ap pear i n th i s tab l e there is no req u i rement ,

B A lte rnative ly, G rade P 3 6, C l ass 2 shal l be coo led fro m the austen iti z i ng tem pe ratu re by acce l erated coo l i ng i n a i r o r by l i q u id q ue nch i ng
c E xcept whe n S u pp le mentary Req u i rement $ 7 is spec i fi ed by the pu rchase r ,
D Whe n m utual ly ag reed u pon between the man ufactu re r and the pu rchaser, q ue nch i ng and tem pe ri n g shal l be perm itted fo r th i c k nesses
g r eater th an 3 i n , [7 5 m i
ni ,
E Acce le rated coo l i n g fro m the n o rmal i z i ng tem pe ratu re sha l l be pe rm itted fo r sect i on th ic k ness g reater' than 3 i n , [7 5 m m ] ,

TA B L E 3
TE N SI L E REQ U I R E M E NTS
G rad e

P92, P91 1
P I, P2 P I2 P23 P91 P36 C lass 1 P 122 P36 C lass 2 A l l Othe rs
Te n s i l e S t re n gth, m i n , :
ks i 55 60 74 85 90 90 95 .5 60
M Pa 380 415 510 585 620 620 660 415
Y ie l d stre ngth, m i n , :
ksi 30 32 58 60 64 58 66 5 30
M Pa 2 05 220 400 415 44 0 40 0 460 2 05

570
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-335/SA-335M

TA B L E 4
E L O N G ATI O N R EQ U I R E M E N TS
E longation Requ irements
Al l G rades Except P23,
P36, P91, P92, P122, P23, P91, P92, P122,
an d P9 1 1 a n d P 91 1 P36

Long itudinal Transverse Long itud inal Transve rse Longitud i nal

E l o n g at i o n i n 2 i n o r 5 0
m m ( or 4 D) , m i n ., % :
B as i c m i n i m u m e l o n g at i o n 30 20 2O 15

for wal l 6 i n [8 m m]
an d ove r i n th i c k ness,
str i p tests, and for al l
sm a l l s i zes teste d i n fu l
sect i o n
W he n stan dard ro u n d 2 i n . 22 14 20 13
o r 5 0 rn m gag e l e n gth o r
p ro po rt i o n a l l y s m a l l e r
s i ze spe c i me n w ith the
g ag e l e n gth eq u a l to 4 D
( 4 t i m es t he d i am ete r ) i s
u sed
Fo r stri p tests a ded ucti o n 1 .5 0A 1 , 1 0 0A 1 , 0 0A 1 , 0 0A
for each 1, 32 i n . [0 .8 mm]
dec rease i n wa l l th i c k ness
be l ow 6 i n [8 m m]
fro m th e bas i c m i n i m u m
e l o n gat i o n of the fo l l ow
i n g pe rce ntag e po i nts
sh a l l be made

N OT E :
A Tab le 5 g ives the calcu lated m i n i mu m val ues .

57 1
SA-335/SA-335M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 5
C A LC U LAT E D M I N I M U M E L O N G ATI O N VA L U E S

E longati on i n 2 in . or 50 r
a m, r
a i n ., %
P23, Pgl,
A l l G rades Except P23, P36, P92, P 122,
Wa l l Th i ck n ess P91, P92, P122, and P911 an d P9 1 1 P36

i n ,, mm Long itudi nal Transverse Lon gi t ud i na l Long itudi nal

5, 16 ( 0 3 1 2 ) 8 30 20 2O 15

28 19 19 14
2 (0. 281 ) 7 12
(0 .250) 6 4 27 18 18 13

7/32 ( 0 . 2 1 9 ) 5 ,, 6 26 , , 17 12

3116 ( o , 1 8 8 ) 4 .. 8 24 .. .. 16 11

%2 ( o , 1 5 6 ) 4 22 .. .. 15 10

(0 125) 3 .. 2 21 .. .. 14 9

20 .. .. 13 8
2 ( 0 0 94 ) 2 .4

1, 16 ( 0 0 6 2 ) 1 .6 18 12 7

TA B L E 6
P E R M I S S I B L E VA R IATI O N S I N O U T S I D E D I A M ET E R
Ove r' U n de r

N P S r D N ] De signator in. mm in . mm

8 to 1 1, 2 [6 to 4 0], i nc l 44 ( 0 0 1 5 ) 0 ,4 0 4 (0 ,015) 0 ,4 0
Ove r 1 2 to 4 [4 0 to 1 0 0], i nc l 2 ( o0 3 1 ) 0, 7 9 2 ( 0 ,, 0 3 1 ) 0 ,79
Over' 4 to 8 [ 1 0 0 to 2 0 0], i nc l , 1, 16 ( 0 0 6 2 ) 1 59 1, 32 ( 0 03 1 ) 0 ,7 9
Over 8 to 1 2 [2 0 0 to 3 00], i nc l , 3/32 ( 0 , 093 ) 2, 38 1- 32 ( 0 , 03 1 ) 0, 7 9
Ove r 1 2 [ 3 0 0 ] + 1 % of the spec if
_ i ed
o uts i de d i a mete r'

TA B L E 7 TA B L E 8
P E R M I TT E D VA R I ATI O N S I N WA L L T H I C K N E S S T E ST M ET H O D I N FO R M AT I O N FO R C E RT I F I CATI O N
A N D M A R KI N G
To l erance, %
from Specifi ed H ydrostatic N ondestructive Marki ng
N P S [ D N ] Desig nator Over U nder YES NO T e st P re ssu re
NO YES N DE
1, 8 to 2 [6 to 65] i nc l . , a l l t/ D rati osA 20 .0 12 .5
NO NO NH
Above 2 1, 2 [65], t/D < 5 % A 22 5 12 .5
YES YES Test P re ss u re/ N D E
Above 2 1, 2 [65], t/D > 5 % A 15 .0 1 2 .5

N OT E :
A t = S pec ifi ed Wal l Th ic k ness; D = S pec ifi ed O utsi de D iamete r'

5 72
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-335/SA-335M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

One or more of the following supplementar y requirements shall apply only when specif i ed
in the purchase order. The pr
o'chaser may specify a different frequency of test or ana
lysis
than is provided in t he supplementary requirement. Subject to agreement between t he
purchaser and manufacturer, retest and retreatment provisions of these supplementary
requirements may a l so be modif
i ed.

S1. Product Analysis he number' of tests per pipe required sha

Sl.1 Product analysis sha ll be made on each length of
pipe. Individual lengt
h s failing to conform to the chemical
composit ion requirements shall be rejected.
S2. Transverse Tension Tests
$2. 1 A tra
n sverse tension test shall be made on a speci
men from one end or both ends of each pipe NPS 8 and
t ll a
l so be specifi ed.
If a specimen from any lengt h shows object ionable defects,
h e lengt
t h shall be rejected, subject to remova l of' the
defect ive end and subsequent retests indicating t
he rema in
der' of the length to be sound and reasonably uniform
mater
ial.
NOTE $4 , 1 - Pending development of' etching methods applicable to
he product covered by this specification, it is iecommended t
t hat t
he
Recommended P actice for a Standald Macro Etch Test for Routine

over . If t
his supplementary requirement is specif i ed, the Inspection of' Iron and Steel, described in t
he Metals Handbook, Am
Soc for Metals, 1 948 edition, p , 389, be followed
number of tests per pipe sha ll also be specifi ed. If a speci
men from any lengt h fa i ls to meet the required tensile
properties (tensile, yield, a
nd elongat i on), t
hat length shall S5. Photomicrographs
be rejected subject to retreatment in accorda nce wit h Speci $5.1 When requested by t he purchaser a nd so stated
i cat
f ion A 999 /A 999M and satisfactory retest. in the order, t
he ma
nufacturer shall furnish one photomicro
graph at 1 00 diameters from a specimen of pipe in the as
i nished condit
f i on for each individual size a
n d wa
ll t
h ick
S3. Flattening Test
ness from each heat, for pipe NPS 3 a nd over. Such photo
S3. 1 The f l attening test of Specifi cation A 999 /A 999M micrographs sha l l be suitably identif
ied as to pipe size,
shall be made on a specimen from one end or bot h ends wall thick ness, and heat. No photomicrographs for t he
of each pipe. Crop ends may be used. If this supplementary individual pieces purchased shall be required except as
requirement is specif i ed, the number of tests per pipe sha ll specifi ed in Supplementary Requiremen t $6. Such photo
al so be specifi ed. If a specimen from any length fails micrographs are for information only, to show h te act
ual
because of lack of duct i lity prior to sat
i sfactory completion metal structme of t he pipe as fi nished.
of the first step of t
he f l attening test requirement, that pipe
shall be rej ected subject to retreatment in accorda nce with
Specifi cation A 999 /A 999M a nd sat i sfactor
y retest. If a $6. Photomicrographs for Individual Pieces
specimen f rom any length of pipe fa
ils because of a lack of S6.1 In addit
i on to t
he photomicrographs required in
soundness that length shall be rejected, unless subsequent accordance with Supplementar y Requirement $5, t
he pur
retesting indicates that t
he rema
i ning lengt h is sound. The chaser may specify that photomicrographs sha ll be fur
bend test of' 1 3 .2 sha
ll be subst
ituted for' t
he f
l attening i shed from each end of one or more pipes from each lot
n
test for pipe whose diameter exceeds NPS 25 and whose of pipe NPS 3 a
nd larger in the as-fi nished conditi on. The
diameter to wa
ll t
h ickness rat
i o is 7 .0 or' less.. purchaser sha
ll state in the order t
he number of pipes to
be te sted from e ach lot . When photomi crographs are
required on each lengt
h, the photom
icrog raphs from each
$4. Metal Structure and Etching Test
s lot of pipe in the as-f
i nished condition which may be
S4.1 The steel sha
l l be homogeneous as shown by required under Supplementary Requirement $5 may be
etching tests conducted in accordance with t he appropriate om
itted. Al! photoomicrog raphs required sha
l! be properly
portions of Met hod E 38 1 . Etching tests shall be made on ident
ifi ed as to heat number , size, and wa
ll t
hick
ness of
a cross sect
i on f
rom one end or both ends of each pipe pipe from which the sect ion was taken. Photomicrographs
and sha
ll show sound a
nd reasonably unifor
m materia
l free shall be further identif
i ed to permit association of each
from injurious laminat i ons, cracks, a
nd sim
i la
r objection photomi crog
raph wit ht he individua
l length of pipe it repre
able defects. If this supplementary requirement is specif
ied, sents .

573
SA-335/SA -335M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

$7. Alternative Heat Treatment m Grade P91 1 350- 1 470°F [730- 800°C] minimum , All mecha
nical tests
sha
l l be made on material heat treated in accorda
n ce with
$7.1 Grade P9 1 shall be normalized in accordance with Table 2 . The certif
i cation shall reference this supplemen
Table 2 and tempered at a temper ature, to be specif i ed tary requirement indicating the tempering temperature
by the purchaser , less tha n 1 350°F [730°C] . It shall be applied . The notation "$ 7" shall be included with the
purcha ser ' s re spo n sibi lity to sub s equently temper' at required marking of the pipe, ,

574
 2008a SECTION lI, PART A SA-336/SA-336M

SPECIFICATION FOR ALLOY STEEL FORGINGS

FOR PRESSURE AND HIGH-TEMPERATURE PARTS

SA-336/SA-336M @
INTERNATIONAL
Standards Worldwide

(Ident
i cal with ASTM Specifi cat
i on A 336/A 336M-07 ) A08

1. Scope 1 .5 Specif i c ation A 3 3 6 /A 3 3 6M formerly included

1 .1 This specifi cation covers fetf
i tic steel f0rgings for austenitic steel f0rgings, which are now found in Specif i ca
i on A 965 /A 965M,
t
boilers, pressu
re vessels, high-temperature parts, and asso
ciated equipment. 1 .6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI
1 .2 Forgings made of steel grades listed in Specif
i cat
ion (metric) units are to be regarded sepala
tely as standa
x ds.
A 335 /A 335M, may also be ordered under this specif i ca Within t
h e text and tables, t
he SI units ale shown in brack
ion. The chemical, tensile, heat treatment, and mar'king
t ets . The values stated in each system are not exact equiva
requirements of Specification A 335 /A 335M shall apply, lents ; t
herefole, each system shall be used independently
except the forging shall confolm to t he chemical require of the other . Combining va lues from the two systems may
ments of Tables 1 and 2 of Specif i cation A 3 35 /A 33 5M result in nonconfolma nce wit h the specifi cat
ion.
only with respect to heat a
n alysis On check analysis they
may deviate flom these lim its to the extent permitted in
Table 1 of' t
his specif
i cation. 2. Referenced Documents
2. 1 ASTM Standards :
CuIrent Folmeliy
A 275 /A 275M Practice for Magnet
i c Particle Examina
Gl ade F 1 Class F1
i on of Steel Forgings
t
Gl ade F l l , Class 2 Class F l l
Glade F l l , Class 3 Class F l l A A 335 /A 335M Specif i cat
ion for Seamless Ferritic Alloy
l ade F l l . Class 1
G Class F l l B Steel Pipe for High-Tempelatur e Service
Gl ade F 1 2 Class F I 2 A 370 Test Met
h ods a
n d Def
i nit
i ons for Mechanical Test
l ade F5
G Class F5
ing of Steel Products
Gl ade F5A Class F5A
Grade F9 Class F9
A 788 /A 7 88M Specifi cation for Steel Forgings, Genera
l
Gl ade F6 Class F6 Requirements
Gl ade F2 1 Class 1 Class F2 I A A 965 /A 965M Specif i cation for Steel Forgings, Austen
G ade F2 1 , Class 3
l Class F2 1 itic, for Pressure and High Temperature Parts
l ade F22, Class 1
G Class F22A E 1 65 Test Method for Liquid Penetra nt Examina tion
Gl ade F22, Class 3 Class F22
Grade F9 1 Class F9 1 2.2 Other Standard:
Grade F3V Class F3V A S ME B oi l er' an d Pre s sure Ve s s el C ode S ec ti on III ,
Gl ade F22V Class F22V
Nuclea
r Facility Components and Sect
i on IX, Weld
i ng
Qua
lif
i cations
1.3 Supplementaly Requilements S 1 to $ 9 ale provided
for use when addit i onal test
ing or inspecti on is desired
These shall apply only when specifi ed individually by the 3. Ordering Information and General
pu
rchaser in h
te order . Requirements
1.4 Unless th e order specif
ies t
he applicable "M" speci 3.1 In addit i on to t
he ordeling information required by
f
i cat
i on designation, the matelia
l shall be furnished to the Specif
i cation A 788 /A 7 8 8M, the purchaser should include
inch-pound units. wit
h the inquily and order t he following informat i on :

575
SA-336/SA-336M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

3. 1.1 A drawing or sketch that shows test locations 6.1 . 1.1 For Grade F22V forgings the minimum
when the testi ng is in accordance with 8 1 1 . 3 . austenizing temperature shall be 1 650°F [900°C]
3o lo2 The intended use of forgings if 5 1 is appli 6. 1 .2 For Grade F9 1 and F9 1 1 forgings t
h e austeni
cable tizing temperature shall be in the range of 1 900 to 1 975°F
[ 1 040 to 1 080°C] .
3.2 Material supplied to this specifi cat
i on shall conform
to the requirements of Specifi cation A 788 /A 788M, which 6.1.3 Except for t
he following grades, t he minimum
outlines additional ordering information, manufacturing tempering temperature shall be 1 1 00°F [595°C] :
requirements, testi ng and retesting methods and proce Tempering Tempei ature Minimum
dures, marking, cert if
i cation, product analysis va r iations, Grade or Range, °F [°C]
and additional supplementa r y requirements F6 1 1 50 [620]
F 1 1 , Class 2 1 1 50 [620]
3.3 If the requirements of t his specifi cation a
re in con F 1 1 , Class 3 1 1 50 [620]
fl ict with the requirements of Specif
i cation A 7 88 /A 7 88M, F 1 1 , Class 1 1 1 50 [620]
the requirements of this specifi cation shall prevail. F5 1 250 [6 75]
F9 1 250 [675 ]
3.4 For hubbed f l anges and tube sheets ordered for F2 1 , Class 1 1 250 [6 75]
ASME B oiler and Pressure Vessel Code application, Sup F3V, F3VCb 1 250 [675]
plementary Requirement S12 of S pecifi c ati on F22, class 1 ! 250 [675]
F22V 1 250 [675 ]
A 7 8 8 /A 7 8 8M shall be specif
i ed
F9 1 1 3 50- 1 470 [730- 800]
3.5 For Section III, Part NB of the ASME Boiler and F9 1 1 1 3 65 - 1 435 [ 740-7 80]
F22, Class 3 1 250 [675]
Pressure Vessel Code application, Supplementa
ry Require
ment $ 3 shall be specif
i ed.

7. Chemical Composit
ion
4. Melting and Forging 7.1 Heat Analysis - The heat analysis obtained f i om
4. 1 In addition to t
h e melt
i ng and forging requirements sampling in accorda
nce with Specifi cation A 788 /A 788M
of Specif
i cat
i on A 788 /A 788M, which may be supple nd shall comply with Table 2.
a
mented by Supplementary Requirement $ 8 , the following
7.2 Product Analysis - The manufacturer shall use the
conditions apply :
product analysis provision of Specifi cation A 788 /A 788M
4. 1 .1 A suff
i cient disca
r d shall be made to secure
to obtain a product analysis from a forging representing
freedom from ir jurious pipe and undue segregation. each heat or multiple heat. The product analysis for colum
bium a
n d calcium for Gr ade F22V shall conform to the
requirements of Table 2 of this specifi cation. Boron is not
5. Machining subject to product analysis The purchaser may also make
5.1 Forged pressure vessels for steam power service thi s de termin ati o n i n ac c ordanc e w i th S p e c i f
i c ati on
shall have the inner surface machined or ground. Unf
i red A 78 8 /A 7 8 8M.
pressure vessels shall have the inner surfaces suff
i ciently
free of scale to permit inspect
i on .
8. Mechanical Propert
ies
5.2 When rough machining is performed, it may be
done either before or after heat treatment 8.1 General Requirements - The mater i al shall con
form to the requirements for mechanical properties pre
scribed in Table 1 The l arge st obtainable tension test
6. Heat Treatment specimen as specifi ed in Test Meth ods and Defi niti ons
A 370 shall be used.
6. 1 Except as permitted in 6. 1 . 1 for Grade F22V, the
steel f0rgings shall be a
nneal ed or normalized and tem 8.1.1 Except as required in 3 .4, for annealed, normal
pered but alternatively may be liquid quenched a nd tem ized, and tempered or quenched and tempered forgings,
pered when mutually agr eed up on b etw een the the longitudinal axis of t
he specimens shall be parallel to
manufactmer and the pulchaser For all grades, normalizing the direction of major working of the forging, except when
or liquid quenching shall be followed by tempering at a Supplementa r y Requirement $2 is specifi ed. For upset disk
subcritical temper ature f0rgings, the longitudinal axis of the test specimen shall
6.1.1 Grade F22V forgings shall be normalized and be in the tangent
i al direction
tempered or liquid quenched a
nd tempered at the manufac 8.1.1.1 Except as provided for liquid quenched
turer' s option n d tempered forgings in 8 1 1 .3 , the longitudinal axis of
a

5 76
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-336/SA-336M

the specimen shall be located midway between t he parallel T x T x 3 T may be used to represent a ring forging. The
sur
faces of the test extension if added to t he peiiphery of dimension T shall be repre sentative of the heaviest effect
ive
disks or midway between t he center' and surface of solid cross section of the forging. For quenched a nd tempered
forgings . For' hollow forgings, t
he longitudinal axis of the forgings for which tests are requf
i ed at both ends by 8 .2.2.3
specimens shall be located midway between the center and nd 8 . 2.2.4, separately forged test blocks are not allowed.
a
outer' sur
faces of t he wall. When separately forged test
NOTE 1 - In using separately forged test blocks, attention is drawn to
blocks are employed, as def i ned in 8 . 1 . 3 , t
he tension test the effect of' mass differ
e nces between t
he production foigings and the
specimens shall be taken from a location t hat repiesents the test blocks This can be par culady signifi cant when forgings aIe eit
h er
midwall of the heaviest section of the product ion forgings. normalized a
n d tempered oi quenched a
n d tempered ,
hen specimens are iequired from opposite ends, they
W
8.2 Number and Location of Tests - T he number a nd
shall be ta
ken from the diagona
l corners of a
n axial plane.
location of tests a
re based on forging lengt h , weight, a
nd
Alternatively, n
ad when specif i ed by t
he purchaser', the
heat treatment a
nd shal l be as prescr
ibed below. T he length
specimens sha ll be ta
ken in accordance wit
h Supplemen
nd weight to be used for' this purpose shall be h
a te shipped
tary Requirement $3 .
length and weight of forgings produced individually or the
8.1.1.2 For liquid quenched and tempered forg aggregate shipped length an d weight of' all pieces cut f
rom
ings, the test specimens sha
ll have their longitudina
lax is a multiple forging .
at least 1/4 T of t
he ma
x imum heat-treated t
hickness from 8 . 2 . 1 A n n e a led o r No rm a l ize d a n d Te mp e r e d
ay surface and with t
n he mid-lengt
h of the specimens at Forgings:
least one T from a
n y second sur
face. This is norma
lly
8.2.1.1 For' forgings weighing 5000 lb [2250 kg]
referred to as ,14 T x T, where T is t
he maximum heat
or' less at t
he time of' heat t
r eatment, one tension test shall
reated thick
t ness. A ther
mal buffer may be used to adhere
to h
t e above condit
i on.
be ta
ken from one forging per heat, per' heat treatment
cha
r ge. W
hen heat tr eatment is per
formed in continuous
8.1 .1.3 For liquid quenched a nd tempered forgings type furnaces with sui table temperature c ontrol s and
with pri or purchaser approval, test specimens may be ta
ken equipped with recording pyrometers so t
hat complete heat
at a depth (t) corresponding to the distance from t he area teatment records are available, a tempering charge may
r
of signifi ca
nt stress to the nea
rest heat-treated sur
face and be considered as a
ny continuous run not exceeding an 8 h
at least twice this distance (2 t) from any second surface. period.
However', the test dept h shal l not be nea
rer to one heat
8.2. 1.2 For forgings and forged bars weighing over
tr eated sur
face than 3/4 in. [ 1 9 r
am] a
nd to the second t
reated
5000 lb [2250 kg] at the time of heat treatment, one tension
surface than 1 2 in. [3 8 mm] . T his method of test specimen
test sha
l l be ta
ken from each forging .
location nor
mally (k nown as tx2t test i ng) applies to thick
and complex pressure vessel components where t he test
i ng 8.2.2 Quenched and Tempered Forgings:
in accordance with 8 . 1 . 1 .2 is not practical. Sketches show 8 . 2 .2 . 1 For' qu enche d an d temp ere d forgin g s
ing t
he proposed exact test locations sha ll be approved by weighing 5000 lb [2250 kg] or less at the time of heat
the purchaser when t his method is used. treatment, but not exceeding 1 2 ft [3 .7 m] in lengt
h , one
tension test shall be ta
ken from one forging per heat, per
8. 1.2 Except as specifi ed in this specification, tests
heat treatment cha rge. When heat treatment is performed
for' acceptance shall be made after heat treatment has been
in continuous type furnaces with suitable temperature con
completed in accorda nce with Sect i on 6 . W
hen t he ends
trois a
n d equipped with recording pyrometers so t h at com
of the cylindi ica
l forgings are closed in by reforging, t he
plete heat treatment records are available, a temper i ng
cylindrical forgings may be normalized a nd tempered or
charg e may be c on si dered as any c ontinu ou s run not
annealed a nd tested before reforging. After reforging, t he
exceeding an 8 h period.
entire forging shall be re-heat t
reated in t he same manner
and at hte same temperature range as employed when t he 8.2.2.2 For quenched a nd tempered forgings and
forging was heat t reated before certifi cation test
ing. forged ba rs weigh ing over 5000 to 1 0 000 lb [2250 to
4500 kg] at t he time of heat t r eatment, but not exceeding
8. 1.3 When mutually agreed upon between the ma nu
1 2 ft [3 .7 m] in length, one tension test shall be ta
ken from
facturer and the purchaser', test specimens may be machined
each forging..
from a specia lly forged block suitably worked and heat
treated with h te producti on forgings . Such a specia
l block 8 .2.2.3 Quenched and tempered f0rgings that
shall be obtained from a n ingot, slab, or' billet tom the exceed 1 2 ft [3 .7 m] in lengt
h shall be tension tested at
sa
me heat used to ma ke t he forgings it represents. This bot
h ends of t he forging under' test.
block sha ll receive essent
ially the sa
me type of hot-working 8.2.2.4 For' quenched a nd tempered forgings and
and forging reduction as the production forgings ; however , forged bars weighing mor n than 1 0 000 lb [4500 kg] at
a longitudinally forged ba r wit h dimensions not less tha
n he time of heat treatment, two tension test specimens shall
t

5 77
SA-336/SA-336M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

be taken from each forging. These shall be offset 1 80° be examined for quench cracks by the magnetic pa
rti cle
from each other except that if the length of the forging, method in accordance with Test Method A 275 /A 275M.
excluding test prolongations, exceeds 1 2 ft [3 7 m] , then
one specimen shall be ta
ken from each end of the forging.
8.3 No tch To ug hn e s s R eq u i re ments-Grades E3 V, 10. Repair Welding
F3 VCb, and F22 V: 10.1 Repair welding of forgings may be permitted but
8.3.1 Impact test specimens shall be Charpy V-notch, only at the option of t
he purchaser'. Such repair welds sha
ll
as shown in Test Methods and Defnitions A 370. The be made in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Plessure
usage of subsize specimens due to material limitations must Vessel Code, Section IX.
have prior' purchaser approval.
8.3.2 The Char py V-notch test specimens shall be
obtained as required for' tension tests in 8 . 1 and 8 .2 . One 11. Marking
set of three charpy V-notch specimens shall be ta ken tom 1 1.1 In addition to the ma
rking requirements of Speci
each tensile specimen location . i cat
f i on A 788 /A 788M, the specif
i cation ma
r king shall be
8.3.3 The longitudina l axis and mid-lengt h of impact followed by the letter A for anneal ed, N for normalized
specimen shall be located similarly to the longitudinal axis and tempered, or' Q for liquid quenched and tempered as
of the tension test specimens. The axis of t he notch shall applicable.
be normal to the nearest heat tr eated surface of the forging .
8.3.4 The Charpy V-notch tests shall meet a mini
mum energy absorption value of 40 ft°lbf [54 J] average 12. Test Reports
of three specimens. One specimen only in one set may be 12. 1 The certif
i cation requirements of Specifi cation
below 40 ft°lbf [54 J] and it shall meet a minimum value A 7 8 8 /A 7 8 8M shall apply .
of 3 5 ft'lbf [48 J] .
8.3 .5 The imp ac t te s t temperature shall be not
warmer h
t an 0°F [- 1 8 °C] . 13. Keywords
13. 1 chromium alloy steel ; chromium-molybdenum
9. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance steel; pressure containing pa
rts; pressure vessel service;
9.1 When f0rgings have been heat treated by quenching steel forgings-
-alloy; temperature sera,ice applications-
and tempering, all accessible surfaces shall subsequently high

578
 2008a SECTION H, PART A SA-336/SA.336M

o° . o
o ,-4

o o
o

i°°
Pi I o m
o o wl
o O ,
u. o o

o o

o N

I-

I
,.J

z o ,n

I-

!o o
o o

' °
o O
o n n o

o o , °
o
o o tn o rn

._ i
o ,

5 79
 SA-336/SA -336M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

x x n
,,0
Lt_ E E n n
o o o o n
6 6 6 6

O', E o o
Ll_ i n n I I
h o n d o I O
o o n ' o
6 6 6 6 6 : 6

r--q

r--I x x

< v o
1.€3 0 E E n n E E
z. 6 d d d d d 4 6

r-
-I

O E n E E
n o o O l n
o o n n o

U'3 6 6 6 6 6
I.I.

I
z
h i

ta o
04
t
r-
-I
t,l.

<.)
r¢.1

< "E
t- ..J
<
€.D
i-
-.i

r-
-I
i , i

-1

€.D

r-I
h

,J..

,1_

E
o
h i

5 80
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-336/SA-336M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

One or' more of the following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specif i ed
by t
he purchaser in the inquiry, contract, and order Details of t
hese supplementary require
ments shall be agreed upon between t he manufacturer and t he purchaser.

S1. Rough Turning and Boring ingots cast in metal molds . The wa
l ls of the hollowed or
Sl.1 The position of t
he rough turning a
nd boring in the hollow ingots shall be reduced in thickness at least one
sequence of manufacturing operations shall be specif
i ed. half' by forging on ma
n&els,

S8.2 Dr nm folgings with one solid closed end may be

S2. Transverse Tension Test
hollow forged in closed dies or on a draw bench provided
S2,1 Instead of test specimens taken in accordance with the metal is worked thoroughly .
8 . 1 . 1 , the longit
udinal axis of the test specimens sha
ll be
transverse to the direction of maj or working of t he forging. $8.3 Drum forgings, either with open ends or one solid
The results shall conform wit h requirements of Table 1 , closed end, may a
l so be produced by hot extr
u sion provided
with h te exception of t
he ductility limits which shall be as h e meta
t l is worked thoroughly.
prescribed in Table $2. 1
S8.4 Sma l l drum forgings may be made as solid forg
ings, subsequently bored, provided the purchaser agrees to
S3. Alternati ve Test Specimen Requirements his method of forging The cross-sect
t ional area of t
he
S3.1 The test requirements for materia
l s of the ASME solid forgings shall have a reduction by forging from that
Boiler and Pressure Code, Sect
i on III, Article NB-2223 . 3 , of the ingot in the ratio of not less than 3 : 1 .
shall be used in place of t
h at specif
i ed in 8 . 1 . 1 . 1 .
S8.5 Small sect i ons or component pa r ks of pressure
vessels, which are to be subsequently assembled to form
$4. Hydrostat i c Test
drums, may be made by expa nding on a ma ndrel under a
S4. 1 A hydrostatic pressure test shall be applied. The
press or hammer , by hot extrusion or by ring rolling meth
details of the test, including its position in t
he sequence
ods , provided t
he wa l l thick
n ess is reduced at least one
of ma
nufacturing operations, sha
ll be specif
i ed.
ha
l f in the process.

S6. Liquid Penetrant Examination
S6.1 After forgings have been heat treated by quench
ing and tempering, all accessible surfaces shall be inspected
for quench cracks by the liquid penetrant met hod in accor
dance with Test Method E 1 65 as an alternative to magnet ic
particle examinat
i on.
S8.6 Heads or covers shall be fbrged as disks, upset
tom blocks cut from ingots or billets . The lengt
h of block
before upsetting shall be at least twice the thickness of the
as-f0rged head or cover'

S9. Individual Forging

S7. Marking
S7.1 Forgings shall be ma
rked at a location indicated $9. 1 For gings , whether identical or' not ident
i cal, sha
ll
by t
he pu
rchaser in t
h e pu
rchase order or & awing. be produced individually They shall not be forged in mult i
ple and sepa
r ated pr ior to or after heat tleatment

$8. Forging Requirements
S8.1 La r ge drum forgings shall be made tom solid
cast ingots, punched, bored, or trepanned, or tom hollow
$9.2 T he shape and size of individua l folgings sha
ll
be agreed between t
he ma nufacturer and the purchaser by
means of a forging dr awing or the purchase order

581
SA-336/SA-336M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E S l . l
D U C TI LITY L I M I TS

G rade

Fll, Fl l, Fl l, F21, F21, F22, F22,

F1 C lass 2 C lass 3 C lass 2 F12 F5 FSA F9 F6 C lass 3 C lass 1 C lass 3 C lass 1 F3V F46 F22V F91 F911

E l ongati on i n 2 i n , 20 18 18 19 18 19 19 18 18 18 19 18 20 17 40 17 19 16
o r 5 0 m m, m i n, %
Red ucti on of area, 30 35 30 40 25 35 35 35 3 5 35 35 25 35 35 50 35 40 30
a
r i n, %

5 82-5 84
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-350/SA-350M

SPECIFICATION FOR CARB ON AND LOW-ALLOY

STEEL FORGINGS, REQUIRING NOTCH TOUGHNESS

TESTING FOR PIPING COMPONENTS

SA-350 / SA-350M

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cat
i on A 350 /A 350M-02b except for the deletion of 6 1 2 and 1 4 , 1 , revision to 14 2 5, a
n d test reports have been
made mandatory )

1. Scope 2. Referenced Documents

2. 1 ASTM Standards:
1 . 1 This specif i cation cover s sever al grades of ca r bon
A 3 70 Te st Met
h ods and Def
i nitions for Mecha
n ical Test
and low-alloy steel forged or ring-r olled f l anges, forged
i tt
f i ngs and valves intended primarily for low-temperatur e ing of Steel Products
service and requiring notch toughness test i ng . They are A 78 8 Specif
i cation for Steel Forgings , General Require
ments
made to specif i ed dimensions, or to dimensional standards,
such as the ASME and API Specif i cations refer enced in A 96 1 Specif
i cation for Common Requirements for Steel
Sect i on 2. Although this specif i cation cover' s some piping Flanges, For ged Fitti ngs , Valves , and Pa
r ts for Piping
Applicat
i ons
components machined fr om rolled bar and seamless tubula r
materials (see 5 , 3 , 3) , it does not cover' r aw material pro 2.2 ASME Standards:

duced in t h ese product forms , B 1 6 . 5 Steel Pipe Fla

n ges and Flanged Fittings
B 1 6 9 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt-Welding Fitt
i ngs
1 .2 No limitation on size is intended beyond the ability B 1 6 . 1 0 Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Fer
of the manufacturer to obtain the specif i ed iequirements . rous Valves
However , Class 3 of Grade LF7 87 is only available in the B 1 6 . 1 1 F o rg e d S te e l Fi tti ng s , S o c k e t- W el di n g and
quenched-and-precipitation heat treated condition Threaded
B 1 6 . . 30 Unf
i led Pr essure Vessel Fla
n ge Dimensions
1 .3 Supplementary iequirements are provided for use
B 1 6.. 34 Valves-Flanged, Th i eaded, and Welding End
when additional test
i ng oI inspect
i on is desir ed. These shall
B 1 6 .47 La rge Diameter Steel Flanges
apply only when specif i ed by the pulchaseI in the olden
2 .3 ASME Bo iler and Pressure Vessel Code :
1 .4 This specif
i cation is expressed in bot
h inch-pound S ection IX Welding Qualif
i cat
i ons
units and in SI units However , unless the order specif i es 2.4 A WS St
a nda rds:'
the applicable "M" specifi cation designation (SI units) , the
A 5 . 1 Mild Steel Covel ed Ar c-Welding Electr odes
material shall be furnished to inch-pound units .
A 5 . 5 Low-Alloy Steel Coveled A r c-Welding Electrodes
1 .5 The va lues stated in either inch-pound units or SI 2.5 API Standar ds :'
units ale to be r ega
r ded sepa
rately as standard Within the 600 S teel Gate Va
l ves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends
text, t
h e SI units a
r e shown in brackets The values stated 602 Compact Design Ca r bon Steel Gate Valves for Ref
in
in each system a r e not exact equivalents ; therefore, each ery Use
system must be used independently of th e other Combining 605 Large Diameter Carbon Steel F l anges
values from the two systems may Iesult in nonconfolmance
with the specif
i cat
i on
3. Ordering Information
NOTE 1 - Refei to Test Met
h ods and Def
i nitions A 3 70 foi notes on 3.1 It is the pur chaser' s responsibility to specify in
signif
i ca
n ce of notched-bar impact testing the purchase order information necessa r y to purchase the

5 85
SA-350/SA-350M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

needed material In addition to the or dering information 5.4.2 Folgings of grades other than Glade LF787
guidelines in Specifi cation A 96 1 , orders should include shall be fulnished in the nolma
lized, or in the nolmalized
the following information: nd tempeled, oI in the quenched and tempel ed condition
a
desclibed by the following procedures :
3. 1 . 1 Additional requirements (see Table 1 foot
notes) .
5.4.2.1 Normalize - Heat to a temperat
ure that
produces an austenitic structure, holding suffi cient time to
attain unifolm tempel ature th
i oughout. Cool unifolmly in
st
i ll air .
4. General Requirements
4.1 Product furnished to this specif
i cation shall conform 5.4.2.2 Normalize and Temper - Subsequent to
normalize, Ieheat to 1 1 00°F [590°C] minimum, holding at
to the iequirements of Specifi cation A 96 1 , including any
supplementary requilements that are indicated in the pur temperature a minimum of 30 mirdin [30 min/25 mm] of
chase order . Failule to comply with the genera l require maximum thickness, but in no case less than 30 r
ain Cool
in still air .
ments of Specifi cation A 96 1 constitutes nonconformance
with this specifi cation . In case of confl ict between the 5.4.2.3 Quench and Temper - The plocedule for
iequirements of this specifi cation and Specifi cation A 96 1 , quenching shall consist of either (1 ) fully austenitizing t he
this specif
i cation shall prevail forgings followed by quench i ng in a suitable liquid medium
or (2) using a multi ple stage procedure wheleby the forging
is fi rst fully an stenitized and rapidly cooled, then reheated
5. Manufacture to pa r ti ally reaustenitize, followed by quenching in a suit
5.1 Melting Process - The steel sha l l be produced by able liquid medium. All quenched forgings shall be tem
any of the following plimaly processes: open-hear th, basic pered by reheating to a temperature between 1 1 00 °F
[590°C] and the lower transfolmation temperat
ure, holding
oxygen, electric-ful nace, or vacuum-induction melting
(VIM) The primar y melting may incorporate separate at temperature a minimum of 30 min/in. [30 min/25 mm]
of maximum t
hick
n ess but in no case less than 30 min
degassing or iefi ning, and may be followed by seconda ry Cool in st
i ll aii
melt
ing using electloslag iemelting (ESR), or vacuum-a rc
iemelting (VAR) . 5.4.3 Grade LF787 forgings sha ll be furnished in
either the normal ized-a
nd-precipitat
i on heat treated condi
5 . 1 . 1 The steel shall be fully killed , fi ne- gr ain
tion or in the quenched-and-plecipitation hea
t tleated con
practice . dit
ion The heat t reatment plocedmes shall be as follows:
5.1.2 The molten steel may be vacuum treated plior 5 . 4 . 3 . 1 No rma l iz e d - a n d- P re c ip i ta ti o n He a t
to or during pouling of the ingot . Treated - Heat to a temperature in the range f rom 1 600
5.2 Discard - A suff
i cient disca
r d sha
l l be made to to 1725°F [870 to 940°C] , hold a t the temperature for a
secule fleedom from injurious piping and undue segre time suff
i cient to attain unifolm temperature thloughout,
gation.. soak at the tempelatme for not less tha
n /12 h, and remove
from the fulnace and cool in a
ir . Subsequent
ly, heat to a
5.3 Forging Process: temperature in the range from 1 000 to 1 200°F [540 to
5.3.1 Material for folgings shall consist of ingots, or 650°C], soa
kat the temperature for' not less than 1/2 h, and
folged, rolled, or strandcast blooms, billets, slabs, or ba
r s. cool at any convenient rate .
5.3 .2 The finished product shall be a forging as 5 .4 .3 .2 Q uench ed-and-Pre c ip i ta tionHea t
defi ned in the Terminology sect
i on of Specifi cation A 788 Treated - Heat to a tempelatule in the range f l or
a 1 600
to 1 725°F [879 to 940°C] , hold at the temperatule for a
5.3.3 Except for fl anges of all types, hollow, cylindri
ime suff
t i cient to a
tta
i n unifolm temperatule throughout,
cally-shaped pa r ts may be machined from rolled bar or
seamless tubula r materials provided that the axial length soa
k at the temperat
ure for not less tha
n 1/2 h and quench
in a suitable liquid medium by immersion; ieheat to a
of the part is approximately par allel to the metal lf ow lines
of the stock. Other pa r ts, excluding fl anges of all types, temperat
ure in the ra
n ge fi om 1 000 to 1 225°F [540 to
665°C] , hold at the temperat
ure for not less tha
n h, and
may be machined from hot-rolled or forged ba r up through
and including NPS 4 . Elbows , return bends , tees , and cool at any convenient rate
header tees shall not be machined dilect
ly flom ba
r stock.
5 .4 Heat Treatment : 6. Chemical Composition
6. 1 Heat Analysis:
5.4,1 After hot working and befole reheating for heat
tleatment, the forging shall be allowed to cool substa
nti ally 6.1.1 A chemica
l heat analysis in accordance with
below the transformation r a
n ge Specifi cati on A 96 1 shall be made and confolm to the
5 86
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-350 /SA-350M

requirements as to chemical composition prescribed in T dimension surfaces, (This is normally Ieferied to as 1/2 T
Table 1 . Leaded steels shall not be permitted by 2 in. [5 0 r
am] ) .
6. 1 .2 DELETED 7. 1.3.2 For forgings or test blan
ks having a maxi
mum heat-treated thickness, T, greater than 2 in [50 mm] ,
6.2 Product Analysis :
the central axis of the test specimen shall be ta
ken at least
6.2.1 The purchaser may make a product analysis 1/4 T from the nea
r est heat-treated surface and at least T or
on products supplied to this specifi cation in accordance 4 in [ 1 00 r
am] , whichever is less , from a
ny second heat
with Specif
i cation A 96 1 tr eated surface For quenched a nd tempered forgings, the
midlength of the test specimen shall be at least T from any
second heat-tr eated sur face See Fig 1 for test specimen
7. Mechanical Properties location in separately forged test blanks for quenched and
7. 1 Tension Tests: tempered forgings .
7.1 .1 Requirements - The mater ial shall conform to 7.1 .3.3 Metal Buffers - The r equired distances
iequirements for tensile propelt
ies in Table 2 from heat treated surfaces may be obtained with metal
7.1.1 .1 The test specimen shall be obtained from buffers instead of integra
l expa
n sions. Buffer material may
a rough or fi nished folging, or prolongation theleoL For be ca
r bon or low alloy steel, and shall be j oined to the
forgings under 10 000 lbs, at time of heat treatment, it folging wit
h a pa
r tial penetra
tion weld that seals the buf
may be obtained from separately forged test blanks flom fered surface. Specimens shall be located at ,12 in. [ 1 3 r
am]
the same heat of steel as the ploduction forgings The test minimum from the buffered surface of the forging Buffers
blank shall be ieduced by forging in a mannei similar to l l be removed and the welded a
sha r eas subj ected to mag
that for the products represented, and shall ieceive approxi netic pa
r ticle test to assule f
reedom from cracks unless
mately the same hot working and reduction and the same the welded a r eas a
r e completely iemoved by subsequent
heat tleatment as the f i nished products replesented The machining .
test material shall be treated in the same furnace at the 7.1 .3.4 The test specimen shall have its longitudi
same time as t
h e forging it i epresents, subj ect to the requile nal axis located pa
r allel to the direction of major work
i ng
ments of 7 1 2 . 1 of the forging oI test blank
7.1 .1 .2 The test specimen shall represent all f0rg 7.1.3.5 With pr i or pulchaser approval , tests may
ings from the same heat and heat-treatment load whose be taken at a depth (t) COliesponding to the distance flom
maximum thicknesses do not exceed the thickness of the the a
rea of signifi ca
n t loading to the nea
r est heat treated
test forging or blank by mole t
h an a/4 in. [6 mm] surface and at least twice this dista
n ce (20 from a
ny second
7. 1 .2 Number of Tests - One tension test at r oom surface. However, the test depth shall not be nearer to one
temperature shall be made in accordance wit
h 7 . 1 . 1 2 from tleated surface th an 3/4 in [ 1 9 mm] a
n d to the second tleated
each heat in each heat-treatment load surface than 1 1/2 in [3 8 ram] This method of test location
would normally apply to contour-forged pa
r ts , or pa
r ts
7. 1.2. 1 If heat treatment is perfolmed in either a
with t
hick cross-sectiona
l areas where ,14 T x T testing
cont i nuous or a batch-type fulnace contr olled within _
+25°F
(7. 1 . 3 2) is not practica
l Sketches showing the exact test
[_
+ 1 4°C] of the requiled heat-treatment tempelature and
locations sha l l be approved by the pulchasei when this
equipped with iecording pyrometers so that complete IeC method is used
ol ds of heat tleatment a
r e available and if the sa
m e heat
tleating cycles r
a e used on t
he folgings represented by the 7.1 .4 Test Method - Test
i ng shall be pelformed in
tension test, then one tension test f
rom each heat shall be accordance wit
h Test Met
hods and Def
i nitions A 3 70. The
iequired, instead of one tension test f
i om each heat in each test specimen shall be as la
r ge as is practicable and sha
ll
heat treatment load in accor dance with 7 . 1 . 1 . 2. be machined to the form a
n d dimensions of Fig . 5 of Test
Methods a
nd Def
initions A 370 When seamless t
ubula
r
7. 1 .3 Test Locations and Orientations - The test
materi als a
r e used, test
i ng sha
l l be pelformed on longitudi
specimen shall be removed from the heaviest section of
nal specimens in accordance with Annex A2, Steel Tubular
t
he forging or test blan
k , at locations descr
ibed in 7 1 3 1 ,
Pr oducts, of Test Met
hods and Def
i nitions A 370
7 . 1 . 3 .2, 7 . 1 . 3 5 or as close to these locations as practical,
subject to forging size a nd geometry 7.2 Impact Test :'
7.1.3.1 For folgings or test blanks having a maxi 7.2.1 Requirements - The mater ia
l shall confolm to
mum heat-treated thickness, T, of 2 in [50 r
am] oI less, the requirements for impact properties in Table 3 when
h
te longit
u dinal a
xis of t
h e test specimen shall be ta
ken at tested at the applicable standa
r d temperature in Table 4
i d-thick
m ness and its m
i d-length shall be at least 2 in [50 within the lim
its of 7 . 2 .4 . . 2 and 7 24 3 . When subsize
mm] from a second heat treated surface, exclusive of the specimens a
r e used, the impact energy values obtained

5 87
SA-350 /SA-350M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

shall conform to Table 5 at energy values proportional to 7.3 Hardness Test :

standard size. Exceptions to this requirement a

r e permissi 7.3.1 Except when only one forging is produced, a
ble when Supplementary Requiiement S 1 is specif i ed by minimum of two f0rgings shall be hardness tested per
the purchaser . Impact tests may be made at temperatures batch or cont
i nuous run as def
i ned in 7 1 .2. 1 to ensure that
different f
i om those in Table 4, provided that the test ha
rdness of th e f0rgings does not exceed 1 97 HB after
temperature is at least as low as the intended service tem heat treatment for mechanical propert
i es The har dness
per ature, and that the forging is suitably ma
r ked to ident
i fy measurements shall be made in accor da
n ce with Test Meth
the reported test temperatu
re . ods and Def
i nit
i ons A 370 When only one forging is
7.2.1.1 The test specimens shall be machined f
l or
a produced, it shall be ha
rdness tested to ensure that it meets
material obtained as in 7 1 h e 1 97 HB maximum of this specif
t i cation The purchaser
may verify that this requirement has been met by test i ng
7.2.2 Number of Tests - Three specimens shall con
at any location on the forging, provided t h at such testing
st
i tute one test set There shall be the same number of test
does not r ender the forging useles s .
sets as tension tests in 7 1 . 2.

7.2.3 Test Locations and Orientations - The test

specimen shall be located a
n d oriented as described in 8. Hydrostatic Test
7 . 1 . 3 , The area under the notch of the impact test specimen 8. 1 Forgings manufactured under thi s specifi cation
shall be used to locate the specimen with respect to the shall be capable of passing a hydrostatic test compatible
second heat-treated sur
f ace The base of the notch shall be
with the rating of the f
i nished item Such tests shall be
perpendicular to t
he nea
rest heat-treated surface conducted by th e manufacturer only when Supplementa ry
7.2.4 Test Method - The notched ba
r impact test Requirement $57 of Specif i cation A 96 1 is specifi ed
sha
l l be made in accordance wit
h the procedu
r e for t
he
Cha
r py V-notch type test as described in Test Methods
and Def
i nitions A 370 9. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance
7.2.4. 1 Standa
r d size specimens shown in Fig 1 1 9.1 Forgings shall conform to the requirements of Spec
of Test Methods and Def
i nit
i ons A 370 shall be used for if
i cation A 96 1 .

the impact test. Where the material is of insuffi cient t

hick
ness, or t
he shape of the forging precludes standa rd size,
1 0. Retests
the largest obtainable subsize specimen described in Test
Met
h ods and Def
i nit
i ons A 370 shall be used 10.1 If a n y test specimen shows fl aws or defective
7.2.4.2 W
h er e subsize specimens a
r e used and machining, it may be disca
rded and another specimen sub
st
i tuted .
represent for ged mater ial with thicknes ses equal to or
greater than 0 394 in [ 1 0 mm] , and where t h e largest
obtainable specimen has a width along t he notch of at least
11. Rework and Retreatment
8 mm, such specimen shall be tested at the temperature in
Table 4 Where the la rgest obtainable specimen has a width 11.1 If the results of the mechanical tests do not con
along the notch less than 8 mm, the temperature for testi ng folm to the Iequilements specif i ed, the ma
nufacturer may
shall be lower than the temperature in Table 4 by the reheat treat the forgings represented, and shall Ietest to the
amount shown in Table 6 for the actual specimen width applicable requilements
tested
11.2 Individually tested folgings meeting all requile
7.2.4.3 Where subsize specimens a
r e used and ments shall be acceptable
represent forged material wit
h thicknesses less than 0 .394
1 1.3 Repair by Welding - Weld repails shall be permit
in. [ 1 0 mm] , a
nd wher e the la
rgest obtainable specimen
ted (see Supplementa ry Requirement $58 of Specif i cation
has a width along the notch of at least 80% of the forging
A 96 1 ) at the discletion of the manufactuler with the f01
thick
n ess, t
he specimen shall be tested at the temperature
lowing limitations and requirements:
in Table 4 Where the la r gest obtai nable specimen has a
width along the notch of less tha n 80% of t he material 1 1.3.1 Repair by welding shall be made using weld
thick
ness, the temperature for testing shall be lower than ing procedures a
n d welders qualifi ed in accorda
nce with
the temperature in Table 4 by a n amount equal to t he ASME Sect i on IX of the Code. The weld procedur e quali
dif
ference (referTing to Table 6) between the temperature i cation test sha
f l l also include impact tests of the weld
reduction corresponding to the thick ness of the material metal and heat-af fected zone. All impact test specimens
represented, a
nd the temperature reduct ion coriesponding sha
ll have the longitudinal axis transverse to the weld and
to the specimen width actually tested. the base of the notch nolma
l to t
h e weld sulfi ce. Weld

588
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-350/SA-350M

specimens shall have the notch in weld metal and heat 12. Inspection
affected zone specimens shall have the notch in the heat 12.1 Inspection provisions of Specif
i cation A 96 1 shall
affected zone . The specimens shall be as large as permitted apply
by the weldment thickness . Where full-size specimens can
be obtained and where ther e is suff
i cient weldment thick
ness, the weld specimen shall be taken with one side of 13. Rej ection and Rehearing
the specimen wit hin 16 in . [ 1 .6 mm] of the weld surface . 13.1 Pur chaser sha
ll comply with provisions of Speci
Heat-af fected zone impact test specimens sha l l be taken i cation A 96 1
f
at t
h e same depth and locations applicable to the forging
in 7 . 1 . 3 . 1 and 7 . 1 . 3 .2 . When forgings ar e thermally treated
14. Certif
i cation
after' repair welding, the weld procedure test plate shall be
subjected to h te same thermal treatment. The mechanical 1 4. 1 DELETED

properties of the weld procedure qualifi cation test sha

ll 14.2 Test reports a re required, they shall include certi
conform to Sect
i on 7 .
f cation t
i hat all requirements of' this specifi cation have been
1 1 .3.2 Defects shall be completely r emoved by chip met, and shall be traceable to the forging represented
ping or' grinding to sound metal as verifi ed by magnetic The specifi cation designation included on test reports shall
particle, or' liquid penetrant inspection prior' to welding. include year of issue an d revision letter , if any . The manu
11.3.3 For Grade LF 1 f0rgings, and LF2 f0rgings facturer sha
l l provide th e following where applicable:
that are to be only stress-relieved after' repair' welding, the 14.2.1 Type heat treatment, Section 5 ,
weld metal shall be deposited using ca r bon steel electrodes
14.2.2 Chemical analysis results , Section 6 (Table 1 ),
E 70 1 5 , E 70 1 6, or E 70 1 8 , complying with AWS A 5 . 1 .
For' Grade LF2 forgings in all other conditions of' post 14.2.3 Product analysis r esults, 6 .2 (Table 1 ) ,
weld heat treatment, the weld metal shall be deposited 14.2.4 Tensile proper y results, Section 7 (Table 2)
using low-alloy steel electrodes E 70 1 5-A 1 ; E 70 1 6-A 1 , report the yield strengt
h and ultimate strength, in ksi [MPa] ,
or E 70 1 8-A 1 complying with AWS 55 ; for Gr ade LF3 elongation and reduction in a
r ea, in percent,
f0rgings the weld metal shall be deposited using low-alloy 14.2.5 Impact test results, 7 .2 (Table 3 , Table 4,
steel electrodes E 80 1 6-C2 or E 80 1 8-C2 complying wit h Table 5 , a
nd Table 6), including specimen size if' subsize
AWS A 55 ; for' Gr ades LF5 , LF9 , a
nd LF7 87 forgings,
samples were used,
the weld meta l shall be deposited using low-alloy steel
14.2.6 Har dness results , 7 3 1 ,
electr odes E 80 1 6-C 1 or E 80 1 8-C 1 complying with AWS
A 5 5 . For' Grade LF6, t
h e electrodes shall be low-hydr o 14.2.7 Any supplementa
ry testing required by the
gen, E-XX 1 5, E-XX 1 6, or E-XX 1 8 complying wit
h AWS pur chase order , and
A 5 . 1 or A 5 5 , as applicable . 14.2.8 If repaired by welding, letter W is to follow
11.3.4 After repair welding, the a r ea welded shall the ASTM designat
i on.
be completely flee of defects as ver i fi ed by magnetic pa
r ti
cle or' liquid penetrant inspect i on .
15. Product Marking
1 1.3.5 Forgings repair welded in the normalized,
noima lized and tempered, oI t h e quenched and tempered 15.1 In addit i on to the ma
r king r equirements of Speci
condit i ons shall be stres s-r elieved after repair welding at i cation A 96 1 , manufacturer' s name (see Note 2) or symbol
f
1 1 00°F [590°C] minimum, but not higher tha nth e tempei a sha
ll be permanently ma
r ked on each forging
ture previously used for tempering the base metal of the NOTE 2 - For purposes of identifi cation ma king, the manufactmei
same for ging , or shall be reheat treated in ac cordance is consideI ed the oi ganization that ceif
ifi es the piping component was
with 5 .4 . manufactm ed, sampled, and tested in accordance wit
h this specif
ication
and the i esults have been determined to meet the requii ements of this
11 .3.6 When the purchaser specif
i es Supplementa
ry specif
i caf
i on ,
Requirement $5 , the same requirements shall apply to t
he
15. 1 .1 If the f0rgings have been quenched and tem
weld procedure qualifcation tests .
pered or' quenched-and-precipitation heat tIeated, the letters
1 1.3.7 Repair by welding shall not exceed 1 0% of the QT shall be stamped on the forgings following t h e ASTM
sur
face a
r ea of the forging or 3 3 1/3% of' the wa
l l th
i ckness of designation
the fi nished forging, or in.. [9 5 nun] , whichever' is less,
without prior approval of the purchaser . 15.1.2 Foigings repaired by welding shall be ma
r ked
with the letter W following the ASTM designation.
11.3.8 When approva l of t he pur chaser' is obtained,
the limitations set forth in 1 1 . 37 may be exceeded, but a ll 15.2 If identif
i cation stamps a
r e obj ectionable and detri
other' requirements of 1 1 . 3 shall apply . menta
l to the forging, and when so stated on the purchase

5 89
SA-350 / SA-350M 2007 SECTION lI, PART A

order, the mar'k s may be painted or' stenciled on the forging, 15.6 Bar Coding - In addition to t he requirements in
or' stamped on a metal or plastic tag which shall be securely 1 5 A , 1 5 .2, 1 5 . 3 , 1 5 .4, and 1 5 . 5 , ba
r' coding is acceptable
attached to the forging as a supplemental identif i cation method., The purchaser'
may specify in the order a specifi c bat coding system to
15.3 When test reports a r e required, additional ma
r ks
be used. The bat' coding system, if' applied at t
he discIetion
shall be used as necessa
ry to identify the part wit
hthe test
of t
he supplier, should be consistent wit h one of' the pub
report .
lished industry sta
nda rds for' bar' coding. If' used on small
15.4 If' the test temperature is other' than t he standa rd parts, t
he ba
r' code may be applied to the box or' a substan
temperature specif i ed in Table 4, the ma
rk sha
l l also include tia
l ly applied tag .
the suffi x letter' S to t
he grade and class and th e test tempera
ture . A prefi x 0 to the test temperature shall indicate a less
than 0°F [- 1 8 °C] value . For' example, LF2S 0 1 75 denotes 1 6. Keywords
a test temperature of - 1 75 °F [- 1 1 5 °C] for' an LF2 pa r t.
16.1 ca rbon equivalent; pipe fi ttings, steel; piping appli
15.5 Parts meeting all requirements for' more h
tan one cations; pressure containing parts ; steel fla
n ges; steel forg
class may be marked wit h more than one class such as ings, alloy; steel f0rgings, ca
r bon; steel valves; temperature
LF2 CL 1 /CL2 ; LF5 CL 1 /CL2, and so forth., service applications, low

5 90
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-350 /SA-350M

FIG . 1 T E ST S P E C I M E N LO CAT I O N FO R Q U E N C H E D A N D T E M P E R E D FO RG I N G S A08

Ten s i le or i m pact test speci m en

(, i m pact test spec im en shown i n Fig . l )

N OT E 1 - For materi al with th ic kness T g reate r than 2 i n , [5 0 r

a m], T2 = 7-3 = T4 -
> Tmax
whe re :
Tmax = max i m um heat th reated th ic k ness

TA B L E 1
C H E M I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS

Composition, wt. %
G rad e
E l e m e nt G rade L F1 G rade L F2 G rade L F3 G rad e L F5 G rade L F6 L F9 G rade L F787

Carbo n, max 0 .3 0 0. 3 0 0 .20 0 30 0.22 0.20 0 07

M an g an ese 0 , 6 0-1 .. 3 5 0 ,, 6 0-I , 3 5 0 , 9 0 m ax 0 , 6 0-1 , 3 5 I ,, 1 5 -I ,, 5 0 0 , 4 0-I , 0 6 0 , 4 0-0 . 7 0
P hosphorus, max 0 . . 035 0 . 035 0 . 03 5 0. 03 5 0 .025 0 03 5 0 .025
S u lfu r, max 0 . 040 0. 040 0 . 04 0 0 . 040 0 .025 0 . 04 0 0. 025
S i l icon A 0 . 1 5-0. 3 0 0 . 1 5-0 3 0 0 . 2 0-0.. 3 5 0 . . 2 0-0 3 5 0 . 1 5-0 .3 0 . . . 0 .4 0 max
N i c ke l 0. 40 max B 0. 4 0 max B 3 . 3-3 . 7 1 . 0-2 . 0 0 . 4 0 max B 1 . 6 0-2 . 2 4 O.7 0-1 . 0 0
C hrom i um 0 .3 0 max B' c 0 .30 max B' c 0. 3 0 max c 0 .3 0 max c 0 .3 0 max B' c 0 .3 0 max c 0 . 6 0-0 .90
M o lybdenum 0.. 1 2 max B' c 0. 1 2 max 8' c 0 . 1 2 max c 0. 1 2 max c O. 1 2 max B' c 0 . 1 2 max c 0 . 1 5-0. 2 5
Copper 0 .40 max B 0 .4 0 max B 0.. 4 0 max c 0 .40 max c 0 .4 0 max B 0 . 75-1 . 2 5 1 . 0 0-1 . 3 0
C o l umb i um 0 .. 0 2 m ax 0 . 0 2 m ax 0 . 0 2 m ax 0 .. 0 2 m ax 0 . 0 2 m ax 0 . 0 2 m ax 0 . 02 m i n
V an ad i u m 0 . 0 8 m ax 0 . 0 8 max 0 .. 0 3 m ax 0 . 0 3 m ax 0 . 0 4-0 .. 1 1 0 . 0 3 m ax 0 . 0 3 max
N it ro ge n .. .. .. . . . .. .. .. . .. .. 0 . 0 1-0 . 0 3 0 .. .. .. .. . ..

A When vacu um carbon-deox i dati on is requ i red by S upp l ementary Req u i rement $4, the si l icon content shal l be 0 . 1 2 % max i m um .
B The sum of copper, n icke l, ch rom i u m, vanad i u m, and mo lybden um shal l not exceed 1 . 0 0 % on heat analys is .
C The sum of chrom i um and mo lybden u m shal l not exceed 0 .3 2 % on heat analys is .

59 1
SA-350/SA-350M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 2
T E N S I L E P RO P E RTI E S AT ROO M T E M P E RAT U R EA
G rades

L F6 L F787
L F 1 a nd L F2 L F3 C lass es
L F5 C lasses 1 and 2 L F5 C lasses
C lass I I and 2 C lass 2 C lass I 2 and 3 L F9 C l ass 2 C l ass 3

6 0-8 5 7 0-9 5 7 0-9 5 6 6-9 1 7 5-1 0 0 6 3-8 8 6 5-8 5 7 5-9 5

Te ns i le stre ngth, ks i [ M Pa]
[4 1 5-5 85 ] [485-65 5] [485-6 55] [4 5 5-63 0] [5 1 5-69 0] [435-6 0 5] [4 5 0-5 8 5 ] [ 5 1 5-65 5 ]
3 0 [2 0 5 ] 3 6 [2 5 0] 3 7 ,5 [2 6 0] 5 2 [360] 6 0 [4 1 5 ] 46 [3 1 5] 55 [380] 65 [45 0 ]
Y i e l d strength, m i n, ksi [ M Pal B' c
E l o n g at i o n :
S tan dard r o u n d spec i me n, o r smal l 25 22 22 22 20 25 20 20
pro port i onal spec i men, m i n % i n
4 D gage l e n gth
Stri p spec i men fo r wal l th i c kness s/16 2 8 30 30 30 28 28 28 28
i n , ( 7 , , 9 4 m m ) an d o ve r an d fo r'
al l sma l l s i zes tested i n fu l l sic
ti on; m i n % i n 2 i n , ( 5 0 m m )
E q u ati o n fo r cal cu l ati ng m i n e l o n- 48 t + 1 3 48 t + 15 48 t + 15 48 t + 1 5 48 t + 1 3 48 t + 1 3 48 t + 13 48 t + 1 3
gati on fo r' stri p spec i me ns th i n ne r
than 5/16 i n ( 7 ,94 m m ); m i n %
i n 2 i n ,, ( 5 0 m m )
t = actu a l th i c k n ess i n i n c h e s
Red ucti o n of area, m i n, % 38 30 35 40 40 38 45 45

A See 7 ,3 fo r hardness tests .

s Deter m i ned by e ithe r the 0 , 2 % of
fset meth od o r the 0 , 5 % extens i o n u nder l oad meth od
c F o r ro u nd spec i me ns o n ly

TA B L E 3
C H A R P Y V- N OTC H E N E R G Y R E Q U I R E M E N TS FO R STA N DA R D
S I Z E [1 0 by 1 0 m m3 S P E C I M E N S
M i n i m u m I mpact
E ne rgy Req u i red for M i n i mu m I mpact
Average of Each Set E nergy Permitted for
of Three S peci me ns, One Speci men on ly of
G rade ft- l bf [J ] a Set, ft-l bf [J]

L F 1 an d L F 9 1 3 [ 1 8] 1 0 [1 4]
1 5 [2 0] 1 2 [ 1 6]
L F 2 , C l ass 1
1 5 [2 0] 1 2 [1 6]
L F 3 , C l ass 1
1 5 [2 03 1 2 El 6]
L F 5, C l ass 1 and 2
1 5 [2 0 ] 1 2 [1 6]
L F 7 87, C l asses 2 an d 3
1 5 [2 0] 1 2 [1 6]
L F 6 , C l ass 1
2 0 [2 7] 1 5 [2 0]
L F 2 , C l ass 2
2 0 [2 7] 1 5 [2 0]
L F3, C l ass 2
2 0 [2 7] 1 5 E2 0]
L F 6, C l asses 2 and 3

5 92
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-350/SA-350M

TA B L E 4 j
STA N DA R D I M PACT T E ST T E M P E RAT U R E FO R
S TA N DA R D S I Z E [1 0 by 1 0 m i
ni S P ECI M E N S
G rade Test Te m pe ratu re, ° F [° C]

LF1 - 2 0 [-2 9]
L F 2, C l ass 1 -5 0 [-46]
L F 2, C l ass 2 0 [- 1 8]
L F3, C l asses 1 an d 2 - 1 5 0 [- 1 0 1 ]
L F5, C l asses 1 and 2 -7 5 [-5 9]
L F6, C l asses 1 and 2 -6 0 [-5 1 ]
L F 6, C l ass 3 0 [-1 8 ]
L F9 - 1 0 0 [- 7 3 ]
L F 7 8 7, C l ass 2 -7 5 [-59 ]
L F 7 8 7, C l ass 3 - 1 0 0 [-7 3 ]

TA B L E 5
M I N I M U M E Q U I VA L E N T A B S O R B E D E N E RG Y FT- L B F (J ) F O R VA R I O U S
S PECI M EN SIZESA
Standard 3/4 Size % Size 1/2 Size 1/3 Size 1/4 Size
S i ze [10 by [1 0 by [1 0 by [1 0 by [1 0 by [10 by
I0 mi
ni 7 .5 m i
ni 6 .6 r
a m] 5 mi
ni 3.3 m i
ni 2,5 m i
ni

15 [2 0 ] 12 [ 1 6] i0 [ 1 4] 8 [I I] 5 [7 ] 4 [6]
13 [ 1 8] I0 [ 1 4] 9 [12] 7 [ I 0] 5 [7 ] 4 [6]
12 [ 1 6] I0 [14] 9 [12] 7 [I0] 4 [6] 3 [5]
I0 [ 1 4] 8 [ii] 7 [ i 0] 5 [7 ] 3 [5 ] 3 [5 ]

A Stra i g ht- l i ne i nte rpo l at i o n fo r' i nte rmed i ate va l ues i s perm itted

TA B L E 6
C H A R PY I M PACT T E ST T E M P E RAT U R E ' R ED U CTI O N B E LOW TA B L E 5 T E ST
T E M P E RAT U R E W H E N T H E S U B S I Z E C H A R PY I M PAC T W I DT H A L O N G N OTC H I S
L E S S T H A N 80% O F T H E FO RG I N G T H I C K N E S S

T h i c k n e ss of th e M ate r i a l
Represe nted (see 7 2 . . 4.3 ),
or C harpy, I mpact Te m peratu re
Speci me n W idth Al ong the Red ucti on,
S i ze o f B a r N otch A, i n . [m m] ° F [°C]

S ta n d a rd 0 3 94 [ I 0] 0 [0]
S ta n d ard 0 , 3 5 4 [9 ] 0 [0]
S tan d a rd 0 3 1 5 [8] 0 [0]

/4-S I ze 0 2 95 [7 , 5 3 5 [3]
/4-S 1 ze 0 2 7 6 [7 ] 8 [5]

/3 - s i ze 0 2 6 2 [6 , 67 ] I 0 [6]

/3 -s i ze 0 . 2 3 6 [6] 1 5 [8]

/2-s i z e 0 , 1 97 [5 ] 20 [II]

/2 -s i z e 0 , 1 5 8 [4] 3 0 [ 1 7]

/3-s i ze 0 . 1 3 1 [3 , 33 ] 3 5 [2 0]

/3-S I ze 0 1 1 8 [3 ] 4 0 [2 2 ]
1/4-Sl ze 0 099 [2 , 5] 5 0 [2 8]

A Strai g ht- l i ne i nterpo l ati o n fo r' i nte rmed i ate va l ues is pe rm itted

593
SA-350/SA-350M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

In additi on to any supplementary requirements of' Specifi cation A 96 1 , the following supple
mentar y requirements shall apply only when specifi ed by the puichaser in the order:

S1. Other Impact Test Temperatures S4. Vacuum Carbon-Deoxidized Steels

SI.1 Impact test temperatures lower or higher than the $4. 1 Material made to Grades LF 1 , LF2, LF3 , LF5 ,
standa
r d temperature in Table 4 of this specif
i cat
i on shall and LF9 shall be vacuum ca
r bon-deoxidized, in which case
be used the silicon content shall be 0 . . 1 2% maximum. The test
report shall indicate that the steel was vacuum ca
r bon
SI. I.1 When higher test tempei atures a
r e employed, deoxidized.
te actual test temperature may not be higher than that
h
given in Table S 1 . 1 1
S 1.2 The test temperature sha
l l be specif
i ed by the $5. Special Impact Test Requirements for Flanges
(Note $5.1)
purchaser. When subsize specimens are used, the manufac
turer shall adjust the test temperature in accordance wit
h $5.1 Cha rpy test specimens shall be cut from an actual
the size restr
i ctions of 7 . 2 4 2 and 7 . 2 4 3 lf ange representing each size, heat, and heat-treatment lot.
If more than one size f l ange is represented by the same
S1.3 The forging shall be mar ked with the specif
i ed test heat and heat-tr eatment lot, the maximum size f
l ange shall
temperature in accordance with 1 5 4 A lower temperature be considered representative
shall not be ma
r ked on the forging because of the use of
$5.2 The number , location, a
n d orientat
i on of the test
subsize specimens
specimens shall be stated on the ordeE
S 1.4 The test results shall comply with Table 3 for
$5.3 The test results shall comply with Table 3 for
sta
ndard size specimens, and with Table 5 for subsize
standa
r d size specimens, and with Table 5 for subsize
specimens .
specimens
NOTE $5 1 - These special requirements should be considered for
$2. Stress-Relieved Test Specimens seYcices when the applied stresses approach t he maximum permissible
limits of the governing code, or the installation is subject to severe cyclic
S2.1 The test specimens shall be stress relieved. Stress conditions (7000 or mor e cycles over the expected life of the installation),
relieving shall be done after heat treatment in 5 4 and or both

before machining the specimens fr om th e heat-treated test

material

$6. Carbon Equivalent

$2.2 The purchaser shall furnish the forging manufac
turer with details of the stress-relief treatment desired. $6. 1 The ma
ximum car bon equivalent based on heat
n alysis shall be as shown in Table $6 1 .
a
$6.2 Determine the carbon equivalent (CE) as follows :
$3. Lateral Expansion
CE = C + Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo + V)/5 + (Ni + Cu)/ 1 5
$3. 1 Latera
l expa
n sion of t
h e Chatpy V-notch test in
accordance with S ection 25 of Test Methods a
n d Def
i ni $6.3 A lower maximum ca r bon equivalent may be
tions A 370 shall be measured and reported agreed upon between t
he supplier and the purchaser .

5 94
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-350 /SA-350M

TA B L E S 1 . 1 . 1 TA B L E $ 6 . 1
M AX I M U M S U P P L E M E N TA L T E S T M AX I M U M C A R B O N E Q U I VA L E N T VA L U E
T E M P E RAT U R E S
M ax , Th i c k n ess L e ss M ax . T h i c k n ess
G rade M ax i m u m Test Te mpe ratu r e, ° F ( ° C ) G rad e Than or Eq ual to 2 i n , G reater Than 2 i n .

LF1 - 1 0 [- 2 3 ] LF1 0 45 0 46
L F 2 C L l an d C L 2 0 47 0 48
L F 2, C l ass 1 -3 5 [-3 7 ]
L F6 C L1 0 , 45 0 46
L F 3, C l asses 1 and 2 - 1 2 5 [-87 ]
L F6 C L2 0 , 47 0 , 48
L F5, C l asses 1 an d 2 -6 0 E-5 1 ]
L F 6, C l asses 1 an d 2 -4 0 [-4 0 ]
L F9 - 8 0 E- 6 2 3
L F 7 8 7, C l ass 2 -6 0 [-5 1 ]
L F 7 8 7, C l ass 3 -8 0 [-6 2 ]
L F 2, C l ass 2 +1 0 E- 1 2 ]
L F 6, C l ass 3 +10 [- 1 2 ]

595
5 96
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-351 /SA-35 1M

SPECIFICATION FOR CASTINGS, AUSTENITIC,

AUSTENITIC-FERRITIC (DUPLEX), FOR
PRESSURE- CONTAINING PARTS

SA-35 1 / SA -35 1M
INTERNA TIONAL

S tandards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 35 1 /A 35 1 M-00 ,)

1. Scope A 2 1 7 /A 2 1 7M Specif
i cat
i on for' Steel Castings, Marten
1.1 This specifi cation covers austenitic and a n stenitic sitic Stainless and Alloy, f0r' Pressure-Containing Par ts ,
feriitic (duplex) steel castings for valves, f
l anges, f
i tt
i ngs, Suitable f0r' High-Temperatu t e Service
and other pressure-containing pa r ts (Note 1 ) . A48 8 /A 4 8 8M Practice for S teel Cast
i ngs , Welding, Qua
li
i cation of Pr ocedures and Personnel
f
NOTE 1 - Carbon steel cast i ngs for pt essu e-containing parts axe coveied
by Specif
i cation A 2 1 6/A 2 1 6M, and low-alloy steel castings by Specif i A 703 /A 703M Specifi cation for Steel Castings, General
cation A 2 1 7 /A 2 1 7M Requirements, for Pressut e-Containing Pa
r ts
E 1 65 Test Met
hod f0r Liquid Penetrant Examination
1.2 A number of grades of austenitic and austenitic
E 709 Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination
feriitic steel casti ngs a
re included in this specif i cation.
Since these grades possess va r ying degrees of suitability 2.2 Manufacturer,s Standardization Society of the Valve
for service at high temperatures or in corI osive environ and Fittings Industry Standard:
ments, it is the responsibility of the purchaser to determine S P- 5 5 Quality Standard for Steel C astings for Valves ,
which grade shall be furnished Selection will depend on Flanges, and Fittings and Other' Components (Visual
design an d service condit i ons, mechanical properties, and Met
h od)
high-temperature or corrosion-resistant characteristics, or'
both.

1 .2. 1 B ecause of therma

l instability, Gr ades CE20N, 3. General Conditions for Delivery
CF3A, CF3MA, and CF8A a r e not r ecommended for ser 3. 1 Material furnished to this specifi cation shall con
vice at temperatures above 800°F [425 °C] . form to the r equirements of Specif
i cat
i on A 703 /A 703M,
1 . 2 . 2 B e c au s e o f e mb ri ttl e me nt p h a s e s , Grade including any supplementary requirements that r a e indi
CD4MCu is not recommended for service at temper atures cated in the purchase order . Failure to comply wit h the
above 600°F [3 1 6 °C] . general requirements of Specifi cation A 703 /A 703M con
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI
stitutes nonconformance with this specifi cation . In case of
units are to be rega
r ded sepa
r ately as standa
r d. Within the
confl ict between the requirements of t
his specif i cation and
text, the SI units ar e shown in brackets . The values stated Specifi cation A 703 / A 7 03M , thi s specifi c ation shall
in each system are not exact equiva lents ; therefor e, each prevail .
system must be used independently of the other . Combining 3.2 The post weld heat treatment requirements of Sup
values from the two systems may r esult in nonconformance plementa r y Requirement S 1 1 may be specif
i ed when aus
with the specif
i cation . tenitic castings ot
her than HK, HT, or CT 1 5C r a e to be
subjected to severe corrosive service .
2. Referenced Documents
2. 1 ASTM Standards :'
A 2 1 6/A 2 1 6M Specif
i cation for Steel Cast
i ngs , Ca
r bon, 4. Ordering Information
S uitable for Fu sion Welding , for High-Temper ature 4.1 The inquiry and order' should include or' indicate
S ervice the following :

5 97
SA-351/SA-351M 2007 SECTION H, PART A

4.1.1 A description of the casti ng by pattern number hot tear's . Ot

her surface discont
inuit
i es shall meet t
h e visual
or drawing (dimensional tolerances shall be included on acceptance sta
n da
r ds specifi ed in t
he order . Visual Method
the casting drawing) . SP 55 or' other' visual standa
rds may be used to defi ne
4.1 .2 Grade of' steel, acceptable surface disconti nuiti es and finish. Unacceptable
visual sur
face discontinuit
ies sha
ll be removed and their'
4.1.3 Options in the specif
i cation, and remova
l verif
i ed by visual examination of the resultant
4.1.4 Supplementa
r y requkements desired, including cavities .

the sta
n da
r ds of acceptance .
9.2 When additiona
l inspect
i on is desired, Supplemen
ta
r y Requkements $5, $6, a
nd S 1 0 may be ordered,
5. Process 9.3 The castings shall not be peened, plugged , or
5.1 The steel shall be made by t h e electric fur
n ace impregnated to stop leaks
process wit
h or wit
hout separate refi ning such as ar gon
oxygen decarbmization (AOD) .
10. Repair by Welding
10.1 Repairs shall be made using procedures and weld
6. Heat Treatment
ers qualifi ed under Practice A 488/A 488M
6.1 All cast
ings sha
l l receive a heat treatment at the
10.2 Weld repair s sha
ll be inspected to t
he same quality
temperature specifi ed in Table 1 , followed by a quench in
sta
n da
r ds t
hat me used to inspect the castings . When cast
water or rapid cool by ot her means except as noted
ings are produced with Supplementa ry RequiIement $5
NOTE 2 - Proper heat treatment of these alloys is usually necessmy specifi ed, weld repairs on casti ngs that have leaked on
to enhance corrosion resistance and in some cases to meet mecha
n ical
hydrostatic test, or on casti ngs in which t
h e depth of any
properties Minimum heat-treat temper atm'e s are specifi ed; however , it cavit
y prepa red for repair welding exceeds 20% of the wall
is sometimes necessary to heat-tt eat at higher temper atmes, hold tot some
hickness or 1 in.. [25 mm] , whichever' is smaller , or on
t
minimum time at temper attu'e and then r apidly cool the casti ngs in order
to enhance the corrosion resistance and meet mechanica l propelties castings in which a
ny cavity prepa
r ed for' welding is greater
h an approximately 10 in.2 [65 cm2], shall be radiographed
t
to t
he sa
me sta nda r ds that a
r e used to inspect the castings.
7. Chemical Composition Wen castings a
h re produced wit h Supplementa ry Require
7. 1 The steel shall conform to the r equirements as to ment $6 specifi ed, weld repairs sha
ll be inspected by liquid
chemical composit
i on prescribed in Table 2 penetrant examination to t
he same standa
rds t
h at ate used
to inspect the castings..
NOTE 3 - When austenitic steel castings ale to be used in services
8. Tensile Properties where they will be subject to stress corrosion, t
he purchaser' should so
8.1 Steel used for' the castings shall conform to t
he indicate in his order and such castings should be solution-heat treated
following all weld repairs
requirements as to tensile properties prescribed in Table 3 .

9. Quality 1 1 . Keywords
9.1 The sur
f ace of the casting shall be examined visu I Ll austenitic stainless steel ; duplex stainless steel ;
ally and shall be free of adhering sand, scale, cracks, and pressure containing pi
n ts ; sta
i nless steel; steel castings

598
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-351/SA-351M

TA B L E I
H E AT-T R E AT M E N T R E Q U I R E M E N T S
Te mperatu re, r
ain
G rad e oF oC

H K3 0, H K40, H T3 0, C T I S C as-cast as-cast

C F3, C F3 A, C F 8, C F 8A, C F 3 M 1900 1 04 0
C F3 M A, C F8 M , C F3 M N , C G 3 M , C F I O,
C F I O M , C G 8 M , C D4 M C u, C F I O S M n N ,
C F 8 C, C F I O M C 1 95 0 1 0 65
C D3 M W C u N 2010 1 100
C N 7 M, C G6 M M N, C E8 M N 2050 1120
C K3 M C u N , C N 3 M N , C H 8, C H I O,
C H 2 0, C K2 0 2100 1 150
C E20NA 2225 1220

A G r ade shal l be q ue nched i n wate r o r the casti n g s may be fu r

nace coo l ed to 2 0 5 0° F [ 1 1 2 0° C ] m i n i m u m, he l d fo r 1 5 m i n m i n i
m u m and the n q uen ched i n wate r o r' rap i d l y c oo l ed by othe r' means

5 99
SA-351 /SA-351M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

o. o

--r'
ol o h
,
c M c 6

o' o
0 0 L

@ M M d d

o 0

O
¢xl
o
t L
o o o

o o o 0 0
o o o o

0
L
o

o o o 0 0
q o o o o L

d 6 d

CO
T
0 0 0

0
o
O0
I.
Z
? o o
la.I
o o
o' o
1.0

0
r

<
- ..d
,< o
o

CO
o o o I o
Ll.I o o o o
"r 0 c

o
Z o
o.
o o i "- ?
o
. ., ., .
o o o I I
o o o o o
0

o
o

CO
I I
o o

o
o

O O l
o o o I I .. .. . .. . I-
o o

o
o

0 0 0
o
M d d 06 c

o c
o

i ii ii ii ,i
0 0 0

F
0
I

E x
. . ' , z o
Z
.

, - o

qD I-
-

6O0
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-351/SA-351M

o o
z
? 7 7
d d
d d d d o

o
o
o

o o o o o

o
z d o
o d
I Ll O O O O I O
o
¢O
d d d d o

o
I I

v o o o o
d o

r-I
I" o o o o .. .. .. . ..

cA o
d
, I
I.L o o o
tO
d d d d
o
o
z • o.1

O 00
I .. .. .. .. ..
v o

¢.O d
I-
Z
Z

o
I Ll
D I o o o o I I I I
DD o o

o o o
i.-- or
la.I 0
r
Z 0

.-I
co o o I
!.lJ I
o o o o 0

d d d o6 d d
I Ll
-r"
d o E

I [ I I
o o

q q q q q
M d

Z × × ×

z
0 0 0 0 0 o

d d d 4 d d o
d
o
o
p.., o o l I
Z 0 0 0

0 0 0 oJ
q m N
0 o

d
^,
O
0 0 0 0 o
I ,
A

0 0 0

I-
-r
0 0 O 0 o .. .. .. . ..
u

0 0 0 o

E E
o

E x
°
. _
o , ,

60 1
SA-35 1/SA-351M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

g
r-I , oJ

e,J o

0
o4

°
,'.q , , o .2
°

o
..g

.£
e,3

-r

?, oJ

g
°

o ,.r, '-q o.
Z co ,y. o
o

o
,,.q ,,'!, o
I, er

z
I,,.IJ &
z
LI.I u'3

ut uh o
_J =
o
<
I.-- W o
<
-1 u'3
° o
,D

z <

I- < U3 g
o

r¢3
g o

t,.f)
0

o
.E
LI
° ,,4

,.,4
o4
,I
=
=
W
o

° ° ,:5
re3 cq

<
E "
LI
u3
q t-i

z o

° o
r¢3 2
r-l ,
_c,

_,_ ._o= = , E
- -

_ =- .-,=
E "fl E -
- > uJ

602
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-351/SA-351M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementary requirements shall not apply unless specif i ed in the purchase
order , A list of' standar dized supplementa r y requirements for use at the opt i on of' the
purchaser' is included in Specifi cation A 703 /A 703M. Those which a r e ordina
r ily considered
suitable for' use with this specifi cation a
r e given below . Other's enumerated in Specif i cat
i on
A 703 /A 703M may be used with this specif i cation upon agreement between the manufac
tr
u er and pur chaser .

$2. Destruction Tests Sll. Post Weld Heat Treatment

S l l . 1 All austenitic cast

i ngs , except Grades HK, HT,
$5. Radiographic Inspection
and CT 1 5C , which have been subj ected to weld repai rs,
$6. Liquid Penetrant Inspection shall be given a post weld solut i on heat treatment.
S10. Examination of Weld Preparation
S10. 1 The method of' pef fbrming the magnetic pa r ticle
or liquid penetrant test shall be in accordance with Practice
E 1 65 or Practice E 709 ,

603
604
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-352/SA-352M

SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL CASTINGS, FERRITIC

AND MARTENSITIC, FOR PRESSURE CONTAINING
PARTS, SUITABLE FOR LOW-TEMPERATURE
SERVICE

SA -352/SA -352M

A09
(Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 352/A 352M-06 )

the selecti on of ener gy levels and testing temper atures, Appendix X 1

1. Scope should be consulted
1.1 This specifi cation covers steel castings for' valves,
1.3 The values stated in either' inch-pound units or' SI
l ang e s , f
f i tting s , and other' pres sure- containing par ts
intended primarily for' low-temperature service.. units are to be regarded separately as standa r d. Within t
he
text, the SI units ar e shown in brackets . The values stated
1.2 Several grades of' ferIitic steels and one grade of in each system a r e not exact equivalents; therefore, each
ma
r tensitic steel a
r'e covered. Selection of analysis will system must be used independently of' the ot her. Combining
depend on design and service conditi ons (Note) . The tem values fiom t h e two systems may esult in nonconformance
perature shown is the lowest temperature at which the with the specifi cation. Inch-pound units a r e applicable for'
materia
l ordinarily is required to meet the impact require mater i al o dered to Specif i cat
i on A 352 and SI units for
ments of this specifi cation (see Supplementar y Require mater
i al ordered to Specif
i cat
i on A 3 52M .
ment $22, Impact Test Temperatures) . User' s should note
that hardenability of some of t h e grades mentioned may 2. Referenced Documents
restrict the maximum size at which the required mechanical 2. 1 ASTM Standards:'
properties a r e obtainable (see Appendix X 1 ) . A 35 1 /A 35 1M Specifi cation for Castings, Austenitic, for
Unusual Minimum Testing Pres sure-Containing Parts
Grade Temper atur es, °F [°C] A 3 70 Test Methods and Def i nit
i ons for' Mechanical Test
LCA -25 [-3 2] ing of Steel Products
LCB -5 0 [-46] A 488 /A 48 8M Pr actice fix Steel Cast
i ngs, Welding, Qual
LCC -5 0 [-46] if
i cations of Procedures and Personnel
LC 1 -75 [-5 9]
A 703 /A 703M Specifi cati on for Steel Castings, General
LC2 - 1 00 [- 73 ]
LC2- 1 - 1 00 [-73] Requirements, for Pressure-Containing Pa rts
LC3 - 1 5 0 [- 1 0 1 ] E 1 65 Test Method for' Liquid Penetrant Examination
LC4 - 1 75 [- 1 1 5] E 709 Guide for Magnetic Pa rticle Examination
LC9 -3 20 [- 1 96]
CA6NM - 1 00 [-7 3]
2.2 Manufacturers ' Standardization Society of the
Valve and Fittings Industry Standard:'
SP-5 5 Quality Standard for' Steel C astings for Valves,
NOTE 1 - This specifi cation cover s t he low-temper ature r equirements
patticulaxly pertinent for ferf itic and martensitic steels Certain of the
Flanges , and Fittings and Other Piping Components
grades of austenitic steel casti ngs fur
nished in accordance with Specifi ca (Visual Method)
t on A 35 1 /A 35 1M have been found suitable for low-temper atur e service
i
down to -300°F [- 1 84°C] a n d other' s down to -425 °F [-254°C] These
3. General Conditions for Delivery
grades may be used when impact tested in accoida
nce with Specification
A 352/A 352M wit h ener gy levels and temper atur es ot test mutually 3.1 Material furnished to this specif
i cation shall con
agreed upon between the purchaser and the manufactur er As a guide to form to t
h e requirements of Specifi cation A 703 /A 703M

6O5
 SA -352/SA-352M 2009b SE C TION II, PART A

including any supplementary requirements that a r e indi 7. Mechanical Requirements

cated in the purchase order Failure to comply with the 7 . 1 Tens ion Test :
gener al requirements of Specif i cation A 703 /A 703M con 7.1 .1 Tensile properties of steel used fbr the castings
stitutes nonconformance wit h this specif i cat i on In case of shall confbrm to t
he requirements specif i ed in Table 1
conf l ict between the requirements of this specif i cati on and
S p ec i f
i c ati o n A 7 0 3 / A 7 0 3 M , thi s spe c i f
i c ati on s h al l 7.2 Impact Test.
prevail , 7.2. 1 The notched bar impact pr operti es of' the mate
f al shall be determined by test
i i ng a set of three Cha r py
V-notch impact specimens for each heat at one of the
4 Ordering Information standard test temperatures shown in Table 1 , depending
4. 1 The inquiry a
n d order should include or indicate on the intended service temper atur e (see Appendix X 1 ) .
the following : The average energy value of the three specimens shall
4. 1 . 1 A description of the casting by pattern number not be less th an specif
i ed, with not more than one value
or drawing (dimensional tolerances shall be included on permitted below the average minimum specif i ed and no
the casting drawing) , value permitted below t he mi nimum specif i ed for a single
4. 1 .2 Glade of steel, specimen

4. 1 .3 Options in the specif

i cation, and 7.2.2 The notched ba
r impact test shall be made in
accorda
n ce with Test Methods and Def
i nit
i ons A 3 70 .
4 . 1 .4 The s uppl ementar y re quirements de sired ,
including the sta
ndar ds of acceptance 7.2.3 Impact test specimens shall be machined to the
form and dimensions shown in Test Methods and Def
i ni
i ons A 370, Fig. 1 1 .
t
5. Heat Treatment

5. 1 All castings shall receive a heat treatment proper

to their design and chemical composition It should be 8. Quality
recognized that liquid quenching of t
h e ferf
i tic gr ades is 8. 1 The surface of the casting shall be exam
i ned visu
normal ly required to meet the mechanical properties of ally and shall be free of adhering sand, sca
le, cr acks, and
hot tear s Ot
h er surface discontinuities shall meet the visual
heavier sections and will greatly enhance the low-temper a
ture properties of thinner sections acceptance standa
r ds specif
i ed in t
h e order . Visual Met
hod
SP-5 5 or other visual standards may be used to def
i ne
5.2 Ferritic cast
i ngs shall be furnished in the norma
l ized
acceptable surface discontinuities and f
i nish. Unacceptable
and tempered or liquid-quenched and tempered condition, visual surface discontinuities shall be r emoved and their
except for Grade LC9, which shall be liquid-quenched and r emoval verif
i ed by visual examination of the resultant
tempered Castings shall be tempered at a minimum of cavities When methods involving high temperature a re
1 1 00°F [590°C] , except Grade LC4, which shall be 1 050°F used in the removal of discontinuities, castings shall be
[5 65 °C] , and Grade LC9, which shall be tempered in the
preheated to at least t
h e minimum temperatures in Table 2.
range of 1 050 to 1 1 75°F [5 65 to 635 °C] , followed by ¢

cooling in air or liquid. 8.2 When additional inspection is desir ed, Supplemen
ta
r y Requirements $4, $5 , and S 1 0, may be ordered
5.3 CA6NM cast i ngs shall be heat-treated by heating
to 1 850°F [ 1 0 1 0°C] minimum, and air cooling to 200°F 8 .3 Th e c as tin g s s hall n o t b e p e en e d , plu g g e d , or
[95 °C] maximum before a ny opt i onal intermediate temper, impregnated to stop leaks
but shall cool to 1 00°F [40°C] maximum before the f i na
l
temper , which shall be between 1 050 and 1 1 50°F [565 a
nd
9. Repair by Welding
620°C]
9.1 Repair s shall be made using procedures a
nd welder's
5.4 Cast i ngs shall be allowed to cool below the transfor in accordance with Practice A 4 8 8 /A 48 8M
mation range directly after poming and solidif i cat
i on before
9.2 Welding of Grade LC9 shall be accomplished using
h ey a
t r e reheated for norma l izing or liquid quenching
nonmagnetic f i ller materi al of AWS cl as si fi c ation
5.5 Temperature Control - Furnace temperatur e for ENiCrFe-2, and shall require liquid penetrant inspecti on of
heat treating shall be contr olled by use of pyrometers the weld (Supplementa r y Requirement $6) when magnetic
par ticle inspection (Supplementar y Requirement $4) i s
6. Chemical Composition specif
i ed for t
h e cast
ing.
6.1 The steel shall conform to t
h e requirements as to 9.3 ' Weld repair s shall be inspected to the same quality
chem
i cal composition for the grade order ed as specif
i ed standar ds that ar e used to inspect the castings When cast
in Table 1 . ings ar e produced with Supplementa r y Requirement $4

6O6
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-352/SA-352M

specifi ed, weld repairs shall be inspected by magnetic parti mandatory stress relief or' heat treatment shall be in accor
cle examinat
ion to the same standa
r ds that a
r e used to dance with the piocedure qualifi cation used. When stress
inspect the castings. When castings ar e produced wit h Sup relief' is Iequired for Grade LC9, cooling shall be in still air
plementa r y Requirement $5 specifi ed, weld repairs on cast
ings that have leaked on hydrostatic tests, or on castings 10. Product Marking
in which the depth of any cavity prepa
r ed for' repair welding 10.1 All ma
r king shall be on a raised pad using low
exceeds 20% of' the wall t
hickness or' 1 in. [25 mm] which
stress stamps .
ever is smaller , or on castings in which any cavity prepa
r ed
for welding is greater' t
han approximately 10 in 2 [65 cm2] 10.2 In addition to t he marking required by Specifi ca
shall be radiographed to the same standa
r ds t
h at a
r e used tion A 7 0 3 / A 7 0 3 M , c asting s th at h ave been li quid
to inspect t
he cast
ings . quenched and tempered sha
ll be ma
r ked with the letter s
"QT . "

9.4 Castings containing any repair' weld that exceeds

20% of' t
he wall thickness , or' 1 in . [25 mm] , whichever' is 11. Keywords
smaller', or' that exceeds approximately 1 0 in.2 [65 cm2] in 1 1.1 alloy steel; ca
r bon steel; ferf
i tic steel; low temper
a'e a, or that was made to correct hydrostatic test defects
r ature applicati ons; mar tensitic sta
inless steel; pressure con
shall be stress ielieved or heat treated after welding. This taining parts; stainless steel; steel castings

607
SA-352/SA-352M 2009b SE CTION II, PART A

o
0 o

L o
04 o o
o o 1 1 o o
o
c t
CO 0%

0
0 q
f

o o
U3
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0
0
u%
. _
.-J ? T : : : :
u3

0
L o .. . .. .
t-t

uh
O0 0 0 0 0 0
I.-
Z , E o
IJJ

tw o Lc ,J
._1

o P- o rXl
Ot . u.
U.I

0 o o
I- o

,< ? ? . . . . ed

,---I " o .. . . . o o

uq
d d d
-J
E o
o
c
I.-- <
m x" o I o u..l

__l
d d d eq
O9
Z
laJ
I--
o
_a
,< ._J
o & & o
O 0 0
uq

I.*J
-r"

:j 0
0

-J 0 %%%%% & o r- r

u% Oh o
o o o o o o o o o o% ,-'4

o
0 o

o
< u%
O4
%
r

0 o o
e
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 r--t

E = _ o
"-' o eo E =
E • un .£:
Z
I-

Z ._
= ,.,_ , ,

o o E

608
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-352/SA-352M

TA B L E 2
M I N I M U M P R E H E AT T E M P E RAT U R E S
M i n i m u m P r e heat
G rade Th ickn ess, i n . [mm ] Te m pe ratu re, ° F [°C]

LCA al l 50 El0]
LC B al l 50 El0]
LCC al l 50 [10]
LCl ove r 5/8 [ 1 5 ,9] 250 [120]
5/8 and u nde r' 50 [10]
LC2 al l 300 E150]
L C 2- 1 al l 3 0 0 E 1 5 03
LC3 al l 3 0 0 E 1 5 0 :]
LC4 al l 3 0 0 E1 5 0 3
C A6 N M al l 50 [10]

609
SA-352/SA-352M 2009b SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The following supplementa r y requirements shall not apply unless specif i ed in the purchase
order. A list of standa r dized supplementary requirements for' use at the opt i on of the
purchaser is included in Specif i cation A 703 /A 703M. Those which a re ordinarily considered
suitable for' use with this specif
i cation a
re given below together' with additional supplemen
tary requirements that ar e applicable only to this specif
i cation. Other' supplementa r y require
ments enumerated in A 703 /A 703M may be used with this specif
i cation upon agreement
between the manufacturer and purchaser

S1. Unspecif
i ed Elements 25 LCB for' +25 °F [-4 °C] and 025 LCB f0r' -25 °F [-32°C] .
$2. Destruct
i on Tests $22.2 Lateral expa
n sion of V-notch specimens shall
be measured in accor dance wit
h 23. 23 . 1 of Test Met
h ods
$4. Magnet
ic Part
icle Inspect
i on
nd Def
a i nit
i ons A 370, and reported for information.
$5. Radiographic Inspection
$9. Drop Weight Tests
$23. Carbon Equivalent
S 1 0. Examination of Weld Preparat
i on
S 10.1 The method of performing the magnetic particle S23. 1 When specif i ed on t
h e order the maximum car
or liquid penetrant test shall be in accordance wit
h Practice bon equivalent shall be :
E 709 or Practice E 1 6 5 . Ca ade Carbon Equivalent, max
LCA 0 50
LCB 0 , , 50
$2 1 . Heat Treatment LCC 0 55

$21. 1 Castings shall be liquid quenched and temper ed.

$23 .2 Determ
i ne ca
r bon equivalent, CE, as follows :

$22. Impact Test Temperatures Mn CI + Mo + V Ni + Cu

CE = C + --:- + +
$22. 1 When an impact test temperature othe than that 6 5 15

listed in Table 1 is used, the lowest test temper ature at

which the material met the impact test requir ements shall
be stamped with low-stress stamps on a raised pad located
immediately ahead of t h e material symbol ; for' example,

610
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-352/SA-352M

APPENDIX

(Nonmandatory Information)

X1 . EXPLANATION OF THE USE OF NOTCHED X1.4.1 Much of the origina

l work in the fi eld of
BAR IMPACT TESTS IN DETERMINING notch toughness was done on wrought materials that had
THE ACCEPTABILITY OF STEELS FOR def
inite directiona
l grain fl ow par allel to the axis of the
LOW-TEMPERATURE SERVICE bar, and the specimens were taken with the longitudina l
XI.1 Years of' experience and test work have shown axis of the specimen pa
r allel to the axis of the bar . It has
that some materials, pa
rticula
r ly ferf
itic steels, change f
rom been well established that the r esults fr om impact testing
tough to brittle behavior with a decrease in temperature . of' the s ame piec e of steel may v ary consi derably ,
The transition temperatures and the levels of' notch tough depending upon the orientation of the specimen to t he
ness var y with different materials, depending on many direction of' grain f
l ow. Alt
h ough it is known that specimens
factors . When materials are used under conditions wher e taken with their axis transverse to the direction of grain
brittle behavior' may occur, t
h ere is danger' t
hat fl aws, which lf ow will have lower' values depending on t he amount of'
would be considered nonhaza
r dous if' the material were cross rolling or' forging the material has received, there
tou gh , may prop ag ate to di s astrou s failure of' the were insuff i cient test data to permit specif
i c mandatory
equipment. requirements on the impact properties of' wrought materials
determined in any direction other than parallel to the direc
X1.2 Accordingly, many var i eties of' tests have been tion of grain fl ow . Except in special cases this limitation
developed in an effort to evaluate the toughness of materials st
i ll exi sts ..
and the condit
i ons under' which they will transform f
l 'om
tough to brittle behavior' . There are many opinions and X1.4.2 It is acknowledged that notched bar impact
shadings of opinion as to which test is most suitable for' tests are of a qualitative rather than a quantitat i ve nature.
evaluating the suitability of materials f0r service at low As yet, except possibly for ship steel, no satisfiactory corre
temperatures; however' , as yet, only the Charpy impact test lation has been possible between tests on small standardiza
has received suff
i cient general acceptance and has been tion specimens and the behavior of a stmctmal pa r t under
used as a basis for purchasing for' suffi cient i
t me to be any given conditions of loading in service The required
included in AS TM standar ds . Furthermor e , thi s te st i s values as determined by the Cha r py V-notch impact test
required for' low-temperature service vessels and piping ar e arbitra
r y values which can be met by ca r bon and low
constructed in accordance with ASME Code for' Unf i red alloy constructional steels when tested at temper atures
Pressur e Vessels and the America
n National S tanda
r d Code above that wher e their behavior changes t om tough to
for Pr e s sure Piping (ANSI B 3 1 ) , r e sp ectively . The se brittle as judged by this test. The acceptability of t his
ASTM specif i cations for' materials for low-temperature ser dividing line seems to be justifi ed by sepcice experience
vice ar e primarily used in piping and pressure vessel con on ca
r bon and certain low- alloy steels .
stmction that are subjected to temperatures lower than X 1.4.3 The literature shows that notched ba
r impact
ambient; consequently, the notched bar impact test require strength s in constructi onal steels dif
fer widely in accor
ments are written to pr ovide material that in quality and dance wit h many va r iables . Consequently, t
here is bound
by its testing can be validated for' use under' the construction to be some discrepancy between an individual test bar a nd
codes .
the entire par t that it represents No system of test ba r
X1.3 No assurance is offered that compliance with selection can guar antee that every sample would meet mini
these requirements will provide a material that will resist mum requirements . Test bat selection must be a compro
britt
l e failure under all possible conditi ons of service to mise to generally represent the product .
as low as the specifi ed impact test temperature It may X1 .4.4 The comm
i ttees responsible for these mate
eventually be possible that other types of tests will provide f at specifi cations have had as an objecti ve the selection
i
greater assurance of materia! suitability for low-tempera of test specimens that will represent the propert i es of the
ture services , but at t
his t
ime there is insuff
i cient n
k owledge materials, in the form in which they will be used . However ,
for agreement and general accepta
n ce of some test other accomplishment of this obj ective has only pa
rti ally been
tha
n the Charpy impact test realized At this t
ime it is impossible to select samples for
X1.4 Attention is directed to the following subj ects testing that will represent all parts a
n d sizes of the product
which have a beat
ing on the value of Charpy impact tests : involved Pa rt
i cularly in ferf
i tic steels, it is impractical to

61 1
SA-352/SA -352M 2009b SECTION II, PART A

remove the test bars from heavy sections over about 4 in. from testing in non-standard locations, have been consid
[ 1 00 r
am] and expect them to show r esults as high as tests er e d i n drafti ng the s e s pec if
i c ati ons , Wi th ti me an d
l om light sections of' the same material.. The practical
f increased knowledge, it may be possible to require mor e
commercial limits on the amount of testing possible, as representative testing ,
well as limits to knowledge of what r esults may be expected

612
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-353/SA-353M

SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE VESSEL PLATES,

ALLOY STEEL, 9 PERCENT NICKEL, DOUBLE
NORMALIZED AND TEMPERED

SA-353/SA-353M @
INTERNATIONAL
S tandarda Wor/dwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 353 /A 353M-04 ) A08

1. Scope .
General Requirements and Ordering
1.1 This specifi cat
ion covers 9% nickel steel plates, Information
double-noimalized and tempered, intended particularly for 3.1 Materia l supplied to this mater
ial specif
i cat
ion shall
welded piessure vessels for cIyogenic service. conform to Specifi cat
ion A 20 /A 20M. These requirements
1.2 Plates produced under this specif
i cat
i on r
ae subject outline t
he testing and retesting methods a nd procedures,
to impact testing at -320°F [- 1 95 °C] or at such other permissible variations in dimensions, a nd mass, quality
temperatures as a
re agreed upon. nd repair of defects, marking, loading, etc.
a
1.3 The maximum t hickness of plates is limited only by 3.2 Specif i cation A 20 /A 20M also establishes t
h e rules
the capacity of t
he mater
i al to meet the specifi c mecha
nical for' t
h e order
ing infor mation that should be complied wit h
property Iequirements; however, current mill practice nor. when purchasing mater i al to t
his specif
i cation.
mally limits this mater
i al to 2 in. [50 mm] max.
3.3 In additi on to t
he basic requirements of this specif i
1.4 This material is susceptible to magnet
ization. Use
cation, certa
i n supplementary requirements a re ava i lable
of magnets in handling after heat treatment should be
when additiona l control, testing, or examination is required
avoided if residua
l magnet i sm would be detrimental to
to meet end use requirements. These include:
subsequent fabr
ication or service.
3.3. 1 Vacuum t
reatment,
1.5 T he values stated in either inch-pound units or SI
units a
re to be iega
rded separately as sta
ndard. Within the 3.3.2 Additional or special tension test
i ng,
text, h
te SI units a
re shown in brackets. The values stated
3.3.3 Impact testing, a
nd
in each system ate not exact equivalents; t herefore, each
system must be used independently of t
h e other. Combining 3.3.4 NondesUaactive examination.
values from the two systems may result in nonconfbimance
withhte specifi cat
ion 3.4 The purchaser is refened to the listed supplemen
tary requirements in t
his specif
i cation a
nd to the detailed
2. Referenced Documents
requirements in Specif
i cat
ion A 20/A 20M .
2. 1 ASTM Standards: 3.5 If the requirements of t
his specif i cation a
re in con
A 20/A 20M Specif
i cation for' General Requirements for' fict with t
l he requirements of Specif i cation A 20 /A 20M,
Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels he requirements of t
t his specif
i cation shall prevai l.
A 435 /A 435M Specif
i cat
ion for St
rai ght-Beam Ult
rasonic
Examination of Steel Plates
A 577 /A 577M Specifi cation for Ultrasonic Angle-Beam
Examination of Steel Plates 4. Manufacture

A 578 /A 578M Specif

i cat
i on for' St
rai ght-Bea
m Ultrasonic 4. 1 Steelmaking Practice - T
he steel sha
ll be k
i lled
Examinat
ion of Pla
in a
nd Clad Steel Plates for Special ad shall conform to t
n he f
i ne austenitic gra
i n size require
Applications ment of Specif
icat
ion A 20 /A 20M .

613
SA-353tSA-353M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

5. Heat Treatment 7. Mechanical Requirements

5.1 All plates shall be heat treated in accordance with 7.1 Tension Test Requirements - The matef
i al as repre
52. Shell plates and other paris, including heads and rein sented by the tension-test specimens shall confbrm to the
forcing pads that a r e heated for f0iming shall be heat requirements specifi ed in Table 2 .
r eated after' forming in accordance with 5 .2 .
t 7.1.1 Upon agreement between t he purchaser and
the manufhcturer, yield strengt
h may be determi ned by the
5.2 Heat Treatment Procedure;
exte n si on un d er l oad me th od, u si ng 0 . 00 5 in . /in .
5.2.1 First Normalizing Treatment - Heat the plate [0.005 mm/mm] total extension.
to a unifbim temperature of 1 650 + _ 25°F [900 +_ 1 5°C] , 7. 1 . 2 For' nomin al plate thickne s se s of 3 /4 i n .,
hold at that temperature for a minimum of 1 h/in [20 mm] and under , the 1 2 in. [40 mm] wide rectangula r
[2.. 4 min/mm] of thickness, but in no case less than 1 5 min,
and cool in air .
specimen may be used for t he tension test and the elonga
tion may be determined in a 2 in. [50 mm] gage length
5.2.2 Second Normalizing Treatment - Reheat the hat includes the f
t i actme and shows the greatest elongation .
plate to a uniform temperature of 1450 _ + 25°F [790 -+ 7. 1.3 One tension test shall be taken from each plate
1 5°C] , hold at t
h at temperature for a minimum of 1 h/in, as heat treated.
2., 4 m
in/mm of thickness, but in no case less than 1 5 m
in,
and cool in aiL 7.2 Impact Test Requirements "
7.2.1 Cha rpy V-notch impact tests shall be made in
5.2.3 Tempering Treatment - Reheat t h e plate to a accordance with Specif
i cation A 20 /A 20M.
uniform temperature within the range f
i om 1 050 to 1 1 25 °F
[565 to 605°C] , hold within that temperature range for a 7.2.2 The longitudinal axis of the test specimens
minimum of 1 /
hin. 2 .4 min/mm of t
hick
n ess, but in no shall be transverse to the f
i nal rolling direction of t
h e plate.
case less t
h an 1 5 min, and cool in a ir or water quench at 7.2.3 Unless otherwise agreed, tests shall be con
a rate not less than 300°F/h [ 1 65 °C/h] . ducted at -320°F [- 1 95 °C] .
5.2.4 If hot forming is performed after heating to a 7.2.4 Each test specimen shall have a later a
l expan
temperature within the range from 1 650 to 1 750°F [900 s ion oppo site the notch of not le s s th an 0 . 0 1 5 in .
to 955°C] the f
i rst normalizing treatment (5.2. 1 ) may be [0. 3 8 1 mm] .
om
i tted

5.2.5 When t h e plates a

re heat ueated by t he fabrica 8. Finish
tor , it shall be the fabr
i cator' s responsibility to apply the
8.1 Because retained scale may mask surface imperfec
proper heat treatment and to conduct tests it deems neces
tons, as well as mar t
i he plate surface, plates shall be
sa
r y to ensure that the specifi ed properties a
re attained..
descal ed by t
he producer after heat treatment . In t
he case
of material to be heat-treated by the purchaser, the plates
shall be descaled by the producer prior' to shipment.
6. Chemical Requirements
6.1 The steel sha
l l conform to the chemical composition
requirements shown in Table 1 unless otherwise modifi ed 9. Keywords
in accordance wit
h Supplementa
ry Requirement S 1 7 , Vac 9.1 alloy steel; a
l loy steel plate; pressure containing
uu m C arb o n - D e o x i di z e d S te e l , i n S p e c i f
i c ati o n pa
r ts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates ; steel plates for'
A 20 /A 20M pressure vessel applications

614
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-353/SA-353M

TA B L E 1 TA B L E 2
C H E M I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS TE N SI LE REQU I RE M E NTS

E le ment Composition, % Ten si l e st re n gth, ks i [ M P al 1 0 0-1 2 0 [ 6 9 0-8 2 5 ]

Y i e l d stre n gt h ( 0 2 % offset ) , m i n, k s i 75 [5 1 5 ]
C ar bo n, max A 0 13 E M P al A
M an g a n e se, m ax
E l on gati o n i n 2 i n , E5 0 m i
n i, m i n, °/o B 20 ,0
H eat an a l ys i s 0 ,90
P r od u ct an a l ys i s 0 98 A S ee 7 , 1 , 1 ,
P h osph o rus, max A 0 , 035
B S ee S pec ifi cati o n A 2 01A 2 0 M fo r e l ongati on adj ustme nt ,
S u lfu r , max 0 .035
S i l icon :
H eat ana lysi s 0 , 1 5-0 ,40 B
P rod uct ana lysi s 0 , 1 3-0 ,4 5 B
N i c ke l :

H eat an a l ys s 8 , 5 0-9 , 5 0
P rod u ct an a l ys i s 8 4 0-9 , 6 0

A A pp l i es to both heat and pr od uct analyses ,

B The spec ifi ed m i n i m u m i m it does n ot app ly if the tota l a l u m i
n u m c o nte nt i s 0 , 0 3 0 % o r m o re, o r p rov i ded th at ac i d so l u b l e a l u m i
n u m i s 0 ,, 0 2 5 % o r m o re

615
SA-353/SA-353M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

Supplementary requirements shall not apply unless specifi ed in the order,. A list of' standard
ized supplementa r y requirements for use at t
he option of' the purchaser are included in
Specifi cation A 20/A 20M, Several of' those considered suitable for use with this specifi ca
tion ate listed below by title. Ot
h er tests may be perfoimed by agreement between the
supplier and the purchaser.

S1. Vacuum Treatment, $8. Ultrasonic Examination in Accordance with

Specif
i -cation A 435 /A 435M,
$2. Product Analysis,
Sl l . Ultrasonic Examination in Accordance w
ith
$3. Simulated Post-Weld Heat Treatment of Specifcation A 577/A 577M,
Mechanical Test Coupons, $12. Ultrasonic Examination in Accordance w
ith
$4.1 Additional Tension Test, Specif
ication A 578 /A 578M, and
$6. Drop Weight Test, $17. Vacuum Carbon-Deoxidized Steel.

616
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA -353/SA -353M

ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

Also listed below are additi onal optional Supplementa

r y Requirements $55 and $56 which
r e suitable for this specif
a i cat
i on .

$55. Longitudinal Charpy Impact Energy $56. Transverse Charpy Impact Energy Absorption
Absorption Requirement Requirement
$55.1 The longitudinal Cha r py V-notch impact proper $56. 1 The transverse Charpy V-notch impact pioperf i es
ies shall not be less than 25 ft lbf [34 J] at the specifi ed
t shall not be less than 20 ft lbf [27 J] at the specif
i ed temper
temperature. ature

S55.2 Each impact-test value shall constitute the aver
age value of three specimens , with not more than one value
below the specifi ed minimum value of 25 ft . lbf [34 J] , but
in no case below 20 ft.. lbf [27 J] for full size specimens .
S56.2 Each impact-test value shall const itute the aver
age value of three specimens, with not mor e t
h an one value
below the specifi ed minimum va lue of 20 ft. lbf [27 J] but
in no case below 1 5 ft.lbf [20 J] for full-size specimens.

617
I NTE NTI O NALLY LE FT B LAN K

618
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-354

SPECIFICATION FOR QUENCHED AND TEMPERED

ALLOY STEEL BOLTS, STUDS, AND OTHER
EXTERNALLY THREADED FASTENERS

SA-354

A09
(Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 354-07a except for the deletion of t
he term "private label distributor" in 15 , 1 and 15 .3 , 5 )

Nut Gr ade
1. Scope Gi ade of F astener' and Surface Finish nd StyleA
a

1.1 This specifi cation cover's the chemical and mechani BC, plain (or with a coating of insuffi cient C, heavy hex
cal requirements of' quenched and tempered alloy steel h ickness to require over-tapped nuts)
t
BC, zinc-coated (or' wit
h a coating thick DH, heavy hex
bolts, studs, a
n d other' externally threaded fastener's 4 in .
ness requiring over -tapped nuts)
nd under' in diameter' for' application at normal atmo
a B D, a
ll f
i nishes DH , heavy hex
spheric temperatures, where high strength is required and
for limited applicati on at elevated temperature (Note 1 ) . A Nuts of other grades and styles having specifi ed proof load stIesses
Any alloy steel capable of meeti ng the minimum mecha ni (Specifi cation A 563 , Table 3) gneatei than t
he specifi ed grade and style
of nut a
t e suitable
cal and chemical properties set forth in this specif
i cation
may be used.
1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units a
r e to be
regar ded as the standa
r d,,
NOTE 1 - For' bolts, st
u ds, or' other externally threaded fasteners, to
be used at elevated temperatures, refer to Specif
i cation A 1 93 /A 1 93M 1.5 Terms used in this specif
i cation a
re defi ned in Ter
minology F 1 789 unless otherwise defi ned herein.
1.2 Two levels of' bolt
i ng strengt
har e covered, desig
nated Gr ades B C and BD . Select ion will depend upon 2. Referenced Documents
design and the stresses a
n d service f0r' which the product 2. 1 ASTM Standards. :
is to be used.
A 1 93 /A 1 93M Specifi cation for Alloy-Steel and Stainless
Steel Bolti ng Mater
i als for' High Temperature or' High
NOTE 2 - Quenched a nd tempered alloy steel bolts fbr structur al steel Pressure Service and Ot
her' Special Purpose Applicat
i ons
joints up through 1 in in diameter ate cove ed in Specifi cation A 490 , A 490 Specifi cation for Smactura
l Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat
Alloy steel bolts, studs, and ot
her exter
na lly threaded fasteners (t h at Treated, 1 50 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength
is, heavy hex-stmctur a
l bolts over 1 in , hex bolts, anchor bolts, a nd A 563 Specifi cation for' Carbons and Alloy Steel Nuts
countersunk bolts) exhibiting simila
r ' mecha
nical properties to bolts con
A 7 5 1 Te st Methods , Pr actic e s , and Termin ol ogy for
fbrming to Specifi cation A 490 shall be covered by Grade BD of t
his
specif
i cation , Chemical Analysis of Steel Pr oducts
When bolts of' Grade BD of this specif
icat
i on a
te considered for pretenti B 695 Specifi cation for Coatings of' Zinc Mechanically
oned applications in excess of 50% of the bolt tensile strength, the addi Deposited on It'on and Steel
tional iequitements of' head size, maximum tensile stiength, nut size and D 3 95 1 Practice for' Commercia
l Packaging
strength, washer ha
t'dness, tests, a
nd inspections conta
ined in Specification F 436 Specifi cati on for' Hardened Steel Washers
A 490 should be carefully considered F 606 Test Methods for' Determining the Mechanical Prop
enies of' Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners,
1.3 Nuts are covered in Specif i cation A 563 . Unless Washers , Direct Tension Indicators, and Rivets
ot
herwise specif i ed, the grade a n d style of' nut for' each F 788 /F 788M Specifi cation for Surface Discontinuiti es of'
grade of fastener' shall be as follows : Bolts, Screws, and Studs, Inch a
nd Metric S eries

619
 SA-354 2009b SECTION II, PART A

F 1 470 Guide for Fastener S ampling for Specif

i ed Mechan a temperatule of not less than 800°F (427 °C) for Grade
ical Properties and Performance Inspection BC a
n d fbr Grade B D .
F 1 789 Terminology for F 1 6 Mechanical Fastener' s
4.3 When used, suitable ha
r dened washers shall be
F 23 29 Specif
i cation for Zinc Coating, Hot-Dip, Require
quenched and tempered (non-carbmized) in accordance
ments for Application to Carbon and Alloy Steel B olts,
with Specif
i cation F 43 6
Screws , Washer s, Nuts, a
nd Special Thr eaded Fasteners
2.2 ASME Standards: 4 . 4 Zin c Co a t ings, Ho t- D ip an d Me c h a n i c a lly
B 1 . 1 Unif
i ed Screw Threads Deposited:
B 1 8 .2 . 1 Square an d Hex B olts and Scr ews, Inch Series 4.4. 1 Wh en zinc-coated fastener's ar e requked, t he
B 1 8 . 24 Par t Ident
i fying Number (PIN) Code System Stan purchaser shall specify t
h e zinc coating process , for exam
dard fbr B 1 8 Fastener Products ple, hot-dip, mechanically deposited, or no prefelence
4.4.2 W
h en "hot-dip" is specifi ed, the fasteners shall
be zinc coated by the hot-dip pr ocess in accordance with
3. Ordering Informat
i on the requirements of Specif
i cat
i on F 23 29
3. 1 Orders f0r bolts and studs (inch r ding nuts and acces
4.4.3 When mechanically deposited is specif i ed, the
sories) under this specif
i cation shall include the following :
fastener's shall be zinc-coated by the mechanical-deposition
3. 1 . 1 ASTM designa
tion and year of issue, process in accordance with the requf i ements of Clas s 55
3. 1.2 Name of product (tha
t is , bolt or stud) , of Specif i cation B 695
3. 1 .3 Grade (that is , BC or BD) , 4.4.4 When no pr eference is specif i ed, the supplier
3.1.4 may furnish either a hot-dip zinc coat i ng in accorda nce
Quantit
i es (number of pieces by size, includ
with Specif i cat
i on F 2329 , or a mechanica lly deposited
ing nuts) ,
zinc coating in accordance with Specif i cation B 695 , Class
3. 1 .5 Size and length, 55 . Th
readed components (bolts and nuts) shall be coated
3. 1 .6 Washers - Specify quantity and size (sepa
r ate by the same zinc-coat i ng process and the supplier' s opt
ion
from bolts) (4 . 3) , is limited to one pr ocess pei item with no mixed proces ses
in a lot
3. 1 .7 Zinc Coating - W hen zinc-coated Grade B C
fastener's ar e iequired, specify t
h e zinc-coating proces s NOTE 3 - When the intended application iequiles that assembled tension
iequired, for example hot-dip, mechanically deposited, or exceeds 50% of minimum bolt pl oof load, an anti-galling lubr i cant may
no preference (see 4.4) . be needed Application of such a lubr i cant to nuts and a test of t
he
lubl icant effi ciency are provided in Supplementary Requirement S 1 of
3. 1.8 Other Finishes - Specify othei pr otective f
in Specif i cation A 563 and should be specifi ed when iequired
ish, if requiled.
4.5 Zinc-coated bolts and nuts shall be shipped in the
3. 1.9 Specify if inspection at point of manufact
ure
same container unless specif
i cally requested ot
h erwise by
is iequiled,
the pulchaser.
3 . 1 . 1 0 S p e c i fy i f C el ti f
i c ati on ( S e c ti on 1 4 ) i s
NOTE 4 - Resea
r ch conducted on bolts of simila
r mater
i al a
n d manufac
iequired, and
tule indicates that hydl ogen-stless cl acking oi stl ess cl acking colrosion
3. 1 . 1 1 Specify additional testing (S ection 9) or spe may occm on hot-dip ga l va
n ized Gl ade BD bolts
cial requirements
3. 1 . 12 Foi establishment of a pa
rt identifying system,
see AS ME B 1 824 5. Chemical Composit
i on
5. 1 All fasteners shal l be made fr om alloy steel con
f or mi ng to the chemi c al c omp o si ti on requirements in
4. Materials and Manufacture
accor dance with Table 1 The steel shall c ontain suff
i cient
4. 1 The steel shall be made by the open-hearth, electric l loying elements to qualify it as an a
a lloy steel .
furnace, or basic-oxygen plocess .
NOTE 5 - Steel is consideled to be alloy, by the Ameiica
n Ilon a
nd
4.2 All fasteners shall be heat-tr eated At the option of Steel Inst
i tute, when the maximum of' t
h e I ange given foi t
h e content of
the manufact urer, heat tleatment may be performed on t he a loying elements exceeds one oi mole of the following limits : manga
l n ese,
law material, during the manufact uring operations, or after 1 , 65 % ; silicon, 0 60% ; coppel , 0 60% ; Ol in which a defi nite ran ge or a
def i nite minimum quantity of any of the following elements is specif i ed
i na
f l machining. Heat tleatment sha l l consist of quenching
oi i equiled within the limits of the iecogn i zed fi eld of constru ctional
in a liquid medium (except Grade B D sizes 1 2 in. a nd alloy steels : aluminum, ch i omium up to 3 99 % , cobalt, columbium,
smaller sha
l l be quenched in oil) fr om above the tlansfor molybdenum, nickel, tita n ium, tungsten, vanadium, ziIconium, or any
mari on temperature and t hen temperating by reheating to ot
h er alloying elements added to obtain a desiled a l loying eff ect

620
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-354

5.2 Product analysis may be made by the purchaser 7.2 Studs - Studs sha
ll have dimensions conforming
r
fom fi nished material representing each lot of fasteners. to those specif
i ed by the purchaser.
The chemica l compositi on thus determined shal! conform 7. 3 Th reads:
to the requirements given in Table 1 Choice of alloy
7.3.1 Unless ot
helwise specifi ed, th
reads shal l be the
steel compositi on necessaly to ensure meeting the specifi ed Unif
i ed National Coarse Thread Ser
ies as specif
i ed in B 1 . 1 ,
mechanical requirements shall be made by the manufac and shall have Class 2A tolera
n ces .
ture: and sha
ll be reported to the purchaser for inf0:mation
pr
o poses only. 7.3.2 When specifi ed, th
reads shall be the Unifi ed
National Fine Th r ead Ser i es, 8-Pitch Thread Series for
5.3 Applicati on of heats of steel to which bismuth, sizes over 1 in. or 1 4-Pitch UNS on 1 in. size as specif
i ed
selenium, tellurium, or lead has been intentionally added in ANSI B 1 . 1 and shall have Class 2A tolera
nces .
shall not be permitted
7.3.3 Unless othelwise specifi ed, bolts and studs to
5.4 Chem
i cal analyses shall be performed in accor be used with nuts or tapped holes that have been tapped
danc e with Test Methods , Practices , and Terminolo gy oversize, in accordance with Specif ication A 563 , shall
A 75 1 . have Class 2A th r eads bef0Ie hot dip or mechanica lly
deposited zinc coating. After zinc coati ng, t
he maximum
lim
i t of pitch a
nd major diameter may exceed h te Class
6. Mechanical Properties 2A limit by t
h e following amount:
6.1 Fasteners shall not exceed the maximum ha
r dness
Diametet, in Ovelsize Limit, in (mm)A
specifi ed in Table 2. Fasteners less th an thr ee diameter's
in lengtha n d studs less than four diametel s in lengt
h sha
ll 4 0. 0 1 6
have hardness va
lues not les s t
h an t
he m
inimum nor more 16, 3/8 0 0 17
1 6, 2 0 018
t
h an t
h e maximum hardness lim
its iequiled in Table 2, as 6 to 3/4, incl 0 020
ha
rdness is t
he only iequirement. 0 022

1 .0 to 1 ,14, incl 0 024

6.2 Fasteners 1 8 in. in diameter or' less for Grade BC 1 8 to 1 2 0 027
a d 1 ,14 in. in diameter or less for Grade BD, ot
n her t
h an 1 3/4 to 4 0, incl 0 050
those excepted in 6. 1 , shall be tested full size and shall
confor
m to the tensile strength and either the proof load or A These values al e the same as the oveltapping iequiled for zinc-coated
the yield strength requilements in accordance with Table 3 . nuts in Specifi cation A 563

6.3 Fasteners la
r ger than 1 in . in diameter for Grade
BC a
n d fasteners larger than 1 1/4 in in diameter for Grade
BD, ot
her' than those excepted in 6. 1 , shall preferably be 8. Workmanship
tested full size and when so tested, shall conform to t
he 8.1 Sulface discontinuity lim
i ts shall be in accoldance
tensile stlength and either the proof load or yield strength wit
h Specifi cation F 788/F 788M.
requilements in accordance wit h Table 3 When equipment
of suffi cient capacity for full-size testing is not available,
or when the lengt h of the fastener makes full-size testing 9. Number of Tests
impractical, machined specimens shall be tested and shall 9.1 Testing Responsibility :'
conform to t he requirements in accoldance with Table 4 9.1 .1 Each lot shall be tested by the manufacturer
In the event h
t at fasteners are tested by both full-size a
nd
prior to shipment in accorda
n ce with t
h e lot identifi cation
by h
te machined test specimen methods, the full-size test
control quality assmance plan in 9.2 through 9.6.
shall govern if a controversy between the two methods
exists . 9.1 .2 When fasteners a
r e fulnished by a SOUlCe ot
her
t an h
h te manufactuler, t
he responsible pa
rty as defi ned in
6.4 For fastenel s on which bot
h hardness and tension
1 2. 1 sha
ll be iesponsible for ensuling t
hat all tests have
tests a
re perfolmed, acceptance based on tensile iequire been performed and the fasteners comply with t
he iequire
ment s sha
l l take plecedence in the event t
h at t
here is contro ments of this specif
i cation.
versy over' low readings of ha
rdness tests.
9.2 Purpose of Lot inspection - The purpose of a lot
inspection proglam is to ensure that each lot conforms to
7. Dimensions the iequilemen t s of this specifi cati on. For such a pla n to
7.1 Bolts - Unless otherwise specifi ed, t
h e bolts shall be fully effective it is essenti al tha
t secondaly processors,
be Hex Head with dimensions conform
i ng to the latest distlibutors, and purchaser s maintain t he identifi cation and
issue of ASME B 1 8 .2 . 1 . integri ty of each lot until the product is installed .

62 1
 SA-354 2009b SECTION H, PART A

9.3 Lot Processing - All fastener s sha l l be processed 10.5 The speed of test
ing determined with a free ram
in accordance with a lot identif i cation-contr ol quality assur ning crosshead sha
l l be a maximum of l/8 in (3 2 r
am)/
ance plan. The manufacturer , secondary processors, and ain for the bolt proof load (or yield st
r r engt
h) determination
distributor's shall identify and maintain the integrity of each nd a maximum of 1 in . (25 . . 4 mm)/min for the tensile
a
lot of fasteners from raw-material select i on through all strength determination.
processing operations and treatments to f i nal packing and
shipment.. Each lot sha l l be assigned its own lot-identif i ca
tion number, each lot shall be tested, a nd t h e inspect i on 11. Inspect
ion
test reports for each lot shall be reta ined 1 1 .1 If t
he inspection described in 1 1 .2 is required by
the pulchaser, it sha
l l be specif
i ed in t
h e inquiry and con
9.4 Lot Definition - A lot is a quant i ty of a uniquely
tract or purchase or der
identif
i ed fastener product of t
he same nominal size a nd
length produced consecutively at t
h e init
i al operation f
rom 1 1 .2 The inspector replesenting the purchaser shall
a single m
i ll heat of materia l and heat treatment lot and have free ent
ry to all pa
r ts of the manufact
uler' s wolks
proces sed at one time, by t he same process , in the same h at c onceln t
t h e manufact
u le of the materia
l oldered The
ma nner so that statistical sampling is va
lid The ident i ty ma nufactuler shall af ford the inspector all r easonable facili
of t
he lot is mai ntained throughout all subsequent oper a ties to sati sfy him that the material is being furnished in
i ons and packaging
t accorda nce wit h this specifi cation. All tests a
n d inspections
9.5 Number of Tests - The minimum number of tests iequil ed by t he specifi cation that a
re iequested by the pur
r
fom each production lot for the tests specif
i ed below shall chaser' s representat ive shall be made before shipment, and
be in accordance with Guide F 1 470 shall be conducted as not to intei ele unnecessa
r ily wit
h
the operation of the works .
Hardness Coat
i ng Weight/Thickness
Tensile Wolkmanship (Sur[ace
Discontinuit
i es Section 8)
Proof Load 12. Responsibility
12. 1 The par ty iesponsible for t
he fastener shall be the
9.5. 1 The number' of tests for dimensional and thlead
organization t
h at supplies the fastener to the purchaseL
f t compliance shall be in accoldance with the quality as sm'
i
ance provisions of the refer enced dimensional sta ndalds .
9.6 If any test specimen shows defect
i ve machining it 13. Rejection and Rehearing
may be disca
r ded and another specimen substi tuted 13. 1 Material that fails to conform to the requilements
of this specifi cation may be rejected . Rejection should be
reported to the producer or supplier promptly a n d in wlit
10. Test Methods ing . In case of dissatisfaction with the results of the test,
10.1 Test method s shall be conducte d in accordance the producer or supplier may make claim for a iehealing .
with Test Method s F 606 .

10.2 Ploof load, rather hta

n yield strength detelmina 1 4. Cert
ifi cat
i on
i on is preferred and sha
t l l be the arbit
r ation met
h od for
fasteners 1 1/4 in . and under in dia
meter . 14. 1 When specif i ed on t
he purchase order, the manu
facturer or supplier , whichever is t
h e responsible party in
10.3 Hexagon bolts shall be tested by t he wedge tension accordance with S ection 1 2, shall furnish the pulchaser a
method. Fr acture shall be in t
h e body or threads of t
h e bolt test repolt which includes the following :
wit
hout any fr acture at the j uncti on of the head a
nd body.
14.1. 1 Product descliption, gr ade, quant
ity, ASTM
10.3.1 At the opt i on of the manufactur er , th e yield Specif
i cat
i on Number and issue date,
strength test (Meth od 2, Yield Strength paragraph of Test
14. 1.2 Alloy grade (AISI, SAE, UNS , etc.) , heat
Met h ods F 606) and the wedge tension test (Wedge Tension
na
a lysis, and heat number, a
nd type of quench,
Testi ng of Full-Size Product paragraph, both from t h e Test
Method section of Test Met hods F 606) may be accom 14. 1 .3 Results of hardness, tensile, and proof load
plished conculrently to satisfy 1 0.. 2 and 1 0. 3 . tests, as applicable,
10.4 S tuds a
n d bolts other t
han t
h ose in 1 0 3 sha
l l be 14. 1 .4 Statement of compliance to Pr otective Coat
tested by the a
xial tension method , ing Specif i cation (if applicable),

10.4. 1 At the opti on of the ma nufactulei , the yield 14.1.5 Statement of compliance with t he sur face dis
strength test a
nd t
he axial tension test may be accomplished continuity requirements of Specif
i cation F 7 88 /F 788M,
concurlently to satisfy 1 0. 2 a
nd 1 0.4 14. 1 .6 Statement of compliance dimensiona
l ly,

622
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-354

14.1.7 Report, describe, or illustrate manufactur

er' s 16. 1 .2 When special packaging r equirements are
ma
rkings and their location, required, they shall be defi ned at the time of the inquiry
and order
14.1.8 Lot number, purchase order number, and date
shipped, 16.2 Package Mmking :
14. 1.9 Country of origin, and 16.2.1 Each shipping unit shall include or be plainly
14.1.10 Title and signature of the individual assigned marked with the following infbrmation:
cert
i fi cation responsibility by the company offi cers, with 16.2. 1 . 1 ASTM designation and grade,
complete mailing address .
16.2. 1 .2 Size,
14.2 Failure to include all the required information on
the test report shall be cause fbr r
ejection 16.2. 1 .3 Name and brand or tradema
r k of the man
ufactur ,

15. Product Marking

16.2. 1 .4 Number of pieces,
15.1 Manufacturey,s Identif
i cation - All products sha ll 16.2. 1 .5 Pur chase order number , and
be mar ked by the manufacturer wit h a unique identifi er to 16.2. 1 .6 Country of or
i gin
identify the manufactuIer.
15.2 Grade Identif
ication:
15.2.1 All Grade BC products shall be ma r ked "BC "
17. Keywords
15.2.2 All Grade BD products shall be ma r ked "BD "
17.1 alloy steel ; bolts ; steel; studs
In addition to the " B D " marking , the product may b e
marked with 6 radial lines 60° apa
r t if manufactured from
alloy steel conforming to the requiiements of this specifi
cat
i on
TA B L E 1

15.3 Marking Location and Methods : C H E M ICA L R EQ U I RE M E NTS

15.3.1 Bolts shall be ma
r ked on the top of the bolt P rod uct
head. E l e ment H eat Ana lysi s, % Analysis, %
15.3.2 Where studs have both coarse and f
i ne th
i eads,
C ar bon :
all ma
rkings shall appea r on the coa r se thread end or, if F o r s i zes th r o u g h 1 1/2 i n , 0 , 3 0 to 0 5 3 0 , 2 8 to 0 , 5 5
preferIed, the manufacturer' s identifi cation shall appea
r on F o r s i zes l arge r than 1 1/2 i n , 0 , 3 5 to 0 , 53 0 . 3 3 to 0 . 5 5
the f
i ne thread end and the grade ma
r king on the coa
r se P h osph o r us, max , 0 , 03 5 0 04 0
thread en& S u lfu r, max 0 , 04 0 0 045
15.3.3 Continuous thread studs may be ma
rked on
either end

15.3.4 All ma
rkings may be raised or depressed at
the manufacturer' s option TA B L E 2

15.3.5 Gr ade and manufactur er' s identif

i cat
i on shall H A R D N E S S R E Q U I R E M E N TS
F O R F U L L- S I Z E F AS T E N E R S
be separate and distinct The two identifi cations shall pref
erably be in different locati ons and when on the same level H a rd n ess

shall be sepa
r ated by at least two spaces B ri ne l l R oc kwe l l C

S ize, i n , G rad e M i n, M ax ,, M in. M ax ..

16. Packaging and Package Mark

ing 1/4 to 2 1/2 BC 255 331 26 36
16.1 Packaging : Ove r' 2 1/2 BC 235 311 22 33
1/4 to 2 1/2 BD 311 3 63 33 39
16.1.1 Unless otherwise specifi ed, packaging shall Ove r' 2 1/2 BD 293 3 63 31 39
be in accordance with Practice D 395 1

623
 SA1354 2009b SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3
T E N S I L E R E Q U I R E M E N T S FO R A L L F U L L- S I Z E FAST E N E R S - I N C H - P O U N D U N I TS

G rad e B C G rad e B D

Yield Yie ld
B o lt Th reads St ress Tens i l e St re ngth Te n s i l e Stre ngt h
S i ze, P e r' Area, A Strength, Proof Load, (02% offset), Strength, P roof Load, (0 .2% offset),
in I nc h i n .2 M i n ., I bf M in, lbf c M i n , I bfD M i n ., I bfE M i n . , I bfF M i n , I bfa
I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1/4 20 0 03 1 8 4, 0 0 0 3, 35 0 3, 45 0 4, 7 5 0 3, 8 0 0 4, 1 0 0
1/4 28 0 03 64 4, 5 5 0 3, 8 2 0 3, 9 5 0 5, 4 5 0 4, 3 5 0 4, 7 0 0
s/16 18 0 05 24 6, 5 5 0 5, 5 0 0 5, 7 0 0 7, 8 5 0 6, 3 0 0 6, 8 0 0
5/16 24 0 , 058 0 7, 2 5 0 6, 0 9 0 6, 3 0 0 8, 7 0 0 6, 9 5 0 7, 5 0 0
3/8 16 0 07 75 9, 7 0 0 8, 1 5 0 8, 4 5 0 1 1, 65 0 9, 3 0 0 1 0, 0 7 5
3/8 24 0 087 8 1 1, 0 0 0 9, 2 2 0 9, 5 5 0 1 3, 2 0 0 1 0, 5 0 0 1 1,40 0
7/16 14 0 1 063 1 3,3 0 0 1 1, 1 5 0 1 1, 6 0 0 1 5, 95 0 1 2,75 0 1 3, 85 0
7/16 20 0 1 1 87 1 4, 84 0 1 2, 47 0 1 2, 90 0 1 7, 8 0 0 1 4, 2 0 0 1 5, 4 0 0
1/2 13 0 14 1 9 1 7, 7 5 0 1 4, 9 0 0 1 5, 4 5 0 2 1, 3 0 0 1 7, 05 0 1 8, 5 0 0
1/2 20 0 15 9 9 1 9, 9 9 0 1 6, 7 9 0 1 7, 4 0 0 2 4, 0 0 0 1 9, 2 0 0 2 0, 7 5 0
9/16 12 0 182 2 2, 75 0 1 9, 1 0 0 1 9, 8 5 0 2 7, 3 0 0 2 1,85 0 23, 60 0
9/16 18 0 . 2 03 25,40 0 2 1, 400 2 2, 1 0 0 3 0, 4 0 0 2 4, 4 0 0 2 6, 3 5 0
5/8 11 0 226 2 8, 2 5 0 2 3, 7 5 0 2 4, 6 5 0 3 3, 9 0 0 2 7, 1 0 0 2 9, 4 0 0
5/8 18 0 256 3 2, 0 0 0 2 6, 8 0 0 2 7, 9 0 0 3 8, 4 0 0 3 0, 7 0 0 3 3, 2 5 0
3/4 I0 o 334 4 1, 7 5 0 3 5, 0 5 0 3 6, 4 0 0 5 0, I 0 0 4 0, 1 0 0 43 , 4 0 0
3/4 16 0 ,373 46, 6 0 0 3 9, 1 0 0 4 0, 6 5 0 5 6, 0 0 0 4 4, 8 0 0 4 8, 4 5 0
7/8 9 0 462 5 7, 7 5 0 4 8, 5 0 0 5 0, 3 5 0 6 9, 3 0 0 5 5, 45 0 6 0, 1 0 0
7/8 14 0 5 09 6 3, 6 0 0 5 3, 4 0 0 5 5, 4 5 0 7 6, 4 0 0 6 1, 1 0 0 6 6, 1 5 0

1 8 0 6 06 75, 7 5 0 63, 650 6 6, 0 5 0 9 0, 9 0 0 7 2, 7 0 0 7 8, 8 0 0

1 12 0 .663 8 2, 9 0 0 6 9, 7 0 0 7 2, 2 5 0 9 9, 4 0 0 7 9, 6 0 0 8 6, 1 5 0
1 14 U N S 0 67 9 8 4, 9 0 0 7 1,3 0 0 7 4, 4 0 0 1 0 1, 9 0 0 8 1, 5 0 0 8 8, 2 5 0
1 1/8 7 0 7 63 95, 4 0 0 8 0, 1 0 0 8 3, 1 5 0 1 1 4, 4 5 0 9 1, 55 0 9 9, 2 0 0
1 1/8 8 0 79 0 9 6, 7 5 0 8 2, 95 0 8 6, 2 0 0 1 1 8, 5 0 0 9 4, 8 0 0 1 02 7 0 0

1 1/8 12 0 .85 6 1 07 0 00 8 9, 8 0 0 93, 3 0 0 1 2 8, 4 0 0 1 0 2,7 00 III 250

1 1/4 7 0 969 121 150 101 750 1 05, 6 0 0 1 4 5, 3 5 0 I16 300 1 26 0 0 0

1 1/4 8 1 000 1 2 5 00 0 1 05 0 0 0 1 0 9, 0 0 0 1 5 0, 0 0 0 1 2 0, 0 0 0 130 000

1 1/4 12 1 073 1 34 1 0 0 112 600 1 1 6, 9 5 0 1 61, 00 0 1 2 8, 8 0 0 1 39 45 0

13/8 6 1 , 1 55 1 44 400 1 2 1 300 1 2 5, 9 0 0 1 7 3, 2 5 0 1 3 8, 6 0 0 150 200

13/8 8 1 233 154 150 1 2 9 45 0 1 3 4, 4 0 0 1 8 5, 0 0 0 1 4 8, 0 0 0 1 60 3 0 0

1 3/8 12 1 315 1 64 4 0 0 1 38 1 0 0 1 43, 3 0 0 1 97, 2 0 0 1 5 7, 8 0 0 1 7 0 95 0

1 1/2 6 1 4 05 1 75 65 0 147 55 0 1 5 3, 1 5 0 2 1 0, 7 5 0 1 6 8, 6 0 0 182 500

1 1/2 8 1 492 1 86 5 0 0 1 5 6 65 0 1 62, 2 5 0 2 33, 80 0 1 7 5, 05 0 1 94 0 00

1 1/2 12 1 581 1 97 6 00 1 66 000 1 7 2, 3 0 0 2 3 7, 2 0 0 1 8 9, 7 0 0 2 05 50 0

1 3/4 5 1 90 237 500 1 99 5 0 0 2 0 7, 1 0 0 2 8 5, 0 0 0 2 2 8, 0 0 0 247 00 0
1 3/4 8 2 08 2 60 00 0 2 1 8 40 0 2 2 6, 7 0 0 3 1 2, 0 0 0 2 4 9, 6 0 0 270 000

2 41/2 2 50 3 1 2, 5 0 0 2 62, 5 0 0 2 7 2, 50 0 375, 000 3 0 0, 000 3 2 5, 0 0 0

2 8 2 77 3 4 6, 2 5 0 2 9 0, 85 0 3 0 1, 95 0 4 1 5, 0 0 0 3 3 2, 4 0 0 3 6 0, 0 0 0
2 1/4 41/2 3 25 40 6, 2 5 0 34 1, 25 0 354, 2 5 0 487, 0 0 0 3 9 0, 000 4 2 2,5 0 0
2 1/4 8 3 56 445, 0 00 37 3, 8 0 0 3 88, 05 0 534, 0 0 0 42 2, 2 0 0 46 2,8 0 0
2 1/2 4 4 00 5 00, 0 00 4 2 0, 000 436, 0 0 0 6 0 0, 00 0 480, 0 0 0 52 0, 0 00
2 !/2 8 4 44 5 5 0, 00 0 466, 2 0 0 483, 95 0 666, 0 00 53 2,800 5 7 7, 2 0 0
23/4 4 4 ,93 5 66, 95 0 468,35 0 488, 05 0 690, 2 0 0 5 1 7,65 0 566, 95 0
23/4 8 5 43 6 2 4,45 0 5 1 5, 85 0 5 37, 55 0 7 5 0, 2 0 0 5 7 0, 1 5 0 6 24,45 0

3 4 5 97 6 8 6, 5 5 0 5 67 , 1 5 0 5 9 1, 05 0 835, 80 0 6 2 6, 8 5 0 6 8 6, 5 5 0
3 8 6 51 7 48, 6 5 0 6 1 8, 45 0 6 44, 5 0 0 9 1 1,400 683,5 5 0 7 4 8, 6 5 0
3 1/4 4 7 I0 8 1 6,5 00 67 4, 5 0 0 7 0 2, 90 0 994, 0 0 0 745,5 00 81 6, 5 0 0
3 1/4 8 7 69 884, 35 0 73 0, 55 0 7 6 1, 3 00 1, 0 7 6, 6 0 0 807, 65 0 884,35 0
31/2 4 8 33 95 7, 95 0 79 1, 3 5 0 8 2 4, 65 0 1, 1 66, 2 0 0 87 4, 65 0 957,95 0
31/2 8 8 ,96 1, 03 0, 4 0 0 85 1, 2 00 887, 05 0 1, 2 54, 40 0 940, 8 0 0 1, 03 0,400
33/4 4 9 66 1, 1 1 0, 90 0 91 7,7 0 0 95 6,3 5 0 1, 35 2,400 1, 0 1 4, 300 1, 1 1 0, 9 00
33/4 8 1 0 34 1, 1 99, 1 00 983, 3 0 0 1, 0 23, 65 0 1,447, 60 0 1, 085,7 00 1, 1 89, 1 0 0

1 1 .08 1 , 2 7 4, 2 0 0 1, 05 2, 600 1, 0 9 6, 9 0 0 1, 55 1, 2 0 0 1 , 1 6 3, 4 0 0 1 , 2 7 4, 2 0 0
11 81 1 , 3 5 8, 2 0 0 1, 1 2 2, 00 0 1 , 1 6 9, 2 0 0 1 , 6 5 3, 4 0 0 1 , 2 4 0, 0 5 0 1 , 3 5 8, 1 5 0

N OT E S :
A Stress Area, i n 2 = 0 .7854 [ D - 0 97 43/n]2 wher e D = nom i nal d iameter' i n i nches and n = th reads pe r' i nch
B Based on 1 2 5, 0 0 0 psi for si zes 1/4 to 2 1/2 i n , i nc l usive, and on 1 1 5, 00 0 psi fo r' sizes ove r' 2 1/2 to 4 i n , i nc l us ive
6 B ased on 1 05, 0 0 0 ps i for' s izes 1/4 to 2 1/2 i n . , i nc l usive, and on 95, 0 00 ps i for sizes over 21/2 to 4 i n , i nc l us ive
o B ased on 1 09, 0 00 ps i fo r' s izes 1/4 to 2 1/2 i n , i nc l us ive, and on 9% 0 0 0 ps i for' s izes over 21/2 to 4 i n , i nc l us ive
E Based on 150, 00 0 psi for si zes 1/4 to 2 1/2 i n , i nc l us ive, and on 1 40, 0 0 0 psi for' s izes over 2 1/2 to 4 i n , inc l us ive
F Based on 1 2 0, 0 0 0 psi for' s izes 1/4 to 2 1/2 i n , i nc l usive, and on 1 05, 000 psi fo r sizes ove r 2 1/2 to 4 i n , i nc l usive .
a B ased on 1 3 0, 0 0 0 ps i fo r' s izes 1/4 to 2 1/2 i n , i nc l usive, and on 1 1 5, 000 psi for' si zes over 2 1/2 to 4 i n ,, i nc l usive ,

624
 2009b SECTION II, PART A SA-354

TA B L E 4
M E C H A N I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS FO R M A C H I N E D S P E C I M E N S
Y ie ld
Stre ngth
Te nsi le ( 0. . 2% E l ongation Red ucti on
Stre ngth, offset), i n 2 i n.. of Area,
G rade S ize, i n . M i n ., psi M i n . , ps i M i n ., % M i n ., %
BC 1/4 to 2 1/2, i nc l , 1 2 5, 0 0 0 10%000 16 50
BC Ove r' 2 1/2 1 1 5, 0 0 0 9% 0 0 0 16 45
BD 1/4 to 2 1/2, i nc l , 1 5 0, 0 0 0 1 3 0, 0 0 0 14 40
BD Ove r 2 1/2 140 000 1 1 5, 0 0 0 14 40

625
SA-354 2009b SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

$1. Marking S 1 . 2 M arki n g s m al l s i z e s ( c u s to m ari l y l e s s th an

$ 1. 1 Studs that are continuously threaded with the same 0 , 3 75 in , (9, 5 25 mm) may not be practical , Consult the
class of thread shall be marked on each end wit
h the mark producer for the minimum size that can he ma r ked.
ing in accordance with S ection 1 5 .

626
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-358/SA-358M

SPECIFICATION FOR ELE CTRIC-FUSION-WELDED

AUSTENITIC CHROMIUM-NICKEL ALLOY STEEL PIPE
FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERVICE

SA-358/ SA-358M

(Identical with ASTM Specif ication A 358 /A 35 8M-0 1 except fbr clarified heat t eatment requirements in 6 3 1 , the deleti on of' 6 3 ,2 ,2 foi HT-O
pipe and 6 3 2 3 tbI HT-SO pipe, editoiia! dif
ferences in 1 2, 2 2, and the following additional iequii ements )

All products furnished under this SA specification ate intended fbr application undei t
he r
oles of' Sect
ion III oi
Section VIII- 1 of t
h e ASME Boiler and Pressm'e Vessel Code Manufacture of' such products is limited to
manufacturei s who hold t h e appropliate ASME Ceitif i cate of Authorization and Code Symbol Stamp , In addition
to confbiming to this specifi cat i on, t
h e manufacturer shall meet all applicable requirements of Sect i on III oi
Section VIII- 1 if applicable of the Code The plate used to fabr icate the pipe shall conform to SA-240 The joints
shall be full penetr ation butt welds as obtained by double welding or by other means which will obtain t h e same
quality of deposited and weld meta l on h t e inside a
n d outside Welds using meta l backing stiips which rema in
in place axe excluded , The product is subject to all i equirements of Section IlI or Section VIII- 1 if applicable of
the Code includ i ng welding, heat treatment, nondestructive examination, authoiized inspect i on at t
h e point of'
manufacture, a n d applicat i on of t
h e Code Symbol Stamp

Te applicable ASME Pmtial Data Report Foim signed by an Autholized Inspector a

h nd a ceitified mill test iepoi
shall he fur
nished foi each lot of pipe , The teim "lot" applies to aU pipe of the same m
i ll heat of mateiial a nd
wal! thickness which is heat treated in one fmnace chaige Foi pipe that is not heat treated, or' that is heat treated
in a continuous fmnace, a lot shall consist of each 200 ft (6 1 m) oi fi action t
h ei eof of all pipe of th e same mill
heat mateIia l and wall th ick
n ess subjected to the same heat treatment, , Foi pipe t h at is heat treated in a batch
type furn ace that is automati cally controlled within a 50°F r ange and is equipped wit h recoiding pyrometel s so
that the heating recoids are available, a lot may be def i ned t
h e same as for continuous fur n aces , Each lengt h of
pipe shal l be marked in such a mannei as to identify each such piece with the lot and t h e ceit
ifi ed mi ll test report

1. Scope 1.3 Five classes of pipe ate covered as follows :

1 . 1 Thi s specif
i cation cover's electric-fusion-welded 1 .3. 1 Class 1 - Pipe shall be double welded by pro
austenitic chromium-nickel alloy steel pipe suitable for cesses employing f i ller meta
l in all passes and sha
ll be
corxosive or high-temperatur e service, or both completely radiographed.
1.3.2 Class 2 - Pipe shall be double welded by pro
NOTE 1 - The dimensionless designator NPS (nomina
l pipe size) has cesses employing filler metal in all passes. No radiography
been subst
i tuted in this sta
n dmd fbl such traditional terms as "nominal
is required.
diameter, " "size, " and "nominal size "
1 .3.3 Class 3 - Pipe shall be single welded by pro
1 .2 This specif i cation cover's thirty-seven grades of cesses employing f i ller metal in all passes a
nd sha l l be
alloy steel as indicated in Table 1 The selection of' t he completely radiographed
proper alloy and requirements for heat tieatment shall be 1 .3.4 Class 4 - Same as Class 3 except that the
at t
he discretion of' t
he pmchaser, dependent on t h e service weld pass exposed to the inside pipe sur
face may be made
condit
i ons to be encounter ed. wit
h out the addition of f
i ller meta
l (see 6 . 2 2 1 a
nd 6 2 2 2) .

627
SA-358/SA-358M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

1.3.5 Class 5 - Pipe shall be double welded by pro 3. Terminology

cesses employing fi ller metal in all passes and shall be 3. 1 Def
initions :
spot : adiographed 3.1.1 The defi nitions in Specifi cation A 999/A 999M
1.4 Supplementary requirements covering provisions and Terminology A 94 1 ate applicable to this specifi cation.
r anging f
i om additional testing to fo:malized procedures
for manufactur
ing practice a
re provided Supplementa
ry
4. Ordering Information
Requirements $ 1 through $6 are included as opti ons to be
specif
i ed when desi:ed 4.1 Or ders for material under this specif
i cation should
include t
he following, as required, to describe t
he desired
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or' SI material adequately :
units a
re to be regarded separately as standa rd. Within the
text, t
h e SI units a
re shown in brackets The values stated
4.1 . 1 Qua
ntity (feet, meues, or number of lengths),
in each system a re not exact equivalents ; therefore, each 4. 1.2 Name of material (electric-fusion-welded
system must be used independently of the other . Combining pipe),
values fiom the two systems may result in nonconfbrmance 4. 1.3 Grade (Table 1 ),
with the specifi cati on The inch-pound units shall apply 4. 1 .4 Class (see 1 . 3 ) ,
unless the "M" designation of t
his specifi cation is specifi ed
in the order . 4. 1 .5 S ize (outside di ameter and nomin al wall
thicknes s) ,
4. 1 . 6 Length (specifi c or random),
2. Referenced Documents
4. 1 .7 End f
i nish (Sect
i on on Ends of Specifi cati on
2. 1 ASTM Standards :
A 999 /A 999M) ,
A 240/A 240M Specifi cation for Heat-Resisting Chro
mium and Chr omium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, 4.1.8 Authorization for repair of plate defects by
and Strip for Pressure Vessels welding and subsequent heat treatment without prior
A 262 Practices for Detecting Suscept
ibility to Intergranu approval if such is intended (see 93),
la
r Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels 4.1.9 Specif
i cation designation,
A 480/A 480M Specifi cation for General Requirements for 4. 1.1 0 Special requirements,
Flat-Rolled S tainle s s and Heat-Resisting S teel Pl ate ,
4.1.11 Statement invoking requirements of 1 6 4 if
Sheet, and S trip
such is intended,
A 94 1 Terminology Relating to S teel, Stainles s Steel,
Related Alloys , and Ferl oalloys 4.1.12 Circumferential weld permissibility (see Sec
A 999 /A 999M Specifi cati on for General Requirements for tion 1 6) ,
Alloy a
nd Stainless Steel Pipe 4.1 . 13 Supplementary Requirements (S 1 through
E 527 Practice for Number
i ng Metals and Alloys (UNS) $6) ,
2.2 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code : 4.1.14 Applicable ASME Code if k
nown,
Section I, Rules for Construct
i on of Power Boilers 4.1 .15 For ASME Code Sect
i on III applicat
i ons, t
he
S ection IX, Welding and Qualifi cations service clas sif
i cation intended, and
2.3 A WS Specif i cations :' 4. 1 .16 Certifi cation requirements (see S ection on
A 5. 22 Flux Cor ed Ar c Welding Certifi cation of Specifi cation A 999/A 999M).
A 5 . 3 0 Consumable Weld Inserts for Gas Tungsten Arc
Welding
A 5 4 Corrosion-Resisting Chromium and Chromium 5. General Requirements
Nickel Steel Covered Welding Electrodes 5.1 Mater
ial furnished to this specifi cation shall con
A 5 . 9 Co::osion-Resisting Chr omium and Chromium form to the applicable requirements of the cur:ent editi on
Nickel Steel Welding Rods and Ba r e Electrodes of Specifi cation A 999/A 999M unless otherwise provided
A 5 . 1 1 Nickel a
n d Nickel-Alloy Covered Welding Elec herein .
tr ode s
A 5 1 4 Nickel and Nickel-Alloy Bare Welding Rods a
nd
Electrodes 6. Materials and Manufacture
6. 1 Materials:
2.4 Other St
a ndard :
SAE J 1 086 Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys 6.1.1 The steel plate mater
ial shall confolm to the
(UNS ) requirements of one of' the glade s of' S pec ifi c ation
628
 2007 SECTION lI, PART A SA-358/SA-358M

A 240/A 240M, listed in Table 1 , except as provided in solut

i on a
nnea ling treatments Unless ot h erwise stated in
6 3 .2 . 3 . the order, heat-t
reatment sha
ll consist of' heating h
te mate
:ial to a minimum temperature of 1 900°F [ ! 040°C] except
6.2 Welding:
f0r $ 3 1 266, $ 3 1 254, $ 32654, $ 32050, and $ 308 1 5 wh
i ch
6.2. 1 The j oints shall be full penetration double sh all b e he ated to a minimum temperature of 2 1 00 ° F
welded or single-welded butt joints employing fusion weld [ 1 1 5 0 °C ] , and 1 920°F [ 1 05 0 ° C ] re spectively , $ 24 5 65
ing processes as def
i ned under "Defi nitions," ASME Boiler which sha ll be heated to a m
inimum temperature of 2050°F
and Pr essure Vessel Code, Sect i on IX This specifi cat
i on [ 1 1 20°C] , N083 67 which shall be heated to a minimum
makes no provision f0: any difference in weld quality temper ature of 2025 °F [ 1 1 07°C] , a
nd N08926 which shall
requirements regardless of the weld joint type employed be he at treated to a minimum temp erature of 2 0 1 0 ° F
(single or double) in making the weld Where backing [ 1 1 00°C] , all t
r eatments being followed by quenching in
rings or st
r ips are employed, t
he ring or st
r ip material shall water or rapidly cooling by other means . N08904 shall be
be of the same P-Number (Table QW-422 of Section I
X)
heat t r eated to a minimum temperature of 2000°F [ 1 095 °C]
as the plate being j oined. Backing rings or st r ips shall be and cooled rapidly. UNS N08 8 1 0 shall be heated to a
completely removed after welding, prior' to any :equf i ed minimum temper ature of 2050°F [ 1 1 20°C] and cooled rap
radiography, and the exposed weld surface shall be exam idly UNS N08020 shall be heated in the range tom 1 800
ined visually for conformance to the requirements of 6. 2. 3 . to 1 850°F [9 82 to 1 0 1 0°C] and cooled rapidly ,
Welds made by procedures employing back i ng strips or
rings which remain in place ar e pr ohibited. Welding proce 6.3.2 The purchase order shall specify one of the
dures a
n d welding oper ator's shall be qualif i ed in accor following condit i ons if t
he heat-t
r eated condition specif
i ed
danc e w ith A S ME B o i l er' and Pre s s ure Ve s se l C o de , in 6 , 3 1 is not desired by the purchaser :
S ection IX .
6.3.2. 1 A f
inal heat-treatment temperature under
6.2.2 Except as provided in 6 . 2. 2, 1 a
nd 6 ,2 2 . 2, welds 1 900 °F [1 040 °C] - Each pipe supplied under this :equite
shall be made in their entirety by processes involving the ment shall be stenciled with t he fi nal heat-t
r eatment temper
depositi on of f
i ller metal . atme in degrees Fah i enheit or degrees Celsius after the
suffi x "HT. " Contr olled structura
l or special service char ac
6.2.2.1 For Clas s 4 pipe employing multiple pas
teristics may be specif i ed as a guide for the most suitable
ses, t
he root-pass may be without the addition of f i ller heat t eatment
metal.
6.3.2.2 DELETED
6.2.2.2 For Class 4 pipe, the weld surface exposed
inside the pipe may result from a single pass made from 6 .3.2.3 DELETED
t
he inside of the pipe without th e addit
i on of f
i ller metal
6.4 A solution annealing temper atur e above 1 950°F
6.2.2.3 All single-welded pipe shall be completely [ 1 065 °C] may impair the resista
nce to intergranula r corro
radiographed sion after subsequent exposure to sensit i zing conditi ons in
6.2.3 The weld surface on either side of the weld Grades 32 1 , 347 , and 348 . When specif
i ed by the purchaser ,
may be f
l ush with the base plate or may have a reasonably a lower' temperature stabilization or re-soluti on a
nneal shall
uniform crown, not to exceed )8 in. [3 mi
n i Any weld be used subsequent to the initial high temperature solution
reinforc ement may b e remo ved at the manufac turer ' s nneal (see Supplementa
a r y Requirement $5) .
option or by agr eement between the manufacturer and pur
chaser The contour of the r einforcement should be reason
ably smoot h and free f i om irr egular ities . The deposited 7. Chemical Composition
metal shal l be fused unifoimly into the plate surface No
7. 1 The chemical composition of the plate shall con
concavity of contour is permitted unless the result i ng t
hick
form to the requirements of t he applicable specif
i cation
ness of weld meta l is equal to or gr eater than the i
mnimum
nd grade listed in Specif
a i cation A 240/A 240M
thickness of the adj acent base metal
6.2.4 Weld defects shall be repai:ed by remova l to 7.2 The chemica l composit i on of the welding f i ller
sound metal and rewelding Subsequent heat tr eatment and metal sha ll conform to t h e r equirements of the applicable
exam
inat i on (that is, visua
l , radiogr aphic, and dye pene AWS specif i cation f0r the corresponding grade shown in
ra
t nt) shall be as required on the origina l welds Table 1 , or sha ll confb:m to t he chem i cal composit ion
specifi ed for the plate in Specif i cation A 240/A 240M, or
6.3 Heat Treatment :
shall, subj ect to pur chaser appr oval, be a f
i ller metal more
6.3. 1 For H grades, sepa
r'ate solution heat treatments highly alloyed than the base metal when needed for' corro
a e required for solut
r i on annealing In process heat treat sion resistan ce or other properties Use of a f i ller metal
ments ar e not permitted as a subst i tute f0r the separate other tha n th at listed in Table 1 or conforming to the

629
SA-358/SA-358M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

chemical compositi on specifi ed for the plate in Specifi ca mandatory when pipe is bright annealed. The purchaser
tion A 240/A 240M shall be reported and the fi ller' metal may request that a passivating treatment be applied
identif
i ed on the certif
i cate of' tests . When nit
r ogen and
cerium are specifi ed elements for the ordered grade, t he
method of analysis for' t
h ese elements shall be a matter' of' 10. Heat Analysis
agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer . 10.1 An analysis of each heat of steel shall be made
by the plate manufacturer to determine the percentages of
the elements prescribed in Specifi cation A 240/A 240M.
8. Permissible Variations in Dimensions The chem
i cal composition thus determined shall conform
8. 1 Permissible Variations - The dimensions at any to the requirements pre s cribed in S p eci if c ation
point in a length of pipe shall not exceed the following: A 240/A 240M .

8. 1 .1 Outside Diameter - B ased on circumfer ential

measmement, _
+ 0.5 % of the specif
i ed outside diameter
11. Product Analysis
8.1.2 Out-of-Roundness - Dif
ference between major
and minor outside diameters, 1 % . 1 1.1 For each lot of 500 ft [ 1 5 0 m] of pipe or fr act
i on
thereof, analysis shall be made by the manufacturer from
8.1.3 Alignment - Using a 1 0 ft or 3 m straightedge the fi nished pipe of' t
h e plate and of' the weld deposit .
placed so that both ends are in contact with the pipe, 1/8 in Drillings for analysis may be taken from t h e mecha
nical
[3 mm]
te st specimens . The results of' these analy ses shall be
8. 1 .4 Thickness - The minimum wall thickness at reported to the purchaser or' t
h e purchaser' s repr esentati ve,
any point in the pipe shall not be more than 0 , 0 1 in , and shall conform to the requirements of Secti on 7, subject
[0.3 mm] under' the nominal thickness,, to the product analysis tolera
nces of Table 1 in Specifi ca
i on A 480 /A 480M.
t

9. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance 1 1.2 If' the analysis of' one of' the tests specifi ed in 9 . 1
9.1 The fi nished pipe shall have a workmanlike fi nish . does not conform to the requirements specifi ed in Secti on
7, analyses sha
l l be made on additi onal pipe of' double the
9.2 Repair of' Plate Defects by Machining or Grind origina
l number fr'o m the same lot, each of' which shall
ing - Pipe showing sliver's may be machined or ground conform to the requirements specif
i ed .
inside or' outside to a depth which shall ensure the removal
of' all included scale and sliver s, providing the wall thick
ness is not reduced below the specifi ed minimum wall 12. Tensile Requirements
thickness . Machining or' grinding shal l follow inspecti on of' 12.1 The plate used in making the pipe shall conform
the pipe as rolled, and shall be followed by supplementa ry to the requirements as to tensile properties of the applicable
visual inspect
i on.
specifi cations listed in Table 1 Tension tests made by t he
9.3 Repair' of Plate Defects by Welding - Defects which plate ma nufacturer shall qualify the plate material
violate m
i nimum wa
l l thick
n ess may be repaired by weld 12.2 The transver se tension test ta
ken across t
h e welded
ing, but only with the approval of t he pmchaser. Areas
joint specimen shall have a tensile strength not less than
sha
l l be suitably prepar ed for welding with ti ghtly closed
h e specifi ed minimum tensile strength of the plate.
t
defects removed by grinding . Open, clean defects, such as
pits or' impressions, may require no preparati on . All weld
ers, welding operators, a
nd weld procedures shall be quali 13. Transverse Guided-Bend Weld Tests
i ed to the ASME B oiler' and Pressure Vessel Code, S ection
f
IX. Unless the purchaser' specifi es ot
h erwise, pipe required 13.1 Two bend test specimens shall be ta
ken trans
to be heat treated under the provisions of 6.3, shall be heat versely tom the pipe. . Except as provided in 1 3 .2, one
treated or' reheat treated following repair welding. Repaired shall be subject to a face guided-bend test a
nd the second
lengths, where repair depth is greater t
han 1/4 of' the thick to a root guided-bend test . One specimen shall be bent
ness, shall be pressure tested or repressure tested after' with t
he inside surface of' the pipe aga
i nst t
he plunger' , and
repair and heat treatment (if' any) . Repair welds shal! also h e ot
t h er' with the outside surface against the plunger'.
be examined by suitable non-destructi ve exam i nation tech 13.2 For' wall thick
nesses over' 8 in.. [9 . 5 mm] but less
niques, including any techniques specifi cally requir ed of than 4 in. [ 1 9 mm] side-bend tests may be made instead
the prima
r y weld. of t
he face and root-bend tests. For specif
i ed wall thick
9.4 The pipe shall be free of sca le and contam inating nesses in [ 1 9 mm] and over', both specimens shall be
iron pa
rti cles . Pickling, blasti ng or' sur
face finishing is not subjected to the side-bend tests . Side-bend specimens shall
63 0
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA -358/SA -358M

be bent so that one of' the side suifaces becomes the convex
sur
face of the bend specimen .
13.3 The bend test shall be acceptable if no cracks or
other defects exceeding in [3 mm] in any direction be
present in the weld metal or between the weld and the pipe
metal after bending . Cracks which originate along the edges
of the specimen during test i ng, and that ar e less than 4 in.
[65 mm] measured in any dir ection shall not be considered.
14. Test Specimens and Methods of Testing
14. 1 Transverse tension and bend test specimens shall
be taken fr om the end of t
he f
i nished pipe ; the transverse
tension and bend test specimens shall be f l attened cold
before f
i nal machining to size
14.2 As an alternati ve to the requirements of 14. 1 , the
test specimens may be taken from a test plate of the same
material as t
h e pipe, which is attached to the end of the
cylinder and welded as a prolongation of the pipe longitudi
nal seam.
done so to the same heat-treating pr ocedure and in the sa
m e furnace
The maximum lot size shall be 200 linear ft [60 m] of pipe
15.2 Transverse Guided-Bend Weld Test - One test
(two specimens) shall be made to represent each lot (Note
2) of f
i nished pipe
15.3 Hydrostatic Test - Each length of pipe shall be
subjected to a hydr ostatic test in accordance with Specif i
cation A 999/A 999M, unless specif i cally exempted under
the provision of 1 5 .4. Pressur e shall be held for a suff
i cient
time to permit the inspector to examine the ent ir e length
of the welded seam.
15.4 The purchaser, wit ht he agr eement of the manufac
turer, may complete t he hyd r ostatic test requirement with
h e system pressme test, which may be lower or higher
t
than the specif
i cation test pressure, but in no case shall the
test pressure be lower tha n t he system design pressur e
Each length of pipe furnished wit h out the completed manu
facturer' s hydrostatic test shall include with the mandator y
marking the letter's "NH. "

14.3 Tension test specimens shall be made in accor

dance wit
h S ection IX, Pa
r t QW, Pa
r agraph QW- 1 50 of 1 6. Radiographic Examination
the ASME Boiler" and Pressure Vessel Code and shall be 16. 1 For Classes 1 , 3 , and 4 pipe, all welded j oints
one of t
he types shown in QW-462 . 1 of that code shall be completely examined by radiography .
14.3.1 Reduced-sect i on specimens conforming to the 16.2 For Class 5 pipe, the welded j oints shall be spot
requirements given in QW-462 . 1 (b) may be used for ten r adiographed to the extent of not less than 1 2 in [300 mm]
sion tests on all thicknesses of pipe having outside diameter of radiograph per 50 ft [ 1 5 m] of weld
greater h
ta n 3 in [76 nun] .
16.3 For Classes 1 , 3 , a
nd 4 pipe, r adiographic examina
14.3.2 Turned specimens confbrming to the require tion shall be in accordance with the requirements of the
ments of QW-462. 1 (d) may be used for tension tests . ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, S ection VIII,
14.3.2.1 If turned specimens are used as given in latest edit
i on, Pa
r agraph UW-5 1 .
1 4 . 3 . 2 . 2 and 1 4. 3 2. 3 , one complete set shall be made for
16.4 For Class 5 pipe, radiographic examination shall
each iequired tension test
be in accorda
nce with t
he requirements of the ASME Boiler
14.3.2.2 For thick
nesses to a
nd including 1 ,14 in and Pressure Vessel Code, Sect
i on VIII, Division 1 , latest
[32 mm] , a single turned specimen may be used , edit
i on, Pa
r agraph UW-5 2 .
14.3.2.3 For thick
nesses over 1 1/4 in [32 mm], 16.5 Radiographic examinat
i on may be performed prior
mult iple specimens shall be cut through t h e full thick
n ess to heat tr eatment
of' t
he weld with thei
r ' center's parallel to t
he material suiface
and not over 1 in , [25 mm] apart. The center s of the
specimens adj acent to material surfaces shall not exceed 17. Lengths
8 in. [ 1 6 r
am] from the suIface.
17.1 Cir cumferent i ally welded j oints of the same qual
14.4 The test specimens shall not be cut from t
h e pipe i ty a s th e l on g i tu di n al j o i n t s s h a l l b e p ermi tte d b y
or test plate unt
i l after f
i nal heat treatment agr eement between the ma nufacturer a nd t he purchaser.

15. Mechanical Tests Required 18. Product Marking

15. 1 Transverse Tension Test - One test shall be made
18. 1 In addition to the ma r king prescribed in Specif i ca
to represent each lot (see Note 2) of f
i nished pipe. tion A 999 /A 999M, the mark ings on each length of pipe
NOTE 2 - The teim "lot" applies to all pipe of the sa m e gr ade (may shall include the plate materia l designations as shown in
include more tha
n one heat of steel) with in a 6 in [4 ,7 mm] r a
n ge of Table 1 , the ma r king requirements of 6 . 3 a nd 1 5 .4, and
h ickness a
t n d welded to the sa
m e weld procedure, a
n d when heat ti eated, Class 1 , 2, 3 , or 4, as appropriate (see 1 3 )

63 1
SA-358/SA-358M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

18.2 Bar Coding - In addition to the requirements in 19. Keywords

1 8 . 1 , bar' coding is acceptable as a supplementar y identifi
cation met hod . Bar ' coding should be consistent with the 19.1 arc welded steel pipe; austenitic stainless steel;
Automot i ve Industry Act i on Group (AIAG) standa r d pre chromium-nickel steel ; fusion welded steel pipe; high tem
pa
r ed by the Pr
ima
r y Metals Subcommittee of t
he AIAG perature application; steel pipe; temperature service appli
Ba
r ' Code Proj ect Team , cations ; high; welded steel pipe

63 2
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-358/SA-358M

o
c co 00 00 co ,,,o ,4) ,,o ,,o ,,O r'-
c o c: , o o .. .. .. .. . .. . . . r' r"l r' r..4 , ,

. . . . . . . . ¢/ 0'3 ¢O . t. ¢O . . . . . . . . . t.,D 09 0'3 t/) O0 ° . ° Of)

...J _J / 2
-
CO C
O 00 O
C CO ,,O ,,O ,,O ".O ,,O CO
O O O O O r-4 r-4 r.-4 "

o
- i : : ' : : .. .. . z z z z z .. .. .. .. . . . . . z z z z z z

q=
0'9
O
C O
C O
C O
C
Z o o o o
¢1) ¢Xl

r'n
- 0 0 o

. . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .

O
:: o ' ' o .. . . .. .. .. .. o o o .. .. . o o

0 0
< <
:,.. x_ x..

z
' r'r" ' rw rw

: ua LI.I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LLI Ll.I LI.I LU I

z z --! 0 0 r-4 r--4

z . ,D ,,0 ,.0 ,,0 ,,O
. C
O .. .. .. .. . .. .. C
O C
O C
O ' 0D CO '

O ¢
i i
O O

m z
Z .. .. .. Z Z Z Z
LLI ' ' .' LLI .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . L LtJ U.J I. LU

w I--
0000 0 00 0000 o o

CO CO COo COo CO°CO COo CO CO

__1 I , I

< "i
F._. r,

.-.I 'N
..

. . . . . ..
. .. .. .. .. o o
,
o o

: : : : : : :: ,: : ::

$ $ o o o o o o .0 ,
,0 ' "
<-
z "
.. .. .. . .. LU L . W W W ,, ' ' W ,, , : : : : : L ,,, ,,, LU ,, .. .. .. LU , , ,
o o o o

_J Z
o o o o o o
o
o
o
o o
. .
.o .0 .
. . .

u3

, o, o o
c O
C O
C o
c o. o .o .o .o .o
o o - o o o o o ,o , ,
. . . . . . LLI I Ll . L LLI L L ° LI.I LU . . LU . LU . . . L L LLI L . . . L

, - ¢, o', o'. z
- - o g g 5
.. .. . .. .. .. .. '
o , o o . . .. .. .. .. . ..
. .. . .. . .. .. x . x m m ,' m m

o0 -'

0-, o,, z Z
€
r
-r- z 2
-

. . . . . . 5 g 5 g g

63 3
SA-358/SA-358M 2007 SECTION II, PART A

P-. r,,

co f'

co co

Z Z

q:=
z -
Q.
¢Xl

< ' I-.- I-

¢xl e:3 e¢3

v

o
Z o')
L.a

. -

z N
Z
Z

Z C.

-J o o oo

LLI

" N
...1

1. UA

Z =

z . r
I-.-
< M
-J <
D_

• . LIA 1.

- .- _ _

< ¢Xl ¢xl ¢q ¢xJ o

o < < .< <

-'- , ¢°-
=

g c
--. ,_

6 34
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-358/SA-358M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

One or' more of the following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specifi ed
in the purchase order , The purchaser may specify a diff erent frequency of test or analysis
than is provided in the supplementa r y requirement , Subject to agr eement between the
purchaser and manufacturer, retest and r etr eatment provisions of these supplementary
requirements may also be modif
i ed,,

S1. Product Analysis
SI.1 Product analysis shall be made on each length of
pipe. Individual lengths failing to conform to the chemical
composition requirements shall be rejected
number and location of test sites ; and feHite contr ol limits)
shall be a matter' for' agreement between the purchaser and
the manufacturer ,

$5. Stabilizing Heat Treatment

$2. Tension and Bend Tests
$2. 1 Tension tests (Section 1 2) and bend tests (Sect
i on
1 3 ) shall be made on specimens to represent each length
of pipe. Failure of any test specimen to meet the require
merits shall be cause for the rej ection of the pipe length
r epr esented ,
$5.1 Subsequent to the heat tzeatment iequired in 6. 3 ,
Gr ades 32 1 , 347 , and 34 8 shall be given a stabilizat
i on
heat treatment at a temperature lower than that used for
the initial solut
i on annealing heat treatment The tempera
tr
e e of stabilization heat treatment shall be at a temperatur e
as agreed upon between the pul chaser and vendor .

$3. Penetrant Oil and Powder Examination

$3.1 All welded j oints shall be subjected to examinat
i on
by a penetrant oil and powder method The details of the
method and the disposition of fl aws detected shall be a
matter for agreement between the purchaser and the manu
facturer..
$4. Ferrite Control in Weld Deposits
$4.1 The ferf
ite content of the deposited weld metal
in any length of pipe may be determined The procedural
details pertaining to this subject (that is , welding ; plate
and weld deposit chemistry; testing equipment and method;
S6. Intergranular Corrosion Test
$6.1 When specifi ed, material shall pass intergranula
r'
corr
o sion tests conducted by the manufacturer in accor
dance with Pr actices A 262, Practice E , ,
NOTE S 1 -- Pr actice E i equii es testing on the sensitized condition foi
low car bon oI stabilized gr ades, and on the as-shipped condition for
other gr ades
S6.2 A stabilization heat tr eatment in accordance with
Supplementary Requirement $5 may be necessa r y and is
permitted in order to meet this requirement for the grades
containing titanium or columbium

63 5
63 6
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-369/SA-369M

SPECIFICATION FOR CARB ON AND FERRITIC ALLOY

STEEL FORGED AND BORED PIPE FOR
HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERVICE

SA -369/SA-369M
INTERNATIONAL
Standards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 369/A 369M-06 ) A08

1. Scope E 290 Test Methods for Bend Test

i ng of Material for Duc
1.1 This specifi cation cover's heavy-wall carbon and tility
alloy steel pipe (Note 1 ) made f
i om turned and bored E 3 8 1 Method of Macroetch Testing Steel B ars, Billets,
forgings and is intended for high-temperature service. Pipe Blooms , and Forgings
ordered under this specifi cation shall be suitable for bend
2.2 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
ing and other forming operations and for fusion welding..
S el ecti on will depen d o n des ign, ser v ic e c ondition s , Section IX Welding Qualif
i cat
i ons
mechanical propertie s and high-temperature character 2 .3 ANSI Standard "
i sti c s .
B 46 1 Surface Texture
NOTE 1 - The use of the wol d "pipe" throughout the seveial sections
of this specifi cation is used in the broad sense and intended to mean pipe
headers , oi leads ,
3. Ordering Information
NOTE 2 - The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has
been subst
i tuted in h
t is sta
n dard for such tI adit
i onal teIms as "nominal 3. 1 Or ders for material to thi s specif
i cation should
diameter," "size, " and "nominal size " include the following, as required, to describe t
he desired
1 .2 Sever al grades of feriitic steels are covered. T
heir material adequately:
compositions ar e given in Table 1 3. 1.1 Qu anti ty (fe e t, centi metre s , or numb er of
1 .3 Supplementary requirement s ( S 1 to $ 6) of an lengths),
opt
i onal nature a
re provided. These supplementa
ry require 3. 1 .2
ments call for additiona
l tests to be made, and when desired
Name of materia
l (forged and bored pipe) ,
sha
ll be so stated in the order, together' with the number 3. 1 .3 Grade (Table 1 ),
of such tests required 3. 1 .4 S i ze (i n s i de di ameter an d min i mum w al l
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI thickness) ,
units are to be rega
r ded sepa
rately as standa
r d . Within t
he
3.1 .5 Length (Permissible Va
riat
i ons in Lengt
h Sec
text, the SI units are shown in brackets . The va
lues stated
in each system ra e not exact equivalents ; therefore, each tion of Specif
i cat
i on A 999 /A 999M),
system must be used independently of t
he other . Combining 3.1 .6 End f
i nish ( 1 3) ,
values from t
he two systems may result in nonconforma n ce
3.1 .7 Opt
iona
l requirements (Sections 8 , Supplemen
with the specif
i cat
i on. The inch-pound units shall apply
ta
r y Requirements S 1 to $ 6 ; 1 3 . 2) ,
unless the "M" designation of this specifi cation is specif
i ed
in the order' . 3.1 .8 Test report required (Celtif
i cation Sect
i on of
Specif
i cat
i on A 999 /A 999M),
2. Referenced Documents
2. 1 ASTM Standards: 3. 1 .9 Specif
i cation designation, and
A 999 /A 999M Specif i cat
ion for General Requirements 3.1. 10 Special requirements or except
i ons to t
his
for Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe specif
i cation

63 7
SA-369/SA-369M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

4. General Requirements shall be given a str ess-relieving treatment at 1 200 to 1 300°F

4.1 Material furnished under this specif i cation shall [650 to 705 °C] .
conform to the applicable requf i ements of' the current edi NOTE 5 - CeItain of the fbnitic steels covered by this specif i cation
tion of Specifi cation A 999 /A 999M, unless ot herwise pro tend to har den if cooled r apidly f
i om above their critical temperature
vided herein. Some will au' hazden, that is, become hardened to an undesirable degree
when cooled in air from high temper atures Therefore, oper ations involv
ing heating such steels above their' cr
itical temper at
ures, such as welding,
hot-bending and ot
her fb ming oper ations, should be followed by suitable
5. Materials and Manufacture heat treatment ,
5.1 Discard:
5.4.3 Except when Supplementa r y Requirement $6
5. 1 . 1 A suff
i cient discard shall be made from each is specifi ed by the pu
rchaser, Grade FP9 1 sha
ll be normal
ingot to secure freedom from injurious defects. The steel ized and tempered by reheating within the temperature
shall have a homogeneous structure range from 1 900 to 1 975°F [ 1 040 to 1 080°C] , followed
by air cooling and tempering in t
he temperature ra
nge of
5.2 Manufacture "
1 350 to 1 470°F [7 30 to 800°C] .
5.2.1 Material for forging shall consist of ingots or
of blooms, billets, or solid-rolled bar's forged or rolled from 5.4.4 Except when Supplementary Requirement $6
an ingot, and cut to the required length by a process that is specifi ed by t
he purchaser, Grade FP92 shall be normal
will not produce injuri ous defects in t
h e forging. ized a
nd tempered by reheating wit
hin the temperature
range of 1 900 to 1 975 °F [ 1 040 to 1 080°C] , followed by
5.2.2 T
he mater
ial sha
l l be forged (Note 3) by ham air cooling a
nd tempering in t he temperature range of 1 350
meting or pressing, and shall be brought as nearly as practi to 1 470°F [7 30 to 800°C] .
cable to the fi nished shape and size by hot working
NOTE 3 - The cross-sect
i onal ar
e a of t
h e solid forging shall have a
eduction by forging or by roiling and for ging tom t
r hat of the ingot in 6. Chemical Composition
the r atio of not les s h
t an 3 to 1 6.1 The steel shall conform to the requirements as to
5.2.3 Unless ot
herwise specif
i ed, the f
i nal forging chemical composit
i on prescribed in Table 1 .
operation shall be followed by a treatment suitable to t
he
grade as specifi ed in 5 .4
7. Heat Analysis
5.3 Machining: 7.1 An ana
l ysis of each heat of steel shall be made by
5.3.1 All forgings sha
ll have both the inner and outer the steel ma
nufact
urer to determine the percentages of
surfaces machined. the elements specifi ed. If seconda
r y melting processes a
re
5.3.2 After heat t
r eatment, the pipe sha
ll be machined employed, the heat a n alysis shall be obtained from one
to a fi nish with a roughness value no greater than 250 Ixin. remelted ingot or the product of one remelted ingot of each
[6.4 Ixm] ar i thmetical average deviation (AA), terms as prima
ry melt. The chemica
l compositi on thus determined,
defi ned in ANSI B 46. 1 - 1 962, unless otherwise specif
i ed. or t
hat determined from a product analysis made by the
tubula
r product manufacturer , shall conform to the require
5.4 Heat Treatment: ments specif
i ed.
5.4.1 All pipe of the grades shown in Table 1 ot
her 7.2 In the case of la
r ge ingots poured f
r om two or more
h an FPA, FPB , FP 1 , FP2, FP 1 2, FP9 1 , and FP92 shall be
t
heats, the weighted average of t
he chem
i cal determinations
reheated and furnished in the full-a
n nealed or normalized
of the several heats, made in accordance with % 1 , shall
and tempered conditi on If f
urnished in t
he normalized and conform to t
he requirements specifi ed in Section 6.
tempered condition (Note 4), the temperatu
re for tempering
sha
ll be 1 250°F [680°C] or higher for Grades FP5 , FP9,
FP21 , a
nd FP22, and 1 200°F [650°C] or higher for Grades 8. Product Analysis
FP36 a
n d FP 1 L
8.1 At the request of the purchaser , a product analysis
NOT
E 4 - It is recommended t
hat the temperature for tempering should sha
ll be made by the manufact urer on every heat.
be at least 1 00°F [50°C] above t
h e intended service temper ature; conse
8.2 T
he results of t
hese a
nalyses sha
ll be reported to
quently, the purchaser should advise t
he manufacturer if' t
he service
temperatme is to be over l l 00°F [600°C] , the purchaser or his representative, a
nd sha
l l conform to
he requirements specif
t i ed in Section 6.
5.4.2 Pipe in Grades FPA a
nd FPB as a fi na
l heat
treatment shall be eit
her normalized or' shall be given a 8.3 If the a
nalysis of one of t
he tests specifi ed in Section
stress relieving t
reatment at 1 200 to 1 300°F [650 to 705°C] . 7 or Sect
i on 8 does not conform to the requirements speci
Pipe in Grades FP 1 , FP2, and FP 1 2, as a final heat treatment i ed in Sect
f i on 6 an a
n alysis of each billet or pipe from

63 8
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA -369/SA -369M

the same heat may be made, and all billets or pipes con 1 2. Ends
forming to the requirements sha
l l be accepted .
12. 1 Pipe ends shall be machined as specif
i ed in the
purchase order'.
9. Tensile Requirements
9. 1 The material shall conform to the requirements
as to tensile properties prescribed in Table 2 . Tests for
acceptance shall be made after fi nal heat treatment of the 13. Finish
forging .
13. 1 The f
i nished pipe shall be reasonably straight and
shall have a workma
n like f
i nish
10. Mechanical Tests Required
10.1 Transverse or Longitudinal Tension Test - One 13.2 Repair of defects by welding shall be permitted
test shall be made on a specimen from one end of one length only subject to the approval of t
he purchaser Defects shall
of pipe representing each heat in each heat-treatment lot. be t
hoioughly chipped or ground out before welding. Only
10.2 Flattening Test - For pipe NPS 1 4 or less , and qualif
i ed operator's a
n d procedures in accordance with the
diameter to wall t
hickness rat
i os of more than 7 0, a f
l at ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, S ection IX, shall
tening test shall be carr
i ed out in accordance with Specif
i be used. Local or full heat treatment in accordance wit
h
cat
i on A 999 /A 9 99M. A test shall be carried out on a 5 .4 shall follow welding. Local grinding following welding
specimen taken from one end of each lengt
h of pipe. and retreating shall be considered as meet i ng the require
ments of 5 . 3
10.3 Bend Test - For pipe la
rger than NPS 1 4 or NPS
where diameters to wall thickness ratio is 7 . 0 or less, a
bend test shall be ca
rri ed out in accordance wit
h Test
Methods E 290. Unless otherwise specif
i ed, the test speci
mens shall be ta
k en in a tra
n sverse direct
i on , The diameter 14. Product Marking
of the pin shall be t for longitudinal specimens or 1 t
14.1 In addition to t he ma rking prescribed in Specif
i ca
for transverse specimens , where t is the specimen thick
ness .
tion A 999 /A 999M, t h e marking shall include the wall
The bend test specimens shall be bent at room temperature
thick
ness, piece ma r k, length, and additional symbol "S"
hrough 1 80° without cracking. One bend test shall be
t
if the pipe conforms to t he supplementa r y requirements
ta
ken from one end of each length of pipe .
specifi ed in Supplementa r y Requirements S 1 to $5 , and
the heat number or the manufacturer' s number by which
11. Workmanship h e heat can be ident
t ifi ed Indentation stamping, instead
1 1 .1 The pipe shall conform to t
he sizes and shapes of stencil ing , will b e permitted only w ith th e wri tten
specif
i ed by the purchaser . approval of the purchaser

63 9
SA-369/SA-369M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E I
C H E M I CA L R E Q U I R E M E N TS
Compositi on, %
G rade FPA FP B F P1 FP2
C arbon 0 . 2 5 max 0 . 3 0 max 0 1 0-0 . 2 0 0 . 1 0-0 . 2 0
M anganese 0 .27-0. . 93 0 .29-1 . 0 6 0. 30-0 .80 0 .30-0 61
Phosphorus, max 0.035 0.035 0. . 025 0.025
Su lfur, max 0 .035 0 .035 0 025 0 025
S i l icon 0.10 min 0 .10 min 0 . 1 0-0 . 5 0 0 . 1 0-0 . 3 0
C h ro m i u m .. . . . .. . . . .. 0 5 0-0 . 8 1
M olybdenum . . . . . . 0 44-0 .65 0 44-0.. 65
G rade F P5 F P9 F P11 F P12
Carbon 0 . 1 5 max 0 . 1 5 max 0 0 5-0 . 1 5 0 . 0 5-0 . . 1 5
M anganese 0 .30-0. 60 0 .30-0 . 60 0. . 30-0 .60 0 .30-0.. 61
Phosphorus, max 0 .025 0.030 0 .025 0.025
Su lfur, max 0 .025 0 .030 0 .025 0 .025
S i l ico n 0 .5 0 max 0 .5 0-1 .. 0 0 0 . 5 0-1 . 0 0 0 . . 5 0 max
C h ro m i u m 4 . 0 0-6. 0 0 8 . 0 0-1 0 . . 0 0 1 0 0-1 . 5 0 0 . . 80-1 . . 25
M olybdenum 0.45-0. . 65 0 90-1 . 1 0 0 .44-0 65 0 .44-0 .65
Grade FP21 FP22 F P91 FP92
Carbon 0 05-0. . 1 5 0 . 0 5-0 . 1 5 0 0 8-0 .. 1 2 0 . 0 7-0 . 1 3
0 . 3 0-0 . 6 0 0 . 3 0-0 . 6 0
M anganese 0 . . 3 0-0 . 6 0 0. 30-0,6 0
0 .025 0 . 02 0
P hospho rus, max 0 .025 0 . 02 5
0 ,025 0 .010
S u lfu r, max 0.025 0 . 02 5
S i l i c on 0 .5 0 m ax 0 .. 50 m ax 0 . 2 0-0 . 5 0 0 .. 5 0 m ax
C h ro m i um 2 , 6 5-3 , 35 1 9 0-2, 6 0 8 . 0 0-9 . 5 0 8 . 5 0-9. 5 0

M o lybden u m 0 . 8 0-1 . 06 0 . 8 7-1 1 3 0 8 5-1 . 0 5 0 . 3 0-0 . 6 0

Oth e rs : W 1 5 0-2 .. 0 0
N i 0 . 4 0 m ax V 0 . 1 5-0 . 2 5
V 0 . 1 8-0 . 2 5 C b 0 . 0 4-0 .. 0 9
C b 0 . 0 6-0 .. 1 0 N 0 . 0 3 0-0 . 0 7 0
N 0 , 0 3-0 0 7 N i 0 4 0 m ax
A I 0 , 0 4 m ax A I 00 2 m ax
T i 0 , 0 1 m ax T i 0 , 0 1 m ax
Z r 0 0 1 m ax Z r 0 . 0 1 m ax
B 0 , 0 0 1-0 . 0 0 6

TA B L E 2
T E N SI L E R E Q U I R E M E N TS

G rade F PA FPB FP 1, F P2 FP12 F P91 F P92 A l l Others

Tensi le strength, min; ksi [M Pa] 48 [330] 60 [415] 55 [380] 60 [415] 85 [585] 90 [620] 60 [415]
Yield strength, m i n; ksi [ M Pa] 30 [2 1 0] 35 [240] 30 [2 1 0] 32 [2 20] 60 [415] 64 [440] 30 [2 1 0]
E longati on Requ i rements
F PA FPB F P91 and F P92 Al l Others
Longitu- Trans- Longitu- Trans- Longitu- Trans- Longitu- Trans
G rade di nal verse di nal verse di nal verse di nal verse

E l ongation i n 2 i n . . o r 5 0 m m, m i n, % :
Basi c m in i m um e l ongatio n fo r wal l 6 35 25 30 17 27 18 30 20
i n . [8 m m ] and over i n th ic k ness,
stri p tests, and for al l smal l s i zes
tested i n fu l l -sect i o n
When standard rou nd 2 i n . o r 28 20 22 12 20 13 22 14
5 0 m m gage length test spec i me n i s
u se d

64O
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-369/SA -369M

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

One or more of the following supplementa r y requirements shall apply only when specifi ed
in the purchase order . The purchaser' may specify a different frequency of test or' analysis
than is provided in the supplementary requirement Subject to agreement between the
purchaser and manufacturer , retest and retreatment provisions of these supplementary
requirements may also be modif
i ed..

S 1. Additional Tension Test $5. Metal Structure and Etching Tests

SI . 1 An additional tension test shall be made on a
$5.1 The steel shall be homogeneous as shown by
specimen from one or each end of each pipe . If this supple etching tests conducted in accorda nce with the appropriate
mentary requirement is specif i ed, the number of tests per portions of Method E 3 8 1 Etching tests shall be made on
pipe required shall be specif i ed . If a specimen from any a cross section tom one end or both ends of each pipe
length fails to meet t
he required tensile properties (tensile, and shall show sound and reasonably uniform material free
yield, and elongation), that length shall be rejected subject of injurious laminations , cracks, and similar objectionable
to re tre at men t i n ac c or d anc e wi th S p e c i f
i c ati on defects If this supplementary requirement is specifi ed, the
A 999 /A 999M and satisfactory retest
number of tests per pipe required shall also be specifi ed.
If a specimen tom a n y length shows objectionable defects,
the length shall be rejected, subject to removal of t he
S2. Additional Flattening or Bend Tests
defective end and subsequent retests indicating the remain
$2.1 The appropriate f l attening or bend test may be der of the length to be sound a nd reasonably uniform
made on specimens from bot h ends of each length of pipe. materi al
Crop ends may be used. If the specimen from either end
of any lengt
h fails to conform to the specifi c requirement,
h at lengt
t h shall be rej ected
$6. Alternative Heat TreatmentGrades FP91 and
FP92
S3. Ultrasonic Tests $6. 1 Grades FP9 1 and FP92 shall be normalized in
$3.1 Each pipe shal l be ultrasonically tested to deter accordance with 5 . 4 .3 or 5 4 .4, respectively, a
nd tempered
mine its soundness throughout the entire length of t he at a temperature, to be specif
i ed by t
he purchaser, less t
h an
pipe. Until suitable standards are established, t
he basis for 1 350°F [730°C] . It shall be t
h e purchaser' s responsibility
rejection of material shall be a matter of agreement between to subsequently temper in the range of 1 350 to 1 470°F
t
he manufacturer and purchaser . [730 to 800°C] . All mechanical tests shal l be made on
material heat treated in accor dance with 5 . 4 . 3 or 5 .4 .4,
respectively . The certifi cation shall reference this supple
$4. Hydrostatic Test mentary requirement indicating the tempering temperature
S4.1 A hydrostatic pressure test shall be applied as applied The notati on " $ 6 " shal l b e i nc luded with the
agreed upon by the manufacturer and purchaser . required ma
r king of the pipe.

64 1
I NTE NTI O NALLY LE FT B LAN K

642
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

TEST METHODS AND DEFINITIONS FOR

MECHANICAL TESTING OF STEEL PRODUCTS

SA-370
INTERNATIONAL
Standards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specif

i cation A 370-05) 07

1. Scope 1 .5 When this document is referenced in a metric pr od

1. 1 These test methods cover procedures and def i nitions uct specifi cation, the yield and tensile values may be deter
for' the mechanical testing of' wrought and cast steels, stain mined in inch-pound (ksi) units then converted into SI
less steels, and ielated alloys The va r ious mechanical tests (MPa) units . The elongation determined in inch-pound
her ein described are used to deteimine pr opelties required gage lengths of 2 or 8 in. may be reported in SI unit
in the product specif i cations . Va
r iat
i ons in testing methods gage lengths of 50 or 200 mm, respectively, as applicable .
are to be avoided, and standa
r d methods of test
ing a
re to Conversely, when this document is r eferenced in an inch
be followed to obtain reproducible a n d comparable results. pound product specif i cation, the yield a
nd tensile values
In those cases in which the testing requilements for certain may be determined in SI units then converted into inch
ploducts are unique or at variance with these general pr oce pound units . The elongation determined in SI unit gage
dures, the product specifi cation testing requirements shall lengths of 50 or' 200 mm may be reported in inch-pound
contr ol . gage lengths of 2 or' 8 in. , Iespectively, as applicable.
1 .2 The following mechanical tests a
r e described: 1 .6 Attention is directed to Practices A 8 80 and E 1 ,5 95
S ections when ther e may be a need for inf0Imation on critelia for
Tension 5 to 1 3
evaluation of testing laboratories .
B end 14 1.7 This standard does not purpor¢ to address all of
Hal dnes s 15
B linell 16
the safety concerns, iJ any, associated with its use , It &
Rockwell 17 the responsibility of the user of' this standard to establish
Pol table 18 appropriate safety and health practices and determine the
Impact 1 9 to 28 applicabilit
y of regulatory limitations pr ior to use.
Keywords 29

1.3 Annexes coveling details peculiar to certain pr od 2. Referenced Documents

ucts a
re appended to these test methods as follows : 2. 1 ASTM St
a ndards:
Annex
A 703 /A 703M Specif i cati on for Steel Castings, Genera l
B ar Pl oducts Al l Requilements , for Pr essule-Containing Pa r ts
Annex A2
Tubular Pl oducts
A 78 1 /A 78 1M Specif
i cation for Castings, Steel and Alloy,
Fastenei s Annex A3
Round Wile Pl oducts Annex A4
Common Requirements, for Gener al Industlial Use
A 8 3 3 Pr actice for Indentation Ha
r dness of' Metallic Mate
Signif
i cance of Notched-Bai Impact Testing Annex A5

Convelfi ng Pelcentage Elongation of Round Specimens Annex A6 ia

r l s by Comparison Ha
r dnes s Testers
to Equivalents fbr Ylat Specimens A 8 80 Practice for Cr
iter
i a f0r' Use in Evaluation of Testing
Testing Multi-Wile Strand Annex A7
Laboratori es and Organizations for' Examination and
Rounding of Test Data Annex A8
Annex A9
Inspect
i on of Steel, Stainless Steel, and Related Alloys
Methods for Testing Steel Reinfolcing Bal s
Procedul e toi Use and Contlol of Heat-Cycle Simulat
i on Annex A 1 0 E 4 Practices for Force Verif
i cation of Test
i ng Machines
E 6 Telminology Rel ating to Methods of Mechanic al
1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be Testi ng
regarded as the standa
rd . E 8 Test Methods for' Tension Testing of Metallic Materia
ls

643
SA-370 2007 SE CTION II, PART A

E 8M Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materi is made to a test coupon or test specimen, the following
als [Metric] def
i nitions apply :
E 1 0 Test Method f0I B linell Hardness of Metallic Mate
4.1 . 1 Longitudinal Test, unles s specif i cally def
i ned
ri als
otherwise, signifi es that the lengthwise axis of the specimen
E 1 8 Test Methods foI Rockwell Ha
r dness and Rockwell
is parallel to the dilection of the gleatest extension of the
Supelf
i cia
l Ha
r dness of Metallic Materials steel duling rolling or folging The stress applied to a
E 23 Test Methods for Notched B a
r Impact Testing of longitudinal tension test specimen is in t h e dilection of' the
Meta
l lic Matelia
ls
greatest extension, and the axis of the f01d of a longit udinal
E 29 Practice for Using Signif
i cant Digits in Test Data to bend test specimen is at light angles to the dilection of
Detelmine Conf0ima n ce with Specifi cations gleatest extension (Fig . 1 , Fig. 2a, and 2b) .
E 83 Practice for Verif
i cat
i on a
n d Classif
i cation of Exten
4 . 1 .2 Transve rse Test, unles s specif i c ally def
i ned
someter System
E 1 1 0 Test Method f0i Indentation Ha
r dness of Metallic otherwise, signif i es that the length wise axis of the specimen
is at right angles to the direct i on of the greatest extension
Materials by Poi able Ha
r dness Tester s
E 1 90 Test Method for Guided B end Test for Duct
i lity of
of the steel during rolling or forging. The st r ess applied
Welds to a transvel se tension test specimen is at light angles to
E 290 Test Method for Bend Test i ng of Material for Duc
the gleatest extension, and the axis of the f01d of a trans
verse bend test specimen is pa r allel to the greatest extension
i lity
t
(Fig. 1 )
E 1 5 9 5 Practi ce fo r E valu atin g the P erfo l mance of
Mechanical Testing Laboratolies 4.2 The telms "radial test" and "tangential test" ar e
2.2 ASME Document :
used in matelia
l specif
i cations for some wrought cil cula
r
ASME B oiler and Pres sure Vessel Code, S ection VIII, products and are not applicable to castings When such
reference is made to a test coupon or test specimen, the
Division I, Pa
r t UG-8
following definit
i ons apply :
4.2.1 Radial Test, unless specif i cally def
ined otheI
3. General Precautions wise, signifi es that the lengt
h wise axis of the specimen is
3. 1 Certain met
hods of' fabrication, such as bending, perpendicula
r to the axis of t
he product a
nd coincident
with one of t
he radii of a circle drawn with a point on the
folming, and welding, or operations involving heating, may
affect the propelties of the matelial under test. Therefore, axis of the product as a center (Fig 2a)
the product specifi cations cover the stage of manufacture at 4.2.2 Tangential Test, unles s specif i cally defi ned
which mechanical testing is to be performed. The properties othelwise, signif
i es that t
he lengthwise axis of the specimen
shown by testing prior to fabrication may not necessarily is perpendicular to a plane containing the a
xis of the prod
be representative of the product after it has been completely uct and tangent to a circle drawn with a point on the ax is
fablicated of the product as a center (Fig 2a, 2b, 2c, and 2d)
3.2 Imploper machining or prepa r ation of test speci
mens may give erroneous iesults. Ca
r e should be exercised
to assule good WOlklnanship in machining . Improperly TENSION TEST
machined specimens should be discar ded and other speci
5. Description
mens substituted
5. 1 The tension test related to t
he mecha
nica
l testing
3.3 Flaws in the specimen may a l so affect results. If of steel products subjects a machined or full-sect
i on speci
any test specimen develops fl aws, the retest provision of men of the materia
l under examination to a measured load
the applicable product specifi cation shall govern . suff
i cient to cause ruptule The resulting properties sought
r e def
a i ned in Terminology E 6.
3.4 If' any test specimen fails because of mechanical
reasons such as failure of testing equipment or improper 5.2 In genel al, the testing equipment and methods a re
specimen preparation, it may be disca
r ded and another given in Test Met hods E 8 However , t here ar e celtain
specimen taken exceptions to Test Methods E 8 practi ces in the testing of
steel, and these are covered in these test methods

4. Orientation of Test Specimens

4.1 The terms "longit udinal test" a n d "transverse test" 6. Terminology
r e used only in material specifi cations for wrought prod
a 6.1 For def
i nitions of telms pertaining to tension test
ucts a
nd a
r e not applicable to cast
i ngs . When such refelence ing, including tensile stlengt
h , yield point, yield strength,

644
 2007 SECTION II, PART A
elongation, and reduction of' al ea, reference should be made
to Telminology E 6
7. Testing Apparatus and Operations
7.1 Loading Systems - There are two genera l types of
loading systems, mechanical (screw power') and hydraulic.
These differ chiefl y in the variability of the rate of load
applicat
ion The older screw power machines a l e limited
to a small number of fi xed f
l ee running crosshead speeds.
Some modern screw power machines, and all hydraulic
machines pelmit stepless variation throughout the range
of speeds
7.2 The tension test
i ng machine shall be mainta
i ned in
good operating condition, used only in the proper loading
range, and calibrated periodically in accordance with t
he
latest r evision of Pr act
i ces E 4
NOTE ! - Many machines al e equipped with stless-str ain Iecol ders
foI autographic plotting of stless-stl ain cur ves It should be noted that
some recor der s have a load measult
h g component entilely sepa
l ate f
l or
a
the load indicator of the testi ng machine Such ieeol del s a
l e calibl ated
sepa
l ately
7.3 Loading - It is the funct
i on of' the gr
ipping or
holding device of' the testing machine to tl ansmit the load
from the heads of' the machine to the specimen undeI
test . The essenti al requirement is that the load shall be
tlansmitted axially. This implies that the centers of the
action of the grips shall he in alignment, insofar' as practica
ble, wit
h the axis of' the specimen at the beginning a nd
duling the test and that bending or twisting be held to a
minimum For specimens with a reduced section, glipping
of the specimen shall be IeStlicted to the grip section. In
the case of certa
i n sections tested in full size, nonaxial
loading is unavoidable and in such cases shall be pelmis
sible
7.4 Speed oJ Testing - The speed of testi ng shall not
be greater than that at which load and strain readings can
be made accurately In producti on testi ng, speed of testing
is commonly expressed: (1 ) in terms of free running cross
head speed (r ate of movement of the crosshead of the
test
ing machine when not under load), (2) in terms of l ate
of separation of the two heads of the testing machine under
load, (3) in terms of rate of stressing the specimen, or (4)
in terms of rate of str aining the specimen. The following
lim
itations on the speed of testi ng a l e recommended as
adequate for most steel products:
NOT E 2 - Tension tests using closed-loop machines (with feedback
control of r ate) should not be perfbimed using load contr ol, as this mode
of testing will iesult in acceler ati on of the crosshead upon yielding and
elevati on of the measured yield stl engt
h
7.4.1 Any convenient speed of testing may be used
up to one half the specifi ed yield point or yield strength.
645
SA-370
When this point is reached, the f
i ee-iunning rate of' separa
i on of the crossheads sha
t l l be adjusted so as not to exceed
6 in . per' r
ain per inch of' reduced secti on, or the distance
between the glips for test specimens not having reduced
secti ons . This speed shall be maintained through the yield
point or yield str ength. In detelmining the tensile strength,
the free-iunning rate of separation of t
he heads shall not
exceed ,1 2 in . per min per inch of Ieduced secti on, or' the
distan ce between the glips for test specimens not having
ieduced sections. In any event, the minimum speed of'
testing shall not be less than 0 the specifi ed maximum
rates for determining yield point or' yield strength and
tensile st
r ength .
7.4.2 It sha
ll be permissible to set the speed of the
testing machine by adjusting the free running crosshead
speed to the above specif
i ed values, inasmuch as the rate
of sepal ation of heads under load at these machine settings
is less than the specifi ed values of free running Closshead
speed ,
7.4.3 As an alternative, if the machine is equipped
with a device to indicate the rate of' loading, the speed of
the machine from half' the specifi ed yield point or' yield
stlength through the yield point or yield strengt h may be
adjusted so t
h at the rate of' stressing does not exceed 1 00
000 psi (690 MPa)/m
in , However', the minimum rate of
stressing shall not be less than 1 0 000 psi (70 MPa)/min,
8. Test Specimen Parameters
8. 1 Selection - Test coupons shall be s elected in
accoldance wit
h the applicable product specifi cations
8.1.1 Wrought Steels - Wrought steel products a
le
usually tested in t
he longitudinal dir ection, but in some
cases, where size permits and the service justifi es it, testing
is in the tr ansverse, radial, or tangential dir ections (see Fig
1 and Fig 2)
8.1.2 Forged Steels - For open die forgings, t he
meta
l for tension testi ng is usually provided by allowing
extensions or pr olongations on one or both ends of t
he
f0rgings, either on all or a representati ve number as pro
vided by the applicable product specifi cations Test speci
mens a l e nolmally taken at mid-radius . Certain product
specifi cations permit the use of a representat i ve bar or the
destructi on of a production pa l t for test pulposes . For ring
or disk-like f0Igings test metal is provided by incleasing
the di ameter, t h ickness, or length of' t h e f0iging Upset
disk or ring forgings, which are wolked or' extended by
forging in a direction pelpendicula l' to t
he axis of' the forg
ing, usually have their' pr
incipal extension along concentlic
circles and for such folgings ta n genti al tension specimens
l e obta
a i ned flom extra metal on the pef iphely or end of
the forging. For' some folgings, such as rotors, radial ten
sion tests a
l e iequired. In such cases the specimens l
a e cut
or' t
r epa
n ned from specif i ed locat
i ons
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

8.1.3 Cast Steels - Test coupons for castings tom 8.6.2 It is desirable to have the cross-sectional ar ea
which tension test specimens are prepared shall be in accor of the specimen smallest at the center of the gage lengt
h
danc e with the r equirements of' S p e cif i c ati on s to ensure fractuIe wit
hin the gage length . This is provided
A 703 /A 703M or A 7 8 1 /A 7 8 1 M, as applicable . for by the taper in t
h e gage length permitted for each of
he specimens described in t
t he following secti ons .
8.2 Size and Tolerances - Test specimens shall be the
8.6.3 For' brittle materials it is desir able to have f
i llets
full thickness or sect
i on of material as-rolled, or may be
mach ined to the form and dimensions shown in Figs 3-6 , of la
r ge radius at t
he ends of t
he gage lengt
h.
inclusive. The selection of size and type of specimen is
prescribed by the applicable product specifi cati on . Full
9. Hate-Type Specimen
sect
i on specimens shall be tested in 8 in. (200 mm) gage
length unless ot
herwise specifi ed in the product specifi 9.1 The sta ndar d plate-type test specimen is shown in
c ation . Fig. 3 . This specimen is used for testing metallic materials
in the form of plate, structural and bar-size shapes, and
8.3 Procurement ofTest Specimens - Specimens shall l at material having a nominal t
f hickness of 6 in (5 mm)
be shea
r ed, blanked, sawed, trepanned, or oxygen-cut f
rom or over . When product specifi cations so perm
i t, other types
port
i ons of h
te materia
l . They are usually machined so as of specimens may be used
to have a reduced cross section at mid-lengt
h in order to
obtain uniform distribut
ion of t
he stress over the cross NOTE 3 - When called for in the pioduct specification, the 8 in , gage
section and to loca
lize the zone of fr acture. When test lengt
h specimen of' Fig 3 may be used for sheet and str
ip material ,

coupons a re shear ed, blanked, sawed, or oxygen-cut, ca re

shall be taken to remove by machining a ll distorted, cold 10. Sheet-Type Specimen
worked, or heat-affected areas from the edges of the sect
i on
10.1 T
he standa
rd sheet-type test specimen is shown
used in evaluating t
he test.
in Fig 3 This specimen is used for testing metallic mater
i
8.4 Aging ofTest Specimens - Unless otherwise speci als in t
he folm of sheet, plate, f
l at wile, st
r ip, ba
nd, a
nd
fi ed, it sha
ll be perm
i ssible to age tension test specimens. hoop ra
n ging in nominal thickness flom 0.005 to 3/4 in
The time-temperature cycle employed must be such that (0. 1 3 to 1 9 mm). When product specifi cations so pelmit,
he effects of' previous processing will not be materially
t other types of specimens may be used, as provided in
chan ged. It may be accomplished by aging at room temper Section 9 (see Note 3 )
ature 24 to 48 h, or in shorter t
ime at moderately elevated
temperatures by boiling in water , heating in oil or in an
oven , 1 1 . Round Specimens
11.1 T
he standard 0.500 in. ( 1 2. 5 mm) diameter round
8.5 Measurement of Dimensions of' Test Specimens:
test specimen shown in Fig. 4 is used quite generally for
8 . 5 . 1 Standard Rectang ula r Tension Test Sp ec i test
ing metallic materials, both cast and wrought ,
mens - These forms of specimens are shown in Fig. 3 .
To determ
i ne the cross-sectional area, the center widt h 11.2 Fig. 4 also shows small size specimens propor
dimension shall be measured to t
h e nea
r est 0.005 in . (0 . 1 3 tional to t
he standa
r d specimen These may be used when
mm) for the 8 in. (200 mm) gage length specimen a nd it is necessary to test material from which the sta
ndard
0.00 1 in. (0.025 mm) for the 2 in . (50 mm) gage lengt h specimen or specimens shown in Fig 3 cannot be prepa
red
Othei sizes of small round specimens may be used In a
ny
specimen in Fig . 3 . The center thickness dimension shall
be measured to the nearest 0. 00 1 in . for both specimens such small size specimen it is important th at the gage
length for measurement of elongati on be four times the
8.5.2 Standard Round Tension Test Specimens diameter of the specimen (see Note 4, Fig. 4) .
These forms of specimens ate shown in Fig. 4 a
nd Fig .
5 . To determine the cross-sectional a
r ea, t
he diameter shall 11.3 The shape of the ends of the specimens outside
be measured at the center of the gage length to t
he nea
r est of the gage length shall be suitable to t
he mater i al and of
0 .00 1 in. (0 .025 mm) (see Table 1 ) a shape to fit the holders or grips of the testi ng machine
so that t
he loads a
re applied axia
l ly. Fig. 5 shows specimens
8.6 General - Test specimens shall be either substan with va r ious types of ends that have given satisfactory
it l
aly f
u ll size or machined, as prescribed in the pl oduct re sults .
specif
i cations for the material being tested
8.6.1 Improper ly prepar ed test specimens often cause
unsatisfactory test results. It is important, therefore, that 12. Gage Marks
ca
r e be exercised in t
he preparat i on of specimens, particu 12.1 The specimens shown in Figs 3-6 sha ll be gage
la
r ly in the machining, to assure good workmanship.. ma
r ked with a center' punch, scribe ma
r ks, multiple device,

646
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

or & awn with ink The purpose of these gage ma

r ks is to
determine the per cent elongation Punch marks shall be
light, sha
r p, and accurately spaced The localization of
stres s at the marks makes a ha
r d specimen susceptible to
starting fracture at the punch marks . The gage ma rks for'
measuring elongation after fracture shall be made on the
l at or on the edge of the flat tension test specimen and
f record the stress conesponding to the load as the yield
within the par allel section; for' the 8 in . gage length speci
men, Fig. 3 , one or more sets of 8 in . gage marks may be
used, intermediate ma r ks within the gage length being
optional. Rectangula r' 2-in. gage length specimens, Fig.. 3 ,
and round specimens, Fig . 4 , a r e gage ma rked with a dou
ble-pointed center punch or scribe marks . One or mor e
sets of' gage marks may be used; however' , one set must
be appr oximately centered in the reduced section These
same pr ecauti ons shall be obser ved when the test specimen
is full section .
diagram methods described in 1 3 1 1 and 1 3 1 2, a value
equivalent to the yield point in its pr act
i cal signifi cance
may be determined by the fo!lowing method and may
be recorded as yield point: Attach a Class C or better
extensometer (Note 4 and Note 5 ) to the specimen When
the load producing a specif
i ed extension (Note 6) is reached
point (Fig 8 )
NOTE 4 - Automatic devices are available that determine the load at
the specifi ed total extension without plotting a stIess-str ain cm ce Such
devices may be used if t hei accmacy has been demonstI ated Multiplying
caliper s and other such devices m e acceptable t0r use provided their
accur acy has been demonstr ated as equivalent to a Class C extensometer
NOTE 5 - Reference should be made to Pr actice E 8 3
NOTE 6 - For steel with a yield point specifi ed not over 80 000 psi
(550 MPa), an appropr
i ate value is 0 005 in /in of gage length For values
above 80 000 psi, this met
hod is not valid unless the limiting total
extension i s increased

13. Determination of Tensile Properties

NOTE 7 - The shape of the initial port
ion of an autogr aphically deter
13.1 Yield Point I Yield point is the f
i r st stress in a mined stress-stiain (or a load-elongation) curve may be infl uenced by
material, less than the maximum obtainable stress , at which numer ous factor s such as the seating of the specimen in the grips, the
an increase in strain occurs without an increase in str ess sti aightening of a specimen bent due to residual str esses, and the i apid
loading permitted in 7 4 1 Geneially, the aberi ations in this poifi on of
Yield point is intended for application only for materials the curve should be ignor ed when fi tting a modulus line, such as that
that may exhibit the unique characteristic of showing an used to determine the extension-under -load yield, to t
h e curve
inciease in strain without an incr ease in stress . The str ess
strain diagram is cha
r acterized by a sha
rp k
nee or disconti 13.2 Yield Strength - Yield strength is the str ess at
nuity Deter mine yield point by one of the following which a material exhibits a specif i ed limiting deviati on
methods : from the proportionality of stress to strain The deviation is
expressed in terms of strain, percent of
f set, total extension
13. 1 . 1 Drop of the Beam or Halt o/ the Pointer
under load, etc Deteimine yield strength by one of the
Method - In t his method, apply an incIeasing load to the
following methods :
specimen at a uniform rate When a leveI and poise machine
is used, keep the beam in bala
nce by r
u nning out the poise 13 .2. 1 Offs et Method - To determine the yield
at approximately a steady rate When t h e yield point of str ength by the "offset method," it is necessary to secme
t
he material is r eached, the incr ease of the load will stop, data (autographic or numerical) fiom which a stress-strain
but run the poise a tr
ifl e beyond the balance position, and diagram with a distinct modulus cha r acteristic of the mate
the beam of the machine will drop for a brief but appr ecia i al being tested may be drawn , Then on the stress-strain
f
ble interval of time When a machine equipped with a load diagram (Fig. 9) lay of
f Om equal to the specifi ed value
indicating dial is used theI e is a halt or hesitation of the of the offset, draw mn pa
r allel to OA , and thus locate r,
load-indicating pointer corTesponding to the drop of the the intersection of mn with the stress-str ain curve corres
bea
m . Note the load at the "drop of t h e beam" or the "halt ponding to load R, which is the yield-strengt h load In
of the pointer" a
nd record the corresponding stress as the recording values of yield st
r ength obtained by this method,
yield point he value of of
t fset specifi ed or used, or both, shall be stated
1 3. 1 .2 A utog raph ic Diagram Me thod - When a in parentheses after the term yield strength, for example:
sha
r p-kneed stres s- str ain diagra
m is obtained by a
n auto
Yield strength (0 2% offset) = 52 000 psi (360 MPa) ( 1 )
graphic recording device, take the stress corresponding to
the top of the k
nee (Fig 7), or the stress at which the cr
a ve h en the of
W f set is 0 , 2% or la
r ger', the extensometer used
drops as the yield point shall qualify as a Class B2 device over a strain range of
13. 1 .3 To ta l Exten s ion Unde r Lo a d Me th o d - 0 . 05 to 1 0%. If a smaller of
f set is specif
i ed, it may be
W en testing material for yield point and the test speci
h necessary to specify a more accurate device (t h at is, a Class
mens may not exhibit a well- def i ned di spr opor ti on ate B 1 device) or' reduce the lower' limit of' the strain range (for
deformation th at char acter
i zes a yield point as measured example, to 0. . 0 1 %) or both.. See also Note 9 for automatic
by the drop of the beam, halt of the pointer, or' autographic devic e s .

647
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

NOTE 8 - For stiess-su ain diagrams not containing a distinct modulus, 13.4.2 f any pa r of the fiacture takes place outside
such as for some cold-worked materials, it is i ecommended that the
of the middle half of the gage length or in a punched or
extension under load method be ut
i lized If the ofIset method i s used f0
scribed mark within the reduced sect
i on, the elongation
materials wit
h out a distinct modulus, a modulus value appi opf
i ate foi
the materi al being tested should be used: 30 000 000 psi (207 000 MPa) value obtained may not be representative of t he material
for caxbon steel; 29 000 000 psi (200 000 MPa) for fenit i c sta
i nless steel; If the elongati on so measured meets the minimum require
28 000 000 psi ( 1 93 000 MPa) for a n stenitic sta
i nless steel For' special ments specifi ed, no further testing is indicated, but if the
alloys, t
he producer should be contacted to discuss appr
opr
i ate modu elongati on is less than the minimum requirements, disca rd
lus values
the test and r etest
13.2.2 Extension Under Load Method - For tests
to determine the acceptance oi reject
i on of material whose 1 3 . 4 .3 Automated ten sil e te sting method s u sing
stres s-strain cha
r acteristics are well known fr om previous extensometers allow for the measur ement of elongation in
tests of sim i la
r material in which stres s-strain diagrams a method described below Elongation may be measured
were plotted, the total strain corresponding to the stress at a d reported either t
n his way, or as in t
he meth od described
which the specifi ed offset (see Note 9 and Note 1 0) occurs above, fi tting the broken ends together . Either result is
will be k
n own wit
hin satisfactory lim
its The stress on t
he valid
specimen, when t his total strain is reached, is the value of
the yield strength In recording values of yield strength 13.4.4 Elongation at f
i acture is defi ned as the elonga
obtained by this method, the value of "extension" specif i ed ti on measured just prior to t
h e sudden decrease in force
or used, or bot h , shall be stated in parent
h eses after the associated with fr acture . For many duct
i le materials not
term yield str ength, for example : exhibit
i ng a sudden decrease in force, t
h e elongation at
Yield sti ength (0 . 5 % EUL) = 52 000 psi (3 60 MPa) (2) fracture can be taken as the str ain measured .j ust prior' to
when t
h e force falls below 1 0 % of' the maximum for ce
The total strain can be obtained satisfactor
i ly by use of encountered during the test .
a Class B ! extensometer (Note 4, Note 5 , and Note 7)
NOTE 9 - Automatic devices at e ava
i lable t
h at determine offset yield
13.4.4.1 Elongat i on at f
racture shall include elastic
str ength without plotting a stress-str ain curve Such devices may be used ad plastic elongati on and may be determined with auto
n
if their' accur acy has been demonstr ated graphic or automated methods using extensometer s verifi ed
over' the strain range of interest Use a class B2 or better
NOTE 1 0 - The appropriate magnitude of the extension under load
extensometer for materials having less than 5 % elongation;
will obviously vat3, with the strength range of the paiti cula stee! unde
test , In gener al, t
h e value of extension undei load applicable to steel at
a class C or' better extensometer for' materials having elon
any str ength level may be determined f l 'om the sum of the pr oporti onal gation greater than or' equal to 5 % but less than 50% ; and
stra
i n and the plasti c str ain expected at the specifi ed yield strength , The a class D or better extensometer for materials having 50 %
following equation is used: or greater elongation In all cases, the extensometer gage
Extension under load, in /in , of gage length = (YS/E) + r (3) length shall be the nominal gage length required for the
wher e :
specimen being tested. Due to the lack of precision in
fi tting f
l actmed ends toget
her , the elongation after fracture
YS = specif
i ed yield strengt
h , psi or MPa,
E = modulus of elasticity, psi o MPa, and
using t h e manual methods of the preceding pa r agraphs
r - limiting plastic st
rai n, in /in may dif fer from the elongation at f
i acture determ
i ned wit h
extens ometers
13.3 Tensile Strength - Calculate the tensile strength
by dividing the maximum load the specimen sustains dur 13.4.4.2 Per cent elongat
i on at fi acture may be
ing a tension test by the original cross-secti onal a
r ea of calculated direct ly from elongation at fracture data and
the specimen be reported instead of percent elongation as calculated in
13.4 Elongation : 1 3 4 1 . However, these two pa
r ameters a
r e not interchange
able Use of the elongation at fracture method generally
13.4.1 Fit the ends of the fractur ed specimen together
provides more repeatable results
ca
r efully and measure the distance between the gage marks
to the nea
r est 0 .0 1 in (0 . 25 mm) for gage length s of 2 in
and under, and to the nea r est 0 5 % of the gage length for 13.5 Reduction ofA rea - Fit t
he ends of the f
l actured
gage lengths over 2 in A percentage scale reading to 0.. 5 % specimen together and measure the mean diameter or the
of the gage lengt h may be used The elongation is the width and thicknes s at the smallest cross section to the
increase in length of the gage length, expressed as a per same accuracy as t
h e origina
l dimensions The difference
centage of the original gage length. In recording elongat
i on between the a
r ea thus found and the a
rea of the original
values, give botht he percentage increase and the original cross secti on expressed as a percentage of the original area
gage length is the reduct
i on of a
r ea

64 8
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

BEND TEST 1 6. B rinell Test

16. 1 Description :
14. Description
14. 1 The bend test is one method for evaluating ductil 16. 1. 1 A specif
i ed load is applied to a f i at surface
ity, but it cannot be considered as a quantitative means of of the specimen to be tested, through a ha
r d ball of specifi ed
predicting ser vice performa nce in bending oper ations The diameter . The aver age diameter of the indentat i on is used
as a basis for calculation of the Bf
i nell ha
r dness number
severity of the bend test is primarily a function of the angle
of bend and inside diameter to which the specimen is bent, The quotient of the applied load divided by the a
r ea of the
and of the cross section of the specimen These conditions surface of the indentation, which is assumed to be spherical,
at e varied according to location and orientation of the test is termed the Bf i nell hardnes s number (HB) in accordance
specimen a nd th e chemical composition, tensile properties , with the following equation :
har dne ss , type, and qu ality of the steel specifi ed . Te s t
Method E 1 90 a n d Test Method E 290 may be consulted HB = P/[('rrD/2)(D - - d2)] (4)

for methods of performing the test.. where :

14.2 Unles s otherwise specif i ed, it shall be permissible HB = B f

inell hardness number ,
to age bend test specimens . The time-temperature cycle P = applied load, kgf;
employed must be such that the ef fects of previous pr o D = diameter of the steel ball, mm, and
ces sing will not be materially changed.. It may be accom d = average diameter of the indentation , r
am.
plished by aging at room temperatur e 24 to 48 h, or in
shorter time at moderately elevated temperatures by boiling NOTE 1 1 - The B f i nell ha
r dness numbei is more conveniently secur ed
l or
f a standa
r d tables such as Table 6, which show number s corresponding
in water or by heat i ng in oil or in an oven
to the various indentation diameter' s , usually in incr ements of 0 05 mm
14.3 Bend the test specimen at room temperatur e to an
NOTE 1 2 - In Test Met
h od E 1 0 the va
l ues a
r 'e stated in SI units ,
inside diameter , as designated by the applicable pr oduct
whereas in this section kg/m units a
r e used
specifi cations, to the extent specif
i ed without major cr ack
ing on the outside of the bent portion . The speed of bending 1 6. 1 .2 The standard Bf
i nell test using a 1 0 mm ball
is ordinar ily not an important factor . employs a 3000 kgf load for hard materials and a 1 500 or
500 kgf load for thin sections or' soft materials (see Annex
A2 on S teel Tubula
r Products) . Other loads and different
HARDNESS TEST size indentors may be used when specif
i ed . In recording
ha
r dness values , the dia
meter of the ball and t
h e load must
15. General
be stated except when a 1 0 mm ball and 3000 kgf load
15. 1 A ha r dness test is a mean s of determining resist r e used
a
ance to penetration and is occasionally employed to obtain 16.1.3 A range of hardness can properly be specifi ed
a quick appr oximati on of tensile str ength. Table 2, Table 3 ,
only for quenched and tempered or normalized and tem
Table 4, and Table 5 a
r e for t
h e conversion of hardness
pered material For' annealed material a maximum fi gure
measurements from one sca l e to another or to approximate
only should be specifi ed For normalized material a m ini
te n s i l e s tren gth The s e c o nver s i on v al u e s h a ve b e e n mum or a m ax i mu m h ard n e s s m ay b e s p e c i f
i e d by
obtained t om computer- generated curves and are pr e agreement In general, no hardness requirements should
sented to the nea r est 0 1 point to permit accurate repr oduc
be applied to untreated material
tion of t
h ose curves Since a
l l converted hardness values
must be considered approximate, however , all converted 16. 1 .4 Bf i nell ha
r dness may be required when tensile
Rockwell hardnes s number' s shall be rounded to the nea
r est properties ar e not specifi ed .
whole number
1 6.2 Apparatus - Equipment shall meet the following
15.2 Harf
fness Testing : r equirements :
15.2.1 f the pr oduct specif
i cation permits alter
n ative 16.2. 1 Testing Machine - A Brinell ha rdnes s test
ha
r dnes s test
ing to determine conformance to a specif i ed ing machine is acceptable for use over a loading range
ha
r dness requirement, the conversions listed in Table 2, within which its load measuring device is accurate to +
_1 %
Table 3 , Table 4, a
nd Table 5 shall be used. 16.2.2 Measuring Microscope - The divisions of
15.2.2 When r ecording converted hardness numbers , the m
i cr ometer scale of the m
i croscope or other measuring
the measur ed ha
r dnes s and test sca
l e shall be indic ated in devices used for the measurement of the diameter of the
pa
r entheses , for example : 3 5 3 HB (3 8 HRC) . This means indentations shall be such as to perm
it the direct measur e
that a ha
r dness value of 3 8 was obtained using the Rockwell ment of the diameter to 0 . 1 mm and the estimat
i on of t
he
C scale and converted to a Bf
i nell ha
r dness of 3 5 3 . diameter to 0 05 mm

649
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

NOTE 1 3 - This i equirement applies to the construction of the mic: o or a steel bal l into the specimen under' ce:tain a r bitra
rily
scope only and is not a mquil ement for measm ement of' the indentation, i xed conditions A minor' load of' 1 0 kgf is f
f i rst applied
see 1 6 4 3 ,
which causes a n initial penetration, sets the penetrator on
1 6.2.3 Standard Ball - The standa
r d ball for Bf
i nell the mater ia
lan d holds it in position. A major' load which
ha
r dness testing is 1 0 mm (0 .3 937 in. . ) in diameter with a depends on the scale being used is applied increasing the
deviation from this value of' not more than 0. . 005 mm depth of indentation . The major load is removed a n d, with
(0.0004 in.) in any diameter . A ball suitable for use must the minor' load still acting, the Rockwell number , which
not show a permanent cha n ge in diameter greater tha
n 0 .0 1 is proportional to the difference in penetration between the
rnm (0 .0004 in.. ) when pressed with a force of 3 000 kgf major' and minor' loads is determined; th i s is usually done
against the test specimen . by the machine and shows on a dial, digital display, printer',
or' ot
her' device.. This is an a
r bitra
ry number which increases
16.3 Test Specimen - Brinell ha r dness tests are made
with increasing ha rdness . Th e scales most f
requently used
on prepared a
r eas and suffi cient metal must be removed r e as follows :
a
r om the surface to eliminate deca
f r buf
i zed metal a
n d other
surface irregula
r ities. The thickness of the piece tested Majo: Minoi
S cale Load, Load,
must be such that no bu!ge or other ma
r king showing the
Symbol Peneti atoi kgf kgf
effect of the load appear s on t
he side of the piece opposite
the indentati on , B 6 in steel ball 1 00 10
C Diamond bi a
le 1 50 10
16.4 Procedu re :

16.4.1 It is essential that the applicable pr oduct speci 17.1 .2 Rockwell superf i cial ha
r dness machines a re
fi cations state clearly the position at which Bfinell har dness used for the test
ing of vely thin steel or thin sulface layers
indentations ar e to be made and the number' of such indenta Loads of 1 5 , 30, or 45 kgf a
r e applied on a hardened steel
tions required. The dista
nce of' the center' of the indentation ball or diamond penetlator, to cover the same range of
rom the edge of t
f h e specimen or edge of' another' indenta ha
r dness values as for the heavier loads The superf
i cia
l
i on must be at least two and one-half times the diameter'
t hardnes s sca
l es a
r e as follows :

of the indentation. . Maj oi Minor

S cale Load, Load,
16.4.2 Apply the load f0r a minimum of 1 5 s Symbol Penetratoi kgf kgt
16.4.3 Measur e two diameter' s of the indentation at
1 5T 1 6 in steel ball 15 3
light angles to the nearest 0 1 mm, estimate to the nea r est 30T 1 6 in , steel ball 30 3
0.. 05 mm, and average to the nea rest 0.05 mm If the two 45T 1 6 in steel ball 45 3
1 5N Dia
m ond bmle 15 3
diameters differ by mole than 0 . 1 mm, discard the i eadings
3 0N Diamond brale 30 3
and make a new indentation,
45N Dia
m ond b: ale 45 3
16.4.4 Do not use a steel ball on steels having a
ha
r dness over 450 HB nor a carbide ba
ll on steels having 17.2 Reporting Hardness - In iecording ha
rdness val
a ha
r dness over 650 HB . The Bf
i nell ha
r dness test is not ues, the hardness number shall always plecede t
he scale
recommended for materia
l s having a ha
rdness over 650 symbol, for example: 96 HRB , 40 HRC, 75 HR 1 5N, or
HB 77 HR3 0T.

16.4.4. 1 If a ball is used in a test of a specimen 17.3 Test Blocks - Machines should be checked to
wh
ich shows a Br inell hardness number greater t han the ma
ke celtain t
hey a
r e in good order by means of sta
nda
rd
lim
it for the ba
ll as detailed in 1 6 .4 4, the ball shall be ized Rockwell te st blocks .
either disca
rded and replaced wit h a new ball or remeasmed
to en s ure c onf ormanc e w ith the re quirement s of Te st 17.4 Detailed Procedure - For detailed Iequil ements
Method E 1 0 of this test, reference sha
l l be made to the latest revision
of Test Methods E 1 8
1 6.5 Detailed Procedure - For' detailed requirements
of' th
i s test, reference shall be made to the latest Ievision
of Test Method E 1 0, , 1 8. Portable Hardness Test

18.1 Although the use of the sta

ndar d, stationa
r y Brinell
or Rockwell hardness tester is generally piefened, it is not
17. Rockwell Test
always possible to perform t he hardness test using such
17. 1 Descr iption : equipment due to the part size or location. In this event,
17. 1 .1 In th
i s test a ha
r dness va
lue is obtained by ha
r dness testing using portable equipment as described in
detelmining the depth of penetration of a diamond point Practice A 83 3 or Test Method E 1 1 0 shall be used.

65 0
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

CHARPY IMPACT TESTING the energy of the blow is predetermined. A means is pro
v i ded to indi c ate the ener gy abs orbed in bre akin g the
19. Summary
specimen
19. 1 A Cha r py V-notch impact test is a dynamic test
21 . 1 .2 The other principal feature of the machine is
in which a notched specimen is struck and br oken by a
af
i xtur e (See Fig 1 0) designed to support a test specimen
single blow in a specially designed testi ng machine The
measured test values may be the energy absorbed, the
as a simple beam at a precise location. The i f xture is
arranged so that the notched face of the specimen is vert i cal
per centage shea
r fractur
e , the lateral expansion opposite
the notch, or a combination ther eof The pendulum strikes the other vert i cal face directly oppo
site the notch The dimensions of the specimen supports
19.2 Testing temperatur e s other than r oom (ambient) and striking edge shall conform to Fig . 1 0
temp eratur e o ften ar e spe c i f
i e d i n pr oduc t or g en er al
21 .1 .3 Cha r py machines used for test
i ng steel gener
requirement specifi cations (hereinafter refened to as the
ally have capacities in the 220 to 3 00 f 'lbf (300 to 400
specif
i cation) Although the testi ng temperatme is some
J) energy range Sometimes machines of lesser capacity
times related to the expected ser vice temper ature, t
he two
are used ; however , the capacity of t he machine should
temper atu
r es need not be identical
be substant i ally in excess of the absorbed ener gy of the
specimens (see Test Methods E 23) The linea r velocity at
the point of impact should be in the ra n ge of 1 6 to 1 9 ft/s
20. Signif
i cance and Use
(4 9 to 5 8 m/s) .
20. 1 Ductile vs Brittle Behavio r - B ody-centered
cubic or fmf
i tic a
lloys exhibit a signif
i cant transition in 21.2 Temperature Media :
behavior when impact tested over a range of temper atures 21 .2. 1 For testing at ot
her than r oom temperature,
At temperatures above transition, impact specimens f rac it is necessary to condition the Cha
r py specimens in media
tu
r e by a duct
i le (usually micr ovoid coalescence) mecha at contr olled temper atur es
nism, absorbing relatively large amounts of energy. At
21.2.2 Low temperatur e media usually are chilled
lower temperatmes , they fr actur e in a brittle (usually cleav
f uids (such as water , ice plus water , dry ice plus or ganic
l
age) ma nner absorbing less energy Within the transition
solvents , or liquid nitrogen) or chilled gases .
r ange , h
te f
ractur e will generally be a mixture of a r eas of
ductile f
r actu
r e and brittle fr actur e 2 1 . 2 . 3 El ev ate d te mp erature m e di a are u s u al ly
heated liquids such as miner a l or silicone oils Circulating
20.2 The temperatur e range of the tr ansiti on from one air ovens may be used
type of behavior to the other varies accor ding to the mate
rial being tested This tra
n sition behavior may be defi ned 21 .3 Handling Equipment - Tongs, especially adapted
in various ways for specifi cation purposes to f
i t the notch in the impact specimen, normally are used
for removing the specimens from the medium a nd placing
20.2.1 The specif i cati on may require a minimum
them on the anvil (refer to Test Methods E 23 ) In cases
test r esult for absorbed ener gy, fractur
e appear ance, lateral
where the machine fi xture does not provide for automat
ic
expansion, or a combinat i on ther eof, at a specif
i ed test
centering of the test specimen, the tongs may be precision
temperature
machined to pr ovide centering
20.2.2 The specif i cation may require the determina
ti on of the tr an s iti on temp er ature at wh i c h e i ther the
absorbed ener gy or fr actur e appearance attains a specif i ed 22. Sampling and Number of Specimens
level when testing is performed over a r ange of tempera
tures ,
22. 1 Sampling :
22 . 1 . 1 T e s t l o c ati o n an d o r i ent ati o n sh ou l d b e
20.3 Further' infbrmation on the signif
i cance of impact addr essed by the specif
i cations . If not, for wrought prod
test
i ng appear s in Annex A5 , ucts, t
h e test location shall be the s ame as that for the
tensile specimen and the orientation shall be longitudinal
with the notch perpendicular to the major surface of the
21 . Apparatus
product being tested
21 . 1 Testing Machines :
22. 1 .2 Number of Specimens
21. 1.1 A Cha r py impact machine is one in which a
22. 1 .2. 1 A Cha
r py impact test consists of all speci
notched specimen is broken by a single blow of a f l eely
mens taken from a single test coupon or test location
swinging pendulum The pendulum is r eleased fr om a f i xed
height Since the height to which the pendulum is raised 22. 1 .2.2 When the specif i cation ca
lls for a mini
prior to its swing, a
n d the mass of t
he pendulum a
r e known, mum average test result, three specimens shall be tested

65 1
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

22. 1 .2.3 When the specif i cation requires determi the heating or cooling medium within _ + 2°F ( I °C) because
nation of a tr ansition temperatur e, eight to twelve speci the effect of va
riations in temperature on Char py test results
mens are usually needed can be very great

22.2 Type and S&e : NOTE 1 5 - For some steels theie may not be a need for this i estf
i cted
temperature, for example, austenitic steels
22.2.1 Use a standard full size Cha
r py V-notch speci
men (Type A) as shown in Fig 1 1 , except as allowed in NOTE 1 6 - Because t
he temperat
ui e of a testing laboratory often var
ies
222 2 . from 60 to 90°F ( 1 5 to 32°C) a test conducted at "r oom temper atme"
might be conducted at any temper atur e in t
h is range
22.2.2 Subsized Specimens
22.2.2. 1 For f
i at material less t
h an 1 6 in. ( 1 1 mm)
thick, or when the absorbed ener gy is expected to exceed 25. Procedure
80% of full scale, use standard subsize test specimens 25. 1 Temperature :
22.2.2.2 For tubular materials tested in the u ans
25.1.1 Condition the specimens to be br oken by hold
verse direction, where the relationship between diameter ing them in the medium at test temperature for at least 5
and wall thickness does not permit a standard u f ll size min in liquid media a
nd 30 min in gaseous media.
specimen, use standa
r d subsize test specimens or standard
25. 1.2 Prior to each test, mainta
i n the tongs for han
size specimens containing outer diameter (OD) curvature
as follows : dling test specimens at the same temperature as the speci
men so as not to affect the temperature at the notch.
(1 ) Standa
rd size specimens and subsize specimens may
contain the origina l OD surface of the tubular' product as 25.2 Positioning and Breaking Specimens:
shown in Fig , 1 2. All other dimensions shall comply with 25.2.1 Ca r efully center the test specimen in h
te anvil
the requir ements of Fig . 1 1 and release the pendulum to break the specimen.
NOTE 14 - For materials wit
h toughness levels in excess of about 50 25.2.2 If the pendulum is not released within 5 s after
ft-lbs, specimens containing the original OD surface may yield values in removing t he specimen from the conditioning medium,
excess of those resulting f
l 'o m the use of conventional Charpy specimens
do not break the specimen Return the specimen to the
22.2.2.3 If a standa
rd full-size specimen cannot conditioning medium for the period required in 25 1 1
be prepa
r ed, the la
r gest feasible standa
r d subsize specimen
shall be prepar ed. The specimens shall be machined so 25.3 Recover ing Specimens - In t he event that fracture
hat the specimen does not include material nea
t r er to t
he appearance or lateral expansion must be determined,
surface tha
n 0..020 in. (0 5 mm) . recover the matched pieces of each broken specimen before
breaking t
h e next specimen.
22.2.2.4 Tolerances for standard subsize speci
25.4 Individual Test Values:
mens axe shown in Fig. 1 1 . Standa
r d subsize test specimen
sizes ar e: 1 0 x 7 . 5 mm, 1 0 x 6. 7 mm, 1 0 x 5 mm, 1 0 25.4.1 Impact energy - Record the impact energy
x 3 . 3 mm, a nd 1 0 x 25 mm. absorbed to t
h e nea
r est ft.lbf (J)
22.2.2.5 Notch t
h e na
r x ow face of t
h e standa
rd 25.4.2 Fracture Appearance :
subsize specimens so that t
he notch is perpendicula
r to the 25.4.2.1 Determine the percentage of shea
r f
l ac
1 0 mm wide face
ture a
r ea by any of t
he following methods :
22.3 Notch Preparation - The machining of t he notch (1) Measme the lengt
hand width of the brittle portion
is crit
i cal, as it has been demonstrated that extr emely minor of the fracture surface, as shown in Fig. 1 3 and determine
variati ons in notch radius and prof i le, or tool marks at the h e percent shea
t r a
r ea from eit
her Table 7 or Table 8
bottom of the notch may result in erratic test data. (See depending on t
h e units of measurement
Annex A5) , (2) Compa r e the appea
rance of the fracture of t
he speci
men with a fracture appearance char t as shown in Fig 1 4
23. Calibration
(3) Magnify the fracture surface and compa r e it to a
preca
librated overlay cha
r t or measure the percent shear
23.1 Accuracy and Sensitivity - Calibr ate and adjust fracture a
r ea by mea
n s of a planimeter
Charpy impact machines in accordance with the require (4) Photograph the f
l actured surface at a suitable magni
ments of Test Methods E 23 .
i cat
f ion a
nd measure t he percent shear f l acture ar ea by
means of a planimeter.
24. Conditioning - Temperature Control 25.4.2.2 Determine the individual fracture appear
24.1 Wh en a specif i c test temperatur e is required by ance va
lues to t
he nea
r est 5 % shea
r f
l acture a
nd record
he specif
t i cat
i on or purchaser, control t
h e temperature of h e value .
t

65 2
 2007 SECTION II, PART A
25.4.3 Lateral Expansion :
25.4.3. 1 Lateral expansion is the incr ease in speci
men width, measur ed in thousandths of an inch (mils) , on
the compression side, opposite the notch of the fractured
Charpy V-notch specimen as shown in Fig. 1 5
25.4.3.2 Examine each specimen half to ascertain
that the protr
u sions have not been damaged by contact i ng
the a
nvil, machine mounting sur face, and so fbrXh Di sca
rd
such samples since they may cause erroneous r eadings
25.4.3.3 Check t
h e sides of the specimens perpen
dicular to the notch to ensure that no burr s were formed
on the sides during impact testing If burrs exist, r emove
them car efully by rubbing on emery cloth or similar abr a
sive surface, making sure that the protr
u sions being mea
sured a
r e not rubbed during the r emoval of the burr
25.4.3.4 Measure the amount of expansion on each
side of each half relative to t
he pla
n e def
i ned by the unde
formed portion of the side of the specimen using a gage
simila
r to that shown in Fig 1 6 a nd Fig 1 7 .
25.4.3.5 Since the fi acture path seldom bisects the
point of maximum expansion on both sides of a specimen,
the sum of the lar ger values measur ed for each side is the
value of the test Arr ange the halves of one specimen so
that compression sides a r e facing each other Using the
gage , measure the protru sion on each half specimen, ensur
ing h
t at the same side of the specimen is measured Measure
the two br oken halves individually Repeat the procedur e
to measure the pr otrusions on the opposite side of the
specimen halves The la r ger of the two values for each
side is the expansion of t h at side of the specimen
25.4.3.6 Measur e the individual latera
l expansion
values to the nea
r est r
i l (0 . . 025 r
a a m) and record the values .
25.4.3.7 With the excepti on described as follows ,
ay specimen that does not sepa
n r ate into two pieces when
struck by a single blow shall be r eported as unbr oken If
the specimen can be sepa r ated by force applied by ba re
hands , the specimen may be consider ed as having been
separated by th e blow .
26. Interpretation of Test Result
26.1 When the acceptance criterion of' any impact test
is specif
i ed to be a m inimum average value at a given
temper at
ure , t
h e test result shall be the average (a
r ithmetic
mean) of the individual test values of' three specimens fr om
one test location ,
26. 1 .1 When a minimum average test r esult is spec
if
i ed :
26. 1 . 1 . 1 The test result is acceptable when all of
the b elow a
r e met :
(1) The test result equals or exceeds the specif
i ed mini
mum average (given in the specif i cat
i on) ,
65 3
SA-370
(2) The individual test value for' not more tha
n one
specimen measures less tha
n the specifi ed minimum aver
age , and
(.3) The individual test value for any specimen measures
not less than two-thirds of' the specif
i ed minimum average .
26. 1 .1 .2 If the acceptance requirements of 26 . 1 . 1 . 1
r e not met, pef
a fbrm one retest of three additional speci
mens from the same test location . Each individual test
value of the retested specimens shall be equa
l to or greater
than the specifi ed minimum average value .
26.2 Test Specifying a Min imum Transition Temper
a tu re :
26.2. 1 Definition of Transition Temperature - For
specif
i cation purposes, the transition temperature is t
he
temperature at which the designated material test value
equals or exceeds a specifi ed minimum test value
26.2.2 Determination oJ Transition Temperature :
26.2.2. 1 Break one specimen at each of a series
of temperatur es above a
n d below the anti cipated tr ansit
i on
temperature using the procedures in Section 25 Record
each test temperature to the nearest I °F (0 5 °C) .
26.2.2.2 Plot the individual test results (ft'lbf or
percent shear') as the ordinate versus the corresponding test
temper atur e as the absci s sa and construct a best-f
i t curve
through the plotted data points
26.2.2.3 If transition temperatur e is specif i ed as
the temper ature at which a test value is achieved, determine
the temperature at which the plotted curve intersects the
specifi ed test va
lue by gr aphical interpolation (extrapola
tion is not permitted) Recor d this tra n sition temper atur e
to the nearest 5 °F (3 °C) If the tabulated test r esults clear ly
indicate a transition temperatur e lower than specif i ed, it
is not necessary to plot the data Report the lowest test
temperatm e for whi ch te st v alu e exc eeds the speci f i ed
value .
26.2.2.4 Accept t he test r esult if the determined
transition temperature is equal to or lower tha
n the specifi ed
v alue
26.2.2.5 If the determined transition temperatur e
is higher than the specif i ed value, but not more than 20°F
( 1 2°C) higher than the specif i ed value, test suff
i cient sam
pies in accordance with Sect i on 25 to plot two additional
curves Accept t h e test results if the temperatures deter
mined from bot h addit i onal tests a
r e equal to or lower than
h e specif
t i ed va
lue
26.3 When subsize specimens a r e permitted or neces
s ary , or b o th , m o d i fy th e sp e c i f
i e d te s t re qui re m e nt
ac c ordi ng to Table 9 or te st temp erature ac c or ding to
ASME B oiler and Pressure Ves sel Code, Table UG- 84 2,
or both Greater energies or lower test temperatures may
be agr eed upon by pur chaser a
n d supplier
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

27. Records 28. Report

27.1 The test recor d should contain the following infor
28.1 The specifi cation should designate the information
mation as appropriate :
to be reported
27.1.1 Full description of material tested (that is,
specifi c ation number , grade , clas s or type , size , heat
number')
27. 1 .2 Specimen orientation with respect to the mate
iial axis
27. 1 .3 Specimen size . 29. Keywords
27. 1 .4 Test temperatme and individual test value for 29.1 bend test; BrJnell hardness ; Chaxpy impact test;
each specimen broken, including initi al tests and retests elongati on; FATT (Fracture Appeaxance Transition Tem
27. 1 .5 Test results peratm e) ; hardness test; poItable hardness; reduction of
27.1.6 Transition temperatuIe a
nd criterion for its area; Rockwell har dnes s ; tensile strength; tension test; yield
determination, including initial tests and r etests . strengt
h

FIG . 1 T H E R E LAT IO N O F T E ST C O U P O N S A N D T E ST S P EC I M E N S TO RO L L I N G D I R E CTI O N O R EXT E N S I O N

( A P P L I CA B L E TO G E N E RA L W R O U G H T P RO D U CT S )

Tra nsverse Speci men

/ -- j Tra nsv e r se F l at
Te n s i o n Test
Lo n g itu d i na l Speci men

Lo ng itud i n a l Fl at Tansi o n Test

T.. ....... (

BendTest e
Lo n gitudi nal Rou n d Te nsion Test

Lo ng itu d i na l I m pactTest
B e n d Te st

I nd icates Ro l l i ng Di recti on _ I
o r E xte n s i o n
Lon g itu d i na l
I m paetTest

65 4
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

FIG . 2 L O C ATI O N O F L O N G I T U D I N A L T E N S I O N T E ST S P E C I M E N S
I N R I N G S C U T F R O M T U B U LA R P RO D U C T S

Tangentia l Prolongation
. / Pro l o n gati o n

- -J"' Lo ng itu d i na l test

R a d i a l test

( a ) S h afts a nd Roto rs

P ro l o n g at i o n
- - Ta n g e nti a l

f i test --
Lo n g itu d i n a l test
(b ) H o l l ow Fo rgi ngs
Prolongation Prolongation

Ta ngential test Tangential test

(c) Disk Fo rg i ng s

[ _ _ _Prol o ngation -.
- F- Pro l o n gati o n

Ta ng e nti a l test
Ta n g e n ti a l test
(d ) R i n g Forg i ngs

65 5
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

FIG , 3 R E C TA N G U LA R T E N S I O N T E ST S P E C I M E N S

i G v

DI M E N S I O N S

Standard Spec i me ns S u bs i ze S peci men

P late-Type, S heet-Type,
11/2 i n . W i de i n , W ide 1/4 i n , W i de
i ll ,, mm in. mm i n .. mm

G-
- G age l ength ( N otes I an d 2 ) 8 ,00 + 0 01 200 + 0, 25 2 , 0 0 0 + 0 ,, 0 0 5 50 0 + 0 ,10 1 000 + 0 003 2 5 , 0 +0 0 8
W-
- W i dth ( N otes 3, 5, and 6 ) 1 + % 40 + 3 0 500 + 0 ,010 12 5 + 0 25 0 ,, 2 5 0 + 0 0 0 2 6 , 2 5 + 0 05
- 1, 4 -6
T-
- T h i c k ne ss ( N ote 7 ) th i c k n ess of m ate r i a l

R-
- R ad i u s of fi l l et, m i n ( N ote 4 ) 1, 2 13 13 14 6
L - Ove r -a l l l e ngth, m i n ( N otes 2 an d 8 ) 18 45 0 8 200 4 100
A - L e n gth of r ed uced se ct i o n , m i n 9 225 2¼ 60 l 32
B-- Len gth of g r i p sect i o n, m i n ( N ote 9 ) 3 75 2 50 1 32
C-- W i dth of g r i p sect i o n, app r ox i mate 2 50 20 % 1o
( N otes 4, 1 0, and 1 1 )

N OT ES :
(1) F o r' the 1 i n ( 4 0 m m ) wide spec i men, pu nch marks fo r measu ri n g e l ongatio n after' fractu re shal l be made on the fi at o r' o n the edge of the spec i men
and with i n the r ed uced sectio n E ither' a set of n i ne or' mo r e punch marks 1 i n ( 2 5 m m ) apar±, o r' o ne or' mo re pai rs of p u nch marks 8 i n , ( 2 0 0 m m )
apa rt m ay b e u se d
(2) F o r' the in (12 5 r
a m ) wi de spec i men, gage marks fo r' measu ri ng the e l ongatio n afte r' fractu r e sha l l be made o n the in , ( 12 .5 r
a m ) face o r' o n
the edge of the spec i me n and w ith i n the reduced secti on E ithe r a set of th ree o r m o re marks 1 0 i n , ( 2 5 m m ) apart o r' one or' m o re pai rs of marks
2 in (50 r
a m ) ap art m ay be u sed .
(3) Fo r' the th ree s i zes of spec i mens, the ends of the red uced sect i o n shal l not d iffe r i n width by m ore th an 0 0 04, 0 , 0 02 o r 0 , 0 0 1 i n . ( 0 , 1 0, 0 05 o r'
0 , 0 2 5 m m ), respective ly A lso, there may be a g radua l dec rease i n wi dth fr om the e nds to the cente r, but the wi dth at e ithe r' e nd sha l l not be m o re
th an 0 0 1 5 i n ,, 0 , 0 0 5 i n , o r 0 , 0 03 i n , ( 0 ,40, 0 1 0 or 0 08 m m ), respective ly, lar ger' th an the w i dth at the cente r'
(4) Fo r' each spec i men type, the r ad i i of a l l fi l lets shal l be eq ual to each othe r with a to ler ance of 0 0 5 i n , ( 1 2 5 r
a m ), and the centers of cu r vatu re of
the two fi l lets at a parti cu lar' end sha l l be l ocated across from each other ( o n a l i ne per pend icu lar' to the ce nter l i ne ) with i n a to l e rance of 0 . 1 0 i n ,
(2 5 r
am )
(5) F o r' each of the th ree s i zes of spec i mens, narr owe r wi dths ( !4/ and 6') may be used when necessary I n such cases the wi dth of the red uced secti on
sho u l d be as l arge as the wi dth of the m ateri a l be i ng tested pe rm its; howeve r , u n l ess stated spec ifi ca l l y, the requ i rements for' e l o ng ati o n i n a pr oduct
spec ificati o n shal l not app l y when these narrowe r spec i me ns are used , If the wi dth of the mate r i a l is l ess than W, the s i des may be par al l e l th rough o ut
t h e l e n gth of th e spec i m e n ,
(6) T he spec i men may be mod ifi ed by mak i n g the s i des para l l e l th roughout the le ngth of the spec i men, the wi dth and to le rances be i n g the same as those
spec ifi ed above . When necessary a narrowe r spec i men m ay be used, i n wh i ch case the wi dth sh ou l d be as g reat as the wi dth of the mate r ia l be i ng
tested perm its , If the wi dth i s 1 1,2 i n , ( 38 mm ) o r l ess, the sides may be para l le l th roug hout the length of the spec i men
(7 ) The dimension T is the thickness of the test speci men as provided for' in the appl icable material specifi cations , M in imum nom i nal thickness of 1 1, 2 in
( 40 mm ) wide specimens shal l be 346 in (5 ra m ), except as perm itted by the product specifi cation , Maxi mum nominal th ickness of 1, 2 in ( 1 2 5 ra m )
and i n ( 6 r a m ) wi de spec i me ns sha l l be 3/4 i n ( 1 9 mm ) and !/4 i n ( 6 m m ), respective ly ,
(8) To ai d i n obtai n i ng ax i al l oad i ng du r i ng testi ng of i n ( 6 m m ) wi de spec i mens, the overal l length sh o u ld be as the mater i al wi l l perm it ,
(9) It is des i rab le, if possi b l e, to make the l ength of the g ri p secti on l arge en oug h to al l ow the spec i me n to exte nd i nto the g ri ps a d istance eq ual to two
th i rds o r' mo r e of the length of the g r i ps , If the th ickness of 2 i n , ( 1 3 r
a m ) wide spec i mens i s ove r' 3/8 i n , ( 1 0 m m ), l o nge r g r i ps and co rr espon d i ng ly
l onge r g ri p secti ons of the spec i men may be necessar y to p revent fai l u re i n the g r i p secti o n ,
( 1 0 ) Fo r' standard sheet-type spec i mens and su bsi ze spec i mens the ends of the spec i men shal l be sym metrical with the center' l i ne of the reduced sect i o n
with i n 0 0 1 and 0 0 05 i n ( 0 , 2 5 and 0 1 3 r
a m ), respective ly H owever, for' stee l if the ends of the in (12 5 r
a m ) wi de spec i me n are sym metr i ca l
with i n 0 , 0 5 i n ( 1 0 mm ) a spec i men may be co nside red satisfactory fo r a l l b ut refe ree testi ng ,
( 1 1 ) Fo r stan dar d p late-type speci mens the ends of the spec i men shal l be symmetr i ca l with the cente r' l i ne of the r educed secti on with i n 0 2 5 i n ( 6 .35 m m )
except fo r' r eferee testi ng i n wh ic h case th e ends of the spec i men sha l l be sym metr i cal with the cente r l i ne of the red uced secti o n with i n 0 1 0 i n ( 2 5 r
am)

65 6
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

FIG , 4 STA N DA R D 0 .500 I N . ( 1 2 .5 M M ) RO U N D T E N S I O N T E S T S P E C I M E N W I T H 2 I N , ( 50 M M ) G A G E L E N G T H

A N D EXA M P L E S O F S M A L L-S I Z E S P E C I M E N S P R O P O RTI O N A L TO T H E S TA N DA R D S P E C I M E N S

÷
DI M EN SION S

Standard S peci me n S ma l l - S i ze Spec i mens P roporti ona l to Standard

i n ,, mm i n ,, mm i n ,, mm in. mm i n ,, mm

N o m i n a l D i a m ete r 0 ,, 5 00 12 .5 0 ,3 5 0 8. 75 0 . 2 50 6 , 25 0 , 1 60 4 ,00 0 . 1 13 2.50

G-
- G ag e l en gth 2 , 0 0+ 50 ,0+ 1 4 0 0+ 35 .0+ 1 , 0 0 0_
+ 2 5 , 0+ 0 , 64 0 + 16 ,0+ 0 4 5 0_
+ I 0 0_
0 ,005 0 ,I0 0 ,005 0 10 0 ,005 0 10 0 ,005 0 ,I0 0 ,005 0 10
D-
- D i a m ete r ( N ote I ) 0 5 0 0+ 1 2 5+ 0 ,350+ 8 7 5_
+ 0 .250_
+ 6 25_
+ 0 , 1 6 0+ 4 . 0 0-
+ 01 13+ 2 5 0-
+
0 ,, 0 1 0 0 ,25 0 0 07 0 .18 0 005 0 ,12 0 0 03 0 ,08 0 .002 0 ,05
R-- Rad i us of fi l l et, m i n 8 I0 1, 4 6 3/I6 5 5/
32 4 3/32 2
A - Le n gth of red u ced secti on, 2 60 I 45 1 1, 4 32 20 % 16
m i n ( N ote 2 )

N OT ES :
( 1 ) T he red u ced sect i o n may have a g r ad ual tape r' fro m the en ds toward the cente r' , with the e n ds n ot m o re than 1 pe rce nt l arge r i n d i amete r
t h a n th e ce nte r' ( c o nt r o l l i n g d i m e n s i o n )
( 2 ) If des i red, the l e n gth of the red uced secti o n may be i ncreased to acco m m o date an extenso mete r of any co nven i ent g age l e n gth Refe re n ce
m ar ks fo r' the measu re ment of e l on gati o n sh o u l d, neverthe l ess, be spaced at the i nd i cated gage l e ngth
( 3 ) T he g age l en gth and fi l l ets sha l l be as sh own, but the e n ds m ay be of any fo r m to fi t the h o l de rs of the test i n g mach i ne i n su ch a way that
the l oad sh a l l be ax i a l ( see F i g , 9 ) . If the en d s are to be he l d i n wed ge g r i ps it is des i rab le, i f poss i b l e, to make the l ength of the g r i p sect i o n
g reat e n o u g h to al l ow the spec i men to exten d i nto the g ri ps a d i stance eq ua l to two th i rds o r' m o re of the length of the g r i ps ,
( 4 ) O n the r o u nd spec i me ns i n F i g 5 an d F i g 6, the gage l en gth s ar e eq ua l to fo u r' t i mes the nom i nal d i amete r I n some p rod uct spec ifi cati o ns
othe r' spec i mens m ay be p rov i ded fo r' , but u n l ess the 4-to-1 rati o i s mai nta i ned with i n d i me ns i o n a l to l e rances, the e l on gat i on va l ues may n ot
be co m par ab l e w ith th ose o bta i ned fro m the standa rd test spe c i m e n ,
( 5 ) T h e u se of spec i mens sm a l l er than 0 2 5 0 i n ( 6 2 5 m m ) d i amete r' sh al l be rest r i cted to cases when the m ate r i al to be tested i s of i nsuffi c i ent
s i ze to obtai n l ar ge r spec i me ns o r' whe n al l part i es ag ree to the i r use fo r' acce ptance test i n g , S ma l l e r' spec i me ns req u i re su itab l e eq u i p ment
a n d g re ate r s k i l l i n b ot h m ac h i n i n g an d test i n g
( 6 ) F ive s i zes of spec i mens ofte n used have d i amete rs of app r o x i m ate ly 0 , 5 0 5, 0 3 5 7, 0 2 5 2 , 0 1 6 0, and 0 1 1 3 i n , the reaso n be i n g to pe rm it
easy ca l c u l ati o ns of stress fr o m l oads, si nce the co rrespond i ng c r oss sect i o na l a reas are eq u a l o r c l ose to 0 2 0 0, 0 1 0 0, 0 , 05 0 0, 0 0 2 0 0, an d
0 , 0 1 0 0 i n , z, respective l y , T h us, whe n the actua l d i amete rs ag ree with these va l ues, the st resses ( o r' str e n gths ) may be c o m p uted us i n g the
s i m p l e m u l t i p l y i ng facto rs 5, 1 0, 2 0, 5 0, an d 1 0 0, respecti ve ly ( T he met r i c eq u i va l ents of these fi xed d i amete rs d o n ot r esu l t i n co rrespo nd i n g l y
co nve n i e nt c ro ss sect i o na l area an d m u l t i p l yi n g facto rs )

657
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

FIG . 5 S U G G E S T E D TY P E S O F E N D S F O R STA N DA R D RO U N D T E N S I O N T E ST S P E C I M E N S

- L "I
I"- B B - , _L
ITF FF'JTJI _ r. q,14,hL r. ' - F c

I" '- G- R W'L 3/4 1 0 thd (M20 x 2.5) Li'o-J "

L ' L '
E A -- B

ITITFHTIT, , J _ _ D = dd L ,- --- I',3 5 c

2 , 1 , _, i4 Othd Ox
I I I I I -

1 2 . 5)

CL
D I M E N SI O N S

Spec i men 1 Speci men 2 Spec i men 3 Speci men 4 S peci me n 5

i n ,, mm i n ,, mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

G-
- G age le ngth 2 , 0 0 0+ 5 0 , 0+ 2, 0 0 0+ 5 0 , 0+ 2 0 0 0+ 5 0 . 0+ 2 0 0 0+ 5 0 0+ 2 . 0 0+ 5 0 0+
0 ,005 0 ,10 0 0 05 0,10 0 . 00 5 0 .. 1 0 0 . 0 05 0 .10 0 .005 0.10
D-
- D i a mete r ( N ote 1 ) 0 , 5 0 0+ 1 2 , 5+ 0 , 5 0 0+ 1 2 , 5+ 0 . 5 0 0+ 1 2 5+ 0 . 5 0 0+ 1 2 5+ 0 . 5 0 0+ 1 2 5+
0 .010 0 25 0. 010 0 ,25 0. 010 0. 2 5 0 .010 0 .25 0 .010 0 .25
R-
- Rad i us of fi l l et, m i n 10 3/8 10 2 lO lO

A - Length of reduced secti on 2 , min 60, m i n 2 1, 4, m in 60, mi n 4, ap- 1 0 0, ap- 2 1, 4, m i n 6 0, m i n 2 , min 60, m i n
p ro x i - p r ox i
mate l y m ate l y
L - Ove ral l l en gth, approx i mate 5 125 51/2 1 40 514 14o 4 12o 914 24o
B-
- G r i p secti o n ( N ote 2 ) 1 8, ap 3 5 , ap- 1, ap- 2 5 , ap /4, ap- 2 0, ap- I/2, ap- 1 3, ap- 3, m i n 7 5, m i n
p rox i - p rox i - prox i - prox i p rox i - p rox i - p rox i- prox i
mate ly mate l y mate l y mate l y m ate l y mate ly mate ly mate l y
C-
- D i am ete r of e n d se ct i o n 4 20 20 % 18 22 20
E-
- Length of sh o u l de r' and . . .. . . . % 16 . . . .. . .. 3,4 20 5/8 16
fi l l et sect i o n, ap p r ox i m ate
F-
- D i am ete r of s h o u l d e r . .. .. .. .. . % 10 . .. . . . % 16 '% 15
N OT E S :
( 1 ) The red uced secti on may have a g rad ua l taper' fro m the ends toward the cente r with the ends not more than 0 , , 0 05 i n ( 0 , 1 0 m m ) l arge r' i n
d i am ete r t h an the ce nte r , ,
( 2 ) On S peci men 5 it is des i rabl e, if possi bl e, to make the le ngth of the gri p secti on great enoug h to al l ow the speci men to extend i nto the gr i ps
a d istance eq ual to two th i r ds o r' m o re of the l ength of the g r i ps, ,
( 3 ) The types of ends shown are app l icabl e fo r' the standard 0 ,500 i n . ro und tensi on test speci men; si m i lar types can be used fo r' subs ize spec i me ns
T he use of U N F series of th read s ( 3/4 by 1 6, z, 2 by 2 0, 3,8 by 2 4, and 1, 4 by 2 8 ) i s suggested fo r h i g h-stre ngth brittl e mate r i al s to avo i d fractu re
i n th e t h re ad p o rt i o n,

65 8
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

FIG . 6 STA N DA R D T E N S I O N T E ST S P E C I M E N S FO R C A ST I R O N

DI M E N S I O N S

Speci men 1 S peci men 2 Speci men 3

in. mm in. mm in. mm

G-
- Le n gth of paral l e l S hal l be eq ua l to o r g reate r' than d i amete r D
D-
- D i am ete r 0 5 0 0_
+0 ,010 1 2 .5 _
+0 .25 0 , 7 5 0_
+0 , 0 1 5 2 0 , 0_
+040 1 ,25_
+0 , 0 2 5 3 0 . 0_
+ 0 .6 0
R-
- R ad i us of f
i l l et, m i n 1 25 1 25 2 50
A - Le n gth of red uced secti on, m i n I 32 1 1/2 38 2 60
L - Ove r-al l l e n gth, m i n 3 95 4 100 6 8 160
B-- G ri p secti o n, approx i mate 1 25 1 25 1 4 45
C-
- D i amete r' of e nd secti on, approx i m ate 3,4 20 1 1,8 30 1 7/8 48
E-
- Le n gth of sho u l de r, m i n 1, 4 6 6 %6 8
F-
- D i ameter of sh o u l de r 5,8_+ 1, 64 1 6 , 0_+ 0 ,4 0 1%6_+ 1/64 2 4 0_+ 0 ,4 0 1 7, 16_+ 4 3 6 , 5 _+ 0 ,4 0

G E N E R A L N O T E : The red uced secti o n and shou l ders ( d i mensi ons A, D, E F G, and R) sha l l be sh own, but the e n ds may be of any fo rm to fi t
the ho l ders of the test i ng mach i ne i n suc h a way that the l oad sha l l be ax i a l . C o m mo n l y the ends are th readed an d have the d i mensi o ns B and C
g i ve n ab ove

F I G . 7 ST R E S S-ST RAI N D IAG RA M S H OW I N G Y I E L D F I G . 8 ST R E S S-ST RA I N D I AG RA M S H OW I N G Y I E L D

P O I N T C O R R E S P O N D I N G W I T H TO P O F K N E E P O I N T O R Y I E L D ST R E N G T H B Y E XT E N S I O N U N D E R
L OA D M E T H O D

I
R
r
R

St ra i n
St ra i n
m

o] -
rn

om = S pec ified exte ns i o n

under load

65 9
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

FIG , 10 C H A R P Y ( S I M P L E- B E A M ) I M P A CT T E ST

V 8 m m ra d
/ ( 0 , 3 1 5 i n ,, )

Stri ki ng'
ed ge -J \
,
/ /t ''30 deg +2 deg
/
. 0 2 5 m m ra d
F I G . 9 ST R E S S-S T RAI N D I AG RA M FO R
D ET E R M I N AT I O N O F YI E L D ST R E N G T H BY T H E -
I '- - (0, , 0 10 in, )
1 4 mm
O F F S ET M ET H O D
Stri king 0 , 1 57 i n , )

#
i
A
II
i
i
I"
n
edge \V7 ID' - SpecImen
l ll i i 0
,,/ l mm rad ! l Center of strike I l -80 deg _+ 2 deg
(o , o 3 i n ,! /I i
L, o mm J
( 1 574 i n , ) - i r/
' Anv"

#
/

!
/
Speci m e n '90 deg + 9 deg
# ( 2 5: 1 000)
W -- Ce nte r of
st r i k e ( W/2 )
!
#
# St ra i n
- Speci m e n
t
- s u p p o rt
Anv i l
0

om = S pecifi ed Of
fset
G E N E R A L N OTE S :
( a ) Al l d i m e nsi o n a l to lera nces s h a l l be + 0 , 05 m m (0,, 0 02 i n , )
u n less ot he rwi se s pec ifi ed ,
( b ) A sh a l l be pa ra l l e l to B with i n 2: 1 000 a nd co p l a n a r with B
wi t h i n 0 ,, 05 m m ( 00 0 2 i n , , )
( c) C s h a l l be pa ra l l e l to D with i n 20: 1 000 a nd co pl a n a r with D
wit h i n 0 , 1 2 5 m m ( 0 , , 0 05 i n )
( d ) Fi n i s h o n u n m a rked pa rts s h a l l be 4 p m ( 1 2 5 Ixi n ) ,

6 6O
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

FIG . 12 T U B U LA R I M P AC T S P E C I M E N C O N TA I N I N G
O R I G I N A L O D S U R FA C E
FIG . 11 C H A R PY ( S I M P L E- B E A M ) I M P AC T T E ST
S P ECIM ENS

'9 0. 2 5 mm
< A <B t
deg
i- 2 m m
I ii i[l l [ [ (0.079 in.,--. ) 1 0 mm (0.. 0 1 0 in. . ) rad
|
T

IL -L/2- LD (0. 394 i n . )

10 mm Di mensi o n D esc ri pti o n R eq u i re m e nt
(2. 1 65
L
in. ) (0.3 94 i n . ) d eg A M a ch i n ed s u rfa ce 28 m m m i n i m u m
B Orig i na l OD su r f a ce 1 3 .. 5 m m m a x i m u m
G E N E R A L N OTE S : T S peci m e n t h i ck n ess F i g u re 1 1
( a ) Pe rm i ss i b l e va ri at i o n s s h a l l b e a s fo l l ows : t E nd th ickn ess 1 /2 T m i n i m u m

N otc h l e n gt h to e d g e 9 0 d eg +
- 2 deg
Adj a ce nt s i d es s h a l l be at 90 deg + 1 0 m i n
C ro s s-s ect i o n d i m e n s i o n s + 0 . 07 5 m m ( -
• + 0 . 003 i n .. )
Le n gth of s p ec i m e n ( L) + 0 . -2 .. 5 m m ( + 0 , -0 . 1 00 i n .. )
Ce nte r i n g of n otc h ( L/2 ) + 1 m m ( + 0 .. 039 i n . . )
•
A n g l e of n otc h + 1 deg
•
R a d i u s of n otc h • 0 .. 0 2 5 m m ( + 0 . . 00 1 i n .. )
+
N otc h d e pth + 0 . . 02 5 m m ( +
• - 0 . 0 0 1 i n .. )
F i n i s h re q u i re m e nts 2 p. m ( 63 Fi n . . ) o n n otc h e d
s u rfa ce a nd oppos ite face;
4 FL m ( 1 2 5 g i n .. ) o n ot h e r
two s u rfa ces

(a ) Standard Fu ll Size Speci me n F I G ,. 1 3 D ET E R M I N AT I O N O F P E R C E N T S H E A R

F RA C T U R E

2. 5 mm [ 3.3 m m [5 mm [ 6.7 m m [ 7.5 m m

I Notch 1
81 i n . , L 113 . . , L_ . 1 9 , . , . 2 64; ) .01. 295 i n . , S h e a r a re a
(du ll)
B
2 m m ( 0 079 i n ) C l eava g e a rea
1 0 mm (0,, 3 94 "i n ,) " ( s h i n'

( b ) O n s u b s i ze s pec i m e n s , a l l d i m e n s i o n s a n d to l e ra n ces
of th e stan da rd speci me n rema i n co nsta nt with the excepti o n
of t h e w i dt h , w h i c h va ri es a s s h own a bove a n d fo r wh i c h t h e
to l e ra n ce s h a l l be -
+1%
G E N E RA L N OTE S :
( b) Sta n da rd S ubs ize Speci m en
( a ) M eas u re ave ra ge d i m e n s i o n s A a n d B to th e
n e a re st 0 , , 02 i n , , o r 0 , , 5 m m ,,
( b ) Dete rm i n e th e pe rce nt s h ea r fract u re us i n g
Ta b l e 7 o r Ta b l e 8 , ,

66 1
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

FIG . 14 F RA CT U R E A P P E A RA N C E C H A RT S A N D P E R C E N T S H E A R F RAC T U R E C O M P A RATO R

F I G . 15 H A LV E S O F B RO I( E N C H A R P Y V- N OTC H I M PA CT S P E C I M E N J OI N E D FO R T H E M EA S U R E M E N T O F
LAT E RA L E X P A N S I O N , D I M E N S I O N A

. ... ...

662
 2007 SECTION lI, PART A SA-370

FIG . 16 LAT E R A L EX P A N S I O N G A G E F O R C H A R PY I M P A CT S P E C I M E N S

663
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

6
0
N
o
0
._
03
X X

I I •

0 o
.. I
€5
o e,i (D

m × x

x x

I.[J o o o, o

<
(.9

Z
O !.0

9
O
0 D
o
Z
Z
<
O..
X 1 1 -

LLI
..J
.<
h i

I--
<
..J
t

0
I ,

O9
..J

p
i , i

t3

a
Z
<
>
__l
tZ3

I.LI
9
O
(I)
<

r-t

c¢ 1.0 r.. i.o

,1{ P' O0 0
L,I
1.0 ¢ '-- 6
z _
o

iI. ...1
I I . . . . .. .. . . ..
CN

IT-IL l II _
I I , - 1
-L
O_
>,
4-
0 :,_
o.
_ e4 6

i II / \ / / t
t I I P- ti s .a o
I L -- - . .. . .. -
I
i
I

0
z c

6 64
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA -370

TA B L E 1
M U LTI P LY I N G FAC TO R S TO B E U S E D FO R VA R I O U S D IA M E T E R S O F RO U N D T E ST S P E C I M E N S

Standard S peci me n S ma l l S i ze Spec i mens P roporti onal to Standard

0 . 50 0 i n .. Ro u n d 0 ..350 i n . R o u n d 0 .. 250 i n . Ro u nd
Actu a l Act ua l Act ua l
D iameter, Area, M u ltip lyi ng D iamete r, Area, M u ltip lying D iamete r, M u ltiplyi ng
i n .. in.2 Factor in. in .z Factor in. Area, in .z Facto r

0 . 49 0 0 1886 5, 30 0 ,3 4 3 0 09 2 4 10 82 0 ,2 4 5 0 . 04 7 1 21 ,21
0 ,49 1 0 , 1 8 93 5 128 0 .3 44 0 , 092 9 1 0 ,76 0 ,246 0 047 5 2 1 ,, 0 4
0 ,, 4 9 2 0 .1901 5 26 0 345 0 , 0 93 5 10 70 0 , 2 47 0 , 047 9 20 .87
0 ,493 0 , 1 9 09 5 ,24 0 , 346 0 ,, 0 94 0 1 0 , 64 0 , 2 48 0 . 0 48 3 20 ,70
0 .494 0 ,1917 5 22 0 .3 4 7 0 , 0 946 1 0 .5 7 0 2 49 0 ,, 0 4 8 7 2 0 , 54
0 ,, 4 9 5 0 1924 5 ,20 0 , 348 0 095 1 10 ,51 0 ,, 2 5 0 0 . 049 1 20 37
0 ,496 0 , 1 93 2 5 ,18 0 .3 49 0 ,0957 1 0 ,45 0 251 0 , 0 49 5 2 0 ,, 2 1
( 0 , 05 ) ( A ) (20,0) (A)
0 ,497 0 , 1 94 0 5 ,, 1 5 0 ,3 5 0 0 , 09 6 2 1 0 ,39 0 ,252 0 0 49 9 2 0 05
( 0 , 05 ) ( A ) (20 .0 ) (A)
0 ,498 0 . 1 948 5 ,13 0 , 35 1 0 ,, 0 9 6 8 1 0 ,, 3 3 0, 253 0 . 05 03 1 9 , 89
S ( 0 ,, 0 5 ) ( A ) (20 ,0) (A)
0 ,499 0 ,1956 5 ,11 0 ,, 3 5 2 0 , 097 3 10 28 0 ,254 0 , 05 07 1 9 . 74
0 11 5 0 0 0 1 96 3 5 ,, 0 9 0 , 3 53 0 , 097 9 10 ,22 0 , 2 55 0 051 1 19 ,58
0 501 0 ,1971 5 ,07 0 , 35 4 0 . 0984 10 16
0 ,502 0 1 97 9 5 , 05 0 , 3 55 0 0990 10 ,10
0 5 03 0 ,, 1 9 8 7 5 , 03 0 356 0 , 099 5 10 ,05
(0 ,1) (A) ( 1 0 0 ) (A )
0 5 04 0 , 1 9 95 5 ,01 0 357 0 ,, 1 0 0 1 9 ,9 9
(0 ,2 ) (A) (5 0) (A) (0 ,1 ) (A) ( 10 ,0) (A)
0 ,5 0 5 0 2 0 03 4 , 99
(0 ,2 ) (A) (5 ,0) (A)
0 ,, 5 0 6 0 2011 4 , 97
( 0 , 2 ) (A ) (5 ,0) (A)
0 , 5 07 0 ,, 2 0 1 9 4 , 95
0 ,508 0 ,2027 4 , 93
0 5 09 0 ,, 2 0 3 5 4 91
0 ,51 0 0 . 2 043 4 ,90

N OT E :

( A ) T he va l ues i n pare ntheses may be used for' ease i n cal cu l ati on of st resses, i n po u nds pe r square i nc h, as perm itted i n 5 of F i g , 4

665
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 2
A P P ROXI M AT E H A R D N E SS CO N V E RS IO N N U M B E RS FO R N O N A U ST E N ITI C ST E E LS (A) ( RO C KW E L L C TO OT H E R
H AR D N ESS N U M B E RS)

Rockwe l l S upe rfi c ia l H ard ness

Rockwe l l 15 N Scal e, 30 N Scal e 45 N Scal e,
Rockwe l l C B rine l l Knoop A Scale, 60 15 kgf 30 kgf 45 kgf Approxi mate
Scale, 150 kgf Vickers H ardness, H ardness, kgf Load, Load, Load, Load, Tensi le
Load, Diamond Hardness 3000 kgf Load, 500 gf Load Diamond Diamond Diamond D iamond Strength,
Penetrator N umber 10 m m Bal l and Over' Penetrator Penetrator Penetrator Penetrator ksi ( M Pa)
68 94 0 . .. 920 85 ,6 93 . 2 84 4 75 ,4
67 900 .. . 8 95 85 .0 92 ,9 83 ,6 74 ,2
66 865 .. . 870 84 , 5 92 ,5 82 .8 73 . 3
65 83 2 739 846 83 .9 92 2 81 ,9 72 0
64 800 722 822 83 4 91 8 81 1 71 0
63 772 7 06 799 82 8 91 4 80 1 69 , 9
62 746 688 776 82 3 91 ,1 79 3 68 . 8
61 720 67 0 754 81 8 90 .7 78 ,4 67 , 7
60 697 654 732 81 2 90 ,2 77 ,5 66 , 6
3 5 1 ( 2 42 0 )
59 67 4 634 710 80 ,7 89 , 8 76 ,6 65, 5
338 (2330)
58 65 3 615 69 0 80 .1 89 , 3 75 ,7 64 3
325 (2240)
57 63 3 59 5 670 79 6 88 , 9 74 ,8 63 2
313 (2160 )
56 613 57 7 650 79 ,0 88 3 73, 9 62 , 0
3 0 1 ( 2 07 0 )
55 59 5 5 60 630 78 5 87 9 73 0 60 ,9
292 (201 0)
54 577 543 612 78 0 87 4 72 0 59 ,8
283 ( 1950)
53 560 525 5 94 77 4 86 ,9 71 ,2 58 .6
273 (1880)
52 544 512 576 76 8 86 4 70 ,2 57 , 4
2 64 ( 1 8 2 0 )
51 528 49 6 558 76 3 85 ,9 69 ,4 56 1
255 (1760)
50 513 48 2 542 75 9 85 . 5 68 ,5 55 ,0
246 (1700)
49 498 46 8 526 75 2 85 , 0 67 6 53 .8
2 3 8 ( 1 64 0 )
48 484 45 5 510 74 , 7 84 , 5 66 7 52 ,5
229 ( 1580)
47 47 1 44 2 49 5 74 1 83 , 9 65 ,8 51 .4
221 ( 1520)
46 45 8 43 2 480 73 ,6 83 5 64 8 50 ,3
2 1 5 ( 1 48 0 )
45 44 6 42 1 4 66 73 1 83 ,0 64 , 0 49 0
2 08 ( 1 43 0 )
44 43 4 409 452 72 5 82 5 63 .1 47 8
201 (1390)
43 423 400 438 72 0 82 ,0 62 ,2 46 7
1 94 ( 1 3 4 0 )
42 412 39 0 426 71 5 81 ,5 61 .3 45 ,5
188 ( 1300)
41 402 381 414 70 9 80 ,9 60, 4 44 , 3
182 ( 1250)
40 392 371 402 70 4 80 ,4 59 5 43 , 1
177 ( 1220)
39 382 362 391 69 9 79 9 58 ,6 41 ,9
171 (1 180)
38 37 2 353 380 69 ,4 79 4 57 7 40, 8
1 66 ( 1 1 4 0 )
37 3 63 3 44 370 6 8 .9 78 8 56 8 39 6
161 ( 1 110)
36 354 336 360 68 ,4 78 3 55 .9 38 4
1 5 6 ( 1 08 0 )
35 345 327 351 67 ,9 7 7 .7 55 ,0 37 ,2
152 ( 1050)
34 336 319 3 42 67 , 4 77 ,2 54 ,2 36 ,1
1 49 ( 1 0 3 0 )
33 327 311 33 4 66 8 76 ,6 53, 3 34 ,9
1 46 ( I 0 1 0 )
32 318 301 326 66 3 76 ,1 52 1 33 , 7
141 (970)
31 310 294 318 65 8 75 .6 51 3 32 5
1 3 8 ( 95 0 )
30 302 286 311 65 3 75 0 50 4 31 3
1 3 5 ( 93 0 )
29 2 94 279 3 04 64 6 74 5 49 5 30 1
131 (900)
28 2 86 271 2 97 64 3 73 9 48 6 28 .9
128 (880 )
125 (860)
123 (850)
1 19 (820)
1 17 (810)
115 (790)
112 (770 )
1 1 0 (760)

N OT E :
(A) Th is tab le gives the appr ox i mate i nte rre l ationsh i ps of hardness val ues and approxi mate tensi le strength of stee l s It is possi ble that stee l s of
various compositi ons and processi ng h istories wi l l deviate i n hardness-tensi le strength relationshi p fr om the data p resented i n th is tab le . The
data i n th is tab le shou l d not be used for austenitic stai n less stee l s, but have been sh own to be app l icab le fo r ferriti c and martensitic stai n less
stee ls The data i n th is table shou l d not be used to estab l ish a re lati onsh i p between hardness val ues and tensi le strength of hard drawn wi re
Where more prec ise conversions ar e requ i red, they shou ld be deve l oped special ly for' each steel compositi on, heat treatment, and part
66 6
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA -370

TA B L E 3
A P P R OX I M AT E H A R D N E S S C O N V E R S I O N N U M B E R S FO R N O N A U ST E N I T I C S T E E L S ( A ) ( R O C KW E L L B TO O T H E R
HARD N E SS N U M B E RS)

Rockwe l l B Rockwe l l S upe rfi c ia l H ardness

Sca l e, 1 00 Rockwe l l A Rockwe l l F 15T Scal e, 30T Sca l e, 45T Scal e,
kgf Load B r i ne l l Knoop Sca l e, 60 kgf Sca l e, 60 kgf 15 kgf 30 kgf 45 kgf App rox i mate
6 in. . Vickers Hardness, Hardness, Load, Load, 1, 16 in . Load, 1/16 Load, 1/1 6 Load, 1/16 Tensi le
( 1 .5 88 H ardness 3000 kgf Load, 500 gf Load D iam ond ( 1 .588 r
am) i n . . ( 1 . 588 i n . ( 1 .588 i n . ( 1 . 588 Stre ngth ksi
a m ) Ba l l
r N u mbe r 10 mm Bal l and Ove r Penetrator Ba l l a m ) Ba l l
r a m ) Ba l l
r a m ) Ba l l
r ( M Pa )

I 00 2 40 240 251 61 ,5 93 1 83 ,1 72 9 116 (800)

99 234 2 34 246 60 .9 92 ,8 8 2 ,5 71 ,9 1 1 4 ( 7 85 )
98 228 228 241 60, 2 92 5 81, 8 70 9 1 0 9 ( 75 0 )
97 222 222 236 5 9 ,5 92, 1 81 ,1 69 , 9 1 04 ( 7 1 5 )
96 216 216 231 5 8 ,, 9 91 .8 80 ,4 68 , 9 102 (705)
95 210 210 226 58 ,3 91 , 5 79 ,8 67 9 I 0 0 ( 69 0 )
94 2 05 2 05 221 57 ,6 91 ,2 79 , 1 66 , 9 98 (675)
93 200 200 216 57 .0 90 ,8 78 4 65 9 94 ( 65 0 )
92 1 95 1 95 211 56, 4 90 5 77 ,8 64 , 8 92 (635)
91 190 190 206 55 ,8 90 2 77 1 63 , 8 90 (620)
9O 1 85 1 85 201 55, 2 89 9 76 ,4 6 2 ,, 8 89 ( 6 1 5 )
89 180 180 1 96 54 ,6 8 9 ,5 75, 8 61 .8 88 (605)
88 1 76 1 76 192 54 0 89 2 75 , 1 60 8 86 (59O)
87 172 172 188 53 ,4 88 .9 74 ,4 59 .8 84 ( 5 8 0 )
86 1 69 1 69 1 84 52 8 88 , 6 73 , 8 58 ,8 83 ( 5 7 0 )
85 1 65 1 65 180 52, 3 88 ,2 73 , 1 57 8 8 2 ( 5 65 )
84 162 162 176 51 .7 87 ,9 72 4 56 ,8 81 (560)
83 159 159 173 51, 1 87 6 7 1 ,8 55 8 80 (550 )
82 1 56 156 170 50 .6 8 7 ,3 71 1 54 ,8 7 7 ( 53 0 )
81 153 153 1 67 50, 0 86 , 9 70 ,4 53 ,8 7 3 ( 5 05 )
8O 150 150 1 64 49 , 5 86 ,6 69 7 52 ,8 72 (495)
79 1 47 1 47 161 48 9 86 3 69 1 51 ,8 7 0 ( 48 5 )
78 1 44 1 44 158 48 , 4 86 ,0 68 4 50 ,8 69 ( 4 7 5 )
77 141 141 155 47 9 85 , 6 67 7 49 . 8 68 ( 4 7 0 )
76 1 39 1 39 152 47 , 3 85 , 3 67 , 1 48 8 67 (460)
75 137 137 150 46 ,8 99 6 85 0 66 4 47 , 8 66 ( 4 5 5 )
74 135 1 35 147 46 , 3 99 , 1 84 , 7 65 . 7 46 ,8 6 5 ( 45 O )
73 132 132 1 45 45 8 98 5 84 , 3 65 1 4 5, 8 64 ( 44 0 )
72 130 130 143 45 , 3 98 , 0 84 , 0 64 , 4 44 , 8 6 3 ( 435 )
71 1 27 127 141 44 .8 97 ,4 83 . 7 63 7 43 8 62 (425)
7O 125 125 139 44 , 3 9 6 ,, 8 8 3 ,, 4 6 3 ,, 1 42 ,8 61 (420)
69 1 23 123 137 43 , 8 96 ,2 83 0 6 2 ,4 41 8 60 (415 )
68 121 121 135 43 . 3 95 6 8 2 ,, 7 61 7 40 ,8 59 (4O5)
67 1 19 119 133 42 ,8 95 1 8 2, 4 61 ,0 39 ,8 58 (4OO)
66 117 117 131 42 3 94 , 5 82 , 1 60 4 38 7 5 7 ( 3 95 )
65 1 16 116 129 41 ,8 93 , 9 81 ,8 59 ,7 37 ,7 56 (385 )
64 1 14 1 14 127 41, 4 9 3, 4 81 4 59 ,0 36 7
63 112 1 12 125 40 ,9 92 ,8 81 ,1 58 4 35 ,7
62 ii0 II0 124 40 4 92 2 80, 8 57 ,7 34 7
61 1 08 1 08 122 40 ,0 91 ,7 80 ,5 57 0 33 ,7
6O 1 07 107 120 39 5 91, 1 80 1 5 6 ,4 32 7
59 1 06 1 06 1 18 39 .0 90 ,5 79 .8 55 7 31 7
58 1 04 1 04 117 38, 6 90 0 79 5 55 0 30 ,7
57 1 03 1 03 1 15 38 1 8 9 .4 79 ,2 54 4 29 7
56 i01 I01 114 37 7 88 8 78 ,8 53 7 28 ,7
55 1 00 100 112 37 ,2 88 , 2 78 ,5 53 ,0 27 7
54 .. .. .. III 36 8 87 ,7 78 .2 52 4 2 6 ,, 7
53 . . . .. .. 110 36 ,3 87 , 1 77 , 9 51 ,7 25 ,7
52 .. .. .. 109 35 ,9 86 .5 77 ,5 51 0 24 7
51 . .. . 1 08 35 ,5 86 ,0 77 2 50 ,3 23 .7
5O .. .. .. 107 35 0 85 ,4 76 .9 49 7 22 7
49 .. .. . 1 06 34 ,6 84 8 76 ,6 49 , 0 21 ,7

667
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 3
A P P ROXI M AT E H A R D N E S S CO N V E RS IO N N U M B E RS FO R N O N A U ST E N ITI C ST E E LS (A) ( ROC KW E L L B TO OT H E R
H A R D N E S S N U M B E R S ) ( C O N T' D )
Rockwe l l S u perfi c ia l H ar dness
R oc kwe l l B
Scale, 100- Rockwel l A Rockwel l F 15T Scale, 30T Scale, 45T Scale,
kgf Load Brinel l I<noop Scale, 60 kgf Scale, 60 kgf 15 kgf 30 kgf 45 kgf Approxi mate
i/i6-in. Vickers Hardness, Hardness, Load, Load, 'i 6 in. . Load, 1/16 Load, 1, 16 Load, 1/16 Tensi le
(1.588 Hardness 3000 kgf Load, 500 gf Load Diamond (1 .588 ra m ) i n.. (1588 in . (1.5 88 i n . (1.. 588 Strength ksi
rnm) Bal l N umber 10 mm Bal l and Over Penetrator Bal l ra m) Bal l ra m ) Bal l ra m) Bal l ( M Pa)
48 105 34 1 84 ,3 76 ,2 48, 3 2 0 ,7
47 104 33 7 83 , 7 75 .9 47 7 19 ,7
46 103 33 3 83 .1 75 ,6 47 0 18, 7
45 102 32 9 82, 6 75 3 46 3 17 7
44 101 32 4 82 0 74 9 4 5 .7 16 7
43 I 00 32 .0 81 4 74 , 6 45 , 0 15 ,7
42 99 31 ,6 80 ,8 74 . 3 44 , 3 1 4 ,7
41 98 31 ,2 80 ,3 74 ,0 43 , 7 13 ,6
40 97 30 7 79 ,7 73 6 43 0 12 ,6
39 96 30 3 79 ,1 73 ,3 42 3 II ,6
38 95 29 9 78, 6 73, 0 41 6 I0 ,6
37 94 29 ,5 78 0 72 7 41 0 96
36 93 29 , 1 77 4 72 ,3 40 ,3 8 ,6
35 92 28 7 76 9 72 0 39 .6 7 .6
34 91 28 ,2 76 .3 71 ,7 39 ,0 6 ,6
33 90 27 .8 75 ,7 71, 4 38 3 5 ,6
32 89 27 4 75 ,2 71 ,0 37 6 46
31 88 27 0 74 ,6 70, 7 37 0 3 ,6
30 87 26 6 74 0 70 4 36 3 2 .6

N OT E :
(A) Th i s table g ives the approxi mate i nterre l ati onsh i ps of hardness val ues and approx i mate tensi le strength of stee ls , It is possible that steels of
var i ous compositi ons and p rocessi ng h istories wi l l deviate i n hardness-tensi le str ength re l ati onsh i p fr om the data presented i n th is table , The
data in th is table shou ld not be used for' austen itic stai n less stee l s, but have been shown to be app l icab le for ferritic and martensitic stai n less
stee ls The data i n th i s table shou ld not be used to estab l ish a re l ati onsh i p between hardness val ues and tensi l e str ength of hard drawn wi re
Where more prec ise conversi ons are requ i red, they shou l d be deve l oped spec i al ly for each stee l composition, heat treatment, and part

668
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

TA B L E 4
A P P R OX I M AT E H A R D N E S S C O N V E R S I O N N U M B E R S F O R A U S T E N I TI C ST E E L S ( RO C KW E L L C TO O T H E R
H ARD N ESS N U M B E RS )

Rockwe l l S uperfi cial H ard ness

Rockwe l l A Scal e, 60
Rockwe l l C S ca l e, 1 50 kgf kgf Load, D iamond 1 5 N Scal e, 15 kgf Load, 30 N Scale, 30 kgf Load, 45 N Scal e, 45 kgf Load,
Load, D iamond Penetrator P e n et rato r D i a m o n d P e n etrato r D ia m o n d P e n etrato r D i a m on d P e netrato r

48 7 4 ,4 8 4 ,, I 66 2 52 ,1
47 73 9 83 ,6 65 , 3 50 9
46 7 3 ,4 83 1 64 , 5 49 , 8
45 7 2 ,, 9 82 ,6 63 6 4 8 ,7
44 72 4 82 ,1 6 2 ,, 7 47 5
43 71 9 81 6 61 8 46 , 4
42 71 4 8 1 ,, 0 61 ,0 45 , 2
41 70. 9 80 .5 60 1 44 1
40 7 0 ,4 80 0 59 ,2 43 0
39 69 9 79 ,5 58 ,4 41 ,8
38 69 , 3 79 0 57 5 40 ,7
37 68 , 8 78, 5 56 ,6 39 6
36 68 3 ' 78 . 0 55 .7 3 8 ,4
35 67 , 8 77 5 54, 9 37 ,3
34 6 7 .3 77, 0 54 0 36 1
33 6 6 ,, 8 76 .5 53 1 35 ,0
32 66 , 3 75 ,9 52 ,3 33 .9
31 65 8 75 .4 5 1 .4 32, 7
30 6 5 ,, 3 74 ,9 50 ,5 31 ,6
29 64 8 74 4 49 6 3 0 .4
28 64 3 73 9 48 , 8 2 9 ,3
27 63 , 8 73 ,4 47 ,9 28 2
26 63 3 72 9 47 0 27 ,0
25 62 ,8 72 ,4 46 , 2 2 5 .9
24 62 ,3 71 .9 45 ,3 2 48
23 61 8 71 3 44 , 4 23 ,6
22 61 ,3 70 ,8 43 5 2 2 ,5
21 60 8 7 0 .3 42 , 7 2 1 ,3
20 60 3 69, 8 41 ,8 20 2

669
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 5
A P P ROXI M AT E H A R D N E S S CO N V E RS I O N N U M B E RS FO R A U ST E N ITI C ST E E LS ( ROC KW E L L B TO OT H E R
HA RD N ESS N U M B E RS)

Roc kwe l l S u perfi c ia l H ard ness

Roc kwe l l B 15T Sca l e, 30T Sca l e, 45T Sca l e,

Scale, 100 Rockwel l A Scale, 15 kgf Load, 30 kgf Load, 45 kgf Load,
kgf Load, 6 Brinell Hardness, 60 kgf Load, 1/16 in. 1/16 in. 6 in.
( 15 88 r
am)
i n . ( 1 .588 B r i ne l l I nde ntati on 3000 kgf Load, D iamo nd ( 1 .588 r
am) ( 1 .588 r
am)
Ba l l
a m ) Bal l
r Diameter, m m 10 m m Ba l l Penetrator Ba l l Bal l
100 3 .79 256 61 ,5 91 ,5 80 4 70 2
99 3 . 85 248 60 9 91 .2 79 7 69 2
98 3 ,91 240 60 ,3 90 ,8 79 0 68 2
97 3 96 233 59 .7 90 4 78 3 67 2
96 4 , 02 226 59 .1 90 ,1 77 7 66 1
95 4 08 219 58 5 89 7 77 0 65 1
94 4 ,14 213 58 .0 89 3 76 ,3 64 1
93 4 ,20 207 57 ,4 88 ,9 75 ,6 63 1
92 4 .24 202 56 .8 88 ,6 74 9 62 1
91 4 ,30 197 56 .2 88 ,2 74 , 2 61 , 1
90 4 ,35 192 55 6 87 ,8 73 .5 60 1
89 4 ,40 187 55 0 87, 5 72 8 59 0
88 4 ,45 183 54 ,5 87 ,1 72 ,1 58 .0
87 4 .5 1 178 53 9 86 7 71 4 57 0
86 4 , 55 174 53 ,3 86 4 70 ,7 56 10
85 4 60 170 52 7 86 0 70 .0 55 .0
84 4 .65 167 52 1 85, 6 69 3 54 D
83 4 ,70 163 51 5 85 2 68 ,6 52 ,9
82 4 .74 160 50 9 84 9 67 , 9 51 ,9
81 4 ,79 156 50 ,4 84, 5 67 ,2 50 ,9
80 4 , 84 153 49 .8 84 1 66 , 5 49 .9

670
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

TA B L E 6
B R I N E L L H A R D N E S S N U M B E R S (A )
( Ba l l 1 0 m m i n D iamete r, Ap p l ied Load s of 500, 1500, a nd 3000 kgf)
B r i ne l l H ardness B ri ne l l H ardness B ri ne l l H ardness B ri ne l l H ardness
N umber N u mber N u mber N u m be r
D iameter of 500 1500 3000 D iameter of 500 1500 3000 D iameter of 500 1500 3000 D iameter of 500 1 500 3000
I ndentati o n, kgf kgf kgf I ndentati on, kgf kgf kgf I nde ntation, kgf kgf kgf I ndentati on, kgf kgf kgf
mm Load Load Load mm Load Load Load mm Load Load Load mm Load Load Load

2 ,00 1 58 4 73 945 2 ,60 92 6 278 5 55 3 20 60 ,5 182 3 63 3, 80 42 ,4 127 255

2 01 7 56 46 8 936 2 ,6 1 91 ,8 276 55 1 3 ,21 60.1 180 36 1 3 ,81 42 2 127 253
2 ,02 1 ,54 463 926 2 ,, 6 2 91 ,1 273 5 47 3 22 59 , 8 179 359 3 ,, 8 2 42 ,0 126 252
2 03 1 .53 45 9 91 7 2 ,63 90 ,4 271 543 3 ,23 5 9 ,4 1 78 35 6 3 , 83 41 7 125 250
2 , 04 1.51 454 908 2, 6 4 89 ,7 2 69 5 38 3 ,24 59 0 177 3 54 3 , 84 41 ,5 125 249
2 , 05 1 50 450 899 2 , 65 89 , 0 2 67 534 3 ,25 58 .6 176 352 3, 85 4 1 ,3 124 248
2 ,06 1 48 44.5 8 90 2 66 8 8 ,4 2 65 530 3 ,26 5 8, 3 175 350 3 , 86 41 1 1 23 2 46
2 , 07 1 47 441 882 2 , 67 8 7 ,, 7 2 63 526 3.27 57 .9 1 74 347 3, 87 40 ,9 123 2 45
2 , 08 1 46 43 7 873 2 68 87 ,0 261 522 3 ,28 57 5 1 73 3 45 3 , 88 40 6 122 2 44
2 ,09 1 44 432 865 2 69 8 6 ,, 4 259 518 3 ,29 57 2 172 343 3 .89 4 0 ,, 4 121 242

2 ,10 2 43 428 856 2, 70 8 5, 7 2 57 514 3 ,3 0 5 6 ,, 8 170 341 3 90 40 2 121 241

21 11 1 41 424 848 2 ,71 85 , 1 255 510 3 31 56 .5 169 33 9 3 91 40 ,0 120 240
2 ,12 1 40 420 840 2 72 84 ,4 2 53 507 3 ,3 2 56 1 1 68 3 37 3 ,92 39 ,8 119 239
2 , 13 13 9 41 6 832 2 ,73 83 , 8 251 5 03 3 ,, 3 3 55 . 8 167 335 3 93 39 ,6 1 19 237
2 ,14 12 7 41 2 824 2 .74 83 ,2 250 499 3 ,34 55 4 1 66 3 33 3 , 94 3 9 ,4 118 236
2 15 1 36 408 81 7 2 , 75 8 2 ,, 6 248 495 3 . 35 55 1 1 65 331 3 95 39 , 1 117 2 35
2 ,16 135 404 80 9 2 .7 6 81 ,9 2 46 49 2 3 36 5 4 .8 1 64 329 3 ,96 38 ,9 1 17 234
2 17 1 34 401 802 2 , 77 8 1 ,, 3 2 44 488 3 ,3 7 54 4 1 63 326 3 . 97 38 , 7 116 232
2 ,18 132 3 97 794 2 ,78 80 ,8 2 42 4 85 3, 38 54 .1 162 325 3 98 38 ,5 1 16 231
2 19 1 31 3 93 787 2 , 79 80, 2 240 48 1 3 ,3 9 53 8 161 323 3 , 99 38 3 115 230

2 ,20 13 0 3 90 76'0 2 80 79 ,6 2 39 47 7 3 ,, 4 0 53 4 160 321 4 ,00 38 ,1 1 14 229

2 21 12 9 36
"6 772 2 ,81 79.0 2 37 474 3 ,41 53 1 159 319 4 ,01 37 9 1 14 228
2 ,22 1 28 383 765 2 .8 2 7 8 ,4 235 471 3, 4 2 52 .8 1 58 317 4 ,02 37 ,7 1 13 226
2 23 1 26 3 79 756
, 2 , 83 7 7 ,, 9 2 34 46 7 3 ,4 3 52 5 157 315 4 , 03 37 5 1 13 225
2 ,24 1 25 3 76 752 2 , 84 77 ,3 232 464 3 44 52 ,2 156 313 4 04 37 ,3 112 224
2 ,25 1 24 372 745 2 85 7 6 ,, 8 230 46 1 3 ,45 51 ,8 1 56 311 4 ,05 37 ,1 III 223
2 ,26 1 23 36 9 738 2 , 86 76 ,2 229 457 3 1 46 51 ,5 155 3 09 4 06 37 , 0 III 222
2 27 1 22 36 6 732 2 87 7 5 ,, 7 227 45 4 3 ,47 51 .2 1 54 3 07 4 ,07 36 ,8 II0 221
2 ,28 1 21 363 725 2 , 88 75 ,1 225 45 1 3 , 48 50 9 153 3 06 4 . 08 36 ,6 II0 219
2 ,29 1 20 35 9 71 9 2 .8 9 74 . 6 2 24 448 3 . 49 50 ,6 152 3 04 4 09 36 ,4 109 218

2 ,30 11 9 356 71 2 2 ,9 0 74 1 1 222 444 3 50 50 ,3 151 302 4. 10 36 1 2 109 217

2 31 218 3.53 Z06 2 91 73 . 6 221 44 1 3 ,51 50 0 150 300 4 ,11 36 ,0 1 08 2 16
2 32 11 Z 350 Z00 2 ,92 73 ,0 219 43 8 3 52 4 9 ,, 7 1 49 2 98 4 ,12 35 ,8 108 215
2 33 216 347 6 94 2 93 721 5 218 43 5 3 ,53 49 1 4 1 48 2 97 4 1, 1 3 35 , 7 1 07 214
2 ,34 1 15 344 66
,6, 2 , 94 72 ,0 2 16 43 2 3 54 49 1 2 1 47 2 95 4 14 3 5 15 1 06 213
2 35 11 4 341 6 82 2 .9 5 7 1 1, 5 215 429 3 ,55 48 9 147 2 93 41 15 35 ,3 106 212
2 ,36 1 13 336
" 6 76 2 96 71 ,0 2 13 426 3 56 48 6 1 46 2 92 4 ,16 35 ,1 1 05 211
2 ,3 7 212 335 6 70 2 .9 7 70 5 212 423 3, 5 7 48 , 3 145 290 4 ,17 34 9 105 210
2 ,38 211 332 6 65 2 98 70 ,1 210 420 3 ,5 8 48 0 1 44 288 4 ,18 34 ,8 1 04 2 09
2 .3 9 11 0 330 65 9 2 ,99 69 6 209 417 3 ,, 5 9 47 , 7 143 2 86 4 19 34 6 1 04 208

2 ,4 0 1 09 32 7 653 3 ,00 69 , 1 207 415 3.60 47 5 1 42 2 85 4 ,20 34 .4 1 03 2 07

2 41 1 08 324 6 46
, 3 01 68 6 2 06 412 3 ,61 47 . 2 142 2 83 4 21 34 , 2 1 03 205
2 ,4 2 1 07 322 6 42 3 ,02 68 , 2 2 05 4 09 3 62 4 6 ,, 9 141 282 4 ,22 34 ,1 102 2 04
2 43 1 06 31 9 63 7 3 03 67 7 2 03 406 3 , 63 46 , 7 140 280 4 23 33 9 1 02 203
2 ,44 1 05 31 6 632 3 . 04 67 ,3 202 4 04 3 , 64 46 4 139 278 4 ,24 33 , 7 I01 202
2 45 1 04 313 62 7 3 ,05 66.8 200 401 3 , 65 46 , 1 138 2 77 4 125 3 3 ,, 6 I 01 201
2 ,46 1 04 31 1 621 3 , 06 66 , 4 1 99 3 98 3 , 66 45 . 9 138 275 4 26 33 4 I00 200
2 47 1 03 306
, 61 6 3 .07 65.9 1 98 3 95 3 67 45 , 6 137 2 74 4 ,27 33 ,2 99 7 1 99
2 48 1 02 3 06 61 1 3 , 08 65 , 5 1 96 3 93 3 , 68 45 ,4 1 36 272 4 28 3 3 ,, 1 99 2 198
2 49 1 01 303 6 06 3 ,09 65 0 195 390 3, 69 45 1 135 271 4 ,29 32 ,9 98 , 8 1 98

67 1
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 6
B R I N E L L H A R D N E S S N U M B E RS ( A ) ( C O N T' D )
( Ba l l 10 m m i n D iameter, Appl ied Loads of 500, !500, and 3000 kgf)
Bri nel l H ardness Brinel l Hardness Brinel l H ardness Brinel l H ardness
N umber N umber N umber' N umber
Diameter of 500 1500 3000 Diameter of 500 1500 3000 Diameter of 500 1500 3000 Diameter of 500 1500 .3 000
Indentation, kgf kgf kgf Indentation, kgf kgf kgf Indentation, kgf kgf kgf Indentation, kgf kgf kgf
mm Load Load Load mm Load Load Load mm Load Load Load mm Load Load Load

2 ,50 I 00 301 60 1 3, I0 64 6 194 3 88 3 70 44 ,9 135 2 69 4 30 32 ,8 98 3 197

2 ,5 1 99 ,4 2 98 597 3 11 64 2 1 93 3 85 3 ,7 1 44 ,6 1 34 2 68 4 31 3 2 ,6 97 ,8 196
2 ,5 2 98 ,6 2 96 592 3, 12 63 8 1 91 383 3 ,7 2 44 , 4 1 33 2 66 4 32 32 4 97 ,3 1 95
2 ,53 97 ,8 2 94 587 3 113 63 ,3 1 90 380 3 ,73 44 1 132 2 65 4 33 32 3 96 ,8 1 94
2 ,54 97 , 1 291 582 3 ,14 62 9 1 89 37 8 3 ,74 43 9 1 32 263 4 ,34 32 1 96, 4 1 93
2 55 96 ,3 289 578 3 , 15 62 ,5 1 88 375 3, 75 43 6 13 1 262 4 ,35 3 2 ,0 95 , 9 192
2 56 95 5 287 573 3 , 16 62 . 1 1 86 373 3 76 43 ,4 13 0 2 60 4 ,3 6 3 1 ,8 95 5 19 1
2 57 94 8 284 569 3 , 17 61 7 185 37 0 3 77 43 , 1 1 29 2 59 4 37 3 1 ,7 95 ,0 1 90
2 58 94 0 2 82 564 3 ,18 61 3 184 368 3 78 42 ,9 1 29 2 57 4 38 31 5 94 ,5 1 89
2 ,59 93 ,3 280 56 0 3 19 60 9 1 83 366 3 79 42 7 1 28 25 6 4 39 31 4 94 1 1 88
4 40 31 .2 93 6 1 87 5 05 23 ,3 69 ,8 1 40 5 70 17 8 53 ,5 1 07 6 .35 14 0 42 0 84 0
4 41 31 1 93 ,2 1 86 5 , 06 23 ,2 69 ,5 1 39 5 71 17 8 53 3 1 07 6 36 13 9 47 8 83 , 7
4 42 30 9 92 .7 1 85 5 , 07 23 1 69 ,2 138 5 72 17 ,7 53 1 1 06 6 37 73, 9 41 7 83, 4
4 43 30 8 92 .3 1 85 5 , 08 23 ,0 68 ,9 138 5 73 17 ,6 52 9 1 06 6 38 13, 8 41 ,5 83, 1
4 ,44 30 6 91 8 184 5 , 09 22 9 68 6 1 37 5 ,74 17 6 52 7 1 05 6 ,39 13, 8 41 , 4 82 8
4 ,45 3 0 ,5 91 4 1 83 5 10 22 8 68 3 1 37 5 ,75 17 5 52 5 1 05 6 ,40 13 1 47 ,2 82 5
4 .46 3 0 .3 91 0 182 5 11 2 2 17 68 0 1 36 5 76 17 4 5 2 ,3 1 05 6 ,41 13 7 41 1 82 2
4 ,47 30 ,2 90 ,5 181 5 12 2 2 ,6 67 ,7 1 35 5 ,77 17 4 52 1 1 04 6 42 13 6 40 9 81 , 9
4 48 30 0 90 , 1 1 80 5 13 2 2 ,5 67 ,4 1 35 5 78 17 ,3 51 9 1 04 6 43 23. 6 408 81 , 6
4 49 29 9 89 ,7 1 79 5 , 14 22 ,4 67 , 1 1 34 5 79 17 ,2 51 7 1 03 6 44 13.5 40, 6 81., 3
4 ,5 0 29 8 89 , 3 1 79 5 , 15 2 2,3 66 ,9 134 5 80 17 2 51 5 1 03 6 ,45 13 5 40 5 81 , 0
4 ,5 1 29 ,6 88 8 178 5 16 22, 2 66 , 6 1 33 5 ,81 17 1 5 1 .3 1 03 6 ,46 73, 4 40, 4 80, 7
4 ,5 2 29 ,5 88 4 177 5, 17 22 1 66 3 1 33 5 82 17 0 51 I 102 6 47 73. 4 402 80, 4
4 ,53 29 ,3 88 , 0 176 5 18 22 0 66 0 132 5 83 17 , 0 50 9 1 02 6 48 13 4 40 7 80 1
4 ,54 29 , 2 87 1 6 175 5 119 21 9 65 8 132 5 84 16 ,9 50 7 I 01 6 149 13.3 39, 9 79 8
4 55 29 , I 87 ,2 1 74 5 120 2 1 ,8 65 ,5 131 5 85 16 8 50 5 i01 6 ,5 0 13 3 39 8 791 6
4 56 28, 9 86 ,8 1 74 5 ,21 2 1 ,7 65 ,2 1 30 5 86 16 8 50 3 I01 6 ,5 1 13 ,2 39 6 79,3
4 , 57 28 ,8 86 .4 1 73 5 ,2 2 2 1 ,6 64 ,9 13 0 5 , 87 16 7 5 0 ,2 I00 6.52 13,2 39,5 79, 0
4 ,58 2 8 17 86 0 172 5 , 23 21 6 64 7 1 29 5 1 88 16 7 5 0 ,0 99 9 6 53 13 1 39, 4 78 7
4 ,59 28 ,5 85 6 171 5 24 21 5 64 4 1 29 5 ,89 16 ,6 49 8 99 5 6 54 13, 1 39,2 78 4
4 60 28 4 85 ,4 17 0 5 25 2 1 ,4 64 1 128 5 90 16 ,5 49 6 99 , 2 6 ,55 13 , 0 39 1 78,2
41 61 28 ,3 84 ,8 17 0 5 26 21 3 63 9 1 28 5 91 16 ,5 49 4 98 ,8 6 .5 6 13. 0 38 9 78, 0
4 62 28 1 84 ,4 1 69 5 ,27 21 ,2 63 , 6 127 5 92 16 4 49 , 2 98 ,4 6 57 12, 9 38. 8 77 6
4 63 28 0 84 , 0 1 68 5 ,28 2 1 ,1 63 ,3 127 5 193 16 3 49 .0 98 0 6 58 12 9 38, 7 7Z 3
4 ,64 27 9 83 6 1 67 5 ,29 2 1 .0 63 1 1 26 5 94 16 3 48 8 97 7 6 ,59 12,8 38 .5 77, I
4 ,65 27 18 83 1 3 1 67 5 ,3 0 2 0 ,9 62 ,8 1 26 5 .95 1 6 ,2 48 7 97 3 6 .60 128 38 4 76 ,8
4 ,66 27 ,6 82 9 166 5 , 31 20 9 62 6 1 25 5 96 16 ,2 48 5 96 9 6 ,61 12. 8 38,3 76., 5
4 ,67 27 ,5 82 ,5 1 65 5 32 20 8 62 , 3 125 5 97 16 1 48 3 96 ,6 6 62 12, 7 38, 1 76 2
4 68 27 ,4 82 , 1 1 64 5 ,33 20 7 62 1 1 24 5 ,98 16, 0 48 , 1 96 ,2 6 63 12, 7 38, 0 76 0
4 , 69 27 ,3 8 1 ,8 1 64 5 34 20 6 6 1 ,8 1 24 5 99 16 0 47 ,9 95 9 6 64 12 6 37 9 75 7
4 70 27 , 1 81 .4 1 63 5 ,35 20 5 6 1 ,5 123 6 ,00 15, 9 47 7 95 5 6 ,65 12, 6 3Z, 7 75, 4
4 ,7 1 27 0 81 . 0 1 62 5 ,36 2 0 ,4 61 ,3 1 23 6 ,01 15 9 47 6 95 1 6 ,66 12,5 37, 6 75 2
4 ,7 2 2 6 ,9 80 , 7 161 5 ,37 2 0 ,3 61 0 122 6 02 15 8 47 4 94 ,8 6 67 12,5 37,5 74, 9
4 ,73 2 6 ,8 80 3 161 5 ,38 2 0 ,3 60 8 122 6 03 15 7 47 2 94 ,4 6 68 12 4 3Z 3 74 7
4 ,74 26 ,6 79 9 160 5 39 20 2 60 6 121 6 04 15. 7 47 ,0 94 , 1 6 ,69 12, 4 37 2 74, 4
4 .75 26 ,5 79 , 6 1 59 5 , 40 20 1 60 3 121 6 05 1.5 , 6 46 .8 93 , 7 6 ,7 0 12, 4 37, 1 74, 1
4 76 26 ,4 7 9 ,2 1 58 5 41 20 0 60 1 120 6 06 15 6 46 7 93 4 6 71 12,3 36 , 9 73. 9
4 77 26 ,3 78 , 9 1 58 5 42 19 9 59 8 120 6 07 15 5 46 5 93 , 0 6 72 12,3 36 8 73 6
4 78 26, 2 78 ,5 1 57 5 ,43 19 9 59 6 119 6 ,08 15 4 46 3 9 2 ,7 6 73 12 2 36 7 73 , 4
4 ,79 26 1 78 ,2 1 56 5 ,44 19 ,8 59 ,3 119 6 , 09 15, 4 46 2 9 2 ,3 6 ,74 12 2 36 6 73 1

67 2
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

TA B L E 6
B R I N E L L H A R D N E S S N U M B E R S ( A ) ( C O N T' D )
( Bal l 1 0 m m i n D i amete r, Appl ied Loads of 500, 1500, and 3000 kgf)
B ri ne l l H ard ness B ri ne l l H ardness B ri ne l l H ard ness B r i ne l l H ardness
N u mber N u m ber' N u mbe r N u mber
D iameter of 500 1500 3000 D iamete r of 500 1500 3000 D iam eter of 500 1500 3000 D iameter of 500 1500 3000
I ndentation, kgf kgf kgf I nde ntati on, kgf kgf kgf Indentation, kgf kgf kgf Indentat i on, kgf kgf kgf
mm Load Load Load mm Load Load Load mm Load Load Load mm Load Load Load

4 ,80 25 9 77, 8 156 5 45 19 7 59 1 118 6 ,10 15 3 46 . 0 92 , 0 6 75 12 1 36 . 4 72 8

4 .81 25 ,8 77 ,5 155 5 ,46 19 ,6 58 ,9 1 18 6 ,11 153 45, 8 91 ,7 6.76 12.1 36 , 3 72, 6
4 82 25 7 77 1 154 5 47 19 5 58 , 6 117 6 12 15 2 45 , 7 91, 3 6 ,77 12, 1 36 , 2 72 3
4 , 83 25 ,6 76 ,8 154 5 ,48 19 ,5 58 ,4 1 17 6 13 1. , 2 45 5 91 ,0 6 ,78 12 , 0 36 0 72 . 1
4 84 251 5 76 4 153 5 ,49 19, 4 58 2 116 6 ,14 15 1 45 ,3 90 6 6 ,79 12 0 5, 9 71 8
4 , 85 25 4 76 ,1 152 5 ,5 0 19 ,3 57 9 1 16 6 15 15, 1 45 , 2 90 ,3 6 ,80 11 , 9 35 8 71 , 6
4 86 25 3 75, 8 152 5 51 19 2 57 , 7 115 6 ,16 I ,0 45 , 0 90.0 6 81 11 , 9 35. 7 71 3
4 ,87 25 ,1 7 5 ,4 151 5 ,52 19 2 57 5 1 15 6 ,17 14, 9 44 , 8 89 ,6 6, 82 1 1, , 8 5,5 71 , 1
4 ,8 8 25 ,0 75 1 150 5 53 19 1 57 2 114 6 ,18 14 9 44 . 7 89, 3 6 . 83 11 , 8 35 4 70 8
4 89 24 9 74 , 8 150 5 54 19 0 57 ,0 1 14 6, 19 14 8 44 , 5 89 ,0 6 84 11 8 35,3 70. 6

4 ,90 24 ,8 7 4 ,4 149 5 ,55 18 ,9 56 ,8 1 14 6 .2 0 14, 7 44 , 3 88 , 7 6 ,86 11 7 35, 2 70 4

4 ,9 1 24 7 74 1 1 48 5 56 18 9 56 ,6 113 6 21 14 7 44 , 2 88.3 6 , 86 11 , 7 35 1 70 , 1
4 .92 24 ,6 73 ,8 148 5 ,57 18 ,8 5 6 ,3 1 13 6 ,22 14. 7 44 0 88 , 0 6 ,87 11 6 34 , 9 69 9
4 ,93 24, 5 73 5 1 47 5 58 18 7 56 1 112 6 ,23 14 6 43 , 8 87 7 6 , 88 11 ,6 34 , 8 6 9, 6
4 , 94 2 4 ,4 73 ,2 146 5 ,5 9 18 6 5 5 ,9 112 6 24 14,6 43 7 87 , 4 6 89 11 , 6 34 . 7 69 4
4 ,95 24 ,3 72 8 1 46 5 ,60 18 ,6 55 , 7 III 6 ,25 1 4, 5 43 , 5 87 1 6 90 11 ,5 34 6 6 9, 2
4 , 96 24 2 7 2 ,5 1 45 5 61 18 ,5 5 5 ,5 III 6 26 1 4 ,5 43 , 4 86 ,7 6 ,91 11 ,5 34 5 68 9
4 97 24 ,1 72, 2 144 5 ,62 18 ,4 55 , 2 II0 6 ,27 1 4, 4 43 , 2 86.4 6, 92 11 4 34 3 68, 7
4 98 24 ,0 71 .9 1 44 5 ,63 1 8 ,3 55 ,0 II0 6 28 14,4 43 , 1 86 .1 6 , 93 11 , 4 34, 2 68, 4
4 ,99 23 ,9 71 6 143 5 , 64 18 ,3 54 ,8 ii0 6 ,29 14 3 42 9 85 8 6 94 11 4 34 , 1 68 2

5 00 23 ,8 71 13 143 5 . 65 181 2 54 , 6 109 6 30 14 2 42 17 85 5 6 95 11 3 34 , 0 68, 0

5 101 23 17 71 ,0 142 5 66 18 ,1 54 ,4 1 09 6 ,3 1 14,2 42 6 85 ,2 6 , 96 1 1 ,3 33 9 67 7
5 ,02 23 .6 70, 7 141 5, 67 18 ,1 54 , 2 108 6 ,32 1 4, 1 4 2 ,4 84 , 9 6 97 11 3 33 , 8 6 7, 5
5 03 23.5 7 0 .4 141 5 68 18 0 54 0 1 08 6 33 14,1 42 3 84 , 6 6 , 98 11 ,2 33 6 67 3
5 , 04 2 3 ,4 70 1 140 5 , 69 17 ,9 53 , 7 1 07 6 ,34 14 0 42 ,1 84 , 3 6 99 11 2 33 . 5 6 7, 0

N OTE :

( A ) P r'e pared by the E ng i nee ri ng M ec h an i cs S ect i o n, I nstitute fo r Standards Tec h n o l ogy

TA B L E 7
P E RC E N T S H EA R FO R M EA S U R E M E N TS M A D E I N I N C H E S

D i mension D i mension A, i n .
B,
i n ..
0.05 0 .10 0.12 014 0. . 16 0.18 0 .20 0 . 2 2 0 . 2 4 0 .26 0.28 0. 30 032 0 . 3 4 0 . 3 6 0 . 3 8 0.40

0 05 98 96 95 94 94 93 92 91 90 90 89 88 87 86 85 85 84
0 ,I0 96 92 90 89 87 85 84 82 81 79 77 76 74 73 71 69 68
0, 12 95 90 88 86 85 83 81 79 77 75 73 71 69 67 65 63 61
0 ,14 94 89 86 84 82 80 77 75 73 71 68 66 64 62 59 57 55
0 16 94 87 85 82 79 77 74 72 69 67 64 61 59 56 53 51 48
0 ,18 93 85 83 80 77 74 72 68 65 62 59 56 54 51 48 45 42
0 ,20 92 84 81 77 74 72 68 65 61 58 55 52 48 45 42 39 36
0 22 91 82 79 75 72 68 65 61 57 54 50 47 43 40 36 33 29
0 ,24 90 81 77 73 69 65 61 57 54 50 46 42 38 34 30 27 23
0 26 90 79 75 71 67 62 58 54 50 46 41 37 33 29 25 20 16
0 ,28 89 77 73 68 64 59 55 50 46 41 37 32 28 23 18 14 I0
0, 3 0 88 76 71 66 61 56 52 47 42 37 32 27 23 18 13 9 3
0 ,3 1 88 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 18 I0 5 0

G E N E RA L N O T E : S i nce th i s tab l e i s set u p fo r fi n ite measu reme nts o r' d i me ns i o n s A and S, 1 0 0 % shear' i s to be re po rted whe n e ithe r' A o r B
i s ze r o

673
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E 8
P E RC E N T S H E A R FO R M EAS U R E M E N T S M AD E I N M I L LI M ET R E S
D i me ns i on A, m m
D i me nsi o n
6', rnm 10 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3. 5 4 .0 45 5 .0 55 60 6.5 70 7 .5 8 .0 8. 5 9. 0 9, 5 10
1 .0 99 98 98 97 96 96 95 94 94 93 92 92 91 91 90 89 89 88 88
1 ,5 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81
20 98 96 95 94 92 91 90 89 88 86 85 84 82 81 80 79 77 76 75
25 97 95 94 92 91 89 88 86 84 83 81 80 78 77 75 73 72 70 69
30 96 94 92 91 89 87 85 83 81 79 77 76 74 72 70 68 66 64 62
35 96 93 91 89 87 85 82 80 78 76 74 72 69 67 65 63 61 58 56
40 95 92 90 88 85 82 80 77 75 72 70 67 65 62 60 57 55 52 50
4 ,5 94 92 89 86 83 80 77 75 72 69 66 63 61 58 55 52 49 46 44
5 ,0 94 91 88 85 81 78 75 72 69 66 62 59 56 53 50 47 44 41 37
5 .5 93 90 86 83 79 76 72 69 66 62 59 55 52 48 45 42 38 35 31
6 ,0 92 89 85 81 77 74 70 66 62 59 55 51 47 44 40 36 33 29 25
6 ,5 92 88 84 80 76 72 67 63 59 55 51 47 43 39 35 31 27 23 19
70 91 87 82 78 74 69 65 61 56 52 47 43 39 34 30 26 21 17 12
75 91 86 81 77 72 67 62 58 53 48 44 39 34 30 25 20 16 11 6
80 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0
e i t h e r' A o r B
G E N E RA L N OT E : S i nce th is tab le is set up for fi n ite measurements o r' d i mensi ons A and B, 1 00 % shear is to be reported when
i s ze ro ,

TA B L E 9
C H A R PY V- N OTC H T EST AC C E PTA N C E C RiT E RiA FO R VA RI O U S S U B-S I Z E S P E C I M E N S
Full Size, Size, 2/3 Size, 1/2 Size, 1/3 Size, 1/4 Size,
10 by 10 mm 10 by 7 ,5 mm 10 by 6, 7 mm 10 by 5 mm 10 by 33 mm 10 by 2,5 rnm
ft . I bf [J] ft • Ibf rJ] ft • I bf [J] ft • I bf [J] ft • Ibf rJ] ft • Ibf [J]
40 [54] 30 [41] 27 [37] 20 [27] 13 [18] I0 [1 4]
35 [48] 26 [35] 23 [3 1] 18 [24] 12 [1 6] 9 [1 2]
30 [41 ] 22 [3 0] 20 [2 7] 15 [2 0] 10 [14] 8 [1 1 ]
25 [34] 19 [26] 17 [23] 12 [1 6] 8 [I I] 6 [8]
20 [27] 15 [2 0] 13 [18] I0 [1 4] 7 [I 0] 5 [7]
16 [2 2] 12 [1 6] II [15] 8 [I I ] 5 [7] 4 [5]
15 [2 0] II [1 5] I0 [14] 8 [I I ] 5 [7] 4 [5]
13 [18] I0 [14] 9 [1 2] 6 [8] 4 [5] 3 [4]
12 [16] 9 [1 2] 8 [I I] 6 [8] 4 [5] 3 [4]
I0 [14] 8 [I I] 7 [I 0] 5 [7] 3 [4] 2 [3]
7 [I 0] 5 [7] 5 [7] 4 [5] 2 E3] 2 [3]

674
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

ANNEXES

(Mandatory Information)

A1 . STEEL BAR PRODUCTS r e not covered in the general section of Test Methods and
a
A I . 1 Scope Def
i nitions A 370.

A I.I .1 This supplement delineates only those details A2.1.2 Tubular shapes covered by t his specifi cation
which are peculia
r to hot-rolled and cold-f
i nished steel ba
r 's include, round, square, rectangular, and special shapes .
and are not covered in the general sect i on of these test A2.2 Tension Test
methods ,
A2.2. 1 Full-Size Longitudinal Test Specimens:
A1.2 Orientation of Test Specimens
A2.2. 1. 1 As a n alternative to t
h e use of longitudi
A 1 .2 . 1 Carbon and alloy steel bar s and bar- size nal strip test specimens or longitudinal round test speci
shapes, due to their r elati vely small cr oss-sectional dimen mens, tension test specimens of full-size tubular sections
sions, a
r e customarily tested in the longitudinal direction r e used, provided that the test
a ing equipment has suff i cient
In special cases wher e size permits and the fabrication or capacity Snug-f i tting metal plugs should be inserted fm
service of a part just
if i es test
ing in a tr a
n sverse direction, enough in the end of such tubular specimens to perm it t he
the selection and location of test or tests a
r e a matter of
testing machine j aws to grip the specimens properly with
agreement between the manufacturer and the pur chaser . out crushing . A design that may be used for such plugs is
A 1 .3 Tension Test shown in Fig A2 1 . The plugs shall not extend into t h at
A 1 .3. 1 Carbon Steel Bar - Carbon steel ba
rs a
re part of the specimen on which the elongation is measured
(Fig . A2 1 ) Car e should be exercised to see t h at insofar
not commonly specif
i ed to tensile r equir ements in t
h e as
as practicable, the load in such cases is applied axially
r olled condition for sizes of rounds, squares, hexagons,
The length of the full- section specimen depends on the
and octagons under ,12 in. ( 1 3 mm) in diameter or dista
n ce
gage length prescribed for measuring t h e elongation.
between pa
rallel faces nor for other ba
r-size sect
i ons, other
than fl ats, less t
han 1 in 2 (645 mm2 ) in cross-sectional a
r ea , A2.2. 1 .2 Unless otherwise required by the product
specifi cation, the gage length is 2 in or 50 mm, except
A 1.3.2 Alloy Steel Bars - Alloy steel ba
r 's are usu
ally not tested in the as-rolled condition
that for tubing having an outside diameter of 8 in. (9 .5 mm)
or less , it is customary for a gage length equal to four
A1.3.3 When tension tests are specifi ed, the pract
ice times t he outside diameter to be used when elongation
for select
ing test specimens for hot-rolled and cold-f
i nished compar able to that obtainable with la r ger test specimens
steel bars of various sizes shall be in accordance with Table
is r equired .
A I . 1 , unless otherwise specif
i ed in the product specif
i A2.2. 1 .3 To determ
i ne the cr oss-sect
i onal area of
cation
the full- sect
i on specimen, measur ements shall be recorded
A 1 .4 Bend Test as t
he average or mean between t h e greatest and least
A1.4. 1 When bend tests a r e specifi ed, t
h e recom measmements of t he outside diameter and t he aver age or
mended practice for hot-rolled and cold-f
i nished steel bar s mean wall thickness, to the nea rest 000 1 in (0 . . 025 mm)
shall be in accordance wit
h Table A 1 .2 . and the cross- sectional area is determined by the following
equation :
A 1 .5 Hardness Test
A 1 .5. 1 Ha rdness Tests on Ba r Produ cts - f
i ats , A = 3 1 4 1 6t(D - t) (A2 1 )
rounds, squa
r es, hexagons a
nd octagons - is conducted where :
on the surface after a m
i nimum remova
l of 0.0 1 5 in to
provide for accurate har dness penetration A = sectional area, in 2
D = outside diameter , in . , and
t = thickness of tube wall, in
A2. STEEL TUBULAR PRODUCTS
NOTE A2 1 - There exi st othei methods of cross-sectional at ea determi
A2. 1 Scope nation, such as by weighing of the specimens, which ate equally accur ate
or appropri ate for the purpose
A2.1.1 This supplement cover s test specimens and
test methods that r
a e applicable to tubular products and A2.2.2 Longitudinal Str ip Test Specimens :

675
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

A2.2.2. 1 As an alter
n ative to the use of full-size at the center The thickn ess should be measured at t he
longitudinal test specimens or longitudinal round test speci center and used with the center measurement of the width
mens , longitudinal str ip test specimens , obtained t om to determine the cro ss-sect
i onal a
r ea The center width
strips cut from the tubular product as shown in Fig A2.2 di men sion should be rec orded to the ne are st 0 00 5 i n
and machined to the dimensions shown in Fig . A2 3 ar e (0 1 27 mm), and the t
hick
n ess measurement to the nea
r est
used . For welded structura
l tubing, such test specimens 0 00 1 in (0 . 025 mm)
shall be fi om a location at least 90° f om the weld ; for A2.2.4 Round Test Specimens :
other' welded tubular products, such test specimens shall
A2.2.4.1 When provided for in t
h e product speci
be from a location approximately 90° from the weld . Unless
fi cation, the round test specimen shown in Fig 4 may
otherwise required by the product specifi cation, the gage be us ed
length is 2 in or 50 mm . The test specimens shall be
tested using grips that are flat or have a surface contour A2.2.4.2 The diameter of the round test specimen
corresponding to the curvature of the tubular product, or is measmed at the center of the specimen to the nea
r est
the ends of the test specimens shall be fl attened without 0 00 1 in (0 .025 mm)
heati ng prior to the test specimens being tested using fl at A2.2.4.3 Small- size specimens propor tional to
grips . The test specimen shown as specimen no 4 in Fig. standa
r d, as shown in Fig 4, may be used when it is
3 shall be used, unless the capacity of the testing equipment necessa
r y to test material tom which the standa r d speci
or the dimensions and nature of the tubula
r product to be men cannot be prepa r ed. Ot
h er sizes of small-size speci
tested makes the use of specimen nos. 1 , 2, or 3 necessa
ry. mens may be used In any such small-size specimen, it is
NOTE A2 ,2 - An exact fb mula fbr calculating the cross-sectional ai ea important that the gage length fbr measurement of elonga
of specimens of the type shown in Fig A2 3 taken f
rom a cii culaI tube tion be four times the diameter of the specimen (see Note
is given in Test Methods E 8 oI E 8M 4, Fig 4) The elongation requirements for the round speci
A2.2.2.2 The width should be measured at each men 2-in. gage length in t h e product specifi cation shall
end of the gage length to determine parallelism and also apply to the small-size specimens.
at the center . The thicknes s should be measur ed at the A2.2.4.4 For tr ansveI se specimens, the section
center and used with the center measurement of the width tom which the specimen is ta ken shall not be fl attened or
to determine the cross-sectional ar ea . The center' width ot
h er wise defmmed
dimen sion should b e r ec orded to the ne are st 000 5 i n . A2.2.4.5 Longitudinal test specimens ar e obtained
(0. 1 27 mm) , and the thickness measurement to the nea
r est from strip s cut from the tubular pI oduct as shown in
0. 00 1 in .
Fig A2 2.
A2.2.3 Transverse Str ip Test Specimens : A2.3 Determination of Transverse Yield Strength,
A2.2.3.1 In general, transverse tension tests a re Hydraulic Ring-Expansion Method
not recommended for tubular products, in sizes sma l ler A2.3. 1 Hardness tests ar e made on the outside sur
than 8 in . in nominal diameter . When required, tr ansverse face, inside surface, or wall cross-section depending upon
tension test specimens may be ta ken tom rings cut fiom product-specifi cation limitation Surface prepa
r ation may
ends of' t ubes or pipe as shown in Fig. A2.4. Flattening of be necessa
r y to obtain accurate ha
r dness values
the specimen may be done either' after' sepa r ating it tom
A2.3.2 A testing machine and method fix determin
the tube as in Fig.. A2.4 (a), or before sepa rating it as in
ing the transverse yield strength t om an annula
r ring speci
Fig . A2 4 (b), and may be done hot or cold; but if the men, have been developed and descr
ibed in A2.3 3-8 . 1 2
fl attening is done cold, the specimen may subsequently be
normalized . Specimens from t ubes or pipe for which heat A2.3.3 A diagrammatic vertic al cr os s - secti onal
treatment is specifi ed, after being fl attened either' hot or sketch of the testing machine is shown in Fig A2 6
cold, shall be given the same treatment as the t ubes or A2.3.4 In determining the transver se yield strength
pipe . For tubes or pipe having a wall thick ness of less than on this machine, a short ring (commonly 3 in (76 r am) in
3/4 in . ( 1 9 mm), the transverse test specimen shall be of the length) test specimen is used. After the la
r ge circula
r nut
f0 m and dimensions shown in Fig . A25 and either or both is removed from the machine, the wall thickness of the
surfaces may be machined to secm e uniform thickness. ring specimen is determined and the specimen is telescoped
Specimens for tiansverse tension tests on welded steel over the oil resistant r
obber gasket. The nut is then replaced,
tubes o pipe to determine strength of' welds, sha l l be but is not ti
n ned down tight against the specimen A slight
located peipendicular to the welded seams with the weld clearance is left between the nut and specimen for the
at about the middle of their length.. purpose of permitting f
l ee radial movement of the speci
A2.2.3.2 The width should be measured at each men as it is being tested. Oil under pressme is then adm
itted
end of the gage length to deteimine pa
rallelism and also to the interior of the rubber gasket through the pressure

67 6
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

line under the control of a suitable va l ve . An accurately Brinell test

i ng shall not be applicable to tubular pr oducts
calibrated pressure gage serves to measur e oil pressure . less t
h an 2 in.. (5 1 mm) in outside dia
meter , or less than
Any air' in the system is removed through the bleeder line. 0. 200 in . (5 1 r
am) in wal! thickness
As the oil pressure is increased, the rubber gasket expands
A2.4.3 The Rockwell ha
rdness tests ar e norma
lly
which in turn stresses the specimen circumferentially. As made on the inside sur
face, a f
l at on the outside sur
face,
the pressure builds up, th e lips of the rubber gasket act as
or on the wall cross-section depending upon t he product
a seal to prevent oil leakage With continued increase in
limitation . Rockwell hardness tests are not performed on
pr essure, the ring specimen is subj ected to a tension st
r ess
tubes smaller th an 1 6 in. (7 . 9 mm) in outside diameter ,
and elongates accordingly.. The entire outside circumfer
nor a
re they performed on the inside sur face of tubes with
ence of the ring specimen is considered as t he gage lengt h less than /14 in. . (6.. 4 mm) inside diameter . Rockwell ha
rdness
and the strain is measured with a suitable extensometer
tests are not performed on a nnealed tubes with walls less
which will be described later . When the desired total strain
t an 0.065 in . ( 1 . 65 mm) thick or cold worked or heat
h
or extension under load is reached on the extensometer,
treated tubes wit h walls less than 0. 049 in.. ( 1 . 24 mm)
the oil pres sure in pounds per squa
r e inch is read and by
thick. For t
ubes with wall thicknesses less than those per
employing B a r tow' s formula, t
he unit yield strength is
mitting the regular Rockwell ha
rdness test, th e Superf
i cial
ca
lculated The yield st r ength, thus determined, is a true Rockwell test is sometimes subst
i tuted. Transverse Rock
result since t
h e test specimen has not been cold worked
well hardness readings can be made on tubes wit h a wall
by f
l attening and closely approximates the same condit i on
th
i ck
ness of' 0. 1 87 in . (475 mm) or greater. The curvatur e
as the tubular section fr om which it is cut Further', t
he test
and the wa
l l thickness of t he specimen impose lim i tations
closely simulates service condit i ons in pipe lines. One
on the Rockwell ha rdness test.. When a compa r ison is made
test
i ng machine unit may be used for several different sizes between Rockwell determinations made on the outside sur
of pipe by h
te use of suitable rubber gaskets and adapter s.
face and determ
i nati ons made on the inside sur
f ace, adjust
NOTE A2 3 - B adow' s formula may be stated two ways : ment of' the readings will be requir ed to compensate for
the effect of curvat
u re. The Rockwell B scale is used on
(1) P = 2St/D (A2 2)
all material s having an expected har dness range of B 0 to
(2) S = PD/2t (A2 3) B 1 00 . The Rockwell C scale is used on material having
whe:e : an expected ha r dness r ange of C20 to C6 8 .
P = inte:nal hydrostatic pIessure, psi, A2.4.4 Superf i cial Rockwell har dness tests are nor
S = unit cir cumferential stress in the wall of the tube pr
o duced by ma lly performed on t he outside surface whenever possible
h e interna
t l hydr ostatic pressure, psi, and whenever excessive spring back is not encountered.
t = t
h icknes s of' the tube wa
l l, in , and
D = outside diameter of the tube, in
Otherwise, the tests may be performed on the inside Super
i cial Rockwell hardness tests shall not be performed on
f
A2.3.5 A roller chain type extensometer which has tubes wit
h an inside diameter' of less tha
n 1/4 in. (6.. 4 mm) .
been found satisfactory for measuring the elongation of The wall t
hick
ness limitations f0r the Superf
i cial Rockwell
the ring specimen is shown in Fig.. A2 .7 and Fig . A2 . 8 . ha
rdness test are given in Table A2. 1 and Table A2 2
Fi g A 2 . 7 s h o w s th e e x ten s o me ter i n p o s i ti o n , b u t
A2.4.5 W
hen the outside diameter , inside diameter ,
unclamped, on a ring specimen. A small pin, through which
the strain is transmitted to a nd measured by the dial gage, or wa
ll thickness precludes t
h e obtaining of accurate hard
extends thi ough the hollow threaded stud . When the exten ness values , tubula
r products shall be specif
i ed to tensile
someter is clamped, as shown in Fig . A2 . 8 , t h e desired properties and so tested .
tension which is necessary to hold t h e instrument in place A2.5 Manipulating Tests
and to remove a ny slack, is exerted on the roller chain by
A2.5. 1 The following tests ar e made to prove ductil
the spring. Tension on t he spring may be regulated as
ity of certain tubular products :
desired by t
h e knurled t
humb screw. By removing or adding
roller s, the roller chain may be adapted f0: different sizes A2.5. 1 . 1 Flattening Test - The flattening test as
of tubula
r sect
i ons . commonly made on specimens cut from t ubular products
is conducted by subj ect i ng rings f i om t he tube or pipe to
A2.4 Hardness Tests
a prescribed degree of flattening between pa rallel plates
A2.4.! Ha
rdness tests a
r e made either' on the outside
(Fig . A2.4) . The severity of the flattening test is measur ed
or the inside surfaces on the end of the tube as appropriate . by the distance between t h e pa rallel plates and is va r ied
A2.4.2 The sta
ndard 3000 kgf Brinell load may cause according to t he dimensions of the tube or' pipe . h Te fl at
too much deformation in a th
in-walled t
ubular ' specimen. te ni n g te s t s p e c i m e n s h o u l d n o t b e l e s s th an 2 2 i n .
In this case the 500 kgf load shall be applied, or' inside (63 . 5 r
am) in lengt
h and should be fl attened cold to t
he
stiffening by mea
n s of an internal anvil should be used . extent required by the applicable materia
l specif
i cations .

677
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

A2.5. 1 .2 Rever e Flatten ing Test - The ieverse inside surface of the pipe against t
he plunger ; a root bend
lf attening test is designed primarily foI application to elec test requires bending with the outside smface of' the pipe
tric-welded tubing for the detecti on of lack of penetration against the plunger; and a side bend test requires bending
or overlaps resulting f i om fl ash removal in the weld The so t
h at one of the side surfaces becomes the convex surface
specimen consists of a length of tubing approximately 4 in of the bend specimen .
( 1 02 r
am) long which is split longitudinally 90° on each (a) Failure of the bend test depends upon the appea
ran ce
side of the weld The sample is t h en opened and fl attened of cr acks in the area of t
h e bend, of' the nature and extent
with the weld at the point of maximum bend (Fig A2.9) described in the product specif
i cat
i ons .
A2.5. 1 .3 Crush Test - The crush test, somet
i mes
referxed to as an upsetting test, is usually made on boiler A3. STEEL FASTENERS
and other pres sur e tubes , for evaluating ductility (Fig A3. 1 Scope
A2. 1 0) The specimen is a ring cut f r om the tube, usually
about 21/2 in (63 5 ram) long. It is placed on end and crushed A3.1.1 This supplement cover's defi niti ons and meth
endwise by hammer or press to the distance presclibed by ods of testing peculia r to steel fastener's which are not
the applicable material specifi cations covered in the general section of Test Methods and Defi ni
i ons A 370. Sta
t n dard tests requiled by t
h e individual prod
A2. 5 . 1 . 4 Flange Tes t - The fl an ge te st i s uct specifi cati ons a
r e to be performed as outlined in the
intended to determine t
he duct
i lity of boiler tubes and their
general sect i on of these methods
ability to withstand the opel ation of bending into a tube
sheet The test is made on a ring cut f
rom a tube, usually
A3.1.2 These tests ale set up to facilitate production
not less than 4 in ( 1 00 r
am) long and consists of having control testi ng and acceptance testing with certain mo:e
a fl ange t
urned over at right angles to the body of the tube to precise tests to be used for a
r bitr ation in case of disagree
ment over test results
the width required by the applicable material specifi cations
The fl aring tool and die block shown in Fig A2. 1 1 are A3.2 Tension Tests
recommended f0: use in making this test A3.2.1 It is prefened t h at bolts be tested full size,
A2.5.1.5 Flaring Test - For certain types of pres and it is customa r y, when so testi ng bolts to specify a
sure tubes, an alternate to the f
l ange test is made This test minimum ulti mate load in pounds, rat h er than a minimum
consists of driving a tapered mandrel having a slope of 1 ulti mate strength in pounds per square inch Three ti mes the
in 1 0 as shown in Fig. A2 1 2 (a) or a 60° included angle bolt nominal diametei has been established as the minimum
as shown in Fig A2 . 1 2 (b) into a secti on cut flom the bolt length subject to t
h e tests described in the iemaindei
tube, appl oximately 4 in ( 1 00 mm) in length, and thus of' this section . S ections A3 .2 . 1 . 1 -A3 . 2 . 1 . 3 apply when
expanding the specimen until the inside diameter has been testing bolts full size Section A3 .2. 1 .4 shall apply where
increased to the extent required by the applicable matelia
l the individual product specifi cations permit the use of'
specif
i cations . machined specimens .
A2.5.1.6 Bend Test - For pipe used for coiling A3.2.1.1 ProoJ Load - Due to particula
r uses of
in sizes 2 in . and under a bend test is made to determine its certa
i n classes of bolts it is desirable to be able to stress
ductility and t
h e soundness of weld In this test a suffi cient them, while in use, to a specifi ed value without obta
ining
lengt
h of full-size pipe is bent cold through 90° around a any permanent set To be celta i n of obta
i ning this quality
cylindrical mandrel having a diameter 1 2 ti mes the nominal the proof load is specifi ed. The proof load test consists of
diameter of the pipe For close coiling, the pipe is bent stressing the bolt with a specifi ed load which the bolt must
cold through 1 80° ar ound a mandr el having a diameter 8 withstand without perma nent set An altelnate test which
times the nominal diameter of the pipe determines yield strength of a full size bolt is also allowed
A 2 . 5 . 1 . 7 Tra n s v e rs e G u ide d B e n d Te s t o € Either of the following Met h ods, 1 or 2, may be used but
Method 1 shall be the a
r bitr ation method in case of any
Welds - This bend test is used to determine the ductility
of' fusion welds The specimens used are approximately dispute as to acceptance of the bolts
1 ,12 in. (3 8 mm) wide, at least 6 in . ( 1 52 r
am) in length A3.2.1.2 ProofLoad Tes ting Long Bolts - When
wit
h the weld at the center', and a
r e machined in accordance full size tests are required, proof load Method 1 is to be
with Fig.. A2 1 3 f0r' face and root bend tests and in accor limited in application to bolts whose length does not exceed
da
nce wit h Fig. A2 . 1 4 for side bend tests . The dimensions 8 in (203 mm) o1 8 times t he nom i nal dia
meter , whichever
of' the plunger' shall be as shown in Fig . A2 1 5 and the is greater For bolts longer than 8 in or 8 times the nominal
other dimensions of the bending jig shall be substantially diameter , whichever is greater , proof load Method 2 shall
be u sed
as given in t
his same fi gure. A test shall consist of a face
bend specimen and a root bend specimen or two side bend (a) Me thod 1 , Length Meas u r em ent - The overall
specimens . A face bend test requires bending with the length of a straight bolt shall be measured at its true center

67 8
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA -370

line with an insmament capable of' measuring changes in where :

length of' 0.000 1 in . (0 . 0025 r am) with an accur acy of' As = stress a
t ea, in .2
0.000 ! in in any 0 . 00 1 in . (0 . 025 mm) range . The preferr ed D = nominal diameter , in. , a
nd
method of' measuring t h e length shall be between conical n = number of threads per inch
center's machined on the center line of' the bolt, wit h mating
center's on the measuring anvils . The head or body of the A3.2.1.5 Tension Testing of Full-Size Bolts with
bolt shall be marked so that it can be placed in t he same a Wedge - The pr
o pose of this test is to obtain h
te tensile
positi on for all measurements. The bolt shall be as sembled strengt
h and demonstrate the "head qua l ity" a
n d duct
i lity
in the testing equipment as outlined in A3 .2 . 1 .4, a n d the of a bolt with a sta n dard head by subject ing it to eccentric
proof load specif i ed in the pI oduct specifi cation shall be loading. The ultimate load on the bolt shall be determined
applied Upon release of this load the length of t he bolt as described in A3 .2. 1 4, except that a 1 0° wedge shall be
shall be again measured and shall show no permanent placed under the same bolt previously tested for the proof
elongation . A tolerance of _ + 0 0005 in . (0. 0 1 27 mm) shall load (see A3 .2 . 1 . 1 ) . The bolt head sha
l l be so placed that
be allowed between the measur ement made before loading no corner of the hexagon or square takes a beating load,
n
a d that made after loading Var i ables, such as straightness that is, a f
l at of the head shall be aligned wit
h the direct
i on
and thread alignment (plus meastuement error ), may Iesult of uniform thickness of the wedge (Fig. A3 . 2) . The wedge
in apparent elongation of the fastener' s when the pr oof load shall have an included a
n gle of 1 0° between its faces and
shall have a thickness of one-ha
l f of the nom
i nal bolt
is init
i ally applied. In such cases , the fastener may be
diameter at the short side of the hole . The hole in the
retested using a 3 percent greater load, and may be consid
ered satisfactory if the length after this loading is the same wedge shall have the following clear ance over the nominal
as before this loading (wit
hin the 0 . 0005 in. tolerance for size of the bolt, and its edges , top a
n d bottom, shall be
measurement error ) . rounded to the following r adius :
Clear ance Radius on
A3 . 2. 1 . 3 Pr o of Load- Time of Loadi ng - The Nominal B olt in Hole , Colnet s of
proof load is to be maintained for a period of 1 0 s befme Size, in in (mm) Hole, in , (mm)
r elease of load, when using Method 1 . to 0 030 (0 7 6) 0 030 (0 , 76)
(1 ) Method 2, Yield Strength - The bolt shall be assem 6 to 4 0 050 ( 1 , 3 ) 0 060 ( 1 5 )
bled in the test i ng equipment as outlined in A3 . 2. 1 .4 . As to 1 0 ,063 ( 1 5 ) 0 ,060 ( 1 5 )
the load is applied, the total elongation of the bolt or a ny 1 to 1 /14 0 063 ( 1 5) 0 1 25 (3 2)
1 8 to 1 2 0 094 (2 ,4) 0 1 25 (3 2)
part of the bolt which includes the exposed six threads
shall be measured and recorded to pr oduce a load-strain
A3.2. 1.6 Wedge Testing of HT Bolts Threaded to
or a stress-strain diagram The load or stress at an of fset
Head - For heat-treated bolts over 1 00 000 psi (690 MPa)
equal to 0. 2 percent of the length of bolt occupied by 6
minimum tensile strength and th at are th
readed 1 diameter
full threads shall be determined by the method described
and closer to the underside of the head, the wedge angle
in 1 3 . 2 . 1 of these methods, A 370 . Th
i s load or stress shall
shall be 6° for sizes /14 through in (6 .35 to 1 90 r
am)
not be less than that prescribed in the product specif
i cation and 4° for' sizes over 4 in .
A 3 . 2 . 1 . 4 A x ia l Te n s i o n Te s tin g of Fu ll S iz e A3.2. 1 .7 Tension Testing of Bolts Machined to
Bolts - Bolts a
t e to be tested in a holder' wit
h the load
Round Test Specimens :
axially applied between the head a nd a nut or suitable ( 1 ) B olt s under 1 in . ( 3 8 mm) in diameter whi ch
f
i xture (Fig . A3 . 1 ), either of which shall have suff i cient require machined tests shall preferably use a sta
n da
t d ,12 in. ,
thread engagement to develop t he full str engt
h of the bolt. ( 1 3 mm) round 2 in (50 mm) gage length test specimen
The nut or f i xtur e shall be assembled on the bolt leaving (Fig . 4) ; however , bolts of small cross- section that will not
six complete bolt threads unengaged between the grips , permit the taking of this standard test specimen shall use
except for heavy hexagon structura l bolts wh i ch shall have one of the sma ll-size-specimens-proportiona l -to-standard
four complete threads unengaged between t he gf ips To (Fig . 4) and t
he specimen shall have a reduced section as
meet the requirements of this test t here shall be a tensile la
t ge as possible. In all cases, the longitudinal axis of the
failure in the body or threaded section wit h no failure at specimen shall be concentric wit ht he axis of the bolt; the
the junction of the body, a nd head.. If it is necessary to head and th readed section of the bolt may be left intact,
record or' r epoit th e tensile strength of bolts as psi va lues as in Fig . A3 . 3 and Fig . A3 4, or shaped to f
i t the holder's
the str ess area shall be calculated from the mean of the
or grips of the testing machine so that t he load is applied
mean root a
nd pitch diameters of Class 3 external th
r eads axially. The gage lengt h for measuring the elongat i on shall
as follows :
be four ti mes t he diameter of the specimen
(2) For bolts 1 )2 in. and over in diameter , a standard
A = 0 ,7854 [D - (0 9743/n)]z (A3 1 ) )2 in round 2 in . gage length test specimen shall be turned
67 9
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

fr
o m the bolt, having its axis midway between the center' test results in deforming the nut it will be necessa
r y to use
and outside surface of the body of' the bolt as shown in a minor' load or' substitute a Rockwell hardness test
Fig A3 5 .
(.3 ) Machined specimens are to be tested in tension to
determine the properties prescribed by the product specifi A4. ROUND WIRE PRODUCTS
cations . The methods of' testing and determination of prop A4.1 Scope
erties shall be in accordance with S ection 1 3 of' these test
methods . A4.1.1 This supplement cover's the apparatus, speci
mens and methods of testing peculia
r to steel wire products
A3.3 Hardness Tests for Externally Threaded Fas which a
r e not covered in the general section of Test Meth
teners ods A 3 7 0

A3.3.1 When specifi ed, externally threaded fasteners

A4.2 Apparatus
shall be har dnes s tested. Fasteners with hexagonal or squa
re
heads shall be Brinell or Rockwell ha
r dness tested on the A4.2. 1 Gripp ing Devices - Grip s of either' the
side or' top of' the head. Externally th
r eaded fastener' s with wedge or snubbing types as shown in Fig. A4 . 1 and Fig..
A4 .2 sha
ll be used (Note A4.. 1 ) When using grips of either
other' type of heads and those without heads shall be Brinell
or Rockwell ha r dness tested on one end Due to possible type, ca
re shall be ta
ken that the axis of the test specimen
distortion from the Brinell load, ca
r e should be taken t
h at is located approximately at the center line of' the head of'
this test meets the requir ements of' Section 1 6 of' these test the testing machine (Note A4 .2). When using wedge grips
methods . Where the Brinell har dness test is impractica
l, the liner s used behind the grips shall be of' the proper
thickness .
the Rockwell ha
rdness test shall be substituted Rockwell
ha
r dness test procedures shall conform to Section 1 8 of NOTE A4 1 - Testing machines usually ate equipped with wedge gr
ips ,
these test methods . These wedge giips, irr espective of the type of testing machine, may be
refeir ed to as t
he "usua
l type" of wedge grips The use of fi ne ( 1 80 ol
A3.3.2 In cases where a dispute exists between buyer'
240) grit abr asive clot
h in the "usual" wedge type grips, with the abr asive
and seller' as to whether' externally th
r eaded fastener' s meet contacting the wir e specimen, can be helpful in reducing specimen slipping
or exceed the ha r dness limit of th e product specif
i cation, nd breakage at t
a h e grip edges at tensile loads up to about 1 000 pounds
for purposes of a
rbitration, hardness may be ta
ken on two For tests of specimens of wir e which a t e liable to be cut at t
he edges by
transverse sections through a representative sample fas the "usual type" of wedge grips, the snubbing type gripping device has
tener selected at random Ha
rdness readings shall be taken pr oved satisfactory
For testing r ound wire, the use of cylindrical seat in t
he wedge gripping
at the locations shown in Fig. A3 .6 . All hardness va lues device is optional
must conform with t he hardness limit of the product speci
i cation in order for the fastener's represented by the sample
f
NOTE A4 2 - Any defect in a testing machine which may cause nonaxia
l
to be considered in compliance. This provision for' a r bitra application of load should be corrected
tion of a di spute shall not be u s e d to acc ept cle arly
A4.2.2 Pointed Micrometer - A micrometer' wit
ha
rej ectable fasteners.
pointed spindle a
nd anvil suitable for' reading the dimen
A3.4 Testing of Nuts sions of the wire specimen at the fractured ends to the
A3.4.1 Proof Load - A sample nut shall be assem nearest 0.00 1 in . (0 .025 mm) after' breaking the specimen
bled on a ha
r dened thr eaded mandrel or on a bolt confbrm in the testing machine sha l l be used
ing to the particula
r specifi cation. A load axial with t he A4.3 Test Specimens
mandrel or bolt and equal to t he specifi ed proof load of
the nut shall be applied The nut shall resist this load A4.3.1 Test specimens having the full cross-sectional
without stripping or' rupture . If the threads of t
h e mandrel r ea of the wire they r epresent shall be used . The sta
a nda
rd
a
r e damaged during the test t h e individual test shall be gage length of' the specimens shall be 1 0 in . (254 mm) .
disca
rded. The mandrel shall be th
readed to American However, if the determination of' elongation values is not
National Standar d Class 3 tolerance , except t
h at the major' required, any convenient gage length is perm i ssible. The
diameter shal l be the minimum maj or diameter' with a tota
l length of' the specimens shall be at least equal to the
tolerance of' +0 002 in . (0 05 1 mm) . gage length ( 1 0 in. ) plus twice the length of wire required
for the ful! u se of the grip empl oyed For example ,
A3.4.2 Hardness Test - Rockwell ha
r dness of' nuts
depending upon the type of testi ng machine and grips used,
sha
l l be determined on the top or bottom face of the nut . the minimum tota l length of specimen may vary f l om 1 4
Brinell ha
rdness shall be determ
ined on the side of' t
he
to 24 in . (360 to 6 1 0 mm) f0r a l 0 in . gage length specimen.
nuts. Eit
her' method may be used at t he option of' the
manufacturer, taking into account the size a
nd grade of A4.3.2 Any specimen breaking in the grips shall be
he nuts under' test . When the standa
t rd BrJnell hardness discarded and a new specimen tested .

6 80
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

A4.4 Elongation by bending the wire to a radius less t

h an specif
i ed when
h e test sta
t r ts .
A4.4. 1 In determining permanent elongation , the
ends of the fractured specimen shall be ca r efully f
i tted A4.8 Coiling Test
together and the distance between the gage ma
r ks measur ed
A4.8. 1 This test is used to determine if imperfections
to t
h e nearest 00 1 in . (0 25 mm) with dividers and sca
le
ale present to t h e extent t
h at they may cause cracking or
or other suitable device The elongation is t h e increase in
splitting dur ing spring coiling and spring extension A coil
length of the gage length, expressed as a percentage of the
of specifi ed length is closed wound on a na rbor of a speci
original gage length . In recording elongation values , both
i ed diameter The closed coil is t
f h en stretched to a specif
i ed
the percentage increase and t he original gage length shall
pelmanent increase in length a
nd examined for uniformity
be given.
of pitch with no splits or fractures . The required a
r bor
A4.4.2 In determining total elongation (elastic plus diameter , closed coil length, a
nd permanent coil extended
plastic extension) autographic or extensometer methods length increase may vary with wire diameter, properties,
may be employed and type .
A4.4.3 If fracture takes place outside of the middle
third of the gage lengt
h , the elongation value obtained may
A5. NOTES ON SIGNIFICANCE OF NOTCHED
not be representative of the material.
BAR IMPACT TESTING
A4.5 Reduction of Area
A5. 1 Notch Behavior
A4.5. 1 The ends of the f l actuled specimen shall be
A5. 1.1 The Cha r py and Izod type tests bring out
car efully f
i tted togethei and the dimensions of the sma l lest
notch behavior (brittleness versus ductility) by applying a
cros s section measur ed to the nearest 0 00 1 in . (0 025 ram)
single overload of stless . The energy values detelmined
with a pointed miclometer The diffel ence between the
re quant
a i tative compa r isons on a selected specimen but
r ea thus found a
a nd the a r ea of the or
i ginal cross section,
ca
nnot be converted into ener gy values that would serve
expressed as a percentage of the original a r ea, is the reduc
t
i on of a
r ea
for engineering design calculations. The notch behavior
indicated in an individual test applies only to the specimen
A4 . 5 . 2 The re duc ti o n of are a te s t i s n o t re c o m
size, notch geometry, and testing condit i ons involved and
mended in wire diameters less tha
n 0 .092 in . (2 . 34 mm) due cannot be genel a l ized to other sizes of specimens a nd
to t
he diff
i culties of measur
ing the reduced ClOSS sect
i ons . condit
i ons ,

A4.6 Rockwell Hardness Test A5. 1 .2 The notch behavior of the fi ce-centeled cubic
A4.6. 1 On heat-t
r e ated wire of diameter 0 . 1 00 in . metals and alloys , a la rge group of nonferl ous materials
(2 . 54 mm) and larger , the specimen shall be f l attened on and the austenitic steels can be judged fiom t heir common
two pa rallel sides by grinding befol e testing The ha r dness tensile pr operties . If they ale br
ittle in tension they will be
test is not recommended for any diameter of ha rd drawn brittle when notched, while if they a r e ductile in tension,
wile or heat-treated wire less than 0 1 00 in . (254 mm) in they will be ductile when notched, except for unusually
diameter For round wire, the tensile strength test is gr eatly sha
r p or deep notches (much mole severe tha
n the standard
preferred over the ha r dness test Char py or Izod specimens) . Even low temperatules do not
alter this cha
r acter
i stic of' these materia
l s . In contrast, the
A4.7 Wrap Test behavior of the felf
i tic steels under notch conditions cannot
A4.7. 1 This test is used as a mea
n s for test
i ng t
he be predicted fl om their propelties as revealed by the tension
ductility of certain kinds of wire . test. For the study of these mater ial s the Charpy and Izod
A4.7.2 The test consists of coiling t h e wire in a type tests ar e accordingly very useful . Some metals that
closely spaced helix t i ghtly against a mandrel of a specif i ed display nolmal ductility in the tension test may neveltheless
dia
meter' for a requiled number of tu r ns . (Unless other brea
k in brittle fashion when tested or when used in t
he
specifi ed, the r equired number of turns sha l l be i
f ve.) The notched condit
i on. Notched condit
i ons include r est
r aints
wralSping may be done by hand or a power device . The to def
igrmation in directions pelpendicula
r to t
he maj or
wrapping rate may not exceed 1 5 turns per min T h e man st
r ess , or multiaxia
l st
r esses, a
n d st
r ess concent
r ations . It
drel diameter shall be specif i ed in t
h e relevant wire pr oduct is in this f
i eld that t
he Cha
r py an d Izod tests prove useful
specifi cation. for detelmi ning the susceptibility of a steel to notch-br
ittle
A4.7.3 The wire tested shall be consider ed to have behavioI t h ough t hey cannot be directly used to appraise
failed if the wile fractules or if any longitudinal or trans the sel viceability of a stlnct
ure
verse cracks develop which can be seen by t he unaided A5. 1 .3 The test i ng machine itself must be suff i
eye after the f i rst complete tur n Wire wh i ch fa
l ls in t
he ciently r
i gid or tests on h
i gh-stlength low-energy materi als
f
i rst turn shall be retested, as such fractules may be caused will Iesult in excessive elastic energy losses either upwa
rd

68 1
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

through the pendulum shaft or downward through the base the temper at
ure, leaving the notch and the speed of defor
of the machine If the anvil supports, the pendulum striking mation the same, the shear st
rength is lowered and ductile
edge, or the machine foundati on bolts a r e not securely behavior' is promoted, leading to shea
r failure.
fastened, tests on ductile materials in the r ange of 80 ft.lbf A5.2.5 Va riat i ons in notch dimensions will seriously
( 1 08 J) may actually indicate values in excess of 90 to 1 00 af
fect the results of the tests . Tests on E 4340 steel speci
ft'lbf ( 1 22 to 1 3 6 J) mens have shown the ef
fect of dimensional va
r iations on

A5.2 Notch Effect

A 5 . 2 . 1 Th e n o tc h r e s u l t s i n a c o mb i n ati o n of
multiaxial stresses associated with restr aints to deformat
in directions perpendicular to the major stress, and a stress
concentration at the base of the notch A sever ely notched
condition is generally not desir able, and it becomes of r eal
concern in those cases in which it init
i ates a sudden and
complete failure of the brittle type Some metals can be
deformed in a duct
i le manner even down to the low temper
atures of liquid air , while other s may crack This dif
ference
in behavior can be best understood by considering the
cohesive strength of a material (or the property that holds
it together) and its relation to t
he yield point In cases of
britt
l e fr acture, the cohesive strength is exceeded before
signifi c ant plastic deformation occurs and the fiacture
appea
r s crystalline In cases of the ductile or shear type of
failure, considerable deformation precedes the f
i nal frac
ture and the broken surface appea
rs f
ibrous instead of crys
talline In intermediate cases the fr actur e comes after a
moder ate amount of deformation and is pa
r t crystalline
and part f
ibrous in appea
r ance
A5.2.2 When a notched ba r is loaded, there is a
normal str ess across the base of the notch which tends to
initiate fracture The property that keeps it tom cleaving,
or holds it together, is the "cohesive strength " The bar
fr acture s when the normal stre s s exceeds the cohe sive
strength When t
his occurs without the ba
r deforming it is
the condition for brittle fr acture
A5.2.3 In testing, though not in service because of
side effects, it happens more commonly that plastic def0r
mari on precedes fracture In addition to the normal stress,
the applied load also sets up shea
r stresses which a
r e about
45 ° to the normal str ess The elastic behavior terminates
as soon as the shea
r stress exceeds the shear strength of
the material and deformation or plastic yielding sets in
This is the condition for ductile fa
l lme .
A5 .2 .4 Thi s behavior , whether brittle or' ductile ,
depends on whether the normal stress exceeds t he cohesive
strength befor e the shea
r ' stress exceeds the shea
r strengt h.
Several important facts of notch behavior' follow fl 'o m this.
If t
h e notch is made sha
rper or more drastic, the normal
stress at the r oot of the notch will be increased in relation
to the shear str ess and t
h e bar will be mor e pr one to brittle
fracture (see Table A5 . 1 ) . Also, as the speed of deformation
increases, the shear strength increases and t he likelihood
of brittle f
i actur e increases . On the other' hand, by raising
Cha
r py results (see Table A5 1 )
A5.3 Size Effect
i on A5.3.1 Increasing either the widt
h or the depth of
the specimen tends to increase the volume of metal subject
to distortion, and by this factor tends to increase the energy
absorption when breaking the specimen However , a ny
incr ease in size, pa
r ticularly in width, also tends to increase
the degree of restraint and by tending to induce brittle
fi acture, may decrease the amount of energy absorbed
Where a standa r d-size specimen is on the verge of brittle
fracture, this is particularly true, a
n d a double-width speci
men may actua lly require less energy for rupture than one
of standa
r d widt
h.
A5.3.2 In studies of such effects where the size of
the materia
l pr ecludes the use of the standard specimen,
as for example when the material is 4 in. plate, subsize
specimens a
r e necessar ily used Such specimens (see Fig
6 of Test Methods E 23 ) a
re based on the Type A specimen
of Fig 4 of Test Methods E 23
A5.3.3 General correlation between the ener gy val
ues obtained with specimens of different size or shape is
not feasible, but limited correlations may be established
for specifi cati on purposes on the basis of special studies
of par ticula
r materials and particular specimens On the
other hand, in a study of the relat i ve effect of process
variations, evaluation by use of some arbitrarily selected
specimen with some chosen notch will in most instances
place the methods in their proper order
A5.4 Effects of Testing Conditions
A5.4.1 The test
i ng condit
i ons a
l so affect the notch
behavior So pronounced is the effect of temperature on
the behavior of steel when notched that compa
r isons ale
l equently made by examining specimen ftactmes a
f nd by
plotti ng energy value and fl acture appea r ance versus tem
perature from tests of notched ba r 's at a series of temper a
tur es , When the test temperature has been ca rri ed low
enou gh to start cle avag e fracture , there may b e an
extremely sha r p drop in impact value or there may be a
relatively gradua l falling off towa r d the lower tempera
tures This drop in energy value sta r ts when a specimen
begins to exhibit some crystalline appear a n ce in the fl ac
ture. The tr ansition temperature at which this embf ittling
ef
fect takes place varies considerably with the size of the
par t or test specimen and with the notch geometry
A5.4.2 S ome of the many def i nit
i ons of tr ansit
i on
temperature currently being used a re: (1 ) the lowest temper
at
ure at which the specimen exhibits ! 00% f ibrous fracture,

6 82
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

(2) the temperature where the fracttue shows a 50% crystal desired transition temperatures for' Cha r py or Izod tests
line and a 5 0% f
ibrous appearance, (3) the temperature since the size and notch geometry may be so different .
corresponding to the energy value 50% of' t
h e difference Chemical a n alysis, tension, and ha rdness tests may not
between values obtained at 1 00% a
nd 0% f
ibrous f
i 'acture, indicate t
he influence of' some of' the importa nt processing
and (4) t
h e temperature corresponding to a specif
i c energy factors that affect susceptibility to britt
l e fracture nor' do
value . they comprehend the effect of low temperatures in inducing
brittle behavior'..
A5 .4 .3 A pr oblem pe culi ar' to Charpy -typ e te sts
occurs when high- strength, low- energy specimens are
tested at low temperatures . These specimens may not leave A6. PROCEDURE FOR CONVERTING
the machine in the direction of t he pendulum swing but PERCENTAGE ELONGATION OF A
rather in a sidewise direct
i on. To ensure that the broken
STANDARD ROUND TENSION TEST
halves of' the specimens do not rebound off' some compo SPECIMEN TO EQUIVALENT
nent of' t
he machine and contact the pendulum before it PERCENTAGE ELONGATION OF A
completes its swing, modifi cations may be necessary in STAN
D AR
D FLAT SPECIMEN
older' model machines . These modif
i cations dif
f er' with
A6. 1 Scope
machine design. Nevertheless t he basic problem is t he same
in th at provisions must be made to prevent rebounding A6.1.1 This method specif
i es a procedure for con
of' t
he f l 'actured specimens into any pa rt of' the swinging vert
i ng percentage elongation after fiacture obtained in a
pendulum . Where design permits, the broken specimens standa
rd 0 .500 in. ( 1 2.7 r
am) dia
meter by 2 in. (5 1 r
am)
may be def l ected out of the sides of the machine and yet gage length test specimen to standard f i at test specimens
in other designs it may be necessa r y to contain the broken in. by 2 in. and 1 in. by 8 in. (38 , 1 by 203 mm)
specimens within a certain a r ea until t
he pendulum passes A6.2 Basic Equation
through the a n vils. Some low-energy high-strength steel A6.2. 1 The conversion data in this method a
r e based
specimens leave impact machines at speeds in excess of
on an equation by Bertella, and used by Oliver and other s.
50 ft ( 1 5 .3 m)/s alt
h ough they were struck by a pendulum
The relationship between elongations in the standard
traveling at speeds approximately 1 7 ft (5 . 2 m)/s. If the
0.. 500 in. diameter by 2 0 in test specimen and other stan
force exerted on the pendulum by the broken specimens
da
rd specimens can be calculated as follows :
is suff
i cient, the pendulum will slow down a nd erroneously
high energy values will be recorded . This problem accounts e = eo [4.47(x/-A)/L]a (A6 . 1 )
f0r' many of' the inconsistencies in Cha r py results reported
by various investigator's within the 1 0 to 25-ftolbf ( 1 4 to where :

34 J) range. The Appa ratus Section (the paragraph rega rd eo = percentage elongation after' f
i acture on a standa
rd
ing Specimen Clea ra nce) of Test Met h ods E 23 discusses test specimen having a 2 in. gage length and 0 .500
the two basic machine designs a n d a modifi cation found in . di a
m eter'
to be sat i sfactory in minimizing j amming. e = percentage elongation after fracture on a standa
rd
A5.5 Velocity of Straining test specimen having a gage length L and a cross
sectional a
rea A, and
A5.5.1 Velocity of straining is likewise a va
riable
a = constant characteristic of t
he test material
that af
fects the notch behavior of steel . The impact test
shows somewhat higher energy absorption values than the A6.3 Application
static tests above the transition temperat
ure and yet, in A6.3.1 In applying the above equat
i on the constant
some instances , t
he reverse is true below t
h e transition a is cha
r acteristic of the test materia
l The va
lue a = 0 4
temperat
ure. has been found to give satisfactory conversions for ca
r bon,
A5.6 Correlation with Service ca
r bon-ma n ga
nese, molybdenum, and cl omium-molyb
denum steels within the tensile strength r ange of 40 000
A5.6.1 While Cha r py or !zod tests may not directly
predict the duct
i le or britt
le behavior of steel as commonly to 85 000 psi (275 to 5 85 MPa) a nd in the hot-rolled, in
the hot-rolled a
nd normalized, or in the annealed condit
i on,
used in la
rge masses or as components of la rge str u ctures,
these tests ca
n be used as acceptance tests of identity for with or wit
hout tempering Note that t
h e cold reduced and
different lots of the sa
me steel or in choosing between quenched and tempered states a
r e excluded. For annealed
austenitic stainless steels, the value a = 0.. 1 27 has been
different s teel s , when correlati on with reliable service
behavior has been established It may be necessa
r y to make found to give satisfactory conversions.
h e tests at properly chosen temperatures ot
t her than room A6.3.2 Table A6. 1 has been calculated taking a =
temperature.. In this, the service temperature or' t
he transi 0.4, wit
h th e standa
rd 0. 500 in. ( 1 2 .7 r
am) diameter by
tion temperature of' full-scale specimens does not give the 2 in (5 1 mm) gage lengt
h test specimen as the reference

683
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

specimen . In the case of the subsize specimens 0 350 in . occurs in the f lee span between the j aws of the testing
(8 . . 89 mm) in diameter by 1 .4 in. (3 5 6 r
am) gage length, machine Therefore , it is desirable to establish a test proce
and 0 .250 in . (6 . 3 5 -mm) diameter' by 1 0 in (25 .4 r
am) dure with suitable appar atus which will consistently pro
gage length the factor in the equation is 4 5 1 instead of' duce such results Due to inherent physical char acteristic s
4 .47 . The small erT or introduced by using Table A6 1 fr
o. of individual machines , it is not practical to recommend a
the subsized specimens may be neglected . Table A6 . 2 for' univer sal gripping procedme that is suitable for all testing
annealed austenitic steels has been calculated taking a = machines. Ther efore, it is necessar y to determine which
0 . 1 27 , with the standard 0 500-in diameter by 2-in gage of the methods of gripping described in A7 3 2 to A73 8
length test specimen as the reference specimen . is most suitable for the testing equipment available
A6.3.3 Elongation given for a standar d 0 500 in A7.3.2 Standard V- Gr ips with Serrated Teeth (Note
diameter by 2 in . gage length specimen may be converted A7 1)
to elongation for' 1/2 in. by 2 in. or 1 in . by 8 in (3 8 . 1 by A7.3.3 Standard V- Grips wi th Ser rated Teeth (Note
203 mm) f
l at specimens by multiplying by t
h e indicated
fac tor, in Table A6 . 1 and Table A6 2
A 7. 1), Using Cushion ing Material - In this method, some
material is placed between the grips and the specimen
A6.3.4 These elongation conversions shall not be to minimize the notching effect of the teeth Among the
used where the width to thickness r atio of the test piece matelials which have been used a
r e lead f0il, aluminum
e x c e e d s 2 0 , a s i n s h e e t s p e c i m e n s u n d er 0 0 2 5 i n f0il, ca
r bolundum cloth, br a shims , etc . The type and thick
(0 . 63 5 mm) in thick
n ess . nes s of matelial r equired is dependent on the shape , condi
A6.3.5 While the conver sions a
r e considered to be tion, and coa
r 's eness of' the teeth .
r eliable wit
hin the stated limitations and may generally be A7.3.4 St a ndard V- Grips with Serrated Teeth (Not e
used in specifi cation writing where it is desirable to show A 7 1 ), Using Special Preparation o) the Gripped Portions
equivalent elongation requirements for the several standa
rd of the Specimen - One of' the methods used is tinning, in
AS TM tension specimens covered in Test Methods A 3 70, which the gripped portions are cleaned, fluxed, and coated
consider ation must be given to the metallurgical effects by multiple dips in molten tin alloy held j ust above the
dependent on the thickness of the material as proces sed melting point. Another method of pr epa r ation is encasing
the gripped por tions in metal tubing or f l exible conduit,
A7. METHOD OF TESTING MULTI-WIRE
using epoxy resin as the bonding agent . The encased por
tion should be approximately twice the length of lay of'
STRAND FOR PRESTRESSED CONCR
E TE
the strand
A7. 1 Scope
A7.3.5 Special Grips with Smooth, Semi- Cylindr ical
A7. 1 . 1 This method provides procedures for the ten
Grooves (Note A 7 2) - The grooves and the gripped por
sion testing of multi-wire strand foI pr estres sed concrete
i ons of the specimen a
t r e coated with an abr asive slurry
This method is intended foI use in evaluating the strand
which holds the specimen in the smooth gr ooves , pre
proper ties pres cribed in specif
i cations for "pr estre s sing
steel stra
n ds . "
venting slippage The slurry consists of abrasive such as
Grade 3 -F aluminum oxide and a carlier such as water or
A7.2 General Precautions glycerin
A7.2. 1 Premature fa i lure of the test specimens may A7.3.6 Standard Sockets oj€ the Type Used for Wire
result if thele is any appreciable notching, cutting, or bend Rope - The glipped portions of the specimen are anchored
ing of the specimen by the gripping devices of the testing in the sockets with zinc The special pr ocedur es for sock
machine
eting usually employed in the wire r ope industr y must be
A7.2.2 Errors in testi ng may result if t
he seven wir es followed

constituting the strand a

re not loaded unifolmly A7.3.7 Dead-End Eye Spli c es - These devices are
A7.2.3 The mechanical propelties of the strand may available in sizes designed to f
i t each size of strand to be
be materially affected by excessive heating during speci te sted
men plepar ation
A 7 . 3 . 8 Ch u ck i n g D e v i c e s - U s e o f c hu c ki n g
A7.2.4 These diffi cult
i es may be minimized by f01 devices of the type generally employed for applying tension
lowing the suggested methods of glipping described in to strands in cast i ng beds is not recommended for' testing
A7 4
pulpose s
A7.3 Gripping Devices NOTE A7 1 - The numbei of teeth should be appr
o ximately 1 5 to 30
A7.3. 1 The tlue mechanical properties of the strand per in , and the minimum ef
fective glipping length should be appr
o xi
are determined by a test in which f
ractur e of the specimen mately 4 in ( 1 02 mm)

6 84
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

NOTE A7 ,2 - The i adius of cuivature of the grooves is appioximately A8. ROUNDING OF TEST DATA
the same as the i adius of the str and being tested, and is located 32 in .
A8. 1 Rounding
(0 79 mm) above the f l at face of the g ip This prevents the two gr ips
from closing tightly when the specimen is in place A8. 1. 1 An observed value or a calculated value shall
be rounded off in accordance with t
h e applicable product
A7.4 Specimen Preparation
specif
i cat
i on In the absence of a specif
i ed procedure, t
he
A7.4. 1 If the molten-metal temper atures employed rounding-off method of Practice E 29 shall be used.
during hot-dip tinning or socketing with metallic material A8. 1 . 1 . 1 Values shall be rounded up or rounded
ar e too high, over appr oximately 700°F (370° C) , the speci down as determined by the rules of Practice E 29.
men may be heat affected with a subsequent los s of str ength
and ductility Careful temperature controls should be main A8.1 .1 .2 In the special case of rounding the num
ber "5" when no addit
i onal number's other than "0" follow
tained if such methods of specimen preparation ate used
te "5," rounding shall be done in t
h h e direction of the
A7.5 Procedure specif
i cation limits if following Practice E 29 would cause
A7.5. 1 Yield Strength - For determining the yield r eject
i on of material
strength use a Class B - 1 extensometer (Note A7 3 ) as A8. 1.2 Recommended levels for' rounding reported
described in Practice E 8 3 Apply an init i al load of 1 0% values of test data are given in Table A8 . 1 . These values
of the expected minimum breaking strengt h to the speci are designed to provide uniformity in reporting and data
men, then attach the extensometer and adjust it to a reading storage, and should be used in all cases except where they
of 0 .00 1 in /in of gage length Then increase the load until confl ict wit
h specifi c requirements of a product specifi
the extensometer indicates an extension of l % . Record the c ation .

load for t
his extension as the yield strength The extensome
NOTE A8 1 - To minimize cumulative ert oI s, whenever possible, val
ter may be removed from the specimen after the yield ues should be car ried to at least one fi gure beyond that of t he f i nal
strength has been determined 0 ounded) value di
n ing intervening calculat i ons (such as calculat
i on ot
sti ess f
iom load and a
r ea measm ements) with rounding occmf
i ng as t
he
A7.5.2 Elongation - For determining the elonga fi nal oper ation The pr ecision may be less t
h an that implied by the number
tion use a Clas s D extensometer (Note A7 3 ) , as described of signif
i cant f
i gures
in Practice E 8 3 , having a gage length of not less than 24
in . (6 1 0 mm) (Note A7 .4) . Apply an init
i al load of 1 0%
of the required m
i nimum breaking strength to the specimen, A9. METHODS FOR TESTING STEEL
then attach the extensometer (Note A7 . 3 ) and adjust it to REINFORCING BARS
a zero reading The extensometer may be removed f i om A9. 1 Scope
the specimen prior to rupture after the specif
i ed m
i nimum
A9. 1 . 1 This a
nnex cover's additional details specif
ic
elongation has been exceeded , It is not necessary to deter
to testing steel r einforcing bar' s for' use in concrete rein
mine the f
i nal elongat
i on value. for'c ement ,
A7.5.3 Breaking Strength - Determ
i ne t
he maxi
mum load at which one or more wires of the str and are
A9.2 Test Specimens
fractur ed Record this load as the br eaking strength of the A9.2.1 All test specimens shall be the full sect
i on
of t
h e bar as r olled
s trand,

A9.3 Tension Test

ing
NOTE A7 3 - The yield-str ength extensometer and the elongation
extensometer may be t
h e same inst
r ument or two sepa
r ate inst
r uments
A9.3.1 Test Specimen - Specimens for tension tests
Two sepa r ate instruments are advisable since the more sensiti ve yield shall be long enough to provide for an 8 -in (200-mm) gage
stJ ength extensometer , which could be damaged when the st ra
nd tx actmes, length, a distance of at least two bar diameter's between each
may be iemoved following the determination of yield strength The elon gage ma r k and the grips, plus suff i cient addit
i onal length
gation extensometer may be const r ucted with less sensit
ive parts o be to f
i ll t
h e grips completely leaving some excess length
constIucted in such a way that little da m age would esult if f actme
occm s while the extensometer is attached to t
h e specimen
protruding beyond each grip
A 9 . 3 . 2 G ripp in g D e v i c e - Th e grip s s h a l l b e
shimmed so that no more than in ( 1 3 mm) of a grip
NOTE A7 4 - Specimens that break outside t he extensometer or in the
jaws and yet meet t
he minimum specif ied values a
r e considered as meeting protr
u des from t
h e head of the testing machine
the mechanical proper y r equii ements of the pr
o duct specif
i cation, ega
rd A9.3.3 Gage Marks - The 8 in. (200 r am) gage
less of what pr ocedui e of giipping has been used Specimens that bieak
length shall be ma
r ked on the specimen using a preset 8 in
outside of the extensomete o in t
h e j aws and do not meet the m
i nimum
specifi ed values ar e subject to r etest Specimens that break between the
(200 mm) punch or , alternately, may be punch marked
j aws and the extensometer and do not meet t he m
inimum specifi ed values every 2 in (50 mm) along the 8 in (200 mm) gage length,
r
a e subject to r etest as pr ovided in the applicable specif
i cation on one of the longitudinal ribs, if present, or in clear spaces

685
SA -370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

of the defoImation pattern The punch marks shall not be A10.2.2 Controls for duplicating the master cycle
put on a transverse deformation Light punch ma r ks are during heat treatment of production fbrgings (Heat treating
desirable because deep mar ks severely indent the bar and within the essential va
r iables established during A 1 2 1 )
may affect the results A bullet-nose punch is desirable A10.2.3 Prepa
r ation of program cha
rts for the simu
A9.3.4 The yield strength or yield point shall be l ator unit

determined by one of the following methods : A10.2.4 Monitoring and inspection of the simulated
A 9 .3 .4 . 1 Exten si on under lo ad us ing an auto cycle within the limits established by the ASME Code
graphic diagram method or an extensometer as descr
ibed A10.2.5 Documentation and storage of all contr ols ,
in 1 3 . 1 . 2 and 1 3 . 1 3 , inspections , cha
r ts, and curves
A9.3.4.2 By the drop of the beam or halt in the A10.3 Referenced Documents
gage of the testing machine as described in 1 3 ., 1 . 1 where A10.3. 1 ASME Standards :
the steel tested as a sha
r p-kneed or well-defi ned type of ASME B oiler and Pressur e Vessel Code Sect
i on III,
yield point. latest edition
A9.3.5 The unit stress determinat i ons for yield and ASME B oiler and Pr essure Vessel Code S ect
i on VIII,
tensile strength on full-size specimens shall be based on Division 2, latest edition
the nominal ba
r r
a ea.
A 10.4 Terminology
A9.4 Bend Testing A 10.4. 1 Def
initions :
A9.4. 1 B end tests shall be made on specimens of
A 10.4. 1. 1 master char t - a r ecord of the heat
suff
i cient lengt
h to ensur e fIee bending and with apparatus
treatment received from a forging essent
i ally identical to
which provides :
the production f0rgings that it will represent It is a chart
A9.4. 1 . 1 Continuous and uniform application of of time and temperature showing the output tom thermo
force throughout the duration of the bending operation, couples imbedded in the forging at the designated test
A9.4. 1 .2 Unr estricted movement of the specimen immersion and test location or locations
at points of contact with the appa
r atus and bending around A10.4.1.2 program chart - the metallized sheet
a pin f
l ee to rotate, and used to progra
m the simulator unit. Time-temperature data
A9.4. 1.3 Close wrapping of the specimen a
r ound from the master cha
r t are manually transferred to the pr o
the pin during the bending operation. gram cha
r t.
A9.4.2 Other acceptable more severe methods of A 10.4. 1 .3 simulator char t - a recor d of the heat
bend testing, such as placing a specimen across two pins treatment that a test specimen had r eceived in the simulator
free to rotate and applying the bending force with a fi x unit It is a cha r t of time and temperature and can be
pin, may be used compared directly to the master char t for accuracy of dupli
c ation
A9.4.3 When retesting is permitted by the pr oduct
specif
i cation, t
h e following shall apply : A10.4. 1 .4 simulator cycle - one conti nuous heat
A9.4.3. 1 S ections of bar containing identifying treatment of a set of specimens in the simulator unit The
roll ma
r king shall not be used cycle includes heating from ambient, holding at tempera
ture, and cooling For example, a simulated austenitize and
A9.4.3.2 B ar 's shall be so placed that longitudinal
quench of a set of specimens would be one cycle ; a simu
ribs lie in a plane at right angles to the plane of bending
lated temper of the same specimens would be another cycle
A 1 0.5 Procedure
A 1 0. PROCEDURE FOR USE AND CONTROL A 10.5. 1 Prvduc tion Master Chart :
OF HEAT- CYCLE SIMULATION
A10.5.1 .1 Thermocouples shall be imbedded in
A 1 0. 1 Purpose
each forging from which a master cha rt is obtained Tem
A 10. 1. 1 To ensure consistent a
n d reproducible heat peratur e shall be monitored by a recorder with resolution
treatments of production forgings and the test specimens suff
i cient to clea
r ly def
i ne all aspects of the heat
i ng, hold
that represent them when the practice of heat-cycle simula ing, a
n d cooling process . All charts are to be clea
r ty identi
tion i s us ed
i ed with all pertinent information and identif
f i c ati on
A 1 0.2 Scope required for maintaining permanent records
A 1 0.2 . 1 Generati on and documentation of actu al A10.5.1.2 Thermocouples shall be imbedded 1 80°
pro du c ti on time - t emp erature curv e s (M A S TER apar t if the material specifi cation requires test locations
CHARTS) 1 80° apart

686
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

A10.5. 1.3 One master chart (or two if requir e d in exceed _

+25 °F (- 1 4°C) for' the quench cycle . (2) The tem
accordance with A 1 0 5 3 1 ) shall be produced to represent pering temperatme of the production forgings shall not
essentially identical forgings (same size and shape) Any fa
l l below the actual tempering temperat ure of t
h e master
change in size or geometry (exceeding rough machining forging. ( 3) At least one contact surface thermocouple shall
tolera
n ces) of a forging will necessitate that a new master be placed on each forging in a production load Tempera
cooling curve be developed ture shall be recorded for all surface thermocouples on a
A10.5. 1.4 If more t
h an one curve is requir ed per
Time Temperature Recorder and such records sha
l l be
retained as permanent documentation.
master forging ( 1 80° apart) and a difference in cooling
r ate is achieved, then the most conservative curve shall be A 10.5.3 Heat- Cycle Simulation :
used as the master curve .
A10.5.3.1 Program cha
r ts shall be made r
fom the
A 10.5.2 Reproducibility ofHeat Treatment Parame data recorded on the master chart All test specimens shall
ters on Production Forgings : be given the same heating rate above, the AC 1 , the same
A 1 0 . 5 . 2 . 1 Al l i n f o rm ati o n p ert ai ni n g t o th e holding time and the same cooling rate as the production
quench a
n d temper of the master forging shall be recorded forgings
on an appropriate permanent record, simila r to the one A10.5.3.2 The heating cycle above the AC 1 , a
shown in Table A 1 0 . 1 .
portion of the holding cycle, and the cooling port i on of
A 1 0 . 5 . 2 . 2 A l l inform ati on p e rtai n i n g to th e the master cha
rt shall be duplicated a
nd the allowable limits
quench and temper of the production forgings shall be on temperature and t ime, as specifi ed in (a)-(c), shall be
appropriately recorded, preferably on a form similar to that established for verif
i cat
i on of the adequacy of the simulated
used in A 1 0 5 2 1 Quench records of production forgings he at tr eatment .

shall be retained for future reference. The quench and (a) Heat Cycle Simulation oJ Test Coupon Heat Treat
temper record of the master forging shall be retained as a meri t for Quenched and Tempered Forgings and Bars
permanent record. If cooling rate data for t
h e forgings and bars and cooling
A10.5.2.3 A copy of the master forging record rate control devices for the test specimens are available,
shall be stored with t
h e heat treatment record of t
h e produc the test specimens may be heat-treated in the device
tion forging . (b) The test coupons shall be heated to substant i ally the
same maximum temperature as the forgings or ba r s The
A10.5.2.4 The es sent
i al va
r iables , as set forth on
test coupons shall be cooled at a rate simila
r to and no faster
the heat treat record, shall be controlled within the given
than the cooling rate representative of the test locations a
nd
parameters on t
he production forging shall be within 25 °F ( 1 4°C) a
nd 20 s at all temper atur es
A 1 0 .5 .2 . 5 The temp erature of the quenc hin g after cooling begins The test coupons shall be subsequently
medium prior to quench ing each production forging shall heat tre ated in acc ordance with the thermal treatments
be equal to or lower than the temperatur e of the quenching below the critical temperature including tempering and
medium prior to quenching the master forging . simulated post weld heat tr eatment
A10.5.2.6 The t i me elapsed fr om opening the fur (c) Simulated Post Weld Heat Treatment o Test Speci
nace door to quench for the pr oduction forging shall not mens (for ferritic steel f0rgings and ba r s) - Except for
exceed that elapsed for the master forging . ca
r bon steel (P Number 1 , Sect
i on IX of the Code) forgings
and ba
r s with a nominal thickness or diameter of 2 in
A 10.5.2.7 If the time pa
r ameter is exceeded in
(5 1 mm) or less, the test specimens sha l l be given a heat
opening th e furnace door to beginning of quench, the f0rg
treatment to simulate a ny thelmal tleatments below the
ing shall be placed back into the furnace and brought back
critical tempelature that the forgings and bars may ieceive
up to equalization temperature
duling fabrication The simulated heat treatment shall uti
A10.5.2.8 All f0rgings represented by the sa me lize temperatules, ti mes, and cooling Iates as specifi ed on
master forging shall be quenched with like or
i entation to he ordeI The total time at temper ature(s) for t
t h e test
the surface of the quench bath. materia
l shall be at least 80% of the total time at tempera
A 1 0 . 5 . 2 . 9 All pro ducti on for gi ng s s hall be tule(s) to which the forgings and ba
rs a
re subjected during
quenched in the same quench tank, with the same agitation postweld heat treatment. The total time at temperature(s)
as the master forging for the test specimens may be pelfolmed in a single cycle
A 1 0 .5 .2 . 1 0 Un iaCb r m it
y of Heat Treat Pa rame A 10.5.3.3 Plior to heat treatment in the simulator
ters - (1 ) The difference in actual heat treating tempera unit, test specimens shall be machined to standa
r d sizes that
ture between product i on forgings a
n d the master forging have been determ
i ned to allow adequately for subsequent
used to establish the simulator cycle for ht em shall not I emova
l of deca
r b and oxidation

6 87
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PA RT A

A 10.5.3.4 At least one thermocouple per specimen production forging that it represents will have received the
shall be used for cont i nuous recording of temperatur e on same heat tr eatment. If the test passes , the forging shall
an independent external temperatur e-monitoring source . be acceptable.. If it fails, the forging shall be rejected or
Due to the sensitivity and design peculiarit
i es of t
h e heat
i ng shall be subject to reheat treatment if permissible
chamber of certain equipment, it is mandatory that the hot A 10.5.4.3 If reheat treatment is permissible, pro
junctions of control and monitoiing thermocouples always ceed as follows : (1 ) Reheat treatment same as original heat
be placed in the same r elative position with respect to the treatment (ti me, temperature, cooling rate) : Using new test
heating source (generally infrared lamps) . specimens fiom a na r ea as close as possible to the original
A 10.5.3.5 Each individual specimen shall be iden specimens, repeat the austenitize and quench cycles twice,
tf
i i ed, and such ident
ifi cation shall be clea
r ly shown on followed by the tempering cycle (double quench and tem
the simulator chart and simulator cycle r ecord per') . The production forging shall be given the identical
double quench and temper as its test specimens above (2)
A 10.5.3.6 The simulator chart shall be compa red
Reheat treatment using a new heat treatment practice. Any
to the master char t for accur ate repr oduction of simulated
change in time, temperature, or cooling r ate shall consti tute
quench in accordance with A 1 0 5 3 2(a) , If any one speci
a new heat treatment pr actice. A new master curve sha ll
men is not heat treated within the acceptable limits of
be produced and the simulation and testing shall proceed
temperature and time, such specimen shall be disca r ded and
as originally set forth .
r eplaced by a newly machined specimen. Documentat i on of
such act
i on a
n d reasons for deviation from the master A 10.5.4.4 In summat
i on, each test specimen and
chart shall be shown on the simulator cha
rt, and on t
he its corIesponding forging shall receive ident
ical heat tr eat
corTesponding nonconforma
nce report ment or he at tre atment ; otherwi s e the te sting sh all be
invalid .
A 10.5.4 Reheat Treatment and Retesting :
A 1 0 . 5 . 5 Sto rag e, R eca ll, and D o c um en ta tion of
A 10.5.4. 1 In the event of a test failure, retesting Heat- Cycle Simulation Data - All records pertaining to
shall be handled in accordance with rules set forth by t he heat-cycle simulation shall be maintained and held for a
material specifi cation . period of 1 0 year s or as designed by the customer . Informa
A10.5.4.2 If r etesting is permissible, a new test tion shall be so orga nized th at all practices can be verif i ed
specimen shall be heat treated the same as previously The by adequate documented recor ds

F I G . A2 . 1 M E TA L P L U G S F O R T E STI N G T U B U LA R F I G . A2 . 2 LO C ATI O N O F LO N G IT U D I N A L T E N S I O N -
S P E C I M E N S, P RO P E R L O CAT I O N O F P L U G S I N T E ST S P E C I M E N S I N R I N G C U T F R O M T U B U LA R
S P EC I M E N AN D OF S P EC I M E N I N H EADS O F P RO D U C T S
T E S T I N G M AC H I N E

. . . . . . . . . , -

121, , ,

dI 2d
G a ge
l e n gt h
L
G E N E RA L N OTE : Th e ed g es of th e b l a n k fo r th e s peci m e n
Testing / s h a l l be cut pa ra l l e l to ea ch oth e r, ,
m a ch i n e
j a ws s h o u l d
n ot exte n d
- r

b eyo n d t h i s
t
/ F l i m it

I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
_J t_

68 8
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

FI G . A2 .3 D I M E N SI O N S A N D TO L E RA N C E S FO R LO N G IT U D I N A L ST R I P T E N S I O N T E ST S P E C I M E N S FO R
T U B U LA R P RO D U CT S

D
R e d u ce d 3 i n ,,
s ect i o n

l C--- tRad 1 i n . mi n ,
G ag e
l e ngth

DI M E N SION S

D i m e n s i o n s, i n ,
S peci men N o , A B C D
1 _+ 0 , 01 5 1 6 approximate ly 2 + 0 ,005 2 -1/4 m in
2 -/4 + 0 , 03 1 1 app rox i mate ly 2 + 0 ,005 2 min
4 + 0 , 0 05 4 min
3 1 + 0, 062 11
2 approx imately 2 + 0 ,005 2 1/4 r
a in
. . .. .. . . 4 + 0 .005 4 _1/2 m in
4 11 2 + 1, 8 2 approx i mate ly 2 + 0 ,01 0 2 _1/ m in
4 + 0 ,015 41
2 min
8 + 0 ,020 9 min

G E N E R A L N OT E S :
( a) C ross-sect i ona l area may be ca l c u l ated by m u lti p l y i ng A and t
( b ) T he d i mens i on t i s the th i c kness of the test spec i men as p rov i ded fo r' i n the app l i cab le mate rial spec ifi cat i o ns ,
(c ) The red uced sect i on shal l be paral l el with i n 0 , 0 1 0 i n and may have a grad ual taper' i n width from the en ds toward the cente r' , with the ends
n ot m o re th a n 0 , 0 1 0 i n , w i d e r th an t h e ce nte r
( d ) The ends of the spec i men sha l l be sym metrica l with the cente r l i ne of the red uced secti on with i n 0 , 1 0 i n ,
( e ) M etr i c e q u iva l e nt : 1 i n , = 2 5 4 m m
(f) S pecimens with sides paral le l throughout thei r length are perm itted, except for' referee testing, provided : ( a) the above to lerances are used;
( b) an adequate nu mber of marks are p r ovided for dete rm i n ati on of el ongat i on; and ( c) when yield strength i s dete rm i ned, a su itab le extenso mete r
is used , If the fractu re occ u rs at a d i stance of l ess than 2 A from the edge of the g r i pp i n g devi ce, the tens i l e p rope rti es dete rm i ned m ay n ot
be representative of the mater ial , If the properties meet the m in imum requ i rements specifi ed, no fu rther testi ng is requ i red, but if they are
l ess than the m i n i m u m req u i rements, d iscard the test and retest ,

689
SA-370 2007 SE CTION II, PART A

F I G , A2 .4 L O C AT I O N O F T RA N S V E R S E T E N S I O N F I G I, A 27 R O L L E R C H A I N TY P E E XT E N S O M E T E R,
T E S T S P E C I M E N S I N R I N G C U T F RO M T U B U LA R U N C LA M P E D
P R O D U C TS

F I G . A2 .5 T RA N S V E R S E T E N S I O N T E S T S P E C I M E N
M AC H I N E D F R O M R I N G C U T F R O M T U B U L A R
P RO D U C T S

R e d u ce d
secti o n 3 in.

Approx,
/ , 2 i n , [ /4 i n , mi . f
mi n .
1 1/2 i n . + /8 i n , / Rad l i n , m i n ,
2 , 000 i n . ± 0, , 005 i n ,
g a g e l e n gth

G E N E RA L N OTE S :
( a ) Th e d i m e ns i o n t i s th e th i c kness of th e test s peci m e n F I G , A 2 ,. 8 R O L L E R C H A I N TY P E E XT E N S O M E T E R,
as p rovi d ed fo r i n th e a p p l i ca b l e m ate ri a l s pec ificati o n s. . C LA M P E D
( b) Th e re d u ced secti o n s h a l l be pa ra l l e l with i n 0 . 0 1 0 i n .
a n d m ay h ave a g ra d u a l ta pe r i n wi dth fro m t h e e n d s
towa rd th e ce nte r, wit h th e e n d s n ot m o re t h a n 0. . 0 1 0 i n .
w i d e r t h a n t h e ce nte r. .
( c ) Th e e n ds of th e speci m e n sh a l l be sym m etrica l with
\
t h e c e n te r l i n e of t h e re d u ce d s ect i o n wit h i n 0 . 1 0 i n ..
( d ) M et ri c eq u iva l e nt: 1 i n . = 2 5 . 4 r
am.

F I G . A2 .6 T E STI N G M AC H I N E F O R D E T E R M I N AT I O N
O F T RA N S V E R S E Y I E L D ST R E N G T H F R O M A N N U LA R
RI N G S P EC I M E N S

690
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

F I G . A2 .9 R E V E R S E F LATT E N I N G T E S T F I G . A2 . 1 0 C R U S H T E ST S P E C I M E N

// \\

/
90 d eg

F I G . A2 . 1 1 F LA R I N G TO O L A N D D I E B L O C K F O R F LA N G E T E ST

Po s it i o n - Po s i t i o n afte r
afte r us i n g u s i n g fl atte r

" A ! lC fla ri ngtool - i n, radius

4 1 /4 i n ,

- 3/4 i n , _ _
3/8 i n , -
•--1 /4 i n , A
L i n e rs
A = Outs i de d i a m ete r of tu be l ess 5/8 i n ,
B = O uts i d e d ia m ete r of tu be l ess 3/8 i n . A = O utsi d e d i a m ete r of tu be p l u s 1 /32 i n ,
C = O uts i d e d i a m ete r of tu be p l u s 3/1 6 i n .

Flaring Tool Die Bl ock

G E N E RAL N OTE : M etri c eq u iva l e nt : 1 i n , = 2 5 , 4 m m ,

69 1
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

F I G . A2 , , 1 2 TA P E R E D M A N D R E L S F O R F LA R I N G T E S T

60 deg .
i n cl u d ed

S l o pe l i n 1 0

F I G . A2 . 13 T RA N S V E R S E FA C E - A N D ROOT- B E N D T E ST S P E C I M E N S

i 6 in. . min..
I I

Face Bend Specim en Root Bend Specim en

G E N E RAL N OTE : M etric eq u i va l e nt: 1 i n . = 2 5 . 4 r

am.

P i pe Wa l l Th ickness ( t), i n . Test S peci men Th ickness, i n .

U p to 4, i nc l t
Ove r 34 %

692
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

F I G . A2 . 1 4 S I D E- B E N D S P E C I M E N F O R F E R R O U S M AT E R I A L S

i- If fl a me cut, not less tha n 1/8 i n .

s h a l l be m a c h i n e d fr o m edg es

1 /8 i n . . m i n . r- R1 = 1/8 i n .
m,n "J , h J max
3/8 i n . " T

...........i T t t, i n .
T, i n ,,

3/8 to 1 1 /2
> 1 1/2 S e e N ote

e n t exceed s 1 1/2 u se o n e of th e fo l l owi n g :

1 . C ut a l o n g l i n e i n d icated by a rrow.. Ed g e m ay be fl a m e cut
a n d m ay o r m ay n ot be m ach i n ed .

2. S pec i me ns m ay be c ut i nto a p p roxi m ate ly eq u a l stri ps

betwee n 3/4 i n . a n d 1 1/2 i n . wi d e fo r testi n g o r th e
s peci m e n s m ay be be nt at fu l l wi dt h ( see req u i re m e nts
o n j ig wi dth i n F i g . 32 . )

G E N E RAL N OTE : M etri c eq u iva l e nt: 1 i n . = 25 . 4 m m .

F I G . A2 . 15 G U I D E D - B E N D T E ST J I G

Ta p ped h o l e to su it H a rd e n ed ro l l e rs, 1 1 /2 i n . d i a m ete r m ay be

su bstituted fo r j i g s h o u l d e rs
testing machine q
As req u i red l
[= -i [ ]L As required
I il iJJ/ 3,, in l i/i I_
1 1 /8 i n ,
3' ' - / I I [ Plu nger member . I I I 1'2 J"l
/4 'n" v• , r- I I ,• , L I I I 'n i i o: i n ,,

3/4 in, ZzJD':d " 1/ 8 i-n <

S h o u l d e rs h a rd e n e d
2 i n, 1 /8 i n ,
a n d g reased

I I I I I 3/4 i n . FI I # I

" - 37/8 i n . - I 9 in.

G E N E RAL N OTE : M etri c eq u i va l e nt 1 i n . = 25. . 4 m m .

Test Speci men Th ickness, i n . A B C D

3/8 IZ 2 34 1¾
t 4t 2t 6t + 8 3t + 6

M ate r i a l

3/8 2 1, 2 1 1/4 3 8 1 1 1/ 16 M ater i a l s wi h a spec ifi ed m i n i m u m te ns i l e strength of 9 5 ks i

t 6 t 3 t 8 t + 1/
8 4 t+ 6 o r g reate r .

69 3
SA-370 2007 SE CTION II, PART A

F I G ,, A3 . 1 T E N S I O N T E S T I N G F U L L-S I Z E B O LT F I G . A3 , , 3 T E N S I O N T E ST S P E C I M E N FO R B O LT
W I T H T U R N E D- D O W N S H A N K

M i n i m u m ra d i u s re co m m e n d ed
3/8 i n , b ut n ot less th a n 1 /8 i n ,
P e r m itt e d

2 i n , + 0 ,, 00 5 i n , g a g e le n gt h fo r
e lo ngati o n afte r fractu re

G E N E RA L N OTE : M et ri c eq u i va l e nt: 1 i n , = 2 5,,4 r

a m ,,

F I G . A3 .4 EXA M P L E S O F S M A L L S I Z E S P E C I M E N S
P RO P O RT I O N A L TO STA N D A R D 2 i n , , G A G E L E N G T H
S P ECI M E N

R e d u ce d s ecti o n
i n ,, m i n ,,-

0 ,3 57 i n , + 0 , , 00 5
1 , 40 0 i n , , + 0 , , 0 0 5 i n , R ad i us 3/8 i n ,
G a ge l e n gth m i n ,,
R e d u ce d

0 , 2 5 2 i n ,, + 00 0 5
1 ,, 0 00 i n ,, + 0 , 0 0 5 i n , , . Rad i u s 1 /4 i n ,
min ,
G a g e l e n gt h

G E N E RAL N OTE : M etri c eq u iva l e nt: 1 i n , = 25 , 4 m i n ,

F I G . A3 .5 LO C AT I O N O F STA N D A R D RO U N D 2 i n .
GAG E L E N GT H T E N SIO N TEST S P ECI M E N W H E N
T U R N E D F RO M LA R G E S I Z E B O LT

, 10degL
T

c = C l e a ra n ce of we d g e h o l e
d = D i a m ete r of b o l t
R = Ra d i u s
T = Th i c kn ess of wed g e at s h o rt
s i d e of h o l e eq u a l to
o n e- h a l f d i a m ete r of b o l t

694
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

F I G . A3 .6 H A R D N E S S T E ST LOC AT I O N S F O R B O LT S I N A D I S P U T E

A-, '-, ,r- B

Onom ,,,, radi us-- (
Onom- ' " Secti o n B-B Secti o n A-A

A" -

G E N E RA L N O T E : X = Lo cati on of hard ness i m pressi on s ,

F I G . A4 . 1 W E D G E-TY P E G R I P P I N G D E V I C E F I G . A4 .2 S N U B B I N G -TY P E G R I P P I N G D E V I C E

- S ph erica l
bea ri ng - Spherical
be a ri n g
C ross- h e a d
of testi n g
m a ch i n e

AI
. - Se rrate d fa ces
o n g ri ps

ci
SI t l i n d ri c a l s eat

S ec
t i o n A-A

695
 SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E A 1 . 1
P RA CT I C E S F O R S E L E CTI N G T E N S I O N T E S T S P E C I M E N S F O R S T E E L BA R P R O D U C T S

Th i ckness, i n , ( a
rm) W idth, i n ., ( r
am) H ot- Ro l l ed Bars Co l d- F i n ished Bars
F l ats

U nde r' 5,8 ( 1 6 ) U p to 1 ( 3 8 ), i nc l F u l l se ct i o n by 8 i n ( 2 0 3 r

% to 1 2 ( 1 6 to 3 8 ), exc l
1 1/2 ( 3 8 ) and ove r'
a m ) g ag e
l e n gth ( F i g , 4 )
O ve r' 1 2 ( 3 8 ) F u l l sect i o n, o r' m i l l to 1 1, 2 i n ,
( 3 8 m m ) w i d e by 8 i n ( 2 0 3 m m )
g ag e l e n g th ( F i g 4 ) ,
U p to 1 ( 3 8 ) , i nc l F u l l sect i o n by 8 i n , g ag e l e n gt h o r'
mach i ne stand ard 1/2 by 2 i n .
( 1 3 by 5 1 r a m ) gag e l e n gt h
sp e c i me n fr o m c ente r' of se ct i o n
( Fig 5) ,
O ve r 1 2 ( 3 8 ) F u l l se ct i o n, o r' m i l l l 2 i n , ( 3 8 m m )
w i dt h by 8 i n , ( 2 0 3 m m ) g ag e
l e n gt h ( F i g . 4 ) o r' m ac h i n e
stan d ard 1, 2 by 2 i n gage ( 1 3 by
5 1 m m ) gage l e n gth s pe c i m e n
f r o m m i d way betwe e n e d g e a n d
ce nte r of sect i o n ( F i g 5 )
F u l l se ct i o n by 8 i n , ( 2 0 3 ra m ) g age
l e n gth , o r' m ac h i n e stan da rd 2 b y
2 i n ( 1 3 by 5 1 m m ) g ag e l e n g th
s pe c i m e n fr o m m i dway betwe e n
s u r face a n d ce nte r' ( F i g , 5 ) ,
M i l l red u c e d se ct i o n t o 2 i n , ( 5 1 m m )
g age l e n g th a n d ap p r o x i m ate l y
2 5 % l e ss t h a n test s pe c i m e n w i dth
M i l l re d u ce d sect i o n t o 2 i n , g ag e
l e n gth a n d l i n , wi de
M i l l re d u ce d sect i o n to 2 i n (51 mm)
g ag e l e n gt h a n d ap p r o x i m ate l y
2 5 % l e ss t h a n te st s pe c i m e n w i dt h
o r' m ac h i n e sta n d a rd /2 by 2 i n ,
( 1 3 by 5 1 m m ) g ag e l en gt h
sp e c i men fr o m ce nte r' of se ct i o n
( F ig 5) ,
M i l l r e d u c e d se ct i o n to 2 i n g ag e
l e n gt h a n d 1 2 i n , w i d e o r' m ac h i n e
stan d a r d 2 by 2 i n , g ag e l e n gt h
s pe c i me n f ro m m i dway betwee n
e d g e a n d ce n te r' o f se ct i o n ( F i g 5 )
M ach i ne stan dard t/2 by 2 i n , ( 1 3 by
5 1 m m ) g ag e l e n g t h s p ec i m e n f r o m
m i d way betwe e n s u rfac e an d c e n te r
(Fig 5)

Rou nds, Sq uares, H exagons, and Octagons

D i a m ete r o r D i sta nce B etwe e n
Pa ral l e l Faces, i n , ( m m ) H ot- Ro l l ed Bars C o l d- F i n i shed Bars

U nder 5, 8 F u l l se ct i o n b y 8 i n , ( 2 0 3 m m ) g ag e l e n gth M ac h i n e t o s u b -s i ze s p e c i m e n ( F i g , 5 ) ,
o n m ac h i n e to s u bs i z e s p e c i m e n ( F i g . 5 )
5/8 to 1 2 ( 1 6 to 3 8 ), exc l F u l l s e ct i o n by 8 i n ( 2 0 3 m m ) g ag e l e n g t h M ac h i ne sta n da rd 2 i n by 2 i n , g ag e l e n g th s pe c i m e n
o r m ac h i n e sta n d a r d i n by 2 i n . f r o m c e nte r o f se ct i o n ( F i g , 5 )
( 1 3 by 5 1 m m ) g age l en gt h s pe c i men
f r o m c e nte r of sect i o n ( F i g , 5 ) ,
1 ( 3 8 ) an d o ve r' F u l l sect i o n by 8 i n ( 2 0 3 r a m ) gag e le n gt h M ac h i n e stan d a rd i n by 2 i n ( 1 3 by 5 1 m m g a g e
o r m ac h i ne stand ard 1, 2 i n , by 2 i n . ( 1 3 l e n g th s pe c i me n fro m m i dway betwee n s u rfac e an d
by 5 1 m m ) g ag e l e n g t h spec i m e n f r o m ce n te r' of s e ct i o n ( F i g 5 ) )
m i d way betwe e n s u rface a n d ce n te r' o f
se ct i o n ( F i g , 5 )

Ot h e r Ba r- S i z e S e ct i o n s

A l l s i zes F u l l sect i o n by 8 i n ( 2 0 3 r
a m ) gage l e n gth M i l l re d u ce d se ct i o n to 2 i n . ( 5 1 m m ) gag e l e n gt h
o r' p re pare test spec i men 1 1, 2 i n and ap prox i mate l y 2 5 % l ess th an test s pec i me n
( 3 8 m m ) wi d e ( i f p oss i b l e ) by 8 i n w i dth ,
( 2 0 3 m m ) g ag e l e n gt h

G E N E R A L N OT E : F o r' ba r' sect i o n s whe re it i s d i ffi c u lt to dete rm i n e the c ross-sect i o n a l ar e a by s i m p l e m e as u re me nt, th e ar ea i n s q u are i n c h es
may be ca l c u l ated by d i v i d i n g the we i g ht per' l i near' i nch of spec i me n i n po u nds by 0 , 2 83 3 (we i g ht of 1 i n 3 of stee l ) o r' by d iv i d i ng the we i g ht pe r'
l i near' fo ot of s pec i me n by 3 4 (we i g ht of stee l 1 i n , sq uare an d 1 ft l on g )

696
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

TA B L E A 1 .2
R E C O M M E N D E D P RAC TI C E F O R S E L E CT I N G B E N D T E S T S P E C I M E N S F O R ST E E L
BA R P RO D U C T S

F l ats

Th ickness, i n , ( r
am) Width, i n , ( r
am ) Reco m me nded S i ze

U p to 1/2 ( 1 3 ), i nc l U p to ( 1 9 ), i nc l F u l l sect i o n . .
Ove r' 3/4 ( 1 9 ) F u l l sect i o n o r m ac h i n e to n ot l e ss th an 4 in .
( 1 9 m m ) i n wi dth by th i c k ness of speci men .
Over (13) Al l F u l l secti o n o r' mach i ne to 1 by i n . ( 2 5 by 1 3 r
am )
spec i men fro m m i dway between ce nte r an d su rface .

Ro u nds, Sq uares, H exagons, and Octago ns

D i a m ete r' o r D i sta n ce B etw ee n
Para l l e l Faces, i n . ( r
am) Recom me nded S ize
U p to 1 1, 2 ( 38 ), i nc l F u l l secti on
Ove r 1 !, 2 ( 3 8 ) M ach i ne to 1 by - i n ( 2 5 by 1 3 -m m ) spec i me n from
m i dway betwee n ce nte r an d su rface .

G E N E RA L N OT ES :
( 1 ) The le n gth of a l l spec i me ns is to be n ot l ess th an 6 i n . ( 1 5 0 m m ) .
( 2 ) T he edges of the spec i me n may be ro u n ded to a rad i us n ot exceed i n g 6 in. (1 6 mm ) .

TA B L E A2 . 2
TA B L E A 2 ,, 1
WA L L T H I C K N E S S L I M I TAT I O N S O F S U P E R F I C I A L
WA L L T H I C K N E S S L I M I TAT I O N S O F S U P E R F I C I A L
H A R D N E S S T E ST O N C O L D WO R K E D O R H E AT
H A R D N E S S T E ST O N A N N E A L E D O R D U C T I L E
T R E AT E D M AT E R I A L FO R S T E E L T U B U LA R
M AT E R I A L S FO R ST E E L T U B U LA R P R O D U CT S ( A )
P RO D U CT S ( A )
( "T" Scale (1,16 i n . Ba l l ) ) ( " N " Sca l e ( D iamo nd Pe n etrator ) )
Wa l l Th ickness, i n , ( r
am) Load, kgf
Wa l l Th i ckness, i n , ( r
am) Load, kgf
Ove r' 0 , 0 5 0 ( 1 , 2 7 ) 45
Ove r' 0 , 0 3 5 ( 0 . 8 9 ) 45
O ve r' 0 , 0 3 5 ( 0 , 8 9 ) 30 Ove r 0 . 0 2 5 ( 0 . 5 1 ) 30
0 . 0 2 0 a n d ove r ( 0 . 5 1 ) 15
0 . 0 1 5 a n d o ve r' ( 0 . 3 8 ) 15

N OT E : N OT E :
( A ) T h e h e av i est l o a d r e c o m m e n d e d fo r' a g i ve n w a l l t h i c k n e s s i s ( A ) T h e h e av i e st l o ad r e c o m m e n d e d fo r a g i ve n wa l l t h i c k n e s s i s
g e ne r al l y use d . ge ne r al l y u se d

TA B L E A5 . 1
E F F E C T O F VA RY I N G N OTC H D I M E N S I O N S O N S TA N D A R D S P E C I M E N S

H igh- Energy Speci mens, H ig h- E nergy S pec i mens, Low- E n e rgy S pec i mens,
ft • I bf (J ) ft • I bf (J ) ft • I bf (J )

S pec i men with stan dard d i mensi o ns 76. 0 - 3 8 (103 10 • 5 2) 44 .5 + 2 .2 (60 3 -

+ 3 .0) 1 2 5 + 1 . 0 ( 1 6 .9 + 1 4 )
Depth of n otch, 0 0 8 4 i n , ( 2 , 1 3 m m ) ( A ) 72 2 (97 .9) 41 ,3 (56 .0) 11 .4 ( 15 .5 )
Depth of n otch, 0 , 08 0 5 i n ( 2 04 r am) (A) 75. 1 ( 1 01 8) 42 .2 (57 .2 ) 12 .4 ( 16. 8)
Depth of n otch, 0 07 7 5 i n ( 1 7 7 m m ) ( A ) 76 8 ( 1 04 . 1 ) 45 .3 ( 6 1 .4 ) 12 7 (17 2)
Depth of n otch, 0 , 07 4 i n , ( 1 ,5 7 ram) (A) 79 6 ( 1 07 9 ) 46 .0 ( 6 2 .4 ) 12. 8 (17. 3)
Rad i u s at base of n otc h, 0 , 0 0 5 i n ( 0 , 1 2 7 m m ) ( B ) 72 .3 (98 0) 41 .7 (56 5 ) 10 8 ( 14 .6)
Rad i us at base of n otc h, 0 , 0 1 5 i n ( 0 , 3 8 1 m m ) ( B ) 80 0 (108 5) 4 7 .4 ( 64 . 3 ) 15 8 (21 4)

N OT E S :

( A ) S ta n d ard 0 0 7 9 + 0 , 0 0 2 i n , ( 2 0 0 + 0 , 0 5 m m ) ,
( B ) S ta n d a rd 0 0 1 0 + 0 . 0 0 1 i n , , ( 0 2 5 + 0 , 0 2 5 m m )

697
SA-370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

T A B L E A6 . 2
TA B L E A6 . 1
A N N E A L E D A U ST E N I T I C S TA I N L E S S ST E E L S -
C A R B O N A N D A L L O Y ST E E L S - M AT E R I A L M AT E R IA L C O N STA N T a = 0. 1 27 . M U LT I P L I C AT I O N
C O N STA N T a = 0 .4 . M U LT I P L I C AT I O N FAC TO R S F O R FA C TO R S F O R C O N V E RTI N G P E R C E N T E L O N G AT I O N
C O N V E RTI N G P E RC E N T E LO N G ATI O N F RO M 1,2 I N . F RO M 1/2 I N . D IA M ET E R BY 2 I N . G AG E L E N G T H
D I A M E T E R B Y 2 I N . G A G E L E N G T H S TA N D A R D S TA N D A R D T E N S I O N T E ST S P E C I M E N TO S TA N D A R D
T E N S IO N T E ST S P EC I M E N TO STA N DA RD 1/2 BY 2 I N . 1, 2 BY 2 I N . A N D 1 1, 2 BY 8 I N . F LAT S P E C I M E N S
A N D 11, 2 BY 8 I N . F LAT S P EC I M E N S
1/2 by 1 1/
2 by 11/2 by
1, 2 by 11/
2 by 11, 2 by Th ickness, 2 i n ,, 8 in , Th ickness, 8 in .
Th i ckness, 2 in. 8 i n .. T h i c k n ess 8 i n ,, i n ,, S peci men Speci men in , S pec i m e n
in . S pec i m e n S pec i me n in, Spec i me n
0 ,025 0 , 83 9 0 ,800 0 940
0 ,025 0 574 0 800 0 ,822 0 ,030 0 84 8 0 , 85 0 0 94 3
0 ,030 0 596 0 , 85 0 0 ,832 0 035 0 857 0 .900 0 9 47
0 , 0 35 0 614 0 ,900 0 ,841 0 04 0 0 8 64 0 . 95 0 0 950
0 , 04 0 0 63 1 0 , 95 0 0 ,850 0 04 5 0 87 0 1 000 0 ,953
0 045 0 , 64 6 I 000 0 859 0 050 0 , 87 6 1 1 25 0 ,960
0 05 0 0 , 66 0 1 125 0 880 0 05 5 0 ,882 1 250 0 , 9 66
0 05 5 0 . 67 2 1 250 0 89 8 0 , 06 0 0 , 8 86 1 375 0 ,972
0 ,060 0 684 1 375 0 ,916 0 , 065 0 ,891 1 ,500 0 . 97 8
0 ,065 0 6 95 1 ,500 0 , 93 2 0 .070 0 895 1 625 0 983
0 ,070 0, 706 1 ,625 0 ,9 47 0 075 0 899 1 ,750 0 98 7
0 075 0 715 1 .750 0 ,961 0 080 0 903 1 , 87 5 0 , 99 2
0 080 0 ,725 1 875 0 974 0 085 0 906 2 ,000 0 ,996
0 , 085 0 .733 2 000 0 987 0 . 09 0 0 . 9 09 0 1818 2 ,1 25 1 000
0 ,090 0 ,742 0 531 2 ,125 0 , 99 9 0 , 09 5 0 ,913 0 ,82 1 2 .250 1 0 03
0 ,I00 0 758 0 .542 2, 2 5 0 1 ,010 0 .100 0 916 0 823 2 3 75 1 007
0 ,1t0 0 ,772 0 , 5 53 2 ,375 1 ,021 0110 0 921 0 828 2 500 1 010
0 120 0 786 0 ,562 2 .500 1 ,032 0 120 0 926 0 833 2 625 1 013
0 ,, 1 3 0 0, 7 9 9 0 .571 2 , 62 5 1 042 0 130 0 931 0 837 2 750 1 016
0, 1 4 0 0 ,810 0 580 2 ,750 1 052 0 140 0 93 5 0 , 84 1 2 875 1 ,019
0 ,, 1 5 0 0 ,82 1 0 58 8 2 875 1 ,061 0 150 0 94 0 0 84 5 3 000 1 ,022
0 ,160 0 , 83 2 0, 5 9 6 3 ,000 1 ,070 0 .160 0 943 0 . 84 8 3 125 1 ,024
0 ,170 0 , 843 0 , 6 03 3 ,125 1 ,079 0 170 0 , 947 0 , 85 2 3 ,250 1 ,027
0 , 180 0 852 0 .610 3 ,250 1 0 88 0 , 180 0 ,950 0 ,855 3 ,375 1 029
0 190 0 862 0 ,616 3 ,375 1 0 96 0 , 190 0 ,954 0 , 8 58 3 ,500 1 032
0 200 0 . 87 0 0 ,623 3 500 1 104 0 200 0 957 0 860 3 625 1 0 34
0 ,225 0 , 89 1 0 638 3 625 1 ,, 1 1 2 0 225 0 9 64 0 8 67 3 750 1 036
0 ,250 0 ,910 0 65 1 3 ,750 1 ,119 0 250 0 97 0 0, 873 3 875 1 038
0 ,275 0 92 8 0 664 3 , 87 5 1 .127 0 275 0 976 0 ,878 4 000 1 041

0 .3 0 0 0 944 0 , 675 4 ,000 1 134 0 ,300 0 , 98 2 0.883

0 325 0 , 95 9 0 68 6 0 ,325 0 , 987 0 , 88 7

0 350 0 , 97 3 0 6 96 0 350 0 .991 0 . 89 2

0 375 0 , 98 7 0 7 06 0 375 0 , 9 96 0 ,895

0 ,400 1 ,000 0 715 0 400 I 000 0 , 8 99

0 ,425 1 012 0 724 0 425 1 ,004 0 9 03

0 ,4 5 0 1 ,024 0 ,732 0 , 45 0 1 007 0 9 06

0 4 75 1 .035 0 .740 0 47 5 I 011 0 909

0 500 1 , 04 5 0 7 48 0 ,500 1 014 0 912

0 ,525 1 , 05 6 0 755 0 525 1 017 0 ,915

0 ,550 1 . 06 6 0 762 0 ,550 1 ,020 0 ,917

0 .575 1 ,075 0 770 0 57 5 1 023 0 920

0 600 1 084 0 ,776 0 600 1 ,026 0 ,922

0 625 I ,, 0 9 3 0 .782 0 625 1 029 0 925

0 65 0 1 101 0 . 7 88 0 65 0 1 031 0 927

0 67 5 I II0 0 675 1 0 34

0 ,700 1 118 0 800 0 ,700 1 03 6 0 932

0725 1 , 126 0 725 1 , 03 8

0 750 1 134 0 ,81 1 0 75 0 1 , 04 1 0 , 93 6

69 8
 2007 SECTION II, PART A SA-370

TA B L E A8 . 1
R E C O M M E N D E D VA L U E S F O R RO U N D I N G T E ST DATA

Test Quantity Test Data Range Rou nded Val ue (A)

Y i e l d P o i nt, u p to 5 0 0 0 0 ps i, exc l ( u p to 5 0 ksi ) 1 0 0 ps i ( 0 1 ks i )
Y ie l d Strength, 5 0 0 0 0 to 1 0 0 0 0 0 psi, exc l ( 5 0 to 1 0 0 ks i ) 5 0 0 ps i ( 0 , 5 ks i )
Ten s i l e Stren gth 1 0 0 0 0 0 psi an d ab ove ( 1 0 0 ks i an d above ) 1 0 0 0 ps i ( 1 , 0 ks i )
u p to 5 0 0 M Pa, exc l 1 M Pa
5 0 0 to I O 0 0 M P a, exc l 5 M Pa
1 0 0 0 M P a an d a b ove 1 0 M Pa

E l o n g ati o n 0 to 1 0 % , exc l 0 ,5 %
1 0 % a n d a b ove 1%

Red ucti o n of A rea 0 to 1 0 % , exc l 0 5%

1 0 % a n d a b ove 1%

1 ft • I bf ( o r' 1 J ) ( B )
I m pact E ne rgy 0 to 2 4 0 f • I bf ( o r 0 to 3 2 5 J )
B r i ne l l H ard ness a l l va l u e s ta b u l a r' va l u e ( C )
R o c kwe l l H a rd n e ss a l l sc a l es 1 R o c kwe l l N u m b e r'

N OT E S :
( A ) R ou nd test data to the nearest i nteg ral m u lti p l e of the va l ues i n th i s co l u m n , If the data va l ue i s exact ly
m i dway between two rou nded val ues, ro u nd i n acco rdance with A8 , 1 , 1 , 2 .
( B ) These u n its are n ot eq u iva l e nt b ut the ro u nd i ng occu rs i n the same n u me ri cal ran ges fo r each . ( 1 ft • I bf =
1 ,, 3 5 6 J )
( C ) R o u nd the mean d i amete r of the B r i ne l l i m p ress i o n to the nearest 0 , 05 m m an d repo rt the co r respo nd i n g
B r i ne l l h a rd ness n u m be r read from the tab l e w ith o ut fu rthe r r o u n d i n g ,

699
SA -370 2007 SECTION II, PART A

TA B L E A 1 0 . 1
H E AT-T R E AT R E C 0 R D- E S S E N T I A L VA R I A B L E S

M aste r P rod u ct i o n P rod u ct i o n P r o d u ct i o n P rod u cti o n P rod uct i o n

Forg i ng Forg i ng 1 Forg i ng 2 Forg i ng 3 Forg i ng 4 Forg i ng 5

P r o g ra m c h a rt n u m b e r'

T i m e at te m pe r atu re an d actua l te m pe ratu re

of h e at t reatm e nt

M eth o d of c o o l i n g

F o rg i n g th i c k n e s s

T he r m oco u p l e i m me r s i on

B e n e at h b u ffe r' ( ye s/n o )

F o rg i n g n u m be r
P ro d u ct

M ate r i a l

T h e r m oco u p l e l ocati o n - 0 deg

T he rm oco u p le l ocati o n - 1 8 0 deg
Q u e n c h tan k N o ,
D ate of h e at t reat m e nt

F u r n ac e n u m be r

C yc l e n u m be r'
H e at t reate r'

Sta r ti n g q ue nc h med i u m te m pe ratu re

T i me fro m fu r nace to q ue nc h
H eati n g rate a b ove I O 0 0 ° F ( 5 3 8 ° C )
Tem pe ratu re u p o n rem ova l fro m q ue nc h afte r'
5 r
ain

O r i entati o n of fo r g i n g i n q ue nc h

7 00
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-372/SA-372M

SPE CIFICATION FOR CARBON AND ALLOY STEEL

FORGINGS FOR THIN-WALLED PRESSURE VESSELS

SA-372/SA-372M
INTERNATIONAL
Standards Worldwide

(Identical with ASTM Specifi cation A 372/A 372M-03 ) A08

1. Scope therefore, each system must be used independently of' the

1 . 1 Thi s specif
i cation c over's rel atively thin-walled other'.. Combining values f
i'om t
he two systems may result
forgings (including gas bottles) for' pressure vessel use. in nonconformance with t
he specif
i cation .
Three types of' carbon steel and six types of alloy steel are 1 .3 Unless the order specif
i es the applicable "M" speci
included. Provision is made for' integrally forging the ends f cation designation (SI units) , t
i h e material shall be fur
of vessel bodies made from seamless pipe or tubing . nished to inch-pound units .
NOTE 1 - When wolking to the chemical and tensile requirements of
this specif
i cation, the inf
l uence of' wall thickness and cooling i ate will
necessarily eliminate ceitain fbI ging sizes in each class 2. Referenced Documents
2.1 ASTM Standards:
NOTE 2 - Designations have been changed as follows :
A 275 /A 275M Test Method for Magnetic Pa
r ticle Exa
mi
Cunent Formerly
nation of Steel Forgings
Gl ade A Type I A 370 Test Met
h ods and Def
i nitions for Mechanica
l Test
Gr ade B Type I ing of Steel Products
Gl ade C Type I I A 3 8 8 /A 3 8 8M Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of
Gl ade D Type IV
Grade E Class 55 Type V Grade 1 Class 55 Heavy Steel Forgings
Gl ade E Class 65 Type V Gl ade 1 Class 65 A 5 30 /A 5 30M Specif i cation for General Requirements
Grade E Class 70 Type V Grade 1 Class 70 for Specialized Ca r bon and Alloy Steel Pipe
Glade F Class 55 Type V Grade 2 Class 55 A 7 8 8 Specif
i cation for' Steel Forgings, Genera
l Require
Grade F Class 65 Type V Gi ade 2 Class 65 ments
Gr ade F Class 70 Type V Grade 2 Class 70
Grade G Class 55 Type V Grade 3 Class 55 E 1 1 2 Test Methods for' Determining t
he Average Grain
Gl ade G Class 65 Type V Grade 3 Class 65 S ize
Grade G Class 70 Type V Glade 3 Class ' 7 0 E 1 65 Practice for Liquid Penetrant Examination
Glade H Class 55 Type V Grade 4 Class 55 E 290 Test Method for Semi-Guided Bend Test for Ductil
Gl ade H Class 65 Type V Gl ade 4 Class 65
ity of Metallic Materials
Gr ade H Class 70 Type V Grade 4 Class 70
Grade J Class 55 Type V Grade 5 Class 55 E 4 3 3 R e fe ren c e Ph o to graph s for Li qui d P e ne tran t
Grade J Class 65 Type V Gl ade 5 Class 65 Inspection
Grade J Class 70 Type V Grade 5 Class 70
Grade K Type VI
Gr ade L Type VII
Giade J Class 1 1 0 Type VIII
Gl ade M Class 85 Type IX Class A 3. Ordering Information and General
Gr ade M Class ! 00 Type I
X Class B Requirements
3.1 In addition to t he ordeling information required by
1.2 The values stated in either' inch-pound or' SI [metric] Specifi cation A 7 88, the purchaser sha
l l include with t he
units r
ae to be regarded separately as the standar d. Within inquiry and order a detailed drawing, sketch, or written
t
he text and h
te tables, t
he SI units a
r e shown in brackets. description of t
he folging and the a
r eas of signifi cant load
The va
lues stated in each system a
r e not exact equivalents ; ing in the folging when required (see 6.4.2.2) .

70 1
SA-372/SA-372M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

3.2 Material supplied to this specifi cation shall conform ted . Attachment welding prior to heat treatment is not
to the requirements of Specifi cation A 788, which out lines permitted.
additional ordering information, manufacturing require 4.3.4 All quenched and tempered f0rgings shall be
ments, testi ng and retesting methods and procedures, mark subject to magnet
i c pa
r ticle examinati on in accordance
ing , certifi cation , product analy si s v ari ations , and with S ect
i on 7 .
additi onal supplementa r y requirements .
4.3.5 Heat treatment is to be performed after a
ll
3.3 If t
he requirements of this specifi cation are in con forming operations
lfict with the requirements of Specifi cation A 7 8 8 , the
requirements of this specifi cation shall prevail
5. Chemical Composit
ion
5.1 Heat Analysis - The heat analysis obtained from
4. Materials and Manufacture sampling in accordance with Specifi cation A 78 8 sha
ll
comply with Table 1 .
4.1 Melting Practice:
5.2 Product Analysis - The purchaser may use the
4.1.1 The steel melt
ing procedures of Specifi cat
i on
product ana
lysis provision of Specifi cation A 788 to obtain
A 788 shall apply except that for Grade M forgings, only
steel t
h at has been vacuum treated prior to or during the a product analysis from a forging representing each heat
or multiple heat.
pour
ing of t he ingot, in order to remove objecti onable
gases, pa
r ticula
rly hydrogen, shall be used. 5.3 Sta rt
ing materia l produced to a specifi cation that
4.2 Production Methods :
specifi cally requires the additi on of any element beyond
those listed in Table 1 for t
he applicable grade of material
4.2.1 Methods for the producti on of gas bottles and is not permitted. This does not preclude use of deoxidation
sim
i la
r vessels shall include t
he cupping of slabs or plates, or inclusion control additions . Supplementary Require
the piercing of billets or plates, and the subsequent drawing ments S 1 and $2 of Specifi cation A 788 shall apply.
of cups so produced Such semifi nished forgings or seam
less steel pipe or tubing shall be closed by spinning, swedg
ing, or pressing. In all cases there shall be suffi cient disca
rd 6. Mechanical Propert
ies
to ensure soundness in t
h e completed forging. 6.1 Mecha
nical tests for acceptance sha
l l be made after
4.3 Heat Treatment: the f
i nal heat t
r eatment of t
he forgings .

4.3.1 At the option of the manufacturer, Grades A, 6.2 Tension Test - When tested in accorda
nce with
B, C, D and Classes 55, 65 , 70 of Grades E, F, G, H, and Test Met
h ods and Def
i nitions A 370, the material sha
ll
J forgings sha
l l be normalized, normalized and tempered, conform to the requirements of Table 2. The yield st
rength
or liquid-quenched and tempered. shall be determined by t
he 0.2% of fset method .
4.3.2 Grades K, L, M, and Class 1 1 0 of Grade J 6.3 Bending Properties - Depending upon t
he outside
forgings sha
l l be liquid-quenched a
nd tempered diameter, D, and the wall t
hickness, T, of hollow or bored
4.3.3 When normalized forgings a re to be tempered, forgings, a bend test or fl attening test will be required.
or when forgings have been quenched, they shall be 6.3. 1 For bored or hollow f0rgings with out si de
reheated to a subcdtical temperature and held for at least diameter's of 1 4 in [355 mm] or less and wit h a D/T ratio
h/in. [25 mm] of maximum cross sect ion . of more th an 1 0 0, a f
l attening test is required. This sha ll
be c arrie d out in acc ordance with S pe c if i c ati on
4.3.3.1 Minimum tempering temperatures shall be A 5 30 /A 53 0M and Table 3 No breaks or cr acks in the
as follow s :
test ring a
re acceptable until the dista
nce between t
he plates
G3ades E, F, G, H, J in Classes 55, 65, 70 l l 00°F [595°C] is less tha
n that shown in Table 3 .
Grade K 1 1 00°F [595°C]
Grade L 1 000°F [540° C]
6.3 .2 For bored or hollow forgings with outsi de
Gmde l Class 1 1 0 1 000°F [540°C] diameter's over' 1 4 in. [35 5 r
am] , or where the D/T r atio
Gmde M l l 00°F [595°C] is 1 0.0 or less at the ma
nufacturer' s opt
i on, the f
l attening
test specifi ed in 6.3 . 1 , or a transverse bend test in accor
4.3.3.2 If a
n attachment is welded onto a pre dance with Arrangement C of Test Method E 290 i s
viously quenched and tempered pressure vessel, the post required. The bend test pin dia meter sha ll be as specifi ed
weld heat treatment temperature of a weldment shall not in Table 4 No cracks or rupt ures in the test piece a re
exceed hte prior tempering temperature of the pressure allowable when the test piece is bent through t he required
vessel Fabrication welding of pressure shell is not perm
it angle ,

7 02
 2008a SECTION lI, PART A SA-372/SA-372M

6.4 Orientation and Location of Test Specimens : forgings in any continuous period up to 4 h duration in
accordance with 6 . 3 ,
6.4.1 Test specimens representing vessel bodies oi
shells shall be taken fr'om a prolongation of a forging, from 6.5.3 For' heat-treated forgings weighing 1 000 lb
test rings that have been heat treated with h te forgings [450 kg] or more, one tension test shall be ta
ken in accor
h
tey represent, or from a representat i ve forging after heat dance wit
h 6 .4 . 1 or 6 .4 .2 to represent each heat and not
treatment in accor dance with 4 3
more t
han ten forgings in a heat-treat lot In addit
i on,
6.4.1.1 Test specimens representing vessel bodies hollow or bored f0rgings shall have one bend or fl attening
or shells shall be located at a position corresponding to test, taken in accordance wit
h 6 , 3, to represent each ten or
the mid-wall location of' t
h e pa
r allel side wall of the heat fewer forgings fr om the same heat and heat-treatment lot.
reated forging and shall be oriented parallel to t
t he longitu 6.6 Hardness Testing :
dinal axis of t
h e vessel .
6.6.1 Forgings under' 1 000 lb [450 kgm] in weight,
6.4.1.2 A test ring sha l l be in the shape of a right heat treated in a batch lot of up to 200 pieces (65 . 1 ) or'
circular cylinder having t he same diameter and wall thick in a continuous furnace run covering up to 200 pieces in
ness as the cylinder's it represents. In addition, t
he test ring up to four hor n s production (6 .5 .2) shall be subject to a
shal l be from the same heat of steel and be subjected to uniformity check by Bnnell hardness testing, or a n equiva
the same heat r teatment as the cylinder' s it represents. The lent met h od. For this purpose, 1 0% of the furnace produc
method of' quenching the test ring must duplicate that of tion shall be sampled a nd shall meet the minimum ha rdness
he cylinders; if the cylinder's a
t re quenched from the outside specifi ed in Table 2 fi r the type and shall also be wit hin
only, then the test ring must have its ends closed The 20 Brinell points of the hardness of' the forging f
r om which
length of test rings t h at will be liquid quenched must be the tensile test was ta
ken.
at least 24 in. [6 1 0 mm] The ends of such test rings may 6.6.2 In the event that the test sa
mple does not meet
be vented to prevent pressure buildup during heat t r eating , these criteria, t
he remainder of that production group shall
6.4.2 Test specimens representing vessel covers or be hardness tested and all of t
hose forgings that fa
l l outside
sim
i lar components may be ta ken from a full section pro hese limits shall be retempered or reheat-treated at the
t
longation of t
he cover , from a representative forging, or manufacturer' s opt i on and retested.
from an integral prolongati on when the part is contour
machined prior to heat treatment
7. Magnetic Particle Examinat
ion
6.4.2.1 Test specimens taken from full size prolon
gations or representative forgings shal l be located at a 7.1 All quenched a
nd tempered forgings shall be subject
posit
i on midway between the center and the surface. to magnetic particle examinat
i on after heat t
r eatment. The
methods used shall be in accordance wit
h Test Method
6.4.2.2 When forgings are contour-machined prior A 27 5 /A 275 M .
to heat tre atment so that highly stres se d sur fac es are
exposed, the test specimens may be ta ken at an equal 7.2 Only direct cur rent or rect i fi ed alternat
i ng (full or
distance (t) from the nea
r est quenched surface as the highly half wave) current shall be used as t
he electric power source
stressed a
rea, but not less than in. [20 mm] . The locat
i on for any of the magnet i zing methods
of the specimens from a second surface shall be at least 7.3 The for gings sha l l be free from linea r indications
the greater of 1 in. [40 mm] or 2t. indicat
ive of' cracks In case of doubt as to the type of
6.5 Number' of Tests :' condition giving rise to linear magnet i c particle indicat
i ons,
they may be inspected for Type II indications referenced
6.5. 1 Up to 200 like forgings, each wit h a heat
in Reference Photographs E 433 when inspected by the
treated weight of less than 1 000 lb [5 1 0 kg] when heat
liquid penetrant method in accordance with Practice E 1 65 .
treated in a single batch furnace cha
rge, shall have one
tension test taken in accorda
n ce with 6.4. 1 or 6.4.2 to
Alternatively, some other suitable met
h od fi3r classifying
the indications may be used as agreed upon between the
represent each heat. In addition, for hollow or bored forg
manufacturer and the purchaser.
ings, one bend or f
l attening test shall be taken in accorda
nce
with 6. 3 .

6 .5.2 Li ke f0rgings , weighing less than ! 000 lb 8. Workmanship

[450 kg] each when heat treated in a continuous furnace, 8.1 If t
he thickness of a portion of the wall of a forging
shall have one tensile test taken to represent each heat a nd is less t
h an t
hat specifi ed, t
he forgings may be accepted
not more tha n 200 forgings in any continuous period up by the purchaser , provided that such irregularity will not
to 4 h duration. In addit i on, bored or' hollow forgings shall require lowering the allowable working pressure below
have one bend or' f l attening test taken per heat per 200 that for which the forging was designed.

703
SA-372/SA-372M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

9. Repair Welding 10. Keywords

9.1 Repair welding shall be permitted when mutually 10.1 alloy steel foigings; carbon steel forgings; gas
agreed upon between the purchaser and the manufacttner bottles; pressure vessels; t
hin wall
and shall be performed in accoida
nce wit h all t
he require
ments of the applicable code or rules of constr
u ction.

TA B L E 1
C H E M I C A L R EQ U I R E M E N TS
Composition, %
E l ements G rade A G rade B G rade C G rade D

C ar b o n 0 . 3 0 m ax 0 . 3 5 m ax 0 4 8 m ax 0 ,, 4 0-0 ,5 0

1 , 3 5 m ax 1 . 6 5 m ax 1 , 4 0-1 , 8 0
M an g anese I 0 0 m ax
0 ,025 0 025 0, 0 2 5
P h osphorus, max 0 . 02 5
0 . 02 5 0 .025 0, 025
S u lfu r, max 0 . 02 5
S i l i co n 0 . 1 5-0 . 3 5 0 . 1 5-0 , 3 5 0 , 1 5-0 . 3 5 0 , 1 5-0 . 3 5

N i c ke l . .. ..
C h ro m i u m .. . . .
0 , 1 7-0 , 2 7
M o l y bde n u m .. . . .

G rade E G rade F G rade G G rade H G rade J

C lasses C lasses C lasses C lasses C lasses 55,
55, 65, 70 55, 65, 70 55, 65, 70 55, 65, 70 65, 70, 110
C a rbo n 0 , 2 5-0 , 3 5 0, 3 0-0 , 4 0 0 ,, 2 5-0 ,, 3 5 0 ,3 0-0 . 4 0 0 . 3 5-0 , 5 0
0 , 7 0-1 ,, 0 0 0 ,, 7 0-1 , 0 0 0 ,, 7 5-1 . 0 5 0 7 5-1 , 0 5
M an ganese 0 . 40-0 . 9 0
0 .. 0 2 5 0 .. 0 2 5 0 .025 0 ,0 2 5
P h ospho rus, max 0 .025
0.025 0.025 0 ,025 0 , 02 5
S u lfu r, max 0 .025
S i l i co n 0 . 1 5-0 . 3 5 0 . 1 5-0 ,3 5 0 . 1 5-0 ,, 3 5 0 , 1 5-0 ,3 5 0, 1 5-0 , 3 5

N i c ke l .. .. ..
C h ro m i u m 0 , 8 0-1 , 1 5 0 . 8 0-1 . 1 5 0 . 4 0-0 . 6 5 0 , 4 0-0 6 5 0 , 8 0-1 , 1 5

0 , 1 5-0 , 2 5 0 . 1 5-0 .. 2 5 0 . 1 5-0 ,2 5 0 , 1 5-0 . 2 5

M o l ybdenu m 0 , 1 5-0 , 2 5
G rad e M
C l asses
G rade K G rade L 85 an d 1 00

C a rb o n 0 . 1 8 max 0 , 3 8-0 ,, 43 0. 2 3 m ax

0 , 1 0-0, 4 0 0 . 6 0-08 0 0 . 2 0-0 . 4 0

M an g anese
0. 0 2 5 0, 025 0 . 02 0
P h ospho rus, max
0 ,, 0 2 5 0 ,025 0 020
S u lfu r, max
S i l icon 0 . 1 5-0 3 5 0 , 1 5-0 . 3 5 0 . 3 0 m ax

N i c ke l 2 , 0-3 , 3 1 ,, 6 5-2 . 0 0 2 8-3 . 9

C h ro m i u m 1 , 0 0-1 , 8 0 0 ,, '7 0-0 . 9 0 1 .5 0-2 .. 0 0

0 , 2 0-0 , 6 0 0 , , 2 0 -0 3 0 0 . 4 0-0 . 6 0
M o l y bde n u m
V an ad i u m 0 0 8 m ax

704
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA -372/SA-372M

TA B L E 2
M E C H A N I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N TS

Yie l d E longation
Strength in 2 in.
Tens i l e Strength, ( 0.2% Offset), [50 mi
n i, H ard ness,
Type ksi [ M Pa] ksi [ M Pa], r
ain a i n, %
r H B, r
a inA
G rade A 6 0-8 5 [ 4 1 5-5 8 5 3 3 5 [24 0] 20 12 1
G rad e B 7 5-1 0 0 [ 5 1 5-6 9 0 3 45 [3 1 0] 18 156
G rade C 9 0-1 1 5 [6 2 0-7 9 5 3 5 5 [3 8 0] 15 187
G rad e D 1 0 5-1 3 0 [ 7 2 5-8 9 5 ] 65 [45 0 ] 15 217
G rades E, F, G, H , J 85-1 1 0 [54 5-7 6 03 55 [38 0] 20 179
( C l ass 5 5 )
G rades E, F, G , H , J 1 05-1 5 0 [7 2 5-895 ] 65 [45 0] 19 2 17
( C l ass 6 5 )
G rades E, F, G , H , J 1 2 0-1 45 [8 2 5-1 0 00 ] 7 0 [4 85 ] 18 2 48
( C l ass 7 0 )
G rad e J ( C l ass n o ) 1 3 5- 1 6 0 [ 9 3 0-I I 0 0 ] I I 0 [7 6 0] 15 2 77
G rad e K 1 0 0-1 2 5 [6 9 0-8 6 0 ] 8 0 [55 0] 20 2 07
G rad e L 1 5 5- 1 8 0 [ 1 0 7 0-1 2 4 0 ] 1 3 5 [93 0] 12 311
G rad e M ( C l ass 8 5 ) 1 0 5-1 3 0 [ 7 2 5-8 9 5 ] 8 5 [5 85] 18 217
G rade M ( C l ass 1 0 0 ) 1 2 0- 1 4 5 [ 8 2 5-1 0 0 0 ] 1 0 0 [69 0] 16 2 48

A When req u i red by 6 .6

TA B L E 3 TA B L E 4
D I S TA N C E B E TW E E N P LAT E S FO R F LATT E N I N G M AX I M U M P I N D IA M ET E R S A N D M I N I M U M A N G L E
T E S TS A FO R B E N D T E S T

D istance Betwee n P lates, Type P i n D iameter Ang l e, deg

Type a i n, i n , [r
r a m]
G rad e A 2t 180
G rade A 0 .5 0 D G rade B 2t 180
G rade B 0.6 D G rad e C 3t 180
G rad e C 0 .65 D G rade D 4t 150
G rade D 0 .. 7 D G rades E, F, G , H , J ( C l ass 55 ) 4t 150
G rades E, F, G , H , J ( C l ass 5 5 ) 0 .7 D G rades E, F, G , H , J ( C l ass 6 5 ) 4t 150
G rades E, F, G, H , J ( C l ass 65 ) 0. 8 D G rades E , F, G , H , J ( C l ass 7 0 ) 4t 150
G rades E, F, G H , J ( C l ass 7 0 ) 0 .8 D G rad e J ( C l ass 1 1 0 ) 6t 150
G rade J ( C l ass 1 1 0 ) 0 .. 9 D G rade K 4t 150
G rade K 0 .8 D G rad e L 6t 150
G rad e L 0 .9 D G rade M ( C l ass 8 5 ) 4t 150
G rade M ( C l ass 8 5 ) 0 .7 D G rad e M ( C l ass 1 0 0 ) 4t 150
G rad e M ( C l ass 1 0 0 ) 0 .8 D

A D = o uts i de d iamete r .

705
SA-372/SA-372M 2008a SECTION II, PART A

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

One or more of the following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specifi ed
by t
he purchaser on t
he inquiry, contract, or order. Details of t
hese supplementary requir e
ments sha
ll be agreed upon by t
he manufacturer and t
he purchaser.

S1. Grain Size S4. Fracture Toughness

SI.1 When a g rain size range is required, it sha
ll be $4.1 Specific fract
ure toughness requirements are lev
specifi ed in h
te ordering information, a
nd shall be deter ied by certa
in sections of t
he ASME Boiler' a nd Pressure
mined by an agreed-upon method from Test Methods Vessel Code. Forgings in t
he permitted types shall comply
E 1 1 2.
wit
hthe applicable code sect
ions.
S1.2 Samples for g
rai n size estimati on sha
ll be taken
$4.2 The necessary code references toughness criteria
from h
te tension test specimen locat
ion.
nd test temperat
a ure data sha
ll be included in t
he ordering
informat
i on.

$2. Rough Machining

S2. 1 Rough machining shall be performed in the
sequence a
nd manner as specifi ed.
S5. Ultrasonic Examination

$5.1 Ult
rasonic examinati on of forgings sha
l l he carried
$3. Impact Testing out in accorda
nce wit
h Pract
ice A 3 88 /A 3 8 8M.
S3.1 Cha
r py V-notch test specimens shall be ta
ken
from h
te sa
me locat
i on a
n d in t
he sa
me or
ientation as S5.2 Accepta
nce cr
iter
i a shall be specifi ed and sha
ll
tension test specimens. The number of specimens, mini be in accorda
nce wit
hthe applicable Code or purchaser' s
mum energy va lues, and test temperat
ure(s) shall be as specification a
nd sha
l l be included as pa
rt of t
he ordering
infor
m ation.
specif
i ed.

7O6
 2008a SECTION II, PART A SA-376/SA-376M

SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS AUSTENITIC STEEL

PIPE FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE CENTRAL-STATION
SERVICE

SA-376/SA-376M

(Identical with ASTM Specification A 376/A 376M-06, except for t

he deletion of HT-O option from 6 ,2 and 14 1 and clarifi cation of' heat 07
treatment requirements in 6 ,2 r) A08

1. Scope A 999 /A 999M Specif i cation for' General Requirements

1. 1 This specifi cat
i on covers seamless austenitic steel for' Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe
pipe intended for high-temperature central-station service. E 1 1 2 Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size
Among the grades covered are f i ve H gr ades and two E 2 1 3 Practice for' Ultr'a sonic Examinat
i on of' Metal Pipe
nitrogen grades ( 304N and 3 1 6N) that are speci f i c ally and Tubing
intended for' high-temperatur e service. E 3 8 1 Meth od of' Macroetch Testing Steel B a r 's , Billets,
B looms , and Forgings
1.2 Optional supplementary requirements (S 1 through
E 426 Practice for Electromagnetic (Eddy-CurTent) Exami
S 1 0) are provided . These supplementar y requirements
nation of' Seamless a
nd Welded Tubula
r ' Products , Aus
specify additi onal tests that will be made only when stated
tenit
i c Sta
i nless Steel and Similar Alloys
i n the order , to g eth er' wi th th e n u mb e r' o f s u c h te s ts
required. 2.2 Othe r Standards:
SNT-TC- 1 A Personnel Qua
l if
i cation and Certif
i cat
i on in
1.3 Grades TP32 1 and TP32 1 H have lower' strength
Nondestructive Test
i ng
requirements for' nominal wall t
h icknesses greater' t
han
in. [9 . 5 mm] ..

1.4 The values stated in either' inch-pound units or' SI 3. Terminology

units a
re to be regarded sepa
r ately as standard . Wit
h in t
he 3. 1 Def initions - For' def i nitions of' terms used in this
text, t
he SI units a
re shown in br ackets . The values stated specifi cation, r efer to Terminology A 94 1 .
in each system ar e not exact equivalents ; therefore, each
system must be used independently of the other' . Combining
4. Ordering Information
values from h
te two systems may result in nonconforma nce
with the specif
i cation . The inch-pound units shall apply 4. 1 Orders for' material to thi s speci f
i cation should
unless the "M" designation of t
his specif
i cation is specif
i ed include t
he following, as required to describe the desired
in h
t e order'. . materia
l adequately:
4.1.1 Quantity (feet , c entimetre s , or numb er of
NOTE 1 - The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has
been substituted in this standa
r d for such traditional telms as "nom
i nal
lengt
h s) ,
diameter," "size," and "nominal size " 4. 1 .2 Name of material (seamless austenitic steel
pipe),
2. Referenced Documents 4.1 .3 Gr ade (Table 1 ) ,
2.1 ASTM Standards. : 4. 1 .4 Size (nominal size, or' outside dia
meter and
A 262 Practices for' Detecting Susceptibility to Intergra
nu schedule number or' average wall thick
ness) ,
la
r Attack in Austenitic Sta
i nless Steels 4. 1 .5 Lengths (specif ic or' random) , (Permi s sible
A 94 1 Terminology Rel ating to S te el , S tainle s s S teel , V ari ati o n s i n L e ng th S e c ti o n of' S p e c i f
i c ati o n
Related Alloys, a
nd Ferroalloys A 999 /A 999M) ,

707
SA-376/SA-376M 2008a SECTION H, PART A

4. 1 . 6 End f
i ni sh (Ends S ec ti o n of S p e ci f
i c ati on processing, t
he minimum solution-treating temperature for
A 999 /A 999M), Grades TP3 2 1 H, TP347H, and TP348H shall be 2000°F
4.1.7 Optional requirements (Secti on 9) (see Hydro [ 1 1 00° C] , for Grade s TP3 04H and TP3 1 6H , 1 9 00 °F
static Test Requirements Sect i on and the Permissible Vari [ 1 040°C] , and for' Grade 1 6-8-2H, 1 800°F [980°C] . If the
materia
l is hot-rolled, the m
i nimum solution-t
reating tem
ation in Weight for Seamless Pipe Sect ion for weighing
individua l lengths, of Specifi cat
i on A 999 /A 999M), (see peratt es for' Grades TP32 1 H, TP347H, a
nd TP348H sha
ll
be 1 925°F [ 1 050°C] , for Grades TP304H a nd TP3 1 6H,
1 0 .6, repairing by welding; 14.3, die stamping),
1 900°F [ 1 040°C] , and for Grade 1 6-8-2H, 1 800°F [980°C] .
4.1.8 Test report required (Certifi cation Secti on of'
6.2.5 Grade $34565 - Heat t
reatment sha
ll consist
Specif i cation A 999 /A 999M),
of heating to a temperature in t
he range of 2050°F [ 1 1 20°C]
4.1.9 Specif i cation designation, and i nimum a
m nd 2 1 40°F [ 1 1 70°C] maximum, a
nd quenching
4.1.10 Special requirements or any supplementary in water or rapidly cooling by ot
her' mea
ns .
requirements selected, or bot h.
6.3 A solution annealing temperature above 1 950°F
[ 1 065°C] may impair the resistance to intergranula
r con o
5. General Requirements sion after subsequent exposure to sensitizing condit i ons in
5.1 Material furnished to this specif
i cation sha
ll con TP321 , TP32 1 H, TP347 , TP347H, TP348 , and TP348H.
form to the applicable requirements of t
h e current edition When specifi ed by the purchaser , a lower temperature stabi
of Specifi cation A 999 /A 999M unless otherwise provided lizat
i on or re-solution anneal shall be used subsequent to
herein. the init
i al high temperatur
e solut
i on anneal (see Supple
mentary Requirement $9) .

6. Materials and Manufacture 6.4 The grain size of grades 304H, 3 1 6H, 32 1 H, 347H,
and 348H as determ
i ned in accorda
nce with Test Methods
6.1 Manufacture - At t h e manufacturer' s opt ion, pipe E 1 1 2, sha
l l be No. 7 or coa
r ser.
may be either hot fi nished or cold fi nished, with a suitable
fi nishing treatment, where necessa
ry.
6.2 Heat Treatment." 7. Chemical Composition
6.2.1 All pipe shall be furnished in t
he heat-t
r eated 7. 1 The steel shall conform to the requirements as to
condit
i on. For H gr ades , separ ate solut
ion t
r eatments are chem
i cal composition prescribed in Table 1 .
required for soluti on a
nnealing: in process heat tr eatments
r e not permitted as a substitute for t
a h e separate soluti on
nnealing treatments
a 8. Product Analysis
6.2.2 As an alter
n ate to f
i nal heat treatment in a
8.1 At the request of t he purchaser , a
nanalysis of one
continuous furnace or batch-type furnace, immediately fol billet from each heat or' two pipes from each lot (Note 2)
lowing hot form
i ng while t he temperature of the pipes is shall be made by the manufacturer. A lot of pipe shall
not less than the specifi ed minimum soluti on treatment consist of t
he following :
temperature, pipes may be individually quenched in water
NPS Designator Lengths of Pipe in Lot
or rapidly cooled by other means.
400 o: f
l action thereof
6 .2.3 Grades TP304, TP304N, TP 304LN, TP3 1 6, Under NPS 2
NPS 2 to NPS 5 , incl 200 or f
l action thereof
TP3 1 6N, TP3 1 6LN, TP32 1 , TP34 7, TP348, 1 6- 8-2H, Over NPS 5 1 00 o: f
l action thereof
$31 725, and $31 726 - Unless ot herwise stated in the
order, heat treatment shall consist of heating to a m
inimum
temperat
ure of 1 900°F [ 1 040°C] a
nd quenching in water NOTE 2 - A lot shall consist of the number of lengt h s specif
i ed in 8 1
or' rapidly cooling by ot
her means of t
h e same size and wall thickness f
i 'o m any one heat of steel
6.2.3. 1 The purchaser may specify controlled
8.2 The results of t
hese analyses shall be reported to
straactma l or specia
l service char acteristics wh
ich shall be
used as a guide for the most suitable heat t reatment. If he purchaser' or the purchaser' s representative, and shall
t
the f i na
l heat treatment is at a temperature under 1 900°F conform to the requirements specif
i ed in Table 1 .
[ 1 040°C] , each pipe shall be stenciled with the fi nal heat 8.3 If the analysis of one of the tests specif
i ed in
tr eatment temperat ure in degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius Sect
ion 9 does not conform to t
he requirements specif
i ed
after the suff
i x "HT." in Sect
i on 7, a
n ana
lysis of each billet or' pipe f
rom the
6.2.4 Grades TP304H, TP31 6H, TP321H, TP347H, same heat or lot may be made, and all billets or pipe
TP348H, and 1 6-8-2H - If cold working is involved in conforming to t
he requiremen